Relations of the most famous kingdomes and common-wealths thorowout the world discoursing of their situations, religions, languages, manners, customes, strengths, greatnesse, and policies. Translated out of the best Italian impression of Boterus. And since the last edition by R.I. now once againe inlarged according to moderne observation; with addition of new estates and countries. Wherein many of the oversights both of the author and translator, are amended. And unto which, a mappe of the whole world, with a table of the countries, are now newly added.
         Relazioni universali. English
         Botero, Giovanni, 1540-1617.
      
       
         
           1630
        
      
       Approx. 1442 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 327 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-11 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A16489
         STC 3404
         ESTC S106541
         99842256
         99842256
         6897
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A16489)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 6897)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 656:01)
      
       
         
           
             Relations of the most famous kingdomes and common-wealths thorowout the world discoursing of their situations, religions, languages, manners, customes, strengths, greatnesse, and policies. Translated out of the best Italian impression of Boterus. And since the last edition by R.I. now once againe inlarged according to moderne observation; with addition of new estates and countries. Wherein many of the oversights both of the author and translator, are amended. And unto which, a mappe of the whole world, with a table of the countries, are now newly added.
             Relazioni universali. English
             Botero, Giovanni, 1540-1617.
             Johnson, Robert, fl. 1586-1626.
          
           [8], 644, [4] p., folded plate : map
           
             Printed by Iohn Hauiland, and are to be sold by Iohn Patridge at the signe of the Sunne in Pauls Church-yard,
             London :
             1630.
          
           
             R.I. = Robert Johnson.
             Translation of: Le relazioni universali.
             Includes index.
             The map is a later state of that published in: Drake, Sir Francis. The world encompassed by Sir Francis Drake.
             Reproduction of the original in Cambridge University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Geography -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2004-06 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-08 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-09 Andrew Kuster
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-09 Andrew Kuster
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           RELATIONS
           OF
           THE
           MOST
           FAMOVS
           KINGDOMES
           AND
           Common-wealths
           thorowout
           the
           WORLD
           :
           Discoursing
           of
           their
           Situations
           ,
           Religions
           ,
           Languages
           ,
           Manners
           ,
           Customes
           ,
           Strengths
           ,
           Greatnesse
           and
           Policies
           .
        
         
           Translated
           out
           of
           the
           best
           Italian
           Impression
           of
           Boterus
           .
           And
           since
           the
           last
           Edition
           by
           
             R.
             I.
          
           
        
         
           Now
           once
           againe
           inlarged
           according
           to
           moderne
           observation
           ;
           With
           Addition
           of
           new
           Estates
           and
           Countries
           .
           Wherein
           many
           of
           the
           oversights
           both
           of
           the
           Author
           and
           Translator
           ,
           are
           amended
           .
           And
           unto
           which
           ,
           a
           Mappe
           of
           the
           whole
           World
           ,
           with
           a
           Table
           of
           the
           Countries
           ,
           are
           now
           newly
           added
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           IOHN
           HAVILAND
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           by
           IOHN
           PARTRIDGE
           at
           the
           signe
           of
           the
           Sunne
           in
           Pauls
           Church-yard
           .
           1630.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           READER
           .
        
         
           THat
           this
           Author
           hath
           beene
           so
           carefully
           translated
           into
           the
           
             Latine
             ,
             Spanish
             ,
             French
          
           and
           English
           languages
           ,
           is
           a
           concluding
           argument
           (
           to
           me
           )
           that
           no
           man
           of
           those
           Nations
           hath
           hitherto
           written
           so
           well
           in
           this
           Argument
           :
           else
           ,
           what
           needed
           they
           to
           translate
           him
           ?
           Nay
           ,
           and
           doubly
           translated
           hee
           hath
           beene
           ;
           not
           onely
           into
           their
           tongues
           ,
           but
           into
           their
           bookes
           ;
           seeing
           that
           all
           the
           Writers
           of
           Geographie
           ,
           since
           his
           time
           ,
           have
           translated
           no
           small
           part
           of
           him
           into
           their
           Writings
           .
           Of
           some
           of
           which
           ,
           what
           is
           from
           hence
           borrowed
           ,
           is
           their
           very
           chiefe
           credit
           and
           ornament
           .
           How
           much
           (
           I
           pray
           )
           hath
           that
           voluminous
           
           French
           Writer
           (
           translated
           into
           Latine
           by
           Godofredus
           ,
           and
           into
           English
           by
           *
           our
           
             Mr.
             Grimestone
          
           )
           beene
           beholding
           unto
           this
           Author
           ?
           How
           much
           hath
           that
           *
           Turncoat
           Apostatizing
           Plagiarie
           ,
           that
           Enemie
           and
           Threatner
           of
           our
           English
           Nation
           ,
           closely
           lurcht
           out
           of
           this
           Author
           ?
           Some
           of
           our
           owne
           have
           beene
           more
           ingenuous
           ,
           to
           name
           him
           when
           they
           quote
           him
           :
           and
           that
           's
           faire
           play
           .
        
         
           What
           the
           Setters
           forth
           of
           the
           two
           former
           Editions
           ,
           in
           our
           language
           ,
           meant
           in
           concealing
           his
           name
           ,
           we
           will
           not
           doe
           them
           so
           much
           wrong
           as
           to
           ghesse
           at
           .
           Our
           
             Title
             page
          
           acknowledges
           him
           to
           be
           that
           famous
           Borero
           ,
           the
           Italian
           :
           a
           Writer
           ,
           that
           still
           passes
           amongst
           his
           owne
           people
           not
           only
           for
           a
           Wit
           ,
           but
           for
           a
           Iudgement
           .
           His
           way
           of
           writing
           is
           his
           owne
           ;
           for
           t
           is
           New
           :
           and
           to
           commend
           the
           usefulnesse
           of
           it
           let
           this
           be
           enough
           ,
           that
           the
           nimblest
           Politico's
           of
           these
           active
           times
           could
           (
           perchance
           )
           have
           wisht
           ,
           That
           the
           Relations
           of
           
             Giovanni
             Botero
          
           had
           only
           beene
           in
           their
           owne
           Libraries
           .
           That
           in
           this
           third
           Edition
           we
           have
           taken
           upon
           us
           to
           adde
           some
           new
           Discourses
           ,
           and
           to
           Augment
           divers
           of
           the
           old
           ;
           we
           were
           emboldned
           unto
           by
           the
           voyces
           and
           judgements
           of
           the
           Buyers
           ,
           
           whom
           we
           perceived
           to
           be
           better
           pleased
           with
           those
           inlargements
           in
           the
           second
           Edition
           ,
           than
           with
           the
           first
           .
           In
           what
           we
           have
           done
           ,
           we
           have
           bound
           our selves
           to
           the
           Authors
           way
           and
           method
           :
           and
           how
           much
           wee
           have
           added
           ,
           the
           next
           Page
           shall
           tell
           you
           .
        
         
           We
           must
           not
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           conceale
           from
           you
           ,
           how
           that
           divers
           of
           the
           Italians
           (
           who
           are
           as
           naturall
           haters
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           fearers
           of
           the
           Spanish
           greatnesse
           )
           have
           taken
           the
           same
           exceptions
           to
           Botero
           ,
           that
           the
           French
           of
           old
           did
           to
           Proislart
           :
           who
           for
           writing
           so
           gloriously
           of
           the
           English
           victories
           ,
           and
           so
           truly
           of
           the
           French
           overthrowes
           ;
           have
           thought
           to
           disgrace
           his
           whole
           storie
           ,
           by
           calling
           him
           a
           Pensioner
           of
           England
           ,
           and
           a
           man
           hired
           to
           write
           by
           the
           good
           Rose-nobles
           of
           England
           :
           In
           like
           manner
           hath
           Botero
           (
           say
           some
           )
           beene
           suspected
           to
           have
           had
           a
           feeling
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Pistolets
           ,
           for
           that
           hee
           hath
           written
           so
           magnificently
           of
           that
           Nation
           .
           This
           hath
           made
           us
           so
           wary
           and
           so
           carefull
           withall
           ,
           by
           the
           truth
           of
           history
           to
           examine
           whatsoever
           might
           that
           way
           seeme
           hyperbolicall
           .
           Some
           things
           in
           that
           kinde
           wee
           had
           rather
           leave
           to
           be
           amended
           by
           your
           judgements
           ,
           than
           either
           too
           much
           to
           wrong
           that
           Nation
           ,
           
           or
           to
           correct
           our
           Copie
           by
           bringing
           it
           under
           our
           
             Index
             Expurgatorius
          
           .
        
         
           Our
           Author
           deserves
           rather
           to
           bee
           numbred
           among
           the
           Polititians
           ,
           than
           amongst
           the
           Historians
           or
           Geographers
           .
           T
           is
           to
           his
           purpose
           sometimes
           to
           deliver
           you
           the
           situation
           of
           the
           Countrey
           he
           discourses
           upon
           ;
           so
           to
           shew
           you
           ,
           first
           the
           Greatnesse
           of
           each
           Kingdome
           :
           Secondly
           ,
           how
           formidable
           or
           helpefull
           each
           Prince
           is
           likely
           to
           prove
           to
           his
           next
           neighbour
           ;
           out
           of
           which
           two
           considerations
           ,
           arise
           most
           of
           those
           leagues
           ,
           Alliances
           ,
           and
           those
           other
           Tyes
           of
           State
           ,
           betwixt
           Kingdome
           and
           Kingdome
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           wee
           hence
           learne
           ,
           how
           suddenly
           either
           Forces
           or
           Merchandizes
           may
           bee
           transported
           from
           one
           Nation
           to
           another
           .
           And
           all
           these
           helpe
           him
           to
           relate
           of
           the
           Greatnesse
           and
           Riches
           of
           each
           Kingdome
           ;
           which
           to
           doe
           ,
           bee
           two
           of
           his
           maine
           purposes
           .
           The
           Historie
           that
           hee
           makes
           use
           of
           ,
           is
           to
           shew
           you
           the
           valours
           of
           people
           ,
           the
           power
           of
           taking
           opportunities
           ,
           the
           advantages
           of
           the
           use
           of
           severall
           weapons
           ,
           &c.
           and
           that
           is
           also
           to
           his
           purpose
           .
           Both
           Geographie
           and
           History
           together
           (
           which
           bee
           the
           two
           favourite
           studies
           of
           the
           times
           )
           doe
           serve
           finally
           for
           the
           delight
           
           of
           the
           Reader
           ;
           and
           doe
           altogether
           make
           up
           our
           Author
           into
           a
           complete
           and
           a
           fine
           companion
           for
           Gentlemen
           ,
           for
           Souldiers
           ,
           for
           Schollers
           ,
           and
           for
           all
           men
           to
           passe
           the
           time
           withall
           :
           and
           for
           such
           an
           one
           we
           here
           commend
           him
           to
           your
           acquaintance
           .
           Fare
           well
           ;
           and
           make
           him
           your
           owne
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Relations
           newly
           added
           ,
           or
           very
           much
           inlarged
           in
           this
           Edition
           .
        
         
           
             
               Newly
               added
               .
            
             
               MOst
               of
               the
               Chapter
               of
               Observation
               .
            
             
               Navarre
               .
               194
            
             
               The
               Lords
               the
               Estates
               part
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
               200
            
             
               Vrbine
               .
               361
            
             
               Mantua
               .
               362
            
             
               Millaine
               .
               316
            
             
               Savor
               .
               364
            
             
               Malta
               .
               373
            
             
               Transylvania
               .
               394
            
             
               Estate
               of
               
                 Bothlen
                 Gabor
              
               in
               Hungaria
               .
               399
            
             
               A
               briefe
               Chronicle
               of
               his
               birth
               and
               fortunes
               .
               399
            
             
               The
               Palatinate
               .
               285
            
             
               Brandenburg
               .
               300
            
          
           
             
               Inlarged
               .
            
             
               ROman
               Empire
               .
               284
            
             
               Bavaria
               .
               301
            
             
               Genoa
               .
               337
            
             
               Tuscanie
               .
               324
            
             
               Sicily
               .
               369
            
             
               Bohemia
               .
               376
            
          
        
         
           With
           divers
           others
           altered
           and
           amended
           thorow
           out
           the
           whole
           :
           and
           some
           new
           Additions
           in
           the
           Indies
           ,
           not
           here
           mentioned
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           RELATIONS
           of
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           
             THE
             FIRST
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Observation
               .
            
             
               BEing
               to
               relate
               of
               the
               
                 Customes
                 ,
                 Manners
              
               ,
               and
               Potencies
               of
               Nations
               and
               great
               Princes
               ,
               my
               scope
               shall
               not
               bee
               to
               trouble
               your
               Readings
               with
               proofes
               out
               of
               such
               obsolete
               Authors
               as
               are
               accounted
               very
               ancient
               ,
               for
               with
               these
               Themes
               (
               by
               reason
               of
               Indiscoverie
               )
               those
               Ages
               were
               not
               so
               well
               acquainted
               :
               Againe
               ,
               their
               Observations
               ,
               Rules
               ,
               and
               Caveats
               being
               not
               so
               well
               digested
               ,
               nothing
               so
               certaine
               as
               ours
               of
               these
               lightsomer
               times
               ,
               were
               neither
               so
               pleasant
               nor
               so
               usefull
               as
               these
               more
               assured
               &
               more
               moderne
               Relations
               .
               Time
               and
               the
               Warres
               have
               altered
               much
               since
               Aristotle
               and
               Ptolomies
               dayes
               ;
               whose
               Rules
               and
               Observations
               have
               since
               growne
               partly
               out
               of
               use
               ,
               and
               beene
               partly
               bettered
               .
               I
               cannot
               certainly
               subscribe
               to
               the
               opinions
               of
               such
               Philosophers
               ,
               who
               building
               all
               upon
               Influences
               and
               Constellations
               ,
               will
               have
               the
               faculties
               of
               Soules
               and
               Bodies
               to
               bee
               governed
               by
               the
               Starres
               and
               Climates
               :
               But
               my
               meaning
               is
               to
               lay
               downe
               some
               few
               Observations
               arising
               from
               the
               immutable
               providence
               
               of
               Nature
               ,
               which
               remaineth
               constant
               ,
               immortall
               ,
               and
               is
               never
               changed
               ,
               unlesse
               by
               Accident
               ,
               Violence
               ,
               or
               Times
               tyrannie
               ;
               which
               notwithstanding
               in
               the
               revolution
               of
               an
               Age
               or
               two
               ,
               returneth
               againe
               to
               its
               prime
               operation
               .
               From
               thence
               I
               will
               descend
               to
               discourse
               of
               such
               Reasons
               ,
               as
               may
               in
               all
               probabilitie
               give
               occasion
               or
               advantage
               to
               one
               Prince
               or
               Nation
               to
               excell
               another
               either
               in
               keeping
               or
               inlarging
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               I
               will
               lay
               downe
               some
               Instructions
               for
               travell
               .
               And
               comming
               in
               the
               last
               place
               to
               the
               particular
               Relations
               of
               our
               Author
               ,
               wee
               will
               premise
               a
               more
               exact
               and
               large
               description
               of
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               the
               chiefe
               Cities
               of
               note
               in
               it
               :
               Leaving
               all
               to
               your
               favourable
               construction
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               diuision
               of
               Temperature
               .
            
             
               FIrst
               therefore
               ,
               according
               to
               best
               Authoritie
               ,
               let
               us
               firmely
               beleeve
               ,
               That
               the
               Creator
               of
               all
               things
               hath
               not
               bestowed
               upon
               any
               particular
               Region
               like
               and
               semblable
               blessings
               to
               another
               ;
               but
               that
               (
               as
               experience
               may
               warrant
               )
               to
               some
               one
               Countrey
               he
               hath
               given
               this
               good
               favour
               ,
               to
               another
               that
               ;
               partly
               in
               regard
               of
               situation
               ,
               partly
               by
               operation
               of
               his
               ministers
               ,
               as
               starres
               ,
               winds
               ,
               heat
               ,
               cold
               ,
               water
               ,
               aire
               ,
               diet
               ,
               &c.
               
               
                 Athenis
                 tenue
                 coelum
                 ,
                 Thebis
                 crassum
                 :
                 Athens
                 enjoyes
                 a
                 cleare
                 skie
                 ,
                 and
                 Thebes
                 a
                 foggie
                 .
              
               And
               therefore
               without
               offence
               ,
               by
               the
               testimonie
               of
               good
               Authors
               ,
               wee
               may
               bee
               bold
               to
               conjecture
               ,
               that
               the
               people
               &
               Nations
               inhabiting
               divers
               climates
               of
               this
               vast
               Vniverse
               ,
               are
               endowed
               with
               divers
               ,
               strange
               ,
               and
               opposite
               dispositions
               :
               It
               is
               naturall
               to
               the
               Inhabitants
               bounding
               upon
               the
               North
               ,
               to
               be
               biggest
               boned
               ,
               strongest
               set
               ,
               and
               aptest
               for
               labour
               :
               and
               to
               the
               nations
               of
               the
               South
               ,
               to
               bee
               weake
               ,
               yet
               more
               subtill
               .
               
                 Acuriores
                 Attici
                 ,
                 valentes
                 Thebani
                 ;
                 The
                 Athenians
                 are
                 the
                 sharper
                 witted
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Thebans
                 are
                 the
                 abler
                 bodied
                 .
              
            
             
             
               Now
               ,
               how
               farre
               these
               Influences
               of
               North
               and
               South
               stretch
               in
               operation
               ;
               or
               wh●re
               the
               East
               and
               West
               put
               periods
               to
               their
               owne
               potencies
               ;
               or
               what
               ,
               in
               generall
               truth
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               affirmed
               of
               their
               divers
               manners
               and
               qualities
               ,
               is
               hard
               to
               say
               ;
               and
               the
               harder
               ,
               for
               that
               no
               man
               hitherto
               hath
               presumed
               to
               undertake
               the
               taske
               amidst
               so
               many
               obscurities
               .
               For
               if
               all
               credit
               should
               be
               given
               to
               Hippocrates
               ,
               (
               whose
               authoritie
               was
               ever
               held
               oraculous
               )
               he
               will
               tell
               you
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 people
                 of
                 the
                 North
                 are
                 slender
                 ,
                 dwarfish
                 ,
                 lean
                 and
                 swarthie
                 :
              
               And
               Averrois
               will
               be
               bold
               to
               affirme
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 mountaine
                 people
                 are
                 most
                 pious
                 and
                 wittie
                 :
              
               whereas
               universall
               experience
               doth
               condemne
               them
               of
               rudenesse
               and
               barbarisme
               .
               
                 The
                 ignorance
                 of
                 the
                 Ancients
              
               (
               saith
               
                 Bodin
                 )
                 was
                 once
                 so
                 grosse
                 ,
                 that
                 not
                 a
                 few
                 of
                 them
                 deemed
                 the
                 Ocean
                 a
                 River
                 ,
                 all
                 Iberia
                 but
                 a
                 Citie
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               because
               all
               the
               Ancients
               in
               like
               error
               (
               except
               Possidonius
               and
               Avicen
               )
               limited
               the
               possibilitie
               of
               habitation
               ,
               to
               consist
               wholly
               betweene
               the
               Tropikes
               and
               the
               polar
               Circles
               ;
               affirming
               ,
               that
               beyond
               there
               was
               no
               health
               ,
               no
               place
               peopled
               ,
               &c.
               let
               this
               erroneous
               imagination
               for
               evermore
               be
               silenced
               ,
               by
               the
               authoritie
               of
               all
               moderne
               Navigators
               ,
               who
               have
               found
               the
               wholsomest
               and
               best
               peopled
               Countries
               of
               all
               those
               parts
               ,
               to
               lie
               under
               the
               Aequator
               :
               and
               the
               regions
               situated
               under
               the
               Tropikes
               ,
               to
               bee
               tormented
               with
               more
               rigorous
               heat
               .
               Alvarez
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               the
               Abassine
               Embassador
               arriving
               at
               Lisbon
               in
               Portugall
               ,
               was
               that
               day
               almost
               choaked
               with
               heat
               ;
               and
               yet
               is
               Abassia
               or
               
                 Prester
                 Iohns
              
               country
               from
               whence
               he
               came
               ,
               neere
               upon
               30.
               degrees
               more
               Southerly
               than
               Lisbon
               is
               :
               yea
               ,
               and
               betweene
               the
               Tropike
               of
               Cancer
               and
               the
               Aequator
               also
               ,
               part
               of
               it
               lying
               even
               beyond
               the
               Line
               .
               And
               Purquer
               the
               Germane
               reported
               ,
               that
               he
               had
               felt
               the
               weather
               hotter
               about
               Dantzike
               ,
               and
               the
               Baltike
               Sea
               ,
               than
               at
               Tholouza
               in
               a
               fervent
               Summer
               ;
               notwithstanding
               that
               Dantzike
               be
               farre
               more
               Northerly
               than
               Tholouza
               .
               And
               this
               is
               no
               paradox
               :
               The
               cause
               with
               good
               iudgement
               being
               to
               bee
               ascribed
               to
               the
               grossnesse
               and
               thicknesse
               of
               the
               aire
               ;
               considering
               that
               Europe
               and
               the
               North
               are
               full
               of
               waters
               ;
               which
               bursting
               out
               from
               
               hidden
               and
               unknowne
               concavities
               ,
               doe
               produce
               infinite
               bogs
               ,
               fens
               ,
               lakes
               ,
               and
               marishes
               ,
               in
               the
               Summer
               seasons
               causing
               thicke
               vapours
               to
               ascend
               .
               Which
               (
               without
               doubt
               )
               being
               incorporated
               with
               heat
               ,
               scorch
               more
               fervently
               ,
               than
               the
               purer
               aire
               of
               Affrike
               ,
               being
               stored
               with
               no
               such
               super-abundance
               of
               watry
               elements
               :
               Even
               so
               fire
               ,
               being
               invested
               in
               the
               body
               of
               liquors
               ,
               or
               metals
               ,
               scaldeth
               more
               furiously
               than
               in
               wood
               ;
               and
               in
               wood
               ,
               more
               fervently
               than
               in
               flame
               .
               And
               if
               the
               keepers
               of
               stoves
               and
               hot
               houses
               ,
               doe
               not
               sprinkle
               the
               ground
               with
               water
               ,
               that
               the
               vapour
               being
               contracted
               and
               the
               aire
               thickned
               ,
               they
               may
               thereby
               the
               longer
               and
               better
               maintaine
               heat
               ,
               and
               spare
               fuell
               ;
               you
               must
               (
               for
               me
               )
               wander
               into
               the
               schooles
               of
               more
               profound
               Philosophers
               for
               further
               satisfaction
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Situation
               of
               Nations
               .
            
             
               NOw
               to
               the
               South-wards
               ,
               wee
               will
               limit
               the
               hithermost
               Spaniards
               ,
               the
               Siculi
               ,
               the
               Peloponnesians
               ,
               the
               Cretensians
               ,
               the
               Syrians
               ,
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               the
               Persians
               ,
               the
               Susians
               ,
               the
               Gedrosii
               ,
               the
               Indians
               ,
               the
               Aegyptians
               ,
               the
               Cirenians
               ,
               the
               Africans
               ,
               the
               Numidians
               ,
               the
               Libians
               ,
               the
               Moores
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               of
               Florida
               in
               America
               ,
               to
               be
               situated
               :
               but
               with
               this
               caveat
               ,
               that
               those
               wholly
               to
               the
               West-wards
               in
               the
               same
               latitude
               ,
               live
               in
               a
               more
               cold
               temperature
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               of
               the
               North
               ,
               I
               meane
               to
               be
               those
               ,
               which
               live
               under
               the
               fortieth
               degree
               to
               the
               sixtieth
               :
               and
               those
               of
               more
               temperature
               ,
               who
               extend
               to
               the
               seventieth
               .
               Vnder
               the
               first
               are
               situated
               ,
               
                 Brittaine
                 ,
                 Ireland
                 ,
                 Denmarke
              
               ,
               part
               of
               
                 Gotland
                 ,
                 Netherland
              
               ,
               and
               those
               Countries
               ,
               which
               from
               the
               River
               of
               Mase
               stretch
               to
               the
               outmost
               borders
               of
               Scythia
               and
               Tartaria
               ,
               containing
               a
               good
               portion
               of
               Europe
               ,
               and
               the
               greater
               Asia
               .
            
             
             
               The
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               
                 Middle
                 Region
              
               ,
               as
               being
               subject
               neither
               to
               extreme
               heat
               ,
               not
               to
               extreme
               cold
               ,
               I
               place
               betweene
               both
               Extremes
               ,
               and
               yet
               able
               to
               endure
               both
               ,
               with
               indifferent
               content
               .
               I
               also
               terme
               that
               the
               
                 Middle
                 Region
              
               ,
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Tropike
               and
               the
               Pole
               ;
               and
               not
               that
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Tropike
               and
               the
               Line
               :
               because
               the
               extremitie
               of
               heat
               is
               not
               so
               forcibly
               felt
               under
               the
               Line
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               as
               under
               the
               Tropikes
               .
               So
               that
               ,
               that
               cannot
               be
               accounted
               the
               temperate
               climate
               ,
               which
               extendeth
               from
               the
               thirtieth
               degree
               to
               the
               fortieth
               ;
               but
               that
               which
               beginneth
               at
               the
               fortieth
               ,
               and
               endeth
               at
               the
               fiftieth
               :
               and
               the
               neerer
               East
               the
               more
               temperate
               .
               Vnder
               which
               tract
               ,
               lie
               the
               further
               
                 Spaine
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 Italie
              
               ,
               the
               higher
               Germanie
               ,
               (
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               Mase
               )
               both
               
                 Hungaries
                 ,
                 Illyria
              
               ,
               both
               
                 Mysiaes
                 ,
                 Dacia
                 ,
                 Moldavia
                 ,
                 Macedon
                 ,
                 Thrace
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               better
               part
               of
               Asia
               the
               lesse
               ,
               
                 Armenia
                 ,
                 Parthia
                 ,
                 Sogdiana
              
               ,
               and
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Asia
               the
               great
               .
               And
               the
               neerer
               the
               East
               ,
               the
               more
               temperate
               ,
               although
               they
               somewhat
               incline
               to
               the
               South-ward
               ,
               as
               
                 Lydia
                 ,
                 Cilicia
                 ,
                 Asia
                 ,
                 Media
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               The
               ancient
               Greekes
               and
               Romanes
               both
               to
               set
               forth
               their
               owne
               skill
               in
               Geographie
               and
               Philosophie
               ,
               and
               withall
               to
               make
               shew
               of
               the
               largenesse
               of
               their
               conquests
               ;
               with
               ignorance
               and
               idlenesse
               enough
               ,
               did
               like
               the
               Chinois
               at
               this
               day
               represent
               their
               owne
               kingdome
               in
               the
               map
               ,
               as
               bigge
               as
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               world
               besides
               .
               They
               therefore
               dividing
               the
               heavens
               into
               five
               Zones
               ,
               made
               three
               of
               them
               utterly
               inhabitable
               :
               In
               those
               two
               next
               the
               Poles
               their
               philosophy
               judged
               not
               much
               amisse
               ;
               for
               though
               no
               man
               of
               Europe
               hath
               beene
               neere
               to
               either
               of
               them
               ,
               yet
               at
               that
               distance
               were
               the
               discoverers
               ,
               yea
               the
               Seas
               themselves
               frozen
               up
               with
               most
               insufferable
               cold
               ;
               and
               these
               the
               Ancients
               rightly
               called
               ,
               The
               
                 frozen
                 Zones
              
               .
               But
               in
               that
               which
               is
               called
               the
               
                 Torride
                 Zone
              
               ,
               their
               philosophy
               was
               much
               mistaken
               .
               This
               Zone
               takes
               up
               all
               that
               space
               which
               is
               betwixt
               the
               two
               Tropicks
               ,
               and
               is
               equally
               divided
               by
               the
               Aequinoctiall
               line
               ;
               the
               whole
               breadth
               of
               the
               Zone
               being
               47.
               degrees
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               2820.
               
               Italian
               miles
               of
               ground
               .
               Now
               in
               this
               vast
               tract
               to
               imagine
               ,
               all
               heat
               and
               no
               
               temperature
               sufficient
               for
               a
               man
               to
               live
               in
               ,
               was
               but
               an
               errour
               of
               the
               times
               ,
               bewraying
               their
               owne
               unexperience
               ,
               and
               the
               uncertainty
               of
               speculative
               philosophie
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               true
               indeed
               ,
               that
               neere
               unto
               the
               North
               pole
               men
               thinking
               to
               draw
               in
               their
               breaths
               ,
               are
               in
               danger
               to
               have
               their
               throats
               pluggd
               up
               with
               an
               Isicle
               :
               and
               the
               Dutchmen
               wintering
               in
               
                 Nova
                 Zembla
              
               ,
               had
               their
               house
               covered
               with
               snow
               for
               nine
               or
               ten
               moneths
               together
               ,
               nor
               could
               they
               get
               themselves
               a
               heat
               with
               all
               the
               fire
               they
               could
               make
               .
               But
               there
               is
               not
               the
               same
               reason
               for
               the
               insufferablenesse
               of
               heat
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               of
               cold
               .
               Heat
               is
               the
               friend
               of
               life
               and
               nature
               ,
               and
               cold
               the
               great
               enemie
               and
               nipper
               of
               vegetation
               :
               And
               whereas
               cold
               can
               without
               doors
               receiue
               no
               temperer
               ;
               heat
               on
               the
               contrarie
               is
               capable
               of
               very
               many
               .
               For
               so
               hath
               the
               most
               wise
               God
               ordered
               his
               Creation
               ,
               that
               under
               the
               
                 Torride
                 Zone
              
               ,
               there
               is
               most
               abundant
               plentie
               of
               waters
               ;
               Rain-water
               ,
               Snow-water
               ,
               Sea-water
               ,
               Lake-water
               ,
               River-water
               ,
               and
               Spring-water
               .
               As
               for
               their
               raines
               ,
               even
               the
               heats
               cause
               them
               ;
               for
               in
               those
               moneths
               ,
               when
               the
               Sunne
               is
               verticall
               ,
               and
               right
               over
               their
               heads
               ,
               and
               at
               that
               time
               of
               the
               day
               when
               he
               scorches
               from
               the
               height
               of
               his
               Meridian
               ,
               at
               high
               noone
               dayes
               ,
               even
               then
               most
               plentifully
               doth
               hee
               dissolve
               the
               clouds
               ;
               and
               the
               raines
               at
               that
               time
               quench
               his
               flames
               most
               temperately
               .
               At
               mid-day
               also
               have
               they
               (
               and
               that
               constantly
               )
               those
               coole
               and
               gentle
               winds
               ,
               which
               the
               Spaniards
               call
               the
               Brizes
               .
               In
               those
               parts
               have
               they
               the
               most
               mighty
               Rivers
               ;
               witnesse
               the
               Orelian
               70.
               leagues
               in
               bredth
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               Plate
               ,
               40.
               leagues
               over
               ;
               with
               divers
               others
               not
               much
               streighter
               than
               our
               narrow
               Seas
               .
               There
               have
               they
               the
               Lake
               Ticicaca
               ,
               80.
               leagues
               compasse
               ;
               Nicuragua
               ,
               300.
               miles
               long
               ;
               and
               the
               Lake
               of
               Mexico
               1100.
               miles
               about
               .
               To
               come
               on
               this
               side
               the
               Line
               (
               yet
               still
               under
               the
               
                 Torride
                 Zone
              
               )
               where
               can
               you
               finde
               such
               impetuous
               raines
               continually
               falling
               for
               some
               whole
               moneths
               together
               ,
               and
               such
               vast
               Lakes
               and
               Rivers
               as
               in
               Aethiopia
               ?
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               River
               Zairo
               is
               20.
               miles
               wide
               ;
               nay
               ,
               and
               in
               these
               places
               the
               rivers
               content
               not
               themselves
               with
               their
               owne
               channels
               ,
               
               but
               in
               the
               hottest
               moneths
               they
               then
               overflow
               the
               whole
               country
               ,
               witnesse
               the
               Nile
               and
               the
               Niger
               :
               Another
               commoditie
               of
               these
               waters
               is
               this
               ,
               that
               the
               winds
               skimming
               over
               the
               face
               of
               them
               ,
               fannes
               the
               coole
               vapour
               all
               over
               those
               quarters
               .
               Nay
               ,
               as
               if
               this
               were
               not
               enough
               ,
               wee
               see
               that
               God
               hath
               provided
               water
               even
               in
               living
               and
               growing
               Cesternes
               ;
               the
               hollow
               truncks
               of
               most
               tree-like
               canes
               being
               full
               of
               water
               ,
               and
               those
               coole
               a
               little
               also
               ;
               such
               be
               plentifull
               in
               the
               Moluccas
               ,
               even
               under
               the
               Aequinoctiall
               .
               Besides
               all
               this
               ,
               hath
               nature
               provided
               those
               parts
               of
               many
               high
               mountaines
               ,
               which
               cast
               long
               shadowes
               ,
               and
               mightily
               keepe
               off
               the
               Sun
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               which
               you
               would
               wonder
               at
               ,
               even
               in
               that
               continuall
               neighbourhood
               of
               that
               great
               Thawer
               have
               you
               hils
               perpetually
               covered
               with
               frost
               &
               snow
               :
               so
               is
               it
               in
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Saint
               Thomas
               ,
               which
               is
               just
               under
               the
               Aequinoctiall
               ;
               and
               so
               are
               the
               silver
               hills
               of
               P●tossi
               also
               .
               The
               generall
               causer
               of
               these
               snowes
               and
               colds
               is
               held
               to
               be
               the
               length
               of
               the
               nights
               (
               whose
               long
               and
               frequent
               intermissions
               be
               another
               maine
               occasion
               of
               temper
               and
               cooling
               )
               and
               these
               are
               generally
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               yeare
               ,
               the
               neerer
               the
               Line
               ,
               the
               longer
               ,
               being
               there
               equall
               with
               the
               dayes
               themselves
               ;
               so
               that
               there
               it
               snowes
               and
               freezes
               as
               much
               in
               the
               night
               ,
               as
               the
               Sun
               thawes
               in
               the
               day
               ;
               these
               snow-waters
               being
               naturally
               more
               cold
               than
               other
               waters
               also
               .
               For
               these
               and
               other
               reasons
               have
               our
               men
               of
               Europe
               found
               not
               people
               alone
               ,
               but
               even
               white
               people
               ,
               and
               most
               delicate
               and
               temperate
               dwelling
               (
               perchance
               the
               best
               in
               the
               world
               )
               in
               this
               
                 Torride
                 Zone
              
               ,
               yea
               ,
               under
               the
               very
               Aequinoctiall
               ;
               yea
               ,
               much
               cooler
               Summers
               ,
               than
               in
               Estramedura
               in
               Spaine
               ,
               or
               Apulia
               in
               Italy
               .
               To
               conclude
               this
               point
               ,
               the
               ancient
               Romanes
               who
               lookt
               for
               nothing
               but
               rost-meat
               in
               that
               Zone
               ,
               and
               that
               raw
               men
               could
               not
               possibly
               live
               there
               ,
               were
               a
               great
               deale
               worse
               scorched
               in
               their
               owne
               Italy
               ;
               nor
               have
               those
               under
               the
               
                 Torride
                 Zone
              
               so
               much
               need
               of
               the
               
                 Romane
                 Grottaes
              
               or
               -
               Freskataes
               for
               to
               coole
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               the
               Constitutions
               ,
               Complexions
               ,
               and
               Natures
               of
               the
               Northerne
               man.
               
            
             
               GEnerally
               ,
               both
               in
               the
               North
               ,
               in
               the
               South
               ,
               as
               also
               in
               the
               Middle
               ,
               you
               shall
               observe
               great
               difference
               both
               of
               fashion
               and
               qualitie
               ,
               occasioned
               (
               no
               question
               )
               through
               the
               intermingled
               resort
               from
               both
               Extremes
               .
               But
               in
               the
               Extremes
               you
               shall
               see
               .
               no
               such
               apparant
               diversitie
               .
               For
               the
               assured
               token
               of
               a
               Scythians
               countenance
               is
               ,
               his
               reddish
               eye
               like
               those
               of
               the
               Owle
               ,
               which
               also
               doe
               dazle
               at
               the
               sight
               of
               the
               light
               .
               Such
               eyes
               (
               saith
               Plutarch
               )
               haue
               the
               Cimbrians
               ,
               and
               such
               at
               this
               day
               the
               Danes
               .
               The
               Germanes
               and
               the
               Brittish
               have
               them
               not
               so
               fierie
               ,
               but
               rather
               grey
               ,
               intermixed
               with
               a
               bright
               blacknesse
               ,
               most
               resembling
               the
               colour
               of
               water
               .
               And
               this
               bright-shining
               colour
               (
               saith
               Aristotle
               )
               argueth
               heat
               :
               but
               blacke
               (
               the
               colour
               of
               the
               Southerne
               people
               )
               betokeneth
               want
               thereof
               .
               The
               grey
               eye
               (
               and
               such
               is
               theirs
               who
               inhabite
               betweene
               both
               )
               is
               sharpest
               of
               sight
               ,
               seldome
               troubled
               with
               dimnesse
               ;
               and
               according
               to
               Aristotle
               ,
               denoteth
               good
               qualities
               :
               the
               Red
               ,
               crueltie
               and
               austeritie
               ,
               as
               Plinie
               and
               Plutarch
               observed
               of
               
                 Sylla
                 ,
                 Caro
              
               ,
               and
               Augustus
               .
            
             
               The
               bloud
               also
               of
               the
               Scythian
               is
               full
               of
               small
               strings
               ,
               such
               as
               are
               discernable
               in
               the
               goare
               of
               Bulls
               and
               Boares
               ,
               and
               betokeneth
               strength
               and
               courage
               .
               The
               people
               of
               the
               South
               haue
               their
               bloud
               thinne
               and
               fluent
               ,
               like
               to
               that
               of
               the
               Hare
               and
               Hart
               ,
               and
               denoteth
               feare
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               may
               be
               conjectured
               ,
               that
               those
               Nations
               which
               are
               spread
               from
               the
               fortieth
               degree
               to
               the
               seventie
               five
               Northward
               ,
               are
               hot
               within
               :
               but
               the
               people
               of
               the
               South
               ,
               what
               they
               borrow
               from
               the
               Sunne
               ,
               that
               they
               want
               in
               themselves
               ;
               the
               inward
               heat
               being
               dispersed
               and
               drawne
               into
               the
               outward
               parts
               by
               the
               vehemencie
               of
               the
               outward
               heat
               :
               A
               reason
               why
               
               in
               frosty
               weather
               our
               minds
               and
               joynts
               are
               couragious
               and
               strong
               :
               in
               heat
               ,
               idle
               ,
               and
               lazie
               ;
               and
               so
               our
               appetites
               and
               digestion
               more
               vehement
               in
               Winter
               than
               in
               Summer
               ,
               (
               especially
               if
               the
               Northerne
               winds
               be
               stirring
               .
               )
               The
               Southerne
               winds
               effect
               the
               contrary
               in
               all
               living
               creatures
               (
               saith
               Aristotle
               )
               as
               may
               daily
               be
               observed
               amongst
               the
               English
               ,
               the
               Germans
               ,
               and
               the
               French
               ,
               travelling
               into
               Italy
               and
               Spaine
               :
               where
               if
               they
               live
               not
               sparingly
               ,
               they
               fall
               into
               surfets
               ;
               witnesse
               Philip
               Duke
               of
               Austria
               ,
               living
               in
               Spaine
               after
               his
               Germane
               gourmandizing
               fashion
               .
            
             
               Againe
               ,
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               who
               in
               their
               owne
               Countries
               live
               most
               niggardly
               ,
               in
               our
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               prove
               better
               trencher-men
               than
               the
               natives
               .
               And
               this
               experiment
               falleth
               not
               out
               true
               in
               men
               onely
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               beasts
               ,
               which
               (
               as
               herdsmen
               affirme
               )
               being
               driven
               towards
               the
               South
               ,
               fall
               away
               and
               lose
               flesh
               :
               but
               if
               they
               feed
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               they
               prosper
               and
               wax
               fat
               .
               Which
               I
               the
               rather
               beleeve
               ,
               for
               that
               
                 Leo
                 Afer
              
               writeth
               ,
               that
               throughout
               all
               Afrike
               you
               shall
               almost
               see
               no
               herds
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               nor
               Horse
               ,
               few
               flocks
               of
               Sheepe
               ,
               and
               scarce
               any
               milke
               at
               all
               .
               On
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               the
               goodly
               droves
               of
               the
               English
               ,
               the
               Germans
               ,
               and
               the
               Scythians
               ,
               are
               celebrated
               of
               all
               writers
               :
               not
               because
               their
               pastures
               are
               better
               ,
               or
               sweeter
               than
               those
               of
               the
               South
               ,
               (
               by
               the
               censure
               of
               Plinie
               )
               but
               for
               the
               nature
               and
               temperature
               of
               the
               Heavens
               ,
               and
               the
               Ayre
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               the
               Northerne
               man
               by
               nature
               is
               hot
               and
               moist
               ,
               (
               the
               Elements
               of
               fecunditie
               )
               so
               there
               is
               no
               question
               ,
               but
               that
               of
               all
               people
               they
               are
               ,
               and
               have
               beene
               ,
               the
               most
               populous
               .
               For
               from
               the
               Goths
               ,
               the
               Scythians
               ,
               the
               Germans
               ,
               and
               the
               Scandians
               ,
               not
               onely
               vast
               desarts
               ,
               and
               goodly
               Cities
               have
               beene
               founded
               ,
               and
               inhabited
               ,
               but
               from
               their
               loynes
               also
               have
               Colonies
               beene
               derived
               thorowout
               all
               Europe
               .
               Well
               therefore
               might
               Methodius
               ,
               and
               
                 P.
                 Diaconus
              
               resemble
               their
               Armies
               to
               swarmes
               of
               Bees
               .
               And
               most
               true
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               Iornandes
               and
               Olaus
               terme
               the
               North
               ,
               the
               Store-house
               of
               mankinde
               ;
               because
               from
               thence
               the
               Goths
               ,
               the
               Gepidae
               ,
               the
               Hunnes
               ,
               the
               Cimbrians
               ,
               the
               Lombards
               ,
               the
               Alani
               ,
               the
               Burgundians
               ,
               
               the
               Normans
               ,
               the
               Picts
               ,
               the
               Heruli
               ,
               the
               Swevians
               ,
               the
               Slavi
               ,
               the
               Swizzers
               ,
               and
               the
               Russians
               have
               not
               denied
               to
               fetch
               their
               pedigrees
               .
            
             
               Which
               maketh
               me
               to
               muse
               ,
               upon
               what
               reasons
               Hippocrates
               could
               build
               to
               say
               ,
               That
               the
               Northerne
               Nations
               were
               unapt
               for
               generation
               ,
               
                 causa
                 frigiditatis
              
               ;
               whereas
               the
               conjectures
               of
               heat
               and
               moisture
               ,
               argued
               in
               their
               hot
               and
               fervent
               breathings
               ,
               proceeding
               from
               the
               stomacke
               ,
               and
               more
               apparant
               in
               Winter
               than
               in
               Summer
               ,
               are
               not
               so
               effectually
               verified
               in
               any
               people
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               North.
               The
               true
               motives
               ,
               I
               say
               ,
               of
               promptnesse
               to
               generation
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               sensuall
               concupiscence
               ,
               as
               Aristotle
               also
               would
               have
               us
               to
               imagine
               :
               A
               vice
               more
               proper
               to
               the
               Southerne
               man
               :
               performance
               to
               the
               Northerne
               man.
               
            
             
               Which
               indifferent
               limitation
               ,
               was
               (
               without
               doubt
               )
               allotted
               to
               either
               climate
               by
               the
               handy-worke
               of
               God
               ;
               that
               those
               who
               were
               of
               sufficiencie
               for
               generation
               ,
               should
               not
               greatly
               be
               addicted
               to
               pleasures
               ;
               &
               the
               residue
               which
               wanted
               of
               that
               measure
               of
               heat
               and
               moisture
               ,
               should
               delight
               in
               wantonnesse
               ,
               to
               raise
               their
               appetites
               ;
               without
               the
               which
               ,
               they
               would
               neither
               propagate
               their
               issue
               ,
               nor
               by
               inter-marriages
               maintaine
               humane
               societie
               .
            
             
               And
               that
               this
               inward
               heat
               also
               maketh
               the
               people
               of
               the
               North
               more
               couragious
               ,
               taller
               ,
               and
               stronger
               ,
               than
               the
               Nations
               of
               the
               South
               ,
               is
               apparantly
               discernable
               ,
               not
               in
               our
               parts
               onely
               (
               by
               the
               operation
               of
               nature
               )
               but
               also
               in
               the
               people
               dwelling
               beyond
               the
               Tropike
               of
               Capricorne
               :
               where
               the
               more
               they
               decline
               from
               the
               Aequator
               ,
               the
               more
               they
               spread
               in
               stature
               and
               tallnesse
               .
               For
               the
               land
               of
               the
               Pentagones
               (
               of
               some
               termed
               Giants
               )
               is
               situated
               under
               the
               same
               latitude
               that
               Germanie
               is
               .
            
             
               Which
               assertions
               holding
               true
               ,
               it
               is
               no
               wonder
               that
               this
               strong
               and
               couragious
               people
               ,
               the
               Scythians
               ,
               have
               from
               the
               beginning
               cruelly
               invaded
               the
               South
               ,
               erecting
               therein
               many
               goodly
               Trophies
               :
               whereas
               from
               the
               South
               hath
               scarce
               ever
               beene
               attempted
               a
               journey
               worth
               speaking
               of
               ,
               to
               the
               indammagement
               of
               the
               North.
               
            
             
             
               The
               Assyrians
               vanquished
               the
               Caldeans
               :
               the
               Medes
               ,
               the
               Assyrians
               :
               the
               Greeks
               ,
               the
               Persians
               ;
               the
               Parthians
               ,
               the
               Greekes
               :
               the
               Romans
               ,
               the
               Carthaginians
               :
               the
               Goths
               ,
               the
               Romans
               :
               the
               Turks
               ,
               the
               Arabians
               :
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               the
               Turkes
               :
               and
               beyond
               Danubius
               ,
               the
               Romans
               were
               ever
               unwilling
               to
               attempt
               .
               Indeed
               Trajan
               erected
               an
               admirable
               bridge
               of
               stone
               over
               that
               River
               ;
               for
               it
               had
               twentie
               arches
               ,
               the
               rumes
               whereof
               (
               by
               report
               )
               are
               to
               be
               seene
               at
               this
               day
               .
               But
               after
               that
               the
               same
               Trajan
               perceived
               ,
               that
               those
               Nations
               were
               neither
               easily
               beaten
               ,
               nor
               being
               beaten
               ,
               would
               or
               could
               away
               with
               subjection
               ,
               he
               commanded
               the
               bridge
               to
               be
               broken
               .
               Semblably
               ,
               the
               English
               have
               given
               the
               French
               ,
               and
               Spanish
               ,
               many
               famous
               overthrowes
               ,
               especially
               to
               the
               French
               in
               France
               it selfe
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               hazard
               of
               their
               State
               ;
               and
               yet
               never
               could
               either
               of
               both
               the
               Nations
               ,
               at
               any
               time
               ,
               (
               though
               often
               attempted
               )
               set
               sure
               footing
               in
               England
               .
            
             
               These
               inrodes
               of
               the
               aforesaid
               barbarous
               Nations
               ,
               I
               would
               not
               reiterate
               ,
               but
               that
               in
               them
               (
               to
               mine
               understanding
               )
               the
               grievous
               threats
               of
               
                 Ezechiel
                 ,
                 Ieremie
                 ,
                 Esay
              
               ,
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Prophets
               ,
               
                 That
                 from
                 the
                 North
                 should
                 arise
                 warres
                 ,
                 footmen
                 ,
                 horsemen
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 kingdomes
              
               ;
               have
               beene
               ,
               in
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               accomplished
               :
               and
               most
               properly
               ought
               to
               bee
               referred
               to
               that
               fore-divided
               partition
               ,
               which
               stretcheth
               from
               the
               five
               and
               fortieth
               degree
               ,
               to
               the
               fiftieth
               and
               five
               ,
               where
               Biarmia
               is
               situated
               .
               For
               those
               which
               dwell
               beyond
               (
               being
               either
               none
               ,
               or
               very
               few
               )
               are
               dried
               up
               (
               to
               use
               Hippocrates
               his
               terme
               )
               with
               as
               vehement
               cold
               ,
               as
               the
               people
               living
               under
               the
               Tropikes
               are
               with
               heat
               :
               Not
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               inward
               heat
               ,
               (
               as
               Aristotle
               in
               his
               Meteors
               dreamed
               )
               but
               by
               the
               rigour
               of
               the
               cold
               ,
               piercing
               their
               bodies
               ,
               and
               wasting
               their
               humours
               ;
               unto
               which
               humours
               ,
               the
               Northerne
               people
               are
               generally
               subject
               .
               A
               manifest
               signe
               whereof
               ,
               is
               their
               immoderate
               drinking
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               Saxons
               ,
               and
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               the
               Baltike
               Sea
               ,
               could
               never
               yet
               be
               moderated
               by
               time
               ,
               nor
               statutes
               .
               And
               that
               these
               humours
               cause
               the
               body
               to
               spread
               ,
               let
               the
               Monsters
               of
               the
               Sea
               resolve
               our
               doubts
               ,
               who
               grow
               to
               that
               immensive
               vastnesse
               ,
               
               above
               all
               other
               living
               creatures
               ,
               
                 propter
                 humiditatis
                 copian●
              
               .
            
             
               But
               (
               as
               I
               take
               it
               )
               this
               overmuch
               moisture
               in
               the
               Northerne
               people
               ,
               turneth
               them
               often
               into
               many
               grievous
               inconveniences
               .
               For
               if
               you
               observe
               any
               of
               those
               Nations
               to
               travell
               towards
               the
               South
               ,
               or
               to
               make
               warres
               in
               hot
               Countries
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               them
               to
               faint
               and
               perish
               through
               immoderate
               sweating
               :
               as
               Plutarch
               ,
               in
               the
               life
               of
               Marius
               ,
               observed
               in
               the
               Rhewmatike
               bodies
               of
               the
               Cimbrians
               :
               And
               as
               experience
               manifesteth
               in
               the
               Horse
               ,
               who
               being
               by
               nature
               hot
               and
               moist
               ,
               liveth
               barely
               in
               Aethiopia
               ,
               and
               liketh
               well
               in
               Scythia
               ;
               whereas
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               the
               Asse
               ,
               being
               cold
               and
               drie
               ,
               is
               lustie
               ,
               and
               of
               good
               service
               in
               Afrike
               ;
               in
               Europe
               ,
               poore
               and
               base
               ;
               in
               Scythia
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               found
               .
            
             
               And
               what
               now
               we
               have
               spoken
               of
               the
               strength
               and
               courage
               of
               men
               ,
               is
               observed
               also
               to
               be
               true
               of
               horses
               .
               The
               Turkish
               and
               Barbary
               horses
               ,
               are
               like
               their
               Masters
               ,
               rather
               well
               limbd
               and
               well
               spirited
               ,
               than
               for
               labour
               or
               long
               journeyes
               .
               The
               Spanish
               Iennet
               ,
               like
               the
               men
               of
               his
               nation
               ,
               quickly
               proves
               good
               for
               a
               souldier
               ,
               both
               best
               ,
               when
               best
               caparisond
               .
               The
               Hungarian
               is
               a
               fierce
               assailant
               ,
               and
               his
               horse
               must
               bee
               lookt
               too
               for
               feare
               of
               running
               away
               with
               the
               Coach.
               The
               high
               and
               low
               Dutch
               are
               bigge
               boned
               ,
               but
               foggie
               people
               ,
               and
               the
               Germane
               horse
               is
               not
               to
               travell
               above
               thirtie
               miles
               a
               day
               ;
               that
               nation
               admires
               a
               poore
               English
               Hackney
               .
               The
               Tartar
               is
               a
               stubbed
               squat
               fellow
               ,
               hard
               bred
               ,
               and
               such
               are
               their
               horses
               .
               And
               so
               for
               our
               English.
               
            
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               people
               of
               the
               South
               .
            
             
               THe
               people
               of
               the
               South
               ,
               as
               concerning
               the
               constitutions
               of
               their
               bodies
               ,
               are
               said
               to
               be
               cold
               ,
               drie
               ,
               thicke-skin'd
               ,
               thinne
               and
               short
               hair'd
               ,
               weake
               ,
               browne
               ,
               small
               timbred
               ,
               blacke
               eyed
               ,
               and
               shrill
               voiced
               :
               the
               Northerne
               men
               contrarie
               ,
               and
               the
               middle
               people
               indifferently
               participating
               of
               both
               .
               The
               Spanish
               women
               terme
               the
               
                 Germane●
                 ,
                 Mallespisces
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               spongie
               fishes
               ,
               for
               their
               continuall
               drinking
               ;
               and
               in
               Italy
               and
               Provence
               ,
               the
               inhabitants
               doe
               
               much
               wonder
               at
               the
               English
               ,
               the
               French
               ,
               and
               the
               Flemmings
               ,
               for
               their
               nightly
               complaints
               of
               the
               bitings
               of
               the
               Gnats
               and
               Cimeces
               (
               a
               kinde
               of
               wormes
               breeding
               in
               their
               beds
               and
               bedsteads
               )
               whereas
               they
               themselves
               doe
               little
               regard
               them
               .
            
             
               But
               as
               the
               bodies
               of
               the
               Northerne
               people
               are
               endued
               with
               strength
               and
               courage
               ;
               so
               the
               weake
               constitutions
               of
               the
               Southerne
               Nations
               are
               supplied
               by
               the
               extraordinarie
               gifts
               of
               the
               minde
               ;
               terme
               them
               what
               you
               please
               ,
               either
               wit
               ,
               or
               subtiltie
               .
            
             
               Of
               crueltie
               also
               they
               have
               ever
               beene
               taxed
               :
               Reade
               
                 Leo
                 Afer
              
               his
               Historie
               of
               Afrike
               ,
               and
               the
               Carthaginian
               dissentions
               :
               or
               if
               Antiquitie
               please
               you
               not
               ,
               then
               turne
               your
               eyes
               to
               the
               late
               butcheries
               of
               Muleasses
               and
               his
               children
               ,
               and
               diligently
               weigh
               ,
               if
               ever
               your
               eares
               heard
               of
               more
               hellish
               furies
               than
               those
               which
               these
               Princes
               have
               put
               in
               execution
               ,
               either
               upon
               their
               vassals
               ,
               or
               against
               their
               own
               linage
               .
               Which
               if
               you
               undertake
               ,
               then
               you
               shall
               see
               miserable
               Muleasses
               deprived
               of
               his
               kingdome
               ,
               with
               his
               eyes
               burnt
               out
               ,
               his
               face
               disfigured
               ,
               and
               in
               lamentable
               distresse
               (
               by
               the
               cruelty
               of
               his
               brother
               )
               prostrating
               his
               complaints
               at
               the
               feet
               of
               Charles
               the
               Emperour
               .
            
             
               For
               to
               speake
               uprightly
               ,
               from
               these
               Nations
               (
               more
               than
               from
               any
               other
               )
               have
               tortures
               of
               more
               exquisite
               device
               taken
               their
               originals
               :
               as
               exoculations
               ,
               tearing
               of
               memb●●s
               ,
               flayings
               ,
               gashings
               with
               swords
               ,
               slow
               fires
               ,
               and
               impalements
               on
               stakes
               :
               all
               which
               the
               Italians
               ,
               the
               French
               ,
               the
               Spanish
               ,
               the
               Greekes
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               of
               Asia
               ,
               have
               ever
               abhorred
               ,
               and
               never
               admitted
               ,
               but
               upon
               occasions
               of
               horrible
               treasons
               ,
               and
               that
               unwillingly
               too
               ,
               as
               borrowed
               from
               their
               neighbours
               .
            
             
               And
               ,
               that
               no
               man
               should
               conjecture
               ,
               as
               doth
               Polybius
               ,
               that
               evill
               education
               should
               produce
               this
               disposition
               of
               crueltie
               ,
               I
               would
               advise
               him
               to
               looke
               into
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Southerne
               Americans
               ,
               who
               also
               bathe
               their
               children
               in
               the
               gore
               of
               their
               slaughtered
               enemies
               ,
               then
               drinke
               their
               bloud
               ,
               and
               lastly
               banquet
               with
               the
               quartered
               carkasses
               of
               their
               
               enemies
               .
               But
               if
               peradventure
               any
               man
               will
               object
               the
               like
               crueltie
               in
               the
               Northerne
               man
               ,
               I
               would
               wish
               him
               to
               put
               this
               difference
               :
               that
               the
               man
               of
               the
               North
               is
               transported
               into
               fury
               by
               the
               heat
               of
               courage
               ,
               and
               pursueth
               his
               revenge
               in
               open
               field
               ;
               where
               being
               provoked
               ,
               and
               passion
               asswaged
               ,
               he
               is
               easily
               pacified
               :
               whereas
               the
               Southerne
               man
               is
               not
               easily
               provoked
               ;
               nor
               once
               in
               passion
               ,
               is
               easily
               to
               be
               reconciled
               :
               and
               in
               actions
               of
               warre
               ,
               he
               wholly
               setteth
               his
               hopes
               on
               policies
               and
               stratagems
               ,
               tormenting
               with
               great
               indignitie
               and
               crueltie
               his
               slaine
               or
               vanquished
               enemies
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               cold
               bloud
               .
               A
               disposition
               base
               and
               brutish
               ,
               arising
               partly
               (
               I
               denie
               not
               )
               from
               that
               instinct
               of
               fury
               ,
               which
               evill
               education
               ,
               and
               their
               inveterate
               desire
               of
               revenge
               ,
               doe
               ingender
               in
               nature
               ,
               but
               more
               properly
               increased
               by
               the
               unequall
               distribution
               of
               humours
               ,
               and
               these
               humours
               by
               the
               inequalitie
               of
               the
               elements
               .
               By
               the
               influence
               of
               celestiall
               providence
               ,
               these
               elements
               are
               proportioned
               ,
               and
               by
               these
               elements
               humane
               bodies
               are
               transported
               and
               bloud
               infused
               in
               the
               bodie
               ,
               life
               in
               the
               bloud
               ,
               the
               soule
               in
               life
               ,
               and
               understanding
               in
               the
               soule
               :
               which
               ,
               although
               it
               be
               free
               from
               passion
               ,
               yet
               by
               proximitie
               it
               cannot
               but
               participate
               of
               neighbour-imperfection
               :
               the
               reason
               wherefore
               the
               people
               dwelling
               on
               either
               side
               our
               Middest
               ,
               are
               more
               prone
               to
               vice
               and
               foule
               behaviour
               .
            
             
               For
               as
               melancholie
               can
               no
               more
               be
               wanting
               to
               bloud
               ,
               thanlees
               to
               wine
               ;
               no
               otherwise
               can
               these
               passions
               ,
               which
               arise
               from
               melancholie
               ,
               be
               extracted
               from
               the
               body
               .
            
             
               Now
               ,
               the
               Southerne
               people
               having
               the
               greatest
               portion
               of
               their
               other
               humours
               drawne
               out
               by
               the
               heat
               of
               the
               Sun
               ,
               the
               melancholike
               (
               wherewith
               they
               most
               abound
               )
               remaine
               ,
               and
               as
               dregges
               settle
               at
               the
               base
               of
               all
               their
               actions
               ,
               being
               the
               more
               exasperated
               by
               their
               froward
               and
               perverse
               dispositions
               .
               That
               men
               of
               these
               constitutions
               are
               utterly
               implacable
               ,
               Ajax
               and
               
                 M.
                 Coriolanus
              
               may
               serve
               for
               presidents
               ;
               the
               former
               of
               whom
               ,
               for
               that
               he
               could
               not
               have
               his
               will
               on
               his
               enemie
               ,
               in
               a
               madding
               mood
               fell
               upon
               droves
               of
               cattell
               :
               the
               other
               would
               in
               no
               wise
               be
               reconciled
               to
               his
               Countrey
               ,
               
               before
               he
               saw
               the
               Cities
               thereof
               on
               a
               flaming
               fire
               ,
               in
               danger
               of
               irrecoverable
               destruction
               .
            
             
               But
               that
               the
               Northerne
               people
               have
               also
               their
               faults
               ,
               and
               are
               subject
               to
               choler
               ,
               I
               must
               not
               gaine-say
               ,
               but
               advise
               you
               to
               consider
               ,
               that
               when
               this
               passion
               happeneth
               to
               over-rule
               reason
               ,
               it
               burneth
               the
               bloud
               ,
               and
               incenseth
               the
               minde
               to
               quarrelling
               and
               revenge
               ,
               but
               in
               a
               farre
               fairer
               measure
               (
               as
               I
               said
               before
               )
               than
               melancholie
               doth
               in
               the
               nature
               of
               a
               Southerne
               man.
               According
               to
               
                 Cicero
                 :
                 Passion
                 may
                 over-beare
                 a
                 wise
                 man
                 ;
                 madnesse
                 cannot
                 .
              
            
             
               Now
               ,
               that
               the
               people
               of
               the
               South
               have
               beene
               given
               to
               the
               studies
               of
               contemplation
               ,
               (
               a
               profession
               befitting
               their
               melancholike
               humours
               )
               let
               their
               excellent
               Writers
               ,
               and
               Inventors
               of
               many
               noble
               Sciences
               ,
               as
               the
               
                 Historie
                 of
                 Nature
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Mathematikes
                 ,
                 Religion
              
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 operation
                 of
                 the
                 Planets
              
               ,
               plead
               their
               properties
               .
            
             
               The
               Northerne
               people
               ,
               being
               lesse
               given
               to
               contemplation
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               plentie
               of
               bloud
               and
               humours
               ,
               distempering
               their
               minds
               ,
               and
               hindering
               it's
               faculties
               ,
               have
               ,
               without
               teaching
               ,
               found
               out
               such
               Arts
               ,
               as
               fall
               within
               the
               compasse
               of
               understanding
               and
               apprehension
               ;
               as
               Mechanicall
               workmanships
               ,
               Ordnance
               ,
               casting
               of
               metals
               ,
               Printing
               ,
               and
               Minerals
               .
            
             
               Being
               also
               the
               Darlings
               of
               Mars
               ,
               they
               have
               alwayes
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               incredible
               eagernesse
               of
               courage
               ,
               embraced
               the
               Art
               Militarie
               ,
               loved
               Armes
               ,
               levelled
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               turned
               Streames
               ;
               giving
               themselves
               wholly
               to
               Hunting
               ,
               to
               Tillage
               ,
               to
               Grasing
               ,
               and
               to
               those
               Arts
               which
               are
               managed
               by
               labour
               :
               insomuch
               ,
               that
               a
               man
               may
               well
               affirme
               ,
               That
               their
               wits
               consist
               in
               their
               hands
               .
               The
               reason
               why
               the
               Astrologers
               (
               if
               you
               please
               to
               beleeve
               them
               )
               affirme
               ,
               
                 That
                 those
                 who
                 have
                 Mars
                 Lord
                 in
                 their
                 Nativities
                 ,
                 become
                 either
                 Souldiers
                 or
                 Trades-men
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               people
               of
               the
               Middle
               Region
               .
            
             
               OF
               this
               division
               are
               those
               ,
               who
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               understanding
               the
               reciprocall
               bounds
               of
               Government
               and
               Subjection
               ,
               
               and
               inured
               to
               civill
               and
               sociable
               conditions
               ,
               are
               sufficiently
               enabled
               to
               frustrate
               the
               policies
               of
               the
               South
               ,
               and
               to
               oppose
               against
               the
               furies
               of
               the
               North.
               Out
               of
               this
               mould
               would
               Vitruvius
               have
               a
               Commander
               to
               be
               chosen
               ;
               and
               how
               judiciously
               ,
               let
               others
               say
               :
               wee
               will
               only
               maintaine
               by
               historicall
               experience
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Goths
                 ,
                 Hunnes
                 ,
                 Heruli
              
               ,
               and
               Vandals
               ,
               wasted
               
                 Asia
                 ,
                 Afrike
              
               ,
               and
               Europe
               ;
               and
               yet
               for
               want
               of
               good
               counsell
               ,
               could
               never
               maintaine
               their
               Conquests
               :
               whereas
               farre
               weaker
               forces
               ,
               assisted
               by
               wisdome
               and
               politike
               government
               ,
               have
               not
               only
               brought
               barbarous
               Nations
               to
               civilitie
               ,
               but
               likewise
               perpetuated
               most
               flourishing
               Empires
               .
            
             
               In
               approbation
               whereof
               ,
               the
               Poets
               fained
               Pallas
               to
               be
               armed
               ,
               and
               Achilles
               to
               be
               by
               her
               protected
               .
               It
               is
               recorded
               also
               of
               
                 Cato
                 Censorius
              
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               a
               valiant
               Captaine
               ,
               a
               sage
               Senator
               ,
               an
               upright
               Iudge
               ,
               and
               a
               great
               Scholer
               :
               of
               Caesar
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               a
               Politician
               ,
               an
               Historian
               ,
               an
               Orator
               ,
               and
               a
               Warrior
               :
               of
               Agamemnon
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               a
               good
               Governour
               ,
               and
               a
               tall
               Souldier
               .
               And
               therefore
               no
               wonder
               ,
               if
               the
               Scythians
               ,
               hating
               Learning
               ,
               and
               the
               Southerne
               Nations
               ,
               abhorring
               Armes
               ,
               could
               never
               make
               good
               their
               conquered
               acquisitions
               .
               The
               Romans
               embraced
               both
               ,
               to
               their
               great
               good
               fortunes
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               Platoes
               rule
               ,
               intermingled
               Musicke
               (
               as
               the
               saying
               is
               )
               with
               Martiall
               exercises
               .
               From
               the
               Grecians
               ,
               they
               deemed
               it
               no
               discredit
               to
               borrow
               Lawes
               and
               Letters
               :
               from
               the
               Carthaginians
               and
               Sicilians
               ,
               the
               Art
               Marine
               :
               the
               Militarie
               they
               had
               in
               perfection
               by
               continuance
               and
               assiduitie
               .
               Before
               these
               times
               ,
               
               Scythian-like
               ,
               they
               strucke
               downe-right
               blowes
               :
               afterwards
               ,
               they
               learned
               of
               the
               Spaniards
               (
               saith
               Polybius
               )
               to
               thrust
               with
               the
               point
               .
            
             
               Thus
               much
               ,
               by
               way
               of
               Reading
               and
               Observation
               ,
               for
               Inclination
               and
               Industrie
               :
               for
               mine
               owne
               part
               ,
               I
               cannot
               but
               attribute
               these
               qualities
               of
               Strength
               in
               the
               Scythian
               ,
               Wit
               in
               the
               
                 Southerne
                 man
              
               ,
               and
               Indifferencie
               in
               the
               
                 Middle
                 man
              
               ,
               to
               the
               Divine
               providence
               ;
               who
               in
               his
               praescience
               adjudged
               it
               best
               ,
               upon
               cruell
               and
               barbarous
               men
               ,
               as
               upon
               Bulls
               and
               brute
               beasts
               ,
               not
               to
               bestow
               these
               good
               gifts
               of
               the
               Minde
               :
               
               neither
               upon
               subtle
               and
               vafrous
               people
               ,
               Courage
               ,
               and
               Strength
               of
               body
               ;
               left
               both
               should
               abuse
               both
               ,
               to
               the
               destruction
               of
               each
               other
               .
               For
               as
               Aristotle
               saith
               ,
               
                 There
                 is
                 nothing
                 more
                 dangerous
                 than
                 armed
                 furie
                 .
              
            
             
               Wherefore
               ,
               sithence
               all
               Nations
               have
               their
               faults
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               their
               vertues
               ,
               let
               us
               neither
               reproach
               the
               laudable
               sobrietie
               of
               the
               
                 Southerne
                 man
              
               ,
               nor
               tax
               the
               free
               drinking
               of
               the
               
                 Northerne
                 man
              
               ;
               faculties
               (
               without
               controversie
               )
               peculiar
               to
               either
               people
               :
               but
               rather
               ,
               according
               to
               reason
               ,
               let
               us
               weigh
               with
               our selves
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Southerne
                 man
              
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               naturall
               digestion
               ,
               if
               he
               should
               gourmandize
               ,
               would
               fall
               into
               Surfets
               ,
               Apoplexies
               ,
               &c.
               and
               the
               
                 Northerne
                 man
              
               ,
               if
               hee
               would
               ,
               cannot
               constraine
               abstinence
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               thirst
               ,
               proceeding
               of
               inward
               heat
               .
               And
               this
               should
               have
               beene
               the
               consideration
               of
               all
               Authors
               ,
               before
               they
               had
               proceeded
               to
               rash
               condemnation
               .
            
             
               So
               againe
               ,
               if
               the
               Greeke
               ,
               the
               Aegyptian
               ,
               the
               Arabian
               ,
               or
               the
               Chaldean
               ,
               be
               to
               be
               taxed
               of
               Superstition
               ,
               Sorcerie
               ,
               Cowardize
               ,
               Trecherie
               ,
               or
               Lasciviousnesse
               ;
               yet
               let
               them
               not
               be
               so
               rejected
               ,
               but
               that
               wee
               vouchsafe
               in
               them
               ,
               to
               imitate
               what
               hath
               beene
               commendable
               ,
               what
               excellent
               :
               For
               from
               these
               Nations
               ,
               in
               truth
               ,
               have
               Letters
               ,
               Arts
               ,
               Learning
               ,
               Discipline
               ,
               Philosophie
               ,
               Religion
               ,
               and
               the
               rules
               of
               humane
               Societie
               beene
               derived
               ,
               over
               the
               face
               of
               the
               habitable
               earth
               .
            
             
               Neither
               let
               us
               detract
               from
               the
               industries
               of
               the
               Northerne
               Nations
               ,
               neither
               take
               exceptions
               against
               the
               frailties
               of
               those
               whom
               God
               hath
               allotted
               to
               possesse
               the
               Middle
               Regions
               .
               For
               albeit
               (
               as
               I
               said
               at
               first
               )
               that
               no
               over-weening
               credit
               be
               to
               be
               given
               to
               Starres
               and
               Planets
               ,
               yet
               so
               farre
               let
               us
               leane
               to
               the
               learned
               ,
               as
               experience
               may
               seeme
               to
               verifie
               what
               they
               have
               observed
               .
            
             
               The
               Aphorismes
               of
               the
               Signes
               in
               the
               Zodiake
               (
               saith
               Bodin
               )
               are
               intricate
               ,
               and
               not
               understood
               by
               us
               ,
               considering
               ,
               that
               by
               the
               Astronomers
               owne
               observations
               to
               these
               times
               ,
               all
               the
               points
               of
               the
               Zodiake
               ,
               and
               the
               Signes
               ,
               have
               wholly
               changed
               their
               stations
               .
            
             
               To
               the
               Southerne
               people
               ,
               they
               place
               Saturne
               as
               Lord
               and
               
               Governour
               :
               To
               the
               Middle
               ,
               Iupiter
               :
               To
               the
               Northerne
               ,
               Mars
               .
               And
               these
               in
               generall
               .
               But
               because
               of
               particulars
               ,
               they
               put
               Venus
               in
               conjunction
               with
               
                 Saturne
                 ,
                 Mercurie
              
               with
               Iupiter
               ,
               and
               Luna
               with
               Mars
               .
               The
               Sunne
               ,
               as
               Moderator
               ,
               they
               have
               confined
               as
               indifferent
               .
            
             
               The
               Chaldeans
               say
               ,
               That
               the
               influence
               of
               Saturne
               operateth
               in
               apprehension
               :
               the
               influence
               of
               Iupiter
               ,
               in
               action
               :
               and
               the
               influence
               of
               Mars
               ,
               in
               execution
               .
               The
               Hebrewes
               terme
               Saturne
               ,
               quiet
               ,
               peaceable
               ,
               contemplative
               ;
               Iupiter
               ,
               just
               ,
               wise
               ,
               &c.
               and
               Mars
               ,
               strong
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               courage
               .
               Saturne
               (
               they
               say
               )
               is
               cold
               ,
               Mars
               hot
               ,
               and
               Iupiter
               moderate
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               people
               of
               the
               
                 Middle
                 Region
              
               are
               neither
               borne
               so
               apt
               to
               the
               studying
               of
               arcane
               Sciences
               ,
               as
               are
               the
               Southerne
               men
               ;
               nor
               so
               eagerly
               given
               to
               Mechanicall
               labours
               ,
               as
               are
               the
               Northerne
               men
               :
               but
               in
               management
               of
               civill
               affaires
               they
               prove
               most
               eminent
               .
               Let
               any
               man
               conferre
               Time
               and
               History
               ,
               and
               he
               shall
               finde
               ,
               that
               by
               this
               people
               the
               rudiments
               of
               civill
               behaviour
               ,
               of
               Lawes
               ,
               good
               Customes
               ,
               Statizing
               ,
               Merchandizing
               ,
               Oratorie
               ,
               and
               Dialect
               ,
               have
               beene
               bettered
               ,
               if
               not
               invented
               .
               And
               no
               marvell
               :
               for
               Iupiter
               and
               Mercurie
               are
               said
               to
               bee
               the
               Schoole-masters
               of
               Sciences
               ,
               and
               they
               that
               are
               borne
               under
               either
               ,
               are
               exceeding
               apt
               thereto
               of
               their
               proper
               inclinations
               .
               Witnesse
               
                 Asia
                 ,
                 Graecia
                 ,
                 Assyria
                 ,
                 Italy
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               higher
               Germanie
               (
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Pole
               and
               the
               Aequator
               ,
               from
               the
               40.
               degree
               to
               the
               50.
               )
               From
               hence
               the
               greatest
               Empires
               ,
               the
               best
               judges
               ,
               the
               wisest
               Lawyers
               ,
               the
               eloquentest
               Orators
               ,
               the
               skilfullest
               Merchants
               ,
               and
               finally
               the
               most
               exquisite
               Historians
               and
               Actors
               of
               Comedies
               ,
               that
               ever
               were
               ,
               have
               proceeded
               .
               In
               Africa
               have
               few
               such
               beene
               found
               :
               In
               Scythia
               ,
               fewer
               ,
               no
               ,
               not
               one
               ,
               Anacharsis
               excepted
               .
            
             
               Thus
               hath
               God
               and
               Nature
               decreed
               ,
               That
               the
               Scythian
               (
               or
               Northern
               man
               )
               should
               carrie
               the
               reputation
               of
               Strength
               ;
               the
               Southerne
               man
               ,
               the
               praise
               of
               Contemplation
               ;
               and
               the
               people
               inhabiting
               betweene
               both
               ,
               the
               
                 Attributes
                 of
                 Wisdome
              
               .
               And
               yet
               in
               all
               places
               (
               according
               to
               their
               Situations
               )
               shall
               you
               finde
               ,
               some
               more
               strong
               ,
               some
               more
               contemplative
               ,
               
               and
               some
               more
               wise
               .
               
                 Sed
                 à
                 particulari
                 non
                 est
                 syllogizandum
                 .
              
            
             
               Of
               East
               ,
               and
               West
               ,
               what
               more
               can
               be
               spoken
               ?
               To
               places
               parallel
               ,
               the
               Sunne
               neither
               riseth
               ,
               nor
               falleth
               .
               When
               it
               approacheth
               the
               South
               with
               us
               ,
               (
               being
               about
               noone-tide
               )
               then
               is
               it
               said
               to
               fall
               ,
               by
               the
               Easterne
               people
               ;
               and
               contrariwise
               ,
               then
               to
               rise
               by
               the
               Southerne
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               as
               well
               to
               reconcile
               the
               doubts
               of
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               as
               to
               satisfie
               the
               Curious
               ,
               in
               these
               unrevealed
               workes
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               his
               servant
               Nature
               ;
               the
               Moderne
               Cosmographers
               have
               beene
               bold
               to
               suppose
               the
               finite
               limitation
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               to
               determine
               in
               the
               Islands
               of
               the
               Molucca
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               West
               in
               the
               Hesperides
               .
               For
               herein
               (
               say
               they
               )
               standeth
               the
               centre
               of
               the
               Globe
               ,
               the
               Meridian
               of
               both
               Islands
               being
               180.
               de-degrees
               distant
               one
               from
               another
               .
               On
               the
               other
               halfe
               of
               the
               Globe
               lieth
               America
               ,
               divided
               from
               either
               angle
               by
               so
               immensible
               a
               tract
               of
               Sea
               ,
               that
               it
               deserveth
               by
               it selfe
               ,
               peculiar
               Bounds
               of
               East
               and
               West
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               that
               great
               Globe
               (
               commonly
               termed
               Australi●
               )
               I
               had
               rather
               say
               with
               Bodin
               ,
               That
               as
               yet
               ,
               it
               is
               better
               set
               forth
               for
               shew
               than
               for
               certainty
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               in
               excuse
               of
               oversight
               to
               bee
               objected
               to
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               in
               attributing
               peculiar
               influences
               to
               diversities
               of
               Climates
               ,
               as
               the
               North-east
               ,
               North-west
               ,
               South-east
               ,
               or
               South-west
               ;
               let
               all
               be
               referred
               to
               the
               operation
               of
               the
               Cardinall
               points
               of
               neerest
               situation
               ,
               and
               all
               (
               without
               doubt
               )
               may
               passe
               for
               tolerable
               construction
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               the
               greatest
               Princes
               therein
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               meanes
               to
               inlarge
               dominion
               .
            
             
               IT
               now
               remaineth
               ,
               that
               I
               undertake
               the
               second
               branch
               of
               Observation
               ;
               which
               is
               to
               relate
               unto
               our
               traveller
               ,
               of
               the
               greatest
               Princes
               and
               Potentates
               ,
               which
               at
               this
               day
               sway
               the
               world
               ,
               
               and
               how
               they
               have
               attained
               to
               their
               Soveraignty
               .
            
             
               This
               earth
               ,
               all
               created
               by
               one
               God
               ,
               was
               not
               all
               given
               to
               one
               man
               ;
               nor
               did
               God
               for
               ever
               intaile
               the
               possession
               and
               soveraignty
               over
               the
               same
               people
               ,
               unto
               the
               same
               family
               .
               Foure
               Monarchies
               we
               have
               had
               ,
               &
               this
               last
               much
               mangled
               and
               invaded
               in
               the
               declination
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               those
               Commanders
               who
               at
               first
               built
               their
               nests
               with
               the
               Eagles
               feathers
               ,
               falling
               out
               afterwards
               amongst
               themselves
               about
               the
               division
               of
               the
               spoile
               .
               Hence
               the
               Risings
               ,
               and
               the
               Ruines
               ,
               the
               Decayings
               and
               Inlargements
               of
               severall
               kingdomes
               ,
               just
               as
               mens
               ambition
               and
               meanes
               did
               enable
               them
               .
               Since
               the
               decay
               of
               the
               foure
               Monarchies
               ,
               the
               greatest
               Princes
               of
               the
               world
               are
               these
               at
               this
               day
               ;
               The
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               both
               risen
               out
               of
               the
               ruines
               of
               the
               Romane
               and
               the
               Macedonian
               Monarchies
               .
               Next
               is
               the
               Emperour
               of
               Russia
               ,
               and
               the
               Tartar
               in
               the
               North
               of
               the
               world
               ;
               The
               great
               Mogore
               in
               East
               India
               ,
               and
               the
               great
               Xeriff
               in
               Africa
               .
               And
               these
               be
               the
               most
               renowned
               Potentates
               ;
               and
               yet
               ,
               me
               thinks
               ,
               that
               in
               this
               one
               respect
               ,
               no
               one
               nation
               comes
               neere
               the
               honour
               of
               the
               Persian
               ;
               which
               (
               first
               )
               was
               once
               a
               Monarchy
               ;
               and
               secondly
               ,
               since
               the
               decay
               of
               that
               ,
               it
               hath
               ever
               continued
               ,
               a
               rich
               ,
               a
               great
               ,
               an
               active
               ,
               and
               a
               glorious
               kingdome
               ,
               which
               neither
               
                 Assyria
                 ,
                 Macedonia
              
               ,
               nor
               Rome
               it selfe
               can
               boast
               of
               .
               This
               one
               thing
               let
               me
               note
               ,
               that
               the
               glory
               of
               these
               Northerne
               Princes
               hath
               beene
               much
               more
               powerfull
               ,
               but
               nothing
               comparable
               to
               the
               state
               and
               Majestie
               of
               the
               Easterne
               Monarchs
               .
               That
               of
               Assyria
               was
               planted
               in
               the
               very
               garden
               and
               treasurie
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               both
               for
               wealth
               and
               delicacie
               ;
               and
               whereas
               the
               meanest
               subject
               may
               put
               a
               petition
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               one
               of
               our
               Princes
               ,
               the
               Kings
               of
               Persia
               kept
               such
               state
               ,
               that
               it
               was
               death
               even
               for
               the
               Queene
               herselfe
               to
               come
               neere
               the
               throne
               ,
               untill
               Ahashuerosh
               held
               forth
               the
               golden
               scepter
               .
               The
               King
               of
               Spaine
               weares
               at
               this
               day
               (
               perchance
               )
               a
               homely
               Cassocke
               of
               blacke
               Serge
               ,
               many
               a
               Curate
               in
               his
               Country
               having
               a
               better
               ;
               whereas
               the
               King
               of
               China
               gives
               not
               presence
               ,
               but
               rarely
               at
               the
               great
               suit
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               and
               that
               out
               at
               the
               window
               of
               a
               gilded
               chamber
               ,
               
               himselfe
               gloriously
               shining
               in
               Rubies
               ,
               in
               Gold
               and
               Diamonds
               ;
               and
               that
               at
               such
               time
               too
               ,
               as
               the
               Sunne
               shining
               upon
               him
               ,
               even
               dazles
               the
               eyes
               of
               his
               adoring
               subjects
               ,
               with
               the
               glitter
               of
               the
               reflection
               ;
               and
               this
               they
               thinke
               the
               Sunne
               doth
               in
               favour
               of
               him
               ,
               whence
               they
               call
               him
               ,
               
                 The
                 Sonne
                 of
                 the
                 Sunne
              
               .
               No
               Northerne
               or
               Westerne
               Prince
               at
               this
               day
               keeps
               state
               ,
               but
               the
               Emperour
               of
               Russia
               ,
               and
               the
               great
               Turke
               ;
               nor
               are
               any
               so
               obeyed
               :
               but
               their
               governments
               (
               as
               those
               of
               Assyria
               and
               Persia
               of
               old
               ,
               and
               the
               great
               Mogore
               and
               China
               at
               this
               day
               )
               are
               rather
               Tyrannies
               than
               Monarchies
               .
            
             
               Now
               most
               certaine
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               all
               these
               Monarchies
               and
               mighty
               kingdomes
               arrived
               not
               to
               that
               height
               of
               Empire
               ,
               but
               by
               time
               ,
               by
               meanes
               ,
               and
               by
               degrees
               :
               Time
               indeed
               perfected
               the
               designe
               ,
               but
               t
               was
               the
               meanes
               that
               effected
               it
               .
               Let
               this
               be
               therefore
               laid
               for
               the
               ground
               of
               our
               discourse
               ,
               that
               there
               be
               many
               (
               though
               secret
               ,
               yet
               )
               irresistable
               causes
               of
               enlarging
               of
               Empire
               ;
               which
               being
               made
               the
               right
               use
               of
               by
               a
               wife
               Architect
               of
               State
               ,
               presently
               shewes
               the
               advantage
               to
               lie
               on
               his
               side
               ,
               that
               hath
               the
               true
               knacke
               of
               King-craft
               .
               T
               is
               true
               ,
               
                 That
                 no
                 man
                 by
                 taking
                 thought
                 can
                 adde
                 one
                 cubite
                 unto
                 his
                 stature
              
               ;
               but
               yet
               in
               that
               vast
               frame
               of
               common-wealths
               ,
               by
               observing
               off
               me
               naturall
               and
               casuall
               advantages
               ,
               and
               by
               introducing
               of
               some
               good
               ordinances
               and
               constitutions
               ,
               there
               may
               be
               found
               out
               that
               Art
               of
               Themistocles
               ;
               To
               make
               a
               small
               towne
               to
               become
               a
               great
               Citie
               ,
               and
               to
               sowe
               greatnesse
               to
               posteritie
               .
            
             
               And
               these
               means
               conducing
               unto
               the
               enlargement
               of
               Empire
               ,
               we
               will
               reduce
               unto
               seven
               heads
               :
               First
               ,
               numbers
               of
               men
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               valour
               of
               the
               Natives
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               pretence
               of
               Religion
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               plentie
               of
               money
               .
               Fifthly
               ,
               advantage
               of
               weapons
               .
               Sixthly
               ,
               happinesse
               of
               situation
               .
               Seventhly
               ,
               the
               prudent
               apprehending
               of
               an
               opportunitie
               .
            
             
               The
               inlarging
               of
               Dominion
               ,
               
               is
               the
               uniting
               and
               establishing
               of
               divers
               Territories
               under
               one
               Soveraigne
               government
               ;
               whereunto
               is
               necessarily
               required
               such
               numbers
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               those
               not
               mercenarie
               ,
               if
               it
               may
               be
               avoided
               ,
               as
               may
               
               exceed
               the
               fatall
               dangers
               and
               doubtfull
               chances
               ,
               incident
               to
               casualties
               .
               For
               small
               numbers
               are
               soone
               consumed
               by
               diseases
               ,
               or
               oppressed
               by
               a
               more
               mighty
               enemy
               ;
               overthrowne
               in
               one
               battell
               ,
               or
               extenuated
               by
               a
               long
               warre
               :
               to
               which
               inconveniences
               great
               numbers
               and
               populous
               Nations
               are
               not
               so
               subject
               .
               By
               these
               advantages
               ,
               the
               Barbarians
               ,
               the
               Aegyptians
               ,
               the
               Assyrians
               ,
               and
               the
               Persians
               ,
               have
               for
               the
               most
               part
               brought
               their
               attempts
               to
               happy
               ends
               .
               The
               Romanes
               (
               if
               in
               respect
               of
               their
               honour
               )
               they
               did
               not
               ordinarily
               use
               huge
               Armies
               ,
               yet
               they
               alwayes
               prevailed
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               populous
               territories
               ,
               or
               their
               indefatigable
               continuance
               ;
               being
               thereby
               able
               the
               second
               and
               third
               time
               to
               reinforce
               their
               Legions
               ,
               and
               finally
               with
               fresh
               supplies
               to
               overcome
               their
               enemies
               ,
               being
               weakned
               with
               overcomming
               .
               And
               to
               multiplie
               and
               maintaine
               these
               numbers
               ,
               as
               they
               sometimes
               received
               into
               their
               territories
               their
               very
               enemies
               ,
               so
               at
               other
               times
               they
               sent
               forth
               Colonies
               of
               their
               owne
               people
               .
               By
               meanes
               whereof
               ,
               and
               other
               such
               like
               policies
               ,
               they
               grew
               to
               such
               multitudes
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               eighth
               yeare
               of
               the
               reigne
               of
               the
               Emperour
               Claudius
               ,
               the
               people
               were
               numbred
               to
               be
               six
               millions
               ;
               a
               number
               at
               this
               present
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               found
               in
               the
               bounds
               of
               all
               Italy
               ;
               whereby
               they
               became
               conquerours
               of
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               then
               discovered
               .
               Conquest
               (
               say
               I
               )
               undertaken
               by
               them
               ,
               as
               much
               in
               regard
               of
               
                 their
                 numbers
              
               ,
               as
               of
               
                 their
                 valour
              
               .
            
             
               A
               good
               Manroode
               is
               an
               inexhaustible
               stocke
               .
               By
               populous
               armies
               did
               the
               Northerne
               Nations
               (
               called
               
                 officinae
                 hominum
              
               ,
               the
               shops
               of
               men
               )
               overrunne
               farre
               greater
               Nations
               than
               their
               owne
               .
               Small
               numbers
               are
               quickly
               consumed
               by
               mortalitie
               ,
               or
               one
               overthrow
               :
               whereas
               the
               Romanes
               by
               frequent
               re-inforcing
               their
               legions
               with
               new
               Recruites
               ,
               put
               Pyrrhus
               (
               who
               had
               often
               overthrowne
               them
               )
               to
               confesse
               at
               last
               ,
               That
               if
               he
               overcame
               the
               Romans
               once
               more
               ,
               he
               should
               be
               utterly
               undone
               ;
               
                 Saepius
                 possunt
                 vinci
                 ,
                 quàm
                 tu
                 vincere
                 :
                 Multitudes
                 can
                 indure
                 to
                 be
                 overcome
                 oftner
                 ,
                 than
                 a
                 few
                 are
                 able
                 to
                 overcome
                 them
                 .
              
               But
               most
               expedient
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               bodie
               and
               flower
               of
               the
               Armie
               ,
               be
               made
               up
               of
               the
               natives
               ,
               and
               
               not
               of
               strangers
               :
               for
               he
               that
               trusts
               to
               mercenaries
               ,
               may
               suddenly
               rise
               and
               spread
               his
               feathers
               ,
               but
               he
               will
               mew
               them
               soone
               after
               .
               The
               Auxiliaries
               that
               the
               Romanes
               made
               use
               of
               ,
               were
               either
               first
               made
               their
               owne
               by
               Indenization
               ,
               or
               as
               good
               as
               their
               owne
               ,
               by
               entring
               a
               league
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               ,
               against
               a
               common
               enemie
               .
               Necessary
               it
               is
               withall
               ,
               that
               amongst
               those
               numbers
               there
               be
               a
               race
               of
               military
               men
               :
               such
               be
               the
               Timariotes
               amongst
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               most
               of
               the
               Gentry
               amongst
               the
               Polonians
               and
               Hungarians
               .
               Let
               every
               Prince
               thinke
               soberly
               of
               his
               forces
               ,
               unlesse
               his
               militia
               of
               natives
               be
               good
               and
               valiant
               souldiers
               ,
               able
               ,
               and
               hardy
               bodies
               ,
               and
               stout
               and
               sturdy
               stomacks
               .
               The
               plough
               (
               't
               is
               true
               )
               breeds
               the
               souldier
               ,
               that
               is
               the
               Foot
               which
               makes
               the
               bodie
               of
               the
               Armie
               ,
               but
               they
               must
               expect
               much
               time
               to
               harden
               ,
               to
               drill
               and
               exercise
               them
               ;
               and
               therefore
               the
               sudden
               French
               nation
               ,
               though
               they
               must
               have
               an
               Infantery
               of
               Foot
               ,
               yet
               their
               maine
               trust
               and
               glory
               of
               service
               they
               lay
               upon
               their
               Cavallery
               ,
               which
               bee
               their
               Gentry
               ,
               which
               use
               themselves
               to
               horse
               and
               Armes
               continually
               .
               But
               the
               chiefe
               secret
               of
               all
               for
               enlarging
               of
               Empire
               is
               ,
               the
               maintaining
               of
               a
               sufficient
               number
               in
               Armes
               ,
               such
               as
               hath
               beene
               on
               both
               sides
               in
               the
               
                 Low
                 Countries
              
               these
               60.
               yeares
               ;
               and
               such
               an
               Army
               may
               well
               deserve
               the
               name
               of
               a
               Schoole
               of
               Warre
               ,
               and
               of
               a
               true
               Militia
               indeed
               .
               The
               Venetians
               (
               contrary
               to
               the
               former
               discipline
               )
               doe
               with
               great
               wages
               levie
               sudden
               forces
               ,
               and
               when
               the
               service
               is
               done
               ,
               as
               suddenly
               disband
               them
               :
               but
               they
               doe
               it
               meerely
               to
               keepe
               Empire
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               enlarge
               it
               :
               their
               subjects
               be
               but
               few
               ,
               and
               therefore
               their
               dominion
               enlarges
               not
               .
            
             
               True
               Valour
               consisteth
               partly
               in
               judicious
               apprehension
               ,
               
               (
               whereby
               both
               convenient
               opportunities
               are
               discerned
               and
               entertained
               ,
               and
               all
               difficulties
               discovered
               and
               prevented
               :
               )
               and
               partly
               in
               the
               forward
               resolution
               of
               the
               minde
               :
               by
               conjunction
               of
               which
               two
               Vertues
               ,
               great
               enterprizes
               are
               undertaken
               with
               good
               successe
               ;
               dangers
               almost
               inevitable
               made
               light
               ,
               and
               waighty
               attempts
               brought
               to
               happy
               conclusions
               .
               Of
               these
               two
               I
               doe
               not
               know
               which
               to
               
               Preferre
               as
               most
               necessary
               ,
               and
               of
               greatest
               importance
               :
               but
               most
               certaine
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               one
               without
               the
               other
               ,
               little
               availeth
               ,
               to
               the
               atchieving
               of
               any
               matter
               worthy
               enterprize
               .
               For
               wisdome
               without
               courage
               ,
               may
               rather
               be
               termed
               subtilty
               ,
               than
               judicious
               carriage
               :
               and
               courage
               without
               discretion
               ,
               is
               rather
               furious
               rashnesse
               ,
               than
               true
               valour
               ;
               neither
               let
               any
               man
               suppose
               ,
               that
               from
               wilinesse
               without
               force
               ,
               nor
               force
               without
               judgement
               ,
               can
               proceed
               any
               project
               of
               worthy
               consideration
               .
               For
               all
               designes
               which
               have
               in
               them
               greatnesse
               ,
               have
               also
               in
               them
               difficulty
               and
               hardnesse
               ,
               and
               to
               master
               uneasie
               actions
               ,
               it
               is
               necessary
               both
               to
               use
               judgement
               in
               fore-seeing
               of
               dangers
               ,
               and
               courage
               to
               overcome
               them
               once
               undertaken
               .
               These
               two
               joyned
               in
               one
               man
               ,
               or
               in
               one
               Nation
               ,
               are
               apt
               meanes
               to
               raise
               their
               fortunes
               above
               their
               neighbours
               .
               As
               we
               see
               amongst
               birds
               ,
               the
               Eagle
               ;
               among
               beasts
               ,
               the
               Lion
               ;
               among
               fishes
               ,
               the
               Dolphin
               ;
               (
               in
               whom
               doe
               appeare
               some
               shadowes
               of
               wit
               and
               courage
               )
               are
               esteemed
               as
               it
               were
               Princes
               above
               their
               Fellow-creatures
               .
            
             
               But
               if
               any
               man
               affirme
               ,
               that
               true
               judgement
               cannot
               be
               severed
               from
               true
               valour
               ,
               yet
               give
               me
               leave
               to
               affirme
               ,
               that
               ordinarily
               the
               one
               doth
               appeare
               more
               discernable
               above
               the
               other
               in
               divers
               subjects
               .
               For
               we
               may
               note
               in
               Philip
               King
               of
               the
               Macedons
               ,
               and
               in
               Amilcar
               the
               Carthaginian
               ,
               great
               foresight
               and
               wisdome
               ,
               and
               in
               Alexander
               and
               Hannibal
               (
               their
               sonnes
               )
               more
               courage
               and
               valour
               ;
               In
               Fabritius
               ,
               judicious
               warinesse
               ;
               in
               Marcellus
               ,
               couragious
               forwardnesse
               :
               both
               which
               were
               alike
               fearefull
               and
               disastrous
               to
               the
               valiant
               Hannibal
               .
            
             
               Yet
               I
               say
               not
               ,
               but
               some
               actions
               are
               better
               dealt
               in
               ,
               by
               the
               one
               ,
               than
               by
               the
               other
               .
               For
               generally
               ,
               to
               conquer
               and
               winne
               ,
               courage
               is
               more
               availeable
               than
               wit
               ;
               but
               to
               establish
               and
               keepe
               that
               which
               is
               gotten
               ,
               discretion
               is
               more
               to
               be
               desired
               than
               it
               ;
               as
               may
               well
               be
               discerned
               in
               Spaniards
               ,
               who
               have
               surer
               setled
               themselves
               in
               that
               which
               they
               have
               gained
               by
               their
               warinesse
               and
               judgement
               ,
               than
               did
               the
               French
               by
               their
               fury
               and
               hazzard
               .
            
             
             
               But
               ,
               if
               any
               man
               should
               urge
               me
               to
               speake
               my
               opinion
               ,
               whether
               courage
               or
               wisdome
               be
               more
               necessarily
               to
               bee
               required
               ;
               I
               would
               give
               my
               consent
               with
               courage
               :
               My
               reason
               is
               ,
               that
               wisdome
               is
               given
               but
               to
               few
               ,
               and
               that
               must
               be
               gotten
               by
               travell
               ,
               by
               long
               time
               and
               studie
               ,
               whereas
               courage
               naturally
               is
               by
               divers
               meanes
               ,
               and
               upon
               sudden
               casualties
               imparted
               and
               dispersed
               in
               the
               mindes
               of
               many
               :
               which
               many
               having
               to
               deale
               with
               few
               ,
               will
               casually
               finde
               opportunitie
               to
               vanquish
               and
               overcome
               .
               As
               we
               read
               of
               the
               Goths
               ▪
               the
               Vandals
               ,
               the
               Tartarians
               ,
               and
               the
               Turks
               ,
               who
               with
               courage
               onely
               have
               atchieved
               great
               conquests
               ,
               and
               have
               brought
               to
               passe
               such
               enterprises
               ,
               as
               a
               man
               would
               have
               thought
               unpossible
               :
               The
               reason
               whereof
               is
               ,
               that
               their
               sudden
               and
               speedy
               movings
               ,
               and
               their
               unexspected
               boldnesse
               ,
               hath
               confounded
               the
               Counsels
               ,
               and
               amazed
               the
               judgements
               of
               the
               wisest
               Commanders
               .
               Besides
               ,
               in
               sudden
               hurly-burlies
               of
               war
               it
               is
               commonly
               seene
               ,
               that
               courage
               openeth
               more
               gaps
               ,
               and
               affordeth
               more
               releefe
               ,
               than
               policie
               ;
               for
               that
               in
               such
               cases
               ,
               reason
               is
               jealous
               ,
               suspicious
               ,
               and
               fearefull
               ,
               and
               men
               stand
               as
               it
               were
               amazed
               at
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               present
               danger
               :
               whereas
               courage
               doth
               oft-times
               gather
               strength
               in
               extreme
               despaire
               .
               
                 Vna
                 salus
                 victis
                 nullam
                 sperare
                 salutem
                 .
              
            
             
               Yea
               ,
               it
               is
               commonly
               seene
               ,
               
               that
               those
               people
               who
               are
               more
               commended
               for
               their
               wit
               and
               policie
               ,
               than
               for
               their
               courage
               and
               valour
               ,
               have
               given
               place
               to
               those
               who
               have
               beene
               more
               esteemed
               for
               their
               resolution
               ,
               than
               for
               their
               skilfulnesse
               as
               the
               Greeks
               and
               the
               Macedons
               doe
               at
               this
               day
               to
               the
               Turks
               :
               the
               Gaules
               of
               old
               ,
               to
               the
               French
               :
               the
               Aegyptians
               ,
               to
               the
               Persians
               :
               the
               Sarazens
               ,
               to
               the
               Chaldeans
               :
               and
               other
               Nations
               to
               the
               Persians
               and
               Parthians
               .
               Yea
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               received
               opinion
               ,
               That
               the
               French
               did
               range
               Italy
               at
               their
               pleasure
               under
               Charles
               the
               eighth
               ,
               and
               gave
               them
               the
               Law
               ,
               because
               in
               those
               times
               the
               Italian
               Princes
               did
               wholly
               give
               themselves
               to
               the
               studie
               of
               good
               Letters
               .
            
             
               Multitudes
               are
               nothing
               without
               valour
               :
               it
               never
               troubles
               the
               wolfe
               how
               many
               the
               sheepe
               be
               ;
               and
               surely
               a
               small
               Armie
               of
               well
               trained
               and
               resolved
               old
               souldiers
               ,
               under
               a
               
               prudent
               Generall
               ,
               will
               not
               much
               care
               for
               a
               confused
               rabble
               and
               multitudes
               of
               a
               Barbarous
               enemie
               .
               Let
               the
               Turks
               come
               into
               Epyre
               with
               50.
               or
               60000.
               men
               ,
               Scanderbeg
               never
               cared
               for
               above
               9000.
               to
               goe
               against
               them
               ;
               and
               his
               few
               well
               led
               men
               came
               ever
               off
               with
               victory
               :
               When
               Tigranes
               the
               Armenian
               ,
               having
               encamped
               his
               mighty
               Army
               of
               400000.
               men
               upon
               the
               advantage
               of
               the
               hils
               ,
               saw
               the
               Romans
               upon
               their
               march
               towards
               him
               not
               with
               above
               14000.
               in
               their
               whole
               Armie
               ,
               in
               a
               pleasant
               humour
               sayes
               he
               ,
               These
               men
               be
               too
               many
               for
               an
               Ambassage
               ,
               and
               too
               few
               for
               a
               fight
               .
               But
               before
               night
               he
               found
               them
               enough
               ,
               for
               they
               gave
               him
               both
               the
               chace
               and
               slaughter
               .
               True
               valour
               (
               now
               )
               is
               a
               due
               mixture
               of
               judgement
               for
               the
               discovery
               of
               difficulties
               ,
               with
               a
               quicke
               resolution
               to
               execute
               .
               Part
               them
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               but
               subtilty
               ,
               and
               fury
               ;
               where
               they
               light
               together
               ,
               they
               both
               advance
               the
               cause
               ,
               the
               man
               ,
               and
               the
               Nation
               .
               Both
               these
               have
               their
               severall
               activities
               :
               Courage
               ,
               is
               able
               at
               a
               pinch
               to
               man
               up
               it selfe
               ,
               and
               with
               a
               sudden
               assault
               to
               surprise
               the
               unperfected
               consultations
               of
               the
               enemie
               .
               Iudgement
               hath
               its
               scouts
               ever
               abroad
               ,
               to
               prevent
               such
               like
               fallies
               and
               cavalcadoes
               ,
               that
               he
               be
               not
               taken
               sleeper
               .
               Resolution
               atchieves
               the
               victorie
               ,
               and
               judgement
               keepes
               it
               .
               Shall
               wee
               goe
               lesse
               ?
               and
               for
               Iudgement
               take
               Policy
               ,
               and
               for
               valour
               courage
               ?
               which
               of
               the
               two
               now
               is
               to
               be
               preferred
               ?
               The
               question
               was
               anciently
               answered
               by
               the
               Orator
               ;
               
                 Parva
                 sunt
                 foris
                 arma
                 ,
                 nisi
                 sit
                 consilium
                 domi
                 ;
                 an
                 army
                 in
                 the
                 field
                 is
                 nothing
                 so
                 potent
                 ,
                 unlesse
                 the
                 Generall
                 receives
                 his
                 instructions
                 from
                 the
                 councell-table
                 at
                 home
                 .
              
               Policies
               office
               is
               to
               prevent
               dangers
               ,
               and
               to
               plot
               designes
               :
               in
               both
               which
               it
               may
               be
               abused
               ,
               either
               by
               feare
               ,
               or
               want
               of
               intelligence
               .
               Against
               the
               first
               ,
               courage
               is
               provided
               ;
               the
               second
               it
               regards
               not
               ,
               as
               accounting
               no
               difficultie
               insuperable
               .
               The
               French
               slander
               our
               English
               victories
               with
               imputation
               of
               rashnesse
               ,
               rather
               than
               valour
               ;
               saying
               ,
               We
               overcame
               dangers
               ,
               because
               we
               were
               ignorant
               of
               them
               .
               And
               let
               us
               doe
               so
               still
               :
               
                 Dummodo
                 pugnando
                 vincam
                 ,
                 tu
                 vince
                 loquendo
                 ;
                 We
                 can
                 give
                 losers
                 leave
                 to
                 talke
                 .
              
               Finally
               ,
               politike
               enemies
               ,
               have
               still
               given
               
               way
               to
               resolute
               ,
               yea
               even
               when
               they
               were
               vanquished
               :
               A
               resolved
               or
               a
               famished
               enemie
               that
               would
               get
               loose
               or
               die
               ,
               make
               him
               a
               bridge
               of
               gold
               to
               flee
               upon
               .
               Certainly
               ,
               a
               couragious
               enemy
               is
               never
               despised
               ,
               a
               politike
               one
               may
               bee
               .
            
             
               Moreover
               ,
               their
               is
               a
               certaine
               fiercenesse
               ,
               or
               rather
               fury
               ,
               
               which
               commeth
               neere
               to
               valour
               :
               for
               that
               excesse
               of
               boldnesse
               ,
               where
               with
               the
               Gaules
               ,
               and
               afterward
               the
               Frenchmen
               ,
               have
               atchieved
               notable
               exploits
               ,
               is
               in
               some
               sort
               commendable
               .
               But
               withall
               it
               is
               worthy
               of
               observation
               ,
               that
               such
               like
               acquisitions
               are
               commonly
               of
               small
               continuance
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               was
               well
               said
               ;
               
                 Moderation
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 Mother
                 of
                 continuance
                 ,
                 to
                 States
                 and
                 Kingdomes
                 .
              
               The
               Swissers
               shewed
               themselves
               notable
               herein
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               warres
               of
               Navar
               ;
               insomuch
               as
               
                 Iames
                 Trivultio
              
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               their
               battell
               seemed
               rather
               to
               consist
               of
               Giants
               ,
               than
               of
               ordinary
               Souldiers
               .
               Neither
               hath
               any
               Nation
               ever
               dealt
               more
               at
               adventure
               ,
               or
               hath
               used
               more
               boldnesse
               and
               blinde
               fury
               ,
               than
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               whose
               voyages
               beyond
               the
               Cape
               of
               Good-Hope
               ,
               and
               the
               Straights
               of
               Sinca-Pura
               ;
               their
               conquests
               of
               Ormus
               ,
               of
               Goa
               ,
               of
               Malacca
               ,
               and
               the
               Moluccos
               ;
               the
               defence
               of
               Cochin
               ,
               of
               Diu
               ,
               of
               Chaul
               ,
               and
               of
               Goa
               ,
               are
               more
               true
               and
               commendable
               ,
               than
               in
               reason
               likely
               to
               have
               prospered
               .
            
             
               Military
               valour
               (
               now
               )
               is
               usually
               increased
               by
               some
               such
               like
               means
               as
               these
               .
               First
               ,
               by
               using
               them
               to
               the
               wars
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               by
               treating
               them
               like
               free
               men
               ,
               &
               not
               like
               slaves
               :
               Thirdly
               ,
               by
               inuring
               them
               to
               Arts
               manly
               :
               Fourthly
               ,
               by
               appointing
               military
               rewards
               and
               honours
               for
               the
               souldiery
               .
            
             
               When
               people
               are
               inured
               to
               the
               warres
               ,
               
               it
               takes
               away
               the
               horrour
               and
               hideous
               feare
               of
               it
               ,
               and
               makes
               it
               but
               a
               kinde
               of
               trade
               to
               the
               followers
               ,
               who
               desire
               it
               ,
               to
               live
               by
               it
               .
               One
               of
               our
               lusty
               ploughmen
               of
               mid
               -
               England
               ,
               would
               at
               fifty-cuffes
               or
               cudgels
               soundly
               beclowt
               a
               Hollander
               :
               but
               yet
               for
               that
               he
               never
               saw
               men
               with
               iron
               faces
               ,
               he
               durst
               as
               well
               take
               a
               sheet
               of
               an
               hedge
               ,
               as
               come
               within
               the
               cracke
               of
               a
               pistoll
               :
               whereas
               t
               is
               usuall
               for
               the
               Bores
               of
               Holland
               ,
               some
               with
               firelocks
               ,
               &
               some
               with
               Loapestaves
               ,
               to
               make
               out
               parties
               of
               foot
               to
               goe
               
               a-bootehaling
               ,
               and
               even
               to
               set
               upon
               the
               horse
               of
               the
               enemie
               .
               And
               all
               this
               is
               ,
               because
               the
               Englishman
               is
               not
               used
               to
               it
               ,
               and
               the
               Hollander
               is
               .
               For
               the
               same
               reason
               there
               is
               much
               difference
               betwixt
               the
               same
               people
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               ,
               and
               after
               a
               long
               and
               effeminating
               peace
               .
               That
               felt
               Hannibals
               souldiers
               after
               their
               long
               and
               lazie
               quarter
               in
               Capua
               .
               Before
               Da'lvaes
               comming
               into
               the
               Low-Countries
               to
               provoke
               the
               Hollanders
               ,
               there
               was
               not
               a
               more
               simple
               cullion
               in
               the
               world
               than
               a
               Dutchman
               ,
               and
               now
               ,
               no
               where
               a
               braver
               man
               :
               and
               what
               hath
               effeminated
               our
               English
               ,
               but
               a
               long
               difuse
               of
               armes
               .
               Finally
               ,
               though
               in
               a
               hard
               battell
               there
               would
               appeare
               a
               great
               deale
               of
               difference
               betwixt
               an
               old
               beaten
               souldier
               ,
               who
               had
               seene
               men
               die
               familiarly
               ,
               (
               even
               the
               sight
               of
               bloud
               making
               men
               fierce
               and
               fearelesse
               )
               and
               a
               man
               of
               our
               traine
               bands
               of
               London
               :
               yet
               surely
               would
               the
               Londoner
               much
               sooner
               prove
               fit
               for
               a
               battell
               ,
               than
               the
               unexperienced
               country-man
               ,
               even
               for
               that
               little
               use
               which
               he
               hath
               had
               of
               his
               Armes
               in
               the
               Artillery
               garden
               ,
               and
               Military
               yard
               :
               of
               such
               force
               is
               use
               and
               custome
               to
               the
               increase
               of
               military
               valour
               .
            
             
               Most
               requisite
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               what
               people
               a
               Prince
               would
               make
               valiant
               ,
               
               he
               should
               use
               freely
               ,
               and
               not
               like
               slaves
               .
               A
               Nation
               overlaid
               with
               taxes
               ,
               will
               never
               prove
               military
               .
               In
               France
               therefore
               where
               the
               peasant
               is
               but
               the
               day-labourer
               for
               his
               Land-lord
               the
               Monsieur
               ,
               and
               never
               suffered
               to
               eat
               good
               bit
               ,
               to
               weare
               good
               ragge
               ,
               or
               scarce
               to
               lay
               up
               a
               quart-deseue
               at
               the
               years
               end
               ;
               the
               Prince
               does
               not
               much
               trust
               to
               the
               Enfantery
               ,
               which
               is
               made
               up
               of
               this
               slavish
               people
               .
               Inforced
               impositions
               ,
               mightily
               abate
               peoples
               love
               and
               courages
               :
               and
               the
               blessing
               of
               Iudah
               and
               Issachar
               will
               never
               meet
               ,
               That
               the
               same
               people
               should
               prove
               the
               Lions
               whelpe
               ,
               which
               is
               used
               like
               an
               Asse
               betweene
               two
               burthens
               .
               But
               where
               the
               yeoman
               or
               husbandman
               may
               eat
               what
               he
               breeds
               ,
               spend
               what
               he
               earnes
               ,
               and
               have
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               Law
               against
               the
               best
               gentleman
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               there
               are
               they
               fit
               for
               an
               helmet
               .
               And
               all
               this
               is
               in
               England
               :
               in
               no
               Nation
               under
               heaven
               does
               the
               common
               man
               live
               so
               freely
               ,
               or
               dares
               spend
               so
               frankly
               ;
               no
               where
               so
               free
               minds
               ,
               or
               so
               able
               bodies
               .
            
             
             
               Three
               other
               usages
               have
               we
               had
               in
               England
               ,
               which
               have
               kept
               our
               people
               in
               spirit
               and
               valour
               .
               One
               was
               ,
               the
               tenure
               of
               Knights
               service
               :
               by
               vertue
               of
               which
               ,
               when
               the
               Lord
               of
               the
               Mannor
               was
               called
               to
               serve
               the
               King
               ,
               he
               drew
               his
               Tenants
               after
               him
               ,
               who
               would
               not
               budge
               a
               foot
               ,
               but
               live
               and
               die
               with
               their
               Land-lord
               and
               Captaine
               :
               for
               if
               they
               proved
               cowards
               to
               their
               Land-lord
               ,
               how
               should
               they
               looke
               his
               sonne
               in
               the
               face
               ,
               and
               how
               disgraced
               should
               they
               be
               at
               their
               returne
               into
               their
               owne
               Country
               ?
               Thus
               proved
               we
               victorious
               in
               France
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               usage
               was
               perfected
               by
               King
               Henry
               the
               seventh
               ,
               which
               was
               to
               reduce
               the
               Farmes
               and
               houses
               of
               husbandry
               to
               a
               standard
               ,
               assigning
               such
               a
               proportion
               of
               land
               to
               each
               ,
               as
               might
               breed
               a
               subject
               to
               live
               in
               a
               convenient
               plenty
               ;
               neither
               with
               so
               much
               ,
               as
               should
               effeminate
               him
               into
               the
               ease
               of
               a
               gentleman
               ;
               nor
               with
               so
               little
               ,
               as
               should
               discourage
               him
               with
               beggery
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               usage
               was
               ,
               the
               frequency
               of
               Serving-men
               and
               Retainers
               ,
               who
               before
               that
               the
               sinne
               of
               drunkennesse
               had
               overflowed
               their
               gals
               and
               courages
               ,
               were
               no
               whit
               for
               valour
               and
               service
               inferiour
               to
               the
               Yeomanrie
               .
               All
               these
               being
               kept
               in
               freedome
               ,
               were
               maintained
               in
               courage
               ,
               able
               and
               willing
               to
               serve
               both
               their
               Prince
               and
               Country
               .
            
             
               A
               third
               thing
               necessary
               to
               breed
               courage
               in
               a
               Nation
               ,
               
               is
               (
               if
               other
               reasons
               of
               State
               will
               beare
               it
               )
               that
               there
               be
               more
               addicted
               to
               arts
               manly
               ,
               than
               unto
               sedentary
               and
               within-doores
               occupations
               .
               Such
               I
               mean
               ,
               as
               require
               the
               strength
               of
               the
               backe
               ,
               and
               brawne
               of
               the
               arme
               ,
               rather
               than
               the
               finenestle
               of
               the
               braine
               or
               finger
               .
               Some
               have
               thought
               that
               the
               multitudes
               of
               Monkes
               and
               Friers
               ,
               would
               if
               need
               were
               ,
               be
               a
               great
               strengthening
               to
               the
               Papacie
               ,
               and
               fight
               hard
               for
               their
               Grandfire
               of
               Rome
               .
               But
               most
               assuredly
               those
               cage-birds
               have
               no
               military
               minds
               at
               all
               .
               When
               Rome
               was
               beleagred
               by
               the
               Duke
               of
               Burbon
               in
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               his
               time
               ,
               and
               taken
               too
               ,
               not
               a
               Frier
               came
               to
               the
               rescue
               .
               The
               Kings
               of
               England
               have
               sometimes
               made
               bold
               with
               the
               treasure
               of
               the
               Monasteries
               ,
               but
               never
               thought
               their
               persons
               serviceable
               .
               
               Had
               they
               beene
               martiall-minded
               ,
               such
               multitudes
               would
               never
               have
               suffered
               themselves
               to
               be
               turned
               out
               of
               their
               warme
               nests
               ,
               in
               King
               Henry
               the
               eighths
               time
               ,
               without
               stroke
               striking
               .
               And
               surely
               the
               taking
               in
               of
               the
               Dutch
               and
               Waltons
               into
               our
               Cities
               of
               England
               ,
               was
               more
               out
               of
               charity
               than
               policie
               :
               for
               they
               being
               all
               given
               to
               neat
               and
               delicate
               manufactures
               ,
               may
               seeme
               rather
               to
               bring
               riches
               than
               strength
               to
               the
               kingdome
               .
               Nor
               have
               our
               Kings
               hitherto
               tryed
               any
               of
               them
               in
               their
               souldierie
               .
               Studious
               ,
               delicate
               ,
               and
               sedentary
               arts
               ,
               are
               not
               fit
               for
               armes
               :
               t
               is
               the
               whip
               ,
               the
               plough-stafte
               ,
               the
               slayle
               ,
               the
               hammer
               ,
               and
               the
               hatchet
               ,
               that
               breeds
               the
               lusty
               souldier
               ,
               that
               makes
               able
               bodies
               and
               couragious
               spirits
               .
            
             
               Another
               great
               maintainer
               of
               courage
               is
               ,
               
               the
               invention
               and
               worthy
               bestowing
               of
               military
               honours
               and
               rewards
               ,
               after
               the
               service
               is
               done
               .
            
             
               The
               Romanes
               had
               their
               Triumphs
               and
               Ovations
               ,
               their
               Garlands
               and
               their
               Donatives
               to
               inhearten
               their
               souldiers
               .
               Orders
               of
               Knighthood
               were
               also
               invented
               for
               this
               purpose
               .
               But
               what
               's
               all
               this
               to
               the
               common
               Souldier
               ,
               who
               hath
               no
               reward
               assigned
               untill
               he
               be
               lame
               ,
               and
               that
               a
               little
               from
               the
               Treasurer
               .
               As
               for
               releefe
               in
               an
               hospitall
               ,
               a
               serving-man
               can
               make
               better
               meanes
               to
               get
               into
               it
               than
               a
               poore
               souldier
               after
               twenty
               or
               thirty
               years
               service
               .
               This
               is
               a
               discouragement
               .
               But
               nothing
               so
               bad
               as
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               whose
               practice
               hath
               beene
               for
               these
               many
               ages
               ,
               to
               reward
               most
               of
               his
               great
               Captaines
               (
               especially
               if
               they
               were
               not
               naturally
               Spaniards
               )
               first
               with
               an
               empty
               title
               ,
               and
               lastly
               (
               being
               not
               otherwise
               able
               to
               pay
               or
               recompence
               them
               )
               with
               a
               Spanish
               sico.
               
            
             
               A
               great
               and
               a
               maine
               advancer
               of
               a
               cause
               and
               enlarger
               of
               Empire
               ,
               
               is
               Religion
               ,
               or
               the
               pretence
               of
               it
               .
               Religion
               is
               well
               called
               the
               soule
               of
               the
               State
               ;
               and
               is
               ever
               the
               prime
               thing
               to
               be
               looked
               into
               ;
               most
               bitter
               dissentions
               and
               hinderances
               of
               all
               great
               actions
               ,
               still
               proceeding
               from
               discontentments
               in
               Religion
               .
               
                 Anima
                 est
                 actus
                 corporis
              
               ,
               sayes
               the
               Philosopher
               ;
               
                 T
                 is
                 the
                 soule
                 that
                 gives
                 action
                 and
                 motion
                 to
                 the
                 body
              
               ;
               and
               if
               the
               affections
               and
               passions
               of
               the
               soule
               bee
               composed
               to
               a
               
               well
               ordered
               and
               contented
               tranquillity
               and
               serenity
               ,
               there
               followes
               health
               ,
               strength
               ,
               and
               growth
               in
               all
               the
               limbs
               and
               members
               of
               the
               body
               .
               The
               conscience
               is
               an
               active
               sparke
               ,
               and
               can
               easily
               man
               up
               all
               the
               powers
               of
               soule
               and
               body
               ,
               either
               for
               the
               maintenance
               or
               enlargement
               of
               it's
               libertie
               .
               
                 Bonum
                 est
                 sui
                 communicativum
                 ;
                 Religion
              
               (
               contrary
               to
               counsell
               )
               
                 desires
                 ever
                 to
                 be
                 made
                 publike
                 :
              
               the
               spirituall
               man
               as
               well
               as
               the
               naturall
               ,
               ever
               having
               a
               desire
               
                 generare
                 sibi
                 simile
                 ;
                 to
                 beget
                 others
                 in
                 his
                 owne
                 likenesse
              
               ;
               to
               compasse
               Sea
               and
               Land
               to
               make
               a
               Proselyte
               .
               As
               therefore
               Princes
               have
               still
               accounted
               it
               a
               dangerous
               thing
               to
               arme
               Religion
               against
               themselves
               ;
               so
               have
               they
               most
               willingly
               accepted
               of
               the
               countenance
               of
               Religion
               .
               No
               such
               encouragement
               could
               come
               to
               the
               Israelites
               ,
               or
               disheartning
               to
               the
               Philistines
               ,
               as
               when
               the
               Arke
               of
               God
               was
               in
               the
               host
               of
               Israel
               :
               who
               is
               able
               to
               stand
               against
               these
               mighty
               gods
               ,
               say
               they
               .
               Most
               surely
               is
               the
               kingdome
               of
               the
               Pope
               founded
               ,
               whose
               ground
               is
               layed
               in
               the
               conscience
               .
               The
               Turke
               pretending
               to
               propagate
               his
               Religion
               with
               fire
               and
               sword
               ,
               we
               see
               how
               that
               hath
               advanced
               his
               conquests
               :
               and
               what
               advantage
               hath
               the
               Spaniard
               more
               made
               use
               of
               in
               these
               late
               warres
               ,
               than
               a
               specious
               pretence
               of
               rooting
               out
               the
               Protestants
               ,
               and
               the
               re-establishing
               of
               the
               Catholike
               Religion
               ;
               by
               which
               secret
               he
               hath
               not
               onely
               staved
               off
               the
               popish
               Princes
               and
               Erectors
               of
               Germany
               ,
               not
               onely
               from
               defending
               the
               common
               libertie
               of
               their
               country
               ,
               but
               to
               enter
               that
               which
               they
               call
               the
               
                 holy
                 league
              
               with
               him
               ,
               whereby
               for
               zeale
               of
               enlarging
               their
               Religion
               ,
               they
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               weaken
               themselves
               ,
               that
               he
               at
               last
               picking
               a
               slight
               quarrell
               with
               them
               ,
               may
               swallow
               them
               up
               one
               after
               another
               ,
               having
               long
               before
               designed
               them
               (
               Papists
               as
               well
               as
               Protestants
               )
               to
               a
               common
               destruction
               ;
               for
               though
               the
               Spaniard
               pretends
               Religion
               ,
               yet
               he
               intends
               Monarchie
               .
               This
               plot
               beginning
               to
               be
               discovered
               ,
               we
               see
               most
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               Christendome
               drawing
               to
               a
               leaguer
               ,
               war
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               to
               a
               cōfederacy
               of
               all
               Protestant
               Princes
               against
               all
               Popish
               ;
               &
               who
               sees
               not
               ,
               that
               if
               the
               Romish
               religion
               prevailes
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Spaines
               Monarchie
               must
               needs
               prove
               as
               
               Catholike
               (
               that
               is
               ,
               universall
               )
               as
               his
               religion
               ;
               and
               then
               will
               he
               prove
               the
               Catholike
               King
               indeed
               .
            
             
               Now
               that
               the
               pretence
               of
               Religion
               may
               take
               the
               better
               ,
               't
               is
               necessary
               that
               there
               be
               an
               union
               in
               it
               among
               all
               the
               subjects
               of
               the
               grand
               pretender
               ;
               or
               at
               least
               ,
               that
               those
               of
               the
               adverse
               opinion
               be
               so
               few
               and
               weake
               ,
               that
               they
               be
               not
               able
               to
               put
               an
               Armie
               into
               the
               field
               :
               tolerations
               of
               Religion
               are
               most
               dangerous
               :
               and
               surely
               ,
               should
               the
               King
               of
               England
               much
               exhaust
               his
               land
               forces
               ,
               to
               make
               a
               potent
               invasion
               upon
               the
               Spanish
               dominions
               ,
               the
               Iesuites
               would
               presently
               stirre
               up
               our
               Papists
               to
               call
               him
               backe
               againe
               for
               the
               stinting
               of
               a
               domestike
               rebellion
               :
               for
               to
               be
               feared
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               though
               all
               our
               Recusants
               be
               the
               King
               of
               Englands
               subjects
               ,
               yet
               too
               many
               of
               them
               be
               the
               King
               of
               Spaines
               servants
               .
               No
               sooner
               (
               on
               the
               otherside
               )
               did
               the
               French
               King
               this
               present
               yeare
               lead
               his
               Army
               over
               the
               Alpes
               into
               Italy
               ,
               but
               the
               Duke
               de
               Rohan
               thought
               it
               a
               fit
               opportunity
               for
               the
               Protestants
               to
               struggle
               for
               their
               liberty
               .
               And
               therefore
               plainly
               as
               of
               all
               good
               causes
               Religion
               is
               the
               chiefe
               ,
               so
               in
               Religion
               there
               must
               be
               unitie
               ;
               and
               that
               makes
               it
               irresistable
               .
               Finally
               ,
               as
               naturall
               bodies
               are
               best
               nourished
               by
               things
               of
               that
               nature
               and
               kinde
               whereof
               they
               consist
               ;
               even
               so
               that
               Empire
               which
               is
               gained
               or
               inlarged
               by
               Religion
               ,
               must
               ever
               be
               maintained
               by
               it
               :
               T
               was
               therefore
               the
               old
               rule
               amongst
               the
               Conquerours
               ,
               to
               bring
               in
               their
               owne
               language
               ,
               lawes
               ,
               and
               religion
               among
               their
               new
               subjects
               .
               The
               Romanes
               did
               this
               every
               where
               ,
               and
               the
               Norman
               did
               it
               in
               England
               .
               The
               Spaniard
               indeed
               hath
               not
               much
               stood
               upon
               lawes
               and
               language
               ,
               but
               hath
               ever
               beene
               diligent
               for
               his
               Religion
               :
               and
               though
               in
               the
               Palatinate
               he
               suffered
               some
               Protestant
               Ministers
               awhile
               ,
               (
               to
               make
               the
               conquest
               the
               sweeter
               )
               yet
               those
               being
               either
               dead
               or
               wearied
               out
               ,
               he
               never
               suffered
               another
               Protestant
               to
               succeed
               .
               The
               diligence
               and
               fury
               of
               the
               Emperour
               for
               rooting
               out
               those
               of
               the
               Augustane
               confession
               in
               Bohemia
               ,
               &c.
               may
               well
               confirme
               the
               truth
               of
               this
               observation
               .
            
             
               The
               qualities
               of
               weapons
               ,
               
               and
               the
               order
               of
               discipline
               are
               
               important
               instruments
               of
               this
               martiall
               greatnesse
               .
               Advantage
               of
               weapons
               is
               like
               good
               casting
               ,
               and
               strict
               discipline
               like
               skilfull
               playing
               ,
               both
               which
               must
               needs
               winne
               the
               game
               .
               The
               Macedonians
               by
               their
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               the
               Romans
               by
               their
               Pyles
               ;
               the
               Parthians
               and
               English
               by
               their
               long
               bowes
               ,
               have
               still
               beene
               victorious
               .
               The
               same
               thing
               doth
               engine
               and
               fortification
               .
               The
               gunne
               hath
               brought
               all
               weapons
               to
               an
               equality
               :
               that
               onely
               domineeres
               now
               .
               Nothing
               resists
               it
               but
               the
               spade
               .
               T
               is
               a
               weapon
               of
               terrible
               execution
               ,
               serviceable
               both
               by
               Sea
               and
               Land
               ;
               &
               yet
               are
               not
               the
               slaughters
               made
               by
               the
               gunne
               ,
               any
               way
               comparable
               for
               numbers
               ,
               to
               those
               bloudy
               battels
               wonne
               by
               the
               sword
               .
               The
               charges
               of
               this
               ,
               disables
               Princes
               from
               levying
               Armies
               equall
               for
               multitudes
               to
               the
               Ancient
               ;
               which
               now
               adayes
               beginne
               to
               be
               incredible
               .
               Infinite
               were
               it
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               new
               invented
               engines
               and
               fire-workes
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               severall
               provisions
               to
               prevent
               them
               :
               and
               whether
               after-ages
               shall
               invent
               a
               more
               terrible
               weapon
               than
               the
               gun
               ,
               is
               to
               us
               uncertaine
               :
               which
               if
               it
               proves
               ,
               the
               Inventor
               gets
               incredible
               advantage
               .
            
             
               Treasure
               is
               an
               advantage
               of
               great
               importance
               :
               
               forasmuch
               as
               there
               is
               nothing
               more
               necessary
               in
               warres
               ,
               or
               of
               more
               use
               in
               peace
               .
               By
               meanes
               hereof
               the
               Florentines
               became
               Lords
               of
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Tuscany
               :
               they
               bought
               many
               Cities
               ;
               they
               freed
               themselves
               from
               the
               incursions
               of
               divers
               enemies
               ;
               they
               maintained
               the
               warres
               many
               yeares
               against
               the
               Pisans
               ,
               and
               against
               the
               prowesse
               of
               those
               peoples
               ,
               and
               the
               power
               of
               those
               Princes
               which
               did
               aid
               them
               ;
               and
               at
               the
               last
               brought
               that
               warre
               to
               good
               end
               .
               By
               meanes
               hereof
               ,
               the
               Venetians
               made
               themselves
               Lords
               of
               a
               good
               part
               of
               Lumbardy
               ,
               and
               endured
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Hungary
               ,
               the
               Arch-duke
               of
               Austria
               ,
               and
               of
               divers
               other
               Princes
               .
               Whereby
               it
               appeareth
               ,
               that
               money
               worketh
               two
               notable
               effects
               ,
               to
               the
               augmentation
               and
               continuance
               of
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               kingdomes
               and
               estates
               :
               The
               one
               ,
               to
               provide
               and
               gather
               forces
               ,
               and
               those
               being
               gotten
               ,
               to
               uphold
               and
               maintaine
               ,
               with
               supplies
               of
               Souldiers
               ,
               victuals
               ,
               munition
               and
               armes
               :
               The
               other
               ,
               
               that
               it
               doth
               offer
               us
               opportunity
               ,
               (
               if
               not
               to
               weaken
               and
               vanquish
               the
               enemy
               ,
               having
               gotten
               the
               advantage
               )
               yet
               at
               least
               ,
               it
               doth
               enable
               us
               to
               endure
               and
               withstand
               him
               ;
               that
               by
               drawing
               out
               the
               warre
               in
               length
               ,
               wee
               may
               make
               him
               weary
               of
               continuance
               ,
               and
               gives
               us
               benefit
               of
               time
               .
               By
               this
               temporizing
               ,
               the
               Venetians
               being
               overthrowne
               in
               all
               places
               by
               the
               league
               of
               Cambray
               ,
               in
               the
               end
               became
               Conquerours
               .
               So
               that
               ,
               as
               to
               him
               that
               hath
               a
               populous
               army
               ,
               and
               finds
               himselfe
               mighty
               and
               strong
               ,
               it
               is
               most
               convenient
               to
               hasten
               the
               encounter
               ,
               and
               to
               fight
               without
               prolonging
               of
               time
               ;
               for
               delay
               (
               the
               overthrow
               of
               many
               actions
               )
               can
               afford
               him
               no
               other
               ,
               but
               losse
               ,
               sicknesse
               ,
               infection
               ,
               scarcity
               ,
               famine
               ,
               mutinies
               ,
               and
               dissolution
               of
               forces
               :
               So
               for
               him
               that
               is
               better
               furnished
               with
               money
               than
               with
               men
               ,
               it
               is
               most
               advantagious
               to
               prolong
               the
               warre
               ,
               and
               to
               stand
               upon
               the
               defensive
               ;
               for
               in
               the
               end
               ,
               his
               money
               may
               gaine
               him
               victory
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               although
               some
               men
               will
               not
               suffer
               money
               to
               be
               called
               the
               sinewes
               of
               warre
               ;
               because
               as
               Solon
               answered
               once
               to
               Croesus
               ,
               (
               who
               in
               ostentation
               shewed
               him
               his
               gold
               )
               
                 Sir
                 ,
                 if
                 another
                 comes
                 that
                 hath
                 better
                 iron
                 than
                 you
                 ,
                 he
                 will
                 be
                 master
                 of
                 all
                 this
                 gold
                 :
              
               yet
               notwithstanding
               ,
               where
               numbers
               ,
               policy
               ,
               valour
               ,
               and
               weapons
               have
               not
               either
               singly
               or
               altogether
               prevailed
               ,
               there
               hath
               money
               alone
               done
               the
               feat
               .
               For
               this
               ,
               have
               Townes
               and
               Kingdomes
               beene
               bought
               of
               traitors
               :
               with
               this
               ,
               purchase
               we
               either
               peace
               or
               victory
               .
               No
               place
               is
               to
               be
               held
               impregnable
               ,
               whither
               an
               Asse
               laden
               with
               gold
               may
               get
               up
               .
               Two
               great
               effects
               it
               workes
               :
               First
               ,
               it
               levies
               forces
               suddenly
               ,
               and
               withall
               ,
               keeps
               them
               long
               together
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               a
               monied
               enemie
               may
               fight
               when
               he
               will
               ,
               and
               but
               when
               he
               will
               ,
               and
               must
               needs
               therefore
               weary
               out
               his
               adversary
               ,
               and
               so
               at
               last
               endanger
               either
               to
               overthrow
               him
               ,
               or
               force
               him
               to
               a
               faire
               composition
               .
               For
               want
               of
               pay
               Armies
               mutinie
               ,
               and
               will
               neither
               muster
               nor
               fight
               ;
               and
               especially
               the
               Germans
               .
               But
               Spinola
               hath
               made
               great
               use
               of
               a
               secret
               of
               warre
               ,
               how
               in
               scarcitie
               of
               moneys
               to
               awe
               these
               mutiniers
               ;
               and
               that
               is
               by
               paying
               and
               contenting
               the
               horse
               ,
               and
               they
               shall
               keepe
               the
               foot
               in
               obedience
               .
               But
               this
               tricke
               
               will
               not
               alwayes
               serve
               ,
               for
               in
               an
               Armie
               a
               man
               can
               hardly
               tell
               which
               is
               most
               necessary
               ,
               armes
               ,
               victuals
               ,
               or
               money
               ;
               this
               last
               alwayes
               fetches
               in
               both
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               The
               advantage
               of
               site
               ,
               is
               of
               much
               importance
               ,
               
               for
               the
               defending
               or
               inlarging
               of
               dominion
               ,
               and
               doth
               chiefly
               consist
               in
               this
               ;
               that
               it
               be
               convenient
               for
               the
               making
               of
               an
               assault
               ,
               and
               uneasie
               to
               be
               againe
               assaulted
               .
               For
               a
               Country
               being
               as
               it
               were
               naturally
               fortified
               ,
               hath
               easie
               meanes
               to
               make
               conquests
               ,
               and
               get
               victory
               ,
               to
               the
               inlargement
               of
               their
               owne
               dominions
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               overthrow
               of
               anothers
               .
               Of
               this
               quality
               are
               the
               situations
               of
               Spaine
               and
               Araby
               ,
               for
               both
               these
               are
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               pene-Insulaes
               ,
               having
               their
               greatest
               parts
               incompassed
               with
               the
               Sea
               ,
               whereby
               they
               may
               assaile
               the
               Countries
               neere
               adjoyning
               ,
               and
               cannot
               without
               great
               difficulty
               be
               assaulted
               againe
               .
               The
               one
               hath
               dangerous
               shores
               without
               harbors
               ,
               and
               is
               invironed
               with
               mountaines
               (
               having
               few
               and
               secret
               passages
               )
               the
               other
               is
               inclosed
               with
               sands
               and
               desarts
               .
               Of
               like
               quality
               is
               Italy
               :
               And
               among
               the
               Islands
               ,
               England
               .
               But
               this
               advantage
               of
               situation
               I
               hold
               not
               sufficient
               (
               of
               it selfe
               )
               to
               effect
               any
               notable
               exploit
               :
               for
               besides
               ,
               there
               is
               required
               plenty
               of
               victuals
               ,
               store
               of
               munition
               ,
               armes
               ,
               horses
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               necessaries
               ,
               without
               which
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               hope
               to
               accomplish
               any
               famous
               expedition
               .
               Moreover
               ,
               such
               a
               disposition
               and
               quality
               of
               the
               country
               is
               necessarily
               to
               be
               required
               ,
               that
               the
               aforesaid
               habiliments
               may
               easily
               be
               brought
               together
               ,
               and
               removed
               to
               places
               ,
               whither
               occasion
               shall
               command
               .
               And
               although
               those
               ,
               which
               possesse
               the
               mountaines
               and
               higher
               places
               ,
               may
               with
               advantage
               come
               downe
               upon
               the
               plaine
               and
               low
               countries
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               craggednesse
               and
               hard
               passages
               of
               their
               country
               ,
               can
               hardly
               be
               assaulted
               againe
               ;
               yet
               have
               not
               such
               people
               done
               any
               thing
               which
               may
               worthily
               commend
               them
               .
               For
               the
               mountaines
               be
               ordinarily
               long
               and
               narrow
               ,
               or
               at
               the
               least
               ,
               much
               broken
               and
               divided
               amongst
               themselves
               (
               which
               must
               needs
               hinder
               the
               speedy
               drawing
               together
               ,
               and
               uniting
               of
               their
               forces
               and
               necessaries
               ;
               )
               againe
               ,
               are
               they
               unprovided
               of
               victuals
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               other
               things
               requisite
               
               of
               the
               warres
               ,
               and
               therefore
               altogether
               unable
               to
               continue
               in
               action
               .
               So
               that
               they
               warre
               rather
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               robbers
               and
               theeves
               ,
               than
               of
               true
               souldiers
               :
               It
               may
               also
               be
               added
               ,
               that
               the
               mountaine-men
               cannot
               live
               any
               long
               time
               ,
               without
               intercourse
               and
               traffike
               with
               the
               men
               of
               the
               plaine
               Countrey
               .
               And
               therefore
               if
               upon
               any
               attempt
               ,
               they
               doe
               not
               prevaile
               at
               the
               first
               brunt
               ,
               their
               best
               course
               will
               bee
               to
               capitulate
               with
               their
               enemies
               ,
               and
               to
               returne
               home
               againe
               ,
               although
               with
               losse
               ;
               as
               did
               the
               Helvetii
               at
               the
               overthrow
               of
               
                 Mount
                 S.
                 Claud.
              
               
            
             
               So
               wee
               may
               see
               ,
               that
               the
               Englishmen
               which
               inhabit
               a
               plaine
               and
               plentifull
               soile
               ,
               have
               alwayes
               prevailed
               against
               the
               Scots
               and
               Welshmen
               ,
               who
               upon
               presumptions
               of
               their
               naturall
               situations
               ,
               have
               divers
               times
               molested
               them
               .
               For
               the
               plaine
               Country
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               fruitfulnesse
               ,
               doth
               minister
               all
               things
               requisite
               for
               warre
               ,
               and
               to
               defray
               charges
               ;
               conveniencie
               to
               joyne
               forces
               ,
               and
               being
               gotten
               together
               ,
               able
               long
               time
               to
               maintaine
               them
               :
               Whereas
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               the
               Mountaines
               (
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               barrennesse
               )
               afford
               no
               provision
               for
               a
               long
               journey
               ,
               nor
               are
               any
               way
               able
               to
               beare
               the
               charge
               of
               any
               notable
               enterprise
               .
            
             
               Wherupon
               it
               doth
               proceed
               ,
               that
               small
               Islands
               having
               the
               foresaid
               qualities
               of
               situation
               ,
               have
               never
               attained
               any
               great
               Soveraignty
               ;
               because
               the
               advantages
               of
               the
               Land
               are
               farre
               greater
               than
               those
               of
               the
               Sea.
               Moreover
               ,
               their
               command
               cannot
               be
               great
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               enlarged
               by
               meanes
               of
               the
               firme
               Land
               ;
               for
               Islands
               hold
               the
               same
               proportion
               with
               the
               Continent
               ,
               that
               the
               part
               doth
               with
               the
               whole
               .
               Besides
               ,
               they
               be
               for
               the
               most
               part
               long
               and
               narrow
               ,
               as
               
                 Candy
                 ,
                 Cyprus
                 ,
                 Spagniola
                 ,
                 Cuba
                 ,
                 S.
                 Laurence
                 ,
              
               and
               Sumatra
               ,
               and
               therefore
               cannot
               readily
               bring
               their
               forces
               together
               .
               Neither
               will
               I
               sticke
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               Islands
               (
               if
               not
               strong
               in
               shipping
               ,
               as
               England
               and
               the
               Netherlands
               )
               although
               they
               may
               with
               advantage
               come
               forth
               and
               assaile
               others
               ,
               are
               not
               withstanding
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               Cities
               without
               wals
               ,
               laid
               open
               to
               the
               spoile
               of
               all
               Invaders
               .
               As
               it
               happened
               to
               Sicil
               being
               assailed
               by
               the
               Athenians
               and
               the
               Lacedemonians
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               by
               the
               Carthaginians
               ,
               
               and
               the
               Romans
               .
               But
               the
               Provinces
               of
               the
               firme
               Land
               ,
               being
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               a
               proportion
               more
               round
               ,
               and
               square
               ,
               have
               their
               forces
               continually
               neere
               together
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               speedily
               united
               ;
               and
               therefore
               more
               ready
               and
               apt
               for
               opposition
               .
            
             
               Yet
               to
               small
               purpose
               are
               all
               these
               aforesaid
               advantages
               ,
               if
               opportunity
               give
               not
               aid
               thereunto
               .
               This
               opportunity
               is
               a
               meeting
               and
               concurring
               of
               divers
               cadences
               ,
               which
               at
               one
               instant
               doe
               make
               a
               matter
               very
               easie
               ,
               and
               at
               another
               time
               ,
               being
               overslipped
               ,
               it
               will
               be
               impossible
               ,
               or
               at
               least
               very
               hard
               ,
               to
               bring
               to
               like
               facility
               .
               Wherefore
               amongst
               many
               and
               divers
               ,
               I
               will
               here
               note
               the
               most
               principall
               .
               The
               first
               groweth
               by
               the
               basenesse
               and
               negligence
               of
               the
               neighbour
               Princes
               ,
               arising
               either
               by
               reason
               of
               a
               naturall
               jealousie
               ,
               defect
               ,
               and
               dulnesse
               ,
               or
               of
               too
               long
               a
               peace
               .
               So
               Caesar
               possest
               himselfe
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Common-wealth
               ,
               being
               ready
               ,
               and
               in
               Armes
               ,
               the
               State
               being
               disarmed
               ,
               not
               looking
               for
               any
               such
               innovation
               .
               So
               the
               Barbarians
               ,
               subdued
               the
               Empire
               of
               Rome
               :
               The
               Arabians
               the
               Empire
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               of
               Aegypt
               ,
               and
               of
               
                 Spaine
                 :
                 Charles
              
               the
               eighth
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               gained
               Italy
               :
               The
               
                 Portugals
                 ,
                 India
              
               ;
               The
               Castilians
               ,
               the
               new
               world
               ;
               and
               Soliman
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Hungary
               .
            
             
               The
               division
               of
               the
               neighbouring
               States
               ,
               
               either
               into
               Common-wealths
               ,
               or
               into
               petty
               Seigniories
               ,
               and
               those
               of
               small
               power
               ,
               gave
               courage
               to
               the
               Romans
               to
               make
               themselves
               Lords
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               made
               an
               easie
               passage
               for
               the
               Venetians
               into
               Lumbardy
               .
               This
               also
               made
               the
               attempt
               of
               Thusian
               light
               unto
               the
               Florentines
               ,
               and
               no
               lesse
               that
               of
               Barbary
               to
               the
               Castilians
               ;
               which
               they
               would
               have
               found
               very
               hard
               ,
               of
               either
               the
               one
               ,
               or
               the
               other
               ,
               had
               expected
               them
               with
               armed
               forces
               .
            
             
               The
               variance
               and
               jarring
               of
               the
               adjoyning
               Princes
               did
               open
               the
               way
               to
               the
               Turks
               to
               enter
               so
               farre
               into
               Christendome
               ,
               and
               with
               little
               trouble
               to
               invest
               himselfe
               of
               many
               kingdomes
               therein
               .
               So
               Amurath
               the
               third
               ,
               presuming
               upon
               the
               civill
               discords
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               bloud
               Royall
               of
               Persia
               ,
               made
               that
               attempt
               with
               great
               advantage
               .
               So
               againe
               
               the
               Persian
               ,
               upon
               the
               difference
               of
               the
               Scrivano
               ,
               and
               the
               Bashawes
               of
               Syria
               ,
               hath
               resumed
               the
               advantage
               ,
               and
               accordingly
               prospered
               .
               Neither
               doth
               the
               whole
               mischiefe
               arise
               out
               of
               these
               intestine
               jarres
               onely
               ,
               but
               in
               all
               factions
               one
               part
               will
               be
               sure
               to
               intreat
               the
               aid
               of
               some
               forren
               Prince
               against
               the
               other
               :
               than
               which
               ,
               no
               man
               can
               have
               a
               better
               occasion
               ,
               because
               then
               he
               commeth
               armed
               into
               the
               owners
               house
               at
               his
               owne
               request
               .
               So
               the
               Romans
               ,
               set
               foot
               in
               Sicil
               ,
               being
               cald
               in
               by
               the
               Mamertines
               :
               In
               Greece
               by
               the
               Athenians
               :
               In
               Numidia
               by
               the
               sonnes
               of
               Micipsa
               :
               In
               Provence
               by
               the
               Marsilians
               :
               In
               France
               by
               the
               Hedui
               ,
               and
               so
               from
               time
               to
               time
               by
               divers
               others
               .
               So
               Amurath
               the
               first
               King
               of
               Turks
               got
               hold
               in
               Europe
               ,
               being
               requested
               in
               aid
               by
               the
               Emperour
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               being
               then
               in
               warre
               with
               the
               Princes
               of
               Greece
               .
               So
               Soliman
               ,
               in
               Hungarie
               ,
               being
               intreated
               by
               Queene
               Isabel
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               by
               King
               Iohn
               .
               So
               the
               Aragons
               ,
               in
               the
               kingdome
               of
               Naples
               ,
               being
               drawne
               thither
               by
               Queene
               Ioane
               the
               second
               :
               and
               so
               Henry
               the
               second
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               made
               himselfe
               Lord
               of
               three
               great
               Cities
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               Often
               hath
               it
               beene
               seene
               ,
               that
               he
               that
               is
               now
               called
               in
               as
               a
               friend
               ,
               does
               after
               prove
               an
               enemie
               ;
               and
               if
               one
               party
               in
               a
               civill
               warre
               cals
               in
               a
               forren
               arbitrator
               ,
               both
               parties
               cannot
               get
               him
               out
               againe
               .
            
             
               But
               another
               no
               lesse
               successefull
               opportunity
               hath
               also
               beene
               made
               use
               of
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               way
               of
               marriage
               .
               By
               apprehending
               the
               opportunity
               of
               a
               marriage
               ,
               were
               the
               two
               houses
               of
               Yorke
               and
               Lancaster
               ,
               and
               the
               two
               kingdomes
               of
               England
               and
               Scotland
               united
               .
               But
               no
               Prince
               hath
               made
               so
               great
               advantage
               of
               marriage
               as
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               The
               match
               of
               Ferdinand
               and
               Elizabeth
               was
               the
               very
               foundation
               of
               their
               greatnesse
               .
               By
               marriages
               were
               the
               severall
               Provinces
               of
               the
               Low
               Countries
               united
               ,
               all
               which
               fell
               to
               Spaines
               at
               a
               clap
               .
               Finally
               ,
               for
               this
               advantage
               hath
               the
               house
               of
               Spaine
               three
               times
               purchased
               dispensations
               from
               Rome
               for
               incestuous
               marriages
               ,
               and
               more
               they
               intended
               too
               :
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               Emperour
               ,
               was
               solemnly
               contracted
               to
               our
               Queene
               Mary
               ,
               and
               Philip
               the
               second
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               sonne
               to
               the
               said
               Emperour
               ,
               
               both
               wedded
               and
               bedded
               her
               :
               nay
               ,
               upon
               strong
               appearances
               suspected
               it
               then
               was
               ,
               that
               King
               Philips
               curtesies
               to
               Queene
               Elizabeth
               were
               for
               his
               owne
               ends
               ,
               that
               if
               Queene
               Mary
               should
               die
               without
               issue
               ,
               he
               might
               marrie
               her
               also
               ;
               which
               he
               afterwards
               attempted
               by
               the
               Count
               de
               Feria
               ,
               promising
               to
               obtaine
               a
               dispensation
               :
               so
               should
               England
               have
               beene
               laid
               to
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               what
               should
               then
               have
               hindred
               his
               Monarchie
               ?
            
             
               Now
               besides
               those
               advantages
               of
               humane
               policie
               and
               strength
               (
               before
               mentioned
               )
               God
               himselfe
               hath
               reserved
               a
               power
               at
               his
               owne
               disposing
               ,
               in
               the
               giving
               away
               of
               victories
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               cutting
               short
               ,
               or
               inlargement
               of
               Empire
               .
               And
               to
               this
               end
               hath
               ordained
               these
               naturall
               Agencies
               and
               Assistances
               of
               Seas
               ,
               Rivers
               ,
               Mountaines
               ,
               Marishes
               ,
               Wildernesses
               ,
               and
               the
               sandie
               Desarts
               .
               By
               these
               ,
               helps
               he
               the
               weake
               to
               hedge
               and
               ditch
               out
               their
               incroaching
               neighbours
               ;
               and
               by
               granting
               the
               mastership
               over
               these
               to
               another
               Nation
               ,
               he
               can
               at
               pleasure
               scourge
               the
               rebellion
               or
               unthankfulnesse
               of
               those
               people
               ,
               whom
               before
               he
               defended
               by
               them
               .
               And
               of
               these
               helps
               of
               nature
               something
               will
               we
               say
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               order
               .
               And
               first
               for
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               Sea.
               
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               profits
               of
               Merchandize
               ,
               (
               both
               for
               importing
               and
               exporting
               of
               commodities
               )
               I
               will
               not
               here
               speake
               ;
               
               (
               though
               even
               that
               tends
               so
               much
               to
               the
               inrichment
               and
               augmentation
               of
               the
               honour
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               that
               in
               all
               treaties
               of
               warre
               and
               peace
               ,
               I
               see
               ,
               that
               the
               articles
               concerning
               traffike
               ,
               are
               sometimes
               two
               thirds
               of
               the
               treatie
               ;
               for
               so
               were
               they
               I
               am
               sure
               ,
               in
               that
               politike
               and
               nice-driven
               negotiation
               of
               the
               peace
               betwixt
               England
               and
               Spaine
               ,
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               Reigne
               of
               King
               Iames
               ;
               the
               Lord
               Treasurer
               
                 Cecil
                 ,
                 Northampton
              
               ,
               and
               the
               greatest
               Sages
               of
               the
               kingdome
               ,
               being
               Commissioners
               on
               our
               partie
               ;
               and
               the
               best
               pates
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               for
               theirs
               :
               )
               but
               here
               I
               will
               onely
               treat
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               as
               of
               a
               Soveraigne
               friend
               and
               bulwarke
               to
               that
               Nation
               that
               is
               neerliest
               situated
               unto
               it
               ;
               and
               a
               maine
               helpe
               towards
               the
               keeping
               or
               inlargement
               of
               dominion
               .
               The
               Poets
               you
               know
               made
               a
               God
               of
               Neptune
               that
               obtained
               the
               soveraingty
               of
               the
               Sea
               
               as
               well
               as
               of
               him
               that
               had
               the
               government
               of
               the
               Land
               :
               and
               truly
               to
               be
               Lord
               of
               the
               narrow
               Seas
               ,
               and
               to
               enjoy
               a
               royalty
               ,
               That
               the
               ships
               of
               all
               Nations
               shall
               strike
               faile
               to
               one
               of
               the
               Kings
               ships
               ,
               is
               none
               of
               the
               least
               honours
               :
               and
               to
               bee
               master
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               is
               more
               of
               it selfe
               than
               a
               pettie
               Monarchie
               .
               He
               that
               is
               so
               indeed
               may
               give
               the
               law
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               he
               that
               is
               master
               of
               the
               field
               .
               The
               Sea-fight
               at
               Actium
               was
               it
               that
               made
               
                 Augustus
                 Caesar
              
               sole
               Emperour
               of
               the
               world
               :
               and
               Pompey
               learned
               it
               of
               old
               Themistocles
               ,
               that
               he
               that
               had
               the
               best
               Navy
               ,
               would
               in
               the
               end
               prove
               the
               Conquerour
               :
               The
               victory
               that
               the
               Christians
               got
               at
               Lepanto
               ,
               so
               arrested
               the
               in●●●aching
               of
               the
               Turkish
               greatnesse
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               done
               little
               upon
               Chirstendome
               never
               since
               .
               I
               mention
               not
               88.
               nor
               that
               the
               resistance
               that
               the
               Hollanders
               have
               beene
               able
               to
               make
               against
               the
               greatest
               Monarch
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               proceeds
               meerly
               from
               the
               advantage
               they
               have
               of
               him
               by
               their
               commodious
               situation
               upon
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               by
               having
               more
               havens
               and
               ships
               than
               he
               .
            
             
               This
               certainly
               will
               prove
               true
               ;
               that
               if
               ever
               the
               Monarchie
               of
               Spaine
               be
               broken
               ,
               it
               must
               be
               by
               Sea
               ,
               even
               by
               the
               Fleets
               of
               England
               and
               Holland
               ;
               and
               that
               know
               the
               Counsellours
               of
               the
               Emperour
               and
               Spaine
               well
               enough
               ;
               who
               to
               make
               themselves
               masters
               of
               some
               good
               ports
               ,
               have
               supplied
               their
               defect
               of
               a
               Navy
               ,
               by
               a
               chargeable
               land
               army
               .
               For
               what
               thinke
               you
               else
               should
               be
               the
               designe
               of
               Monsieur
               Tilly
               ,
               but
               to
               take
               the
               Sea
               by
               Land
               ,
               to
               make
               his
               master
               Lord
               of
               
                 Stoad
                 ,
                 Hamborrough
                 ,
                 Luckstadt
              
               ,
               with
               other
               Hansee
               townes
               ,
               and
               the
               Sowndt
               of
               Denmarke
               ?
               and
               what
               makes
               the
               Emperour
               (
               who
               yet
               had
               never
               greater
               vessel
               than
               a
               Punt
               or
               Yaugh
               upon
               the
               Danuby
               )
               to
               buy
               and
               hire
               ships
               so
               fast
               at
               this
               very
               present
               ,
               at
               
                 Lubecke
                 ,
                 Rostocke
              
               ,
               and
               other
               coast
               townes
               ,
               and
               to
               appoint
               Mansfelt
               for
               his
               Admirall
               ?
               Such
               a
               friend
               is
               the
               Sea
               to
               those
               that
               border
               upon
               it
               ;
               and
               of
               such
               importance
               towards
               the
               defending
               or
               enlarging
               of
               Empire
               .
               But
               as
               for
               Islands
               (
               such
               as
               ours
               )
               wholly
               situate
               in
               it
               ;
               certainly
               that
               wall
               of
               water
               and
               sand
               about
               us
               ,
               is
               a
               surer
               fortification
               ,
               than
               Frier
               Bacons
               wall
               of
               brasse
               could
               have
               beene
               .
               Our
               Almighty
               
               Creator
               (
               in
               an
               humble
               and
               a
               thankfull
               sense
               bee
               it
               spoken
               )
               hath
               even
               married
               us
               to
               his
               owne
               providence
               &
               protection
               ;
               the
               sand
               about
               us
               seemes
               to
               be
               our
               wedding
               Ring
               ,
               and
               the
               riches
               of
               the
               Sea
               our
               Dowrie
               .
               By
               benefit
               of
               the
               Sea
               (
               as
               long
               as
               we
               have
               kept
               our selves
               masters
               of
               it
               )
               we
               have
               enjoyed
               peace
               ,
               and
               have
               heard
               of
               ,
               rather
               than
               felt
               ,
               the
               miseries
               of
               other
               Nations
               :
               and
               (
               certainly
               )
               so
               long
               as
               we
               keepe
               our selves
               so
               ,
               wee
               are
               at
               liberty
               to
               take
               as
               much
               or
               little
               of
               the
               warre
               ,
               as
               wee
               please
               :
               and
               at
               length
               (
               verily
               )
               even
               the
               wealth
               of
               the
               Indies
               will
               be
               but
               an
               accessary
               to
               the
               command
               of
               the
               Seas
               .
               The
               Indies
               being
               but
               like
               the
               Bets
               at
               play
               ;
               he
               that
               winnes
               the
               game
               ,
               gets
               not
               only
               the
               maine
               Stake
               ,
               but
               all
               the
               Bets
               by
               follow
               the
               fortune
               of
               his
               hand
               .
               This
               finally
               ,
               is
               the
               advantage
               of
               an
               Iland
               ,
               that
               it
               cannot
               be
               taken
               if
               it
               be
               master
               at
               Sea
               :
               t
               is
               not
               so
               much
               matter
               what
               the
               Land-forces
               be
               (
               in
               the
               resisting
               of
               the
               landing
               of
               an
               invading
               enemie
               ,
               )
               seeing
               one
               Fleet
               is
               worth
               three
               Armies
               .
               Wee
               had
               two
               Armies
               drawne
               together
               on
               foot
               in
               88.
               and
               one
               of
               traine
               bands
               to
               be
               called
               for
               upon
               occasion
               ;
               yet
               our
               Fleet
               (
               blessed
               be
               God
               )
               did
               more
               service
               than
               they
               all
               ;
               and
               good
               reason
               is
               there
               for
               it
               ;
               For
               suppose
               an
               enemie
               this
               evening
               he
               discovered
               at
               Sea
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Kent
               ,
               thitherwayes
               presently
               make
               the
               Land
               forces
               ;
               but
               ere
               morning
               the
               wind
               chops
               about
               ,
               and
               the
               enemy
               is
               ready
               within
               foure
               and
               twenty
               houres
               to
               land
               Northward
               ,
               or
               Westward
               ,
               where
               the
               Army
               cannot
               possibly
               be
               to
               attend
               him
               ;
               but
               a
               Fleet
               (
               now
               )
               is
               ever
               ready
               to
               dogge
               him
               with
               the
               same
               wind
               ;
               and
               is
               ever
               and
               anon
               bearing
               up
               to
               him
               ,
               still
               beating
               upon
               his
               Reare
               ;
               and
               if
               it
               be
               able
               to
               doe
               no
               more
               ,
               can
               yet
               at
               least
               hold
               him
               play
               ,
               till
               the
               beacons
               be
               fired
               ,
               and
               the
               Country
               forces
               come
               in
               to
               hinder
               the
               landing
               .
               And
               thus
               much
               for
               situation
               upon
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               strength
               which
               that
               affords
               us
               either
               in
               offending
               or
               defending
               ,
               in
               keeping
               or
               inlarging
               of
               Empire
               .
            
             
               Of
               all
               creatures
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               
               a
               River
               most
               resembles
               a
               monster
               .
               The
               head
               (
               like
               that
               of
               Rumor
               )
               is
               oftentimes
               not
               to
               be
               found
               ;
               the
               mouth
               farre
               bigger
               than
               the
               head
               ,
               and
               withall
               ,
               farthest
               off
               from
               it
               ;
               The
               head
               hath
               no
               motion
               ;
               the
               
               veines
               feed
               the
               bodie
               ;
               the
               mouth
               serves
               not
               but
               to
               void
               the
               supersfluities
               :
               How
               monstrous
               not
               withstanding
               soever
               it
               be
               ,
               yet
               most
               beneficiall
               it
               is
               .
               The
               next
               advantage
               to
               that
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               being
               the
               commodity
               of
               great
               ,
               navigable
               ,
               &
               impassable
               Rivers
               .
               The
               Roman
               conquests
               never
               made
               stand
               in
               Germanie
               till
               they
               came
               to
               the
               banks
               of
               the
               Rhine
               and
               Danuby
               .
               but
               there
               they
               did
               for
               many
               ages
               .
               The
               swift
               River
               Oxus
               in
               the
               East
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               hath
               beene
               the
               fatall
               bounder
               of
               two
               Monarchies
               :
               the
               River
               Don
               in
               Russia
               ,
               hath
               the
               honour
               to
               part
               Europe
               ,
               and
               Asia
               ;
               and
               the
               River
               Dee
               by
               Chester
               ,
               did
               a
               long
               time
               keepe
               our
               Welshmen
               thereabouts
               unconquered
               .
               Nothing
               awes
               a
               great
               River
               so
               much
               as
               a
               bridge
               ;
               whose
               Arches
               he
               labours
               to
               overthrow
               with
               all
               his
               forces
               :
               for
               a
               bridge
               is
               the
               saddle
               to
               ride
               this
               Sea-horse
               :
               The
               Emperour
               Hadrian
               thought
               he
               had
               done
               such
               an
               act
               ,
               when
               he
               had
               laid
               a
               bridge
               over
               the
               Danuby
               ,
               that
               he
               expressed
               the
               memory
               of
               it
               (
               as
               of
               a
               victory
               )
               in
               medals
               and
               coynes
               .
               That
               mighty
               Armies
               have
               beene
               defeated
               in
               their
               passing
               of
               Rivers
               ,
               need
               not
               be
               stood
               upon
               .
               When
               Spinola
               in
               these
               late
               warres
               ,
               (
               being
               guided
               by
               a
               country
               butcher
               )
               had
               once
               passed
               the
               Rhine
               ,
               and
               undisturbed
               set
               footing
               in
               the
               
                 Palatinate
                 :
                 Be
                 of
                 good
                 comfort
                 fellow
                 souldiers
                 ,
              
               (
               saith
               he
               to
               his
               Army
               )
               
                 I
                 le
                 warrant
                 you
                 that
                 we
                 shall
                 never
                 be
                 fought
                 withall
                 by
                 this
                 enemie
                 .
              
               For
               in
               passing
               of
               a
               River
               the
               enemy
               hath
               so
               many
               disadvantages
               ,
               what
               by
               the
               swiftnesse
               of
               the
               streame
               ,
               the
               smalnesse
               of
               the
               boats
               ,
               the
               unsteadinesse
               of
               the
               footing
               ,
               and
               the
               disorder
               in
               the
               approaching
               ;
               that
               he
               that
               to
               save
               his
               owne
               will
               not
               then
               fight
               ,
               will
               never
               fight
               :
               And
               thus
               see
               wee
               ,
               that
               though
               Rivers
               be
               not
               (
               like
               the
               Sea
               )
               so
               apt
               to
               inlarge
               Empire
               ,
               they
               bee
               most
               commodious
               to
               guard
               it
               ,
               being
               once
               acquired
               :
               and
               that
               's
               no
               small
               benefit
               ,
               seeing
               wise
               men
               have
               anciently
               accounted
               it
               ,
               That
               
                 Non
                 minor
                 est
                 virtus
                 quàm
                 quaerere
                 ,
                 parta
                 tueri
                 :
                 T
                 is
                 an
                 argument
                 of
                 no
                 lesse
                 valour
                 or
                 fortune
                 ,
                 to
                 keepe
                 what
                 a
                 man
                 hath
                 ,
                 than
                 to
                 get
                 that
                 which
                 a
                 man
                 hath
                 not
                 .
              
            
             
               None
               of
               the
               weakest
               boundaries
               to
               Conquerours
               and
               Monarchies
               are
               the
               Mountaines
               ;
               
               for
               were
               all
               the
               world
               a
               levell
               and
               Campania
               ,
               what
               should
               hinder
               him
               that
               were
               
               strongest
               in
               horse
               ,
               to
               scowre
               it
               all
               over
               ;
               and
               (
               as
               t
               is
               seene
               in
               the
               
                 Low
                 Countries
              
               )
               to
               make
               all
               men
               pay
               contribution
               to
               the
               master
               of
               the
               field
               ,
               or
               the
               stronger
               party
               of
               horse
               even
               at
               pleasure
               ?
            
             
               Mountaines
               be
               naturall
               swellings
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               above
               the
               usuall
               levell
               or
               surface
               of
               it
               :
               which
               make
               the
               same
               exception
               to
               the
               definition
               of
               the
               roundnesse
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               that
               a
               wart
               or
               pimple
               may
               to
               the
               smoothnesse
               of
               a
               young
               face
               .
               They
               may
               seeme
               to
               be
               some
               heaps
               of
               rubbish
               and
               offals
               ,
               left
               of
               the
               creation
               of
               the
               world
               .
               The
               difficulty
               of
               the
               ascent
               up
               to
               them
               ,
               the
               horridnesse
               of
               their
               cragges
               ,
               the
               savagenesse
               of
               their
               wilde
               inhabitants
               ,
               (
               beasts
               or
               people
               ,
               )
               the
               chillnesse
               of
               their
               frostie
               tops
               ,
               with
               the
               inhospitable
               barrennesse
               of
               their
               rugged
               sides
               ,
               may
               give
               scandall
               ,
               or
               leave
               an
               imputation
               of
               beggery
               and
               barbarousnesse
               to
               that
               country
               that
               hath
               most
               of
               them
               ;
               if
               their
               commodities
               be
               not
               thought
               upon
               as
               well
               as
               their
               discommodities
               .
               For
               as
               they
               keepe
               their
               neighbours
               poore
               ,
               so
               they
               keepe
               them
               safe
               ;
               witnesse
               our
               unconquered
               Wales
               and
               Scotland
               ,
               which
               ,
               nor
               Romans
               ,
               nor
               Danes
               ,
               nor
               Saxons
               ,
               durst
               ever
               throughly
               set
               upon
               .
               The
               Emperour
               Severus
               lost
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               his
               Army
               in
               the
               hils
               of
               Scotland
               :
               and
               how
               have
               our
               English
               Armies
               beene
               moyled
               in
               the
               Welsh
               mountaines
               ?
               and
               we
               have
               finally
               ,
               rather
               conquered
               the
               people
               ,
               than
               the
               Country
               :
               Mountaines
               are
               natures
               bulwarkes
               ,
               cast
               up
               (
               as
               the
               Spaniard
               sayes
               )
               at
               God
               Almighties
               owne
               charges
               ;
               the
               Retreats
               they
               are
               of
               the
               oppressed
               ,
               the
               scornes
               and
               turne-againes
               of
               victorious
               Armies
               .
               That
               knew
               the
               Barbarians
               in
               
                 Q.
                 Curtius
              
               well
               enough
               ,
               who
               having
               retreated
               from
               Alexander
               the
               great
               ,
               to
               the
               fastnesse
               of
               an
               inaccessible
               mountaine
               ,
               and
               Alexanders
               Orator
               in
               his
               parly
               and
               perswasive
               to
               them
               to
               yeeld
               ,
               telling
               them
               of
               his
               masters
               victories
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Seas
               and
               Wildernesses
               that
               he
               had
               passed
               ;
               
                 It
                 may
                 be
                 so
              
               (
               said
               they
               )
               
                 but
                 can
                 Alexander
                 〈◊〉
                 ?
                 Over
                 the
                 Seas
                 he
                 might
                 have
                 ships
                 ,
                 and
                 over
                 land
                 horses
                 ,
                 but
                 he
                 must
                 have
                 wings
                 if
                 he
                 get
                 up
                 hither
                 .
              
            
             
               Where
               (
               now
               )
               mountaines
               have
               naturally
               wanted
               ,
               there
               hath
               Art
               supplied
               the
               defect
               :
               either
               by
               military
               Fosses
               ,
               as
               
               in
               that
               great
               bank
               or
               trench
               upon
               
                 New-market
                 heath
              
               ,
               which
               served
               for
               a
               boundarie
               to
               the
               kingdome
               of
               the
               East-Angles
               :
               and
               by
               raising
               up
               wonderfull
               and
               stupendous
               wals
               ,
               as
               namely
               in
               that
               wall
               of
               China
               ,
               which
               where
               the
               hils
               brake
               off
               ,
               was
               continued
               and
               fortified
               for
               six
               hundred
               miles
               together
               :
               and
               that
               admirable
               Roman
               wall
               in
               the
               North
               of
               England
               ,
               (
               even
               crosse
               the
               Iland
               from
               Sea
               to
               Sea
               )
               for
               the
               keeping
               out
               of
               the
               Picts
               .
               To
               conclude
               ,
               mountaines
               and
               wals
               made
               good
               by
               the
               natives
               ,
               preserve
               them
               in
               safety
               ,
               but
               being
               once
               mastered
               and
               overpassed
               by
               the
               Conquerour
               ,
               give
               way
               to
               a
               fatall
               and
               a
               sudden
               inlargement
               to
               his
               Empire
               ,
               and
               set
               a
               small
               period
               to
               the
               others
               liberty
               .
               When
               Hannibal
               had
               once
               passed
               the
               Alpes
               ,
               within
               a
               little
               after
               ,
               he
               presented
               his
               Army
               before
               the
               gates
               of
               Rome
               .
               When
               Tamerlane
               had
               wonne
               the
               wall
               of
               China
               ,
               he
               did
               what
               he
               list
               afterwards
               in
               the
               Country
               :
               the
               Brittains
               losing
               their
               wall
               ,
               could
               not
               hinder
               the
               Picts
               from
               setting
               up
               their
               kingdome
               :
               and
               surely
               since
               the
               Spaniard
               hath
               gotten
               the
               passage
               over
               the
               Alpes
               ,
               and
               made
               himselfe
               master
               of
               the
               Valtoline
               ,
               hee
               hath
               in
               expectation
               swallowed
               up
               all
               Germany
               ,
               and
               in
               a
               manner
               besieged
               even
               France
               it selfe
               .
            
             
               Of
               those
               other
               fortifications
               of
               nature
               ,
               
               Marishes
               ,
               Wildernesses
               ,
               and
               Sandy
               desarts
               ,
               I
               have
               lesse
               to
               say
               .
               T
               is
               well
               knowne
               what
               advantage
               the
               Irish
               Kernes
               have
               made
               of
               their
               bogges
               and
               woods
               .
               Two
               famous
               Cities
               in
               Europe
               are
               built
               in
               marishes
               ,
               namely
               ,
               Venice
               in
               Italy
               ,
               and
               Dort
               in
               Holland
               ;
               and
               both
               of
               them
               be
               called
               
                 maiden
                 Cities
              
               ;
               for
               that
               hitherto
               they
               could
               never
               be
               ravished
               ,
               never
               conquered
               .
               
                 La
                 Fert
              
               one
               of
               the
               strongest
               townes
               in
               France
               ▪
               is
               thus
               situated
               :
               and
               in
               our
               Barons
               warres
               ,
               have
               many
               sheltred
               themselves
               in
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Elie.
               He
               that
               is
               to
               beleaguer
               townes
               thus
               situated
               ,
               fights
               not
               against
               men
               ,
               but
               nature
               .
               Marishes
               admit
               no
               drie
               lodging
               for
               the
               foot
               ,
               no
               approaches
               for
               the
               horse
               ,
               no
               sure
               ground
               for
               Ordnance
               ,
               or
               heavie
               carriages
               :
               The
               towne
               feares
               no
               undermining
               ;
               and
               a
               marish
               (
               finally
               )
               is
               not
               (
               except
               by
               long
               siege
               and
               famine
               )
               otherwise
               to
               be
               conquered
               but
               as
               heretikes
               be
               ,
               and
               that
               's
               with
               faggots
               :
               and
               when
               that
               
               way
               approaches
               be
               made
               over
               it
               ,
               the
               towne
               is
               ours
               ,
               and
               Empire
               is
               inlarged
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               Woods
               and
               Wildernesses
               ,
               those
               of
               Hercynia
               and
               Ardenna
               have
               of
               old
               beene
               famous
               ,
               
               and
               were
               sometime
               bounders
               to
               the
               unlimited
               Roman
               Empire
               it selfe
               :
               nor
               have
               they
               beene
               conquered
               by
               force
               ,
               but
               by
               time
               .
               
               As
               for
               Desarts
               and
               Sands
               ,
               I
               will
               mention
               no
               more
               but
               those
               vast
               Desarts
               of
               Arabia
               ,
               which
               the
               Turke
               cals
               his
               ,
               but
               cannot
               conquer
               .
               An
               unknowne
               Sea
               and
               solitude
               of
               heath
               and
               Sand
               ,
               is
               said
               to
               keepe
               the
               two
               mighty
               Empires
               of
               the
               Chinois
               and
               great
               Mogor
               ,
               from
               incroaching
               one
               upon
               another
               .
               In
               such
               sands
               have
               whole
               Armies
               and
               Caravans
               beene
               buried
               :
               over
               these
               they
               travell
               (
               as
               at
               Sea
               )
               by
               observing
               the
               starres
               ,
               and
               by
               Card
               &
               Compasse
               .
               Of
               all
               the
               rest
               before
               named
               ,
               these
               be
               the
               surest
               fortresses
               ,
               and
               the
               most
               insuperable
               :
               no
               Army
               (
               that
               's
               wisely
               led
               )
               dares
               venture
               to
               march
               over
               the
               hot
               sands
               of
               Lybia
               .
               Desarts
               afford
               no
               towns
               for
               shelter
               ,
               no
               food
               for
               men
               ,
               no
               pasture
               ,
               or
               so
               much
               as
               water
               for
               horses
               ;
               all
               must
               be
               brought
               with
               them
               :
               and
               he
               that
               shall
               thinke
               to
               inlarge
               his
               Empire
               by
               making
               an
               invasion
               this
               way
               ,
               shall
               finde
               it
               worse
               than
               a
               long
               suit
               for
               a
               dribling
               debt
               ,
               the
               charges
               will
               amount
               to
               more
               than
               the
               principall
               .
               To
               conclude
               this
               tedious
               discourse
               :
               man
               looks
               upon
               the
               world
               ,
               upon
               Seas
               ,
               Rivers
               ,
               Mountains
               ,
               Marishes
               ,
               &c.
               as
               upon
               things
               set
               there
               casually
               ,
               or
               by
               chance
               ;
               but
               God
               made
               them
               there
               ,
               upon
               most
               wise
               designe
               :
               here
               he
               casts
               up
               a
               mountaine
               and
               that
               barres
               a
               conquerour
               ;
               here
               he
               powres
               out
               a
               River
               ,
               and
               in
               passing
               of
               that
               ,
               overthrowes
               an
               Army
               ;
               there
               plants
               he
               a
               wood
               ,
               and
               by
               dressing
               an
               ambush
               in
               it
               ,
               gives
               away
               a
               victory
               ;
               and
               upon
               changing
               the
               fortune
               of
               the
               field
               Empires
               take
               their
               beginnings
               or
               periods
               ;
               lawes
               and
               religions
               their
               alterations
               ;
               the
               pride
               and
               policies
               of
               men
               are
               defeated
               ;
               that
               his
               owne
               power
               and
               providence
               might
               onely
               be
               acknowledged
               .
               For
               by
               helpe
               of
               these
               naturall
               causes
               ,
               sayes
               God
               silently
               unto
               Tyrants
               and
               conquerours
               ,
               as
               at
               first
               he
               said
               unto
               the
               Sea
               ;
               
                 Hitherto
                 shall
                 thy
                 proud
                 waves
                 goe
                 ,
                 and
                 no
                 further
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               Travell
               .
            
             
               LAstly
               ,
               sithence
               Plato
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               Day-starres
               of
               that
               knowledge
               ,
               which
               then
               but
               dawning
               ,
               hath
               since
               shone
               out
               in
               cleerer
               brightnesse
               ;
               thought
               nothing
               fitter
               ,
               for
               the
               bettering
               of
               our
               understanding
               ,
               than
               Travell
               :
               aswell
               by
               having
               a
               conference
               with
               the
               wiser
               sort
               in
               all
               kindes
               of
               learning
               ,
               as
               by
               the
               Eye-sight
               of
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               otherwise
               a
               man
               cannot
               attaine
               unto
               ,
               but
               by
               Tradition
               .
               (
               A
               sandy
               foundation
               either
               in
               matter
               of
               Science
               ,
               or
               Conscience
               .
               )
               Let
               me
               also
               in
               this
               place
               be
               bold
               to
               informe
               you
               ,
               that
               all
               purpose
               to
               Travell
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               not
               ,
               
                 ad
                 voluptatem
                 solùm
                 ,
                 sed
                 ad
                 utilitatem
                 ,
              
               argueth
               an
               industrious
               and
               generous
               minde
               .
               Base
               and
               vulgar
               spirits
               hover
               still
               about
               home
               :
               Those
               are
               more
               Noble
               and
               Divine
               ,
               that
               imitate
               the
               Heavens
               ,
               and
               joy
               in
               motion
               .
            
             
               Hee
               therefore
               that
               intends
               to
               Travell
               out
               of
               his
               owne
               Countrey
               ,
               must
               likewise
               resolve
               to
               Travell
               out
               of
               his
               Countrey
               fashion
               ,
               and
               indeed
               out
               of
               himselfe
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               out
               of
               his
               former
               intemperate
               feeding
               ,
               disordinate
               drinking
               ,
               thriftlesse
               gaming
               ,
               fruitlesse
               time-spending
               ,
               violent
               exercising
               ,
               and
               irregular
               misgoverning
               whatsoever
               .
               He
               must
               determine
               ,
               that
               the
               end
               of
               his
               Travell
               ,
               is
               his
               ripening
               in
               knowledge
               ;
               and
               the
               end
               of
               his
               knowledge
               ,
               is
               the
               service
               of
               his
               Countrey
               ,
               which
               of
               right
               ,
               challengeth
               the
               better
               part
               of
               us
               .
            
             
               This
               is
               done
               ,
               
               by
               preservation
               of
               himselfe
               from
               Hazards
               of
               Travell
               ,
               and
               Observation
               of
               what
               he
               heares
               and
               sees
               in
               his
               Travelling
               .
               The
               Hazards
               ,
               are
               two
               :
               of
               the
               Minde
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Body
               :
               that
               ,
               by
               the
               infection
               of
               Errours
               ,
               this
               by
               the
               corruption
               of
               Manners
               .
               For
               who
               so
               drinketh
               of
               the
               poysonous
               cup
               of
               the
               one
               ,
               or
               tasteth
               the
               sower
               liquor
               of
               the
               other
               ,
               〈◊〉
               the
               true
               rellish
               of
               Religion
               and
               Vertue
               ,
               bringeth
               ●ome
               a
               leaprous
               Soule
               ,
               and
               a
               tainted
               body
               ,
               retaining
               nothing
               
               thing
               but
               the
               shame
               of
               either
               ,
               or
               repentance
               of
               both
               :
               whereof
               in
               my
               Travell
               I
               have
               seene
               some
               examples
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               made
               use
               ,
               to
               prevent
               both
               mischiefes
               ,
               which
               I
               will
               briefly
               shew
               :
               And
               first
               of
               the
               better
               part
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               Travellers
               Religion
               ,
               
               I
               teach
               not
               what
               it
               should
               be
               ,
               (
               being
               out
               of
               my
               Element
               )
               nor
               inquire
               what
               it
               is
               ,
               (
               being
               out
               of
               my
               Commission
               ;
               )
               only
               my
               hopes
               are
               ,
               he
               be
               of
               the
               religion
               here
               established
               :
               and
               my
               advice
               is
               ,
               he
               be
               therein
               well
               setled
               ;
               and
               that
               howsoever
               his
               imagination
               shall
               be
               carried
               in
               the
               voluble
               Sphere
               of
               divers
               mens
               discourses
               ;
               yet
               his
               inmost
               thoughts
               (
               like
               lines
               in
               a
               Circle
               )
               shall
               alwayes
               concenter
               in
               this
               immoveable
               point
               ;
               
                 Not
                 to
                 alter
                 his
                 first
                 Faith
                 :
              
               For
               I
               know
               ,
               that
               ,
               as
               all
               innovation
               is
               dangerous
               in
               a
               State
               ;
               so
               is
               this
               change
               in
               the
               little
               Common-wealth
               of
               a
               Man.
               And
               it
               is
               to
               be
               feared
               ,
               that
               he
               which
               is
               of
               one
               Religion
               in
               his
               youth
               ,
               and
               of
               another
               in
               his
               manhood
               ,
               will
               in
               his
               age
               be
               of
               neither
               .
            
             
               Wherefore
               ,
               if
               my
               Traveller
               will
               keep
               this
               Bird
               safe
               in
               his
               bosome
               ,
               he
               must
               neither
               be
               inquisitive
               after
               other
               mens
               Religions
               ,
               nor
               prompt
               to
               discover
               his
               owne
               .
               For
               I
               hold
               him
               unwise
               ,
               who
               in
               a
               strange
               Countrey
               ,
               will
               either
               shew
               his
               minde
               ,
               or
               his
               money
               .
               A
               true
               friend
               is
               as
               hard
               to
               finde
               as
               a
               Phenix
               ,
               of
               which
               the
               whole
               world
               affoords
               but
               one
               ,
               and
               therefore
               let
               not
               this
               my
               Traveller
               ,
               be
               so
               blinde
               as
               to
               thinke
               to
               finde
               him
               every
               where
               ,
               in
               his
               owne
               imagination
               .
               Damon
               and
               
                 Pithias
                 ,
                 Pilades
              
               and
               Orestes
               are
               all
               dead
               ,
               or
               else
               it
               is
               but
               a
               dead
               Story
               .
               And
               therefore
               let
               him
               remember
               that
               Nature
               alters
               ,
               like
               humours
               and
               complexions
               ,
               every
               minute
               of
               an
               houre
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               I
               would
               not
               have
               him
               to
               change
               ,
               
               so
               would
               I
               wish
               him
               ,
               to
               beware
               how
               he
               heare
               any
               thing
               repugnant
               thereto
               :
               for
               as
               I
               have
               tied
               his
               tongue
               ,
               so
               must
               I
               stop
               his
               ears
               ,
               left
               they
               be
               open
               to
               the
               smooth
               incantations
               of
               an
               insinuating
               Seducer
               ,
               or
               the
               subtill
               arguments
               of
               a
               sophisticall
               adversarie
               .
               To
               this
               effect
               ,
               I
               must
               precisely
               forbid
               him
               the
               fellowship
               or
               company
               of
               one
               sort
               of
               people
               in
               generall
               ;
               those
               are
               the
               lefuites
               ,
               underminers
               and
               inveiglers
               of
               greene
               wits
               ,
               seducers
               
               of
               men
               in
               matter
               of
               Faith
               ,
               and
               subverters
               of
               men
               in
               matter
               of
               State
               ;
               making
               of
               both
               a
               bad
               Christian
               ,
               and
               a
               worse
               Subject
               .
               These
               men
               I
               would
               have
               my
               Traveller
               never
               heare
               ,
               except
               in
               the
               Pulpit
               ;
               for
               being
               eloquent
               ,
               they
               speake
               excellent
               language
               ;
               and
               being
               wise
               ,
               (
               therefore
               best
               knowing
               how
               to
               speake
               to
               best
               purpose
               )
               they
               seldome
               ,
               or
               never
               handle
               matter
               of
               controversie
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               other
               orders
               of
               Religion
               ,
               Friers
               of
               Monkes
               ,
               or
               whatsoever
               ,
               let
               him
               use
               them
               for
               his
               bettering
               ,
               either
               in
               matter
               of
               language
               ,
               or
               other
               knowledge
               .
               They
               are
               good
               companions
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               so
               dangerous
               ;
               they
               talke
               more
               of
               their
               cheere
               ,
               than
               of
               their
               Church
               ;
               of
               their
               feasts
               ,
               than
               their
               Faith
               ;
               of
               good
               wine
               ,
               than
               good
               workes
               ;
               of
               Curtisans
               ,
               than
               Christianitie
               .
               The
               reason
               is
               ,
               because
               few
               of
               them
               are
               learned
               ,
               many
               carelesse
               in
               their
               profession
               ,
               almost
               all
               dissolute
               in
               their
               conversation
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               excepted
               against
               the
               Persons
               :
               I
               will
               now
               protest
               against
               the
               Places
               .
               
               These
               are
               ,
               
                 Rome
                 ,
                 Rhemes
              
               ,
               and
               Doway
               ,
               but
               these
               two
               last
               ,
               being
               out
               of
               all
               ordinary
               road
               of
               Travell
               ;
               I
               say
               ,
               he
               that
               goes
               that
               way
               ,
               goes
               doubly
               out
               of
               his
               way
               ,
               and
               shall
               neither
               have
               this
               discourse
               for
               his
               direction
               ,
               nor
               me
               for
               his
               companion
               .
               Let
               me
               only
               say
               of
               Rome
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               the
               Seminary
               and
               Nursery
               of
               English
               Fugitives
               ,
               and
               yet
               a
               place
               most
               worthy
               to
               be
               seene
               ,
               
                 (
                 vel
                 antiquitatis
                 causa
                 ,
                 vel
                 novitatis
                 )
              
               that
               it
               is
               suspected
               of
               all
               ,
               knowne
               to
               many
               ,
               and
               proved
               by
               some
               ,
               to
               be
               dangerous
               that
               way
               .
            
             
               Thus
               much
               of
               the
               Persons
               and
               Places
               have
               I
               noted
               ,
               hee
               that
               shall
               meet
               with
               others
               of
               like
               condition
               and
               danger
               ,
               let
               him
               see
               and
               shun
               .
               It
               remameth
               I
               speake
               of
               bettering
               the
               minde
               ,
               by
               the
               knowledge
               and
               understanding
               of
               tongues
               :
               for
               ,
               as
               for
               learning
               the
               liberall
               Sciences
               ,
               he
               hath
               much
               better
               meanes
               at
               home
               ;
               their
               manner
               of
               teaching
               ,
               and
               orders
               of
               Vniversities
               ,
               being
               farre
               inferiour
               to
               ours
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               attaining
               therefore
               of
               Language
               ,
               
               it
               is
               convenient
               ,
               that
               he
               make
               choice
               of
               the
               best
               places
               :
               These
               are
               ,
               Orleans
               for
               the
               French
               ;
               Florence
               for
               the
               Italian
               ;
               and
               Lipsicke
               for
               the
               Dutch
               tongues
               :
               for
               in
               these
               places
               is
               the
               best
               Language
               spoken
               .
               
               And
               as
               we
               observe
               a
               difference
               of
               speech
               in
               our
               Countrey
               ;
               of
               the
               North
               ,
               from
               the
               South
               ;
               and
               the
               West
               ,
               from
               both
               :
               or
               as
               wee
               have
               learned
               of
               the
               Greeks
               ,
               that
               they
               had
               five
               severall
               kindes
               of
               Dialects
               :
               so
               differ
               they
               infinitely
               in
               Germany
               ,
               but
               that
               of
               Misnia
               is
               the
               best
               ,
               where
               Lipsicke
               stands
               .
               More
               in
               France
               ,
               where
               the
               Picard
               speakes
               one
               ,
               the
               Norman
               another
               ,
               the
               Eri●●an
               his
               ,
               the
               Gascoigne
               his
               ,
               the
               Provenciall
               and
               Savoyard
               theirs
               ,
               the
               Inlanders
               theirs
               :
               but
               of
               all
               these
               ,
               the
               Orleanois
               is
               the
               best
               .
               As
               also
               in
               Italy
               ,
               the
               Roman
               hath
               one
               kinde
               of
               phrase
               and
               pronunciation
               ;
               the
               Neapolitan
               ,
               another
               ;
               the
               Venetian
               a
               third
               ;
               the
               Bergamasco
               ,
               a
               worse
               ;
               but
               the
               best
               of
               all
               is
               the
               Tuscan
               ,
               where
               Florence
               stands
               :
               yet
               I
               prescribe
               not
               these
               places
               so
               precisely
               ,
               as
               that
               he
               may
               not
               live
               in
               others
               ,
               and
               learne
               the
               Language
               as
               well
               :
               for
               in
               
                 Tuscany
                 ,
                 Stena
              
               ,
               and
               Prato
               ,
               are
               some
               places
               ,
               where
               the
               speech
               is
               as
               good
               ,
               as
               that
               of
               Florence
               ,
               and
               more
               retired
               ,
               and
               of
               lesse
               charge
               :
               therefore
               fitter
               for
               some
               ,
               whose
               proportion
               for
               expence
               is
               but
               small
               .
               So
               have
               ye
               in
               
                 Germany
                 ,
                 Heidleburge
              
               as
               good
               as
               Lipsick
               .
               And
               in
               
                 France
                 ,
                 Blois
              
               as
               good
               as
               Orleans
               .
            
             
               Having
               made
               choice
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               
               his
               next
               care
               must
               be
               to
               make
               choice
               of
               a
               good
               Reader
               ,
               whereof
               he
               shall
               finde
               in
               Travell
               great
               scarcity
               .
               Let
               good
               acquaintance
               ,
               or
               good
               fortune
               ,
               bring
               him
               to
               the
               best
               .
            
             
               For
               were
               it
               ,
               that
               there
               were
               good
               Readers
               ,
               it
               were
               here
               needlesse
               to
               set
               downe
               a
               course
               of
               learning
               :
               for
               hee
               might
               have
               a
               better
               direction
               from
               them
               .
               But
               for
               the
               cause
               alleaged
               ,
               I
               will
               presume
               to
               advise
               him
               ,
               that
               the
               most
               compendious
               way
               of
               attaining
               the
               tongue
               (
               whether
               French
               ,
               or
               Italian
               )
               is
               by
               Booke
               ;
               I
               meane
               for
               the
               knowledge
               .
               For
               as
               for
               the
               speaking
               ,
               he
               shall
               never
               attaine
               it
               ,
               but
               by
               continuall
               practice
               and
               conversation
               .
               He
               shall
               therefore
               first
               learne
               his
               Nounes
               and
               Verbs
               by
               heart
               ,
               and
               specially
               the
               Articles
               ,
               and
               their
               uses
               ,
               with
               the
               〈◊〉
               words
               ,
               Sum
               and
               Habeo
               :
               for
               in
               these
               ,
               consist
               the
               greatest
               observation
               of
               that
               part
               of
               speech
               .
               Let
               not
               your
               Reader
               reade
               any
               Booke
               of
               Poetry
               and
               the
               first
               ,
               but
               some
               other
               kinde
               of
               Stile
               ;
               and
               I
               thinke
               meetest
               ,
               some
               moderne
               Comedie
               .
            
             
             
               Let
               his
               Lecture
               consist
               ,
               more
               in
               questions
               and
               answers
               ,
               either
               of
               the
               one
               or
               the
               other
               ,
               than
               in
               the
               Readers
               continued
               speech
               ;
               for
               this
               is
               for
               the
               most
               part
               idle
               and
               fruitlesse
               :
               by
               the
               other
               ,
               many
               errours
               and
               mistakings
               ,
               either
               in
               pronunciation
               ,
               or
               sense
               ,
               are
               reformed
               .
            
             
               After
               three
               moneths
               ,
               he
               shall
               quit
               his
               Lectures
               ,
               and
               use
               his
               Master
               ,
               only
               to
               walke
               with
               ,
               and
               discourse
               ,
               first
               the
               one
               and
               then
               the
               other
               :
               for
               thus
               shall
               be
               observe
               the
               right
               use
               of
               the
               phrase
               in
               his
               Reader
               ,
               heare
               his
               owne
               faults
               reproved
               ,
               and
               grow
               readie
               and
               prompt
               in
               his
               owne
               delivery
               :
               which
               with
               the
               right
               straine
               of
               the
               accent
               ,
               are
               the
               two
               hardest
               things
               in
               language
               .
            
             
               Privately
               hee
               may
               for
               his
               pleasure
               reade
               Poetry
               ,
               especially
               ,
               if
               at
               his
               returne
               ,
               hee
               meane
               to
               Court
               it
               :
               but
               for
               his
               profit
               ,
               if
               hee
               be
               a
               man
               of
               meanes
               ,
               and
               likely
               hereafter
               to
               beare
               charge
               in
               his
               Countrey
               :
               or
               if
               a
               man
               of
               endevours
               ,
               and
               willing
               to
               preferre
               himselfe
               by
               service
               ,
               I
               wish
               him
               to
               Historie
               :
               If
               one
               that
               would
               make
               a
               fortune
               by
               the
               warres
               ,
               I
               commend
               him
               (
               beside
               History
               )
               to
               the
               Mathematicks
               ,
               discourses
               of
               warre
               ,
               and
               bookes
               of
               fortification
               .
            
             
               To
               this
               Reading
               he
               must
               adde
               a
               continuall
               talking
               ,
               and
               exercising
               of
               his
               speech
               with
               all
               sorts
               of
               people
               ,
               with
               boldnesse
               ,
               and
               much
               assurance
               in
               himselfe
               :
               for
               I
               have
               often
               observed
               in
               others
               ,
               that
               nothing
               hath
               more
               prejudiced
               their
               profiting
               ,
               than
               their
               owne
               diffidence
               and
               distrust
               .
               To
               this
               I
               would
               have
               him
               adde
               an
               often
               writing
               ,
               either
               of
               matter
               of
               translation
               ,
               or
               of
               his
               owne
               invention
               ,
               where
               againe
               is
               requisite
               to
               the
               Readers
               eye
               ,
               to
               censure
               and
               correct
               :
               for
               who
               so
               cannot
               write
               the
               language
               he
               speakes
               ,
               I
               count
               he
               hath
               but
               halfe
               the
               language
               .
            
             
               These
               then
               ,
               are
               the
               two
               only
               meanes
               of
               obtaining
               a
               language
               ,
               of
               speaking
               and
               writing
               :
               but
               the
               first
               is
               the
               chiefest
               ,
               and
               therefore
               I
               must
               advertise
               the
               Traveller
               of
               the
               one
               thing
               ,
               which
               in
               other
               Countries
               ,
               is
               a
               greater
               hinderer
               thereof
               :
               namely
               ,
               the
               often
               haunting
               ,
               and
               frequenting
               of
               our
               own
               Countrey-men
               ,
               whereof
               he
               must
               have
               a
               speciall
               care
               ,
               neither
               to
               distaste
               them
               by
               a
               too
               much
               retirednesse
               ,
               nor
               to
               
               hinder
               himselfe
               by
               too
               much
               familiarity
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               thought
               also
               ,
               that
               one
               language
               is
               a
               hinderance
               to
               the
               pronunciation
               (
               if
               not
               learning
               )
               of
               another
               :
               which
               if
               it
               be
               in
               any
               ,
               is
               in
               the
               pronouncing
               ,
               not
               the
               learning
               :
               and
               in
               the
               Italian
               to
               the
               French
               ,
               not
               contrary
               .
               To
               this
               effect
               therefore
               ,
               I
               would
               wish
               the
               Traveller
               ,
               first
               to
               spend
               his
               time
               in
               France
               ,
               which
               language
               will
               much
               helpe
               to
               the
               understanding
               ,
               and
               nothing
               hinder
               the
               speaking
               of
               the
               Italian
               ,
               especially
               in
               us
               ;
               who
               of
               all
               other
               Nations
               pronounce
               this
               language
               best
               next
               themselves
               ,
               by
               their
               owne
               confession
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               also
               another
               reason
               ,
               why
               I
               would
               have
               him
               see
               Italy
               last
               ,
               because
               we
               best
               remember
               the
               last
               impressions
               ;
               and
               I
               would
               rather
               he
               should
               come
               home
               Italianate
               ,
               than
               Frenchified
               :
               I
               speake
               of
               both
               in
               the
               better
               sense
               :
               for
               the
               French
               is
               stirring
               ,
               bold
               ,
               respectlesse
               ,
               inconstant
               ,
               sudden
               .
               The
               Italian
               ,
               stayed
               ,
               demure
               ,
               respective
               ,
               grave
               ,
               advised
               .
               I
               would
               wish
               the
               Traveller
               therefore
               (
               because
               I
               speake
               now
               of
               bettering
               his
               minde
               by
               conversation
               )
               observe
               with
               judgement
               ,
               what
               he
               seeth
               in
               these
               Nations
               of
               
                 Italy
                 ,
                 France
              
               and
               Germany
               ,
               (
               for
               further
               I
               guide
               him
               not
               )
               &
               out
               of
               their
               better
               parts
               ,
               leaving
               the
               worse
               to
               themselves
               ,
               gather
               so
               much
               to
               his
               use
               ,
               as
               may
               make
               him
               a
               complete
               Gentleman
               .
               For
               example
               ,
               he
               shall
               observe
               ,
               that
               the
               French
               hath
               valour
               ;
               but
               he
               hath
               withall
               ,
               
                 Vanitatem
                 &
                 Levitatem
              
               .
               The
               Italian
               hath
               a
               discreet
               fashion
               of
               carriage
               ;
               but
               ,
               with
               this
               he
               hath
               
                 Proterviam
                 &
                 libidinem
              
               :
               The
               Dutch
               hath
               an
               honest
               and
               reall
               manner
               of
               dealing
               ,
               but
               
                 non
                 sine
                 commessatione
                 &
                 ebrietate
              
               .
               Let
               him
               now
               of
               these
               three
               ,
               learne
               their
               three
               vertues
               ,
               so
               shall
               he
               come
               home
               a
               Valiant
               ,
               Wise
               and
               Honest
               man.
               This
               is
               a
               better
               purchase
               than
               the
               Italian
               huffe
               of
               the
               shoulder
               ,
               or
               the
               Dutch
               puffe
               with
               the
               pot
               ,
               or
               the
               French
               Apishnesse
               ,
               which
               many
               Travellers
               bring
               home
               .
            
             
               Touching
               conference
               ,
               observe
               these
               rules
               :
               For
               the
               time
               ,
               
               let
               it
               be
               ,
               when
               you
               give
               leave
               to
               your
               minde
               to
               recreate
               your
               spirits
               ,
               that
               you
               may
               the
               better
               conceive
               what
               you
               heare
               ,
               and
               best
               digest
               things
               subject
               to
               your
               understanding
               .
               Let
               therefore
               the
               houres
               be
               in
               the
               morning
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Evening
               ,
               
               when
               the
               senses
               are
               fresh
               ,
               and
               the
               wits
               quiet
               .
               But
               if
               you
               finde
               your
               senses
               dull
               with
               melancholy
               passions
               ,
               quicken
               them
               shortly
               with
               some
               good
               societie
               .
               Touching
               the
               persons
               ,
               let
               them
               be
               of
               some
               good
               yeares
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               though
               sometime
               to
               heare
               a
               young
               man
               ,
               will
               prove
               no
               prejudice
               .
               Observe
               opportunitie
               ,
               sometime
               discoursing
               with
               the
               learned
               concerning
               History
               ,
               the
               better
               to
               benefit
               memory
               by
               application
               of
               examples
               .
               At
               other
               times
               ,
               frequent
               the
               company
               of
               the
               expert
               ,
               that
               by
               noting
               their
               observations
               ,
               and
               suting
               them
               to
               particular
               judgement
               ,
               you
               may
               discerne
               the
               difference
               betweene
               Art
               and
               Nature
               ,
               Experience
               and
               Learning
               .
               Sometime
               discourse
               with
               the
               souldier
               ,
               that
               in
               hearing
               of
               a
               drumme
               ,
               you
               be
               not
               daunted
               in
               a
               skirmish
               .
               Conferre
               much
               with
               Travellers
               ,
               that
               by
               their
               discourse
               of
               forren
               natures
               ,
               you
               may
               the
               better
               discerne
               of
               domesticall
               disposition
               :
               Forget
               not
               the
               Divines
               for
               the
               comfort
               of
               your
               soules
               ,
               nor
               neglect
               the
               reading
               of
               Scripture
               ,
               for
               the
               better
               direction
               of
               your
               life
               and
               conscience
               .
               Talke
               not
               with
               women
               upon
               idle
               occasions
               ,
               lest
               you
               trouble
               their
               wits
               ,
               or
               displease
               their
               humours
               .
               To
               conferre
               with
               fooles
               is
               frivolous
               ;
               with
               the
               wicked
               dangerous
               ;
               but
               with
               the
               honest
               availeable
               ,
               for
               they
               are
               vertuous
               ;
               and
               with
               the
               wise
               profitable
               ,
               for
               they
               are
               gracious
               .
            
             
               It
               now
               followeth
               ,
               
               that
               I
               speake
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               which
               is
               preserved
               in
               good
               state
               ,
               by
               diet
               and
               exercise
               :
               For
               his
               diet
               ,
               I
               neither
               prescribe
               what
               ,
               nor
               how
               much
               to
               eat
               ,
               I
               presume
               him
               able
               before
               he
               set
               out
               ,
               to
               keepe
               his
               nose
               from
               his
               sleeve
               ,
               feed
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               be
               his
               owne
               carver
               :
               Onely
               ,
               I
               must
               advise
               him
               to
               beware
               of
               their
               Wines
               ,
               which
               agree
               not
               with
               some
               natures
               ,
               &
               are
               hurtfull
               to
               all
               ,
               in
               those
               hotter
               Countries
               ,
               except
               sparingly
               taken
               ,
               or
               well
               qualified
               with
               water
               .
               As
               for
               his
               viands
               ,
               I
               feare
               not
               his
               surfetting
               ;
               his
               provision
               is
               never
               so
               great
               ,
               but
               ye
               may
               let
               him
               loose
               to
               his
               allowance
               .
               For
               I
               would
               not
               have
               him
               live
               at
               his
               owne
               provision
               ,
               (
               especially
               in
               France
               )
               it
               will
               hinder
               his
               profiting
               ,
               and
               onely
               further
               him
               with
               some
               few
               kitchen
               and
               market
               phrases
               .
               Let
               him
               be
               still
               in
               pension
               with
               others
               ,
               so
               they
               be
               such
               ,
               whose
               language
               he
               
               learneth
               .
               His
               care
               shall
               be
               the
               lesse
               ,
               his
               profit
               the
               greater
               ,
               &
               his
               expence
               nothing
               the
               more
               .
               I
               shall
               not
               need
               to
               tell
               him
               before
               ,
               what
               his
               diet
               shall
               be
               ,
               his
               appetite
               will
               make
               it
               better
               than
               it
               is
               ;
               for
               he
               shall
               be
               still
               kept
               sharpe
               :
               onely
               of
               the
               difference
               of
               diets
               ,
               he
               shall
               observe
               thus
               much
               ;
               that
               that
               of
               Germany
               is
               full
               ,
               or
               rather
               fulsome
               ;
               that
               of
               France
               ,
               allowable
               ;
               that
               of
               Italy
               ,
               tolerable
               ;
               with
               the
               Dutch
               ,
               he
               shall
               have
               much
               meat
               ,
               ill
               dressed
               ;
               with
               the
               French
               ,
               lesse
               ,
               but
               well
               handled
               ;
               with
               the
               Italian
               ,
               neither
               the
               one
               ,
               nor
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               his
               Exercises
               ,
               there
               is
               danger
               but
               of
               one
               in
               France
               ,
               
               and
               this
               is
               Tennis
               play
               :
               this
               is
               dangerous
               (
               if
               used
               with
               too
               much
               violence
               )
               for
               the
               body
               :
               and
               (
               if
               followed
               with
               too
               much
               diligence
               )
               for
               the
               purse
               ,
               a
               maine
               point
               of
               the
               Travellers
               care
               .
               There
               is
               another
               exercise
               to
               be
               learned
               in
               France
               ,
               because
               there
               are
               better
               teachers
               :
               and
               the
               French
               fashion
               is
               in
               most
               request
               with
               us
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               Dancing
               .
               This
               I
               meane
               to
               my
               Traveller
               that
               is
               young
               ,
               &
               means
               to
               follow
               the
               Court
               ;
               otherwise
               ,
               I
               hold
               it
               needlesse
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               ridiculous
               .
            
             
               These
               former
               therefore
               are
               two
               exrcises
               ,
               which
               I
               permit
               ,
               but
               with
               their
               limitation
               .
               There
               remaine
               two
               other
               ,
               to
               which
               I
               perswade
               :
               those
               tolerable
               ,
               these
               commendable
               ;
               those
               of
               grace
               and
               complement
               ,
               these
               of
               use
               and
               necessity
               ,
               to
               him
               that
               will
               returne
               ably
               qualified
               for
               his
               Countries
               service
               in
               warre
               ,
               and
               his
               owne
               defence
               in
               private
               quarrell
               .
               These
               are
               Riding
               ,
               and
               Fencing
               .
               His
               best
               place
               for
               the
               first
               (
               excepting
               Naples
               )
               is
               in
               Florence
               :
               and
               for
               the
               second
               (
               excepting
               Rome
               )
               is
               in
               Padua
               .
            
             
               I
               must
               now
               aduise
               him
               ,
               
               of
               such
               things
               as
               are
               without
               himselfe
               ,
               but
               within
               the
               compasse
               of
               his
               owne
               care
               :
               Those
               are
               Money
               ,
               Bookes
               ,
               Apparell
               .
            
             
               Money
               ,
               the
               finewes
               of
               warre
               ,
               and
               soule
               of
               Travell
               ,
               as
               at
               home
               ,
               so
               abroad
               ,
               is
               the
               man.
               They
               say
               he
               should
               have
               two
               bagges
               ,
               the
               one
               of
               Crownes
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               Patience
               :
               but
               howsoever
               this
               last
               bee
               empty
               ,
               I
               could
               wish
               that
               other
               were
               still
               full
               ,
               whereout
               he
               must
               proportion
               his
               yearly
               expence
               ,
               not
               exceeding
               the
               limits
               of
               his
               propounded
               allowance
               .
               If
               hee
               Travell
               without
               a
               servant
               ,
               fourescore
               pounds
               
               sterling
               is
               a
               competent
               proportion
               ,
               except
               he
               learne
               to
               ride
               :
               if
               he
               maintaine
               both
               these
               charges
               ,
               he
               can
               be
               allowed
               no
               lesse
               than
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               pounds
               :
               and
               to
               allow
               above
               two
               hundred
               ,
               were
               superfluous
               ,
               and
               to
               his
               hurt
               .
               And
               thus
               ratably
               according
               to
               the
               number
               he
               keepeth
               .
            
             
               The
               ordinary
               rate
               of
               his
               expence
               ,
               
               is
               this
               :
               ten
               gold
               Crownes
               a
               moneth
               his
               owne
               diet
               ,
               eight
               for
               his
               man
               ,
               (
               at
               the
               most
               )
               two
               Crownes
               a
               moneth
               his
               Fencing
               ,
               as
               much
               for
               Dancing
               ,
               and
               no
               lesse
               for
               his
               Reading
               ,
               and
               fifteene
               crownes
               monethly
               for
               his
               Riding
               :
               but
               this
               exercise
               hee
               shall
               discontinue
               all
               the
               heat
               of
               the
               yeare
               .
               The
               remainder
               of
               his
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               pound
               ,
               I
               allow
               him
               for
               Apparell
               ,
               Books
               ,
               Travelling
               ,
               Charges
               ,
               Tennis-play
               ,
               and
               other
               extraordinary
               expences
               .
            
             
               Let
               him
               have
               foure
               bils
               of
               exchange
               with
               him
               ,
               for
               the
               whole
               yeare
               ,
               with
               Letters
               of
               advice
               ,
               to
               be
               paid
               him
               quarterly
               ,
               by
               equall
               portions
               :
               so
               shall
               he
               not
               want
               his
               money
               at
               the
               day
               ,
               nor
               be
               driven
               to
               those
               shifts
               ,
               which
               I
               have
               seene
               divers
               put
               to
               ,
               by
               long
               expecting
               Letters
               out
               of
               England
               ;
               which
               either
               their
               friends
               forgetfulnesse
               ,
               or
               the
               Carriers
               negligence
               ,
               or
               the
               miscarrying
               of
               their
               letters
               ,
               by
               intercepting
               or
               other
               accident
               ,
               hath
               caused
               .
            
             
               If
               he
               carry
               over
               money
               with
               him
               (
               as
               by
               our
               Law
               he
               cannot
               carry
               much
               )
               let
               it
               bee
               in
               double
               Pistolets
               ,
               or
               French
               crownes
               of
               weight
               :
               by
               these
               he
               is
               sure
               to
               sustaine
               losse
               in
               no
               place
               :
               and
               in
               Italy
               to
               gaine
               above
               twelve
               pence
               in
               the
               pound
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               his
               bookes
               ,
               
               let
               them
               be
               few
               or
               none
               ,
               to
               carry
               from
               place
               to
               place
               :
               or
               if
               any
               ,
               that
               they
               be
               not
               such
               as
               are
               prohibited
               by
               the
               Inquisition
               :
               lest
               ,
               when
               his
               Male
               is
               searched
               (
               as
               it
               is
               at
               every
               Cities
               gate
               in
               Italy
               )
               they
               bring
               him
               to
               trouble
               :
               whatsoever
               they
               be
               ,
               they
               will
               put
               him
               to
               charge
               ,
               for
               he
               payeth
               Tole
               for
               them
               at
               every
               such
               Towne
               .
               I
               would
               only
               have
               him
               to
               carry
               the
               papers
               of
               his
               own
               observation
               ;
               especially
               a
               Iournall
               ,
               wherin
               from
               day
               to
               day
               ,
               he
               shall
               set
               downe
               the
               divers
               Provinces
               he
               passeth
               ,
               with
               their
               commodities
               ;
               the
               Townes
               ,
               with
               their
               manner
               of
               buildings
               ;
               the
               
               names
               ,
               and
               benefit
               of
               the
               Rivers
               ;
               the
               distance
               of
               places
               ;
               the
               condition
               of
               the
               soyle
               ;
               manners
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               :
               what
               else
               his
               eye
               meeteth
               by
               the
               way
               remarkable
               .
            
             
               When
               hee
               commeth
               to
               the
               place
               of
               his
               residence
               ,
               let
               him
               furnish
               himselfe
               with
               the
               best
               bookes
               of
               that
               profession
               ,
               to
               which
               he
               addicted
               his
               study
               ,
               or
               other
               he
               shall
               finde
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               got
               here
               in
               England
               ;
               and
               at
               his
               departure
               ,
               send
               them
               home
               by
               his
               Merchants
               meanes
               .
            
             
               I
               must
               advise
               as
               well
               for
               his
               Apparell
               ,
               as
               for
               his
               Bookes
               :
               
               that
               upon
               his
               journey
               ,
               he
               be
               not
               overcharged
               with
               overmuch
               luggage
               ;
               even
               a
               light
               burthen
               farre
               carried
               ,
               is
               heavy
               :
               beside
               ,
               somewhat
               is
               like
               wise
               to
               be
               paid
               for
               these
               ,
               at
               the
               entry
               of
               every
               City
               gate
               .
               Let
               him
               also
               take
               heed
               ,
               that
               the
               apparell
               he
               weares
               ,
               be
               in
               fashion
               in
               the
               place
               where
               he
               resideth
               :
               for
               it
               is
               no
               lesse
               ridiculous
               to
               weare
               clothes
               of
               our
               fashion
               among
               them
               ,
               than
               at
               our
               returne
               to
               use
               still
               their
               fashion
               among
               us
               .
               A
               notorious
               affectation
               of
               many
               Travellers
               .
            
             
               And
               lastly
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               not
               amisse
               ,
               
               to
               be
               acquainted
               as
               well
               with
               the
               divers
               natures
               of
               Nations
               ,
               soyles
               ,
               and
               people
               ,
               as
               with
               theorike
               of
               instructions
               :
               first
               ,
               I
               counsell
               my
               Traveller
               ,
               not
               to
               make
               any
               long
               abode
               in
               any
               Region
               ,
               which
               he
               findeth
               not
               agreeable
               to
               his
               naturall
               constitution
               ;
               neither
               let
               him
               be
               ignorant
               of
               such
               comforts
               ,
               as
               may
               prove
               best
               preservatives
               for
               his
               health
               :
               for
               although
               I
               hold
               it
               not
               best
               discretion
               to
               use
               the
               body
               to
               much
               physicke
               ,
               yet
               in
               causes
               of
               extremity
               ,
               to
               know
               the
               helpe
               of
               Nature
               ,
               I
               hold
               it
               no
               vanity
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               Soile
               (
               wherein
               Townes
               and
               Cities
               are
               seated
               )
               if
               it
               be
               sandy
               or
               gravelly
               ground
               ,
               
               and
               neere
               unto
               some
               fresh
               brooks
               ,
               springs
               ,
               or
               river
               ,
               it
               may
               probably
               promise
               health
               ,
               both
               to
               the
               inhabitant
               and
               stranger
               :
               but
               if
               the
               earth
               bee
               moorish
               ,
               and
               stand
               much
               upon
               springs
               ,
               and
               low
               towards
               the
               Sea
               ,
               it
               may
               prove
               healthfull
               to
               the
               inhabitant
               ,
               yet
               hurtfull
               to
               the
               stranger
               ,
               comming
               from
               a
               more
               healthfull
               Soile
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               people
               ,
               let
               him
               chuse
               chiefly
               ,
               
               and
               longest
               to
               stay
               amongst
               those
               kinde
               of
               Nations
               ,
               who
               stand
               most
               affected
               
               to
               the
               nature
               of
               his
               native
               Country
               ,
               and
               let
               him
               bee
               never
               perswaded
               ,
               that
               his
               neerest
               neighbours
               are
               his
               greatest
               friends
               ;
               for
               you
               shall
               often
               finde
               no
               greater
               an
               enemy
               ,
               than
               within
               the
               wals
               of
               thine
               owne
               house
               .
            
             
               I
               will
               first
               speake
               of
               the
               Spaniard
               :
               
               Him
               you
               shall
               finde
               in
               nature
               proud
               ,
               yet
               cunning
               .
               He
               will
               ordinarily
               use
               a
               kinde
               of
               courtesie
               ,
               and
               seeme
               wise
               touching
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               politike
               in
               plotting
               his
               will
               :
               valiant
               where
               he
               may
               either
               purchase
               riches
               ,
               or
               reputation
               :
               jealous
               of
               his
               mistresse
               ,
               envious
               of
               worthinesse
               ,
               malicious
               upon
               suspition
               ,
               and
               bloudy
               in
               execution
               .
            
             
               The
               Italian
               is
               more
               courteous
               ,
               
               but
               no
               lesse
               cunning
               ,
               affable
               where
               he
               seems
               to
               affect
               ,
               but
               deadly
               dangerous
               where
               he
               growes
               jealous
               :
               thrifty
               in
               his
               purse
               ,
               valiant
               in
               his
               kinde
               ,
               and
               onely
               bountifull
               to
               his
               masters
               .
               Sharply
               conceived
               ,
               of
               fresh
               memory
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               excellently
               spoken
               .
               Many
               of
               them
               are
               good
               Schollers
               ,
               some
               very
               good
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               for
               such
               Courts
               as
               their
               Dukedomes
               afford
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               many
               fine
               Gentlemen
               .
               Their
               Ladies
               and
               chiefe
               women
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               painted
               ,
               but
               witty
               in
               speech
               ,
               modest
               in
               carriage
               ,
               and
               where
               they
               affect
               ,
               very
               bountifull
               .
               The
               chiefe
               men
               (
               as
               the
               Lords
               ,
               Governours
               ,
               and
               great
               Magistrates
               )
               are
               commonly
               ambitious
               ,
               covetous
               ,
               and
               vitious
               .
               And
               if
               you
               have
               the
               good
               hap
               to
               come
               into
               their
               houses
               ,
               you
               shall
               seeme
               to
               see
               the
               nature
               of
               a
               devill
               solacing
               in
               Paradise
               :
               For
               you
               shall
               observe
               a
               stately
               house
               ,
               richly
               furnished
               ;
               a
               Lady
               fairely
               painted
               ,
               and
               gorgeously
               attired
               ;
               you
               shall
               see
               a
               Garden
               full
               of
               sweet
               flowers
               ,
               and
               dainty
               fruits
               ,
               a
               cage
               of
               singing
               birds
               ,
               and
               perhaps
               a
               consort
               of
               sweet
               musicke
               ;
               a
               banquet
               of
               excessive
               charge
               ,
               and
               amidst
               all
               those
               ,
               you
               shall
               see
               an
               old
               sheep-biter
               ,
               with
               a
               nose
               too
               tedious
               for
               his
               face
               ,
               his
               beard
               like
               the
               bristles
               of
               a
               hog
               ,
               with
               a
               slavering
               lip
               ,
               a
               bleare-eye
               ,
               &
               of
               a
               swelling
               speech
               ,
               courting
               of
               a
               comely
               Lady
               ,
               and
               couching
               of
               a
               cold
               peece
               of
               comfort
               ,
               being
               no
               lesse
               youthfull
               in
               desire
               ,
               than
               aged
               in
               performance
               .
               But
               take
               heed
               that
               in
               too
               much
               eying
               of
               his
               Lady
               ,
               he
               grow
               not
               jealous
               of
               your
               affection
               ,
               and
               suspitious
               of
               her
               favour
               ,
               to
               the
               
               assured
               shortning
               of
               your
               dayes
               ,
               by
               a
               poysonsome
               tricke
               of
               an
               
                 Italian
                 fico
              
               ,
               when
               he
               pretends
               most
               kindnesse
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               younger
               sort
               ,
               rather
               follow
               their
               good
               exercises
               ,
               than
               conferre
               with
               their
               capacities
               :
               and
               above
               all
               company
               ,
               avoid
               the
               haunting
               of
               brothell
               houses
               ,
               which
               are
               there
               most
               infinite
               in
               number
               ,
               &
               common
               in
               use
               .
               They
               will
               impaire
               your
               health
               ,
               impeach
               your
               purse
               ,
               abase
               your
               credit
               ,
               and
               increase
               the
               ruine
               of
               your
               content
               and
               fortunes
               .
            
             
               For
               France
               ,
               
               you
               shall
               finde
               the
               people
               proud
               ,
               and
               phantasticall
               ,
               kind
               ,
               but
               variable
               ,
               jealous
               in
               being
               a
               friend
               ,
               and
               lost
               upon
               a
               light
               humour
               ,
               cunning
               in
               policie
               ,
               and
               bloudy
               in
               revenge
               .
               The
               Noblesse
               commonly
               learned
               ,
               the
               Souldier
               more
               desperate
               than
               valiant
               :
               much
               given
               to
               venery
               and
               irreligion
               ;
               and
               making
               no
               conscience
               of
               abuse
               for
               the
               purchase
               of
               a
               commodity
               .
               The
               Governours
               wise
               ,
               the
               Merchant
               rich
               ,
               and
               the
               peasant
               a
               poore
               slave
               .
               The
               Ladies
               witty
               ,
               but
               apish
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               fancies
               as
               humorous
               as
               amorous
               :
               few
               of
               them
               beautifull
               ,
               and
               commonly
               all
               painted
               and
               deceitfull
               ,
               except
               some
               few
               of
               rare
               worth
               ;
               which
               may
               bee
               the
               wonder
               of
               the
               country
               :
               And
               therefore
               as
               you
               finde
               them
               ,
               so
               let
               them
               have
               their
               due
               honour
               .
               For
               Germany
               ,
               
               you
               shall
               finde
               the
               Nobles
               and
               chiefe
               Gentlemen
               ,
               either
               great
               Schollers
               ,
               or
               valiant
               Souldiers
               ;
               rather
               resolute
               to
               gaine
               honour
               ,
               than
               proud
               of
               Authority
               :
               their
               Cities
               strong
               ,
               and
               their
               Merchants
               very
               rich
               ,
               and
               their
               Countries
               well
               peopled
               .
               For
               their
               Ladies
               and
               Gentlewomen
               ,
               by
               the
               grossenesse
               of
               their
               diet
               ,
               and
               too
               much
               delight
               in
               drinking
               and
               banquetting
               ,
               they
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               a
               corpulent
               kinde
               of
               people
               ;
               yet
               many
               of
               them
               strong
               and
               of
               bigge
               bone
               ,
               (
               as
               we
               commonly
               say
               )
               good
               bearers
               ,
               and
               good
               breeders
               .
               The
               younger
               sort
               ,
               as
               well
               men
               as
               women
               ,
               very
               industrious
               ,
               and
               the
               elder
               sort
               rather
               politike
               than
               Religious
               :
               their
               Lawes
               very
               severe
               ,
               and
               therefore
               the
               people
               in
               better
               order
               and
               obedience
               .
            
             
               For
               Poland
               ,
               the
               Cities
               are
               strong
               ,
               
               and
               the
               people
               rather
               wise
               than
               wealthy
               :
               the
               Gentlemen
               for
               the
               most
               part
               given
               to
               armes
               ,
               and
               the
               peasant
               in
               much
               subjection
               to
               the
               Gentry
               .
               The
               Merchant
               rather
               covetous
               than
               honourable
               ,
               and
               
               the
               Schollers
               rather
               beloved
               than
               advanced
               :
               the
               women
               indifferent
               faire
               ,
               and
               better
               witted
               than
               spoken
               :
               the
               old
               men
               studious
               ,
               and
               the
               younger
               sort
               seldome
               idle
               ;
               little
               given
               to
               drinke
               ,
               and
               as
               little
               accounting
               of
               honour
               ,
               except
               it
               be
               in
               the
               field
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               Low-countries
               and
               Denmarke
               ,
               
               you
               shall
               finde
               them
               much
               to
               agree
               in
               nature
               ,
               but
               that
               Denmarke
               will
               admit
               a
               King
               ,
               which
               I
               finde
               not
               willing
               in
               the
               Low-countries
               .
               Their
               Magistrates
               are
               rather
               wise
               by
               experience
               than
               by
               study
               ;
               and
               the
               Souldier
               fitter
               for
               the
               Sea
               than
               the
               field
               .
               Denmarke
               is
               governed
               by
               the
               Kings
               law
               set
               downe
               :
               but
               the
               Low-countries
               have
               divers
               formes
               of
               Government
               ,
               in
               a
               manner
               according
               to
               the
               disposition
               of
               the
               States
               and
               Governours
               :
               much
               given
               to
               drinke
               ,
               and
               yet
               serving
               their
               times
               :
               politike
               in
               their
               government
               :
               their
               old
               men
               wise
               and
               covetous
               ;
               their
               young
               men
               thrifty
               and
               industrious
               ;
               and
               their
               Merchant
               very
               ambitious
               .
               For
               their
               religious
               ,
               thinke
               of
               them
               as
               you
               finde
               them
               ;
               I
               have
               seene
               them
               much
               reverenced
               ,
               and
               well
               maintained
               .
               And
               as
               for
               their
               Ladies
               ,
               they
               are
               wittie
               and
               of
               a
               good
               complexion
               ;
               for
               the
               most
               pa●●
               many
               of
               them
               are
               very
               faire
               ,
               and
               much
               given
               to
               honour
               vertue
               ;
               rather
               neat
               than
               proud
               in
               their
               attire
               ;
               very
               kinde
               where
               they
               take
               affection
               .
            
             
               The
               Muscovite
               is
               proud
               ,
               
               stately
               ,
               malicious
               :
               and
               those
               which
               be
               slaves
               are
               slaves
               indeed
               ,
               especially
               when
               their
               Emperour
               or
               Lord
               controlleth
               :
               Superstitious
               ,
               tending
               almost
               to
               idolatry
               ;
               jealous
               ,
               as
               having
               many
               wives
               ;
               and
               bad
               performers
               of
               promise
               ;
               nor
               must
               you
               challenge
               him
               of
               the
               same
               ;
               for
               the
               good
               which
               floweth
               from
               him
               ,
               commeth
               commonly
               from
               the
               fountaine
               of
               free
               will.
               Their
               women
               are
               very
               private
               ,
               fearefull
               to
               offend
               ;
               but
               once
               lascivious
               ,
               intolerably
               wanton
               ,
               beastly
               ,
               idle
               ,
               and
               ill
               attended
               .
            
             
               The
               Greeks
               are
               merry
               ,
               
               lyers
               ,
               blasphemers
               ,
               promise-breakers
               ,
               buggers
               ,
               strong
               membred
               ,
               and
               blacke
               haired
               .
               Their
               women
               are
               stately
               ,
               comely
               of
               person
               ,
               proud
               without
               doores
               ;
               no
               lovers
               of
               dalliance
               ,
               yet
               desirous
               of
               the
               company
               of
               men
               ;
               cleanly
               in
               washing
               and
               shaving
               themselves
               :
               
               whom
               the
               Italians
               imitate
               ,
               as
               also
               doe
               the
               East
               hot
               Countries
               ,
               by
               reason
               the
               company
               of
               many
               men
               ,
               may
               grow
               otherwise
               to
               great
               inconvenience
               ,
               mercenary
               ,
               fantasticall
               in
               apparell
               ,
               and
               loving
               those
               who
               speake
               their
               language
               .
            
             
               The
               Turke
               is
               a
               warlike
               proud
               man
               ;
               
               a
               scorner
               of
               other
               Nations
               and
               languages
               ;
               no
               idle
               talker
               ,
               or
               doer
               of
               any
               thing
               superfluous
               :
               a
               judiciall
               sound
               fellow
               ,
               hot
               and
               venerious
               ;
               comely
               of
               person
               ;
               majesticall
               in
               gate
               ;
               a
               slave
               to
               his
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               a
               lover
               of
               Mahomets
               race
               and
               Religion
               .
               Their
               women
               small
               of
               stature
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               good
               complexions
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               be
               seene
               or
               spoken
               to
               abroad
               :
               jealous
               ,
               revengefull
               (
               when
               they
               have
               opportunity
               )
               lascivious
               within
               doores
               or
               in
               their
               baths
               ;
               very
               pleasing
               in
               matters
               of
               incontinency
               ,
               and
               cleanly
               .
            
             
               The
               Persian
               is
               lordly
               in
               his
               complement
               ;
               
               rather
               fantasticall
               than
               curious
               in
               his
               apparell
               ,
               yet
               sumptuous
               ;
               and
               in
               his
               expences
               magnificent
               :
               maintainers
               of
               Nobility
               ;
               lovers
               of
               learning
               and
               good
               qualities
               :
               fearfull
               of
               troubles
               ,
               desirous
               of
               peace
               ,
               and
               superstitious
               in
               his
               Religion
               .
               Their
               women
               gorgeous
               in
               attire
               ,
               with
               high
               Tiaras
               and
               veiles
               ,
               like
               the
               Sultaneses
               amongst
               the
               Turks
               :
               long
               sitters
               at
               feasts
               ,
               delightsome
               in
               sequestration
               of
               pleasure
               ;
               as
               beginning
               with
               a
               modest
               shamefulnesse
               ,
               but
               ere
               you
               have
               concluded
               ,
               delicately
               wanton
               ;
               cleanly
               in
               much
               washing
               ,
               but
               withall
               using
               perfumes
               and
               odours
               ;
               loving
               truly
               ,
               and
               desirous
               to
               be
               preferred
               in
               the
               first
               place
               of
               her
               husbands
               affection
               :
               For
               hauing
               many
               wives
               ,
               they
               are
               desirous
               to
               please
               .
            
             
               The
               Armenians
               are
               very
               merry
               ,
               sluttish
               ,
               
               carelesse
               of
               greatnesse
               ,
               desiring
               peace
               and
               ease
               ,
               though
               it
               tend
               to
               slavery
               and
               bondage
               :
               having
               great
               bodies
               ,
               comely
               ,
               and
               willing
               to
               be
               soothed
               in
               any
               thing
               .
               Their
               women
               tall
               ,
               and
               not
               faire
               ,
               soone
               old
               ,
               poore
               ,
               loving
               their
               children
               ,
               and
               incontinent
               .
            
             
               The
               Tartars
               are
               swartish
               ,
               illfavoured
               ,
               with
               a
               great
               thick
               lip
               ,
               
               flattish
               nose
               ,
               carelesse
               of
               outward
               ornaments
               ,
               swift
               on
               foot
               ,
               vigilant
               ,
               laborious
               ,
               warlike
               ,
               yet
               loving
               presents
               ,
               and
               desirous
               to
               be
               much
               made
               of
               :
               their
               women
               sutable
               ,
               only
               wanting
               
               or
               scorning
               money
               ,
               they
               will
               bedecke
               themselves
               like
               the
               people
               of
               Virginia
               ,
               with
               gewgaies
               of
               copper
               and
               latton
               about
               their
               armes
               and
               necks
               .
            
             
               The
               Moore
               is
               comely
               of
               body
               ,
               
               stately
               of
               gate
               ,
               of
               sufficient
               constitution
               to
               endure
               any
               worke
               or
               travell
               ,
               implacable
               in
               hatred
               ,
               treacherous
               ,
               tumultuous
               ,
               and
               superstitious
               .
               Their
               women
               have
               delicate
               soft
               skins
               ,
               sumptuous
               in
               jewels
               ,
               odors
               and
               perfumes
               ,
               incontinent
               ,
               good
               bed-fellowes
               in
               the
               darke
               ,
               beautifull
               in
               blacknesse
               ,
               and
               revengefull
               ;
               yet
               being
               bought
               a
               slave
               ,
               extraordinary
               loving
               to
               their
               masters
               ,
               so
               they
               be
               well
               pleased
               and
               used
               accordingly
               ,
               but
               being
               once
               got
               with
               childe
               ,
               they
               expect
               manumission
               according
               to
               the
               custome
               of
               the
               Mahometan
               Law.
               
            
             
               The
               Savoyen
               is
               penurious
               ,
               
               foolish
               ,
               and
               ill-nurtured
               ,
               yet
               doe
               the
               better
               sort
               imitate
               the
               Spanish
               pride
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               neighbour-hood
               to
               France
               and
               Millane
               ,
               are
               reasonable
               good
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               the
               better
               enabled
               by
               the
               hardnesse
               of
               the
               mountaines
               .
               The
               women
               are
               strangely
               apparelled
               ,
               ill-favoured
               ,
               scolding
               ,
               must
               be
               discommended
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               wenny
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               having
               great
               bunches
               under
               their
               chinnes
               with
               drinking
               snow
               water
               ,
               like
               the
               Helvetians
               and
               13.
               
               Cantons
               .
            
             
               The
               Switzer
               is
               strange
               in
               his
               attire
               ,
               
               yet
               not
               transgressing
               the
               limits
               of
               his
               inheritance
               ;
               have
               great
               bodies
               ,
               and
               are
               mercenary
               ,
               as
               performing
               what
               he
               is
               commanded
               ,
               and
               one
               that
               best
               approveth
               of
               his
               owne
               Country
               and
               habit
               ;
               even
               preferring
               his
               owne
               snowy
               hils
               and
               coldnesse
               ,
               before
               the
               fertillest
               places
               of
               Lumbardy
               .
               Their
               women
               are
               honest
               somewhat
               better
               favoured
               than
               the
               Savoyen
               ,
               ill
               brought
               up
               ,
               plaine
               dealers
               ,
               and
               so
               loveth
               her
               husband
               or
               friend
               ,
               that
               she
               will
               goe
               with
               him
               to
               the
               campe
               ,
               and
               dresse
               his
               meat
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               
                 Saca
                 ,
                 Bactriae
                 ,
                 Sogdiana
              
               ,
               and
               many
               like
               Nations
               ,
               invironing
               the
               East
               and
               South
               of
               the
               Caspian
               ,
               I
               meane
               not
               to
               relate
               of
               ,
               because
               I
               finde
               the
               best
               Authors
               unacquainted
               with
               their
               properties
               and
               discoveries
               .
               The
               Armenians
               report
               them
               to
               be
               tyrannous
               ,
               their
               chiefe
               exercise
               to
               be
               rapine
               ,
               and
               murthering
               of
               passengers
               ;
               without
               
               forme
               of
               government
               ,
               or
               controll
               of
               superiours
               .
               Which
               done
               ,
               they
               flie
               to
               the
               mountaines
               ,
               and
               in
               despight
               of
               any
               forces
               ,
               continue
               unsubjected
               ;
               howsoever
               ,
               unpunished
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               since
               I
               have
               deciphered
               the
               persons
               ,
               let
               me
               in
               a
               word
               advise
               thee
               of
               their
               properties
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               to
               take
               heed
               of
               the
               pride
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               poyson
               of
               Italy
               ,
               the
               treason
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               the
               drinke
               of
               Flanders
               .
               Beware
               of
               company
               ,
               and
               let
               not
               rash
               trust
               in
               friendship
               produce
               matter
               of
               fruitlesse
               repentance
               :
               Remember
               that
               Damon
               and
               
                 Pithias
                 ,
                 Pilades
              
               and
               Orestes
               ,
               are
               all
               dead
               ,
               or
               else
               it
               is
               but
               a
               dead
               story
               .
               Nature
               alters
               like
               humours
               and
               complexions
               ,
               every
               minute
               of
               an
               houre
               .
               And
               should
               I
               not
               speake
               too
               much
               to
               the
               worlds
               shame
               ,
               I
               would
               advise
               thee
               to
               thinke
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               no
               one
               man
               faithfull
               to
               another
               in
               the
               world
               .
               And
               therefore
               in
               this
               dangerous
               age
               ,
               since
               every
               man
               is
               neerest
               ,
               and
               onely
               neere
               unto
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               hee
               is
               held
               the
               onely
               wise
               man
               ,
               who
               hath
               the
               world
               at
               most
               command
               ,
               let
               no
               man
               so
               presume
               of
               his
               owne
               sufficiency
               ,
               as
               to
               neglect
               the
               benefit
               of
               counsell
               .
               Take
               a
               young
               man
               for
               thy
               companion
               ,
               rather
               than
               for
               thy
               friend
               .
               The
               world
               affordeth
               but
               one
               Phenix
               ,
               and
               let
               not
               any
               man
               be
               so
               conceited
               ,
               as
               to
               thinke
               to
               finde
               him
               in
               his
               owne
               imagination
               .
               Serve
               God
               with
               devotion
               ,
               and
               then
               care
               not
               for
               the
               devils
               illusion
               .
            
             
               When
               thou
               returnest
               from
               these
               forren
               men
               ,
               and
               forren
               places
               ,
               resolve
               then
               also
               to
               leave
               their
               forren
               manners
               .
               First
               ,
               come
               home
               to
               thy selfe
               ,
               and
               then
               fashion
               thy
               carriage
               ,
               thy
               apparell
               ,
               thy
               studies
               ,
               thy
               conscience
               ,
               and
               thy
               conversation
               ,
               to
               the
               best
               patterne
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               from
               whence
               at
               first
               with
               good
               intent
               thou
               began'st
               thy
               pilgrimage
               .
               So
               shall
               the
               remembrance
               of
               thy
               travell
               be
               pleasant
               ,
               the
               profit
               infinite
               ,
               and
               thy
               returne
               an
               ornament
               to
               King
               and
               Country
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             THE
             SECOND
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             Of
             Europe
             .
             The
             Commendations
             ,
             Bounds
             ,
             Religions
             ,
             and
             Languages
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             
               IT
               now
               remaineth
               ,
               that
               I
               beginne
               to
               tell
               you
               ,
               how
               according
               to
               our
               best
               and
               latest
               Cosmographers
               ,
               this
               great
               Globe
               (
               for
               parts
               and
               parcels
               whereof
               ,
               so
               great
               and
               universall
               quarrels
               have
               from
               the
               beginning
               beene
               entertained
               amongst
               Princes
               ,
               Peoples
               ,
               and
               Nations
               )
               hath
               beene
               divided
               into
               seven
               parts
               :
               The
               first
               three
               whereof
               ,
               viz.
               
                 Europe
                 ,
                 Africa
              
               ,
               and
               Asia
               ,
               were
               knowne
               to
               the
               Ancients
               .
               The
               fourth
               is
               
                 America
                 Septentrionalis
              
               ,
               containing
               the
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Estotilant
                 ,
                 Terra
                 de
                 Labrador
                 .
                 Terra
                 de
                 Biccaleos
                 ,
                 Nova
                 Francia
                 ,
                 Norimbega
                 ,
                 Florida
                 ,
                 Nova
                 Hispania
                 ,
              
               and
               others
               .
               The
               fifth
               is
               ,
               
                 America
                 Meridionalis
              
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               peneinsula
               ,
               and
               disjoyned
               from
               the
               former
               by
               a
               small
               Isthmus
               or
               necke
               of
               Land
               ,
               containing
               the
               Regions
               of
               
                 Brasil
                 ,
                 Tisnada
                 ,
                 Caribana
                 ,
                 Peguana
                 ,
              
               and
               Peruvia
               .
               The
               sixt
               ,
               is
               termed
               
                 Terra
                 Australis
              
               ,
               wherein
               lieth
               
                 Psitaicorum
                 regio
                 ,
                 Terra
                 del
                 feugo
                 ,
                 Beach
                 ,
                 Lucach
                 ,
              
               and
               Maletur
               ,
               situate
               betweene
               
                 Iava
                 major
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Iava
                 minor
              
               .
               The
               last
               being
               under
               the
               Northerne
               Pole
               ,
               is
               the
               least
               of
               the
               residue
               ,
               all
               almost
               unknowne
               ,
               and
               divided
               by
               Mercator
               (
               upon
               a
               
               meere
               fabulous
               report
               of
               one
               that
               was
               never
               there
               .
               )
               into
               foure
               Islands
               ,
               lying
               in
               a
               manner
               under
               the
               very
               Pole.
               This
               part
               hath
               not
               hitherto
               beene
               discovered
               ,
               the
               neerest
               approach
               that
               any
               man
               of
               Europe
               ever
               yet
               made
               to
               the
               North
               Pole
               was
               by
               one
               Marmaduke
               ,
               who
               in
               a
               ship
               of
               Hull
               arrived
               in
               82.
               degrees
               ,
               that
               is
               no
               neerer
               than
               within
               8.
               whole
               degrees
               of
               the
               Pole
               ,
               mountaines
               of
               Ice
               keeping
               him
               from
               discovering
               further
               .
            
             
               Of
               all
               these
               seven
               parts
               ,
               because
               Europe
               is
               farrelesse
               than
               any
               of
               the
               rest
               ,
               and
               yet
               exceedeth
               them
               all
               in
               Noblenesse
               ,
               Magnificence
               ,
               multitude
               of
               people
               ,
               in
               might
               ,
               puissance
               ,
               and
               renowne
               ;
               we
               will
               first
               beginne
               with
               the
               description
               thereof
               .
               It
               is
               bounded
               on
               the
               North
               ,
               with
               the
               North
               Ocean
               Sea
               ,
               on
               the
               South
               with
               the
               Mediterranean
               ,
               on
               the
               East
               with
               the
               floud
               Tanais
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               West
               with
               the
               West
               Ocean
               .
               It
               containeth
               more
               than
               foure
               and
               twenty
               Christian
               Kingdomes
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               as
               farre
               excelling
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Provinces
               in
               Religion
               ,
               Arts
               ,
               Valour
               ,
               and
               Civilitie
               ,
               as
               in
               elder
               age
               it
               did
               surpasse
               them
               in
               Prowesse
               and
               Reputation
               .
            
             
               The
               principall
               Provinces
               ,
               are
               
                 Spaine
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 Belgia
                 ,
                 Germany
                 ,
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Sclavonia
                 ,
                 Greece
                 ,
                 Hungary
                 ,
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Lituania
                 ,
                 Moscovia
                 ,
              
               and
               that
               toward
               the
               North
               ,
               called
               Scandia
               ;
               wherein
               are
               
                 Denmarke
                 ,
                 Norwey
                 ,
                 Swethland
                 ,
                 Iutland
                 ,
              
               &c.
               
               The
               Islands
               are
               Brittaine
               (
               containing
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               England
               and
               Scotland
               )
               
                 Ireland
                 ,
                 Island
              
               ,
               and
               Engroneland
               ,
               in
               the
               North
               Ocean
               .
               In
               the
               Mediterranean
               ,
               are
               
                 Sicilie
                 ,
                 Candia
                 ,
                 Corsica
                 ,
                 Sardinia
                 ,
                 Majorca
                 ,
                 Minorca
                 ,
                 Nigropont
                 ,
                 Malta
                 ,
                 Corsu
                 ,
                 Salamine
                 ,
                 Mit●lene
                 ,
                 Sciros
                 .
              
               with
               many
               other
               in
               the
               Archipelago
               .
               The
               aire
               hereof
               is
               passing
               good
               ,
               wholesome
               ,
               temperate
               ,
               and
               soile
               exceeding
               
               fertile
               .
               Therein
               are
               many
               goodly
               Cities
               ,
               famous
               Mart-Townes
               ,
               and
               learned
               Vniversities
               .
               The
               people
               thereof
               have
               in
               all
               ages
               excelled
               all
               other
               Regions
               ,
               in
               Courage
               ,
               Arts
               ,
               sharpnesse
               of
               Wit
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               gifts
               of
               Nature
               .
               In
               times
               past
               ,
               it
               commanded
               Asia
               ,
               and
               Afrike
               ,
               by
               the
               Armes
               of
               the
               Greeks
               and
               Romans
               ;
               and
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               it
               is
               of
               great
               force
               by
               the
               power
               of
               the
               Turks
               and
               Muscovites
               ,
               and
               of
               no
               lesse
               reputation
               by
               the
               Navigations
               of
               the
               
                 English
                 ,
                 Dutch
                 ,
                 Spaniards
              
               ,
               and
               Portugals
               :
               so
               as
               it
               seemeth
               ,
               that
               Nature
               hath
               given
               unto
               this
               people
               a
               precedency
               to
               rule
               and
               governe
               forren
               Provinces
               ,
               as
               men
               farre
               surpassing
               all
               other
               Nations
               ,
               in
               wisdome
               ,
               courage
               ,
               industry
               ,
               and
               invention
               .
            
             
               This
               least
               and
               best
               part
               of
               the
               greater
               portions
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               was
               so
               named
               of
               Europa
               daughter
               of
               Agenor
               King
               of
               Phoenicia
               ,
               brought
               into
               these
               parts
               by
               Iupiter
               ;
               in
               honour
               of
               whom
               the
               Phoenicians
               (
               being
               the
               first
               Navigators
               ,
               and
               discoverers
               of
               these
               countries
               )
               might
               as
               well
               leave
               her
               name
               to
               all
               their
               new
               discoveries
               ,
               (
               the
               habits
               ,
               manners
               ,
               and
               languages
               of
               these
               parts
               especially
               ,
               at
               those
               times
               being
               all
               one
               ,
               or
               not
               much
               different
               )
               as
               the
               
                 Turks
                 ,
                 Aethiopians
              
               ,
               and
               all
               those
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               call
               us
               by
               one
               name
               of
               Franks
               ,
               and
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               
                 France
                 ,
                 England
                 ,
                 Spaine
                 ,
                 Germanies
                 ,
                 &c.
              
               are
               in
               the
               histories
               of
               the
               warres
               of
               the
               
                 Holy
                 Land
              
               ,
               all
               together
               called
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               the
               Franks
               ,
               our
               Languages
               the
               Franke
               tongue
               ,
               and
               our
               Religion
               the
               Franks
               Religion
               .
               The
               figure
               of
               Europe
               is
               fancied
               to
               resemble
               a
               Queene
               ,
               and
               so
               is
               she
               indeed
               ,
               of
               all
               the
               world
               ;
               her
               Princes
               having
               some
               dominion
               or
               other
               in
               all
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               they
               none
               in
               her
               :
               The
               Crowne
               and
               Head
               of
               this
               Queene
               is
               Spaine
               ;
               her
               Necke
               must
               bee
               that
               part
               of
               France
               under
               the
               Pyrenaean
               mountaines
               ;
               her
               
               Brest
               ,
               France
               it selfe
               ;
               her
               Armes
               Italy
               and
               Brittaine
               ;
               her
               Belly
               Germany
               ;
               her
               Navell
               ,
               Bohemia
               ;
               the
               rest
               of
               her
               Body
               hidden
               under
               her
               lower
               garments
               ,
               are
               
                 Denmarke
                 ,
                 Sweden
                 ,
                 Lituania
                 ,
                 Prussia
                 ,
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Hungaria
                 ,
                 Dalmatia
                 ,
                 Grecia
                 ,
                 Moldavia
                 ,
                 Tartary
                 ,
              
               and
               Muscovia
               .
               This
               Queene
               at
               this
               day
               commands
               28
               Kingdomes
               ,
               all
               gathered
               up
               by
               three
               Emperours
               ,
               the
               
                 German
                 ,
                 Turke
              
               ,
               and
               Muscovite
               ;
               and
               eight
               Kings
               ,
               
                 France
                 ,
                 England
              
               ,
               and
               Spaine
               ,
               hereditarie
               ;
               
                 Bohemia
                 ,
                 Hungaria
                 ,
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Denmarke
                 ,
              
               and
               Sweden
               ,
               elective
               Princes
               .
               States
               and
               Common-wealths
               in
               Italy
               and
               the
               Germanies
               ,
               many
               and
               potent
               ,
               some
               one
               of
               them
               (
               Venice
               ,
               or
               the
               
                 Low
                 Countries
              
               by
               name
               )
               too
               hard
               a
               match
               for
               the
               most
               potent
               Prince
               of
               Asia
               ,
               or
               Africa
               ,
               could
               they
               but
               come
               at
               him
               .
               For
               Riches
               ,
               we
               have
               the
               most
               usefull
               and
               substantiall
               ;
               for
               goodly
               Cities
               ,
               Italy
               alone
               hath
               more
               than
               
                 Asia
                 ,
                 Africa
              
               ,
               and
               America
               ,
               all
               together
               ;
               if
               other
               parts
               have
               any
               fortified
               townes
               ,
               thye
               here
               saw
               the
               first
               patternes
               .
               Vniversities
               indowed
               ,
               we
               onely
               have
               .
               Our
               Armes
               and
               Navigations
               have
               made
               us
               Lords
               of
               the
               Vniverse
               .
               Our
               Arts
               mechanicke
               are
               incomparable
               .
               And
               all
               these
               hath
               God
               Almightie
               blessed
               with
               the
               seat
               of
               the
               Christian
               Religion
               among
               us
               .
            
             
               Europe
               is
               much
               inlarged
               to
               the
               Northward
               since
               Ptolomees
               time
               .
               The
               bounds
               are
               best
               seene
               in
               the
               map
               ;
               the
               length
               of
               it
               is
               about
               3600.
               
               Italian
               miles
               ,
               the
               breadth
               2200.
               miles
               .
            
             
               The
               Religions
               are
               such
               as
               are
               professed
               in
               severall
               nations
               ,
               either
               by
               toleration
               ,
               as
               the
               Iewish
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 Turke
                 ,
                 Emperour
                 ,
                 Pole
                 ,
                 Pope
                 ,
                 Venetian
                 ,
              
               and
               Amsterdam
               :
               or
               the
               Heathen
               ,
               in
               some
               remoter
               parts
               of
               
                 Lapland
                 ,
                 Finland
              
               ,
               and
               Norwey
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               rather
               Witches
               than
               Christians
               .
               Religions
               established
               by
               command
               ,
               are
               ,
               first
               
               Mahometisme
               under
               the
               Turke
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               the
               Greeks
               religion
               in
               the
               same
               parts
               ,
               and
               in
               Russia
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               the
               Romish
               ,
               in
               
                 Spaine
                 ,
                 Italy
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 Poland
                 ,
              
               most
               of
               the
               dominions
               of
               the
               Emperour
               and
               other
               Princes
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               the
               Wal●●ns
               and
               Archduchesse
               Countries
               Fourthly
               ,
               the
               reformed
               Churches
               ,
               and
               they
               follow
               the
               doctrine
               either
               of
               the
               Scriptures
               ,
               Fathers
               ,
               and
               Councels
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               pu●●ty
               ,
               as
               in
               England
               ;
               or
               else
               have
               they
               a
               relation
               to
               the
               opinions
               of
               Doctor
               Luther
               ,
               as
               those
               of
               
                 Sweden
                 ,
                 Denmarke
              
               ,
               the
               dominions
               of
               the
               Electors
               of
               
                 Saxony
                 ,
                 Brandenburgh
              
               ,
               and
               divers
               others
               of
               Germany
               :
               or
               of
               Master
               Calvin
               ;
               as
               in
               France
               especially
               ,
               the
               
                 Palatinate
                 ,
                 Hessenland
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Low
                 Countries
                 ;
                 Calvinisme
              
               is
               also
               received
               in
               Hungaria
               ,
               and
               Transilvania
               ;
               where
               there
               be
               many
               reliques
               withall
               of
               
                 Antitrinitarians
                 ,
                 Arrians
                 ,
                 Ebionites
              
               ,
               and
               Anabaptists
               :
               Lower
               likewise
               in
               five
               of
               the
               thirteene
               Cantons
               of
               Helvetia
               ,
               and
               amongst
               the
               Grisons
               ,
               doe
               the
               Calvinists
               professe
               publikely
               .
               In
               
                 Bohemia
                 ,
                 Mo●avia
                 ,
                 Silesia
              
               ,
               &c.
               the
               Protestants
               of
               the
               Augustane
               confession
               were
               esteemed
               two
               third
               parts
               .
               Of
               these
               severall
               Churches
               ,
               though
               some
               follow
               the
               Augustane
               confession
               ,
               as
               the
               Lutherans
               ;
               some
               the
               Helvetian
               ,
               as
               the
               Switz●●s
               ;
               some
               the
               Gallicane
               ,
               as
               the
               Calvinists
               ;
               yet
               all
               of
               them
               agree
               in
               the
               fundamentall
               and
               saving
               points
               ,
               and
               all
               accord
               in
               their
               detestation
               of
               the
               Roman
               ;
               as
               is
               to
               bee
               seene
               in
               the
               
                 Harmony
                 of
                 Confessions
              
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               Languages
               of
               
                 Europe
                 ,
                 Scaliger
              
               finds
               eleven
               mother
               tongues
               ,
               the
               foure
               noblest
               of
               which
               ,
               be
               the
               
                 Greeke
                 ,
                 Latine
                 ,
                 Sclavonian
              
               ,
               and
               Dutch
               ;
               each
               subdivided
               into
               her
               daughter-dialects
               .
               ●●e
               learned
               Greeke
               is
               no
               where
               vulgarly
               spoken
               at
               this
               day
               :
               The
               moderne
               ,
               is
               nothing
               but
               a
               barbarous
               composition
               of
               
                 Turkish
                 ,
                 Sclavonian
              
               ,
               and
               Italian
               ,
               
               with
               the
               old
               Greeke
               corrupted
               .
               The
               Latine
               (
               worne
               also
               out
               of
               vulgar
               use
               )
               is
               degenerated
               into
               the
               
                 Italian
                 ,
                 Spanish
              
               ,
               and
               French
               ,
               all
               which
               three
               were
               anciently
               called
               Romanse
               .
               The
               Sclavonian
               is
               a
               large
               &
               a
               stately
               tongue
               ;
               it
               hath
               these
               dialects
               ,
               the
               
                 Bohemian
                 ,
                 Russian
                 ,
                 Polonian
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Windish
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Dalmatian
               :
               The
               Characters
               be
               of
               two
               kindes
               ;
               the
               ancient
               ,
               called
               the
               Dalmatian
               ;
               and
               the
               Russian
               letter
               ,
               corrupted
               from
               the
               Greekish
               .
               These
               Sclavonian
               dialects
               and
               tongues
               doe
               differ
               ,
               yet
               not
               so
               much
               as
               the
               Italian
               and
               Spanish
               .
               The
               worst
               of
               the
               foure
               best
               is
               the
               German
               tongue
               ,
               and
               that
               varied
               into
               the
               high
               and
               Low
               Dutch
               ;
               as
               also
               into
               the
               
                 Saxish
                 ,
                 Fris●an
                 ,
                 English
                 ,
                 North-Albing
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Danish
               ;
               which
               last
               is
               variously
               spoken
               by
               the
               Danes
               of
               
                 Denmarke
                 ,
                 Sweden
              
               ,
               and
               Norway
               ;
               whence
               the
               Island
               speech
               also
               commeth
               ,
               if
               these
               two
               last
               be
               not
               the
               ancient
               Gothish
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               seven
               of
               meaner
               elegancie
               are
               ,
               first
               the
               Albanian
               ,
               spoken
               by
               the
               Epirotes
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               the
               Tartarian
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               the
               Hungarian
               ,
               brought
               out
               of
               Asia
               by
               the
               H●nnes
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               the
               Finns
               and
               Laplanders
               speech
               in
               the
               North
               of
               Sweden
               .
               Fifthly
               ,
               the
               Irish.
               Sixthly
               ,
               the
               Welsh
               ,
               whose
               worth
               (
               being
               most
               expressively
               significant
               ,
               and
               having
               beene
               the
               language
               of
               the
               ancient
               Celtae
               ,
               and
               ●oken
               in
               the
               most
               part
               of
               Europe
               )
               could
               not
               be
               valued
               ,
               because
               not
               understood
               ,
               by
               the
               learned
               Scaliger
               .
               Dialects
               if
               this
               (
               but
               much
               varied
               )
               are
               our
               Cornish
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               Brittaigne
               in
               France
               .
               Seventhly
               ,
               The
               Biscaigners
               inhibiting
               for
               seven
               dayes
               journey
               on
               both
               sides
               the
               Pyre●●●
               mountaines
               .
               T
               is
               the
               reliques
               of
               the
               ancient
               Spanish
               ,
               before
               it
               was
               altered
               by
               the
               
                 Latine
                 .
                 Scaliger
              
               never
               heard
               of
               the
               Monks
               language
               ,
               spoken
               by
               ours
               of
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Man
               ,
               the
               most
               of
               which
               is
               surely
               derived
               from
               the
               Irish.
               The
               
               Wallons
               also
               of
               the
               
                 Low
                 Countries
              
               have
               a
               French
               dialect
               ,
               scarce
               to
               be
               understood
               by
               a
               peasant
               about
               Paris
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               THis
               kingdome
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 English
                 ,
                 Spanish
              
               ,
               and
               French
               ,
               is
               tearmed
               Irland
               ,
               or
               Ireland
               ;
               by
               the
               Brittish
               Yuerdhon
               ,
               by
               the
               Inhabitants
               Eryn
               .
               According
               to
               the
               Celestiall
               Globe
               ,
               it
               is
               situated
               betweene
               the
               Artike
               Circle
               ,
               and
               the
               Tropike
               of
               Cancer
               ,
               but
               neerer
               the
               Artike
               ,
               containing
               in
               Latitude
               foure
               degrees
               and
               an
               halfe
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               the
               computation
               of
               our
               late
               Writers
               ,
               betweene
               the
               twentie
               and
               the
               25.
               
               Paralels
               .
               In
               the
               South
               parts
               ,
               their
               longest
               day
               is
               of
               sixteene
               houres
               ,
               with
               three
               fourths
               :
               In
               the
               Northerne
               ,
               of
               almost
               eighteene
               .
               According
               to
               the
               Terrestriall
               ,
               it
               stands
               between
               the
               greater
               Brittanie
               and
               Spaine
               :
               on
               the
               East
               ,
               disjoyned
               from
               England
               wich
               a
               tempestuous
               sea
               ,
               termed
               Hibernicum
               ,
               not
               above
               one
               dayes
               sailing
               :
               upon
               the
               West
               beateth
               the
               vast
               Ocean
               :
               upon
               the
               North
               (
               where
               the
               Deucalidon
               Ocean
               disgorgeth
               )
               it
               hath
               Island
               ,
               disjoyned
               no
               further
               than
               a
               ship
               in
               one
               day
               may
               saile
               unto
               :
               upon
               the
               South
               ,
               it
               beholdeth
               Spaine
               (
               distant
               three
               dayes
               sailing
               )
               and
               the
               Vergivian
               Sea
               :
               From
               South
               to
               North
               it
               representeth
               an
               Ovall
               forme
               ,
               and
               by
               halfe
               is
               lesse
               than
               Brittanie
               .
               Amongst
               many
               writers
               Camden
               ,
               whom
               a
               man
               may
               best
               relie
               upon
               ,
               reporteth
               that
               it
               containeth
               400.
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               in
               breadth
               200.
               
            
             
               The
               aire
               hereof
               is
               most
               wholsome
               ,
               the
               situation
               milde
               ,
               the
               weather
               temperate
               ,
               but
               not
               altogether
               good
               to
               ripen
               fruit
               :
               For
               neither
               in
               Summer
               season
               ,
               the
               heat
               is
               so
               parching
               that
               it
               driveth
               the
               Inhabitant
               to
               seeke
               the
               shade
               ,
               neither
               the
               cold
               in
               Winter
               so
               rigorous
               ,
               but
               that
               he
               may
               well
               live
               from
               the
               fire
               side
               :
               By
               the
               influence
               of
               the
               aire
               ,
               all
               parts
               of
               the
               yeare
               are
               tolerably
               warme
               .
               It
               bringeth
               forth
               no
               venomous
               
               creature
               ,
               neither
               nourisheth
               any
               brought
               from
               other
               places
               .
               The
               quality
               of
               the
               soile
               and
               constellation
               of
               the
               Heavens
               is
               moist
               with
               the
               most
               ;
               whereupon
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               both
               inhabitants
               and
               strangers
               are
               troubled
               with
               the
               flix
               and
               Rheumes
               ,
               and
               holpen
               or
               prevented
               with
               drinking
               Aqua-vitae
               .
               The
               Land
               is
               of
               divers
               Natures
               ,
               in
               some
               place
               rough
               and
               mountainous
               ,
               in
               others
               ,
               boggie
               and
               waterish
               ;
               shadowed
               with
               huge
               woods
               ,
               and
               exposed
               to
               the
               winds
               ,
               with
               intermixture
               of
               many
               great
               Lakes
               .
               Yea
               ,
               in
               the
               ridge
               of
               their
               highest
               hils
               (
               mountaines
               indeed
               I
               cannot
               terme
               them
               )
               you
               shall
               find
               pooles
               &
               marishes
               .
               It
               hath
               goodly
               havens
               ,
               and
               delectable
               plaines
               ,
               but
               neither
               comparable
               to
               the
               woods
               for
               largenesse
               ,
               nor
               greennesse
               .
               It
               is
               generally
               fertile
               except
               Vlster
               ,
               (
               which
               in
               some
               parts
               is
               fertile
               ,
               in
               othersome
               barren
               ;
               )
               And
               Conaght
               ,
               which
               (
               in
               times
               past
               )
               through
               idlenesse
               hath
               beene
               lesse
               manured
               than
               any
               other
               Country
               ,
               is
               fuller
               of
               hils
               and
               bogges
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               greatest
               portion
               woody
               .
               The
               hils
               swarme
               with
               cattell
               and
               sheepe
               ,
               from
               whence
               they
               reape
               plenty
               of
               butter
               ,
               cheese
               ,
               and
               milke
               .
               The
               wheat
               thereof
               is
               small
               and
               short
               ,
               and
               those
               vines
               which
               they
               cherish
               ,
               serve
               rather
               for
               shade
               than
               profit
               .
               For
               in
               those
               countries
               the
               sunne
               entring
               into
               Virgo
               ,
               causeth
               cold
               gales
               to
               blow
               ,
               and
               in
               Autumne
               the'
               after-noones
               heat
               is
               so
               faint
               and
               short
               ,
               that
               it
               cannot
               ripen
               the
               clusters
               of
               the
               vine
               .
               It
               bringeth
               forth
               a
               race
               of
               excellent
               horse
               ,
               fit
               for
               journies
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               ambling
               paces
               ,
               but
               not
               commendable
               for
               indurance
               .
               It
               breedeth
               the
               injurious
               Wolfe
               ,
               and
               the
               Fox
               ,
               as
               also
               all
               other
               creatures
               tame
               and
               gentle
               ,
               necessary
               for
               life
               ,
               but
               of
               lesser
               growth
               except
               the
               Grey-hound
               .
               Almost
               all
               the
               woods
               are
               replenished
               with
               Deere
               ,
               (
               and
               those
               so
               fat
               ,
               that
               they
               can
               frant
               runne
               for
               fatnesse
               ,
               )
               with
               Bores
               ,
               Hares
               ,
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               Goats
               ,
               Fallow-Deere
               :
               Hedg-Hogges
               ,
               and
               Moales
               ,
               are
               seldome
               seene
               ,
               but
               Mice
               infinite
               .
               it
               aboundeth
               also
               with
               Falcons
               ,
               Merlins
               ,
               Eagles
               ,
               Cranes
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Northerly
               parts
               with
               Swannes
               .
               Storks
               are
               very
               rarely
               heard
               of
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Island
               ,
               but
               such
               as
               are
               there
               found
               are
               blacke
               .
               Pies
               and
               Nightingales
               are
               altogether
               
               wanting
               .
               By
               reason
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               their
               famous
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               spacious
               Lakes
               ,
               it
               is
               served
               with
               most
               excellent
               Fish
               ,
               and
               that
               peculiar
               to
               this
               Island
               onely
               .
               For
               to
               let
               passe
               many
               other
               ,
               in
               Vlster
               ,
               the
               Ban
               being
               a
               most
               faire
               and
               cleare
               water
               ,
               and
               arising
               out
               of
               the
               Lake
               of
               Eaugh
               ,
               is
               the
               most
               plentifull
               River
               for
               Salmon
               that
               is
               to
               be
               found
               thorowout
               all
               Europe
               .
               For
               plenty
               and
               varietie
               ,
               the
               like
               is
               to
               be
               reported
               of
               Sineus
               and
               Erno
               ,
               a
               Lake
               by
               Camdens
               report
               ,
               thirty
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               fifteene
               broad
               :
               Report
               saith
               ,
               that
               this
               was
               once
               a
               delicate
               plot
               of
               ground
               ,
               and
               well
               inhabited
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               bestiall
               abuse
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               it
               was
               suddenly
               swallowed
               in
               the
               waters
               .
               And
               to
               prove
               this
               true
               ,
               men
               say
               that
               in
               faire
               seasons
               ,
               the
               Turrets
               and
               tops
               of
               houses
               ,
               are
               in
               the
               bottome
               to
               bee
               discerned
               .
            
             
               The
               Island
               became
               subject
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               England
               ,
               about
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1175.
               
               Henry
               the
               second
               then
               reigning
               .
               At
               what
               time
               Roderic
               ,
               King
               of
               Conaght
               ,
               intituling
               himselfe
               King
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               inforced
               the
               residue
               of
               those
               petty
               Roytelets
               ,
               to
               crave
               assistance
               of
               the
               King
               of
               England
               ,
               under
               whose
               protection
               they
               voluntarily
               yeelded
               their
               obeysance
               .
            
             
               It
               hath
               fifty
               Bishopricks
               ,
               whereof
               Armach
               is
               a
               Primacy
               ,
               and
               Metropolitan
               of
               the
               whole
               Island
               .
               Cassils
               is
               another
               Archbishopricke
               ,
               authorized
               by
               Pope
               Eugenius
               ,
               and
               hath
               under
               it
               nine
               suffragan
               Bishops
               :
               Dublin
               is
               another
               ,
               and
               Toam
               another
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               Provinces
               ,
               (
               viz.
               )
               Leynster
               ,
               which
               Eastward
               respecteth
               
                 Englād
                 .
                 Mounster
              
               ,
               which
               lieth
               towards
               France
               Southward
               .
               Conaght
               ,
               exposed
               to
               the
               West
               .
               And
               Vlster
               ,
               situated
               in
               the
               Northerly
               part
               of
               the
               Island
               .
               Some
               adde
               a
               fifth
               ,
               placed
               in
               the
               middest
               ,
               and
               terme
               it
               Meath
               .
            
             
               Every
               one
               now
               is
               subdivided
               into
               Counties
               ,
               and
               each
               Countie
               into
               Baronies
               ,
               and
               hundreds
               ;
               and
               every
               Barony
               into
               Parishes
               ,
               consisting
               of
               Manors
               ,
               Townes
               ,
               and
               Villages
               ,
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               England
               .
               ●
               That
               parcell
               of
               territorie
               which
               anciently
               was
               termed
               the
               Pale
               ,
               is
               about
               the
               quantity
               of
               Yorke-shire
               in
               England
               ,
               and
               is
               a
               Country
               at
               this
               day
               inhabited
               
               by
               Noblemen
               and
               Gentlemen
               ,
               descended
               of
               Engli●●
               race
               ,
               being
               civill
               men
               ,
               and
               have
               continued
               their
               obedienc●
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               retained
               their
               English
               language
               since
               the
               first
               conquest
               .
               This
               people
               doe
               commonly
               marry
               within
               themselves
               ,
               and
               not
               with
               the
               meere
               Irish
               ,
               who
               could
               never
               in
               their
               sundry
               rebellions
               ,
               draw
               the
               said
               inhabitants
               to
               joyne
               with
               them
               by
               flattery
               ,
               or
               expell
               them
               by
               force
               .
               The
               first
               Colonies
               planted
               therein
               ,
               were
               composed
               of
               worthy
               and
               noble
               Englishmen
               ,
               and
               especially
               seated
               in
               Dublin
               ,
               and
               other
               Cities
               ,
               and
               borough
               townes
               thorowout
               the
               Realme
               :
               whose
               progeny
               having
               the
               mannagement
               of
               the
               affaires
               of
               the
               kingdome
               ,
               subdued
               by
               degrees
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               Irish
               ,
               and
               brought
               them
               under
               subjection
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               England
               .
               And
               so
               long
               as
               they
               and
               their
               posterity
               were
               imployed
               ,
               as
               principall
               Officers
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               and
               peace
               ,
               (
               being
               men
               throughly
               informed
               of
               all
               passages
               within
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               acquainted
               with
               the
               dispositions
               of
               the
               people
               )
               the
               Realme
               was
               worthily
               governed
               ,
               and
               duly
               increased
               in
               civility
               ,
               and
               yeelded
               some
               profit
               to
               the
               crowne
               without
               charge
               .
               Other
               English
               Colonies
               at
               sundry
               times
               have
               there
               beene
               since
               planted
               ,
               and
               especially
               by
               our
               late
               and
               moderne
               Soveraignes
               ,
               in
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Mounster
               and
               Vlster
               ,
               by
               the
               name
               of
               Vndertakers
               :
               whereupon
               it
               groweth
               ,
               that
               the
               Realme
               is
               now
               inhabited
               with
               English
               ,
               and
               Irish
               descended
               of
               English
               race
               ;
               and
               with
               the
               meere
               and
               ancient
               Irishmen
               ,
               unto
               whose
               Nobilitie
               and
               Gentry
               ,
               the
               sir-names
               of
               Mac
               or
               O
               are
               commonly
               added
               .
               Vpon
               the
               Conquest
               ,
               
               Henry
               the
               second
               established
               the
               lawes
               of
               England
               ,
               then
               being
               divided
               into
               kinds
               ,
               viz.
               the
               
                 Common
                 law
              
               ,
               (
               as
               that
               the
               elder
               should
               inherit
               his
               fathers
               lands
               )
               and
               
                 Custome
                 law
              
               ,
               that
               (
               by
               the
               particular
               custome
               of
               Manors
               and
               Townes
               ,
               )
               lands
               should
               be
               divided
               by
               the
               custome
               of
               Gavelkinde
               ,
               amongst
               all
               his
               sonnes
               ;
               or
               that
               the
               youngest
               sonne
               onely
               should
               inherit
               the
               same
               ,
               by
               the
               custome
               of
               Borough-English
               :
               whereunto
               is
               to
               bee
               added
               a
               third
               ,
               viz.
               the
               
                 Statute
                 law
              
               .
            
             
               He
               and
               his
               successors
               held
               the
               possession
               thereof
               ,
               with
               
               〈◊〉
               soveraigne
               royalty
               ,
               and
               kingly
               prerogatives
               ,
               by
               the
               n●me
               of
               Lords
               of
               Ireland
               ;
               untill
               the
               day
               of
               king
               Henry
               the
               eighth
               ,
               who
               by
               act
               of
               Parliament
               was
               acknowledged
               ,
               intituled
               ,
               and
               entred
               King
               of
               the
               said
               kingdome
               ,
               and
               so
               continueth
               it
               unto
               this
               day
               ,
               being
               governed
               as
               a
               distinct
               kingdome
               by
               a
               Lieutenant
               ,
               for
               Authority
               (
               Traine
               ,
               Furniture
               ,
               Provision
               ,
               &c.
               farre
               surpassing
               any
               Deputation
               thorowout
               Christendome
               )
               wherein
               Courts
               of
               Parliament
               are
               &
               have
               there
               beene
               held
               ,
               con●●sting
               of
               the
               three
               Estates
               of
               the
               kingdome
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               forme
               as
               is
               used
               in
               England
               ,
               by
               commission
               from
               the
               King
               under
               the
               great
               seale
               of
               England
               ,
               authorizing
               the
               Viceroy
               ,
               or
               Deputie
               ,
               to
               summon
               a
               parliament
               there
               ,
               and
               to
               give
               the
               Royall
               assent
               unto
               such
               acts
               ,
               as
               are
               agreed
               upon
               in
               that
               Parliament
               :
               wherein
               the
               King
               and
               his
               Councell
               of
               Estate
               of
               England
               ,
               are
               to
               bee
               informed
               by
               certificate
               under
               the
               great
               seale
               of
               Ireland
               ,
               by
               force
               of
               a
               Statute
               made
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               in
               the
               tenth
               yeare
               of
               Henry
               the
               seventh
               .
               And
               after
               the
               kings
               allowance
               ,
               the
               bils
               to
               be
               enacted
               and
               propounded
               in
               the
               Parliament
               there
               ;
               So
               the
               Lord
               Deputy
               by
               force
               of
               the
               said
               Commission
               ,
               gives
               the
               Kings
               royall
               assent
               ,
               to
               such
               acts
               as
               are
               agreed
               upon
               in
               the
               said
               Parliament
               there
               .
            
             
               So
               (
               as
               I
               said
               before
               )
               Ireland
               is
               not
               onely
               governed
               by
               the
               
                 Common
                 lawes
              
               of
               England
               ,
               by
               
                 certaine
                 ancient
                 customes
              
               of
               that
               realme
               and
               this
               ;
               and
               by
               divers
               statutes
               here
               and
               there
               also
               ,
               upon
               occasion
               enacted
               ;
               but
               also
               the
               like
               Courts
               and
               formes
               of
               Iustice
               are
               there
               (
               according
               to
               the
               said
               lawes
               )
               used
               and
               administred
               :
               And
               also
               the
               Iudiciall
               records
               are
               made
               in
               Latine
               ,
               and
               the
               Iudges
               and
               Lawyers
               doe
               plead
               in
               English
               ,
               as
               is
               accustomed
               in
               England
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               studying
               of
               which
               Lawes
               ,
               the
               Irish
               Gentlemen
               doe
               send
               their
               sonnes
               to
               the
               Innes
               of
               Court
               in
               England
               ,
               being
               alwayes
               such
               as
               are
               descended
               of
               English
               race
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               meere
               Irish
               :
               who
               are
               allowed
               to
               practise
               in
               England
               ,
               after
               they
               are
               called
               to
               the
               Barre
               ,
               as
               Englishmen
               are
               also
               allowed
               to
               practise
               in
               Ireland
               .
            
             
               Neither
               the
               Nobility
               nor
               Commons
               of
               Ireland
               have
               any
               
               suffrage
               in
               the
               election
               of
               the
               Viceroy
               ,
               or
               blazing
               of
               Soveraigne
               Magistrates
               ,
               but
               all
               is
               done
               by
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               are
               especially
               authorized
               .
               And
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               Cities
               ,
               and
               Borough-townes
               in
               Ireland
               ,
               by
               their
               charters
               ,
               (
               which
               they
               have
               from
               the
               Kings
               of
               England
               )
               doe
               elect
               their
               Magistrates
               and
               Officers
               ,
               as
               the
               Cities
               and
               townes
               of
               England
               doe
               .
            
             
               In
               England
               ,
               the
               ancientest
               Earles
               of
               Ireland
               do
               give
               precedency
               to
               the
               Earle●
               of
               England
               ,
               for
               that
               they
               have
               no
               voice
               in
               the
               Parliament
               of
               England
               :
               neither
               hath
               the
               Nobility
               of
               England
               any
               voyce
               or
               prerogative
               in
               the
               Parliaments
               of
               Ireland
               .
               so
               Irishmen
               borne
               ,
               are
               denizens
               by
               birth
               in
               England
               ,
               and
               may
               beare
               Office
               ,
               and
               inherit
               lands
               in
               England
               ,
               (
               as
               experience
               teacheth
               )
               without
               charters
               of
               denization
               ,
               as
               Englishmen
               are
               ,
               and
               doe
               in
               Ireland
               .
               And
               so
               Irishmen
               pay
               onely
               such
               customes
               and
               duties
               in
               England
               ,
               as
               Englishmen
               doe
               ,
               and
               ought
               .
            
             
               The
               Wards
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               are
               disposed
               of
               by
               the
               King
               ;
               and
               of
               inferiour
               persons
               ,
               by
               the
               Viceroy
               ,
               and
               certaine
               of
               the
               Councell
               there
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               Commission
               .
               Even
               so
               titles
               of
               honours
               ,
               lands
               and
               offices
               are
               usually
               granted
               by
               the
               Kings
               of
               England
               ,
               under
               the
               great
               seale
               of
               England
               ,
               or
               Ireland
               ,
               according
               to
               pleasure
               .
            
             
               The
               incivility
               (
               wherewith
               this
               so
               goodly
               a
               kingdome
               hath
               beene
               much
               branded
               )
               hath
               chiefly
               arisen
               from
               want
               of
               education
               and
               learning
               :
               And
               secondly
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               Country
               aboundeth
               with
               idle
               men
               ,
               having
               no
               trade
               whereupon
               to
               live
               :
               which
               onely
               abuse
               hath
               incouraged
               rebellion
               ,
               the
               Ring-leaders
               not
               doubting
               to
               bee
               followed
               by
               these
               swarmes
               of
               dissolute
               persons
               ,
               ready
               to
               take
               armes
               upon
               any
               occasion
               for
               desire
               of
               spoile
               .
            
             
               But
               verily
               ,
               sithence
               that
               now
               of
               late
               the
               King
               of
               Peace
               and
               Pietic
               ,
               hath
               wiped
               away
               all
               distrust
               of
               former
               neglects
               ,
               by
               his
               continuall
               industry
               to
               plant
               Religion
               and
               Arts
               ,
               to
               re-people
               the
               wasted
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               to
               extirpate
               the
               innated
               idlenesse
               of
               the
               worst
               bred
               Irish
               ;
               there
               is
               no
               question
               (
               under
               God
               )
               to
               be
               made
               ,
               but
               that
               this
               beautifull
               Island
               ,
               
               being
               so
               neere
               a
               neighbour
               ,
               so
               fruitfull
               in
               soile
               ,
               so
               rich
               in
               pasture
               (
               more
               than
               credible
               )
               beset
               with
               so
               many
               woods
               ,
               inriched
               with
               so
               many
               Minerals
               ,
               watred
               with
               so
               many
               Rivers
               ,
               invironed
               with
               so
               many
               Havens
               ,
               lying
               fit
               and
               commodious
               for
               Navigation
               into
               most
               wealthy
               Countries
               ,
               will
               in
               time
               prove
               profitable
               to
               the
               Church
               ,
               advantag●ous
               to
               the
               Prince
               ,
               pleasing
               to
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               comparable
               to
               any
               the
               best
               and
               civillest
               kingdomes
               of
               the
               Christian
               Common-weale
               .
            
          
           
             
               Great
               Brittaine
               .
            
             
               THe
               whole
               Island
               of
               Brittaine
               once
               divided
               ,
               now
               re-united
               ,
               
               under
               the
               name
               of
               the
               kingdome
               of
               
                 Great
                 Brittaine
              
               ,
               is
               an
               Island
               situated
               in
               the
               maine
               Ocean
               ,
               over
               against
               France
               ,
               and
               divided
               into
               foure
               great
               Provinces
               :
               The
               first
               whereof
               the
               Englishmen
               doe
               inhabit
               ;
               the
               second
               ,
               the
               Scots
               ;
               the
               third
               ,
               the
               Welshmen
               ;
               and
               the
               last
               ,
               the
               Cornishmen
               .
               Every
               one
               of
               those
               doe
               differ
               from
               other
               ,
               either
               in
               language
               ,
               in
               manners
               ,
               or
               in
               customes
               .
            
             
               England
               ,
               so
               termed
               of
               the
               Englishmen
               (
               the
               Inhabitants
               thereof
               )
               is
               by
               much
               the
               greater
               and
               goodlier
               portion
               ,
               and
               divided
               into
               nine
               and
               twenty
               Provinces
               ,
               which
               they
               terme
               Shires
               .
               Of
               the
               which
               ,
               ten
               doe
               make
               the
               prime
               part
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               inclining
               towards
               the
               South
               ,
               have
               their
               existence
               betweene
               the
               Thames
               and
               the
               Sea.
               Next
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               Trent
               ,
               which
               runneth
               thorow
               the
               middest
               of
               England
               ,
               are
               sixteene
               other
               Shires
               proportioned
               ,
               whereof
               the
               first
               six
               lie
               towards
               the
               East
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               ten
               lie
               more
               to
               the
               Inland
               ,
               other
               six
               border
               upon
               Wales
               ,
               and
               are
               bounded
               towards
               the
               West
               .
               About
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               lie
               
                 Darbishire
                 ,
                 Yorkeshire
                 ,
                 Lancashire
              
               ,
               and
               Cumberland
               .
               And
               upon
               the
               left
               hand
               ,
               inclining
               towards
               the
               West
               ,
               Westmerland
               .
               Vpon
               the
               contrary
               side
               lie
               Durham
               ,
               and
               Northumberland
               ;
               Provinces
               opposed
               to
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               sometime
               appertaining
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Scotland
               .
            
             
             
               These
               Shires
               are
               two
               wayes
               divided
               :
               first
               ,
               into
               six
               circuits
               ,
               parted
               among
               the
               Iudges
               ,
               who
               twice
               a
               yeare
               goe
               over
               them
               for
               the
               holding
               of
               Assises
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               into
               two
               Archbishopricks
               ;
               Canterbury
               ,
               who
               hath
               two
               and
               twenty
               Bishoprickes
               under
               his
               Province
               ;
               and
               Yorke
               ,
               who
               hath
               three
               in
               his
               .
               These
               are
               by
               the
               Grecians
               termed
               Dioceses
               ,
               
               and
               take
               their
               denominations
               from
               the
               Cities
               wherein
               the
               Bishops
               have
               their
               Seas
               ;
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               is
               London
               ,
               and
               was
               once
               the
               seat
               of
               an
               Archbishop
               ,
               now
               translated
               unto
               Canterbury
               .
            
             
               This
               prime
               part
               ,
               upon
               the
               East
               and
               the
               South
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               Ocean
               :
               upon
               the
               West
               with
               Wales
               and
               Cornwall
               ;
               upon
               the
               North
               with
               Tweed
               ;
               the
               bounder
               also
               of
               England
               and
               Scotland
               .
            
             
               At
               this
               River
               of
               Tweed
               endeth
               the
               length
               thereof
               ;
               which
               being
               accounted
               to
               beginne
               at
               the
               Shore
               which
               lieth
               most
               Southerly
               ,
               is
               from
               thence
               reckoned
               to
               containe
               about
               three
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               miles
               .
            
             
               On
               this
               side
               the
               Humber
               it
               is
               accounted
               the
               fertilest
               for
               corne
               ;
               beyond
               ,
               mountainous
               ,
               but
               excellent
               for
               herbage
               .
               For
               albeit
               ,
               to
               one
               that
               beholdeth
               it
               afarre
               off
               ;
               it
               seemeth
               all
               champi●n
               ,
               notwithstanding
               ,
               it
               hath
               many
               hils
               ,
               and
               those
               for
               the
               most
               part
               destitute
               of
               wood
               ;
               as
               also
               most
               pleasant
               vallies
               ,
               wherein
               especially
               the
               Gentlemen
               have
               their
               mansions
               :
               who
               according
               to
               their
               old
               customes
               dwell
               not
               in
               Townes
               ,
               but
               approach
               the
               Vallies
               and
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               inhabit
               the
               Villages
               ,
               as
               I
               thinke
               ,
               the
               better
               to
               avoid
               the
               furie
               of
               tempestuous
               winds
               ,
               whereunto
               the
               Island
               is
               sometime
               subject
               .
               Wherby
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               the
               Yeomen
               conversing
               with
               the
               Gentry
               ,
               doe
               in
               every
               place
               savour
               of
               some
               good
               fashion
               ,
               and
               the
               Vpland
               Cities
               are
               the
               lesse
               famoused
               .
            
             
               The
               land
               generally
               is
               exceeding
               fertile
               ,
               and
               plentifull
               in
               beasts
               :
               whereby
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               that
               the
               English
               people
               are
               more
               addicted
               unto
               Grazing
               ,
               than
               unto
               Tillage
               :
               so
               that
               almost
               the
               third
               part
               of
               the
               soile
               is
               reserved
               rather
               for
               Cattell
               ,
               Deere
               ,
               Conies
               ,
               and
               Goats
               a
               (
               for
               of
               this
               sort
               also
               there
               is
               great
               store
               in
               Wales
               .
               )
               And
               in
               every
               Shire
               you
               shall
               see
               Parkes
               impaled
               ,
               and
               Forrests
               replenished
               with
               these
               
               beasts
               ;
               in
               the
               hunting
               whereof
               ,
               the
               Nobility
               and
               Gentry
               doe
               much
               delight
               ;
               there
               being
               more
               Parks
               in
               England
               ,
               than
               in
               all
               Europe
               besides
               .
            
             
               For
               provision
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               neither
               is
               it
               lesse
               stored
               with
               corne
               ,
               wilde
               fowle
               ,
               and
               fish
               ,
               so
               that
               for
               plenty
               ,
               goodnesse
               ,
               and
               sweetnesse
               ,
               it
               needeth
               neither
               the
               helpe
               of
               France
               ,
               no
               ,
               nor
               of
               any
               neighbour-bordering
               Country
               .
               Among
               other
               things
               ,
               the
               flesh
               especially
               of
               their
               Swine
               ,
               Oxen
               ,
               and
               Veales
               ,
               have
               the
               best
               rellish
               of
               any
               part
               of
               Christendome
               ;
               and
               of
               Fish
               ,
               their
               Pike
               and
               Oysters
               .
               It
               bringeth
               not
               forth
               Mules
               nor
               Asses
               ,
               but
               of
               Horse
               ,
               for
               pace
               the
               best
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               of
               those
               infinite
               proportions
               ,
               for
               service
               ,
               running
               ,
               and
               coursing
               .
            
             
               
               The
               wealth
               hereof
               consisteth
               in
               the
               never-decaying
               Mines
               of
               Tinue
               and
               Lead
               ,
               of
               Copper
               ,
               Iron
               ,
               and
               Coales
               ;
               On
               the
               Downes
               groweth
               a
               small
               and
               tender
               kinde
               of
               grasse
               ,
               neither
               dunged
               nor
               watred
               with
               spring
               or
               river
               ;
               but
               in
               Winter
               nourished
               with
               the
               moisture
               of
               the
               aire
               ,
               and
               in
               Summer
               with
               the
               dew
               of
               Heaven
               ;
               which
               is
               so
               gratefull
               and
               pleasing
               to
               the
               Sheepe
               ,
               that
               it
               causeth
               them
               to
               beare
               fleeces
               of
               singular
               goodnesse
               ,
               and
               exceeding
               finenesse
               .
               The
               Island
               breedeth
               no
               Wolves
               ,
               nor
               any
               other
               ravening
               beast
               ;
               and
               therefore
               these
               their
               flockes
               wander
               night
               and
               day
               ,
               by
               Hils
               ,
               Dales
               ,
               and
               Fields
               ,
               as
               well
               inclosed
               ,
               as
               common
               ,
               without
               feare
               or
               danger
               .
               Most
               delicate
               Cloths
               are
               woven
               of
               this
               Wooll
               ,
               which
               from
               thence
               are
               transported
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               into
               
                 Germany
                 ,
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Denmarke
                 ,
                 Sweveland
                 ,
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Turkie
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Indies
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               in
               high
               request
               .
               There
               grow
               all
               sorts
               of
               pulse
               ,
               great
               store
               of
               Saffron
               ;
               yea
               ,
               infinite
               quantities
               of
               Beere
               are
               transported
               from
               thence
               into
               Belgia
               ;
               as
               also
               Pelts
               ,
               Hides
               ,
               Tallow
               ,
               and
               Sea-coale
               .
               The
               Island
               is
               so
               commodiously
               seated
               for
               the
               Sea
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               never
               without
               resort
               of
               
                 Portugall
                 ,
                 Spanish
                 ,
                 French
                 ,
                 Flemmish
                 ,
              
               and
               Easterling
               Merchants
               .
               The
               traffike
               betweene
               the
               English
               and
               the
               Flemmish
               ,
               ariseth
               to
               an
               inestimable
               value
               :
               for
               Guicciardin
               writeth
               ,
               that
               before
               the
               tumults
               of
               the
               Low-countries
               ,
               they
               bartered
               for
               twelve
               millions
               of
               crownes
               yearely
               .
            
             
             
               The
               aire
               is
               somewhat
               thicke
               ,
               and
               therefore
               more
               subject
               to
               the
               gathering
               of
               clouds
               ,
               raine
               ,
               and
               winds
               ;
               but
               withall
               ,
               lesse
               distempered
               with
               heat
               or
               cold
               ,
               for
               the
               same
               reasons
               of
               crassitude
               .
               The
               nights
               are
               lightsome
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Northermost
               parts
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
               they
               are
               so
               short
               ,
               that
               the
               falling
               and
               rising
               of
               the
               Sunne
               is
               discernde
               but
               by
               a
               small
               intermission
               ;
               for
               that
               the
               Island
               is
               situated
               almost
               full
               North
               ,
               and
               the
               Sunne
               in
               the
               Summer
               time
               moving
               slowly
               ,
               and
               staying
               long
               in
               the
               Northerne
               Climates
               ,
               doth
               almost
               compasse
               it
               round
               above
               .
               In
               the
               Winter
               ,
               it
               is
               as
               farre
               removed
               ,
               when
               approaching
               neerer
               the
               South
               ,
               it
               runneth
               towards
               the
               East
               .
               I
               my selfe
               have
               observed
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               City
               of
               London
               (
               being
               seated
               in
               the
               Southerly
               part
               of
               the
               Island
               )
               about
               the
               Summer
               Solstice
               ,
               the
               night
               hath
               not
               beene
               above
               five
               houres
               long
               .
               At
               all
               seasons
               of
               the
               yeare
               the
               Country
               is
               most
               temperate
               ,
               being
               subject
               to
               no
               extraordinary
               evill
               influence
               of
               the
               Heavens
               ,
               so
               that
               diseases
               are
               not
               there
               very
               common
               ,
               and
               therefore
               lesse
               use
               of
               Physicke
               than
               in
               other
               places
               :
               yea
               ,
               many
               times
               some
               people
               there
               are
               ,
               who
               attaine
               unto
               one
               hundred
               and
               ten
               yeares
               of
               age
               ;
               yea
               some
               to
               one
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               .
            
             
               Earth-quakes
               are
               here
               seldome
               heard
               of
               :
               and
               lightnings
               almost
               to
               speake
               of
               ,
               as
               seldome
               .
               The
               soyle
               is
               very
               fruitfull
               and
               plentifull
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               necessaries
               it
               yeeldeth
               abundance
               ,
               except
               of
               those
               things
               which
               are
               peculiar
               to
               hotter
               ,
               or
               colder
               Regions
               .
               Vines
               are
               fostered
               rather
               for
               the
               pleasure
               of
               their
               shadowes
               ,
               than
               for
               the
               increase
               of
               their
               profits
               :
               yet
               prosper
               they
               in
               all
               places
               ,
               and
               bring
               forth
               Grapes
               ;
               which
               notwithstanding
               hardly
               wax
               ripe
               ,
               unlesse
               an
               unusuall
               hot
               Summer
               ,
               or
               an
               artificiall
               reflexion
               doe
               helpe
               them
               .
               Wheat
               ,
               Rye
               ,
               Barley
               ,
               and
               Oats
               ,
               are
               sowed
               in
               their
               seasons
               :
               other
               graines
               they
               commonly
               use
               not
               ;
               and
               of
               Pulse
               ,
               onely
               Beanes
               and
               Pease
               .
               The
               fruits
               suddenly
               knot
               ,
               but
               ripen
               slowly
               ;
               the
               cause
               of
               either
               is
               the
               overmuch
               moisture
               both
               of
               the
               soile
               and
               the
               aire
               .
               Wine
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               the
               Land
               affordeth
               not
               ;
               in
               stead
               whereof
               ,
               beere
               is
               in
               request
               ;
               without
               controversie
               by
               use
               ,
               a
               pleasant
               and
               wholsome
               Beverage
               .
               
               Wines
               are
               transported
               from
               
                 France
                 ,
                 Spaine
              
               ,
               and
               Canaie
               .
               The
               Woods
               are
               full
               of
               fruit
               trees
               ,
               and
               most
               plentifull
               of
               Mast.
               The
               Rivers
               faire
               ,
               and
               runne
               through
               many
               Provinces
               .
               The
               Downes
               are
               many
               ,
               yet
               neither
               cumbred
               with
               wood
               ,
               nor
               overlayed
               with
               water
               ,
               which
               by
               reason
               therof
               bringeth
               forth
               a
               tender
               and
               short
               grasse
               ,
               gratefull
               and
               sufficient
               for
               the
               pasturage
               of
               infinite
               flockes
               of
               sheepe
               ;
               And
               whether
               it
               be
               by
               the
               influence
               of
               the
               Heavens
               ,
               or
               the
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               they
               yeeld
               the
               finest
               and
               softest
               freeces
               thorow
               the
               whole
               world
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               I
               must
               put
               you
               in
               minde
               of
               a
               Miracle
               ;
               how
               this
               beast
               ,
               besides
               the
               dew
               of
               Heaven
               ordinarily
               tasteth
               of
               no
               other
               water
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               shepherds
               of
               purpose
               doe
               drive
               them
               from
               all
               watry
               places
               ,
               upon
               true
               observation
               ;
               
                 That
                 to
                 let
                 them
                 drinke
                 ,
                 is
                 to
                 let
                 them
                 bane
                 .
              
               Without
               doubt
               this
               is
               the
               true
               golden
               Fleece
               ,
               wherein
               the
               maine
               wealth
               of
               the
               whole
               Island
               consisteth
               .
               And
               for
               to
               buy
               this
               commoditie
               ,
               immensive
               treasure
               is
               yearely
               reconveyed
               into
               the
               Land
               by
               Merchants
               ;
               from
               whence
               it
               is
               never
               conveyed
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               provided
               by
               the
               Lawes
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ;
               
                 That
                 no
                 person
                 transport
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 ,
                 Plate
                 ,
                 Iewels
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               Whereby
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               no
               Countrey
               under
               the
               Cope
               of
               Heaven
               is
               richer
               than
               England
               .
               For
               ,
               besides
               those
               masses
               of
               Coyne
               ,
               which
               passe
               this
               way
               and
               that
               way
               ,
               through
               the
               hands
               of
               Tradesmen
               ,
               Merchants
               ,
               and
               Gentlemen
               ;
               there
               is
               almost
               no
               person
               of
               meane
               condition
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               use
               of
               his
               daily
               table
               ,
               he
               hath
               either
               a
               Salt
               ,
               Cups
               ,
               or
               Spoones
               of
               Silver
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               his
               estate
               ,
               more
               or
               lesse
               ,
               for
               divers
               services
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               no
               lesse
               stored
               with
               all
               kinde
               of
               Beasts
               ,
               except
               Asses
               ,
               Mules
               ,
               Camels
               ,
               and
               Elephants
               .
               It
               bringeth
               forth
               no
               materiall
               venomous
               Creature
               ,
               or
               Beast
               of
               prey
               ,
               save
               the
               Fox
               ,
               worthy
               talking
               of
               :
               for
               the
               race
               of
               the
               Wolves
               is
               quite
               extinguished
               ,
               and
               therefore
               all
               sorts
               of
               cattell
               stray
               as
               they
               list
               ,
               and
               are
               in
               safetie
               without
               any
               great
               care-taking
               for
               an
               Heards-man
               :
               so
               that
               you
               shall
               see
               Heards
               of
               Rother
               Beasts
               and
               Horses
               ,
               and
               Flocks
               of
               Sheepe
               ,
               in
               all
               places
               wandring
               by
               
               day
               and
               by
               night
               ,
               upon
               Hils
               and
               in
               Vallies
               ,
               in
               Commons
               ,
               and
               inclosed
               Grounds
               ,
               (
               by
               ancient
               Customes
               laid
               open
               after
               Harvest
               )
               wherein
               every
               Neighbour
               claimeth
               communitie
               to
               feed
               his
               Cattell
               .
            
             
               For
               in
               truth
               ,
               the
               Oxe
               and
               the
               Weather
               are
               Creatures
               especially
               ordained
               for
               the
               Table
               ,
               than
               whose
               flesh
               there
               is
               not
               in
               any
               place
               a
               more
               savourie
               or
               delicious
               service
               .
               Of
               the
               two
               ,
               the
               Steere
               is
               the
               best
               ,
               especially
               if
               it
               be
               seasonably
               powdered
               :
               of
               which
               there
               is
               no
               marvell
               ,
               for
               that
               this
               choice
               is
               altogether
               exempted
               from
               labour
               ,
               and
               fed
               up
               for
               food
               ,
               and
               withall
               the
               diet
               of
               the
               English
               Nation
               consisting
               most
               upon
               flesh
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               are
               tall
               of
               stature
               ,
               faire
               of
               complexion
               ,
               
               for
               the
               greater
               part
               gray-eyed
               ;
               and
               as
               in
               pronunciation
               they
               approach
               the
               Italian
               ,
               so
               in
               constitution
               of
               body
               and
               fashion
               they
               doe
               well-neere
               imitate
               them
               .
               They
               are
               civilly
               qualified
               ,
               and
               take
               counsell
               by
               leasure
               ;
               knowing
               that
               profitable
               proceedings
               have
               none
               a
               more
               dangerous
               adversary
               ●han
               rashnesse
               .
               Of
               their
               owne
               dispositions
               ,
               they
               are
               courteous
               ,
               and
               in
               all
               good
               offices
               forwards
               ,
               especially
               the
               Gentry
               ,
               even
               towards
               strangers
               .
               Their
               acquaintance
               they
               invite
               to
               their
               houses
               ,
               and
               there
               entertaine
               them
               kindly
               ,
               and
               feast
               them
               both
               at
               noone
               and
               at
               night
               merrily
               ,
               neatly
               ,
               heartily
               ,
               and
               bountifully
               :
               and
               this
               they
               terme
               courtesie
               ,
               or
               neighbourhood
               .
               In
               battell
               they
               are
               fearlesse
               ,
               excellent
               Archers
               ,
               and
               in
               service
               unindurable
               of
               temporizing
               ,
               and
               therefore
               the
               sword
               being
               once
               drawne
               ,
               they
               forth
               with
               set
               at
               all
               upon
               the
               hazzard
               of
               a
               battell
               ,
               knowing
               that
               all
               good
               successe
               attendeth
               the
               fortune
               of
               the
               Victor
               .
               Fortresses
               they
               build
               none
               ,
               but
               rather
               suffer
               those
               which
               heretofore
               have
               beene
               built
               ,
               and
               are
               now
               by
               age
               growne
               ruinous
               ,
               utterly
               to
               perish
               :
               but
               being
               once
               in
               forren
               parts
               ,
               they
               retaine
               all
               military
               discipline
               to
               the
               utmost
               .
               For
               Booke-men
               ,
               their
               maintenance
               is
               bountifull
               ,
               their
               proficiencie
               commendable
               ,
               and
               their
               number
               numberlesse
               .
               Their
               attire
               differeth
               not
               much
               from
               the
               French
               ;
               their
               women
               are
               amiable
               and
               beautifull
               ,
               and
               attired
               in
               most
               comely
               fashion
               .
               Their
               Cities
               are
               honourable
               ,
               
               their
               Townes
               famous
               ,
               Hamlets
               frequent
               ,
               and
               Villages
               every
               where
               magnificent
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               if
               any
               courteous
               Traveller
               would
               desire
               of
               mee
               to
               behold
               an
               Idea
               of
               happinesse
               
                 in
                 abstracto
              
               ,
               fitting
               for
               the
               generall
               necessitie
               of
               life
               and
               upright
               conversation
               ,
               viz.
               the
               use
               of
               diet
               ,
               clothing
               ,
               sociable
               feastings
               ,
               solemne
               festivals
               and
               banquets
               ,
               with
               approbation
               of
               magnificence
               :
               Or
               demand
               to
               see
               the
               place
               ,
               where
               Law
               ,
               indifferent
               to
               all
               sorts
               ,
               permitteth
               the
               private
               man
               to
               thrive
               ,
               to
               purchase
               estates
               ,
               to
               devise
               chattels
               and
               inheritances
               to
               his
               children
               and
               kinsfolkes
               ;
               to
               reward
               servants
               ;
               or
               to
               countenance
               followers
               ;
               with
               libertie
               of
               civill
               conversation
               ,
               of
               comely
               burials
               and
               mourning
               for
               the
               dead
               ,
               of
               rejoycings
               at
               mariages
               ,
               of
               honest
               and
               friendly
               visitations
               ,
               and
               harmlesse
               recreation
               ;
               where
               every
               man
               eateth
               under
               his
               owne
               Vine
               ,
               and
               doth
               what
               seemeth
               good
               in
               his
               owne
               eyes
               ,
               so
               it
               tend
               not
               to
               scandall
               :
               Then
               let
               mee
               be
               bold
               to
               shew
               him
               the
               noble
               Kingdome
               of
               England
               ;
               which
               to
               approve
               ,
               I
               intend
               by
               way
               of
               comparison
               ,
               (
               wherein
               most
               of
               our
               Gentrie
               are
               well
               acquainted
               )
               to
               make
               good
               what
               ,
               I
               thinke
               ,
               without
               offence
               ,
               may
               be
               truly
               avouched
               .
            
             
               And
               first
               wee
               will
               begin
               with
               those
               Countries
               ,
               
               of
               which
               wee
               have
               only
               knowledge
               by
               way
               of
               traffike
               ,
               and
               so
               travell
               into
               Russia
               and
               Aethiopia
               .
               But
               there
               (
               alas
               to
               say
               nothing
               of
               the
               government
               ,
               the
               sole
               load-starre
               of
               goodnesse
               and
               happinesse
               )
               the
               two
               extremities
               of
               heat
               and
               cold
               debarre
               both
               Plentie
               and
               Abundance
               ,
               from
               unloading
               their
               laps
               amongst
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               comparable
               to
               our
               happinesse
               and
               satisfaction
               .
               As
               for
               their
               government
               ,
               and
               uniformitie
               of
               a
               Common-wealth
               (
               the
               name
               of
               Emperours
               only
               excepted
               )
               there
               is
               nothing
               worthy
               observation
               ,
               more
               than
               the
               tyrannous
               controlling
               of
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               the
               immediate
               prostitution
               of
               all
               sorts
               to
               the
               imperious
               will
               of
               the
               prevailer
               ;
               nor
               in
               truth
               have
               they
               temple
               ,
               palace
               ,
               wisdome
               ,
               peace
               or
               tranquillitie
               ,
               such
               as
               Royaltie
               or
               good
               government
               intendeth
               ,
               but
               both
               Empires
               (
               especially
               Russia
               )
               have
               suffered
               many
               convulsions
               from
               ambitious
               Vsurpers
               and
               unworthy
               Princes
               ,
               
               who
               have
               traiterously
               supplanted
               one
               another
               ,
               and
               by
               indirect
               courses
               brought
               the
               subject
               into
               the
               house
               of
               slaughter
               ;
               which
               undoubtedly
               is
               the
               maine
               reason
               why
               they
               cannot
               come
               neere
               magnificence
               ,
               provision
               in
               house-keeping
               ,
               navie
               ,
               multitude
               of
               Princes
               ,
               Nobles
               or
               subjects
               ,
               with
               the
               equality
               of
               obedience
               to
               advance
               a
               true
               Scepter
               ,
               or
               to
               manifest
               the
               glory
               of
               a
               king
               ,
               by
               the
               flourishing
               condition
               of
               all
               estates
               .
               In
               a
               word
               ,
               their
               Cities
               and
               Townes
               are
               subject
               to
               such
               bestiality
               and
               confusion
               ,
               that
               they
               seeme
               rather
               routed
               troopes
               of
               deformity
               ,
               than
               men
               orderly
               disposed
               to
               the
               mannagement
               of
               affaires
               ,
               either
               of
               commerce
               ,
               or
               of
               Noble
               trade
               :
               And
               so
               ,
               in
               all
               other
               particulars
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               meere
               disparity
               betweene
               them
               and
               our
               proposition
               .
            
             
               Shall
               we
               come
               neerer
               home
               ,
               
               and
               with
               prying
               eyes
               (
               like
               the
               Censors
               of
               Rome
               )
               looke
               into
               the
               Empire
               of
               Germany
               ?
               there
               the
               Princes
               are
               so
               absolute
               ,
               and
               the
               Emperour
               so
               timorous
               to
               raigne
               (
               as
               Asueroth
               did
               )
               from
               India
               to
               Aethiopia
               ,
               over
               127.
               
               Provinces
               ,
               that
               neither
               the
               Queene
               of
               Saba
               will
               come
               to
               heare
               his
               wisdome
               ,
               nor
               to
               view
               the
               order
               of
               his
               Palace
               ;
               neither
               will
               the
               King
               of
               Arabia
               send
               him
               presents
               ,
               nor
               the
               Confederates
               admire
               his
               magnificence
               :
               The
               Merchant
               will
               not
               bring
               him
               horse
               ,
               and
               fine
               linnen
               from
               remote
               places
               ,
               nor
               supply
               his
               wants
               according
               to
               the
               prerogative
               of
               Kings
               :
               Nor
               are
               the
               Cities
               ordered
               by
               the
               appointment
               of
               his
               Ministers
               ,
               nor
               can
               he
               send
               his
               chariots
               to
               this
               place
               ,
               nor
               his
               horse-men
               to
               that
               ;
               nor
               his
               Army
               whither
               he
               lists
               ,
               nor
               fill
               the
               streets
               of
               Ierusalem
               ,
               when
               he
               would
               solemnize
               a
               Passeover
               ?
               for
               the
               people
               live
               divided
               ,
               and
               the
               Burger
               boasteth
               of
               his
               policie
               ,
               in
               manumitting
               themselves
               ,
               and
               giving
               their
               Townes
               the
               usurpation
               of
               chiefe
               commandery
               ;
               as
               for
               the
               having
               of
               many
               commodities
               ,
               tending
               either
               to
               necessity
               or
               pleasure
               ,
               alas
               ,
               the
               commutation
               consisteth
               in
               the
               inriching
               one
               another
               ,
               wherin
               all
               the
               corruptions
               of
               ava●ice
               are
               put
               in
               practice
               ,
               finally
               (
               God
               wot
               )
               to
               the
               augmentation
               of
               the
               Empires
               Majesty
               .
               So
               that
               their
               Marts
               and
               Faires
               ,
               are
               as
               so
               many
               boothes
               of
               drunkards
               ,
               where
               with
               in
               stead
               of
               Ships
               at
               Sea
               ,
               they
               fill
               the
               fields
               with
               wagons
               full
               of
               
               strange
               creatures
               ,
               who
               make
               their
               bellies
               as
               great
               devourers
               ,
               as
               the
               Sea.
               Nor
               can
               he
               goe
               with
               the
               wise
               King
               to
               view
               his
               navie
               at
               the
               red
               Sea
               shores
               ,
               not
               in
               person
               visit
               the
               Cities
               which
               want
               fortification
               or
               repairing
               ;
               nor
               in
               truth
               ,
               doe
               any
               thing
               to
               come
               neere
               the
               six
               steps
               of
               gold
               on
               Solomons
               throne
               ,
               but
               eat
               and
               carouse
               ,
               yet
               farre
               from
               the
               meane
               of
               mirth
               .
            
             
               Shall
               we
               venture
               over
               the
               Alpes
               ,
               
               and
               the
               gulfe
               of
               Venice
               into
               Italy
               ;
               and
               there
               search
               the
               Apennine
               Hils
               ,
               the
               fields
               of
               Campania
               ,
               the
               
                 garden
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 Lombardy
              
               ;
               the
               territories
               of
               Rome
               ,
               or
               attractive
               Naples
               ,
               for
               an
               instance
               of
               this
               our
               Greatnesse
               and
               Happinesse
               ?
               No
               surely
               ,
               For
               throughout
               this
               goodly
               territory
               ,
               in
               one
               corner
               ruleth
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               at
               another
               end
               the
               Savoyen
               ;
               then
               is
               intermingled
               a
               confused
               government
               of
               
                 pettie
                 Princes
              
               .
               Next
               lieth
               the
               
                 Venetian
                 state
              
               ,
               who
               meerely
               out
               of
               parsimonie
               (
               like
               their
               adjoyning
               neighbours
               ,
               the
               Florentines
               )
               have
               obtained
               the
               reputation
               of
               wealth
               and
               greatnesse
               .
               As
               for
               the
               Duke
               ,
               he
               is
               but
               a
               voice
               unsignificant
               ;
               for
               the
               Senate
               carrieth
               the
               sword
               .
               And
               lastly
               ,
               the
               Church
               ,
               with
               the
               mercenary
               contraries
               of
               blessing
               and
               cursing
               ,
               keepeth
               Saint
               
                 Peters
                 patrimony
              
               as
               safe
               ,
               as
               if
               the
               indubitate
               heire
               of
               some
               noble
               family
               ,
               should
               maintaine
               the
               privileges
               of
               his
               deceased
               Ancestors
               .
            
             
               But
               should
               I
               knit
               all
               these
               models
               together
               ,
               and
               set
               up
               the
               wals
               of
               Rome
               ,
               incompassed
               with
               her
               seven
               hils
               in
               such
               an
               order
               ,
               that
               the
               fabricke
               might
               boast
               of
               twenty
               miles
               circuit
               ,
               and
               the
               government
               lift
               up
               a
               head
               of
               Daniels
               vision
               againe
               :
               Or
               that
               in
               a
               yeare
               of
               Iubile
               ,
               I
               could
               settle
               you
               under
               the
               wings
               of
               an
               Angell
               on
               the
               top
               of
               the
               Popes
               Palace
               ,
               as
               the
               Devill
               carried
               our
               Saviour
               to
               the
               pinacle
               of
               the
               Temple
               ;
               And
               there
               shew
               you
               the
               consistory
               of
               Cardinals
               ,
               triumphs
               of
               a
               Popes
               Inauguration
               ;
               his
               stately
               carriage
               (
               adorned
               with
               his
               triple
               crowne
               )
               on
               mens
               shoulders
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               appurtenant
               shewes
               and
               ceremonies
               ;
               yet
               would
               all
               come
               short
               to
               our
               example
               .
               For
               the
               very
               provision
               of
               our
               Kings
               Palace
               would
               exhaust
               the
               Country
               ,
               consume
               the
               commodities
               ,
               and
               like
               barren
               ground
               ,
               drinking
               up
               the
               raine
               ,
               
               devoure
               the
               plenty
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
               and
               pull
               in
               peeces
               their
               best
               compacted
               husbandry
               .
               As
               for
               their
               drinking
               in
               vessels
               of
               gold
               ,
               well
               may
               it
               serve
               to
               divulge
               the
               glory
               of
               some
               ambitious
               triumph
               ,
               but
               nothing
               verifie
               the
               bounty
               of
               an
               overflowing
               cup
               ;
               considering
               the
               wines
               are
               not
               onely
               small
               ,
               but
               the
               vintage
               so
               barren
               and
               penurious
               ,
               that
               to
               conceale
               the
               scarcity
               thereof
               ,
               by
               parsimonious
               custome
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               women
               and
               children
               are
               forbidden
               to
               drinke
               thereof
               .
               As
               for
               the
               Villano
               ,
               he
               is
               glad
               of
               water
               to
               quench
               his
               thirst
               ,
               fetcht
               from
               muddy
               channels
               ,
               falling
               from
               the
               mountaines
               of
               snow
               ,
               and
               cleansed
               with
               much
               adoe
               by
               the
               swift
               course
               of
               Eridanus
               .
            
             
               Many
               other
               defects
               doe
               bespot
               the
               face
               of
               this
               goodly
               creature
               ,
               and
               debarre
               it
               from
               the
               boast
               of
               our
               essentiall
               happinesse
               .
               For
               though
               the
               Inne-keepers
               daughter
               goe
               in
               a
               satten
               gowne
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               bravery
               of
               Italy
               be
               discovered
               in
               the
               attire
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               as
               if
               every
               burre
               had
               golden
               kernels
               ,
               and
               every
               corner
               were
               full
               of
               silkwormes
               ;
               yet
               is
               there
               neither
               method
               of
               government
               ,
               nor
               can
               the
               inhabitans
               rejoyce
               under
               unity
               ,
               or
               any
               privileges
               of
               a
               strong
               compacted
               Administration
               ,
               tending
               to
               the
               assurance
               of
               love
               ,
               true
               alliance
               ,
               or
               obedience
               :
               so
               that
               in
               a
               manner
               all
               the
               defects
               ,
               deforming
               the
               beauty
               of
               Kingdomes
               (
               more
               than
               some
               private
               blessings
               ,
               and
               those
               scattered
               as
               it
               were
               by
               the
               hands
               of
               divine
               goodnesse
               )
               may
               be
               here
               lookt
               upon
               with
               pitifull
               eyes
               ,
               and
               much
               lamented
               with
               judiciall
               hearts
               .
               And
               however
               the
               ostentous
               heaps
               of
               stone
               transport
               the
               sleight
               credulity
               of
               the
               ignorant
               ;
               that
               
                 it
                 surpasseth
                 for
                 Cities
                 ,
                 buildings
                 ,
                 and
                 outward
                 magnificence
              
               ;
               yet
               when
               you
               come
               to
               examine
               particulars
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               it
               like
               a
               rotten
               post
               gilded
               on
               the
               out-side
               .
               For
               what
               saith
               Tacitus
               ;
               Cities
               
                 are
                 compacted
                 of
                 men
                 ,
                 and
                 obedience
                 of
                 people
                 ,
                 subject
                 to
                 a
                 good
                 forme
                 of
                 government
                 ,
              
               and
               not
               of
               houses
               and
               palaces
               made
               of
               lime
               and
               stone
               ,
               unfurnished
               of
               dwellers
               ,
               void
               of
               hospitality
               ,
               and
               jealous
               of
               each
               others
               best
               inclinations
               .
               So
               that
               besides
               all
               naturall
               imperfection
               in
               Italy
               ,
               there
               is
               neither
               roome
               in
               the
               house
               for
               servants
               ,
               nor
               litter
               forthy
               Camels
               ;
               neither
               canst
               thou
               fetch
               
               the
               well-sed
               Veale
               from
               thy
               droves
               ,
               nor
               dresse
               fine
               Venison
               ,
               nor
               kill
               the
               fat
               Calfe
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               Countries
               ;
               which
               makes
               me
               to
               remember
               a
               pleasant
               jest
               of
               one
               of
               the
               same
               Country
               ,
               spoken
               to
               a
               stranger
               ,
               demanding
               the
               reason
               why
               the
               Muttons
               and
               Cattell
               were
               so
               small
               and
               leane
               :
               Because
               (
               quoth
               he
               )
               we
               (
               Italians
               )
               
                 eat
                 up
                 the
                 grasse
                 in
                 sallets
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 robbing
                 the
                 pastures
                 ,
                 deceive
                 the
                 Cattell
                 .
              
               In
               another
               place
               ,
               a
               Curtizan
               being
               questioned
               of
               the
               conditions
               of
               men
               in
               her
               faculty
               ,
               concerning
               businesse
               of
               Incontinency
               ,
               onely
               answered
               ,
               
                 Seignior
                 Il
                 Italiano
                 pisciarum
                 molto
              
               .
               Neither
               to
               slatter
               them
               (
               according
               to
               the
               ridiculous
               soothing
               of
               Princes
               )
               can
               I
               exemplifie
               any
               of
               their
               glorious
               actions
               abroad
               ,
               or
               famous
               attempts
               at
               home
               ,
               more
               than
               the
               ruining
               one
               of
               another
               ,
               and
               making
               of
               forts
               and
               fortifications
               ,
               which
               sometimes
               have
               proved
               as
               fatall
               as
               Perillus
               his
               Bull
               to
               the
               Inventor
               ;
               imboldning
               disobedience
               to
               relie
               on
               a
               wrong
               security
               ,
               and
               at
               all
               times
               augmenting
               distrust
               and
               foule
               suspitions
               amongst
               their
               best
               Cities
               and
               governments
               .
               How
               is
               Millan
               and
               Naples
               curbed
               ,
               and
               the
               brave
               liberty
               of
               the
               Gentry
               strangely
               fettred
               ,
               by
               the
               terror
               of
               late
               built
               citadell
               ?
               Of
               which
               notwithstanding
               even
               the
               Spaniard
               himselfe
               is
               transported
               to
               imagine
               ;
               
                 That
                 souldiers
                 may
                 be
                 corrupted
                 ,
                 and
                 no
                 place
                 to
                 be
                 so
                 impregnable
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 endevours
                 of
                 men
                 can
                 frustrate
                 and
                 overcome
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               were
               it
               not
               to
               overlooke
               them
               with
               a
               malevolent
               aspect
               ,
               I
               could
               informe
               you
               ,
               that
               notwithstanding
               their
               dispersion
               of
               their
               wares
               and
               Merchandizes
               ,
               throughout
               all
               the
               Ports
               of
               Europe
               and
               Turkie
               ,
               yet
               is
               is
               bounded
               with
               such
               wants
               and
               oversights
               ,
               and
               that
               within
               the
               compasse
               of
               their
               Mid-land
               Seas
               (
               except
               in
               pursuing
               of
               some
               small
               pyracies
               )
               as
               that
               I
               never
               read
               nor
               heard
               ,
               that
               ever
               they
               made
               true
               use
               of
               navigation
               ,
               nor
               admitted
               the
               just
               conditions
               of
               Saylers
               and
               Souldiers
               .
               In
               so
               much
               ,
               that
               on
               my
               knowledge
               ,
               even
               the
               potentest
               state
               there
               ,
               boasting
               of
               the
               bravery
               of
               200.
               gallies
               ,
               and
               eight
               or
               ten
               galleasses
               ,
               neither
               hath
               sufficient
               men
               to
               man
               twenty
               ,
               nor
               can
               without
               time
               and
               great
               expences
               (
               amongst
               themselves
               )
               fill
               up
               the
               inventory
               of
               that
               scarcity
               .
            
             
             
               Shall
               we
               then
               come
               to
               Spaine
               ,
               
               where
               the
               Grands
               of
               the
               Kings
               Court
               have
               golden
               keyes
               to
               his
               chamber
               ,
               and
               are
               privileged
               by
               patent
               to
               stand
               covered
               before
               his
               Majestie
               ?
               where
               the
               Exchequer
               is
               full
               of
               gold
               from
               India
               ,
               and
               the
               Treasurers
               bring
               in
               accounts
               of
               100000.
               
               Souldiers
               in
               garrison
               with
               other
               imployments
               yearly
               paid
               ,
               &
               orderly
               supplied
               ?
               where
               the
               Nobleman
               insulteth
               for
               his
               Gotish-bloud
               ,
               and
               will
               prove
               a
               true
               Castilian
               ,
               more
               ancient
               in
               Gentry
               than
               the
               race
               of
               Othoman
               ,
               and
               every
               man
               weareth
               his
               sword
               point-blancke
               ,
               looking
               as
               high
               ,
               though
               not
               so
               bigge
               as
               a
               German
               ,
               who
               hath
               eat
               and
               drunke
               more
               at
               a
               meale
               ,
               than
               a
               Don
               doth
               in
               a
               weeke
               ?
               where
               so
               many
               kingdomes
               are
               united
               ,
               making
               a
               more
               perspicuous
               shew
               over
               the
               universe
               ,
               than
               the
               seven
               starres
               doe
               in
               the
               Firmament
               ,
               over
               the
               single
               planets
               in
               their
               separated
               spheres
               ?
               where
               they
               can
               without
               boasting
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               say
               vaine-glory
               ,
               tell
               you
               divers
               Histories
               of
               their
               voyages
               at
               Sea
               ,
               discoveries
               and
               plantations
               of
               Countries
               ,
               conquests
               of
               both
               the
               Indies
               ,
               and
               Armies
               in
               the
               field
               :
               shall
               wee
               (
               I
               say
               )
               here
               cast
               Anchor
               ,
               and
               looke
               out
               a
               match
               for
               our
               example
               ?
               Me
               thinkes
               I
               am
               answered
               by
               every
               man
               that
               weares
               a
               great
               ruffe
               ,
               and
               a
               full
               paire
               of
               hose
               ;
               If
               Spaine
               doe
               not
               equall
               it
               ,
               who
               can
               doe
               it
               ?
               I
               will
               not
               tell
               you
               that
               as
               yet
               ,
               but
               presuming
               to
               shut
               Spaine
               out
               of
               doores
               ,
               for
               entring
               into
               the
               privy
               chamber
               of
               our
               example
               ;
               let
               me
               assure
               you
               upon
               subsequent
               proofe
               ,
               that
               (
               would
               Apollo
               pardon
               the
               comparison
               )
               I
               can
               compare
               his
               Indian
               wealth
               ,
               to
               nothing
               so
               like
               ,
               as
               to
               Midas
               wish
               ,
               who
               (
               notwithstanding
               his
               golden
               fortunes
               )
               wanted
               ,
               as
               all
               men
               know
               ,
               the
               use
               of
               natures
               benefits
               ,
               and
               could
               neither
               eat
               nor
               drinke
               without
               choaking
               .
               But
               to
               particulars
               .
            
             
               What
               hath
               Spaine
               worthy
               commendation
               ,
               much
               lesse
               what
               prerogative
               of
               happinesse
               ?
               Canaan
               flowed
               with
               milke
               and
               honey
               ,
               blessings
               of
               food
               and
               increase
               ,
               that
               the
               King
               had
               not
               only
               his
               provision
               without
               repining
               ,
               but
               Israel
               (
               as
               the
               sand
               of
               the
               Sea
               )
               ate
               ,
               dranke
               ,
               and
               made
               merry
               ,
               which
               Spaine
               cannot
               doe
               .
               The
               burnt
               hils
               ,
               and
               desart
               places
               will
               pregnantly
               prove
               the
               assertion
               .
               The
               Country
               man
               hideth
               
               his
               garlike
               and
               onions
               ,
               as
               ashamed
               of
               his
               diet
               .
               The
               Citizen
               powders
               fish
               ,
               and
               buyeth
               cheese
               of
               the
               Dutchman
               .
               The
               Gentry
               is
               limited
               what
               he
               shall
               eat
               ,
               and
               how
               much
               meat
               he
               shall
               carry
               home
               .
               The
               Court
               hath
               much
               adoe
               to
               be
               supplied
               ,
               and
               many
               concussions
               are
               put
               in
               practice
               from
               the
               Kings
               prerogative
               ,
               to
               furnish
               the
               offices
               with
               reasonable
               allowance
               ;
               and
               in
               truth
               the
               provision
               is
               farre
               short
               from
               the
               expences
               of
               other
               places
               .
               For
               in
               generall
               ,
               they
               are
               sometimes
               afraid
               to
               want
               bread
               ,
               inploying
               certaine
               Agents
               for
               transportation
               both
               of
               corne
               and
               victuall
               ,
               even
               from
               remote
               Countries
               ;
               tempting
               us
               with
               gold
               and
               payment
               of
               ready
               money
               :
               For
               which
               purpose
               onely
               is
               there
               a
               Proviso
               in
               their
               Acts
               of
               Parliament
               ,
               concerning
               the
               exportation
               of
               coyne
               .
               Of
               which
               ,
               at
               a
               word
               ,
               though
               they
               have
               great
               cause
               to
               boast
               ,
               yet
               by
               the
               way
               let
               me
               demand
               ,
               how
               came
               the
               discontents
               in
               
                 Flanders
                 ,
                 Brabant
              
               ,
               &c.
               who
               incited
               the
               garrisons
               of
               
                 Antwerp
                 ,
                 Brussels
              
               ,
               and
               other
               Townes
               to
               mutinie
               ?
               who
               distasted
               sundry
               times
               whole
               Armies
               upon
               their
               marches
               and
               imployments
               ?
               who
               counselled
               the
               Treasurer
               to
               be
               so
               slacke
               in
               payment
               of
               Liberances
               ,
               and
               Souldiers
               pensions
               ?
               who
               doth
               every
               yeare
               thrust
               the
               garrisons
               into
               penury
               and
               scarcity
               ,
               in
               so
               much
               that
               not
               only
               in
               the
               Low-countries
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               the
               governments
               of
               
                 Millan
                 ,
                 Naples
              
               ,
               and
               Sicil
               ,
               the
               Souldier
               wanteth
               ,
               and
               many
               times
               is
               compelled
               to
               remit
               the
               one
               halfe
               ,
               to
               purse
               up
               the
               other
               ?
               Is
               it
               not
               for
               lacke
               of
               Treasure
               ,
               the
               pride
               whereof
               hath
               made
               his
               heart
               fondly
               to
               swell
               ,
               or
               by
               disorderly
               distributions
               ?
               Or
               more
               truly
               ,
               to
               procure
               humane
               necessities
               ,
               the
               magazin
               whereof
               continually
               lyeth
               in
               the
               English
               and
               Dutchmans
               hands
               .
               Let
               not
               man
               therefore
               be
               afraid
               of
               this
               
                 monster
                 Opinion
              
               ,
               nor
               sedu●ed
               with
               the
               vanitie
               of
               reports
               .
               For
               put
               them
               to
               skirmish
               ●f
               understanding
               ,
               and
               the
               wealth
               of
               Spaine
               will
               prove
               but
               false
               fire
               ;
               according
               to
               the
               late
               and
               neere
               experimented
               Proverbe
               ;
               
                 The
                 King
                 of
                 Spaines
                 pay
                 is
                 the
                 greater
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Dutch
                 the
                 better
                 .
              
            
             
               As
               for
               their
               hungry
               boasting
               of
               fruits
               and
               herbs
               ,
               it
               is
               in
               a
               manner
               an
               offence
               to
               Nature
               ;
               For
               God
               made
               the
               beasts
               of
               
               the
               earth
               to
               have
               sustenance
               from
               the
               same
               ,
               but
               man
               to
               command
               all
               :
               So
               that
               Adams
               wisdome
               gave
               them
               titles
               ,
               and
               his
               superioritie
               prescribed
               subjection
               ;
               but
               how
               ?
               to
               mans
               use
               ,
               for
               mans
               sustenance
               ,
               for
               mans
               necessitie
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               for
               mans
               delight
               .
               Thus
               doth
               oile
               make
               a
               cheerefull
               countenance
               ,
               and
               wine
               a
               gladsome
               heart
               .
               Thus
               did
               the
               Kings
               table
               furnish
               it selfe
               ,
               in
               this
               sense
               the
               songs
               of
               David
               praise
               God
               for
               his
               many
               blessings
               .
               Thus
               were
               incense
               and
               odours
               provided
               ,
               and
               the
               love
               of
               brethren
               compared
               to
               the
               dew
               of
               Hermon
               ,
               and
               the
               costly
               ointment
               on
               Aarons
               vestures
               :
               which
               blessed
               allowances
               ,
               make
               mee
               to
               remember
               a
               speech
               of
               Sir
               
                 Roger
                 Williams
              
               to
               an
               idle
               Spaniard
               ,
               boasting
               of
               his
               country
               citrons
               ,
               orenges
               ,
               olives
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               :
               Why
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               in
               England
               wee
               have
               good
               surloines
               of
               beefe
               ,
               and
               daintie
               capons
               to
               eat
               with
               your
               sauce
               ,
               with
               all
               meat
               worthy
               the
               name
               of
               sustenance
               ;
               but
               you
               have
               sauce
               and
               no
               sustenance
               :
               and
               so
               
                 mich
                 God
                 dich
                 you
              
               with
               your
               sustenancelesse
               sauce
               .
            
             
               Canaan
               had
               neighbourly
               meetings
               ,
               feasts
               of
               triumphs
               ,
               and
               times
               of
               private
               rejoycings
               :
               Spaine
               dares
               not
               ,
               nor
               can
               bid
               you
               welcome
               .
               Idle
               jelousies
               ,
               private
               hate
               ,
               or
               hatefull
               pride
               ,
               feare
               of
               expences
               ,
               and
               vaine-glorious
               speeches
               ,
               will
               quickly
               debarre
               you
               from
               the
               pleasure
               of
               invitation
               ,
               from
               the
               freedome
               of
               conversing
               one
               with
               another
               ,
               which
               cannot
               savour
               the
               noble
               entercourses
               of
               mutuall
               amitie
               .
               Canaan
               had
               the
               Temple
               furnished
               ,
               as
               God
               commanded
               ,
               the
               Priest
               obedient
               to
               the
               King
               ,
               the
               Prophets
               in
               estimation
               ,
               and
               the
               Feasts
               orderly
               celebrated
               :
               Spaine
               is
               polluted
               with
               worse
               severitie
               than
               Paganisme
               hath
               invented
               ,
               viz.
               the
               cruell
               Office
               of
               Inquisition
               ,
               wherewith
               the
               Kings
               themselves
               have
               beene
               so
               over-awed
               by
               the
               insolence
               of
               the
               Clergie
               ,
               that
               some
               of
               them
               have
               not
               spared
               to
               commit
               repentant
               error
               ,
               to
               please
               the
               Pope
               .
               Canaan
               was
               a
               receptacle
               of
               strangers
               and
               Princely
               solemnities
               ;
               Spaine
               hateth
               all
               men
               ,
               commits
               them
               to
               fire
               and
               sword
               ,
               and
               cannot
               order
               one
               solemne
               Festivall
               ,
               unlesse
               at
               a
               Kings
               Coronation
               ,
               a
               Princes
               mariage
               ,
               or
               a
               Cardinals
               jollitie
               ;
               where
               yet
               an
               
                 Italian
                 invention
              
               shall
               fill
               a
               table
               with
               painted
               trenchers
               and
               dishes
               of
               China
               ,
               but
               a
               hungry
               belly
               
               may
               call
               for
               more
               meat
               ,
               and
               he
               never
               the
               neerer
               .
            
             
               Canaan
               had
               cities
               of
               refuge
               ,
               cities
               of
               store
               ,
               cities
               of
               strength
               ,
               cities
               for
               horses
               ,
               and
               all
               for
               the
               Kings
               magnificence
               ;
               to
               all
               which
               the
               wayes
               lay
               ordered
               ,
               and
               men
               passed
               to
               and
               fro
               without
               danger
               and
               want
               :
               In
               Spaine
               you
               must
               have
               a
               guide
               ,
               yea
               sometime
               a
               guard
               ,
               and
               are
               so
               farre
               from
               expecting
               releefe
               after
               your
               dayes
               travels
               ,
               that
               if
               you
               have
               not
               a
               Borachio
               before
               your
               saddle
               ,
               and
               made
               your
               provision
               on
               the
               backe
               of
               an
               Asse
               ,
               you
               may
               happen
               to
               be
               tired
               for
               want
               of
               sustenance
               ,
               and
               faint
               with
               Ismael
               for
               lack
               of
               water
               .
            
             
               Canaan
               had
               beautifull
               women
               ,
               and
               the
               Scripture
               sets
               it
               downe
               ,
               as
               a
               blessing
               of
               God
               :
               But
               Spaine
               must
               mourne
               for
               strange
               disparity
               ,
               and
               either
               lament
               that
               her
               women
               are
               painted
               ,
               (
               like
               the
               images
               of
               the
               grove
               )
               or
               sit
               in
               the
               high-way
               as
               Thamar
               did
               ,
               to
               deceive
               Iuda
               .
               For
               in
               truth
               they
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               unpleasing
               &
               swartish
               ,
               or
               else
               by
               comming
               to
               be
               Curtizans
               ,
               dangerous
               and
               impudent
               .
               Thus
               as
               yet
               Salomon
               must
               sit
               without
               compare
               ,
               and
               his
               kingdome
               unmatchably
               triumph
               with
               a
               noble
               prerogative
               .
            
             
               But
               what
               must
               we
               thinke
               of
               France
               ,
               
               (
               sayes
               one
               )
               is
               not
               your
               breath
               now
               almost
               spent
               ?
               and
               will
               you
               not
               be
               satisfied
               with
               the
               goodliest
               kingdome
               of
               the
               world
               ?
               The
               answer
               shall
               not
               be
               peremptory
               ,
               nor
               derogate
               from
               the
               merit
               of
               its
               least
               worth
               of
               vertue
               :
               yet
               are
               they
               traduced
               for
               many
               defects
               ,
               and
               I
               beleeve
               will
               fall
               short
               to
               our
               expectation
               ,
               at
               least
               I
               am
               sure
               dare
               not
               abide
               the
               touch
               of
               triall
               .
            
             
               In
               Salomons
               Court
               ,
               the
               Queene
               of
               Saba
               commended
               the
               obedience
               of
               the
               Princes
               ,
               the
               sitting
               of
               the
               Kings
               servants
               ,
               the
               ordering
               of
               the
               Palace
               ,
               and
               the
               multitude
               of
               the
               provisions
               daily
               brought
               in
               :
               In
               France
               the
               Princes
               contest
               with
               the
               King
               ,
               &
               the
               Clergie
               affront
               the
               Princes
               ,
               &
               beare
               downe
               the
               States
               ;
               the
               Pages
               mocke
               the
               Gentlemen
               ,
               and
               the
               Gentlemen
               are
               proud
               of
               nothing
               but
               slovennesse
               ,
               unbeseeming
               familiarity
               ,
               and
               disorder
               .
               So
               that
               with
               much
               adoe
               ,
               the
               mechanicall
               man
               stands
               bare
               to
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               the
               Princes
               sit
               at
               meat
               like
               Carriers
               in
               an
               Hostry
               ,
               without
               reverence
               ,
               silence
               ,
               or
               observation
               ,
               and
               a
               vile
               custome
               having
               got
               the
               
               upper
               hand
               ,
               hath
               depressed
               the
               Majestie
               of
               such
               a
               place
               ,
               which
               indeed
               reduced
               to
               uniformity
               ,
               would
               much
               augment
               the
               glory
               of
               Europe
               .
            
             
               A
               wise
               State
               ,
               and
               potent
               Kings
               ,
               have
               built
               Navies
               ,
               and
               travelled
               themselves
               in
               person
               to
               view
               them
               ,
               raising
               customes
               from
               their
               Merchants
               ,
               loving
               and
               maintaining
               good
               Mariners
               and
               Pilots
               ,
               contracting
               leagues
               with
               remote
               Princes
               ,
               and
               making
               the
               confirmation
               of
               them
               honourable
               and
               advantagious
               :
               But
               France
               wanteth
               shipping
               ,
               is
               carelesse
               of
               Navigation
               ,
               can
               raise
               no
               good
               Sailers
               ,
               seldome
               attempteth
               voyages
               or
               discoveries
               ,
               and
               consequently
               hath
               its
               Cities
               and
               Merchants
               conversing
               without
               forme
               or
               noble
               condition
               .
               For
               in
               Paris
               they
               dare
               talke
               of
               the
               Kings
               mistresses
               ,
               intermeddle
               with
               all
               tractates
               of
               Parliaments
               and
               State
               ,
               call
               any
               Prince
               Hugonet
               ,
               who
               dares
               onely
               say
               ,
               That
               
                 Nostre
                 Dame
              
               is
               but
               a
               darke
               melancholike
               Church
               ;
               and
               finally
               ,
               justifie
               very
               monstrous
               and
               abusive
               actions
               .
               So
               that
               to
               tell
               you
               of
               their
               inconstant
               and
               refractorie
               dispositions
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               would
               sooner
               discover
               their
               loathsome
               effusions
               of
               Christian
               bloud
               ,
               than
               prevent
               the
               customary
               and
               mischievous
               practices
               of
               this
               people
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Court
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               inveterate
               disorders
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               meere
               map
               of
               confusion
               ,
               and
               exposeth
               many
               actions
               ,
               more
               ridiculous
               ,
               than
               worthy
               of
               imitation
               .
            
             
               The
               Husbandman
               ,
               he
               is
               termed
               a
               Peasant
               ,
               disparaged
               in
               his
               drudgery
               and
               servile
               toilsomnesse
               ,
               liveth
               poore
               and
               beastly
               ,
               is
               afraid
               of
               his
               owne
               shadow
               ,
               and
               cannot
               free
               the
               Vineyards
               from
               theeves
               and
               destroyers
               .
               Yea
               ,
               all
               the
               Countrey
               swarmeth
               with
               Rogues
               and
               Vagabonds
               ,
               whose
               desperate
               wants
               drive
               them
               to
               perpetrate
               many
               hainous
               murthers
               ,
               although
               for
               the
               most
               part
               the
               Provosts
               of
               every
               government
               are
               very
               diligent
               .
               The
               cause
               ,
               as
               I
               conjecture
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               passages
               are
               toylesome
               and
               disordered
               ,
               yea
               ,
               many
               times
               dangerous
               ,
               to
               which
               may
               be
               added
               ,
               the
               much
               connivencie
               at
               notorious
               crimes
               ,
               with
               many
               particulars
               choaking
               the
               breath
               of
               happinesse
               ,
               from
               giving
               life
               to
               a
               glorious
               kingdome
               indeed
               ,
               if
               the
               reciprocall
               duties
               betweene
               Prince
               and
               Subject
               were
               but
               moderately
               extended
               .
            
             
             
               But
               now
               to
               produce
               England
               ,
               shall
               we
               say
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               matchlesse
               ,
               or
               faultlesse
               ?
               Surely
               no
               ;
               we
               have
               (
               no
               doubt
               )
               our
               imperfections
               as
               well
               as
               other
               Nations
               .
               But
               certainly
               ,
               by
               that
               time
               the
               Reader
               in
               the
               ballance
               of
               judgement
               hath
               poysed
               the
               differences
               of
               plenty
               and
               scarcity
               ,
               of
               necessaries
               and
               abilities
               for
               Peace
               and
               Warre
               ,
               the
               one
               for
               life
               ,
               the
               other
               for
               defence
               :
               
               I
               make
               no
               question
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               first
               ,
               when
               he
               hath
               read
               the
               censure
               of
               the
               Pope
               ,
               how
               that
               England
               was
               
                 verè
                 hortus
                 delictarum
                 ;
                 vere
                 puteus
                 inexhaustus
              
               ;
               his
               Holinesse
               ,
               if
               he
               might
               have
               it
               for
               catching
               ,
               had
               no
               reason
               but
               to
               conclude
               :
               
                 Ergò
                 ubi
                 multa
                 abundant
                 ,
                 de
                 multis
                 multa
                 possunt
                 extorqueri
                 .
              
            
             
               For
               the
               second
               ,
               how
               ever
               France
               and
               Spaine
               have
               beene
               alwayes
               accounted
               the
               ballances
               of
               Europe
               ,
               yet
               hath
               England
               stood
               as
               the
               beame
               to
               turne
               the
               Scale
               :
               which
               particularly
               to
               prove
               ,
               I
               will
               never
               goe
               about
               ,
               by
               recitall
               of
               our
               Ancestors
               undertakings
               ,
               or
               our
               Merchants
               adventures
               over
               the
               face
               of
               the
               universe
               of
               French
               or
               Spanish
               Victories
               ,
               releevement
               of
               neighbours
               ,
               or
               expatiating
               of
               honourable
               reputation
               amongst
               the
               M●s●ovites
               in
               the
               North
               ,
               or
               the
               Mogores
               in
               the
               East
               ;
               but
               unpartially
               bid
               you
               looke
               upon
               the
               face
               of
               the
               kingdome
               as
               now
               it
               stands
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               glory
               of
               a
               King
               consist
               in
               the
               multitude
               of
               subjects
               ,
               
               how
               honourable
               is
               the
               State
               of
               England
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               which
               most
               harmoniously
               and
               absolutely
               commandeth
               over
               the
               
                 English
                 ,
                 Scotch
                 ,
                 Irish
                 ,
                 Welch
                 ,
              
               &
               the
               French
               of
               Gernsey
               and
               Iersey
               :
               If
               you
               desire
               to
               behold
               Palaces
               &
               goodly
               buildings
               ,
               where
               are
               so
               many
               ,
               &
               so
               good
               belonging
               to
               any
               kingdome
               in
               the
               world
               ?
               If
               a
               Court
               ,
               
               I
               verily
               beleeve
               for
               State
               ,
               good
               order
               ,
               expences
               ,
               entertainment
               ,
               and
               continuall
               attendancie
               ,
               other
               places
               will
               be
               found
               to
               come
               farre
               short
               .
               If
               shipping
               ,
               &
               a
               Royall
               Navie
               ,
               I
               hope
               you
               may
               depart
               with
               satisfaction
               ,
               especially
               if
               you
               were
               instructed
               in
               the
               secrets
               of
               their
               service
               and
               strength
               .
               But
               let
               late
               triall
               performed
               in
               the
               face
               of
               the
               world
               make
               due
               report
               of
               those
               vertues
               .
               If
               you
               will
               m●●ter
               us
               at
               land
               :
               who
               can
               shew
               such
               companies
               of
               foot
               ,
               such
               sufficient
               troops
               of
               serviceable
               horse
               ,
               and
               so
               many
               worthy
               ●●●●tors
               ,
               and
               so
               well
               appointed
               ?
               what
               subject
               living
               
               in
               a
               civill
               Common-wealth
               ,
               can
               shew
               me
               (
               as
               I
               can
               doe
               many
               in
               England
               )
               a
               Gentleman
               of
               his
               owne
               tenants
               ,
               able
               to
               bring
               such
               faire
               companies
               of
               men
               into
               the
               field
               ?
            
             
               If
               martiall
               spectables
               be
               distastefull
               ,
               then
               looke
               upon
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               and
               grave
               Counsellors
               ;
               
               but
               withall
               prepare
               a
               reverent
               respect
               ,
               and
               settle
               your
               esteeme
               so
               resolutely
               towards
               them
               ,
               for
               their
               orderly
               life
               ,
               their
               sweetnesse
               of
               manners
               ,
               integritie
               in
               deciding
               of
               controversies
               ,
               and
               affability
               in
               admitting
               of
               Sutors
               ;
               that
               although
               you
               come
               from
               the
               Grands
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               Princes
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               the
               ostentous
               pompe
               of
               Cardinals
               ,
               yet
               be
               not
               too
               prejudicate
               ,
               nor
               transported
               with
               selfe-conceited
               wilfulnesse
               ,
               and
               you
               shall
               see
               as
               great
               bravery
               ,
               retinue
               ,
               and
               observation
               amongst
               us
               ,
               as
               any
               subject
               in
               the
               world
               dare
               challenge
               .
            
             
               After
               them
               ,
               looke
               upon
               inferiours
               ,
               you
               shall
               see
               them
               generally
               so
               many
               ,
               and
               so
               well
               attended
               and
               appointed
               ,
               that
               I
               protest
               them
               farre
               exceeding
               other
               places
               ,
               both
               for
               gracefull
               shew
               ,
               and
               sufficiency
               of
               execution
               .
            
             
               Will
               you
               be
               ravished
               indeed
               ,
               and
               transported
               with
               the
               love
               of
               the
               world
               ?
               Come
               ,
               and
               behold
               the
               beauty
               of
               our
               Ladies
               ,
               and
               their
               disposing
               at
               a
               night
               of
               solemnity
               :
               to
               which
               if
               you
               adde
               the
               generall
               contentment
               ,
               which
               our
               English
               women
               afford
               ,
               without
               sophisticate
               and
               adulterate
               favours
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               man
               can
               hold
               his
               peace
               ,
               but
               proclaime
               our
               preheminence
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               would
               see
               justice
               proud
               of
               her
               entertainment
               ,
               
               and
               how
               she
               presents
               both
               praemium
               and
               poenam
               to
               the
               severall
               attendants
               at
               the
               barre
               ;
               looke
               into
               our
               Courts
               ,
               and
               view
               the
               same
               in
               most
               perspicuous
               eminence
               ,
               without
               so
               much
               as
               the
               least
               cloudy
               respect
               of
               persons
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               will
               enter
               our
               Gentlemens
               houses
               ,
               I
               hope
               there
               are
               no
               such
               cupboords
               of
               plate
               ,
               beds
               of
               velvet
               or
               imbroidery
               ,
               hangings
               of
               tapestrie
               ,
               variety
               of
               roomes
               ,
               duty
               of
               servants
               ,
               order
               of
               house-keeping
               ,
               store
               of
               pastime
               ,
               and
               all
               in
               grosse
               (
               that
               man
               can
               desire
               )
               in
               any
               Country
               in
               the
               World.
               
            
             
               If
               you
               will
               search
               our
               Cities
               and
               Townes
               ,
               
               what
               they
               want
               in
               outward
               deceit
               of
               formality
               ,
               it
               is
               supplied
               in
               sweetnesse
               
               and
               delicacie
               within
               doores
               ,
               surpassing
               the
               best
               of
               them
               in
               wealth
               and
               furniture
               .
               As
               for
               expences
               ,
               I
               am
               sure
               some
               Citizens
               of
               London
               are
               at
               more
               annuall
               charge
               of
               diet
               ,
               than
               the
               Dukes
               of
               
                 Venice
                 ,
                 Florence
              
               ,
               or
               Genoa
               .
               If
               you
               will
               examine
               our
               Merchants
               ,
               however
               some
               great
               Fowker
               or
               Agent
               for
               a
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               for
               
                 Genoa
                 ,
                 Antwerp
                 ,
                 Brussels
              
               ,
               or
               other
               Cities
               ,
               may
               surpasse
               us
               for
               usury
               ,
               and
               supposition
               of
               wealth
               ,
               there
               died
               not
               two
               such
               in
               one
               yeare
               ,
               and
               out
               of
               one
               Towne
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               as
               Sir
               
                 Iohn
                 Spencer
              
               ,
               and
               Master
               Sutton
               .
               Generally
               all
               the
               rest
               surpasse
               for
               curious
               fare
               ,
               statelinesse
               ,
               education
               ,
               and
               orderly
               contributions
               .
               Besides
               ,
               they
               live
               at
               home
               in
               case
               ,
               purchase
               Land
               with
               security
               ,
               bring
               up
               their
               children
               daintily
               and
               decently
               ,
               maintaine
               their
               families
               in
               obedience
               ,
               and
               cannot
               be
               matched
               by
               any
               forren
               opposition
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               
               if
               you
               would
               bee
               acquainted
               with
               the
               tradesman
               ,
               artizan
               ,
               and
               other
               of
               manual
               occupations
               ;
               looke
               how
               he
               lives
               ,
               looke
               how
               he
               fares
               ,
               looke
               where
               he
               dwels
               ,
               looke
               what
               he
               weares
               ,
               looke
               where
               he
               goes
               to
               buy
               his
               meat
               ;
               to
               such
               markets
               and
               shambles
               ,
               that
               the
               very
               sight
               astonisheth
               all
               strangers
               ,
               being
               once
               made
               acquainted
               with
               their
               rarity
               and
               goodnesse
               .
            
             
               But
               indeed
               if
               you
               would
               have
               cause
               of
               wonder
               ,
               
               then
               looke
               upon
               the
               husbandman
               ,
               and
               compare
               him
               to
               men
               of
               like
               ranke
               in
               other
               places
               ,
               and
               I
               beleeve
               upon
               mature
               consideration
               ,
               our
               adversaries
               will
               repine
               at
               their
               felicities
               ,
               and
               our
               friends
               embrace
               our
               noble
               freedomes
               with
               desire
               of
               limitation
               .
            
             
               In
               Turkie
               ,
               
               with
               the
               rest
               ,
               hee
               is
               a
               poore
               and
               unfortunate
               slave
               ;
               and
               whether
               Muscelman
               ,
               or
               Christian
               ,
               he
               dare
               not
               manure
               his
               ground
               to
               the
               best
               profit
               ,
               and
               therefore
               liveth
               poorely
               and
               sluttishly
               .
            
             
               In
               Hungary
               ,
               
               and
               those
               parts
               ,
               they
               resemble
               carrion
               ;
               for
               living
               under
               the
               Turke
               ,
               nothing
               is
               his
               owne
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Christian
               government
               all
               is
               taken
               from
               him
               ,
               either
               to
               furnish
               the
               warres
               ,
               or
               to
               maintaine
               the
               souldier
               .
            
             
               In
               Italy
               they
               are
               a
               little
               better
               ,
               
               as
               long
               as
               they
               be
               able
               to
               
               pay
               their
               rents
               ,
               and
               husband
               their
               grounds
               .
               Yet
               doe
               they
               seldome
               live
               of
               their
               owne
               ,
               or
               lead
               a
               life
               beseeming
               the
               freedome
               of
               conversation
               .
               Besides
               ,
               in
               many
               places
               they
               are
               so
               terrified
               with
               the
               wretched
               troopes
               of
               the
               Bariditie
               ,
               who
               make
               prey
               of
               their
               labours
               ,
               that
               they
               know
               the
               robbers
               ,
               yet
               dare
               they
               neither
               detect
               them
               ,
               nor
               deny
               to
               entertaine
               them
               .
               After
               the
               fashion
               of
               Italy
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               a
               little
               gawdie
               (
               especially
               the
               women
               )
               in
               apparell
               ,
               and
               are
               very
               industrious
               ,
               as
               having
               in
               one
               selfe-same
               field
               ,
               (
               if
               the
               soile
               will
               yeeld
               it
               )
               though
               it
               consist
               but
               of
               an
               acre
               ,
               both
               Corne
               ,
               Vines
               ,
               and
               Fruit-trees
               ;
               Honey
               ,
               Roots
               ,
               Sallets
               ,
               Bees
               ,
               and
               Silk-wormes
               .
               He
               is
               now
               called
               a
               Villano
               ,
               and
               serveth
               to
               no
               other
               use
               than
               to
               inrich
               his
               Lord
               ,
               feeding
               himselfe
               upon
               Garlike
               and
               Onions
               ,
               and
               is
               acquainted
               with
               no
               good
               thing
               ,
               but
               superstition
               ,
               a
               few
               gawdy
               cloaths
               ,
               and
               the
               incontinent
               life
               of
               Curtizans
               .
            
             
               In
               Spaine
               it
               is
               farre
               worse
               ;
               
               the
               Contadini
               are
               numbred
               amongst
               the
               reproaches
               of
               their
               government
               ,
               and
               esteemed
               almost
               as
               the
               Asses
               ,
               that
               bring
               their
               Cabages
               ,
               Melons
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               trash
               to
               the
               markets
               .
               For
               he
               dare
               not
               attempt
               to
               cheapen
               any
               thing
               appropriate
               to
               the
               use
               of
               the
               Gentleman
               ;
               As
               flesh
               ,
               fish
               ,
               wheat
               ,
               or
               excellent
               fruits
               .
               Nor
               must
               he
               ,
               if
               he
               have
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               but
               furnish
               the
               market
               with
               the
               best
               ,
               feeding
               himselfe
               on
               the
               worst
               and
               vilest
               stuffe
               .
               Besides
               (
               the
               errour
               of
               Italy
               )
               if
               the
               mother
               have
               a
               comely
               daughter
               (
               or
               worse
               )
               she
               is
               contented
               for
               money
               to
               yeeld
               to
               prostitution
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               In
               France
               ,
               the
               peasant
               is
               not
               onely
               beastly
               within
               doores
               ,
               
               but
               churlish
               ,
               savoring
               nothing
               but
               his
               labour
               ,
               with
               base
               and
               servile
               behaviour
               ,
               with
               poore
               and
               miserable
               expences
               ,
               with
               obscene
               and
               filthy
               lodging
               ,
               with
               jealous
               and
               malicious
               entertainment
               ,
               with
               illiberall
               and
               ill-becomming
               freedome
               of
               speech
               against
               both
               Court
               and
               Common-wealth
               .
            
             
               In
               Germanie
               the
               Boore
               is
               somewhat
               better
               ,
               
               for
               he
               eateth
               flesh
               sometimes
               ,
               though
               vilely
               dressed
               ;
               will
               be
               drunke
               and
               merry
               ;
               must
               be
               alwayes
               imployed
               ,
               and
               alwayes
               an
               hungred
               ,
               
               or
               desirous
               of
               drinke
               ;
               And
               can
               apparell
               himselfe
               handsomely
               to
               goe
               to
               Church
               on
               Sundayes
               ,
               or
               Holy-dayes
               .
               But
               they
               are
               dangerous
               in
               their
               tumults
               and
               rages
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               be
               trusted
               upon
               reconciliation
               after
               a
               wrong
               .
            
             
               In
               Ireland
               he
               is
               termed
               a
               churle
               ,
               
               in
               England
               a
               Clowne
               :
               but
               looke
               on
               him
               truly
               ,
               as
               he
               liveth
               indeed
               ,
               and
               you
               shall
               finde
               him
               a
               carefull
               maintainer
               of
               his
               family
               ,
               in
               continued
               descents
               ,
               and
               in
               times
               past
               he
               would
               not
               have
               altered
               his
               addition
               of
               rich
               Yeoman
               ,
               for
               the
               vain-glorious
               title
               of
               poore
               Gentleman
               :
               You
               shall
               see
               them
               dwell
               in
               neat
               houses
               ,
               Manors
               ,
               Lordships
               ,
               and
               Parks
               ,
               to
               the
               annuall
               value
               of
               a
               thousand
               pounds
               sometimes
               :
               their
               sonnes
               knighted
               ,
               their
               daughters
               well
               bestowed
               ,
               their
               other
               children
               so
               dispersed
               ,
               that
               Lawyers
               ,
               Citizens
               ,
               Merchants
               ,
               are
               raised
               throughout
               the
               kingdome
               ,
               from
               the
               sonnes
               and
               kindred
               of
               these
               countrimen
               .
               Yea
               ,
               you
               shall
               see
               them
               invited
               to
               the
               Court
               by
               service
               ,
               or
               promotion
               ,
               and
               knowing
               that
               the
               breath
               of
               Kings
               advanceth
               or
               dejecteth
               ,
               can
               attend
               the
               good
               ho●re
               ,
               and
               such
               graces
               ,
               as
               a
               Princes
               favour
               may
               distribute
               to
               a
               well-deserving
               subject
               .
            
             
               Thus
               liveth
               our
               Countriman
               ,
               and
               is
               able
               ,
               though
               but
               a
               Farmer
               ,
               to
               lodge
               you
               sweetly
               and
               handsomely
               ,
               to
               set
               a
               peece
               of
               plate
               on
               the
               Cupboord
               ,
               five
               or
               six
               dishes
               of
               good
               fare
               on
               the
               Table
               ,
               with
               fresh
               and
               fine
               linnen
               ,
               and
               a
               cheerefull
               welcome
               .
               He
               is
               so
               nurtured
               besides
               ,
               that
               he
               can
               tell
               his
               Lawyer
               a
               formall
               tale
               ,
               and
               complaine
               to
               the
               Iustice
               ,
               if
               a
               farre
               better
               man
               wrong
               him
               .
               And
               finally
               ,
               in
               a
               carowse
               of
               good
               liquor
               of
               his
               owne
               brewing
               ,
               can
               chaunt
               it
               with
               the
               Poet
               ;
               
                 Anglia
                 Liberagens
                 ,
                 cus
                 Liberamens
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               Concerning
               traffike
               and
               imployment
               at
               Sea
               ;
               
               what
               kingdome
               hath
               more
               commodities
               within
               it selfe
               ,
               wanteth
               lesse
               ,
               or
               is
               better
               furnished
               from
               forraine
               parts
               ?
               So
               that
               whether
               for
               gaine
               sake
               they
               make
               sale
               of
               the
               best
               things
               ,
               or
               that
               there
               is
               a
               secret
               in
               importation
               ,
               or
               that
               our
               Merchants
               are
               curious
               in
               selecting
               the
               choicest
               ,
               I
               know
               not
               ,
               but
               am
               sure
               ,
               that
               our
               England
               is
               the
               very
               shop
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               and
               Magazine
               of
               Natures
               dainties
               .
               If
               it
               be
               a
               blessing
               for
               every
               man
               to
               
               eat
               under
               his
               owne
               roofe
               ,
               to
               sit
               with
               the
               pleasure
               of
               conversation
               in
               his
               Orchard
               or
               Garden
               ,
               to
               enjoy
               the
               fruits
               of
               the
               earth
               with
               plentie
               ,
               to
               live
               in
               neighbourly
               gratuities
               ,
               having
               in
               a
               manner
               our
               doores
               open
               all
               night
               ,
               to
               have
               many
               children
               ,
               servants
               ,
               and
               store
               of
               cattell
               ,
               to
               purchase
               great
               estates
               ,
               marry
               our
               daughters
               beyond
               expectation
               ,
               and
               strengthen
               one
               another
               in
               worthy
               families
               ,
               and
               sutable
               kindred
               ;
               Then
               looke
               upon
               England
               ,
               and
               tell
               mee
               ,
               where
               is
               the
               like
               ?
               If
               it
               be
               a
               blessing
               not
               to
               be
               suppressed
               with
               superiours
               ,
               not
               to
               have
               the
               Common-wealth
               rent
               in
               peeces
               by
               tyrannie
               ,
               not
               to
               see
               others
               enjoy
               the
               fruits
               of
               our
               labours
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               tormented
               with
               intrusion
               ,
               usurpation
               ,
               or
               malicious
               lookes
               of
               covetous
               Landlords
               ;
               Looke
               amongst
               us
               ,
               and
               demand
               ,
               Who
               can
               complaine
               ?
               Or
               at
               least
               ,
               who
               is
               so
               wronged
               ,
               but
               he
               may
               have
               satisfaction
               or
               redresse
               ?
               If
               it
               be
               a
               blessing
               ,
               to
               enjoy
               the
               preaching
               of
               the
               Gospell
               ,
               to
               be
               freed
               from
               corrupt
               and
               absurd
               ceremonies
               ,
               to
               rejoyce
               in
               the
               libertie
               of
               an
               upright
               conscience
               ,
               to
               continue
               in
               a
               true
               ,
               perfect
               ,
               and
               established
               Religion
               ,
               to
               abound
               with
               reverend
               learned
               men
               ,
               to
               have
               liberall
               exercise
               and
               dispute
               of
               our
               faith
               ,
               to
               be
               resolved
               of
               our
               doubts
               ,
               with
               moderate
               perswasion
               ,
               and
               disswasion
               ,
               and
               to
               have
               all
               controversies
               tried
               upon
               the
               touchstone
               of
               Gods
               truth
               ;
               Come
               and
               heare
               us
               ,
               and
               tell
               mee
               wherein
               you
               are
               not
               satisfied
               .
               If
               it
               be
               a
               blessing
               to
               have
               sociable
               conversation
               ,
               and
               yet
               with
               convenable
               respect
               ,
               to
               continue
               the
               freedome
               of
               neighbourly
               meetings
               ,
               exempted
               from
               the
               intolerable
               yoke
               of
               jelousie
               ,
               to
               love
               one
               another
               with
               those
               comfortable
               conditions
               of
               charitie
               ,
               to
               feast
               without
               scandall
               ,
               to
               entertaine
               without
               repining
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               merry
               without
               incontinencie
               ,
               examine
               the
               conditions
               of
               us
               all
               generally
               ,
               and
               setting
               mens
               imperfections
               aside
               ,
               which
               follow
               life
               ,
               as
               the
               shadow
               doth
               the
               Sunne
               ,
               and
               tell
               mee
               ,
               where
               is
               offence
               ?
               If
               it
               be
               a
               blessing
               to
               make
               the
               best
               use
               of
               Natures
               blessings
               ,
               to
               be
               rather
               helpfull
               ,
               than
               stand
               in
               need
               of
               others
               ,
               to
               take
               and
               leave
               warre
               with
               all
               Kingdomes
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               to
               have
               confining
               Princes
               congratulate
               us
               by
               Embassage
               ,
               and
               to
               welcome
               all
               commers
               with
               a
               noble
               and
               correspondent
               invitation
               ;
               
               take
               up
               our
               example
               ,
               put
               us
               to
               the
               triall
               ,
               and
               see
               whether
               I
               speake
               vaine-gloriously
               .
               To
               conclude
               with
               the
               best
               of
               all
               blessings
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               a
               blessing
               to
               live
               under
               a
               Royall
               Monarch
               ,
               to
               rejoyce
               in
               the
               kindred
               ,
               alliance
               ,
               and
               strong
               confederacie
               of
               Kings
               ;
               to
               have
               adjoyning
               Countries
               studie
               our
               observation
               ,
               and
               to
               see
               our
               Country
               and
               people
               flourish
               in
               all
               good
               things
               ;
               Looke
               upon
               us
               ,
               pencell
               out
               our
               defects
               ,
               (
               if
               you
               can
               )
               and
               let
               not
               emulation
               ,
               which
               attendeth
               on
               vertuous
               desires
               ,
               be
               turned
               into
               envie
               ,
               or
               so
               corrupted
               with
               malice
               ,
               that
               you
               will
               not
               yet
               confesse
               our
               blessed
               prerogatives
               .
            
             
               But
               you
               will
               say
               for
               all
               this
               ,
               we
               neither
               fetch
               gold
               from
               Oph●r
               ,
               nor
               are
               our
               Cities
               of
               sufficiencie
               to
               march
               in
               the
               first
               ranke
               of
               magnificence
               .
               To
               the
               first
               I
               answer
               directly
               ,
               wee
               may
               if
               we
               list
               ,
               either
               fetch
               treasure
               where
               it
               is
               ,
               or
               bee
               the
               cause
               that
               it
               shall
               be
               brought
               us
               ,
               even
               to
               our
               owne
               doores
               in
               peace
               .
               For
               I
               am
               sure
               wee
               have
               not
               onely
               Ships
               and
               Men
               ,
               but
               such
               hands
               and
               spirits
               ,
               as
               with
               Davids
               Worthies
               can
               pull
               the
               speare
               out
               of
               the
               hands
               of
               the
               Philistines
               ,
               and
               sweetnesse
               from
               the
               strong●
               and
               who
               sh●ll
               hinder
               us
               ?
               I
               hope
               neither
               Spaine
               ,
               if
               there
               were
               occasions
               ,
               not
               the
               Gallies
               of
               Messina
               or
               Malta
               ;
               nor
               the
               Confederate
               Princes
               of
               Italy
               ,
               nor
               the
               Navie
               of
               Turkie
               ,
               nor
               the
               fortifications
               of
               China
               ,
               nor
               any
               one
               worldly
               Prince
               ,
               unlesse
               our
               sinnes
               and
               profanation
               cause
               the
               Angell
               of
               the
               Lord
               to
               keepe
               us
               backe
               ,
               or
               strike
               us
               with
               terrour
               :
               But
               happy
               be
               the
               conditions
               of
               true
               worthinesse
               :
               true
               valour
               ,
               even
               for
               conscience
               and
               honours
               sake
               ,
               will
               doe
               no
               wrong
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               our
               buildings
               ,
               and
               Cities
               ,
               I
               answer
               ,
               
                 Ars
                 non
                 habet
                 mi●●cum
                 ●s●●gnorantem
              
               ,
               and
               men
               are
               too
               prejudicate
               ,
               that
               either
               say
               or
               thinke
               so
               .
               For
               of
               my
               owne
               knowledge
               ,
               there
               are
               not
               so
               many
               beautifull
               Churches
               ,
               and
               stately
               houses
               ,
               within
               the
               circular
               dimension
               of
               so
               much
               ground
               in
               the
               world
               :
               so
               that
               if
               our
               Gentlemen
               admitting
               the
               custome
               of
               living
               in
               Cities
               ,
               as
               they
               doe
               in
               most
               parts
               of
               Europe
               ,
               could
               range
               all
               the
               edifices
               of
               eminence
               in
               a
               Shire
               ,
               within
               a
               wall
               ;
               or
               that
               wee
               were
               sited
               in
               a
               Continent
               like
               
               the
               thorow-fare
               of
               
                 France
                 ,
                 Germany
              
               ,
               or
               Italy
               ;
               we
               should
               questionlesse
               have
               more
               glorious
               ,
               great
               and
               populous
               Cities
               ,
               than
               any
               Kingdome
               :
               which
               with
               Ahasuerosh
               can
               hold
               up
               a
               Scepter
               of
               potency
               ,
               to
               keepe
               Majesty
               from
               violence
               ,
               though
               a
               decree
               of
               defiance
               were
               published
               never
               so
               terribly
               :
               yea
               I
               will
               avow
               ,
               that
               our
               Townes
               and
               Villages
               ,
               (
               esteeme
               of
               them
               as
               you
               please
               ,
               )
               considering
               the
               use
               and
               necessity
               of
               travell
               ,
               doe
               farre
               surmount
               the
               Hosteries
               and
               entertainment
               of
               all
               other
               nations
               :
               And
               am
               sure
               ,
               if
               you
               will
               let
               loose
               the
               Queene
               of
               Cities
               ,
               as
               they
               terme
               Paris
               ,
               to
               looke
               bigge
               and
               angerly
               upon
               us
               ,
               our
               London
               can
               affront
               her
               with
               a
               matching
               countenance
               ,
               and
               over-match
               her
               in
               many
               severall
               excellencies
               .
            
             
               And
               surely
               ,
               
               if
               any
               man
               should
               materially
               object
               against
               these
               my
               assertions
               ,
               I
               should
               deeme
               him
               either
               some
               young
               humorist
               ,
               some
               petulant
               factor
               ,
               discontented
               traveller
               ,
               or
               head-strong
               Papist
               :
               of
               which
               profession
               ,
               I
               misdoubt
               not
               ,
               but
               to
               finde
               many
               amongst
               men
               ,
               who
               being
               either
               distressed
               at
               home
               ,
               or
               unsetled
               abroad
               ,
               to
               their
               private
               ends
               will
               not
               blush
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Assyria
               ,
               to
               laugh
               at
               the
               weaknesse
               of
               Iuda
               ,
               for
               being
               confident
               in
               the
               promises
               of
               God
               ,
               will
               raile
               on
               religion
               ,
               condemne
               government
               ,
               extoll
               petty
               Princes
               ,
               and
               with
               Naaman
               the
               Syrian
               ,
               preferre
               the
               waters
               of
               Babylon
               ,
               before
               the
               wholesome
               River
               of
               Iordan
               .
               But
               come
               to
               particulars
               ,
               they
               sticke
               in
               the
               clay
               ,
               and
               like
               an
               unbroken
               colt
               ,
               fl●●ging
               up
               and
               downe
               ,
               and
               sweating
               with
               rage
               ,
               and
               neither
               able
               to
               goe
               forward
               in
               a
               handsome
               course
               ,
               nor
               remaine
               patient
               in
               expecting
               the
               will
               of
               the
               Rider
               :
               Or
               ,
               open
               them
               but
               one
               window
               ,
               to
               let
               in
               but
               the
               light
               of
               our
               glory
               ,
               by
               discoursing
               of
               our
               Navie
               ,
               the
               generall
               musters
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               the
               arming
               of
               every
               Gentlemans
               house
               ,
               a
               Noblemans
               attendance
               ,
               a
               Ladies
               jewels
               ;
               the
               Majestie
               of
               our
               Vniversities
               ,
               the
               happinesse
               of
               our
               Husbandman
               ,
               the
               wealth
               of
               our
               great
               Cities
               ,
               and
               order
               in
               the
               administration
               of
               the
               same●
               Then
               stand
               they
               with
               Niobe
               transhaped
               into
               stone
               ,
               and
               remaine
               confounded
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               former
               perverse
               and
               ignorant
               wilfulnesse
               .
               But
               I
               will
               not
               be
               uncivill
               in
               exprobration
               ,
               
               only
               let
               me
               tell
               them
               ,
               that
               because
               in
               beastly
               Galata
               and
               Constantinople
               ,
               the
               Merchant
               may
               goe
               into
               divers
               Bashawes
               and
               Greekish
               houses
               ,
               and
               there
               by
               entertainment
               transported
               with
               outward
               deceit
               of
               colours
               (
               as
               painting
               ,
               gilding
               ,
               in-laid
               workes
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               )
               hee
               maketh
               a
               wonder
               at
               the
               cost
               and
               pompous
               expences
               ;
               not
               remembring
               how
               their
               best
               masters
               in
               England
               ,
               are
               scarce
               admitted
               up
               staires
               into
               many
               worthy
               houses
               of
               our
               Noblemen
               and
               Gentlemen
               ,
               which
               being
               admitted
               ,
               would
               afford
               other
               manner
               of
               discoveries
               ,
               both
               magnificent
               and
               wealthy
               ,
               even
               to
               true
               admiration
               .
               Because
               in
               Venice
               they
               have
               overlooked
               the
               Bucentaure
               ,
               S.
               Marks
               Palace
               ,
               and
               Piazza
               (
               a
               
                 dainty
                 front
                 of
                 buildings
              
               on
               the
               grand
               Canale
               )
               the
               
                 College
                 of
                 Iesuits
              
               ,
               a
               
                 Mercer
                 or
                 two
              
               that
               selleth
               Copes
               and
               rich
               cloaths
               of
               gold
               for
               high
               Altars
               ,
               the
               
                 fundamento
                 novo
              
               ,
               the
               Arsnall
               ,
               &c.
               
               Therefore
               England
               hath
               but
               poore
               furniture
               ,
               wanteth
               the
               essentiall
               meanes
               of
               Princelinesse
               and
               Majestie
               ,
               is
               onely
               gawdie
               in
               colours
               ,
               a
               little
               imbroidery
               ,
               and
               gold
               lace
               ,
               which
               they
               allow
               to
               Players
               and
               Mountebanks
               ,
               both
               in
               
                 Venice
                 ,
                 Florence
                 ,
                 Verona
              
               ,
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               her
               Cities
               .
            
             
               Because
               in
               
                 Genoa
                 ,
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Rome
              
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               places
               ,
               they
               may
               see
               an
               even
               street
               of
               houses
               ,
               with
               a
               pillar
               or
               two
               of
               jet
               ,
               jasper
               ,
               and
               hard
               marble
               ;
               a
               Cardinals
               Palace
               ,
               and
               six
               moils
               in
               a
               Carosse
               ,
               to
               attend
               him
               but
               to
               the
               conclave
               :
               a
               stately
               Mosque
               in
               Turkie
               ,
               the
               Domo
               in
               
                 Florence
                 ,
                 new
                 Saint
                 Peters
                 at
                 Rome
                 ,
              
               and
               some
               other
               ostentous
               buildings
               ,
               they
               say
               our
               beauty
               is
               eclipsed
               ,
               and
               wee
               must
               submit
               the
               controversie
               to
               the
               apparant
               bravery
               of
               forren
               magnificence
               :
               whereas
               in
               truth
               they
               hold
               no
               more
               comparison
               for
               Majesty
               ,
               (
               though
               dispersedly
               )
               either
               with
               our
               Courts
               ,
               late
               Country
               buildings
               ,
               demesnes
               adjacent
               ,
               and
               commodious
               houses
               about
               the
               Citie
               for
               receit
               ,
               capacity
               ,
               and
               entertainment
               ,
               than
               bird-cages
               doe
               to
               delightsome
               Arbours
               .
            
             
               But
               who
               are
               they
               that
               so
               entertaine
               Tables
               with
               this
               returne
               of
               discourse
               ?
               surely
               none
               but
               our
               fashion-follow-Travellers
               ,
               who
               with
               many
               long
               lookes
               ,
               expecting
               in
               an
               Almanacke
               for
               a
               yeare
               of
               Iubile
               ,
               flie
               over
               Sea
               by
               flocks
               
               towards
               Rome
               .
               Where
               by
               the
               way
               ,
               in
               
                 Ausburg
                 ,
                 Noremberg
              
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               Cities
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               meeting
               with
               a
               flaggon
               of
               wine
               ,
               wherewith
               the
               Burgers
               (
               according
               to
               custome
               )
               with
               such
               entertainment
               use
               to
               welcome
               strangers
               ,
               they
               presently
               write
               over
               ,
               with
               what
               state
               they
               were
               feasted
               ,
               and
               how
               graciously
               admitted
               into
               Cities
               resembling
               new
               Ierusalem
               ,
               in
               respect
               of
               our
               disproportion
               of
               building
               ,
               and
               unequall
               fashion
               of
               our
               streets
               .
            
             
               Because
               in
               France
               they
               may
               drinke
               wine
               of
               Orleance
               ,
               or
               Lyons
               ,
               and
               for
               their
               money
               satisfie
               incontinencie
               ,
               (
               wherein
               yet
               they
               confesse
               Italy
               to
               surpasse
               )
               Oh!
               say
               they
               ,
               England
               is
               a
               barren
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               farre
               from
               becircling
               her
               forehead
               with
               the
               garland
               of
               Bacchus
               ,
               or
               wreath
               of
               Abundance
               ,
               but
               sitteth
               desolate
               like
               a
               widow
               ,
               having
               the
               curse
               of
               baldnesse
               inflicted
               upon
               her
               .
            
             
               Because
               in
               Padoa
               they
               are
               told
               of
               Antenors
               Tombe
               in
               the
               streets
               ,
               seene
               the
               Amphitheatres
               in
               Verona
               or
               Rome
               ,
               (
               monuments
               truly
               resembling
               the
               wrinkles
               of
               an
               old
               face
               )
               or
               beheld
               the
               wals
               of
               Constantinople
               ,
               the
               ruinous
               Colosses
               of
               the
               Citie
               ,
               with
               the
               Aquaduct
               in
               the
               Country
               ;
               Oh!
               these
               be
               Kingdomes
               that
               make
               aged
               Time
               young
               againe
               ,
               and
               surpasse
               our
               new
               Nation
               for
               wonders
               and
               works
               of
               Majestie
               .
            
             
               Because
               they
               have
               beheld
               ,
               though
               peradventure
               with
               little
               understanding
               ,
               the
               forts
               of
               Mount-m●lian
               ,
               and
               
                 Saint
                 Katherines
              
               ;
               the
               citadels
               of
               Millan
               and
               Antuerp
               ;
               the
               Castles
               of
               Naples
               and
               
                 Saint
                 Angelo
              
               ;
               and
               have
               beene
               acquainted
               with
               the
               examination
               of
               passengers
               at
               
                 Lyons
                 ,
                 Millan
              
               ,
               and
               the
               frontier
               Townes
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               Italie
               ;
               They
               presently
               exclaime
               against
               our
               weaknesse
               ,
               and
               ill-advised
               discipline
               ,
               which
               leaveth
               our
               Country
               (
               as
               it
               were
               naked
               )
               to
               all
               inconveniences
               of
               wind
               and
               weather
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               next
               ranke
               ,
               come
               up
               our
               male-contents
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               such
               as
               being
               meerely
               gulled
               with
               pride
               ,
               selfe-conceit
               ,
               and
               fantastick
               vaine-glory
               ,
               have
               run
               a
               prodigall
               hunting-journey
               with
               Esau
               ,
               untill
               being
               weary
               and
               hungry
               ,
               they
               have
               beene
               inforced
               to
               sell
               their
               birth-rights
               for
               a
               messe
               of
               pottage
               .
               Then
               with
               Yorke
               and
               Stanly
               ,
               and
               thousands
               more
               ,
               
               they
               enter
               into
               violent
               courses
               ,
               curse
               David
               ,
               raile
               on
               their
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               accuse
               Authoritie
               of
               injustice
               and
               partialitie
               :
               With
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Guise
               and
               B●ron
               ,
               they
               set
               up
               the
               praises
               of
               the
               Spanish
               King
               ,
               and
               the
               tender-heartednesse
               of
               the
               Pope
               for
               the
               decay
               of
               Religion
               ,
               supposing
               themselves
               sufficiently
               magnified
               for
               contesting
               with
               Kings
               ,
               and
               sleighting
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               bloud
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               reare
               ,
               slily
               stealeth
               up
               the
               obstinate
               Papist
               :
               To
               him
               urge
               honestie
               ,
               reason
               ,
               yea
               the
               Scriptures
               ,
               and
               hee
               will
               discharge
               no
               other
               shot
               ,
               but
               the
               
                 Ordinance
                 of
                 the
                 Church
              
               .
               Put
               him
               from
               that
               slanker
               ,
               and
               you
               shall
               see
               him
               like
               an
               Adder
               lurking
               in
               the
               grasse
               ,
               to
               sting
               the
               heele
               of
               the
               passenger
               ;
               And
               that
               is
               with
               telling
               you
               ,
               that
               in
               France
               the
               Church
               at
               Amiens
               hath
               delicate
               Pictures
               ;
               the
               
                 nostre
                 Dame
              
               at
               Roan
               and
               Paris
               maintaine
               brave
               processions
               ;
               Our
               Lady
               at
               Sichem
               works
               only
               miracles
               ;
               yea
               ,
               more
               than
               miracles
               :
               for
               they
               will
               tell
               you
               of
               a
               Virgin
               got
               with
               childe
               in
               a
               Nunnerie
               by
               one
               of
               her
               sisters
               :
               For
               (
               say
               they
               )
               she
               protested
               before
               our
               Lady
               ,
               that
               she
               never
               knew
               what
               the
               company
               of
               man
               meant
               .
            
             
               But
               leaving
               these
               men
               to
               themselves
               ,
               and
               the
               sting
               of
               their
               owne
               consciences
               ,
               we
               will
               proceed
               to
               shew
               you
               with
               what
               affections
               other
               Nations
               doe
               at
               this
               day
               Court
               us
               .
            
             
               France
               is
               so
               strengthened
               and
               beautified
               at
               home
               ,
               
               by
               the
               multitude
               of
               Princes
               and
               noble
               Gentlemen
               ,
               that
               now
               (
               at
               this
               day
               enjoying
               the
               Kingdome
               intirely
               to
               themselves
               )
               they
               are
               confident
               to
               defend
               it
               ,
               not
               seeking
               ambitiously
               to
               offend
               others
               ,
               though
               haply
               envying
               to
               see
               the
               contraction
               of
               both
               Nations
               unto
               unitie
               and
               obedience
               ;
               fearing
               thereby
               lest
               wee
               should
               the
               rather
               be
               imboldned
               and
               incouraged
               to
               revive
               our
               old
               claimes
               ,
               or
               else
               to
               erect
               our
               remembrances
               to
               search
               the
               records
               of
               our
               former
               fortunes
               .
            
             
               Spaine
               both
               knowes
               us
               ,
               
               and
               hath
               of
               late
               had
               some
               feeling
               of
               us
               ,
               retaining
               the
               opinion
               of
               our
               wealth
               and
               forces
               .
               By
               reason
               whereof
               ,
               for
               that
               his
               dominions
               lie
               more
               open
               ,
               by
               dispersion
               into
               many
               numbers
               ,
               he
               standeth
               in
               doubt
               ,
               that
               we
               may
               not
               only
               put
               him
               to
               the
               double
               charge
               of
               a
               Navie
               ;
               (
               the
               one
               abroad
               ,
               for
               convoy
               of
               his
               Treasure
               ;
               and
               the
               other
               
               at
               home
               ,
               for
               safetie
               of
               his
               Harbours
               :
               )
               but
               also
               that
               we
               may
               attempt
               the
               uncharitable
               visitation
               of
               his
               chiefest
               Townes
               ,
               and
               richest
               Ports
               .
               Therefore
               he
               will
               continue
               correspondencie
               amongst
               us
               ,
               and
               corroborate
               his
               friendship
               whatsoever
               it
               cost
               .
               Of
               which
               minde
               is
               also
               the
               Arch-duke
               ,
               though
               covertly
               repining
               a
               little
               more
               against
               us
               ;
               as
               knowing
               that
               our
               affection
               to
               the
               Hollanders
               hath
               somewhat
               crossed
               his
               first
               resolutions
               ,
               and
               indeed
               abated
               his
               absolute
               hopes
               of
               binding
               the
               seventeene
               Provinces
               together
               in
               one
               sheafe
               .
            
             
               The
               Emperour
               and
               Germans
               ,
               
               or
               if
               you
               please
               the
               Imperials
               ,
               have
               a
               reasonable
               good
               opinion
               of
               us
               ,
               as
               worthy
               Seamen
               and
               resolute
               Souldiers
               ,
               especially
               upon
               hope
               of
               glory
               or
               purchase
               :
               Yet
               thinke
               they
               us
               factious
               ,
               unconstant
               ,
               the
               Apes
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               and
               wonder
               at
               our
               patience
               ,
               especially
               to
               see
               us
               endure
               the
               imposturing
               deceits
               of
               the
               Catholike
               pretences
               .
            
             
               The
               Pole
               and
               Moscovite
               are
               so
               farre
               off
               ,
               
               that
               they
               can
               give
               us
               small
               occasion
               of
               offence
               ,
               and
               are
               both
               afraid
               of
               our
               intrusion
               amongst
               them
               ,
               or
               against
               them
               ,
               as
               somewhat
               fearfull
               of
               our
               desperate
               wanderers
               .
               And
               being
               well
               acquainted
               with
               our
               state
               at
               home
               ,
               cannot
               endure
               wee
               should
               be
               sharers
               abroad
               .
            
             
               The
               Grand-Seignior
               never
               nameth
               us
               with
               dignifying
               titles
               ,
               as
               being
               proud
               in
               himselfe
               ,
               
               and
               wee
               too
               remote
               from
               him
               .
               He
               supposeth
               us
               only
               fit
               for
               merchandize
               ,
               and
               that
               our
               Island
               is
               a
               barren
               place
               ,
               as
               sequestred
               from
               the
               pleasures
               and
               opulent
               commodities
               of
               the
               South
               and
               East
               Countries
               .
               Neither
               doth
               he
               stammer
               in
               his
               comparison
               of
               twenty
               Bashawes
               within
               his
               conquests
               ,
               whose
               severall
               commands
               and
               jurisdictions
               lift
               up
               such
               Crownes
               of
               principalities
               ,
               as
               surmount
               us
               in
               number
               of
               people
               ,
               and
               expence
               of
               Treasure
               .
            
             
               The
               States
               of
               Italie
               ,
               
               (
               birds
               of
               a
               feather
               )
               most
               upon
               envy
               of
               Trade
               ,
               and
               generally
               all
               ,
               in
               despight
               of
               Religion
               ,
               are
               thus
               induced
               .
               The
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               ,
               and
               Gran-Prior
               of
               Malta
               ,
               (
               the
               first
               in
               midst
               of
               troublesome
               mountaines
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               a
               turbulent
               Sea
               )
               are
               as
               carelesse
               of
               us
               ,
               as
               wee
               of
               them
               ,
               yea
               ,
               many
               times
               wreake
               their
               hatred
               where
               they
               may
               ,
               viz.
               upon
               
               our
               Merchants
               ;
               whom
               they
               spare
               not
               ,
               if
               they
               can
               over-master
               ,
               either
               fraighted
               with
               Turkish
               goods
               ,
               or
               supplying
               their
               wants
               with
               prohibited
               wares
               .
               To
               whom
               in
               such
               businesses
               the
               Florentine
               is
               not
               only
               presidiarie
               ,
               but
               picketh
               other
               quarrels
               upon
               collaterall
               imployments
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Millan
               ,
               
               the
               Governour
               is
               very
               politike
               and
               severe
               ,
               in
               searching
               after
               bookes
               and
               uncustomed
               wares
               ,
               though
               it
               tend
               but
               to
               a
               paire
               of
               stockings
               :
               from
               whence
               arise
               so
               many
               inconveniences
               ,
               that
               the
               office
               of
               Dacii
               is
               growne
               odious
               ,
               and
               subject
               to
               the
               abusive
               conditions
               of
               very
               base
               companions
               .
               As
               for
               falling
               into
               the
               snare
               of
               the
               Inquisition
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               danger
               irrecoverable
               ,
               as
               those
               our
               Country-men
               can
               witnesse
               ,
               who
               of
               late
               yeares
               were
               in
               sudden
               danger
               ,
               both
               here
               ,
               at
               Rome
               ,
               and
               at
               Florence
               ,
               for
               having
               Frier
               Pauls
               books
               about
               them
               (
               though
               printed
               at
               Venice
               )
               against
               the
               Popes
               temporall
               jurisdiction
               .
               The
               trust
               of
               some
               friends
               ,
               and
               the
               helpe
               of
               a
               darke
               night
               ,
               were
               their
               best
               securities
               .
            
             
               Besides
               ,
               he
               entertained
               Tyrone
               ,
               and
               all
               his
               attendants
               ,
               though
               not
               with
               such
               sufficiencie
               as
               the
               expectation
               of
               such
               a
               guest
               deserved
               ,
               yet
               with
               malice
               enough
               against
               us
               notwithstanding
               :
               he
               is
               a
               dogged
               examiner
               of
               the
               English
               ,
               not
               trusting
               our
               fugitives
               ,
               though
               allowing
               their
               unnaturall
               defections
               ;
               railing
               upon
               them
               (
               even
               the
               Kings
               Pensioners
               )
               as
               the
               Prince
               of
               Parma
               long
               since
               taught
               him
               ,
               in
               the
               tumultuarie
               businesse
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
            
             
               
               The
               Duke
               of
               Mantua
               and
               Modena
               (
               as
               lesse
               interessed
               in
               affaires
               of
               Sea
               ,
               or
               passages
               by
               Land
               )
               and
               now
               allied
               with
               Savoy
               ,
               thinke
               not
               of
               us
               ,
               either
               as
               friends
               ,
               or
               enemies
               ;
               but
               questionlesse
               willing
               to
               assist
               their
               owne
               allies
               ,
               as
               occasions
               may
               offer
               themselves
               .
            
             
               The
               Venetians
               seeme
               to
               hold
               good
               correspondencie
               ,
               
               if
               not
               outward
               :
               for
               in
               termes
               ,
               they
               have
               not
               spared
               to
               exprobrate
               us
               with
               the
               nick-name
               of
               
                 Cursore
                 Englese
              
               ,
               since
               Ward
               and
               other
               English
               Pyrats
               have
               so
               much
               ,
               indammaged
               them
               .
               In
               divers
               shipwracks
               about
               Candie
               ,
               they
               have
               sometimes
               dealt
               very
               unkindly
               with
               our
               Merchants
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               the
               late
               businesse
               at
               Constantinople
               (
               about
               precedencie
               
               betweene
               England
               and
               France
               )
               the
               Bayliffe
               was
               my
               L.
               Embassadors
               absolute
               enemie
               :
               yea
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               last
               peace
               with
               the
               Pope
               ,
               although
               they
               would
               pretend
               to
               stand
               on
               our
               helpe
               ,
               and
               to
               entertaine
               our
               Captaines
               ,
               yet
               proves
               it
               a
               matter
               of
               difficultie
               and
               dispute
               amongst
               them
               .
            
             
               The
               Florentine
               ,
               or
               great
               Duke
               ,
               is
               a
               meere
               hater
               of
               us
               ,
               except
               it
               be
               to
               serve
               his
               owne
               turne
               ,
               
               and
               hath
               ever
               beene
               forward
               to
               entertaine
               factious
               persons
               amongst
               us
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               her
               Majesties
               reigne
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               him
               a
               meere
               neglecter
               of
               us
               ,
               nothing
               respecting
               how
               the
               Queene
               was
               distasted
               ,
               or
               the
               State
               disturbed
               .
               Afterward
               he
               succoured
               divers
               Rebels
               ,
               and
               discontented
               English.
               When
               the
               
                 Merchant
                 Royall
              
               was
               sunke
               in
               the
               harbour
               of
               Ligorne
               ,
               he
               was
               so
               transported
               with
               passion
               ,
               that
               he
               would
               have
               laid
               an
               imposition
               upon
               the
               English
               ,
               for
               the
               waying
               of
               her
               up
               .
               And
               presently
               he
               imployed
               Sir
               
                 R.
                 D.
              
               about
               the
               new
               building
               of
               a
               Man
               of
               Warre
               ,
               a
               ship
               of
               600
               Tunns
               :
               but
               disappointed
               him
               in
               the
               command
               ,
               making
               him
               an
               apparent
               subject
               of
               disgrace
               and
               discontent
               ;
               yea
               ,
               although
               at
               first
               he
               had
               welcomed
               him
               with
               the
               offensive
               title
               of
               Earle
               of
               Warwick
               .
               And
               many
               times
               ,
               by
               pretext
               of
               confederacie
               with
               the
               Gallies
               of
               Malta
               ,
               the
               Popes
               ,
               and
               his
               owne
               imperious
               prerogative
               ,
               he
               affronteth
               our
               Merchants
               ,
               and
               impeacheth
               their
               trades
               ,
               as
               farre
               forth
               as
               he
               may
               .
            
             
               The
               Pope
               is
               our
               irreconcileable
               enemie
               both
               wayes
               ;
               
               I
               meane
               in
               animating
               turbulent
               and
               traiterous
               Papists
               within
               our
               owne
               bosomes
               ,
               teaching
               them
               ,
               with
               the
               Viper
               to
               devoute
               their
               owne
               mother
               ;
               And
               in
               exciting
               of
               forren
               Princes
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               in
               him
               lieth
               )
               to
               violent
               courses
               of
               open
               hostilitie
               against
               us
               ,
               as
               against
               all
               others
               professing
               the
               same
               Religion
               .
               As
               for
               entertaining
               of
               fugitives
               ,
               inticing
               over
               of
               young
               wits
               ,
               and
               unstayed
               students
               ,
               gracing
               of
               Iesuites
               ,
               advancing
               of
               Traitors
               ,
               searching
               and
               imprisoning
               of
               Traveller●
               ,
               railing
               at
               our
               King
               ,
               and
               traducing
               Henry
               the
               eighth
               ,
               and
               Queene
               Elizabeth
               :
               these
               absurdities
               are
               not
               onely
               frequent
               and
               familiar
               in
               all
               places
               amongst
               his
               partisans
               ,
               but
               every
               day
               blundered
               out
               of
               Pulpits
               by
               the
               Fryers
               and
               Iesuites
               .
            
             
             
               Naples
               and
               Sicil
               ,
               
               though
               under
               the
               King
               of
               Spaines
               protection
               and
               Viceroyes
               ,
               yet
               are
               all
               conspiring
               against
               us
               ,
               and
               runne
               one
               race
               with
               their
               neighbours
               .
               Witnesse
               the
               taking
               of
               our
               ships
               ,
               and
               the
               ill
               usage
               of
               our
               Merchants
               ,
               when
               Master
               Wali
               was
               Consull
               :
               with
               the
               reviling
               of
               our
               Religion
               ,
               and
               their
               usuall
               imprecations
               :
               One
               day
               to
               see
               a
               smoke
               of
               througing
               discontentments
               ,
               turne
               to
               a
               flame
               of
               furious
               disconsolation
               amongst
               us
               .
            
             
               Neither
               is
               this
               the
               full
               scope
               of
               their
               continued
               envies
               :
               Religion
               is
               the
               pretence
               ,
               but
               malice
               and
               private
               respects
               procure
               these
               bad
               effects
               :
               
                 Saevit
                 post
                 funera
                 virus
              
               .
               At
               Venice
               the
               English
               have
               no
               buriall
               allowed
               them
               ,
               but
               the
               Sea
               :
               neither
               at
               Zante
               are
               they
               better
               used
               ,
               but
               faine
               to
               be
               carried
               up
               into
               Morea
               amongst
               the
               Turks
               .
               At
               Lygorne
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               of
               Italy
               ,
               an
               Englishman
               dying
               without
               confession
               ,
               is
               throwne
               into
               some
               ditch
               ,
               to
               be
               devoured
               of
               beasts
               and
               birds
               :
               And
               in
               Spaine
               he
               is
               interred
               in
               the
               strond
               ,
               the
               field
               ,
               or
               a
               Garden
               .
               How
               farre
               more
               charitable
               was
               Alexander
               to
               
                 Darius
                 ,
                 Hannibal
              
               to
               
                 Marcellus
                 ,
                 Caesar
              
               to
               
                 Pompey
                 ,
                 Turks
              
               to
               Christians
               ,
               and
               Man
               to
               Man
               ,
               if
               not
               a
               Romanist
               ?
            
             
               But
               now
               (
               leaving
               these
               premonitions
               to
               your
               better
               considerations
               )
               as
               I
               have
               made
               you
               acquainted
               with
               those
               blessings
               ,
               which
               in
               truth
               doe
               make
               a
               Kingdome
               really
               happy
               ;
               So
               again
               for
               the
               strength
               of
               situation
               ,
               I
               hope
               to
               make
               you
               as
               perfect
               beholders
               of
               the
               two
               properties
               which
               Aristotle
               wished
               (
               above
               all
               projects
               what
               ever
               )
               to
               be
               regarded
               in
               the
               building
               of
               a
               Citie
               .
               The
               one
               is
               ,
               that
               it
               be
               difficult
               to
               besiege
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               that
               it
               be
               easie
               for
               conveying
               in
               ,
               and
               transporting
               out
               of
               things
               necessary
               .
               
               These
               two
               commodities
               hath
               England
               by
               the
               Sea
               ,
               which
               to
               the
               Inhabitants
               is
               a
               deep
               trench
               against
               all
               hostile
               invasions
               ,
               &
               an
               easie
               passage
               to
               take
               in
               ,
               and
               send
               out
               all
               commodities
               whatsoever
               ,
               being
               situated
               in
               the
               bosome
               of
               the
               maine
               Ocean
               ,
               which
               even
               by
               naturall
               courses
               fortifieth
               the
               Iland
               ,
               more
               than
               any
               Sea
               doth
               any
               other
               Kingdome
               .
               For
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               lieth
               the
               Irish
               Ocean
               ,
               a
               Sea
               so
               turbulent
               ,
               and
               so
               full
               of
               rocks
               and
               
               flats
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               very
               dangerous
               for
               great
               Ships
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               East
               ,
               South
               ,
               and
               North
               ,
               the
               flowing
               and
               ebbing
               of
               the
               Brittish
               Ocean
               ,
               is
               so
               accidentall
               ,
               the
               removing
               of
               the
               sands
               and
               shelves
               so
               uncertaine
               ,
               and
               the
               rising
               and
               falling
               of
               the
               water
               betweene
               twelve
               and
               fifteene
               fathome
               (
               a
               thing
               wonderfull
               to
               be
               spoken
               of
               )
               so
               ordinary
               every
               twelve
               houres
               ,
               that
               without
               an
               English
               Pilot
               ,
               no
               stranger
               shall
               bee
               able
               to
               bring
               in
               a
               vessell
               in
               safety
               :
               And
               he
               likewise
               must
               bring
               his
               Tide
               justly
               with
               him
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               it
               is
               impossible
               to
               land
               without
               perill
               .
               The
               Sea
               coast
               on
               every
               side
               is
               cliffie
               and
               inaccessible
               ,
               except
               in
               some
               certaine
               places
               which
               are
               strongly
               fortified
               ,
               as
               
                 Barwicke
                 ,
                 Dover
                 ,
                 Dartmouth
                 ,
                 Plimmouth
                 ,
                 Portsmouth
                 ,
              
               &c.
               so
               that
               the
               whole
               Iland
               may
               well
               be
               reputed
               for
               one
               impregnable
               fortresse
               .
            
             
               To
               this
               strength
               of
               situation
               ,
               
               sithence
               of
               late
               a
               worthy
               Gentleman
               (
               and
               that
               truly
               )
               hath
               not
               doubted
               to
               averre
               ,
               that
               ten
               such
               Merchants
               ships
               well
               provided
               of
               munition
               and
               men
               ,
               as
               in
               these
               dayes
               trade
               into
               the
               East-Indies
               ,
               would
               not
               much
               feare
               the
               Navy
               royall
               of
               some
               Kings
               in
               Christendome
               ;
               why
               should
               we
               feare
               to
               rejoyce
               in
               the
               flourishing
               estate
               of
               that
               Kingdome
               ,
               in
               whose
               Havens
               (
               besides
               the
               Navie
               Royall
               )
               two
               thousand
               vessels
               are
               reported
               to
               traffike
               yearely
               ?
            
             
               And
               be
               it
               as
               it
               may
               ,
               to
               prove
               what
               we
               speake
               ,
               and
               to
               passe
               over
               the
               much
               famoused
               passages
               of
               Edward
               the
               third
               to
               Callis
               ,
               and
               Henry
               the
               eighth
               to
               Bulloigne
               ;
               we
               will
               flie
               no
               further
               for
               examples
               ,
               than
               the
               fourth
               yeare
               of
               Queene
               Elizabeth
               ,
               when
               in
               her
               journey
               to
               New-haven
               ,
               the
               Navie
               lately
               neglected
               ,
               was
               now
               againe
               so
               well
               furnished
               ,
               as
               both
               the
               Spaniard
               and
               Frenchman
               envied
               her
               Abilities
               .
            
             
               But
               88.
               was
               the
               yeare
               which
               gave
               both
               terrour
               and
               admiration
               unto
               all
               our
               neighbours
               .
               A
               yeare
               ,
               by
               the
               Germans
               foretold
               ,
               to
               be
               the
               worlds
               climactericall
               ,
               &
               by
               Regiomontanus
               ,
               Admirable
               .
               And
               so
               indeed
               it
               proved
               ;
               full
               of
               rumours
               ,
               anxieties
               ,
               and
               menaces
               .
               The
               King
               of
               Spaine
               having
               of
               late
               dayes
               added
               unto
               his
               Seigniories
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               kingdome
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               and
               boyling
               in
               revenge
               against
               this
               
               kingdome
               ,
               suggesting
               unto
               his
               imaginations
               ,
               that
               if
               his
               destinies
               would
               vouchsafe
               as
               facile
               a
               victory
               against
               England
               ,
               as
               elsewhere
               upon
               like
               suppositions
               they
               had
               bestowed
               upon
               him
               at
               the
               Terceras
               and
               Portugal
               ;
               then
               ,
               even
               then
               at
               once
               had
               the
               life
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               lien
               a
               bleeding
               ,
               his
               navigation
               to
               the
               Indies
               warranted
               ,
               and
               his
               hopes
               finished
               .
               To
               the
               accomplishment
               whereof
               he
               presseth
               ,
               forceth
               ,
               hireth
               ,
               and
               borroweth
               from
               sundry
               Nations
               ,
               the
               strongest
               vessels
               ,
               and
               therein
               imployeth
               his
               utmost
               meanes
               to
               have
               tamed
               the
               English
               ,
               and
               confounded
               the
               Netherlands
               .
            
             
               But
               that
               ever
               memorable
               Lady
               ,
               wary
               and
               provident
               ,
               summoneth
               her
               subjects
               ,
               relieth
               on
               their
               loves
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               Westward
               opposeth
               a
               Navie
               consisting
               of
               100.
               saile
               ,
               there
               to
               wait
               the
               approach
               of
               this
               
                 Invincible
                 Armada
              
               :
               And
               because
               from
               Flanders
               the
               Duke
               of
               Parma
               threatned
               no
               lesse
               danger
               ,
               upon
               that
               coast
               also
               she
               laid
               twenty
               other
               good
               ships
               to
               attend
               his
               attempts
               ,
               besides
               those
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
            
             
               From
               the
               West
               the
               enemy
               was
               discerned
               ,
               and
               fight
               with
               present
               courage
               entertained
               ,
               but
               precisely
               ordered
               ,
               that
               none
               of
               the
               English
               ships
               should
               voluntarily
               (
               if
               otherwise
               it
               might
               be
               avoided
               )
               lay
               any
               Spaniard
               aboard
               ,
               but
               alwayes
               fight
               at
               best
               advantage
               ;
               endevouring
               by
               all
               meanes
               to
               keepe
               into
               the
               weather
               ;
               whereby
               at
               all
               times
               soundly
               to
               have
               interrupted
               them
               ,
               if
               they
               had
               offered
               to
               land
               ;
               So
               to
               leave
               and
               take
               as
               occasions
               presented
               ;
               they
               comming
               to
               invade
               ,
               and
               the
               English
               ends
               being
               onely
               to
               keepe
               them
               from
               landing
               .
               The
               which
               directions
               were
               so
               punctually
               observed
               ,
               as
               that
               this
               invincible
               fleet
               for
               all
               their
               force
               and
               appearance
               ,
               without
               either
               gaining
               or
               sinking
               one
               of
               our
               vessels
               ,
               was
               faine
               to
               flie
               away
               by
               the
               backe
               doore
               ,
               I
               meane
               by
               the
               North
               Seas
               ;
               wherein
               they
               found
               a
               miserable
               and
               tedious
               flight
               ,
               lost
               an
               hundred
               and
               odde
               of
               their
               best
               ships
               ,
               and
               in
               recompence
               ,
               never
               got
               so
               much
               as
               one
               dishfull
               of
               fresh
               water
               ,
               not
               ever
               landed
               one
               man
               (
               prisoners
               except
               )
               upon
               the
               English
               coast
               .
            
             
               Whereat
               ,
               neither
               let
               the
               Papist
               mutter
               ,
               nor
               the
               ignorant
               
               detract
               by
               saying
               ,
               
                 That
                 is
                 was
                 the
                 onely
                 stormy
                 winds
                 ,
                 and
                 tempestuous
                 Seas
                 ,
                 that
                 afflicted
                 our
                 enemies
                 ,
                 and
                 drave
                 them
                 from
                 our
                 coast
                 .
              
               These
               excuses
               argue
               bad
               spirits
               ;
               for
               it
               could
               not
               be
               avoided
               ,
               but
               that
               the
               English
               ships
               should
               also
               bee
               ingaged
               to
               like
               violent
               accidents
               of
               wind
               and
               waves
               ,
               as
               were
               the
               Spaniards
               .
               The
               English
               had
               no
               determination
               to
               leave
               them
               ,
               no
               ,
               not
               to
               looke
               into
               any
               of
               their
               owne
               ports
               ,
               or
               those
               of
               their
               friends
               for
               succour
               .
               And
               surely
               ,
               foule
               weather
               ,
               and
               high
               growne
               Seas
               did
               more
               hinder
               us
               than
               them
               .
               For
               then
               could
               not
               we
               carry
               out
               our
               lower
               ports
               ,
               being
               our
               best
               tyres
               ;
               which
               the
               Spaniards
               might
               doe
               ,
               their
               ordnance
               lying
               nothing
               so
               neere
               the
               water
               as
               the
               English
               did
               .
               Notwithstanding
               we
               alwayes
               affronted
               them
               ,
               and
               galled
               them
               with
               our
               great
               ordnance
               ,
               as
               our
               best
               opportunities
               served
               ;
               our
               ships
               being
               more
               proper
               for
               these
               Seas
               ,
               than
               their
               huge
               Lee-ward
               Carts
               .
               Alwayes
               in
               spight
               of
               their
               hearts
               we
               kept
               into
               the
               weather
               of
               them
               ,
               to
               our
               great
               advantage
               ;
               which
               in
               truth
               was
               no
               small
               meanes
               of
               victory
               ,
               and
               of
               their
               disgrace
               ,
               that
               made
               so
               great
               preparations
               to
               so
               small
               purpose
               .
            
             
               If
               they
               longed
               to
               be
               fought
               withall
               ,
               and
               were
               not
               ;
               why
               did
               they
               never
               offer
               to
               dispatch
               the
               businesse
               ,
               whereabout
               they
               made
               the
               world
               beleeve
               they
               came
               so
               resolutely
               determined
               ?
               why
               did
               they
               not
               make
               a
               triall
               for
               landing
               ,
               or
               adventure
               the
               surprisall
               of
               some
               famous
               port
               ,
               for
               want
               whereof
               in
               former
               ages
               Xerxes
               suffered
               that
               terrible
               defeature
               at
               Thermipola
               ?
               Before
               this
               was
               done
               ,
               why
               ranne
               they
               away
               ?
               of
               what
               were
               they
               so
               fearefull
               ,
               who
               came
               like
               souldiers
               and
               resolute
               men
               ,
               under
               the
               title
               of
               assurance
               ,
               to
               conquer
               such
               a
               Nation
               ?
               Did
               the
               terrour
               of
               a
               storme
               onely
               drive
               them
               from
               hence
               in
               such
               haste
               ?
               were
               they
               not
               resolved
               to
               endure
               such
               weather
               (
               as
               should
               happen
               )
               in
               so
               great
               an
               enterprise
               ?
               Did
               they
               thinke
               to
               winne
               England
               with
               bigge
               lookes
               ,
               or
               to
               have
               tamed
               the
               people
               by
               tricks
               and
               dalliance
               ,
               as
               they
               had
               done
               the
               surly
               Portugues
               and
               fine
               Italians
               their
               neighbours
               ?
               Surely
               ,
               it
               seemed
               the
               Southerne
               winds
               had
               only
               inflated
               their
               minds
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               reported
               ,
               it
               doth
               their
               mares
               in
               the
               Asturies
               .
            
             
             
               Where
               ,
               let
               us
               leave
               them
               ,
               and
               wish
               that
               some
               of
               those
               Worthies
               who
               yet
               live
               ,
               and
               were
               eye-witnesses
               of
               those
               great
               and
               fortunate
               expeditions
               ,
               undertaken
               and
               effected
               ,
               within
               the
               44.
               yeares
               space
               of
               Her
               Royall
               government
               ,
               would
               take
               the
               paines
               to
               commit
               the
               Relation
               thereof
               to
               everlasting
               record
               .
               Which
               done
               ,
               I
               make
               no
               doubt
               ,
               but
               that
               it
               would
               appeare
               beyond
               all
               objection
               ;
               That
               although
               the
               English
               Nation
               had
               long
               breathed
               under
               the
               milde
               aspect
               of
               so
               gracious
               a
               Lady
               ,
               yet
               〈◊〉
               it
               no
               lesse
               exercised
               in
               militarie
               discipline
               abroad
               ,
               than
               in
               peaceable
               pleasures
               at
               home
               .
               Yea
               ,
               that
               the
               politike
               Regiment
               ,
               and
               heroicall
               actions
               of
               a
               maiden
               Queen
               ,
               have
               hardly
               since
               the
               conquest
               been
               exceeded
               by
               any
               her
               Majesties
               most
               famous
               progenitors
               .
               For
               be
               it
               either
               in
               the
               wise
               reformation
               ,
               or
               wonderfull
               re-establishment
               of
               Christian
               Religion
               (
               wherein
               she
               shewed
               no
               lesse
               constancie
               ,
               than
               true
               sincerity
               :
               )
               or
               otherwise
               ,
               in
               continuall
               comfort
               ,
               or
               liberall
               assistance
               of
               her
               distressed
               neighbours
               and
               allies
               ,
               (
               whereof
               she
               had
               a
               royall
               and
               Christian-like
               regard
               )
               or
               else
               in
               resolute
               repelling
               ,
               and
               fortunate
               invading
               her
               most
               mighty
               enemies
               ,
               wherein
               she
               was
               alwayes
               blest
               from
               above
               with
               happy
               and
               victorious
               successe
               ,
               her
               enterprises
               evermore
               were
               crowned
               with
               happinesse
               ;
               and
               in
               regard
               thereof
               (
               throughout
               all
               nations
               )
               her
               Counsellors
               were
               reputed
               grave
               and
               prudent
               ,
               the
               Realme
               flourishing
               and
               powerfull
               ,
               and
               herselfe
               magnanimous
               and
               renowned
               ;
               the
               fruits
               whereof
               ,
               I
               doubt
               not
               ,
               but
               we
               enjoy
               at
               this
               day
               .
            
             
               The
               force
               at
               land
               is
               nothing
               inferiour
               to
               that
               at
               Sea
               ;
               
               for
               the
               kingdome
               is
               divided
               into
               52
               Shires
               ,
               in
               one
               only
               whereof
               (
               commonly
               called
               Yorkeshire
               )
               it
               is
               thought
               seventy
               thousand
               foot-men
               may
               be
               levied
               .
               Every
               shire
               hath
               a
               Lieutenant
               ,
               who
               seeth
               to
               the
               election
               and
               training
               of
               souldiers
               when
               necessity
               requireth
               .
               In
               chusing
               of
               souldiers
               ,
               they
               take
               the
               names
               of
               all
               the
               inhabitants
               :
               In
               the
               Country
               ,
               from
               above
               sixteene
               yeares
               of
               age
               to
               sixtie
               ;
               and
               out
               of
               these
               they
               chuse
               the
               likeliest
               and
               ablest
               for
               service
               .
               The
               taller
               and
               stronger
               are
               chosen
               for
               footmen
               ,
               and
               these
               divided
               into
               foure
               kinds
               .
               The
               first
               are
               Archers
               ,
               by
               whose
               dexterity
               they
               
               conquered
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               France
               ;
               tooke
               King
               Iohn
               captive
               ,
               and
               held
               Paris
               sixteene
               yeares
               in
               subjection
               .
               The
               Arrowes
               of
               the
               Parthians
               were
               never
               more
               dreadfull
               to
               the
               Romans
               ,
               than
               the
               Bowes
               of
               the
               English
               to
               Frenchmen
               .
               The
               second
               sort
               used
               browne
               Bils
               ,
               well
               headed
               with
               Iron
               ,
               with
               which
               they
               would
               strike
               ,
               and
               also
               plucke
               a
               man
               from
               his
               horse
               .
               This
               was
               the
               ancient
               weapon
               of
               the
               Britons
               .
               The
               other
               two
               ,
               use
               and
               experience
               of
               latter
               times
               hath
               taught
               them
               ;
               the
               one
               is
               the
               Harquebuze
               ,
               the
               other
               the
               Pike
               ,
               a
               fit
               weapon
               for
               their
               constitution
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               tall
               ,
               strong
               ,
               and
               man-like
               stature
               .
               For
               their
               service
               on
               Horsebacke
               ,
               they
               chuse
               men
               of
               small
               stature
               ,
               but
               well
               set
               ,
               active
               ,
               and
               nimble
               .
               These
               horsemen
               are
               of
               two
               sorts
               ;
               some
               heavie
               armed
               ,
               &
               those
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               Gentlemen
               ;
               other
               lighter
               armed
               ,
               and
               some
               riding
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Albannesses
               ;
               some
               after
               the
               fashion
               of
               Italie
               ,
               using
               a
               Scull
               ,
               a
               Iacke
               ,
               a
               Sword
               ,
               and
               long
               light
               Speares
               .
               And
               although
               they
               are
               able
               to
               bring
               to
               the
               field
               2000.
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               and
               infinite
               troopes
               of
               light
               Horsemen
               ;
               yet
               their
               Horsemen
               never
               carried
               reputation
               to
               their
               Footmen
               :
               For
               Edward
               the
               third
               ,
               and
               Henry
               the
               fifth
               (
               which
               made
               so
               many
               journeyes
               into
               France
               ,
               and
               obtained
               so
               many
               famous
               victories
               )
               to
               shew
               what
               confidence
               they
               reposed
               in
               their
               Infantely
               ,
               ever
               left
               their
               horse
               ,
               and
               put
               themselves
               into
               the
               battell
               of
               their
               footmen
               :
               wheras
               the
               French
               Kings
               not
               daring
               to
               inure
               the
               Commons
               to
               warfare
               (
               left
               leaving
               their
               manuall
               occupations
               and
               trades
               ,
               they
               should
               grow
               insolent
               in
               the
               warres
               ,
               to
               which
               humour
               they
               are
               greatly
               addicted
               )
               alwayes
               put
               themselves
               &
               their
               hopes
               upon
               the
               fortune
               of
               their
               Cavalry
               ,
               being
               all
               almost
               Gentlemen
               .
               But
               ,
               forasmuch
               as
               the
               French
               maintaine
               no
               good
               races
               of
               horse
               ,
               and
               to
               purchase
               them
               from
               other
               places
               ,
               is
               a
               matter
               of
               great
               charge
               ,
               and
               good
               cannot
               alwayes
               be
               gotten
               for
               money
               ;
               for
               these
               reasons
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               Horsemen
               are
               nothing
               so
               serviceable
               in
               the
               field
               as
               footmen
               ,
               I
               thinke
               the
               French
               have
               often
               beene
               so
               defeated
               by
               the
               English.
               
            
             
               To
               shew
               what
               force
               the
               Kings
               of
               England
               are
               able
               to
               
               bring
               into
               the
               field
               ,
               let
               these
               examples
               stand
               for
               many
               .
               Henry
               the
               eighth
               passed
               to
               Bullvigne
               ,
               with
               an
               Army
               divided
               into
               three
               Battalions
               :
               In
               the
               Vantguard
               passed
               twelve
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               five
               hundred
               light-Horsemen
               ,
               cloathed
               in
               blew
               Iackets
               with
               red
               guards
               .
               The
               middle
               ward
               (
               wherein
               the
               King
               was
               ,
               and
               passed
               last
               over
               )
               consisted
               of
               twentie
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               two
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               cloathed
               with
               red
               Iackets
               and
               yellow
               guards
               .
               In
               the
               rereward
               was
               the
               Duke
               of
               Norfolke
               ,
               &
               with
               him
               an
               Army
               like
               in
               number
               and
               apparell
               to
               the
               first
               ;
               saving
               that
               therein
               served
               one
               thousand
               Irishmen
               ,
               all
               naked
               save
               their
               maneles
               ,
               and
               their
               thicke
               gathered
               skirts
               :
               Their
               Armes
               were
               three
               Darts
               ,
               a
               Sword
               ,
               and
               a
               Skeane
               .
               They
               drew
               after
               them
               one
               hundred
               great
               peeces
               ,
               besides
               small
               :
               an
               Army
               by
               the
               censure
               of
               Guicciardini
               ,
               not
               more
               notable
               by
               the
               multitudes
               of
               souldiers
               ,
               and
               consideration
               of
               their
               valour
               ,
               than
               most
               glorious
               by
               the
               presence
               and
               Majesty
               of
               their
               King
               ,
               in
               whose
               person
               appeared
               at
               that
               instant
               ,
               being
               in
               an
               age
               disposed
               and
               active
               ,
               all
               those
               tokens
               of
               honour
               and
               magnanimity
               ,
               which
               rising
               after
               to
               their
               full
               ripenesse
               and
               perfection
               ,
               by
               degrees
               of
               time
               ,
               study
               ,
               &
               experience
               ,
               made
               him
               the
               most
               renowned
               and
               mighty
               Prince
               that
               lived
               in
               his
               age
               ,
               in
               all
               this
               part
               or
               circuit
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               which
               we
               call
               Christendome
               .
               Their
               carriages
               were
               so
               many
               ,
               that
               therewith
               they
               intrenched
               their
               Campe
               like
               a
               wall
               .
               And
               for
               the
               conveyance
               of
               their
               Ordnance
               ,
               their
               baggage
               ,
               and
               their
               provision
               ,
               they
               transported
               into
               the
               Continent
               ,
               above
               five
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               beside
               all
               other
               kinde
               of
               cattell
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               aforesaid
               yeare
               of
               88.
               after
               that
               Queene
               Elizabeth
               had
               provided
               fully
               and
               sufficiently
               to
               prevent
               her
               enemies
               at
               Sea
               ,
               then
               ceased
               she
               not
               to
               be
               as
               carefull
               at
               Land
               ,
               over
               her
               owne
               and
               her
               peoples
               safeties
               .
               And
               therfore
               to
               be
               ready
               against
               any
               sinister
               accident
               ,
               which
               it
               might
               have
               pleased
               the
               Almighty
               to
               have
               given
               her
               at
               Sea
               :
               at
               land
               she
               appointed
               five
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               souldiers
               to
               attend
               the
               enemy
               all
               along
               the
               Southerne
               coast
               .
               At
               Tilbury
               lay
               the
               Earle
               of
               Leicester
               ,
               with
               one
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               two
               and
               twenty
               
               thousand
               foot
               ,
               there
               to
               have
               entertained
               the
               enemie
               ,
               if
               hee
               had
               kept
               his
               resolution
               ;
               which
               was
               by
               the
               Thames
               mouth
               to
               have
               assailed
               London
               upon
               the
               sudden
               .
               For
               the
               guard
               of
               Her
               person
               (
               under
               the
               command
               of
               the
               Lord
               Hunsdon
               )
               she
               levied
               out
               of
               the
               Inland
               shires
               ,
               fioure
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               two
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               besides
               those
               goodly
               troops
               which
               the
               Nobility
               and
               Gentry
               presented
               unto
               her
               Majesties
               view
               ,
               to
               their
               meere
               love
               and
               zeale
               to
               Prince
               and
               Country
               .
            
             
               For
               neighbourhood
               in
               France
               ,
               
               it
               may
               be
               supposed
               that
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               reformed
               Religion
               will
               be
               alwayes
               glad
               to
               finde
               good
               correspondency
               from
               those
               ,
               
               who
               are
               interessed
               in
               like
               disadvantages
               as
               themselves
               .
               What
               may
               be
               done
               by
               the
               perswasions
               of
               the
               pestiferous
               Iesuites
               ,
               God
               onely
               knoweth
               .
               But
               this
               is
               certaine
               ,
               that
               betweene
               nations
               ingaged
               in
               ancient
               quarrels
               ,
               and
               both
               aspiring
               to
               one
               and
               the
               same
               greatnesse
               ,
               Alliances
               may
               easily
               be
               made
               ,
               friendship
               never
               .
               At
               worst
               ,
               the
               Frenchman
               is
               a
               tolerable
               friend
               ,
               though
               a
               doubtfull
               neighbour
               .
               
                 Francum
                 amicum
                 habe
                 ,
                 sed
                 non
                 vicinum
                 .
              
               The
               like
               saith
               He
               ,
               for
               us
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               proverbe
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               
               
                 That
                 the
                 Lion
                 is
                 not
                 so
                 fierce
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 printed
                 .
              
               His
               forces
               in
               all
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               (
               except
               those
               in
               the
               Low-countries
               )
               are
               farre
               under
               fame
               .
               And
               if
               the
               late
               Queene
               would
               have
               beleeved
               her
               men
               of
               warre
               ,
               as
               she
               did
               some
               others
               addicted
               to
               peacefull
               courses
               ,
               she
               might
               peradventure
               have
               broken
               that
               great
               Empire
               in
               peeces
               ,
               and
               made
               their
               Kings
               as
               in
               old
               times
               ,
               Kings
               onely
               of
               home-bred
               commodities
               .
               Well
               was
               it
               for
               them
               ,
               that
               her
               Majesty
               (
               alwayes
               inclinable
               to
               peace
               )
               did
               all
               by
               the
               halfes
               ,
               and
               petty
               invasions
               ,
               which
               indeed
               was
               her
               onely
               errour
               ;
               for
               future
               to
               teach
               the
               Spaniard
               how
               to
               defend
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               to
               see
               his
               owne
               weaknesse
               ;
               which
               till
               her
               attempts
               had
               taught
               him
               ,
               was
               hardly
               knowne
               to
               himselfe
               ;
               foure
               thousand
               men
               would
               have
               made
               a
               shrewd
               adventure
               to
               have
               taken
               his
               Indies
               from
               him
               ;
               I
               meane
               ,
               all
               the
               ports
               by
               which
               his
               treasure
               passeth
               :
               wherein
               he
               is
               more
               hated
               by
               the
               natives
               ,
               than
               the
               English
               are
               by
               the
               Irish.
               And
               
               then
               ,
               what
               shall
               his
               Low-countrie
               Armies
               doe
               ,
               if
               the
               Indies
               pay
               them
               not
               ?
               nothing
               but
               mutinie
               ,
               and
               spoile
               their
               owne
               territories
               as
               they
               have
               often
               done
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               late
               yeares
               ,
               almost
               to
               the
               ruine
               of
               the
               Archduke
               .
            
             
               So
               againe
               ,
               in
               88.
               if
               that
               Queene
               would
               have
               hearkned
               to
               hazard
               ,
               yet
               not
               without
               reason
               ,
               we
               had
               burnt
               all
               his
               ships
               and
               preparations
               in
               his
               owne
               ports
               ,
               as
               we
               did
               afterwards
               upon
               the
               same
               grounds
               and
               intelligence
               in
               Cadiz
               .
               He
               that
               knowes
               him
               not
               feares
               him
               ,
               but
               excepting
               his
               Low-countrie
               army
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               which
               hath
               continued
               in
               discipline
               since
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               his
               time
               ,
               he
               is
               no
               where
               strong
               ,
               they
               are
               but
               follies
               that
               are
               spoken
               of
               him
               elsewhere
               :
               Hee
               knoweth
               that
               we
               are
               too
               strong
               for
               him
               at
               Sea
               ,
               and
               have
               the
               Hollanders
               to
               helpe
               ,
               
               who
               are
               now
               by
               their
               industries
               in
               way
               to
               be
               strongest
               of
               all
               .
               They
               are
               a
               wise
               people
               ,
               and
               tooke
               it
               somewhat
               in
               ill
               part
               ,
               that
               we
               made
               peace
               without
               them
               ;
               which
               in
               truth
               forced
               them
               to
               conclude
               their
               long
               truce
               :
               They
               were
               the
               last
               that
               put
               downe
               armes
               ,
               and
               though
               they
               compounded
               upon
               the
               greatest
               disadvantage
               ,
               (
               France
               and
               England
               having
               first
               capitulated
               )
               yet
               they
               made
               a
               farre
               more
               noble
               peace
               than
               their
               associates
               did
               .
               Since
               that
               time
               (
               we
               finde
               )
               the
               people
               to
               be
               more
               provident
               ,
               and
               by
               degrees
               lesse
               respective
               of
               their
               neighbors
               .
               All
               histories
               will
               tell
               you
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               point
               worth
               the
               looking
               unto
               .
               For
               unto
               whom
               they
               fasten
               themselves
               ,
               he
               that
               enjoyeth
               them
               will
               be
               the
               greatest
               ,
               and
               give
               law
               to
               the
               rest
               .
               If
               any
               man
               doubt
               it
               ,
               he
               knowes
               not
               much
               ,
               all
               nations
               have
               their
               imperfections
               ,
               and
               so
               have
               we
               ;
               faults
               have
               at
               all
               times
               troubled
               the
               eye
               of
               understanding
               .
               For
               whereas
               in
               her
               Majesties
               time
               ,
               it
               is
               well
               knowne
               ,
               that
               one
               of
               her
               ships
               hath
               commanded
               forty
               of
               theirs
               to
               strike
               saile
               ,
               they
               will
               now
               undertake
               us
               one
               to
               one
               ,
               and
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               jealousies
               of
               time
               ,
               scant
               vouchsafe
               us
               a
               good
               word
               .
               But
               Kings
               are
               not
               like
               private
               men
               ,
               they
               forsake
               not
               one
               another
               in
               adversity
               ;
               though
               not
               alwayes
               for
               their
               sakes
               who
               are
               oppressed
               ,
               but
               for
               their
               owne
               securities
               ,
               because
               they
               watch
               (
               and
               reason
               good
               )
               the
               surmounting
               power
               of
               confining
               neighbourhood
               .
            
             
             
               These
               are
               the
               greatest
               States
               to
               bee
               looked
               after
               :
               
               As
               for
               the
               Archdukes
               ,
               these
               united
               Provinces
               for
               their
               particular
               interests
               ,
               will
               well
               enough
               attend
               him
               .
            
             
               Let
               us
               no
               more
               therefore
               be
               frighted
               with
               the
               Spaniards
               greatnesse
               ,
               the
               Venetians
               wealth
               and
               Arsenall
               ,
               the
               confederacie
               of
               
                 Florence
                 ,
                 Malta
                 ,
                 Genoa
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Pope
                 ,
                 Naples
              
               ,
               and
               Sicil
               ;
               yea
               ,
               worst
               of
               all
               ,
               with
               report
               of
               the
               Mahumetan
               invincible
               fleet
               .
               Let
               none
               save
               fooles
               admire
               wonders
               without
               knowledge
               .
               Why
               ,
               Ward
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Pyrats
               ,
               who
               at
               their
               first
               comming
               into
               the
               Seas
               ,
               might
               easily
               have
               beene
               choked
               ,
               from
               becomming
               a
               terrour
               to
               all
               the
               Levant
               ,
               let
               wise
               men
               judge
               :
               for
               my
               part
               ,
               I
               can
               give
               no
               other
               ghesse
               ,
               but
               the
               president
               of
               that
               admirable
               fight
               ,
               which
               Captaine
               
                 Iohn
                 King
              
               (
               when
               he
               was
               Master
               of
               the
               Merchant
               Royall
               )
               made
               against
               three
               great
               ships
               and
               fifteene
               gallies
               ,
               layed
               purposely
               in
               wait
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Straits
               ,
               to
               intercept
               all
               English
               passengers
               .
               And
               surely
               some
               Sea-men
               have
               beene
               of
               opinion
               ,
               with
               twenty
               good
               men
               of
               warre
               ,
               in
               contempt
               of
               the
               proudest
               Armada
               ,
               or
               frie
               of
               Gallies
               (
               as
               they
               have
               termed
               them
               )
               that
               those
               Seas
               can
               afford
               ,
               to
               performe
               actions
               beyond
               credit
               .
            
             
               Neither
               let
               fugitives
               flatter
               themselves
               with
               conceits
               of
               forren
               greatnesse
               .
               No
               people
               were
               more
               beholding
               to
               Tyrone
               and
               Terconnel
               than
               the
               Spanish
               ,
               in
               their
               miserable
               shipwracke
               upon
               the
               Irish
               coast
               .
               No
               men
               received
               larger
               promises
               ;
               
                 The
                 great
                 King
                 should
                 remember
                 his
                 humanity
                 and
                 noble
                 respect
                 :
                 The
                 Pope
                 himselfe
                 shall
                 gratifie
                 him
                 with
                 a
                 Phenix
                 plume
                 ,
              
               as
               he
               did
               King
               Iohn
               with
               a
               crowne
               of
               Peacocks
               feathers
               ,
               yea
               ,
               
                 they
                 can
                 complement
                 with
                 him
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 is
                 more
                 worthy
                 of
                 a
                 Diadem
                 ,
                 than
                 a
                 subjects
                 prostitution
                 .
              
               But
               is
               Tyrone
               in
               distresse
               ,
               and
               after
               shipwracke
               of
               his
               loyalty
               ,
               driven
               to
               make
               triall
               of
               his
               Spanish
               and
               Romish
               requitall
               ?
               At
               Millan
               hee
               is
               like
               to
               lie
               without
               doores
               ,
               if
               his
               stomacke
               cannot
               brooke
               the
               entertainment
               of
               a
               common
               Inne
               ;
               and
               at
               Rome
               bee
               welcomed
               with
               the
               allowance
               of
               a
               
                 subject
                 of
                 charity
              
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               defamations
               breathed
               from
               the
               poyson
               of
               malice
               ,
               
               I
               make
               no
               question
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               generous
               disposition
               of
               noble
               Governours
               ,
               they
               will
               returne
               to
               the
               disgrace
               of
               the
               brocheri
               .
               As
               it
               fell
               out
               to
               Captaine
               
                 R.
                 Yorke
              
               ,
               by
               the
               worthinesse
               of
               an
               honourable
               enemy
               Count
               Mansfield
               :
               who
               hearing
               this
               traiterous
               Captaine
               to
               transgresse
               the
               bounds
               of
               patience
               ,
               in
               undecent
               railing
               upon
               the
               government
               of
               England
               ,
               and
               the
               life
               of
               the
               late
               Queene
               :
               
                 Sir
                 Rowland
              
               (
               quoth
               he
               )
               
                 in
                 plaine
                 termes
                 I
                 assure
                 you
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 custome
                 of
                 my
                 table
                 will
                 allow
                 of
                 no
                 such
                 irregular
                 behaviour
                 .
              
            
             
               Thus
               have
               I
               shewed
               you
               the
               love
               of
               some
               ,
               and
               the
               malice
               of
               others
               abroad
               ,
               with
               our
               owne
               happinesse
               at
               home
               ,
               if
               we
               can
               be
               thankfull
               for
               it
               .
               Amongst
               the
               which
               ,
               as
               last
               ,
               but
               not
               least
               ,
               I
               account
               the
               continued
               tranquillitie
               of
               England
               ,
               especially
               to
               consist
               in
               the
               moderate
               ,
               yet
               honourable
               respect
               of
               our
               Nobilitie
               ;
               wherein
               though
               they
               possesse
               few
               Castles
               or
               strong
               places
               ,
               invironed
               with
               rampiers
               and
               ditches
               ;
               neither
               that
               the
               Titles
               of
               Dukes
               ,
               Marquesses
               ,
               or
               Earles
               ,
               are
               more
               than
               titular
               ,
               as
               bestowed
               (
               upon
               desert
               )
               at
               the
               pleasure
               of
               the
               Prince
               ;
               yet
               have
               they
               the
               government
               of
               Provinces
               ,
               with
               subordinate
               authoritie
               over
               the
               people
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               quiet
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               and
               the
               prosperitie
               of
               the
               kingdome
               :
               where
               ,
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               the
               Nobilitie
               in
               France
               ,
               possessing
               some
               absolute
               ,
               and
               some
               mixt
               jurisdiction
               ,
               with
               hereditary
               titles
               ,
               &c.
               being
               Lords
               not
               only
               of
               Townes
               ,
               but
               of
               great
               and
               goodly
               Cities
               also
               ,
               and
               receiving
               homage
               and
               fealtie
               of
               their
               tenants
               ,
               doe
               (
               as
               wee
               have
               often
               seene
               )
               but
               badly
               and
               at
               pleasure
               acknowledge
               the
               soveraigntie
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               the
               Arrest
               of
               the
               Parliaments
               .
            
             
               SCotland
               ,
               
               another
               portion
               of
               Brittaine
               ,
               in
               times
               past
               began
               at
               the
               Mountaine
               Grampius
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               to
               its
               utmost
               border
               was
               extended
               Northward
               :
               But
               in
               future
               times
               ,
               by
               the
               extinguishment
               of
               the
               Picts
               ,
               it
               reached
               also
               unto
               Tweed
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               also
               to
               Twine
               :
               the
               chance
               of
               warre
               so
               moderating
               in
               these
               counterchanges
               ,
               as
               in
               all
               other
               worldly
               occurrences
               .
               Whereupon
               its
               longitude
               from
               Tweed
               unto
               the
               utmost
               limit
               ,
               is
               thought
               to
               be
               foure
               hundred
               and
               fourescore
               miles
               .
               But
               ,
               as
               this
               Province
               is
               longer
               than
               England
               ,
               
               so
               is
               it
               narrow
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               endeth
               like
               unto
               a
               wedge
               .
               For
               the
               unshapeable
               and
               rough
               Mountaine
               Grampius
               (
               whereof
               even
               Tacitus
               in
               the
               life
               of
               Agricol●
               made
               mention
               )
               runneth
               thorow
               the
               very
               heart
               thereof
               ,
               even
               from
               the
               German
               shore
               (
               that
               is
               ,
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               River
               Dee
               )
               unto
               the
               Irish
               coast
               ,
               and
               unto
               that
               Lake
               which
               the
               Inhabitants
               call
               Lomund
               ,
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               that
               country
               and
               the
               said
               mountaine
               .
            
             
               The
               Kingdome
               hath
               every
               where
               safe
               harbours
               ,
               creekes
               ,
               lakes
               ,
               marishes
               ,
               rivers
               and
               fountaines
               replenished
               with
               fish
               :
               As
               also
               mountaines
               ,
               and
               in
               tops
               thereof
               large
               plaines
               ,
               yeelding
               abundance
               of
               grazing
               to
               cattell
               ,
               and
               woods
               wonderfully
               abounding
               with
               venerie
               .
               By
               the
               advantages
               of
               which
               place
               ,
               the
               people
               being
               sustained
               ,
               could
               never
               be
               fully
               conquered
               ;
               for
               every
               Province
               ,
               Woods
               and
               Marishes
               ,
               were
               ready
               refuges
               to
               their
               safeties
               ;
               and
               wilde
               beasts
               ,
               and
               plentie
               of
               cattell
               ,
               remedies
               against
               famine
               for
               their
               bodies
               .
            
             
               Those
               who
               inhabit
               the
               Southerne
               part
               ,
               as
               by
               much
               the
               best
               ,
               so
               are
               they
               the
               better
               qualified
               ,
               the
               civillest
               ,
               and
               speake
               the
               English
               language
               .
               And
               sithence
               that
               Nature
               hath
               denied
               them
               plentie
               of
               fewell
               ,
               their
               firing
               is
               of
               a
               blacke
               stone
               ,
               which
               they
               digge
               out
               of
               the
               earth
               .
               
               The
               people
               who
               dwell
               in
               the
               Northerne
               and
               Mountainous
               parts
               ,
               are
               a
               very
               savage
               and
               uncivill
               kinde
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               termed
               
                 Silvestres
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Highland-men
              
               .
               These
               after
               the
               Irish
               fashion
               were
               accustomed
               to
               be
               cloathed
               with
               a
               mantle
               ,
               and
               a
               shirt
               coloured
               with
               Saffron
               ,
               and
               to
               goe
               bare
               legged
               as
               high
               as
               their
               knees
               .
               Their
               weapons
               are
               Bow
               and
               Arrowes
               ,
               with
               a
               very
               broad
               Sword
               &
               Dagger
               ,
               sharpe
               but
               on
               one
               edge
               .
               They
               all
               speake
               Irish
               ,
               and
               feed
               upon
               fish
               ,
               milke
               ,
               cheese
               ,
               and
               flesh
               ,
               and
               have
               great
               store
               of
               cattell
               .
            
             
               They
               differ
               from
               the
               English
               both
               in
               Lawes
               &
               Customes
               ;
               for
               the
               one
               retaineth
               the
               Civill
               Law
               ,
               as
               almost
               doe
               all
               other
               Nations
               :
               but
               the
               English
               have
               their
               peculiar
               or
               Municipall
               Lawes
               .
               In
               other
               things
               they
               differ
               not
               much
               .
               Their
               Language
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               is
               one
               and
               the
               same
               ,
               the
               same
               constitution
               of
               body
               ,
               equall
               courage
               in
               battell
               ,
               and
               semblable
               addiction
               
               unto
               hunting
               ,
               even
               from
               their
               Childhoods
               .
            
             
               Their
               houses
               in
               the
               Villages
               are
               very
               small
               ,
               and
               covered
               with
               straw
               or
               reed
               ;
               wherein
               as
               well
               their
               cattell
               as
               themselves
               ,
               in
               manner
               of
               stables
               ,
               doe
               reside
               .
               Their
               townes
               (
               except
               that
               of
               
                 S.
                 Iohns
              
               )
               are
               invironed
               with
               no
               walls
               ;
               so
               that
               it
               should
               seeme
               ,
               that
               their
               couragious
               minds
               doe
               repose
               the
               safetie
               of
               their
               lives
               in
               the
               only
               vertue
               of
               their
               bodies
               .
               They
               are
               also
               ingenious
               ,
               which
               their
               learning
               manifesteth
               ,
               so
               that
               unto
               what
               Art
               soever
               they
               doe
               addict
               their
               capacities
               ,
               they
               easily
               profit
               therein
               .
               And
               those
               also
               who
               meditate
               nothing
               but
               sloth
               ,
               ease
               ,
               and
               lazinesse
               ,
               (
               though
               by
               refusall
               to
               take
               any
               paines
               ,
               they
               live
               most
               basely
               and
               beggerly
               )
               yet
               will
               they
               not
               let
               to
               boast
               of
               their
               Gentrie
               ,
               and
               that
               so
               presumptuously
               ,
               as
               if
               it
               were
               more
               commendable
               for
               a
               man
               well
               descended
               to
               beg
               ,
               than
               to
               betake
               himselfe
               to
               any
               ingenious
               profession
               ,
               for
               the
               sustentation
               of
               his
               carkase
               .
               But
               withall
               they
               are
               accounted
               naturally
               to
               be
               very
               zealous
               in
               Religion
               .
            
             
               About
               Scotland
               ,
               in
               the
               Irish
               Ocean
               ,
               are
               more
               than
               forty
               Islands
               ,
               by
               Pliny
               termed
               Britaniae
               ,
               but
               by
               others
               Meraniae
               ,
               and
               Herbrides
               .
               The
               biggest
               of
               these
               in
               length
               exceeds
               not
               thirty
               miles
               ;
               in
               bredth
               ,
               not
               above
               twelve
               .
               Amongst
               them
               is
               Iona
               ,
               famous
               for
               the
               ancient
               sepulture
               of
               the
               Scottish
               Kings
               .
               All
               the
               Inhabitants
               speake
               the
               Irish
               tongue
               :
               a
               pregnant
               argument
               that
               they
               are
               descended
               from
               the
               Irishry
               .
            
             
               Beyond
               Scotland
               Northwards
               lie
               the
               Orcades
               ,
               in
               number
               (
               saith
               Ptolomy
               )
               thirty
               ,
               being
               partly
               seated
               in
               the
               Deucalidon
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               partly
               in
               the
               German
               .
               The
               chiefe
               whereof
               is
               called
               Pamonia
               ,
               and
               therein
               is
               an
               Episcopall
               Sea
               ,
               being
               subject
               unto
               the
               King
               of
               
                 Great
                 Brittaine
              
               .
               The
               Islanders
               speake
               the
               Gotish
               tongue
               ;
               a
               record
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               descended
               from
               the
               Germans
               .
               Of
               stature
               they
               are
               all
               ,
               of
               a
               sound
               constitution
               ;
               whereby
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               for
               the
               greater
               part
               they
               are
               long-lived
               ,
               although
               most
               commonly
               they
               live
               upon
               fish
               .
               The
               soile
               is
               in
               a
               manner
               alwayes
               covered
               with
               snow
               :
               in
               many
               places
               it
               will
               scarce
               beare
               graine
               ,
               but
               of
               trees
               almost
               none
               .
            
             
               Beyond
               the
               Orcades
               heth
               Thule
               ,
               from
               whence
               but
               one
               dayes
               saile
               (
               saith
               Pliny
               )
               is
               the
               Frozen
               Sea
               ,
               and
               therein
               Island
               ,
               
               whereunto
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               our
               Merchants
               doe
               make
               an
               annuall
               trading
               ,
               to
               fish
               themselves
               ,
               or
               to
               buy
               fish
               of
               others
               .
               Which
               for
               that
               it
               is
               neerest
               unto
               the
               Pole
               ,
               some
               doe
               judge
               to
               bee
               Thule
               .
               And
               this
               is
               all
               that
               I
               have
               to
               say
               concerning
               the
               situation
               of
               Scotland
               :
               now
               will
               I
               turne
               my
               pen
               to
               the
               nature
               and
               fashions
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               .
            
             
               WAles
               is
               accounted
               the
               third
               portion
               of
               the
               Island
               ;
               
               In
               regard
               of
               the
               heart
               of
               England
               ,
               it
               lieth
               upon
               the
               left
               hand
               ,
               and
               in
               manner
               of
               a
               Peninsula
               stretcheth
               into
               the
               Ocean
               ,
               on
               all
               sides
               incircled
               with
               the
               Sea
               ,
               save
               towards
               the
               East
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               Severne
               ,
               the
               separatresse
               of
               Wales
               and
               England
               ;
               although
               many
               late
               Writers
               ,
               (
               as
               abovesaid
               )
               make
               the
               City
               of
               Hereford
               the
               bounder
               thereof
               ;
               and
               will
               have
               Wales
               to
               beginne
               at
               Chepstow
               ,
               where
               the
               River
               Wy
               being
               united
               with
               Lugge
               ,
               and
               passing
               by
               Hereford
               ,
               falleth
               into
               the
               Sea.
               This
               River
               (
               as
               Severne
               )
               ariseth
               from
               an
               Inland
               part
               of
               Wales
               ,
               from
               one
               and
               the
               selfe-same
               Mountaine
               ,
               but
               whether
               from
               one
               and
               the
               selfe-same
               Fountaine
               ,
               I
               am
               not
               able
               to
               shew
               ;
               and
               it
               
                 Cornelius
                 Tacitus
              
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               termeth
               Antona
               .
               For
               even
               thither
               reacheth
               a
               huge
               arme
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               which
               cutting
               in
               betweene
               the
               Land
               by
               the
               West
               ,
               watreth
               Cornwall
               on
               the
               right
               hand
               ,
               and
               Wales
               on
               the
               left
               .
               This
               Topography
               we
               follow
               ,
               as
               the
               Moderne
               ,
               and
               therefore
               say
               ,
               that
               Wales
               from
               Chepstow
               (
               where
               it
               taketh
               beginning
               )
               is
               extended
               Northward
               a
               little
               above
               Shrewsbury
               ,
               as
               ●arre
               as
               Chester
               .
               Hither
               it
               was
               (
               as
               Memory
               recordeth
               )
               that
               the
               reliques
               of
               those
               Brittons
               ,
               who
               over-lived
               the
               generall
               slaughter
               after
               the
               losse
               of
               their
               Country
               ,
               in
               their
               utmost
               extremities
               retired
               themselves
               ;
               and
               there
               ,
               partly
               by
               the
               strength
               of
               the
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               the
               fastnesse
               of
               the
               Woods
               and
               Bogs
               ,
               (
               where
               with
               that
               Province
               was
               for
               the
               most
               part
               replenished
               ,
               )
               they
               purchased
               unto
               themselves
               places
               of
               safety
               ,
               which
               unto
               this
               day
               they
               have
               made
               good
               ,
               and
               retaine
               .
               Thence-forth
               the
               English
               stiled
               the
               Countrey
               Wales
               ,
               and
               the
               Inhabitants
               Welshmen
               ,
               which
               denomination
               in
               the
               German
               language
               ,
               signifieth
               a
               Stranger
               ,
               an
               Alien
               ,
               a
               Guest
               ,
               or
               a
               
                 New-come
                 person
              
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               one
               that
               speaketh
               
               a
               different
               language
               from
               that
               of
               the
               German
               ;
               for
               in
               their
               understanding
               ,
               Walsh
               signifieth
               a
               Forrainer
               ,
               or
               Stranger
               ,
               whether
               it
               be
               Italian
               or
               Frenchman
               ,
               if
               he
               differ
               in
               language
               from
               the
               German
               ;
               and
               Man
               is
               as
               Homo
               ,
               in
               Latine
               .
               The
               Angles
               therefore
               being
               a
               people
               of
               Germany
               ,
               becomming
               Lords
               of
               Brittanie
               ,
               after
               their
               Country
               manner
               ,
               termed
               those
               Brittons
               who
               escaped
               the
               ruine
               of
               their
               Country
               ,
               Wallons
               ,
               or
               Welshmen
               ;
               for
               that
               they
               spake
               a
               language
               contrary
               to
               that
               of
               their
               owne
               ;
               and
               also
               the
               Soile
               ,
               whither
               they
               fled
               to
               inhabit
               ,
               Wallia
               ;
               which
               Name
               the
               Nation
               as
               well
               as
               the
               people
               ,
               retaine
               unto
               this
               day
               .
               And
               so
               the
               Brittons
               lost
               their
               name
               ,
               together
               with
               their
               Empire
               .
            
             
               The
               soile
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               especially
               of
               that
               which
               adjoyneth
               unto
               the
               Sea
               ,
               or
               consisteth
               of
               Champian
               ,
               is
               most
               fertile
               ,
               which
               both
               to
               Man
               and
               Beast
               supplieth
               great
               store
               of
               provision
               :
               but
               contrariwise
               ,
               for
               the
               Major
               part
               it
               is
               barren
               ,
               and
               lesse
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               (
               peradventure
               )
               for
               that
               good
               husbandrie
               is
               wanting
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               cause
               that
               the
               Husbandmen
               live
               hardly
               ,
               eat
               Oaten-bread
               ,
               and
               drinke
               Milke
               ,
               sometime
               mingled
               with
               water
               .
               In
               it
               are
               many
               fine
               Townes
               ,
               with
               fortified
               Castles
               ,
               and
               foure
               Bishopricks
               ;
               if
               Hereford
               be
               accounted
               in
               England
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               according
               to
               the
               Moderne
               description
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               have
               also
               a
               different
               language
               from
               the
               English
               ,
               which
               they
               (
               who
               boast
               to
               derive
               their
               pedegree
               from
               the
               Trojan
               Line
               )
               doe
               affirme
               to
               participate
               partly
               of
               the
               Trojan
               antiquity
               ,
               and
               partly
               of
               the
               Grecian
               .
               Verily
               ,
               however
               the
               case
               standeth
               ,
               their
               pronuntiation
               is
               not
               so
               sweet
               and
               fluent
               ,
               as
               is
               the
               pronuntiation
               of
               the
               English
               ;
               for
               that
               the
               Welsh
               in
               my
               opinion
               ,
               do
               speak
               more
               neere
               the
               throat
               ;
               whereas
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               the
               English
               truly
               imitating
               the
               Latines
               ,
               doe
               pronounce
               their
               words
               a
               little
               betweene
               their
               lips
               ,
               which
               to
               the
               Auditor
               yeeldeth
               a
               pleasing
               sound
               .
               Thus
               much
               of
               Wales
               ,
               the
               third
               portion
               of
               Brittany
               .
            
             
               THe
               fourth
               and
               last
               part
               followeth
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               Cornewall
               .
               This
               Province
               taketh
               its
               beginning
               upon
               that
               part
               of
               the
               Iland
               which
               looketh
               towards
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               the
               
               setting
               of
               the
               Sunne
               .
               To
               the
               Eastward
               it
               stretcheth
               ninetie
               miles
               ,
               even
               a
               little
               beyond
               Saint
               Germains
               ,
               a
               fine
               Village
               ,
               and
               seated
               towards
               the
               right
               hand
               upon
               the
               Sea-shore
               ;
               where
               its
               greatest
               breadth
               is
               but
               twenty
               miles
               over
               .
               For
               this
               portion
               of
               ground
               upon
               the
               right
               side
               is
               incircled
               with
               the
               Ocean
               ;
               upon
               the
               left
               ,
               with
               that
               inlet
               of
               Sea
               ,
               which
               (
               as
               before
               we
               told
               you
               )
               pierceth
               into
               the
               Land
               as
               farre
               as
               Chepstow
               ;
               where
               taking
               the
               similitude
               of
               a
               horne
               ,
               it
               runneth
               along
               ,
               first
               narrow
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               broader
               ,
               a
               little
               beyond
               the
               Towne
               of
               Saint
               Germaines
               .
               Eastward
               it
               bordereth
               upon
               England
               ;
               upon
               the
               West
               ,
               the
               South
               ,
               and
               the
               North
               ,
               the
               maine
               Ocean
               incompasseth
               it
               .
               The
               Soile
               is
               very
               barren
               ,
               and
               yeeldeth
               profit
               rather
               by
               the
               toyle
               of
               the
               Husbandman
               ,
               than
               its
               owne
               good
               nature
               .
               But
               for
               Tinne
               ,
               it
               is
               admirable
               bountifull
               ,
               in
               the
               Mines
               whereof
               consisteth
               the
               better
               part
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               happinesse
               .
            
             
               However
               the
               Language
               is
               greatly
               different
               from
               the
               English
               ,
               but
               with
               the
               Welsh
               it
               participateth
               with
               no
               small
               affinitie
               :
               for
               either
               language
               hath
               the
               denomination
               of
               many
               things
               in
               common
               .
               The
               onely
               difference
               is
               ,
               that
               a
               Welshman
               hearing
               a
               Cornishman
               speaking
               ,
               rather
               understandeth
               some
               words
               ,
               than
               his
               whole
               speech
               :
               A
               thing
               worthy
               admiration
               ,
               that
               in
               one
               and
               the
               same
               Iland
               ,
               there
               should
               be
               so
               different
               a
               confusion
               of
               Languages
               .
            
             
               Cornewall
               pertaineth
               unto
               Exeter
               Diocesse
               ,
               and
               in
               times
               past
               was
               thought
               worthy
               to
               be
               accounted
               for
               a
               fourth
               part
               of
               the
               Iland
               ;
               partly
               for
               the
               dissimilitude
               of
               the
               language
               ,
               and
               partly
               for
               that
               it
               received
               the
               first
               inhabitants
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               .
               )
               But
               afterwards
               the
               Normans
               ,
               who
               constituted
               a
               new
               forme
               of
               a
               Common-wealth
               ,
               admitted
               Cornewall
               amongst
               the
               number
               of
               the
               Counties
               .
            
             
               THe
               first
               are
               the
               Sorlings
               ,
               &
               lie
               against
               the
               Cape
               of
               Cornewall
               .
               
               They
               are
               now
               termed
               Silly
               ,
               and
               are
               few
               lesse
               than
               145.
               covered
               with
               grasse
               ,
               and
               inclosed
               with
               huge
               and
               massie
               rocks
               .
               They
               are
               fruitfull
               enough
               for
               Corne
               ,
               but
               are
               used
               altogether
               to
               the
               feeding
               of
               Conies
               ,
               Cranes
               ,
               Swannes
               ,
               and
               
               Sea-Fowle
               .
               Some
               of
               them
               yeeld
               Tinne
               ,
               and
               the
               fairest
               thereof
               is
               called
               Saint
               Maries
               ,
               being
               fortified
               with
               a
               Castle
               and
               Garrison
               .
               The
               residue
               of
               lesse
               fame
               ,
               for
               brevitie
               we
               will
               willingly
               omit
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Severne
               Sea
               lie
               Chaldey
               ,
               and
               
                 Londay
                 :
                 Londay
              
               is
               two
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               broad
               ;
               full
               of
               good
               pasture
               ,
               and
               abounding
               with
               Conies
               and
               Doves
               ,
               and
               those
               Fowles
               which
               
                 Alexander
                 Necham
              
               termeth
               Ganimed
               his
               birds
               .
               And
               though
               it
               be
               wholly
               incircled
               with
               the
               Sea
               ,
               yet
               it
               yeeldeth
               fresh
               water
               from
               the
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               openeth
               but
               one
               only
               passage
               ,
               where
               thorow
               two
               men
               can
               hardly
               passe
               afront
               ,
               the
               residue
               is
               inclosed
               with
               high
               and
               horrible
               overshuts
               of
               Rocks
               .
            
             
               MOna
               or
               Anglesey
               is
               a
               famous
               Iland
               separated
               from
               Wales
               by
               a
               small
               fret
               ,
               the
               ancient
               dwelling
               place
               of
               the
               Druides
               .
               It
               is
               two
               and
               twenty
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               threescore
               broad
               .
               
               Although
               that
               in
               ancient
               times
               ,
               this
               Iland
               seemed
               barren
               and
               unpleasant
               ,
               yet
               in
               these
               dayes
               it
               hath
               beene
               so
               well
               husbanded
               ,
               and
               become
               so
               fertile
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               stiled
               the
               
                 Mother
                 of
                 Wales
              
               .
               It
               is
               sufficiently
               stored
               with
               Cattell
               ,
               it
               yeeldeth
               the
               Grind-stone
               ,
               and
               the
               Minerall
               earth
               whereof
               Allom
               and
               Vitriall
               are
               confected
               .
               It
               once
               contained
               363.
               
               Villages
               ,
               and
               is
               at
               this
               day
               reasonable
               populous
               .
               The
               Ilanders
               are
               wealthy
               and
               valiant
               ,
               and
               altogether
               speake
               the
               Welsh
               tongue
               .
            
             
               MAn
               lieth
               just
               betweene
               the
               Northerne
               parts
               of
               Ireland
               and
               Brittaine
               :
               In
               length
               it
               containeth
               little
               lesse
               than
               thirty
               Italian
               miles
               ,
               in
               bredth
               where
               it
               is
               broadest
               ,
               not
               above
               fifteene
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               places
               hardly
               eight
               .
               In
               Bedas
               time
               (
               saith
               Camden
               )
               it
               contained
               three
               hundred
               families
               ,
               but
               now
               it
               can
               shew
               not
               above
               seventeene
               parish
               Churches
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               plentifull
               store
               of
               Flax
               and
               Hempe
               ,
               Tillage
               and
               Pasture
               ,
               Wheat
               and
               Barley
               ,
               but
               especially
               of
               Oats
               ,
               whereof
               for
               the
               most
               part
               the
               inhabitants
               feed
               .
               There
               are
               also
               droves
               of
               Rother
               beasts
               to
               be
               seene
               ,
               &
               flocks
               of
               sheep
               without
               
               number
               ,
               but
               generally
               all
               sorts
               of
               Cattell
               are
               lesse
               of
               growth
               than
               in
               England
               .
               In
               stead
               of
               Wood
               they
               use
               a
               bituminous
               Cole
               ,
               in
               digging
               whereof
               ,
               sometimes
               they
               light
               upon
               trees
               buried
               in
               the
               earth
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               above
               all
               things
               hate
               theft
               and
               begging
               ,
               being
               but
               weake
               by
               nature
               .
               Those
               which
               inhabit
               the
               Southerne
               parts
               ,
               speake
               the
               Irish
               tongue
               ,
               those
               wh●ch
               dwell
               towards
               the
               North
               speake
               the
               Scottish
               .
            
             
               THe
               Hebrides
               are
               foure
               and
               forty
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               lie
               upon
               the
               South
               of
               Scotland
               :
               the
               Orcades
               are
               thirty
               ,
               and
               extend
               towards
               the
               North.
               The
               Inhabitants
               of
               the
               former
               speake
               Irish
               :
               the
               people
               of
               the
               latter
               ,
               Gottish
               .
            
             
               Wight
               is
               seated
               in
               the
               Brittish
               Ocean
               :
               the
               Inhabitants
               (
               saith
               Camden
               )
               are
               warlike
               ,
               the
               soile
               gratefull
               to
               the
               Ploughman
               ,
               and
               well
               replenished
               with
               pastures
               .
               It
               hath
               in
               it
               six
               and
               thirty
               Villages
               ,
               Hamlets
               ,
               and
               Castles
               :
               in
               Beda's
               time
               twelve
               hundred
               families
               .
            
             
               Iarsey
               ,
               lying
               over
               against
               Constans
               ,
               an
               ancient
               Citie
               of
               Normandy
               ,
               containeth
               about
               thirty
               miles
               in
               circuit
               ,
               and
               is
               environed
               with
               Rocks
               and
               dangerous
               Shallowes
               .
               It
               is
               very
               fruitfull
               in
               fruit
               and
               cattell
               ,
               in
               plenty
               of
               fish
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               many
               Orchards
               ,
               abounding
               with
               that
               kinde
               of
               wine
               which
               the
               English
               call
               Sider
               .
               In
               stead
               of
               wood
               ,
               which
               the
               Iland
               wanteth
               ,
               they
               make
               their
               fewell
               of
               Sea-weed
               dried
               in
               the
               Sunne
               ,
               and
               growing
               so
               thicke
               upon
               the
               Rocks
               ,
               that
               a
               farre
               off
               a
               Sea-man
               would
               judge
               them
               to
               be
               whole
               Acres
               of
               Copice
               .
               With
               the
               ashes
               hereof
               they
               manure
               their
               grounds
               .
               It
               containeth
               twelve
               Parishes
               .
            
             
               Garnsey
               is
               twenty
               miles
               distant
               from
               I●rsey
               ,
               somewhat
               lesse
               ,
               and
               nothing
               so
               fruitfull
               .
               It
               nourisheth
               no
               venomous
               creature
               ,
               as
               doth
               the
               former
               .
               It
               is
               better
               fortified
               by
               nature
               :
               and
               from
               the
               tops
               of
               the
               broken
               Rocks
               (
               wherewith
               it
               is
               incircled
               )
               doe
               the
               Lapidaries
               and
               Glasiers
               fetch
               that
               most
               hard
               stone
               ,
               where
               with
               they
               cut
               their
               Iewels
               and
               Glasse
               .
               The
               Haven
               likewise
               is
               more
               secure
               and
               safe
               for
               shipping
               and
               Merchants
               ,
               especially
               at
               the
               harbour
               of
               
                 S.
                 Peter
              
               ,
               where
               by
               ancient
               
               privileges
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               England
               (
               saith
               Camden
               )
               is
               continuall
               truce
               ,
               be
               the
               warre
               never
               so
               open
               and
               furious
               betweene
               the
               French
               and
               the
               English.
               For
               in
               these
               times
               may
               the
               Merchants
               of
               either
               Nation
               resort
               without
               wrong
               or
               danger
               .
               They
               want
               wood
               likewise
               ,
               and
               therefore
               either
               use
               the
               foresaid
               weed
               for
               fewell
               ,
               or
               Sea-coles
               brought
               out
               of
               England
               .
            
          
           
             
               France
               .
            
             
               FRance
               hath
               beene
               much
               larger
               than
               now
               it
               is
               ;
               as
               of
               old
               containing
               
                 Switzerland
                 ,
                 Piedmont
              
               ,
               and
               Lumbardy
               beyond
               the
               Alps
               ;
               and
               on
               this
               side
               extending
               to
               the
               banks
               of
               Rhine
               ;
               yea
               ,
               the
               Wallon
               Countries
               were
               then
               reckoned
               unto
               France
               ,
               and
               some
               others
               ,
               which
               later
               Geographers
               have
               laid
               unto
               
                 Germany
                 .
                 France
              
               as
               now
               it
               is
               ,
               is
               on
               the
               North
               bounded
               with
               Lou-Germany
               ,
               a
               strait
               imaginary
               line
               (
               in
               stead
               of
               a
               better
               bounder
               )
               being
               drawne
               from
               Calais
               all
               along
               beyond
               Lorraigne
               within
               a
               league
               of
               Zaverne
               in
               Alsatia
               ,
               three
               or
               foure
               leagues
               short
               of
               Strasburg
               :
               on
               the
               left
               and
               North
               side
               of
               which
               line
               ,
               lie
               Flanders
               ,
               the
               Wallons
               of
               Hannow
               and
               Luxemburg
               :
               and
               on
               the
               right
               side
               ,
               Picardy
               ,
               part
               of
               Champaigne
               and
               Lorraine
               :
               on
               the
               North-west
               it
               is
               washed
               with
               the
               Brittish
               Ocean
               ;
               on
               the
               West
               with
               the
               Sea
               of
               Aquitaine
               :
               on
               the
               South
               it
               is
               thwarted
               by
               the
               
                 Pyrenean
                 Mountaines
              
               ,
               which
               part
               it
               from
               Spaine
               :
               being
               toward
               the
               East
               lickt
               with
               the
               
                 Mediterranean
                 Sea.
              
               On
               the
               fu●l
               East
               doe
               the
               Alps
               divide
               〈◊〉
               from
               Italie
               ;
               being
               on
               this
               side
               trenched
               upon
               by
               that
               part
               of
               Germany
               which
               lies
               betweene
               it
               and
               the
               Rhine
               ,
               which
               was
               the
               old
               bounder
               of
               this
               kingdome
               :
               And
               this
               is
               the
               accuratest
               limitation
               .
               It
               lies
               under
               the
               Northerne
               temperate
               Zone
               ,
               within
               the
               13.
               and
               19.
               
               Parallels
               :
               The
               latitude
               beginning
               about
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               fifth
               Climate
               ,
               where
               the
               longest
               day
               is
               fifteene
               houres
               ,
               and
               extending
               to
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               eighth
               ,
               where
               the
               longest
               day
               is
               sixteene
               houres
               and
               an
               halfe
               .
               
               In
               longitude
               it
               taketh
               up
               all
               those
               Meridians
               which
               are
               betwixt
               the
               fifteenth
               and
               the
               nineteenth
               .
               
                 There
                 is
                 no
                 Country
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 better
                 situate
                 than
                 that
                 of
                 France
                 ;
                 for
                 it
                 participateth
                 of
                 the
                 Climate
                 ,
                 both
                 hot
                 and
                 cold
                 .
              
               It
               is
               in
               length
               ,
               from
               Bologne
               to
               Marseilles
               ,
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               ,
               after
               the
               rate
               of
               three
               English
               miles
               a
               league
               ;
               and
               in
               breadth
               ,
               from
               
                 Mount
                 S.
                 Bernard
              
               ,
               to
               
                 S.
                 Iohn
                 de
                 Luze
              
               as
               much
               :
               for
               it
               is
               holden
               by
               some
               Authors
               to
               be
               of
               figure
               quadrate
               ;
               which
               notwithstanding
               Bodin
               denieth
               ,
               avowing
               it
               to
               be
               in
               forme
               of
               a
               Lozenge
               ,
               with
               whom
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               consenteth
               ,
               measuring
               it
               thus
               ;
               From
               Calais
               to
               Narbone
               ,
               North
               and
               South
               ,
               it
               is
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               :
               from
               Rochel
               to
               Lions
               ,
               West
               and
               East
               ,
               it
               is
               120.
               leagues
               :
               from
               Mets
               to
               Bayon
               North-East
               ,
               and
               South-West
               ,
               it
               is
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               ;
               and
               from
               Morley
               in
               Bretagny
               to
               Antibe
               in
               Province
               ,
               North-West
               ,
               and
               South-East
               ,
               it
               is
               as
               much
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               many
               places
               within
               this
               compasse
               are
               not
               holden
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               as
               Avignon
               ,
               and
               what
               else
               the
               Pope
               hath
               .
               
                 Toul
                 ,
                 Verdun
              
               ,
               and
               Mets
               are
               holden
               of
               the
               Empire
               :
               and
               Cambray
               ,
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Austrich
               :
               in
               like
               case
               of
               protection
               ,
               as
               Constance
               in
               
                 Swisserland
                 ,
                 Virich
              
               in
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               and
               Vienna
               in
               Austria
               ;
               and
               as
               Lucca
               and
               Genoua
               in
               Italy
               ,
               are
               protected
               by
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               so
               doe
               Lorraine
               also
               and
               Savoy
               hold
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               As
               contrarily
               ,
               there
               be
               places
               out
               of
               this
               circuit
               ,
               which
               notwithstanding
               hold
               of
               this
               Crowne
               in
               right
               ,
               and
               owe
               him
               fealty
               and
               homage
               ;
               as
               the
               Spaniard
               for
               the
               Counties
               of
               Flanders
               and
               Ar●o●s
               ,
               which
               he
               hath
               ever
               since
               the
               time
               of
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               denied
               to
               render
               .
            
             
               The
               divers
               Provinces
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               are
               very
               many
               :
               
               the
               chiefe
               are
               these
               ;
               
                 Picardy
                 ,
                 Normandy
                 ,
                 I
                 le
                 of
                 France
                 ,
                 Beauois
                 ,
                 Bretaigne
                 ,
                 Anjou
                 ,
                 Maine
                 ,
                 Poictou
                 ,
                 Lymosin
                 ,
                 Zantonge
                 ,
                 Champaigne
                 ,
                 Berry
                 ,
                 Salogne
                 ,
                 Auvergne
                 ,
                 Nivernois
                 ,
                 Lyonnois
                 ,
                 Charrolois
                 ,
                 Bourbonois
                 ,
                 Dolphein
                 ,
                 Provence
                 ,
                 Languedocke
                 ,
                 Tourraine
                 ,
              
               and
               Burgundy
               .
            
             
               The
               thing
               of
               best
               note
               in
               each
               of
               these
               ,
               
               is
               their
               singular
               Commodities
               and
               fruits
               ,
               where
               with
               they
               are
               blessed
               for
               the
               sustenance
               of
               the
               Inhabiter
               .
               Insomuch
               ,
               that
               as
               they
               say
               
               of
               Lombardy
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               the
               Garden
               of
               Italy
               :
               so
               may
               we
               truly
               say
               of
               France
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               the
               Garden
               of
               
                 Europe
                 .
                 Picardy
                 ,
                 Normand●
              
               ,
               and
               Languedocke
               ,
               are
               goodly
               Countries
               of
               Corne
               ,
               as
               any
               in
               Christendome
               ;
               All
               the
               Inland
               Countries
               are
               full
               of
               Wine
               ,
               Fruits
               ,
               and
               Graine
               :
               in
               some
               great
               store
               of
               Wood
               ;
               in
               others
               of
               Flax
               ;
               in
               others
               of
               Mines
               of
               Salt
               ;
               in
               others
               of
               Iron
               :
               Insomuch
               as
               one
               saith
               ;
               
                 All
                 things
                 necessary
                 for
                 mans
                 life
                 over●low
                 there
                 in
                 such
                 abundance
                 ,
                 that
                 in
                 counterchange
                 onely
                 of
                 the
                 Corne
                 ,
                 Wine
                 ,
                 Salt
                 ,
                 and
                 Wood
                 ,
                 transported
                 into
                 forren
                 Countries
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 yearely
                 brought
                 into
                 France
                 ,
                 twelve
                 hundred
                 thousand
                 pounds
                 sterling
                 .
              
               And
               another
               no
               lesse
               approved
               ,
               and
               as
               well
               practised
               in
               the
               state
               of
               France
               ,
               saith
               ;
               
                 The
                 springs
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 Corne
                 ,
                 are
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 drawne
                 drie
                 .
              
               In
               which
               place
               he
               complaineth
               ,
               that
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               were
               wont
               in
               times
               past
               to
               helpe
               their
               need
               with
               sales
               of
               wood
               ,
               which
               are
               now
               of
               late
               yeares
               so
               spoiled
               ,
               as
               France
               shall
               shortly
               be
               forced
               to
               have
               their
               Lard
               from
               other
               Countries
               ,
               as
               also
               wood
               to
               build
               and
               burne
               :
               a
               complaint
               which
               I
               have
               often
               heard
               in
               England
               .
               Other
               Provinces
               have
               also
               their
               especiall
               commodities
               ,
               wherin
               they
               excell
               their
               neighbours
               :
               as
               in
               ●●●nosin
               ,
               the
               best
               Beeves
               ;
               about
               Orleans
               ,
               the
               best
               Wines
               ,
               in
               Auv●rgne
               ,
               the
               best
               Swine
               ;
               in
               Berry
               ,
               the
               best
               Muttons
               ;
               where
               there
               is
               such
               store
               ,
               as
               thereof
               they
               have
               a
               Proverbe
               ,
               when
               they
               would
               tax
               a
               fellow
               for
               his
               notable
               lying
               ,
               that
               tels
               of
               a
               greater
               number
               than
               the
               truth
               ,
               they
               say
               ;
               
                 ●ie
                 ,
                 there
                 be
                 not
                 so
                 many
                 Sheepe
                 in
                 Berrie
                 .
              
               They
               partake
               also
               in
               Sea
               Commodities
               :
               as
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Picardy
               ,
               where
               the
               share
               is
               sandy
               ,
               they
               have
               store
               of
               flat
               fish
               :
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Normandy
               and
               Guyen
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               Rockie
               ,
               Fish
               of
               the
               Rocke
               ,
               (
               as
               the
               French
               call
               them
               )
               and
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Bretaigne
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               muddy
               ,
               store
               of
               round
               fish
               ,
               as
               Lamprey
               ,
               Conger
               ,
               Haddocke
               ;
               so
               likewise
               in
               divers
               seasons
               ,
               divers
               other
               sorts
               ,
               as
               Mackerels
               in
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Spring
               ,
               and
               Herrings
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               Autumne
               ,
               as
               wee
               have
               in
               England
               .
               &c.
               
            
             
               And
               this
               Countrey
               must
               needs
               be
               well
               stored
               with
               Fish
               ;
               for
               besides
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               the
               Lakes
               and
               Ponds
               belonging
               
               only
               to
               the
               Clergie
               ,
               which
               at
               the
               most
               have
               but
               one
               third
               of
               France
               ,
               are
               reported
               to
               be
               one
               hundred
               fifty
               five
               thousand
               .
            
             
               The
               Rivers
               also
               of
               France
               are
               so
               many
               ,
               
               as
               Boterus
               reporteth
               of
               the
               Queene
               Mother
               ,
               she
               should
               say
               ,
               here
               were
               more
               than
               in
               all
               Christendome
               ,
               but
               we
               hold
               her
               for
               no
               good
               Cosmographer
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Rivers
               here
               are
               many
               ,
               and
               very
               faire
               ,
               and
               so
               fitly
               serving
               one
               the
               other
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               whole
               ,
               as
               it
               seemeth
               ,
               Nature
               in
               the
               framing
               of
               our
               bodies
               ,
               did
               not
               shew
               more
               wonderfull
               providence
               ,
               in
               disposing
               Veines
               and
               Arteries
               throughout
               the
               bodie
               ,
               for
               their
               apt
               conveyance
               of
               the
               bloud
               and
               spirit
               from
               the
               Liver
               and
               Heart
               ,
               to
               each
               part
               therof
               ,
               than
               she
               hath
               shewed
               in
               the
               placing
               of
               these
               waters
               ,
               for
               the
               transporting
               of
               all
               her
               commodities
               ,
               to
               all
               her
               severall
               Provinces
               .
               Of
               all
               those
               ,
               these
               are
               the
               principall
               ;
               the
               Seine
               ,
               upon
               which
               standeth
               the
               Citie
               of
               
                 Paris
                 ,
                 Roven
              
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               .
               It
               hath
               his
               head
               a
               little
               above
               Chatillon
               in
               the
               North-west
               of
               Lingonois
               ,
               and
               receiveth
               nine
               Rivers
               of
               name
               ;
               whereof
               the
               Yonne
               ,
               the
               Marn
               ,
               and
               the
               Oyse
               are
               navigable
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               doe
               carry
               Boats
               with
               saile
               .
            
             
               The
               Soane
               whereupon
               standeth
               the
               City
               of
               
                 Amiens
                 ,
                 Abbevile
              
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               .
               It
               hath
               his
               head
               above
               
                 S.
                 Quintin
              
               ,
               divideth
               Piccardy
               from
               Artois
               ,
               and
               receiveth
               eight
               lesser
               Rivers
               .
               The
               Loire
               hath
               standing
               upon
               it
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Orleans
                 ,
                 Nantes
              
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               :
               his
               head
               is
               in
               Auvergne
               ,
               it
               parteth
               the
               middle
               of
               France
               ,
               his
               course
               is
               almost
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               ,
               it
               receiveth
               seventy
               two
               Rivers
               ,
               whereof
               the
               chiefe
               are
               
                 Allier
                 ,
                 Cher
                 ,
                 Maine
                 ,
                 Creuse
                 ,
                 Vienne
                 ,
              
               all
               navigable
               .
               The
               Garond
               ,
               upon
               which
               standeth
               
                 Bourdeaux
                 ,
                 Thoulouse
              
               ,
               and
               other
               Cities
               ;
               it
               hath
               his
               head
               in
               the
               Pereney
               Mountaines
               ,
               it
               divideth
               Languedocke
               from
               Gascoine
               ,
               it
               receiveth
               sixteene
               Rivers
               ,
               whereof
               
                 Iarne
                 ,
                 Lot
                 ,
                 Bayze
                 ,
                 Derdonne
                 ,
              
               and
               Lis●e
               are
               chiefest
               .
            
             
               And
               lastly
               ,
               the
               Rhosne
               ,
               upon
               which
               standeth
               the
               Citie
               of
               
                 Lions
                 ,
                 Avignon
              
               ,
               and
               divers
               others
               :
               It
               hath
               his
               head
               in
               the
               Mountaines
               ;
               the
               Alpes
               dividing
               Dolpheny
               from
               Lyonnois
               ,
               and
               Province
               from
               Languedocke
               ,
               it
               receiveth
               thirteene
               
               Rivers
               ,
               whereof
               the
               Seane
               ,
               the
               
                 Dove
                 ,
                 Ledra
              
               ,
               and
               Durance
               are
               the
               chiefest
               .
            
             
               All
               the
               other
               Rivers
               carry
               their
               streames
               into
               the
               Ocean
               :
               Some
               at
               
                 S.
                 Vallery
                 ,
                 Seine
              
               at
               
                 New-haven
                 ,
                 Loyre
              
               beneath
               Nantes
               ,
               and
               Garona
               at
               Blay
               :
               only
               the
               River
               of
               Rhosue
               payeth
               his
               tribute
               to
               the
               Mediterranean
               at
               Arles
               .
            
             
               The
               Seine
               is
               counted
               the
               richest
               ,
               the
               Rhosue
               the
               swiftest
               ;
               the
               Garond
               the
               greatest
               ,
               the
               Loyre
               the
               sweetest
               ;
               for
               the
               difference
               which
               Boterus
               makes
               of
               them
               ,
               where
               he
               ornits
               the
               Garond
               ,
               and
               makes
               the
               S●ane
               a
               principall
               River
               ,
               is
               generally
               rejected
               .
            
             
               The
               Ports
               and
               Passages
               into
               France
               ,
               
               where
               Custome
               is
               paid
               to
               the
               King
               ,
               were
               in
               times
               past
               more
               than
               they
               be
               now
               :
               the
               names
               of
               them
               at
               this
               present
               ,
               are
               these
               :
               In
               
                 Picardie
                 ;
                 Calais
                 ,
                 Bologue
                 ,
                 Saint
                 Vallerie
                 .
              
               In
               
                 Normandie
                 ;
                 Diepe
                 ,
                 Le
                 Haure
                 de
                 Grace
                 ,
                 Honnesleux
                 ,
                 Caen
                 ,
                 Cherbrouge
                 .
              
               In
               
                 Bretaigne
                 ;
                 S.
                 Malo
                 ,
                 S.
                 Brieu
                 ,
                 Brest
                 ,
                 Quimpercorentine
                 ,
                 Vannes
                 ,
                 Nants
                 .
              
               In
               
                 Poi●tow
                 ;
                 Lusson
                 ,
                 les
                 sables
                 d'Olonne
                 .
              
               In
               
                 Rochellois
                 ;
                 Rochell
              
               .
               In
               
                 Xantogne
                 ;
                 Zonbisse
              
               .
               In
               
                 Guyenne
                 ;
                 Bourdeaux
                 ,
                 Blay
                 ,
                 Bayonne
                 .
              
               In
               
                 Languedocke
                 ;
                 Narbonne
                 ,
                 Agde
                 ,
                 Bencaire
                 ,
                 Mangueil
                 .
              
               In
               
                 Provence
                 ;
                 Arles
                 ,
                 Marseilles
                 ,
                 Fransts
                 .
              
               In
               
                 L●onnois
                 ;
                 Lions
              
               .
               In
               
                 Burgogne
                 ;
                 Ausonne
                 ,
                 Laugers
              
               .
               In
               
                 Campagne
                 ;
                 Chaumons
                 ,
                 Chalons
                 ,
                 Trois
                 .
              
               In
               the
               Territory
               
                 Metzin
                 ;
                 Metz
                 ,
                 Toul
                 ,
                 Verdun
                 .
              
               In
               all
               thirty
               seven
               .
               Of
               all
               these
               ,
               Lions
               is
               reputed
               to
               be
               the
               most
               advantagious
               to
               the
               Kings
               Finances
               ,
               as
               being
               the
               Key
               for
               all
               Silkes
               ,
               cloaths
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               and
               other
               Merchandize
               whatsoever
               ,
               which
               come
               or
               goe
               from
               
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Swisserland
              
               ,
               and
               all
               those
               South-east
               Countries
               into
               France
               ,
               which
               are
               brought
               to
               this
               Towne
               by
               the
               two
               faire
               Rivers
               of
               Rhosne
               and
               S●●n
               :
               the
               one
               comming
               from
               Savoy
               ,
               the
               other
               from
               Burgundie
               ,
               and
               here
               meeting
               .
            
             
               For
               profit
               ,
               next
               to
               Lions
               ,
               are
               
                 Bourdeaux
                 ,
                 Rochell
                 ,
                 Marseilles
                 ,
                 Nants
              
               and
               Newhaven
               :
               But
               for
               capabilitie
               of
               shipping
               ,
               I
               have
               heard
               that
               Brest
               excelleth
               ;
               and
               for
               strength
               ,
               Ca●a●●
               ,
               especially
               as
               it
               is
               now
               lately
               fortified
               by
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               which
               was
               not
               let
               long
               since
               to
               be
               called
               ,
               
                 The
                 goodliest
                 government
                 
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 ,
                 at
                 least
                 ,
                 in
                 Christendome
                 .
              
            
             
               There
               are
               requisite
               in
               all
               Ports
               ,
               to
               make
               them
               perfect
               ,
               these
               foure
               things
               :
               1.
               
               
                 Roome
                 to
                 receive
                 many
                 and
                 great
                 Ships
                 :
              
               2.
               
               
                 Safe
                 Riding
              
               :
               3.
               
               
                 Facilitie
                 of
                 repelling
                 forren
                 force
              
               :
               4.
               
               
                 Concourse
                 of
                 Merchants
              
               .
               The
               most
               of
               the
               French
               Ports
               have
               all
               foure
               properties
               ,
               except
               only
               the
               last
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               time
               of
               these
               civill
               broiles
               ,
               have
               discontinued
               :
               and
               except
               that
               wee
               will
               also
               grant
               ,
               that
               Calais
               failes
               in
               the
               first
               .
            
             
               The
               Cities
               in
               France
               (
               if
               you
               will
               count
               none
               Cities
               ,
               but
               where
               is
               a
               Bishops
               See
               )
               are
               onely
               one
               hundred
               and
               foure
               ;
               there
               be
               so
               many
               Arch-bishops
               and
               Bishops
               in
               all
               ,
               as
               shall
               in
               more
               fit
               place
               be
               shewed
               :
               But
               after
               the
               French
               reckoning
               ,
               calling
               every
               Ville
               ,
               a
               Citie
               ,
               which
               is
               not
               either
               a
               Burgade
               ,
               or
               a
               Village
               ,
               we
               shall
               finde
               that
               their
               number
               is
               infinite
               ,
               and
               indeed
               uncertaine
               ,
               as
               is
               also
               the
               number
               of
               the
               Townes
               in
               generall
               .
               Some
               say
               ,
               there
               be
               one
               Million
               and
               seven
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               but
               they
               are
               of
               all
               wise
               men
               reproved
               .
               Others
               say
               ,
               six
               hundred
               thousand
               ;
               but
               this
               is
               also
               too
               great
               to
               be
               true
               .
               The
               Cabinet
               rateth
               them
               at
               one
               hundred
               thirtie
               two
               thousand
               of
               Parish
               Churches
               ,
               Hamlets
               ,
               and
               Villages
               of
               all
               sorts
               :
               Badin
               saith
               ,
               there
               be
               twentie
               seven
               thousand
               and
               foure
               hundred
               ,
               counting
               only
               every
               Citie
               for
               a
               Parish
               :
               which
               will
               very
               neere
               agree
               with
               that
               of
               the
               Cabinet
               ;
               and
               therefore
               I
               embrace
               it
               as
               the
               truest
               .
            
             
               By
               the
               reckoning
               before
               set
               downe
               ,
               of
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               square
               (
               which
               France
               almost
               yeeldeth
               )
               wee
               must
               compute
               ,
               that
               here
               is
               in
               all
               fortie
               thousand
               leagues
               in
               square
               ,
               and
               in
               every
               league
               ,
               five
               thousand
               Arpens
               of
               ground
               ,
               which
               in
               all
               amounteth
               to
               two
               hundred
               millions
               of
               Arpens
               :
               which
               summe
               being
               divided
               by
               the
               numbers
               of
               the
               Parishes
               ,
               sheweth
               ,
               that
               one
               with
               another
               ,
               each
               Village
               hath
               one
               thousand
               five
               hundred
               and
               fifteene
               Arpens
               ,
               which
               measure
               is
               bigger
               than
               our
               Acre
               .
            
             
               We
               may
               ,
               if
               we
               will
               ,
               abstract
               a
               third
               ,
               because
               Bodin
               will
               not
               admit
               France
               to
               be
               square
               ,
               but
               as
               a
               Lozenge
               :
               For
               in
               matter
               of
               such
               generalitie
               as
               this
               ,
               men
               doe
               alwayes
               set
               downe
               suppositions
               ,
               not
               certainties
               .
            
             
             
               
                 If
                 a
                 man
                 will
                 looke
                 thorowout
                 all
              
               France
               ,
               
                 I
                 thinke
                 that
                 (
                 some
                 Castles
                 excepted
                 )
                 he
                 shall
                 not
                 finde
                 any
                 Towne
                 halfe
                 perfectly
                 fortified
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 rules
                 of
                 Enginers
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Citie
               of
               Paris
               ,
               
               seated
               in
               a
               very
               fruitfull
               and
               pleasant
               part
               of
               the
               I
               le
               of
               France
               ,
               upon
               the
               River
               of
               Sein
               ,
               is
               by
               the
               same
               divided
               into
               three
               parts
               :
               that
               on
               the
               North
               ,
               towards
               Saint
               Denis
               ,
               is
               called
               the
               Burge
               :
               that
               on
               the
               South
               ,
               towards
               the
               Fauxburges
               of
               
                 S.
                 Germaines
              
               ,
               is
               called
               the
               Vniversitie
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               the
               little
               I
               le
               ,
               which
               the
               River
               there
               makes
               ,
               by
               dividing
               it selfe
               ,
               is
               called
               the
               Vil●e
               .
            
             
               This
               part
               no
               doubt
               ,
               is
               the
               most
               ancient
               ;
               for
               saith
               my
               Author
               :
               
                 Lutetia
                 is
                 a
                 City
                 of
                 the
                 Parisians
                 ,
                 seated
                 in
                 an
                 I
                 le
                 of
                 the
                 Seine
                 :
              
               We
               may
               distinguish
               it
               thus
               :
               into
               
                 Transequana
                 ,
                 Cisequana
              
               ,
               and
               Interamnis
               :
               The
               part
               beyond
               the
               Seine
               ,
               that
               on
               this
               side
               the
               Seine
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               the
               I
               le
               incompast
               with
               the
               River
               .
               It
               is
               reputed
               not
               onely
               the
               Capitall
               Citie
               of
               France
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               greatest
               in
               all
               Europe
               .
               It
               is
               about
               the
               wals
               some
               ten
               English
               miles
               :
               these
               are
               not
               very
               thicke
               ;
               the
               want
               whereof
               ,
               is
               recompenced
               with
               the
               depth
               of
               the
               ditch
               ,
               and
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               Rampart
               ,
               which
               is
               thicke
               and
               defensible
               ,
               save
               on
               the
               South
               side
               ,
               which
               no
               doubt
               ,
               is
               the
               weakest
               part
               of
               the
               Towne
               ,
               on
               which
               side
               it
               is
               reported
               ,
               that
               the
               Lord
               Willoughby
               offered
               the
               King
               in
               foure
               dayes
               to
               enter
               ,
               at
               such
               time
               as
               he
               besieged
               it
               .
               Whereunto
               the
               King
               condescended
               ,
               not
               by
               the
               counsell
               of
               the
               old
               Marshall
               Biron
               ,
               who
               told
               him
               ,
               it
               was
               no
               policie
               to
               take
               the
               bird
               naked
               ,
               when
               hee
               may
               have
               her
               feathers
               and
               all
               .
               On
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               especially
               towards
               the
               East
               ;
               it
               is
               very
               well
               fortified
               with
               Bulwarke
               and
               Ditch
               ,
               faire
               and
               moderne
               .
               
                 The
                 Ramparts
                 of
                 the
                 gates
                 S.
                 Anthony
                 ,
                 S.
                 Michel
                 .
                 and
                 S.
                 Iames
                 ,
                 and
                 elsewhere
                 :
                 were
                 made
              
               1544.
               
            
             
               This
               Bastile
               of
               
                 Saint
                 Anthonie
              
               was
               built
               (
               some
               say
               )
               by
               the
               English
               ;
               and
               indeed
               it
               is
               somewhat
               like
               those
               peeces
               which
               they
               have
               built
               elsewhere
               in
               France
               ;
               as
               namely
               ,
               that
               at
               Roven
               :
               howbeit
               ,
               I
               read
               in
               Vigner
               his
               Chronicle
               ,
               that
               it
               was
               builded
               by
               a
               Provost
               of
               Paris
               ,
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Edward
               the
               third
               of
               England
               ;
               at
               what
               time
               our
               Kings
               began
               their
               first
               claime
               ,
               and
               had
               as
               yet
               nothing
               to
               doe
               in
               this
               Citie
               .
            
             
             
               So
               in
               this
               Towne
               ,
               the
               Chastelet
               was
               built
               by
               Iulian
               the
               Apostata
               :
               the
               Vniversitie
               was
               founded
               by
               
                 Charlemaigne
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               800.
               who
               also
               erected
               those
               of
               Bologna
               and
               Padoa
               .
            
             
               The
               Church
               of
               
                 Nostre
                 Dame
              
               ,
               was
               founded
               
                 Anno
                 Dom.
              
               1257.
               
               If
               you
               would
               know
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               great
               Church
               of
               our
               Lady
               ,
               the
               roofe
               thereof
               is
               seventeene
               fadome
               high
               ,
               it
               is
               foure
               and
               twenty
               fadome
               broad
               ,
               threescore
               and
               five
               fadome
               long
               :
               the
               two
               Steeples
               are
               foure
               and
               thirty
               fadome
               high
               above
               the
               Church
               ,
               and
               all
               founded
               upon
               piles
               .
            
             
               The
               Towne-house
               was
               finished
               by
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               Anno
               1533.
               with
               this
               inscription
               over
               the
               Gate
               ,
               S.P.E.P.
               that
               is
               ,
               For
               his
               well-deserving
               Senate
               ,
               People
               and
               Burghers
               of
               
                 Pari●
                 :
                 Francis
              
               the
               first
               ,
               most
               puissant
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               commanded
               this
               House
               to
               be
               built
               from
               the
               foundation
               ,
               and
               finished
               it
               ,
               and
               dedicated
               it
               to
               the
               calling
               of
               the
               Common
               Councell
               ,
               and
               governing
               the
               Citie
               ;
               in
               the
               yeare
               aforesaid
               .
            
             
               This
               is
               as
               you
               would
               say
               ,
               the
               Guild-Hall
               of
               the
               Towne
               .
               The
               
                 Hostel
                 Dieu
              
               in
               Paris
               ,
               was
               augmented
               and
               finished
               in
               1535.
               by
               
                 Antoine
                 de
                 Prat
              
               ,
               Chancellour
               in
               this
               Citie
               ,
               his
               pourtraict
               with
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               is
               upon
               the
               doore
               as
               yee
               enter
               .
               This
               is
               (
               as
               we
               call
               it
               at
               London
               )
               the
               Hospitall
               .
               The
               
                 Palace
                 de
                 Paris
              
               ,
               was
               built
               by
               
                 Philip
                 le
                 Bel
              
               ,
               1283.
               purposing
               it
               should
               have
               beene
               his
               Mansion-house
               ;
               but
               since
               it
               hath
               beene
               disposed
               into
               divers
               Courts
               ,
               for
               the
               execution
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               just
               like
               
                 Westminster
                 Hall
              
               ,
               which
               likewise
               at
               first
               ,
               was
               purposed
               for
               the
               Kings
               Palace
               .
            
             
               Here
               you
               have
               such
               a
               shew
               of
               Wares
               in
               fashion
               ,
               but
               not
               in
               worth
               ,
               as
               yee
               have
               at
               the
               Exchange
               .
               Here
               is
               a
               Chappell
               of
               the
               Saint
               Espirit
               ,
               built
               by
               Saint
               Lewis
               ,
               1242.
               
               Here
               are
               all
               the
               seven
               Chambers
               of
               the
               Court
               of
               Parliament
               (
               which
               was
               first
               instituted
               by
               
                 Charles
                 Martel
              
               ,
               father
               to
               King
               
                 Pep●●
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               720.
               )
               but
               of
               them
               all
               ,
               the
               great
               Chamber
               of
               Paris
               is
               most
               magnificently
               beautified
               and
               adorned
               by
               Lewis
               the
               twelfth
               .
               At
               the
               entry
               ,
               is
               a
               Lion
               couchant
               ,
               with
               his
               taile
               betweene
               his
               legs
               ,
               to
               signifie
               ,
               that
               all
               persons
               how
               high
               soever
               ,
               are
               subject
               to
               that
               Court.
               
            
             
               The
               Chamber
               also
               of
               Compts
               ,
               built
               by
               this
               Lewis
               ,
               is
               a
               
               very
               faire
               roome
               ;
               at
               the
               entry
               whereof
               are
               five
               pourtraicts
               with
               their
               Mots
               .
               The
               first
               is
               Temperance
               ,
               with
               a
               Diall
               and
               Spectacle
               :
               her
               word
               ,
               
                 Mihi
                 spreta
                 voluptas
              
               ;
               I
               despise
               pleasure
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               Prudence
               ,
               with
               a
               Looking-Glasse
               and
               a
               Sive
               :
               her
               word
               ,
               
                 Consiliis
                 rerum
                 speculor
              
               ;
               I
               prie
               into
               the
               counsell
               of
               things
               .
               Iustice
               ,
               with
               a
               Ballance
               and
               a
               Sword
               :
               her
               Mot
               ,
               
                 Sua
                 cuique
                 ministro
              
               ;
               I
               give
               to
               every
               man
               his
               owne
               .
               Fortitude
               ,
               with
               a
               Tower
               in
               one
               arme
               ,
               and
               a
               Serpent
               in
               the
               other
               :
               her
               word
               ,
               
                 Me
                 dolor
                 atque
                 metus
                 fugiunt
              
               ;
               Both
               paine
               and
               feare
               avoid
               mee
               .
               And
               lastly
               ,
               Lewis
               the
               King
               ,
               with
               a
               Scepter
               in
               one
               hand
               ,
               and
               holding
               Iustice
               by
               the
               other
               ,
               and
               this
               written
               for
               his
               word
               ;
            
             
               My
               happy
               Scepter
               in
               calme
               peace
               doth
               flourish
               ,
            
             
               While
               I
               these
               Heaven-bred
               Sisters
               foure
               doe
               nourish
               .
            
             
               The
               buildings
               of
               this
               Citie
               are
               of
               stone
               ,
               very
               faire
               ,
               high
               ,
               and
               uniforme
               ,
               thorowout
               the
               Towne
               ;
               only
               upon
               the
               port
               
                 N.
                 Dame
              
               ,
               our
               
                 Ladies
                 Bridge
              
               ,
               which
               is
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               their
               Cheapside
               :
               Their
               building
               is
               of
               brick-bat
               ,
               all
               alike
               ,
               notwithstanding
               the
               fairest
               Fabrick
               in
               the
               Towne
               (
               and
               worthily
               )
               is
               the
               Kings
               Castle
               or
               Palace
               of
               the
               Louvre
               at
               the
               West
               :
               It
               is
               in
               forme
               quadrangular
               ,
               the
               South
               and
               West
               quarters
               are
               new
               and
               Prince-like
               ,
               the
               other
               two
               very
               antique
               and
               prison-like
               .
               They
               were
               pulled
               downe
               by
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               and
               begun
               to
               be
               re-built
               ,
               but
               finished
               by
               Henry
               the
               second
               ,
               with
               this
               inscription
               :
               
                 The
                 most
                 Christian
                 King
                 Henry
                 the
                 second
                 began
                 to
                 repaire
                 this
                 time-ruined
                 Edifice
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Vniversitie
               in
               times
               past
               was
               wont
               to
               have
               (
               by
               report
               )
               above
               thirty
               thousand
               Schollers
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               
               but
               many
               of
               these
               ,
               children
               ,
               such
               as
               our
               petty
               Schooles
               in
               the
               Countries
               are
               furnished
               withall
               .
               The
               streets
               both
               in
               the
               Citie
               ,
               Vniversitie
               ,
               and
               suburbs
               ,
               are
               very
               faire
               ,
               strait
               ,
               and
               long
               very
               many
               of
               them
               ;
               the
               shops
               thicke
               ,
               but
               nothing
               so
               full
               of
               wares
               ,
               nor
               so
               rich
               ,
               as
               they
               of
               London
               ;
               in
               comparison
               whereof
               ,
               these
               seeme
               rather
               Pedlars
               than
               otherwise
               :
               But
               for
               number
               ,
               I
               suppose
               ,
               there
               be
               three
               for
               two
               of
               those
               .
            
             
               The
               Faulxbourges
               are
               round
               about
               the
               Citie
               ,
               ruined
               and
               utterly
               desolate
               ,
               except
               those
               of
               
                 Saint
                 Germaines
              
               ,
               which
               
               was
               very
               fairely
               builded
               ,
               and
               was
               very
               neere
               as
               great
               as
               the
               faire
               Towne
               of
               Cambridge
               .
            
             
               The
               benefit
               of
               this
               Towne
               is
               very
               great
               ,
               which
               it
               hath
               by
               the
               River
               ;
               as
               by
               which
               all
               the
               commodities
               of
               the
               Country
               are
               conveyed
               :
               whereupon
               
                 Monsieur
                 de
                 Argenton
              
               reports
               of
               it
               :
            
             
               Of
               all
               the
               Townes
               that
               ever
               I
               saw
               ,
               it
               is
               environed
               with
               the
               best
               and
               fertilest
               Country
               .
            
             
               And
               he
               there
               reports
               ,
               that
               for
               twenty
               moneths
               that
               hee
               was
               prisoner
               ,
               he
               saw
               such
               an
               infinite
               company
               of
               boats
               passe
               and
               repasse
               ,
               but
               that
               he
               was
               an
               eye-witnesse
               ,
               he
               would
               have
               thought
               it
               incredible
               :
               which
               he
               also
               after
               proves
               ,
               by
               the
               maintenance
               of
               the
               three
               Armies
               ,
               of
               the
               three
               Dukes
               of
               
                 Burgundie
                 ,
                 Guiennae
              
               ,
               and
               Bretaigne
               ,
               which
               consisted
               of
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               ,
               against
               the
               Citie
               of
               Paris
               ,
               wherein
               they
               had
               besieged
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               ,
               and
               yet
               neither
               the
               Campe
               nor
               Towne
               had
               any
               want
               of
               victuals
               .
            
             
               Some
               say
               ,
               this
               Towne
               was
               builded
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Amazias
               King
               of
               Iuda
               ,
               by
               some
               Reliques
               of
               the
               Trojan
               warre
               ,
               and
               that
               it
               was
               called
               
                 Lutece
                 (
                 à
                 Luto
              
               )
               because
               the
               soile
               in
               this
               place
               is
               very
               fat
               ,
               which
               is
               of
               such
               nature
               ,
               as
               ye
               cannot
               well
               get
               it
               out
               ,
               it
               doth
               so
               staine
               :
               whereof
               they
               have
               a
               By-word
               ,
               
                 It
                 staineth
                 like
                 the
                 durt
                 of
                 Paris
                 .
              
               Others
               say
               ,
               it
               was
               called
               Paris
               of
               
                 (
                 Parresia
              
               )
               a
               Greeke
               word
               ,
               which
               signifieth
               (
               saith
               this
               Author
               )
               
                 hardnesse
                 or
                 ferocitie
              
               ,
               alleaging
               this
               verse
               :
            
             
               Et
               se
               Parrisios
               dixerunt
               nomine
               Franci
               ,
            
             
               Quod
               sonat
               andaces
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               And
               the
               Franks
               called
               themselves
               Parrisians
               ,
               which
               signifieth
               Valiant
               .
               And
               by
               this
               Etymologie
               would
               inferre
               ,
               that
               the
               French
               is
               a
               warlike
               Nation
               .
               But
               he
               is
               much
               mistaken
               in
               the
               word
               ;
               for
               it
               signifieth
               only
               a
               boldnesse
               or
               libertie
               of
               speech
               :
               which
               whether
               they
               better
               deserve
               ,
               or
               to
               be
               accounted
               valiant
               ,
               you
               shall
               see
               when
               I
               come
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               Frenchmans
               humour
               and
               nature
               in
               generall
               .
               As
               for
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               people
               of
               this
               Towne
               ,
               their
               Histories
               tax
               it
               of
               infinite
               mutinies
               and
               seditions
               ,
               matchable
               to
               the
               two
               most
               rebellious
               Townes
               of
               
                 Europe
                 ,
                 Liege
              
               ,
               and
               Gant
               ;
               and
               yet
               this
               
               last
               is
               praised
               in
               one
               thing
               ,
               
                 That
                 they
                 never
                 harme
                 their
                 Princes
                 person
                 :
              
               whereof
               the
               Baricades
               ,
               as
               also
               the
               late
               assasinations
               of
               Henry
               the
               third
               ,
               and
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               ,
               make
               Paris
               most
               unworthy
               .
               And
               
                 du
                 Haillan
              
               saith
               of
               them
               ,
               when
               they
               stood
               fast
               to
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               ,
               against
               the
               three
               Dukes
               above
               named
               ;
               
                 That
                 the
                 Parrisians
                 never
                 held
                 good
                 side
                 ,
                 nor
                 never
                 shewed
                 any
                 honestie
                 but
                 then
                 only
                 .
              
               But
               I
               can
               read
               no
               such
               matter
               in
               Commines
               ;
               for
               I
               well
               remember
               ,
               that
               even
               then
               divers
               of
               the
               chiefe
               of
               the
               Towne
               had
               practised
               secretly
               with
               the
               enemie
               ,
               and
               were
               upon
               termes
               of
               concluding
               ,
               when
               by
               the
               Kings
               wisdome
               they
               were
               prevented
               .
            
             
               The
               Armes
               in
               this
               Citie
               were
               given
               them
               ,
               Anno
               1190
               ,
               by
               
                 Philip
                 le
                 Bel
              
               ,
               who
               creating
               them
               a
               Provost
               and
               Eschevins
               ,
               (
               like
               Office
               as
               our
               Maior
               and
               Aldermen
               )
               
                 Gave
                 them
                 for
                 Armes
                 ,
                 Gules
                 ,
                 a
                 Ship
                 Argent
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Cheefe
                 seeded
                 with
                 Flower
                 de
                 Lyce
                 Or.
              
               Yee
               shall
               heare
               the
               French
               bragge
               ,
               that
               their
               Citie
               hath
               beene
               besieged
               an
               hundred
               times
               by
               the
               enemie
               ,
               and
               yet
               was
               never
               taken
               since
               Caesars
               time
               .
               The
               reason
               whereof
               ,
               one
               of
               their
               best
               Writers
               gives
               ;
               because
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               i●
               is
               very
               weake
               ,
               and
               therefore
               alwayes
               compoundeth
               .
            
             
               I
               compare
               Paris
               with
               London
               ,
               
               thus
               :
               Theirs
               is
               the
               greater
               ,
               the
               uniformer
               built
               ,
               and
               stronglier
               situate
               :
               ours
               is
               the
               richer
               ,
               the
               more
               ancient
               :
               for
               I
               hold
               antiquitie
               to
               be
               a
               great
               honour
               ,
               as
               well
               to
               great
               Cities
               ,
               as
               to
               great
               Families
               .
            
             
               Yea
               ,
               if
               to
               some
               comparisons
               would
               not
               seeme
               distastfull
               ,
               I
               dare
               maintaine
               ,
               that
               if
               London
               and
               the
               places
               neere
               adjoyning
               were
               circum-munited
               in
               such
               an
               orbicular
               manner
               as
               Paris
               is
               ,
               it
               would
               surely
               exceed
               it
               ,
               notwithstanding
               all
               its
               attributes
               of
               a
               
                 Winding
                 river
              
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 five
                 Bridges
              
               ,
               sorting
               forsooth
               to
               uniformitie
               of
               streets
               ,
               as
               indeed
               we
               now
               behold
               it
               .
               And
               more
               than
               that
               ,
               I
               am
               nothing
               doubtfull
               in
               opinion
               ,
               that
               the
               Crosse
               of
               London
               is
               every
               way
               longer
               ,
               than
               any
               you
               make
               in
               Paris
               ,
               or
               in
               any
               other
               Citie
               of
               Europe
               .
               By
               this
               word
               Crosse
               ,
               I
               meane
               ,
               from
               
                 Saint
                 Georges
              
               in
               Southwarke
               ,
               to
               Shoreditch
               ,
               South
               and
               North
               ;
               and
               from
               Westminster
               to
               Whitechapell
               ,
               West
               and
               East
               ,
               meeting
               at
               Leaden-hall
               :
               All
               
               the
               way
               she
               environed
               with
               broader
               streets
               ,
               comelier
               monuments
               ,
               and
               handsomer
               buildings
               ,
               than
               any
               you
               can
               make
               in
               Paris
               ;
               or
               ever
               saw
               ,
               either
               in
               Millan
               ,
               at
               this
               houre
               being
               the
               greatest
               Citie
               in
               Italie
               ;
               in
               Noremberg
               ,
               or
               Ausburg
               ,
               for
               Germanie
               ;
               in
               Madril
               ,
               or
               Lisbone
               ,
               for
               Spaine
               ;
               or
               finally
               ,
               in
               Constantinople
               it selfe
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               populousnesse
               ,
               
               if
               you
               please
               to
               take
               London
               meerely
               as
               a
               place
               composed
               of
               Merchants
               ,
               Citizens
               and
               Tradesmen
               ,
               (
               and
               so
               unite
               the
               Suburbs
               adjoyning
               )
               it
               farre
               exceedeth
               Paris
               :
               But
               taking
               all'together
               ,
               and
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               it
               must
               be
               confessed
               ,
               that
               there
               be
               more
               people
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               two
               for
               one
               ,
               if
               not
               more
               ,
               in
               Paris
               than
               in
               London
               .
               Or
               if
               you
               will
               behold
               it
               in
               a
               Terme-time
               ,
               (
               according
               to
               our
               custome
               of
               speciall
               resort
               )
               I
               doubt
               not
               but
               you
               may
               be
               encountred
               with
               equall
               numbers
               of
               callings
               and
               professions
               .
               As
               for
               Paris
               ,
               the
               better
               halfe
               are
               Gentlemen
               ,
               Schollers
               ,
               Lawyers
               ,
               or
               Clergie-men
               :
               The
               Merchant
               liveth
               obscurely
               ,
               the
               Tradesman
               penuriously
               ;
               and
               the
               Craftsman
               in
               drudgerie
               :
               yet
               all
               insolent
               ,
               and
               tumultuously
               affected
               upon
               the
               least
               unaccustomed
               imposition
               ,
               or
               supposall
               of
               alteration
               of
               their
               ridiculous
               ceremonies
               .
            
             
               Instead
               of
               a
               beastly
               Towne
               and
               durtie
               streets
               ,
               
               you
               have
               in
               London
               those
               that
               be
               faire
               ,
               beautifull
               ,
               and
               cleanly
               kept
               .
            
             
               Instead
               of
               clouds
               ,
               ill
               aire
               ,
               and
               a
               mirie
               situation
               ,
               
               London
               (
               for
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               yeere
               )
               affordeth
               a
               Sun-shining
               and
               serene
               element
               ,
               a
               wholsome
               dwelling
               ,
               a
               stately
               ascention
               ,
               and
               a
               delicate
               prospect
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               a
               shallow
               River
               ,
               
               bringing
               only
               Barks
               and
               Boats
               ,
               with
               wood
               ,
               cole
               ,
               turfe
               ,
               and
               such
               Country
               provision
               ,
               you
               have
               in
               London
               a
               River
               flowing
               twenty
               foot
               high
               ,
               adorned
               with
               stately
               Ships
               ,
               that
               flie
               to
               us
               with
               merchandize
               from
               all
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               .
               And
               to
               descend
               to
               inferiour
               observations
               ,
               I
               say
               ,
               that
               the
               River
               only
               Westward
               matcheth
               that
               of
               Paris
               every
               way
               ,
               supplying
               the
               Citie
               with
               all
               the
               fore-mentioned
               commodities
               at
               easier
               rates
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               ill-favoured
               woodden
               bridges
               ,
               
               many
               times
               indangered
               by
               tempests
               and
               frosts
               ,
               we
               have
               at
               London
               such
               a
               
               bridge
               ,
               that
               without
               exception
               ,
               it
               may
               worthily
               be
               accounted
               the
               admirablest
               Monument
               ,
               and
               firmest
               erected
               Collosseum
               (
               in
               that
               kinde
               )
               of
               all
               the
               Vniverse
               ;
               whether
               you
               respect
               the
               foundation
               ,
               with
               the
               continuall
               and
               substantiall
               reparation
               of
               the
               Arches
               ;
               or
               behold
               the
               imposed
               buildings
               ,
               being
               so
               many
               ,
               and
               so
               beautifull
               .
            
             
               
               In
               stead
               of
               an
               old
               Bastile
               and
               ill
               appearing
               Arsenall
               (
               thrust
               as
               it
               were
               into
               an
               out-cast
               corner
               of
               the
               City
               )
               wee
               have
               in
               London
               a
               Fabrike
               of
               greatest
               antiquity
               ,
               for
               forme
               majesticall
               ,
               and
               serving
               to
               most
               uses
               of
               any
               Citadell
               ,
               or
               Magazine
               ,
               that
               ever
               you
               saw
               .
               It
               containeth
               a
               Kings
               Palace
               ,
               a
               Kings
               Prison
               ,
               a
               Kings
               Armory
               ,
               a
               Kings
               Mint
               ,
               and
               a
               Kings
               Wardrobe
               ,
               besides
               many
               other
               worthy
               Offices
               ;
               so
               that
               the
               residents
               within
               the
               wals
               have
               a
               Church
               ,
               and
               are
               a
               sufficient
               Parish
               of
               themselves
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               an
               obscure
               Louvre
               ,
               
               lately
               graced
               with
               an
               extraordinary
               and
               immatchable
               gallery
               ,
               the
               onely
               Palace
               of
               the
               King
               ;
               In
               London
               his
               Majesty
               hath
               many
               houses
               ,
               Parks
               ,
               and
               places
               of
               repose
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               shires
               confining
               ,
               such
               a
               number
               ,
               for
               state
               ,
               receit
               and
               commodiousnesse
               ,
               that
               I
               protest
               amazement
               ,
               knowing
               the
               defects
               of
               other
               places
               .
            
             
               Nor
               doe
               I
               here
               stretch
               my
               discourse
               on
               the
               tenter-hookes
               of
               partiality
               ,
               but
               plainly
               denotate
               what
               many
               my
               country-men
               can
               averre
               ;
               that
               to
               the
               crowne
               of
               England
               are
               annexed
               more
               Castles
               ,
               Honours
               ,
               Forrests
               ,
               Parks
               ,
               Palaces
               ,
               Houses
               of
               state
               ,
               and
               conveniencie
               to
               resort
               unto
               ,
               from
               the
               incumbrances
               of
               the
               Citie
               ,
               than
               any
               Emperour
               or
               King
               in
               Europe
               can
               at
               this
               day
               challenge
               
                 proprio
                 jure
              
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               an
               old
               ruinous
               Palace
               (
               as
               they
               terme
               their
               House
               of
               Parliament
               ,
               
               Hall
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               concourse
               of
               Lawyers
               ,
               and
               meeting
               of
               certaine
               Tradesmen
               ,
               or
               Milleners
               ,
               like
               an
               exchange
               )
               London
               hath
               such
               a
               Cirque
               for
               Merchants
               ,
               with
               an
               upper
               quadrant
               of
               shops
               ,
               as
               may
               make
               us
               envied
               for
               delicacy
               of
               building
               ,
               and
               statelinesse
               in
               contriving
               .
               For
               a
               state-house
               ,
               we
               have
               in
               London
               the
               Guild-hall
               ,
               and
               for
               Courts
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               Westminster
               hall
               ,
               two
               such
               fabriks
               ,
               that
               without
               further
               dispute
               ,
               they
               make
               strangers
               aske
               unanswerable
               questions
               :
               
               when
               being
               brought
               to
               the
               light
               of
               understanding
               by
               particulars
               ,
               they
               lift
               up
               their
               hands
               and
               say
               ;
               
               
                 Oh
                 happy
                 England
                 !
                 Oh
                 happy
                 people
                 !
              
               Besides
               these
               publike
               Receptacles
               ,
               we
               have
               private
               and
               goodly
               Colleges
               for
               Lawyers
               ,
               fitted
               for
               their
               private
               and
               publike
               uses
               ,
               receit
               of
               their
               Clients
               ,
               conveniently
               appropriated
               to
               their
               Offices
               .
               All
               workes
               rather
               of
               oftentation
               amongst
               our selves
               ,
               than
               of
               imitation
               in
               others
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               obscure
               Churches
               ,
               
               we
               have
               first
               the
               goodliest
               heape
               of
               stones
               ,
               namely
               Pauls
               ,
               next
               the
               most
               curious
               ,
               
                 viz.
                 Westminster
                 Abby
              
               ,
               in
               the
               world
               :
               and
               generally
               ,
               all
               out
               Churches
               exceed
               for
               beauty
               and
               handsomnesse
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               Gentlemen
               riding
               on
               durty
               foot-cloaths
               ,
               
               and
               women
               footing
               it
               in
               the
               mierie
               streets
               ,
               the
               one
               with
               an
               idle
               Lackey
               ,
               the
               other
               with
               no
               company
               at
               all
               ;
               we
               have
               fashionable
               attendance
               ,
               handsome
               comely
               passage
               either
               in
               Carosse
               ,
               Coach
               ,
               or
               on
               horsebacke
               ;
               and
               our
               Ladies
               and
               Gentlewomen
               are
               never
               seene
               abroad
               ,
               without
               an
               honourable
               retinue
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               confused
               intermixtures
               of
               all
               sorts
               ;
               
               as
               Citizens
               ,
               Lawyers
               ,
               Schollers
               ,
               Gentlemen
               ,
               Tradesmen
               ,
               and
               Religious
               persons
               ,
               (
               so
               that
               you
               can
               scarcely
               know
               the
               one
               from
               the
               other
               ,
               nor
               the
               master
               from
               the
               man
               )
               in
               London
               the
               Citizen
               lives
               in
               the
               best
               order
               ,
               with
               very
               few
               houses
               of
               Gentlemen
               interposed
               ;
               But
               in
               our
               suburbs
               the
               Nobility
               and
               Gentry
               have
               so
               many
               ,
               and
               such
               stately
               buildings
               ,
               that
               one
               side
               of
               the
               River
               may
               compare
               with
               the
               gran
               Canale
               at
               Venice
               :
               but
               if
               you
               examine
               their
               receit
               and
               capacity
               ,
               Venice
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               Cities
               of
               Europe
               must
               submit
               to
               truth
               :
               for
               in
               London
               ,
               and
               the
               places
               adjoyning
               ,
               five
               hundred
               severall
               houses
               may
               beare
               the
               attribute
               of
               Palaces
               ,
               wherein
               five
               thousand
               persons
               may
               conveniently
               be
               lodged
               .
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               a
               poore
               Provost
               ,
               
               and
               a
               disorderly
               company
               of
               Merchants
               and
               Tradesmen
               ,
               we
               have
               a
               Podesta
               ,
               or
               Maior
               ,
               that
               keepeth
               a
               Prince-like
               house
               ,
               accompanied
               and
               attended
               with
               grave
               and
               respective
               Senators
               ,
               and
               comely
               Citizens
               ,
               having
               severall
               Hals
               ;
               where
               every
               craft
               and
               mystery
               is
               governed
               
               by
               ancient
               persons
               of
               the
               same
               society
               and
               profession
               :
               At
               time
               of
               yeare
               producing
               such
               solemne
               and
               rich
               triumphs
               ,
               that
               strangers
               have
               admired
               the
               brave
               spirits
               of
               Mechanicall
               men
               .
            
             
               To
               conclude
               ,
               if
               you
               looke
               on
               ,
               and
               in
               our
               London
               truly
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               composed
               of
               men
               following
               trades
               and
               occupations
               ;
               there
               is
               not
               such
               a
               Citie
               ,
               such
               a
               Government
               ,
               such
               a
               method
               of
               conversation
               ,
               such
               an
               unity
               of
               society
               and
               good
               neighbourhood
               ,
               such
               a
               glasse
               to
               see
               lovelinesse
               and
               beauty
               in
               ,
               such
               a
               chamber
               of
               wealth
               ,
               and
               such
               a
               store-house
               of
               terrestriall
               blessings
               under
               the
               Sunne
               againe
               .
            
             
               Or
               ,
               if
               you
               please
               to
               view
               it
               without
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               and
               yet
               consider
               the
               keeping
               of
               our
               Country
               houses
               ,
               you
               may
               boldly
               say
               ;
               There
               are
               not
               so
               many
               Gentlemen
               to
               be
               seene
               in
               any
               place
               ,
               nor
               to
               so
               good
               purpose
               generally
               :
               for
               speaking
               somewhat
               liberally
               ,
               like
               an
               Orator
               of
               Contentation
               ,
               I
               aske
               ,
               if
               the
               pleasures
               of
               Paris
               can
               bring
               you
               into
               walkes
               of
               such
               variety
               ,
               with
               so
               little
               charge
               and
               expence
               ,
               as
               London
               can
               :
               Surely
               no.
               And
               with
               us
               ,
               our
               riding
               of
               horses
               ,
               musicke
               ,
               learning
               of
               all
               Arts
               and
               Sciences
               ,
               dancing
               ,
               fencing
               ,
               seeing
               of
               comedies
               or
               enterludes
               ,
               banquets
               ,
               maskes
               ,
               mummeries
               ,
               lotteries
               ,
               feasts
               ,
               ordinary
               meetings
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               singularities
               of
               mans
               inventions
               to
               satisfie
               delight
               ,
               are
               easie
               expences
               :
               and
               a
               little
               judgement
               with
               experience
               will
               manage
               a
               very
               meane
               estate
               ,
               to
               wade
               through
               the
               current
               of
               pleasure
               ,
               yea
               ,
               although
               it
               should
               runne
               unto
               voluptuousnesse
               .
            
             
               But
               shall
               I
               dare
               to
               speake
               of
               our
               Court
               ,
               
               the
               map
               of
               Majesty
               ,
               in
               respect
               whereof
               ,
               Biron
               compared
               
                 all
                 others
              
               to
               confusion
               ?
               If
               I
               doe
               ,
               for
               stately
               attendance
               ,
               dutifull
               service
               ,
               plentifull
               fare
               ,
               orderly
               tables
               ,
               resort
               of
               Nobles
               ,
               beauty
               of
               Ladies
               ,
               bravery
               of
               Gentry
               ,
               concourse
               of
               civill
               people
               ,
               princely
               pastimes
               ,
               and
               all
               things
               befitting
               the
               Majesty
               of
               a
               King
               ,
               or
               glory
               of
               a
               Nation
               ;
               I
               may
               say
               for
               England
               ,
               as
               the
               King
               of
               France
               once
               answered
               the
               Emperours
               tedious
               Title
               ;
               
                 France
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 France
              
               ,
               and
               nothing
               but
               France
               :
               So
               
                 England
                 ,
                 England
                 ,
                 England
              
               ,
               and
               nothing
               but
               England
               ,
               to
               their
               proudest
               comparisons
               .
               Affirming
               ,
               that
               if
               ever
               Countrey
               ,
               
               Kingdome
               ,
               or
               Prince
               ,
               came
               neere
               Salomons
               royalty
               ,
               plenty
               ,
               peace
               ,
               and
               beatitude
               ;
               England
               ,
               and
               in
               
                 England
                 London
              
               hath
               the
               preheminence
               .
            
             
               Besides
               the
               Cities
               and
               Ports
               of
               France
               well
               fortified
               ,
               
               there
               be
               also
               infinite
               numbers
               of
               Castles
               &
               Cittadels
               (
               which
               the
               people
               call
               
                 The
                 nests
                 of
                 Tyrants
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Prince
               Chastivillains
               .
               )
               Of
               the
               Castles
               ,
               the
               number
               is
               therefore
               most
               great
               ,
               and
               as
               uncertaine
               ,
               by
               reason
               that
               every
               Noblemans
               house
               of
               any
               age
               ,
               is
               built
               in
               defensible
               manner
               .
               An
               example
               of
               one
               for
               many
               hundreds
               ,
               you
               may
               take
               that
               of
               Roch-fort
               ,
               belonging
               to
               the
               
                 Seigneur
                 de
                 la
                 Tremouville
              
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               civill
               warres
               endured
               a
               siege
               ,
               and
               five
               thousand
               Cannon
               shot
               ,
               and
               yet
               was
               not
               taken
               .
               It
               is
               judged
               by
               the
               wisest
               ,
               that
               in
               great
               Kingdomes
               ,
               such
               as
               France
               ,
               no
               places
               should
               bee
               fortified
               but
               the
               frontiers
               :
               after
               the
               example
               of
               Nature
               ,
               who
               armeth
               the
               heads
               and
               heeles
               of
               beasts
               ,
               but
               never
               the
               bowels
               nor
               middle
               part
               :
               as
               in
               England
               ,
               where
               except
               frontier
               places
               ,
               none
               but
               his
               Majestie
               have
               fortified
               places
               .
            
             
               You
               must
               understand
               ,
               that
               here
               in
               France
               ,
               
               all
               Inhabitants
               of
               Cities
               are
               liable
               to
               the
               common
               charges
               of
               the
               fortification
               of
               their
               Cities
               ,
               reparations
               of
               Bridges
               ,
               Fountaines
               ,
               High-waies
               ,
               &
               such
               like
               .
               And
               because
               the
               richer
               sort
               should
               not
               levie
               the
               money
               ,
               and
               then
               keepe
               it
               to
               themselves
               ,
               or
               imploy
               it
               as
               they
               list
               ;
               they
               must
               give
               information
               to
               the
               Chancellor
               of
               the
               necessity
               of
               the
               Levie
               ,
               and
               procure
               Letters
               Patents
               for
               the
               same
               ,
               by
               authority
               whereof
               they
               gather
               the
               money
               ,
               and
               use
               it
               ,
               yeelding
               after
               to
               the
               Kings
               Procurer
               their
               account
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               their
               Watch
               and
               Ward
               ,
               it
               goes
               by
               course
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               City
               of
               Embden
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               in
               those
               low
               countries
               .
               As
               for
               Castles
               ,
               the
               Seigneur
               or
               Captaine
               ,
               may
               not
               force
               Vassall
               ,
               (
               
                 faire
                 le
                 guet
              
               ,
               to
               watch
               and
               ward
               )
               except
               in
               frontier
               places
               ,
               upon
               forfeiting
               of
               their
               estates
               .
            
             
               After
               this
               generall
               Survey
               of
               the
               Country
               it selfe
               ,
               
               wee
               must
               observe
               something
               of
               the
               government
               ,
               wherein
               I
               will
               not
               trouble
               you
               with
               fetching
               their
               first
               Pedigree
               from
               beyond
               the
               Moone
               ,
               as
               many
               of
               the●r
               Histories
               labour
               ,
               nor
               by
               
               disputing
               the
               matter
               ,
               whether
               it
               bee
               true
               or
               no
               ,
               that
               they
               came
               from
               Troy
               ,
               into
               the
               marishes
               of
               Maeotis
               ,
               whence
               ,
               after
               some
               small
               abode
               ,
               they
               were
               chased
               by
               the
               Roman
               Emperour
               into
               Bavaria
               ,
               and
               after
               into
               Frankeland
               in
               Germany
               .
            
             
               It
               shall
               suffice
               ,
               that
               from
               hence
               this
               people
               came
               into
               France
               ,
               wherein
               all
               Writers
               agree
               .
               For
               after
               the
               declination
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               ,
               when
               the
               Ostrogothes
               conquered
               Italy
               ,
               the
               
                 Visigothes
                 Spaine
              
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 Vandals
                 Affrike
              
               :
               then
               did
               the
               Burgundians
               and
               Franconians
               divide
               this
               Country
               betweene
               them
               ,
               conquering
               it
               upon
               the
               old
               Inquilines
               (
               the
               Gaules
               )
               who
               from
               Caesars
               time
               till
               then
               ,
               had
               not
               tasted
               the
               force
               of
               a
               forren
               power
               .
            
             
               The
               Government
               was
               under
               Dukes
               till
               the
               yeare
               420.
               when
               as
               Pharamond
               caused
               himselfe
               to
               bee
               intituled
               King.
               In
               this
               race
               it
               remained
               till
               751.
               when
               Pepin
               suppressed
               his
               M.
               Chilpericke
               ,
               and
               usurped
               .
               His
               line
               lasted
               till
               988.
               when
               
                 Hugh
                 Capet
              
               gave
               the
               checke
               to
               the
               succession
               of
               Charlemaignes
               line
               (
               who
               was
               Pepins
               sonne
               )
               and
               invested
               himselfe
               with
               the
               Diadem
               .
               From
               him
               it
               hath
               lineally
               descended
               by
               heires
               males
               to
               the
               house
               of
               Valois
               ,
               and
               for
               want
               of
               issue
               mal●
               in
               them
               ,
               is
               now
               come
               to
               the
               house
               of
               Burbon
               .
               In
               this
               space
               of
               time
               ,
               you
               must
               observe
               the
               three
               ages
               of
               France
               :
               her
               child-hood
               ,
               till
               Pepin
               ;
               her
               man-hood
               ,
               till
               Capet
               ;
               her
               old
               age
               ,
               till
               now
               .
               For
               ,
               in
               the
               first
               age
               the
               Kings
               were
               like
               children
               ,
               content
               to
               be
               taught
               by
               others
               in
               matters
               of
               Religion
               ,
               (
               as
               then
               ye
               may
               note
               ,
               that
               Clovis
               received
               the
               Faith
               ,
               and
               was
               Baptized
               )
               as
               also
               in
               matter
               of
               policie
               ,
               they
               were
               content
               that
               others
               should
               beare
               the
               whole
               sway
               ,
               and
               rule
               them
               also
               ,
               such
               were
               the
               
                 Maieurs
                 de
                 Palais
              
               ,
               whereof
               Pepin
               was
               one
               that
               usurped
               .
            
             
               In
               their
               man-hood
               they
               did
               like
               men
               ,
               conquer
               Kingdomes
               ,
               releeve
               distressed
               Christians
               ,
               overcome
               Saracens
               and
               Infidels
               ,
               defend
               the
               Church
               against
               all
               assailes
               ,
               as
               ye●
               may
               perceive
               by
               the
               History
               of
               Charles
               the
               great
               ,
               and
               his
               successors
               .
            
             
               And
               lastly
               ,
               now
               in
               her
               old
               age
               she
               grew
               wise
               ,
               erected
               
               Courts
               for
               Iustice
               ,
               made
               Lawes
               and
               Ordinances
               to
               governe
               her
               Inhabitants
               ,
               wherein
               no
               Countrey
               in
               Europe
               hath
               excelled
               her
               :
               for
               so
               saith
               my
               Author
               ;
               There
               is
               no
               Countrey
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               where
               Iustice
               is
               better
               established
               ,
               than
               in
               ours
               :
               which
               is
               true
               (
               but
               with
               this
               addition
               of
               a
               later
               Writer
               ,
               )
               if
               the
               Officers
               thereof
               were
               not
               too
               too
               many
               ,
               and
               if
               their
               places
               were
               rightly
               executed
               .
            
             
               To
               force
               this
               Relation
               ,
               with
               many
               notes
               of
               things
               here
               hapning
               in
               former
               ages
               ,
               were
               both
               impertinent
               ,
               and
               tedious
               ;
               only
               I
               would
               wish
               you
               note
               ,
               that
               in
               482.
               the
               Christian
               Faith
               was
               here
               received
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               yeare
               800.
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               hither
               translated
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               Countrie
               of
               France
               ,
               the
               State
               is
               a
               Monarchie
               ,
               and
               the
               government
               mixt
               :
               for
               the
               authoritie
               of
               
                 Maieurs
                 ,
                 Eschevins
                 ,
                 Consuls
                 ,
                 Iureurs
                 ,
                 &c.
              
               is
               Democraticall
               :
               the
               Paires
               ,
               the
               Councels
               ,
               the
               Parliaments
               ,
               the
               Chambers
               of
               Counts
               ,
               the
               Generalities
               ,
               &c.
               are
               Aristocraticall
               .
               The
               calling
               of
               Assemblies
               ,
               giving
               of
               Offices
               ,
               sending
               Embassages
               ,
               concluding
               of
               Treaties
               ,
               pardoning
               of
               offences
               ,
               ennobling
               of
               Families
               ,
               legitimation
               of
               Bastards
               ,
               coyning
               of
               moneys
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               ,
               to
               the
               number
               of
               foure
               and
               twentie
               ,
               are
               meerely
               Regall
               ,
               called
               of
               the
               
                 French
                 ,
                 Droicts
                 Royaux
              
               .
            
             
               And
               sure
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               no
               Prince
               in
               Europe
               is
               a
               more
               perfect
               Monarch
               than
               he
               :
               for
               besides
               all
               these
               Privileges
               named
               ,
               as
               we
               say
               of
               the
               Parliament
               of
               Paris
               ,
               that
               it
               hath
               the
               prerogative
               to
               be
               appealed
               unto
               ,
               from
               all
               other
               Courts
               ,
               which
               they
               call
               (
               
                 the
                 last
                 appeale
              
               ,
               )
               so
               is
               it
               likewise
               true
               ,
               that
               the
               King
               himselfe
               hath
               the
               meere
               and
               absolute
               authoritie
               over
               this
               .
               For
               though
               no
               Edict
               or
               Proclamation
               ,
               no
               Warre
               or
               Peace
               which
               he
               makes
               ,
               be
               good
               ,
               without
               the
               consent
               and
               Arrest
               (
               as
               they
               call
               it
               )
               of
               this
               Court
               :
               Yet
               true
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               when
               he
               ,
               sending
               to
               them
               for
               their
               confirmation
               and
               ratifying
               thereof
               ,
               if
               at
               first
               they
               refuse
               ,
               and
               send
               Deputies
               to
               his
               Majesty
               to
               informe
               him
               of
               their
               reasons
               ,
               with
               humble
               suit
               to
               revoke
               the
               same
               ,
               he
               returnes
               them
               upon
               paine
               of
               his
               displeasure
               and
               deprivation
               of
               their
               Offices
               ,
               to
               confirme
               it
               .
               
                 Sic
                 volo
                 ,
                 sic
                 jubeo
              
               .
            
             
               As
               touching
               the
               Lawes
               ,
               we
               must
               know
               ,
               
               that
               most
               of
               them
               
               are
               grounded
               on
               the
               Civill
               Law
               of
               the
               Emperour
               :
               but
               so
               ,
               as
               this
               State
               ever
               protesteth
               against
               them
               :
               insomuch
               as
               in
               former
               times
               it
               was
               ordained
               ,
               that
               he
               which
               alleaged
               any
               Law
               of
               Iustinian
               ,
               should
               lose
               his
               head
               .
               Of
               the
               Lawes
               in
               force
               ,
               some
               are
               fundamentall
               ,
               as
               they
               call
               them
               ,
               and
               immortall
               ▪
               Such
               as
               nor
               King
               ,
               nor
               assembly
               can
               abrogate
               :
               others
               are
               Temporall
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               first
               sort
               ,
               I
               will
               only
               remember
               you
               of
               two
               examples
               :
               the
               Law
               Salique
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               Appennages
               .
               As
               for
               the
               first
               ,
               they
               would
               needs
               make
               the
               world
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               of
               great
               antiquitie
               ,
               where
               with
               they
               very
               wrongfully
               tromped
               the
               heires
               of
               Edward
               the
               third
               ,
               from
               the
               enjoying
               of
               this
               Crowne
               ,
               which
               to
               them
               is
               rightly
               descended
               by
               the
               Mother
               ;
               and
               whose
               claime
               is
               still
               good
               ,
               were
               the
               English
               sword
               well
               whetted
               to
               cut
               the
               Labels
               of
               this
               Law.
               Of
               which
               Haillan
               himselfe
               confesseth
               ,
               that
               before
               the
               time
               of
               
                 Philip
                 le
                 Long
              
               ,
               1321.
               
               That
               the
               Law
               Salique
               was
               never
               heard
               tell
               of
               ,
               before
               this
               Kings
               time
               ,
               who
               caused
               it
               to
               be
               ratified
               by
               all
               the
               Nobles
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               ,
               some
               by
               faire
               promises
               ,
               and
               others
               by
               force
               and
               threats
               .
               Whereupon
               ,
               they
               have
               since
               this
               proverbe
               ,
               
                 The
                 Kingdome
                 of
              
               France
               
                 cannot
                 fall
                 from
                 the
                 Launce
                 to
                 the
                 Distasse●
              
               which
               another
               would
               needs
               as
               soundly
               prove
               out
               of
               Scripture
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               
                 The
                 Lillies
                 spinne
                 not
              
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               Lillies
               or
               Flowerdelyces
               ,
               being
               the
               Armes
               of
               France
               ,
               cannot
               descend
               to
               a
               Spinster
               ,
               or
               woman
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Appennages
               ,
               it
               is
               also
               a
               Law
               of
               great
               consequent
               for
               the
               Crowne
               :
               for
               by
               this
               ,
               the
               Domaine
               cannot
               be
               aliened
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               Crowne
               cannot
               fall
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               strangers
               .
               You
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               this
               Law
               imports
               ,
               that
               the
               younger
               sonnes
               of
               the
               King
               cannot
               have
               Partage
               with
               the
               Elder
               ;
               which
               till
               the
               time
               of
               Charlemaigne
               (
               when
               this
               was
               made
               )
               they
               might
               ;
               they
               must
               onely
               have
               
                 Appennage
                 suas
                 propriete
              
               .
               By
               which
               Charter
               of
               Appennage
               is
               given
               all
               profits
               arising
               of
               the
               said
               Apannes
               ;
               as
               Domaine
               ,
               the
               Hundreth
               ,
               Rents
               ,
               rights
               of
               Seigneurie
               ,
               
                 parties
                 Casuelles
              
               ,
               ●ots
               ,
               Sales
               ,
               Homages
               ,
               rights
               of
               Vassalage
               ,
               Forrests
               ,
               Ponds
               ,
               ●●●vers
               ,
               Iurisdictions
               ,
               Patronages
               of
               Churches
               ,
               Provisions
               ,
               
               and
               Nomination
               of
               Chappels
               ,
               Goods
               of
               Mayn-mort
               ,
               Fift
               s
               of
               Lands
               sold
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               profits
               and
               commodities
               whatsoever
               ,
               to
               returne
               to
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               heires
               male
               :
               But
               the
               levying
               of
               Taxes
               and
               aids
               ,
               the
               minting
               of
               money
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               things
               of
               Regalitie
               are
               reserved
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               other
               sort
               of
               Lawes
               in
               this
               Realme
               ,
               they
               are
               infinite
               ,
               which
               argueth
               
                 (
                 à
                 consequente
              
               )
               that
               they
               be
               ill
               kept
               :
               for
               
                 Gens
                 humana
                 ruit
                 per
                 vetitum
                 nefas
                 :
              
               and
               
                 (
                 ab
                 antecedente
              
               )
               that
               the
               people
               of
               this
               Countrey
               have
               beene
               ill
               inclined
               :
               for
               
                 Evill
                 manners
                 cause
                 good
                 Lawes
              
               .
            
             
               These
               French
               Lawes
               are
               too
               full
               of
               Preambles
               ,
               Processes
               ,
               Interims
               ,
               and
               Provisoes
               ,
               as
               by
               all
               their
               Ordinances
               and
               Edicts
               appeareth
               :
               There
               is
               nothing
               (
               me
               thinkes
               )
               colder
               ,
               than
               
                 a
                 Law
                 with
                 a
                 Prologue
              
               :
               Let
               a
               Law
               command
               ,
               and
               not
               perswade
               .
               Of
               all
               these
               Lawes
               I
               will
               only
               name
               you
               this
               one
               :
               
                 That
                 the
                 minority
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 assisted
                 with
                 a
                 Councell
                 ,
                 chosen
                 by
                 the
                 States
                 of
              
               France
               ,
               
                 wherein
                 the
                 Princes
                 of
                 the
                 bloud
                 ought
                 to
                 hold
                 the
                 first
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 strangers
                 to
                 bee
                 excluded
                 :
              
               Which
               was
               enacted
               at
               Toures
               ,
               by
               Charles
               the
               eighth
               ,
               Anno
               1484.
               
               I
               tell
               you
               of
               this
               ,
               as
               of
               the
               true
               source
               and
               spring
               of
               all
               the
               late
               civill
               warres
               ,
               because
               the
               Cadets
               of
               Lorraine
               by
               insinuation
               with
               the
               young
               Kings
               ,
               Francis
               the
               second
               ,
               and
               Charles
               the
               ninth
               ,
               under
               the
               favour
               of
               the
               Queene
               Mother
               ,
               took
               upon
               them
               to
               manage
               all
               publike
               matters
               at
               their
               own
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               thrust
               out
               the
               first
               Princes
               of
               the
               bloud
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Burbon
               .
               Whereupon
               Navarre
               and
               Condie
               ,
               the
               Princes
               of
               this
               Family
               ,
               assisted
               by
               many
               of
               the
               French
               Nobles
               ,
               embarqued
               themselves
               in
               the
               action
               of
               reforming
               such
               an
               abuse
               ,
               and
               displacing
               the
               Gursard
               out
               of
               this
               authorite
               ,
               tooke
               it
               upon
               themselves
               ,
               to
               whom
               it
               rightly
               belonged
               .
            
             
               Howbeit
               ,
               out
               of
               that
               which
               I
               there
               saw
               ,
               
               which
               I
               have
               heard
               of
               others
               ,
               and
               read
               in
               Authors
               ;
               I
               will
               adventure
               to
               relate
               ,
               concerning
               the
               Officers
               of
               this
               Court
               ;
               for
               as
               for
               other
               great
               Offices
               ,
               as
               of
               
                 Constable
                 ,
                 Admirall
                 ,
                 Marshall
                 ,
                 Grand
                 Master
                 of
                 the
                 Eaues
              
               and
               
                 Forests
                 ,
                 Grand
                 Master
              
               of
               the
               Artillerie
               ,
               and
               others
               ,
               I
               shall
               speake
               of
               them
               ,
               when
               I
               come
               to
               
               relate
               of
               the
               Kings
               Forces
               in
               generall
               ,
               to
               which
               place
               these
               Offices
               especially
               appertaine
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               Office
               then
               of
               Court
               ,
               
               is
               that
               of
               the
               great
               Master
               ,
               which
               in
               elder
               times
               was
               called
               Earle
               of
               the
               Palace
               ,
               and
               after
               changed
               into
               the
               name
               of
               
                 Grand
                 Seneschall
              
               ,
               and
               now
               lastly
               into
               
                 Grand
                 Maistre
              
               .
               It
               is
               his
               Office
               ,
               to
               judge
               of
               matters
               of
               difference
               ,
               betweene
               other
               Officers
               of
               Court.
               He
               had
               also
               the
               charge
               to
               give
               the
               word
               to
               the
               Guard
               ,
               to
               keepe
               the
               Keyes
               of
               the
               Kings
               private
               Lodging
               ,
               and
               to
               determine
               in
               disputes
               among
               Princes
               that
               followed
               the
               Court
               ,
               for
               their
               Lodgings
               .
               In
               assemblies
               ,
               he
               sitteth
               right
               before
               the
               King
               ,
               a
               staire
               lower
               ,
               as
               you
               reade
               in
               the
               
                 Dern
                 .
                 Trobl
              
               .
               Great
               Butler
               or
               Taster
               ,
               was
               in
               former
               times
               a
               great
               Office
               in
               the
               Kings
               House
               ,
               they
               had
               place
               in
               the
               Courts
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               as
               Peeres
               .
               This
               Office
               was
               long
               in
               the
               Counts
               of
               Seulis
               :
               It
               is
               now
               vanished
               ,
               and
               only
               there
               remaines
               that
               of
               the
               
                 Grand
                 Panetier
              
               .
               This
               Office
               is
               ancient
               :
               he
               hath
               besides
               the
               Kings
               House
               super-intendence
               over
               all
               Bakers
               in
               the
               Citie
               and
               Suburbs
               of
               Paris
               .
               They
               which
               were
               wont
               to
               be
               called
               Pantlers
               ,
               Tasters
               and
               Carvers
               ,
               are
               now
               called
               Gentlemen
               Wayters
               of
               the
               Court.
               
            
             
               The
               Office
               of
               great
               Chamberlaine
               was
               long
               in
               the
               House
               of
               Tankervile
               :
               he
               lay
               at
               the
               Kings
               feet
               ,
               when
               the
               Queene
               was
               not
               there
               .
               His
               Privileges
               are
               now
               nothing
               so
               many
               as
               in
               times
               past
               .
               
               Those
               which
               were
               then
               called
               Chamberlaines
               ,
               are
               now
               Gentlemen
               of
               the
               Chamber
               .
               The
               Office
               of
               great
               Esquire
               ,
               is
               not
               very
               ancient
               ,
               though
               now
               it
               be
               very
               honourable
               ,
               and
               is
               the
               same
               that
               Master
               of
               the
               Horse
               is
               in
               the
               Court
               of
               England
               :
               for
               it
               is
               taken
               out
               of
               the
               Constables
               Of●●●●
               ▪
               to
               whom
               it
               properly
               appertained
               .
               It
               was
               first
               instituted
               at
               the
               time
               of
               Charles
               the
               seventh
               .
               In
               the
               Kings
               entrance
               into
               the
               Citie
               ,
               he
               carries
               the
               Sword
               sheathed
               before
               him
               ,
               The
               Cloth
               of
               Estate
               carried
               over
               the
               King
               ,
               by
               the
               Maior
               and
               Sherifes
               ,
               belongs
               to
               his
               Fee.
               No
               man
               may
               bee
               the
               Kings
               Spur-maker
               ,
               Mareschall
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               Officer
               ,
               but
               he
               must
               have
               it
               of
               him
               ,
               as
               also
               other
               inferiour
               Offices
               belonging
               to
               the
               Stables
               .
               He
               had
               in
               times
               past
               ,
               the
               command
               over
               Stages
               
               of
               Post-horses
               :
               but
               now
               the
               Controller
               generall
               of
               the
               said
               Posts
               ,
               hath
               it
               .
               
               The
               Office
               of
               
                 Master
                 or
                 Steward
                 of
                 the
                 Kings
                 House
                 ,
              
               hath
               charge
               over
               the
               expence
               of
               the
               Kings
               House
               :
               For
               a
               marke
               of
               his
               authoritie
               ,
               he
               carries
               a
               truncheon
               tipt
               at
               both
               ends
               with
               silver
               and
               gilt
               ,
               and
               marcheth
               before
               the
               Sewer
               ,
               when
               the
               Kings
               dinner
               comes
               to
               the
               Table
               .
            
             
               No
               Sergeant
               can
               arrest
               any
               of
               the
               Kings
               House
               without
               their
               leave
               .
               They
               serve
               quarterly
               :
               they
               were
               wont
               to
               be
               but
               foure
               ,
               but
               now
               I
               have
               heard
               it
               credibly
               said
               ,
               they
               be
               eightie
               in
               name
               ,
               but
               all
               of
               these
               doe
               not
               execute
               the
               Office.
               The
               
                 Great
                 Provost
              
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Kings
               House
               ,
               
               was
               so
               called
               since
               Charles
               the
               ninth
               :
               for
               before
               ,
               he
               was
               called
               
                 Roy
                 des
                 rebauds
              
               ,
               King
               of
               the
               Rascals
               .
               His
               Office
               is
               to
               stickle
               amongst
               the
               Servants
               ,
               Pages
               ,
               Lacquies
               ,
               and
               
                 Filles
                 de
                 joye
              
               (
               Punkes
               or
               pleasant
               sinners
               )
               which
               follow
               the
               Court
               ,
               and
               to
               punish
               all
               offences
               in
               these
               people
               .
            
             
               I
               should
               have
               named
               before
               these
               last
               ,
               as
               a
               place
               more
               honourable
               ,
               the
               Office
               of
               
                 Great
                 Faulconer
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Common
                 Hunt
              
               ,
               
               who
               have
               authoritie
               over
               all
               Officers
               of
               Chase.
               They
               of
               the
               Kings
               Chamber
               ,
               are
               either
               Gentlemen
               of
               the
               Chamber
               ,
               of
               whom
               I
               spake
               before
               ,
               or
               Groomes
               of
               the
               Chamber
               ,
               which
               are
               but
               base
               Groomes
               and
               Yeomen
               .
            
             
               The
               hundred
               Gentlemen
               of
               his
               Guard
               (
               though
               there
               be
               two
               hundred
               of
               them
               )
               they
               hold
               and
               use
               a
               weapon
               ,
               
               called
               
                 Le
                 bec
                 de
                 corbin
              
               :
               They
               march
               two
               and
               two
               before
               him
               :
               they
               are
               part
               French
               ,
               and
               part
               Scots
               .
               The
               Scot
               carries
               a
               white
               Cassocke
               ,
               powdered
               with
               silver
               plates
               ,
               and
               the
               Kings
               device
               upon
               it
               :
               The
               French
               weare
               the
               Kings
               Colours
               .
               There
               is
               also
               a
               Guard
               of
               Swisse
               ,
               attired
               in
               partie-coloured-Cloth
               ,
               drawne
               out
               with
               silke
               ,
               after
               their
               Countrey
               fashion
               :
               these
               follow
               the
               Court
               alwayes
               on
               foot
               ,
               the
               other
               on
               horse
               .
            
             
               There
               belong
               to
               the
               Court
               also
               ,
               the
               Marshals
               of
               Lodgings
               ,
               and
               Harbingers
               :
               they
               have
               like
               Offices
               as
               the
               Harbingers
               in
               the
               English
               Court
               :
               there
               bee
               also
               divers
               others
               which
               are
               here
               needlesse
               to
               be
               spoken
               of
               .
            
             
               It
               followeth
               I
               speake
               of
               his
               Forces
               ,
               aswell
               horse
               as
               foot
               ,
               
               of
               which
               this
               Country
               is
               very
               well
               furnished
               ,
               and
               indeed
               vaunteth
               
               (
               and
               I
               thinke
               worthily
               )
               to
               be
               the
               best
               and
               greatest
               
                 Gens
                 d'armerie
              
               of
               any
               Realme
               in
               Christendome
               :
               but
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               their
               foot
               have
               no
               reputation
               ;
               Insomuch
               ,
               as
               at
               the
               Siege
               of
               Amrens
               ,
               we
               should
               heare
               the
               Spaniard
               within
               the
               Towne
               ,
               speake
               over
               the
               wals
               to
               our
               English
               Souldier
               in
               their
               Trenches
               ,
               after
               we
               had
               saved
               the
               Kings
               Cannon
               ,
               from
               which
               the
               French
               were
               shamfully
               beaten
               by
               them
               within
               ,
               fallying
               out
               upon
               them
               :
            
             
               
                 You
                 are
                 tall
                 Souldiers
                 (
                 say
                 they
                 )
                 and
                 we
                 honour
                 you
                 much
                 ,
                 not
                 thinking
                 any
                 foot
                 to
                 come
                 neere
                 us
                 in
                 reputation
                 ,
                 but
                 you
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 ,
                 when
                 you
                 of
                 the
                 English
                 come
                 downe
                 to
                 the
                 Trenches
                 ,
                 we
                 double
                 our
                 Guard
                 ,
                 and
                 looke
                 for
                 blowes
                 :
                 but
                 as
                 for
                 these
                 base
                 and
                 unworthy
                 French
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 come
                 ,
                 we
                 make
                 account
                 we
                 have
                 nothing
                 to
                 doe
                 that
                 day
                 ,
                 but
                 play
                 at
                 Cards
                 ,
                 or
                 sleepe
                 upon
                 our
                 Rampart
                 .
              
               Of
               both
               these
               Forces
               of
               horse
               and
               foot
               of
               France
               ,
               you
               are
               to
               note
               this
               which
               followeth
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               reported
               of
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               that
               when
               he
               conquereth
               any
               Province
               or
               Country
               ,
               he
               divideth
               the
               Lands
               upon
               his
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               to
               each
               his
               po●tion
               ,
               ●ith
               an
               exemption
               of
               paying
               either
               Rent
               ,
               Tax
               ,
               or
               ●allage
               whatsoever
               ;
               only
               they
               are
               bound
               to
               serve
               the
               
                 Grand
                 Seig●ior
              
               ,
               with
               a
               proportion
               of
               horse
               at
               their
               owne
               charge
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               owne
               person
               in
               his
               warres
               ,
               except
               either
               age
               or
               sicknesse
               hinder
               ,
               which
               are
               the
               two
               only
               excuses
               admitted
               .
               These
               are
               called
               his
               Timariots
               :
               of
               like
               Nature
               were
               the
               Calasyres
               ,
               or
               Mamalucks
               of
               A●gypt
               .
            
             
               So
               did
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               in
               former
               times
               bestow
               upon
               Gentlemen
               divers
               lands
               and
               possessions
               ,
               freeing
               them
               likewise
               from
               taxes
               and
               aids
               ,
               upon
               condition
               to
               have
               their
               personall
               service
               in
               time
               of
               need
               .
               These
               Lands
               were
               called
               Feifs
               ,
               instituted
               before
               Charlemaigne
               his
               time
               ,
               but
               till
               then
               they
               were
               given
               onely
               for
               life
               (
               as
               at
               this
               day
               are
               those
               of
               the
               Turks
               :
               )
               but
               since
               ,
               they
               bee
               hereditary
               .
               The
               word
               Feif
               ,
               hath
               his
               Etymology
               of
               
                 (
                 Foy
              
               )
               Faith
               :
               signifying
               Lands
               given
               by
               the
               King
               to
               his
               Nobility
               or
               men
               of
               desert
               ,
               with
               
                 Hau●●●
                 et
                 basse
                 ●ustice
              
               ,
               with
               an
               acknowledgment
               of
               fealty
               
               and
               homage
               ,
               and
               service
               of
               the
               King
               in
               his
               warres
               at
               their
               owne
               charge
               .
               Some
               Feif
               was
               bound
               to
               finde
               a
               man
               at
               Armes
               ;
               some
               an
               Archer
               ,
               some
               the
               third
               ,
               and
               some
               the
               fourth
               of
               a
               man
               at
               Armes
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               quantity
               of
               Land
               he
               held
               .
               He
               that
               had
               Land
               from
               the
               value
               of
               five
               to
               six
               hundred
               Livres
               rent
               ,
               (
               that
               is
               ,
               from
               fifty
               to
               sixty
               pound
               sterling
               )
               was
               bound
               to
               finde
               a
               man
               on
               Horse-backe
               ,
               furnished
               for
               a
               man
               at
               Armes
               :
               and
               from
               three
               to
               foure
               hundred
               a
               good
               light
               Horse-man
               ;
               who
               ,
               if
               it
               please
               the
               Prince
               ,
               and
               upon
               occasion
               of
               service
               ,
               shall
               quit
               his
               Horse
               ,
               and
               serve
               on
               foot
               ,
               provided
               that
               he
               have
               with
               him
               a
               vallet
               Harquebusier
               .
               But
               they
               that
               had
               lesse
               than
               three
               or
               foure
               hundred
               ,
               had
               a
               lesse
               proportion
               of
               charge
               .
               There
               be
               foure
               exceptions
               where
               a
               man
               is
               not
               bound
               to
               serve
               in
               person
               ;
               If
               he
               be
               sicke
               ,
               if
               aged
               ,
               if
               he
               beare
               some
               Office
               ,
               if
               he
               keepe
               some
               frontier
               place
               or
               other
               Castle
               of
               the
               Kings
               ;
               for
               in
               this
               case
               hee
               may
               send
               another
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               bound
               upon
               forfeiture
               of
               their
               Feif
               ,
               to
               serve
               three
               moneths
               within
               the
               Land
               ,
               and
               forty
               dayes
               without
               ;
               not
               counting
               the
               dayes
               of
               marching
               .
               You
               must
               observe
               ,
               that
               as
               the
               Seigneurs
               hold
               their
               Feif
               of
               the
               King
               in
               
                 Haute
                 justice
              
               ,
               so
               other
               Gentlemen
               hold
               of
               them
               in
               
                 Basse
                 justice
              
               ,
               upon
               charge
               to
               follow
               these
               Seigneurs
               at
               all
               times
               to
               the
               wars
               .
               For
               the
               Feif
               is
               the
               thing
               ,
               by
               the
               acceptation
               whereof
               ,
               they
               that
               hold
               it
               ,
               are
               bound
               in
               oath
               and
               fidelity
               to
               their
               Lords
               ;
               and
               therefore
               are
               called
               their
               Vassals
               ,
               of
               Wessos
               the
               old
               Gaule
               word
               ,
               which
               signifieth
               Valiant
               :
               for
               to
               such
               were
               the
               Feifs
               given
               .
               As
               for
               Serfes
               ,
               Slaves
               or
               Villaines
               ,
               they
               〈◊〉
               domesticke
               ,
               and
               serve
               upon
               baser
               condition
               ,
               for
               wages
               and
               victuals
               .
               There
               is
               also
               the
               subject
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               poore
               pe●sant
               that
               laboureth
               and
               tilleth
               the
               Feifs
               ,
               and
               therefore
               yee
               shall
               heare
               
                 Monsieur
                 le
              
               Gentleman
               speake
               of
               
                 ses
                 terres
                 ,
                 ses
                 hommes
              
               ,
               &
               
                 ses
                 subjects
              
               :
               His
               lands
               ,
               his
               men
               ,
               and
               his
               subjects
               :
               and
               yet
               himselfe
               is
               Vassall
               to
               the
               Seigneur
               ,
               that
               holds
               in
               
                 haute
                 justice
              
               .
               But
               you
               may
               note
               ,
               that
               no
               word
               of
               service
               whatsoever
               in
               this
               discourse
               ,
               doth
               prejudice
               the
               liberty
               naturall
               of
               the
               Vassall
               .
               Neither
               the
               subject
               nor
               the
               
               Serf
               are
               bound
               to
               goe
               to
               the
               wars
               ,
               but
               only
               the
               Vassall
               .
               The
               mustering
               and
               gathering
               together
               of
               these
               forces
               ,
               obliged
               by
               these
               Feifs
               ,
               is
               called
               the
               Ban
               ,
               and
               Arrier-Ban
               ,
               of
               the
               Alm●●●e
               words
               
                 H●r●
                 exer●i●us
              
               ,
               an
               Army
               ;
               and
               
                 Ban
                 ,
                 conv●●atio
              
               ,
               a
               calling
               together
               .
               This
               Ban
               and
               Arrier-ban
               ,
               consisted
               anciently
               of
               twelve
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               fifteene
               thousand
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               :
               But
               after
               the
               corruption
               thereof
               ,
               when
               the
               Feifs
               came
               to
               be
               in
               the
               hands
               of
               unable
               and
               unworthy
               men
               ,
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               were
               forced
               of
               later
               times
               ,
               to
               erect
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'
                 armes
                 des
                 Ordonnances
              
               ,
               the
               men
               at
               Armes
               of
               his
               Ordinances
               ,
               in
               Charles
               the
               seventh
               his
               time
               .
               For
               ye
               must
               consider
               ,
               that
               there
               have
               beene
               foure
               principall
               causes
               of
               the
               overthrow
               of
               this
               Ban
               and
               Arrier-ban
               .
               The
               first
               ,
               were
               the
               gifts
               to
               the
               Clergy
               ,
               who
               ,
               as
               is
               reported
               ,
               have
               the
               sixth
               part
               of
               these
               Feifs
               in
               their
               hands
               ,
               and
               contribute
               nothing
               to
               the
               warres
               :
               for
               as
               one
               saith
               ,
               they
               will
               lose
               nothing
               ,
               pay
               nothing
               ,
               contribute
               nothing
               toward
               their
               guarding
               ,
               and
               yet
               notwithstanding
               they
               will
               be
               guarded
               .
               The
               next
               ,
               was
               the
               voyages
               to
               the
               Holy-land
               ;
               for
               when
               one
               had
               made
               a
               vow
               to
               goe
               thither
               ,
               to
               serve
               against
               the
               Saracens
               and
               I●tidels
               ,
               he
               sold
               his
               Feif
               ,
               to
               furnish
               him
               to
               that
               purpose
               .
               The
               third
               ,
               was
               the
               warres
               with
               the
               English
               ,
               wherein
               by
               force
               they
               lost
               them
               .
               The
               last
               cause
               is
               ,
               the
               sales
               of
               them
               to
               all
               sorts
               of
               people
               ,
               without
               exception
               ;
               as
               the
               Lawyer
               ,
               the
               Yeoman
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               unable
               person
               whatsoever
               that
               will
               buy
               them
               ;
               which
               till
               Charles
               the
               seventh
               they
               might
               not
               doe
               .
               Ye
               see
               then
               how
               necessary
               it
               was
               (
               this
               old
               institution
               being
               corrupted
               and
               quite
               decayed
               )
               to
               erect
               a
               new
               ;
               which
               they
               called
               ,
               
                 Les
                 Gens
                 d'
                 armes
                 des
                 ordonnances
                 :
              
               because
               at
               their
               first
               erection
               ,
               there
               were
               divers
               Lawes
               and
               ordinances
               made
               for
               them
               to
               observe
               ,
               which
               who
               so
               brake
               ,
               was
               severely
               punished
               .
               They
               were
               at
               first
               only
               1500.
               
               But
               after
               ,
               they
               were
               increased
               to
               an
               hundred
               cornets
               ,
               and
               given
               to
               divers
               Princes
               of
               the
               bloud
               ,
               and
               Nobles
               of
               France
               to
               conduct
               and
               command
               ,
               with
               an
               honourable
               pension
               .
               In
               these
               troops
               should
               bee
               6000.
               for
               in
               some
               there
               are
               an
               hundred
               ,
               in
               others
               but
               fifty
               .
               Howbeit
               it
               is
               thought
               ,
               in
               each
               
               troope
               there
               are
               some
               dead
               payes
               ,
               for
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               Of●●cers
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               truth
               there
               be
               not
               above
               foure
               thousand
               in
               all
               .
               For
               the
               maintenance
               of
               this
               
                 Gens
                 d'
                 armerie
              
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               tax
               yearely
               levied
               upon
               the
               people
               throughout
               all
               France
               ,
               called
               the
               Taille
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               both
               the
               number
               of
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ,
               and
               their
               proportion
               of
               allowance
               ,
               by
               the
               Taille
               ,
               it
               is
               thus
               ,
               as
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               judgeth
               :
               The
               horsemen
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Henry
               the
               second
               ,
               exceeded
               the
               number
               of
               6000.
               launces
               ,
               but
               they
               are
               now
               but
               4000.
               and
               in
               mine
               opinion
               ,
               it
               were
               fit
               to
               entertaine
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               ,
               foure
               Regiments
               of
               Infantery
               ,
               of
               six
               hundred
               men
               apeece
               .
            
             
               As
               touching
               the
               Infantery
               ,
               
               Francis
               the
               first
               was
               the
               first
               that
               instituted
               the
               Legionaries
               ,
               which
               were
               in
               all
               eight
               ,
               and
               every
               Legion
               to
               containe
               six
               thousand
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               rate
               of
               the
               ancient
               Romans
               .
               The
               first
               Legion
               was
               of
               Normandy
               :
               The
               next
               of
               Bretaigne
               .
               One
               in
               P●cardie
               .
               One
               in
               Burgundie
               .
               In
               Champaigne
               and
               Nivernois
               one
               .
               In
               Dolphenie
               and
               Provence
               one
               .
               In
               Lyonnois
               &
               Auvergne
               one
               .
               And
               one
               in
               ●ang●●docke
               .
               These
               companies
               were
               shortly
               after
               cassed
               ,
               and
               againe
               within
               eighteene
               yeares
               erected
               ;
               and
               are
               now
               againe
               of
               late
               yeares
               dissolved
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               place
               the
               Regiments
               now
               entertained
               ,
               are
               five
               in
               number
               :
               The
               Regiment
               of
               the
               Guard
               ,
               the
               Regiment
               of
               Picardie
               ,
               the
               Regiment
               of
               Champaigne
               ,
               the
               Regiment
               of
               Piemont
               ,
               and
               lastly
               ,
               the
               Regiment
               of
               Gasco●ne
               ,
               commonly
               called
               the
               Regiment
               of
               Navarr●
               :
               In
               each
               of
               these
               is
               twelve
               hundred
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               all
               now
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               bestowed
               in
               garrison-townes
               ,
               and
               frontier
               places
               ,
               except
               those
               of
               his
               guard
               .
               Bo●●●
               op●●ion
               is
               ,
               that
               foure
               Legions
               of
               5000.
               apeece
               ,
               would
               ●usfice
               to
               be
               maintained
               in
               this
               land
               :
               for
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               ,
               which
               was
               twenty
               times
               as
               great
               ,
               had
               never
               but
               eleven
               Legions
               in
               pay
               :
               but
               this
               is
               to
               be
               understood
               of
               them
               which
               were
               in
               pay
               ordinary
               in
               Italy
               ,
               besides
               those
               Legions
               which
               they
               had
               in
               other
               their
               Countries
               ,
               as
               
                 England
                 ,
                 Spaine
                 ,
                 Low-Countries
              
               ,
               &c.
               
               For
               otherwise
               ,
               we
               read
               of
               ●hose
               Emperours
               that
               had
               thirtie
               one
               Legions
               ;
               and
               Bodin
               
               himselfe
               confesseth
               ,
               that
               Augustus
               had
               at
               one
               time
               entertained
               in
               pay
               forty
               Legions
               ,
               at
               eleven
               millions
               charge
               the
               yeare
               .
               But
               this
               Writer
               though
               he
               be
               approved
               ,
               as
               he
               well
               deserves
               ,
               yet
               I
               thinke
               if
               he
               failed
               in
               any
               of
               his
               discourse
               ,
               it
               was
               in
               matter
               of
               warre
               ,
               the
               profession
               whereof
               did
               ill
               agree
               with
               his
               long
               robe
               :
               yee
               shall
               therefore
               take
               the
               judgement
               of
               a
               discreeter
               souldier
               of
               France
               for
               your
               direction
               ,
               what
               force
               the
               French
               can
               make
               ,
               or
               entertaine
               of
               others
               ,
               which
               is
               this
               .
               If
               our
               King
               perceived
               that
               any
               neighbour
               of
               his
               meant
               to
               invade
               his
               Frontiers
               ,
               I
               thinke
               he
               might
               easily
               compose
               an
               Army
               of
               sixty
               companies
               of
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               twenty
               Cornets
               of
               light
               horse
               ,
               and
               five
               troops
               of
               Harquebusiers
               on
               horse-backe
               ,
               amounting
               all
               to
               ten
               thousand
               horse
               .
               To
               which
               he
               might
               adde
               three
               or
               foure
               thousand
               German
               Rutters
               ,
               and
               one
               hundred
               Ensignes
               of
               French
               foot
               ,
               and
               forty
               Ensignes
               of
               his
               good
               Confederates
               ,
               the
               Swissers
               ,
               and
               yet
               maintaine
               his
               other
               Frontiers
               sufficiently
               manned
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               ye
               may
               conclude
               ,
               that
               foure
               thousand
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               well
               complete
               ,
               and
               with
               a
               proportion
               of
               light-horse
               and
               foot
               answerable
               ,
               sheweth
               the
               whole
               flower
               ,
               beauty
               and
               force
               of
               France
               .
               Howsoever
               the
               Author
               of
               the
               Cabinet
               confidently
               avoweth
               ,
               that
               there
               may
               easily
               be
               mustred
               and
               maintained
               fourescore
               and
               odde
               thousand
               horse
               of
               one
               sort
               or
               other
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               launce
               ,
               and
               light-horse
               .
               But
               I
               feare
               me
               we
               may
               say
               of
               them
               ,
               as
               Plutarch
               saith
               of
               the
               Nobles
               of
               Athens
               ,
               having
               usurped
               upon
               the
               Democracie
               of
               that
               Citie
               :
               
                 They
                 were
                 indeed
                 but
                 foure
                 hundred
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 caused
                 themselves
                 to
                 be
                 stiled
                 ,
                 the
                 five
                 thousand
                 .
              
               So
               I
               feare
               me
               ,
               hee
               reckoneth
               after
               the
               Athenian
               rate
               ,
               ten
               for
               one
               .
            
             
               The
               Cabinets
               reason
               is
               this
               :
               There
               be
               in
               France
               50000.
               
               Gentlemen
               that
               are
               able
               to
               beare
               Armes
               :
               for
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               rate
               this
               proportion
               at
               a
               Gentleman
               in
               each
               league
               ,
               by
               the
               measure
               of
               ●rance
               ,
               (
               which
               are
               forty
               thousand
               in
               square
               )
               and
               it
               wanteth
               but
               a
               fifth
               .
               Howbeit
               ,
               saith
               he
               ,
               in
               some
               Countries
               ,
               yee
               shall
               have
               thirty
               or
               forty
               within
               the
               compasse
               of
               one
               league
               ,
               besides
               their
               children
               .
               Out
               of
               these
               ,
               if
               the
               King
               would
               ,
               he
               might
               compose
               a
               
                 Gens
                 d'
                 armerie
              
               of
               8000.
               men
               
               at
               Armes
               ,
               and
               16000.
               
               Archers
               :
               which
               body
               of
               24000
               Gentlemen
               ,
               would
               represent
               in
               the
               field
               60000.
               horse
               .
               Hee
               aught
               also
               have
               a
               
                 cavallerie
                 Legiere
              
               ,
               of
               foure
               or
               five
               thousand
               Gentlemen
               .
               He
               might
               also
               furnish
               the
               Ban
               and
               Arne●-●an
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               old
               fashion
               ,
               with
               twelve
               or
               fifteene
               thousand
               Gentlemen
               .
               And
               yet
               might
               he
               have
               besides
               all
               this
               ,
               foure
               or
               five
               thousand
               for
               the
               state
               of
               his
               Court
               ,
               and
               government
               of
               his
               Provinces
               .
               This
               is
               his
               computation
               :
               But
               you
               shall
               see
               it
               proved
               ,
               when
               we
               come
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               Nobility
               of
               France
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               exceedingly
               shortned
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               decayed
               in
               estate
               ,
               and
               therefore
               nothing
               able
               to
               come
               neere
               this
               number
               .
               As
               good
               a
               consequent
               it
               were
               to
               say
               ,
               ●hat
               because
               ye
               have
               two
               or
               three
               millions
               of
               men
               in
               England
               able
               to
               fight
               ,
               that
               therefore
               our
               State
               can
               bring
               so
               many
               into
               the
               field
               ,
               without
               considering
               the
               provision
               of
               Armes
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               things
               necessarie
               .
               But
               this
               Cabinet
               was
               made
               by
               one
               of
               the
               Religion
               ,
               that
               was
               transported
               out
               of
               himselfe
               ,
               by
               the
               heat
               of
               his
               zeale
               ,
               and
               hate
               to
               the
               temporall
               livings
               of
               the
               Church
               :
               Whose
               projects
               and
               drifts
               are
               much
               like
               those
               of
               the
               
                 Supplication
                 of
                 Beggers
              
               (
               a
               booke
               made
               in
               King
               Henry
               the
               eighths
               dayes
               )
               where
               he
               frameth
               in
               his
               fan●●
               an
               Vtopia
               and
               felicity
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               hoped
               in
               France
               ,
               building
               Castles
               in
               the
               Aire
               ;
               and
               concluding
               ,
               that
               if
               it
               would
               please
               the
               King
               to
               alien
               the
               Church
               temporall
               livings
               ,
               and
               unite
               them
               to
               the
               Domaine
               ,
               (
               
                 nihil
                 est
                 dictu
                 facilius
              
               ,
               a
               thing
               easily
               said
               ,
               but
               not
               easily
               done
               )
               that
               over
               and
               besides
               the
               forces
               o
               fourescore
               thousand
               horse
               abovesaid
               ,
               he
               might
               al●o
               maintaine
               an
               Infantery
               of
               the
               French
               Gentlemen
               of
               tw●lv●
               thousand
               :
               Item
               ,
               another
               of
               the
               popular
               ,
               of
               forty
               ●●ght
               thousand
               :
               and
               lastly
               ,
               yet
               another
               Infantery
               legionarie
               of
               forty
               eight
               thousand
               .
            
             
               The
               Supplication
               was
               answered
               by
               Sir
               
                 Thomas
                 Moore
              
               his
               booke
               ,
               called
               ,
               The
               
                 Pitifull
                 complaint
                 of
                 the
                 puling
                 soules
                 ●●
                 Purgatory
                 :
              
               How
               well
               I
               know
               not
               ,
               but
               of
               this
               I
               am
               sure
               ,
               that
               if
               such
               a
               number
               of
               horse
               and
               foot
               should
               either
               bee
               ●aintained
               upon
               the
               Church
               living
               ,
               or
               upon
               the
               poore
               people
               ,
               (
               upon
               whom
               all
               these
               charges
               of
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               
               lieth
               )
               here
               would
               be
               many
               more
               p●li●g
               soules
               ,
               and
               pitifull
               complaints
               in
               France
               ,
               than
               are
               in
               Sir
               
                 Thomas
                 Moores
              
               Purgatory
               .
            
             
               It
               then
               remaines
               ,
               that
               wee
               hold
               our selves
               to
               the
               judgement
               of
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               ,
               afore
               set
               downe
               ,
               who
               also
               confesseth
               ,
               that
               in
               Charles
               the
               sixth
               his
               time
               ,
               there
               were
               in
               the
               field
               twenty
               two
               thousand
               Launces
               ;
               but
               since
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'armerie
              
               was
               in●●ituted
               ,
               were
               never
               ,
               but
               once
               at
               Valencie●nes
               above
               ten
               thousand
               .
               For
               as
               for
               that
               great
               number
               ,
               whereof
               yee
               reade
               in
               
                 M.
                 d'
                 Argenton
              
               ,
               that
               besieged
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               in
               Paris
               ,
               they
               were
               the
               forces
               of
               three
               great
               Princes
               ,
               and
               the
               better
               part
               Burgognions
               .
            
             
               The
               French
               reckon
               above
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               strong
               Townes
               ,
               some
               very
               strong
               already
               ,
               all
               the
               rest
               easie
               to
               be
               made
               defensible
               .
               Their
               Ordnance
               and
               Field-peeces
               they
               have
               reduced
               to
               a
               proportion
               of
               boare
               and
               length
               ,
               that
               so
               the
               gartridges
               and
               bullet
               of
               the
               same
               weight
               may
               be
               service
               .
               able
               for
               most
               of
               their
               peeces
               ;
               and
               if
               a
               carriage
               breakes
               ,
               the
               peece
               may
               be
               readily
               mounted
               upon
               another
               .
               The
               usuall
               length
               of
               their
               Field-peeces
               is
               almost
               ten
               foot
               ,
               &
               the
               length
               of
               the
               carriage
               fourteene
               foot
               ;
               so
               that
               both
               together
               take
               up
               nineteene
               foot
               being
               mounted
               upon
               the
               Batterie
               .
               Of
               all
               Nations
               ,
               the
               French
               confesse
               that
               they
               feare
               none
               but
               the
               Switzers
               ,
               and
               them
               they
               doe
               ,
               for
               that
               being
               so
               neere
               neighbours
               ,
               they
               may
               fall
               upon
               them
               at
               unawares
               .
               To
               prevent
               which
               ,
               they
               have
               fortified
               the
               Frontiers
               next
               to
               them
               ;
               knowing
               well
               ,
               that
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Switzer
               is
               ,
               rather
               to
               hazzard
               a
               field
               ,
               than
               to
               sit
               downe
               about
               a
               lingring
               siege
               .
               But
               these
               Frenchmen
               have
               forgot
               that
               England
               is
               farre
               too
               hard
               for
               them
               at
               Sea
               ,
               and
               that
               Spaine
               and
               the
               Emperour
               together
               have
               in
               a
               manner
               besieged
               them
               round
               about
               by
               Land.
               
            
             
               I
               must
               now
               remember
               you
               of
               the
               Officers
               for
               the
               warre
               in
               France
               :
               
               and
               because
               warre
               is
               made
               both
               by
               sea
               and
               by
               land
               ,
               I
               must
               also
               reckon
               the
               sea
               Officers
               :
               but
               as
               for
               the
               French
               Kings
               forces
               at
               sea
               ,
               I
               have
               not
               yet
               learned
               that
               he
               hath
               any
               ,
               and
               therefore
               can
               say
               little
               thereof
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               and
               principall
               ,
               
               and
               which
               commandeth
               all
               in
               
               the
               Kings
               absence
               ,
               even
               the
               Peeres
               and
               Princes
               of
               the
               bloud
               wha●soever
               ,
               is
               the
               Constable
               ;
               who
               ,
               as
               hath
               before
               beene
               remembred
               ,
               hath
               his
               name
               of
               
                 Comes
                 stabul●
              
               :
               for
               in
               former
               t●nes
               the
               Kings
               chiefe
               Officers
               were
               called
               Counts
               ,
               with
               an
               addition
               of
               their
               Office
               ,
               as
               
                 Comes
                 Palatit
                 ,
                 Comes
                 Praesidii
                 ,
                 Comes
                 re●●m
                 privatarum
                 ,
                 Comes
                 sacrarum
                 largitionum
                 ,
                 Com
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Comes
                 navium
              
               ;
               Count
               of
               the
               Palace
               ,
               Count
               of
               the
               Guard
               ,
               &c.
               
               And
               though
               he
               hath
               not
               now
               the
               command
               of
               the
               Kings
               horse
               ,
               yet
               keepeth
               he
               still
               the
               name
               .
               This
               Office
               was
               erected
               in
               
                 Lewis
                 le
                 Gros
              
               his
               time
               :
               it
               was
               bestowed
               upon
               the
               house
               of
               Memorencie
               ,
               in
               Francis
               the
               first
               his
               time
               ,
               and
               remaineth
               still
               in
               the
               same
               .
            
             
               The
               ancient
               device
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Memorencie
               is
               this
               ;
               
                 God
                 and
                 the
                 prime
                 Christian
                 ,
                 and
                 ancientest
                 Baron
                 of
                 France
                 .
              
               He
               hath
               the
               keeping
               of
               the
               Sword
               Royall
               .
               And
               as
               the
               great
               ●squire
               hath
               the
               Sword
               in
               the
               Scabberd
               ,
               
                 Azure
                 seeded
                 with
                 Flowers
                 de
                 Lyce
                 ,
                 Or
                 ,
              
               added
               to
               his
               Armes
               ;
               so
               beareth
               the
               Constable
               for
               an
               honour
               ,
               the
               naked
               Sword.
               The
               Marshals
               beare
               the
               Battell-axe
               ;
               and
               the
               Admirals
               ,
               the
               Anchor
               .
               The
               Constable
               and
               Marshals
               give
               the
               oath
               to
               the
               King
               :
               He
               sitteth
               chiefe
               Iudge
               at
               the
               Table
               of
               Marble
               ,
               upon
               all
               per●●●s
               ,
               ●●its
               ,
               actions
               ,
               and
               complaints
               whatsoever
               touching
               the
               warres
               .
               When
               the
               King
               entreth
               a
               Citie
               in
               his
               greatest
               pompe
               ,
               or
               upon
               a
               deliverie
               ,
               he
               goeth
               before
               with
               the
               Sword
               naked
               :
               and
               when
               the
               King
               sitteth
               in
               Assembly
               of
               the
               three
               States
               ,
               he
               is
               placed
               at
               his
               right
               hand
               .
               He
               that
               killeth
               the
               Constable
               ,
               is
               guiltie
               of
               high
               Treason
               .
               
               The
               Marshals
               are
               named
               ,
               as
               some
               say
               ,
               of
               
                 Marc.
                 Cheval
              
               ,
               a
               Horse
               ,
               and
               Schal
               ,
               Master
               ,
               or
               
                 Commander
                 of
                 the
                 Horse
              
               .
               Others
               of
               Marcha
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               March
               or
               
                 Frontier
                 ,
                 quasi
                 Praefectus
                 limitum
              
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               
                 Governour
                 of
                 the
                 Marches
              
               .
               Till
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               there
               were
               but
               two
               in
               all
               France
               ;
               afterward
               foure
               ;
               and
               now
               ten
               :
               for
               as
               is
               said
               before
               ,
               when
               any
               that
               held
               either
               some
               strong
               Towne
               or
               place
               of
               importance
               ,
               came
               into
               the
               King
               ,
               he
               did
               alwayes
               capitulate
               ,
               to
               have
               some
               one
               of
               these
               Offices
               ,
               besides
               summes
               of
               money
               and
               governments
               also
               :
               such
               was
               the
               necessities
               of
               the
               times
               ,
               saith
               Haillan
               .
               These
               ,
               under
               the
               Constable
               ,
               
               have
               the
               command
               over
               all
               Dukes
               ,
               Earles
               ,
               Barons
               ,
               Captaines
               ,
               and
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ;
               but
               may
               neither
               give
               battell
               ,
               make
               proclamation
               ,
               or
               mustermen
               ,
               without
               his
               commandement
               .
               They
               have
               under
               them
               Lieutenants
               ,
               whom
               they
               call
               Pr●vost●-Marshals
               ,
               
               who
               have
               the
               punishing
               of
               mutinous
               souldiers
               ,
               such
               as
               quit
               their
               colours
               ,
               Rogues
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
               There
               is
               the
               office
               of
               Admirall
               :
               Looke
               what
               the
               Marshals
               are
               in
               a
               Land-Armie
               ,
               the
               same
               is
               the
               Admirall
               in
               a
               Sea-Armie
               :
               and
               these
               two
               offices
               are
               severall
               ,
               because
               the
               subject
               of
               their
               imployment
               is
               differing
               and
               unlike
               .
            
             
               This
               office
               is
               the
               most
               ancient
               of
               all
               France
               :
               for
               Caesar
               speaketh
               thereof
               ;
               
                 The
                 Admirals
                 of
                 Provence
                 ,
                 Bretaigne
                 ,
                 and
                 Narbon
                 ,
                 are
                 much
                 commended
                 for
                 their
                 practice
                 and
                 skill
                 in
                 Sea-service
                 .
              
            
             
               I
               marvell
               therefore
               ,
               why
               
                 du
                 Haillan
              
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               they
               were
               first
               made
               in
               Charlemaignes
               dayes
               ,
               and
               that
               one
               
                 Monsieur
                 Ritland
              
               was
               the
               first
               that
               was
               made
               .
               There
               are
               now
               foure
               Admiralties
               ,
               
                 France
                 ,
                 Bretaigne
                 ,
                 Guyenne
              
               ,
               and
               Provence
               :
               This
               last
               is
               alwayes
               annexed
               to
               the
               governourship
               of
               that
               Countrey
               :
               So
               ,
               that
               of
               Guyenne
               likewise
               ,
               till
               the
               King
               that
               now
               is
               came
               to
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               who
               before
               was
               Governour
               and
               Admirall
               of
               Guyenne
               :
               but
               since
               he
               hath
               divided
               the
               commands
               .
               Yee
               may
               observe
               in
               Histories
               ,
               that
               all
               the
               while
               the
               French
               voyages
               were
               upon
               the
               Levant
               Seas
               ,
               either
               to
               the
               
                 Holy-Land
                 ,
                 Sicilie
              
               ,
               or
               Naples
               ,
               or
               whithersoever
               ,
               the
               French
               alwayes
               had
               their
               Vessels
               and
               Commanders
               out-of
               
                 Italie
                 .
                 France
                 borrowed
                 their
                 Admirals
                 from
                 Genoa
                 ,
                 Pisa
                 ,
                 Venice
                 ,
                 and
                 Luca.
              
               These
               have
               the
               tenth
               of
               all
               wrack
               ,
               prize
               ,
               or
               prisoners
               ,
               that
               are
               taken
               at
               Sea.
               
            
             
               Before
               the
               invention
               of
               shot
               ,
               there
               was
               an
               Officer
               in
               France
               called
               ,
               
                 Great
                 Master
                 of
                 the
                 Crosse-bowes
                 and
                 Engines
                 :
              
               which
               office
               is
               now
               called
               ,
               the
               
                 Great
                 Master
                 of
                 the
                 Artillerie
              
               ;
               who
               at
               first
               also
               ,
               immediatly
               after
               the
               invention
               of
               shot
               ,
               was
               called
               
                 Captaine
                 Generall
                 of
                 the
                 Artillerie
              
               .
            
             
               You
               have
               also
               
                 Treasurers
                 for
                 the
                 warres
              
               ,
               which
               are
               either
               ordinary
               ,
               or
               extraordinary
               :
               Those
               pay
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ;
               and
               these
               ,
               the
               Regiments
               of
               the
               Infanterie
               .
               Treasurers
               ordinary
               
               are
               so
               many
               ,
               as
               there
               be
               places
               where
               they
               muster
               :
               of
               extraordinary
               there
               be
               alwayes
               foure
               .
            
             
               The
               Heraults
               of
               France
               are
               six
               ;
               
                 Normandie
                 ,
                 Guyenne
                 ,
                 Valois
                 ,
                 Bretaigne
                 ,
                 Burgogne
                 ,
              
               so
               called
               of
               the
               Countries
               ,
               (
               as
               with
               us
               in
               England
               )
               and
               Mont-joy
               ,
               who
               is
               the
               chiefe
               of
               the
               rest
               .
               Their
               ancient
               office
               was
               ,
               to
               be
               present
               at
               all
               Iusts
               and
               Tournaments
               ,
               to
               denounce
               warre
               or
               peace
               ,
               to
               summon
               places
               ,
               to
               defie
               enemy-Princes
               ,
               to
               give
               Armes
               to
               men
               new
               enobled
               .
               But
               now
               they
               be
               only
               used
               at
               Feasts
               ,
               Coronations
               ,
               Solemnities
               ,
               Funerals
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ;
               for
               they
               are
               no
               more
               used
               in
               the
               Treatie
               and
               negotiation
               with
               forren
               Princes
               :
               I
               thinke
               the
               reason
               is
               ,
               because
               the
               office
               hath
               of
               late
               yeares
               beene
               bestowed
               upon
               unworthy
               and
               insufficient
               persons
               .
               It
               shall
               here
               be
               needlesse
               to
               name
               all
               other
               his
               Officers
               of
               the
               Wars
               ,
               which
               are
               all
               one
               with
               those
               of
               other
               Countries
               ,
               as
               Colonel
               ,
               Captaine
               ,
               Sergeant
               ,
               Lieutenant
               ,
               Ensigne
               ,
               Corporall
               ,
               &c.
               
               I
               will
               only
               remember
               in
               a
               word
               the
               French
               manner
               of
               Mustering
               ,
               March
               ,
               Charge
               ,
               and
               service
               in
               generall
               ,
               and
               then
               proceed
               to
               the
               next
               branch
               of
               this
               Relation
               .
               Wee
               must
               observe
               ,
               that
               (
               excepting
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Regiments
               above
               named
               )
               when
               any
               souldiers
               are
               taken
               up
               for
               the
               warres
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               pressed
               ,
               as
               with
               us
               ,
               but
               the
               Captaine
               having
               his
               Commission
               gathereth
               them
               up
               by
               found
               of
               Drumme
               ,
               entertaining
               only
               such
               as
               will
               ;
               (
               which
               may
               be
               some
               cause
               of
               the
               badnesse
               and
               basenesse
               of
               the
               French
               foot
               )
               for
               being
               commonly
               the
               Rascall
               sort
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               have
               no
               other
               meanes
               ,
               there
               cannot
               settle
               in
               their
               abject
               minds
               ,
               that
               true
               and
               honourable
               resolution
               requisite
               in
               a
               souldier
               .
               This
               Commission
               must
               first
               be
               shewed
               to
               the
               Governour
               ,
               Lieutenant
               generall
               ,
               Bailiffe
               ,
               or
               Seneschall
               of
               the
               Province
               ,
               upon
               paine
               of
               death
               .
               Neither
               is
               it
               good
               ,
               except
               it
               be
               signed
               by
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               one
               of
               the
               Secretaries
               of
               Estate
               ,
               and
               sealed
               with
               the
               great
               Seale
               .
               The
               souldiers
               levied
               ,
               are
               at
               the
               charge
               of
               the
               Province
               where
               they
               be
               taken
               up
               ,
               untill
               they
               depart
               the
               same
               .
               Their
               March
               (
               it
               should
               seeme
               )
               is
               somewhat
               more
               sharpe
               than
               ours
               :
               for
               I
               remember
               I
               have
               heard
               say
               ,
               that
               upon
               a
               time
               the
               old
               Marshall
               Biron
               should
               bid
               Sir
               
                 Roger
                 Williams
              
               
               bring
               up
               his
               Companies
               faster
               ,
               taxing
               the
               slow
               March
               of
               the
               English.
               Sir
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               
                 with
                 this
                 March
                 our
                 fore-fathers
                 conquered
                 your
                 Countrey
                 of
              
               France
               ,
               
                 and
                 I
                 meane
                 not
                 to
                 alter
                 it
                 :
              
               A
               memorable
               answer
               of
               an
               honourable
               Souldier
               .
               For
               the
               French
               charge
               ,
               ye
               shall
               heare
               the
               Spaniards
               opinion
               out
               of
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               ;
               The
               French
               Infantery
               skirmisheth
               bravely
               a
               farre
               off
               ,
               and
               the
               Cavallery
               gives
               a
               furious
               on-set
               at
               the
               first
               charge
               ;
               but
               after
               the
               first
               heat
               ,
               they
               will
               take
               Egges
               for
               their
               money
               .
               And
               indeed
               ,
               this
               is
               that
               which
               all
               Writers
               give
               them
               ,
               and
               which
               best
               agrees
               with
               their
               Nature
               :
               for
               we
               may
               say
               of
               them
               ,
               as
               is
               said
               of
               
                 Themistocles
                 ;
                 He
                 was
                 so
                 hot
                 at
                 the
                 on-set
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 lost
                 his
                 wind
                 in
                 the
                 midst
                 of
                 the
                 carriers
                 .
              
               Or
               say
               of
               them
               ,
               as
               Fabius
               of
               Hannibal
               ;
               his
               valour
               is
               like
               a
               fire
               of
               straw
               ,
               and
               a
               flame
               kindled
               in
               matter
               of
               small
               continuance
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               French
               discipline
               ,
               
               Caesar
               himselfe
               saith
               ,
               They
               had
               it
               first
               from
               us
               .
               It
               is
               said
               ,
               the
               discipline
               of
               the
               Gauls
               was
               first
               invented
               in
               Brittanie
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               translated
               into
               Gallia
               ;
               and
               now
               such
               as
               desire
               to
               attaine
               the
               perfection
               thereof
               ,
               commonly
               travell
               thither
               to
               learne
               it
               .
               But
               they
               have
               long
               since
               degenerated
               from
               their
               old
               discipline
               of
               war
               ,
               and
               they
               themselves
               confesse
               ,
               that
               since
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               civill
               warres
               ,
               where
               souldiers
               in
               all
               disordered
               and
               dissolute
               manner
               have
               beene
               given
               to
               pillage
               and
               thee
               every
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               very
               much
               abastardized
               ;
               whereof
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               complaineth
               in
               his
               discourses
               .
               As
               for
               the
               Military
               discipline
               ,
               we
               must
               confesse
               ,
               that
               she
               keepes
               her
               bed
               ,
               sicke
               of
               a
               very
               deadly
               disease
               .
               The
               Noblesse
               fight
               alwayes
               on
               horse-backe
               ,
               and
               thinke
               it
               a
               dishonour
               to
               serve
               on
               foot
               .
               But
               Commines
               saith
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               of
               Burgundie
               ,
               in
               the
               warres
               with
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               ,
               that
               they
               all
               qu●t
               their
               horses
               :
               for
               they
               were
               then
               most
               honoured
               that
               lighted
               on
               foot
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               the
               people
               might
               be
               the
               more
               encouraged
               ,
               and
               fight
               more
               valiantly
               :
               and
               this
               they
               learned
               of
               the
               English.
               And
               it
               is
               no
               question
               ,
               but
               if
               some
               of
               the
               French
               Nobilitie
               would
               doe
               so
               ,
               it
               would
               much
               confirme
               their
               foot
               ,
               by
               the
               example
               of
               their
               valour
               and
               abiding
               ,
               and
               recover
               that
               reputation
               which
               now
               their
               foot
               have
               lost
               in
               the
               
               world
               .
               Neither
               doe
               I
               thinke
               this
               the
               least
               reason
               ,
               why
               our
               Ancestors
               have
               wonne
               so
               many
               battels
               upon
               them
               ;
               namely
               ,
               for
               that
               ever
               we
               have
               had
               men
               of
               Noble
               Houses
               ,
               to
               lead
               and
               serve
               on
               foot
               with
               our
               forces
               .
               A
               notable
               cause
               to
               confirme
               and
               assure
               the
               unsteadie
               headinesse
               of
               a
               multitude
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               the
               opinion
               that
               the
               world
               hath
               of
               our
               foot
               ,
               yee
               shall
               observe
               what
               the
               same
               Writer
               elsewhere
               saith
               ;
               They
               be
               good
               foot
               ,
               and
               better
               than
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               as
               we
               may
               say
               now
               adayes
               ,
               of
               the
               English
               and
               Swissers
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               another
               place
               ,
               where
               he
               opineth
               of
               the
               manner
               of
               service
               ,
               he
               saith
               :
               My
               opinion
               is
               ,
               that
               in
               battels
               ,
               Archers
               are
               the
               weight
               that
               turnes
               the
               balance
               ;
               And
               of
               Archers
               ,
               the
               English
               are
               the
               flower
               :
               where
               he
               likewise
               discourseth
               ,
               how
               dangerous
               a
               thing
               it
               is
               to
               abide
               a
               battell
               ,
               except
               your
               foot
               be
               much
               the
               better
               :
               which
               in
               my
               opinion
               was
               no
               little
               cause
               ,
               why
               the
               French
               King
               fought
               not
               with
               the
               Cardinall
               in
               the
               yeare
               97
               ,
               before
               Amiens
               ,
               because
               the
               enemies
               foot
               were
               holden
               in
               number
               eighteene
               thousand
               (
               though
               I
               hardly
               thinke
               they
               were
               so
               many
               .
               )
               A
               number
               full
               as
               great
               as
               the
               French
               ,
               and
               the
               souldier
               farre
               better
               ,
               they
               being
               all
               French
               ,
               except
               some
               three
               thousand
               English
               and
               Swissers
               ;
               and
               theirs
               ,
               the
               choice
               men
               of
               all
               his
               Garrisons
               ,
               and
               experienced
               souldiers
               in
               those
               Low-Countries
               .
               For
               true
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Kings
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               were
               two
               for
               one
               ,
               and
               holden
               also
               much
               the
               better
               men
               ,
               as
               well
               because
               there
               was
               in
               a
               manner
               all
               the
               Nobilitie
               and
               flower
               of
               France
               ,
               as
               also
               that
               they
               had
               the
               advantage
               in
               the
               manner
               of
               weapon
               ;
               for
               that
               the
               French
               serveth
               with
               the
               Pistoll
               ,
               and
               the
               Spaniard
               still
               holds
               him
               to
               his
               Launce
               .
               But
               I
               make
               no
               question
               ,
               that
               the
               consideration
               of
               the
               oddes
               on
               foot
               was
               not
               the
               chiefe
               cause
               ,
               why
               there
               was
               no
               battell
               that
               day
               :
               for
               wee
               had
               a
               goodly
               faire
               field
               ,
               and
               plaine
               as
               might
               bee
               possible
               ,
               as
               also
               large
               ;
               a
               singular
               advantage
               for
               him
               which
               is
               strongest
               in
               Horse
               :
               So
               had
               wee
               the
               wind
               and
               Sunne
               in
               our
               backes
               ,
               which
               are
               holden
               no
               small
               helpes
               .
            
             
               But
               this
               was
               the
               reason
               :
               the
               King
               thought
               it
               no
               policie
               to
               play
               all
               his
               Rest
               at
               once
               ,
               where
               hee
               might
               have
               lost
               more
               at
               
               one
               Game
               ,
               than
               he
               had
               got
               in
               eight
               yeares
               ;
               he
               had
               no
               reason
               ,
               but
               to
               make
               the
               Card
               that
               was
               now
               going
               ,
               a
               Bridge
               of
               Gold
               ,
               (
               as
               the
               Proverbe
               is
               )
               considering
               ,
               that
               by
               this
               meanes
               he
               should
               gaine
               the
               Towne
               of
               Amiens
               ,
               re-assure
               other
               Cities
               that
               then
               stood
               wavering
               ,
               and
               recover
               his
               reputation
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               which
               by
               the
               losse
               of
               that
               Towne
               was
               much
               disputed
               .
            
             
               It
               now
               remaineth
               I
               speake
               of
               his
               Expence
               ,
               
               which
               chiefly
               consisteth
               in
               these
               two
               things
               before
               spoken
               of
               ,
               namely
               ,
               his
               Court
               and
               his
               Forces
               :
               wherein
               it
               is
               very
               hard
               to
               relate
               an
               exact
               proportion
               ,
               considering
               not
               only
               the
               variety
               and
               difference
               of
               Writers
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               uncertaintie
               of
               the
               number
               of
               Pensionaries
               ,
               or
               provisioned
               :
               And
               lastly
               ,
               the
               change
               and
               alteration
               of
               their
               allowance
               ,
               not
               continuing
               alwaies
               the
               same
               .
               Howbeit
               ,
               that
               which
               is
               most
               commonly
               reported
               ,
               and
               seemeth
               neerest
               the
               truth
               ,
               is
               this
               :
               The
               maintenance
               of
               five
               Regiments
               of
               foot
               ,
               at
               six
               crowns
               the
               moneth
               ,
               commeth
               to
               foure
               hundred
               sixty
               eight
               thousand
               crownes
               the
               yeare
               ,
               besides
               the
               pension
               of
               five
               Collonels
               ,
               at
               two
               thousand
               crownes
               apeece
               ;
               thirtie
               Captaines
               at
               one
               thousand
               pension
               a
               man
               ;
               as
               many
               Lieutenants
               at
               five
               hundred
               ,
               and
               Ensigns
               at
               three
               hundred
               apeece
               ;
               which
               is
               in
               all
               ,
               seventie
               foure
               thousand
               :
               which
               added
               to
               the
               first
               summe
               ,
               makes
               the
               whole
               charge
               of
               these
               Regiments
               ,
               yearely
               to
               amount
               to
               the
               summe
               of
               five
               hundred
               fortie
               two
               thousand
               crownes
               .
               This
               proportion
               differeth
               not
               much
               from
               that
               of
               Bodin
               ,
               where
               he
               saith
               :
               The
               King
               might
               maintaine
               in
               ordinary
               twentie
               thousand
               foot
               ,
               at
               the
               rate
               of
               three
               million
               ,
               and
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               Livres
               ,
               which
               if
               you
               reduce
               to
               crownes
               ,
               and
               to
               one
               number
               of
               six
               thousand
               foot
               ,
               commeth
               to
               a
               lesse
               rate
               than
               that
               other
               ,
               namely
               ,
               to
               foure
               hundred
               eight
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               thirty
               three
               crownes
               :
               but
               I
               thinke
               ,
               that
               former
               is
               neerer
               the
               truth
               .
               For
               the
               allowance
               of
               his
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ,
               which
               are
               reckoning
               at
               six
               thousand
               ,
               as
               is
               before
               said
               (
               though
               in
               truth
               there
               bee
               but
               foure
               )
               for
               he
               payeth
               thus
               many
               ,
               I
               follow
               the
               proportion
               of
               them
               that
               say
               ,
               that
               51750.
               crownes
               is
               the
               ordinary
               allowance
               for
               one
               company
               of
               an
               hundred
               yearely
               :
               for
               where
               are
               
               six
               thousand
               men
               at
               Armes
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               are
               eighteene
               thousand
               Horse
               in
               all
               .
               After
               this
               rate
               then
               of
               the
               hundred
               before
               set
               down
               ,
               the
               whole
               
                 Gens
                 d'armery
              
               amounteth
               to
               3105000.
               crownes
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               expence
               of
               his
               Court
               ,
               you
               shall
               heare
               it
               to
               be
               thus
               rated
               :
               The
               Table
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               those
               of
               the
               Gentlemen
               of
               the
               Chamber
               ,
               at
               112000.
               crownes
               :
               for
               his
               pettie
               pleasures
               ,
               a
               thousand
               crownes
               a
               day
               :
               in
               all
               165000.
               
               (
               But
               this
               was
               a
               proportion
               for
               the
               last
               King
               ,
               who
               was
               a
               great
               giver
               .
               )
               For
               the
               great
               and
               little
               Stable
               ,
               190000.
               
               For
               the
               Constable
               ,
               24000.
               
               For
               the
               
                 Gran
                 Maistre
              
               ,
               great
               Master
               ,
               20000.
               
               For
               the
               Marshals
               of
               France
               ,
               18000.
               apeece
               ,
               when
               they
               were
               but
               foure
               ;
               for
               now
               it
               is
               a
               Title
               only
               ,
               without
               either
               pension
               or
               command
               ,
               save
               only
               in
               the
               foure
               chiefe
               .
               For
               the
               Admirall
               ,
               15000.
               
               For
               the
               
                 Grana
                 Veneur
              
               ,
               great
               Hunt
               ,
               16000.
               
               For
               the
               Governours
               of
               his
               Provinces
               in
               all
               ,
               188000.
               
               For
               the
               Gentlemen
               of
               his
               Chamber
               ,
               their
               pension
               1200.
               crowns
               a
               peece
               ;
               in
               all
               ,
               six
               hundred
               thousand
               .
               For
               the
               Captains
               of
               his
               Guards
               on
               Horse
               ,
               two
               thousand
               apeece
               .
               For
               their
               Lieutenants
               ,
               eight
               hundred
               .
               For
               two
               thousand
               Swisses
               of
               his
               Guard
               ,
               ten
               crowns
               a
               moneth
               ,
               24840.
               
               For
               all
               other
               domesticall
               Officers
               ,
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               .
               For
               Heraults
               ,
               six
               thousand
               .
               For
               Marshals
               of
               lodgings
               and
               Fourriers
               ,
               4600.
               
               For
               Prevost
               Marshals
               of
               Provinces
               ,
               a
               thousand
               apeece
               ,
               in
               all
               twentie
               foure
               thousand
               .
               For
               twenty
               foure
               hundred
               Archers
               ,
               to
               attend
               these
               Prevosts
               in
               the
               execution
               of
               their
               Office
               ,
               seven
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               crownes
               .
               For
               his
               Ambassadours
               in
               divers
               Countries
               ,
               two
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               thousand
               .
               For
               his
               Officers
               of
               Finances
               ,
               Treasurers
               ,
               Receivers
               ,
               Controllers
               ,
               and
               such
               other
               like
               Offices
               thorow
               France
               ,
               an
               infinite
               and
               incredible
               summe
               :
               As
               also
               for
               such
               numbers
               of
               horse
               and
               foot
               ,
               as
               the
               Cabinet
               setteth
               downe
               ,
               besides
               these
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               and
               Regiments
               ,
               which
               ye
               heare
               provided
               for
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Kings
               pay
               .
            
             
               But
               yee
               must
               observe
               ,
               that
               of
               all
               these
               Court-charges
               and
               others
               here
               before
               mentioned
               (
               except
               those
               of
               his
               forces
               )
               yee
               are
               not
               to
               make
               any
               ground
               as
               of
               a
               truth
               :
               they
               being
               only
               the
               supposed
               charges
               ,
               set
               downe
               by
               the
               said
               Author
               ,
               
               who
               for
               his
               errours
               in
               other
               matters
               ,
               hath
               also
               lost
               his
               credit
               in
               this
               .
            
             
               To
               speake
               either
               particularly
               of
               the
               Court-expences
               ,
               or
               generally
               what
               they
               be
               certaine
               ,
               I
               cannot
               ,
               not
               having
               heard
               any
               thing
               thereof
               ,
               but
               only
               that
               it
               is
               supposed
               ,
               the
               charge
               of
               the
               Kings
               House
               ,
               is
               five
               hundred
               crownes
               a
               day
               .
            
             
               It
               now
               remaineth
               to
               speake
               of
               his
               Entrade
               ,
               
               or
               Revenue
               :
               for
               a
               Prince
               cannot
               have
               peace
               without
               warre
               ,
               nor
               warre
               without
               men
               ,
               nor
               men
               without
               money
               ,
               nor
               money
               without
               meanes
               :
               nor
               are
               there
               any
               meanes
               but
               these
               :
               
                 Domaine
                 ,
                 Conquests
                 ,
                 Gifts
                 of
                 his
                 friends
                 ,
                 Pension
                 of
                 his
                 Confederates
                 ,
                 Trafficke
                 ,
                 Impositions
                 upon
                 Merchandize
                 ,
              
               brought
               in
               ,
               or
               carried
               out
               ;
               
                 Impositions
                 upon
                 Subjects
              
               .
               And
               yet
               one
               other
               ,
               which
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               have
               lately
               invented
               ,
               to
               helpe
               when
               all
               other
               failed
               ;
               which
               is
               
                 Sales
                 of
                 Offices
              
               ,
               more
               dangerous
               and
               prejudiciall
               to
               the
               State
               ,
               than
               any
               other
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               eight
               meanes
               ,
               I
               will
               give
               you
               particular
               observations
               ,
               and
               then
               conclude
               ,
               what
               is
               generally
               holden
               to
               bee
               the
               whole
               Revenue
               of
               the
               Crowne
               of
               France
               ,
               by
               all
               these
               meanes
               .
            
             
               First
               ,
               
               the
               Domaine
               ,
               is
               as
               it
               were
               the
               Dowre
               which
               the
               State
               brings
               to
               the
               King
               her
               Husband
               ,
               for
               her
               tuition
               ,
               defence
               ,
               and
               maintenance
               :
               And
               therefore
               one
               saith
               :
               It
               belongs
               not
               to
               the
               King
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               Crowne
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               two
               sorts
               of
               Domaines
               ;
               first
               ,
               the
               Rent
               which
               the
               King
               holds
               in
               his
               hands
               ,
               of
               the
               Feifs
               given
               for
               service
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               which
               is
               united
               and
               incorporate
               to
               the
               Crowne
               .
               The
               rights
               of
               the
               Domaine
               are
               these
               :
               
                 Rents
                 ,
                 Feifs
                 ,
                 Payments
                 at
                 alienations
                 ,
                 Tributes
                 ,
                 Penages
                 ,
                 Toll
              
               of
               whatsoever
               enters
               or
               comes
               out
               of
               Cities
               ,
               Woods
               ,
               Forests
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               .
            
             
               That
               is
               Domaine
               ,
               which
               belongeth
               to
               the
               Crowne
               :
               First
               ,
               either
               by
               Possession
               ,
               time
               out
               of
               minde
               :
               Or
               secondly
               ,
               by
               Re-union
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               heires
               males
               ,
               as
               the
               Apennages
               when
               they
               returne
               :
               or
               by
               Confusion
               ,
               for
               want
               to
               such
               as
               can
               make
               just
               claime
               ,
               much
               like
               our
               concealed
               Lands
               in
               England
               :
               Or
               lastly
               ,
               by
               Confiscation
               of
               offenders
               inheritances
               .
            
             
             
               Of
               this
               last
               sort
               we
               reade
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Saint
               Lewis
               ,
               there
               were
               confisked
               to
               the
               Domaine
               ,
               the
               Countries
               of
               
                 Dreux
                 ,
                 Bray
                 ,
                 Fortyonne
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Monstrevil
                 ,
                 Languedocke
                 ,
                 Guyenne
                 ,
                 Anjow
                 ,
                 Maine
                 ,
                 Turraine
                 ,
                 Auvergne
                 :
              
               And
               after
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Philip
               ,
               the
               Dutchy
               of
               Alencon
               ,
               the
               Countries
               of
               
                 Perche
                 ,
                 Perigort
                 ,
                 Poutieu
                 ,
                 La
                 Marche
                 ,
                 Angoulesme
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Marquisat
               of
               Saluzzes
               .
               But
               Bodin
               saith
               ,
               most
               of
               this
               came
               to
               the
               Crowne
               by
               force
               :
               
                 La
                 siur
                 〈◊〉
                 Serre
              
               saith
               ,
               it
               came
               by
               way
               of
               Exchange
               or
               purchase
               .
               But
               the
               Author
               of
               the
               Commentaries
               of
               the
               estate
               of
               the
               Religion
               ,
               and
               policie
               of
               France
               ,
               is
               of
               the
               first
               opinion
               .
               Thus
               great
               was
               the
               Domaine
               in
               former
               times
               ,
               that
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               without
               oppressing
               the
               people
               with
               impositions
               ,
               it
               was
               sufficient
               to
               maintaine
               the
               State
               and
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               ,
               but
               it
               is
               now
               utterly
               wasted
               .
               It
               is
               well
               knowne
               ,
               that
               the
               Domaine
               ,
               which
               alone
               maintained
               heretofore
               the
               beautie
               and
               lustre
               of
               the
               Royall
               Estate
               ,
               is
               not
               now
               such
               as
               it
               was
               in
               the
               reignes
               of
               King
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               ,
               Charles
               the
               eighth
               ,
               and
               Lewis
               the
               twelfth
               .
               The
               continuance
               of
               our
               warres
               hath
               caused
               it
               to
               be
               engaged
               in
               many
               hands
               ,
               in
               such
               sort
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               need
               of
               more
               than
               15.
               or
               16.
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               ,
               to
               redeeme
               that
               which
               is
               worth
               above
               five
               millions
               of
               pounds
               .
               And
               Bodin
               saith
               ,
               that
               almost
               all
               the
               Countries
               ,
               Baronies
               and
               Seigneuries
               of
               the
               Domaine
               ,
               are
               aliened
               for
               the
               ninth
               or
               tenth
               part
               of
               that
               they
               be
               worth
               .
               Yee
               must
               observe
               ,
               that
               the
               lands
               of
               the
               Domaine
               are
               not
               alienable
               ,
               but
               in
               two
               cases
               .
               1.
               
               
                 For
                 the
                 Apennage
                 of
                 the
                 Kings
                 brother
                 .
              
               2.
               
               
                 For
                 the
                 warres
              
               .
               And
               these
               must
               be
               confirmed
               by
               the
               Arrest
               of
               the
               Parliament
               .
               For
               all
               other
               cases
               ,
               all
               Lawyers
               and
               Historians
               of
               France
               agree
               ,
               That
               it
               is
               inalienable
               ,
               and
               many
               Arrests
               have
               beene
               made
               of
               late
               yeares
               to
               confirme
               it
               .
               I
               have
               read
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Charta
                 Magna
              
               of
               England
               saith
               ,
               the
               Kings
               when
               they
               are
               crowned
               ,
               take
               an
               oath
               ,
               not
               to
               alien
               ti
               :
               so
               doe
               they
               here
               in
               France
               .
               And
               there
               is
               no
               prescription
               of
               time
               ,
               to
               make
               such
               sales
               or
               alienations
               good
               ,
               but
               that
               they
               may
               be
               recovered
               and
               repurchased
               ,
               whensoever
               the
               Crowne
               is
               able
               .
            
             
               To
               this
               purpose
               Plutarch
               saith
               well
               ,
               
                 Men
                 cannot
                 prescribe
                 
                 against
                 God
                 ,
                 nor
                 particulars
                 against
                 the
                 Respublique
                 .
              
            
             
               2
               Concerning
               the
               second
               meanes
               of
               raising
               Money
               by
               conquests
               ,
               
               the
               present
               State
               of
               France
               can
               yeeld
               no
               example
               ,
               it
               hath
               beene
               long
               but
               on
               the
               saving
               hand
               .
            
             
               3
               For
               the
               third
               meanes
               ,
               it
               is
               now
               out
               of
               season
               ;
               it
               was
               used
               in
               that
               good
               old
               world
               ,
               when
               men
               wiped
               their
               nose
               on
               their
               sleeve
               ,
               (
               as
               the
               French
               man
               sayes
               :
               )
               for
               now
               Princes
               are
               so
               farre
               from
               giving
               ,
               as
               they
               hardly
               pay
               that
               they
               owe.
               
            
             
               4
               The
               fourth
               meanes
               also
               of
               Pension
               ,
               
               which
               Princes
               have
               upon
               some
               consideration
               of
               their
               Allies
               ,
               helpeth
               the
               French
               Kings
               coffers
               nothing
               at
               all
               ,
               for
               they
               rather
               give
               than
               take
               :
               As
               for
               example
               ,
               to
               divers
               Cantons
               of
               the
               Swisses
               ,
               to
               whom
               at
               first
               they
               payed
               not
               above
               one
               hundred
               and
               twentie
               thousand
               Livres
               yearely
               :
               but
               for
               these
               sixtie
               yeares
               ,
               they
               never
               pay
               lesse
               the
               yeare
               than
               two
               Millions
               .
               For
               saith
               
                 Commines
                 ,
                 Lewis
              
               the
               eleventh
               entered
               league
               with
               the
               Swisses
               ,
               and
               they
               into
               his
               Pension
               :
               to
               whom
               he
               yearely
               gave
               forty
               thousand
               Florins
               ,
               whereof
               20.
               went
               to
               the
               Cities
               ,
               and
               20.
               to
               particular
               men
               ,
               upon
               condition
               to
               have
               a
               certaine
               proportion
               of
               their
               forces
               to
               serve
               in
               his
               warres
               upon
               all
               occasions
               .
               An
               advantagious
               alliance
               for
               the
               Swisse
               in
               my
               opinion
               ,
               who
               by
               this
               meanes
               enrich
               themselves
               ,
               cleare
               their
               Countrey
               of
               many
               idle
               and
               bad
               members
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               breed
               good
               souldiers
               ,
               to
               serve
               themselves
               upon
               need
               at
               another
               mans
               cost
               .
               The
               Turke
               hath
               also
               a
               Pension
               of
               the
               Emperour
               of
               Germany
               ,
               for
               certaine
               Lands
               hee
               holdeth
               in
               Hungary
               :
               which
               hee
               notwithstanding
               vaunteth
               to
               be
               a
               Tribute
               .
               Many
               examples
               might
               bee
               alleaged
               of
               this
               kinde
               ,
               as
               of
               Philip
               of
               Macedon
               ,
               that
               by
               Pensions
               got
               all
               Greece
               partiall
               on
               his
               side
               :
               and
               the
               Kings
               of
               Persia
               by
               Pension
               ,
               got
               ever
               the
               forces
               of
               Asia
               diverted
               .
            
             
               5
               The
               fifth
               ,
               
               which
               is
               of
               Trafficke
               ,
               availeth
               nothing
               the
               French
               Kings
               :
               for
               they
               hold
               it
               here
               a
               base
               and
               sordid
               kinde
               of
               profession
               for
               a
               Gentleman
               ,
               much
               more
               for
               a
               King
               ,
               to
               trade
               by
               Merchandize
               .
               And
               by
               the
               Lawes
               of
               
                 England
                 ,
                 France
              
               and
               Germanie
               ,
               he
               loseth
               the
               quality
               of
               a
               Nobleman
               ,
               that
               doth
               Trafficke
               .
            
             
             
               Notwithstanding
               these
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               the
               disparagement
               that
               it
               brings
               to
               Nobility
               ,
               yet
               so
               sweet
               is
               the
               savour
               of
               gaine
               ,
               that
               many
               have
               used
               this
               ,
               as
               no
               small
               meanes
               to
               increase
               their
               Finances
               .
               The
               great
               Duke
               of
               Tuscane
               present
               ,
               gaines
               infinitely
               this
               way
               ,
               and
               the
               more
               by
               his
               most
               unlawfull
               and
               tyrannous
               Monopolies
               :
               for
               he
               commonly
               buyeth
               up
               all
               the
               Graine
               of
               his
               owne
               Countrey
               ,
               at
               his
               owne
               price
               :
               yea
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               commeth
               from
               other
               places
               also
               ,
               and
               then
               sendeth
               out
               a
               Bando
               or
               Proclamation
               ,
               that
               no
               man
               shall
               sell
               any
               corne
               thorowout
               his
               State
               ,
               till
               his
               owne
               be
               sold
               ,
               forcing
               also
               all
               Bakers
               ,
               and
               other
               people
               to
               buy
               thereof
               .
               This
               manner
               of
               ingrossing
               Alphonsus
               of
               Arragon
               also
               used
               ,
               by
               the
               testimony
               of
               Bodin
               .
               The
               Kings
               of
               Portugal
               also
               ,
               and
               the
               Seignory
               of
               Venice
               ,
               have
               beene
               great
               Traders
               by
               Merchandize
               ,
               but
               it
               hath
               beene
               in
               an
               honester
               fashion
               ,
               at
               sea
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               the
               grinding
               of
               their
               poore
               subjects
               .
               The
               Nobilitie
               also
               of
               Italy
               ,
               in
               all
               Cities
               (
               except
               Naples
               )
               hold
               it
               no
               dishonour
               to
               Trafficke
               in
               grosse
               .
            
             
               6
               The
               sixth
               meanes
               of
               raising
               money
               upon
               all
               Wares
               and
               Merchandize
               ,
               that
               come
               in
               and
               goe
               out
               of
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               is
               the
               most
               ancient
               and
               best
               agreeing
               with
               reason
               ,
               and
               used
               by
               all
               Princes
               in
               the
               World.
               The
               particulars
               comprised
               under
               this
               branch
               ,
               are
               these
               :
               
                 Customes
                 inward
                 ,
                 and
                 outward
              
               .
               By
               these
               the
               Prince
               is
               to
               have
               Impost
               ,
               
                 five
                 in
                 the
                 hundred
              
               :
               So
               much
               just
               had
               the
               Romans
               ,
               as
               Cicero
               witnesseth
               in
               his
               Praetorship
               of
               Sicilia
               .
               The
               Turke
               takes
               
                 Ten
                 in
                 the
                 hundred
                 of
                 the
                 stranger
                 ,
                 and
                 five
                 of
                 the
                 subject
                 :
              
               the
               French
               quite
               contrarie
               .
               You
               must
               observe
               ,
               that
               which
               here
               I
               call
               the
               
                 Domaine
                 forraine
              
               ,
               is
               generally
               called
               ,
               the
               Aides
               ;
               first
               ,
               granted
               by
               the
               Estates
               to
               Charles
               Duke
               of
               Normandie
               ,
               when
               Iohn
               his
               father
               was
               prisoner
               in
               England
               :
               which
               was
               the
               payment
               of
               twelve
               Deniers
               ,
               upon
               all
               Merchandizes
               and
               Wares
               which
               should
               bee
               sold
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               ,
               except
               upon
               Wine
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Salt
               ,
               and
               all
               manner
               of
               drinke
               :
               but
               since
               ,
               it
               hath
               beene
               made
               perpetuall
               ,
               and
               augmented
               by
               the
               imposition
               upon
               Wine
               sold
               every
               where
               ,
               and
               in
               Normandie
               by
               retaile
               .
            
             
             
               This
               is
               like
               the
               slavish
               Gabell
               upon
               all
               manner
               of
               food
               ,
               which
               the
               Princes
               take
               of
               their
               subjects
               through
               Italy
               ,
               or
               the
               Assize
               upon
               Bread
               and
               Beare
               ,
               which
               the
               States
               have
               in
               the
               Low-Countries
               :
               a
               grievance
               ,
               whereof
               we
               smart
               not
               in
               England
               ,
               as
               also
               we
               are
               free
               from
               many
               other
               burthens
               ,
               which
               the
               people
               of
               this
               Country
               are
               forced
               to
               beare
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Gabell
               of
               Salt
               (
               which
               is
               also
               comprised
               under
               this
               head
               ;
               )
               Some
               say
               it
               was
               first
               erected
               by
               
                 Philip
                 le
                 Long
              
               :
               Others
               by
               
                 Philip
                 de
                 Valois
              
               ,
               1328.
               
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Ordinance
               of
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               1541.
               sets
               downe
               an
               Impost
               of
               24.
               
               Livres
               upon
               every
               Muy
               :
               and
               in
               the
               yeare
               1543.
               an
               ordinance
               was
               made
               ,
               for
               Gabell
               to
               be
               taken
               upon
               all
               sea-fish
               salted
               .
               And
               in
               1544.
               it
               was
               ordained
               ,
               that
               all
               Salt
               should
               be
               sold
               and
               distributed
               into
               the
               Magazines
               ,
               or
               Storehouses
               of
               every
               severall
               generality
               .
               The
               benefit
               of
               this
               one
               commodity
               hath
               beene
               very
               commodious
               to
               the
               crown
               ,
               till
               the
               yeare
               81.
               when
               the
               king
               was
               forced
               for
               want
               of
               money
               ,
               to
               let
               it
               out
               to
               others
               ;
               whereby
               he
               lost
               ,
               as
               is
               in
               my
               Authour
               proved
               ,
               eight
               hundred
               thirty
               six
               thousand
               crowns
               yearely
               .
               Here
               is
               also
               a
               kinde
               of
               tax
               ,
               called
               the
               Equivallent
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               an
               imposition
               laid
               upon
               some
               persons
               and
               places
               (
               but
               not
               generally
               )
               to
               have
               liberty
               to
               buy
               and
               sell
               salt
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               exempt
               from
               the
               Magazines
               .
            
             
               The
               Impost
               of
               Wine
               is
               laid
               upon
               all
               ,
               without
               exception
               or
               exemption
               whatsoever
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               twentieth
               part
               to
               the
               King
               ;
               besides
               all
               other
               rights
               ,
               as
               of
               Billots
               entring
               into
               Cities
               ,
               passages
               by
               Land
               ,
               River
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               :
               Besides
               a
               later
               imposition
               of
               five
               Sols
               upon
               every
               Muy
               ,
               levied
               by
               Charles
               the
               ninth
               ,
               1516.
               
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               
                 (
                 Traicte
                 forraine
              
               )
               it
               is
               of
               like
               nature
               with
               the
               Aids
               ,
               save
               that
               it
               is
               leviable
               upon
               more
               particular
               sorts
               of
               merchandize
               :
               Besides
               ,
               the
               Aids
               is
               an
               Impost
               upon
               things
               spent
               in
               the
               Land
               ;
               and
               the
               
                 traicte
                 forraine
              
               is
               of
               such
               commodities
               as
               are
               transported
               out
               :
               as
               of
               wheat
               ,
               rye
               ,
               barley
               ,
               oats
               ,
               wine
               ,
               vineger
               ,
               verjuce
               ,
               cider
               ,
               beeves
               ,
               muttons
               ,
               veales
               ,
               lambes
               ,
               swine
               ,
               horses
               ,
               lard
               ,
               bacon
               ,
               tallow
               ,
               oyle
               ,
               cheese
               ,
               fish
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               silks
               and
               cloaths
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               leather
               of
               all
               sorts
               ;
               
               and
               finally
               ,
               all
               other
               merchandize
               ,
               as
               fruits
               ,
               parchment
               ,
               paper
               ,
               glasse
               ,
               wood
               ,
               ropes
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               7
               The
               seventh
               ground
               or
               foundation
               of
               Finances
               ,
               is
               the
               Imposition
               upon
               the
               subject
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               not
               upon
               the
               wares
               or
               commodities
               ,
               but
               upon
               the
               persons
               themselves
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               abilitie
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               much
               like
               the
               levying
               of
               the
               tax
               and
               subsidy
               in
               England
               ,
               where
               every
               one
               payeth
               ratably
               to
               the
               lands
               and
               goods
               he
               possesseth
               .
               And
               therefore
               Haillan
               judgeth
               well
               ,
               to
               say
               ,
               they
               be
               neither
               personall
               ,
               nor
               reall
               ,
               but
               mixt
               :
               Assessed
               in
               the
               place
               of
               their
               dwelling
               ,
               according
               to
               all
               the
               goods
               of
               the
               partie
               assessed
               ,
               in
               what
               part
               soever
               they
               lie
               or
               abide
               .
            
             
               These
               Tailles
               were
               first
               raised
               by
               Saint
               Lewis
               ,
               but
               by
               way
               of
               extraordinary
               subsidie
               .
               Charles
               the
               seventh
               made
               them
               ordinary
               for
               the
               maintenance
               of
               his
               
                 Gens
                 d'armerie
              
               .
               And
               whereas
               at
               first
               they
               were
               never
               levied
               but
               by
               consent
               of
               the
               three
               States
               ,
               and
               to
               endure
               but
               while
               the
               warre
               lasted
               ,
               he
               made
               them
               perpetuall
               .
               Therefore
               saith
               one
               ,
               that
               which
               was
               at
               first
               yeelded
               of
               favour
               ,
               is
               since
               exacted
               as
               patrimoniall
               and
               hereditary
               to
               our
               Kings
               .
               Yet
               is
               it
               to
               bee
               observed
               ,
               that
               these
               Tailles
               are
               only
               liable
               upon
               the
               
                 Flat
                 Pais
              
               ,
               all
               Cities
               are
               exempt
               ;
               as
               also
               all
               Officers
               of
               the
               Kings
               house
               ;
               all
               Counsellors
               ,
               Lawyers
               ,
               and
               Officers
               of
               Courts
               of
               Parliament
               ;
               all
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               the
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ,
               the
               Officers
               of
               warre
               ,
               the
               Graduates
               of
               Vniversities
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               Taillon
               is
               another
               imposition
               ,
               raised
               by
               Henry
               the
               second
               ,
               Anno
               1549.
               which
               was
               to
               amend
               the
               Wages
               of
               
                 Gens
                 d'armes
              
               ,
               who
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               smallnesse
               of
               their
               pay
               ,
               lay
               upon
               the
               poore
               Villages
               ,
               and
               eat
               them
               up
               ;
               for
               the
               ease
               whereof
               ,
               this
               imposition
               was
               devised
               :
               which
               also
               lieth
               upon
               the
               poore
               Country-man
               ;
               whereby
               at
               first
               he
               was
               somewhat
               eased
               ,
               but
               now
               all
               is
               perverted
               ;
               the
               poore
               is
               still
               oppressed
               ,
               and
               yet
               he
               payeth
               still
               both
               Taille
               and
               Taillon
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               there
               is
               the
               Sold
               ,
               or
               pay
               of
               50000.
               foot
               ,
               which
               were
               erected
               by
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               ,
               into
               eight
               Legions
               ;
               six
               thousand
               to
               a
               Legion
               ,
               which
               with
               their
               Officers
               came
               to
               about
               this
               number
               .
               To
               maintaine
               these
               Legions
               ,
               there
               
               was
               a
               tax
               levied
               upon
               all
               sorts
               of
               persons
               privileged
               in
               the
               Taille
               ,
               but
               only
               the
               Nobles
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               also
               of
               the
               Decymes
               (
               Tenths
               )
               levied
               upon
               the
               Church
               .
               For
               the
               levying
               of
               the
               
                 Taille
                 ,
                 Taillon
              
               ,
               and
               wages
               of
               50000.
               foot
               ,
               you
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               the
               King
               sends
               his
               Letters
               Patents
               by
               Commissioners
               ,
               to
               the
               Treasurers
               of
               each
               generality
               .
               These
               according
               to
               the
               summe
               ,
               rate
               each
               election
               (
               this
               is
               ,
               as
               ye
               would
               say
               ,
               every
               hundred
               in
               a
               Shire
               ,
               or
               Bailywicke
               )
               and
               then
               send
               to
               these
               elections
               ,
               to
               have
               the
               said
               summe
               gathered
               in
               their
               severall
               Townes
               and
               Hamlets
               ,
               according
               as
               they
               be
               rated
               .
            
             
               So
               doe
               they
               to
               the
               
                 Maicures
                 ,
                 Consuls
                 ,
                 Eschevins
              
               and
               chiefe
               Officers
               of
               every
               City
               ,
               that
               are
               liable
               to
               any
               of
               these
               payments
               ;
               who
               rating
               every
               man
               according
               to
               his
               ability
               ,
               give
               these
               Rolles
               to
               certaine
               Collectors
               to
               gather
               it
               up
               ;
               these
               are
               bound
               to
               bring
               it
               quarterly
               to
               the
               Receivers
               .
               These
               carry
               it
               to
               the
               Receivers
               generall
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               species
               that
               they
               received
               it
               ;
               and
               from
               them
               to
               have
               an
               acquittance
               ,
               after
               the
               accounts
               have
               beene
               perused
               by
               the
               Controler
               generall
               .
            
             
               And
               these
               are
               all
               the
               meanes
               by
               which
               Princes
               raise
               their
               Finances
               ,
               whereof
               ye
               see
               some
               nothing
               to
               pertaine
               to
               the
               French
               King
               ,
               but
               to
               others
               :
               and
               some
               to
               him
               only
               ,
               not
               to
               others
               .
            
             
               There
               yet
               remaineth
               one
               other
               meanes
               (
               though
               extraordinary
               )
               to
               a
               Prince
               to
               get
               money
               ,
               
               which
               the
               necessities
               of
               the
               times
               ,
               and
               the
               want
               of
               other
               meanes
               ,
               have
               forced
               the
               French
               Kings
               of
               late
               yeares
               to
               use
               .
               This
               is
               the
               vent
               or
               sales
               of
               Offices
               ,
               a
               very
               dangerous
               and
               hurtfull
               merchandize
               ,
               both
               for
               the
               Prince
               and
               subject
               .
               This
               Lesson
               (
               saith
               Bodin
               )
               the
               French
               Kings
               first
               learned
               of
               the
               Popes
               ,
               with
               whom
               it
               is
               still
               as
               familiar
               as
               old
               ,
               to
               sell
               Bishopricks
               livings
               ,
               and
               Ecclesiasticall
               promotions
               .
               This
               the
               Popes
               first
               beganne
               at
               Avignon
               in
               France
               ,
               where
               their
               means
               was
               scant
               ,
               and
               they
               in
               many
               necessities
               :
               which
               still
               continues
               both
               in
               the
               Courts
               of
               Rome
               and
               France
               ,
               when
               there
               is
               no
               such
               necessity
               .
               Better
               is
               a
               bad
               President
               ,
               than
               none
               at
               all
               .
               A
               course
               ,
               saith
               one
               ,
               
                 of
                 
                 great
                 and
                 dangerous
                 consequence
                 ,
                 but
                 clothed
                 with
                 necessity
                 .
              
               It
               is
               indeed
               thrice
               dangerous
               ,
               because
               sales
               of
               Offices
               cause
               sales
               of
               Iustice
               :
               for
               what
               these
               Purchasers
               pay
               in
               grosse
               ,
               they
               must
               needs
               get
               in
               retaile
               ,
               forgetting
               what
               was
               said
               to
               Sophocles
               the
               Governour
               of
               
                 Athens
                 :
                 A
                 Governour
                 must
                 not
                 ;
                 onely
                 have
                 his
                 hands
                 cleane
                 ,
                 but
                 his
                 eyes
                 also
                 .
              
               They
               cannot
               say
               as
               Pericles
               did
               on
               his
               death
               bed
               ,
               
                 Hee
                 had
                 never
                 made
                 ,
                 any
                 Athenian
                 weare
                 mourning
                 Robe
                 .
              
               For
               these
               by
               selling
               Iustice
               ,
               and
               robbing
               the
               poore
               of
               their
               right
               ,
               give
               the
               Fatherlesse
               and
               oppressed
               .
               Widow
               just
               cause
               to
               complaine
               ,
               and
               of
               wearing
               that
               mourning
               robe
               whereof
               Plutarch
               speaketh
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               a
               strange
               thing
               to
               consider
               ,
               and
               incredible
               to
               beleeve
               ,
               what
               infinite
               masses
               of
               money
               have
               beene
               made
               here
               in
               France
               by
               these
               sales
               ,
               where
               there
               is
               not
               that
               Collector
               ,
               Controller
               ,
               Treasurer
               ,
               Sergeant
               ,
               or
               subalterne
               Officer
               whatsoever
               ,
               but
               he
               hath
               bought
               it
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               and
               at
               no
               small
               rate
               :
               for
               I
               have
               heard
               it
               credibly
               reported
               ,
               and
               yee
               shall
               read
               also
               in
               late
               Writers
               ,
               that
               these
               Offices
               are
               bought
               in
               France
               at
               a
               dearer
               rate
               ,
               than
               our
               Lands
               in
               England
               of
               twentie
               yeares
               purchase
               .
               Yee
               must
               observe
               ,
               they
               have
               them
               for
               terme
               of
               life
               ,
               and
               after
               to
               returne
               to
               the
               King
               who
               is
               againe
               to
               sell
               them
               .
               A
               man
               in
               his
               sicknesse
               ,
               or
               in
               danger
               of
               death
               ,
               or
               upon
               any
               need
               whatsoever
               ,
               may
               sell
               this
               his
               office
               ,
               or
               resigne
               it
               to
               his
               sonne
               or
               friend
               whatsoever
               :
               which
               sale
               is
               good
               ,
               if
               the
               partie
               live
               forty
               dayes
               after
               the
               sale
               or
               resignation
               is
               confirmed
               ,
               otherwise
               not
               .
            
             
               Now
               we
               are
               to
               consider
               ,
               what
               Entrade
               or
               Revenue
               the
               French
               King
               yearely
               maketh
               by
               any
               ,
               or
               all
               of
               the
               meanes
               abovesaid
               .
            
             
               The
               Estate
               of
               the
               Finances
               ,
               Domaine
               ,
               
               and
               all
               in
               Charles
               the
               sixth
               time
               ,
               Anno
               1449.
               was
               but
               1400000.
               
               
                 Livres
                 .
                 Henry
              
               the
               second
               ,
               
                 Raised
                 upon
                 his
                 people
                 by
                 way
                 of
                 ordinarie
                 Revenue
                 ,
                 fifteene
                 hundred
                 thousand
                 pound
                 sterling
                 a
                 yeare
                 :
              
               whereof
               some
               part
               hath
               since
               beene
               aliened
               for
               the
               debts
               of
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               which
               notwithstanding
               the
               King
               raiseth
               as
               much
               now
               .
            
             
             
               But
               we
               may
               observe
               ,
               that
               this
               summe
               is
               of
               late
               yeares
               growne
               much
               greater
               (
               by
               two
               thirds
               )
               as
               is
               generally
               beleeved
               :
               For
               whereas
               in
               those
               dayes
               ,
               some
               three
               or
               fourescore
               yeares
               since
               ,
               the
               ordinary
               summe
               was
               fifteene
               millions
               of
               Francs
               and
               Livres
               ,
               it
               is
               now
               so
               many
               of
               Crownes
               .
               And
               
                 Monsieur
                 Rivault
              
               ,
               Treasurer
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Mayen
               ,
               shamed
               not
               (
               some
               twenty
               yeares
               since
               )
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               his
               Master
               had
               improved
               the
               Realme
               of
               France
               ,
               to
               a
               better
               rent
               than
               any
               Prince
               had
               done
               before
               times
               :
               For
               ,
               saith
               he
               ,
               
                 Where
                 as
                 it
                 was
                 worth
                 but
                 two
                 millions
                 of
                 pounds
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 now
                 worth
                 five
                 millions
                 sterling
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               another
               saith
               ,
               that
               only
               by
               the
               sales
               of
               Offices
               in
               twenty
               yeares
               space
               ,
               
                 The
                 King
                 hath
                 raised
                 one
                 hundred
                 thirty
                 and
                 nine
                 millions
                 ,
              
               which
               is
               after
               the
               rate
               of
               seven
               millions
               the
               yeare
               .
               So
               that
               it
               is
               probably
               to
               be
               inferred
               ,
               that
               the
               Revenues
               are
               at
               least
               fifteene
               millions
               of
               Crownes
               ;
               wherein
               all
               late
               Writers
               agree
               .
               Neither
               must
               wee
               thinke
               that
               men
               are
               mistaken
               ,
               by
               counting
               Crownes
               for
               Livres
               ,
               considering
               that
               Bodin
               and
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               ,
               and
               most
               elder
               Writers
               speake
               only
               of
               Livres
               ,
               not
               of
               Crownes
               .
               For
               the
               manner
               of
               account
               in
               France
               ,
               is
               by
               especiall
               ordinance
               commanded
               to
               be
               made
               by
               Crownes
               ,
               and
               that
               of
               Livres
               to
               cease
               :
               So
               that
               whensoever
               ye
               read
               in
               the
               stories
               of
               France
               ,
               of
               any
               summe
               of
               thousands
               ,
               
               millions
               ,
               or
               such
               like
               ,
               without
               naming
               either
               Francs
               or
               Crownes
               ,
               you
               are
               to
               respect
               the
               times
               when
               it
               was
               written
               :
               for
               if
               it
               was
               above
               thirty
               years
               past
               ,
               they
               mean
               Livres
               or
               Francs
               :
               If
               of
               later
               yeares
               than
               thirty
               ,
               it
               is
               alwayes
               to
               be
               understood
               they
               spake
               of
               Crownes
               ;
               this
               rule
               will
               not
               faile
               them
               .
            
             
               Having
               sufficiently
               spoken
               of
               these
               ,
               
               it
               remaineth
               I
               keepe
               the
               same
               course
               I
               have
               done
               hitherto
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               after
               the
               
                 Relation
                 of
                 the
                 Court
              
               ,
               to
               reckon
               up
               the
               Officers
               of
               Court
               ,
               and
               after
               the
               discourse
               of
               
                 his
                 forces
              
               ,
               to
               speake
               of
               his
               
                 Officers
                 of
                 Warre
              
               .
               So
               here
               likewise
               ,
               after
               mention
               made
               of
               his
               Finances
               and
               Revenues
               ,
               to
               remember
               his
               
                 Financers
                 and
                 Officers
              
               used
               for
               the
               collection
               ,
               keeping
               ,
               and
               disposing
               of
               the
               same
               .
               Of
               which
               Officers
               wee
               may
               say
               ,
               as
               the
               Philosopher
               saith
               of
               
               Wives
               ;
               that
               they
               be
               
                 Necessarie
                 evils
              
               .
               And
               as
               hee
               saith
               of
               them
               ;
               
                 The
                 lesse
                 of
                 evils
                 is
                 the
                 best
                 :
              
               so
               say
               we
               of
               these
               ,
               
                 The
                 fewer
                 the
                 better
              
               .
               But
               when
               we
               reade
               ,
               that
               the
               old
               Romans
               had
               of
               these
               but
               one
               in
               a
               Province
               ,
               you
               shall
               observe
               here
               in
               some
               Province
               ,
               not
               so
               few
               as
               one
               thousand
               .
            
             
               The
               chiefe
               of
               these
               is
               
                 Treasurer
                 of
                 the
                 Exchequer
              
               ,
               
               instituted
               in
               Francis
               the
               first
               his
               time
               ,
               in
               place
               of
               the
               Receiver
               generall
               .
               There
               is
               also
               another
               Treasurer
               of
               Casualties
               .
               The
               third
               sort
               are
               the
               Treasurers
               
                 generaux
                 des
                 Finances
              
               ,
               whom
               they
               also
               call
               Treasurers
               of
               France
               .
               For
               ,
               as
               for
               the
               Treasurers
               ordinary
               and
               extraordinary
               of
               the
               Warres
               ,
               we
               have
               already
               spoken
               of
               them
               in
               the
               relation
               of
               his
               forces
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Treasurer
               of
               
                 his
                 petty
                 pleasures
              
               ,
               when
               wee
               spake
               of
               his
               Court.
               The
               number
               of
               these
               Treasurers
               generall
               ,
               as
               also
               of
               all
               other
               Officers
               of
               Finances
               ,
               yee
               may
               partly
               conceive
               by
               the
               number
               of
               generalities
               which
               are
               in
               France
               ,
               and
               the
               severall
               offices
               of
               each
               one
               of
               these
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               Generalities
               are
               twenty
               and
               one
               in
               all
               France
               ;
               
               
                 Paris
                 ,
                 Roven
                 ,
                 Caen
                 ,
                 Nants
                 ,
                 Toures
                 ,
                 Burges
                 ,
                 Poictiers
                 ,
                 Agen
                 ,
                 Tholouse
                 ,
                 Montpellier
                 ,
                 Aix
                 ,
                 Grenoble
                 ,
                 Lion
                 ,
                 Ryon
                 ,
                 Dyon
                 ,
                 Chalons
                 ,
                 Amiens
                 ,
                 Orleans
                 ,
                 Soissons
                 ,
                 Lymoges
                 ,
                 Maulin
                 .
              
            
             
               In
               each
               of
               these
               Generalities
               are
               divers
               Elections
               ;
               
               that
               is
               ,
               divers
               places
               for
               the
               receit
               of
               Finances
               :
               as
               in
               that
               of
               Orleans
               ,
               are
               eleven
               Elections
               ;
               in
               the
               rest
               some
               more
               ,
               and
               some
               lesse
               ,
               to
               the
               number
               of
               170.
               in
               all
               .
            
             
               In
               every
               generality
               are
               ten
               Treasurers
               ;
               
               three
               Receivers
               generall
               of
               the
               Finances
               ;
               three
               Receivers
               generall
               of
               the
               Taillon
               ;
               one
               Receiver
               generall
               of
               the
               Dismes
               ;
               two
               Receivers
               generall
               of
               the
               Woods
               :
               and
               for
               every
               Receiver
               ,
               so
               many
               
                 Controllers
                 generall
              
               ;
               two
               Treasurers
               generall
               extraordinarie
               of
               the
               Warre
               ,
               for
               the
               payment
               of
               Garrisons
               and
               souldiers
               in
               time
               of
               Warre
               .
            
             
               Bes●des
               all
               these
               generall
               officers
               ,
               
               there
               are
               also
               in
               each
               particular
               Election
               ,
               three
               Receivers
               of
               the
               Taille
               ,
               three
               of
               the
               Aids
               ,
               two
               of
               the
               Taillon
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               Controllers
               ,
               besides
               all
               other
               inferiour
               Officers
               .
               If
               then
               there
               bee
               thus
               many
               in
               one
               Election
               onely
               ,
               ye
               may
               judge
               the
               infinite
               number
               
               in
               all
               France
               ,
               upon
               which
               they
               lie
               ,
               as
               thicke
               as
               the
               Grashoppers
               in
               Aegypt
               .
            
             
               I
               must
               here
               also
               remember
               the
               chamber
               of
               Accounts
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Court
               of
               the
               Finances
               :
               wherein
               are
               foure
               Presidents
               ,
               twelve
               Masters
               ,
               eighteene
               Auditors
               ,
               four●
               Correctors
               ,
               one
               Procuror
               generall
               ,
               one
               Advocate
               ,
               one
               Gressier
               ,
               six
               Huissiers
               or
               Sergeants
               ,
               and
               other
               inferiour
               Officers
               ,
               to
               the
               number
               (
               as
               Bodin
               saith
               )
               of
               two
               hundred
               ,
               besides
               servants
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               likely
               the
               number
               is
               not
               lessened
               since
               his
               time
               .
            
             
               In
               conclusion
               ,
               the
               Officers
               here
               ,
               and
               of
               other
               places
               ,
               are
               so
               exceeding
               many
               ,
               as
               a
               President
               of
               this
               Court
               shewed
               the
               Estates
               of
               F●ance
               ,
               in
               the
               assembly
               at
               Blois
               ,
               that
               of
               the
               Escu
               (
               six
               shillings
               )
               which
               was
               payed
               by
               the
               Subject
               ,
               there
               came
               but
               a
               Teston
               (
               one
               shilling
               six
               pence
               )
               to
               the
               Kings
               coffers
               .
            
             
               The
               Court
               of
               Aides
               also
               is
               as
               full
               of
               Officers
               ,
               as
               that
               other
               .
               These
               Finances
               (
               saith
               one
               )
               
                 haue
                 beene
                 so
                 shuffled
                 ,
                 altered
                 ,
                 changed
                 ,
                 and
                 reduced
                 into
                 so
                 obscure
                 an
                 Art
                 ,
                 that
                 very
                 few
                 either
                 doe
                 ,
                 or
                 can
                 understand
                 it
                 ,
                 except
                 they
                 have
                 beene
                 brought
                 up
                 in
                 their
                 Cabale
                 that
                 have
                 obscured
                 it
                 .
              
               No
               marvell
               therfore
               ,
               though
               there
               be
               much
               difference
               among
               men
               about
               the
               certainty
               thereof
               ,
               either
               for
               the
               truth
               of
               the
               summe
               ,
               or
               number
               of
               the
               Officers
               .
            
             
               The
               Coines
               of
               France
               are
               either
               gold
               ,
               
               silver
               ,
               or
               brasse
               .
               In
               those
               of
               gold
               I
               must
               be
               better
               instructed
               my selfe
               ,
               for
               I
               know
               none
               but
               the
               Crowne
               (
               which
               is
               of
               three
               or
               foure
               sorts
               ,
               whereof
               that
               of
               the
               Sunne
               is
               the
               best
               )
               and
               the
               halfe
               Crowne
               .
               Those
               of
               silver
               are
               the
               Livres
               or
               Franc
               ,
               which
               is
               two
               shillings
               sterling
               :
               The
               
                 quart
                 d'escu
              
               ,
               which
               is
               one
               shilling
               six
               pence
               .
               The
               Teston
               which
               is
               halfe
               a
               sous
               lesse
               :
               The
               peece
               of
               ten
               sous
               ,
               which
               is
               one
               shilling
               sterling
               :
               the
               halfe
               
                 quart
                 d'escu
              
               ,
               the
               halfe
               Teston
               ,
               and
               the
               peece
               of
               five
               sous
               ,
               that
               is
               six
               pence
               sterling
               .
               Those
               of
               Brasse
               is
               the
               price
               of
               six
               Blanks
               ,
               which
               is
               three
               pence
               :
               that
               of
               three
               blanks
               ,
               three
               halfe
               pence
               .
               The
               sous
               of
               twelve
               deniers
               :
               the
               liard
               of
               foure
               deniers
               ,
               the
               double
               of
               two
               :
               and
               lastly
               ,
               the
               denier
               it selfe
               ,
               whereof
               ten
               make
               one
               penny
               sterling
               .
               This
               baser
               and
               smaller
               
               kind
               of
               money
               ,
               hath
               not
               beene
               used
               in
               France
               ,
               but
               since
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               civill
               warres
               .
               The
               Teston
               is
               the
               best
               silver
               .
            
             
               It
               remaineth
               I
               speake
               of
               the
               
                 Administration
                 and
                 Execution
                 of
                 Iustice
              
               ,
               and
               of
               those
               places
               and
               persons
               where
               and
               by
               whom
               it
               is
               done
               :
               I
               will
               therefore
               beginne
               with
               their
               assemblies
               ,
               as
               the
               highest
               and
               greatest
               Court
               of
               all
               ,
               which
               well
               resembleth
               the
               Parliament
               of
               England
               ,
               the
               Dyet
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               or
               the
               Councell
               of
               ●●e
               Amphythrions
               in
               Greece
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               three
               especiall
               causes
               of
               calling
               these
               Assemblies
               .
               The
               first
               ,
               when
               the
               succession
               of
               the
               Crowne
               was
               doubtfull
               ,
               and
               in
               controversie
               ,
               or
               when
               it
               was
               to
               take
               order
               for
               the
               Regency
               ,
               during
               the
               Kings
               Captivity
               or
               Minority
               ,
               or
               when
               they
               had
               not
               the
               right
               use
               of
               their
               wits
               .
               Hereof
               yee
               have
               examples
               ,
               Anno
               1327.
               
               Saint
               Lewis
               an
               Infant
               :
               and
               Charles
               the
               sixth
               ,
               
                 An.
                 Dom.
              
               1380.
               a
               Lunaticke
               :
               and
               1484.
               
               Iohn
               a
               prisoner
               .
               For
               all
               which
               occasions
               Assemblies
               were
               called
               ,
               to
               determine
               who
               should
               have
               the
               Regency
               of
               the
               Realme
               in
               the
               meane
               while
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               cause
               is
               ,
               when
               there
               is
               question
               of
               reforming
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               correcting
               the
               abuses
               of
               Officers
               and
               Magistrates
               ,
               or
               appeasing
               troubles
               and
               seditions
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               cause
               is
               ,
               the
               want
               and
               necessitie
               of
               the
               King
               or
               Kingdome
               ,
               in
               which
               case
               the
               Estates
               are
               exhorted
               to
               give
               subsidies
               ,
               subventions
               ,
               aids
               ,
               and
               gratuities
               .
               For
               in
               former
               times
               ,
               the
               Kings
               contenting
               themselves
               with
               their
               Domaine
               ,
               and
               impost
               of
               such
               wares
               as
               came
               in
               ,
               or
               went
               out
               of
               the
               land
               ,
               (
               the
               two
               most
               ancient
               and
               most
               just
               grounds
               of
               Finances
               )
               were
               not
               accustomed
               to
               levie
               and
               impose
               upon
               their
               Subjects
               any
               tax
               whatsoever
               ,
               without
               the
               consent
               of
               the
               three
               States
               thus
               assembled
               .
            
             
               The
               next
               Soveraigne
               Court
               (
               for
               so
               the
               French
               call
               it
               )
               is
               the
               Court
               of
               Parliament
               ;
               
                 The
                 true
                 Temple
                 of
                 French
                 Iustice
                 :
                 Seat
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 and
                 his
                 Peeres
                 :
                 And
                 as
              
               Haillan
               
                 cals
                 it
                 ,
                 the
                 Buttresse
                 of
                 Equity
                 .
              
               This
               Court
               very
               much
               resembleth
               the
               Star-Chamber
               of
               England
               ,
               the
               Arcopage
               of
               Athens
               ,
               the
               Senate
               of
               Rome
               ,
               the
               
                 Consiglio
                 de'
                 
                 dieci
                 of
                 Venice
              
               .
            
             
             
               There
               are
               no
               Lawes
               (
               saith
               Haillan
               )
               by
               which
               this
               Court
               is
               directed
               :
               it
               judgeth
               ,
               
                 according
                 to
                 equity
                 and
                 conscience
              
               ,
               and
               mitigateth
               the
               rigour
               of
               the
               Law.
               
            
             
               Of
               these
               Courts
               of
               Parliament
               ,
               ye
               have
               eight
               in
               France
               .
               That
               of
               Paris
               ,
               the
               most
               ancient
               and
               highest
               in
               preheminence
               ,
               which
               at
               first
               was
               ambulatory
               ,
               (
               as
               they
               call
               it
               )
               and
               ever
               followed
               the
               Kings
               Court
               whithersoever
               it
               went
               :
               but
               since
               
                 Philip
                 le
                 Bel
              
               ,
               it
               hath
               beene
               sedentary
               in
               this
               Citie
               .
               That
               of
               Grenoble
               was
               erected
               ,
               Anno
               1453.
               
               That
               of
               
                 Tholouse
                 .
                 Anno
              
               1302.
               
               That
               of
               
                 Bourdeaux
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1443.
               
               That
               of
               Dijon
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1476.
               
               That
               of
               Roven
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1501.
               
               That
               of
               Aix
               ,
               the
               same
               yeare
               .
               And
               lastly
               ,
               that
               of
               Bretaigne
               at
               the
               yeare
               1553.
               
               Anciently
               all
               Arch-Bishops
               and
               Bishops
               ,
               might
               sit
               and
               give
               voices
               in
               this
               Parliament
               of
               Paris
               :
               but
               in
               Anno
               1463.
               it
               was
               decreed
               ,
               that
               none
               but
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Paris
               ,
               and
               Abbot
               of
               Saint
               Denis
               might
               sit
               there
               ,
               except
               he
               be
               of
               the
               Bloud
               ;
               for
               all
               these
               are
               privileged
               .
            
             
               The
               Presidents
               and
               Counsellors
               of
               the
               Court
               of
               Parliament
               of
               Paris
               ,
               may
               not
               depart
               the
               Towne
               without
               leave
               of
               the
               Court
               ,
               by
               the
               ordinance
               of
               Lewis
               the
               twelfth
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1499.
               
               
                 The
                 Senators
                 ought
                 alwayes
                 to
                 bee
                 present
                 ,
                 because
                 things
                 are
                 carried
                 with
                 more
                 Majesty
                 when
                 the
                 Court
                 is
                 full
                 .
              
            
             
               To
               this
               Parliament
               they
               appeale
               from
               all
               other
               subalterne
               Courts
               throughout
               the
               Realme
               ,
               as
               they
               doe
               in
               Venice
               to
               the
               
                 Consiglio
                 grande
              
               .
               Neither
               can
               the
               King
               conclude
               any
               warre
               ,
               or
               peace
               ,
               without
               the
               advice
               and
               consent
               hereof
               :
               or
               at
               least
               (
               as
               Haillan
               saith
               )
               he
               demandeth
               it
               for
               fashion
               sake
               ,
               sometime
               when
               the
               matters
               are
               already
               concluded
               .
            
             
               The
               Parliament
               of
               Paris
               consisteth
               of
               seven
               Chambers
               :
               the
               
                 Grande
                 c●ambre
              
               ,
               and
               five
               others
               of
               Enquests
               ;
               and
               the
               Tournelles
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               chamber
               for
               the
               criminall
               causes
               ,
               as
               the
               other
               six
               bee
               for
               the
               civill
               .
               It
               is
               called
               the
               Tournelles
               ,
               because
               the
               Iudges
               of
               the
               other
               Chambers
               sit
               there
               by
               turnes
               ,
               every
               three
               moneths
               :
               the
               reason
               whereof
               Bodin
               giveth
               ,
               that
               it
               might
               not
               alter
               the
               naturall
               inclination
               of
               the
               Iudges
               ,
               and
               make
               them
               more
               cruell
               ,
               by
               being
               alwayes
               exercised
               
               in
               matter
               of
               condemnations
               and
               executions
               .
               There
               be
               of
               this
               Court
               ,
               of
               Presidents
               ,
               Counsellors
               ,
               Chevalliers
               of
               honour
               ,
               Procureurs
               ,
               Advocates
               ,
               Clerks
               ,
               Sergeants
               ,
               and
               other
               Officers
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               not
               so
               few
               as
               two
               hundred
               .
            
             
               Besides
               this
               Court
               ,
               there
               are
               also
               other
               Courts
               for
               the
               administration
               of
               Iustice
               in
               this
               Citie
               ,
               as
               the
               Chatellet
               of
               Paris
               ,
               with
               a
               Lieutenant
               civill
               ,
               and
               another
               criminall
               ;
               and
               the
               
                 Hostel
                 de
                 Paris
              
               ,
               with
               a
               Prevost
               ,
               and
               other
               inferiour
               Officers
               ;
               which
               is
               ,
               as
               ye
               would
               say
               ,
               the
               Guild-Hall
               of
               the
               Citie
               .
               So
               have
               ye
               throughout
               the
               Realme
               certaine
               places
               ,
               (
               as
               all
               Cities
               in
               generall
               )
               where
               there
               be
               Chatellets
               (
               like
               our
               places
               of
               Assise
               )
               and
               in
               them
               a
               Lieutenant
               ,
               civill
               and
               criminall
               ,
               to
               judge
               and
               determine
               all
               causes
               reall
               and
               personall
               ;
               and
               here
               many
               Lawyers
               and
               Procurers
               (
               as
               our
               Counsellors
               at
               Law
               ,
               and
               Atturnies
               )
               who
               plead
               before
               those
               Lieutenants
               and
               Prevosts
               ,
               and
               certaine
               Counsellors
               ,
               which
               are
               the
               Iudges
               in
               these
               Courts
               ,
               whereof
               the
               number
               is
               incredible
               in
               France
               .
               Insomuch
               ,
               as
               you
               may
               well
               say
               of
               them
               ,
               as
               is
               said
               of
               
                 Sienna
                 ;
                 There
                 be
                 more
                 Readers
                 ,
                 than
                 Auditors
                 :
                 so
                 here
                 be
                 more
                 Pleaders
                 ,
                 than
                 Clients
                 .
              
               This
               Chiquanery
               (
               Petti-fogging
               )
               &
               multiplicitie
               of
               Pleaders
               ,
               came
               first
               from
               the
               Popes
               Court
               ,
               when
               his
               seat
               was
               at
               Avignon
               ,
               (
               as
               my
               Author
               saith
               )
               who
               in
               the
               same
               place
               cals
               these
               Advocates
               ,
               
                 The
                 Mice
                 of
                 the
                 Palace
              
               .
            
             
               The
               processes
               and
               suits
               in
               these
               Courts
               throughout
               France
               are
               innumerable
               ,
               wherein
               wee
               come
               nothing
               neere
               them
               ;
               and
               yet
               there
               is
               no
               want
               of
               these
               in
               England
               .
               For
               I
               have
               heard
               of
               340.
               
               Nisiprius
               between
               parties
               tried
               at
               one
               Assize
               in
               Norfolke
               :
               as
               many
               I
               thinke
               ,
               as
               in
               halfe
               England
               besides
               .
               But
               these
               are
               onely
               twice
               in
               the
               yeare
               ,
               that
               causes
               are
               tried
               at
               Assises
               in
               our
               Country
               ,
               whereas
               here
               they
               are
               tried
               every
               day
               in
               the
               yeare
               ,
               that
               is
               not
               festivall
               .
               So
               that
               it
               is
               not
               much
               unlikely
               ,
               that
               here
               are
               as
               many
               Processes
               in
               seven
               yeares
               ,
               as
               have
               beene
               in
               England
               since
               the
               conquest
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               besides
               these
               Courts
               of
               Chatellets
               in
               Cities
               ,
               the
               Courts
               also
               of
               Bailywicks
               ,
               and
               Sheriffalties
               ,
               who
               as
               Haillan
               saith
               ,
               keepe
               Courts
               in
               each
               Province
               ,
               and
               judge
               in
               all
               matters
               civill
               and
               criminall
               .
            
             
             
               Here
               is
               also
               the
               Privie
               Councell
               ,
               or
               Councell
               of
               affaires
               :
               of
               the
               Counsellors
               (
               among
               which
               are
               his
               foure
               Secretaries
               )
               he
               calleth
               certaine
               every
               morning
               at
               his
               rising
               ,
               to
               whom
               he
               communicates
               apart
               ,
               his
               principall
               and
               most
               importing
               affaires
               ,
               where
               are
               read
               all
               letters
               which
               come
               from
               other
               Princes
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               publike
               businesse
               ,
               and
               after
               a
               conclusion
               what
               is
               to
               be
               done
               ,
               the
               dispatch
               thereof
               is
               committed
               to
               the
               Secretaries
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               ,
               is
               the
               Great
               Councell
               ,
               or
               Councell
               of
               Estate
               ;
               which
               at
               first
               ,
               was
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               a
               member
               of
               the
               Parliament
               ,
               and
               consisted
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               Bloud
               and
               Nobility
               ,
               having
               only
               to
               deale
               in
               the
               matters
               of
               the
               policy
               generall
               of
               France
               ,
               or
               of
               warres
               ;
               or
               of
               the
               enacting
               and
               publishing
               of
               Edicts
               .
               But
               the
               faction
               of
               Orleans
               and
               Burgundy
               ,
               caused
               it
               to
               bee
               changed
               to
               a
               choice
               number
               of
               Counsellors
               ▪
               provisioned
               of
               1000.
               crownes
               pension
               apeece
               yearely
               .
               Of
               this
               Councell
               the
               Chancellor
               is
               chiefe
               ,
               for
               neither
               the
               King
               himselfe
               ,
               nor
               any
               Prince
               of
               the
               Bloud
               comes
               there
               .
               This
               is
               the
               Court
               of
               which
               the
               Frenchman
               saith
               ,
               every
               time
               it
               is
               holden
               ,
               it
               costs
               the
               King
               a
               thousand
               crownes
               a
               day
               .
               And
               now
               ,
               (
               saith
               Haillan
               )
               he
               cannot
               keepe
               them
               so
               cheape
               ,
               so
               infinite
               is
               the
               number
               of
               them
               growne
               .
               Where
               he
               also
               complaines
               ,
               that
               this
               
                 Conseil
                 d'
                 Estat
              
               ,
               which
               was
               wont
               only
               to
               determine
               publike
               affaires
               ,
               as
               the
               establishment
               of
               justice
               ,
               the
               Reglement
               of
               Finances
               ,
               and
               redressing
               of
               common
               grievances
               ,
               is
               now
               so
               charged
               with
               private
               contentions
               ,
               as
               the
               glory
               thereof
               is
               much
               diminished
               .
            
             
               The
               Chancellor
               anciently
               served
               as
               a
               Secretarie
               ,
               and
               so
               was
               called
               in
               the
               old
               Charters
               of
               France
               ,
               where
               hee
               is
               likewise
               called
               the
               
                 Grand
                 Referendaire
              
               .
               The
               Secretary
               doth
               signe
               ,
               and
               the
               Chancellor
               doth
               seale
               .
            
             
               The
               Secretary
               is
               next
               in
               office
               ,
               who
               at
               first
               were
               called
               Clerks
               .
               They
               are
               either
               of
               the
               Finances
               (
               which
               have
               their
               place
               among
               the
               Officers
               of
               the
               Finances
               ,
               before
               remembred
               )
               or
               of
               Affaires
               which
               we
               heare
               speake
               of
               .
               Of
               these
               are
               foure
               ,
               which
               are
               called
               principall
               .
            
             
               Governours
               and
               Lieutenants
               generall
               of
               Cities
               and
               Provinces
               ,
               
               are
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               Vice-royes
               and
               Regents
               of
               those
               places
               committed
               to
               them
               :
               and
               indeed
               the
               persons
               sustaining
               these
               charges
               ,
               are
               much
               more
               Noble
               than
               those
               of
               the
               Secre●aries
               ,
               as
               being
               for
               the
               most
               part
               conferred
               upon
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               Bloud
               ,
               and
               Peeres
               of
               France
               .
            
             
               The
               Governours
               of
               Cities
               were
               in
               old
               time
               called
               Dukes
               ,
               and
               they
               of
               Provinces
               ,
               Counts
               .
               They
               were
               at
               first
               only
               in
               Frontier
               Provinces
               ,
               but
               now
               since
               the
               troubles
               of
               France
               ,
               they
               have
               had
               the
               command
               over
               Cities
               and
               Countries
               ,
               even
               in
               the
               midst
               and
               bowels
               of
               the
               Land
               :
               So
               that
               now
               ,
               saith
               
                 Haillan
                 ,
                 France
              
               is
               become
               a
               Frontier
               to
               it selfe
               on
               every
               side
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               but
               few
               Cities
               ,
               whereof
               anciently
               there
               were
               Governours
               ,
               as
               
                 Rochel
                 ,
                 Calais
                 ,
                 Paronne
                 ,
                 Bologne
                 ,
                 Mondidier
                 ,
                 Narbonne
                 ,
                 Bayonne
                 ,
              
               and
               two
               or
               three
               others
               :
               Others
               ,
               that
               had
               keeping
               of
               some
               small
               Castle
               or
               Fort
               ,
               was
               onely
               called
               the
               Keeper
               ,
               or
               Captaine
               at
               most
               .
               But
               now
               ,
               saith
               
                 Haillan
                 ,
                 lib.
              
               4.
               every
               paltry
               fellow
               that
               hath
               the
               keeping
               of
               a
               Pigeon-house
               ,
               must
               forsooth
               be
               called
               ,
               
                 My
                 Lord
                 the
                 Governour
              
               ;
               and
               my
               Mistresse
               his
               Wife
               ,
               
                 My
                 Lady
                 the
                 Governesse
              
               .
            
             
               The
               Governour
               of
               Daulphenie
               hath
               greatest
               privileges
               ;
               for
               hee
               giveth
               all
               Offices
               in
               his
               Province
               :
               in
               other
               places
               they
               can
               give
               none
               ,
               except
               they
               have
               it
               by
               expresse
               words
               in
               their
               Patent
               .
               The
               Governour
               may
               not
               be
               absent
               above
               six
               moneths
               in
               a
               yeare
               ;
               but
               the
               Lieutenant
               must
               never
               be
               absent
               ,
               without
               leave
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               except
               teh
               Governour
               be
               present
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               yet
               an
               Office
               ,
               whereof
               I
               must
               remember
               you
               ,
               which
               is
               one
               of
               the
               chiefest
               in
               France
               ,
               either
               for
               honour
               or
               profit
               ,
               called
               
                 grand
                 Maistre
                 des
                 Eaues
                 &
                 Forests
                 .
              
               All
               matters
               concerning
               the
               Kings
               Chases
               ,
               Forests
               ,
               Woods
               and
               Waters
               whatsoever
               ,
               are
               determined
               by
               him
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 Grand
                 M.
                 Enquesteur
              
               ,
               and
               by
               their
               Reformateur
               ,
               at
               the
               Table
               of
               Marble
               under
               him
               are
               infinite
               sorts
               of
               Officers
               ,
               and
               divers
               others
               :
               
                 As
                 the
                 particular
                 Master
                 of
                 each
                 Forest
                 ,
                 their
                 Lieutenants
                 ,
                 Overseers
                 of
                 the
                 sale
                 of
                 woods
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 other
                 Officers
                 here
                 specified
                 .
              
            
             
               But
               I
               will
               not
               load
               this
               short
               Relation
               ,
               with
               reckoning
               
               up
               all
               the
               divers
               and
               infinite
               sorts
               of
               Officers
               ,
               where
               with
               France
               herselfe
               seemeth
               t●
               be
               over-loaden
               ,
               as
               partly
               ye
               have
               heard
               already
               :
               and
               yee
               shall
               reade
               in
               Bodin
               ,
               how
               hee
               complaines
               ,
               not
               only
               of
               the
               multiplicitie
               of
               Offices
               in
               generall
               ;
               but
               also
               ,
               that
               even
               the
               Councell
               of
               Estate
               is
               surcharged
               with
               number
               :
               where
               you
               may
               likewise
               observe
               ,
               how
               he
               approves
               the
               Privie
               Councell
               of
               England
               erected
               some
               foure
               hundred
               and
               odde
               yeares
               since
               ,
               where
               are
               never
               ,
               saith
               he
               ,
               above
               twentie
               ,
               
                 by
                 whose
                 sage
                 direction
                 ,
                 the
                 Land
                 hath
                 long
                 flourished
                 in
                 Armes
                 and
                 Lawes
                 .
              
               And
               for
               the
               execution
               of
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               administration
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               yee
               may
               remember
               what
               hath
               beene
               said
               before
               ,
               that
               the
               Lawes
               are
               good
               and
               just
               ,
               but
               not
               justly
               executed
               .
               Where
               Haillan
               comparing
               the
               time
               ,
               saith
               :
               
                 Then
                 great
                 ones
                 were
                 punished
              
               ,
               but
               since
               ,
               
                 only
                 pettie
                 fellowes
                 ;
                 and
                 great
                 ones
                 goe
                 Scot-free
                 .
              
            
             
               Th'ensnaring
               Lawes
               let
               Crowes
               goe
               free
               ,
            
             
               While
               simple
               Doves
               ent●ngled
               bee
               .
            
             
               HAving
               thus
               related
               of
               the
               Topography
               and
               Policie
               of
               France
               ,
               it
               remaineth
               I
               speake
               somewhat
               of
               the
               Oeconomie
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               of
               the
               people
               of
               France
               ,
               comprised
               under
               the
               three
               Estates
               ,
               of
               the
               Clergie
               ,
               the
               Nobilitie
               ,
               and
               Comminaltie
               :
               of
               the
               severall
               humour
               ,
               profession
               ,
               and
               fashion
               of
               each
               of
               them
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               third
               and
               last
               branch
               of
               this
               Relation
               .
            
             
               The
               Church
               Gallicane
               ,
               
               is
               holden
               the
               best
               privilege
               of
               all
               those
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               that
               have
               not
               yet
               quit
               their
               subjection
               to
               the
               Pope
               .
               It
               hath
               alwayes
               protested
               against
               the
               Inquisition
               ;
               It
               is
               more
               free
               from
               payments
               to
               the
               Pope
               ,
               than
               the
               Church
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               as
               also
               to
               the
               King
               :
               For
               here
               in
               France
               they
               only
               pay
               the
               Disme
               :
               but
               in
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               King
               hath
               his
               
                 Tertias
                 ,
                 Subsidio
                 ,
                 Pil●
              
               ,
               and
               Escusado
               :
               in
               all
               ,
               a
               moitie
               of
               the
               Church
               living
               .
               Indeed
               it
               is
               reported
               of
               this
               Catholike
               King
               ,
               that
               he
               hath
               founded
               many
               Abbeyes
               and
               Religious
               Houses
               :
               but
               what
               saith
               his
               Subject
               ?
               
                 He
                 steales
                 the
                 sheepe
                 ,
                 and
                 gives
                 the
                 Trotters
                 for
                 Gods
                 sake
                 .
              
            
             
               In
               this
               Church
               of
               France
               are
               twelve
               Archbishopricks
               ,
               one
               hundred
               and
               foure
               Bishoprickes
               ,
               five
               hundred
               and
               fortie
               
               Archpriories
               ,
               one
               thousand
               foure
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               Abbeys
               ,
               twelve
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               Priories
               ,
               five
               hundred
               sixtie
               seven
               Nunneries
               ,
               one
               hundred
               and
               thirtie
               thousand
               Parish
               Priests
               ,
               seven
               hundred
               Convents
               of
               Friers
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               fiftie
               nine
               Commendums
               of
               the
               Order
               of
               the
               Knights
               of
               Malta
               .
               There
               are
               ,
               saith
               the
               
                 Cabinet
                 du
                 Roy
              
               ,
               three
               millions
               of
               people
               ,
               that
               live
               upon
               the
               Church
               of
               France
               :
               where
               he
               particularly
               setteth
               downe
               in
               each
               Diocesse
               ,
               the
               number
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               Religious
               people
               ,
               as
               also
               the
               number
               of
               their
               Whores
               ,
               Bawds
               ,
               Bastards
               ,
               and
               Servants
               of
               all
               sorts
               :
               And
               why
               not
               ?
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               as
               well
               as
               the
               Magitians
               undertake
               in
               their
               Inventory
               of
               the
               Diabolike
               Monarchie
               ,
               to
               set
               downe
               the
               names
               and
               surnames
               of
               76.
               
               Princes
               ,
               and
               seven
               millions
               ,
               foure
               hundred
               and
               five
               thousand
               ,
               nine
               hundred
               ,
               twentie
               and
               six
               Devils
               .
            
             
               The
               Church
               hath
               ,
               for
               all
               this
               rabble
               to
               live
               upon
               ,
               
               these
               two
               things
               :
               First
               ,
               her
               Temporall
               Revenues
               ,
               and
               secondly
               ,
               her
               Spirituall
               ,
               which
               they
               call
               the
               Baise-mani
               .
               Of
               her
               Temporall
               Revenues
               ,
               divers
               men
               judge
               diversly
               .
            
             
               The
               Cabinet
               ,
               
               who
               in
               all
               his
               computations
               makes
               of
               a
               Mouse
               an
               Elephant
               ,
               saith
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               fourescore
               millions
               of
               crownes
               the
               yeare
               ,
               besides
               the
               Baise-mani
               ,
               which
               is
               as
               much
               more
               ,
               and
               besides
               an
               infinite
               provision
               ,
               which
               they
               reserve
               ,
               and
               is
               paid
               them
               over
               and
               except
               their
               Rents
               ,
               by
               their
               Farmers
               and
               Tenants
               ;
               as
               of
               Wheat
               ,
               foure
               millions
               ,
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               quarters
               :
               of
               Rye
               ,
               two
               millions
               ,
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               quarters
               :
               of
               Oats
               ,
               nine
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               of
               Barley
               ,
               eight
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               of
               Pease
               and
               Beanes
               ,
               eight
               hundred
               sixtie
               thousand
               :
               Capons
               ,
               one
               hundred
               sixty
               thousand
               :
               Hens
               ,
               five
               hundred
               sixtie
               thousand
               :
               Partridge
               50000.
               
               Beeves
               ,
               12000.
               
               Muttons
               ,
               one
               million
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               Wine
               ,
               one
               million
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               Cuues
               :
               Egges
               ,
               seven
               millions
               :
               Butter
               ,
               230000.
               
               Quintaux
               :
               Cheese
               ,
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               Hogs
               ,
               one
               hundred
               thirty
               six
               thousand
               :
               Pigges
               ,
               three
               hundred
               forty
               thousand
               :
               Tallow
               ,
               sixty
               thousand
               Quintaux
               :
               Hey
               ,
               six
               hundred
               thousand
               loads
               :
               Straw
               ,
               eight
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               Wood
               ,
               two
               
               millions
               :
               with
               an
               infinite
               proportion
               of
               other
               necessaries
               ,
               imaginary
               only
               ,
               and
               incredible
               .
               And
               yet
               he
               there
               a
               voweth
               all
               things
               ,
               with
               as
               great
               confidence
               ,
               as
               if
               himselfe
               had
               had
               the
               true
               abstract
               from
               all
               the
               Bookes
               of
               Accounts
               in
               each
               Monastery
               and
               Benefice
               in
               this
               Land.
               For
               how
               is
               it
               possible
               ,
               the
               Church
               should
               have
               200.
               millions
               of
               crownes
               yearely
               Rent
               ,
               when
               as
               by
               the
               computation
               ,
               here
               are
               but
               just
               so
               many
               Arpens
               of
               Land
               in
               all
               France
               ,
               which
               to
               rate
               one
               with
               another
               ,
               at
               a
               crowne
               an
               Arpen
               ,
               comes
               to
               this
               account
               ,
               which
               he
               allowes
               the
               Clergie
               ,
               and
               then
               is
               there
               nothing
               left
               for
               the
               other
               two
               States
               ,
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               and
               people
               .
            
             
               But
               inasmuch
               as
               the
               better
               halfe
               of
               their
               Revenue
               is
               by
               the
               Baise-mani
               ,
               there
               remaineth
               the
               better
               halfe
               of
               the
               Land
               to
               the
               other
               two
               States
               ;
               which
               notwithstanding
               is
               a
               proportion
               small
               enough
               .
            
             
               Neere
               unto
               this
               reckoning
               commeth
               that
               which
               we
               reade
               in
               Bodin
               ,
               of
               Alemant
               ,
               a
               president
               of
               accounts
               in
               Paris
               ,
               whose
               judgement
               must
               carry
               good
               authority
               in
               this
               case
               ,
               as
               a
               thing
               belonging
               to
               his
               profession
               ,
               and
               wherein
               he
               was
               best
               experienced
               :
               
                 The
                 Church
                 Revenues
                 in
                 Land
                 are
                 reckoned
                 orderly
                 ,
                 at
                 twelve
                 millions
                 and
                 three
                 hundred
                 thousand
                 Livres
                 :
                 but
                 I
                 dare
                 justifie
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 that
                 of
                 twelve
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Revenues
                 of
                 France
                 ,
                 the
                 Church
                 possesse
                 seven
                 .
              
            
             
               This
               opinion
               Bodin
               seemes
               to
               allow
               :
               But
               it
               is
               rather
               thought
               to
               be
               true
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Comment
                 de
                 l'
                 estat
              
               saith
               ,
               who
               of
               the
               two
               hundred
               millions
               of
               Arpens
               ,
               allowes
               the
               Church
               forty
               seven
               millions
               ,
               which
               by
               particulars
               of
               their
               Vineyards
               ,
               Medowes
               ,
               arable-Pastures
               ,
               and
               Heaths
               ,
               with
               their
               Woods
               ,
               is
               there
               set
               downe
               :
               which
               here
               to
               follow
               in
               particular
               were
               too
               tedious
               .
               Besides
               this
               Temporall
               ,
               they
               have
               their
               Baise-mani
               (
               as
               is
               said
               )
               that
               consisteth
               in
               Churchings
               ,
               Christnings
               ,
               Marriages
               ,
               Burials
               ,
               Holy-bread
               ,
               Indulgences
               ,
               Vowes
               ,
               Pilgrimages
               ,
               Feasts
               ,
               Processions
               ,
               Prayers
               for
               cattle
               ,
               for
               seasonable
               weather
               ,
               for
               Children
               ,
               against
               all
               manner
               of
               diseases
               ,
               and
               infinite
               such
               purposes
               ;
               for
               which
               the
               superstitious
               people
               will
               have
               a
               Masse
               said
               ,
               which
               they
               pay
               the
               Priest
               for
               particularly
               :
               over
               and
               besides
               all
               this
               ,
               there
               is
               
               scarce
               that
               Arpen
               in
               all
               France
               ,
               upon
               which
               there
               is
               not
               some
               Dirige
               ,
               or
               
                 de
                 profundis
              
               ;
               some
               
                 libera
                 me
                 Domine
              
               ,
               or
               some
               reckoning
               or
               other
               liable
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               them
               of
               the
               Reformed
               Religion
               ,
               whom
               here
               in
               contempt
               they
               call
               Hugnonets
               ;
               yee
               may
               note
               ,
               that
               the
               number
               is
               not
               small
               ,
               considering
               that
               after
               the
               conference
               of
               Poissie
               ,
               above
               forty
               yeares
               since
               ,
               here
               were
               found
               2150.
               
               Churches
               of
               them
               ;
               whereof
               not
               one
               hath
               escaped
               without
               some
               murthers
               or
               massacres
               :
               and
               we
               may
               imagine
               ,
               that
               since
               that
               time
               this
               number
               is
               much
               increased
               .
            
             
               But
               as
               for
               Religion
               ,
               it
               hath
               onely
               beene
               the
               cloake
               and
               shadow
               of
               their
               ambitious
               pretences
               ,
               without
               the
               which
               ,
               they
               could
               never
               have
               insinuated
               themselves
               so
               farre
               into
               the
               hearts
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               who
               are
               alwayes
               the
               
                 gros
                 de
                 la
                 bataille
              
               ,
               the
               maine
               Battell
               :
               and
               without
               whom
               ,
               the
               Nobilitie
               may
               well
               quarrell
               ,
               but
               they
               cannot
               fight
               .
            
             
               And
               therefore
               yee
               shall
               reade
               in
               some
               of
               the
               same
               Religion
               reformed
               ,
               
                 That
                 there
                 were
                 Huguonets
                 ,
                 as
                 well
                 of
                 Estate●
                 as
                 of
                 Religion
                 .
              
            
             
               These
               have
               now
               free
               permission
               to
               professe
               ,
               and
               places
               allotted
               for
               exercise
               ,
               with
               all
               libertie
               of
               conscience
               possible
               ,
               save
               that
               in
               the
               chiefe
               Cities
               of
               France
               they
               have
               no
               Churches
               allowed
               ,
               neither
               can
               be
               buried
               in
               Christian
               buriall
               (
               as
               they
               call
               it
               )
               if
               any
               of
               them
               die
               among
               the
               Catholikes
               ,
               with
               whom
               not
               withstanding
               they
               now
               live
               peaceably
               ,
               thorowout
               the
               Countrey
               .
               But
               me
               thinkes
               ,
               they
               have
               here
               small
               reason
               to
               let
               them
               live
               together
               in
               a
               house
               ,
               and
               not
               suffer
               them
               to
               lie
               together
               in
               a
               Church-yard
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               for
               warring
               any
               long●r
               for
               Religion
               ;
               the
               French-m●●
               utterly
               disclaimes
               it
               ;
               he
               is
               at
               last
               growne
               wise
               ,
               marry
               he
               hath
               bought
               it
               somewhat
               deare
               ;
               
                 The
                 Italian
                 is
                 wise
                 b●forehand
                 :
                 the
                 Almaine
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 doing
                 :
                 and
                 the
                 French●
                 after
                 the
                 thing
                 is
                 done
                 ,
              
               saith
               one
               of
               their
               own
               writers
               ,
               
                 let
                 us
                 p●s●aetor
                 sap●●●
              
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               Nobilitie
               of
               France
               (
               saith
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               ;
               
               They
               are
               exceeding
               valorous
               and
               courteous
               ;
               and
               there
               is
               no
               State
               in
               Christendome
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               in
               so
               great
               number
               .
            
             
               It
               hath
               beene
               argued
               before
               in
               this
               Relation
               ,
               that
               there
               be
               
               at
               least
               50000.
               able
               to
               beare
               Armes
               ,
               but
               that
               is
               thought
               with
               the
               most
               .
               
                 Monsieur
                 du
                 Fay
              
               thinks
               them
               about
               thirty
               thousand
               :
               in
               which
               number
               ,
               ye
               must
               conclude
               all
               degrees
               of
               Gentlemen
               ,
               from
               the
               highest
               to
               the
               lowest
               that
               beare
               Armes
               :
               for
               so
               the
               French
               call
               their
               Noblesse
               ,
               whereas
               we
               in
               England
               make
               two
               distinct
               orders
               of
               the
               Nobility
               &
               Gentry
               (
               as
               they
               call
               it
               :
               )
               
                 Those
                 are
                 Noble
                 ,
                 which
                 can
                 prove
                 a
                 long
                 tract
                 of
                 time
                 ,
                 wherein
                 a
                 Fee
                 and
                 Knights
                 service
                 thereto
                 belonging
                 ,
                 hath
                 resided
                 in
                 their
                 family
                 .
              
               And
               another
               Writer
               saith
               ,
               In
               France
               
                 men
                 are
                 esteemed
                 Noble
                 by
                 bloud
                 and
                 profession
                 of
                 Arme●
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               sure
               ,
               if
               there
               be
               difference
               in
               Nobility
               ,
               as
               there
               must
               needs
               bee
               ,
               because
               the
               causes
               be
               different
               ;
               for
               some
               are
               ennobled
               by
               their
               valour
               and
               Martiall
               knowledge
               ,
               and
               others
               by
               their
               Offices
               and
               prudence
               in
               the
               manage
               of
               matters
               of
               Estate
               :
               I
               see
               no
               reason
               ,
               but
               that
               these
               last
               should
               be
               holden
               the
               more
               Noble
               Nobility
               ,
               (
               if
               I
               may
               so
               say
               )
               alwayes
               giving
               the
               first
               place
               to
               them
               that
               are
               of
               Noble
               Houses
               by
               Race
               .
            
             
               For
               of
               all
               these
               three
               sorts
               the
               French
               Writers
               speake
               ,
               when
               they
               say
               ;
               
                 There
                 is
                 a
                 difference
                 of
                 Nobles
                 :
                 The
                 first
                 by
                 Race
                 :
                 The
                 second
                 by
                 Ennobling
                 :
                 and
                 of
                 Ennobling
                 there
                 are
                 two
                 sorts
                 :
                 One
                 by
                 Patent
                 ,
                 duly
                 proved
                 in
                 the
                 Court
                 of
                 Parliament
                 :
                 The
                 other
                 ,
                 by
                 meanes
                 of
                 Offices
                 to
                 which
                 they
                 are
                 advanced
                 .
              
            
             
               And
               howsoever
               Turquet
               hereof
               inferreth
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               
                 la
                 vertu
                 que
                 fait
                 la
                 Noblesse
                 ,
                 car●ily
                 a
                 de
                 nobles
                 vilains
                 ,
                 et
                 de
                 vilains
                 nobles
                 :
                 Vertue
                 that
                 maketh
                 Nobility
                 ,
                 for
                 there
                 are
                 Noble
                 Peasants
                 ,
                 and
                 peasantly
                 Nobles
                 :
              
               yet
               sure
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               degenerating
               of
               one
               from
               the
               Vertue
               of
               his
               Ancestors
               ,
               cannot
               prejudice
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               nor
               Eclipse
               the
               glory
               of
               his
               Succeeder
               ,
               who
               ,
               as
               Histories
               shew
               ,
               many
               times
               excell
               all
               the
               former
               of
               their
               house
               .
            
             
               The
               highest
               degree
               of
               honour
               in
               France
               ,
               
               is
               the
               Pairrie
               ,
               in
               which
               order
               have
               beene
               sometimes
               seven
               ,
               sometimes
               eleven
               ,
               never
               above
               seventeene
               ,
               and
               most
               commonly
               twelve
               .
               Whereupon
               they
               are
               called
               the
               
                 Twelve
                 Peeres
                 of
                 France
              
               .
               These
               have
               the
               precedence
               before
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               
               and
               of
               these
               ,
               they
               of
               the
               Bloud
               ,
               although
               they
               were
               latest
               called
               into
               the
               Pairrie
               .
               Of
               these
               Peeres
               ,
               there
               be
               six
               of
               the
               Clergie
               .
               1.
               
               Arch-Bishop
               and
               Duke
               of
               Rhemes
               .
               2.
               
               Bishop
               and
               Duke
               of
               Laon.
               3.
               
               Bishop
               and
               Duke
               of
               Langres
               .
               4.
               
               Bishop
               and
               Comte
               of
               Beauvais
               .
               5.
               
               Bishop
               and
               Comte
               of
               Novon
               .
               6.
               
               Bishop
               and
               Comte
               of
               Chalons
               .
            
             
               Of
               Temporall
               .
               1.
               
               Duke
               of
               Burgundy
               .
               2.
               
               Duke
               of
               Normandie
               .
               3.
               
               Duke
               of
               Guyenne
               .
               4.
               
               Count
               of
               Tholouse
               .
               5.
               
               Count
               of
               Champaigne
               .
               6.
               
               Count
               of
               Flanders
               .
               Since
               these
               were
               first
               instituted
               ,
               many
               other
               houses
               have
               beene
               admitted
               into
               the
               Pairrie
               ,
               by
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               the
               old
               worne
               out
               :
               As
               to
               them
               of
               Burgundie
               and
               Flanders
               ,
               were
               added
               the
               Dukes
               of
               
                 Bretaigne
                 ,
                 Burbon
                 ,
                 Anjow
                 ,
                 Berrie
                 ,
                 Orleans
                 ,
              
               the
               Counts
               of
               
                 Arthois
                 ,
                 Ereux
                 ,
                 Alenson
                 ,
                 Estampes
                 ,
              
               all
               of
               the
               Bloud
               in
               Charles
               the
               fifths
               time
               .
            
             
               Since
               also
               ,
               in
               the
               times
               of
               Charles
               the
               ninth
               ,
               and
               Henry
               the
               third
               ,
               have
               new
               Pairries
               beene
               erected
               ,
               as
               
                 Nevers
                 ,
                 Vandosine
                 ,
                 Guise
                 ,
                 Monpensier
                 ,
                 Beaumont
                 ,
                 Albret
                 ,
                 Aumal
                 ,
                 Memorencie
                 ,
                 Vzes
                 ,
                 Pentheur
                 ,
                 Mercoeur
                 ,
                 Ioieuse
                 ,
                 Espernon
                 ,
                 Rets
                 ▪
                 M●nb●son
                 ,
                 Vantadoure
                 ,
              
               and
               others
               .
            
             
               Ye
               must
               observe
               ,
               that
               the
               five
               ancientest
               Pairries
               of
               the
               Temporality
               ,
               are
               returned
               to
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               the
               sixth
               which
               is
               of
               Flanders
               ,
               doth
               recognize
               it
               no
               longer
               ,
               as
               now
               being
               Spanish
               .
            
             
               Some
               say
               ,
               these
               
                 Pairres
                 (
                 quasi
                 pares●inter
                 se
              
               )
               were
               first
               erected
               by
               Charlemaigne
               ,
               others
               by
               
                 Hugh
                 Cap●t
              
               ,
               and
               others
               (
               which
               is
               holden
               for
               the
               truest
               )
               by
               
                 Lewis
                 le
                 yeune
              
               ,
               1179.
               to
               aid
               and
               assist
               the
               King
               in
               his
               Councell
               (
               saith
               Bodin
               .
               )
               And
               therefore
               the
               Session
               of
               the
               King
               with
               his
               Pairres
               ,
               was
               called
               
                 The
                 Parliament
                 without
                 addition
              
               :
               as
               the
               Kings
               Brothers
               and
               Sisters
               are
               called
               Monsieur
               ,
               and
               
                 Madame
                 sans
                 queve
              
               :
               whereas
               all
               other
               Soveraigne
               Courts
               are
               named
               with
               an
               addition
               ,
               as
               
                 Le
                 Parlement
                 de
                 Paris
                 :
                 le
                 Parl.
                 de
                 Roven
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               Yee
               may
               also
               observe
               ,
               that
               they
               of
               the
               Laity
               have
               the
               right
               hand
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               the
               Clergie
               the
               left
               ,
               in
               all
               assemblies
               or
               solemne
               Sessions
               whatsoever
               .
            
             
             
               I
               thinke
               this
               division
               of
               the
               Pairrie
               ,
               into
               these
               two
               sorts
               ,
               was
               derived
               from
               that
               ancient
               order
               of
               the
               Gaules
               ,
               of
               whom
               Caesar
               speaketh
               :
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Nobility
                 of
                 Gallia
                 ,
                 are
                 two
                 sorts
                 ;
                 the
                 D●●●des
                 ,
                 and
                 Gentlemen
                 :
              
               where
               he
               likewise
               discourseth
               of
               their
               divers
               Offices
               .
            
             
               This
               Honour
               of
               Pairre
               of
               France
               ,
               was
               at
               first
               given
               for
               life
               onely
               ,
               afterwards
               for
               them
               and
               their
               Heires
               Males
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               to
               the
               women
               also
               for
               default
               of
               Males
               :
               who
               likewise
               are
               called
               to
               sit
               in
               Councell
               and
               Assemblies
               (
               as
               are
               the
               Queenes
               of
               France
               ;
               )
               as
               at
               the
               Assembly
               at
               Blois
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               the
               Arrest
               of
               
                 Counte
                 de
                 Clermont
              
               ,
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Saint
               Lewis
               ,
               where
               the
               Countesse
               of
               Flanders
               is
               named
               present
               among
               the
               other
               Peeres
               .
            
             
               Ye
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               Peeres
               and
               Princes
               of
               the
               Bloud
               bee
               privileged
               from
               being
               subject
               to
               any
               Writ
               or
               Processe
               ,
               but
               in
               case
               of
               high
               Treason
               :
               and
               then
               also
               no
               Processe
               can
               bee
               commenced
               against
               them
               ,
               before
               any
               other
               Iudges
               whatsoever
               ,
               but
               before
               the
               King
               ,
               sitting
               in
               his
               Court
               of
               Parliament
               ,
               sufficiently
               assisted
               by
               the
               Peeres
               of
               France
               .
               All
               other
               Iudges
               are
               incompetent
               .
            
             
               But
               to
               leave
               the
               discourse
               of
               this
               highest
               honour
               in
               France
               ,
               and
               speake
               of
               the
               Noblesse
               in
               generall
               ,
               ye
               shall
               read
               in
               history
               ,
               that
               at
               the
               end
               of
               the
               second
               Race
               of
               Kings
               ,
               they
               beganne
               to
               take
               their
               surnames
               ,
               of
               their
               principall
               Feifs
               :
               Since
               when
               ,
               of
               later
               yeares
               ,
               some
               have
               contrarily
               put
               their
               surnames
               upon
               their
               Feifs
               ,
               which
               hath
               so
               confounded
               the
               Nobl●sse
               (
               saith
               Haillan
               )
               as
               it
               is
               now
               hard
               to
               finde
               out
               the
               ancient
               and
               true
               Nobility
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               they
               among
               whom
               the
               Proverbe
               is
               still
               currant
               ,
               
                 A
                 man
                 of
                 W●rre
                 should
                 have
                 no
                 more
                 learning
                 ,
                 but
                 to
                 be
                 able
                 to
                 write
                 his
                 owne
                 name
                 :
              
               And
               therefore
               their
               profession
               is
               onely
               Armes
               and
               good
               Horsemanship
               ,
               wherein
               if
               they
               have
               attained
               any
               perfection
               ,
               they
               little
               esteeme
               other
               vertues
               ,
               not
               caring
               what
               the
               Philosopher
               saith
               :
               One
               only
               ,
               Anchor
               is
               not
               sufficient
               to
               hold
               a
               great
               ship
               .
               Nor
               considering
               that
               the
               old
               Gallants
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               were
               wont
               to
               joyne
               the
               one
               with
               the
               other
               :
               and
               ancient
               Painters
               were
               accustomed
               
               to
               paint
               the
               Muses
               all
               together
               in
               a
               troope
               ;
               to
               signifie
               ,
               that
               in
               a
               Nobleman
               they
               should
               not
               be
               parted
               .
            
             
               Hereof
               it
               commeth
               ,
               that
               the
               French
               Noblesse
               glorying
               in
               their
               Armes
               ,
               call
               themselves
               ,
               
                 The
                 Arme
                 of
                 their
                 Country
                 ,
                 the
                 Guardians
                 of
                 Armes
                 ,
                 and
                 Terrour
                 of
                 their
                 Enemies
              
               ;
               but
               they
               never
               stile
               themselves
               the
               
                 Professors
                 of
                 vertue
              
               .
            
             
               This
               Estate
               of
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               saith
               one
               ,
               of
               all
               the
               three
               Estates
               is
               smallest
               in
               number
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               poorest
               in
               living
               :
               which
               no
               question
               must
               needs
               be
               true
               ,
               after
               so
               long
               a
               civill
               warre
               :
               and
               herewith
               accordeth
               he
               that
               wrote
               the
               late
               troubles
               .
               The
               French
               Noblesse
               is
               fallen
               from
               their
               ancient
               wealth
               ,
               wherwith
               they
               were
               adorned
               in
               the
               times
               of
               Lewi●
               the
               twelfth
               ,
               and
               Francis
               the
               first
               .
               And
               I
               durst
               affirme
               ,
               that
               if
               all
               they
               that
               bear
               this
               Title
               were
               divided
               into
               ten
               parts
               ,
               eight
               of
               them
               are
               impaired
               by
               sales
               ,
               morgages
               ,
               or
               other
               debts
               .
            
             
               The
               same
               Author
               yeeldeth
               five
               reasons
               of
               the
               poverty
               of
               the
               Noblesse
               of
               France
               .
               First
               ,
               the
               
                 Civill
                 Warres
              
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               
                 Superfluous
                 expences
                 in
                 apparell
              
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               Houshold-stuffe
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               Building
               .
               Fifthly
               ,
               
                 Diet
                 and
                 Followers
              
               .
               And
               in
               another
               place
               ,
               taxing
               the
               extreme
               prodigality
               &
               superfluity
               of
               the
               French
               in
               their
               Apparell
               ,
               Building
               ,
               and
               Diet
               ,
               he
               saith
               ,
               If
               the
               Warre
               hath
               brought
               us
               foure
               ounces
               of
               poverty
               ,
               our
               owne
               follies
               have
               gotten
               us
               twelve
               .
               I
               will
               not
               herein
               bee
               mine
               owne
               judge
               ,
               (
               saith
               hee
               )
               but
               let
               us
               doe
               as
               Players
               at
               Tennis
               ,
               be
               judged
               by
               all
               the
               lookers
               on
               ,
               and
               they
               will
               confesse
               ,
               that
               by
               these
               excessive
               expences
               a
               great
               number
               of
               the
               Noblesse
               goe
               a
               foot
               pace
               ,
               others
               trot
               ,
               and
               many
               runne
               post
               to
               the
               downfals
               of
               poverty
               .
            
             
               I
               should
               in
               this
               relation
               of
               the
               French
               Nobility
               ,
               doe
               them
               great
               wrong
               ,
               to
               beleeve
               and
               report
               for
               truth
               ,
               what
               the
               
                 Cabinet
                 du
                 Roy
              
               ,
               one
               of
               their
               owne
               Country
               ,
               saith
               of
               them
               ;
               who
               according
               to
               the
               severall
               Provinces
               ,
               giveth
               them
               severall
               Epithites
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 Noblesse
                 of
                 Berry
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 are
                 Paillards
                 ;
                 Leachers
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Tourraine
                 ,
                 are
                 Voleurs
                 ,
                 Theeves
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Guyenne
                 ,
                 Coyners
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Tholouse
                 ,
                 Traitors
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Narbonne
                 Covetous
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Province
                 ,
                 Atheists
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 
                 Lyonnois
                 ,
                 Treacherous
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Rhoimes
                 ,
                 Superstition●●
                 they
                 of
                 Normandie
                 ,
                 Insolent
                 :
                 they
                 of
                 Pr●●●die
                 ,
                 Proud
                 ▪
                 and
                 so
                 forth
                 of
                 all
                 the
                 rest
                 .
              
            
             
               But
               I
               will
               doe
               them
               more
               right
               ,
               and
               conclude
               of
               them
               ,
               that
               for
               privilege
               and
               noblenesse
               of
               Race
               ,
               they
               may
               compare
               with
               any
               Nobility
               of
               Christendome
               .
               For
               proofe
               of
               the
               first
               ;
               The
               King
               hath
               nothing
               of
               his
               Noblesse
               ,
               but
               Sword-service
               .
               And
               for
               the
               second
               ,
               saith
               another
               ;
               The
               French
               Noblesse
               is
               composed
               of
               so
               famous
               houses
               ,
               that
               there
               are
               a
               dozen
               of
               them
               descended
               by
               right
               line
               from
               Kings
               ,
               that
               have
               peaceably
               possessed
               Kingdomes
               .
            
             
               Having
               briefly
               spoken
               of
               the
               two
               first
               Estates
               of
               France
               ,
               the
               Clergy
               and
               Nobility
               :
               It
               lastly
               remaineth
               ,
               I
               speake
               of
               the
               people
               in
               generall
               ,
               and
               namely
               ,
               of
               their
               freenesse
               of
               Speech
               ;
               manner
               of
               Diet
               ;
               kinds
               of
               Buildings
               ;
               sorts
               of
               Exercises
               ;
               fashion
               of
               Apparell
               ;
               diversitie
               of
               Language
               ;
               suddennesse
               of
               apprehending
               ;
               rashnesse
               in
               executing
               ;
               impatience
               in
               deliberation
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               natures
               and
               humours
               proper
               to
               the
               Frenchmen
               ;
               wherein
               ye
               shall
               not
               looke
               for
               a
               methodicall
               and
               large
               discourse
               ,
               but
               a
               briefe
               and
               compendious
               remembrance
               of
               such
               things
               ,
               as
               I
               have
               read
               and
               observed
               in
               this
               Nation
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               incredible
               to
               beleeve
               ,
               and
               odious
               to
               heare
               ,
               how
               the
               Frenchman
               will
               talke
               ,
               &
               impudently
               utter
               what
               he
               foolishly
               conceiveth
               ,
               not
               onely
               of
               all
               forren
               States
               and
               Princes
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               but
               even
               of
               their
               owne
               State
               and
               King
               himselfe
               ;
               of
               whom
               he
               will
               not
               spare
               to
               speake
               whatsoever
               hee
               heareth
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               also
               more
               than
               the
               truth
               ;
               which
               insufferable
               vice
               of
               theirs
               ,
               I
               here
               put
               in
               the
               first
               place
               ,
               because
               I
               hold
               it
               of
               all
               others
               the
               most
               disloyall
               and
               unlawfull
               .
               Hereof
               the
               wisest
               so●
               of
               them
               much
               complaine
               ,
               and
               wish
               reformation
               :
               but
               it
               is
               a
               thing
               so
               naturall
               with
               them
               ,
               as
            
             
               —
               Expellas
               furca
               licet
               ,
               usque
               recurret
               .
            
             
               He
               hath
               besides
               this
               liberty
               of
               speaking
               ,
               a
               propertie
               incident
               to
               such
               like
               natures
               :
               namely
               ,
               an
               inquisitive
               listning
               and
               hearkning
               after
               newes
               ,
               which
               is
               an
               old
               fashion
               of
               theirs
               ,
               and
               hath
               continued
               with
               them
               many
               hundred
               yeares
               .
               It
               is
               
               usuall
               with
               all
               the
               Gauls
               ,
               both
               to
               constraine
               Travellers
               (
               though
               unwilling
               )
               to
               stay
               ,
               and
               to
               inquire
               of
               each
               of
               them
               ,
               what
               hee
               hath
               heard
               or
               understood
               of
               every
               matter
               :
               and
               with
               the
               popular
               in
               Townes
               ,
               to
               flocke
               about
               Merchants
               ,
               and
               compell
               them
               to
               tell
               from
               what
               parts
               they
               come
               ,
               and
               what
               newes
               they
               heard
               there
               :
               And
               led
               by
               these
               rumours
               and
               heare-sayes
               ,
               they
               determine
               many
               times
               of
               most
               weightie
               affaires
               ,
               of
               which
               determinations
               they
               must
               needs
               eft-soones
               repent
               them
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               the
               diet
               ,
               it
               is
               ,
               to
               keepe
               no
               diet
               :
               for
               they
               feed
               at
               all
               times
               ,
               there
               being
               among
               them
               very
               few
               which
               (
               besides
               their
               ordinary
               of
               dinner
               and
               supper
               )
               doe
               not
               Gouster
               ,
               as
               they
               call
               it
               ,
               and
               make
               collations
               ,
               three
               or
               foure
               times
               the
               day
               ,
               a
               thing
               as
               usuall
               with
               the
               women
               as
               men
               ,
               whom
               yee
               shall
               see
               in
               open
               streets
               before
               their
               doores
               ,
               cat
               and
               drinke
               together
               .
               No
               marvell
               therefore
               though
               the
               Italian
               cals
               them
               the
               only
               Gourmands
               .
            
             
               The
               French
               fashion
               is
               to
               lard
               all
               meats
               ;
               whose
               provision
               ordinary
               is
               not
               so
               plentifull
               as
               ours
               ,
               nor
               his
               Table
               so
               well
               furnished
               :
               howbeit
               ,
               in
               Banquets
               they
               farre
               exceed
               us
               ;
               for
               he
               is
               as
               friand
               (
               licourish
               )
               as
               the
               Trencher-men
               of
               Media
               ,
               or
               Aesope
               the
               Tragedian
               ,
               who
               spent
               fifteene
               thousand
               crownes
               at
               one
               feast
               ,
               in
               the
               tongues
               of
               Birds
               only
               .
               He
               liveth
               not
               like
               the
               Italian
               ,
               with
               Roots
               chiefly
               and
               Hearbs
               :
               nor
               like
               the
               Lacedemonian
               ,
               that
               weares
               his
               haire
               shaven
               close
               to
               his
               skinne
               ,
               bathes
               himselfe
               in
               cold
               water
               ,
               eats
               browne
               bread
               ,
               and
               sups
               blacke
               broth
               .
               Nor
               like
               the
               Scythian
               ,
               who
               faith
               ,
               hunger
               is
               my
               best
               cheere
               ,
               the
               ground
               my
               bed
               ,
               Beasts
               skins
               my
               clothing
               ;
               but
               rather
               like
               Alcibiades
               ,
               of
               whom
               Plutarch
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               hee
               was
               over-delicate
               in
               his
               dyet
               ,
               dissolute
               in
               love
               of
               wanton
               women
               ,
               excessive
               in
               banquets
               ,
               and
               over-superfluous
               and
               ●ffeminate
               in
               apparell
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               poore
               Paisant
               ,
               hee
               fareth
               very-hardly
               ,
               and
               feedeth
               most
               upon
               bread
               and
               fruits
               ,
               but
               yet
               hee
               may
               comfort
               himselfe
               with
               this
               ;
               that
               though
               his
               fare
               be
               nothing
               so
               good
               as
               the
               Plough-mans
               and
               poore
               Artificers
               in
               England
               ,
               yet
               is
               it
               much
               better
               than
               that
               of
               the
               Villano
               in
               Italy
               .
            
             
             
               Of
               the
               French
               Buildings
               I
               have
               spoken
               before
               in
               the
               Relation
               of
               Paris
               ,
               both
               that
               it
               is
               lately
               growne
               to
               be
               more
               magnificent
               ,
               than
               it
               was
               in
               former
               times
               ,
               and
               that
               many
               thereby
               have
               much
               weakened
               their
               estate
               .
            
             
               You
               may
               therefore
               observe
               ,
               that
               as
               I
               there
               said
               ,
               the
               Citie
               of
               Paris
               was
               better
               built
               than
               that
               of
               London
               :
               so
               are
               in
               generall
               ,
               all
               the
               Cities
               and
               Villages
               in
               France
               ,
               fairer
               than
               ours
               in
               England
               ,
               comparing
               the
               one
               with
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               manner
               of
               Building
               here
               ,
               how
               beautifull
               soever
               it
               be
               to
               the
               eye
               ,
               the
               Offices
               and
               roomes
               ,
               me
               thinkes
               ,
               are
               not
               so
               well
               contrived
               as
               ours
               ,
               to
               the
               use
               .
               One
               thing
               there
               is
               ,
               by
               which
               they
               are
               much
               beautified
               ;
               namely
               ,
               the
               blewish
               kinde
               of
               Tyle
               ,
               which
               here
               they
               have
               in
               great
               quantitie
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               very
               hard
               ,
               and
               therefore
               durable
               ;
               and
               very
               thinne
               and
               light
               ,
               and
               therefore
               not
               so
               burthensome
               to
               a
               house
               ,
               as
               is
               our
               Tyle
               in
               England
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               their
               Apparell
               ,
               
               if
               yee
               well
               observe
               that
               of
               the
               Citizen
               ,
               both
               men
               and
               women
               ,
               it
               is
               very
               seemely
               and
               decent
               :
               that
               of
               the
               Paisant
               ,
               very
               poore
               ,
               all
               whose
               apparell
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               is
               of
               Linnen
               :
               As
               for
               that
               of
               the
               Noblesse
               ,
               yee
               shall
               heare
               what
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               saith
               ;
               
                 The
                 Noblesse
                 in
                 their
                 expence
                 in
                 apparell
                 ,
                 are
                 excessive
                 and
                 very
                 rich
                 .
              
               And
               yet
               mee
               thinkes
               ,
               nothing
               so
               rich
               and
               costly
               as
               ours
               ;
               the
               onely
               excesse
               whereof
               ,
               is
               the
               greatest
               prejudice
               and
               hinderance
               to
               the
               Common-wealth
               .
            
             
               This
               Author
               reproveth
               two
               things
               in
               the
               French
               Apparell
               .
               First
               ,
               that
               every
               Gallant
               ,
               forsooth
               ,
               must
               have
               many
               sutes
               at
               once
               ,
               and
               change
               often
               in
               the
               yeare
               :
               and
               therefore
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               if
               in
               the
               Court
               they
               spie
               one
               in
               a
               sute
               of
               the
               last
               yeares
               making
               ,
               they
               scoffingly
               say
               :
               
                 We
                 know
                 him
                 well
                 enough
                 ,
                 he
                 will
                 not
                 hurt
                 us
                 ,
                 hee
                 's
                 an
                 Apple
                 of
                 the
                 last
                 yeare
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               second
               thing
               he
               dislikes
               ,
               is
               this
               ;
               that
               every
               two
               yeare
               the
               fashion
               changeth
               .
               And
               hereof
               it
               commeth
               ,
               that
               when
               yee
               see
               all
               other
               Nations
               painted
               in
               the
               proper
               habit
               of
               their
               Countrey
               ,
               the
               Frenchman
               is
               alwayes
               pictured
               with
               a
               paire
               of
               Sheeres
               in
               his
               hand
               ;
               to
               signifie
               ,
               that
               he
               hath
               no
               peculiar
               habit
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               not
               contenteth
               himselfe
               long
               with
               the
               
               habit
               of
               any
               other
               ,
               but
               according
               to
               his
               capricious
               humour
               ,
               deviseth
               daily
               new
               fashions
               .
            
             
               This
               varietie
               of
               fashions
               ,
               a
               man
               may
               well
               note
               in
               the
               Fripperies
               of
               Paris
               ,
               whereof
               saith
               
                 La
                 Nove
              
               ,
               if
               one
               would
               make
               a
               pourtraict
               in
               a
               Table
               ,
               it
               would
               be
               the
               most
               sportfull
               thing
               that
               may
               be
               .
            
             
               I
               am
               now
               by
               order
               to
               speake
               of
               his
               Exercises
               :
               wherein
               ,
               
               me
               thinkes
               the
               Frenchman
               is
               very
               immoderate
               ,
               especially
               in
               those
               which
               are
               somewhat
               violent
               for
               yee
               shall
               see
               them
               play
               Sets
               at
               Tennis
               in
               the
               heat
               of
               Summer
               ,
               and
               height
               of
               the
               day
               ,
               when
               others
               were
               scarce
               able
               to
               stirre
               out
               of
               doo●es
               .
               This
               immoderate
               play
               ,
               in
               this
               unseasonable
               time
               ,
               together
               with
               their
               intemperate
               drinking
               and
               feeding
               ,
               is
               the
               only
               cause
               ,
               that
               here
               yee
               see
               them
               generally
               itchie
               and
               scabbed
               ;
               some
               of
               them
               in
               so
               foule
               a
               sort
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               unfit
               for
               any
               honest
               Table
               .
            
             
               Among
               all
               the
               other
               exercises
               of
               France
               ,
               I
               preferre
               none
               before
               the
               Palle-maille
               ,
               both
               because
               it
               is
               a
               Gentleman-like
               Sport
               ,
               not
               violent
               ,
               and
               yeelds
               good
               occasion
               and
               opportunitie
               of
               discourse
               ,
               as
               they
               walke
               from
               the
               one
               marke
               to
               the
               other
               :
               I
               marvell
               ,
               among
               many
               more
               apish
               and
               foolish
               toyes
               ,
               which
               wee
               have
               brought
               out
               of
               France
               ,
               that
               wee
               have
               not
               brought
               this
               sport
               also
               into
               England
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               their
               shooting
               with
               the
               Crosse-bow
               ,
               
               it
               is
               used
               ,
               but
               not
               very
               commonly
               .
               Once
               in
               a
               yeare
               ,
               there
               is
               in
               each
               City
               a
               shooting
               with
               the
               Peece
               at
               a
               Popingay
               of
               wood
               ,
               set
               upon
               some
               high
               Steeple
               (
               as
               also
               they
               doe
               in
               many
               places
               of
               Germanie
               .
               )
               He
               that
               hitteth
               it
               downe
               ,
               is
               called
               the
               king
               for
               that
               yeare
               ,
               and
               is
               free
               from
               all
               Tax
               :
               besides
               ,
               he
               is
               allowed
               twentie
               crownes
               towards
               the
               making
               of
               a
               Collation
               for
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               shooters
               .
               And
               if
               it
               happen
               ,
               that
               three
               yeares
               together
               he
               carry
               the
               Prize
               ,
               he
               is
               free
               from
               all
               tax
               and
               imposition
               whatsoever
               ,
               all
               his
               life
               after
               .
            
             
               This
               custome
               ,
               no
               question
               ,
               is
               very
               laudable
               ,
               whose
               end
               tendeth
               much
               to
               a
               publike
               benefit
               :
               for
               by
               this
               practice
               and
               emulation
               ,
               he
               groweth
               more
               ready
               and
               perfect
               in
               the
               use
               of
               his
               Peece
               ,
               and
               so
               more
               able
               and
               fit
               to
               doe
               his
               Country
               service
               .
               
               And
               I
               suppose
               ,
               if
               in
               times
               past
               we
               had
               had
               like
               Prizes
               for
               the
               long
               Bow
               (
               the
               ancient
               glory
               of
               our
               English
               service
               )
               we
               had
               not
               so
               soone
               quit
               the
               exercise
               thereof
               ,
               nor
               degenerated
               so
               far
               from
               ancient
               custome
               .
               So
               doe
               I
               thinke
               ,
               that
               in
               these
               dayes
               ,
               wherein
               the
               Peece
               is
               only
               prized
               ,
               if
               we
               have
               this
               fashion
               of
               France
               and
               Germanie
               ,
               in
               England
               ,
               to
               reward
               him
               in
               every
               place
               that
               should
               best
               deserve
               therein
               ;
               that
               our
               Country-man
               would
               grow
               more
               perfect
               and
               expert
               in
               the
               use
               thereof
               :
               at
               whose
               unaptnesse
               and
               aukwardnesse
               in
               their
               first
               training
               ,
               before
               they
               come
               to
               have
               served
               some
               time
               ,
               I
               have
               often
               marvelled
               .
            
             
               He
               hath
               also
               his
               sports
               of
               Bowling
               ,
               Carding
               ,
               Dicing
               ,
               and
               other
               unlawfull
               ,
               and
               unusefull
               games
               ;
               whereof
               I
               will
               omit
               to
               speake
               ,
               being
               too
               common
               both
               with
               them
               and
               us
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               exercise
               of
               Tennis-play
               ,
               
               which
               I
               above
               remembred
               ,
               it
               is
               more
               here
               used
               ,
               than
               in
               all
               Christendome
               besides
               ;
               whereof
               may
               witnesse
               the
               infinite
               number
               of
               Tennis-courts
               thorowout
               the
               Land
               ,
               insomuch
               as
               yee
               cannot
               finde
               that
               little
               Burgade
               ;
               or
               Towne
               in
               France
               ,
               that
               hath
               not
               one
               or
               moe
               of
               them
               .
               Here
               are
               ,
               as
               you
               see
               ,
               threescore
               in
               Orleans
               ,
               and
               I
               know
               not
               how
               many
               hundred
               there
               be
               in
               Paris
               :
               but
               of
               this
               I
               am
               sure
               ,
               that
               if
               there
               were
               in
               other
               places
               the
               like
               proportion
               ,
               yee
               should
               have
               two
               Tennis-courts
               ,
               for
               every
               one
               Church
               thorow
               France
               .
               Mee
               thinkes
               it
               is
               also
               strange
               ,
               how
               apt
               they
               be
               here
               to
               play
               well
               ,
               that
               yee
               would
               thinke
               they
               were
               borne
               with
               Rackets
               in
               their
               hands
               ,
               even
               the
               children
               themselves
               manage
               them
               so
               well
               ,
               and
               some
               of
               their
               women
               also
               ,
               as
               we
               observed
               at
               Blois
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               this
               one
               great
               abuse
               in
               their
               exercise
               ,
               that
               the
               Magistrates
               doe
               suffer
               every
               poore
               Citizen
               and
               Artificer
               to
               play
               thereat
               ,
               who
               spendeth
               that
               on
               the
               Holy-day
               at
               Tennis
               ,
               which
               hee
               got
               the
               whole
               weeke
               ,
               for
               the
               keeping
               of
               his
               p●o●e
               family
               .
               A
               thing
               more
               hurtfull
               than
               our
               Ale-houses
               in
               England
               ,
               though
               the
               one
               and
               the
               other
               be
               bad
               enough
               .
               And
               of
               this
               I
               dare
               assure
               you
               ,
               that
               of
               this
               sort
               of
               poore
               people
               ,
               there
               be
               more
               Tennis-players
               in
               France
               ,
               than
               Ale-drinkers
               ,
               or
               Malt-wormes
               (
               as
               they
               call
               them
               )
               with
               us
               .
            
             
             
               Neither
               would
               I
               speake
               of
               Dancing
               ,
               save
               only
               ,
               
               that
               I
               presume
               ,
               yee
               will
               give
               me
               leave
               ,
               for
               Methods
               sake
               ,
               having
               undertaken
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               French
               exercises
               ,
               not
               to
               omi●
               that
               of
               Dancing
               ,
               wherein
               they
               most
               delight
               ,
               and
               is
               most
               generally
               used
               of
               all
               others
               .
               And
               I
               am
               perswaded
               ,
               were
               it
               not
               for
               this
               ;
               That
               they
               of
               the
               Reformed
               Religion
               may
               not
               dance
               ,
               (
               being
               an
               exercise
               ,
               against
               which
               their
               strait-laced
               Ministers
               much
               inveigh
               )
               that
               there
               had
               long
               since
               many
               of
               the
               Catholikes
               turned
               to
               their
               side
               :
               so
               much
               are
               they
               all
               in
               generall
               addicted
               hereunto
               .
               For
               yee
               shall
               onely
               see
               the
               Gentlewomen
               and
               them
               of
               the
               better
               sort
               ,
               but
               every
               poore
               draggle-taile
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               Cobblers
               daughter
               ,
               that
               can
               dance
               with
               good
               measure
               and
               Art
               ,
               all
               your
               
                 Quarantes
                 ,
                 Levaltics
                 ,
                 Bransies
              
               ,
               and
               other
               dances
               whatsoever
               :
               not
               so
               much
               but
               the
               Chamber-maid
               ,
               and
               poore
               Citizens
               wife
               ,
               dance
               usually
               in
               the
               City-streets
               ,
               in
               a
               round
               ,
               like
               our
               Country
               Lasses
               on
               their
               Towne-greene
               ,
               about
               the
               May-pole
               ,
               making
               musick
               of
               their
               owne
               voices
               ,
               without
               any
               Instrument
               .
               And
               rather
               than
               saile
               ,
               the
               old
               women
               themselves
               ,
               both
               Gentle
               and
               base
               ,
               who
               have
               moe
               toes
               than
               teeth
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               are
               left
               ,
               leaping
               in
               their
               heads
               ,
               like
               Iacks
               in
               Virginals
               ,
               will
               beare
               their
               part
               .
               This
               argueth
               (
               I
               will
               not
               say
               a
               lightnesse
               and
               immodestie
               in
               behaviour
               ,
               but
               )
               a
               stirring
               spirit
               ,
               and
               livelinesse
               in
               the
               French
               nature
               :
               whereof
               also
               the
               musicke
               and
               songs
               they
               have
               ,
               
               is
               no
               small
               argument
               :
               for
               there
               is
               not
               almost
               a
               Tune
               in
               all
               France
               ,
               which
               is
               not
               Ienicke
               ,
               or
               Lydian
               ,
               of
               five
               or
               seven
               tunes
               :
               a
               note
               forbidden
               youth
               by
               Plato
               and
               Aristotle
               ,
               because
               ,
               saith
               Bodin
               ,
               it
               hath
               
                 great
                 force
                 and
                 power
                 to
                 soften
                 and
                 esseminate
                 mens
                 mindes
                 .
              
               The
               tune
               Doricke
               ,
               which
               is
               more
               grave
               musick
               ,
               and
               was
               commanded
               for
               the
               singing
               of
               Psalmes
               in
               the
               Primitive
               Church
               ,
               their
               inconstant
               and
               stirring
               humour
               cannot
               brooke
               by
               any
               meanes
               .
            
             
               It
               remaineth
               ,
               I
               speake
               of
               their
               Language
               ,
               
               of
               whom
               the
               Italian
               hath
               a
               Proverbe
               :
               The
               French
               neither
               pronounce
               as
               they
               write
               ,
               nor
               sing
               as
               they
               pricke
               ,
               nor
               thinke
               as
               they
               speake
               .
               In
               which
               first
               point
               ,
               they
               differ
               from
               the
               
                 Lutine
                 ,
                 Italian
                 ,
                 Spanish
              
               ,
               and
               Greek
               ,
               who
               fully
               pronounce
               every
               letter
               in
               the
               word
               :
               
               whereas
               the
               French
               to
               make
               his
               speech
               more
               smooth
               ,
               and
               Ceulante
               ,
               (
               as
               he
               termes
               it
               )
               leaves
               out
               very
               many
               of
               his
               consonants
               ,
               whereby
               it
               now
               is
               growne
               almost
               as
               sweet
               a
               tongue
               to
               the
               care
               ,
               as
               the
               Italian
               or
               Greeke
               :
               which
               two
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               many
               vowels
               ,
               are
               questionlesse
               the
               most
               delicate
               languages
               of
               the
               World.
               
            
             
               It
               now
               remaineth
               I
               speake
               of
               the
               French
               nature
               and
               humour
               ;
               which
               by
               the
               change
               of
               his
               speech
               ,
               apparell
               ,
               and
               building
               ,
               by
               his
               credulity
               to
               any
               tale
               which
               is
               told
               ,
               and
               by
               his
               impatience
               and
               haste
               in
               matter
               of
               deliberation
               ,
               whereof
               I
               shall
               not
               omit
               presently
               to
               speake
               ,
               ye
               may
               judge
               to
               be
               very
               idle
               ,
               
               wavering
               ,
               and
               inconstant
               .
               Saith
               one
               ,
               
                 As
                 the
                 Frenchmens
                 pronuntiation
                 is
                 very
                 fast
                 ,
                 so
                 are
                 their
                 wits
                 very
                 wavering
                 .
              
               And
               ye
               shall
               reade
               in
               Caesars
               Commentaries
               very
               often
               ,
               how
               he
               taxeth
               them
               of
               this
               leality
               and
               suddennesse
               :
               Caesar
               
                 being
                 informed
                 of
                 these
                 matters
                 ,
                 and
                 fearing
                 the
                 unstablenesse
                 of
                 the
                 Gaules
                 ,
                 (
                 as
                 being
                 sudden
                 and
                 wavering
                 in
                 their
                 resolutions
                 ,
                 and
                 generally
                 desirous
                 of
                 innovations
                 )
                 he
                 thought
                 fit
                 not
                 to
                 trust
                 them
                 :
              
               And
               in
               another
               place
               ,
               Caesar
               
                 understanding
                 that
                 almost
                 all
                 the
                 Gaules
                 were
                 naturally
                 hungrie
                 of
                 change
                 ,
                 and
                 unconstantly
                 and
                 suddenly
                 stirred
                 to
                 war
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               And
               againe
               ,
               
                 Vt
                 sunt
                 Gallorum
                 subita
                 &
                 repentina
                 consilia
                 :
              
               As
               the
               resolutions
               of
               the
               Gaules
               are
               sudden
               and
               unlooked
               for
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               To
               conclude
               ,
               if
               yee
               will
               rightly
               know
               the
               Nature
               and
               Humor
               of
               the
               ancient
               Gauls
               ,
               ye
               must
               reade
               the
               sixth
               of
               these
               Commentaries
               ,
               and
               you
               shall
               observe
               how
               strange
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               though
               all
               other
               things
               in
               the
               world
               are
               subject
               to
               change
               ,
               yet
               the
               same
               naturall
               of
               lightnesse
               and
               inconstancie
               still
               remaines
               in
               the
               French.
               This
               is
               aptly
               shewed
               by
               Haillan
               ,
               in
               his
               description
               of
               Lewis
               the
               eleventh
               :
               
                 If
                 he
                 had
                 one
                 thing
                 ,
                 he
                 straight
                 casts
                 his
                 affection
                 to
                 another
                 ,
                 being
                 violent
                 ,
                 busiehea●ed
                 ,
                 and
                 impatient
                 .
              
            
             
               To
               this
               accordeth
               another
               of
               their
               owne
               Writers
               ;
               
               
                 Such
                 is
                 the
                 condition
                 of
              
               France
               ,
               
                 that
                 if
                 she
                 have
                 no
                 Wars
                 abroad
                 against
                 powerfull
                 Neighbours
                 ,
                 shee
                 must
                 have
                 broiles
                 at
                 home
                 among
                 her
                 owne
                 Subjects
                 ,
                 and
                 her
                 working
                 spirits
                 can
                 never
                 remaine
                 long
                 quiet
                 .
              
               And
               therefore
               Tacitus
               cals
               them
               ,
               
                 Levissima
                 hominum
                 
                 gene●●
              
               :
               The
               most
               sickle
               kinde
               of
               Men
               ;
               sudden
               to
               beginne
               ,
               and
               more
               sudden
               to
               end
               ,
               apter
               to
               apprehend
               the
               action
               ,
               than
               comprehend
               the
               cause
               ,
               ready
               to
               lay
               hold
               ,
               not
               able
               to
               hold
               fast
               :
               as
               by
               the
               making
               and
               revoking
               of
               so
               many
               Edicts
               ,
               against
               the
               
                 Reformed
                 Religion
              
               in
               so
               short
               a
               time
               ,
               and
               by
               many
               other
               their
               actions
               appeareth
               .
            
             
               For
               ye
               must
               observe
               of
               the
               French
               ,
               that
               he
               entrech
               a
               Countrey
               like
               thunder
               ,
               and
               vanisheth
               out
               againe
               like
               smoke
               :
               He
               resembleth
               the
               Waspe
               .
               who
               after
               the
               first
               stroke
               ,
               loseth
               her
               sting
               ,
               and
               can
               hurt
               no
               more
               .
            
             
               He
               sheweth
               this
               his
               lightnesse
               and
               inconstancie
               ,
               
               not
               only
               in
               matters
               of
               service
               and
               warre
               ,
               but
               also
               even
               in
               other
               his
               actions
               and
               carriages
               :
               But
               in
               nothing
               more
               than
               in
               his
               familiarity
               ,
               with
               whom
               a
               stranger
               cannot
               so
               soone
               be
               off
               his
               herse
               ,
               but
               he
               will
               be
               acquainted
               ;
               nor
               so
               soone
               in
               his
               chamber
               ,
               but
               the
               other
               like
               an
               Ape
               will
               be
               on
               his
               shoulder
               :
               and
               as
               suddenly
               ,
               and
               without
               cause
               ye
               shall
               lose
               him
               also
               .
               A
               childish
               humour
               ,
               to
               be
               won
               with
               as
               little
               as
               an
               Apple
               ,
               &
               lost
               with
               lesse
               than
               a
               Nut
               :
               Quite
               contrary
               to
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Italian
               ,
               of
               whom
               ye
               shall
               in
               your
               travell
               observe
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               of
               too
               fullen
               and
               retired
               a
               fashion
               ,
               and
               a
               loupgarou
               (
               as
               the
               Frenchman
               cals
               him
               )
               wherein
               I
               would
               wish
               you
               to
               observe
               the
               vertue
               of
               the
               Englishman
               ,
               (
               for
               vertue
               is
               a
               mediocrity
               betweene
               two
               extremes
               )
               who
               is
               neither
               so
               childishly
               and
               ●pishly
               familiar
               as
               the
               French
               ,
               nor
               so
               scornfully
               and
               Cya●●ally
               solitary
               as
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               So
               are
               we
               in
               matter
               of
               Duell
               and
               private
               quarrell
               ,
               
               in
               a
               〈◊〉
               me
               thinks
               ,
               betwene
               these
               two
               Nations
               :
               for
               we
               are
               〈◊〉
               to
               devillishly
               mind
               fall
               of
               re●e●ge
               ,
               a
               ,
               notarry
               seven
               or
               ●●n
               yeares
               for
               an
               opportunity
               upon
               our
               enemy
               ,
               as
               doth
               the
               Italian
               not
               so
               inconsiderately
               hasty
               ,
               as
               we
               must
               needs
               either
               fight
               to
               day
               ,
               or
               be
               friends
               tomorrow
               ,
               as
               doth
               the
               French.
               
            
             
               Of
               the
               French
               carriage
               ,
               and
               manage
               of
               a
               quarrell
               ,
               how
               childish
               and
               ridiculous
               it
               is
               ,
               I
               have
               seene
               two
               or
               three
               examples
               ;
               wherein
               the
               parties
               have
               neither
               shewed
               judgement
               to
               know
               their
               owne
               right
               ,
               nor
               valour
               to
               revenge
               their
               wrong
               :
               whereas
               the
               English
               Gentleman
               ,
               with
               mature
               deliberation
               ,
               
               disputeth
               how
               farre
               his
               honour
               is
               ingaged
               ,
               by
               the
               injury
               offered
               ,
               and
               judiciously
               determineth
               his
               manner
               of
               satisfaction
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               quality
               of
               the
               offence
               :
               which
               done
               ,
               he
               presently
               imbarketh
               himselfe
               into
               the
               action
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               prescription
               of
               the
               old
               rule
               ,
               
                 Post
                 quam
                 consulueris
                 ,
                 mature
                 opus
                 est
                 facto
                 :
              
               wise
               resolutions
               should
               be
               speedily
               executed
               .
            
             
               I
               will
               here
               remember
               you
               of
               one
               other
               instance
               more
               ,
               wherein
               our
               Country-men
               keepe
               the
               golden
               meane
               ,
               betweene
               the
               two
               extremes
               of
               defect
               and
               excesse
               ,
               and
               wherein
               these
               two
               Nations
               of
               Italy
               and
               France
               are
               culpable
               ,
               and
               here
               worthily
               to
               be
               taxed
               .
            
             
               Wee
               may
               say
               of
               the
               Italian
               ,
               
               who
               maketh
               his
               house
               his
               wives
               prison
               ,
               as
               Plutarch
               saith
               of
               the
               
                 Persians
                 :
                 They
                 are
                 by
                 nature
                 strangely
                 and
                 cruelly
                 jealous
                 of
                 their
                 Women
                 ,
                 not
                 onely
                 of
                 their
                 Wives
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 of
                 their
                 Slaues
                 and
                 Concubines
                 ,
                 whom
                 they
                 guard
                 so
                 strainly
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 are
                 neuer
                 seene
                 abroad
                 ,
                 but
                 remaine
                 alwayes
                 locked
                 up
                 in
                 their
                 houses
                 :
              
               Whereas
               the
               French
               liberty
               on
               the
               other
               side
               is
               too
               much
               :
               for
               here
               a
               man
               hath
               many
               occasions
               offered
               upon
               any
               small
               entrance
               to
               come
               acquainted
               ;
               and
               upon
               every
               least
               acquaintance
               to
               enter
               ,
               where
               he
               may
               come
               to
               her
               house
               ,
               accompany
               her
               arme
               in
               arme
               in
               the
               streets
               ,
               court
               her
               in
               all
               places
               ,
               and
               at
               all
               leasons
               ,
               without
               imp●tation
               .
               Wherein
               me
               thinks
               ,
               the
               French
               married
               man
               doth
               as
               Plutarch
               reports
               of
               
                 Pericles
                 ,
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 Wals
                 and
                 fences
                 of
                 his
                 Orchards
                 and
                 Gardens
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 every
                 man
                 might
                 freely
                 enter
                 and
                 gather
                 fruit
                 at
                 his
                 pleasure
                 .
              
            
             
               No
               marvell
               then
               ,
               the
               bridle
               being
               left
               in
               their
               owne
               hands
               ,
               though
               sometimes
               they
               be
               saddled
               ,
               and
               their
               Husbands
               know
               not
               .
               You
               may
               observe
               therefore
               ,
               that
               in
               this
               matter
               of
               Wedlocke
               also
               ,
               the
               English
               use
               is
               better
               than
               either
               the
               Italian
               or
               French.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               also
               naturall
               to
               the
               French
               ,
               
               to
               be
               a
               great
               scoffer
               ;
               for
               men
               of
               light
               and
               unsteady
               braines
               ,
               have
               commonly
               sudden
               and
               sharpe
               conceits
               .
               Hereto
               also
               their
               language
               well
               agreeth
               ,
               as
               being
               currant
               and
               full
               of
               proverbs
               ;
               to
               which
               purpose
               I
               will
               
               remember
               you
               of
               two
               answers
               ,
               not
               long
               since
               made
               by
               two
               Frenchmen
               ,
               wherein
               you
               may
               observe
               how
               little
               esteeme
               they
               hold
               of
               the
               Roman
               Religion
               in
               heart
               ,
               though
               they
               make
               profession
               thereof
               in
               shew
               .
            
             
               The
               one
               of
               these
               being
               very
               f●ke
               ,
               and
               ,
               as
               was
               thought
               ,
               in
               danger
               of
               death
               ,
               his
               ghostly
               father
               comes
               to
               him
               with
               his
               
                 Corpus
                 Domini
              
               ,
               and
               tels
               him
               ,
               that
               hearing
               of
               the
               extremity
               wherein
               hee
               was
               ,
               hee
               had
               brought
               him
               his
               Saviour
               to
               comfort
               him
               before
               his
               departure
               .
               The
               sicke
               Gentleman
               with-drawing
               the
               curtaine
               ,
               and
               seeing
               there
               the
               fat
               lubberly
               Fryer
               with
               the
               Host
               in
               his
               hand
               ,
               answereth
               ;
               I
               know
               it
               is
               our
               Saviour
               ,
               he
               comes
               to
               me
               as
               he
               went
               to
               
                 Ierusalem
                 ,
                 C●
                 est
                 ,
                 vn
                 asne
                 qui
                 le
                 porte
                 :
              
               He
               is
               carried
               by
               an
               Asse
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               Gentleman
               upon
               like
               danger
               of
               sicknesse
               ,
               having
               the
               Frier
               come
               to
               him
               to
               instruct
               him
               in
               the
               Faith
               ,
               and
               after
               to
               give
               him
               the
               Host
               ,
               and
               the
               extreme
               unction
               (
               it
               was
               on
               a
               Friday
               )
               told
               him
               that
               he
               must
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               this
               
                 Corpus
                 Domini
              
               which
               he
               brought
               ,
               was
               the
               very
               reall
               flesh
               ,
               bloud
               ,
               and
               bone
               of
               our
               Saviour
               .
               Which
               after
               the
               sicke
               man
               had
               freely
               confessed
               ,
               the
               Frier
               offered
               it
               him
               to
               receive
               for
               his
               comfort
               .
               Nay
               ,
               quoth
               the
               other
               ,
               
                 You
                 shall
                 excuse
                 me
                 ,
                 for
                 I●
                 eat
                 no
                 flesh
                 on
                 Fridayes
                 .
              
               So
               that
               yee
               see
               the
               French
               will
               rather
               lose
               his
               God
               ,
               than
               his
               good
               jest
               .
            
             
               The
               French
               humour
               also
               (
               faith
               one
               )
               
                 Cannot
                 away
                 with
                 patience
                 vid
                 modesty
                 .
              
               And
               therefore
               another
               saith
               of
               him
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               as
               shamefast
               and
               modest
               ,
               
                 As
                 a
                 Page
                 of
                 the
                 Court.
              
               Or
               as
               Hiperbolus
               ,
               who
               ,
               Plutarch
               saith
               ,
               for
               his
               boldnesse
               and
               faucie
               impudency
               ,
               was
               the
               onely
               subject
               in
               his
               time
               ,
               for
               all
               Satyricks
               and
               Comedians
               to
               worke
               upon
               .
            
             
               He
               is
               also
               such
               a
               one
               ,
               as
               Theophrastus
               cals
               immundus
               ,
               uncleanly
               ;
               
                 Who
                 being
                 leprous
                 and
                 scabby
                 ,
                 and
                 wearing
                 long
                 unpared
                 nailes
                 ,
                 thrusts
                 himselfe
                 into
                 company
                 ,
                 and
                 sayes
                 ,
                 those
                 diseases
                 come
                 to
                 him
                 by
                 kinde
                 ;
                 for
                 both
                 his
                 Father
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 Grand-father
                 were
                 subject
                 unto
                 them
                 .
              
            
             
               He
               is
               loquax
               ,
               Talkative
               ,
               
                 who
                 had
                 rather
                 seeme
                 more
                 chatting
                 than
                 a
                 Swallow
                 ,
                 than
                 hold
                 his
                 peace
                 :
              
               so
               willing
               is
               he
               to
               make
               himselfe
               ridiculous
               .
               With
               which
               people
               (
               it
               is
               strange
               )
               
               yee
               shall
               talke
               all
               day
               ,
               and
               yet
               at
               night
               not
               remember
               whereof
               he
               hath
               talked
               ;
               such
               multiplicity
               of
               words
               he
               hath
               ;
               and
               so
               idle
               is
               the
               matter
               whereof
               he
               treateth
               .
            
             
               Hee
               is
               also
               I●t●mpest●vus
               ,
               unseasonably
               troublesome
               :
               
                 Who
                 〈◊〉
                 to
                 his
                 friend
                 f●●ll
                 of
                 businesse
                 ,
                 will
                 give
                 him
                 coun●●●
                 ,
                 before
                 hee
                 have
                 imparted
                 the
                 ma●●er
                 unto
                 him
                 :
              
               Of
               which
               kinde
               of
               people
               ,
               Theophrasrus
               bids
               us
               beware
               ,
               where
               he
               saith
               :
               
                 If
                 you
                 will
                 not
                 bee
                 troubled
                 with
                 a
                 sit
                 of
                 an
                 Ag●e
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 runne
                 as
                 fast
                 as
                 your
                 legs
                 can
                 carry
                 you
                 from
                 such
                 kinde
                 of
                 men
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 is
                 very
                 troublesome
                 living
                 with
                 fellowes
                 ,
                 that
                 cannot
                 distinguish
                 the
                 seasons
                 of
                 leasure
                 and
                 affaires
                 .
              
            
             
               He
               is
               Microphilotimos
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               proud
               of
               trifles
               :
               Who
               ,
               if
               he
               have
               sacrificed
               an
               Oxe
               ,
               useth
               to
               naile
               up
               the
               head
               and
               hornes
               at
               his
               gate
               ,
               that
               all
               that
               come
               to
               him
               ,
               may
               take
               notice
               that
               he
               hath
               kild
               an
               Oxe
               .
               And
               if
               hee
               bee
               to
               pay
               forty
               shillings
               ,
               will
               be
               sure
               to
               pay
               it
               in
               new-coined
               money
               .
               This
               is
               he
               that
               comes
               to
               the
               Tennis-Court
               ,
               throwes
               his
               purse
               full
               of
               coine
               at
               the
               line
               ,
               which
               giveth
               a
               found
               as
               if
               there
               were
               no
               lesse
               than
               thirty
               or
               forty
               crounes
               ,
               whenas
               sometimes
               by
               mischance
               we
               have
               discovered
               that
               it
               was
               nothing
               but
               Paper
               ,
               and
               a
               few
               Sols
               ,
               and
               doublesse
               of
               Brasse
               that
               made
               it
               so
               swell
               ,
               in
               all
               scarce
               eighteene
               pence
               sterling
               .
            
             
               Hee
               is
               Oftentator
               ,
               a
               Craker
               :
               who
               comming
               to
               such
               as
               have
               great
               horses
               to
               sell
               ,
               makes
               them
               beleeve
               he
               will
               buy
               some
               :
               And
               at
               great
               Faires
               ,
               drawing
               to
               their
               shops
               that
               sell
               apparell
               ,
               cals
               to
               see
               a
               sute
               of
               an
               hundred
               pounds
               ;
               and
               when
               they
               are
               agreed
               of
               the
               price
               ,
               fals
               out
               with
               his
               boy
               ,
               for
               following
               him
               without
               his
               purse
               .
               Such
               a
               one
               was
               the
               Gallant
               ,
               who
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               his
               discourse
               with
               many
               Gentlemen
               ,
               suddenly
               turned
               backe
               to
               his
               Lackie
               ,
               and
               saith
               ,
               Fetch
               me
               my
               Clocke
               ,
               it
               lies
               in
               my
               lodging
               in
               such
               (
               or
               such
               )
               a
               place
               ,
               neere
               such
               (
               or
               such
               )
               a
               Iewell
               .
               The
               Lalero
               bethinks
               himselfe
               that
               it
               is
               in
               his
               pocket
               :
               (
               which
               hee
               knew
               well
               enough
               before
               )
               presently
               he
               puls
               it
               out
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               to
               shew
               how
               the
               time
               passeth
               (
               whereof
               he
               takes
               little
               care
               )
               
               as
               the
               curiousnesse
               of
               worke
               ,
               and
               the
               beauty
               of
               the
               case
               ,
               whereof
               hee
               is
               not
               a
               little
               bragge
               and
               enamoured
               .
               To
               speake
               thus
               particularly
               of
               all
               his
               severall
               humours
               and
               customes
               ,
               would
               be
               very
               prolix
               ,
               and
               not
               much
               necessary
               :
               I
               will
               onely
               referre
               you
               to
               the
               fourth
               of
               
                 Tullies
                 Rhetorick
              
               ,
               where
               he
               speaketh
               of
               a
               bragging
               Rhodomonte
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               first
               Booke
               of
               
                 Horace
                 Satyres
              
               ,
               speaking
               of
               an
               endlesse
               and
               needlesse
               Prater
               ,
               a
               fastidious
               &
               irksome
               companion
               .
               Where
               you
               shall
               see
               the
               
                 French
                 naturall
              
               ,
               very
               lively
               ,
               and
               admirably
               well
               described
               .
            
             
               I
               will
               only
               speake
               of
               his
               impatience
               and
               precipitation
               in
               deliberations
               of
               Warre
               or
               Peace
               ,
               and
               such
               other
               affaires
               of
               greatest
               importance
               ,
               and
               so
               end
               .
               To
               this
               effect
               Bodin
               saith
               of
               him
               :
               The
               French
               is
               of
               so
               sudden
               and
               busie
               disposition
               ,
               that
               he
               quickly
               yeelds
               to
               that
               a
               man
               demands
               ,
               being
               soone
               tired
               with
               messages
               to
               and
               fro
               ,
               and
               other
               delayes
               peculiar
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               And
               in
               another
               place
               ;
               The
               Spaniard
               had
               need
               of
               a
               more
               ready
               dispatch
               than
               he
               hath
               ,
               and
               the
               French
               of
               more
               moderation
               in
               his
               actions
               and
               passions
               .
               And
               whereas
               Commines
               saith
               of
               us
               ,
               that
               we
               be
               not
               so
               craftie
               in
               our
               treaties
               and
               agreements
               as
               the
               French
               ;
               I
               thinke
               ,
               saving
               the
               credit
               of
               so
               great
               an
               Author
               ,
               he
               might
               better
               have
               said
               ,
               so
               head-strong
               and
               precipitate
               .
               But
               where
               he
               saith
               ,
               that
               he
               that
               will
               treat
               and
               determine
               matters
               with
               us
               ,
               must
               have
               a
               little
               patience
               ;
               I
               yeeld
               unto
               him
               ,
               hee
               hath
               good
               reason
               so
               to
               say
               ;
               for
               his
               Countrey-men
               ,
               the
               French
               ,
               can
               endure
               no
               delay
               ;
               they
               must
               propound
               &
               conclude
               all
               in
               one
               day
               .
               By
               this
               haste
               of
               theirs
               ,
               they
               lost
               more
               ,
               saith
               Bodin
               ,
               by
               one
               Treatie
               at
               
                 Cambrey
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1559.
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               than
               he
               had
               before
               got
               of
               the
               French
               in
               fortie
               yeares
               by
               warre
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Navarre
               .
            
             
               TO
               the
               Title
               and
               Armes
               of
               France
               wee
               see
               these
               of
               Navarre
               annexed
               ;
               notwithstanding
               that
               this
               Kingdome
               lies
               Westward
               of
               the
               P●rencan
               mountaines
               ,
               touching
               upon
               Arragon
               on
               its
               South
               ,
               and
               Biscar
               on
               its
               North
               part
               ,
               two
               of
               the
               Spanish
               Provinces
               .
               The
               old
               Inhabitants
               were
               the
               Vascones
               ,
               the
               Berones
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               present
               name
               of
               Navarre
               ,
               it
               hath
               either
               from
               the
               Spanish
               word
               Navas
               ,
               signifying
               a
               Campagnia
               ,
               or
               woodlesse
               champaigne
               Country
               or
               field
               ,
               naturally
               fenced
               with
               trees
               round
               about
               ,
               of
               which
               divers
               are
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               :
               or
               else
               from
               Navarrin
               ,
               a
               towne
               in
               the
               mountaines
               ,
               and
               a
               chiefe
               Fort
               against
               the
               Moores
               of
               old
               time
               .
               About
               the
               yeare
               716.
               
               
                 Garcia
                 Ximenes
              
               ,
               freeing
               it
               from
               the
               Moores
               ,
               gained
               it
               the
               honour
               of
               a
               petty
               Kingdome
               ;
               which
               his
               Ancestors
               so
               well
               increased
               ,
               that
               within
               three
               hundred
               yeares
               after
               Sancho
               the
               great
               wrote
               himselfe
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               for
               Leon
               he
               held
               by
               force
               ,
               Arragon
               had
               beene
               before
               united
               by
               marriage
               ;
               and
               himselfe
               obtained
               Castile
               in
               right
               of
               his
               wife
               :
               out
               of
               other
               parts
               hee
               had
               driven
               the
               Moores
               also
               .
               But
               this
               union
               himselfe
               againe
               disjoynted
               ,
               by
               a
               division
               of
               〈◊〉
               amongst
               his
               owne
               sonnes
               .
               Navarre
               thus
               againe
               dissevered
               ,
               came
               about
               the
               yeare
               1483.
               unto
               Katherine
               Countesse
               of
               ●●ix
               and
               Bigorre
               ,
               and
               Princesse
               of
               Bearne
               ;
               who
               unhappily
               marrying
               with
               Iohn
               Earle
               of
               Albret
               ,
               (
               a
               French
               Coun●●●●
               〈◊〉
               those
               three
               of
               his
               wives
               also
               )
               lost
               the
               Kingdome
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               The
               quarrell
               was
               this
               ;
               Lewis
               the
               twelfth
               of
               France
               falling
               at
               warres
               with
               the
               
                 Spaniards
                 ,
                 Venetians
              
               ,
               and
               Germans
               ,
               was
               seconded
               by
               this
               Iohn
               of
               Albret
               ,
               and
               both
               for
               this
               opposed
               and
               excommunicated
               by
               the
               Pope
               Iulius
               t●e
               se●o●d
               ;
               Navarre
               being
               by
               a
               Bull
               exposed
               to
               the
               Invader
               .
               Vpon
               this
               hint
               Ferdinand
               of
               Spaine
               puts
               in
               ;
               demands
               passage
               thorow
               Navarre
               for
               his
               Army
               pretended
               against
               the
               
               Moores
               :
               which
               upon
               deniall
               of
               his
               request
               ,
               he
               turnes
               upon
               Navarre
               :
               and
               before
               the
               slow
               succours
               could
               come
               out
               of
               France
               ,
               carries
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               as
               a
               box
               on
               the
               eare
               being
               given
               in
               resistance
               .
               Thus
               the
               Spaniard
               ga●
               the
               possession
               ,
               though
               Henry
               of
               Albret
               (
               sonne
               to
               Katherine
               and
               Iohn
               aforesaid
               )
               retaines
               the
               title
               :
               from
               whom
               also
               the
               French
               King
               challengeth
               it
               ;
               as
               being
               descended
               of
               this
               Henry
               ,
               and
               his
               wife
               Margaret
               of
               Valois
               ,
               Sister
               to
               King
               Francis
               of
               France
               :
               from
               whom
               came
               
                 Ioan
                 Albret
              
               ,
               Queen
               of
               Navarre
               ,
               whose
               husband
               was
               Anthony
               Duke
               of
               Burbon
               :
               whose
               son
               was
               Henry
               the
               great
               ,
               King
               of
               Navarre
               first
               ,
               and
               of
               France
               afterward
               ,
               whose
               sonne
               in
               Lewis
               the
               thirteenth
               ,
               the
               present
               King
               of
               France
               .
            
             
               The
               chiefe
               Citie
               of
               Navarre
               is
               Pampelona
               :
               the
               strength
               is
               made
               use
               of
               by
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               as
               a
               Bulwarke
               against
               France
               ;
               there
               being
               but
               two
               passages
               thorow
               the
               Pyrenean
               mountaines
               out
               of
               this
               kingdome
               into
               Bearne
               in
               France
               ,
               which
               he
               easily
               keepes
               fortified
               .
            
          
           
             
               Belgia
               ,
               Netherland
               .
            
             
               NExt
               lyeth
               the
               seventeene
               Provinces
               ,
               called
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               the
               Netherlands
               ,
               or
               
                 Germania
                 Inferior
              
               ,
               concerning
               whom
               ,
               the
               world
               can
               but
               wonder
               ,
               how
               any
               Prince
               would
               neglect
               such
               a
               benefit
               and
               inheritance
               of
               goodnesse
               ,
               greatnesse
               ,
               and
               wealth
               ,
               which
               united
               with
               the
               love
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               would
               have
               exceeded
               Spaine
               for
               Revenues
               ,
               multitude
               of
               people
               ,
               Cities
               ,
               shipping
               ,
               and
               all
               things
               else
               tending
               to
               worldly
               felicitie
               .
               In
               observing
               the
               distraction
               whereof
               ,
               a
               discreet
               Reader
               may
               truly
               learne
               the
               inconstancie
               of
               worldly
               prosperitie
               ,
               most
               commonly
               procured
               by
               Princes
               themselves
               in
               following
               ill
               counsell
               and
               youthfull
               distemperature
               .
            
             
               The
               Region
               containeth
               the
               Dukedomes
               of
               
                 Brabant
                 ,
                 Limburk
                 ,
                 Luzzenburg
              
               ,
               and
               G●lderland
               :
               the
               Earledoms
               of
               
                 Flanders
                 ,
                 
                 Artoys
                 ,
                 Hennalt
                 ,
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Zealand
                 ,
                 Nemours
                 ,
              
               and
               Z●●ph●●
               :
               the
               Marquesa●e
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               the
               Lordships
               of
               
                 Friesland
                 .
                 M●e●●lin
                 ,
                 Virech
                 ,
                 Over-isel
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Groning
                 ,
                 East
                 Friesland
              
               belongeth
               to
               a
               Prince
               of
               its
               owne
               ,
               who
               ever
               disclaimed
               to
               bee
               united
               to
               the
               residue
               ,
               belike
               to
               prevent
               all
               claime
               ,
               that
               either
               Empe●our
               or
               King
               might
               by
               cavill
               lay
               thereunto
               .
               They
               invented
               the
               Art
               of
               Printing
               ,
               restored
               Musicke
               ,
               framed
               the
               Chario●
               ,
               devised
               the
               laying
               of
               colours
               in
               Oyle
               ,
               the
               working
               of
               colours
               in
               Glasse
               ,
               the
               making
               of
               Tapestrie
               ,
               Sayes
               ,
               Searges
               ,
               Woosteds
               ,
               Frisadoes
               ,
               and
               divers
               sorts
               of
               Linnen-cloth
               ,
               with
               innumerable
               other
               small
               trifles
               :
               all
               sorts
               of
               Clocks
               and
               Dials
               ,
               and
               the
               Mariners
               Compasse
               .
            
             
               In
               these
               Provinces
               are
               numbred
               two
               hundred
               and
               eight
               great
               Townes
               munited
               with
               wals
               ,
               
               ramparts
               ,
               ditches
               ,
               warlike
               ports
               ,
               draw-bridges
               ,
               and
               in
               which
               are
               continuall
               guards
               ,
               either
               of
               the
               Burgers
               ,
               of
               Souldiers
               lying
               there
               in
               garrison
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               proximitie
               of
               the
               enemie
               ,
               the
               importance
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               of
               necessitie
               of
               the
               time
               .
            
             
               The
               Villages
               (
               or
               Dorps
               )
               are
               six
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               ,
               beautified
               with
               Churches
               imbatteled
               ,
               and
               of
               many
               severall
               fashions
               ,
               besides
               Granges
               ,
               Castles
               ,
               Religious
               houses
               ,
               Towers
               ,
               and
               Gentlemens
               Manours
               .
               The
               aire
               seemeth
               moist
               ,
               yet
               not
               prejudiciall
               to
               the
               health
               of
               the
               inhabitants
               :
               for
               in
               the
               Campaine
               of
               Brabant
               ,
               men
               live
               an
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               and
               glory
               in
               the
               same
               ,
               as
               if
               the
               promise
               were
               fulfilled
               in
               them
               ,
               
                 to
                 haue
                 their
                 dayes
                 long
                 in
                 the
                 Land
                 which
                 the
                 Lord
                 God
                 hath
                 given
                 them●
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Emperour
               Charles
               had
               an
               intention
               to
               erect
               it
               into
               a
               Kingdome
               ,
               but
               the
               difficultie
               consisted
               herein
               ,
               that
               every
               of
               th●se
               Provinces
               being
               governed
               by
               peculiar
               customes
               ,
               prerogatives
               ,
               and
               privileges
               ;
               would
               never
               have
               yeelded
               unto
               one
               Royall
               Law
               ,
               common
               to
               all
               ,
               especially
               those
               that
               had
               the
               largest
               privileges
               :
               for
               which
               cause
               he
               gave
               over
               his
               determination
               .
               It
               is
               seated
               commodiously
               for
               all
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Europe
               and
               containeth
               in
               circuit
               about
               a
               thousand
               Italian
               miles
               .
               The
               aire
               of
               later
               times
               is
               become
               much
               more
               wholesome
               and
               temperate
               than
               in
               times
               past
               ,
               whether
               it
               be
               by
               reason
               
               of
               the
               increase
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               or
               industry
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               who
               spare
               no
               charge
               to
               amend
               whatsoever
               is
               amisse
               .
            
             
               Whosoever
               shall
               consider
               what
               commodity
               they
               raise
               by
               the
               fishing
               and
               traffike
               onely
               ,
               may
               well
               say
               ,
               that
               no
               Nation
               through
               the
               whole
               world
               may
               compare
               with
               them
               for
               riches
               .
               For
               Guicciardine
               writeth
               ,
               that
               of
               their
               Herring-fishing
               ,
               they
               make
               yearely
               441000.
               pound
               sterling
               ;
               their
               fishing
               for
               Cod
               150000.
               pound
               sterling
               :
               and
               of
               their
               fishing
               for
               Salmon
               more
               than
               200000.
               crownes
               ,
               which
               is
               of
               sterling
               money
               60000.
               pound
               .
               The
               continuall
               riches
               that
               groweth
               in
               the
               Country
               ,
               of
               other
               sorts
               of
               fish
               taken
               all
               the
               yeare
               ,
               is
               infinite
               .
               The
               value
               of
               the
               principall
               Merchandize
               yearely
               brought
               in
               ,
               and
               carried
               out
               ,
               is
               likewise
               infinite
               ;
               the
               aforesaid
               Author
               esteemeth
               it
               to
               be
               about
               foureteene
               millions
               ;
               one
               hundred
               and
               thirty
               crownes
               :
               whereof
               England
               only
               bringeth
               to
               the
               value
               of
               five
               millions
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               thousand
               crowns
               .
               It
               is
               a
               wonder
               to
               see
               ,
               how
               that
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               all
               these
               Provinces
               (
               especially
               of
               Brabant
               and
               Flanders
               )
               understand
               and
               speake
               two
               or
               three
               languages
               ,
               and
               some
               foure
               or
               more
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               entercourse
               with
               strangers
               ,
               yea
               ,
               in
               Antwerp
               you
               shall
               heare
               the
               women
               speake
               
                 Dutch
                 ,
                 French
                 ,
                 Italian
                 ,
                 Spanish
                 ,
              
               and
               English.
               The
               Countrey
               is
               everywhere
               bettered
               by
               navigable
               Rivers
               ,
               
               and
               those
               not
               empty
               handed
               ,
               but
               affording
               delicate
               water
               ,
               and
               excellent
               fish
               .
               It
               is
               reasonably
               beautified
               with
               woods
               ,
               affording
               materials
               to
               build
               withall
               ,
               and
               pleasure
               for
               hunting
               .
               It
               is
               smally
               ,
               or
               not
               at
               all
               mountainous
               ,
               except
               about
               
                 Namurs
                 ,
                 Lutzenburg
              
               ,
               and
               Henalt
               :
               fruitfull
               of
               corne
               ,
               grasse
               ,
               and
               herbs
               fit
               for
               medicine
               :
               in
               some
               places
               of
               Brabant
               and
               Gelder-land
               full
               of
               heath
               ,
               yet
               not
               so
               barren
               but
               cartell
               are
               well
               sustained
               there
               ,
               their
               flesh
               having
               an
               exdinary
               sweet
               taste
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               free
               from
               those
               creatures
               which
               are
               either
               noysome
               or
               dangerous
               to
               man
               ,
               and
               wanteth
               none
               of
               those
               blessings
               wherwith
               the
               God
               of
               all
               blessings
               indoweth
               a
               country
               ,
               but
               a
               noble
               Prince
               ,
               unity
               of
               Religion
               ,
               and
               a
               quiet
               Government
               .
               Which
               if
               it
               might
               please
               the
               Almighty
               to
               regrant
               ,
               it
               would
               
               questionlesse
               shine
               as
               the
               Sunne
               amongst
               the
               inferiour
               Planets
               ,
               with
               the
               rest
               of
               their
               adjacent
               neighbours
               ,
               in
               treasure
               ,
               potencie
               ,
               content
               ,
               and
               ordinary
               felicitie
               .
            
             
               For
               their
               Forces
               at
               Land
               ,
               
               of
               them
               it
               may
               truly
               be
               reported
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               not
               only
               made
               their
               parties
               good
               against
               the
               potent
               wealth
               and
               exact
               discipline
               of
               the
               Spanish
               ,
               but
               have
               also
               at
               all
               times
               prevented
               the
               intimations
               ,
               intrusions
               ,
               and
               underminings
               of
               all
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               and
               lately
               regained
               the
               freedome
               of
               their
               ancient
               libertie
               ,
               even
               to
               point
               of
               admiration
               ;
               
                 That
                 where
                 all
                 other
                 Nations
                 grow
                 poore
                 by
                 warre
                 ,
                 they
                 only
                 thrive
                 and
                 become
                 rich
                 .
              
            
             
               For
               the
               store
               of
               shipping
               they
               are
               also
               immatchable
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1587.
               the
               King
               of
               Denmarke
               upon
               some
               pretences
               of
               displeasure
               ,
               arrested
               one
               with
               another
               600.
               in
               the
               Sunds
               at
               one
               time
               .
               In
               88.
               upon
               short
               warning
               they
               rigged
               to
               the
               narrow
               seas
               100.
               good
               men
               of
               warre
               .
               And
               if
               suggestion
               deceive
               not
               ,
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Zealand
              
               ,
               and
               Freesland
               ,
               are
               said
               to
               rejoyce
               in
               the
               possession
               of
               2500.
               good
               ships
               ,
               from
               150.
               to
               700.
               tun
               a
               peece
               .
            
             
               In
               regard
               whereof
               ,
               other
               nations
               professing
               the
               same
               religion
               ,
               and
               accommodated
               with
               like
               advantages
               ,
               may
               first
               observe
               ,
               to
               what
               height
               of
               courage
               and
               confidence
               this
               people
               is
               growne
               ,
               by
               good
               order
               and
               faithfull
               dealing
               ;
               who
               in
               truth
               (
               being
               but
               two
               or
               three
               small
               shires
               )
               have
               for
               forty
               yeares
               space
               resisted
               and
               beaten
               the
               forces
               of
               a
               mighty
               King
               ,
               who
               keepes
               
                 Millan
                 ,
                 Naples
              
               ,
               and
               Sicil
               ,
               under
               great
               bondage
               ,
               in
               despight
               of
               all
               the
               Italians
               ,
               for
               valour
               and
               policie
               notwithstanding
               proclaiming
               themselves
               to
               be
               the
               sole
               Minions
               of
               the
               habitable
               world
               .
               But
               truth
               is
               ;
               These
               petty
               Princes
               have
               not
               now
               those
               daring
               spirits
               which
               they
               had
               in
               former
               times
               ,
               when
               the
               
                 Visconti
                 ,
                 Neapolitans
                 ,
                 Fortibrachio
                 ,
                 Francis
                 Sforza
                 ,
              
               with
               other
               Lords
               and
               Common-weales
               ,
               were
               of
               power
               to
               invade
               the
               territories
               of
               the
               Church
               ,
               and
               inforce
               the
               Romans
               themselves
               to
               thrust
               their
               Pope
               Eugenius
               out
               of
               Rome
               ,
               to
               save
               their
               citie
               from
               sacking
               .
            
             
               The
               Country
               now
               representeth
               unto
               all
               Christendome
               nothing
               more
               livelier
               than
               a
               Schoole
               of
               Martiall
               Discipline
               ,
               
               whereunto
               all
               Nations
               resort
               to
               learne
               and
               see
               the
               practice
               of
               Armes
               ,
               and
               the
               models
               of
               Fortifications
               .
            
             
               Whereupon
               no
               few
               considerations
               are
               to
               be
               observed
               :
               first
               ,
               into
               what
               follies
               and
               extremities
               Princes
               run
               ,
               by
               inuring
               their
               people
               to
               the
               assiduitie
               of
               warfare
               :
               and
               secondly
               ,
               what
               great
               advantages
               a
               small
               or
               weake
               Estate
               gaineth
               ,
               by
               fortifying
               places
               and
               passages
               :
               for
               surely
               there
               is
               nothing
               that
               sooner
               undoeth
               a
               great
               Price
               ,
               than
               to
               be
               forced
               to
               besiege
               a
               Towne
               which
               is
               excellently
               defended
               ;
               because
               herein
               he
               consumeth
               his
               time
               ,
               and
               most
               commonly
               loseth
               his
               reputation
               .
               As
               did
               Amurath
               before
               
                 Belgrade
                 :
                 Soliman
              
               before
               
                 Vienna
                 :
                 Charles
              
               the
               fifth
               before
               
                 Mets
                 :
                 Francis
              
               the
               first
               before
               
                 Pauie
                 :
                 Maximilian
              
               before
               Padoa
               :
               The
               Catholikes
               before
               Rochel
               :
               The
               Protestants
               before
               
                 Saint
                 Iohn
                 de
                 Angeli
              
               :
               And
               Albert
               before
               Oastend
               .
               This
               manner
               of
               defence
               grew
               in
               use
               first
               in
               Italie
               ,
               by
               occasion
               of
               the
               comming
               of
               Charles
               to
               the
               Conquest
               of
               Naples
               ,
               whose
               manner
               of
               warfare
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               terrour
               of
               his
               Ordnance
               (
               never
               before
               that
               time
               practised
               in
               Italie
               )
               gave
               the
               Inhabitants
               occasion
               to
               raise
               their
               wits
               to
               the
               utmost
               of
               resistance
               .
               Then
               followed
               the
               famous
               overthrow
               of
               the
               Venetians
               at
               Caravaggio
               ;
               where
               in
               an
               adverse
               battell
               ,
               they
               almost
               lost
               all
               they
               held
               upon
               the
               sinne
               Land.
               By
               which
               examples
               ,
               Princes
               being
               instructed
               in
               the
               danger
               that
               came
               by
               fields
               so
               foughten
               ,
               the
               most
               part
               afterward
               turned
               all
               their
               imaginations
               of
               defence
               from
               the
               field
               to
               fortresses
               .
               And
               the
               first
               that
               put
               this
               in
               practice
               to
               his
               highest
               commendation
               ,
               was
               
                 Prosper
                 Collouna
              
               ,
               who
               at
               two
               severall
               times
               most
               honourably
               defended
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Milla●ne
               against
               the
               French
               ,
               only
               by
               shutting
               them
               from
               victuall
               ,
               wearying
               them
               with
               all
               manner
               of
               distresses
               ,
               and
               opposing
               them
               to
               the
               want
               of
               all
               things
               requisite
               for
               an
               Armie
               .
            
             
               Whether
               the
               Netherlands
               borrowed
               this
               discreetnesse
               from
               the
               Italians
               ,
               or
               more
               lately
               provided
               for
               their
               best
               safeties
               ,
               being
               by
               long
               time
               beaten
               with
               the
               rod
               of
               experience
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               here
               dispute
               ;
               but
               sure
               I
               am
               ,
               that
               by
               this
               manner
               of
               discipline
               ,
               they
               only
               of
               all
               Christendome
               have
               made
               best
               
               use
               thereof
               ;
               As
               the
               people
               to
               whose
               glory
               ,
               industry
               ,
               patience
               ,
               and
               fortitude
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               a
               good
               cause
               ,
               too
               much
               honour
               and
               commendation
               can
               never
               be
               attributed
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               States
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
            
             
               ALL
               the
               seventeene
               Provinces
               of
               Netherland
               were
               sometimes
               under
               one
               Lord
               :
               but
               privileges
               being
               broken
               ,
               and
               warres
               arising
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               (
               the
               naturall
               Lord
               of
               all
               these
               Low-Countries
               )
               was
               in
               the
               treaty
               of
               peace
               ,
               Anno
               1606.
               inforced
               to
               renounce
               all
               pretence
               of
               his
               owne
               right
               to
               these
               confederate
               Provinces
               ;
               Since
               when
               ,
               we
               may
               well
               handle
               them
               by
               themselves
               ,
               as
               an
               absolute
               and
               a
               free
               State
               of
               Government
               ,
               as
               the
               Spaniard
               himselfe
               acknowledged
               them
               .
               The
               Provinces
               united
               are
               these
               ;
               
                 Zeland
                 ,
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Vtrich
                 ,
                 Over-Isell
                 ,
                 Zutphen
                 ,
                 Groningen
                 ,
              
               three
               quarters
               of
               Gelderland
               ,
               with
               some
               peeces
               of
               Brabant
               and
               Flanders
               :
               This
               union
               was
               made
               Anno
               1581.
               
               The
               Fleets
               and
               Forces
               of
               which
               Confederation
               ,
               are
               from
               the
               chiefe
               Province
               altogether
               called
               Hollanders
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               of
               these
               is
               Zeland
               ,
               whose
               name
               given
               it
               by
               the
               Danes
               of
               Zeland
               in
               Scandia
               ,
               notifies
               its
               nature
               ,
               
                 A
                 land
                 overflowed
                 with
                 the
                 Sea.
              
               Broken
               it
               is
               into
               seven
               Ilands
               :
               whereof
               those
               three
               to
               the
               East
               beyond
               the
               River
               Scheld
               ,
               and
               next
               to
               Holland
               are
               
                 Schowen
                 ,
                 Duvelant
              
               ,
               and
               Tolen
               :
               the
               other
               foure
               be
               
                 Walcheren
                 ,
                 Zuyd-beverlant
                 ,
                 Nort-beverlant
              
               ,
               and
               Wolferdijck
               .
            
             
               
               1.
               
               
                 T'land
                 van
                 Schowen
              
               is
               seven
               of
               their
               miles
               about
               ,
               parted
               with
               a
               narrow
               fret
               from
               Nort-beverlant
               .
               The
               chiefe
               towne
               is
               Zierickzee
               ,
               the
               ancientest
               of
               all
               Zeland
               ,
               built
               849.
               
               The
               Port
               sometimes
               traded
               unto
               is
               now
               choaked
               with
               sand
               ,
               
               which
               they
               labour
               to
               cleare
               againe
               .
               2.
               
               Duveland
               (
               so
               named
               of
               the
               Doves
               )
               foure
               miles
               about
               ,
               hath
               some
               townes
               ,
               but
               no
               
               City
               .
               3.
               
               Tolen
               ,
               called
               so
               of
               the
               chiefe
               towne
               ;
               as
               that
               was
               of
               the
               Tolle
               ,
               there
               payed
               by
               the
               boats
               comming
               downe
               the
               
               Scheld
               .
               4.
               
               The
               chiefe
               of
               the
               seven
               is
               Walcheren
               ,
               ten
               miles
               
               compasse
               ;
               so
               named
               of
               the
               Walsh
               or
               Galles
               .
               In
               the
               middle
               of
               it
               is
               Middleburgh
               ,
               the
               prime
               Citie
               of
               Zeland
               ,
               and
               a
               goodly
               Towne
               ;
               other
               Cities
               it
               hath
               ,
               as
               
                 Vere
                 ,
                 Armuyden
              
               ,
               and
               Flushing
               ,
               all
               fortified
               .
               5.
               
               Zuyd-beverlant
               ,
               &
               Nort-beverlant
               ,
               
               so
               named
               of
               the
               Bavarians
               .
               The
               first
               is
               now
               ten
               miles
               about
               :
               The
               Cities
               are
               Romerswael
               ,
               much
               endangered
               by
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               divided
               from
               the
               Island
               ;
               and
               Goesse
               or
               Tergoose
               ,
               a
               pretty
               and
               a
               rich
               towne
               .
               6.
               
               Nort-beverlant
               ,
               quite
               drowned
               
               in
               the
               yeare
               1532.
               but
               one
               towne
               .
               7.
               
               Wolferdijck
               ,
               that
               
               is
               ,
               Wolfers-banke
               ,
               hath
               now
               but
               two
               Villages
               upon
               it
               .
               Zeland
               hath
               ten
               Cities
               in
               all
               .
               The
               land
               is
               good
               ,
               and
               excellently
               husbanded
               ,
               the
               water
               brackish
               .
               Their
               gaines
               comes
               in
               by
               that
               which
               brought
               their
               losses
               ,
               the
               Sea.
               Their
               wheat
               is
               very
               good
               ;
               some
               store
               they
               have
               the
               Cowes
               ,
               but
               more
               of
               Sheepe
               ;
               great
               store
               of
               Salt-houses
               they
               have
               ,
               for
               the
               refining
               of
               Salt
               ;
               of
               which
               they
               make
               great
               merchandize
               .
               The
               Zelanders
               were
               converted
               to
               the
               faith
               by
               our
               Country-man
               Willebrord
               ,
               before
               Charles
               the
               greats
               time
               .
            
             
               HOlland
               ,
               so
               named
               ,
               either
               
                 quasi
                 Holt-land
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               
               the
               Wood-land
               ;
               which
               woods
               they
               say
               were
               destroyed
               by
               a
               mighty
               tempest
               ,
               Anno
               860.
               the
               roots
               and
               truncks
               of
               which
               being
               often
               here
               found
               ;
               or
               
                 quasi
                 Hol-land
              
               ,
               Hollow
               and
               light
               land
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               indeed
               .
               But
               most
               likely
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Danes
               also
               comming
               from
               Olandt
               in
               their
               owne
               Countrie
               ,
               gave
               name
               to
               this
               Province
               ,
               as
               they
               did
               to
               Zeland
               also
               .
               The
               whole
               compasse
               is
               not
               above
               sixtie
               of
               their
               miles
               ;
               the
               breadth
               in
               most
               places
               is
               not
               above
               six
               houres
               travelling
               with
               a
               Wagon
               ;
               and
               in
               some
               places
               scarce
               a
               mile
               over
               .
               The
               whole
               is
               divided
               into
               
                 South-Holland
                 ,
                 Kinheymar
                 ,
                 West-Freesland
                 ,
                 Waterlandt
                 ,
              
               and
               Goytland
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Towne
               is
               Dort
               ,
               but
               the
               goodliest
               and
               richest
               is
               Amsterdam
               ;
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Townes
               of
               merchandize
               in
               the
               whole
               world
               ;
               they
               have
               almost
               twenty
               other
               Cities
               strong
               and
               elegant
               .
               At
               Leyden
               there
               being
               a
               College
               and
               Vniversity
               .
               Their
               banks
               ,
               mils
               ,
               and
               other
               workes
               for
               keeping
               out
               the
               
               Sea
               ,
               be
               most
               admirable
               ,
               vast
               ,
               and
               expensive
               .
               Three
               of
               the
               foure
               Elements
               are
               there
               and
               in
               Zeland
               starke
               naught
               ;
               then
               Water
               brackish
               ,
               their
               Aire
               foggie
               ,
               &
               their
               Fire
               smokish
               ,
               made
               of
               their
               Turses
               ,
               for
               which
               they
               are
               said
               to
               burne
               up
               their
               owne
               land
               before
               the
               day
               of
               Iudgement
               .
               The
               men
               are
               rather
               bigge
               than
               strong
               ;
               some
               accuse
               them
               to
               love
               their
               penny
               better
               than
               they
               doe
               a
               stranger
               .
               Their
               women
               are
               the
               incomparable
               huswives
               of
               the
               world
               ;
               and
               (
               if
               you
               looke
               off
               their
               faces
               ,
               upon
               their
               linnen
               and
               houshold
               stuffe
               )
               are
               very
               neat
               and
               cleanly
               .
               At
               their
               Innes
               they
               have
               a
               kinde
               of
               open-heartednesse
               ,
               and
               you
               shall
               be
               sure
               to
               finde
               it
               in
               your
               reckoning
               .
               Their
               land
               is
               passing
               good
               for
               Cowes
               :
               they
               live
               much
               upon
               their
               butter
               ,
               and
               they
               bragge
               mightily
               of
               their
               cheeses
               .
               As
               for
               flesh-meat
               ,
               I
               thinke
               that
               a
               Hawke
               in
               England
               eats
               more
               in
               a
               moneth
               ,
               than
               a
               rich
               Boore
               ,
               nay
               ,
               than
               a
               sufficient
               corporall
               Burger
               does
               in
               six
               weekes
               .
               The
               industry
               of
               the
               people
               is
               wonderfull
               :
               so
               many
               ditches
               have
               they
               made
               thorow
               the
               Country
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               not
               the
               most
               I●land
               Boore
               ,
               but
               he
               can
               row
               from
               his
               owne
               doore
               to
               all
               the
               Cities
               of
               Holland
               ,
               and
               Zealand
               .
               The
               Dutchman
               will
               drinke
               indeed
               ,
               but
               yet
               he
               still
               does
               his
               businesse
               ,
               he
               lookes
               still
               to
               the
               maine
               chance
               ;
               both
               in
               the
               City
               and
               Country
               ,
               by
               Sea
               and
               Land
               ,
               they
               thrive
               like
               the
               Iewes
               every
               where
               ;
               and
               wee
               have
               few
               such
               drunkards
               in
               England
               :
               too
               many
               wee
               have
               apt
               enough
               to
               imitate
               their
               vice
               ,
               but
               too
               too
               few
               that
               will
               follow
               them
               in
               their
               vertue
               .
            
             
               THis
               Duchie
               lies
               on
               the
               East
               of
               Holland
               and
               Braban●
               ,
               touching
               also
               upon
               Cleve
               and
               Iuliers
               .
               
               It
               hath
               two
               and
               twenty
               Cities
               and
               good
               Townes
               ,
               whereof
               
                 Nimwegen
                 ,
                 Zutphon
                 ,
                 Ruremond
              
               ,
               and
               Arhneim
               are
               the
               chiefe
               .
               Some
               pee●es
               the
               Spaniard
               here
               hath
               ●
               and
               the
               whole
               Country
               having
               heretofore
               beene
               infe●ted
               with
               the
               warres
               ,
               makes
               ●
               a
               little
               to
               come
               behinde
               his
               fellowes
               .
               The
               land
               and
               people
               differ
               not
               much
               from
               those
               of
               Holland
               ,
               saving
               that
               towards
               Cleveland
               it
               is
               more
               mountainous
               :
               the
               Champian
               is
               very
               rich
               pasturage
               for
               grazing
               .
            
             
             
               THis
               touches
               Gelderland
               upon
               the
               South
               ,
               
               West-Freesland
               upon
               the
               North
               ,
               Westphalia
               upon
               the
               East
               ,
               and
               the
               Zuydersee
               on
               the
               West
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Citie
               is
               Deventer
               ;
               others
               of
               the
               better
               sort
               be
               
                 Campen
                 ,
                 Zwol
                 ,
                 Steinwick
                 ,
                 Oetmarse
                 ,
                 Oldenzeel
                 ,
                 Hessel●●
                 ,
                 Vollenhoven
                 ,
              
               &c.
               
               This
               Countrey
               was
               of
               old
               inhabited
               by
               the
               Franks
               ,
               or
               Frenchmen
               ;
               of
               which
               there
               were
               two
               tribes
               ,
               the
               Ansuarii
               ,
               which
               gave
               name
               to
               the
               Hanse-townes
               ,
               whereof
               Deventer
               was
               first
               :
               and
               the
               Salii
               ,
               which
               tooke
               name
               from
               the
               River
               Isala
               ,
               upon
               which
               Deventer
               stands
               :
               and
               these
               gave
               name
               to
               the
               Salique
               Law
               ;
               which
               you
               see
               did
               rather
               concerne
               these
               Countries
               than
               France
               it selfe
               ;
               and
               was
               made
               by
               a
               barbarous
               people
               ,
               in
               an
               age
               as
               barbarous
               :
               though
               this
               onely
               was
               pretended
               to
               barre
               women
               from
               the
               crowne
               of
               France
               ;
               and
               to
               hinder
               our
               Kings
               ,
               and
               occasion
               those
               warres
               and
               bloudsheds
               .
            
             
               THe
               Bishopricke
               of
               Vtrecht
               hath
               Holland
               on
               the
               North
               ,
               
               and
               Gelderland
               on
               the
               West
               .
               The
               circuit
               is
               but
               small
               ,
               yet
               hath
               it
               five
               pretty
               Cities
               ,
               whereof
               Vtrecht
               it selfe
               is
               large
               ,
               delicate
               ,
               and
               rich
               ;
               inhabited
               by
               most
               of
               the
               Gentry
               of
               Holland
               .
               Much
               harassed
               hath
               it
               beene
               ,
               but
               now
               well
               recovered
               since
               it
               came
               into
               the
               union
               .
            
             
               GRoningen
               is
               a
               City
               of
               West-Freesland
               ,
               
               and
               the
               head
               of
               145.
               villages
               about
               it
               :
               It
               hath
               had
               a
               chargeable
               neighbour
               of
               the
               Spanish
               garrisons
               in
               Lingen
               ,
               &
               Oldenzeel
               ,
               but
               by
               benefit
               of
               the
               Sea
               they
               obtaine
               both
               liberty
               and
               riches
               .
               T
               is
               very
               full
               of
               Cattell
               and
               of
               Mechanicks
               ;
               their
               breed
               of
               Oxen
               and
               Horses
               are
               the
               largest
               of
               Europe
               .
               And
               so
               much
               for
               the
               descriptions
               of
               these
               united
               Provinces
               .
            
             
               The
               chiefe
               Entrata
               or
               revenue
               of
               this
               people
               is
               gained
               out
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               which
               is
               not
               onely
               invaluable
               ,
               but
               incredible
               :
               
               it
               being
               reported
               that
               there
               be
               more
               ships
               belonging
               to
               Amsterdam
               alone
               ,
               than
               to
               all
               England
               ;
               almost
               a
               thousand
               ships
               going
               in
               and
               out
               every
               tide
               .
               The
               Custome
               paid
               by
               the
               
               Merchant
               is
               very
               great
               ;
               and
               their
               Excise
               upon
               victuals
               doth
               almost
               maintaine
               their
               warres
               ;
               the
               Inholder
               paying
               as
               much
               for
               the
               Excise
               ,
               as
               he
               did
               at
               first
               for
               the
               thing
               .
               T
               is
               beleeved
               ,
               that
               for
               very
               butter
               and
               cheese
               sold
               out
               of
               Holland
               alone
               ,
               they
               receive
               a
               million
               of
               Gold
               yearley
               .
               All
               the
               people
               be
               wonderfull
               indu●●rious
               ;
               scarce●
               poore
               mans
               childe
               of
               five
               or
               six
               yeares
               old
               ,
               which
               cannot
               earne
               the
               best
               part
               of
               his
               owne
               living
               .
               Their
               gaines
               by
               fishing
               is
               inestimable
               ;
               their
               Linnen
               ,
               Salt
               ,
               and
               other
               curious
               manufactures
               ,
               are
               good
               merchandize
               all
               the
               world
               over
               :
               and
               finally
               ,
               none
               of
               their
               least
               commodities
               is
               the
               Warres
               ,
               for
               whereas
               all
               other
               Nations
               are
               undone
               by
               them
               ,
               they
               have
               the
               secret
               to
               thrive
               ,
               and
               to
               grow
               exceeding
               rich
               by
               them
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               of
               two
               sort
               ,
               
               Land-forces
               ,
               and
               Sea-forces
               .
               In
               their
               severall
               garrisons
               they
               cannot
               have
               fewer
               than
               foure
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               in
               continuall
               pay
               ;
               
               and
               their
               times
               of
               leaguer
               or
               being
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               costs
               them
               a
               thousand
               pound
               a
               day
               more
               than
               odinary
               .
               This
               very
               yeare
               1629.
               the
               Prince
               of
               Orange
               is
               said
               to
               have
               had
               off
               and
               on
               ,
               neere
               upon
               60000.
               men
               at
               the
               siege
               of
               S'Hertoghenbosch
               ,
               his
               trenches
               being
               18.
               or
               20.
               miles
               about
               ,
               and
               yet
               hath
               hee
               left
               his
               Townes
               well
               garrison'd
               .
               They
               have
               had
               an
               Army
               on
               foot
               continunally
               for
               these
               60.
               yeares
               together
               ,
               and
               such
               a
               one
               ,
               as
               were
               it
               imploy●d
               in
               an
               invasive
               ,
               as
               it
               hath
               beene
               in
               a
               defensive
               warre
               ,
               I
               see
               no
               reason
               but
               it
               might
               long
               agoe
               have
               overtunne
               even
               Spaine
               it selfe
               .
               It
               hath
               still
               beene
               the
               prime
               schoole
               of
               warre
               for
               all
               Europe
               .
            
             
               Their
               Sea-forces
               increase
               every
               day
               ,
               
               and
               yet
               were
               the
               three
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Zeland
              
               ,
               and
               Freestand
               able
               many
               yeares
               agoe
               to
               make
               three
               thousand
               lusty
               ships
               fit
               for
               warre
               and
               burthen
               .
               They
               have
               for
               these
               eight
               or
               ten
               yeares
               tog●ther
               had
               two
               or
               three
               severall
               Fleets
               about
               the
               
                 West
                 Indies
              
               ;
               as
               namely
               ,
               that
               whereof
               Monsieur
               L'Ermite
               was
               Admirall
               ,
               which
               sent
               home
               many
               a
               rich
               prize
               .
               That
               which
               tooke
               
                 Todos
                 los
                 Santos
              
               ,
               and
               those
               two
               which
               this
               very
               yeare
               tooke
               those
               two
               mighty
               prizes
               from
               the
               Plate
               Fleet
               ,
               and
               the
               Brasile
               Fleet
               ,
               within
               the
               same
               space
               having
               oftentimes
               
               twentie
               or
               fortie
               ships
               imployed
               against
               the
               Dunkirker
               .
               All
               this
               while
               have
               they
               maintained
               their
               Trades
               and
               Factories
               in
               
                 New
                 Holland
              
               ,
               the
               
                 East-Indies
                 ,
                 Muscovia
              
               ,
               &c.
               where
               oftentimes
               have
               they
               beene
               so
               strong
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               beaten
               our
               English
               from
               the
               Trades
               ;
               once
               broke
               they
               our
               Muscovia
               Company
               :
               what
               they
               did
               at
               Amboyna
               is
               too
               famous
               ,
               and
               how
               much
               our
               East-India
               Company
               hath
               beene
               indammaged
               by
               them
               ,
               let
               them
               tell
               you
               .
               This
               I
               repeat
               ,
               not
               to
               refresh
               the
               complaint
               ,
               but
               to
               set
               forth
               their
               power
               ;
               and
               plainly
               they
               are
               at
               least
               ,
               Quarter-masters
               of
               the
               Narrow
               Seas
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               the
               Low-Countries
               may
               say
               as
               Tyrus
               did
               in
               the
               Prophet
               ,
               
                 I
                 sit
                 like
                 a
                 Queene
                 in
                 the
                 midst
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
              
               ;
               So
               that
               were
               the
               Spaniard
               but
               Master
               of
               their
               Ports
               ,
               nothing
               could
               hinder
               him
               from
               his
               designed
               Monarchie
               .
               This
               is
               their
               honour
               ;
               that
               for
               these
               many
               yeares
               they
               have
               inforced
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               to
               spend
               his
               Indies
               upon
               them
               ;
               they
               have
               still
               kept
               him
               at
               the
               staves
               end
               ;
               if
               hee
               hath
               besieged
               one
               of
               their
               Townes
               ,
               they
               have
               besieged
               another
               of
               his
               ;
               for
               Ostend
               they
               tooke
               
                 Sluce
                 ,
                 Groll
              
               for
               Breda
               :
               and
               at
               this
               very
               instant
               all
               the
               Spanish
               power
               was
               not
               able
               to
               beat
               them
               from
               the
               siege
               of
               S'Hertoghenbosch
               .
               But
               at
               Sea
               ,
               they
               are
               ever
               terrible
               to
               him
               ,
               ever
               aforehand
               with
               him
               ;
               and
               their
               Coines
               are
               made
               of
               his
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               .
               They
               have
               still
               fiftie
               saile
               of
               ships
               upon
               the
               Coast
               of
               the
               West-Indies
               ,
               fiftie
               saile
               more
               going
               out
               ,
               and
               fiftie
               more
               comming
               home
               :
               with
               their
               Fleets
               they
               have
               this
               Summer
               beaten
               his
               Armada
               ,
               troubled
               Carthagena
               ,
               and
               mightily
               inricht
               themselves
               by
               his
               Prizes
               .
               Finally
               ,
               they
               are
               the
               people
               ,
               that
               next
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               have
               the
               honour
               of
               it
               ,
               both
               by
               Land
               and
               Water
               ;
               the
               greatest
               Monarchs
               are
               glad
               of
               the
               Friendship
               of
               this
               Nation
               ,
               whom
               our
               finicall
               people
               stile
               no
               better
               ,
               than
               a
               company
               of
               Boores
               and
               Mechanicks
               ;
               and
               this
               also
               makes
               for
               their
               honour
               .
               For
               no
               where
               such
               Boores
               to
               be
               found
               ,
               no
               where
               such
               Mechanicks
               :
               others
               derive
               honour
               from
               their
               Ancestors
               ,
               but
               they
               from
               their
               owne
               valour
               and
               vertue
               .
            
             
               Their
               Government
               is
               administred
               according
               to
               the
               Rules
               of
               the
               Civill
               Lawes
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               respect
               being
               had
               to
               the
               
               privileges
               of
               each
               private
               people
               and
               Citie
               ,
               who
               enjoy
               the●●
               ancient
               Customes
               and
               Lawes
               municipall
               .
               The
               stile
               of
               their
               principall
               Governours
               is
               ,
               
                 The
                 high
                 and
                 mightie
                 Lords
                 the
                 States
                 Generall
                 .
              
               These
               are
               chosen
               by
               the
               particular
               States
               of
               the
               severall
               Provinces
               of
               the
               Vnion
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               and
               primest
               Magistrates
               both
               of
               the
               Provinces
               and
               Citizens
               .
               And
               these
               receiving
               power
               from
               the
               rest
               ,
               doe
               in
               their
               meetings
               at
               the
               Hage
               plenarily
               conclude
               upon
               all
               the
               great
               Actions
               of
               State
               ,
               either
               for
               Peace
               ,
               Warre
               ,
               Religion
               ,
               Treasure
               ,
               Leagues
               ,
               Trafficks
               ,
               and
               all
               publike
               things
               whatsoever
               .
               Amongst
               these
               the
               Legier
               Ambassador
               of
               England
               hath
               hitherto
               beene
               admitted
               in
               all
               consultations
               ;
               and
               so
               hath
               the
               Prince
               of
               Orange
               ,
               as
               being
               Generall
               of
               their
               Armies
               :
               These
               States
               doe
               every
               weeke
               choose
               a
               new
               President
               among
               themselves
               :
               the
               proposition
               is
               made
               ,
               and
               the
               Votes
               are
               collected
               by
               an
               Advocate
               ,
               who
               is
               a
               standing
               Officer
               for
               the
               purpose
               .
               From
               their
               Placaerts
               ,
               Proclamations
               ,
               or
               Edicts
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               appeale
               ,
               as
               carrying
               the
               same
               power
               of
               Law
               with
               them
               ,
               that
               Proclamations
               and
               Acts
               of
               Parliament
               doe
               with
               us
               .
               To
               enter
               into
               the
               Governments
               of
               the
               Courts
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               severall
               Provinces
               and
               Corporations
               ,
               would
               require
               a
               volume
               by
               it selfe
               .
            
             
               Libertie
               of
               Conscience
               being
               one
               of
               the
               maine
               pretences
               of
               their
               falling
               off
               from
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               
               they
               might
               seeme
               to
               deale
               hardlier
               with
               others
               ,
               than
               they
               did
               with
               themselves
               ,
               should
               they
               not
               now
               give
               what
               themselves
               tooke
               ,
               Libertie
               of
               Conscience
               .
               Publike
               profession
               therefore
               of
               all
               Religions
               (
               except
               the
               Popish
               and
               Arminian
               )
               even
               of
               Iudaisme
               ,
               is
               there
               tolerated
               .
               Each
               Faction
               cals
               it selfe
               a
               Church
               ;
               and
               every
               new-f●ngled
               giddie
               Enthusiasticall
               Button-maker
               ,
               is
               able
               enough
               to
               make
               a
               Faction
               .
               The
               generall
               Religion
               of
               the
               States
               and
               best
               people
               ,
               is
               Calvinisme
               ;
               the
               profession
               whereof
               (
               though
               fatall
               to
               Monarchies
               )
               agrees
               well
               enough
               with
               the
               parity
               of
               Free
               States
               ,
               where
               the
               people
               and
               citizens
               have
               so
               much
               voice
               and
               authoritie
               .
               Their
               Ministers
               are
               here
               better
               respected
               than
               in
               the
               French
               Churches
               .
               But
               our
               men
               at
               home
               (
               zealous
               ones
               of
               the
               Geneva
               discipline
               )
               are
               much
               deceived
               
               if
               they
               looke
               for
               such
               a
               face
               of
               a
               Church
               ,
               such
               decent
               Service
               of
               God
               ,
               such
               devotion
               ,
               or
               strict
               observation
               of
               the
               Lords
               day
               ,
               in
               any
               of
               the
               Calvinist
               Churches
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               Church
               of
               England
               :
               the
               Faires
               (
               and
               Kirck-masses
               ,
               as
               they
               call
               them
               )
               are
               on
               Sundayes
               in
               the
               after-noone
               as
               much
               frequented
               there
               ,
               as
               the
               Churches
               were
               in
               the
               fore-noone
               .
               The
               States
               (
               I
               suppose
               )
               cannot
               on
               the
               sudden
               reduce
               perfection
               in
               the
               profession
               of
               Religion
               :
               for
               that
               the
               Papists
               are
               both
               subtill
               and
               diligent
               to
               work
               upon
               the
               discontents
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               to
               turne
               them
               to
               a
               rebellion
               ;
               unto
               which
               the
               Historians
               have
               noted
               these
               Nations
               to
               be
               naturally
               not
               indisposed
               .
            
          
           
             
               Denmarke
               .
            
             
               ALthough
               it
               may
               seeme
               needlesse
               to
               make
               mention
               of
               Scandia
               ,
               which
               is
               that
               whole
               Pen-insula
               of
               huge
               circuit
               ,
               which
               is
               almost
               incompassed
               with
               the
               waves
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               abutteth
               Northward
               and
               Eastward
               upon
               the
               German
               and
               Sarmatian
               Coasts
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               as
               it
               were
               situated
               in
               another
               World
               ;
               and
               with
               whom
               there
               is
               no
               great
               entercourse
               of
               trading
               ;
               yet
               for
               the
               spacious
               largenesse
               thereof
               ,
               containing
               two
               Kingdomes
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Norway
              
               and
               Sweveland
               ,
               with
               part
               of
               Denmarke
               ,
               it
               may
               well
               deserve
               a
               place
               amongst
               other
               Kingdoms
               spoken
               of
               in
               these
               Relations
               .
               It
               is
               situate
               in
               that
               part
               of
               Europe
               which
               some
               terme
               Scandia
               ,
               others
               Scandavia
               or
               Balthia
               ;
               from
               whence
               issued
               the
               Gothes
               and
               Vandales
               ,
               the
               very
               rooters
               up
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               .
               It
               is
               subject
               both
               to
               the
               Danish
               and
               Swevian
               Crowne
               .
               The
               King
               of
               Denmarke
               ,
               besides
               the
               
                 Cimbrian
                 Chorsonesse
              
               ,
               (
               where
               
                 Holsatia
                 ,
                 Ditmarsen
              
               ,
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               
                 Slesia
                 ,
                 Flensburge
                 ,
                 Friesland
              
               ,
               and
               Iuthland
               ,
               Regions
               fruitfull
               and
               replenished
               with
               store
               of
               cattell
               ,
               and
               wilde
               beasts
               ,
               doe
               lie
               )
               retaineth
               other
               spacious
               Islands
               ,
               the
               best
               whereof-stand
               in
               the
               entrance
               of
               the
               Baltike
               
               sea
               ,
               being
               fifteene
               in
               number
               ,
               all
               comprehended
               under
               the
               name
               of
               Denmarke
               .
               The
               chiefest
               of
               them
               is
               Seland
               ,
               containing
               threescore
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               little
               lesse
               in
               breadth
               .
               It
               excelleth
               the
               rest
               ,
               both
               for
               number
               of
               Villages
               ,
               the
               mildnesse
               of
               the
               aire
               ,
               and
               because
               that
               Copenhagen
               stands
               in
               it
               ,
               which
               hath
               beene
               and
               is
               the
               Seat
               of
               their
               Kings
               .
               He
               hath
               also
               Gothland
               under
               his
               jurisdiction
               ,
               which
               is
               placed
               right
               over
               against
               Gothia
               .
               One
               of
               his
               Kinsmen
               hath
               the
               Government
               of
               Osilia
               or
               Oesel
               ,
               a
               prettie
               Island
               in
               the
               greater
               Gulfe
               of
               Livonia
               ;
               and
               ruleth
               those
               fat
               and
               plenteous
               Counties
               ,
               which
               lie
               on
               the
               Continent
               of
               
                 Livonia
                 .
                 Scania
              
               likewise
               acknowledgeth
               his
               Soveraigntie
               ,
               extending
               from
               Nihuse
               to
               Timale
               ,
               and
               hee
               holdeth
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Norway
               ,
               which
               from
               the
               Confines
               of
               Scania
               extendeth
               and
               stretcheth
               Northward
               a
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               miles
               to
               the
               Castle
               of
               Wardhouse
               ,
               upon
               which
               ,
               border
               the
               Lappians
               .
               The
               Isles
               adjoyning
               thereto
               ,
               
                 Sania
                 ,
                 Shetland
              
               ,
               and
               Faria
               ,
               (
               lying
               in
               the
               maine
               Sea
               )
               are
               in
               his
               tenure
               .
               In
               times
               past
               the
               people
               of
               Norway
               have
               beene
               of
               great
               puissance
               :
               they
               afflicted
               England
               ,
               scounged
               France
               ,
               and
               therein
               obtained
               a
               Province
               ,
               called
               to
               this
               day
               Normandie
               .
               In
               Italy
               they
               conquered
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Sicil
               and
               Apulia
               .
               And
               in
               the
               holy
               Warre
               Boemond
               Leader
               of
               the
               Normans
               ,
               wonne
               the
               Principality
               of
               Anti●ch
               .
               In
               the
               North
               Ocean
               (
               besides
               that
               of
               Friesland
               ,
               and
               the
               Sea-coast
               of
               Island
               and
               Groineland
               )
               he
               holdeth
               the
               Dominions
               of
               the
               foresaid
               Islands
               of
               Shetland
               and
               Faria
               .
               The
               Orcades
               acknowledged
               the
               Kings
               of
               Norway
               for
               their
               Lords
               ,
               although
               they
               are
               now
               subject
               to
               the
               Brittish
               Crowne
               .
               Sithence
               then
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Norway
               became
               Elective
               ,
               and
               turmoiled
               with
               civill
               warres
               and
               intestine
               discords
               ,
               it
               came
               to
               the
               possession
               of
               the
               Danish
               Kings
               ,
               who
               ,
               that
               he
               may
               hold
               it
               surely
               ,
               intreateth
               the
               Inhabitants
               cruelly
               ,
               spoiling
               them
               of
               their
               substance
               ,
               and
               to
               leave
               no
               hope
               of
               better
               fortune
               to
               this
               miserable
               people
               ,
               hee
               holdeth
               fortified
               all
               the
               Creekes
               ,
               and
               Havens
               of
               the
               Sea-coast
               .
            
             
               The
               wealth
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               consisteth
               in
               the
               abundance
               of
               cattell
               and
               sea-fish
               ,
               
               whereof
               there
               is
               such
               store
               ,
               that
               of
               the
               
               herring-fishing
               only
               ,
               a
               mighty
               masse
               of
               money
               is
               yearely
               gathered
               ;
               so
               huge
               is
               the
               number
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               fish
               ,
               that
               at
               some
               times
               of
               the
               yeare
               a
               ship
               can
               make
               but
               slow
               way
               in
               the
               Sea
               :
               and
               the
               Marishes
               and
               Medowes
               adjoyning
               thereunto
               are
               very
               pleasant
               and
               savourie
               to
               the
               feeding
               of
               their
               cattell
               .
               Scandia
               is
               rich
               in
               corne
               and
               pasture
               ,
               and
               well
               replenished
               with
               people
               .
               Norwey
               hath
               no
               riches
               of
               any
               moment
               ,
               except
               Timber
               fit
               for
               the
               erecting
               of
               houses
               and
               building
               of
               ships
               ,
               (
               from
               thence
               transported
               into
               Holland
               and
               Flanders
               )
               and
               cattell
               affording
               great
               store
               of
               cheese
               and
               milke
               .
               Some
               profit
               also
               ariseth
               of
               a
               kinde
               of
               fish
               dried
               in
               the
               wind
               ,
               which
               the
               Dutchmen
               call
               Stock-fish
               .
               It
               is
               taken
               in
               Ianuarie
               ,
               and
               laid
               in
               the
               wind
               and
               cold
               ,
               untill
               it
               be
               indurate
               and
               hardned
               like
               Wood
               ,
               and
               then
               carried
               into
               divers
               Regions
               as
               a
               kinde
               of
               sustenance
               .
               The
               greatest
               matter
               of
               gaine
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Denmarke
               ,
               is
               the
               narrow
               Sea
               or
               Strait
               betweene
               Cronburg
               and
               Eltzenburg
               ,
               commonly
               called
               the
               Sont
               ,
               or
               Sound
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               passage
               so
               narrow
               ,
               that
               no
               shipping
               can
               passe
               that
               way
               ,
               without
               the
               licence
               and
               favour
               of
               the
               Watchmen
               ,
               keeping
               Garrison
               on
               either
               side
               ,
               there
               to
               receive
               the
               imposts
               and
               customes
               of
               the
               arriving
               Vessels
               .
               It
               is
               easily
               gathered
               ,
               to
               what
               summe
               of
               money
               that
               impost
               amounteth
               ,
               by
               the
               infinite
               number
               of
               shipping
               ,
               of
               
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Zealand
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 England
                 ,
                 Scotland
                 ,
                 Norway
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               
                 Balticke
                 Sea
              
               ,
               that
               saile
               in
               those
               Seas
               ,
               and
               of
               necessitie
               must
               passe
               the
               jawes
               of
               that
               narrow
               Strait
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               as
               greedie
               of
               
                 Rhenish
                 ,
                 French
              
               ,
               and
               Spanish
               Wines
               ,
               the
               Spices
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               and
               the
               Fruits
               of
               Andaluzia
               ,
               as
               they
               againe
               are
               needie
               of
               the
               Wax
               ,
               Honey
               ,
               Skins
               and
               Corne
               ,
               which
               are
               brought
               thither
               from
               
                 Prussia
                 ,
                 Livonia
                 ,
                 Moscovia
              
               ,
               and
               the
               bordering
               Nations
               .
            
             
               The
               Entrada
               or
               Tribute
               due
               to
               the
               King
               ,
               ariseth
               ;
               First
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               Sowndt
               ,
               thorow
               which
               sometimes
               passe
               two
               hundred
               ,
               sometimes
               three
               hundred
               vessels
               in
               a
               day
               ,
               many
               of
               which
               are
               to
               pay
               a
               Rose-noble
               of
               gold
               ,
               not
               only
               in
               value
               ,
               but
               
                 in
                 specie
              
               for
               their
               passage
               ,
               and
               some
               more
               ,
               some
               lesse
               ,
               which
               cannot
               but
               amount
               to
               an
               incredible
               summe
               .
               His
               gaines
               likewise
               upon
               Herrings
               and
               other
               fish
               (
               of
               which
               there
               
               is
               infinite
               store
               in
               all
               those
               Northerne
               Seas
               )
               comes
               to
               a
               great
               matter
               .
               Adde
               to
               this
               his
               Customes
               upon
               Mast
               and
               Cordage
               ,
               Pitch
               ,
               Tarre
               ,
               &c.
               fetcht
               from
               him
               by
               the
               
                 Hamburgers
                 ,
                 Lubeckers
              
               ,
               and
               others
               .
               Mighty
               droves
               of
               Beeves
               and
               other
               Cattell
               are
               out
               of
               his
               Dominions
               sold
               into
               Germany
               ,
               out
               of
               every
               one
               of
               which
               he
               hath
               his
               Geldt
               or
               tribute
               .
               In
               Dietmars●n
               (
               a
               Countrey
               for
               store
               of
               cattell
               like
               our
               Rumney-marsh
               )
               is
               a
               place
               called
               the
               Gap
               ,
               thorow
               which
               their
               infinite
               droves
               must
               passe
               ;
               where
               the
               Kings
               toll
               is
               about
               twelve
               pence
               English
               for
               every
               hoofe
               of
               greater
               cattell
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               foure
               shillings
               for
               a
               beast
               .
               Innland
               also
               is
               as
               beneficiall
               unto
               him
               in
               the
               same
               kinde
               ,
               and
               much
               more
               .
            
             
               It
               hath
               beene
               observed
               ,
               that
               50000
               Oxen
               have
               been
               driven
               out
               of
               these
               Provinces
               into
               Germany
               ,
               for
               which
               toll
               hath
               beene
               paid
               at
               Guithorp
               .
               He
               reapeth
               some
               profit
               likewise
               of
               Ward-house
               ,
               whither
               the
               English
               now
               of
               late
               yeares
               have
               sailed
               betweene
               Norwey
               and
               Groenland
               ;
               some
               to
               Colmogro
               ,
               others
               to
               Stockholme
               ,
               not
               farre
               from
               Saint
               Nicholas
               ,
               where
               they
               traffique
               with
               the
               Russies
               for
               Wax
               ,
               for
               Hony
               ,
               and
               for
               Flax
               :
               thither
               resort
               likewise
               
                 Hollanders
                 ,
                 Scots
              
               ,
               and
               French-men
               .
               Almost
               in
               the
               middle
               of
               this
               Bay
               is
               also
               an
               Iland
               and
               Towne
               called
               Warde-hu●s
               ,
               which
               Fredericke
               the
               second
               caused
               to
               be
               very
               strongly
               fortified
               ,
               and
               here
               the
               Merchants
               doe
               also
               pay
               their
               Customes
               .
               In
               Scandia
               hath
               he
               some
               silver
               mines
               ,
               about
               which
               were
               his
               late
               warres
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Sweden
               .
               Besides
               all
               this
               ,
               the
               Kings
               of
               Denmarke
               of
               this
               present
               Familie
               ,
               have
               thought
               it
               no
               disroyaltie
               to
               set
               up
               divers
               manufactures
               ,
               for
               which
               they
               take
               up
               the
               children
               of
               such
               parents
               as
               are
               unable
               to
               keepe
               them
               ,
               whom
               the
               King
               brings
               up
               till
               they
               be
               able
               to
               worke
               ,
               he
               in
               recompence
               taking
               the
               profits
               of
               their
               labours
               afterwards
               .
               Finally
               ,
               t
               was
               ever
               held
               ,
               that
               
                 Magnum
                 vect●gal
                 parsimonia
                 ,
                 Sparing
                 was
                 equall
                 to
                 a
                 great
                 tribute
                 :
              
               And
               truly
               the
               cold
               winters
               and
               durti●
               wayes
               of
               〈◊〉
               expect
               no
               great
               Gallanterie
               ;
               nor
               is
               his
               Court
               and
               Retinue
               very
               chargeable
               to
               him
               .
               By
               these
               and
               other
               wayes
               came
               the
               King
               of
               Denmarke
               (
               before
               these
               warres
               with
               I●lly●
               to
               have
               the
               reputation
               of
               the
               greatest
               
               monied
               Prince
               of
               Europe
               .
            
             
               Touching
               his
               Forces
               for
               matter
               of
               Invasion
               by
               Land
               ,
               
               it
               hath
               seldome
               beene
               seene
               that
               he
               enterprized
               any
               journey
               of
               reputation
               ,
               but
               only
               that
               against
               Dietmarsen
               ,
               upon
               whom
               King
               Valdemar
               laid
               the
               yoke
               of
               subjection
               :
               but
               they
               falling
               againe
               into
               rebellion
               ,
               after
               many
               chances
               of
               warre
               beginning
               in
               the
               yeare
               1500
               ,
               were
               againe
               utterly
               vanquished
               by
               Frederick
               the
               second
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1558.
               before
               which
               overthrowes
               ,
               they
               once
               discomfited
               Iohn
               the
               sonne
               of
               King
               C●ris●terne
               the
               first
               .
               Since
               these
               troubles
               of
               Europe
               ,
               this
               present
               King
               hath
               beene
               inforced
               to
               take
               up
               Armes
               in
               defence
               of
               his
               dominions
               of
               Holsteyn
               and
               Dietmarsen
               ,
               and
               in
               favour
               withall
               of
               the
               lower
               Cre●●z
               ,
               or
               circle
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               and
               those
               parts
               with
               which
               he
               was
               confederate
               .
               But
               his
               Army
               of
               Danes
               and
               Germans
               being
               base
               and
               cowardly
               ,
               Aids
               also
               from
               other
               places
               failing
               him
               ,
               he
               was
               still
               put
               to
               the
               worst
               by
               the
               Imperialists
               ,
               many
               of
               his
               Townes
               ,
               much
               of
               his
               Land
               being
               taken
               from
               him
               ;
               which
               upon
               composition
               were
               all
               restored
               in
               the
               yeare
               1629
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               having
               his
               hands
               full
               otherwhere
               ,
               being
               glad
               enough
               of
               a
               peace
               with
               him
               .
            
             
               What
               this
               King
               is
               able
               to
               performe
               at
               Sea
               ,
               
               may
               be
               gathered
               by
               the
               Navie
               which
               upon
               occasion
               he
               once
               rigged
               up
               at
               the
               intreatie
               of
               Henry
               the
               second
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ;
               when
               Christierne
               the
               second
               sent
               a
               Navie
               of
               100
               Saile
               into
               Scotland
               against
               the
               English
               ,
               and
               10000
               Land-souldiers
               with
               them
               .
               And
               certainly
               forasmuch
               as
               it
               is
               apparent
               that
               hee
               is
               Lord
               of
               so
               ample
               a
               Sea-coast
               ,
               and
               possessor
               of
               so
               many
               Havens
               in
               
                 Denmarke
                 ,
                 Scandia
                 ,
                 Norwey
              
               ,
               and
               the
               many
               Ilands
               both
               within
               and
               without
               the
               
                 Baltike
                 Sea
              
               ;
               it
               is
               most
               likely
               that
               he
               is
               able
               to
               assemble
               a
               great
               Fleet.
               It
               concerne
               ,
               him
               also
               to
               have
               a
               sufficient
               Sea-force
               ever
               in
               pay
               and
               readinesse
               for
               defence
               of
               the
               Sowndt
               ,
               and
               his
               many
               Ports
               ;
               especially
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Norway
               ,
               where
               they
               willingly
               yeeld
               him
               no
               better
               obedience
               than
               hee
               is
               able
               to
               ●●●ct
               of
               them
               by
               strong
               hand
               .
               As
               for
               surprize
               or
               sudden
               invasion
               ,
               hee
               needs
               not
               much
               feare
               ,
               seeing
               that
               Denmarke
               is
               nothing
               but
               broken
               Ilands
               ,
               and
               those
               sufficiently
               fortified
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Norwey
               .
            
             
               NOrwey
               upon
               the
               East
               respecteth
               Denmarke
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               it
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               Ocean
               ;
               on
               the
               South
               lieth
               Swevia
               ,
               upon
               the
               North
               it
               is
               separated
               from
               Lapland
               ,
               by
               high
               and
               steepe
               craggie
               Rocks
               .
               The
               Westerne
               and
               Easterne
               Tracts
               are
               rockie
               and
               hard
               to
               travell
               ,
               yet
               is
               the
               Aire
               there
               temperate
               ,
               insomuch
               that
               the
               Sea
               freezeth
               not
               ,
               neither
               doe
               the
               Snowes
               long
               continue
               .
            
             
               The
               Land
               it selfe
               is
               not
               very
               fruitfull
               to
               sufficiencie
               ;
               for
               it
               is
               poore
               ,
               and
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               what
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               rocks
               and
               cold
               ,
               yeeldeth
               no
               sort
               of
               Corne.
               And
               therefore
               the
               Inhabitants
               (
               except
               the
               better
               sort
               )
               in
               stead
               of
               Bread
               ,
               eat
               dried
               Fish
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               Stock-fish
               ;
               which
               to
               their
               great
               profit
               they
               transport
               thorow
               Europe
               ,
               and
               exchange
               for
               Corne.
               The
               Countrey
               ,
               especially
               the
               Southerne
               parts
               ,
               transport
               rich
               Furres
               ,
               Tallow
               ,
               Butter
               ,
               Tan'd-Lether
               ,
               Traine-Oile
               ,
               Pitch
               ,
               Clapboord
               ,
               all
               sorts
               of
               Timber-works
               ,
               and
               Masts
               ,
               Fire-wood
               ,
               and
               Timber
               for
               building
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               great
               ease
               and
               little
               charge
               .
            
             
               Their
               owne
               buildings
               are
               base
               and
               poore
               ,
               and
               the
               Inhabitants
               honest
               ,
               lovers
               of
               strangers
               ,
               liberall
               of
               gift
               ,
               and
               most
               serviceable
               .
               Amongst
               them
               are
               neither
               Filchers
               ,
               Theeves
               ,
               nor
               Pyrats
               ,
               though
               they
               dwell
               in
               a
               most
               convenient
               situation
               for
               Pyracie
               .
               Birgis
               was
               once
               their
               Metropolis
               ,
               a
               Hanse-Towne
               ,
               and
               for
               its
               safe
               harbour
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               foure
               chiefe
               Ma●t-Townes
               in
               
                 Europe
                 ,
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Birgis
              
               in
               
                 Norwey
                 ,
                 London
              
               in
               
                 England
                 ,
                 Nugardia
              
               in
               Moscovic
               ,
               and
               Burgis
               in
               Flanders
               :
               But
               it
               is
               now
               decayed
               .
            
             
               The
               cold
               ,
               Northerly
               ,
               and
               smally-frequented
               Ilands
               of
               
                 Schetland
                 ,
                 Friesland
                 ,
                 Island
              
               ,
               and
               Groneland
               ,
               with
               the
               Navigations
               (
               such
               as
               they
               are
               )
               thereunto
               for
               Fish
               ,
               I
               imagine
               every
               man
               can
               conceive
               ,
               and
               therfore
               forbeare
               further
               to
               write
               of
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Swethland
               .
            
             
               THe
               King
               of
               Swethland
               reigneth
               in
               part
               of
               Scandie
               ,
               being
               a
               larger
               Province
               than
               Denmarke
               ;
               for
               it
               is
               accounted
               to
               be
               a
               journey
               of
               five
               and
               forty
               dayes
               from
               the
               borders
               of
               Scandia
               to
               Lapland
               ;
               and
               the
               Coast
               of
               the
               
                 Balticke
                 Sea
              
               is
               little
               lesse
               than
               foure
               hundred
               leagues
               long
               ,
               a
               tract
               of
               Land
               esteemed
               larger
               than
               France
               and
               
                 Italie
                 .
                 Swethland
              
               is
               incompassed
               with
               the
               
                 Balticke
                 Ocean
              
               on
               the
               South
               ,
               the
               Mountaines
               on
               the
               West
               ,
               the
               Icie
               Seas
               on
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               Russia
               on
               the
               East
               .
               In
               Livonia
               he
               possesseth
               Rivalia
               ,
               the
               
                 Narve
                 ,
                 Danovia
              
               ,
               and
               other
               peeces
               of
               good
               estimation
               ;
               the
               Ilands
               
                 Vlander
                 ,
                 Alandes
              
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               (
               not
               worthy
               speaking
               of
               )
               situated
               in
               the
               S●r●ve●an
               and
               Finland
               Sea.
               These
               Regions
               (
               besides
               Livonia
               )
               are
               divided
               into
               three
               severall
               Kingdomes
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Gothland
                 ,
                 Sweveland
                 ,
              
               and
               Vandalia
               ,
               which
               againe
               are
               subdivided
               into
               eleven
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               twelve
               Counties
               ,
               amongst
               which
               the
               Lappians
               are
               not
               accounted
               ,
               because
               this
               people
               (
               though
               inhabiting
               a
               larger
               Countrey
               than
               Sweveland
               )
               cannot
               be
               termed
               to
               live
               under
               any
               certaine
               dominion
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               miserie
               ,
               povertie
               ,
               and
               wandring
               from
               place
               to
               place
               ,
               thorow
               woods
               and
               mountaines
               ;
               but
               they
               who
               have
               any
               manner
               of
               certaine
               abode
               ,
               or
               setled
               habitation
               ,
               are
               under
               the
               Swevish
               dominion
               ,
               and
               pay
               rich
               skins
               for
               their
               tribute
               .
               These
               are
               those
               Lapps
               which
               inhabit
               the
               Countries
               of
               Biarmia
               and
               Scrisinia
               ;
               the
               other
               Lapps
               being
               under
               the
               Russian
               .
               Both
               of
               them
               are
               Idolaters
               .
               The
               Swethlanders
               are
               Lutherans
               in
               opinion
               ,
               and
               Dutch
               in
               language
               ,
               but
               with
               a
               different
               Dialect
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               three
               Kingdomes
               whereof
               wee
               spake
               ,
               
               Gotland
               bordereth
               with
               Scandia
               ,
               and
               is
               divided
               into
               East
               and
               West
               ,
               as
               also
               into
               the
               Iland
               of
               Gothia
               lying
               in
               the
               
                 Baltike
                 Sea
              
               ,
               five
               of
               their
               miles
               (
               which
               in
               some
               places
               of
               Sweden
               be
               seven
               or
               
               nine
               of
               our
               English
               )
               broad
               ,
               and
               almost
               18.
               long
               .
               Sometimes
               the
               Danes
               ,
               but
               now
               the
               Sweden
               possesse
               it
               :
               The
               Metropolis
               is
               called
               Wi●sbich
               .
               The
               firme
               land
               of
               Gothland
               is
               the
               hither
               part
               of
               that
               which
               is
               called
               Scandia
               ,
               and
               next
               to
               Denmarke
               :
               In
               this
               is
               the
               mighty
               Lake
               Weret
               :
               in
               the
               middest
               whereof
               the
               King
               (
               delighting
               in
               the
               pleasantnesse
               of
               the
               place
               )
               keepeth
               his
               Court.
               Twenty
               foure
               Rivers
               doe
               runne
               into
               this
               Lake
               ,
               yet
               it
               emptieth
               it selfe
               but
               by
               one
               mouth
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               for
               the
               excessive
               noise
               of
               waters
               ,
               call
               it
               in
               their
               tongue
               ,
               
                 the
                 Devils
                 Head.
                 Gothia
              
               signifieth
               a
               good
               Country
               ,
               which
               doth
               well
               agree
               thereto
               for
               the
               abundance
               of
               sustenance
               ;
               no
               Region
               being
               comparable
               unto
               it
               for
               fertility
               of
               Flesh
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               and
               Corne.
               
            
             
               Next
               followeth
               Sweveland
               ,
               which
               is
               larger
               than
               Norwey
               and
               Gotland
               both
               together
               .
               In
               Sweveland
               is
               Vpsalia
               ,
               their
               chiefe
               Citie
               ,
               an
               Archbishopricke
               ,
               and
               an
               Vniversity
               ,
               and
               Stockholme
               the
               Kings
               seat
               .
               
                 Stringa
                 ,
                 Envecopia
                 ,
                 Orogundia
                 ,
                 Arboia
                 ,
                 Arosia
                 .
              
            
             
               Then
               comes
               Finland
               situated
               betweene
               the
               Balticke
               and
               Finland
               Bay
               ,
               
               where
               stand
               Abo
               the
               chiefe
               City
               ,
               Rangina
               and
               Augo
               ,
               both
               famous
               Mart-Townes
               :
               
                 Vames
                 ,
                 Viburge
              
               ,
               and
               Castelholme
               ,
               in
               the
               Alandian
               Islands
               .
               The
               Husbandmen
               doe
               not
               inhabit
               in
               Townes
               ,
               but
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               plentie
               of
               Timber
               and
               Woods
               ,
               the
               Vallies
               and
               other
               places
               are
               so
               well
               defended
               from
               the
               fury
               of
               the
               Northerne
               wind
               ,
               that
               they
               live
               here
               in
               very
               good
               sort
               ,
               keeping
               in
               their
               houses
               flocks
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               all
               sorts
               of
               instruments
               to
               digge
               ,
               to
               build
               ,
               or
               to
               make
               any
               thing
               necessary
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man
               ;
               and
               this
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               Townes
               here
               are
               neither
               so
               faire
               nor
               so
               frequent
               ,
               as
               in
               Germanie
               or
               England
               .
               Over
               and
               above
               ,
               the
               Cities
               and
               Villages
               there
               are
               accounted
               1433.
               
               Parishes
               ;
               in
               some
               of
               which
               ,
               a
               thousand
               people
               ,
               or
               (
               as
               they
               terme
               it
               )
               a
               thousand
               housholders
               or
               fires
               doe
               inhabit
               ,
               but
               there
               are
               few
               of
               these
               Parishes
               ,
               in
               which
               at
               the
               least
               there
               are
               not
               one
               hundred
               families
               .
               By
               this
               a
               man
               〈◊〉
               judge
               the
               number
               of
               this
               people
               ,
               especially
               if
               he
               consider
               the
               fruitfulnesse
               of
               their
               generation
               ;
               for
               the
               Women
               of
               
               Finland
               by
               a
               secret
               operation
               of
               their
               Beere
               (
               as
               some
               think
               )
               become
               exceeding
               fruitfull
               .
               The
               men
               live
               here
               very
               long
               chiefly
               in
               the
               most
               Northerly
               parts
               ;
               neither
               is
               it
               miraculous
               amongst
               them
               ,
               to
               see
               a
               man
               live
               above
               an
               hundred
               &
               thirty
               ,
               or
               forty
               yeares
               .
               And
               in
               truth
               ,
               this
               long
               living
               is
               the
               cause
               of
               their
               propagation
               :
               for
               where
               men
               live
               shortest
               lives
               ,
               there
               the
               vertue
               of
               generation
               must
               needs
               soonest
               decay
               :
               and
               therefore
               our
               Lord
               God
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               did
               permit
               mankinde
               to
               live
               seven
               hundred
               yeares
               and
               more
               ,
               that
               the
               world
               might
               the
               sooner
               be
               peopled
               ,
               and
               the
               act
               of
               generation
               (
               which
               now
               for
               the
               shortnesse
               of
               our
               lives
               is
               determined
               within
               forty
               yeares
               )
               was
               then
               more
               vigorous
               at
               one
               hundred
               and
               upward
               ,
               than
               in
               this
               our
               age
               at
               twenty
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               not
               onely
               Finland
               ,
               but
               Finmacke
               also
               bordering
               upon
               the
               North
               Ocean
               and
               lying
               beyond
               the
               Arctike
               circle
               ,
               whose
               barbarous
               inhabitants
               be
               Witches
               and
               Idolaters
               .
               They
               usually
               sell
               winds
               to
               Merchants
               to
               carry
               their
               ship
               to
               any
               Port
               ,
               and
               to
               bring
               them
               backe
               againe
               ,
               which
               some
               making
               just
               scruple
               of
               ,
               have
               laid
               wind-bound
               in
               the
               harbour
               ,
               whiles
               others
               have
               made
               prosperous
               voyages
               .
               Bothnia
               or
               Bodia
               ,
               (
               which
               gives
               name
               to
               the
               
                 Sinus
                 Bodicus
              
               )
               is
               also
               under
               his
               dominion
               .
               To
               these
               may
               be
               added
               these
               new
               conquests
               which
               this
               present
               King
               
                 Gustavus
                 Adolphus
              
               (
               the
               gallantest
               and
               most
               warlike
               Prince
               of
               these
               times
               )
               hath
               already
               made
               ,
               or
               shall
               make
               hereafter
               in
               Prussia
               ,
               where
               he
               hath
               taken
               Elbing
               ,
               and
               other
               Townes
               and
               Lands
               from
               the
               Polander
               ,
               with
               whom
               he
               is
               still
               in
               warres
               ;
               and
               now
               ready
               to
               come
               with
               an
               Army
               also
               into
               Germany
               .
               He
               hath
               under
               him
               eleven
               Dukedomes
               ,
               twelve
               Earledomes
               ,
               and
               seven
               Bishopricks
               :
               The
               whole
               is
               from
               Stockholme
               one
               way
               a
               thousand
               Italian
               miles
               ,
               and
               twenty
               dayes
               journey
               another
               .
            
             
               The
               riches
               of
               this
               kingdome
               consisteth
               in
               plenty
               of
               victuals
               ,
               
               which
               this
               word
               Gothia
               (
               signifying
               an
               heavenly
               Region
               ,
               as
               we
               said
               before
               )
               and
               Finland
               (
               signifying
               a
               fine
               land
               or
               Country
               )
               doe
               well
               witnesse
               .
               Their
               provision
               is
               Flesh
               ,
               fresh-Fish
               ,
               salt-Fish
               ,
               Fish
               dried
               in
               the
               smoke
               and
               Sunne
               ,
               Corne
               and
               Beere
               ;
               whereof
               there
               is
               so
               great
               abundance
               ,
               
               that
               it
               is
               a
               hard
               thing
               to
               see
               a
               begger
               amongst
               them
               ,
               and
               Travellers
               are
               there
               freely
               entertained
               :
               The
               Innes
               at
               this
               day
               in
               the
               Villages
               being
               the
               Parsons
               houses
               ,
               who
               expect
               some
               rare
               toy
               by
               way
               of
               gift
               ,
               rather
               than
               of
               pay
               ,
               for
               they
               doe
               it
               of
               courtesie
               .
               It
               is
               so
               rich
               in
               Mines
               of
               Lead
               ,
               Copper
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               and
               some
               Gold
               ,
               that
               no
               Province
               in
               Europe
               may
               compare
               therewith
               .
               And
               these
               Mines
               are
               to
               be
               found
               in
               every
               place
               ,
               if
               the
               Country
               people
               (
               bound
               to
               carry
               wood
               to
               the
               Mines
               ,
               and
               to
               servile
               works
               )
               did
               not
               hide
               and
               hinder
               the
               discoverie
               thereof
               as
               much
               as
               in
               them
               lieth
               .
               Most
               fine
               Silver
               is
               found
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Vestros
               ,
               and
               more
               would
               be
               ,
               were
               it
               not
               for
               the
               envie
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               who
               though
               they
               know
               not
               the
               use
               of
               trying
               of
               M●ttals
               ,
               doe
               notwithstanding
               murmure
               that
               any
               strangers
               should
               imploy
               their
               labours
               therein
               .
               And
               this
               their
               frowardnesse
               toward
               strangers
               ariseth
               not
               of
               hat●ed
               ,
               but
               upon
               a
               jealousie
               that
               they
               should
               be
               over-reached
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               abused
               :
               for
               by
               nature
               they
               are
               simple
               and
               well
               meaning
               ,
               not
               given
               to
               ambition
               ,
               nor
               infected
               w●th
               avarice
               .
            
             
               The
               Kings
               revenue
               consisteth
               in
               foure
               things
               ;
               the
               tenths
               of
               Ecclesiasticall
               livings
               ,
               Mine
               ,
               Tributes
               ,
               and
               Customes
               .
               The
               profits
               of
               the
               Church-livings
               amount
               to
               a
               great
               summe
               of
               money
               :
               for
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               there
               were
               seven
               Cathedrall
               Churches
               ;
               threescore
               Monasteries
               of
               Men
               and
               Women
               ,
               endowed
               with
               most
               rich
               revenues
               .
               First
               Gustan
               ,
               and
               after
               his
               sonne
               Eric
               ,
               seized
               the
               greatest
               part
               thereof
               into
               their
               possessions
               .
               Of
               the
               Mines
               ,
               some
               are
               wrought
               at
               the
               Kings
               charges
               ,
               some
               at
               the
               charge
               of
               private
               persons
               ,
               allowing
               the
               tenth
               part
               to
               the
               King.
               
            
             
               Of
               three
               Copper-works
               ,
               
               I
               have
               knowne
               the
               tenth
               part
               (
               which
               is
               the
               Kings
               )
               to
               amount
               to
               the
               value
               of
               three
               thousand
               Dolars
               yearely
               :
               hereby
               estimation
               may
               be
               made
               of
               the
               Silver
               and
               Lead
               .
               But
               his
               taxes
               doe
               farre
               surpasse
               all
               his
               other
               In-comes
               :
               for
               he
               levieth
               the
               tenth
               of
               Rie
               ,
               Wheat
               ,
               Barley
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               Oxen
               ,
               Skinnes
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
               Of
               the
               tenth
               of
               Oxen
               ,
               at
               some
               times
               he
               hath
               gathered
               eighteene
               thousand
               ,
               and
               with
               them
               maintaineth
               his
               Court
               ,
               his
               Officers
               ,
               his
               Navie
               ,
               
               and
               his
               Armies
               :
               for
               in
               the
               time
               of
               warre
               either
               with
               the
               Dane
               or
               Moscovite
               ,
               he
               alloweth
               his
               Souldiers
               victuals
               ,
               and
               by
               this
               meanes
               provideth
               it
               at
               very
               easie
               rates
               ,
               as
               well
               offending
               as
               defending
               .
               The
               mariage
               of
               the
               Kings
               daughters
               is
               at
               the
               disposition
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               they
               allow
               them
               besides
               Silver
               ,
               Plate
               ,
               and
               other
               gifts
               ,
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               Dolars
               for
               a
               Dowrie
               .
               Of
               the
               Vplandish
               people
               and
               others
               which
               pay
               not
               the
               imposition
               of
               victuals
               ,
               the
               King
               is
               accustomed
               to
               exact
               of
               every
               poll
               according
               to
               his
               ability
               ,
               five
               Dolars
               or
               more
               yearely
               .
               The
               customes
               are
               paid
               in
               the
               Haven-Townes
               ;
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               are
               
                 Calmar
                 ,
                 Loabuis
              
               ,
               and
               Stockholme
               ,
               (
               whereat
               sometimes
               three
               hundred
               ships
               of
               burthen
               are
               to
               bee
               seene
               )
               
                 Abo
                 ,
                 Auge
                 ,
                 Revalia
                 ,
                 Parnovia
                 ,
              
               and
               Narve
               .
               It
               is
               thought
               that
               the
               King
               doth
               lay
               up
               in
               his
               Treasury
               ,
               six
               or
               seven
               hundred
               thousand
               Dolars
               ,
               over
               and
               above
               the
               expences
               upon
               the
               fortresses
               of
               Revalia
               and
               Viburgh
               ;
               for
               so
               did
               he
               in
               the
               yeare
               1578.
               out
               of
               two
               or
               three
               Mines
               onely
               ,
               and
               yet
               this
               was
               but
               the
               Kings
               tenth
               :
               whereas
               if
               need
               be
               ,
               he
               may
               take
               all
               the
               silver
               ,
               and
               pay
               the
               masters
               of
               the
               worke
               with
               victuals
               ,
               C●pper
               ,
               or
               other
               commodity
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               maintained
               in
               Sweveland
               and
               Gothland
               ,
               
               about
               thirty
               two
               Companies
               ,
               every
               troope
               consisting
               of
               five
               or
               six
               hundred
               Souldiers
               ,
               all
               Harquebusiers
               ,
               alwayes
               ready
               to
               march
               whither
               occasion
               calleth
               .
               Because
               of
               the
               thicknesse
               of
               the
               Woods
               ,
               the
               Horsemen
               serve
               with
               Petronels
               ,
               and
               seldome
               use
               Pikes
               or
               Launces
               .
               These
               are
               most
               excellent
               Footmen
               ;
               for
               every
               souldier
               is
               able
               to
               make
               and
               furnish
               himselfe
               with
               any
               furniture
               whatsoever
               ,
               even
               the
               making
               of
               his
               owne
               Flaske
               and
               Touch-box
               ;
               as
               likewise
               the
               common
               people
               in
               Pervina
               ,
               and
               the
               neighbouring
               Provinces
               ,
               being
               contented
               with
               a
               little
               ,
               have
               alwayes
               accustomed
               to
               make
               all
               implements
               for
               their
               houses
               and
               bodies
               ;
               to
               build
               ,
               to
               weave
               ,
               to
               play
               the
               Tailors
               ,
               to
               sow
               ,
               to
               reape
               ,
               and
               to
               forge
               tooles
               fit
               for
               their
               businesse
               .
               And
               as
               for
               these
               Trades
               ,
               which
               are
               neither
               common
               nor
               necessary
               ,
               a
               to
               paint
               ,
               to
               worke
               in
               silver
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ,
               there
               are
               notwithstanding
               found
               among
               them
               very
               good
               worke-men
               ,
               wanting
               rather
               matter
               
               than
               Art
               to
               worke
               upon
               .
               The
               Swevian
               Horse-men
               are
               divided
               into
               thirteene
               Companies
               :
               Sweveland
               and
               Gothland
               maintaine
               eleven
               ,
               and
               Finland
               two
               ;
               and
               upon
               necessitie
               they
               can
               raise
               a
               greater
               force
               :
               for
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Vrmeland
               (
               as
               report
               goeth
               )
               is
               able
               to
               furnish
               better
               than
               ten
               thousand
               men
               with
               Horse
               .
               In
               Marchland
               there
               is
               such
               plentifull
               breed
               of
               Horse
               ,
               that
               there
               they
               are
               sold
               at
               a
               very
               low
               rate
               :
               both
               these
               Provinces
               are
               in
               Gothland
               .
               Their
               Horse
               is
               not
               so
               bigge
               bodied
               as
               the
               Frieslander
               .
               but
               exceeding
               hardie
               ;
               active
               ,
               able
               to
               endure
               travell
               ,
               and
               fed
               with
               a
               little
               .
               I
               will
               not
               omit
               to
               speake
               of
               two
               Noble
               usages
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Swethland
               towards
               his
               Souldiers
               :
               one
               is
               that
               if
               a
               Souldier
               be
               taken
               prisoner
               ,
               he
               is
               ransomed
               at
               the
               Kings
               charges
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               that
               if
               his
               Horse
               be
               slaine
               ,
               the
               King
               bestoweth
               another
               upon
               him
               .
               To
               his
               Captaines
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               serve
               on
               Horse-back
               ,
               in
               part
               of
               payment
               of
               their
               wages
               ,
               hee
               giveth
               yearely
               a
               Garment
               ,
               which
               the
               Germans
               terme
               Idolis
               ,
               and
               may
               be
               taken
               for
               a
               Cassocke
               .
            
             
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               Captaines
               meanes
               ,
               if
               he
               serves
               within
               the
               Kingdome
               against
               the
               Dane
               or
               Moscovite
               ,
               is
               but
               foure
               Dollars
               a
               moneth
               ,
               and
               exemption
               for
               himselfe
               and
               family
               from
               other
               duties
               and
               payments
               to
               the
               King.
               The
               common
               souldier
               is
               not
               thus
               exempted
               ,
               unlesse
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               or
               danger
               :
               his
               other
               pay
               is
               one
               Dollar
               and
               a
               quarter
               for
               a
               moneth
               :
               small
               pay
               ,
               if
               you
               consider
               not
               the
               cheapnesse
               of
               victuals
               .
               In
               their
               marches
               in
               loose
               troopes
               ,
               they
               are
               billetted
               in
               the
               next
               houses
               at
               the
               countries
               charges
               :
               But
               when
               the
               Armie
               is
               in
               the
               field
               altogether
               ,
               the
               King
               findes
               them
               victuals
               ,
               without
               deducting
               it
               out
               of
               their
               meanes
               .
               It
               was
               not
               long
               since
               that
               the
               Horseman
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               received
               more
               than
               twenty
               Dollars
               standing
               for
               a
               yeare
               ,
               with
               a
               Horsemans
               coat
               and
               his
               exemptions
               :
               but
               this
               is
               increased
               in
               the
               warres
               .
               The
               Officers
               of
               Horse-troopes
               receive
               monethly
               pay
               for
               themselves
               ,
               their
               servitors
               ,
               horse-boyes
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               Nobilitie
               and
               Courtiers
               also
               (
               Privie
               Councellors
               excepted
               )
               which
               may
               be
               about
               three
               hundred
               in
               all
               ,
               are
               bound
               to
               wait
               on
               the
               King
               on
               horseback
               ;
               every
               of
               which
               for
               himselfe
               and
               followers
               ,
               receiving
               each
               
               five
               Dollars
               a
               moneth
               .
               Every
               Captaine
               must
               be
               a
               Gentleman
               borne
               .
            
             
               As
               touching
               their
               Sea-affaires
               ,
               
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               huge
               Sea-coast
               ,
               and
               infinite
               Havens
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               swarmeth
               with
               Mariners
               and
               shipping
               ,
               which
               the
               King
               may
               arrest
               in
               his
               Dominions
               ,
               as
               other
               Princes
               are
               accustomed
               to
               doe
               :
               hee
               maintaineth
               commonly
               fiftie
               Ships
               of
               warre
               ,
               whereof
               every
               one
               carrieth
               fortie
               peeces
               of
               Ordnance
               ,
               more
               or
               lesse
               .
               King
               Gustavus
               first
               brought
               in
               the
               use
               of
               Gallies
               .
               In
               the
               Warre
               which
               King
               Iohn
               waged
               with
               the
               Danes
               (
               before
               the
               Peace
               treated
               on
               at
               Stetin
               was
               agreed
               )
               he
               put
               to
               Sea
               seventie
               great
               ships
               ,
               besides
               other
               of
               smaller
               burthen
               ,
               in
               which
               were
               22000.
               fighting
               men
               .
               In
               the
               Summer
               time
               they
               warre
               at
               Sea
               ;
               in
               the
               Winter
               at
               Land
               :
               for
               then
               the
               Rivers
               are
               frozen
               ,
               as
               likewise
               the
               Sea
               neere
               the
               shore
               for
               a
               great
               space
               .
               Seeing
               I
               have
               spoken
               of
               Guns
               ,
               I
               will
               adde
               thus
               much
               ,
               that
               the
               King
               is
               thought
               to
               have
               about
               eight
               thousand
               great
               Peeces
               ,
               the
               most
               part
               of
               Brasse
               ,
               and
               that
               hee
               could
               cast
               many
               more
               if
               hee
               had
               more
               store
               of
               Tin.
               In
               the
               Castle
               of
               Stockholme
               only
               are
               numbred
               foure
               hundred
               .
               Certaine
               it
               is
               that
               the
               King
               can
               on
               the
               sudden
               rigge
               up
               a
               sufficient
               Fleet
               both
               for
               defence
               and
               offence
               ;
               and
               that
               cheaper
               than
               any
               Prince
               of
               Christendome
               .
               For
               first
               he
               hath
               store
               of
               Mariners
               ,
               and
               they
               easily
               paid
               ;
               as
               desiring
               little
               more
               than
               cloaths
               and
               victuals
               .
               Their
               cloathes
               are
               simple
               enough
               ;
               and
               their
               victuals
               the
               Countrie
               is
               bound
               to
               send
               them
               ;
               a
               proportion
               namely
               of
               Beefe
               ,
               Bacon
               ,
               Salt-fish
               ,
               Butter
               ,
               Barly
               and
               Peason
               .
               As
               for
               materials
               for
               building
               a
               ship
               ,
               he
               either
               hath
               them
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               (
               timber
               ,
               pitch
               ,
               iron
               and
               cordage
               ,
               )
               or
               else
               they
               are
               brought
               him
               but
               from
               the
               next
               doore
               .
               Brasse
               peeces
               (
               such
               plentie
               of
               metall
               he
               hath
               )
               that
               they
               cost
               him
               little
               or
               nothing
               .
               So
               that
               well
               might
               King
               Iohn
               the
               third
               of
               Swethland
               affirme
               ,
               that
               he
               would
               set
               out
               and
               maintaine
               as
               good
               a
               Fleet
               for
               100000.
               
               Dollars
               ,
               as
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               could
               for
               a
               million
               of
               pounds
               .
               The
               chiefe
               of
               the
               Kings
               Navie
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               ,
               rides
               (
               like
               our
               Kings
               at
               Chatham
               )
               commonly
               in
               two
               places
               ;
               either
               at
               Stockholme
               ,
               where
               they
               may
               lye
               safe
               ,
               even
               afloat
               without
               mooring
               ,
               or
               so
               much
               as
               anchoring
               ,
               
               the
               Harbour
               being
               thirty
               English
               miles
               within
               Land
               ,
               and
               the
               high
               cliffes
               keeping
               off
               all
               winds
               :
               The
               other
               Stations
               are
               in
               Finland
               ,
               still
               in
               a
               readinesse
               against
               the
               Muscovite
               ,
               and
               to
               watch
               that
               nor
               Armes
               nor
               munition
               be
               brought
               them
               out
               of
               Germanie
               .
            
             
               The
               chiefe
               Fort
               of
               this
               Countrey
               is
               the
               Finnish
               Sea
               ,
               
               which
               breaking
               in
               about
               Dantzik
               ,
               runs
               up
               with
               a
               long
               gut
               or
               free
               thorow
               the
               midst
               of
               his
               Countrey
               ,
               from
               South
               to
               North
               ,
               a
               great
               deale
               beyond
               the
               Arctick
               Circle
               ,
               into
               Finmarch
               and
               Lapland
               :
               another
               Arme
               of
               it
               ,
               neere
               the
               first
               entrance
               parting
               Liefland
               and
               Finland
               (
               of
               which
               it
               is
               called
               the
               Finnish
               Bay
               )
               flowing
               even
               to
               the
               Frontiers
               of
               Russeland
               :
               Both
               of
               them
               are
               wonderfull
               strengths
               ,
               eases
               ,
               and
               riches
               to
               his
               Countrey
               :
               Fortified
               Townes
               and
               Castles
               he
               hath
               in
               all
               his
               Frontiers
               upon
               the
               Dane
               and
               Muscovite
               ,
               some
               twentie
               in
               all
               .
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               West-side
               of
               Swethland
               is
               Denmarke
               ;
               
               on
               the
               East
               Moscovie
               ,
               with
               both
               which
               he
               hath
               had
               long
               war.
               The
               Swevians
               have
               suffered
               much
               losse
               by
               the
               Denmarkes
               :
               for
               King
               Christian
               the
               second
               besieged
               Stockholme
               ,
               and
               forced
               it
               ,
               committing
               all
               kinde
               of
               cruelty
               against
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               filling
               the
               Citie
               with
               bloud
               and
               dead
               carkases
               .
               The
               title
               which
               the
               Dane
               pretendeth
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Swethland
               ,
               is
               the
               cause
               of
               their
               enmities
               .
               The
               Havens
               ,
               the
               situation
               of
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               especially
               Gothland
               (
               which
               is
               a
               member
               of
               Gothia
               ,
               and
               therefore
               the
               Swevian
               claimeth
               it
               as
               his
               right
               )
               affordeth
               the
               Dane
               this
               facility
               of
               invading
               at
               his
               pleasure
               .
               After
               Gustavus
               recovered
               the
               Kingdom
               ,
               he
               and
               his
               son
               Henry
               and
               John
               reigned
               successively
               :
               and
               although
               bloud
               enough
               hath
               beene
               sh●●
               in
               the
               warres
               betweene
               Gustavus
               and
               the
               Paris
               ,
               yet
               the
               Kingdome
               hath
               retained
               her
               honour
               :
               and
               the
               Cit●e
               of
               Lubeck
               (
               the
               mightiest
               State
               in
               that
               Sea
               )
               sometimes
               by
               consederating
               with
               the
               one
               ,
               sometime
               with
               the
               other
               ,
               doth
               in
               so
               even
               a
               ballance
               poise
               the
               differences
               of
               these
               two
               Nations
               ,
               as
               it
               suffereth
               not
               the
               one
               to
               practise
               against
               the
               other
               ,
               upon
               the
               perill
               that
               may
               ensue
               to
               the
               offender
               .
               In
               waiting
               with
               the
               Moscovite
               ,
               the
               Swevian
               hath
               most
               advantage
               ,
               because
               Finland
               (
               which
               bordereth
               upon
               Russia
               )
               by
               reason
               
               of
               the
               great
               Marishes
               ,
               whereof
               it
               is
               full
               ,
               yeeldeth
               hard
               and
               perillous
               passage
               to
               the
               Enemie
               ,
               oftentimes
               swallowing
               up
               whole
               Armies
               in
               those
               congealed
               Waters
               :
               there
               be
               Keepers
               of
               the
               Castles
               of
               
                 Viburge
                 ,
                 Narve
                 ,
                 Ravelia
              
               ,
               and
               other
               piles
               and
               peeces
               upon
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovia
               ,
               excellent
               well
               fortified
               ,
               as
               bridles
               to
               stop
               his
               violent
               courses
               .
               In
               which
               ,
               hee
               doth
               very
               wisely
               ;
               for
               those
               peeces
               which
               lie
               in
               the
               Territories
               of
               our
               Enemies
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               regarded
               most
               carefully
               ,
               because
               they
               bring
               forth
               two
               notable
               effects
               :
               first
               ,
               they
               defend
               what
               is
               ours
               ,
               and
               offend
               what
               is
               the
               Enemies
               .
               The
               further
               they
               are
               distant
               from
               our
               borders
               ,
               the
               better
               they
               stand
               us
               instead
               :
               for
               while
               the
               Enemie
               is
               occupied
               in
               besieging
               thereof
               ,
               our
               owne
               State
               standeth
               in
               quiet
               ,
               and
               time
               affordeth
               meanes
               for
               rescue
               ,
               or
               delivery
               thereof
               at
               leasure
               ,
               and
               that
               without
               spoile
               to
               our
               owne
               people
               ,
               or
               losse
               of
               our
               proper
               revenues
               .
               They
               grieve
               the
               Enemie
               with
               so
               much
               the
               more
               dammage
               ,
               by
               how
               much
               the
               neerer
               they
               are
               situated
               unto
               him
               .
               Of
               this
               effect
               was
               Calais
               in
               the
               possession
               of
               the
               English
               ,
               and
               the
               places
               which
               the
               Spaniards
               and
               Portugals
               hold
               in
               Africke
               .
               But
               the
               Fortresses
               built
               in
               our
               owne
               borders
               ,
               serve
               to
               no
               other
               end
               ,
               than
               to
               defend
               what
               is
               already
               ours
               ,
               and
               that
               to
               our
               great
               disadvantage
               :
               for
               as
               often
               as
               they
               are
               invaded
               ,
               all
               things
               are
               done
               at
               a
               sudden
               ,
               and
               it
               cannot
               be
               avoided
               ,
               but
               somewhat
               will
               fall
               to
               the
               spoile
               of
               the
               Enemie
               .
               To
               end
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Swethland
               ,
               he
               is
               so
               much
               better
               able
               than
               the
               Moscovite
               to
               defend
               his
               Territories
               ,
               by
               how
               much
               Sea-forces
               joyned
               to
               Land-forces
               are
               able
               to
               prevaile
               against
               a
               State
               furnished
               with
               Land-forces
               only
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Spaine
               .
            
             
               EVROPE
               is
               in
               the
               Mappe
               shaped
               something
               like
               a
               Queene
               ;
               and
               there
               is
               Spaine
               made
               the
               head
               of
               it
               ;
               and
               perchance
               there
               may
               prove
               some
               fatalitie
               in
               it
               .
               The
               shape
               of
               Spaine
               doth
               indeed
               resemble
               a
               Dragon
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               creature
               of
               prey
               ,
               and
               for
               devouting
               .
               Spaine
               indeed
               hath
               in
               hope
               and
               designe
               ,
               already
               devoured
               all
               Europe
               ,
               and
               would
               be
               head
               of
               the
               Monarchie
               .
               B●
               stay
               !
               the
               proverbe
               is
               ,
               That
               
                 Serpens
                 nisi
                 serpentem
                 come
                 devis
                 ,
                 non
                 fit
                 Draco
                 :
              
               Vnlesse
               one
               Serpent
               eat
               another
               ,
               hee
               never
               proves
               a
               Dragon
               :
               there
               be
               many
               Countries
               that
               Spaine
               must
               first
               eat
               up
               ,
               before
               it
               proves
               the
               European
               Dragon
               and
               Monarch
               ;
               
                 England
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 Netherland
              
               ,
               &c.
               all
               must
               be
               care●
               first
               .
               But
               soberly
               to
               consider
               of
               the
               matter
               ,
               Spaine
               hath
               already
               done
               very
               well
               towards
               it
               :
               for
               ●●hence
               the
               remembrance
               of
               later
               times
               ,
               a
               larger
               Empire
               hath
               not
               befallen
               any
               Christian
               Potentate
               ,
               than
               that
               which
               the
               Spanish
               enjoyeth
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               especially
               since
               the
               union
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Portugal
               (
               with
               the
               dependencies
               thereof
               )
               unto
               this
               Crown
               .
               For
               besides
               the
               large
               and
               faire
               Provinces
               in
               Europe
               ,
               the
               goodly
               Regions
               of
               Asia
               ,
               and
               divers
               rich
               Territories
               in
               Africke
               ;
               he
               enjoyeth
               in
               peace
               and
               securitie
               ,
               without
               any
               corrivall
               o●
               competitor
               ,
               the
               
                 New
                 World
              
               ,
               in
               circuit
               more
               spacious
               than
               either
               Europe
               or
               Africke
               .
            
             
               In
               Europe
               hee
               is
               sole
               Soveraigne
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               
               holding
               it
               whole
               and
               entire
               ;
               A
               thing
               worthy
               observation
               ,
               for
               that
               by
               the
               space
               of
               eight
               hundred
               yeares
               before
               our
               age
               ,
               it
               never
               obeyed
               any
               one
               Prince
               ,
               but
               was
               dismembred
               and
               peece-meale
               claimed
               by
               divers
               Seigniors
               :
               Hee
               hath
               very
               much
               shaken
               Belgia
               ,
               and
               Lordeth
               it
               over
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               ,
               containing
               in
               circuit
               a
               thousand
               and
               foure
               hundred
               miles
               :
               and
               retaineth
               Insubria
               ,
               otherwise
               called
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Mil●une
               ,
               comprehending
               three
               hundred
               miles
               in
               circuit
               .
               Of
               the
               Islands
               ,
               he
               holdeth
               
                 Majorique
                 ,
                 Minorique
              
               ,
               and
               Evisa
               :
               
               the
               first
               of
               three
               hundred
               miles
               circuit
               ;
               the
               second
               of
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               ;
               the
               third
               of
               eight
               .
               Sicil
               is
               reported
               to
               containe
               seven
               hundred
               :
               Sardinia
               five
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               two
               .
            
             
               In
               Africa
               he
               holdeth
               the
               great
               Haven
               called
               Masalquivir
               ,
               
               the
               most
               secure
               and
               safe
               harbour
               in
               the
               whole
               Mediterranean
               Sea.
               Hee
               hath
               also
               
                 Oran
                 ,
                 Mililla
              
               ,
               and
               the
               rooke
               commonly
               called
               the
               Paevion
               of
               Velez
               :
               And
               without
               the
               Streights
               ,
               he
               possesseth
               the
               Canary
               Islands
               ,
               twelve
               in
               number
               ;
               and
               the
               least
               of
               seven
               ,
               containing
               ninety
               miles
               .
               In
               the
               right
               of
               the
               House
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               hee
               possesseth
               the
               famous
               places
               of
               Sepra
               and
               Tangier
               :
               and
               of
               late
               he
               hath
               conquered
               Alarach
               :
               the
               which
               may
               rightly
               bee
               surnamed
               the
               Keyes
               of
               the
               Streights
               ,
               yea
               ,
               of
               the
               Mediterran
               Sea
               ,
               and
               Atlantique
               Ocean
               .
            
             
               Without
               the
               Streights
               ,
               he
               holdeth
               the
               Citie
               of
               Mazaga
               ,
               
               and
               by
               the
               same
               Title
               in
               the
               vast
               Ocean
               ,
               he
               claimeth
               the
               
                 Terceraz
                 ,
                 Port-Santo
              
               ,
               and
               Madera
               ,
               famous
               for
               the
               Wines
               which
               grow
               therein
               ,
               and
               the
               Lady-like
               Iland
               of
               all
               the
               Atlantique
               ,
               containing
               by
               estimation
               160.
               miles
               in
               compasse
               :
               Then
               the
               Ilands
               of
               
                 Cape
                 Verd
              
               ,
               seven
               in
               number
               .
            
             
               Vnder
               the
               Aequinoctiall
               ,
               he
               holdeth
               the
               Iland
               of
               
                 S.
                 Thomas
              
               ,
               
               some
               what
               more
               spacious
               than
               Madera
               ,
               but
               most
               plentifull
               in
               Sugar
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               rangeth
               over
               that
               huge
               tract
               of
               Land
               ,
               which
               tendeth
               from
               
                 Cape
                 Aguer
              
               ,
               to
               
                 Cape
                 Guardafu
              
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               pretendeth
               to
               be
               Lord
               of
               all
               the
               Traffique
               ,
               Merchandize
               ,
               Negotiation
               ,
               and
               Navigation
               of
               the
               whole
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               the
               Ilands
               ,
               which
               Nature
               hath
               scattered
               in
               these
               Seas
               ,
               especially
               betweene
               the
               Cape
               of
               Good-hope
               ,
               and
               the
               promontory
               of
               Guardafu
               .
            
             
               In
               Asia
               ,
               in
               the
               aforesaid
               right
               of
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               
               he
               ruleth
               the
               better
               part
               of
               Westerne
               Coasts
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Ormus
                 ,
                 Diu
                 ,
                 Goa
              
               and
               
                 Malaca
                 ;
                 Ormus
              
               for
               his
               commodious
               situation
               is
               become
               so
               rich
               ,
               that
               these
               verses
               are
               growne
               to
               a
               common
               proverbe
               among
               the
               Arabians
               :
            
             
               As
               in
               a
               Ring
               ,
               the
               well
               set
               stone
               appeareth
               to
               the
               eye
               ,
            
             
               Such
               (
               to
               the
               worlds
               round
               circle
               )
               doth
               rich
               
               Ormus-Ilandlie
               .
            
             
             
               A
               great
               portion
               of
               
                 Arabia
                 Felix
              
               belongeth
               to
               the
               Principalitie
               of
               Ormus
               ,
               as
               likewise
               Balsara
               ,
               the
               Iland-Queene
               within
               that
               Gulfe
               ,
               for
               plentie
               ,
               circuit
               ,
               varietie
               of
               fruits
               ,
               and
               the
               rich
               fishing
               of
               Pearle
               .
               But
               this
               goodly
               Iland
               and
               Castle
               of
               Ormus
               is
               since
               taken
               from
               him
               by
               the
               Persians
               ,
               with
               the
               aid
               of
               our
               East-Indian
               Fleet
               :
               and
               there
               are
               continuall
               fights
               with
               the
               Portugall
               Frigats
               ,
               maintained
               by
               the
               English
               and
               Hollanders
               .
               So
               that
               on
               those
               coasts
               he
               rather
               exerciseth
               Pyracie
               ,
               than
               Dominion
               .
               In
               this
               Sea
               the
               Portugals
               possesse
               
                 Damian
                 ,
                 Bazain
                 ,
                 Tavaan
              
               ,
               and
               Goa
               ;
               which
               Citie
               (
               to
               omit
               
                 Chial
                 ,
                 Canora
                 ,
                 Cochin
              
               and
               Colan
               )
               is
               of
               so
               great
               esteeme
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               thought
               to
               yeeld
               the
               King
               as
               great
               a
               revenue
               as
               many
               Provinces
               in
               Europe
               doe
               their
               Lords
               :
               and
               finally
               ,
               the
               Portugals
               hold
               all
               that
               Sea-coast
               ,
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Citie
               Damian
               and
               Malepura
               ;
               wherein
               no
               Prince
               (
               except
               the
               King
               of
               Calecute
               )
               challengeth
               one
               foot
               of
               Land.
               The
               Iland
               of
               Zeilan
               ,
               wherein
               they
               possesse
               a
               strong
               Haven
               and
               a
               Castle
               ,
               commonly
               called
               Columbo
               ,
               may
               rightly
               be
               called
               the
               delight
               of
               Nature
               :
               They
               enjoy
               also
               Malaca
               ,
               which
               in
               those
               places
               is
               the
               bound
               and
               limit
               of
               their
               Empire
               ,
               as
               also
               the
               staple
               of
               the
               Traffique
               ,
               and
               the
               Navigation
               of
               the
               East
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               those
               Ilands
               ,
               being
               so
               many
               and
               so
               spacious
               ,
               that
               in
               circuit
               of
               Land
               they
               may
               well
               be
               compared
               to
               all
               Europe
               .
            
             
               To
               continue
               their
               Trade
               with
               the
               Chinois
               ,
               and
               the
               Ilanders
               of
               Tidore
               ,
               and
               for
               their
               entercourse
               to
               the
               Moluccas
               and
               Banda
               ,
               they
               have
               erected
               certaine
               strong
               places
               in
               all
               of
               them
               ,
               but
               indeed
               resembling
               rather
               Factories
               than
               Castles
               .
            
             
               Certainly
               it
               would
               amaze
               a
               man
               to
               thinke
               how
               many
               puissant
               Kings
               and
               fierce
               Nations
               are
               bridled
               and
               yoked
               by
               the
               Armes
               of
               twelve
               thousand
               Portugues
               ;
               (
               for
               in
               so
               huge
               a
               tract
               of
               Land
               and
               Sea
               ,
               there
               neither
               are
               ,
               nor
               ever
               were
               ,
               a
               greater
               number
               inhabiting
               )
               and
               those
               few
               ,
               not
               only
               to
               have
               discovered
               and
               conquered
               the
               
                 Atlanticke
                 ,
                 Indian
              
               ,
               and
               the
               East-Seas
               ,
               but
               also
               ever
               since
               ,
               till
               now
               of
               late
               ,
               to
               have
               kept
               and
               defended
               the
               Soveraigntie
               thereof
               against
               all
               Invaders
               .
               How
               ever
               their
               fame
               and
               fortunes
               at
               this
               day
               seeme
               to
               be
               
               eclipsed
               by
               the
               trading
               of
               the
               Dutch
               &
               English
               Merchants
               ;
               they
               will
               not
               sticke
               to
               relate
               unto
               you
               ,
               how
               by
               the
               vertue
               of
               their
               Armes
               ,
               they
               tooke
               the
               kingdome
               of
               Ormus
               from
               the
               Vassall
               and
               Confederate
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Persia
               :
               as
               also
               how
               they
               drowned
               and
               defeated
               at
               Diu
               ,
               the
               Navie
               of
               the
               Sultan
               of
               Aegypt
               ,
               fully
               furnished
               with
               Mammeluks
               ,
               a
               kinde
               of
               Souldierie
               no
               lesse
               famous
               for
               their
               valour
               and
               discipline
               ,
               than
               the
               
                 Pretorian
                 Turkish
                 Ianizars
              
               :
               As
               also
               that
               they
               made
               good
               the
               said
               place
               against
               the
               leagues
               of
               the
               Turkes
               and
               Guzarits
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Red-sea
               they
               have
               often
               foiled
               the
               Turkish
               Armada
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1552.
               they
               defeated
               his
               whole
               Fleet
               at
               Ormus
               .
               In
               Taproban
               they
               affronted
               the
               Kings
               of
               
                 Decan
                 ,
                 Cambaia
                 ,
                 Calecute
              
               ,
               and
               Achem
               ;
               Princes
               favoured
               ,
               &
               throughly
               assisted
               with
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               said
               Emperour
               :
               Yea
               ,
               such
               have
               beene
               their
               expeditions
               into
               
                 Cambaia
                 ,
                 India
              
               ,
               that
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               along
               the
               coasts
               of
               Asia
               ,
               that
               in
               desert
               of
               glory
               and
               admiration
               ,
               they
               are
               (
               by
               their
               owne
               Writers
               )
               censured
               to
               be
               nothing
               inferiour
               to
               the
               victorious
               Alexander
               ;
               yea
               ,
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               to
               be
               preferred
               ,
               because
               neither
               in
               circuit
               ,
               nor
               numbers
               of
               people
               ,
               they
               were
               ever
               comparable
               to
               the
               Macedonian
               :
               for
               with
               nineteene
               ships
               they
               overthrew
               the
               Aegyptian
               Navie
               ,
               farre
               more
               powerfull
               in
               number
               and
               furniture
               :
               with
               two
               thousand
               Souldiers
               they
               forced
               Goa
               ,
               and
               recovered
               it
               (
               being
               lost
               )
               with
               fifteene
               hundred
               .
               With
               eight
               hundred
               they
               won
               Malaca
               ;
               and
               not
               with
               many
               more
               ,
               Ormus
               .
            
             
               But
               little
               need
               the
               Portugals
               bragge
               of
               their
               victories
               atchieved
               upon
               effeminate
               ,
               barbarous
               ,
               and
               naked
               men
               ,
               such
               as
               in
               the
               West-Indies
               would
               by
               troopes
               run
               away
               from
               one
               of
               the
               Spaniards
               horses
               or
               dogs
               :
               I
               wonder
               that
               twelve
               thousand
               Portugals
               have
               done
               no
               more
               against
               so
               little
               resistance
               .
               But
               let
               the
               Portugals
               bragge
               of
               their
               victories
               against
               the
               English
               and
               Hollanders
               .
               And
               though
               there
               be
               but
               twelve
               thousand
               Portugals
               inhabiting
               there
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               continually
               supplied
               from
               home
               ,
               and
               they
               make
               the
               poore
               Blacks
               and
               Natives
               of
               those
               Indies
               ,
               to
               serve
               them
               in
               their
               Gallies
               ,
               Warres
               ,
               and
               drudgerie
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               can
               command
               
               his
               subjects
               at
               home
               in
               Portugal
               ,
               yet
               these
               〈◊〉
               yeeld
               him
               but
               little
               obedience
               ;
               so
               that
               here
               the
               Spa●●●
               hath
               no
               dominion
               .
            
             
               Another
               member
               of
               the
               Spanish-Dominions
               lieth
               in
               the
               New-World
               ;
               
               wherein
               because
               he
               hath
               no
               corrivall
               able
               to
               make
               head
               against
               him
               ,
               he
               challengeth
               as
               his
               owne
               ,
               what
               soever
               either
               by
               discoverie
               ,
               or
               conquest
               ,
               he
               attaineth
               unto
               .
               This
               New-Worlds
               dominion
               is
               divided
               into
               Continent
               and
               Islands
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               North-sea
               are
               so
               many
               Islands
               ,
               
               (
               most
               of
               them
               of
               forty
               miles
               in
               compasse
               )
               that
               their
               number
               can
               hardly
               be
               ascertained
               or
               knowne
               :
               and
               some
               of
               them
               are
               rich
               and
               spacious
               ,
               sufficient
               to
               erect
               a
               great
               and
               stately
               Kingdome
               .
               Of
               these
               ,
               Boriquen
               is
               three
               hundred
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               threescore
               broad
               :
               ●amaica
               is
               little
               lesse
               :
               Cuba
               is
               three
               hundred
               long
               and
               twenty
               broad
               :
               Hispaniola
               containeth
               a
               thousand
               and
               six
               hundred
               miles
               in
               compasse
               .
               On
               the
               Continent
               he
               is
               absolute
               Lord
               (
               say
               they
               )
               of
               all
               that
               Sea-coast
               which
               watereth
               
                 Florida
                 ,
                 Nova-Hispania
                 ,
                 Iucatan
              
               ,
               and
               all
               that
               spacious
               So●therly
               Peninsula
               ,
               to
               the
               Cape
               of
               California
               ,
               and
               Quivira
               .
               For
               even
               so
               farre
               have
               the
               Discoveries
               and
               Navigations
               of
               this
               Nation
               pierced
               .
               The
               coast
               of
               Nova-Hispania
               counting
               his
               beginning
               at
               the
               Towne
               of
               
                 Santa
                 Helena
              
               ,
               and
               cutting
               by
               Panama
               to
               Quivira
               ,
               containeth
               about
               five
               thousand
               and
               two
               hundred
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               to
               which
               if
               you
               please
               to
               adde
               the
               upland
               Regions
               ,
               coasting
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               no
               lesse
               than
               nine
               thousand
               miles
               .
            
             
               Peru
               ,
               beginning
               at
               Panama
               ,
               containeth
               by
               the
               Maritime
               coast
               twelve
               thousand
               and
               six
               hundred
               miles
               :
               of
               which
               three
               thousand
               lying
               betweene
               the
               River
               Maragnon
               and
               the
               River
               of
               Plate
               ,
               and
               including
               Brasil
               ,
               doe
               acknowledge
               the
               Soveraigntie
               of
               Portugal
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Continent
               are
               many
               Kingdomes
               and
               Seigniores
               ,
               
               amongst
               which
               ,
               those
               of
               Mexico
               and
               Peru
               (
               once
               most
               powerfull
               and
               wealthy
               Dominions
               )
               were
               counted
               chiefe
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               two
               imperiall
               Monarchies
               .
               These
               Kings
               lived
               a
               long
               while
               in
               great
               Majestie
               ,
               inhabited
               sumptuous
               Palaces
               ,
               and
               
               maintained
               a
               mighty
               troope
               of
               their
               vessels
               for
               the
               guard
               of
               their
               persons
               .
            
             
               On
               one
               quarter
               they
               inlarged
               their
               bounds
               ,
               and
               transferred
               their
               Religion
               and
               Language
               to
               the
               skirts
               of
               
                 Iegnan
                 Pecan
              
               ,
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               remote
               from
               Mexico
               :
               and
               on
               another
               quarter
               as
               farre
               as
               Guatimall
               ,
               300.
               leagues
               distant
               .
               In
               these
               places
               they
               made
               the
               North
               and
               South
               Seas
               their
               bounds
               ;
               but
               
                 Mecoican
                 ,
                 Tapcalan
              
               ,
               and
               Terpeacan
               ,
               they
               could
               never
               bring
               under
               their
               yoke
               .
               Their
               differences
               with
               the
               citie
               of
               Tascala
               ,
               incouraged
               the
               Spaniards
               to
               invade
               their
               dominions
               :
               and
               being
               entered
               ,
               made
               their
               victorie
               easie
               ,
               and
               the
               end
               fortunate
               :
               this
               happened
               in
               the
               yeare
               1518.
               
               This
               people
               (
               divided
               into
               seven
               Tribes
               )
               came
               into
               those
               Regions
               ,
               from
               that
               part
               of
               the
               North
               ,
               where
               of
               late
               yeares
               the
               Spaniard
               d●scovered
               a
               most
               wealthy
               and
               populous
               Province
               ,
               which
               at
               this
               day
               they
               call
               New-Mexico
               .
            
             
               Besides
               Merchandize
               ,
               incredible
               treasures
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               are
               transported
               out
               of
               Nova-Hispania
               and
               Peru.
               
               Of
               those
               treasures
               ,
               commonly
               Peru
               yeeldeth
               two
               parts
               ,
               and
               Nova-Hispania
               the
               third
               ,
               which
               is
               more
               rich
               in
               Merchandize
               than
               Mexico
               .
               Amongst
               the
               rest
               ,
               it
               yeeldeth
               Cochinolla
               ,
               a
               commoditie
               of
               inestimable
               value
               ,
               and
               infinite
               store
               of
               Hides
               .
               The
               Islands
               also
               afford
               plentie
               of
               Hides
               ,
               Cotton
               ,
               Wooll
               ,
               Sugar
               ,
               Cana-fistula
               ,
               Hard
               wax
               ,
               and
               Pearles
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               these
               riches
               and
               treasures
               of
               Peru
               ,
               
               two
               things
               are
               wonderfull
               :
               One
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               Silver-Mines
               ,
               which
               were
               discovered
               in
               Potosie
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1545
               ,
               there
               is
               ,
               and
               hath
               beene
               found
               so
               huge
               a
               masse
               of
               Bullion
               ,
               that
               the
               fifth
               part
               (
               which
               is
               the
               Kings
               )
               in
               the
               space
               of
               forty
               yeares
               amounted
               to
               one
               hundred
               and
               eleven
               millions
               of
               Pezoes
               :
               neither
               yet
               did
               two
               third
               parts
               pay
               their
               customarie
               due
               to
               his
               Majestie
               .
               The
               other
               is
               the
               Quicksilver-Mines
               in
               Guas-valcan
               ,
               found
               in
               the
               yeare
               1567.
               out
               of
               which
               the
               King
               hath
               received
               forty
               thousand
               Pezoes
               ,
               all
               charges
               defrayed
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               truth
               ,
               were
               it
               not
               for
               the
               tribute
               of
               these
               Westerne
               Mines
               ,
               neither
               could
               the
               pride
               of
               Spaine
               be
               divulged
               ,
               nor
               the
               Cities
               of
               Sivil
               or
               
                 Lisbone
                 ,
                 cum
                 multis
                 aliis
              
               ,
               be
               enriched
               ,
               
               nor
               the
               Escurial
               blazoned
               ,
               no
               nor
               life
               haply
               maintained
               ,
               nor
               the
               Ports
               frequented
               ,
               nor
               the
               native
               commodities
               to
               satisfaction
               of
               forien
               importation
               countervailed
               ,
               nor
               the
               Garrisons
               paid
               ,
               nor
               such
               frequent
               troopes
               of
               strange
               souldiers
               yearely
               entertained
               .
            
             
               But
               it
               is
               a
               strange
               thing
               to
               note
               ,
               
               that
               whereas
               Nature
               hath
               interlaced
               so
               riotously
               her
               golden
               and
               silver
               Veines
               in
               the
               bosome
               and
               wombe
               of
               Peru
               ,
               it
               hath
               bestowed
               no
               su●h
               blessing
               upon
               her
               neerest
               daughter
               Brasile
               ;
               but
               instead
               thereof
               hath
               inriched
               it
               with
               a
               most
               temperate
               and
               wholsome
               aire
               ,
               with
               many
               pleasant
               Springs
               and
               large
               Rivers
               ,
               not
               without
               sufficiencie
               of
               wood
               :
               she
               hath
               divided
               the
               land
               into
               fruitfull
               and
               delightsome
               hils
               ,
               cloathed
               it
               with
               the
               beautie
               of
               continuall
               greennesse
               ,
               abounding
               above
               beleefe
               with
               Sugar-canes
               ,
               which
               the
               Portugals
               have
               there
               planted
               ,
               and
               now
               transport
               in
               infinite
               quantitie
               into
               forren
               Regions
               .
            
             
               The
               Philipinae
               may
               well
               be
               termed
               the
               appendances
               to
               this
               New-World
               ;
               
               for
               although
               in
               respect
               of
               their
               site
               and
               proximitie
               ,
               they
               may
               be
               thought
               a
               part
               of
               Asia
               ;
               yet
               the
               discoverers
               thereof
               travelled
               thorow
               New-Spaine
               ,
               before
               they
               could
               discover
               them
               :
               of
               which
               Islands
               ,
               more
               than
               forty
               are
               subject
               to
               this
               Soveraigntie
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               have
               beene
               reduced
               unto
               civill
               kinde
               of
               life
               and
               policie
               .
            
             
               Having
               thus
               generally
               run
               over
               the
               spacious
               (
               or
               rather
               boundlesse
               )
               members
               of
               this
               Empire
               ,
               
               I
               will
               now
               relate
               unto
               you
               the
               true
               qualitie
               and
               State
               of
               this
               great
               Prince
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               (
               the
               matter
               being
               so
               much
               the
               more
               hard
               ,
               by
               how
               much
               the
               more
               copious
               in
               it selfe
               .
               )
               And
               not
               to
               wearie
               your
               patience
               with
               long
               discourse
               ,
               I
               will
               restraine
               my selfe
               to
               things
               of
               most
               importance
               ,
               with
               all
               possible
               varietie
               .
               In
               performance
               whereof
               ,
               forbearing
               to
               tell
               ,
               how
               out
               of
               this
               House
               of
               Austria
               ,
               in
               the
               space
               of
               three
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               ten
               Emperors
               have
               already
               successively
               succeeded
               one
               another
               ,
               from
               Father
               to
               Sonne
               ;
               As
               also
               by
               what
               casualties
               so
               many
               Kingdomes
               and
               Provinces
               have
               beene
               united
               unto
               this
               Crowne
               ;
               And
               in
               particular
               ,
               how
               the
               Houses
               of
               Austria
               and
               Burgundie
               have
               in
               such
               sort
               beene
               conjoyned
               ,
               that
               had
               his
               
               enterprises
               against
               England
               and
               France
               fallen
               out
               conformable
               to
               expectation
               ,
               without
               question
               he
               had
               beene
               much
               inabled
               to
               have
               marcht
               on
               with
               large
               paces
               ,
               to
               the
               Monarchie
               of
               the
               whole
               world
               .
            
             
               This
               his
               Empire
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               parts
               ;
               
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               Estates
               of
               Italie
               ,
               the
               Dominions
               of
               the
               Indies
               ,
               and
               the
               Countries
               of
               
                 Flanders
                 .
                 Spaine
              
               is
               by
               the
               Spaniards
               (
               for
               the
               greater
               grace
               )
               divided
               into
               ten
               Kingdomes
               ,
               
               and
               hath
               beene
               alway
               acknowledged
               for
               so
               wealthie
               ,
               puissant
               ,
               and
               so
               spacious
               a
               Kingdome
               ,
               that
               the
               Romans
               and
               Carthaginians
               continued
               so
               long
               and
               so
               cruell
               warres
               for
               the
               possession
               and
               royaltie
               thereof
               .
               The
               Goths
               and
               Vandals
               ,
               when
               (
               with
               the
               streame
               of
               their
               over-flowing
               multitudes
               )
               they
               swarmed
               over
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               ,
               here
               sate
               them
               downe
               ,
               and
               made
               it
               the
               place
               of
               their
               habitation
               .
               
                 Trebellius
                 Pollio
              
               termed
               it
               and
               France
               ,
               The
               joynts
               and
               finewes
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               .
               Constantine
               ,
               when
               he
               divided
               the
               Empire
               ,
               preferred
               it
               before
               Italie
               :
               and
               in
               the
               division
               ,
               when
               
                 England
                 ,
                 France
                 ,
                 Spaine
              
               ,
               and
               Italie
               fell
               to
               his
               lot
               ,
               hee
               little
               esteeming
               the
               last
               ,
               and
               voluntarily
               leaving
               it
               to
               his
               competitor
               ,
               contented
               himselfe
               with
               the
               three
               formost
               .
            
             
               The
               Estates
               of
               Italie
               (
               the
               finewes
               and
               nurseries
               of
               his
               warres
               )
               comprehend
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Sicilie
                 ,
                 Sardinia
              
               ,
               
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Millaine
               ,
               and
               the
               three
               Forts
               situate
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               of
               
                 Tuscain
                 ,
                 Orbatello
                 ,
                 Vrcole
              
               ,
               and
               Telemon
               .
            
             
               The
               dominion
               of
               India
               is
               divided
               into
               the
               East
               and
               West
               :
               
               In
               the
               East
               he
               hath
               but
               some
               Islands
               farre
               distant
               from
               the
               firme
               Land
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               West
               he
               hath
               divers
               Provinces
               adjoyning
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               ,
               yet
               not
               penetrating
               farre
               within
               the
               Land.
               And
               although
               he
               doth
               daily
               conquer
               some
               of
               the
               neighbouring
               places
               ,
               yet
               they
               be
               of
               no
               great
               value
               nor
               consequence
               .
            
             
               From
               the
               Low-Countries
               he
               reapeth
               small
               profit
               ;
               
               for
               hee
               hath
               there
               lost
               his
               ancient
               Revenues
               with
               his
               reputation
               ,
               being
               faine
               to
               acknowledge
               the
               States
               of
               
                 Holland
                 ,
                 Zeland
              
               ,
               &c.
               for
               free
               ,
               before
               they
               would
               yeeld
               to
               capitulate
               with
               him
               .
            
             
             
               To
               intreat
               first
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               (
               because
               it
               is
               the
               centre
               of
               this
               spacious
               Empire
               )
               it
               is
               conserved
               by
               two
               meanes
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               by
               Iustice
               and
               Religion
               ,
               keeping
               this
               people
               in
               obedience
               more
               with
               severity
               and
               chastisement
               ,
               than
               with
               clemency
               and
               mercy
               .
               The
               Province
               it selfe
               is
               barren
               ,
               if
               we
               consider
               each
               part
               thereof
               by
               it selfe
               ,
               but
               being
               reduced
               into
               one
               grosse
               ,
               it
               aboundeth
               with
               all
               things
               necessary
               ,
               especially
               towards
               the
               Sea
               coast
               :
               being
               also
               stored
               with
               divers
               Minerals
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               it
               hath
               few
               men
               ,
               and
               is
               not
               populous
               ,
               both
               by
               reason
               that
               a
               great
               number
               are
               drawne
               from
               thence
               to
               serve
               in
               the
               warres
               ,
               to
               re-enforce
               the
               garrisons
               ,
               and
               to
               defend
               the
               forts
               abroad
               ,
               as
               well
               amongst
               the
               Indies
               ,
               as
               in
               many
               other
               places
               of
               his
               dominions
               :
               as
               also
               ,
               for
               that
               many
               of
               them
               doe
               exercise
               Merchandize
               and
               Navigation
               ;
               Which
               although
               it
               bring
               some
               dammage
               to
               the
               State
               ,
               because
               so
               many
               leave
               the
               Country
               ,
               yet
               proveth
               it
               very
               beneficiall
               and
               commodious
               by
               their
               enricht
               returne
               unto
               their
               owne
               houses
               ,
               and
               ridding
               by
               that
               meanes
               the
               Country
               of
               the
               more
               slothfull
               sort
               of
               home-livers
               .
               Two
               parts
               are
               incompast
               with
               the
               Ocean
               and
               Mediterran
               Seas
               ,
               the
               third
               is
               secured
               from
               the
               power
               of
               the
               French
               Armes
               ,
               not
               onely
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               craggy
               situation
               of
               the
               Pirenean
               ,
               of
               
                 Scialon
                 ,
                 Pargnan
              
               ,
               and
               Pampelone
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               mountainous
               and
               hard
               to
               passe
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               forts
               :
               but
               also
               through
               the
               difficulty
               that
               they
               should
               there
               finde
               in
               journeying
               ,
               and
               the
               incommodity
               and
               want
               of
               victuals
               ,
               entring
               into
               a
               Country
               so
               sterill
               and
               unfruitfull
               .
               The
               other
               part
               (
               confining
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               upon
               the
               Mediterran
               Sea
               )
               remaineth
               onely
               exposed
               unto
               the
               Turkish
               Navie
               ;
               from
               which
               it
               is
               well
               secured
               by
               having
               few
               Ports
               ,
               and
               those
               diligently
               kept
               and
               guarded
               with
               powerfull
               forces
               .
               But
               amongst
               all
               the
               offensive
               Potentates
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               England
               is
               able
               to
               infest
               it
               more
               than
               any
               other
               :
               for
               in
               the
               late
               warres
               ,
               it
               did
               beyond
               measure
               trouble
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               in
               pitying
               the
               quarrell
               of
               
                 Don
                 Antonio
              
               (
               a
               man
               much
               favoured
               of
               that
               Crowne
               )
               in
               such
               sort
               ,
               that
               the
               City
               of
               Lisbon
               ,
               once
               famous
               and
               well
               inhabited
               ,
               became
               poore
               ,
               and
               well-nigh
               dispeopled
               .
               For
               whereas
               
               in
               〈◊〉
               past
               one
               might
               number
               a
               thousand
               vessels
               within
               her
               Ports
               ,
               500
               of
               them
               were
               consumed
               &
               taken
               by
               the
               enemie
               ,
               which
               did
               not
               much
               displease
               his
               Majestie
               :
               for
               (
               some
               said
               )
               he
               was
               well
               content
               to
               see
               the
               Portugals
               so
               impoverished
               and
               abased
               ,
               because
               they
               live
               male-contentedly
               under
               his
               obedience
               and
               government
               .
               Whereupon
               at
               all
               times
               his
               Majesty
               is
               constrained
               to
               maintaine
               a
               strong
               Armada
               in
               these
               Seas
               ,
               to
               safeguard
               the
               Navigation
               to
               the
               Indies
               ,
               and
               to
               secure
               the
               Merchants
               comming
               from
               thence
               into
               these
               Countries
               ,
               over
               and
               besides
               twenty
               foure
               Gallies
               ,
               which
               he
               keepeth
               to
               guard
               the
               coast
               ,
               and
               to
               defend
               it
               from
               the
               Turkish
               fleet
               ,
               and
               the
               incursions
               of
               Pyrats
               ;
               the
               charges
               whereof
               ,
               with
               the
               maintenance
               of
               the
               fortifications
               and
               defences
               ,
               amount
               yearely
               to
               halfe
               a
               million
               of
               Gold.
               The
               number
               of
               souldiers
               in
               all
               the
               presidiarie
               places
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               amount
               to
               eight
               thousand
               ,
               not
               reckoning
               any
               man
               of
               sort
               ,
               nor
               Mariners
               ;
               for
               instead
               of
               these
               ,
               the
               Moores
               and
               Turkish
               slaves
               doe
               serve
               in
               the
               Gallies
               .
               This
               Kingdome
               doth
               never
               send
               forth
               any
               Horsemen
               ,
               because
               there
               be
               but
               few
               ,
               and
               yet
               not
               sufficient
               for
               their
               owne
               affaires
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               next
               ranke
               follow
               the
               Italian
               Provinces
               ;
               
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Millaine
              
               ,
               and
               Sicilie
               ;
               wherein
               nature
               hath
               confined
               ,
               
               and
               heaped
               up
               as
               it
               were
               into
               her
               Closet
               ,
               all
               those
               delightfull
               happinesses
               ,
               which
               with
               her
               owne
               hands
               she
               hath
               here
               and
               there
               scattered
               and
               dispersed
               through
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               European
               Provinces
               ,
               whereof
               in
               their
               proper
               places
               .
            
             
               The
               Revenue
               which
               his
               Majestie
               doth
               principally
               raise
               upon
               the
               Ecclesiasticall
               livings
               ,
               
               (
               viz.
               )
               the
               Tithes
               of
               the
               Church
               ,
               the
               Buls
               of
               the
               Crosse
               ,
               both
               amongst
               the
               Indies
               ,
               through
               all
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Sicilie
               ,
               doe
               amount
               to
               two
               millions
               by
               yeare
               :
               and
               these
               may
               be
               well
               numbred
               amongst
               his
               ordinary
               revenues
               ,
               because
               they
               be
               yearely
               raised
               ,
               and
               be
               the
               surest
               and
               most
               certaine
               that
               this
               Crowne
               enjoyeth
               .
               Commendums
               and
               presentations
               unto
               benefices
               ,
               doe
               yeeld
               yearely
               to
               his
               Majestie
               a
               great
               quantity
               of
               mony
               .
               The
               whole
               revenues
               of
               the
               Clergie
               are
               valued
               at
               six
               millions
               of
               gold
               by
               yeare
               ,
               there
               being
               foure
               and
               thirty
               Cathedrall
               
               Churches
               all
               very
               rich
               ,
               of
               which
               some
               have
               fifty
               ,
               some
               one
               hundred
               ,
               and
               some
               two
               hundred
               millions
               of
               crownes
               of
               yearely
               revenues
               :
               as
               in
               particular
               ,
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Tiledo
               hath
               more
               than
               three
               hundred
               millions
               ,
               remaining
               over
               and
               besides
               free
               to
               his
               substitute
               Prelate
               two
               hundred
               .
               Neither
               doth
               his
               Majestie
               care
               to
               bring
               these
               Churches
               to
               a
               greater
               number
               ,
               for
               then
               should
               hee
               with
               greater
               difficulty
               make
               use
               of
               the
               revenues
               and
               riches
               thereof
               when
               occasion
               required
               .
               And
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               the
               Cardinall
               Birago
               gave
               to
               his
               Majestie
               at
               divers
               times
               ,
               more
               than
               a
               million
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               gold
               ,
               upon
               some
               simoniacall
               occasion
               .
            
             
               So
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               the
               ordinary
               revenues
               of
               Spaine
               doe
               amount
               to
               six
               millions
               of
               gold
               ,
               whereof
               much
               hath
               beene
               pawned
               for
               the
               debts
               of
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               the
               rest
               is
               spent
               in
               charges
               of
               the
               warres
               ,
               in
               the
               government
               of
               the
               Kings
               houshold
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Gallies
               ,
               which
               he
               maintaineth
               to
               safeguard
               the
               coast
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               .
            
             
               In
               extraordinarie
               revenues
               he
               raiseth
               much
               more
               ;
               
               for
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Castile
               alone
               in
               one
               yeare
               ,
               his
               Majestie
               had
               nigh
               eight
               millions
               of
               Gold.
               And
               while
               I
               was
               at
               his
               Court
               ,
               his
               Majestie
               sent
               a
               Iesuite
               through
               all
               Spaine
               ,
               who
               went
               from
               house
               to
               house
               ,
               requiring
               their
               benevolence
               ,
               as
               an
               almes
               for
               the
               expences
               in
               his
               warres
               :
               by
               which
               meanes
               he
               raised
               a
               million
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               gold
               ,
               but
               with
               much
               dishonour
               ,
               saving
               that
               it
               was
               said
               ,
               that
               hee
               did
               better
               to
               demand
               this
               money
               for
               the
               love
               of
               God
               ,
               than
               to
               take
               it
               by
               force
               :
               yet
               was
               not
               the
               request
               such
               ,
               but
               that
               it
               had
               in
               it
               the
               effect
               of
               a
               command
               ;
               his
               Majesty
               excusing
               himselfe
               ,
               that
               the
               Emperour
               his
               Father
               whilest
               he
               lived
               ,
               did
               the
               selfe-same
               thing
               in
               his
               greatest
               and
               most
               urgent
               affaires
               and
               necessities
               .
               There
               doe
               not
               want
               also
               other
               meanes
               and
               devices
               to
               raise
               money
               ,
               as
               the
               imposition
               of
               the
               Milstone
               ;
               which
               as
               it
               is
               supposed
               ,
               if
               it
               once
               take
               effect
               ,
               will
               amount
               to
               two
               millions
               of
               gold
               yearely
               .
               There
               be
               also
               sales
               of
               Offices
               ,
               Escheats
               ,
               Penalties
               ,
               Amerciaments
               ,
               and
               other
               like
               meanes
               to
               raise
               money
               ,
               as
               in
               other
               Kingdomes
               .
            
             
             
               His
               Majestie
               hath
               orders
               of
               Knight-hood
               also
               ,
               
               (
               viz.
               )
               of
               Saint
               Iames
               ,
               of
               Alcantera
               ,
               of
               Callatrava
               ,
               of
               Montesea
               ,
               and
               of
               Christ
               :
               this
               last
               Order
               is
               in
               Portugal
               ,
               which
               all
               together
               doe
               yeeld
               him
               yearely
               275.
               millions
               of
               crownes
               ,
               and
               accrueth
               to
               them
               in
               rents
               paid
               by
               the
               Iuccarie
               .
               The
               Order
               of
               the
               Crosse
               is
               much
               desired
               ,
               and
               greatly
               sought
               for
               by
               the
               great
               men
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               because
               it
               yeeldeth
               both
               honour
               and
               profit
               ,
               being
               in
               number
               two
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               ,
               which
               have
               in
               yearely
               revenues
               15000000
               crownes
               of
               gold
               .
               But
               to
               some
               he
               giveth
               the
               Order
               ,
               and
               not
               the
               Fee
               ;
               to
               others
               the
               Fee
               ,
               not
               the
               Order
               ;
               but
               to
               many
               for
               their
               good
               service
               ,
               both
               Fee
               and
               Order
               .
               There
               is
               also
               the
               Order
               of
               the
               Toison
               ,
               of
               which
               his
               Majestie
               is
               chiefe
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               most
               honourable
               ,
               and
               most
               sought
               for
               of
               Princes
               ,
               although
               it
               yeeldeth
               no
               profit
               .
               Of
               this
               is
               made
               great
               account
               ,
               and
               herewith
               onely
               Princes
               and
               personages
               of
               quality
               are
               honoured
               .
            
             
               In
               these
               Kingdomes
               are
               found
               divers
               discontented
               persons
               ,
               
               and
               ill
               satisfied
               with
               the
               government
               ,
               for
               that
               all
               those
               Moores
               which
               there
               inhabit
               (
               being
               forced
               to
               turne
               Christians
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               same
               force
               constrained
               so
               to
               continue
               )
               are
               wonderfully
               displeased
               .
               And
               such
               as
               are
               called
               Iewes
               ,
               
               or
               halfe
               Christians
               ,
               doe
               daily
               increase
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               multiply
               in
               riches
               ;
               For
               they
               all
               marrie
               ,
               and
               never
               goe
               to
               the
               warres
               ,
               but
               continually
               intend
               their
               traffike
               and
               commoditie
               .
               Besides
               these
               ,
               there
               be
               all
               the
               descendants
               of
               them
               ,
               that
               have
               at
               any
               time
               beene
               condemned
               by
               the
               Inquisition
               ,
               which
               live
               in
               Spaine
               most
               desperately
               ,
               because
               they
               are
               thereby
               held
               infamous
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               third
               and
               fourth
               generation
               ,
               and
               disabled
               to
               receive
               any
               dignity
               ,
               honour
               ,
               or
               office
               .
               Of
               these
               sorts
               ,
               it
               seemeth
               by
               the
               late
               proscriptions
               and
               banishment
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               Valentia
               into
               Barbarie
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               most
               jealous
               .
            
             
               Next
               these
               ,
               the
               Portugals
               may
               be
               comprised
               in
               this
               number
               ,
               
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               ancient
               hatred
               which
               they
               have
               alwayes
               borne
               to
               the
               Castilians
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               bad
               usage
               of
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               being
               alwayes
               held
               under
               their
               command
               ,
               with
               minds
               cruelly
               affected
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Provinces
               of
               Aragon
               also
               ,
               
               for
               their
               privileges
               broken
               and
               annulled
               ,
               for
               rising
               in
               Armes
               by
               meanes
               of
               
                 Antonio
                 Perez
              
               ,
               late
               Secretary
               to
               his
               Majestie
               ,
               doe
               evilly
               brooke
               this
               government
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Citizens
               whereof
               (
               having
               with
               losse
               of
               their
               lives
               ,
               paid
               the
               debt
               of
               that
               punishment
               due
               unto
               them
               )
               have
               left
               a
               memoriall
               behinde
               them
               of
               that
               their
               fact
               ,
               the
               stroke
               whereof
               is
               imprinted
               in
               all
               the
               rest
               ,
               which
               are
               yet
               for
               a
               long
               time
               ready
               to
               lay
               downe
               their
               lives
               upon
               occasion
               .
               
               Last
               of
               all
               ,
               bee
               the
               Nobles
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               which
               in
               times
               past
               were
               many
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               in
               great
               estimation
               with
               their
               Kings
               ,
               are
               now
               much
               abased
               ,
               and
               brought
               to
               the
               number
               of
               36.
               only
               ,
               being
               unimployed
               by
               his
               Majestie
               ,
               and
               receive
               small
               charges
               from
               him
               ,
               and
               those
               in
               places
               farre
               remote
               ,
               and
               of
               little
               or
               no
               reputation
               :
               some
               of
               which
               doe
               much
               blame
               the
               King
               therefore
               ,
               inferring
               that
               thereby
               he
               maketh
               the
               people
               more
               insolent
               ,
               in
               hating
               them
               and
               their
               greatnesse
               ,
               indeed
               because
               they
               would
               not
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               much
               increase
               it
               power
               ;
               the
               State
               being
               served
               in
               most
               affaires
               with
               common
               persons
               ,
               and
               those
               of
               no
               great
               estimation
               ;
               because
               these
               Kings
               for
               the
               most
               part
               suppose
               ,
               that
               by
               them
               he
               is
               the
               better
               served
               ,
               as
               also
               ,
               are
               very
               jealous
               of
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               their
               Officers
               .
               For
               in
               truth
               the
               Spanish
               Nation
               by
               nature
               is
               very
               proud
               ,
               yet
               base
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               careth
               not
               to
               be
               hated
               ,
               so
               it
               be
               feared
               :
               in
               all
               passages
               above
               all
               other
               Nations
               ,
               using
               and
               imitating
               a
               kinde
               of
               decorum
               ,
               which
               they
               call
               Respect
               ,
               we
               complement
               ,
               or
               a
               pish
               courtesie
               ;
               being
               full
               of
               servility
               ,
               yet
               in
               publike
               shewing
               more
               severity
               over
               their
               owne
               ,
               than
               over
               strangers
               :
               which
               may
               well
               be
               ,
               if
               well
               understood
               .
               For
               where
               he
               conquereth
               and
               commandeth
               ,
               no
               people
               so
               intolerable
               as
               they
               ;
               but
               mastered
               and
               subdued
               ,
               no
               Nation
               of
               the
               world
               so
               submissive
               and
               ●ouching
               .
               At
               home
               ,
               in
               generall
               ,
               poore
               ,
               timorous
               ,
               and
               unwarlike
               ;
               abroad
               (
               by
               hardning
               and
               custome
               )
               a
               very
               hardy
               and
               valiant
               souldier
               on
               foot
               ,
               obedient
               to
               his
               Commander
               ,
               and
               patient
               in
               the
               distresses
               and
               labours
               of
               warre
               ;
               but
               by
               night
               they
               never
               goe
               upon
               any
               service
               .
               By
               it selfe
               alone
               this
               Nation
               hath
               done
               nothing
               of
               reckoning
               ,
               but
               accompanied
               
               with
               others
               ,
               it
               hath
               made
               good
               assaies
               of
               its
               owne
               valour
               ,
               alwayes
               boasting
               of
               the
               taking
               of
               the
               French
               King
               ,
               of
               the
               victories
               of
               Germany
               ,
               of
               the
               enterprise
               of
               the
               Tercers
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               happy
               fight
               at
               the
               Curzolary
               ,
               without
               once
               remembring
               their
               contrary
               successes
               of
               
                 Goletta
                 ,
                 Algiers
              
               ,
               and
               England
               .
            
             
               Of
               ordinary
               revenues
               from
               Italy
               ,
               
               it
               receiveth
               foure
               millions
               of
               gold
               .
               Much
               of
               that
               of
               Naples
               is
               pawned
               ;
               the
               which
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Sicilie
               doth
               yearly
               supply
               ,
               by
               sending
               thither
               ordinarily
               foure
               thousand
               crownes
               ,
               and
               the
               Councell
               of
               Spaine
               taking
               order
               for
               the
               rest
               .
               These
               States
               in
               Italy
               are
               defended
               from
               the
               forces
               of
               bordering
               Princes
               ,
               partly
               by
               nature
               of
               site
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               the
               aid
               of
               strong
               Forts
               ;
               ordinarily
               maintaining
               in
               the
               presidiarie
               places
               ten
               thousand
               Spanish
               foot-men
               ,
               1200.
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               three
               hundred
               light-horse
               ,
               and
               thirty
               six
               Gallies
               for
               guard
               of
               the
               Sea-coasts
               :
               Of
               sixteene
               are
               of
               Genoa
               ,
               twentie
               five
               of
               Naples
               ,
               twelve
               of
               Sicilie
               ,
               and
               three
               of
               Savoy
               .
               This
               is
               the
               appointed
               number
               ,
               but
               you
               shall
               seldome
               see
               it
               so
               strong
               .
               For
               notwithstanding
               this
               Armada
               ,
               the
               coasts
               are
               badly
               secured
               ;
               as
               it
               appeared
               by
               the
               late
               yeares
               example
               ,
               in
               the
               dammages
               done
               by
               the
               Turkish
               Navie
               upon
               Puglia
               ,
               and
               Calabria
               ;
               amounting
               (
               as
               it
               is
               reported
               )
               to
               the
               summe
               of
               more
               than
               a
               million
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               gold
               .
               He
               serveth
               himselfe
               also
               (
               when
               occasion
               requireth
               )
               with
               the
               Gallies
               of
               Malta
               ,
               with
               the
               Popes
               ,
               (
               which
               are
               eighteene
               )
               and
               sometimes
               also
               with
               those
               of
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Tuscan
               .
               And
               all
               these
               charges
               are
               nothing
               neere
               defrayed
               by
               the
               foure
               millions
               of
               revenue
               ;
               so
               that
               Italy
               stands
               the
               Spaniard
               in
               much
               more
               than
               hee
               gets
               by
               it
               .
               The
               witty
               Boccalini
               brings
               in
               
                 Lorenzo
                 Medices
              
               weighing
               the
               Estates
               of
               Europe
               ;
               and
               when
               the
               Spaniards
               saw
               the
               revenue
               of
               Spaine
               alone
               ,
               to
               weigh
               within
               a
               few
               millions
               as
               much
               as
               France
               ,
               with
               great
               chearefulnesse
               they
               gate
               on
               their
               spectacles
               ,
               and
               would
               needs
               cast
               their
               dominions
               of
               Italie
               into
               the
               scale
               ;
               but
               perceiving
               the
               beame
               to
               turne
               contrary
               to
               their
               expectation
               ,
               all
               ashamed
               they
               tooke
               them
               out
               againe
               ,
               and
               durst
               not
               put
               in
               their
               dominions
               in
               
               Africa
               ,
               and
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
            
             
               The
               mindes
               of
               these
               his
               Italian
               subjects
               are
               exceedingly
               exasperated
               through
               the
               insolencie
               of
               their
               government
               ,
               
               their
               intolerable
               charges
               ,
               and
               the
               burthen
               of
               infinite
               taxations
               ,
               which
               are
               continually
               imposed
               upon
               them
               ,
               finding
               out
               daily
               one
               meanes
               or
               other
               to
               raise
               new
               summes
               of
               money
               .
               The
               Neapolitans
               are
               most
               doubted
               for
               revolt
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               instability
               of
               that
               people
               ,
               alwayes
               desirous
               of
               change
               and
               novelties
               .
               Millaine
               is
               also
               suspected
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               dammage
               which
               they
               undergoe
               by
               lodging
               of
               souldiers
               at
               discretion
               ,
               being
               growne
               to
               a
               custome
               ,
               with
               the
               small
               desolation
               of
               divers
               families
               .
            
             
               The
               Indies
               are
               divided
               into
               Orientall
               and
               Occidentall
               ,
               
               the
               King
               pretending
               to
               be
               sole
               Lord
               ,
               both
               of
               the
               one
               and
               the
               other
               .
               The
               Orientall
               not
               only
               are
               indangered
               by
               the
               English
               Navies
               ,
               (
               which
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               doe
               continually
               trouble
               them
               )
               but
               in
               hazard
               also
               ,
               if
               not
               to
               be
               lost
               ,
               yet
               to
               be
               forced
               to
               share
               quiet
               and
               peaceable
               Trafficke
               ,
               both
               to
               the
               English
               and
               Netherland
               Merchants
               .
               The
               King
               maintaineth
               there
               ,
               for
               custodie
               of
               those
               Countries
               ,
               many
               ships
               of
               Warre
               ,
               having
               also
               distributed
               eight
               thousand
               foot-men
               ,
               for
               the
               ordinary
               safegard
               of
               the
               Forts
               .
            
             
               The
               West-Indies
               (
               exceeding
               rich
               and
               abounding
               with
               gold
               and
               silver
               )
               are
               divided
               into
               two
               parts
               :
               Peru
               ,
               and
               
                 New
                 Spaine
              
               .
               These
               Countries
               are
               full
               of
               Mines
               ,
               in
               which
               is
               found
               great
               store
               of
               gold
               ,
               keeping
               therein
               the
               Indians
               continually
               at
               worke
               ,
               living
               very
               barely
               ,
               and
               undergoing
               the
               punishment
               of
               their
               ignorance
               and
               pusilanimity
               ,
               in
               suffering
               themselves
               to
               be
               easily
               overcome
               ,
               and
               so
               basely
               subjected
               .
               The
               King
               hath
               the
               fifth
               part
               of
               all
               extracted
               from
               the
               Mines
               .
               These
               Indies
               ,
               
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               ye●●ded
               no
               more
               than
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               crownes
               of
               gold
               by
               yeare
               ,
               but
               they
               now
               yeeld
               an
               exceeding
               commodity
               to
               this
               King
               ;
               for
               in
               some
               yeares
               past
               (
               comprehending
               the
               Buls
               of
               the
               Crosse
               ,
               and
               other
               confiscations
               in
               those
               parts
               )
               he
               hath
               received
               from
               thence
               ten
               millions
               of
               gold
               ,
               yea
               ,
               fifteene
               and
               seventeene
               millions
               many
               yeares
               since
               that
               .
               His
               Highnesse
               Ministers
               doe
               
               still
               procure
               some
               new
               gaine
               in
               those
               parts
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               ,
               still
               continue
               their
               Navigation
               thither
               with
               more
               gaine
               upon
               their
               returne
               ,
               than
               one
               hundred
               for
               another
               .
               The
               Merchants
               carry
               thither
               Wines
               ,
               Woollen-cloth
               ,
               and
               other
               merchandize
               of
               these
               parts
               ,
               and
               bring
               from
               thence
               in
               lieu
               thereof
               (
               over
               and
               besides
               divers
               sorts
               of
               Spices
               )
               a
               great
               quantitie
               of
               Goldi●
               by
               extraction
               of
               which
               ,
               the
               fruitfulnesse
               of
               the
               Mines
               is
               no
               whit
               diminished
               ,
               but
               it
               seemeth
               that
               they
               doe
               rather
               daily
               more
               and
               more
               increase
               and
               multiply
               ;
               in
               such
               sort
               ,
               that
               the
               Countrey-men
               in
               tilling
               the
               ground
               ,
               doe
               finde
               great-store
               thereof
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               clods
               of
               earth
               ,
               when
               they
               dig
               it
               up
               ;
               and
               in
               my
               time
               ,
               there
               was
               discovered
               a
               Mine
               of
               Quicksilver
               ,
               which
               will
               yeeld
               exceeding
               profit
               ,
               and
               incredible
               gaine
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               all
               these
               profits
               have
               their
               interest
               ,
               but
               they
               arise
               not
               to
               above
               twenty
               in
               the
               hundred
               laid
               out
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               Convoyes
               ,
               for
               security
               of
               the
               Fleet.
               For
               there
               is
               alwayes
               maintained
               strong
               guards
               in
               the
               Isle
               of
               Iava
               ,
               apt
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               situation
               ,
               to
               give
               the
               Empire
               of
               all
               these
               parts
               to
               him
               ,
               that
               can
               make
               himselfe
               once
               Master
               thereof
               .
               The
               souldiers
               which
               hee
               sent
               into
               these
               parts
               ,
               have
               for
               their
               pay
               two
               crownes
               a
               moneth
               ,
               in
               such
               sort
               ,
               that
               the
               Land-souldiers
               ,
               the
               guarders
               of
               the
               Forts
               ,
               and
               the
               Gallies
               which
               he
               maintaineth
               for
               this
               purpose
               ,
               is
               a
               speciall
               cause
               ,
               that
               his
               Majestie
               expendeth
               in
               interests
               and
               charges
               amongst
               the
               Indies
               ,
               more
               by
               a
               great
               deale
               than
               a
               million
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               gold
               :
               Which
               maketh
               me
               nothing
               to
               wonder
               ,
               that
               although
               this
               King
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               abundance
               of
               Treasure
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               infinite
               riches
               brought
               yearely
               from
               the
               Indies
               ,
               should
               seeme
               to
               be
               richer
               than
               other
               Princes
               ,
               and
               his
               state
               much
               more
               wealthy
               and
               aboundant
               ;
               yet
               in
               truth
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               not
               having
               any
               mines
               of
               gold
               ,
               is
               more
               mightier
               and
               farre
               wealthier
               :
               And
               so
               in
               true
               interpretation
               is
               
                 France
                 ,
                 England
              
               ,
               and
               Netherland
               ,
               as
               late
               experience
               (
               the
               touch-stone
               of
               ambiguities
               )
               hath
               fully
               discovered
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               must
               needs
               follow
               ,
               that
               this
               Crowne
               is
               either
               much
               hindred
               by
               ingagement
               in
               war
               ,
               want
               of
               home-bred
               necessities
               ,
               or
               by
               uncertaine
               returnes
               of
               its
               Fleets
               ,
               subject
               every
               yeare
               to
               the
               casualties
               of
               Seas
               ,
               currents
               
               and
               surprisals
               .
               If
               these
               be
               not
               the
               causes
               of
               so
               many
               crosses
               ,
               as
               our
               eyes
               have
               lately
               discovered
               ;
               then
               surely
               ,
               his
               neighbouring
               Princes
               must
               be
               thought
               to
               be
               Lords
               of
               a
               valianter
               people
               ,
               than
               are
               his
               Spanish
               .
            
             
               For
               ,
               say
               they
               ,
               it
               appeareth
               by
               record
               ,
               from
               time
               to
               time
               ,
               kept
               in
               the
               Citie
               of
               Sivil
               ,
               that
               in
               threescore
               and
               fourteene
               yeares
               space
               there
               have
               come
               into
               Spaine
               two
               hundred
               and
               threescore
               millions
               of
               gold
               .
               Of
               all
               which
               summe
               there
               remaineth
               now
               in
               Spaine
               ,
               by
               conjecture
               ,
               in
               ready
               money
               and
               plate
               (
               wherewith
               this
               Nation
               is
               much
               delighted
               )
               about
               six
               and
               fifty
               millions
               :
               Five
               and
               twenty
               the
               Genoese
               have
               had
               for
               interest
               :
               Seven
               millions
               were
               spent
               in
               the
               French
               warres
               ,
               and
               the
               conquest
               of
               Portugal
               :
               Eight
               were
               bestowed
               on
               that
               glorious
               and
               stately
               building
               of
               the
               Escuriall
               .
               And
               the
               rest
               (
               which
               is
               more
               than
               an
               hundred
               millions
               )
               hath
               beene
               all
               spent
               in
               the
               fruitlesse
               warres
               of
               Christendome
               and
               Flanders
               .
               So
               that
               it
               may
               be
               truly
               said
               ,
               that
               all
               the
               enterprizes
               which
               this
               State
               hath
               undertaken
               ,
               since
               the
               dayes
               of
               Charles
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               have
               beene
               performed
               with
               Indian
               gold
               :
               being
               certainly
               to
               be
               affirmed
               without
               contradiction
               ,
               that
               Philip
               the
               second
               ,
               during
               his
               raigne
               alone
               ,
               spent
               more
               than
               all
               his
               predecessors
               ,
               being
               in
               number
               sixty
               two
               ,
               that
               have
               reigned
               since
               these
               Kingdomes
               shooke
               off
               the
               Roman
               yoke
               ;
               considering
               that
               he
               alone
               spent
               more
               than
               an
               hundred
               millions
               :
               and
               notwithstanding
               all
               this
               here
               spoken
               of
               ,
               Spaine
               is
               very
               poore
               and
               smally
               stored
               with
               wealth
               .
               For
               although
               his
               Navigation
               to
               the
               Indies
               was
               upheld
               ,
               yet
               the
               Trafficke
               which
               he
               had
               with
               England
               and
               Flanders
               ,
               (
               which
               brought
               him
               exceeding
               and
               most
               secure
               gaines
               )
               was
               all
               cut
               off
               .
               Whence
               it
               seemes
               true
               that
               the
               Spaniards
               say
               in
               discourse
               of
               this
               Gold
               ,
               (
               brought
               from
               India
               into
               Spaine
               )
               that
               is
               worketh
               the
               same
               effects
               upon
               them
               ,
               that
               a
               showre
               of
               raine
               doth
               upon
               the
               tops
               and
               coverings
               of
               houses
               ,
               which
               falling
               thereon
               doth
               all
               at
               last
               descend
               below
               to
               the
               ground
               ,
               leaving
               no
               benefit
               behind
               ,
               to
               those
               that
               first
               received
               it
               .
            
             
               Flanders
               ,
               
               once
               the
               true
               correlative
               of
               the
               Indies
               ,
               but
               being
               now
               divided
               and
               alienated
               ,
               yeeldeth
               no
               profit
               to
               this
               Prince
               ,
               
               yet
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               by
               his
               good
               government
               drew
               from
               thence
               by
               extraordinary
               grievances
               and
               Imposts
               (
               occasioned
               by
               his
               manifold
               warres
               )
               more
               than
               twenty
               foure
               millions
               of
               gold
               .
            
             
               This
               Country
               ,
               though
               by
               Nature
               it
               be
               not
               very
               fruitfull
               ,
               yet
               by
               Art
               ,
               it
               proveth
               to
               the
               Inhabitants
               very
               profitable
               and
               commodious
               ,
               exercising
               with
               all
               travell
               and
               industry
               the
               Trade
               of
               Merchandize
               ;
               by
               which
               in
               former
               times
               infinite
               riches
               arose
               to
               their
               Princes
               ,
               who
               alwayes
               held
               it
               deare
               ,
               and
               sought
               by
               all
               meanes
               to
               conserve
               the
               Dominion
               thereof
               .
               And
               so
               Philip
               the
               second
               would
               faine
               have
               done
               ,
               supposing
               that
               those
               warres
               would
               the
               rather
               have
               drawne
               to
               an
               end
               ,
               when
               hee
               gave
               his
               daughter
               Isabella
               for
               wife
               to
               the
               Arch-Duke
               (
               with
               the
               assignment
               thereof
               )
               for
               her
               Dower
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               people
               would
               the
               sooner
               have
               quieted
               themselves
               under
               the
               obedience
               of
               that
               Prince
               ,
               if
               they
               might
               be
               suffered
               to
               enjoy
               the
               libertie
               of
               their
               consciences
               ;
               but
               time
               hath
               revealed
               what
               effects
               those
               projects
               have
               produced
               .
            
             
               It
               now
               remaineth
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               Councell
               ,
               
               and
               quality
               of
               his
               Councell
               ,
               and
               the
               conditions
               of
               his
               Counsellors
               ,
               a
               matter
               both
               of
               great
               importance
               ,
               and
               worthy
               of
               understanding
               ,
               being
               the
               very
               Seat
               of
               the
               soule
               of
               his
               government
               .
            
             
               The
               government
               is
               absolute
               and
               royall
               :
               
               matters
               of
               severall
               qualities
               are
               handled
               in
               severall
               Councels
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               seven
               in
               number
               ,
               besides
               the
               Privie
               Councell
               :
               That
               the
               King
               may
               bee
               the
               better
               informed
               of
               all
               affaires
               ,
               they
               keepe
               alwayes
               neere
               about
               his
               person
               in
               severall
               Chambers
               under
               one
               roofe
               .
               Their
               names
               are
               these
               :
               The
               Councell
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               of
               the
               Indies
               ,
               of
               Italy
               ,
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               of
               Warre
               ,
               of
               the
               Order
               of
               Saint
               Iohn
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Inquisition
               :
               In
               these
               the
               slow
               and
               considerate
               advisoes
               of
               Fabius
               ,
               rather
               than
               the
               rash
               and
               heady
               resolutions
               of
               Marcellus
               are
               received
               .
               As
               much
               as
               may
               be
               ,
               innovations
               and
               change
               of
               ancient
               customers
               are
               avoided
               .
               In
               regard
               whereof
               ,
               Innocent
               the
               eighth
               was
               wont
               to
               affirme
               ,
               the
               Spanish
               Nation
               to
               be
               so
               wary
               in
               their
               actions
               ,
               that
               they
               seldome
               committed
               any
               over-sight
               therein
               .
               By
               this
               course
               the
               King
               rangeth
               under
               his
               obedience
               ,
               
                 Castilians
                 ,
                 
                 Arragons
                 ,
                 Bisca●nes
                 ,
                 Portugals
                 ,
                 Italians
                 ,
              
               the
               
                 New-world
                 ,
                 Christians
              
               ,
               and
               Gentiles
               ,
               people
               utterly
               different
               in
               Lawes
               ,
               Customes
               ,
               and
               Natures
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               were
               all
               of
               one
               Nation
               ,
               and
               his
               naturall
               subjects
               .
            
             
               And
               whereas
               some
               object
               ,
               that
               this
               Empire
               cannot
               long
               endure
               in
               so
               flourishing
               an
               estate
               ,
               because
               the
               members
               thereof
               are
               so
               farre
               disjoyned
               :
               to
               such
               objections
               ,
               let
               this
               Maxime
               be
               opposed
               ;
               
                 That
                 spacious
                 Dominions
                 are
                 best
                 preserved
                 against
                 forren
                 attempts
                 ,
                 as
                 those
                 of
                 meane
                 capacitie
                 have
                 the
                 like
                 advantage
                 ,
                 against
                 intestine
                 divisions
                 .
              
               But
               in
               this
               Empire
               thus
               divided
               ,
               spaciousnesse
               and
               mediocrity
               are
               well
               united
               .
               The
               spaciousnesse
               is
               apparent
               in
               the
               whole
               body
               compounded
               of
               severall
               members
               :
               the
               mediocrity
               in
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               severall
               members
               :
               For
               seeing
               that
               the
               portions
               thereof
               (
               as
               
                 Spaine
                 ,
                 Peru
                 ,
                 Mexico
              
               )
               are
               so
               great
               and
               goodly
               States
               of
               themselves
               ,
               they
               cannot
               but
               bee
               stored
               with
               all
               those
               good
               things
               ,
               which
               are
               requisite
               either
               for
               greatnesse
               or
               mediocritie
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               with
               a
               puissant
               union
               to
               resist
               forren
               attempts
               ,
               and
               sufficient
               inward
               force
               to
               provide
               against
               domesticall
               discontents
               .
               For
               who
               knoweth
               not
               ,
               that
               by
               meanes
               of
               Sea-forces
               ,
               all
               these
               members
               may
               strengthen
               one
               another
               ,
               and
               stand
               as
               it
               were
               united
               ,
               even
               as
               
                 Caesar
                 Augustus
              
               by
               maintaining
               one
               Fleet
               at
               Ravenna
               ,
               and
               another
               at
               Messina
               ,
               awed
               the
               whole
               Roman
               Empire
               ,
               and
               kept
               it
               in
               assured
               tranquility
               :
               As
               also
               wee
               have
               seene
               ,
               the
               Por●●gals
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               Sea-forces
               ,
               which
               they
               maintained
               in
               
                 Persia
                 ,
                 Cambera
                 ,
                 Decan
              
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               of
               the
               Indies
               ,
               in
               those
               parts
               to
               have
               given
               the
               Law
               to
               many
               famous
               Princes
               .
            
             
               This
               State
               layeth
               claime
               also
               to
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Burgundie
               ,
               a
               part
               of
               that
               Countrey
               whereof
               the
               House
               of
               Austria
               re●ain●th
               Heire
               .
               He
               doth
               the
               like
               to
               the
               Citie
               of
               Tunis
               in
               A●●●●a
               ,
               to
               the
               Island
               of
               Corsica
               ,
               possessed
               by
               the
               Genoese
               ,
               to
               the
               base
               and
               higher
               Britaine
               ,
               as
               also
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Hierusalem
               ,
               whose
               Title
               he
               taketh
               upon
               him
               ;
               and
               finally
               (
               as
               it
               is
               above
               mentioned
               )
               pretendeth
               himselfe
               the
               Monarch
               of
               the
               World.
               But
               this
               mightinesse
               of
               his
               ,
               hath
               many
               disturbances
               
               in
               it selfe
               ,
               which
               hinder
               motion
               ,
               and
               cruelly
               curbe
               designements
               ,
               by
               reason
               wherof
               he
               sets
               forward
               with
               such
               dulnesse
               of
               speed
               ,
               that
               for
               the
               most
               part
               the
               provision
               which
               is
               prepared
               for
               effecting
               of
               future
               enterprises
               ,
               commeth
               alwayes
               too
               late
               .
               For
               if
               he
               be
               to
               provide
               Souldiers
               in
               Italie
               ,
               after
               they
               be
               pressed
               ,
               inrolled
               ,
               and
               set
               on
               wards
               ,
               they
               lie
               waiting
               three
               or
               foure
               moneths
               at
               the
               River
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               before
               they
               be
               embarked
               for
               their
               voyage
               ,
               their
               pay
               still
               running
               on
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               dammage
               and
               prejudice
               of
               that
               Crowne
               ;
               so
               that
               wee
               may
               very
               well
               avouch
               ,
               that
               what
               another
               Prince
               performeth
               with
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               Crownes
               expence
               ,
               his
               Catholike
               Majestie
               can
               scarce
               execute
               so
               much
               with
               the
               cost
               of
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               .
            
             
               Of
               no
               lesse
               danger
               is
               the
               dammage
               which
               that
               Crowne
               may
               very
               easily
               receive
               by
               a
               sudden
               and
               unexpected
               losse
               of
               their
               Fleet
               ,
               because
               on
               it
               are
               grounded
               all
               the
               hopes
               and
               designes
               of
               the
               said
               State
               ,
               that
               are
               of
               any
               importance
               .
               But
               more
               pernicious
               and
               fuller
               of
               trouble
               would
               be
               the
               losse
               of
               the
               Indies
               ,
               which
               with
               ease
               ,
               either
               by
               Forren
               Fleets
               may
               be
               taken
               from
               them
               ,
               or
               much
               molested
               and
               hindered
               :
               Or
               if
               neither
               of
               these
               ,
               yet
               that
               the
               Spaniards
               themselves
               ,
               sent
               thither
               in
               Colonies
               ,
               combining
               themselves
               in
               one
               bond
               of
               unitie
               ,
               having
               all
               the
               Fortresses
               in
               their
               owne
               hands
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               Ports
               and
               Ships
               that
               are
               there
               ,
               may
               one
               day
               resolve
               to
               be
               governed
               by
               themselves
               ,
               denying
               all
               obedience
               to
               their
               Kings
               commandements
               .
               Another
               contrarietie
               also
               doth
               this
               great
               State
               incurre
               ;
               That
               the
               Prince
               thereof
               hath
               farre
               better
               meanes
               to
               get
               Money
               than
               Men.
               For
               howbeit
               upon
               every
               occasion
               ,
               and
               when
               need
               serveth
               ,
               he
               is
               served
               by
               the
               Swizzers
               ,
               the
               Wallons
               ,
               and
               Italians
               ,
               yet
               these
               of
               themselves
               are
               little
               or
               nothing
               worth
               ,
               being
               upon
               every
               sleight
               occasion
               of
               slack
               pay
               ,
               ready
               to
               make
               commotions
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               furie
               to
               forsake
               his
               service
               .
               Of
               other
               Nations
               (
               besides
               that
               his
               Majestie
               dareth
               lesse
               trust
               them
               )
               he
               cannot
               (
               although
               he
               would
               )
               have
               such
               a
               sufficient
               number
               as
               should
               supply
               his
               need
               and
               occasion
               .
               So
               ,
               howbeit
               that
               this
               Prince
               be
               sole
               Lord
               and
               Master
               of
               so
               many
               mighty
               States
               ,
               and
               of
               so
               great
               and
               potent
               
               an
               Empire
               ,
               yet
               liveth
               he
               full
               of
               continuall
               travels
               and
               discontents
               .
            
             
               Now
               having
               taken
               a
               full
               view
               and
               mature
               consideration
               both
               of
               the
               States
               ,
               
               as
               also
               of
               the
               ends
               and
               intents
               of
               this
               mighty
               Monarch
               ,
               together
               with
               those
               contrarieties
               which
               these
               States
               doe
               suffer
               ;
               it
               resteth
               ,
               that
               in
               this
               last
               place
               wee
               should
               intreat
               of
               the
               correspondencie
               which
               hee
               holdeth
               with
               other
               Princes
               :
               which
               as
               it
               is
               of
               all
               other
               knowledges
               the
               most
               necessary
               ,
               so
               is
               it
               the
               hardest
               to
               be
               discovered
               ,
               bringing
               with
               it
               for
               the
               most
               part
               greater
               difficultie
               ,
               to
               be
               able
               fully
               and
               judiciously
               to
               pierce
               into
               the
               purposes
               and
               inward
               thoughts
               of
               Princes
               ,
               but
               especially
               into
               the
               secret
               Councels
               of
               the
               State
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               being
               full
               of
               cunning
               dissimulation
               .
            
             
               To
               begin
               therefore
               with
               this
               point
               :
               
               I
               say
               ,
               that
               generally
               (
               to
               instance
               first
               of
               all
               the
               Pope
               )
               his
               Catholike
               Majestie
               will
               have
               him
               to
               be
               such
               a
               one
               ,
               as
               may
               wholly
               depend
               upon
               him
               ,
               and
               be
               confident
               of
               his
               fastnesse
               .
               And
               therefore
               in
               their
               Elections
               ,
               his
               endevour
               is
               ,
               that
               not
               any
               ascend
               to
               that
               dignitie
               ,
               that
               doth
               any
               way
               savour
               of
               the
               French
               faction
               ,
               (
               and
               therefore
               alienated
               from
               his
               devotion
               )
               nor
               any
               that
               are
               of
               singular
               Nobilitie
               ,
               left
               their
               spirits
               might
               be
               too
               generous
               to
               be
               basely
               abused
               by
               him
               :
               nor
               any
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               ,
               for
               feare
               (
               taught
               by
               former
               examples
               )
               of
               some
               new
               disturbance
               in
               that
               State
               :
               But
               his
               principall
               desire
               is
               ,
               to
               create
               one
               of
               base
               linage
               ,
               and
               of
               meane
               respect
               ,
               and
               such
               a
               one
               ,
               as
               shall
               (
               if
               it
               be
               possible
               )
               acknowledge
               his
               Cardinalship
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               dignities
               ,
               to
               proceed
               from
               him
               :
               and
               such
               a
               one
               ,
               whose
               parents
               and
               kinsfolkes
               are
               poore
               ,
               that
               by
               the
               bountie
               which
               he
               shall
               bestow
               upon
               them
               ,
               and
               the
               pensions
               which
               he
               shall
               conferre
               on
               their
               friends
               ,
               he
               may
               binde
               them
               unto
               him
               ,
               and
               confidently
               assure
               himselfe
               of
               their
               favour
               and
               partaking
               ,
               when
               occasion
               serveth
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               this
               cause
               (
               in
               all
               that
               he
               can
               )
               he
               seeketh
               to
               weaken
               the
               Popes
               ,
               and
               to
               detract
               from
               their
               dignities
               ,
               to
               make
               them
               inclinable
               to
               his
               will
               ,
               and
               wholly
               to
               depend
               upon
               him
               ,
               procuring
               them
               to
               continue
               in
               this
               office
               of
               their
               love
               ,
               by
               furnishing
               
               their
               State
               with
               Corne
               out
               of
               Puglia
               and
               Sicilie
               ,
               and
               by
               upholding
               the
               authoritie
               of
               the
               holy
               See
               ;
               in
               defending
               their
               Coasts
               from
               the
               incursions
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Fleets
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               depredations
               and
               inrodes
               of
               Pyrats
               :
               and
               lastly
               ,
               by
               giving
               them
               to
               understand
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               in
               his
               power
               to
               call
               a
               Councell
               ,
               and
               in
               it
               to
               take
               an
               account
               of
               their
               actions
               ,
               and
               to
               call
               their
               prerogatives
               into
               question
               .
               And
               howbeit
               the
               absolution
               and
               re-benediction
               of
               the
               late
               King
               of
               Navarre
               did
               much
               move
               ,
               nay
               beyond
               measure
               trouble
               the
               minde
               of
               Philip
               the
               second
               ,
               who
               in
               those
               times
               did
               hope
               for
               great
               things
               at
               the
               Popes
               hands
               ,
               yet
               did
               he
               dissemble
               this
               offence
               ;
               As
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               did
               his
               Holinesse
               the
               prejudice
               that
               was
               and
               is
               done
               him
               in
               Spaine
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               holy
               Church
               ,
               whereby
               not
               only
               his
               orders
               and
               decrees
               are
               broken
               and
               moderated
               by
               the
               Councell
               ,
               but
               also
               sometimes
               rejected
               and
               contemned
               ;
               whereof
               his
               Holinesse
               hath
               made
               often
               complaint
               to
               the
               Spanish
               Ambassadour
               ,
               but
               to
               small
               purpose
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               College
               of
               Cardinals
               ,
               
               the
               King
               at
               this
               present
               hath
               not
               much
               authoritie
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               imperious
               proceeding
               ,
               and
               lesse
               will
               have
               hereafter
               ,
               the
               French
               Nation
               being
               now
               rise
               to
               some
               greatnesse
               ,
               which
               will
               now
               every
               day
               more
               and
               more
               be
               able
               strongly
               to
               oppose
               themselves
               against
               the
               Spanish
               ,
               by
               whose
               jealousies
               ,
               greatnesse
               ,
               and
               dissimulation
               one
               with
               another
               ,
               that
               See
               hath
               gained
               such
               greatnesse
               and
               reputation
               in
               the
               world
               .
            
             
               In
               requitall
               whereof
               ,
               his
               Holinesse
               in
               favour
               of
               Philip
               the
               second
               (
               wasted
               forsooth
               in
               warre
               against
               the
               Lutheráns
               )
               cut
               off
               by
               his
               authoritie
               I
               know
               not
               how
               many
               millions
               of
               debt
               ,
               due
               to
               the
               Genoese
               .
               He
               hath
               given
               him
               also
               all
               Pardon
               's
               sent
               to
               the
               Indies
               ,
               worth
               by
               yeare
               halfe
               a
               million
               ,
               with
               the
               collations
               of
               Benefices
               and
               Bishopricks
               ,
               and
               the
               enjoyment
               of
               the
               two
               rich
               Orders
               of
               Saint
               Iames
               and
               Calatrava
               .
            
             
               With
               the
               Emperour
               (
               howbeit
               all
               be
               of
               his
               blou●
               )
               his
               Catholike
               Majestie
               hath
               not
               had
               (
               till
               of
               late
               )
               any
               great
               intelligence
               ,
               
               because
               in
               many
               occurrences
               that
               have
               beene
               offered
               ,
               he
               hath
               given
               him
               but
               slender
               satisfaction
               ,
               neither
               
               would
               ever
               seeke
               any
               counsell
               of
               his
               Majestie
               ,
               which
               principally
               is
               by
               him
               desired
               ,
               to
               the
               intent
               that
               he
               might
               seeme
               to
               relie
               upon
               him
               .
               But
               true
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               these
               gusts
               are
               now
               over-blowne
               ,
               and
               the
               distastes
               are
               at
               length
               somewhat
               lessened
               ,
               in
               consideration
               of
               entermariages
               .
            
             
               But
               since
               these
               late
               warres
               about
               Bohemia
               and
               the
               Palatinate
               ,
               he
               hath
               made
               great
               use
               of
               the
               Emperour
               .
               The
               Spaniard
               knowes
               well
               ,
               that
               to
               attaine
               his
               designed
               Monarchie
               ,
               he
               must
               first
               conquer
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               make
               himselfe
               Master
               of
               those
               Ports
               and
               Han●e-Townes
               ,
               from
               thence
               to
               annoy
               England
               and
               Holland
               .
               To
               prepare
               the
               way
               to
               this
               ,
               necessary
               it
               was
               that
               some
               quarrell
               should
               be
               pickt
               with
               some
               of
               the
               Protestant
               Princes
               for
               matter
               of
               State
               ,
               and
               with
               all
               of
               them
               for
               matter
               of
               Religion
               .
               The
               plot
               hath
               taken
               ,
               and
               by
               this
               meanes
               hath
               the
               Spaniard
               brought
               forren
               forces
               into
               the
               Empire
               ,
               (
               though
               this
               was
               objected
               by
               the
               Princes
               in
               their
               Dy●ts
               ,
               to
               be
               against
               the
               Constitutions
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               )
               By
               these
               forces
               of
               his
               (
               having
               first
               gotten
               himselfe
               to
               be
               made
               Executioner
               of
               the
               Imperiall
               Ban
               against
               the
               proscribed
               
                 Palatine
                 ,
                 Baden
                 ,
                 Hessen
                 ,
                 Iegerensdorff
                 ,
              
               and
               others
               )
               hath
               he
               in
               the
               Emperours
               name
               gotten
               possession
               of
               div●●
               Townes
               ,
               which
               he
               holds
               as
               his
               owne
               .
               Knowne
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               there
               was
               a
               Mint
               set
               up
               at
               Vienna
               ,
               the
               Coine
               whereof
               though
               it
               bare
               the
               Emperours
               stampe
               ,
               yet
               the
               Bullion
               came
               from
               Spaine
               .
               To
               make
               himselfe
               neerer
               unto
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               he
               hath
               made
               himselfe
               Master
               of
               the
               Valtoline
               ,
               that
               by
               that
               passage
               hee
               might
               unite
               his
               owne
               forces
               of
               Millane
               ,
               with
               those
               of
               the
               Emperours
               hereditary
               States
               next
               to
               the
               Alps
               in
               Germanie
               .
               By
               the
               Emperours
               meanes
               hath
               he
               also
               made
               himselfe
               a
               partie
               in
               the
               present
               quarrell
               of
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Mantua
               in
               Italie
               :
               and
               it
               shall
               goe
               hard
               but
               he
               will
               get
               all
               or
               some
               good
               part
               of
               it
               ,
               to
               joyne
               to
               Millane
               and
               Naples
               .
               And
               this
               is
               the
               use
               that
               the
               Spaniard
               since
               the
               yeare
               1620.
               hath
               made
               of
               the
               Emperour
               .
               The
               Emperour
               growes
               great
               by
               the
               Armes
               of
               Spaine
               ;
               but
               this
               is
               but
               personall
               ,
               and
               to
               die
               with
               Ferdinand
               of
               Gratz
               :
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               all
               the
               world
               knows
               that
               the
               Spaniard
               hath
               the
               reputation
               ,
               and
               will
               at
               last
               r●ape
               the
               whole
               benefit
               of
               it
               .
            
             
             
               For
               the
               Arch-duchesse
               ,
               
               wee
               know
               shee
               beares
               but
               the
               name
               of
               Governesse
               of
               his
               Provinces
               ,
               being
               her selfe
               otherwise
               wholly
               governed
               by
               Spanish
               Counsell
               :
               and
               were
               the
               Kings
               younger
               brother
               but
               old
               enough
               to
               be
               Governour
               ,
               wee
               know
               that
               she
               must
               be
               thrust
               into
               a
               Monasterie
               .
            
             
               However
               France
               seemeth
               now
               to
               rejoyce
               in
               a
               new
               alliance
               ,
               
               yet
               let
               the
               world
               not
               doubt
               but
               that
               out
               of
               ancient
               emulation
               ,
               which
               hath
               ever
               beene
               betweene
               these
               two
               Kingdomes
               ,
               being
               exasperated
               done
               against
               another
               ,
               by
               so
               many
               injuries
               ,
               so
               many
               wrongs
               ,
               and
               so
               many
               jarres
               and
               brawles
               ,
               new
               occasions
               of
               discontents
               will
               evermore
               arise
               :
               For
               can
               the
               French
               (
               thinke
               we
               )
               ever
               forget
               their
               expulsions
               out
               of
               Italie
               ,
               their
               deprivation
               of
               Navarre
               ,
               or
               the
               intrusion
               of
               the
               late
               King
               upon
               the
               maine
               body
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ?
               But
               fresh
               in
               memory
               ,
               and
               yet
               unrevenged
               (
               as
               one
               this
               present
               yeare
               1629.
               )
               is
               the
               defeat
               of
               the
               French
               troopes
               sent
               into
               Italie
               in
               favour
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Mantoa
               :
               nor
               does
               the
               Spaniard
               looke
               that
               the
               crosse
               mariages
               with
               the
               French
               (
               the
               Kings
               marying
               one
               anothers
               sisters
               )
               can
               make
               any
               attonement
               ;
               but
               lookes
               either
               that
               the
               French
               should
               invade
               Flanders
               ,
               or
               the
               Wallon
               Countries
               ,
               unto
               which
               hee
               hath
               so
               good
               and
               ancient
               pretencion
               ;
               or
               watch
               him
               some
               other
               good
               turne
               at
               his
               best
               opportunitie
               .
            
             
               Betweene
               him
               and
               the
               Savoyard
               (
               notwithstanding
               their
               neere
               alliance
               )
               have
               there
               beene
               late
               warres
               ;
               
               the
               Spaniard
               depriving
               him
               of
               some
               Townes
               in
               Montferat
               ;
               and
               the
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               in
               revenge
               on
               the
               other
               side
               distressing
               Genoa
               with
               an
               Armie
               ,
               which
               is
               under
               the
               Spaniards
               protection
               ,
               and
               the
               place
               from
               whence
               he
               borrowes
               his
               great
               summes
               of
               mony
               .
               But
               these
               differences
               are
               so
               farre
               reconciled
               ,
               that
               contrary
               to
               all
               expectation
               ,
               the
               Savoyard
               in
               consideration
               of
               the
               restoring
               to
               him
               of
               those
               Townes
               in
               Montferat
               ,
               is
               now
               at
               this
               present
               turned
               on
               the
               Spaniards
               side
               ,
               hath
               levied
               an
               Armie
               in
               favour
               of
               him
               ,
               and
               blockt
               up
               the
               passages
               of
               his
               owne
               Countrey
               ,
               by
               which
               the
               French
               Armes
               should
               enter
               Italie
               ,
               to
               the
               aid
               of
               Mantoa
               .
               But
               to
               be
               knowne
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               this
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               is
               an
               old
               ,
               a
               subtill
               ,
               and
               an
               inconstant
               Prince
               ,
               
               jealous
               enough
               (
               as
               all
               the
               States
               of
               Italie
               are
               )
               of
               the
               Spaniards
               greatnesse
               ;
               and
               for
               his
               owne
               advantage
               will
               as
               readily
               turne
               to
               the
               French
               ,
               as
               he
               did
               now
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               .
            
             
               With
               the
               King
               of
               〈◊〉
               he
               hath
               not
               any
               negotiation
               ,
               
               save
               good
               correspondencie
               .
               And
               because
               betwixt
               these
               two
               Crownes
               there
               is
               not
               any
               pretencion
               of
               State
               ,
               or
               interest
               of
               Consines
               ,
               which
               are
               wont
               to
               be
               causes
               from
               whence
               discords
               arise
               ,
               and
               also
               for
               the
               most
               part
               evill
               intelligence
               among
               Princes
               .
            
             
               As
               the
               Turke
               is
               Lord
               of
               a
               larger
               Sea-coast
               than
               the
               King
               ,
               
               so
               can
               he
               hardly
               compare
               with
               his
               Majesty
               either
               in
               furniture
               or
               mariners
               .
               Along
               all
               the
               coast
               of
               Africke
               ,
               he
               hath
               not
               an
               harbour
               ,
               where
               he
               can
               build
               or
               keepe
               a
               couple
               of
               Gallies
               ,
               except
               Algier
               ,
               and
               Tripolie
               .
               In
               the
               Euxine
               sea
               ,
               what
               place
               of
               name
               is
               there
               ,
               besides
               Capha
               and
               Trapezond
               ?
               What
               better
               report
               can
               we
               give
               to
               the
               coast
               of
               Asia
               ?
               More
               implements
               than
               a
               spacious
               Sea-coast
               are
               incident
               on
               either
               part
               to
               this
               businesse
               :
               he
               must
               have
               plenty
               of
               Timber
               and
               Cordage
               ;
               he
               must
               be
               furnished
               with
               a
               people
               practised
               in
               Sea-affaires
               ,
               able
               to
               endure
               the
               labour
               and
               working
               of
               the
               waters
               ;
               delighting
               in
               traffike
               and
               navigation
               ;
               chearefull
               in
               tempests
               and
               rough
               weather
               ,
               which
               dare
               dwell
               as
               it
               were
               amongst
               perils
               ,
               and
               expose
               their
               lives
               to
               a
               thousand
               dangers
               ,
               and
               here
               in
               true
               judgement
               ,
               I
               take
               the
               King
               to
               exceed
               the
               Turke
               :
               For
               the
               Turkish
               subjects
               ,
               as
               to
               the
               better
               part
               never
               saw
               Sea
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               have
               used
               it
               are
               not
               to
               bee
               compared
               to
               the
               
                 Biskaines
                 ,
                 Catalonians
                 ,
                 Portugals
              
               ,
               and
               Geno●ais
               ;
               (
               I
               adde
               this
               people
               for
               their
               good
               services
               and
               affections
               at
               all
               times
               to
               this
               Crowne
               .
               )
               To
               conclude
               ,
               in
               two
               things
               the
               King
               excelleth
               the
               Turke
               ;
               the
               first
               is
               ,
               that
               although
               the
               Turke
               can
               command
               more
               men
               ,
               yet
               the
               best
               and
               greater
               part
               of
               them
               being
               Christians
               ,
               he
               dare
               hardly
               trust
               ;
               the
               second
               ,
               that
               the
               Sea-coasts
               of
               the
               King
               are
               neerer
               conjoyned
               than
               those
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               regard
               hath
               his
               forces
               sooner
               incorporated
               .
               By
               this
               facilitie
               ,
               experience
               hath
               proved
               ,
               that
               the
               Easterne
               Navies
               have
               been
               often
               overthrowne
               by
               the
               Westerne
               ,
               the
               Southerne
               by
               the
               Northerne
               ,
               
               the
               Carthaginian
               by
               the
               Roman
               ,
               the
               Asian
               by
               the
               
                 Grecian
                 .
                 Octavius
                 Caesar
              
               with
               the
               Navie
               of
               Italy
               ,
               defeated
               the
               Fleet
               of
               Aegypt
               ,
               and
               in
               our
               times
               the
               Armada
               of
               the
               Christians
               ,
               the
               Fleet
               of
               the
               Turke
               .
               The
               Turkes
               themselves
               confesse
               ,
               that
               in
               Sea-fights
               the
               Christians
               excell
               ,
               and
               are
               unwilling
               to
               deale
               with
               those
               forces
               .
               As
               often
               as
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               rigged
               forth
               his
               Navie
               ,
               it
               was
               so
               puissant
               ,
               that
               the
               Turke
               never
               durst
               leave
               the
               harbour
               .
               In
               his
               journey
               of
               Algier
               ,
               he
               rigged
               five
               hundred
               vessels
               ;
               in
               his
               Tunis
               voyage
               600.
               
               
                 Andrew
                 Dorie
              
               conducted
               10
               gallant
               an
               Armada
               into
               Greece
               ,
               that
               the
               Turke
               not
               daring
               to
               move
               out
               of
               his
               station
               ,
               the
               Christians
               tooke
               Patras
               and
               Coronna
               in
               Morea
               .
            
             
               At
               this
               day
               they
               are
               at
               peace
               :
               The
               Spaniard
               is
               doubtfull
               of
               the
               Turkish
               forces
               ,
               especially
               by
               Sea
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               not
               assisted
               by
               the
               league
               of
               Italie
               :
               And
               againe
               ,
               the
               Turke
               is
               fearefull
               of
               him
               alone
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               associates
               .
               For
               he
               knowes
               he
               is
               to
               deale
               with
               a
               Potentate
               of
               much
               estimation
               ,
               and
               well
               practised
               in
               the
               world
               ;
               and
               although
               of
               late
               there
               have
               fallen
               out
               betweene
               them
               certaine
               jarres
               and
               differences
               upon
               dammages
               done
               by
               the
               one
               and
               the
               other
               Prince
               reciprocally
               in
               each
               others
               dominions
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               to
               be
               thought
               ,
               that
               these
               two
               so
               powerfull
               Princes
               will
               not
               easily
               bee
               brought
               to
               take
               Armes
               ,
               seeing
               they
               emulate
               each
               others
               greatnesse
               ,
               and
               contented
               with
               equall
               strife
               ,
               to
               bring
               all
               Christendome
               to
               their
               subjection
               ;
               pretending
               both
               one
               and
               the
               selfe-same
               end
               ,
               viz.
               Religion
               .
               Besides
               ,
               it
               is
               sufficient
               for
               the
               Catholike
               King
               to
               have
               revenged
               his
               wrongs
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               Turke
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               no
               more
               molested
               by
               the
               
                 Spanish
                 Armadaes
              
               .
               As
               the
               one
               hath
               a
               warlike
               and
               well
               armed
               Empire
               ,
               so
               hath
               the
               other
               an
               united
               and
               most
               rich
               Kingdome
               .
               But
               herein
               the
               Turke
               hath
               the
               greater
               advantage
               ,
               that
               he
               spendeth
               but
               little
               in
               the
               warres
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               that
               ,
               that
               not
               onely
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               disburseth
               ,
               but
               even
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               world
               .
               For
               his
               souldiers
               receive
               for
               their
               pay
               ,
               those
               lands
               which
               he
               hath
               given
               them
               to
               hold
               for
               life
               ,
               with
               condition
               annexed
               ,
               alwayes
               to
               bee
               in
               readinesse
               to
               serve
               at
               an
               instant
               .
               Certaine
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Turke
               being
               
               dreadfull
               to
               Christendome
               ,
               the
               Spaniard
               is
               the
               ablest
               to
               oppose
               him
               .
               For
               which
               reason
               
                 Andreas
                 Hoia
              
               would
               needs
               perswade
               us
               ,
               that
               it
               were
               best
               for
               Christendome
               to
               chuse
               the
               Spaniard
               for
               their
               universall
               Monarch
               :
               but
               Boccalini
               argues
               better
               ;
               that
               it
               had
               beene
               more
               convenient
               for
               Europe
               ,
               if
               the
               Moores
               had
               still
               beene
               Lords
               of
               Spaine
               .
               Most
               sure
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               Protestants
               ,
               yea
               ,
               all
               Christians
               in
               Hungaria
               ,
               live
               better
               under
               the
               Turke
               ,
               than
               under
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               .
               The
               Spaniards
               bee
               intolerable
               masters
               ,
               witnesse
               the
               poore
               
                 Indians
                 .
                 Hoia
              
               therefore
               vented
               this
               in
               an
               Oration
               at
               Doway
               ,
               to
               inflame
               our
               English
               fugitives
               to
               treason
               .
            
             
               His
               Land-forces
               consist
               in
               Cavalrie
               and
               Infanterie
               :
               
               the
               best
               footmen
               of
               all
               the
               German
               Nations
               is
               the
               Wallon
               ,
               and
               it
               is
               well
               knowne
               that
               in
               all
               ages
               the
               Spanish
               have
               beene
               accounted
               one
               of
               the
               most
               valourous
               Nations
               of
               the
               world
               .
               The
               French
               in
               nine
               yeares
               were
               subdued
               to
               the
               Roman
               yoke
               ,
               the
               Spaniards
               held
               out
               two
               hundred
               .
               The
               power
               and
               person
               of
               
                 Augustus
                 Caesar
              
               were
               requisite
               to
               the
               subduing
               of
               the
               Cantabrians
               ,
               whereas
               they
               not
               onely
               delivered
               their
               owne
               Country
               from
               subjection
               of
               the
               Moores
               ,
               but
               invaded
               Africke
               ,
               and
               therein
               tooke
               many
               strong
               places
               .
               So
               the
               Portugals
               invaded
               Barbarie
               ,
               tamed
               the
               coast
               of
               
                 Guinea
                 ,
                 Aethiopia
              
               ,
               and
               Cafraria
               ;
               they
               conquered
               
                 India
                 ,
                 Malaca
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Moluccas
               .
               The
               Castilians
               sailing
               through
               the
               Atlanticke
               sea
               ,
               subdued
               the
               New-world
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               Kingdomes
               ,
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               people
               therein
               :
               and
               finally
               ,
               drove
               the
               French
               from
               
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Sicil
              
               ,
               and
               Millaine
               .
            
             
               This
               people
               is
               much
               inclined
               to
               melancholy
               ,
               
               which
               maketh
               them
               solemne
               in
               their
               conversation
               ,
               slow
               and
               advised
               in
               action
               :
               they
               love
               complement
               ,
               and
               stand
               much
               upon
               appearance
               ,
               presuming
               greatly
               of
               themselves
               ,
               and
               exceedingly
               boasting
               of
               their
               owne
               doings
               :
               and
               to
               maintaine
               their
               reputation
               ,
               they
               will
               imploy
               all
               they
               have
               in
               furniture
               and
               apparel●
               :
               in
               suffering
               of
               hunger
               ,
               thirst
               ,
               heat
               ,
               cold
               ,
               labour
               ,
               and
               extremities
               ,
               they
               will
               lay
               up
               any
               Nation
               in
               Europe
               .
               By
               these
               vertues
               they
               have
               atchieved
               the
               glory
               of
               so
               many
               victories
               ,
               and
               although
               somtime
               they
               have
               beene
               overcome
               ,
               
               notwithstanding
               they
               vanquished
               their
               vanquishers
               ,
               as
               it
               fell
               out
               at
               Ravenna
               .
               They
               never
               suffered
               any
               famous
               defeature
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               journeys
               of
               Algier
               ,
               and
               England
               ;
               the
               one
               by
               the
               casualty
               of
               Tempest
               ;
               the
               other
               by
               the
               skilfull
               prowesse
               ,
               and
               Sea-faring
               dexterity
               of
               the
               English.
               Three
               or
               foure
               thousand
               of
               them
               turned
               topsie-turvie
               the
               better
               part
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               made
               way
               with
               their
               Swords
               thorow
               the
               thickest
               of
               their
               enemies
               .
               In
               the
               journey
               of
               Carven
               in
               Barbarie
               ,
               being
               foure
               thousand
               foot
               souldiers
               of
               great
               valour
               ,
               they
               made
               a
               brave
               retreit
               the
               space
               of
               foure
               or
               five
               miles
               ,
               beset
               and
               charged
               with
               twenty
               thousand
               horse
               by
               the
               King
               of
               the
               Moores
               ,
               at
               least
               five
               or
               six
               times
               ,
               with
               the
               losse
               onely
               of
               eighty
               men
               ,
               and
               the
               slaughter
               of
               eight
               hundred
               of
               the
               enemie
               .
               They
               serve
               better
               on
               foot
               than
               on
               horsebacke
               ,
               (
               although
               they
               have
               horses
               of
               excellent
               courage
               )
               and
               better
               with
               the
               Harquebuze
               ,
               than
               with
               any
               other
               kind
               of
               weapon
               .
               With
               great
               care
               they
               will
               cover
               their
               losses
               and
               weaknesse
               .
            
             
               As
               concerning
               their
               Cavalrie
               ,
               it
               cannot
               be
               gain-said
               ,
               
               but
               that
               the
               Spanish
               Genet
               is
               the
               noblest
               horse
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               farre
               excelling
               the
               Courser
               of
               Naples
               ,
               or
               the
               horse
               of
               Burgundie
               ,
               so
               much
               esteemed
               of
               the
               French
               ,
               of
               the
               Freeslander
               ,
               and
               in
               so
               great
               request
               with
               the
               Germans
               .
               It
               should
               seeme
               that
               nature
               herselfe
               hath
               armed
               this
               people
               ,
               in
               giving
               them
               the
               Iron
               Mines
               of
               
                 Biskay
                 ,
                 Guipuscoa
              
               ,
               and
               Medina
               ,
               with
               the
               temperature
               of
               
                 Baion
                 ,
                 Bilbo
                 ,
                 Toledo
              
               ,
               and
               Calataiut
               ;
               the
               Armories
               of
               
                 Millan
                 ,
                 Naples
              
               ,
               and
               Boscoducis
               ;
               the
               corne
               and
               provision
               of
               the
               inexhaustible
               Garners
               of
               
                 Apulia
                 ,
                 Sicil
                 ,
                 Sardinia
                 ,
                 Artesia
                 ,
                 Castile
                 ,
              
               and
               Andaluzia
               ;
               with
               the
               plentifull
               vintages
               of
               
                 Soma
                 ,
                 Calabria
                 ,
                 San
                 Martin
                 ,
                 Aymont
                 ,
              
               and
               sundry
               other
               places
               .
               To
               conclude
               ,
               this
               Prince
               is
               so
               mighty
               in
               gold
               and
               silver
               ,
               that
               there
               with
               (
               to
               spare
               his
               owne
               people
               ,
               ingaged
               in
               the
               defence
               of
               so
               many
               Territories
               ,
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               Frontiers
               ,
               from
               undoubted
               destruction
               )
               he
               is
               able
               to
               wage
               what
               numbers
               of
               horsemen
               and
               footmen
               of
               the
               German
               and
               Italian
               Nations
               it
               pleaseth
               him
               .
            
             
               The
               Princes
               whose
               dominions
               are
               bordering
               ,
               
               and
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               forces
               are
               any
               way
               able
               to
               endanger
               his
               dominions
               ,
               
               are
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               and
               England
               ,
               and
               the
               Turke
               .
            
             
               
               The
               Venetians
               (
               long
               since
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Millan
               came
               to
               the
               possession
               of
               this
               Crowne
               )
               have
               set
               them
               downe
               with
               great
               quietnesse
               ,
               rather
               looking
               to
               the
               strengthning
               and
               keeping
               of
               their
               owne
               Townes
               and
               peeces
               ,
               than-to
               the
               winning
               of
               others
               from
               their
               neighbours
               .
               And
               good
               reason
               it
               is
               ,
               sithence
               peace
               is
               the
               surest
               anchor-hold
               of
               their
               Common-wealth
               .
            
             
               Concerning
               France
               ,
               
               sithence
               the
               French
               Nation
               hath
               put
               an
               end
               to
               their
               civill
               discontents
               ,
               what
               Trophee
               or
               Triumph
               can
               the
               Spaniard
               boast
               to
               have
               carried
               from
               them
               ?
               Indeed
               it
               cannot
               be
               denied
               ,
               but
               in
               elder
               dayes
               ,
               the
               warinesse
               of
               the
               one
               ,
               hath
               turned
               the
               furious
               attempts
               of
               the
               other
               to
               matter
               of
               too
               late
               repentance
               .
               For
               the
               great
               Captaine
               surprizing
               Barletta
               ,
               and
               then
               encamping
               upon
               the
               banks
               of
               Gariglano
               ,
               first
               tooke
               from
               them
               the
               possession
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               all
               hope
               of
               regaining
               it
               againe
               .
               By
               the
               same
               temporizing
               ,
               
                 Anthony
                 Leva
              
               wearied
               King
               Francis
               at
               Ticinum
               ,
               and
               
                 Prosper
                 Collonna
              
               cleared
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Millan
               .
            
             
               In
               assaulting
               of
               Townes
               and
               Fortresses
               ,
               I
               confesse
               fury
               to
               be
               of
               great
               moment
               ;
               I
               confesse
               likewise
               ,
               that
               by
               this
               vertue
               the
               French
               prevailed
               at
               
                 Ioious
                 ,
                 Momedium
              
               ,
               and
               Caleis
               ;
               but
               in
               set
               battels
               ,
               as
               at
               Graveling
               ,
               Saint
               Quintins
               ,
               and
               Siena
               ,
               most
               commonly
               they
               have
               had
               the
               foile
               :
               for
               in
               the
               field
               good
               order
               &
               skilfull
               conduct
               doth
               more
               prevaile
               ,
               than
               valour
               and
               furious
               resolution
               :
               In
               all
               assaults
               ,
               fury
               and
               resolution
               ,
               more
               than
               counsell
               or
               temporizing
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               East
               Indies
               he
               confineth
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Persia
               ,
               
               betwixt
               whom
               there
               is
               not
               any
               evill
               intelligence
               ,
               but
               contrariwise
               ,
               rather
               great
               tokens
               of
               much
               love
               and
               amitie
               ,
               as
               by
               whose
               helpe
               that
               King
               hopeth
               to
               finde
               meanes
               to
               overthrow
               the
               Turke
               .
               Howbeit
               hee
               hath
               very
               oftentimes
               denied
               him
               assistance
               and
               aid
               in
               those
               warres
               ,
               which
               hee
               made
               against
               the
               house
               and
               family
               of
               Ottoman
               ,
               being
               very
               much
               urged
               and
               sought
               unto
               by
               the
               Persian
               ,
               to
               send
               unto
               
               him
               some
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               men
               expert
               and
               skilfull
               in
               casting
               of
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               as
               also
               in
               building
               of
               Forts
               ,
               and
               other
               the
               like
               matters
               of
               defence
               and
               assistance
               .
               Excusing
               himselfe
               with
               the
               perill
               of
               his
               Religion
               ,
               which
               doth
               not
               permit
               Christian
               Princes
               to
               lend
               aid
               unto
               Infidels
               :
               though
               indeed
               the
               true
               cause
               was
               ,
               because
               he
               would
               not
               thereby
               give
               an
               occasion
               of
               future
               trouble
               &
               molestation
               to
               himselfe
               (
               by
               communicating
               these
               two
               advantages
               ,
               so
               important
               in
               war
               )
               in
               his
               navigation
               to
               the
               Indies
               ,
               which
               are
               adjoyning
               to
               the
               Persian
               Sea.
               But
               the
               Persians
               taking
               Ormuz
               from
               the
               Portugal
               ,
               shews
               that
               they
               do
               not
               at
               this
               day
               much
               regard
               the
               Spaniard
               .
            
             
               With
               the
               King
               of
               Fesse
               and
               Morocco
               his
               Catholike
               Majestie
               is
               in
               league
               ,
               
               upon
               interest
               of
               those
               States
               which
               hee
               possesseth
               in
               Africa
               .
            
             
               His
               Catholike
               Majestie
               would
               very
               willingly
               that
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Tuscanie
               should
               wholly
               depend
               upon
               him
               ;
               
               but
               he
               is
               so
               farre
               from
               that
               ,
               that
               he
               doth
               not
               onely
               depend
               ,
               but
               in
               many
               occasions
               hath
               still
               shewed
               himselfe
               opposite
               unto
               this
               Crowne
               ,
               and
               hath
               lately
               discovered
               himselfe
               to
               be
               a
               welwiller
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               France
               ,
               by
               joyning
               alliance
               with
               the
               most
               Christian
               King
               :
               and
               therefore
               it
               is
               not
               likely
               that
               any
               good
               intelligence
               can
               bee
               betwixt
               them
               .
               In
               like
               manner
               ,
               the
               Ambassadour
               of
               Tuscanie
               is
               but
               of
               indifferent
               regard
               in
               that
               Court
               ,
               but
               since
               the
               Emperour
               and
               the
               Duke
               are
               allied
               by
               marriage
               ,
               there
               is
               greater
               respect
               .
            
             
               The
               Duke
               of
               Parma
               is
               not
               onely
               a
               devout
               servant
               ,
               
               and
               a
               neere
               kinsman
               ,
               but
               also
               a
               subject
               to
               this
               Crowne
               ,
               by
               the
               Citie
               of
               Placentia
               ,
               and
               therefore
               wholly
               depends
               thereupon
               ,
               having
               taken
               a
               secret
               oath
               to
               obey
               him
               in
               all
               commands
               .
               Proceeding
               with
               all
               possible
               respect
               ,
               not
               to
               give
               the
               least
               occasion
               of
               offence
               ,
               by
               reason
               that
               the
               investiture
               of
               Placentia
               was
               not
               granted
               absolutely
               to
               the
               house
               of
               Farnesi
               ,
               but
               only
               to
               the
               fourth
               descendencie
               after
               which
               it
               returnes
               againe
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               as
               Duke
               of
               Millan
               .
               And
               therefore
               his
               Excellencie
               (
               that
               hee
               may
               not
               separate
               himselfe
               from
               his
               Majesties
               good
               liking
               )
               did
               lately
               refuse
               to
               linke
               himselfe
               in
               alliance
               with
               the
               great
               Duke
               ,
               lest
               hee
               should
               
               displease
               the
               King
               ,
               whose
               minde
               he
               saw
               was
               bent
               against
               〈◊〉
            
             
               The
               Duke
               of
               Vrbine
               being
               a
               Prince
               of
               small
               power
               ,
               
               wholly
               relies
               upon
               his
               Majestie
               ,
               as
               receiving
               his
               greatest
               benefit
               from
               him
               ,
               to
               whom
               he
               hath
               committed
               the
               charge
               of
               all
               his
               Italian
               Cavalrie
               .
            
             
               The
               Common-wealth
               of
               Genoa
               is
               like
               a
               ship
               beaten
               at
               Sea
               ,
               
               and
               tost
               with
               contrary
               winds
               ,
               &
               tempestuous
               stormes
               ,
               placed
               as
               it
               were
               betwixt
               two
               anchors
               ;
               which
               are
               ,
               Prince
               Doria
               ,
               a
               true
               borne
               Citizen
               ,
               and
               the
               Ambassadour
               of
               the
               Catholike
               King
               ,
               who
               hath
               the
               protection
               thereof
               in
               his
               Masters
               name
               ,
               to
               his
               great
               benefit
               .
               If
               ever
               he
               chance
               to
               become
               Sole-Lord
               thereof
               it
               will
               adde
               a
               greater
               Dominion
               to
               his
               greatnesse
               ,
               for
               the
               nature
               and
               quality
               of
               the
               situation
               of
               that
               Citie
               ,
               whereof
               the
               Spaniards
               were
               wont
               to
               say
               ;
               That
               if
               the
               King
               their
               Master
               were
               but
               once
               Lord
               of
               Marsettes
               in
               Provence
               ,
               and
               of
               Genoa
               in
               Italy
               ,
               by
               the
               benefit
               of
               these
               two
               famous
               ports
               ,
               hee
               might
               easily
               arrive
               to
               the
               Monarchie
               of
               the
               whole
               World.
               But
               howbeit
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               be
               not
               Lord
               thereof
               ,
               nor
               yet
               hath
               so
               great
               a
               part
               therein
               ,
               that
               he
               can
               assuredly
               say
               ,
               that
               it
               wholly
               rests
               at
               his
               command
               ,
               yet
               by
               favouring
               and
               upholding
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               Prince
               Doria
               ,
               he
               maketh
               him
               the
               Instrument
               to
               serve
               his
               turne
               ,
               and
               by
               his
               meanes
               obtaineth
               what
               hee
               will
               ,
               or
               can
               in
               reason
               desire
               of
               that
               people
               deeply
               interessed
               ,
               in
               regard
               that
               his
               Majestie
               hath
               taken
               up
               great
               summes
               of
               money
               upon
               interest
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               therefore
               will
               take
               heed
               how
               they
               breake
               with
               him
               ;
               lest
               they
               be
               hindred
               of
               their
               gaines
               ,
               peradventure
               of
               their
               principall
               :
               It
               hath
               beene
               thought
               ,
               that
               some
               Kings
               have
               beene
               behinde
               hand
               with
               them
               ,
               for
               more
               than
               a
               million
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               gold
               .
               How
               much
               Genoa
               depends
               upon
               him
               ,
               was
               seene
               in
               these
               late
               warres
               ,
               in
               which
               they
               were
               wholly
               protected
               by
               him
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               Religion
               of
               Malta
               ,
               
               the
               said
               King
               taketh
               a
               particular
               protection
               ,
               as
               that
               in
               like
               sort
               depends
               wholly
               upon
               his
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               doth
               readily
               execute
               his
               royall
               commandements
               ,
               serving
               his
               turne
               oftentimes
               ,
               in
               keeping
               the
               Coasts
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               Naples
               and
               Sicily
               ,
               from
               
               the
               incursions
               of
               Pyrates
               ;
               and
               that
               without
               any
               one
               penie
               cost
               or
               charges
               to
               the
               said
               King
               ;
               whereof
               in
               proper
               place
               .
            
             
               The
               Seigniory
               of
               Lucca
               hath
               placed
               both
               it selfe
               and
               all
               
               that
               it
               hath
               (
               fearing
               the
               potencie
               of
               the
               great
               Duke
               )
               under
               the
               protection
               of
               his
               Majesty
               .
            
             
               In
               generall
               ,
               
               the
               Spanish
               Nation
               beareth
               little
               love
               to
               the
               Venetian
               Common-wealth
               ,
               as
               suspecting
               it
               to
               favour
               the
               French
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               strict
               friendship
               which
               it
               holds
               with
               the
               most
               Christian
               King
               ,
               and
               the
               most
               renowned
               State
               of
               England
               ,
               of
               late
               his
               apparant
               and
               professed
               Enemies
               .
            
             
               Againe
               ,
               
               there
               is
               also
               little
               inclination
               of
               love
               towards
               this
               State
               ,
               because
               they
               thinke
               ,
               that
               it
               maketh
               profession
               to
               ballance
               the
               States
               and
               Forces
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               Italy
               ;
               and
               though
               they
               esteeme
               well
               enough
               of
               it
               ,
               yet
               they
               love
               it
               not
               a
               jot
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               the
               Spaniards
               know
               ,
               that
               in
               those
               warres
               which
               may
               happen
               betwixt
               the
               Turks
               and
               this
               people
               ,
               they
               cannot
               (
               out
               of
               their
               particular
               interests
               )
               but
               aid
               and
               assist
               them
               ,
               and
               that
               on
               the
               contrary
               from
               them
               ,
               they
               have
               no
               hope
               of
               retribution
               ,
               unlesse
               in
               like
               occasion
               .
               But
               withall
               they
               assuredly
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               the
               aids
               which
               they
               shall
               afford
               it
               ,
               shall
               be
               but
               feeble
               ;
               and
               slowly
               subministred
               ,
               in
               such
               sort
               ,
               that
               they
               shall
               not
               give
               it
               any
               great
               re-enforcement
               ,
               but
               only
               such
               as
               may
               be
               sufficient
               to
               save
               it
               from
               ruine
               ,
               yea
               scarce
               that
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               for
               a
               perfect
               review
               of
               this
               tedious
               discourse
               ,
               I
               wil
               recite
               unto
               you
               ,
               these
               weighty
               ,
               secret
               ,
               and
               last
               instructions
               given
               by
               Philip
               the
               second
               ,
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               to
               his
               son
               Philip
               the
               third
               ,
               father
               of
               this
               present
               King
               :
               teaching
               him
               how
               to
               governe
               himselfe
               and
               his
               Kingdomes
               after
               the
               decease
               of
               his
               said
               father
               ;
               brought
               to
               light
               by
               a
               servant
               of
               
                 Don
                 Christophero
                 di
                 Mora
              
               ,
               called
               Roderigo
               ,
               and
               translated
               out
               of
               Spanish
               and
               Dutch
               into
               English
               ,
               that
               the
               world
               may
               see
               how
               judiciously
               this
               manuscript
               of
               the
               Kings
               owne
               hand
               agreeth
               with
               the
               purport
               of
               these
               Relations
               .
            
             
               SOnne
               ,
               I
               have
               often
               troubled
               my
               mind
               ,
               and
               entered
               into
               most
               deepe
               and
               serious
               considerations
               ,
               how
               to
               leave
               a
               
               quiet
               and
               setled
               estate
               unto
               you
               after
               my
               decease
               :
               Howb●●●
               ,
               neither
               the
               long
               time
               of
               my
               life
               ,
               nor
               the
               opportunity
               of
               Princes
               affected
               to
               my
               service
               ,
               would
               afford
               me
               sufficient
               assistance
               in
               this
               behalfe
               .
               I
               confesse
               ;
               that
               I
               have
               spent
               more
               than
               594.
               millions
               of
               Duckets
               ;
               in
               lieu
               whereof
               ,
               I
               have
               enjoyed
               nothing
               the
               space
               of
               three
               and
               thirty
               yeares
               ,
               but
               heart-sorrow
               ,
               and
               vexation
               of
               spirit
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               I
               recovered
               Portugal
               ;
               but
               as
               lightly
               as
               France
               is
               escaped
               from
               me
               ,
               so
               likewise
               may
               Portugal
               slide
               backe
               .
               Would
               to
               God
               I
               had
               followed
               the
               counsell
               of
               Charles
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               my
               Lord
               Father
               of
               famous
               memory
               :
               for
               then
               could
               I
               much
               more
               quietly
               brooke
               those
               my
               sorrowes
               ,
               and
               die
               with
               a
               more
               willing
               minde
               ,
               leaving
               to
               you
               the
               succession
               of
               this
               mortall
               life
               .
            
             
               This
               then
               ,
               besides
               so
               many
               stately
               Kingdomes
               and
               Seigniories
               ,
               as
               a
               perpetuall
               testament
               I
               leave
               behinde
               unto
               you
               ,
               as
               a
               mirrour
               and
               Looking-glasse
               ,
               wherein
               you
               may
               see
               how
               to
               frame
               your
               actions
               ,
               and
               to
               carry
               your selfe
               in
               your
               government
               after
               my
               death
               .
            
             
               Alwayes
               looke
               well
               to
               the
               charges
               and
               alterations
               of
               other
               States
               and
               Countries
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               you
               make
               use
               ,
               and
               reap
               good
               profit
               thereby
               ,
               as
               occasion
               shall
               serve
               ;
               and
               withall
               ,
               have
               a
               cautelous
               and
               circumspect
               eye
               over
               them
               that
               be
               in
               Counsell
               with
               you
               .
            
             
               Two
               meanes
               you
               have
               whereby
               to
               maintaine
               your
               Spanish
               Kingdomes
               ;
               the
               one
               is
               Government
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               Trade
               of
               the
               Indies
               .
            
             
               Touching
               your
               Government
               ,
               you
               must
               draw
               unto
               you
               ,
               and
               relie
               either
               upon
               the
               Nobilitie
               ,
               or
               the
               Spiritualtie
               of
               your
               Dominions
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               leane
               unto
               the
               Spiritualtie
               ,
               you
               must
               seeke
               to
               bri●ile
               and
               curbe
               the
               other
               ,
               as
               I
               have
               done
               :
               but
               if
               you
               meane
               to
               strengthen
               your selfe
               with
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               cut
               short
               the
               Livings
               and
               Revenues
               of
               the
               Spiritualtie
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               is
               possible
               .
               For
               holding
               them
               both
               in
               equall
               favour
               ,
               they
               will
               consume
               you
               ;
               and
               besides
               ,
               you
               shall
               set
               your
               Realmes
               out
               of
               quiet
               ,
               and
               never
               come
               to
               resolution
               ,
               the
               ballance
               being
               over-weighed
               ,
               sometimes
               by
               the
               one
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               by
               the
               other
               .
            
             
             
               My
               Counsell
               is
               ,
               that
               you
               hold
               in
               league
               with
               the
               Provinces
               of
               the
               Netherlands
               ,
               especially
               if
               you
               meane
               to
               helpe
               your selfe
               with
               the
               Nobilitie
               :
               for
               they
               be
               friends
               to
               
                 France
                 ,
                 England
              
               ,
               the
               German
               Princes
               .
               And
               neither
               
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Sweden
              
               ,
               nor
               Denmarke
               ,
               can
               stand
               you
               much
               in
               stead
               :
               As
               for
               the
               King
               of
               Denmarke
               ,
               hee
               getteth
               his
               Revenues
               by
               forren
               Nations
               .
            
             
               Sweden
               is
               alwayes
               at
               division
               ,
               and
               unfit
               in
               regard
               of
               situation
               .
            
             
               The
               Polacks
               be
               as
               Masters
               over
               their
               Kings
               .
               Italy
               ,
               though
               it
               be
               rich
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               farre
               distant
               from
               these
               before
               named
               ;
               besides
               that
               ,
               all
               the
               Princes
               therein
               are
               of
               divers
               humours
               and
               dispositions
               .
            
             
               But
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               the
               Netherlands
               are
               exceeding
               populous
               ,
               and
               abound
               mightily
               in
               shipping
               :
               the
               Inhabitants
               being
               a
               people
               most
               constant
               in
               labours
               ,
               diligent
               in
               searching
               out
               things
               profitable
               ,
               couragious
               in
               their
               attempts
               ,
               patient
               in
               adversitie
               .
            
             
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               I
               have
               bestowed
               those
               Provinces
               upon
               your
               Sister
               
                 Isabella
                 Clara
                 Eugenia
              
               ,
               howbeit
               in
               the
               transport
               thereof
               are
               comprized
               an
               hundred
               meanes
               ,
               whereby
               you
               may
               helpe
               your selfe
               :
               The
               principall
               whereof
               be
               ,
               that
               you
               are
               Tutor
               and
               over-seer
               of
               all
               her
               children
               ;
               and
               that
               shee
               may
               alter
               nothing
               in
               the
               Catholike
               Religion
               :
               These
               two
               maine
               points
               being
               taken
               away
               ,
               you
               are
               absolutely
               dispossessed
               and
               quit
               of
               the
               Netherlands
               ;
               and
               other
               Kings
               would
               be
               so
               forward
               to
               draw
               them
               unto
               their
               allegeance
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               haply
               redound
               to
               your
               overthrow
               .
            
             
               Contrariwise
               ,
               if
               you
               meane
               to
               rely
               and
               cleave
               to
               the
               Clergie
               and
               State
               Spirituall
               ,
               you
               shall
               purchase
               your selfe
               many
               enemies
               :
               I
               have
               had
               the
               experience
               thereof
               :
               but
               hold
               all
               correspondencie
               with
               the
               Popes
               :
               Give
               them
               much
               ;
               bee
               friendly
               alwayes
               to
               them
               :
               Entertaine
               such
               Cardinals
               as
               be
               most
               in
               credit
               with
               them
               :
               Make
               your selfe
               Master
               of
               the
               Conclave
               :
               Make
               much
               of
               the
               
               German-Princes
               Bishops
               ,
               and
               use
               to
               bestow
               no
               more
               pension
               on
               them
               by
               the
               hand
               of
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               but
               deale
               so
               ;
               as
               they
               may
               acknowledge
               your selfe
               
               for
               the
               giver
               ;
               surely
               they
               will
               serve
               you
               the
               more
               willingly
               ,
               and
               receive
               your
               gifts
               with
               greater
               gladnesse
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               them
               that
               be
               of
               baser
               degree
               and
               qualitie
               ,
               let
               them
               not
               come
               neere
               you
               ,
               and
               so
               shall
               you
               seeme
               to
               give
               your
               Nobilitie
               and
               Commons
               the
               better
               countenance
               .
               For
               certainly
               I
               must
               needs
               say
               ,
               their
               pride
               is
               great
               ,
               they
               are
               mighty
               in
               substance
               ,
               whatsoever
               they
               desire
               must
               be
               done
               ,
               they
               will
               be
               chargeable
               unto
               you
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               end
               will
               seeke
               to
               rule
               your
               Scepter
               .
               Wherefore
               make
               your
               partie
               good
               ,
               by
               the
               meanes
               of
               such
               as
               are
               descended
               of
               Noble
               parentage
               ,
               and
               great
               Families
               ,
               and
               promote
               them
               now
               and
               then
               to
               some
               Spirituall
               livings
               .
               The
               common
               sort
               is
               not
               so
               serviceable
               ;
               for
               they
               will
               procure
               you
               such
               unspeakable
               hatred
               ,
               as
               that
               thereby
               you
               might
               be
               forced
               to
               consume
               your
               treasure
               ,
               and
               therefore
               repose
               your
               trust
               in
               none
               of
               them
               ,
               unlesse
               they
               be
               of
               great
               qualitie
               .
            
             
               Abandon
               and
               shake
               off
               your
               English
               Spies
               .
            
             
               Cleare
               your selfe
               of
               the
               French
               charges
               .
            
             
               Vse
               the
               service
               of
               some
               part
               of
               the
               Netherlandish
               Nobilitie
               ,
               so
               that
               you
               may
               joyne
               and
               knit
               them
               unto
               your
               best
               and
               ,
               most
               trusty
               subjects
               .
               Now
               as
               concerning
               the
               travell
               and
               Navigation
               to
               the
               East
               and
               
                 West
                 Indies
              
               ,
               therein
               doth
               consist
               all
               the
               power
               and
               might
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               as
               likewise
               the
               straining
               and
               bridling
               of
               the
               Italians
               .
            
             
               France
               and
               England
               cannot
               be
               debar●ed
               from
               medling
               with
               the
               aforesaid
               Trade
               and
               Navigation
               ,
               their
               powers
               be
               great
               ,
               their
               Sea-men
               be
               many
               ,
               their
               Seas
               be
               too
               large
               ,
               their
               Merchants
               too
               rich
               ,
               their
               Captaines
               and
               souldiers
               too
               greedie
               of
               money
               ,
               and
               their
               subjects
               too
               trustie
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               for
               your
               sake
               ,
               in
               the
               transport
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               put
               down
               a
               proviso
               ,
               altogether
               to
               restrain
               the
               Netherlanders
               from
               dealing
               in
               the
               aforesaid
               Trade
               :
               but
               I
               feare
               that
               time
               and
               men
               will
               prove
               changeable
               :
               wherefore
               you
               must
               doe
               two
               things
               .
               First
               ,
               alter
               often
               your
               Governours
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               those
               which
               you
               draw
               from
               thence
               ,
               you
               shall
               put
               in
               Office
               here
               at
               home
               ,
               and
               make
               them
               of
               the
               Councell
               of
               India
               in
               Spaine
               .
               So
               shall
               you
               never
               (
               in
               my
               opinion
               )
               be
               deceived
               ,
               
               but
               both
               parties
               will
               discover
               your
               profit
               ,
               and
               seeke
               their
               owne
               honour
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               perceive
               the
               Englishmen
               prepare
               to
               bereave
               you
               of
               these
               commodities
               ,
               as
               being
               strong
               both
               in
               shipping
               and
               Mariners
               ,
               (
               for
               the
               French
               I
               make
               small
               account
               )
               see
               that
               you
               strengthen
               your selfe
               with
               the
               Netherlands
               ,
               notwithstanding
               that
               a
               great
               part
               of
               them
               be
               Hereticks
               ,
               and
               would
               so
               continue
               ,
               with
               condition
               ,
               that
               they
               shall
               have
               full
               liberty
               to
               utter
               all
               their
               commodities
               in
               Spaine
               and
               Italy
               ,
               paying
               their
               royall
               Incomes
               and
               Customes
               ,
               and
               all
               duties
               belonging
               unto
               you
               :
               and
               then
               also
               you
               may
               grant
               unto
               them
               passage
               to
               travell
               and
               trade
               unto
               your
               East
               and
               
                 West
                 Indies
              
               ,
               provided
               that
               they
               put
               in
               good
               security
               in
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               take
               upon
               them
               a
               corporall
               oath
               ,
               that
               upon
               their
               returne
               from
               the
               Indies
               ,
               they
               shall
               arrive
               in
               some
               part
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               there
               to
               unload
               upon
               paine
               of
               death
               ,
               if
               they
               shall
               be
               found
               to
               doe
               otherwise
               .
               Mine
               opinion
               is
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               never
               refuse
               to
               accept
               of
               this
               easie
               condition
               ,
               and
               to
               accomplish
               the
               same
               :
               and
               by
               these
               meanes
               shall
               the
               Indian
               and
               Spanish
               be
               linked
               and
               knit
               to
               the
               Netherlandish
               trade
               :
               and
               England
               and
               France
               must
               then
               live
               upon
               their
               owne
               purses
               .
            
             
               My
               Sonne
               ,
               I
               could
               relate
               unto
               you
               more
               secrets
               for
               the
               conquests
               of
               other
               Kingdomes
               and
               Countries
               ,
               but
               all
               such
               advertisements
               ,
               with
               the
               discourses
               thereupon
               delivered
               unto
               me
               ,
               and
               by
               me
               amended
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               in
               my
               Cabinet
               .
               Cause
               
                 Christopher
                 de
                 Moro
              
               immediately
               to
               deliver
               the
               key
               unto
               you
               ,
               lest
               these
               so
               weighty
               secrets
               come
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               some
               other
               .
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               seventeenth
               of
               September
               ,
               I
               caused
               the
               transcript
               or
               last
               scribled
               coppy
               of
               these
               remembrances
               ,
               being
               in
               divers
               places
               int●rlined
               ,
               amended
               ,
               and
               altered
               ,
               to
               be
               cast
               into
               the
               fire
               :
               but
               I
               feare
               somewhat
               thereof
               might
               underhand
               be
               kept
               and
               reserved
               :
               wherefore
               set
               your
               eares
               to
               hearken
               thereafter
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               this
               present
               day
               added
               thus
               much
               .
               If
               you
               can
               ;
               deale
               with
               
                 Antonio
                 Peres
              
               ,
               to
               draw
               him
               into
               Italie
               ,
               or
               at
               least
               to
               procure
               him
               to
               doe
               you
               service
               in
               some
               other
               Countries
               ,
               
               but
               into
               Spaine
               or
               the
               Netherlands
               〈…〉
               come
               .
            
             
               Touching
               your
               marriage
               ,
               the
               particular
               writings
               thereof
               remaine
               under
               the
               custodie
               of
               the
               Secretarie
               .
            
             
               Moreover
               ,
               remember
               that
               you
               often
               read
               over
               this
               signed
               Bill
               ,
               and
               these
               Writings
               ,
               here-about
               was
               never
               any
               body
               in
               counsell
               with
               me
               ,
               but
               mine
               owne
               hand
               .
            
             
               Have
               alwayes
               an
               especiall
               care
               over
               your
               Counsellors
               ,
               and
               over
               those
               that
               are
               neere
               unto
               you
               .
            
             
               The
               deciphering
               of
               Letters
               you
               must
               your selfe
               take
               upon
               you
               .
            
             
               Doe
               not
               offend
               nor
               anger
               your
               Secretaries
               ;
               deliver
               them
               alwayes
               worke
               of
               small
               or
               great
               importance
               ,
               make
               proofe
               of
               them
               rather
               by
               your
               enemies
               ,
               than
               by
               your
               friends
               .
               And
               although
               you
               be
               enforced
               to
               discover
               your
               secrets
               to
               your
               dearest
               favourites
               ,
               yet
               locke
               the
               chiefest
               alwayes
               within
               your
               owne
               brest
               .
            
             
               Thus
               much
               gentle
               Reader
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               thought
               hath
               beene
               saved
               out
               of
               those
               notes
               and
               writings
               which
               were
               seene
               to
               be
               burned
               ,
               and
               this
               I
               thought
               good
               to
               publish
               for
               the
               common
               understanding
               .
            
          
           
             
               Portugal
               .
            
             
               THis
               Kingdome
               (
               which
               is
               not
               above
               320.
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               sixtie
               broad
               ;
               not
               very
               populous
               ,
               and
               but
               meanly
               rich
               in
               essentiall
               revenues
               :
               )
               by
               navigation
               and
               Acquisition
               of
               late
               dayes
               ,
               it
               held
               equall
               ranke
               with
               the
               most
               famous
               Provinces
               of
               the
               world
               :
               yea
               ,
               this
               humour
               of
               industrie
               so
               possessed
               their
               minds
               ,
               that
               they
               solely
               undertooke
               the
               famous
               expeditions
               of
               
                 Barbarie
                 ,
                 Aethiopia
                 ,
                 India
              
               ,
               and
               Brasile
               .
               Wherein
               within
               these
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               they
               have
               taken
               and
               fortified
               the
               principall
               places
               and
               harbours
               of
               those
               Provinces
               ,
               challenging
               unto
               themselves
               the
               peculiar
               traffike
               of
               the
               Atlanticke
               and
               East
               Ocean
               .
               They
               seised
               upon
               the
               Ter●craz
               ,
               knowing
               that
               without
               touching
               at
               those
               Islands
               ;
               no
               ship
               could
               safely
               passe
               into
               
                 Aethiopia
                 ,
                 India
                 ,
                 Brasil
              
               ,
               or
               the
               
               New-world
               .
               Returning
               from
               the
               Countries
               towards
               Spaine
               or
               Lisbon
               ,
               they
               put
               into
               releeve
               their
               wants
               and
               sicke
               passengers
               ,
               and
               outward
               they
               touch
               to
               take
               in
               fresh
               water
               ,
               and
               fetch
               the
               wind
               .
               In
               Africke
               they
               are
               Lords
               of
               those
               places
               ,
               which
               we
               spake
               of
               before
               in
               the
               description
               of
               Spaine
               :
               In
               Cambaia
               ,
               they
               have
               
                 Diu
                 ,
                 Damain
              
               ,
               and
               Bazain
               ,
               the
               hither
               
                 India
                 ,
                 Chaul
                 ,
                 Goa
              
               ,
               and
               the
               fortresses
               of
               
                 Cochin
                 ,
                 Colan
              
               ,
               the
               Island
               Mavar
               ,
               and
               the
               haven
               Columbo
               in
               Zeilan
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               these
               Goa
               is
               the
               chiefest
               ,
               as
               the
               place
               where
               the
               Viceroy
               keepeth
               his
               Court.
               Cochin
               and
               Colan
               for
               their
               plenty
               of
               Pepper
               :
               Mavar
               for
               the
               Pearle-fishing
               :
               Columbo
               for
               the
               abundance
               of
               Cinamon
               :
               Damain
               and
               Bazain
               ,
               for
               fertill
               provision
               .
               In
               these
               quarters
               they
               have
               some
               Princes
               their
               Confederates
               ,
               others
               their
               Feodaries
               .
               The
               chiefe
               and
               wealthiest
               of
               Allies
               is
               the
               King
               of
               Cochin
               ,
               sometime
               tributarie
               to
               the
               Calecute
               ,
               but
               now
               by
               the
               entercourse
               and
               traffike
               with
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               he
               is
               growne
               so
               rich
               and
               mighty
               ,
               that
               the
               other
               Princes
               doe
               envie
               his
               prosperity
               .
               The
               King
               of
               Colan
               is
               likewise
               their
               confederate
               .
            
             
               Their
               cheife
               Force
               consisteth
               in
               situation
               and
               strength
               of
               places
               ,
               and
               in
               number
               and
               goodnesse
               of
               their
               shipping
               .
               
               As
               concerning
               situation
               ,
               this
               people
               wisely
               foreseeing
               ,
               that
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               contemptible
               numbers
               ,
               they
               were
               not
               of
               power
               to
               make
               any
               famous
               journey
               into
               the
               Inland
               Regions
               ,
               neither
               able
               to
               match
               the
               Persians
               ,
               the
               Guizarites
               ,
               the
               Princes
               of
               Decan
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Narsinga
               ,
               and
               other
               barbarous
               Potentates
               in
               Cambaia
               ,
               turned
               all
               their
               cogitations
               to
               immure
               themselves
               in
               such
               defensive
               places
               ,
               that
               therein
               with
               small
               forces
               they
               might
               ever
               have
               hope
               to
               divert
               great
               attempts
               ,
               and
               make
               themselves
               Lords
               and
               Commanders
               of
               the
               Sea
               and
               Navigation
               :
               which
               when
               they
               had
               done
               ,
               they
               entertained
               and
               maintained
               so
               strong
               a
               Navie
               ,
               that
               no
               Prince
               in
               those
               parts
               was
               able
               to
               wrong
               them
               ;
               yea
               ,
               they
               furnished
               those
               vessels
               so
               throughly
               ,
               that
               one
               single
               ship
               would
               not
               refuse
               to
               cope
               with
               three
               or
               foure
               of
               the
               Barbarians
               .
               With
               this
               Armada
               (
               of
               one
               and
               twenty
               ships
               )
               
                 Francis
                 Almeida
              
               defeated
               the
               Ma●●lucks
               ,
               neere
               the
               towne
               of
               
                 Diu.
                 Alfonse
                 
                 Alburquerick
              
               with
               thirty
               great
               ships
               wonne
               
                 〈◊〉
                 cute
              
               :
               with
               one
               and
               twenty
               he
               tooke
               Goa
               ,
               and
               regained
               it
               (
               being
               lost
               )
               with
               foure
               and
               thirty
               .
               With
               three
               and
               twenty
               he
               tooke
               Malaca
               ;
               with
               six
               and
               twenty
               he
               entred
               the
               Red
               Sea
               ;
               
               and
               with
               two
               and
               twenty
               recovered
               Ormus
               .
               In
               processe
               of
               time
               ,
               as
               their
               mightinesse
               increased
               ,
               
                 Lopes
                 Zu●●ezius
              
               made
               a
               journy
               into
               the
               Red-sea
               with
               seven
               and
               thirty
               
                 Galleons
                 .
                 Lopes
                 Sequeira
              
               with
               twenty
               foure
               ships
               ,
               but
               with
               greater
               number
               of
               souldiers
               than
               ever
               before
               ,
               laid
               siege
               to
               Guidda
               in
               the
               Red-sea
               :
               
                 Henry
                 Menesius
              
               wasted
               Patan
               with
               fifty
               ships
               .
               
                 Lopes
                 Vazius
                 Sampaius
              
               left
               in
               the
               Arsenall
               136.
               vessels
               of
               warre
               ,
               whereof
               the
               greatest
               part
               were
               excellent
               well
               furnished
               .
               
                 Nonius
                 Acunia
              
               undertooke
               a
               journey
               to
               Diu
               with
               three
               hundred
               ships
               ,
               wherein
               were
               three
               thousand
               Portugals
               ,
               and
               five
               thousand
               Indians
               ,
               besides
               a
               great
               number
               of
               his
               Guard
               and
               Servants
               ,
               which
               ordinarily
               follow
               the
               Viceroyes
               in
               those
               Countries
               .
            
             
               Thus
               have
               they
               much
               talked
               of
               their
               victories
               and
               purchases
               ,
               and
               so
               should
               still
               for
               mee
               ,
               if
               truth
               and
               time
               proclaimed
               not
               ,
               that
               indeed
               they
               are
               but
               poore
               possessors
               of
               some
               Harbours
               and
               Townes
               by
               the
               Sea
               shore
               ;
               standing
               on
               their
               Guard
               now
               more
               than
               ever
               ,
               as
               fearing
               to
               lose
               them
               with
               more
               terrour
               ,
               than
               ever
               they
               entertained
               comfort
               in
               the
               facile
               acquisition
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               Besides
               his
               confederates
               and
               feodaries
               ,
               
               hee
               is
               confined
               with
               most
               mighty
               Princes
               ,
               his
               enemies
               :
               as
               the
               Persian
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               who
               maketh
               title
               to
               Diu
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               ,
               which
               were
               once
               under
               his
               jurisdiction
               :
               Nizzamaluc
               and
               Idalcam
               (
               for
               so
               the
               Portugals
               call
               the
               two
               Princes
               of
               Decan
               )
               and
               the
               Kings
               of
               Calecute
               and
               Narsinga
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               Kings
               of
               Persia
               &
               Narsinga
               ,
               they
               never
               waged
               warre
               against
               them
               ,
               because
               they
               have
               alwayes
               had
               to
               doe
               with
               more
               dangerous
               enemies
               :
               other
               Princes
               though
               they
               have
               enterprized
               to
               their
               uttermost
               ,
               to
               regaine
               
                 Diu
                 ,
                 Chial
                 ,
                 Goa
              
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               ,
               and
               have
               left
               no
               meanes
               unattempted
               to
               bring
               their
               designes
               to
               effect
               ,
               yet
               their
               abilities
               could
               not
               worke
               any
               prosperous
               successe
               to
               their
               laborious
               
               endevours
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               situation
               ,
               so
               commodious
               for
               the
               transportation
               &
               receit
               of
               continuall
               succours
               from
               the
               Sea.
               And
               though
               they
               have
               undertaken
               the
               like
               actions
               in
               the
               deepe
               of
               Winter
               ,
               hoping
               by
               tempests
               and
               other
               casualties
               ,
               to
               barre
               the
               Portugals
               from
               their
               Sea-succours
               ,
               yet
               they
               never
               prevailed
               ;
               because
               the
               ships
               and
               courages
               of
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               the
               one
               resolute
               to
               endure
               the
               siege
               ,
               and
               by
               patience
               to
               overcome
               ●
               the
               other
               determining
               (
               hap
               what
               may
               )
               never
               to
               forsake
               their
               distressed
               Countrey-men
               ,
               have
               set
               all
               upon
               hazard
               ,
               and
               exposed
               their
               fortunes
               to
               the
               mercy
               of
               wind
               and
               waves
               in
               those
               tempestuous
               seasons
               .
               Their
               worst
               ,
               greatest
               ,
               and
               fiercest
               enemie
               is
               the
               Turke
               ,
               who
               (
               being
               backed
               with
               the
               like
               advantage
               of
               situation
               ,
               which
               the
               Citie
               of
               Aden
               affordeth
               him
               ,
               and
               sometime
               pricked
               on
               by
               his
               owne
               proper
               envie
               ,
               emulation
               ,
               and
               ambition
               ,
               sometime
               egged
               on
               by
               the
               perswasion
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               )
               hath
               often
               endevoured
               to
               dispoile
               them
               of
               the
               Soveraignty
               of
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               and
               finally
               to
               drive
               them
               out
               of
               the
               
                 East
                 India
              
               .
               The
               greatest
               Navie
               that
               ever
               he
               sent
               against
               them
               ,
               was
               to
               recover
               Diu
               ,
               consisting
               of
               sixtie
               foure
               ships
               ,
               but
               by
               them
               defeated
               .
               Afterwards
               he
               sent
               a
               Navie
               of
               greater
               vessels
               to
               the
               conquest
               of
               Ormuz
               ,
               and
               that
               likewise
               was
               almost
               wholly
               beaten
               ,
               bruised
               ,
               and
               drowned
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               further
               Indies
               they
               hold
               nothing
               but
               Malaca
               ,
               and
               the
               Moluccas
               .
               In
               times
               past
               Malaca
               was
               farre
               greater
               than
               now
               it
               is
               :
               for
               it
               lay
               scattered
               three
               miles
               alongs
               the
               Sea-coast
               ;
               but
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               that
               they
               might
               the
               better
               defend
               it
               ,
               have
               brought
               it
               into
               a
               round
               forme
               ,
               containing
               not
               above
               a
               mile
               in
               compasse
               .
               Here
               the
               King
               hath
               two
               puissant
               enemies
               ,
               Ior
               ,
               and
               Achem
               ,
               tho
               one
               mighty
               at
               Land
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               far
               mightier
               at
               Sea
               ,
               by
               whom
               the
               Towne
               ,
               not
               without
               great
               danger
               ,
               hath
               more
               than
               once
               beene
               besieged
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               aid
               sent
               from
               India
               ,
               alwayes
               releeved
               ,
               with
               great
               slaughter
               of
               the
               Enemie
               .
               At
               length
               
                 Paul
                 Lima
              
               defeated
               King
               Ior
               ,
               and
               raced
               the
               Castle
               built
               by
               him
               neere
               Malaca
               ,
               wherein
               besides
               other
               spoiles
               ,
               he
               found
               nine
               hundred
               brazen
               cast-peeces
               .
               This
               territorie
               is
               subject
               to
               great
               danger
               ,
               
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               puissance
               of
               this
               King
               of
               Achem
               ,
               bending
               all
               his
               cogitations
               to
               the
               rooting
               and
               finall
               destruction
               of
               the
               Portugals
               out
               of
               this
               Province
               ,
               and
               therefore
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               of
               late
               yeares
               sent
               
                 Matthias
                 Alburquerk
              
               with
               a
               great
               power
               into
               India
               ,
               with
               authority
               either
               to
               secure
               the
               territory
               of
               Malaca
               ,
               or
               to
               fight
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Achem.
               
            
             
               To
               secure
               their
               trade
               of
               Spice
               and
               Nutmegs
               in
               the
               Moluccas
               and
               Banda
               ,
               they
               have
               built
               many
               Castles
               ,
               yet
               for
               many
               yeares
               past
               they
               have
               beene
               mightily
               molested
               by
               the
               Dutch
               and
               English
               Nations
               ,
               who
               by
               no
               meanes
               will
               bee
               excluded
               from
               the
               free
               traffique
               of
               the
               Sea.
               The
               English
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               great
               puissance
               ,
               have
               of
               late
               builded
               the
               fairest
               ships
               of
               the
               World
               for
               that
               onely
               trade
               ,
               and
               therein
               (
               as
               now
               )
               seated
               a
               hopefull
               and
               peaceable
               Factorie
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Roman
               Empire
               ,
               or
               Germanie
               .
            
             
               THis
               Empire
               in
               its
               greatest
               glory
               (
               viz.
               )
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               Trajan
               ,
               stretched
               from
               the
               Irish
               Ocean
               ;
               and
               beyond
               ,
               from
               the
               Atlantik
               ,
               to
               the
               Persian
               Gulfe
               ,
               and
               from
               Catnes
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               to
               the
               River
               Albis
               ,
               and
               beyond
               ,
               to
               the
               Danubie
               .
               It
               began
               first
               to
               decline
               by
               the
               civill
               warres
               of
               
                 Galba
                 ,
                 Otho
              
               ,
               and
               Vttellius
               :
               for
               in
               those
               times
               the
               Legions
               of
               Britanie
               were
               transported
               into
               the
               Continent
               ;
               Holland
               and
               the
               bordering
               Countries
               revolted
               ,
               and
               immediately
               after
               ,
               the
               Sarazens
               finding
               the
               Frontiers
               of
               the
               Empire
               without
               Garrisons
               ,
               passed
               over
               Danubius
               .
               The
               Alani
               won
               the
               Streights
               of
               the
               Caspian
               Hils
               :
               the
               Persians
               endevoured
               to
               get
               them
               a
               name
               and
               reputation
               ;
               the
               Goths
               wandered
               thorowout
               Moesia
               and
               Macedonia
               ;
               the
               French-men
               entred
               Gallia
               .
               But
               Constantine
               the
               Emperour
               restored
               it
               to
               the
               former
               glory
               ,
               made
               an
               end
               of
               civill
               Warre
               ,
               and
               tamed
               the
               barbarous
               and
               cruell
               Nations
               ;
               and
               had
               hee
               not
               committed
               two
               great
               faults
               ,
               this
               Empire
               
               might
               long
               have
               flourished
               .
               The
               first
               was
               ,
               the
               translating
               of
               the
               Imperiall
               Seat
               ,
               from
               Rome
               to
               Constantinople
               ;
               which
               action
               weakened
               the
               West
               ,
               and
               overthrew
               the
               Empire
               :
               as
               Plants
               removed
               out
               of
               their
               naturall
               soile
               ,
               and
               transported
               into
               Regions
               contrary
               in
               temperature
               and
               aire
               ,
               retaine
               small
               vigour
               of
               their
               radicall
               vertue
               :
               as
               also
               because
               the
               manly
               and
               martiall
               people
               of
               Europe
               if
               they
               should
               rebell
               ,
               could
               not
               be
               reduced
               to
               obedience
               by
               the
               power
               of
               the
               effeminate
               Asians
               ;
               whom
               ,
               or
               none
               ,
               the
               Emperours
               of
               Constantinople
               must
               of
               necessity
               make
               use
               of
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               situation
               .
               In
               which
               regard
               ,
               the
               Roman
               Senate
               would
               never
               consent
               ,
               that
               the
               people
               should
               leave
               Rome
               and
               dwell
               at
               Veij
               ,
               a
               Citie
               farre
               more
               pleasant
               and
               more
               commodious
               than
               Rome
               ,
               especially
               after
               the
               sacking
               thereof
               by
               the
               French-men
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               fault
               of
               Constantine
               ,
               was
               ,
               the
               division
               of
               the
               Empire
               to
               his
               children
               ,
               
                 Anno
                 Dom.
              
               341.
               
               By
               this
               division
               ,
               of
               one
               Empire
               he
               made
               three
               ,
               and
               withall
               ,
               a
               memorable
               diminution
               of
               his
               authoritie
               and
               forces
               .
               For
               when
               his
               sonnes
               fell
               to
               civill
               dissention
               ,
               they
               consumed
               one
               another
               so
               cruelly
               ,
               that
               the
               Empire
               resembled
               a
               bloudlesse
               ,
               yea
               ,
               a
               livelesse
               body
               .
               And
               though
               sometime
               ,
               under
               some
               one
               Prince
               ,
               it
               stood
               on
               foot
               againe
               ,
               yet
               it
               remained
               alwayes
               subject
               to
               division
               ,
               and
               parted
               into
               two
               Empires
               ,
               the
               East
               and
               the
               West
               ,
               untill
               the
               comming
               of
               Odoacer
               ,
               King
               of
               the
               Herules
               and
               Turingi
               ,
               into
               Italy
               ,
               with
               a
               mightie
               Hoast
               :
               by
               which
               invasion
               ,
               Augustulus
               suffered
               such
               irrecoverable
               losses
               ,
               that
               in
               extreme
               despaire
               hee
               was
               forced
               to
               cast
               himselfe
               into
               the
               protection
               of
               the
               East
               Empire
               .
               This
               happened
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               476.
               
               And
               about
               this
               time
               the
               Hunnes
               passed
               
                 Danubius
                 ;
                 Alaricus
              
               King
               of
               the
               Gothes
               tooke
               Rome
               :
               the
               Vandals
               first
               spoiled
               Andaluzia
               ,
               afterwards
               ,
               Africke
               :
               the
               Alans
               wonne
               Portugal
               :
               the
               Gothes
               conquered
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               Spaine
               :
               the
               
                 Saxons
                 ,
                 Britanie
              
               :
               the
               
                 Burgundians
                 ,
                 Provence
                 .
                 Anno
              
               556.
               
               Iustinian
               restored
               it
               somewhat
               to
               a
               better
               State
               ,
               driving
               the
               Vandals
               out
               of
               Africke
               ,
               and
               the
               Gothes
               out
               of
               Italy
               ,
               by
               his
               Captaines
               .
               But
               this
               faire
               weather
               lasted
               not
               long
               :
               for
               in
               the
               yeare
               713.
               the
               Armes
               and
               Heresies
               of
               the
               Mahumetans
               
               began
               to
               vex
               the
               East
               Empire
               ,
               and
               shortly
               after
               ,
               the
               
                 Sa●●●
                 zons
              
               wasted
               
                 Syria
                 ,
                 Aegypt
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Archipelago
                 ,
                 Africke
                 ,
                 Sie●
              
               ,
               and
               Spaine
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               735.
               they
               vanquished
               
                 Narbon
                 ,
                 Avignon
                 ,
                 Tolouse
                 ,
                 Burdeaux
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               bordering
               Regions
               .
               Thus
               by
               little
               and
               little
               began
               the
               Westerne
               Empire
               to
               droope
               ,
               and
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               to
               draw
               towards
               his
               last
               age
               .
               As
               for
               the
               Easterne
               ,
               it
               stood
               so
               weake
               and
               tottering
               ,
               that
               with
               all
               the
               force
               it
               had
               it
               was
               scarce
               able
               to
               defend
               Constantinople
               against
               the
               Armes
               of
               the
               Sarazens
               ,
               much
               lesse
               to
               minister
               aid
               to
               the
               Westerne
               Provinces
               .
               But
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               800.
               
               Charles
               the
               Great
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               obtained
               the
               Title
               of
               the
               Westerne
               Empire
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               sort
               mitigated
               the
               fury
               of
               these
               barbarous
               Nations
               .
            
             
               And
               thus
               the
               Westerne
               Empire
               stood
               then
               divided
               :
               That
               Naples
               and
               Sipont
               East-ward
               ,
               with
               Sicil
               ,
               should
               belong
               to
               the
               Greek
               Empire
               ;
               Bononia
               should
               remaine
               to
               the
               Lumbards
               ;
               the
               Venetians
               were
               Neuters
               :
               the
               Popedome
               free
               ;
               the
               rest
               Charles
               should
               possesse
               .
               Blondus
               saith
               ,
               that
               the
               Empresse
               Irene
               gave
               the
               first
               counsell
               to
               this
               division
               which
               afterwards
               was
               confirmed
               by
               Nicephorus
               .
               For
               before
               Charles
               his
               time
               ,
               there
               was
               one
               forme
               of
               Government
               ;
               and
               the
               Laws
               ,
               Magistracies
               ,
               and
               ordinances
               which
               were
               enacted
               for
               the
               well-fare
               of
               one
               Empire
               ,
               tended
               to
               the
               good
               and
               honour
               of
               both
               ,
               as
               to
               the
               members
               of
               one
               body
               ;
               and
               if
               one
               Emperour
               died
               without
               issue
               ,
               the
               whole
               Empire
               remained
               to
               the
               survivour
               .
               But
               when
               Charles
               the
               great
               was
               chosen
               Emperour
               of
               the
               West
               ,
               there
               was
               no
               more
               regard
               taken
               of
               the
               East
               Empire
               ,
               neither
               the
               Emperour
               of
               the
               East
               had
               to
               doe
               with
               the
               West
               ,
               nor
               the
               West
               with
               the
               East
               .
               The
               Empire
               of
               the
               West
               continued
               in
               this
               line
               above
               one
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               and
               failed
               in
               Arnolph
               ,
               the
               last
               of
               that
               house
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1453.
               
               Mahumet
               Prince
               of
               the
               Turkes
               tooke
               Constantinople
               ,
               and
               utterly
               extinguished
               the
               succession
               of
               the
               Easterne
               Empire
               .
            
             
               And
               as
               for
               the
               West
               (
               
                 viz.
                 Italy
              
               )
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               no
               more
               to
               doe
               therein
               ,
               than
               hath
               a
               pilgrime
               ,
               who
               is
               admitted
               to
               visit
               the
               wonders
               of
               our
               Lady
               of
               Loretto
               .
            
             
               For
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               Christ.
               1002.
               all
               claime
               of
               inheritance
               
               rejected
               ,
               the
               Creation
               of
               the
               Emperour
               was
               granted
               to
               the
               free
               election
               of
               seven
               Princes
               ,
               termed
               Electors
               .
               The
               reason
               why
               the
               Empire
               became
               elective
               ,
               which
               had
               so
               long
               continued
               hereditary
               in
               the
               House
               of
               Charles
               ,
               was
               because
               Otho
               the
               third
               left
               no
               issue
               male
               :
               After
               whom
               the
               Westerne
               Empire
               was
               marvellously
               curtailed
               and
               diminished
               :
               nothing
               being
               left
               but
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               a
               part
               of
               Italy
               .
               The
               Pope
               held
               Romagnia
               ;
               the
               Venetians
               lived
               free
               ,
               possessing
               great
               Dominions
               joyned
               to
               their
               State
               :
               the
               Normans
               (
               taking
               Naples
               and
               Sicil
               from
               the
               Greekes
               )
               held
               them
               in
               Fee
               of
               the
               Church
               ,
               first
               under
               Clement
               the
               Antipope
               ,
               then
               under
               Nicholas
               the
               second
               ,
               and
               his
               successours
               ,
               who
               for
               their
               private
               gaine
               ratified
               the
               former
               grant
               of
               Clement
               Antipope
               .
            
             
               In
               Tuscane
               and
               Lumbardie
               ,
               partly
               by
               the
               quarrels
               betweene
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               ,
               Henry
               the
               fifth
               ,
               Fredericke
               the
               first
               ,
               and
               Fredericke
               the
               second
               ,
               with
               the
               Roman
               Bishops
               :
               partly
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               valour
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               reaped
               more
               labour
               than
               honour
               ,
               more
               losse
               than
               profit
               .
               And
               therefore
               Rodulphus
               terrified
               with
               the
               misfortunes
               and
               crosses
               of
               his
               predecessours
               ,
               had
               no
               great
               minde
               to
               travell
               into
               Italy
               ,
               but
               sold
               them
               their
               liberties
               for
               a
               small
               matter
               .
               They
               of
               Luques
               paid
               ten
               thousand
               crownes
               ;
               the
               Florentines
               ,
               but
               six
               thousand
               .
               And
               so
               every
               State
               by
               little
               and
               little
               forsaking
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               no
               part
               of
               Italy
               remained
               ,
               but
               the
               bare
               Title
               .
               The
               Dukes
               of
               Millaine
               (
               and
               so
               every
               other
               state
               )
               usurped
               what
               they
               could
               catch
               ,
               without
               leave
               asking
               ,
               only
               they
               desired
               their
               investiture
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               But
               Francis
               ,
               after
               the
               conquest
               therof
               ,
               did
               little
               regard
               this
               investiture
               ,
               saying
               .
               
                 That
                 hee
                 was
                 able
                 to
                 keepe
                 it
                 by
                 the
                 same
                 meanes
                 that
                 hee
                 had
                 got
                 it
                 .
              
               The
               Princes
               beyond
               the
               Mountaines
               also
               withdrew
               their
               obedience
               ,
               so
               that
               at
               this
               day
               the
               Empire
               is
               inclosed
               in
               Germanie
               .
            
             
               Whereupon
               ,
               
               sithence
               the
               glory
               thereof
               at
               this
               day
               consisteth
               only
               in
               Germanie
               ;
               It
               is
               good
               reason
               to
               say
               somewhat
               of
               this
               most
               ample
               and
               flourishing
               Province
               .
               It
               lyeth
               betweene
               Odera
               and
               Mosa
               ;
               betweene
               Vistula
               and
               Aa
               ;
               and
               betweene
               the
               German
               Sea
               ;
               the
               Baltick
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               the
               Alpes
               .
               
               The
               forme
               thereof
               is
               foure-square
               ,
               equall
               in
               length
               and
               breadth
               ,
               stretching
               six
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               miles
               every
               way●
               That
               it
               aboundeth
               with
               Corne
               ,
               
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               Fish
               ,
               let
               experience
               shew
               .
               For
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               had
               under
               his
               Ensignes
               at
               Vienna
               ninety
               thousand
               foot-men
               ,
               and
               thirty
               five
               thousand
               horse
               .
               Maximilian
               the
               second
               at
               Iavorin
               ,
               had
               almost
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               thirty
               foure
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               yet
               no
               man
               complained
               of
               dearenesse
               or
               scarcitie
               .
               In
               the
               warre
               betweene
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               and
               the
               Protestants
               ,
               for
               certain
               moneths
               ,
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               thousand
               men
               sustained
               themselves
               abundantly
               in
               the
               field
               .
            
             
               And
               surely
               ,
               of
               all
               Europe
               it
               is
               the
               greatest
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               beautified
               with
               the
               best
               and
               richest
               store
               of
               Cities
               ,
               Townes
               ,
               Castles
               ,
               and
               Religious
               places
               .
               And
               in
               that
               decorum
               and
               order
               (
               for
               in
               a
               manner
               see
               one
               ,
               and
               see
               all
               )
               as
               if
               there
               had
               beene
               an
               universall
               consent
               to
               have
               squared
               them
               ,
               like
               Courts
               ,
               to
               one
               anothers
               proportion
               :
               whereto
               may
               be
               added
               a
               secret
               of
               moralitie
               ;
               That
               the
               inhabitants
               for
               honesty
               of
               conversation
               ,
               probity
               of
               manners
               ,
               assurance
               of
               loyaltie
               ,
               and
               confidence
               of
               disposition
               (
               setting
               apart
               their
               imperfect
               customes
               of
               drinking
               )
               exceed
               our
               beleefe
               .
               For
               notwithstanding
               these
               their
               intemperate
               meetings
               ,
               and
               phantasticalnesse
               in
               apparell
               ;
               yet
               are
               they
               unoffensive
               ,
               conversible
               and
               maintainers
               of
               their
               Honours
               and
               Families
               :
               wherein
               they
               steppe
               so
               farre
               ,
               as
               if
               true
               Gentrie
               were
               incorporate
               with
               them
               ,
               and
               there
               had
               his
               principall
               mansion
               .
               And
               wanted
               they
               not
               an
               united
               and
               heeditary
               succession
               of
               government
               ,
               having
               sometime
               an
               Emperour
               by
               partiality
               of
               election
               ,
               and
               sometime
               by
               the
               absolute
               command
               of
               the
               Pope
               ;
               I
               should
               stand
               as
               forward
               as
               the
               best
               ,
               to
               say
               with
               Charles
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               That
               they
               were
               indeed
               a
               valiant
               ,
               a
               happie
               ,
               and
               an
               honourable
               Nation
               .
               But
               in
               respect
               of
               these
               apparant
               and
               materiall
               defects
               ,
               in
               some
               abatement
               of
               their
               ostentation
               ,
               concerning
               their
               owne
               glory
               ,
               and
               the
               honour
               of
               Majestie
               (
               in
               my
               judgement
               )
               they
               should
               not
               doe
               amisse
               ,
               to
               reforme
               the
               custome
               of
               intituling
               the
               younger
               sonnes
               of
               Dukes
               ,
               Earles
               ,
               and
               Barons
               ,
               by
               the
               honourable
               Titles
               of
               their
               Ancestours
               :
               especially
               
               sithence
               the
               Italians
               in
               facetiousnesse
               doe
               jest
               ;
               That
               these
               Earles
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Russia
               ,
               the
               Dons
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               Monsiers
               of
               France
               ,
               the
               Bishops
               of
               Italy
               ,
               the
               Knights
               of
               Naples
               ,
               the
               Lairds
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               the
               Hidalgos
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               the
               Nobles
               of
               Hungarie
               ,
               and
               the
               younger
               Brethren
               in
               England
               ,
               make
               a
               very
               poore
               company
               .
               Otherwise
               ,
               if
               noveltie
               transport
               you
               to
               view
               their
               Palaces
               of
               Honour
               ,
               you
               shall
               eft-soones
               bee
               brought
               into
               their
               well
               fortified
               Cities
               ,
               wherein
               you
               shall
               finde
               Armorie
               ,
               Munition
               ,
               &c.
               with
               a
               presence
               of
               the
               very
               Burgers
               excellently
               well
               trained
               in
               Militarie
               discipline
               :
               you
               shall
               see
               brave
               musters
               of
               Horse
               ,
               with
               their
               exercises
               of
               Hunting
               ,
               Hawking
               ,
               and
               Riding
               ;
               yea
               ,
               how
               every
               man
               liveth
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               the
               Citizen
               in
               quiet
               ,
               and
               the
               women
               blessed
               with
               plentifull
               issue
               .
            
             
               The
               Nature
               of
               this
               Climate
               is
               temperate
               enough
               ,
               
               somewhat
               of
               the
               coldest
               ,
               yet
               tolerable
               and
               healthie
               .
               
               No
               place
               thereof
               ,
               unlesse
               by
               nature
               it
               be
               utterly
               barren
               ,
               lieth
               unmanured
               ;
               insomuch
               ,
               that
               few
               remainders
               of
               that
               huge
               wood
               of
               Hercynia
               are
               to
               bee
               seene
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               unlesse
               in
               place
               where
               humane
               necessitie
               requireth
               their
               growing
               ,
               or
               Nature
               hath
               made
               the
               Earth
               fit
               for
               no
               other
               imployment
               ;
               as
               are
               the
               
               Blacke-Wood
               ,
               the
               Ottonique
               Wood
               ,
               and
               the
               Woods
               of
               Bohemia
               .
               And
               yet
               doe
               they
               neither
               carry
               that
               horrid
               face
               of
               thicknesse
               ,
               as
               in
               old
               times
               ,
               neither
               are
               they
               so
               untravelled
               ,
               or
               unhabitable
               ,
               but
               exceeding
               full
               of
               Habitations
               ,
               Hamlets
               ,
               Villages
               ,
               and
               Monasteries
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               rich
               in
               Mines
               of
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Vines
               ,
               Bathes
               ,
               
               and
               all
               sorts
               of
               Metall
               ,
               and
               therein
               surpasseth
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Europe
               .
               Nature
               hath
               also
               bestowed
               upon
               the
               Vp-land
               Countries
               ,
               many
               Springs
               and
               pits
               of
               Salt
               Water
               ;
               of
               which
               hard
               Salt
               is
               boiled
               .
               Neither
               is
               it
               lesse
               stored
               with
               Merchandize
               ;
               for
               the
               Inhabitants
               more
               than
               any
               other
               Nation
               ,
               doe
               excell
               in
               curious
               workmanship
               ,
               and
               mechanicall
               invention
               :
               and
               it
               is
               so
               watered
               with
               Navigable
               Rivers
               ,
               that
               all
               sorts
               of
               merchandize
               &
               wares
               are
               with
               ease
               conveied
               from
               one
               place
               to
               another
               .
               The
               greatest
               of
               them
               is
               Danow
               ,
               
               
               next
               the
               Rhene
               ,
               which
               runneth
               cleane
               through
               the
               Country
               ,
               from
               the
               South
               to
               the
               North
               ,
               as
               the
               Danow
               from
               East
               to
               West
               .
               Albis
               riseth
               in
               Bohemia
               ,
               passeth
               by
               
                 Misnia
                 ,
                 Saxonie
                 ,
                 Marchia
              
               ,
               and
               the
               ancient
               
                 Marquisat
                 .
                 Odera
              
               springeth
               in
               Moravia
               ,
               watereth
               S●●●sia
               ,
               the
               two
               Marquisats
               ,
               and
               Pomeran
               .
               Then
               followeth
               
                 Wesar
                 ,
                 Neccar
                 ,
                 Mosa
                 ,
                 Moselia
                 ,
                 Isara
                 ,
                 C●nus
                 ,
                 Varia
                 ,
              
               the
               Mase
               .
               This
               divideth
               Germanie
               into
               two
               parts
               ,
               the
               higher
               and
               the
               lower
               :
               The
               high
               stretcheth
               from
               the
               Mase
               to
               the
               Alpes
               :
               the
               low
               from
               the
               Mase
               to
               the
               Ocean
               .
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               many
               Provinces
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               (
               I
               meane
               the
               true
               members
               of
               the
               Empire
               )
               are
               
                 Alsatia
                 ,
                 Swevia
                 ,
                 Bavaria
                 ,
                 Austria
                 ,
                 Bohemia
                 ,
                 Moravia
                 ,
                 Silesia
                 ,
                 Lusatia
                 ,
              
               the
               two
               
                 Marquisates
                 ,
                 Saxonie
                 ,
                 Masaia
                 ,
                 Thuringia
                 ,
                 Franconia
                 ,
                 Hassia
                 ,
                 Westphalia
                 ,
                 Cleveland
                 ,
                 Magunce
                 ,
                 Pomeran
                 .
              
               In
               these
               Provinces
               (
               besides
               Belgia
               and
               Helvetia
               )
               are
               esteemed
               to
               bee
               ten
               Millions
               of
               men
               ,
               and
               eightie
               great
               Cities
               ;
               Villages
               innumerable
               ,
               and
               those
               plentifully
               stored
               with
               all
               sorts
               of
               Mechanicall
               Occupations
               .
               
               Those
               which
               are
               seated
               neere
               Rivers
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               builded
               of
               Stone
               ;
               the
               Vp-land
               ,
               part
               of
               Stone
               ,
               and
               part
               of
               Timber
               .
               The
               Houses
               thereof
               are
               very
               faire
               and
               high
               ,
               the
               Streets
               strait
               ,
               large
               ,
               and
               paved
               with
               stone
               ;
               yea
               ,
               more
               neat
               and
               handsome
               than
               those
               of
               
                 Italy
                 .
                 Strabo
              
               writeth
               ,
               that
               the
               Romans
               excelled
               the
               Grecians
               ,
               in
               cleanlinesse
               of
               their
               cities
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               Channels
               to
               conu●y
               away
               the
               soile
               ;
               but
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               the
               Dutch-men
               doe
               farre
               exceed
               the
               Romans
               herein
               .
            
             
               These
               Cities
               are
               of
               three
               sorts
               ,
               viz.
               free
               Cities
               ,
               (
               yet
               those
               stiled
               imperiall
               )
               Hanse-townes
               ,
               and
               Cities
               by
               inheritance
               immediately
               holden
               of
               Princes
               and
               Prelates
               .
               The
               free
               Cities
               are
               those
               which
               are
               by
               time
               and
               prescription
               immediately
               subject
               to
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               have
               no
               other
               protector
               but
               him
               onely
               .
               In
               times
               past
               they
               have
               beene
               accounted
               96.
               now
               60.
               
            
             
               Of
               Hanse
               cities
               there
               were
               72.
               mutually
               bound
               by
               ancient
               leagues
               to
               enjoy
               common
               privileges
               and
               freedomes
               ,
               both
               at
               home
               and
               in
               forren
               Countries
               .
               In
               ancient
               times
               
               they
               were
               of
               high
               estimation
               in
               England
               and
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               numbers
               of
               shipping
               &
               Sea-trade
               ,
               whereby
               they
               stored
               all
               Countries
               with
               their
               Easterne
               commodities
               ,
               and
               served
               Princes
               turnes
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               with
               use
               of
               shipping
               :
               But
               at
               this
               day
               wee
               shall
               finde
               neither
               themselves
               ,
               nor
               their
               meanes
               so
               great
               ,
               that
               the
               English
               should
               either
               feare
               them
               ,
               or
               favour
               them
               ,
               especially
               in
               cases
               of
               prejudice
               .
               I
               write
               this
               because
               of
               their
               continuall
               grudges
               and
               complaints
               against
               our
               Nation
               .
               For
               if
               the
               State
               upon
               occasion
               (
               as
               of
               late
               yeares
               )
               after
               the
               example
               of
               other
               Princes
               ,
               should
               forbid
               them
               all
               offensive
               trade
               into
               Spaine
               ,
               (
               which
               is
               their
               chiefest
               support
               )
               they
               would
               in
               short
               time
               be
               quit
               of
               that
               indifferent
               proportion
               which
               as
               yet
               remaineth
               .
               As
               for
               that
               true
               estimation
               which
               is
               so
               much
               spoken
               of
               beyond
               Sea
               ,
               and
               vaunted
               of
               in
               Historie
               ,
               almost
               nothing
               remaineth
               at
               this
               present
               but
               bare
               report
               .
               For
               of
               those
               which
               in
               some
               good
               measure
               seeme
               to
               hold
               up
               their
               heads
               ,
               and
               appeare
               by
               their
               Deputies
               in
               their
               assemblies
               ,
               they
               are
               seldome
               of
               one
               minde
               ,
               as
               being
               in
               truth
               unable
               (
               unlesse
               with
               much
               adoe
               )
               to
               bring
               up
               the
               charges
               and
               contributions
               necessary
               and
               incident
               for
               the
               defence
               and
               maintenance
               of
               their
               leagues
               ,
               privileges
               ,
               and
               trade
               ,
               in
               forren
               parts
               and
               at
               home
               .
            
             
               Maidenburg
               is
               one
               of
               these
               Hanse-towns
               ,
               and
               the
               Countie
               wherein
               it
               standeth
               is
               also
               Maidenburg
               .
               It
               is
               one
               of
               the
               most
               ancient
               townes
               of
               Germany
               ,
               and
               containeth
               in
               circuit
               about
               three
               miles
               ,
               The
               streets
               are
               very
               large
               ,
               but
               durtie
               ;
               and
               the
               houses
               built
               partly
               of
               stone
               ,
               and
               partly
               of
               timber
               ,
               many
               of
               them
               being
               ancient
               and
               faire
               :
               The
               wals
               are
               strong
               and
               upon
               them
               are
               mounted
               many
               good
               peeces
               of
               brasse
               Ordnance
               .
               It
               hath
               ten
               Churches
               ,
               the
               Inhabitants
               for
               the
               most
               part
               being
               Lutherans
               .
               It
               standeth
               upon
               the
               river
               Elve
               ,
               over
               which
               it
               hath
               a
               faire
               and
               large
               bridge
               of
               timber
               .
               The
               Emperour
               this
               summer
               laid
               siege
               to
               it
               ,
               which
               upon
               composition
               he
               afterwards
               raised
               .
            
             
               Hamburg
               standeth
               in
               the
               land
               of
               Holst
               upon
               the
               River
               of
               E●●●
               also
               .
               It
               is
               foure
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               and
               of
               great
               strength
               ,
               
               and
               much
               resorted
               unto
               by
               forren
               Nations
               for
               traffique
               of
               Merchandize
               .
               In
               it
               are
               nine
               Churches
               ,
               and
               many
               large
               streets
               ,
               which
               are
               very
               durtie
               in
               foule
               weather
               .
               The
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               Brewers
               :
               for
               here
               are
               said
               to
               bee
               777.
               
               Brewers
               ,
               forty
               Bakers
               ,
               two
               Lawyers
               ,
               and
               one
               Physitian
               :
               for
               most
               of
               their
               quarrels
               and
               contentions
               ,
               as
               they
               beginne
               in
               drinke
               ,
               so
               they
               end
               in
               drinke
               .
               And
               being
               sicke
               and
               ill
               at
               ease
               ,
               their
               physicke
               is
               to
               fill
               their
               guts
               with
               Hamborow
               Beere
               :
               if
               that
               helpe
               not
               ,
               their
               case
               is
               desperate
               .
               It
               is
               one
               of
               the
               Hanse-townes
               also
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               are
               Lutherans
               .
            
             
               Stoad
               ,
               being
               neither
               faire
               nor
               great
               ,
               standeth
               within
               the
               jurisdiction
               of
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Br●me
               ,
               but
               not
               subject
               unto
               him
               ,
               by
               reason
               it
               is
               one
               of
               the
               Hanse-townes
               .
               It
               standeth
               about
               two
               English
               miles
               from
               the
               river
               of
               Elve
               ,
               and
               hath
               a
               small
               creeke
               called
               the
               Swing
               ,
               which
               runneth
               through
               the
               citie
               into
               the
               river
               ,
               and
               beareth
               small
               barques
               for
               transportation
               of
               Merchandize
               .
               In
               it
               are
               foure
               Churches
               ,
               and
               a
               Monastery
               of
               Lutheran
               Friers
               .
               It
               was
               this
               last
               yeere
               taken
               by
               the
               Emperour
               .
            
             
               Of
               other
               goodly
               Cities
               there
               are
               a
               farre
               greater
               number
               ,
               some
               by
               inheritance
               belonging
               to
               the
               Temporall
               Princes
               ,
               and
               some
               to
               the
               Spirituall
               .
            
             
               In
               criminall
               causes
               they
               inflict
               most
               sharpe
               torments
               ,
               and
               unusuall
               kinds
               of
               death
               ;
               a
               signe
               of
               the
               cruelty
               of
               their
               Natu●●●
               .
               They
               were
               the
               inventors
               of
               Printing
               ,
               of
               Guns
               ,
               and
               of
               ●lockes
               ,
               things
               of
               notable
               use
               for
               mankind
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               sorts
               ,
               Husbandmen
               (
               they
               beare
               ●o
               office
               )
               Citizens
               ,
               Noblemen
               ,
               and
               Prelates
               :
               The
               la●●
               th●ee
               sort
               ,
               make
               the
               Assembly
               &
               States
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
            
             
               O●
               Prelates
               ,
               
               the
               Archbishops
               Electors
               have
               the
               chiefest
               place
               .
               The
               Archbishop
               of
               Ments
               is
               Chancellour
               for
               the
               Empire
               ,
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Colen
               is
               Chancellour
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Treuers
               is
               Chancellour
               of
               France
               .
               The
               Archbishop
               of
               Saltzburg
               is
               of
               greatest
               jurisdiction
               and
               revenue
               .
               The
               Bishop
               of
               Maidenburg
               writeth
               himselfe
               Primate
               of
               
                 Germany
                 ,
                 Breme
              
               and
               Hamburg
               had
               jurisdictions
               :
               next
               follow
               
               above
               forty
               other
               Bishops
               ,
               the
               Great
               Master
               of
               the
               Dutch
               Order
               ,
               and
               the
               Prior
               of
               the
               Knights
               of
               Ierusalem
               :
               then
               seven
               Abbots
               ,
               and
               they
               likewise
               are
               States
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
            
             
               Of
               secular
               Princes
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               is
               principall
               ,
               
               who
               is
               chiefe
               Tasier
               :
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               Marshall
               :
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Brandburg
               ,
               high
               Chamberlaine
               :
               the
               Earle
               Palatine
               ,
               Sewer
               .
               Besides
               thes●
               places
               ,
               there
               are
               thirty
               other
               Dukes
               ,
               amongst
               whom
               ,
               the
               Arch-Duke
               of
               Austria
               holdeth
               the
               highest
               place
               :
               and
               of
               these
               Dukes
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               De●marke
               by
               his
               tenure
               of
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Holsatia
               ,
               is
               reckoned
               to
               be
               one
               .
               The
               Marquesses
               ,
               Lantgraves
               ,
               Earles
               ,
               and
               Barons
               are
               innumerable
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               thought
               that
               the
               Empire
               receiveth
               every
               way
               above
               seven
               millions
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               great
               matter
               :
               
               yet
               besides
               ordinary
               ,
               the
               people
               ,
               not
               over
               pressed
               as
               in
               Italy
               ,
               doe
               pay
               other
               great
               subsidies
               to
               their
               Princes
               in
               times
               of
               danger
               .
               The
               Empire
               was
               bound
               (
               at
               least
               wise
               accustomed
               )
               to
               furnish
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               when
               hee
               went
               to
               Rome
               to
               bee
               crowned
               ,
               with
               twenty
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               foure
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               and
               to
               maintaine
               them
               for
               eight
               moneths
               ,
               and
               therefore
               it
               was
               ,
               called
               
                 Romanum
                 subsidium
              
               .
               The
               revenues
               of
               the
               Cities
               and
               Lay-Princes
               ,
               have
               beene
               greatly
               augmented
               since
               the
               suppressing
               of
               Popery
               ,
               and
               bringing
               in
               of
               new
               impositions
               ,
               which
               taking
               their
               beginning
               from
               Italy
               ,
               (
               evill
               examples
               spread
               farre
               )
               quickly
               passed
               over
               to
               France
               and
               Germany
               .
               In
               times
               of
               necessity
               great
               taxes
               are
               laid
               upon
               the
               whole
               Empire
               ,
               and
               levied
               extraordinarily
               ;
               And
               that
               they
               may
               bee
               gathered
               with
               the
               greater
               ease
               ,
               Germany
               is
               parted
               into
               ten
               divisions
               (
               or
               circuits
               )
               which
               have
               their
               particular
               assemblies
               for
               the
               execution
               of
               the
               Edicts
               made
               in
               the
               generall
               Diets
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
            
             
               As
               concerning
               their
               multitudes
               ,
               
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               the
               Empire
               is
               able
               to
               affoord
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               Horse
               and
               Foot
               ,
               which
               the
               warre
               (
               before
               spoken
               of
               )
               may
               prove
               to
               be
               true
               :
               As
               likewise
               the
               forepassed
               warres
               of
               France
               and
               Belgia
               ,
               which
               were
               ever
               continued
               in
               those
               two
               Provinces
               ,
               for
               
               the
               most
               part
               with
               German
               souldiers
               .
               Their
               forces
               may
               the
               better
               be
               transported
               from
               place
               to
               place
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               commodiousnesse
               of
               many
               faire
               and
               navigable
               rivers
               .
               At
               one
               time
               ,
               Wolfang
               Duke
               of
               Bipont
               led
               into
               France
               an
               Army
               of
               twelve
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               eight
               thousand
               horsemen
               in
               behalfe
               of
               the
               Protestants
               ;
               and
               at
               the
               same
               time
               ,
               the
               Count
               Mansfield
               was
               leader
               of
               five
               thousand
               horsemen
               of
               the
               same
               Nation
               ,
               in
               behalfe
               of
               the
               Catholikes
               .
               William
               of
               Nassaw
               had
               in
               his
               Armie
               eight
               thousand
               German
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               ten
               thousand
               foot-men
               :
               the
               Duke
               of
               Alva
               had
               at
               the
               same
               instant
               three
               thousand
               .
               What
               should
               I
               speake
               of
               the
               numbers
               that
               entred
               Flanders
               with
               Duke
               Casimere
               ?
               Or
               those
               that
               entred
               France
               under
               the
               same
               Leader
               ,
               in
               the
               yeere
               of
               our
               Lord
               1578.
               
               Or
               to
               what
               end
               should
               I
               make
               mention
               of
               that
               Armie
               ,
               whereof
               part
               served
               Henrie
               the
               fourth
               ,
               part
               the
               league
               ?
               But
               to
               prove
               that
               this
               Nation
               must
               be
               very
               populous
               ,
               seeing
               that
               warres
               are
               continually
               open
               in
               some
               one
               or
               other
               part
               of
               Christendome
               ;
               and
               no
               action
               undertaken
               therein
               ,
               wherein
               great
               numbers
               of
               Germans
               are
               not
               waged
               and
               entertained
               .
               To
               speake
               nothing
               of
               the
               Netherlands
               ,
               who
               in
               times
               past
               have
               resisted
               the
               whole
               power
               of
               France
               ,
               with
               an
               Armie
               of
               fourescore
               thousand
               men
               ;
               or
               of
               the
               Swissers
               ,
               who
               in
               their
               owne
               defence
               ,
               are
               thought
               able
               to
               raise
               an
               Army
               of
               one
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               souldiers
               ;
               I
               will
               only
               put
               you
               in
               minde
               of
               that
               expedition
               ,
               which
               they
               made
               out
               of
               their
               owne
               Territories
               into
               Lumbardie
               ,
               in
               defence
               of
               that
               State
               ,
               against
               Francis
               the
               French
               King
               ,
               with
               an
               Armie
               of
               fifty
               thousand
               foot-men
               .
            
             
               The
               best
               foot-men
               of
               Germany
               are
               those
               of
               
                 Tirol
                 ,
                 Swevia
              
               ,
               and
               Westphalia
               :
               the
               best
               horse-men
               ,
               those
               of
               
                 Brunswicke
                 ,
                 Cleveland
              
               ,
               and
               Franconia
               .
               But
               plainly
               the
               best
               horsemen
               of
               Germany
               will
               play
               the
               Pultrones
               ,
               and
               the
               best
               foot
               ,
               the
               cowards
               .
               They
               are
               both
               the
               meanest
               souldiers
               of
               Christendom
               .
            
             
               Of
               Weapons
               ,
               they
               handle
               the
               Sword
               and
               the
               Pike
               ,
               better
               than
               the
               Harquebuze
               .
               In
               the
               field
               they
               are
               very
               strong
               ,
               as
               well
               to
               charge
               ,
               as
               to
               beare
               the
               Shocke
               :
               for
               Order
               is
               of
               great
               effect
               ,
               which
               is
               as
               it
               were
               naturall
               unto
               them
               ,
               with
               a
               stately
               
               pace
               and
               firme
               standing
               .
               They
               are
               not
               accounted
               of
               for
               the
               defence
               of
               fortresses
               ;
               and
               for
               their
               corpulent
               bodies
               ,
               I
               hold
               them
               not
               fit
               for
               the
               assault
               of
               a
               breach
               .
               And
               therefore
               they
               are
               to
               be
               accounted
               rather
               resolute
               and
               constant
               ,
               than
               fierce
               and
               couragious
               ;
               for
               they
               will
               never
               come
               to
               the
               service
               wherein
               courage
               and
               magnanimitie
               is
               to
               be
               shewed
               .
               After
               the
               victorie
               ,
               they
               doe
               kill
               all
               whom
               they
               meet
               ,
               without
               difference
               of
               age
               ,
               sex
               ,
               or
               calling
               .
               If
               the
               warre
               be
               drawne
               out
               at
               length
               ,
               or
               if
               they
               be
               besieged
               ,
               they
               faint
               with
               cowardize
               .
               In
               Campe
               they
               can
               endure
               no
               delayes
               ,
               neither
               know
               they
               how
               to
               temporize
               .
               If
               their
               first
               attempts
               fall
               not
               out
               to
               their
               mindes
               ,
               they
               are
               at
               their
               wits
               end
               ,
               and
               lose
               courage
               :
               if
               they
               once
               begin
               to
               run
               ,
               they
               will
               never
               turne
               againe
               .
               He
               that
               retaines
               them
               ,
               must
               be
               at
               extraordinary
               charges
               and
               great
               trouble
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               wives
               ,
               who
               consume
               so
               much
               provision
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               a
               very
               hard
               thing
               to
               provide
               it
               ,
               almost
               unpossible
               to
               preserve
               it
               ;
               and
               without
               this
               provision
               they
               stand
               in
               no
               stead
               .
               Their
               horses
               are
               rather
               strong
               than
               couragious
               ;
               and
               because
               of
               ten
               which
               goe
               to
               the
               warre
               ,
               eight
               are
               prest
               from
               the
               plough
               ,
               they
               are
               of
               small
               service
               ;
               and
               when
               they
               see
               their
               bloud
               ,
               their
               heart
               quaileth
               .
               The
               Spanish
               Genets
               in
               this
               case
               wax
               more
               fierce
               .
            
             
               In
               Sea-forces
               they
               are
               not
               much
               inferiour
               to
               their
               Land-forces
               ,
               
               although
               they
               use
               no
               Sea-fights
               :
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Hamburg
                 ,
                 Lubeck
                 ,
                 Rostoch
              
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               places
               ,
               are
               able
               to
               make
               an
               hundred
               ships
               ;
               some
               say
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               ,
               equall
               to
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               Denmarke
               and
               Swethland
               .
               When
               these
               strong
               and
               invincible
               forces
               are
               united
               ,
               they
               feare
               no
               enemie
               ;
               and
               in
               imminent
               perill
               they
               are
               sure
               of
               the
               aid
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               
                 Italie
                 ,
                 Savoy
              
               ,
               and
               Lorraine
               ;
               for
               these
               Princes
               never
               forsooke
               the
               Empire
               in
               necessitie
               .
               To
               the
               Zegethan
               warre
               Emanuel
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               sent
               six
               hundred
               
                 Argolitrees
                 .
                 Cosmo
              
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Florence
               ,
               three
               thousand
               foot-men
               ,
               paid
               by
               that
               State.
               Alphonsus
               the
               second
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Ferrara
               ,
               was
               there
               in
               person
               with
               fifteene
               hundred
               horse-men
               ;
               better
               horse-men
               there
               were
               not
               in
               the
               whole
               Campe.
               William
               Duke
               of
               Mantua
               was
               there
               also
               with
               a
               gallant
               
               troope
               of
               foot-men
               ;
               and
               Henry
               of
               Lorraine
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Guis●●
               had
               there
               three
               hundred
               Gentlemen
               .
               The
               Common-weales
               of
               Genoa
               and
               Lucca
               assisted
               them
               with
               money
               .
               With
               the
               aid
               of
               these
               Princes
               ,
               and
               with
               those
               whom
               Pius
               the
               fifth
               sent
               to
               his
               succours
               ,
               Maximilian
               the
               second
               had
               in
               the
               field
               ond
               hundred
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               five
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               horse
               .
               Anno
               1566.
               the
               States
               of
               the
               Empire
               at
               the
               Diet
               of
               Ausburg
               granted
               him
               an
               assistance
               of
               forty
               thousand
               foot-men
               and
               eight
               thousand
               horse-men
               for
               eight
               moneths
               ,
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               foot-men
               and
               foure
               thousand
               horse-men
               for
               three
               yeares
               next
               following
               .
            
             
               
               And
               now
               because
               the
               Westerne
               Empire
               hath
               continued
               in
               the
               most
               noble
               Familie
               of
               the
               House
               of
               Austrich
               ,
               and
               eight
               Emperours
               have
               successively
               succeeded
               one
               another
               of
               that
               line
               ;
               for
               the
               delight
               of
               the
               Reader
               ,
               wee
               will
               speake
               somewhat
               thereof
               .
            
             
               This
               House
               grew
               famous
               almost
               about
               the
               same
               time
               that
               the
               Ottoman
               Prince
               began
               his
               Empire
               ,
               and
               (
               as
               it
               may
               seeme
               )
               was
               raised
               up
               of
               God
               ,
               to
               stand
               as
               a
               Wall
               or
               Bulwarke
               against
               these
               Turkes
               and
               Infidels
               .
            
             
               Philip
               the
               first
               ,
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               Arch-Duke
               of
               Austrich
               ,
               &c.
               had
               two
               sonnes
               ,
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               afterward
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               Ferdinand
               the
               first
               ,
               King
               of
               Romans
               .
               To
               Charles
               (
               as
               to
               the
               eldest
               )
               fell
               Belgia
               and
               Spaine
               ,
               with
               their
               dependances
               ;
               Ferdinand
               succeeded
               him
               in
               his
               Lordships
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               as
               
                 Austrich
                 ,
                 Boheme
                 ,
                 Tirol
              
               ,
               and
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               whereunto
               by
               the
               mariage
               of
               his
               wife
               
                 Anne
                 ,
                 Hungarie
              
               was
               adjoyned
               .
               This
               Ferdinand
               left
               three
               sonnes
               behinde
               him
               ,
               who
               although
               they
               divided
               their
               inheritance
               into
               three
               parts
               ,
               yet
               their
               successours
               even
               to
               this
               day
               did
               and
               doe
               governe
               them
               as
               one
               intire
               government
               :
               their
               counsels
               are
               one
               ,
               their
               mindes
               one
               ,
               their
               designements
               one
               ,
               most
               lively
               representing
               the
               ancient
               Gerion
               ,
               where
               for
               the
               common
               safetie
               ,
               if
               any
               part
               be
               afflicted
               ,
               every
               member
               runneth
               to
               the
               succour
               of
               the
               other
               ,
               as
               if
               it
               were
               to
               their
               peculiar
               tranquillitie
               .
               Their
               dominion
               stretcheth
               so
               large
               ,
               and
               is
               of
               such
               force
               ,
               that
               if
               (
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               great
               tract
               of
               Land
               lying
               betweene
               the
               Carpathie
               Mountaines
               
               and
               Segonia
               )
               they
               did
               not
               border
               upon
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               (
               who
               alwayes
               constraineth
               them
               to
               stand
               upon
               their
               guard
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               at
               excessive
               charges
               )
               no
               Potentate
               thorowout
               the
               Christian
               World
               could
               goe
               beyond
               them
               for
               numbers
               of
               people
               ,
               for
               Wealth
               and
               Treasure
               ,
               or
               for
               magnificent
               Cities
               .
               Any
               man
               may
               perceive
               this
               to
               be
               true
               ,
               that
               considereth
               the
               distance
               from
               Tergiste
               to
               the
               Borders
               of
               Lusatia
               ,
               from
               Tissa
               to
               Nobu●
               ,
               from
               Canisia
               to
               Constantia
               upon
               the
               Lake
               Podame
               .
            
             
               Austria
               was
               sometimes
               a
               kingdome
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               and
               called
               Ostenrick
               ;
               made
               so
               Anno
               1225.
               
               It
               held
               this
               honour
               but
               eleven
               yeares
               .
               Duke
               Albert
               sonne
               to
               the
               Emperour
               Rodolphus
               ,
               by
               mariage
               united
               
                 Tirole
                 ,
                 Stiria
                 ,
                 Carinthia
              
               ,
               and
               Carniola
               ;
               whose
               descendant
               Frederike
               3.
               
               Emperour
               ,
               raised
               it
               to
               an
               Arch-dukedome
               .
               This
               House
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               illustrious
               Families
               :
               The
               first
               is
               Spaine
               ;
               The
               second
               Gratz
               of
               Stiria
               ,
               of
               which
               House
               this
               present
               Emperour
               Ferdinand
               is
               ;
               The
               third
               Inspruck
               ;
               And
               the
               fourth
               Burgundie
               .
               It
               is
               a
               goodly
               and
               a
               rich
               Countrey
               ,
               yea
               the
               best
               of
               all
               Germanie
               ,
               both
               for
               Corne
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               and
               Fish.
               Divers
               good
               Cities
               it
               hath
               ,
               whereof
               Vienna
               is
               small
               ,
               but
               for
               strength
               the
               very
               Bulwarke
               of
               Europe
               ,
               at
               the
               siege
               of
               which
               the
               Turke
               lost
               60000.
               
               Souldiers
               .
               The
               first
               walls
               were
               built
               with
               the
               ransome
               of
               our
               King
               Richara
               the
               first
               .
               The
               Protestants
               were
               much
               gotten
               into
               these
               parts
               before
               these
               late
               warres
               ,
               and
               the
               Emperour
               had
               much
               adoe
               to
               suppresse
               the
               Boores
               ,
               who
               in
               the
               yeare
               1627.
               under
               Student
               Potts
               (
               a
               Scholer
               )
               stood
               stoutly
               for
               their
               conscience
               .
               His
               revenue
               must
               needs
               be
               good
               ,
               as
               having
               some
               silver
               mines
               :
               the
               transportation
               of
               Wine
               and
               Beeves
               yeelds
               much
               to
               him
               .
               His
               Forces
               are
               still
               in
               Garrison
               in
               Hungary
               against
               the
               Turke
               .
               The
               Sea
               comes
               not
               neere
               him
               .
            
             
               Under
               the
               Emperour
               at
               this
               day
               are
               
                 Lusatia
                 ,
                 Silesia
                 ,
                 Bohemia
                 ,
                 Moravia
                 ,
                 Austria
                 ,
              
               and
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Hung●rie
               ,
               Territories
               large
               and
               ample
               )
               abounding
               with
               people
               ,
               corne
               ,
               and
               riches
               .
               Then
               follow
               
                 Stiria
                 ,
                 Carinthia
                 ,
                 Carniola
              
               ,
               the
               Countries
               of
               
                 Canisia
                 ,
                 Tirol
                 ,
                 Slesia
              
               ,
               the
               Princedomes
               of
               
                 Swevia
                 ,
                 Alsaria
                 ,
                 Brisgovia
              
               ,
               and
               Constantia
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Kingdome
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               
               being
               in
               a
               manner
               round
               ,
               is
               incompassed
               with
               great
               Mountaines
               and
               the
               Hercynian
               woods
               :
               it
               containeth
               in
               the
               whole
               circuit
               five
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               English
               miles
               ;
               the
               length
               is
               three
               dayes
               journie
               .
               Those
               Mountaines
               (
               as
               I
               have
               said
               elsewhere
               )
               as
               also
               the
               whole
               soile
               ,
               are
               pleasant
               and
               fruitfull
               ,
               abounding
               with
               corne
               ,
               wood
               ,
               wine
               ,
               and
               grasse
               ;
               and
               afford
               gold
               ,
               silver
               ,
               copper
               ,
               tinne
               ,
               lead
               and
               iron
               ,
               in
               great
               quantities
               :
               only
               here
               is
               no
               salt
               ,
               but
               such
               as
               is
               brought
               out
               of
               Germanie
               .
               The
               Countie
               is
               so
               populous
               ,
               and
               so
               replenished
               with
               buildings
               in
               all
               places
               ,
               that
               here
               are
               credibly
               affirmed
               29237.
               
               Cities
               ,
               Townes
               ,
               and
               Villages
               to
               be
               numbred
               .
               Others
               say
               ,
               780.
               
               Castles
               and
               walled
               Townes
               ,
               and
               32.
               thousand
               Villages
               .
               Here
               is
               also
               plentie
               of
               Fowle
               ,
               and
               great
               store
               of
               Fresh-water
               Fish
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               great
               Lakes
               which
               are
               found
               in
               many
               places
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               people
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               Lutherans
               ,
               and
               their
               language
               is
               more
               than
               halfe
               Polish
               .
               They
               are
               a
               free
               people
               ;
               and
               after
               the
               death
               of
               their
               King
               ,
               they
               may
               make
               choice
               of
               whom
               they
               will
               to
               be
               their
               Governour
               .
               So
               did
               they
               lately
               chuse
               Matthias
               .
               And
               for
               their
               more
               strength
               and
               better
               securitie
               against
               the
               Romanists
               ,
               they
               linked
               themselves
               with
               the
               Silesians
               their
               next
               neighbours
               in
               a
               perpetuall
               and
               firme
               bond
               of
               amitie
               ,
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               ,
               against
               all
               men
               whatsoever
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               of
               Bohemia
               live
               in
               great
               plentie
               and
               delicacie
               ;
               they
               much
               resemble
               the
               English
               :
               the
               women
               be
               very
               beautifull
               ,
               white-handed
               ,
               but
               luxurious
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               libertie
               of
               their
               husbands
               also
               .
               They
               are
               divided
               in
               opinion
               of
               Religion
               ;
               the
               Protestants
               of
               the
               Augustane
               Confession
               being
               so
               potent
               ,
               that
               they
               were
               able
               to
               chuse
               a
               King
               ,
               and
               to
               put
               out
               the
               Emperour
               .
               Their
               Kingdome
               is
               meerely
               elective
               ,
               although
               by
               force
               and
               faction
               now
               almost
               made
               hereditary
               to
               the
               House
               of
               Austria
               ;
               which
               it
               seemes
               it
               was
               not
               ,
               when
               as
               within
               these
               two
               Ages
               that
               State
               made
               choice
               of
               one
               
                 M.
                 Tyndall
              
               and
               English
               Gentleman
               ,
               father
               to
               M.
               Doctor
               Tyndall
               ,
               Master
               of
               
                 Queenes
                 College
              
               in
               Cambridge
               ,
               sending
               over
               their
               Ambassadors
               to
               him
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               their
               presents
               :
               
               which
               story
               is
               famously
               knowne
               in
               Cambridge
               .
               Their
               chiefe
               Citie
               Prague
               is
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               as
               being
               three
               townes
               in
               one
               ,
               each
               divided
               from
               other
               by
               the
               River
               Multaw
               ,
               and
               all
               three
               conjoyned
               by
               a
               goodly
               woodden
               bridge
               of
               foure
               and
               twenty
               arches
               :
               by
               it
               runnes
               the
               famous
               Elve
               ,
               which
               receives
               two
               others
               into
               him
               in
               that
               Country
               ,
               Eger
               and
               Wattz
               .
               The
               Kingdome
               hath
               many
               mighty
               men
               of
               estate
               ;
               into
               whose
               Lordships
               the
               Countrey
               is
               altogether
               divided
               ,
               and
               not
               as
               others
               into
               Shires
               and
               Counties
               .
               The
               King
               hath
               three
               silver
               Mines
               ,
               and
               one
               of
               gold
               ,
               some
               pearles
               are
               there
               found
               also
               .
               The
               tinne
               Mines
               there
               were
               first
               found
               by
               an
               English
               Tinner
               ,
               who
               fled
               thither
               for
               debt
               ,
               and
               is
               the
               best
               of
               Europe
               next
               our
               English.
               All
               the
               Nobilitie
               and
               Gentrie
               are
               by
               their
               tenures
               obliged
               when
               their
               King
               is
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               to
               wait
               upon
               him
               on
               horsebacke
               completely
               armed
               ;
               which
               are
               enow
               to
               make
               an
               Army
               of
               twenty
               or
               thirty
               thousand
               .
               This
               service
               the
               Protestants
               promised
               to
               King
               Fredericke
               of
               late
               ,
               but
               the
               tenth
               man
               appeared
               not
               .
               They
               serve
               willinger
               on
               horsebacke
               than
               on
               foot
               ;
               and
               are
               rather
               for
               a
               Summer
               service
               ,
               than
               to
               lie
               in
               the
               field
               all
               Winter
               ;
               and
               yet
               are
               every
               way
               better
               souldiers
               than
               the
               Germans
               .
               The
               Protestants
               were
               suffered
               to
               plant
               and
               increase
               there
               by
               the
               craft
               and
               plot
               of
               Cardinall
               Glessel
               ,
               (
               who
               was
               governour
               to
               the
               Emperour
               Matthias
               )
               his
               pretence
               was
               ,
               that
               they
               would
               bee
               a
               sure
               bulwarke
               against
               the
               Turke
               ,
               &
               should
               spare
               the
               service
               and
               lives
               of
               the
               Catholikes
               ;
               this
               was
               his
               pretence
               :
               but
               his
               plot
               was
               an
               expectation
               of
               some
               stirres
               to
               be
               raised
               by
               them
               ;
               which
               some
               lay
               he
               did
               in
               hatred
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               ,
               whom
               hee
               desired
               to
               see
               set
               besides
               the
               cushion
               :
               others
               imagine
               it
               was
               but
               a
               tricke
               to
               make
               the
               great
               men
               of
               the
               Protestants
               to
               forfeit
               their
               Estates
               .
               Howsoever
               the
               plot
               tooke
               ,
               and
               the
               Cardinall
               after
               the
               taking
               of
               Prague
               ,
               being
               invited
               to
               a
               banquet
               by
               the
               Elector
               of
               Mentz
               ,
               was
               by
               him
               sent
               prisoner
               to
               Rome
               ,
               where
               he
               remained
               two
               yeares
               ,
               but
               was
               afterward
               both
               inlarged
               and
               rewarded
               .
               And
               this
               was
               one
               of
               the
               secrets
               of
               the
               Mysterie
               of
               iniquitie
               .
            
             
             
               Moravia
               lying
               on
               the
               East
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               
               so
               named
               of
               the
               River
               Mora
               ,
               for
               the
               bignesse
               thereof
               affordeth
               more
               corne
               than
               any
               Country
               of
               Europe
               .
               It
               aboundeth
               also
               with
               good
               and
               pleasant
               wine
               ,
               like
               unto
               Rhenish
               :
               and
               is
               wonderfully
               replenished
               in
               all
               parts
               with
               faire
               Cities
               ,
               Towns
               ,
               &
               Villages
               ,
               all
               built
               of
               stone
               or
               bricke
               .
               It
               is
               very
               mountainous
               and
               woody
               ,
               but
               the
               South
               part
               is
               more
               champian
               .
               It
               containes
               two
               Earledomes
               ,
               one
               Bishopricke
               ,
               divers
               Baronies
               ,
               two
               good
               Cities
               ,
               and
               foure
               or
               six
               faire
               Townes
               .
               The
               people
               be
               very
               martiall
               and
               fierce
               ,
               especially
               the
               mountainers
               ,
               who
               stood
               so
               stoutly
               to
               King
               Frederick
               at
               the
               battell
               of
               Prague
               ,
               that
               had
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Army
               done
               so
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               had
               not
               beene
               lost
               .
               It
               is
               a
               free
               State
               like
               Poland
               ,
               and
               may
               make
               choice
               of
               whom
               they
               will
               to
               be
               the
               Lord
               ,
               whose
               stile
               is
               to
               be
               called
               Margrave
               of
               Moravia
               .
               And
               for
               that
               informer
               times
               the
               Emperour
               and
               Matthias
               his
               brother
               offered
               them
               some
               wrongs
               concerning
               religion
               ,
               they
               have
               sithence
               contracted
               a
               league
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               with
               the
               Nobility
               of
               Hungarie
               and
               Austria
               ,
               as
               well
               against
               the
               invasions
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               as
               the
               oppressions
               of
               the
               Romanists
               .
               Amongst
               these
               Provinces
               ,
               Silesia
               ,
               and
               Lusatia
               ,
               are
               as
               large
               as
               Bohemia
               ,
               but
               in
               strength
               and
               numbers
               of
               people
               farre
               inferiour
               .
               These
               two
               Provinces
               with
               Moravia
               ,
               are
               incorporate
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               
                 Bohemia
                 .
                 Silesia
              
               lies
               on
               the
               East
               of
               
                 Bohemia
                 ,
                 Poland
              
               on
               the
               South
               of
               it
               ,
               to
               which
               it
               sometimes
               belonged
               ;
               Hungaria
               and
               Moravia
               on
               the
               East
               .
               It
               is
               two
               hundred
               miles
               long
               and
               fourescore
               broad
               .
               It
               is
               a
               most
               delicate
               and
               a
               plentifull
               Country
               ,
               finely
               divided
               in
               the
               middle
               by
               the
               faire
               River
               Oder
               :
               on
               which
               stand
               foure
               or
               five
               handsome
               Cities
               ;
               the
               chiefe
               of
               which
               is
               Breslaw
               ,
               the
               Bishop
               whereof
               is
               for
               his
               revenue
               called
               the
               golden
               Bishop
               :
               here
               is
               also
               an
               Vniversity
               .
               Niesse
               is
               also
               another
               Bishopricke
               ,
               who
               now
               is
               a
               Cardinall
               .
               The
               people
               (
               especially
               of
               the
               Cities
               )
               be
               civill
               and
               generous
               ;
               nor
               is
               there
               any
               where
               a
               more
               gallant
               or
               warlike
               Gentry
               ,
               which
               the
               Turke
               well
               tried
               in
               the
               warres
               of
               Hungarie
               :
               for
               very
               sufficient
               serviters
               they
               be
               both
               on
               horse
               and
               foot
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               able
               to
               levie
               great
               
               numbers
               .
               The
               government
               is
               Aristocraticall
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               by
               the
               States
               ;
               yet
               in
               most
               things
               a
               dependant
               upon
               the
               will
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               .
               It
               was
               sometimes
               divided
               amongst
               fifteene
               Dukes
               ,
               but
               all
               their
               families
               being
               extinct
               ,
               nine
               of
               those
               Lordships
               are
               escheated
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               the
               other
               six
               still
               remaine
               ,
               amongst
               three
               of
               the
               heires
               of
               the
               ancient
               owners
               .
               The
               two
               Dukedomes
               of
               Oppelen
               and
               Ratibor
               ,
               in
               this
               Country
               ,
               were
               by
               this
               present
               Emperour
               given
               to
               
                 Bethlem
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               in
               consideration
               of
               his
               relinquishment
               of
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Hungaria
               .
               For
               which
               two
               Dukedomes
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               lands
               of
               the
               old
               Marquesse
               of
               Iegerensdorff
               in
               Lusatia
               ,
               who
               being
               prescribed
               by
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               beaten
               out
               by
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               fled
               to
               
                 Bethlem
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               who
               had
               newly
               married
               his
               neece
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               sister
               to
               the
               present
               Elector
               of
               Brandenburgh
               ,
               whose
               fathers
               brother
               this
               Iegerensdorff
               was
               :
               For
               these
               lands
               (
               I
               say
               )
               came
               part
               of
               the
               discontents
               still
               depending
               betweene
               
                 Bethlem
                 Gabor
              
               and
               the
               Emperour
               .
               T
               is
               reported
               ,
               that
               if
               King
               Frederick
               would
               have
               laid
               downe
               his
               right
               to
               Bohemia
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               would
               have
               beene
               content
               to
               have
               made
               him
               King
               of
               Silesia
               .
            
             
               Lusatia
               is
               on
               the
               South
               bounded
               with
               Silesia
               :
               t
               is
               neere
               upon
               two
               hundred
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               fifty
               broad
               :
               it
               lies
               betweene
               the
               Rivers
               Elve
               and
               Viadrus
               ,
               and
               is
               divided
               into
               the
               Vpper
               and
               Lower
               ;
               both
               given
               to
               Vratislaus
               (
               as
               Silesia
               also
               was
               )
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               by
               the
               Emperour
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               ,
               Anno
               1087.
               
               It
               still
               retaines
               the
               honour
               of
               a
               Marquisate
               .
               Gorlitz
               is
               the
               chiefe
               Citie
               ,
               and
               a
               faire
               one
               .
               
                 Bandzen
                 ,
                 Sutaw
                 ,
                 Spremberg
              
               ,
               and
               Tribel
               ,
               bee
               neat
               and
               well
               peopled
               Townes
               .
               The
               people
               as
               in
               Northerly
               situation
               they
               are
               neerer
               to
               the
               Germans
               ,
               so
               are
               they
               like
               them
               more
               rough
               mannerd
               than
               the
               Silesians
               and
               Bohemians
               .
               Their
               Countrey
               is
               fruitfull
               enough
               ;
               and
               there
               may
               upon
               necessity
               be
               levied
               twenty
               thousand
               foot
               ,
               as
               good
               as
               any
               in
               that
               Kingdome
               .
               All
               these
               incorporate
               Provinces
               use
               the
               Sclavonian
               tongue
               .
               S●ria
               is
               rich
               in
               Mines
               of
               Silver
               and
               Iron
               ,
               threescore
               miles
               broad
               ,
               and
               an
               hundred
               and
               ten
               long
               :
               Carinthia
               a
               hilly
               and
               woody
               Countrey
               ,
               is
               seventy
               five
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               fifty
               five
               
               broad
               :
               Carniola
               ,
               with
               the
               bordering
               Countries
               up
               to
               Tergis●e
               ,
               is
               an
               hundred
               &
               fiftie
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               forty
               five
               broad
               .
               They
               are
               plentifull
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               Flesh
               ,
               and
               Wood.
               
            
             
               The
               Country
               of
               Tirol
               is
               full
               of
               Mines
               of
               Silver
               ,
               
               and
               Salt-pits
               ,
               and
               is
               eighteene
               German
               miles
               long
               and
               broad
               .
               The
               territories
               Swevia
               ,
               
               Alsatia
               ,
               and
               Rhetia
               ,
               doe
               pay
               little
               lesse
               than
               two
               millions
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               ordinary
               revenue
               ,
               and
               so
               much
               extraordinary
               ,
               besides
               the
               eighteene
               Cantons
               of
               Rhetia
               ,
               are
               under
               the
               same
               jurisdiction
               .
               They
               are
               so
               well
               peopled
               ,
               that
               upon
               occasion
               they
               are
               able
               to
               levie
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               Horse
               .
               I
               know
               no
               other
               Province
               in
               Europe
               able
               to
               say
               the
               like
               .
               And
               therefore
               the
               Emperour
               is
               not
               so
               weake
               a
               Prince
               ,
               as
               those
               ,
               ignorant
               of
               the
               State
               of
               Kingdomes
               ,
               doe
               suppose
               him
               to
               be
               ,
               reporting
               his
               Territories
               to
               be
               small
               ,
               unprovided
               of
               necessaries
               ,
               poore
               in
               money
               ,
               and
               barren
               of
               people
               .
               But
               this
               is
               certaine
               ,
               that
               as
               he
               is
               Lord
               of
               a
               large
               dominion
               ,
               fertill
               ,
               rich
               ,
               and
               infinite
               of
               people
               ;
               so
               let
               every
               man
               thinke
               ,
               that
               by
               the
               neighbourhood
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               bordering
               upon
               him
               from
               the
               Carpathian
               Mountaines
               to
               the
               Adriatike
               Sea
               ,
               the
               forces
               of
               a
               mightier
               Prince
               may
               seeme
               small
               &
               be
               overlaid
               .
               For
               what
               Prince
               is
               there
               bordering
               upon
               so
               puissant
               an
               enemie
               ,
               but
               either
               by
               building
               of
               fortresses
               ,
               or
               by
               entertaining
               of
               Garrisons
               ,
               is
               not
               almost
               beggered
               ;
               I
               will
               not
               say
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               ,
               but
               even
               during
               the
               securest
               peace
               ;
               especially
               considering
               that
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               Turke
               are
               alwayes
               ready
               ,
               strong
               ,
               and
               chearefull
               ;
               yea
               ,
               better
               furnished
               in
               the
               time
               of
               peace
               ,
               than
               any
               other
               Nation
               in
               the
               hottest
               fury
               of
               warre
               ?
               Wherefore
               it
               stands
               him
               upon
               ,
               who
               is
               a
               borderer
               upon
               so
               powerfull
               an
               enemie
               ,
               either
               for
               feare
               or
               jealousie
               ,
               to
               be
               ever
               watchfull
               ,
               &
               to
               spare
               no
               charges
               ,
               as
               doth
               the
               Emperour
               ;
               retaining
               in
               wages
               continually
               twenty
               thousand
               souldiers
               ,
               keeping
               Watch
               and
               Ward
               upon
               the
               borders
               of
               Hungarie
               .
               These
               aske
               great
               expences
               ,
               and
               yet
               lesse
               than
               these
               are
               not
               to
               be
               defraied
               for
               the
               strengthning
               of
               other
               places
               ;
               besides
               other
               expences
               not
               meet
               here
               to
               bee
               spoken
               of
               .
            
             
             
               To
               conclude
               with
               the
               State
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               though
               it
               cannot
               be
               said
               to
               be
               hereditary
               ,
               nor
               to
               have
               (
               which
               is
               strange
               )
               any
               chiefe
               City
               appropriate
               to
               the
               residence
               or
               standing
               Court
               of
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               (
               as
               Rome
               sometimes
               was
               :
               )
               yet
               for
               neighbourhood
               and
               conveniences
               sake
               ,
               the
               Emperours
               have
               in
               this
               last
               age
               beene
               chosen
               out
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               ;
               yea
               ,
               when
               there
               have
               beene
               severall
               brothers
               of
               them
               ,
               they
               have
               all
               lookt
               for
               the
               Empire
               one
               after
               another
               ,
               and
               have
               had
               it
               too
               .
               And
               for
               the
               same
               reasons
               have
               the
               Bohemians
               made
               choice
               of
               the
               same
               person
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               the
               Hungarians
               also
               ;
               the
               Austrian
               being
               the
               ablest
               Prince
               to
               defend
               them
               against
               the
               Turks
               .
               So
               that
               Bohemia
               ,
               though
               in
               possession
               of
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               yet
               is
               no
               more
               part
               of
               the
               Empire
               than
               Hungaria
               is
               ,
               but
               a
               Kingdome
               absolute
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               free
               to
               chuse
               a
               King
               where
               it
               pleases
               .
               So
               that
               the
               Emperour
               in
               Germany
               is
               to
               be
               considered
               two
               wayes
               :
               first
               ,
               as
               a
               German
               Prince
               ;
               secondly
               ,
               as
               the
               German
               Emperour
               .
               First
               ,
               as
               a
               Prince
               he
               hath
               by
               inheritance
               the
               lands
               and
               honours
               of
               his
               family
               ;
               such
               bee
               
                 Austria
                 ,
                 Alsatia
                 ,
                 Tirol
                 ,
                 Styria
                 ,
                 Carinthia
                 ,
                 Carniola
                 ,
              
               with
               some
               parts
               of
               Rhetia
               and
               Swevia
               :
               and
               these
               dominions
               are
               like
               other
               principalities
               ,
               subjects
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               and
               for
               them
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               is
               his
               owne
               subject
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               as
               a
               German
               Prince
               (
               though
               not
               by
               inheritance
               ,
               but
               by
               election
               )
               may
               the
               Emperour
               be
               considered
               when
               he
               is
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               :
               Which
               though
               it
               be
               an
               independant
               kingdome
               ,
               yet
               being
               included
               within
               Germany
               ,
               and
               the
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               by
               office
               chiefe
               Taster
               to
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               one
               of
               the
               seven
               Electors
               of
               the
               German
               Empire
               ,
               (
               as
               having
               the
               casting
               voice
               ,
               if
               the
               other
               six
               be
               equally
               divided
               ,
               nay
               ,
               and
               with
               power
               to
               name
               himselfe
               if
               he
               be
               one
               of
               the
               two
               in
               election
               ,
               )
               in
               consideration
               hereof
               may
               he
               thus
               also
               be
               brought
               within
               the
               Empire
               .
               But
               yet
               neither
               of
               these
               wayes
               can
               the
               Emperour
               or
               Empire
               so
               properly
               be
               considered
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               therefore
               to
               speake
               of
               him
               as
               the
               German
               Emperour
               ,
               is
               to
               consider
               of
               him
               as
               Lord
               of
               those
               portions
               and
               States
               of
               the
               Empire
               properly
               so
               called
               .
               And
               those
               be
               either
               the
               States
               ,
               or
               Imperiall
               Cities
               of
               Germanie
               .
               
               The
               States
               and
               Princes
               of
               Germanie
               are
               naturally
               subjects
               to
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               officers
               to
               his
               person
               too
               ,
               (
               which
               is
               a
               part
               of
               their
               honour
               ,
               )
               so
               the
               Palsgrave
               is
               chiefe
               Shewer
               ,
               and
               
                 Brandenburgh
                 Sword-bearer
              
               ,
               &c.
               
               They
               are
               also
               as
               subjects
               ,
               to
               be
               summoned
               to
               the
               Imperiall
               Diets
               ,
               their
               lands
               are
               to
               be
               charged
               towards
               the
               Emperours
               warres
               ,
               made
               in
               defence
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               But
               yet
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               the
               German
               Princes
               bee
               not
               such
               subjects
               as
               the
               Lords
               of
               England
               and
               France
               ,
               but
               much
               freer
               .
               Lorraine
               is
               a
               member
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               and
               yet
               will
               not
               that
               Duke
               suffer
               the
               Emperour
               to
               have
               any
               thing
               to
               doe
               in
               his
               dominions
               ;
               and
               if
               any
               other
               Prince
               should
               take
               up
               Armes
               against
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               (
               as
               Saxonie
               did
               in
               the
               case
               of
               Luther
               :
               )
               yet
               cannot
               the
               Emperour
               escheat
               their
               lands
               (
               as
               other
               Princes
               may
               serve
               their
               Rebels
               )
               by
               his
               owne
               private
               power
               ,
               without
               the
               consent
               of
               the
               other
               Electors
               &
               Princes
               in
               a
               Diet.
               So
               that
               the
               German
               Princes
               be
               subjects
               ,
               and
               no
               subjects
               ;
               The
               Emperour
               is
               as
               it
               were
               the
               Grand
               Land-lord
               ,
               who
               hath
               made
               away
               his
               right
               by
               lease
               or
               grant
               ,
               but
               hath
               little
               to
               doe
               till
               the
               expiration
               or
               forfeiture
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               member
               of
               the
               Empire
               be
               the
               Imperiall
               and
               Hanse-townes
               ,
               in
               which
               ,
               because
               they
               have
               lesse
               power
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               more
               than
               in
               the
               Princes
               Estates
               .
               The●e
               acknowledge
               the
               Emperour
               for
               their
               Lord
               ,
               but
               yet
               with
               divers
               acceptions
               .
               For
               first
               ,
               they
               will
               stand
               upon
               their
               owne
               privileges
               ,
               and
               for
               them
               will
               deny
               any
               request
               of
               the
               Emperour
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               they
               depend
               and
               trust
               unto
               their
               owne
               private
               confederacies
               amongst
               themselves
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               to
               the
               Emperour
               ;
               as
               the
               Switzers
               ,
               and
               Grisons
               leaguers
               amongst
               themselves
               ;
               and
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               lower
               Creitz
               ,
               or
               circle
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               amongst
               themselves
               ;
               in
               defence
               of
               which
               the
               King
               of
               Denmarke
               ,
               as
               Duke
               of
               Holstein
               being
               one
               of
               them
               ,
               tooke
               up
               just
               Armes
               of
               late
               even
               against
               the
               Emperour
               .
               Subjects
               these
               Cities
               and
               States
               are
               ,
               but
               yet
               were
               they
               no
               freer
               than
               the
               subjects
               of
               other
               Princes
               ,
               they
               durst
               not
               make
               leagues
               amongst
               themselves
               to
               the
               prejudice
               of
               their
               Emperour
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               even
               these
               Imperiall
               Cities
               have
               some
               
               other
               Lords
               besides
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               or
               the
               Maior
               ,
               or
               Officers
               of
               their
               owne
               Townes
               .
               Thus
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Onspach
               being
               of
               the
               House
               of
               Brandenburgh
               ,
               stil
               challengeth
               the
               ancient
               Office
               and
               Title
               of
               his
               Family
               ,
               which
               is
               to
               be
               Burgrave
               of
               Nurembergh
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               principall
               Imperiall
               Citie
               .
               We
               see
               also
               what
               power
               and
               favour
               the
               King
               of
               Poland
               had
               in
               these
               warres
               with
               Sweden
               ,
               in
               the
               Imperiall
               Citie
               of
               Dantzik
               ,
               which
               put
               it selfe
               under
               his
               protection
               .
               Wormbs
               also
               in
               the
               Palatinate
               under
               protection
               of
               the
               Palsgrave
               ,
               received
               an
               Armie
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               Vnion
               in
               favour
               of
               him
               ,
               even
               against
               the
               present
               Emperour
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               the
               House
               of
               Austria
               holds
               the
               Empire
               in
               that
               fashion
               ,
               that
               Adonias
               laid
               claime
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               wherein
               another
               sate
               confirmed
               ,
               and
               perished
               for
               want
               of
               supportation
               .
               For
               besides
               that
               it
               is
               not
               hereditary
               ,
               neither
               can
               he
               after
               Coronation
               command
               like
               an
               absolute
               Soveraigne
               ,
               nor
               expect
               or
               inforce
               the
               reciprocall
               duties
               betweene
               Prince
               and
               Subject
               ;
               nor
               is
               hee
               powerfull
               enough
               to
               countermand
               the
               Privileges
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               no
               nor
               to
               call
               the
               Diet
               without
               the
               consent
               of
               the
               major
               part
               of
               the
               Electors
               .
               For
               some
               Provinces
               are
               as
               it
               were
               members
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               yet
               disunited
               :
               for
               neither
               doe
               they
               ,
               nor
               will
               they
               acknowledge
               that
               they
               belong
               at
               all
               to
               the
               Empire
               ;
               as
               the
               Kings
               of
               Denmarke
               and
               Sweden
               ,
               the
               Duke
               of
               Prussia
               ,
               the
               Elector
               of
               Brandenburg
               that
               now
               is
               (
               who
               requires
               Investiture
               of
               the
               Polander
               ,
               not
               of
               the
               Emperour
               )
               the
               Switzers
               and
               the
               Netherlands
               .
               Others
               confesse
               the
               Emperour
               for
               their
               Soveraigne
               Prince
               ;
               but
               they
               come
               not
               to
               the
               Diets
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               nor
               will
               beare
               the
               Tax
               and
               Tallages
               of
               the
               Empire
               :
               as
               the
               Dukes
               of
               
                 Savoy
                 ,
                 Lorraine
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Princes
               of
               Italy
               .
               Others
               come
               to
               the
               Diets
               and
               pay
               all
               impositions
               :
               and
               these
               are
               properly
               the
               Princes
               '
               and
               Cities
               of
               Germanie
               .
               But
               the
               King
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               by
               the
               grant
               of
               Charles
               the
               fourth
               ,
               is
               exempted
               from
               all
               contributions
               .
               As
               for
               the
               other
               Princes
               ,
               they
               be
               so
               many
               ,
               and
               by
               leaguing
               together
               so
               mighty
               ,
               that
               they
               attend
               in
               Court
               at
               pleasure
               ,
               contest
               with
               the
               Emperour
               at
               pleasure
               ,
               raise
               forces
               at
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               supply
               his
               wants
               of
               Exchequer
               at
               pleasure
               .
               
               Some
               of
               them
               have
               to
               doe
               both
               in
               the
               Diets
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               Election
               of
               a
               new
               Emperour
               :
               those
               be
               the
               Electors
               ;
               three
               Bishops
               ,
               and
               three
               Princes
               .
               But
               as
               at
               first
               Wenceslaus
               the
               Emperor
               was
               faine
               to
               bribe
               them
               with
               many
               Privileges
               and
               Lordships
               for
               their
               voices
               in
               his
               Election
               :
               so
               still
               they
               must
               be
               courted
               ,
               if
               the
               Emperour
               desires
               to
               have
               his
               sonne
               or
               brother
               chosen
               after
               him
               ,
               or
               any
               great
               favour
               done
               unto
               him
               .
               If
               they
               be
               displeased
               ,
               they
               are
               strong
               enough
               to
               ruffle
               with
               him
               .
               The
               other
               Princes
               live
               of
               themselves
               ,
               and
               the
               Emperour
               is
               oftner
               beholding
               to
               them
               ,
               than
               they
               to
               him
               :
               so
               that
               these
               be
               but
               Lordly
               Subjects
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               To
               speake
               now
               in
               a
               word
               ,
               :
               These
               are
               truly
               termed
               the
               States
               ,
               the
               Princes
               and
               Cities
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               who
               have
               to
               doe
               in
               the
               Diets
               or
               Parliaments
               ,
               and
               as
               members
               of
               one
               b●die
               participate
               of
               good
               and
               evill
               ,
               of
               advantage
               or
               disadvantage
               ,
               thorowout
               the
               whole
               Empire
               .
               These
               ,
               living
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               a
               Commonwealth
               well
               united
               ,
               make
               use
               (
               in
               manner
               aforesaid
               )
               of
               the
               Emperour
               for
               their
               head
               and
               common
               safetie
               .
            
             
               And
               such
               be
               divers
               of
               the
               lesser
               Princes
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               Hanse-townes
               ,
               and
               Imperiall
               Cities
               .
               Free
               or
               Imperiall
               Cities
               ,
               are
               they
               ,
               which
               are
               not
               directly
               within
               the
               Inheritance
               of
               any
               Prince
               ,
               though
               they
               stand
               within
               his
               Territory
               .
               For
               example
               :
               
                 Heidleberg
                 ,
                 Wormbs
              
               ,
               and
               Spiers
               ,
               are
               all
               in
               the
               Palatinate
               ;
               whereof
               the
               first
               is
               the
               Princes
               owne
               ,
               and
               not
               Imperiall
               ;
               the
               other
               be
               Imperiall
               ,
               and
               not
               the
               Princes
               .
               Such
               Cities
               have
               obtained
               their
               freedome
               either
               for
               money
               ,
               or
               for
               service
               done
               to
               the
               Emperour
               :
               whereupon
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               are
               so
               strong
               ,
               so
               privileged
               ,
               and
               so
               populous
               ,
               that
               out
               of
               obstinate
               repining
               at
               Taxes
               and
               Impositions
               ,
               they
               have
               many
               times
               opposed
               against
               their
               naturall
               Lords
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               in
               hostile
               manner
               excluded
               them
               from
               the
               superioritie
               of
               commanding
               :
               witnesse
               the
               contentions
               heretofore
               betweene
               the
               Citie
               of
               Brunswicke
               ,
               and
               their
               owne
               Duke
               ;
               the
               exclamations
               of
               the
               Cities
               and
               Princes
               ,
               when
               the
               Landigrave
               of
               Hessen
               was
               imprisoned
               ;
               and
               the
               generall
               cause
               of
               the
               Protestants
               ,
               protesting
               in
               every
               place
               against
               the
               Ecclesiasticall
               proceedings
               ,
               and
               Imperiall
               threatnings
               .
               These
               Cities
               governe
               
               themselves
               by
               their
               owne
               Lawes
               ,
               being
               bound
               no
               further
               ,
               than
               to
               pay
               two
               fifth
               parts
               of
               whatsoever
               generall
               contribution
               is
               assessed
               in
               the
               Imperiall
               Diets
               .
               They
               pay
               tribute
               to
               the
               Emperour
               (
               some
               say
               )
               fifteene
               thousand
               Florens
               :
               but
               they
               have
               for
               the
               most
               part
               sufficient
               revenue
               of
               their
               owne
               to
               defray
               the
               charges
               .
               The
               nature
               of
               other
               Cities
               you
               have
               before
               read
               of
               .
            
             
               The
               Diets
               now
               be
               the
               things
               by
               which
               the
               Emperour
               rules
               all
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               able
               to
               make
               a
               partie
               .
               The
               ordinances
               of
               these
               Diets
               cannot
               be
               frustrated
               but
               by
               another
               Diet
               :
               but
               of
               putting
               the
               Decrees
               in
               execution
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               the
               full
               power
               and
               the
               sole
               authority
               .
               And
               therfore
               as
               touching
               preheminence
               and
               dignity
               ,
               hee
               is
               to
               be
               accounted
               the
               first
               and
               chiefe
               of
               the
               Christian
               Princes
               ,
               as
               the
               person
               upon
               whom
               the
               Majestie
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               resteth
               ,
               and
               who
               ought
               to
               defend
               the
               Nation
               of
               the
               Germans
               ,
               the
               Church
               of
               God
               ,
               the
               Catholike
               Faith
               ;
               and
               to
               procure
               the
               peace
               and
               wel-fare
               of
               the
               whole
               Christian
               world
               .
               And
               this
               is
               something
               towards
               the
               understanding
               of
               the
               State
               of
               the
               Empire
               in
               Germany
               .
               Go
               we
               now
               to
               relate
               of
               the
               other
               chiefe
               Princes
               there
               .
               And
               first
               of
               those
               which
               worthily
               challenge
               the
               next
               place
               ,
               the
               Electors
               :
               of
               which
               the
               Palsgrave
               is
               chiefe
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Prince
               Elector
               Palatine
               .
            
             
               HIs
               Dominion
               containes
               the
               Vpper
               and
               the
               Lower
               Palatinate
               .
               The
               Lower
               is
               the
               chiefe
               of
               the
               two
               ,
               as
               being
               both
               the
               richest
               ,
               the
               largest
               ,
               and
               the
               Seat
               of
               the
               Elector
               .
               A
               goodly
               and
               a
               delicate
               Country
               it
               is
               ,
               almost
               two
               hundred
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               about
               halfe
               so
               much
               in
               breadth
               ,
               lying
               on
               both
               sides
               of
               the
               famous
               Rhine
               ;
               and
               watered
               besides
               with
               the
               Neccar
               ,
               whose
               bankes
               are
               inriched
               with
               the
               most
               generous
               Wines
               .
               It
               touches
               upon
               Lorraine
               at
               the
               Southwest
               ,
               and
               hath
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Wirtenberg
               upon
               the
               East
               .
               Of
               this
               Countrey
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               armie
               of
               the
               Destroyer
               ,
               may
               we
               speake
               in
               the
               Scripture
               phrase
               ,
               
                 The
                 Land
                 is
                 as
              
               Eden
               
                 before
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 a
                 desolate
                 wildernesse
                 behind
                 them
                 ;
                 her
                 goodly
                 
                 and
                 strong
                 Cities
                 ,
                 her
                 pleasant
                 fields
                 ,
                 and
                 delicate
                 vineyards
                 ,
                 are
                 fallen
                 into
                 the
                 possession
                 of
                 those
                 that
                 reaped
                 where
                 they
                 did
                 not
                 sow
                 .
              
               To
               this
               Principalitie
               ,
               was
               the
               Title
               of
               the
               first
               Elector
               incorporate
               .
               It
               and
               Bavaria
               were
               made
               a
               Kingdome
               ,
               Anno
               456.
               which
               Charles
               the
               Great
               conquered
               ;
               in
               whose
               Line
               it
               continued
               from
               the
               yeare
               789.
               till
               Otho's
               time
               ,
               Anno
               955.
               whose
               heires
               continued
               in
               them
               (
               but
               not
               as
               a
               Kingdom
               )
               till
               the
               yeare
               1043.
               at
               which
               time
               Henry
               the
               third
               deprived
               Prince
               Conrade
               of
               them
               :
               to
               whose
               heire
               ,
               
                 Fredericke
                 Barbarossa
              
               restored
               the
               Palatinate
               in
               the
               yeare
               1183.
               since
               which
               time
               (
               as
               Munster
               saith
               )
               it
               ever
               continued
               in
               that
               male
               Line
               ;
               untill
               these
               unfortunate
               warres
               .
               The
               Lower
               Palatinate
               hath
               beene
               twice
               augmented
               ;
               once
               by
               the
               Emperour
               Wenceslaus
               ,
               who
               bestowed
               Oppenheim
               and
               two
               other
               Imperiall
               Townes
               upon
               the
               Elector
               for
               his
               voice
               in
               the
               Election
               .
               The
               second
               augmentation
               was
               by
               the
               ransome
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Wirtenberg
               ,
               and
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Mentz
               ,
               both
               taken
               in
               one
               battell
               by
               Prince
               
                 Frederike
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1452.
               out
               of
               both
               whose
               Countries
               lying
               next
               unto
               the
               Palatinate
               ,
               the
               victorious
               Palatine
               tooke
               some
               what
               to
               lay
               to
               his
               owne
               :
               For
               which
               ,
               and
               other
               quarrels
               ,
               there
               hath
               still
               continued
               a
               grudging
               in
               the
               Archbishops
               towards
               the
               
                 Palsgraves
                 ;
                 Mentz
              
               (
               whose
               Archiepiscopall
               Citie
               is
               also
               in
               the
               Palatinate
               )
               laying
               a
               claime
               to
               a
               Monastery
               ,
               and
               the
               lands
               upon
               the
               Bergstraes
               ,
               or
               mountaine
               ,
               within
               two
               English
               miles
               even
               of
               Heidleberg
               .
               The
               Palsgrave
               hath
               many
               prerogatives
               above
               the
               Electors
               of
               ●ther
               sort
               .
               He
               taketh
               place
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               and
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Brandenburgh
               ,
               because
               Henry
               the
               first
               Palatine
               was
               descended
               of
               Charles
               the
               Great
               ;
               for
               which
               cause
               in
               the
               vacancie
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               he
               is
               also
               Governour
               of
               the
               West
               parts
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               with
               power
               to
               alienate
               or
               give
               Offices
               to
               take
               fealty
               and
               homage
               of
               the
               Subjects
               ;
               and
               which
               is
               most
               ,
               to
               sit
               in
               the
               Imperiall
               Courts
               ,
               and
               give
               judgement
               of
               the
               Emperour
               himselfe
               .
            
             
               The
               Land
               naturally
               is
               very
               rich
               ,
               the
               Mountains
               are
               full
               of
               Vines
               ,
               Woods
               ,
               and
               such
               excessive
               store
               of
               red
               Deere
               ,
               that
               Spinola's
               souldiers
               in
               the
               late
               warres
               had
               them
               brought
               to
               
               them
               like
               Beefe
               or
               Bacon
               .
               How
               famous
               the
               Rhenish
               Wines
               are
               ,
               I
               need
               not
               say
               .
               Of
               Corne
               they
               have
               no
               want
               :
               Silver
               also
               is
               here
               digged
               up
               .
               Goodly
               Townes
               and
               strong
               it
               had
               such
               store
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               had
               had
               nothing
               but
               Cities
               .
               All
               which
               are
               now
               divided
               betwixt
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               the
               Bavarian
               ,
               and
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               The
               Prince
               also
               was
               said
               to
               have
               two
               and
               twenty
               Palaces
               .
               But
               the
               chiefest
               ornament
               was
               the
               incomparable
               ,
               Library
               of
               Heidleberg
               ;
               not
               for
               the
               beauty
               of
               the
               roome
               ,
               (
               for
               it
               was
               but
               in
               the
               roofe
               of
               the
               chiefe
               Church
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               a
               long
               wall
               divided
               into
               two
               parts
               )
               but
               for
               the
               numbers
               of
               excellent
               Manuscripts
               and
               printed
               bookes
               ;
               with
               which
               it
               was
               then
               better
               stored
               ,
               than
               Oxford
               yet
               is
               .
               The
               Princes
               Revenue
               arose
               first
               out
               of
               his
               owne
               Lands
               and
               Customes
               of
               his
               Manours
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               tenths
               and
               wealth
               of
               the
               Monasteries
               and
               estate
               of
               the
               Church
               confiscated
               :
               which
               perchance
               made
               up
               one
               quarter
               (
               if
               not
               more
               )
               of
               his
               whole
               estate
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               from
               the
               Toll
               of
               one
               Bridge
               over
               the
               Rhine
               ,
               he
               yearely
               had
               about
               twentie
               thousand
               crownes
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               some
               say
               that
               one
               silver
               mine
               yeelded
               him
               threescore
               thousand
               crownes
               .
               All
               together
               the
               revenues
               of
               this
               and
               the
               Vpper
               Palatinate
               (
               lying
               next
               to
               Bavaria
               ,
               and
               some
               thirty
               English
               miles
               distant
               from
               this
               Lower
               )
               were
               valued
               to
               amount
               unto
               one
               hundred
               sixtie
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               of
               yearely
               Revenues
               .
               Finally
               ,
               of
               the
               three
               Temporall
               Electors
               goes
               this
               common
               proverb
               in
               Germanie
               ,
               That
               the
               Palsgrave
               hath
               the
               honour
               ,
               Saxony
               the
               money
               ,
               and
               Brandenburgh
               the
               land
               :
               for
               Saxony
               indeed
               is
               richer
               ,
               and
               Brandenburghs
               Dominions
               larger
               ,
               than
               those
               of
               the
               Prince
               Elector
               Palatine
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Elector
               of
               Saxonie
               .
            
             
               THe
               Dominion
               of
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               
               containeth
               the
               Marquisat
               of
               M●sen
               ,
               the
               Lantgravedome
               of
               
                 Turinge
                 ,
                 Voitland
              
               ,
               part
               of
               Nether
               Saxonie
               ,
               (
               almost
               within
               two
               Dutch
               miles
               of
               Maigdburg
               )
               part
               of
               the
               Lands
               of
               the
               Earles
               of
               Mansfielt
               ,
               pawned
               to
               Augustus
               for
               some
               summes
               of
               money
               ,
               and
               a
               parcell
               of
               Frankhenland
               .
               The
               whole
               Country
               is
               seated
               
               almost
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               on
               all
               sides
               very
               farre
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               except
               Voitland
               ,
               very
               plaine
               and
               Champion
               ,
               sprinkled
               here
               and
               there
               with
               some
               few
               of
               them
               navigable
               .
               The
               chiefest
               of
               them
               all
               is
               the
               Elve
               ,
               ●o
               which
               all
               the
               rest
               pay
               the
               tribute
               of
               their
               waters
               .
               All
               of
               it
               together
               is
               imagined
               to
               bee
               in
               bignesse
               about
               a
               third
               part
               of
               England
               ,
               or
               somewhat
               more
               .
            
             
               The
               climate
               in
               temperature
               is
               not
               much
               differing
               from
               ours
               of
               England
               .
               
               It
               confineth
               on
               the
               South-East
               with
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Bohem
               ,
               and
               is
               parted
               with
               many
               high
               hils
               and
               great
               woods
               :
               on
               the
               South
               with
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Bambergs
               Countrie
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               South-west
               with
               the
               Lantgrave
               of
               Hesse
               :
               on
               the
               North
               and
               North-west
               with
               the
               Counts
               of
               Mansfielt
               ,
               the
               Princes
               of
               An●●●●●
               ,
               and
               the
               Citie
               of
               Maidburgh
               (
               of
               which
               this
               Duke
               writeth
               himselfe
               Burgrave
               ,
               and
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Brandeburghs
               eldest
               son
               Arch-Bishop
               )
               yet
               is
               it
               not
               under
               either
               Iurisdiction
               ,
               but
               freely
               governed
               within
               it selfe
               :
               On
               the
               North-east
               lyeth
               the
               Marquesdome
               of
               ●randeburgh
               and
               the
               Lansknites
               ,
               who
               partly
               belong
               to
               the
               Marquesse
               ,
               and
               partly
               to
               the
               Emperour
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               in
               peace
               at
               this
               time
               (
               as
               all
               Germanie
               beside
               )
               with
               all
               the
               Neighbour-Princes
               .
               
               Betweene
               the
               Bohemians
               and
               them
               there
               is
               a
               great
               league
               ,
               but
               betwixt
               the
               Emperour
               and
               their
               Dukes
               ,
               great
               jealousies
               under
               hand
               .
               The
               Duke
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               the
               Marquesses
               of
               Brandeburgh
               ,
               and
               the
               Lantgraves
               of
               Hesse
               ,
               have
               many
               yeeres
               (
               they
               and
               their
               ancestry
               )
               beene
               linked
               together
               ,
               and
               both
               Lutherans
               ,
               howbeit
               the
               Lantgrave
               is
               thought
               to
               f●vour
               of
               Calvinisme
               .
               The
               Bishop
               of
               Bamberge
               ,
               both
               himselfe
               and
               his
               Countrie
               are
               all
               Catholiques
               ,
               but
               of
               no
               power
               to
               hurt
               ,
               though
               they
               were
               Enemies
               .
               The
               Counts
               of
               Mansfielt
               have
               a
               grudge
               to
               the
               house
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               because
               most
               of
               their
               land
               being
               pawned
               to
               Augustus
               ,
               is
               ,
               as
               they
               pretend
               ,
               wrongfully
               detained
               ,
               the
               debt
               being
               long
               ,
               since
               satisfied
               :
               but
               they
               are
               so
               many
               ,
               and
               so
               poore
               ,
               as
               they
               may
               well
               have
               the
               will
               ,
               but
               not
               the
               power
               to
               annoy
               Saxonie
               ;
               in
               Religion
               ,
               Catholiques
               .
            
             
               
               The
               Princes
               of
               Anhault
               (
               as
               also
               the
               Counts
               of
               Mansfield
               )
               
               are
               homagers
               to
               this
               Duke
               ,
               but
               of
               small
               power
               or
               riches
               .
               In
               Religion
               ,
               Calvinists
               .
            
             
               For
               home
               defence
               and
               strength
               ,
               
               this
               Dukedome
               is
               so
               strong
               by
               nature
               ,
               on
               Boheme
               side
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               frontiers
               ,
               and
               within
               Land
               so
               well
               fortified
               by
               Art
               ,
               with
               reasonable
               strong
               Cities
               ,
               Townes
               ,
               and
               Castles
               ;
               so
               well
               peopled
               ,
               and
               all
               places
               of
               strength
               so
               well
               looked
               unto
               ,
               and
               kept
               in
               so
               good
               order
               ,
               that
               it
               seemeth
               provided
               to
               withstand
               the
               Enemy
               ,
               not
               onely
               of
               any
               one
               ,
               but
               of
               all
               the
               Neighbour-Provinces
               .
               The
               greatest
               and
               chiefest
               Citie
               within
               this
               Dukedome
               is
               Erdford
               seated
               in
               Turing
               ,
               not
               subject
               to
               the
               Duke
               ,
               
               but
               a
               free
               and
               Hanse-towne
               ;
               the
               next
               unto
               it
               is
               Leipsique
               ,
               the
               Metropolis
               of
               Mis●n
               ;
               a
               Towne
               very
               well
               seated
               both
               for
               profit
               and
               pleasure
               ,
               yet
               of
               no
               great
               strength
               ,
               though
               it
               held
               out
               
                 Iohn
                 Fredericke
              
               ,
               a
               siege
               of
               two
               or
               three
               moneths
               with
               small
               disadvantage
               :
               of
               building
               very
               faire
               and
               stately
               ,
               most
               of
               the
               houses
               of
               seven
               ,
               eight
               ,
               or
               nine
               Stories
               high
               ,
               but
               all
               of
               Bricke
               and
               no
               Stone
               .
               It
               is
               greater
               than
               Dresden
               ,
               and
               hath
               many
               faire
               and
               large
               streets
               ,
               and
               yet
               inferiour
               in
               beautie
               and
               strength
               :
               for
               the
               Duke
               will
               not
               suffer
               the
               Inhabitants
               neither
               to
               fortifie
               nor
               to
               repaire
               the
               walls
               ,
               left
               they
               should
               againe
               rebell
               ,
               as
               in
               former
               times
               :
               within
               the
               walls
               are
               nine
               hundred
               Houses
               ;
               it
               hath
               three
               Churches
               ,
               five
               Colleges
               ,
               and
               about
               foure
               hundred
               Students
               ;
               as
               also
               a
               faire
               Castle
               with
               a
               small
               garrison
               to
               keepe
               the
               Towne
               in
               obedience
               .
               To
               it
               resort
               divers
               Merchants
               for
               traffique
               ,
               and
               many
               Gentlemen
               to
               lea●●●
               the
               ●●●●uage
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               besides
               ,
               divers
               other
               pretty
               and
               reasonable
               st●o●g
               Townes
               ,
               but
               above
               all
               ,
               
               Dresden
               the
               ancient
               seat
               of
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Saxonie
               :
               It
               standeth
               in
               the
               Countie
               of
               Mis●●a
               ,
               round
               ,
               and
               containing
               in
               compasse
               about
               the
               walls
               the
               circuit
               of
               two
               English
               miles
               .
               These
               Walls
               are
               of
               faire
               and
               large
               squared
               stones
               ,
               wel
               countermined
               with
               earth
               on
               the
               inside
               ,
               and
               wonderfully
               fortified
               with
               seven
               strong
               Bulwarks
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               great
               Mounts
               on
               the
               outside
               .
               On
               the
               which
               (
               as
               also
               on
               the
               walls
               )
               are
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               goodly
               peeces
               of
               Brasse
               artillerie
               ,
               with
               a
               garrison
               of
               five
               hundred
               well
               appointed
               
               Souldiers
               in
               continuall
               pay
               .
               This
               City
               within
               the
               walls
               hath
               eight
               hundred
               houses
               ,
               foure
               Churches
               ,
               three
               Gates
               ,
               two
               faire
               Market
               places
               ,
               and
               a
               great
               Bridge
               of
               stone
               over
               the
               Elve
               .
            
             
               The
               Mote
               which
               incompasseth
               the
               wall
               is
               deepe
               and
               cleere
               without
               any
               filth
               or
               weeds
               ,
               and
               is
               on
               all
               sides
               walled
               with
               faire
               stones
               to
               the
               bottome
               .
               The
               streets
               are
               not
               many
               ,
               but
               very
               faire
               ,
               the
               houses
               not
               very
               great
               ,
               but
               of
               one
               uniformitie
               ,
               and
               pleasing
               to
               behold
               .
               In
               most
               of
               the
               streets
               runneth
               from
               the
               River
               a
               small
               streame
               of
               water
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               of
               these
               streets
               are
               tubs
               placed
               upon
               sleds
               full
               of
               water
               ,
               alwaies
               ready
               to
               be
               drawne
               by
               horses
               or
               men
               ,
               whither
               occasion
               of
               fire
               should
               crave
               imployment
               .
               For
               prevention
               whereof
               ,
               they
               maintaine
               men
               of
               purpose
               to
               walke
               every
               night
               in
               the
               streets
               ,
               and
               some
               to
               watch
               carefully
               on
               the
               highest
               Towers
               .
               The
               Palace
               of
               the
               Duke
               is
               of
               great
               beauty
               and
               majesty
               :
               the
               Chambers
               are
               flowerd
               with
               coloured
               Marbles
               ,
               and
               garnished
               round
               with
               Stags
               heads
               of
               extraordinary
               greatnesse
               ;
               many
               bed-steds
               and
               tables
               also
               are
               of
               divers
               coloured
               Marbles
               ,
               most
               curiously
               carved
               and
               polished
               .
               Within
               the
               Palace
               is
               an
               Armory
               for
               horsemen
               of
               unspeakable
               magnificence
               ,
               with
               a
               great
               number
               of
               horses
               curiously
               framed
               in
               wood
               ,
               and
               painted
               to
               the
               life
               ,
               with
               as
               many
               woodden
               men
               on
               their
               backes
               ,
               furnished
               most
               richly
               with
               all
               furniture
               fit
               for
               a
               horseman
               to
               use
               in
               the
               warres
               .
               Amongst
               these
               are
               the
               lively
               portraictures
               of
               many
               of
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Saxonie
               carved
               and
               painted
               to
               life
               ,
               covered
               with
               such
               robes
               ,
               armour
               ,
               and
               furniture
               for
               their
               horses
               made
               of
               gold
               and
               silver
               ,
               and
               set
               with
               precious
               stones
               ,
               as
               they
               used
               to
               weare
               when
               they
               were
               living
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               also
               thirty
               six
               sleds
               for
               pleasure
               of
               great
               beauty
               ,
               and
               rare
               invention
               ,
               with
               two
               carved
               and
               painted
               horses
               to
               every
               of
               them
               ,
               richly
               furnished
               with
               silver
               bits
               ,
               and
               the
               bridles
               and
               capar
               sons
               imbrodered
               with
               silver
               and
               gold
               ,
               hanging
               full
               of
               silver
               bels
               according
               to
               the
               German
               custome
               .
               Here
               are
               also
               many
               Chambers
               full
               of
               Masking
               garments
               ,
               and
               other
               abiliments
               for
               triumphs
               and
               pastimes
               both
               for
               
               Land
               and
               Water
               .
               In
               this
               Armory
               also
               are
               many
               costly
               weapons
               ,
               both
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               ;
               such
               ,
               so
               good
               ,
               and
               so
               rich
               ,
               as
               mony
               can
               procure
               ,
               or
               the
               wit
               of
               man
               invent
               .
            
             
               Vnder
               this
               Armory
               standeth
               a
               most
               princely
               Stable
               arched
               with
               stone
               ,
               and
               supported
               with
               goodly
               pillars
               of
               Marble
               .
               Out
               of
               every
               of
               which
               pillars
               runneth
               sweet
               and
               fresh
               water
               for
               the
               daily
               use
               of
               the
               Stable
               :
               The
               rackes
               are
               of
               iron
               ,
               the
               mangers
               plated
               over
               with
               copper
               ,
               the
               stalles
               for
               the
               Horses
               of
               strong
               carved
               timber
               ;
               every
               Stall
               having
               a
               faire
               glazed
               window
               ,
               and
               every
               window
               a
               greene
               curtaine
               .
               The
               ground
               betweene
               the
               stalles
               is
               paved
               with
               faire
               broad
               stones
               .
               In
               this
               Stable
               are
               an
               hundred
               eight
               and
               twenty
               horses
               ,
               and
               yet
               no
               wet
               nor
               filth
               to
               be
               perceived
               ,
               nor
               dung
               to
               be
               seene
               or
               smelt
               .
            
             
               Neere
               unto
               the
               Palace
               standeth
               the
               Arsenall
               ,
               wherein
               is
               seene
               such
               plenty
               of
               great
               Artillerie
               ,
               yellow
               as
               gold
               ,
               such
               strange
               Engins
               ,
               and
               such
               wonderfull
               qualities
               of
               all
               kind
               of
               Armour
               and
               Munition
               whatsoever
               ,
               necessary
               for
               the
               Wars
               ,
               or
               a
               long
               siege
               ,
               that
               for
               Land-service
               it
               farre
               excelleth
               the
               Arsnall
               of
               Venice
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               Storehouse
               in
               Europe
               ,
               able
               to
               arme
               300000.
               
               Horse
               and
               Foot
               at
               a
               dayes
               warning
               .
               And
               as
               the
               Armory
               and
               Arsenall
               excell
               all
               others
               ,
               so
               the
               City
               for
               its
               quantity
               (
               in
               my
               judgement
               )
               is
               to
               be
               accounted
               the
               fairest
               and
               strongest
               of
               Europe
               ,
               and
               that
               far
               surpassing
               
                 Noremberg
                 ,
                 Anwerp
              
               ,
               or
               Lubech
               ,
               at
               this
               day
               reckoned
               to
               bee
               the
               prime
               Cities
               of
               Christendome
               .
               Besides
               this
               Armory
               ,
               all
               the
               Cities
               and
               Townes
               have
               their
               Armories
               very
               well
               kept
               and
               provided
               :
               neither
               are
               the
               Noblemen
               ,
               Gentlemen
               ,
               and
               Country
               people
               unfurnished
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               in
               Saxonie
               three
               Vniversities
               ,
               Wittenberg
               ,
               
               Liep●que
               ,
               and
               Iene
               .
               The
               first
               is
               supposed
               to
               be
               the
               prime-Vniversity
               of
               all
               Germany
               .
               It
               is
               about
               two
               miles
               compasse
               within
               the
               walls
               ,
               being
               neither
               strong
               nor
               faire
               .
               In
               it
               are
               only
               two
               Churches
               ,
               and
               foure
               Colleges
               ,
               being
               neither
               rich
               nor
               beautifull
               ,
               and
               in
               them
               about
               a
               thousand
               Students
               of
               all
               sorts
               .
               It
               hath
               a
               strong
               Bridge
               of
               Timber
               over
               the
               Elve
               ,
               and
               a
               faire
               Castle
               or
               Palace
               appertaining
               to
               the
               Duke
               .
               In
               the
               Church
               
               of
               this
               Castle
               are
               interred
               the
               bodies
               of
               
                 M.
                 Luther
              
               ,
               and
               ,
               
                 P.
                 Melancthon
              
               ,
               under
               two
               faire
               Marble
               stones
               ,
               with
               superscriptions
               of
               copper
               upon
               them
               ,
               and
               their
               pictures
               from
               head
               to
               foot
               in
               great
               tables
               set
               up
               by
               them
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               two
               have
               some
               six
               or
               seven
               hundred
               Schollers
               a
               peece
               ;
               
               but
               in
               Colleges
               ,
               Lectures
               ,
               Order
               ,
               Proceeding
               ,
               and
               all
               things
               else
               ,
               infinitely
               inferiour
               either
               to
               Cambridge
               or
               Oxford
               :
               There
               are
               all
               professions
               in
               each
               of
               them
               ,
               but
               Wittenberg
               is
               esteemed
               the
               chiefe
               Seminary
               of
               Divines
               ;
               Iene
               of
               Civilians
               ;
               and
               Liepsiege
               of
               Philosophie
               .
            
             
               All
               the
               Dukedome
               ,
               
               but
               especially
               Misen
               ,
               is
               one
               of
               the
               pleasantest
               and
               fruitfullest
               parts
               of
               all
               Germany
               ,
               and
               in
               truth
               much
               exceeding
               any
               that
               I
               saw
               ,
               but
               onely
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Wittenberg
               .
               It
               hath
               great
               store
               of
               very
               good
               Corne
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               reasonable
               good
               and
               convenient
               store
               of
               most
               sort
               of
               Cattell
               :
               of
               Horses
               they
               have
               plenty
               ,
               and
               those
               strong
               and
               tall
               of
               stature
               ,
               but
               fitter
               to
               draw
               than
               to
               serve
               ,
               yet
               very
               well
               fitting
               their
               manner
               of
               service
               ,
               being
               heavily
               armed
               (
               viz.
               )
               with
               a
               Petronell
               ,
               a
               case
               of
               Pistols
               ,
               a
               Courtle-axe
               ,
               and
               divers
               times
               with
               a
               Battle-axe
               ;
               over
               and
               above
               all
               which
               ,
               his
               Horse
               must
               be
               able
               to
               carry
               two
               or
               foure
               bottles
               of
               Wine
               or
               Beere
               in
               his
               great
               heavy
               Saddle
               ,
               left
               in
               any
               case
               his
               Master
               should
               faint
               for
               want
               of
               liquor
               in
               his
               journey
               :
               But
               their
               best
               races
               they
               have
               out
               of
               the
               nether
               Saxonie
               ,
               where
               there
               be
               exceeding
               store
               .
               The
               Bullocks
               are
               but
               small
               and
               nothing
               good
               .
               Of
               sheepe
               they
               have
               in
               some
               places
               indifferent
               store
               ,
               especially
               within
               these
               few
               yeeres
               ;
               of
               body
               little
               ,
               and
               but
               reasonable
               good
               ,
               yet
               so
               ,
               as
               bearing
               indifferent
               good
               wooll
               ;
               either
               the
               sheepe
               themselves
               ,
               or
               their
               fleeces
               ,
               are
               bought
               up
               by
               the
               Netherlands
               ,
               and
               imployed
               in
               the
               making
               of
               cloth
               ,
               to
               some
               prejudice
               of
               ours
               in
               England
               .
            
             
               They
               have
               great
               store
               of
               Mines
               of
               most
               sorts
               ,
               
               as
               Silver
               ,
               Copper
               ,
               Tin
               ,
               Lead
               ,
               Iron
               ,
               and
               (
               as
               they
               say
               )
               some
               Gold.
               The
               chiefe
               places
               of
               the
               Silver
               Mines
               are
               
                 Tiberg
                 ,
                 Aviberg
                 ,
                 Mariaberg
              
               ,
               and
               other
               Townes
               at
               the
               foot
               of
               the
               Bohemian
               Mountaines
               .
               In
               Voitland
               there
               are
               also
               some
               Hills
               very
               rich
               in
               Minerals
               ,
               especially
               one
               called
               which
               being
               
               much
               celebrated
               for
               having
               some
               Rivers
               running
               out
               of
               it
               ,
               East
               ,
               West
               ,
               North
               ,
               and
               South
               ,
               is
               exceedingly
               spoken
               of
               for
               Silver
               and
               Gold
               Mines
               ,
               insomuch
               as
               in
               a
               Storie
               written
               of
               the
               Mines
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               called
               Berg-Cronicon
               ,
               it
               is
               affirmed
               ,
               that
               this
               Hill
               yeelded
               to
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Saxonie
               in
               eight
               yeares
               ,
               twenty
               two
               Millions
               of
               Florens
               ,
               only
               for
               the
               Tenths
               .
               Besides
               these
               Mines
               ,
               the
               Duke
               hath
               the
               Mine
               of
               Mansfielt
               ,
               pawned
               to
               divers
               Merchants
               of
               Norimberg
               and
               Augusta
               ,
               and
               are
               thought
               to
               be
               worth
               yearely
               thirty
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               .
               It
               is
               held
               ,
               that
               all
               his
               Mines
               of
               Saxonie
               (
               besides
               those
               of
               Mansfielt
               )
               yeeld
               the
               Duke
               one
               yeare
               with
               another
               seven
               hundred
               thousand
               Florens
               ,
               which
               is
               about
               an
               hundred
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               .
            
             
               Other
               commodities
               of
               worth
               they
               have
               none
               ,
               but
               flax
               ,
               
               and
               a
               kinde
               of
               thicke
               course
               cloth
               ,
               which
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               exceeding
               falsifying
               and
               dearenesse
               of
               ours
               ,
               groweth
               every
               day
               into
               more
               and
               more
               request
               with
               them
               .
            
             
               The
               whole
               Dukedome
               ,
               but
               especially
               Misen
               ,
               
               is
               very
               populous
               ,
               full
               of
               Cities
               ,
               walled
               Townes
               ,
               and
               Country
               Villages
               ,
               and
               all
               of
               them
               very
               well
               peopled
               .
               It
               is
               certainly
               affirmed
               ,
               that
               the
               Duke
               at
               twenty
               dayes
               warning
               is
               able
               to
               make
               an
               Armie
               of
               fourescore
               thousand
               men
               very
               well
               armed
               and
               furnished
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               generally
               are
               reasonable
               faire
               of
               complexion
               and
               flaxen
               haired
               ,
               but
               not
               well
               favoured
               ,
               
               either
               men
               or
               women
               :
               in
               behaviour
               as
               civill
               as
               any
               part
               of
               Germanie
               whatsoever
               ;
               especially
               the
               women
               ,
               who
               taking
               themselves
               (
               as
               they
               are
               indeed
               )
               for
               the
               fairest
               and
               best
               spoken
               of
               all
               Dutchland
               ,
               are
               in
               their
               apparell
               and
               entertainment
               indifferently
               gracefull
               .
               For
               their
               disposition
               ,
               (
               as
               indeed
               almost
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Germans
               )
               it
               is
               very
               honest
               ,
               true
               ,
               and
               not
               ordinarily
               given
               to
               any
               notorious
               vice
               ,
               but
               drinking
               ;
               nor
               willingly
               offering
               any
               injurie
               ,
               either
               to
               their
               owne
               country-men
               ,
               or
               to
               strangers
               ,
               but
               when
               they
               are
               drunke
               ;
               and
               then
               very
               quarrelsome
               ,
               and
               (
               as
               it
               is
               said
               )
               more
               valiant
               than
               when
               they
               are
               sober
               .
               Wise
               in
               mediocritie
               ,
               but
               not
               of
               any
               great
               sharpnesse
               or
               subtiltie
               of
               wit
               :
               Of
               body
               strong
               ,
               and
               big
               boned
               ,
               especially
               
               the
               Countrey
               people
               ,
               but
               of
               a
               kinde
               of
               lumpish
               ,
               heavie
               ,
               and
               unactive
               strength
               ,
               fitter
               for
               husbandrie
               ,
               and
               other
               toilesome
               labour
               ,
               than
               fighting
               .
            
             
               In
               their
               chiefe
               Cities
               ,
               some
               few
               give
               themselves
               at
               their
               great
               and
               principall
               Feasts
               ,
               to
               a
               little
               use
               of
               their
               Peece
               ,
               in
               shooting
               at
               a
               marke
               ;
               but
               otherwise
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               long
               peace
               ,
               altogether
               untrained
               to
               the
               warres
               ,
               or
               any
               warlike
               exercises
               .
               But
               the
               use
               of
               the
               pot
               serveth
               for
               all
               other
               pastimes
               and
               delights
               ;
               in
               which
               notwithstanding
               they
               have
               very
               small
               store
               of
               wine
               ,
               yet
               they
               are
               nothing
               inferiour
               to
               any
               other
               part
               of
               Dutchland
               .
            
             
               They
               have
               great
               store
               of
               Artizans
               and
               Handy-crafts
               men
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               
               but
               in
               their
               severall
               trades
               nothing
               so
               neat
               and
               artificiall
               as
               the
               Netherlanders
               and
               English
               ,
               or
               those
               of
               Norimberg
               and
               Augusta
               .
               
               Of
               Merchants
               they
               have
               great
               store
               ,
               especially
               in
               Liepsiege
               ,
               and
               other
               chiefe
               Cities
               ,
               and
               those
               for
               the
               most
               part
               very
               rich
               ;
               whereof
               this
               reason
               is
               yeelded
               ,
               that
               though
               they
               have
               no
               commodities
               ,
               save
               those
               before
               mentioned
               ,
               nor
               are
               neere
               the
               Sea
               ,
               or
               any
               great
               Rivers
               ,
               (
               by
               which
               they
               may
               have
               cheape
               and
               commodious
               importation
               or
               exportation
               of
               wares
               )
               yet
               Germanie
               is
               so
               seated
               in
               the
               midst
               and
               heart
               of
               all
               Christendome
               ,
               and
               Saxonie
               in
               the
               bowels
               of
               it
               ,
               as
               by
               continuall
               trafficking
               with
               
                 England
                 ,
                 France
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Low-Countries
                 ,
                 Italie
                 ,
                 Poland
              
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               
                 Easterne
                 Countries
              
               ,
               and
               by
               daily
               conveying
               all
               the
               commodities
               of
               each
               Countrey
               over-land
               to
               others
               that
               want
               them
               ,
               they
               grow
               very
               wealthy
               .
            
             
               For
               such
               as
               give
               themselves
               to
               the
               warres
               ,
               and
               have
               no
               other
               profession
               of
               living
               ,
               though
               generally
               all
               the
               Germans
               are
               mercenary
               souldiers
               ,
               (
               and
               so
               their
               service
               accordingly
               )
               yet
               I
               heard
               of
               as
               few
               in
               this
               Province
               ,
               as
               in
               any
               part
               of
               Germanie
               ;
               whether
               it
               were
               that
               the
               wars
               of
               Hungarie
               imployed
               them
               all
               ,
               or
               that
               other
               Princes
               growing
               weary
               of
               their
               service
               ,
               their
               occupation
               began
               to
               decay
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Nobilitie
               ,
               
               I
               can
               say
               nothing
               in
               particular
               of
               their
               numbers
               ,
               names
               ,
               titles
               ,
               dispositions
               ,
               &c.
               only
               in
               generall
               ,
               there
               be
               Earles
               and
               Barons
               .
               Some
               are
               meerely
               
               subject
               to
               the
               Duke
               ;
               others
               are
               borderers
               ,
               which
               are
               only
               but
               homagers
               ;
               as
               the
               Princes
               of
               Anhalt
               ;
               the
               Counts
               of
               Mansfielt
               ,
               the
               Counts
               of
               Swarzenberge
               ,
               &c.
               
               Of
               Gentils
               there
               are
               good
               store
               ,
               to
               the
               number
               (
               as
               it
               is
               supposed
               )
               of
               three
               or
               foure
               thousand
               at
               the
               least
               ,
               by
               which
               meanes
               the
               Duke
               is
               alwayes
               in
               his
               warres
               well
               furnished
               with
               Horsemen
               ,
               every
               one
               (
               one
               with
               another
               )
               bringing
               three
               or
               foure
               good
               horses
               with
               him
               to
               the
               field
               .
            
             
               The
               Nobilitie
               and
               Gentilitie
               generally
               thorow
               all
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               particularly
               in
               this
               Dukedome
               ,
               have
               great
               royalties
               and
               revenues
               .
               The
               lands
               ,
               goods
               ,
               and
               chiefe
               houses
               are
               usually
               equally
               divided
               amongst
               all
               the
               children
               ,
               reserving
               but
               little
               prerogative
               to
               the
               eldest
               brother
               .
               The
               Honours
               likewise
               descend
               equally
               to
               the
               whole
               Familie
               ;
               all
               the
               sonnes
               of
               Dukes
               ,
               being
               Dukes
               ;
               and
               all
               the
               daughters
               ,
               Duchesses
               :
               all
               the
               sonnes
               of
               Counts
               ,
               Counts
               ;
               and
               the
               daughters
               ,
               Countesses
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               They
               are
               exceedingly
               had
               (
               both
               Noblemen
               and
               Gentlemen
               )
               in
               extraordinary
               reverence
               and
               estimation
               amongst
               the
               vulgar
               people
               ,
               which
               both
               in
               their
               Gate
               and
               Seats
               in
               publike
               places
               ,
               they
               very
               religiously
               maintaine
               .
               In
               time
               of
               Peace
               they
               are
               but
               little
               used
               in
               counsell
               or
               matters
               of
               State
               ,
               being
               almost
               all
               utterly
               unqualified
               ,
               either
               with
               wisdome
               ,
               learning
               ,
               or
               experience
               ;
               only
               contenting
               themselves
               with
               shadow
               of
               honour
               which
               their
               ancestors
               have
               left
               them
               .
               And
               if
               they
               have
               beene
               famous
               (
               as
               by
               the
               raising
               of
               their
               Houses
               to
               that
               greatnesse
               it
               should
               seeme
               they
               have
               ●eene
               )
               they
               imitate
               them
               in
               nothing
               ,
               but
               in
               only
               continuing
               their
               so
               long
               and
               so
               holily
               observed
               order
               of
               carowsing
               .
            
             
               In
               time
               of
               warre
               (
               which
               hath
               beene
               for
               many
               yeares
               till
               the
               late
               warres
               of
               Hungarie
               very
               small
               ,
               or
               rather
               no●●
               )
               ●ecause
               of
               their
               greatnesse
               both
               in
               Revenues
               and
               number
               of
               Tenants
               ,
               their
               service
               hath
               beene
               usually
               imployed
               :
               but
               now
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               long
               disuse
               of
               Martiall
               matters
               ,
               (
               which
               therefore
               seemed
               to
               make
               some
               amends
               ,
               or
               at
               least
               some
               excuse
               of
               their
               other
               defects
               )
               they
               are
               become
               ,
               if
               I
               ghesse
               not
               amisse
               ,
               not
               to
               fit
               for
               their
               greatnesse
               ,
               as
               unfit
               for
               
               their
               want
               of
               knowledge
               every
               way
               ,
               either
               in
               experience
               or
               contemplation
               .
               And
               truly
               I
               cannot
               so
               much
               as
               heare
               almost
               of
               any
               of
               them
               ,
               either
               Noble
               or
               Gentlemen
               ,
               that
               give
               themselves
               to
               any
               Noble
               studies
               ,
               exercises
               ,
               or
               delights
               ,
               except
               now
               and
               then
               to
               the
               hunting
               of
               the
               wilde
               Boare
               ;
               by
               which
               ,
               and
               by
               accustoming
               their
               heads
               to
               the
               wearing
               of
               their
               heavie
               thrummed
               Caps
               in
               stead
               of
               a
               head-peece
               ,
               they
               take
               themselves
               to
               be
               greatly
               enabled
               for
               service
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               valour
               and
               warlike
               disposition
               of
               the
               people
               of
               this
               Dukedome
               ,
               
               I
               cannot
               commend
               them
               above
               the
               rest
               of
               their
               Country-men
               ;
               neither
               shall
               I
               (
               as
               I
               thinke
               )
               need
               to
               stand
               much
               upon
               that
               point
               ,
               sithence
               their
               actions
               shall
               plead
               their
               sufficiencie
               in
               generall
               .
               The
               great
               matters
               which
               they
               have
               undertaken
               ,
               and
               the
               little
               that
               they
               have
               performed
               ,
               will
               produce
               sufficient
               testimonie
               .
               What
               they
               did
               one
               against
               another
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               is
               not
               much
               materiall
               to
               prove
               their
               courage
               ;
               since
               without
               question
               ,
               Bulrushes
               against
               Bulrushes
               are
               very
               good
               Weapons
               .
               But
               in
               the
               same
               time
               ,
               and
               under
               the
               same
               Duke
               and
               Captaine
               ,
               they
               performed
               very
               little
               against
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               though
               with
               farre
               over-ballanced
               numbers
               ,
               as
               in
               divers
               places
               of
               Sleyden
               manifestly
               appeareth
               .
               Touching
               their
               actions
               in
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               in
               the
               Prince
               of
               Orange
               his
               time
               ,
               &
               in
               France
               during
               the
               civill
               warres
               ,
               and
               sithence
               for
               the
               King
               ,
               (
               if
               I
               mistake
               it
               not
               )
               it
               hath
               alwayes
               beene
               praise
               enough
               for
               them
               ,
               if
               they
               have
               helped
               to
               keepe
               their
               enemies
               from
               doing
               any
               great
               matters
               ,
               though
               they
               have
               performed
               nothing
               themselves
               .
               Of
               latter
               time
               they
               have
               rather
               increased
               than
               diminished
               this
               opinion
               ,
               in
               the
               warres
               ten
               yeares
               since
               in
               Hungarie
               ,
               besides
               many
               other
               times
               of
               notable
               disorders
               amongst
               them
               by
               false
               Alarmes
               .
               They
               fled
               most
               shamefully
               out
               of
               the
               Island
               of
               Komora
               ,
               being
               charged
               by
               a
               few
               Tartars
               ,
               who
               with
               infinite
               hazzard
               and
               inconvenience
               swam
               over
               a
               part
               of
               the
               Danubie
               to
               come
               at
               them
               .
               The
               Summer
               after
               ,
               Count
               Charles
               of
               Mansfielt
               ,
               their
               Generall
               ,
               had
               them
               in
               such
               jelousie
               ,
               as
               when
               the
               Turkes
               only
               with
               some
               twelve
               or
               fourteene
               thousand
               men
               came
               to
               victuall
               Gran
               ,
               and
               past
               almost
               
               close
               by
               their
               Tents
               ,
               and
               they
               being
               at
               least
               fifty
               thousand
               strong
               ,
               he
               durst
               not
               set
               upon
               them
               till
               they
               retired
               ,
               having
               performed
               the
               project
               of
               their
               journey
               ,
               left
               the
               Germans
               (
               who
               were
               by
               farre
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               his
               Armie
               )
               being
               lustily
               charged
               ,
               might
               give
               backe
               ,
               &
               so
               indanger
               the
               whole
               Campe.
               To
               omit
               many
               other
               particularities
               about
               this
               point
               ,
               too
               long
               to
               dwell
               upon
               in
               this
               discourse
               ,
               they
               are
               no
               more
               to
               be
               commended
               for
               their
               discipline
               ,
               than
               for
               their
               valour
               :
               for
               though
               they
               be
               commonly
               very
               well
               armed
               ,
               and
               keepe
               indifferent
               good
               order
               in
               their
               march
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               for
               the
               most
               part
               no
               more
               watchfull
               and
               provident
               in
               their
               Campe
               ,
               than
               if
               they
               were
               safely
               intrenched
               in
               an
               Ale-house
               .
               Quarrelsome
               exceedingly
               ,
               and
               in
               a
               manner
               given
               to
               drinking
               continually
               ,
               and
               almost
               every
               common
               souldier
               carrying
               with
               him
               his
               she-baggage
               ,
               besides
               his
               bagge
               and
               other
               furniture
               .
               Of
               their
               unreasonable
               spoiling
               and
               free-booting
               ,
               the
               French
               Stories
               make
               sufficient
               relation
               ;
               and
               it
               hath
               alwayes
               beene
               hard
               to
               discerne
               ,
               whether
               those
               Nations
               that
               have
               called
               them
               to
               their
               succour
               ,
               have
               received
               more
               detriment
               by
               them
               ,
               or
               by
               their
               professed
               enemies
               .
               For
               instance
               of
               their
               spoiling
               humour
               ,
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Turloch
               taking
               in
               the
               Marquesdome
               of
               Baden
               ,
               and
               being
               constrained
               to
               keepe
               some
               foure
               or
               five
               thousand
               men
               in
               sundry
               places
               in
               garrison
               ,
               they
               all
               offered
               (
               though
               he
               gave
               them
               very
               extraordinary
               pay
               )
               to
               serve
               without
               any
               wages
               ,
               so
               they
               might
               have
               free
               libertie
               of
               pillage
               .
               Therefore
               let
               it
               not
               seeme
               strange
               ,
               that
               I
               produce
               these
               generall
               examples
               of
               this
               Nation
               ;
               for
               though
               in
               divers
               Provinces
               they
               are
               much
               differing
               in
               complexion
               ,
               in
               stature
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               circumstances
               ,
               yet
               for
               warre
               ,
               especially
               for
               their
               vices
               in
               warre
               ,
               they
               are
               in
               a
               manner
               all
               of
               the
               same
               aire
               .
            
             
               They
               have
               greatly
               affected
               the
               English
               Nation
               ,
               
               but
               of
               late
               were
               they
               not
               a
               little
               distasted
               ,
               upon
               pretence
               of
               injuries
               done
               them
               about
               prizes
               ,
               Sea
               matters
               ,
               and
               suppressing
               their
               privileges
               of
               the
               Stillyard
               ;
               wherein
               though
               they
               themselves
               (
               as
               being
               Inland
               people
               ,
               and
               trading
               little
               by
               Sea
               )
               are
               nothing
               interessed
               ;
               yet
               their
               neighbours
               of
               
                 Hamborough
                 ,
                 
                 Lubech
              
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               Hanse-townes
               ,
               making
               all
               these
               matters
               farre
               greater
               and
               worse
               than
               indeed
               they
               are
               ,
               have
               spread
               even
               into
               their
               minds
               the
               contagion
               of
               their
               owne
               grudge
               .
            
             
               The
               Councell
               of
               Saxony
               are
               at
               this
               time
               few
               :
               
               Amongst
               them
               there
               are
               some
               that
               are
               of
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               Counsellours
               rather
               in
               name
               than
               effect
               .
               For
               in
               that
               they
               live
               in
               their
               Countries
               ,
               they
               are
               seldome
               present
               at
               any
               consultations
               ,
               and
               meddle
               little
               in
               the
               ordinary
               government
               of
               the
               State.
               The
               rest
               ,
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               Germany
               ,
               are
               most
               Civilians
               .
               The
               whole
               government
               of
               the
               affaires
               (
               as
               also
               the
               Court
               )
               is
               very
               private
               .
               Other
               particulars
               I
               cannot
               specifie
               ,
               neither
               in
               truth
               if
               a
               man
               consider
               their
               outward
               portlinesse
               ,
               though
               otherwise
               I
               doubt
               not
               ,
               but
               wise
               enough
               ,
               doe
               they
               merit
               the
               setting
               downe
               of
               any
               .
               For
               being
               (
               as
               all
               Germans
               are
               )
               plaine
               and
               homely
               in
               their
               behaviour
               and
               entertainment
               ,
               they
               are
               both
               in
               their
               retinue
               ,
               apparell
               ,
               and
               all
               things
               else
               very
               sutable
               ;
               so
               that
               not
               onely
               in
               this
               Court
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               Courts
               of
               divers
               great
               Princes
               of
               Germany
               ,
               they
               goe
               usually
               apparelled
               in
               blacke
               Leather
               ,
               or
               Linnen
               died
               blacke
               ,
               the
               chiefest
               having
               only
               an
               addition
               for
               ornament
               sake
               ,
               of
               the
               Princes
               picture
               in
               gold
               ,
               or
               a
               chaine
               of
               one
               or
               two
               boughts
               ,
               whereby
               they
               seeme
               such
               leatherne
               and
               linnen
               Gentlemen
               ,
               as
               ,
               if
               they
               were
               in
               England
               ,
               all
               men
               would
               take
               them
               for
               honest
               factors
               unto
               Merchants
               ,
               or
               else
               some
               under-Clerke
               of
               an
               Office
               ,
               rather
               than
               such
               great
               and
               chiefe
               Counsellours
               ,
               to
               so
               great
               Princes
               and
               Estates
               .
               But
               as
               it
               should
               be
               great
               folly
               for
               a
               man
               to
               judge
               the
               preciousnesse
               of
               a
               Iewell
               by
               the
               case
               wherein
               it
               is
               kept
               ,
               and
               much
               greater
               to
               esteeme
               it
               by
               the
               cover
               of
               the
               case
               sed
               even
               so
               by
               the
               same
               reason
               ,
               it
               were
               an
               equall
               indiscretion
               ,
               to
               estimate
               a
               mans
               worth
               either
               by
               their
               body
               or
               apparell
               ,
               the
               one
               being
               but
               an
               earthen
               case
               of
               the
               heavenly
               minde
               ,
               the
               other
               but
               the
               outward
               cover
               of
               that
               worthlesse
               box
               .
               So
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               undeniable
               certainty
               ,
               that
               not
               only
               the
               common
               people
               and
               strangers
               ,
               but
               even
               wise
               men
               are
               moved
               and
               stirred
               up
               with
               outward
               shewes
               ,
               and
               their
               mindes
               according
               to
               those
               exterior
               matters
               ,
               
               prepared
               to
               receive
               a
               deepe
               impression
               ,
               either
               of
               like
               or
               dislike
               ,
               favour
               or
               disfavour
               ,
               of
               reverence
               ,
               or
               carelesse
               retchlesnesse
               ,
               and
               debased
               dispositions
               .
            
             
               The
               Revenues
               of
               this
               Dukedome
               are
               ,
               
               as
               most
               men
               affirme
               ,
               very
               great
               ,
               and
               without
               comparison
               the
               greatest
               of
               any
               German
               Prince
               whatsoever
               .
               The
               meanes
               whereby
               it
               ariseth
               to
               that
               greatnesse
               ,
               are
               divers
               ;
               first
               the
               great
               quantity
               of
               Silver
               Mines
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ,
               whose
               profit
               notwithstanding
               is
               very
               uncertaine
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               goodnesse
               or
               badnesse
               of
               the
               veines
               :
               the
               great
               impositions
               upon
               all
               sorts
               of
               Merchandize
               ,
               and
               the
               assize
               upon
               Beere
               ,
               which
               only
               in
               the
               Citie
               .
               Liepsiege
               ,
               being
               a
               little
               Towne
               of
               two
               Parishes
               ,
               amounteth
               yearely
               to
               above
               twenty
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               .
               The
               tenths
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               increase
               ,
               as
               Corne
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               Salt-houses
               at
               Hall
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               places
               ,
               which
               being
               all
               to
               the
               Duke
               ;
               besides
               the
               Lands
               of
               the
               Dukedome
               being
               very
               great
               ,
               and
               the
               Taxes
               and
               Subsidies
               assessed
               at
               their
               Parliaments
               or
               Diets
               ,
               with
               divers
               other
               casualties
               ,
               which
               fall
               not
               within
               my
               knowledge
               .
               But
               above
               all
               ,
               the
               greatest
               is
               an
               imposition
               which
               hath
               long
               time
               beene
               laid
               upon
               the
               people
               ,
               towards
               the
               maintenance
               of
               the
               warres
               against
               the
               Turke
               ;
               which
               notwithstanding
               they
               have
               beene
               suspended
               for
               a
               long
               space
               lately
               ,
               yet
               under
               colour
               of
               being
               sufficiently
               provided
               and
               furnished
               against
               future
               necessities
               ,
               they
               have
               beene
               continued
               ,
               and
               the
               treasure
               converted
               to
               the
               Princes
               private
               use
               ,
               arising
               in
               all
               this
               time
               to
               that
               quantity
               ,
               that
               if
               it
               had
               beene
               reserved
               to
               the
               pretended
               use
               ,
               the
               warres
               might
               be
               continually
               very
               royally
               maintained
               ,
               (
               I
               speake
               as
               much
               as
               is
               required
               on
               the
               behalfe
               of
               that
               Dukedome
               )
               and
               the
               people
               freed
               these
               many
               yeares
               from
               the
               imposition
               ;
               which
               notwithstanding
               is
               not
               onely
               still
               continued
               ,
               but
               since
               the
               last
               warres
               increased
               .
               What
               the
               generall
               summe
               of
               all
               the
               revenues
               arise
               unto
               I
               have
               nothing
               certaine
               ,
               neither
               indeed
               is
               it
               certaine
               in
               it selfe
               ,
               a
               great
               part
               thereof
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               consisting
               upon
               casualties
               ,
               as
               the
               Mines
               and
               Tenths
               ,
               &c.
               
               But
               for
               mine
               owne
               particular
               conceit
               ,
               being
               not
               altogether
               unconfirmed
               by
               other
               mens
               
               opinions
               ,
               I
               cannot
               imagine
               how
               that
               it
               can
               arise
               to
               lesse
               than
               foure
               hundred
               thousand
               pound
               sterling
               yearely
               at
               the
               least
               .
            
             
               Thus
               have
               I
               briefly
               runne
               over
               some
               few
               particulars
               of
               the
               great
               and
               noble
               Dukedome
               of
               Saxony
               ,
               worthy
               a
               much
               more
               ample
               discourse
               ,
               and
               a
               farre
               more
               worthier
               and
               better
               informed
               discourser
               ;
               being
               (
               all
               things
               considered
               )
               not
               onely
               the
               greatest
               and
               mightiest
               Princedome
               under
               the
               Empire
               ,
               but
               even
               greater
               and
               mightier
               (
               I
               meane
               as
               it
               stood
               united
               in
               the
               time
               of
               Christianus
               )
               than
               the
               Empire
               it selfe
               .
               For
               though
               the
               Emperour
               by
               his
               sacred
               Imperiall
               Seat
               bee
               his
               Liege-Lord
               ,
               and
               in
               greatnesse
               of
               dominion
               farre
               superiour
               ,
               yet
               is
               he
               in
               revenue
               ,
               in
               great
               love
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               in
               warlike
               provision
               ,
               and
               in
               German
               leagues
               and
               confederacies
               farre
               inferiour
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Marquesse
               Elector
               of
               Brandenburg
               .
            
             
               THis
               Prince
               possesseth
               a
               larger
               tract
               of
               land
               than
               doth
               the
               other
               Electors
               ,
               and
               hath
               more
               Noblesse
               ,
               Gentry
               ,
               and
               people
               ,
               yet
               is
               a
               great
               deale
               of
               his
               land
               very
               wilde
               and
               barren
               ,
               much
               of
               his
               people
               poore
               ,
               and
               himselfe
               though
               of
               great
               revenue
               ,
               yet
               farre
               short
               of
               that
               of
               
                 Saxony
                 .
                 Brandenburg
              
               lies
               on
               the
               East
               limited
               with
               Poland
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               with
               Saxonie
               ,
               touching
               upon
               Lusatia
               on
               the
               South
               .
               The
               compasse
               is
               about
               five
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               wherein
               are
               reckoned
               fifty
               Cities
               great
               and
               small
               ,
               and
               threescore
               and
               foure
               walled
               Townes
               .
               The
               whole
               Marquisate
               is
               divided
               into
               the
               Old
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Towne
               whereof
               is
               Brandenburg
               ;
               and
               the
               Nen
               ,
               the
               greatest
               Citie
               therein
               being
               Franckford
               upon
               Oder
               ;
               famous
               for
               the
               Mart
               and
               Vniversity
               .
               The
               Princes
               Seat
               is
               at
               Berlin
               .
               This
               twofold
               division
               is
               againe
               subdivided
               into
               eight
               Provinces
               ,
               from
               which
               the
               Nobilitie
               take
               their
               titles
               ;
               one
               of
               these
               (
               Crossen
               by
               name
               )
               being
               a
               Dukedome
               .
               For
               in
               Germany
               (
               you
               are
               to
               understand
               )
               a
               Dukedome
               may
               be
               contained
               within
               a
               Marquisate
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               a
               Duke
               come
               behinde
               a
               Count
               :
               for
               that
               in
               the
               Empire
               precedencie
               goes
               
               not
               (
               as
               with
               us
               )
               by
               title
               ,
               but
               by
               bloud
               and
               antiquity
               .
               The
               name
               of
               the
               present
               Elector
               is
               
                 Iohannes
                 Georgius
              
               ,
               in
               whose
               line
               the
               title
               hath
               continued
               these
               two
               hundred
               and
               eleven
               yeares
               .
               Besides
               now
               the
               bare
               Country
               of
               Brandenburg
               ,
               this
               Prince
               hath
               other
               dominions
               :
               many
               townes
               and
               lands
               both
               in
               Lusatia
               and
               Silesia
               ;
               which
               with
               that
               of
               Onspach
               by
               Nurenberg
               ,
               goe
               commonly
               away
               to
               the
               younger
               of
               the
               family
               ;
               all
               which
               write
               themselves
               Marquesses
               of
               Brandenburg
               .
               The
               three
               Dukedomes
               of
               
                 Cleve
                 ,
                 Iuliers
              
               ,
               and
               Berg
               ,
               have
               also
               beene
               united
               to
               this
               family
               ;
               though
               now
               almost
               twentie
               yeares
               since
               the
               Duke
               of
               Cleve
               dying
               without
               issue
               ,
               these
               three
               States
               are
               yet
               in
               controversie
               betwixt
               this
               Marquesse
               ,
               and
               the
               Duke
               of
               Newenburg
               .
               Besides
               these
               ,
               is
               hee
               Duke
               of
               Prussia
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               great
               Country
               ;
               into
               which
               the
               King
               of
               Poland
               is
               to
               give
               him
               investiture
               .
               So
               that
               hee
               and
               the
               Archbishop
               Elector
               of
               Cullen
               ,
               be
               Lords
               of
               the
               greatest
               tracts
               of
               lands
               of
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               Germany
               .
               The
               revenues
               out
               of
               Brandenburg
               are
               thought
               to
               amount
               to
               forty
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               ;
               and
               certainly
               his
               profits
               out
               of
               all
               his
               other
               Estates
               cannot
               but
               double
               that
               summe
               :
               A
               sufficient
               rent
               for
               such
               a
               Prince
               ,
               if
               you
               consider
               the
               cheapnesse
               of
               all
               things
               in
               his
               Country
               .
               He
               is
               Lord
               of
               much
               people
               ,
               and
               therefore
               of
               many
               souldiers
               .
            
             
               The
               Duke
               of
               Brunswicke
               hath
               a
               large
               dominion
               ,
               
               well
               peopled
               ,
               well
               furnished
               ,
               and
               himselfe
               of
               a
               great
               revenue
               ;
               but
               both
               in
               place
               much
               inferiour
               (
               being
               no
               Elector
               )
               being
               as
               of
               body
               the
               strongest
               ,
               so
               also
               of
               minde
               the
               vilest
               natured
               people
               of
               all
               Germanie
               .
               In
               other
               things
               likewise
               he
               is
               inferiour
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               a
               great
               part
               of
               his
               Country
               being
               barren
               ,
               and
               his
               subjects
               poore
               .
            
             
               The
               Duke
               of
               Bavaria
               hath
               a
               large
               ,
               rich
               ,
               
               and
               goodly
               Country
               ,
               lying
               in
               great
               length
               on
               both
               sides
               the
               Danubie
               ,
               a
               great
               revenue
               ,
               and
               his
               subjects
               in
               good
               estate
               :
               but
               (
               as
               being
               almost
               the
               only
               Catholike
               great
               Prince
               of
               the
               temporalty
               )
               of
               no
               great
               party
               ,
               and
               unfurnished
               of
               warlike
               provision
               ,
               but
               much
               more
               of
               treasure
               ,
               being
               exceedingly
               behinde
               hand
               ,
               principally
               through
               the
               abuse
               of
               his
               Iesuites
               ,
               by
               whom
               being
               
               wholly
               governed
               ,
               he
               hath
               spent
               ,
               and
               daily
               doth
               infinitely
               in
               building
               them
               Churches
               ,
               Altars
               ,
               and
               Colleges
               ,
               and
               endowing
               them
               with
               large
               revenues
               .
            
             
               What
               is
               above
               written
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Bavaria's
               estate
               ,
               was
               something
               to
               the
               truth
               at
               the
               time
               of
               the
               former
               edition
               of
               this
               booke
               ;
               for
               certainly
               the
               house
               of
               Bavaria
               is
               wholly
               Iesuited
               ,
               insomuch
               as
               the
               father
               of
               this
               present
               Duke
               giving
               over
               the
               government
               ,
               retired
               himselfe
               into
               a
               house
               of
               Iesuites
               :
               and
               this
               present
               Duke
               ,
               besides
               other
               his
               large
               bounties
               and
               buildings
               ,
               hath
               already
               estated
               eighteene
               hundred
               pound
               sterling
               a
               yeare
               upon
               the
               English
               Iesuites
               ,
               with
               condition
               ,
               that
               it
               shall
               goe
               to
               the
               Vniversity
               of
               Oxford
               ,
               so
               soone
               as
               that
               shall
               be
               converted
               to
               Popery
               .
               So
               that
               the
               case
               is
               now
               altered
               with
               the
               Duke
               of
               Bavaria
               ,
               hee
               hath
               gotten
               part
               both
               of
               the
               Vpper
               and
               
                 Lower
                 Palatinate
              
               into
               his
               hands
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               the
               Electorship
               it selfe
               is
               estated
               upon
               him
               .
               Thus
               (
               for
               the
               time
               )
               are
               the
               Palatinate
               and
               Bavaria
               fallen
               both
               upon
               one
               person
               againe
               ,
               as
               they
               were
               before
               the
               yeare
               1294.
               when
               as
               Lewis
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               Prince
               of
               both
               of
               them
               ,
               gave
               the
               Palatinate
               to
               his
               elder
               sonne
               ,
               and
               Bavaria
               to
               the
               younger
               :
               after
               which
               the
               Palatine
               marrying
               the
               heire
               of
               Bavaria
               ,
               againe
               united
               them
               .
               But
               about
               125.
               yeares
               since
               the
               Emperour
               Maximilian
               againe
               parted
               them
               ,
               giving
               Bavaria
               to
               the
               Ancestor
               of
               this
               present
               Maximilian
               .
               He
               is
               Vncle
               to
               King
               Frederike
               :
               himselfe
               hath
               no
               issue
               ;
               his
               second
               brother
               is
               the
               Elector
               of
               Cullen
               ,
               and
               a
               third
               brother
               he
               hath
               who
               is
               not
               childlesse
               .
               Bavaria
               touches
               both
               
                 Austria
                 ,
                 Bohemia
              
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 Vpper
                 Palatinate
              
               ;
               too
               aptly
               situated
               for
               the
               late
               warres
               ,
               both
               to
               distresse
               his
               nephew
               ,
               and
               to
               aid
               the
               Emperour
               .
               What
               forces
               he
               is
               able
               to
               make
               ,
               did
               then
               appeare
               ;
               and
               his
               revenue
               must
               bee
               answerable
               .
            
             
               The
               Duke
               of
               Wirtemberg
               ,
               
               as
               in
               dignitie
               he
               is
               inferiour
               to
               all
               these
               ,
               so
               doth
               hee
               (
               if
               I
               be
               not
               deceived
               )
               approach
               neerest
               in
               most
               particulars
               of
               greatnesse
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxonie
               :
               having
               a
               Country
               in
               circuit
               but
               small
               ,
               being
               not
               much
               bigger
               by
               ghesse
               than
               Yorkeshire
               ,
               but
               very
               full
               of
               neat
               
               Townes
               and
               rich
               Villages
               ,
               very
               well
               peopled
               ,
               and
               they
               generally
               very
               rich
               :
               The
               land
               is
               not
               so
               fruitfull
               as
               in
               other
               places
               ,
               but
               farre
               excelling
               the
               best
               in
               England
               ,
               that
               ever
               came
               under
               my
               view
               ;
               abounding
               exceedingly
               (
               especially
               about
               Stutgard
               )
               with
               wine
               ,
               and
               the
               Countrey
               so
               pleasantly
               diversified
               ,
               as
               that
               the
               hils
               (
               whereof
               it
               is
               full
               )
               and
               River
               sides
               being
               only
               imployed
               to
               Vines
               ,
               the
               plaines
               are
               every
               where
               full
               of
               corne
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               of
               excellent
               meadow
               and
               pasture
               ,
               with
               sufficient
               store
               of
               wood
               .
               The
               Duke
               himselfe
               is
               well
               loved
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               very
               rich
               in
               treasure
               and
               yearely
               revenue
               ,
               so
               that
               setting
               the
               mines
               aside
               ,
               he
               is
               thought
               to
               be
               equall
               ,
               if
               not
               superiour
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Saxonie
               .
               But
               for
               provision
               of
               warre
               (
               excepting
               powder
               ,
               whereof
               there
               is
               some
               store
               )
               very
               meanly
               furnished
               ,
               and
               for
               many
               respects
               not
               loved
               of
               his
               neighbour
               Princes
               .
               This
               Prince
               (
               as
               the
               Palatine
               )
               is
               also
               of
               the
               Order
               of
               England
               .
            
             
               The
               rest
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               as
               the
               Duke
               of
               Michelburg
               ,
               
               the
               Lantgrave
               of
               Hesse
               ,
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Baden
               ,
               
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Ansbach
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               whatsoever
               ,
               
               being
               in
               all
               respects
               much
               inferiour
               to
               these
               already
               named
               ,
               
               need
               not
               to
               be
               brought
               into
               competition
               with
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               which
               makes
               the
               case
               more
               lamentable
               ,
               that
               so
               mighty
               a
               Princedome
               having
               beene
               many
               yeares
               wholly
               united
               in
               
                 Maurice
                 ,
                 Augustus
              
               ,
               and
               Christianus
               ,
               should
               now
               by
               the
               ill
               ordered
               custome
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               be
               distracted
               and
               divided
               into
               parts
               ,
               and
               likely
               in
               time
               to
               be
               more
               disunited
               by
               subdividing
               it
               againe
               to
               future
               Issues
               .
            
             
               Endlesse
               it
               were
               to
               write
               of
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               which
               be
               about
               forty
               in
               all
               ,
               besides
               seven
               Archbishops
               ,
               and
               seven
               and
               forty
               Bishops
               ;
               all
               men
               of
               great
               power
               and
               possessions
               .
               The
               Imperiall
               Cities
               be
               also
               Seigniories
               by
               themselves
               ,
               each
               able
               to
               make
               Levies
               of
               men
               by
               Sea
               and
               Land.
               Thus
               much
               therefore
               for
               Germanie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Geneva
               .
            
             
               GEneva
               is
               also
               an
               Imperial
               City
               in
               Savoy
               ,
               
               situated
               at
               the
               South
               end
               of
               the
               Lake
               Lemanus
               ,
               
               hard
               by
               the
               Lake
               .
               It
               is
               in
               circuit
               about
               two
               English
               miles
               ,
               reasonable
               strong
               by
               Nature
               and
               Art
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               that
               it
               is
               seated
               on
               a
               hill
               ,
               which
               on
               the
               West
               is
               not
               easily
               accessible
               ,
               as
               also
               for
               that
               it
               is
               indifferently
               well
               fortified
               with
               ravelings
               ,
               
               Bulwarkes
               ,
               and
               Platformes
               ,
               besides
               a
               deepe
               ditch
               .
               The
               East
               and
               West
               parts
               thereof
               ,
               standing
               continually
               full
               of
               water
               :
               The
               South
               part
               remaining
               dry
               continually
               ,
               and
               is
               well
               defended
               with
               Casemats
               ,
               the
               better
               to
               scoure
               the
               Curtaine
               :
               it
               is
               so
               much
               the
               stronger
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               standeth
               almost
               in
               an
               Island
               ,
               having
               the
               Lake
               aforesaid
               on
               the
               North
               ,
               the
               River
               of
               Rhosne
               upon
               the
               West
               ,
               and
               the
               River
               of
               Arba
               upon
               the
               South
               ,
               being
               from
               the
               Towne
               halfe
               a
               mile
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               swiftnesse
               of
               the
               currant
               ,
               and
               great
               moveable
               stones
               in
               the
               bottome
               ,
               which
               are
               violently
               carried
               downe
               the
               River
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               passable
               but
               with
               great
               danger
               .
            
             
               The
               River
               Rhosne
               divideth
               the
               Towne
               into
               two
               parts
               ,
               the
               one
               is
               called
               the
               high
               Towne
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               Saint
               Gervais
               .
               Betweene
               the
               River
               (
               in
               passing
               )
               it
               divideth
               it selfe
               into
               two
               branches
               ,
               making
               a
               little
               Island
               ,
               wherein
               are
               some
               few
               houses
               ,
               and
               seven
               or
               eight
               mills
               to
               grinde
               corne
               .
               The
               weakest
               part
               of
               the
               Towne
               is
               upon
               the
               East-side
               ,
               and
               out
               of
               the
               West
               by
               Saint
               Gervais
               Church
               ;
               and
               for
               that
               it
               might
               have
               beene
               surprised
               from
               the
               Lake
               ,
               
                 Mounsier
                 la
                 Nove
              
               caused
               a
               new
               Fort
               to
               be
               made
               in
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               Lake
               ,
               by
               reason
               whereof
               ,
               that
               part
               is
               most
               secure
               .
               The
               Towne
               is
               well
               peopled
               ,
               especially
               with
               women
               ;
               insomuch
               as
               they
               commonly
               say
               ,
               that
               there
               are
               three
               women
               for
               one
               man
               :
               yeelding
               this
               reason
               ,
               that
               the
               warres
               have
               consumed
               their
               men
               .
               They
               reckon
               some
               sixteen
               thousand
               of
               all
               sorts
               .
               
               The
               Territories
               are
               small
               ,
               being
               no
               way
               above
               two
               leagues
               and
               a
               halfe
               ;
               yet
               by
               reason
               the
               soile
               is
               fruitfull
               ,
               being
               well
               manured
               ,
               it
               bringeth
               graine
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               and
               great
               store
               of
               Wine
               .
               There
               
               is
               likewise
               plenty
               of
               pasture
               and
               feeding
               grounds
               ;
               by
               meanes
               whereof
               ,
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               very
               well
               provided
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               good
               flesh
               at
               a
               reasonable
               rate
               :
               no
               want
               of
               good
               Butter
               and
               Cheese
               ,
               and
               for
               most
               part
               of
               wild-fowle
               ;
               as
               Partridge
               ,
               Quaile
               ,
               Phesant
               ,
               and
               Mallard
               ,
               in
               great
               abundance
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               all
               manner
               of
               good
               fruits
               ,
               
               and
               especially
               excellent
               Pearmaines
               :
               besides
               ,
               the
               River
               and
               the
               Lake
               afford
               divers
               sorts
               of
               fresh
               Fish
               ;
               as
               Pike
               ,
               Roch
               ,
               Carpe
               ,
               Tench
               ,
               &c.
               and
               above
               all
               ,
               the
               best
               and
               biggest
               Carpes
               of
               Europe
               .
               The
               commodities
               of
               the
               Dukes
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Bernesi
               ,
               with
               ten
               or
               twelve
               miles
               next
               adjoyning
               ,
               are
               brought
               to
               this
               Tower
               ,
               by
               reason
               the
               Peasant
               can
               get
               no
               money
               in
               any
               other
               place
               ,
               which
               maketh
               the
               market
               to
               be
               well
               served
               .
               The
               Towne
               standeth
               very
               well
               for
               trade
               of
               Merchandize
               ,
               and
               if
               it
               might
               have
               peace
               ,
               it
               would
               grow
               rich
               in
               short
               time
               ;
               for
               ,
               the
               ordinary
               passage
               to
               transport
               commodities
               out
               of
               Germanie
               to
               France
               ,
               especially
               to
               Lions
               ,
               and
               so
               back
               againe
               into
               Swizerland
               and
               Germanie
               ,
               is
               by
               this
               Towne
               :
               beside
               ,
               all
               Savoy
               ,
               in
               a
               manner
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               part
               of
               the
               Countrey
               of
               the
               Bernesi
               resort
               hither
               to
               buy
               their
               armour
               ,
               apparell
               ,
               and
               other
               necessaries
               ,
               the
               Inhabitants
               being
               for
               the
               most
               part
               mechanicall
               persons
               ,
               making
               excellent
               good
               Pecces
               ;
               as
               Muskets
               ,
               Caleevers
               ,
               &c.
               
               They
               likewise
               worke
               Satten
               ,
               Velvet
               ,
               Taffata
               ,
               
               and
               some
               quantity
               of
               Cloth
               ,
               though
               not
               very
               fine
               nor
               durable
               .
               There
               are
               many
               good
               Merchants
               ,
               especially
               Italians
               ,
               who
               have
               great
               dealings
               some
               others
               are
               thought
               to
               bee
               worth
               twenty
               thousand
               crownes
               ,
               and
               in
               generall
               ,
               the
               Towne
               is
               reasonable
               rich
               notwithstanding
               their
               warres
               .
            
             
               The
               ordinary
               Revenue
               of
               the
               Towne
               ,
               
               is
               some
               threescore
               thousand
               crownes
               ,
               which
               ariseth
               of
               the
               Gables
               of
               Merchandize
               ,
               flesh
               ,
               demaine
               ,
               and
               tithes
               :
               and
               if
               there
               might
               be
               peace
               ,
               it
               would
               amount
               to
               twice
               or
               thrice
               so
               much
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               reasonable
               provision
               against
               a
               siege
               ,
               the
               Towne
               being
               able
               to
               make
               some
               two
               thousand
               men
               ,
               and
               one
               hundred
               horse
               ,
               and
               furnish
               them
               with
               all
               necessaries
               ;
               and
               having
               the
               Lake
               open
               ,
               they
               want
               no
               provision
               of
               corne
               ,
               or
               any
               victuals
               .
               In
               the
               Arsenall
               there
               is
               Armour
               for
               some
               two
               thousand
               
               men
               ,
               with
               Muskets
               ,
               Pikes
               ,
               Caleevers
               ,
               &c.
               
               Some
               twelve
               or
               fourteene
               Peeces
               of
               Ordnance
               ,
               whereof
               there
               are
               about
               eight
               or
               nine
               Canons
               and
               Culverings
               :
               plenty
               of
               small
               shot
               ,
               bullets
               and
               fire-works
               ,
               besides
               some
               sixty
               Peeces
               in
               the
               Bulwarkes
               .
               There
               was
               in
               former
               times
               provision
               of
               corne
               for
               six
               moneths
               ,
               but
               of
               late
               yeares
               they
               have
               not
               beene
               so
               provident
               .
               The
               people
               generally
               are
               marvellous
               resolute
               to
               defend
               their
               Towne
               ,
               especially
               against
               the
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               ,
               whom
               they
               hate
               exceedingly
               ,
               and
               he
               them
               ,
               not
               only
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               difference
               of
               Religion
               ,
               but
               in
               matter
               of
               State
               :
               for
               the
               Duke
               counteth
               them
               Rebels
               ,
               and
               pretendeth
               a
               Title
               to
               their
               Towne
               ,
               alleaging
               ,
               that
               till
               the
               yeare
               1535.
               they
               were
               under
               the
               rule
               of
               their
               Bishop
               ,
               who
               was
               Lord
               both
               in
               Temporall
               and
               Spirituall
               matters
               ,
               and
               the
               Bishop
               acknowledged
               him
               for
               his
               chiefe
               Lord
               ,
               and
               d●d
               him
               homage
               ,
               till
               the
               yeare
               thirtie
               ,
               at
               which
               time
               ,
               and
               before
               ,
               the
               money
               which
               was
               coined
               in
               Geneva
               ,
               was
               stamped
               with
               the
               Dukes
               name
               and
               figure
               upon
               it
               .
               Besides
               ,
               till
               the
               time
               aforesaid
               ,
               the
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               might
               pardon
               offenders
               that
               were
               condemned
               :
               and
               further
               ,
               there
               was
               no
               sentence
               of
               Law
               executed
               ,
               but
               the
               Dukes
               Officer
               was
               made
               acquainted
               therewith
               ,
               in
               whose
               power
               it
               was
               to
               disanull
               ,
               as
               hee
               liked
               best
               .
               Likewise
               in
               the
               yeare
               1529.
               when
               as
               those
               of
               Geneva
               had
               leagued
               themselves
               with
               Friburge
               ,
               the
               Duke
               disliking
               thereof
               ,
               because
               it
               was
               done
               without
               his
               privitie
               ,
               caused
               the
               league
               to
               be
               broken
               ,
               alleaging
               ,
               that
               the
               Towne
               of
               Geneva
               could
               not
               conclude
               a
               matter
               of
               such
               importance
               ,
               without
               his
               allowance
               and
               approbation
               .
               Besides
               ,
               all
               these
               reasons
               before
               remembred
               ,
               this
               also
               is
               alleaged
               as
               most
               materiall
               ,
               that
               Duke
               Charles
               comming
               to
               Geneva
               with
               the
               Duchesse
               Beatrice
               his
               wife
               ,
               those
               of
               the
               Towne
               presented
               him
               the
               Keyes
               thereof
               ,
               therby
               acknowledging
               him
               their
               chiefe
               Lord
               and
               Master
               .
               During
               the
               civill
               warres
               in
               France
               ,
               the
               Towne
               was
               marvellously
               peopled
               ,
               insomuch
               as
               there
               were
               to
               the
               number
               of
               twelve
               or
               fourteene
               thousand
               strangers
               ,
               the
               greatest
               part
               whereof
               were
               Gentlemen
               :
               but
               since
               those
               troubles
               began
               to
               diminish
               ,
               the
               number
               likewise
               hath
               decayed
               ,
               and
               at
               this
               instant
               there
               are
               not
               
               many
               besides
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               by
               reason
               whereof
               ,
               the
               Towne
               is
               very
               much
               impoverished
               .
            
             
               The
               Towne
               is
               governed
               by
               a
               Councell
               of
               two
               hundred
               ,
               
               called
               the
               great
               Councell
               ,
               out
               of
               which
               is
               chosen
               another
               Councell
               ,
               composed
               of
               five
               and
               twentie
               ,
               and
               of
               these
               ,
               foure
               especiall
               men
               ,
               called
               Sindiques
               ,
               who
               have
               the
               managing
               of
               the
               whole
               Common-wealth
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               in
               some
               great
               matters
               ,
               wherein
               the
               whole
               State
               is
               deeply
               interessed
               ,
               as
               in
               making
               of
               peace
               or
               warre
               ,
               in
               leagues
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               ,
               appeales
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               The
               people
               are
               governed
               by
               the
               Civil
               Law
               :
               the
               Iudge
               whereof
               is
               called
               a
               Lieutenant
               Criminall
               ,
               before
               whom
               all
               causes
               are
               tried
               ,
               and
               from
               whom
               there
               is
               no
               appeale
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               to
               the
               generall
               Councell
               of
               two
               hundred
               .
               When
               the
               Towne
               was
               besieged
               in
               eightie
               nine
               ,
               the
               Venetians
               did
               not
               only
               send
               them
               intelligence
               of
               sundry
               practices
               against
               them
               ,
               but
               also
               sent
               them
               twenty
               foure
               thousand
               crownes
               to
               maintaine
               their
               warres
               ;
               and
               out
               of
               England
               they
               had
               thirteene
               thousand
               crownes
               .
               The
               Great
               Duke
               of
               Thuscan
               did
               likewise
               send
               them
               many
               intelligences
               at
               the
               same
               time
               :
               and
               heretofore
               when
               as
               the
               Pope
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               French
               King
               ,
               and
               the
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               ,
               have
               joyned
               their
               powers
               together
               ,
               with
               purpose
               to
               besiege
               them
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               not
               only
               revealed
               all
               their
               practices
               ,
               but
               offered
               to
               aid
               them
               with
               men
               and
               money
               :
               yea
               ,
               and
               sometime
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Savoy
               have
               lent
               them
               money
               to
               maintaine
               them
               against
               the
               others
               .
               For
               hee
               had
               rather
               the
               Towne
               should
               remaine
               as
               it
               doth
               ,
               than
               fall
               into
               any
               other
               mans
               hands
               than
               his
               owne
               .
            
             
               Queene
               Elizabeth
               highly
               favoured
               it
               ,
               and
               releeved
               it
               :
               so
               did
               all
               the
               Protestant
               German
               Princes
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               French
               King.
               Who
               though
               ●ee
               be
               of
               a
               contrary
               Religion
               ,
               yet
               hath
               he
               had
               it
               alwayes
               in
               especiall
               protection
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               are
               very
               civill
               in
               their
               behaviour
               ,
               speech
               ,
               
               and
               apparell
               ,
               all
               licentiousnesse
               being
               severely
               corrected
               ,
               and
               especially
               dancing
               :
               Adultery
               is
               punished
               with
               death
               ,
               and
               the
               Women
               drowned
               in
               the
               Rosne
               ;
               simple
               Fornication
               with
               nine
               dayes
               fasting
               ,
               bread
               and
               water
               in
               prison
               ;
               for
               the
               second
               
               offence
               whipping
               out
               of
               the
               Towne
               ,
               and
               the
               third
               time
               with
               banishment
               .
               The
               Towne
               lent
               unto
               Henry
               the
               third
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               a
               little
               before
               his
               death
               ,
               450000.
               crownes
               ,
               and
               twelve
               Canons
               ,
               which
               are
               not
               yet
               restored
               :
               the
               Bernesi
               seeme
               to
               be
               their
               friends
               ,
               but
               those
               of
               Geneva
               are
               very
               jealous
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               dare
               not
               trust
               them
               .
            
             
               The
               Ministers
               have
               a
               consistorie
               ,
               unto
               which
               they
               may
               call
               publike
               offendors
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               give
               scandall
               unto
               others
               ,
               and
               there
               reprove
               them
               :
               and
               if
               the
               crime
               be
               great
               ,
               and
               the
               partie
               obstinate
               ,
               they
               forbid
               him
               the
               Communion
               ;
               if
               notwithstanding
               hee
               persist
               ,
               they
               may
               excommunicate
               him
               .
               But
               the
               Ministers
               cannot
               call
               any
               before
               them
               into
               the
               Consistory
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               authoritie
               of
               a
               Sindique
               ,
               who
               must
               assist
               them
               ;
               otherwise
               the
               Ministers
               have
               power
               to
               summon
               any
               Man.
               They
               have
               their
               maintenance
               out
               of
               the
               common
               Treasury
               ,
               and
               meddle
               with
               no
               Tithes
               .
               Master
               Beza
               in
               eighty
               seven
               had
               some
               1500.
               
               Florens
               for
               his
               stipend
               ,
               which
               amounteth
               to
               some
               seven
               or
               eight
               and
               fiftie
               pounds
               sterling
               ,
               besides
               twenty
               coupes
               of
               corne
               ,
               and
               his
               house
               ;
               All
               which
               will
               hardly
               amount
               to
               fourescore
               pounds
               :
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Ministers
               had
               some
               six
               or
               seven
               hundred
               Florens
               ,
               twenty
               coupes
               of
               corne
               ,
               and
               their
               houses
               .
               The
               Ministers
               in
               the
               countrie
               have
               three
               hundred
               forty
               and
               five
               Florens
               ,
               and
               twenty
               coupes
               of
               corne
               .
               The
               Professor
               in
               Divinity
               hath
               
                 per
                 annum
              
               1125.
               
               Florens
               ,
               and
               twenty
               coupes
               of
               Corne
               ;
               The
               Professor
               in
               Law
               580.
               
               Florens
               ;
               The
               Professor
               in
               Greeke
               510.
               
               Florens
               ;
               The
               Professor
               of
               Philosophy
               600.
               
               Florens
               ,
               and
               twenty
               coupes
               ;
               The
               Professor
               in
               Hebrew
               510.
               
               Florens
               .
            
             
               All
               honest
               exercises
               ,
               as
               shooting
               in
               Peeces
               ,
               Crosse-Bowes
               ,
               Long-Bowes
               ,
               &c.
               are
               used
               on
               the
               Sabbath
               day
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               the
               morning
               ,
               both
               before
               and
               after
               the
               Sermon
               ,
               neither
               doe
               the
               Ministers
               finde
               any
               fault
               therewith
               ,
               so
               that
               they
               hinder
               not
               from
               hearing
               the
               word
               at
               the
               time
               appointed
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Swizerland
               .
            
             
               IN
               the
               daies
               of
               Caesar
               ,
               this
               Province
               contained
               two
               hundred
               and
               forty
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               one
               hundred
               and
               fourescore
               in
               breadth
               ;
               which
               circuit
               or
               territorie
               seeming
               too
               narrow
               a
               roome
               to
               containe
               so
               valiant
               and
               a
               warlike
               people
               ,
               that
               not
               long
               before
               had
               overthrowne
               
                 L.
                 Cassius
              
               a
               Roman
               Consull
               ,
               slaine
               the
               Consull
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               sold
               the
               souldiers
               for
               bondslaves
               ;
               upon
               these
               apprehensions
               ,
               and
               the
               conceit
               of
               their
               owne
               valours
               ,
               they
               began
               to
               entertaine
               a
               resolution
               ,
               by
               conquest
               to
               gaine
               a
               larger
               territory
               ,
               correspondent
               to
               the
               ambitious
               greatnesse
               of
               their
               minds
               ,
               and
               to
               forsake
               their
               owne
               country
               ,
               which
               first
               gave
               them
               breath
               and
               being
               .
               In
               heat
               whereof
               they
               prepare
               for
               their
               departure
               ,
               they
               provide
               victuals
               ,
               study
               tillage
               two
               yeeres
               ,
               buy
               carts
               and
               cariage
               beasts
               ,
               and
               left
               any
               mans
               courage
               should
               decline
               with
               the
               time
               ,
               they
               make
               a
               law
               ,
               that
               every
               one
               should
               be
               in
               readinesse
               to
               set
               forward
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               third
               yeere
               .
               Being
               upon
               their
               way
               ,
               and
               hearing
               that
               Caesar
               (
               then
               Proconsull
               of
               France
               )
               had
               caused
               the
               bridge
               of
               Geneva
               to
               be
               hewne
               downe
               ;
               and
               to
               debarre
               them
               of
               passage
               ,
               had
               raised
               that
               famous
               fortification
               betweene
               the
               Lake
               and
               Mount
               Iura
               ,
               they
               sent
               some
               of
               their
               greatest
               Commanders
               to
               Caesar
               ,
               to
               intreat
               a
               quiet
               passage
               thorow
               the
               Roman
               Province
               .
               At
               their
               appointed
               day
               of
               Audience
               hearing
               Caesars
               deniall
               ,
               they
               resolve
               to
               open
               the
               way
               with
               the
               power
               of
               their
               forces
               .
               In
               triall
               of
               which
               project
               ,
               after
               they
               had
               received
               divers
               defeatures
               ,
               they
               againe
               sent
               their
               Ambassadors
               to
               Caesar
               ,
               to
               intreat
               an
               acceptation
               of
               submission
               ,
               throwing
               themselves
               at
               his
               feet
               ,
               and
               with
               many
               supplications
               ,
               craving
               such
               favo●rable
               conditions
               of
               peace
               ,
               as
               might
               best
               comfort
               so
               distressed
               a
               people
               ,
               and
               beseeme
               the
               glory
               of
               so
               mighty
               a
               conquests
               which
               requests
               Caesar
               upon
               delivery
               of
               pledges
               mercifully
               granted
               ,
               injoyned
               them
               to
               returne
               to
               the
               Country
               from
               whence
               they
               came
               ,
               and
               to
               build
               the
               cities
               and
               villages
               ,
               which
               before
               their
               comming
               forth
               they
               had
               destroyed
               .
               
               Ever
               since
               which
               time
               they
               retained
               the
               reputation
               of
               their
               ancient
               glory
               ,
               but
               never
               enterprized
               to
               forsake
               their
               limited
               habitations
               .
               The
               number
               of
               Men
               ,
               Women
               ,
               and
               Children
               ,
               that
               were
               in
               that
               journey
               ,
               was
               3680000.
               whereof
               920000.
               were
               fighting
               men
               :
               of
               them
               that
               returned
               ,
               and
               saw
               the
               fortune
               of
               both
               their
               States
               ,
               was
               110000.
               
               Some
               hold
               opinion
               ,
               that
               this
               Nation
               is
               utterly
               extinguished
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               present
               Inhabitants
               (
               whereof
               we
               now
               intreat
               )
               both
               for
               their
               resemblance
               in
               manners
               and
               phrase
               of
               speech
               ,
               are
               descended
               from
               the
               Germans
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               almost
               all
               situated
               amongst
               the
               Alpes
               ,
               
               and
               therefore
               supposed
               to
               be
               the
               highest
               Region
               in
               Europe
               ,
               and
               the
               rather
               for
               that
               the
               most
               famous
               Rivers
               of
               this
               part
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Rhone
                 ,
                 Rodan
                 ,
              
               and
               Po
               ,
               falling
               from
               these
               high
               places
               ,
               doe
               disperse
               their
               chanels
               thorow
               divers
               Provinces
               of
               Christendome
               .
               It
               is
               called
               in
               Historie
               ,
               
                 Confoederatorum
                 Regio
              
               ,
               a
               State
               popular
               ,
               and
               subject
               to
               no
               one
               Prince
               .
               And
               although
               it
               seeme
               to
               bee
               environed
               with
               steepe
               and
               barren
               Mountaines
               alwaies
               covered
               with
               Snow
               ,
               yet
               in
               truth
               it
               is
               fertile
               enough
               ,
               and
               intermixed
               with
               fruitfull
               places
               full
               of
               excellent
               Pastures
               ,
               wherein
               they
               bring
               up
               infinite
               numbers
               of
               Sheep
               and
               Cattell
               to
               their
               inestimable
               profit
               ,
               by
               venting
               of
               Butter
               ,
               Cheese
               ,
               and
               other
               white
               meats
               to
               forren
               Nations
               .
               Of
               Wheat
               and
               Wine
               they
               have
               no
               such
               plenty
               ,
               but
               are
               glad
               to
               crave
               in
               aid
               of
               their
               neighbours
               to
               releeve
               their
               wants
               .
            
             
               From
               the
               times
               before
               spoken
               of
               ,
               untill
               the
               comming
               of
               the
               Sarazens
               into
               Italy
               ,
               at
               what
               time
               the
               Pope
               sent
               an
               honourable
               Embassage
               of
               Cardinals
               to
               intreat
               their
               favour
               and
               assistance
               ,
               they
               seemed
               to
               live
               contented
               within
               theior
               owne
               limits
               ;
               and
               onely
               in
               reward
               of
               their
               many
               good
               services
               (
               imployed
               for
               the
               defence
               of
               the
               Church
               and
               Christendome
               )
               they
               desired
               of
               his
               Holinesse
               ,
               that
               they
               might
               live
               in
               liberty
               in
               these
               places
               which
               they
               then
               inhabited
               ,
               with
               the
               use
               of
               their
               owne
               Lawes
               and
               ancient
               Customes
               .
               Which
               the
               Pope
               not
               onely
               granted
               ,
               but
               in
               token
               of
               their
               worthinesse
               and
               valour
               he
               gave
               them
               a
               red
               banner
               ,
               with
               the
               Image
               of
               
               the
               Crucifix
               painted
               therein
               .
               After
               this
               service
               ,
               they
               againe
               gave
               themselves
               to
               a
               quiet
               and
               peaceable
               life
               ,
               to
               follow
               tillage
               ,
               and
               to
               husband
               their
               granges
               ,
               untill
               such
               time
               as
               certaine
               Noblemen
               their
               neighbours
               began
               to
               incroach
               upon
               them
               ,
               and
               to
               exercise
               tyrannicall
               jurisdiction
               over
               them
               .
               Which
               kind
               of
               servitude
               (
               as
               people
               bearing
               in
               fresh
               remembrance
               their
               ancient
               and
               generous
               ●●●utation
               )
               being
               unable
               to
               endure
               ,
               and
               inured
               to
               give
               and
               not
               to
               take
               the
               law
               of
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               opposed
               their
               forces
               against
               the
               insolency
               of
               this
               Nobilitie
               .
            
             
               The
               discontentment
               first
               burst
               out
               in
               the
               yeere
               of
               our
               Lord
               
               1300.
               about
               which
               time
               the
               Counts
               of
               Aspurgh
               (
               afterward
               Dukes
               )
               had
               placed
               in
               one
               of
               their
               Castles
               of
               Vrania
               in
               Valstreet
               ,
               a
               Gentleman
               proud
               above
               measure
               ,
               unsociable
               ,
               and
               in
               lust
               insatiable
               .
               At
               first
               he
               was
               secret
               ,
               but
               by
               custome
               imboldned
               ,
               in
               Feasts
               and
               publike
               Banquets
               hee
               would
               boast
               ,
               how
               he
               had
               now
               abused
               one
               Woman
               ,
               then
               another
               :
               at
               last
               ,
               amongst
               the
               rest
               ,
               having
               ravished
               a
               very
               young
               and
               beautifull
               Damsell
               ,
               he
               was
               slaine
               by
               her
               two
               Brethren
               .
               The
               Count
               agrieved
               hereat
               ,
               offered
               to
               doe
               justice
               upon
               the
               offenders
               ,
               but
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               that
               Vallie
               valiantly
               resisted
               ,
               overthrew
               two
               or
               three
               of
               his
               Castles
               in
               one
               day
               ,
               and
               slew
               divers
               of
               his
               Officers
               .
               Which
               president
               the
               Vndervaldenses
               imitating
               ,
               committed
               the
               like
               outrage
               upon
               the
               Gentlemen
               of
               their
               Territorie
               ,
               exclaiming
               that
               the
               tyranny
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               had
               inforced
               them
               to
               this
               action
               .
               The
               first
               of
               the
               Confederates
               were
               ,
               the
               Suavi
               ,
               those
               of
               
                 Vro
                 ,
                 Zurich
              
               ,
               and
               Vndervald
               ;
               who
               so
               well
               as
               they
               might
               in
               so
               sudden
               an
               innovation
               gave
               themselves
               to
               peace
               ,
               and
               to
               respect
               the
               good
               of
               the
               league
               and
               the
               confederate
               Cities
               .
            
             
               The
               residue
               of
               the
               Noblemen
               and
               Gentlemen
               ,
               fearing
               if
               this
               example
               were
               left
               unpunished
               ,
               the
               sore
               would
               grow
               incurable
               ,
               as
               an
               evill
               which
               could
               bring
               forth
               no
               lesse
               a
               mischiefe
               than
               the
               utter
               losse
               of
               their
               jurisdiction
               ,
               mustred
               all
               their
               friends
               and
               followers
               ,
               determining
               either
               to
               tame
               or
               to
               raze
               these
               confederated
               Cantons
               .
               But
               the
               Swizers
               well
               acquainted
               with
               the
               difficult
               passages
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               easily
               frustrated
               
               the
               attempts
               of
               their
               enemies
               :
               thereby
               rather
               increasing
               than
               diminishing
               their
               liberty
               .
            
             
               Lupold
               Duke
               of
               Austria
               ,
               enterprizing
               upon
               them
               with
               a
               mighty
               Army
               for
               the
               same
               quarrell
               ,
               had
               the
               like
               fortune
               .
               So
               in
               succeeding
               ages
               had
               Charles
               Duke
               of
               Burgundy
               ,
               by
               their
               service
               undertaken
               and
               performed
               for
               the
               defence
               of
               Rhene
               Duke
               of
               Lorrain●
               .
               They
               are
               men
               of
               large
               stature
               ,
               and
               very
               seldome
               goe
               armed
               ,
               but
               serve
               onely
               with
               the
               Pike
               or
               two-hand-sword
               ,
               because
               they
               feare
               no
               other
               forces
               save
               the
               fury
               of
               the
               great
               Artillery
               ,
               from
               which
               (
               say
               they
               )
               a
               brest-plate
               or
               curace
               is
               not
               able
               to
               defend
               them
               .
               And
               because
               of
               their
               order
               ,
               they
               thinke
               it
               a
               matter
               impossible
               for
               any
               forces
               to
               breake
               them
               ,
               or
               to
               enter
               upon
               them
               neerer
               than
               a
               Pikes
               length
               .
               In
               a
               pitcht
               field
               ,
               without
               doubt
               ,
               they
               are
               excellent
               good
               Foot-men
               ,
               but
               to
               invade
               a
               Province
               they
               have
               little
               courage
               ,
               and
               lesse
               to
               defend
               it
               ;
               and
               commonly
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               not
               able
               to
               maintaine
               their
               accustomed
               order
               of
               fight
               ,
               they
               availe
               nothing
               ;
               as
               in
               the
               warre
               of
               Italy
               was
               plainly
               manifested
               ,
               especially
               when
               they
               were
               put
               to
               assaults
               (
               as
               at
               Padoa
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               )
               wherein
               they
               gave
               but
               weake
               testimonies
               of
               valour
               :
               whereas
               when
               they
               fought
               it
               out
               in
               open
               field
               at
               the
               Pikes
               length
               ,
               they
               carried
               themselves
               valiantly
               ;
               insomuch
               that
               at
               the
               battell
               of
               Ravenna
               ,
               if
               the
               French
               had
               beene
               without
               their
               assistance
               ,
               they
               had
               questionlesse
               lost
               the
               glory
               of
               that
               daies
               victory
               .
               For
               before
               both
               Armies
               came
               to
               handy-strokes
               ,
               the
               Spanish
               had
               already
               overthrowne
               the
               French
               and
               Gascoine
               Foot-men
               ,
               and
               if
               the
               Swizers
               had
               not
               seconded
               them
               ,
               they
               had
               beene
               all
               slaine
               or
               taken
               .
               So
               in
               the
               warre
               of
               Guien
               it
               plainly
               appeared
               ,
               that
               the
               Spanish
               were
               more
               afraid
               of
               one
               band
               of
               Swizers
               ,
               whereof
               the
               King
               had
               waged
               ten
               thousand
               ,
               than
               of
               any
               of
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               French
               Regiments
               .
               Thus
               by
               the
               reputation
               of
               these
               and
               their
               former
               exploits
               ,
               they
               wonne
               unto
               their
               Nation
               so
               glorious
               a
               perpetuity
               of
               their
               Armes
               and
               valour
               ,
               that
               ever
               since
               they
               have
               beene
               called
               unto
               the
               aide
               of
               divers
               Princes
               ,
               and
               in
               continuall
               action
               under
               some
               one
               State
               or
               other
               bordering
               upon
               them
               ;
               but
               especially
               
               under
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               ,
               of
               whom
               they
               entertaine
               sometimes
               more
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               lesse
               .
               Sithence
               the
               reigne
               of
               Lewis
               the
               11.
               they
               have
               beene
               in
               perpetuall
               league
               ,
               and
               in
               their
               pension
               ;
               to
               whom
               they
               give
               yearly
               fortie
               thousand
               Florens
               ,
               twentie
               thousand
               to
               the
               Cities
               ,
               and
               twentie
               thousand
               to
               particular
               persons
               .
               They
               againe
               are
               divided
               into
               thirteene
               Cantons
               ,
               eight
               whereof
               are
               Catholike
               ,
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Religion
               .
               But
               those
               of
               the
               Religion
               are
               much
               greater
               ;
               and
               out
               of
               these
               it
               is
               that
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               are
               supplied
               :
               the
               residue
               are
               in
               pension
               ,
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               .
            
             
               When
               the
               French
               King
               demandeth
               any
               forces
               out
               of
               their
               Cantons
               ,
               they
               call
               a
               Diet
               ,
               the
               charge
               whereof
               ,
               
               as
               likewise
               the
               souldiers
               wages
               ,
               the
               King
               defrayeth
               .
               These
               forren
               bands
               ,
               more
               or
               lesse
               ,
               to
               whom
               he
               alwayes
               committeth
               the
               battell
               ,
               and
               the
               guard
               of
               his
               Cannon
               ,
               (
               as
               for
               entring
               of
               breaches
               ,
               and
               giving
               assaults
               ,
               they
               doe
               expresly
               capitulate
               to
               be
               exempt
               )
               with
               the
               five
               Regiments
               before
               spoken
               of
               in
               the
               discourse
               of
               France
               ,
               are
               his
               maine
               moderne
               forces
               on
               foot
               :
               but
               when
               he
               would
               have
               greater
               numbers
               ,
               he
               giveth
               his
               Captaines
               Commissions
               to
               take
               up
               souldiers
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Realme
               ,
               not
               by
               presse
               ,
               as
               with
               us
               ,
               but
               by
               striking
               up
               the
               Drumme
               ,
               when
               if
               any
               come
               voluntarily
               ,
               and
               take
               pay
               ,
               they
               are
               inrolled
               ,
               and
               injoyned
               to
               serve
               ,
               otherwise
               not
               .
            
             
               The
               government
               of
               these
               thirteene
               Cities
               ,
               
               with
               their
               dependances
               ,
               (
               which
               they
               terme
               Cantons
               )
               is
               meerely
               popular
               :
               for
               though
               the
               members
               seeme
               to
               be
               separated
               ,
               yet
               live
               they
               as
               one
               body
               firmly
               knit
               and
               united
               ,
               having
               a
               chiefe
               Magistrate
               over
               every
               Territorie
               chosen
               by
               the
               commonalty
               of
               every
               particular
               Citie
               ,
               and
               every
               Citie
               hath
               his
               particular
               Councell
               and
               place
               of
               assemblie
               ,
               save
               only
               when
               they
               are
               to
               sit
               upon
               matters
               of
               importance
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               concerne
               the
               generall
               estate
               ,
               then
               they
               appoint
               a
               generall
               Diet
               ,
               and
               that
               to
               be
               held
               in
               some
               one
               of
               the
               Cities
               which
               they
               thinke
               most
               convenient
               ;
               whereunto
               foure
               or
               five
               of
               the
               most
               principall
               of
               every
               Citie
               are
               bound
               to
               resort
               .
               In
               their
               consultations
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               they
               are
               comfortable
               one
               to
               another
               ;
               and
               because
               one
               Citie
               is
               as
               free
               as
               another
               ,
               having
               no
               one
               chiefe
               
               Governour
               superiour
               to
               any
               other
               ,
               in
               case
               the
               cause
               (
               be
               it
               peace
               or
               warre
               )
               concerne
               the
               universall
               State
               of
               all
               the
               Cantons
               ,
               looke
               how
               the
               major
               part
               of
               voices
               shall
               sway
               in
               the
               Senate
               ,
               so
               it
               prevaileth
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               the
               greater
               number
               resolve
               upon
               ,
               is
               without
               more
               adoe
               put
               in
               execution
               .
               The
               benefit
               which
               they
               gaine
               by
               a
               common
               warre
               ,
               Is
               divided
               in
               common
               :
               but
               if
               sometimes
               two
               or
               three
               united
               Cantons
               purchase
               any
               bootie
               by
               their
               peculiar
               Armes
               ,
               of
               that
               purchase
               the
               residue
               can
               claime
               no
               share
               .
               Yet
               hath
               it
               happened
               ,
               that
               the
               residue
               thinking
               themselves
               injured
               in
               not
               participating
               generally
               ,
               have
               raised
               divers
               controversies
               ;
               and
               because
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               they
               are
               equally
               free
               ,
               and
               as
               great
               is
               the
               soveraigne
               authoritie
               of
               one
               Citie
               as
               of
               another
               ,
               both
               parties
               have
               appealed
               unto
               the
               French
               King
               ,
               who
               upon
               hearing
               of
               the
               cause
               in
               question
               ,
               gave
               judgement
               ,
               
                 That
                 a
                 particular
                 gaine
                 appertained
                 to
                 particular
                 persons
                 .
              
               And
               so
               the
               rest
               .
            
             
               Therefore
               when
               they
               are
               either
               occasioned
               or
               determined
               to
               make
               any
               particular
               warre
               ,
               the
               united
               Cantons
               erect
               lights
               and
               make
               bone-fires
               :
               but
               when
               they
               are
               to
               raise
               forces
               in
               generall
               ,
               (
               as
               suppose
               they
               should
               for
               the
               French
               King
               )
               first
               they
               strike
               up
               their
               Drumme
               ,
               then
               all
               the
               Cities
               doe
               presents
               as
               many
               persons
               as
               they
               thinke
               good
               ,
               which
               may
               be
               to
               the
               number
               of
               five
               and
               thirtie
               or
               fortie
               thousand
               ,
               of
               whom
               after
               the
               Captaines
               have
               culd
               out
               their
               limited
               portions
               ,
               the
               residue
               are
               licensed
               to
               depart
               to
               their
               owne
               homes
               .
               Every
               Citie
               hath
               his
               principall
               Standard
               ,
               with
               their
               peculiar
               armes
               and
               devices
               therein
               ,
               to
               distinguish
               one
               people
               from
               another
               .
               And
               because
               no
               politike
               body
               can
               stand
               without
               a
               head
               ,
               
               although
               in
               no
               case
               they
               will
               tolerate
               one
               absolute
               Governour
               over
               the
               whole
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               contented
               to
               submit
               themselves
               to
               the
               government
               of
               one
               particular
               Magistrate
               in
               every
               particular
               Citie
               :
               him
               they
               terme
               Vnama
               .
               The
               elect
               on
               of
               which
               Officer
               is
               on
               this
               manner
               :
               On
               the
               first
               Sunday
               in
               May
               ,
               the
               principall
               of
               all
               the
               houses
               and
               families
               tho●ow
               every
               Canton
               ,
               of
               all
               sorts
               and
               qualities
               ,
               assemble
               themselves
               either
               in
               some
               meadow
               ,
               or
               else
               in
               the
               chiefest
               streets
               of
               their
               Citie
               ,
               where
               all
               of
               them
               taking
               their
               places
               in
               order
               ,
               the
               
               Vnama
               ,
               whose
               time
               of
               office
               is
               now
               expired
               ,
               seating
               himselfe
               in
               a
               place
               somewhat
               above
               the
               rest
               ,
               after
               some
               stay
               ,
               riseth
               up
               and
               maketh
               a
               speech
               to
               the
               people
               ,
               excusing
               himselfe
               in
               good
               termes
               of
               his
               insufficiencie
               to
               discharge
               the
               weight
               of
               the
               office
               committed
               unto
               his
               charge
               ,
               and
               craveth
               pardon
               of
               that
               which
               he
               hath
               through
               ignorance
               or
               negligence
               committed
               ,
               to
               the
               prejudice
               of
               the
               common
               good
               ,
               and
               therewithall
               offereth
               to
               resigne
               his
               determined
               office
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               the
               people
               .
               Immediately
               upon
               this
               resignation
               ,
               with
               a
               loud
               voice
               hee
               nominateth
               the
               partie
               ,
               whom
               in
               his
               judgement
               he
               thinketh
               worthy
               to
               succeed
               in
               his
               place
               .
               He
               that
               is
               nominated
               ,
               commeth
               forth
               before
               the
               multitude
               ,
               and
               presenting
               himselfe
               before
               them
               ,
               after
               some
               speeches
               ,
               nominateth
               a
               second
               ,
               &
               the
               second
               (
               with
               like
               ceremonie
               )
               a
               third
               .
               The
               nomination
               being
               ended
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               of
               the
               companies
               demand
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               which
               of
               these
               three
               thus
               nominated
               ,
               they
               are
               willing
               to
               elect
               :
               So
               naming
               them
               anew
               ,
               one
               by
               one
               ,
               the
               multitude
               lift
               up
               their
               hands
               at
               the
               naming
               of
               him
               whom
               they
               desire
               to
               be
               their
               Governour
               .
               And
               oft-times
               it
               falleth
               out
               ,
               that
               he
               that
               hath
               beene
               once
               Vnama
               ,
               in
               desert
               of
               his
               justice
               and
               good
               carriage
               towards
               them
               ,
               hath
               beene
               chosen
               againe
               the
               second
               time
               .
               This
               election
               finished
               ,
               they
               proceed
               to
               the
               choice
               of
               other
               Officers
               .
            
             
               This
               Officer
               continueth
               in
               his
               place
               three
               yeares
               ,
               and
               although
               he
               be
               the
               chiefest
               amongst
               them
               ,
               yet
               goeth
               hee
               but
               little
               better
               attired
               than
               the
               meanest
               ,
               only
               attended
               with
               five
               or
               six
               persons
               .
               He
               dwelleth
               in
               his
               owne
               house
               ,
               because
               they
               imploy
               the
               publike
               places
               for
               the
               holding
               of
               the
               Diets
               ,
               the
               keeping
               of
               their
               Munition
               and
               Artillerie
               ,
               and
               other
               furniture
               belonging
               to
               the
               warres
               .
               In
               criminall
               causes
               he
               can
               doe
               nothing
               without
               the
               counsell
               of
               the
               fifteene
               ,
               but
               in
               civill
               matters
               he
               hath
               larger
               limitation
               .
            
             
               Next
               the
               Vnama
               ,
               is
               that
               Officer
               of
               Iustice
               ,
               who
               is
               as
               it
               were
               the
               Chancellor
               ,
               and
               the
               second
               person
               in
               that
               State.
               After
               him
               are
               certaine
               Counsellors
               ,
               men
               well
               experienced
               in
               affaires
               of
               Princes
               ,
               and
               occurrence
               of
               Provinces
               .
               Then
               the
               Chamberlaine
               ,
               and
               his
               is
               the
               charge
               of
               the
               Munition
               and
               
               publike
               Treasure
               .
               Next
               to
               him
               are
               the
               foure
               Deputies
               ,
               in
               authoritie
               greater
               than
               the
               Counsellors
               ,
               and
               may
               doe
               many
               things
               in
               absence
               of
               the
               Vnama
               ,
               so
               as
               the
               Chancellor
               be
               present
               .
               These
               with
               the
               Vnama
               make
               the
               fifteene
               ,
               which
               governe
               the
               State
               as
               well
               in
               peace
               as
               in
               warre
               ,
               and
               are
               ever
               present
               at
               the
               hearing
               and
               deciding
               of
               all
               occurrences
               arising
               within
               the
               Territorie
               of
               their
               owne
               Canton
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               from
               yeare
               to
               yeare
               confirmed
               by
               the
               people
               ,
               although
               (
               as
               doth
               the
               Vnama
               )
               they
               continue
               their
               office
               for
               three
               yeares
               .
               These
               send
               Governours
               to
               the
               Castles
               on
               the
               Frontiers
               ,
               and
               (
               to
               decide
               inferiour
               matters
               )
               they
               allow
               ten
               persons
               chosen
               out
               of
               the
               meaner
               sort
               ;
               but
               the
               parties
               in
               controversie
               may
               appeale
               to
               the
               fifteene
               :
               other
               Iudges
               ,
               or
               further
               appeales
               (
               as
               in
               the
               Civill
               Law
               )
               they
               have
               not
               to
               flie
               unto
               .
               For
               their
               chiefest
               care
               is
               their
               tillage
               and
               warfare
               ,
               coveting
               to
               live
               simply
               and
               plainly
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               intrap
               one
               another
               in
               quarrels
               and
               suits
               of
               Law.
               The
               partie
               evicted
               is
               severely
               punished
               .
               Neither
               will
               they
               suffer
               any
               of
               their
               people
               to
               appeale
               out
               of
               their
               owne
               Countries
               ;
               and
               if
               any
               offend
               therein
               ,
               he
               is
               grievously
               chastened
               .
            
             
               Thorow
               the
               whole
               world
               Lawes
               are
               not
               observed
               with
               lesse
               partialitie
               ;
               for
               they
               are
               never-altered
               according
               to
               the
               humours
               of
               the
               inconstant
               multitude
               ,
               nor
               violated
               without
               due
               penaltie
               inflicted
               :
               for
               as
               of
               those
               five
               sorts
               of
               popul●r
               governments
               which
               Aristotle
               discourseth
               of
               ,
               there
               is
               none
               more
               dangerous
               than
               that
               wherein
               the
               will
               of
               the
               people
               beareth
               sway
               above
               reason
               ,
               and
               standeth
               for
               Law
               ,
               as
               Zenophon
               writeth
               of
               the
               Athenians
               ;
               so
               no
               forme
               of
               government
               can
               be
               compared
               to
               that
               wherein
               the
               Commonaltie
               without
               d●tinction
               live
               subject
               to
               the
               censure
               of
               the
               Law
               :
               in
               regard
               of
               which
               policie
               ,
               wee
               ought
               not
               to
               marvell
               ,
               if
               this
               Common-weale
               have
               flourished
               now
               these
               two
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               yeares
               ,
               in
               great
               reputation
               of
               valour
               .
            
             
               For
               ●●y
               two
               meanes
               hath
               this
               estate
               beene
               preserved
               ,
               viz.
               by
               unpartiall
               administration
               of
               justice
               ,
               and
               frequencie
               of
               neighbourly
               feastings
               ;
               whereas
               the
               scornfull
               ambition
               of
               great
               men
               hath
               heretofore
               ruinated
               the
               popular
               estates
               of
               
               the
               Megarians
               ,
               the
               Romans
               ,
               the
               Florentines
               ,
               the
               Syennois
               ,
               and
               the
               Genoese
               .
               Of
               which
               sort
               ,
               the
               Swizzers
               have
               none
               at
               all
               ,
               or
               if
               there
               be
               any
               (
               as
               there
               are
               but
               few
               which
               escaped
               the
               generall
               massacre
               )
               yet
               are
               they
               contented
               (
               without
               laying
               any
               claime
               to
               their
               ancient
               gentility
               )
               to
               range
               themselves
               with
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               basest
               commonalties
               ,
               and
               can
               but
               seldome
               be
               admitted
               to
               the
               chiefest
               magistracies
               ,
               being
               commonly
               bestowed
               upon
               Butchers
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               Mechanicall
               Artizans
               .
            
          
           
             
               Italy
               .
            
             
               ITaly
               ,
               (
               according
               to
               Plinie
               )
               the
               most
               beautifull
               and
               goodliest
               Region
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               the
               Darling
               of
               Nature
               ,
               and
               the
               Mother
               of
               hardy
               Men
               ,
               brave
               Captaines
               ,
               and
               valiant
               Souldiers
               ,
               flourishing
               in
               all
               Arts
               ,
               and
               abounding
               with
               Noble
               wits
               ,
               and
               men
               of
               singular
               spirits
               ,
               
               is
               situate
               under
               a
               Climate
               most
               wholesome
               and
               temperate
               ,
               commodious
               for
               Traffike
               ,
               and
               most
               fertile
               for
               Corne
               and
               Herbage
               :
               containeth
               in
               length
               from
               
                 Augusta
                 Pretoria
              
               unto
               Otranto
               ,
               one
               thousand
               and
               twenty
               miles
               ,
               and
               in
               breadth
               ,
               from
               the
               River
               Vara
               in
               Provence
               ,
               
               to
               the
               River
               Arsia
               in
               Friuli
               ,
               (
               where
               it
               is
               broadest
               )
               foure
               hundred
               and
               ten
               miles
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               narrow
               places
               ,
               as
               from
               the
               mouth
               of
               Pescara
               ,
               to
               the
               mouth
               of
               Tiber
               ,
               an
               hundred
               twenty
               six
               miles
               .
               So
               that
               to
               compasse
               it
               by
               Sea
               from
               Vara
               to
               Arsia
               ,
               are
               three
               thousand
               thirty
               eight
               miles
               ,
               which
               with
               the
               foure
               hundred
               and
               ten
               by
               land
               ,
               maketh
               the
               whole
               circuit
               three
               thousand
               foure
               hundred
               forty
               eight
               miles
               .
            
             
               Thus
               it
               appeares
               to
               bee
               almost
               an
               Iland
               in
               shape
               of
               a
               legge
               ;
               bounded
               on
               the
               East
               with
               the
               Adriatike
               Sea
               ,
               on
               the
               South
               and
               West
               with
               the
               Tirrhene
               Seas
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               North
               with
               the
               Alpes
               :
               the
               which
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               is
               described
               by
               others
               ,
               we
               will
               but
               point
               to
               ,
               and
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               ,
               because
               
               there
               is
               no
               Country
               in
               the
               world
               better
               knowne
               ;
               and
               more
               frequented
               by
               strangers
               .
            
             
               Inheritance
               there
               descend
               to
               the
               children
               ,
               
               as
               Lands
               holden
               by
               Ga●●●●nd
               with
               us
               in
               some
               parts
               of
               England
               ,
               so
               that
               one
               brother
               hath
               as
               good
               a
               share
               as
               another
               ,
               and
               if
               the
               older
               be
               borne
               to
               the
               title
               of
               a
               Co●●e
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               younger
               ,
               and
               so
               called
               ;
               yea
               ,
               if
               there
               be
               twenty
               brethren
               ;
               (
               except
               it
               be
               in
               the
               Estates
               of
               Princedomes
               ,
               as
               
                 Mantua
                 ,
                 Ferrara
                 ,
                 Vrbin
              
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ,
               which
               evermore
               descend
               to
               the
               eldest
               entirely
               .
               )
               By
               this
               meanes
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               often
               times
               you
               shall
               see
               Earles
               and
               Marquesses
               without
               Lands
               or
               goods
               ,
               yet
               most
               strictly
               standing
               upon
               descents
               ,
               and
               the
               glory
               of
               their
               names
               ,
               for
               themselves
               and
               their
               issues
               for
               ever
               .
               But
               the
               Gentlemen
               which
               have
               whereof
               to
               live
               ,
               are
               reported
               to
               surpasse
               the
               Gentry
               of
               any
               other
               Nation
               in
               good
               carriage
               and
               behaviour
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               professe
               Armes
               ,
               and
               follow
               service
               .
               And
               to
               bee
               discerned
               from
               the
               vulgar
               ,
               they
               all
               in
               generall
               speake
               the
               Courtisan
               ,
               which
               is
               an
               excellent
               commendation
               ,
               considering
               the
               diversitie
               of
               Dialects
               amongst
               them
               .
               For
               leaving
               the
               difference
               betweene
               the
               Florentine
               and
               the
               Venetian
               ,
               the
               Milanois
               and
               the
               Roman
               ,
               the
               Neapolitan
               and
               the
               Genois
               ,
               (
               which
               may
               well
               be
               likened
               to
               the
               difference
               betweene
               a
               Londoner
               &
               a
               Northerne
               man
               )
               yet
               by
               the
               tongue
               you
               shall
               not
               lightly
               discerne
               of
               what
               part
               of
               the
               Countrey
               any
               Gentleman
               is
               .
               No
               more
               different
               are
               they
               in
               manners
               and
               behaviour
               ;
               honourable
               ,
               courteous
               ,
               prudent
               ,
               and
               grave
               withall
               ,
               that
               it
               should
               seeme
               each
               one
               to
               have
               had
               a
               Prince-like
               education
               ;
               to
               their
               superiours
               obedient
               ;
               to
               equals
               respective
               ;
               to
               inferiours
               courteous
               ,
               to
               strangers
               affable
               ,
               and
               desirous
               by
               kinde
               offices
               to
               winne
               their
               love
               .
               Of
               expence
               and
               lone
               of
               his
               mony
               ,
               very
               wary
               ,
               and
               will
               be
               assured
               to
               be
               at
               no
               more
               cost
               than
               he
               is
               sure
               either
               to
               save
               by
               ,
               or
               to
               have
               thanke
               for
               .
               In
               apparell
               modest
               ,
               in
               furniture
               of
               houshold
               sumptuous
               ,
               at
               their
               table
               neat
               ,
               sober
               of
               speech
               ,
               enemies
               of
               ill
               report
               ,
               and
               so
               jealous
               of
               their
               reputations
               ,
               that
               whosoever
               speaketh
               ill
               of
               one
               of
               them
               ,
               if
               the
               party
               slandered
               may
               know
               it
               ,
               and
               finde
               opportunitie
               to
               performe
               
               it
               ,
               the
               party
               offending
               shall
               surely
               die
               for
               it
               .
            
             
               The
               Merchants
               likewise
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               Gentlemen
               :
               
               For
               when
               of
               one
               house
               there
               bee
               three
               or
               foure
               brethren
               ,
               lightly
               one
               or
               two
               of
               them
               give
               themselves
               to
               traffike
               .
               And
               sometimes
               ,
               if
               they
               chance
               not
               to
               divide
               their
               Fathers
               substance
               and
               patrimonie
               ,
               (
               as
               many
               times
               they
               doe
               not
               )
               then
               doe
               they
               which
               professe
               themselves
               Merchants
               ,
               travell
               for
               the
               welfare
               of
               their
               brethren
               ,
               joyntly
               participating
               of
               losse
               and
               profit
               .
               But
               in
               outward
               shew
               ,
               these
               carry
               not
               like
               reputation
               to
               the
               Gentlemen
               afore
               spoken
               of
               :
               for
               they
               professe
               not
               Armes
               ,
               but
               desire
               to
               live
               in
               peace
               ,
               and
               how
               to
               vent
               their
               wares
               ,
               and
               have
               new
               traffike
               into
               strange
               Countries
               ;
               yet
               have
               no
               lesse
               reputation
               of
               Nobility
               for
               their
               trade
               of
               Merchandize
               ,
               but
               by
               reason
               they
               stay
               at
               home
               ,
               and
               use
               the
               richest
               Farmes
               ,
               and
               follow
               Husbandrie
               by
               their
               Bailises
               and
               Factors
               ,
               they
               become
               the
               best
               and
               wealthiest
               Merchants
               in
               all
               Christendome
               .
            
             
               Their
               Artificers
               are
               thought
               the
               best
               workmen
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               are
               so
               well
               paid
               ,
               
               that
               many
               live
               by
               their
               labours
               as
               well
               as
               many
               doe
               by
               Revenues
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               grow
               very
               rich
               ,
               and
               within
               two
               or
               three
               descents
               to
               the
               reputation
               of
               Gentry
               .
            
             
               The
               poorer
               sort
               are
               the
               husbandmen
               ,
               
               for
               they
               are
               oppressed
               on
               all
               hands
               ,
               &
               in
               the
               Country
               liveth
               no
               man
               of
               wealth
               .
               The
               Gentry
               and
               wealthier
               sort
               dwell
               in
               Townes
               and
               walled
               Cities
               ,
               leaving
               the
               Villages
               ,
               fields
               ,
               and
               pastures
               to
               their
               Tenants
               ,
               not
               at
               a
               rent
               certaine
               ,
               as
               we
               doe
               in
               England
               ,
               but
               to
               halfes
               ,
               or
               to
               the
               thirds
               of
               all
               graine
               ,
               fruit
               ,
               and
               profit
               arising
               of
               the
               ground
               ,
               according
               as
               it
               shall
               be
               ,
               either
               barren
               or
               fertile
               .
               And
               this
               the
               poore
               Tenant
               must
               till
               and
               manure
               at
               his
               owne
               charge
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               Lords
               part
               commeth
               cleare
               without
               disbursing
               one
               penny
               ;
               yet
               shall
               you
               see
               many
               faire
               houses
               in
               the
               villages
               ,
               but
               they
               are
               onely
               for
               the
               owners
               pastime
               in
               Summer
               :
               For
               then
               they
               leave
               the
               Cities
               for
               a
               moneth
               or
               two
               ,
               where
               under
               the
               fragrant
               hedges
               and
               bowers
               ,
               they
               solace
               themselves
               in
               as
               much
               pleasure
               as
               may
               be
               imagined
               .
               And
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               every
               man
               hath
               his
               
               Mistresse
               with
               instruments
               of
               musicke
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               pleasures
               as
               may
               serve
               for
               recreation
               and
               delight
               .
               Thus
               much
               of
               the
               manners
               and
               nature
               of
               the
               inhabitants
               :
               now
               will
               wee
               speake
               of
               the
               estates
               of
               the
               Country
               .
            
             
               The
               King
               of
               Spaine
               hath
               the
               greatest
               part
               for
               his
               share
               ,
               
               as
               Naples
               and
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Millaine
               .
               
            
             
               The
               Pope
               hath
               the
               Citie
               of
               
                 Rome
                 ,
                 
                 Campagnia
              
               ,
               part
               of
               Maremma
               ,
               part
               of
               Tuscan
               ,
               the
               Duchie
               of
               
                 Spo●et
                 ,
                 Marca
                 d'
                 Ancona
                 ,
                 Romagnia
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Citie
               of
               Bononia
               .
            
             
               The
               Venetians
               have
               for
               their
               part
               the
               Citie
               of
               Venice
               ,
               
               with
               the
               townes
               in
               and
               about
               that
               Marish
               ,
               called
               
                 La
                 contrada
                 di
                 Venetia
                 ,
                 La
                 marka
                 Trivigrina
                 ,
              
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Lombardie
               ,
               and
               part
               of
               Istria
               .
               They
               likewise
               are
               ,
               and
               have
               beene
               Lords
               of
               certaine
               Islands
               ,
               some
               whereof
               the
               Turke
               hath
               wonne
               from
               them
               .
            
             
               The
               Common-weale
               of
               Genoa
               hath
               the
               territorie
               about
               them
               ,
               
               called
               at
               this
               day
               
                 Il
                 Genovosaio
              
               ,
               and
               anciently
               Liguria
               .
            
             
               Tuscan
               ,
               
               once
               He●ruria
               ,
               is
               divided
               into
               divers
               Seigniories
               ,
               whereof
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Rome
               holdeth
               a
               small
               part
               ,
               but
               the
               greatest
               is
               under
               the
               jurisdiction
               of
               Florence
               .
            
             
               Then
               are
               Common-wealths
               of
               Sienna
               and
               Lucca
               ,
               
               whose
               Territories
               are
               not
               great
               .
               
               13.
               
               The
               Duke
               of
               Ferrara
               hath
               part
               of
               Romagnia
               ,
               
               and
               part
               of
               Lombardie
               .
               14.
               
               The
               Duchie
               of
               Mantua
               lieth
               wholly
               in
               Lombardie
               ,
               
               and
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Vrbin
               betweene
               
                 Marca
                 d'
                 Ancona
              
               and
               Tuscane
               .
               
               15.
               
               The
               Duchies
               of
               Parma
               and
               Placentia
               are
               in
               Lombardie
               ,
               
               and
               holden
               of
               the
               Church
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               Princes
               and
               Common-wealths
               every
               one
               holdeth
               himselfe
               in
               his
               owne
               Territorie
               absolute
               Prince
               and
               Governour
               ,
               and
               maintaineth
               his
               estate
               upon
               the
               custome
               ,
               taxes
               ,
               and
               impositions
               of
               the
               people
               .
               For
               lightly
               they
               have
               little
               or
               no
               Lands
               of
               their
               owne
               .
            
             
               THe
               Estate
               of
               the
               Pope
               is
               twofold
               ;
               
               the
               one
               consisteth
               in
               Temporall
               Dominion
               ,
               the
               other
               in
               Spirituall
               Iurisdiction
               .
               His
               Temporall
               Dominion
               is
               likewise
               divided
               into
               
               two
               kinds
               ;
               the
               one
               profitable
               ,
               and
               as
               a
               man
               may
               terme
               it
               ,
               an
               hereditarie
               :
               the
               other
               immediate
               ,
               and
               holden
               in
               fee
               of
               he
               Church
               .
               As
               touching
               his
               Temporall
               Dominion
               ,
               hee
               is
               Lord
               of
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Italie
               ;
               as
               of
               all
               that
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               River
               Fiore
               and
               Cajetta
               ,
               betweene
               Pre●est
               and
               the
               Truentian
               streights
               (
               except
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Vrbin
               .
               )
            
             
               In
               that
               compasse
               are
               incircled
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Bonnonia
               and
               
                 Romandiola
                 ,
                 Marchia
                 ,
                 Vmbria
              
               ,
               the
               Duchie
               of
               
                 Spoleto
                 ,
                 S.
                 Peters
              
               patrimonie
               ,
               Tuscan
               ,
               and
               lately
               Ferrara
               .
               It
               is
               seated
               in
               the
               heart
               of
               Italie
               ,
               stretching
               from
               the
               Adriatike
               to
               the
               Tirrhene
               Sea
               ;
               and
               in
               regard
               of
               situation
               ,
               as
               also
               in
               plenty
               of
               provision
               ,
               as
               corne
               ,
               wine
               ,
               and
               oyle
               ,
               it
               is
               comparable
               to
               any
               State
               of
               Italie
               :
               For
               Romandiola
               imparteth
               great
               store
               unto
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               the
               Venetians
               and
               Sclavonians
               ;
               And
               yet
               have
               the
               Inhabitants
               sufficient
               for
               their
               owne
               provision
               .
            
             
               Marchia
               reacheth
               from
               Tronto
               to
               Foglia
               ,
               
               betweene
               the
               Apenine
               and
               the
               Sea
               ;
               it
               is
               divided
               into
               little
               hils
               and
               plaines
               .
               It
               is
               rich
               of
               Wine
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               and
               Corne
               ,
               having
               divers
               great
               Townes
               and
               Castles
               therein
               .
               The
               Citie
               of
               greatest
               trading
               is
               Ancona
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               Haven
               to
               which
               many
               Lasterne
               Merchants
               doe
               repaire
               .
               The
               fairest
               is
               Ascoli
               ,
               the
               most
               powerfull
               Fermo
               ,
               because
               of
               many
               Fortresses
               subject
               unto
               it
               .
               Macerata
               is
               a
               new
               Citie
               ,
               and
               because
               it
               lieth
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               Province
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               Governours
               seat
               .
               In
               some
               yeares
               it
               hath
               supplied
               the
               Venetians
               wants
               ,
               with
               many
               thousand
               measures
               of
               Corne
               and
               Oyle
               .
               And
               although
               Vmbria
               is
               not
               so
               plentifull
               of
               graine
               ,
               as
               to
               spare
               for
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               yet
               is
               it
               able
               to
               maintaine
               it selfe
               without
               buying
               of
               others
               ,
               and
               in
               stead
               thereof
               it
               is
               abundantly
               stored
               with
               Wines
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               some
               Saffron
               .
               
                 S.
                 Peters
              
               Patrimonie
               ,
               and
               Tuscan
               ,
               often
               releeved
               Genoa
               ,
               and
               at
               some
               seasons
               Naples
               :
               This
               territorie
               bringeth
               forth
               fierce
               and
               warlike
               souldiers
               ;
               and
               herein
               it
               is
               reported
               to
               excell
               all
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Italian
               Provinces
               .
               
                 Bonnonia
                 ,
                 Romania
              
               ,
               and
               Marchia
               ,
               are
               able
               to
               levie
               twenty
               thousand
               foot-men
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               Provinces
               as
               many
               .
               In
               the
               time
               of
               Pope
               
                 Clement
                 ,
                 Marchia
              
               
               alone
               aided
               him
               with
               a
               thousand
               souldiers
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Seat
               is
               Rome
               ,
               once
               the
               Lady
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               and
               at
               this
               day
               inhabited
               with
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               ,
               but
               two
               parts
               thereof
               consisting
               of
               Church-men
               and
               Curtizans
               .
               The
               second
               Bononia
               ,
               wherein
               are
               eighty
               thousand
               of
               both
               sexes
               .
               Next
               to
               these
               are
               
                 Perugia
                 ,
                 Ancona
                 ,
                 Ravenna
              
               ,
               and
               some
               fiftie
               others
               .
               The
               defensible
               places
               are
               the
               Castle
               and
               Borough
               of
               
                 Rome
                 ,
                 Ovietta
                 ,
                 Teracine
              
               ,
               &c.
               
               It
               is
               a
               great
               credit
               and
               commendation
               to
               this
               State
               ,
               to
               have
               many
               Noblemen
               therein
               to
               excellent
               in
               Negociation
               of
               Peace
               and
               Warre
               ,
               that
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               States
               and
               Princes
               doe
               most
               commonly
               choose
               their
               Leaders
               and
               Lieutenants
               out
               of
               these
               Provinces
               .
               If
               the
               Prince
               hereof
               were
               secular
               ,
               both
               for
               people
               and
               power
               ,
               hee
               might
               very
               well
               be
               compared
               with
               any
               State
               of
               Italy
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               Dominions
               ,
               the
               Pope
               hath
               the
               Territory
               of
               Avignon
               in
               France
               ,
               wherein
               are
               foure
               Cities
               ,
               and
               fourscore
               walled
               Townes
               .
               In
               Naples
               he
               hath
               Benevent
               .
            
             
               Romagna
               extendeth
               from
               
                 Foglia
                 ,
                 
                 Panora
              
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               Apenine
               to
               the
               River
               Po.
               For
               temperature
               and
               fertilitie
               ,
               it
               is
               like
               to
               Marchia
               ,
               but
               hath
               generally
               more
               famous
               Cities
               ,
               as
               
                 Rimini
                 ,
                 Cesana
                 ,
                 Faensa
                 ,
                 Ravenna
                 ,
                 Turly
                 ,
                 Imola
                 ,
                 Sarsina
                 ,
                 Cervia
                 ,
                 Bertinoto
                 ,
              
               once
               a
               Bishops
               Seat
               ,
               but
               now
               translated
               to
               Forlimpoli
               .
               The
               Noblest
               of
               all
               these
               is
               Ravenna
               ,
               where
               some
               Emperor
               have
               kept
               their
               Courts
               ,
               and
               after
               them
               their
               Exarches
               or
               Lieutenants
               .
               When
               Pipin
               having
               expulsed
               Astolpho
               ,
               put
               the
               Church
               in
               possession
               thereof
               ,
               this
               Territorie
               comprehended
               
                 Bolognia
                 ,
                 Regio
                 ,
                 Modena
                 ,
                 Parma
                 ,
                 Piacenza
                 ,
                 Ravenna
                 ,
                 Sarsina
                 ,
                 Claesse
                 ,
                 Forli
                 ,
                 Forlimpoli
                 ,
              
               and
               made
               one
               estate
               called
               Pentapoli
               ,
               which
               indured
               an
               hundred
               eightie
               three
               yeares
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               741.
               in
               which
               yeare
               ,
               it
               ended
               by
               the
               taking
               of
               Ravenna
               ,
               by
               Astolph
               King
               of
               Lombards
               .
               So
               that
               first
               the
               Roman
               Emperours
               ,
               especially
               Honorius
               ,
               and
               after
               him
               the
               Kings
               of
               the
               Gothes
               ,
               and
               then
               Exarches
               ,
               amongst
               all
               the
               Cities
               of
               Italy
               ,
               chose
               this
               for
               the
               Seat
               of
               their
               Courts
               ,
               which
               from
               amongst
               other
               respects
               ,
               I
               suppose
               to
               proceed
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               plentifull
               Territory
               ,
               (
               now
               covered
               with
               water
               )
               and
               the
               conveniencie
               of
               the
               Haven
               ,
               
               which
               at
               this
               day
               is
               likewise
               choaked
               .
               This
               Province
               was
               first
               called
               Flaminia
               ,
               but
               Charles
               the
               Great
               ,
               to
               raze
               out
               the
               remembrance
               of
               these
               Exarches
               ,
               and
               to
               make
               the
               people
               willing
               to
               obey
               the
               Roman
               Prelats
               ,
               called
               it
               Romagnia
               .
            
             
               As
               touching
               his
               immediate
               Soveraigntie
               ,
               he
               is
               Lord
               Paramount
               of
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               Naples
               and
               Sicil
               ,
               and
               the
               Duchies
               of
               
                 Vrbin
                 ,
                 Ferrara
                 ,
                 Parma
                 ,
                 Placentia
                 ,
              
               and
               many
               others
               .
            
             
               Where
               his
               authoritie
               is
               maintained
               ,
               he
               hath
               supreme
               government
               of
               all
               religious
               Orders
               ,
               and
               bestoweth
               the
               Ecclesiasticall
               Benefices
               at
               his
               dispose
               .
               Having
               many
               strings
               to
               his
               Bow
               ,
               he
               hath
               many
               meanes
               to
               raise
               money
               ,
               
               so
               that
               Xistus
               the
               fourth
               was
               wont
               to
               say
               ,
               
                 That
                 the
                 Popes
                 should
                 never
                 want
                 Coine
                 ,
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 their
                 hands
                 were
                 able
                 to
                 hold
                 a
                 pen.
                 Paul
              
               the
               third
               ,
               in
               the
               league
               betweene
               him
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               and
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               against
               the
               Turk
               ,
               bare
               the
               sixth
               part
               of
               the
               charges
               of
               that
               warre
               .
               Against
               the
               Protestants
               ,
               and
               in
               aid
               of
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               he
               sent
               twelve
               thousand
               foot-men
               ,
               and
               five
               hundred
               horse-men
               ,
               bearing
               their
               charges
               during
               the
               warre
               :
               this
               was
               he
               that
               advanced
               his
               house
               to
               that
               honour
               ,
               wherein
               it
               continueth
               to
               this
               day
               in
               
                 Florence
                 .
                 Pius
              
               the
               fifth
               ,
               aided
               Charles
               the
               ninth
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               with
               foure
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               a
               thousand
               horse
               .
               Xistus
               the
               fifth
               ,
               in
               five
               yeares
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               his
               Pontificacie
               ,
               raked
               together
               five
               millions
               of
               crowns
               ,
               and
               spent
               bountifully
               notwithstanding
               ,
               in
               bringing
               Conduits
               and
               Water-pipes
               into
               the
               Citie
               ,
               and
               in
               building
               Pyramides
               ,
               Palaces
               ,
               and
               Churches
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               it
               should
               seeme
               ,
               that
               the
               Entrado
               could
               not
               but
               amount
               to
               much
               above
               the
               value
               of
               ten
               hundred
               thousand
               crownes
               
                 per
                 annum
              
               ;
               for
               Newman
               ,
               a
               late
               Writer
               ,
               would
               have
               this
               surplusage
               to
               be
               raised
               upon
               use
               money
               ,
               yearely
               la●d
               up
               in
               the
               Castle
               of
               Saint
               Angelo
               .
               And
               this
               to
               arise
               of
               his
               ordinary
               Revenues
               within
               his
               Territories
               of
               Italy
               .
               Since
               those
               times
               it
               cannot
               but
               be
               much
               more
               augmented
               by
               the
               addition
               of
               the
               Dukedome
               of
               Ferrara
               ;
               as
               also
               for
               that
               in
               those
               dayes
               ,
               the
               monethly
               expence
               of
               the
               Court
               (
               being
               thirtie
               thousand
               crownes
               )
               is
               in
               these
               times
               defalked
               unto
               five
               thousand
               .
            
             
             
               A
               State
               ,
               
               wherein
               you
               shall
               see
               Religion
               metamorphosed
               into
               policie
               ,
               and
               policie
               meditating
               nothing
               but
               private
               greatnesse
               :
               the
               Man-seeming-God
               affecting
               Honour
               ,
               Majestie
               and
               Temporall
               riches
               ,
               with
               no
               lesse
               ambition
               and
               effusion
               of
               bloud
               ,
               than
               any
               the
               mercilesse
               Tyrants
               of
               the
               former
               Monarchies
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               College
               of
               Cardinals
               ;
               
               It
               stretcheth
               out
               the
               Westerne
               Churches
               on
               the
               Tenter-hookes
               of
               Vain-glory
               and
               Authority
               ;
               suffering
               no
               man
               ,
               no
               not
               so
               much
               as
               in
               thought
               (
               if
               it
               were
               possible
               )
               to
               depresse
               ,
               or
               question
               ,
               the
               privileges
               of
               religious
               persons
               :
               who
               (
               according
               to
               their
               meanes
               )
               live
               in
               great
               State
               ,
               keepe
               Curtizans
               ,
               travell
               in
               Carosses
               (
               though
               but
               for
               a
               quarter
               of
               a
               mile
               )
               to
               the
               Consistory
               ,
               solemnize
               feasts
               and
               banquets
               ,
               make
               shew
               of
               ceremonies
               ,
               and
               are
               ,
               in
               truth
               ,
               of
               no
               Religion
               .
               So
               that
               ,
               if
               a
               man
               were
               an
               Atheist
               ,
               and
               had
               no
               conscience
               to
               beleeve
               that
               God
               must
               one
               day
               call
               us
               to
               account
               for
               our
               transgressions
               ,
               I
               had
               rather
               live
               a
               religious
               man
               in
               Rome
               ,
               than
               be
               a
               Nobleman
               in
               Naples
               ;
               who
               of
               all
               men
               living
               wash
               their
               hands
               most
               in
               carelesnesse
               ,
               being
               never
               disturbed
               with
               worldly
               cares
               or
               incumbrances
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 The
                 great
                 Duke
                 of
              
               Tuscanie
               .
            
             
               IT
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Apenine
               and
               the
               Sea
               :
               
               and
               containeth
               (
               from
               Magra
               to
               Tenere
               )
               above
               two
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               ten
               miles
               .
               It
               hath
               larger
               Champians
               than
               Liguria
               ,
               because
               the
               Apenine
               stretcheth
               not
               so
               neere
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               so
               inlargeth
               the
               plaine
               .
               In
               it
               are
               many
               large
               valleyes
               ,
               populous
               ,
               and
               rich
               in
               commodities
               .
               But
               to
               speake
               of
               particulars
               :
               when
               we
               are
               past
               
                 Magra
                 ,
                 Sarazana
              
               offereth
               it selfe
               to
               our
               view
               ,
               a
               Citie
               holden
               by
               the
               Genoise
               with
               great
               jealousie
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               neighbour-hood
               of
               the
               great
               Duke
               ,
               and
               a
               little
               higher
               lieth
               Pentrimoli
               ,
               a
               Castle
               belonging
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               of
               great
               account
               ,
               and
               situated
               not
               farre
               from
               the
               Sea
               ;
               then
               Massa
               and
               Carrara
               ,
               places
               famous
               for
               their
               quarries
               of
               white
               Marble
               .
               Lucca
               standeth
               on
               the
               River
               
                 Serichio
                 ,
                 Pisa
              
               on
               Arno
               ,
               
               and
               beyond
               the
               Citie
               of
               Florence
               .
               To
               the
               State
               whereof
               belongeth
               
                 Pistoia
                 ,
                 Volterra
                 ,
                 Montepulcino
                 ,
                 Arezzo
                 ,
                 Cortona
                 .
              
               Those
               of
               Lucca
               doe
               stand
               upon
               their
               guard
               for
               maintenance
               of
               their
               liberties
               .
               The
               Citie
               is
               three
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               strong
               in
               situation
               and
               wals
               ,
               and
               well
               stored
               with
               Artillery
               and
               Munition
               .
               On
               the
               North
               it
               confineth
               Carfagnana
               ,
               a
               fruitfull
               Valley
               ,
               and
               well
               inhabited
               with
               serviceable
               people
               ,
               on
               the
               other
               parts
               it
               is
               incompassed
               with
               the
               Territories
               appertaining
               to
               the
               Great
               Duke
               .
               Pisa
               was
               once
               of
               such
               wealth
               ,
               
               that
               at
               one
               instant
               ,
               the
               Citizens
               thereof
               held
               warre
               against
               the
               Venetians
               and
               the
               Genois
               .
               They
               grew
               great
               by
               the
               overthrow
               which
               the
               Sarazens
               gave
               to
               the
               Genois
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1533.
               the
               remainder
               of
               which
               defeature
               ,
               was
               received
               into
               the
               protection
               of
               their
               Citie
               ;
               and
               declined
               by
               the
               slaughter
               of
               their
               people
               ,
               and
               also
               of
               their
               Navie
               given
               them
               by
               the
               Genois
               neere
               to
               the
               Isle
               Giglio
               .
               For
               thereby
               they
               became
               so
               weake
               ,
               that
               not
               able
               to
               sustaine
               their
               wonted
               reputation
               ,
               they
               were
               forced
               to
               submit
               themselves
               under
               the
               protection
               of
               Florentines
               ,
               against
               whom
               (
               when
               Charles
               the
               eighth
               invaded
               Italy
               )
               they
               rebelled
               .
               But
               being
               againe
               reduced
               to
               their
               former
               obedience
               ,
               the
               Citie
               notwithstanding
               was
               in
               a
               manner
               left
               desolate
               ,
               because
               the
               Citizens
               (
               impatient
               of
               the
               Florentines
               government
               )
               passed
               into
               
                 Sardinia
                 ,
                 Sicil
              
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               to
               inhabit
               .
               So
               that
               the
               place
               wanting
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               the
               Countrey
               people
               to
               manure
               it
               ,
               the
               situation
               thereof
               being
               low
               and
               moorish
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               Fens
               and
               Marishes
               ,
               it
               became
               infectious
               .
               Cosmo
               the
               great
               Duke
               ,
               undertooke
               to
               re-people
               it
               againe
               ,
               and
               to
               further
               his
               intention
               ,
               he
               builded
               there
               a
               stately
               house
               for
               the
               receit
               of
               the
               Knights
               of
               Saint
               Stephen
               ,
               gracing
               it
               with
               many
               privileges
               ,
               which
               yet
               to
               this
               day
               remaine
               unaltered
               .
               As
               also
               by
               founding
               an
               Vniversitie
               ,
               by
               easing
               the
               people
               of
               many
               taxes
               ,
               and
               by
               dwelling
               himselfe
               amongst
               them
               two
               or
               three
               moneths
               in
               the
               yeare
               .
               
               Florence
               is
               the
               fairest
               Citie
               in
               Italy
               ,
               it
               is
               in
               compasse
               six
               miles
               .
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               and
               fortie
               Parishes
               ;
               and
               into
               one
               and
               twentie
               Companies
               .
               It
               hath
               in
               it
               threescore
               and
               six
               Monasteries
               ,
               and
               seven
               and
               thirtie
               Hospitals
               .
               The
               Citizens
               bought
               
               their
               freedome
               of
               the
               Emperour
               Rodolfe
               for
               six
               thousand
               Crownes
               ,
               as
               they
               of
               Lucca
               theirs
               for
               10000.
               
               In
               whose
               time
               and
               ever
               since
               it
               hath
               flourished
               in
               great
               prosperity
               .
               For
               upon
               occasion
               ,
               the
               City
               is
               able
               to
               arme
               30000
               :
               men
               ,
               and
               the
               Country
               60000.
               
               It
               is
               strongly
               walled
               ,
               the
               situation
               thereof
               being
               low
               ,
               especially
               on
               the
               North
               side
               :
               but
               on
               the
               other
               parts
               is
               somewhat
               subject
               to
               the
               command
               of
               certaine
               hills
               which
               overlooke
               it
               ,
               the
               inconvenience
               whereof
               they
               have
               prevented
               by
               fortifications
               .
               It
               hath
               a
               Citadell
               built
               by
               Duke
               Alexander
               ,
               and
               after
               inlarged
               by
               Cosmo.
               The
               streets
               thereof
               are
               straight
               ,
               large
               ,
               and
               very
               cleane
               kept
               .
               There
               are
               to
               be
               seene
               the
               most
               artificiall
               buildings
               of
               all
               Europe
               ,
               both
               publike
               and
               private
               .
               Charles
               Arch-Duke
               of
               Austrich
               was
               wont
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               it
               was
               a
               City
               not
               to
               be
               showne
               but
               on
               Holidaies
               .
               No
               soile
               is
               tilled
               with
               more
               art
               ,
               diligence
               ,
               and
               curiosity
               :
               for
               you
               shall
               see
               one
               little
               peece
               of
               ground
               to
               bring
               forth
               Wine
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Pulse
               ,
               and
               Fruits
               .
               Notwithstanding
               it
               will
               not
               afford
               sufficient
               victuals
               for
               a
               third
               part
               of
               the
               yeere
               :
               to
               remedy
               which
               scarcity
               ,
               it
               was
               not
               without
               good
               reason
               that
               they
               spent
               two
               millions
               of
               Crownes
               for
               the
               recovery
               of
               Pisa.
               The
               last
               Duke
               became
               an
               earnest
               Petitioner
               to
               the
               Pope
               ,
               that
               he
               might
               be
               created
               King
               of
               Tuscanie
               ;
               but
               the
               Pope
               not
               brooking
               so
               lordly
               a
               Title
               in
               so
               neere
               a
               neighbour
               ,
               answered
               ,
               that
               hee
               was
               content
               that
               hee
               
                 should
                 bee
                 King
                 in
                 Tuscanie
                 ,
                 but
                 not
                 King
                 of
                 Tuscanie
              
               ;
               which
               scholler-like
               distinctions
               great
               Princes
               cannot
               well
               digest
               .
            
             
               The
               qualities
               of
               the
               Tuscans
               appeare
               by
               the
               excellency
               of
               the
               Florentines
               ,
               
               whom
               Nature
               above
               all
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Italy
               hath
               adorned
               with
               sharpnesse
               of
               wit
               ,
               frugality
               ,
               providence
               ,
               industry
               ,
               and
               speciall
               insight
               into
               the
               Negotiations
               of
               Peace
               and
               Warre
               ;
               yea
               ,
               their
               continuall
               dissentions
               and
               hazzards
               ,
               wherein
               they
               have
               almost
               lived
               from
               the
               first
               foundation
               of
               their
               city
               ,
               I
               doe
               ,
               to
               nothing
               so
               much
               attribute
               as
               to
               the
               sharpnesse
               of
               their
               wits
               .
               So
               the
               civill
               discords
               of
               the
               Pistolians
               did
               not
               onely
               ruinate
               their
               owne
               estate
               ,
               but
               therein
               likewise
               ingaged
               Florence
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               as
               a
               man
               may
               
               say
               ,
               drew
               all
               Tuscanie
               after
               it
               by
               the
               factions
               of
               the
               Neri
               and
               Bianchi
               :
               for
               thus
               it
               happened
               ;
               Two
               young
               men
               descended
               of
               Noble
               Families
               falling
               out
               ,
               the
               one
               of
               them
               chanced
               to
               be
               lightly
               hurt
               :
               the
               Father
               of
               the
               other
               to
               extinguish
               all
               sparkes
               of
               malice
               ,
               and
               that
               no
               further
               inconveniencie
               should
               arise
               upon
               that
               quarrell
               ,
               sent
               his
               sonne
               to
               aske
               forgivenesse
               of
               him
               that
               was
               hurt
               ,
               but
               the
               effect
               insued
               contrary
               to
               his
               expectation
               :
               for
               the
               Father
               of
               the
               wounded
               Gentleman
               caused
               his
               servants
               to
               lay
               hold
               on
               him
               ;
               and
               cut
               off
               his
               hands
               ,
               and
               so
               sending
               him
               backe
               againe
               ,
               willed
               him
               to
               tell
               his
               Father
               ;
               that
               
                 wounds
                 were
                 not
                 cured
                 with
                 Words
                 ,
                 but
                 with
                 Weapons
                 .
              
               Hereupon
               grew
               betweene
               those
               two
               Families
               a
               mortall
               and
               cruell
               warre
               ,
               which
               drew
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Cities
               into
               the
               quarrell
               ,
               and
               was
               the
               cause
               of
               great
               effusion
               of
               bloud
               :
               yea
               ,
               the
               Florentines
               in
               stead
               of
               executing
               due
               punishment
               upon
               the
               principall
               authors
               of
               the
               faction
               ,
               received
               the
               banished
               on
               both
               sides
               into
               their
               City
               ;
               where
               the
               Donati
               undertaking
               the
               protection
               of
               the
               Neri
               ,
               and
               the
               Chersi
               of
               the
               Bianchi
               ,
               all
               the
               City
               became
               to
               bee
               divided
               into
               Neri
               and
               Bianchi
               ,
               this
               sedition
               was
               not
               of
               long
               time
               after
               pacified
               .
            
             
               Arezzo
               ,
               
               being
               by
               long
               dissention
               amongst
               themselves
               almost
               brought
               to
               wracke
               (
               as
               the
               other
               cities
               of
               Tuscane
               likewise
               were
               )
               was
               sold
               to
               the
               Florentines
               by
               Lewis
               of
               Anjou
               for
               forty
               thousand
               Florens
               of
               gold
               ,
               and
               not
               many
               yeeres
               after
               Cortona
               ,
               by
               King
               Ladislaus
               .
            
             
               With
               the
               State
               of
               Florence
               ,
               doth
               confine
               that
               of
               Sienna
               ,
               
               a
               City
               builded
               by
               the
               Senoni
               ,
               and
               of
               late
               time
               become
               subject
               to
               the
               house
               of
               Medici
               .
               It
               is
               five
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               strong
               by
               situation
               ,
               and
               whereunto
               Cosmo
               the
               great
               Duke
               adjoyned
               a
               Citadell
               .
               From
               Florence
               it
               is
               not
               above
               thirty
               three
               miles
               distant
               ;
               but
               the
               people
               thereof
               are
               much
               differing
               in
               Manners
               ,
               as
               also
               disposition
               ;
               they
               sparing
               ,
               slow
               ,
               and
               unsociable
               towards
               Strangers
               ;
               these
               bountifull
               ,
               and
               of
               kinde
               entertainment
               :
               they
               loth
               to
               part
               with
               money
               ,
               and
               provident
               ;
               these
               liberall
               ,
               and
               onely
               caring
               for
               the
               present
               :
               they
               grave
               ,
               melancholie
               ,
               and
               alwaies
               expecting
               their
               profit
               ;
               these
               plaine
               and
               of
               cheerefull
               countenance
               :
               the
               one
               inclined
               to
               traffique
               
               and
               gaine
               ;
               the
               other
               content
               with
               their
               Revenues
               ,
               and
               the
               fruits
               of
               their
               Farmes
               .
               Sienna
               hath
               a
               large
               and
               fruitfull
               Territory
               ,
               wherein
               are
               contained
               in
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Pienza
                 ,
                 Montalcino
                 ,
                 Chiusi
                 ,
                 Soana
                 :
              
               and
               in
               
                 Maremma
                 ,
                 Massa
              
               ,
               and
               Crosse●o
               ,
               the
               ports
               of
               
                 Orbetelio
                 ,
                 Portercole
              
               ,
               with
               twenty
               six
               other
               walled
               Townes
               .
               The
               coast
               beginneth
               at
               Capiglia
               ,
               and
               extendeth
               to
               the
               little
               River
               of
               Fiore
               ,
               being
               all
               good
               soile
               for
               Corne
               ,
               but
               the
               aire
               is
               so
               infectious
               ,
               that
               none
               live
               long
               therein
               .
               The
               ports
               doe
               all
               belong
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               Hill
               Argentino
               ,
               a
               place
               famous
               by
               the
               discourse
               which
               
                 Claudius
                 Ptolomeus
              
               made
               thereof
               ,
               for
               the
               excellency
               of
               the
               situation
               fit
               for
               the
               building
               of
               a
               royall
               Citie
               .
               Next
               this
               Province
               beginneth
               the
               patrimony
               of
               Saint
               Peter
               ,
               bequeathed
               to
               the
               Church
               by
               the
               Countesse
               Matilda
               .
            
             
               These
               may
               be
               partly
               ghessed
               at
               by
               the
               numbers
               of
               people
               :
               
               which
               (
               not
               to
               over-reach
               with
               the
               Italians
               )
               are
               valued
               800000.
               soules
               ,
               or
               perchance
               a
               million
               in
               all
               his
               dominions
               .
               So
               then
               out
               of
               every
               16000.
               people
               to
               allow
               three
               hundred
               souldiers
               (
               which
               is
               the
               proportion
               of
               the
               Muster-books
               in
               Prato
               )
               then
               will
               800000.
               people
               allow
               15000.
               souldiers
               :
               and
               though
               the
               Duke
               (
               as
               some
               writers
               affirme
               )
               hath
               sometimes
               confessed
               that
               he
               hath
               thirty
               or
               36000.
               souldiers
               :
               yet
               I
               suppose
               you
               shall
               doe
               him
               no
               wrong
               not
               to
               allow
               him
               above
               20000.
               in
               ordinary
               ;
               seeing
               a
               Captaine
               of
               their
               owne
               at
               once
               confessed
               but
               15000.
               
               These
               are
               trained
               once
               a
               moneth
               ,
               except
               in
               Florence
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               not
               suffered
               to
               weare
               Armes
               ;
               the
               liberty
               to
               weare
               which
               causes
               divers
               to
               sue
               to
               be
               souldiers
               ;
               those
               in
               ordinary
               pay
               are
               bestowed
               in
               his
               Garrisons
               .
               Thirty
               Castles
               and
               Forts
               he
               hath
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               of
               them
               fifty
               ,
               in
               others
               but
               fifteene
               souldiers
               .
               Sixteene
               Cities
               with
               Garrison
               also
               he
               hath
               ,
               in
               some
               of
               which
               he
               keepes
               not
               much
               above
               the
               said
               number
               ,
               though
               in
               others
               two
               or
               three
               hundred
               .
               He
               hath
               in
               ordinary
               for
               his
               Guard
               one
               hundred
               horse
               ,
               at
               six
               and
               thirty
               shillings
               nine
               pence
               apeece
               a
               moneth
               ;
               and
               foure
               hundred
               light
               horse
               more
               ,
               at
               fifteene
               shillings
               nine
               pence
               ;
               one
               other
               troope
               of
               horse
               he
               hath
               ,
               for
               
               what
               service
               ,
               and
               in
               what
               pay
               I
               know
               not
               .
               The
               Garrison
               Souldier
               hath
               one
               and
               twenty
               shillings
               a
               moneth
               ,
               the
               traine
               Souldier
               nothing
               .
            
             
               His
               Force
               at
               Sea
               he
               never
               recovered
               since
               the
               defeat
               given
               by
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               where
               hee
               lost
               two
               of
               his
               best
               Gallies
               ,
               
               and
               one
               Galleon
               .
               His
               whole
               Fleet
               is
               about
               twelve
               Gallies
               ,
               and
               five
               Galleasses
               ;
               for
               honour
               and
               increase
               of
               his
               power
               by
               Sea
               ,
               hath
               hee
               instituted
               the
               Knights
               of
               the
               Order
               of
               Saint
               Stephen
               ,
               who
               are
               his
               Commanders
               .
               His
               chiefe
               Port
               and
               Arsenall
               is
               
                 Porto
                 Ferraro
              
               ,
               in
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Elba
               .
               Of
               great
               Ordnance
               were
               told
               in
               the
               Castle
               of
               Livorno
               threescore
               and
               foure
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               of
               Florence
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               ,
               by
               which
               may
               be
               ghessed
               that
               hee
               hath
               no
               want
               of
               munition
               .
               The
               charge
               of
               his
               Gallies
               for
               these
               six
               moneths
               ,
               in
               which
               they
               be
               commonly
               at
               Sea
               ,
               is
               about
               18000.
               gold
               Crownes
               ,
               each
               Crowne
               worth
               six
               shillings
               sterling
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               not
               so
               much
               as
               a
               root
               ,
               
               nor
               the
               dunging
               of
               an
               Asse
               ,
               for
               which
               something
               is
               not
               paid
               to
               the
               great
               Duke
               :
               Victuals
               ,
               Lodging
               ,
               Weddings
               ,
               Bargaines
               ,
               Law-suits
               ,
               setting
               up
               of
               young
               Tradesmen
               ,
               all
               must
               be
               paid
               for
               .
               So
               that
               his
               ordinary
               and
               knowne
               revenue
               is
               valued
               at
               1100000.
               
               Ducats
               ,
               which
               comes
               to
               279000.
               pound
               sterling
               a
               yeere
               ,
               besides
               his
               extraordinaries
               .
               A
               wonderfull
               summe
               for
               a
               petty
               Prince
               ,
               especially
               in
               such
               a
               thrifty
               place
               ,
               where
               all
               expences
               defrayed
               ,
               he
               may
               in
               times
               of
               peace
               put
               up
               one
               halfe
               ,
               if
               not
               two
               thirds
               of
               his
               intire
               Revenue
               ;
               Ordinaries
               and
               Extraordinaries
               arising
               to
               one
               thousand
               pound
               a
               day
               .
               His
               neighbour
               Princes
               are
               all
               jealous
               of
               him
               ,
               hee
               of
               them
               ,
               and
               all
               watchfull
               one
               over
               another
               .
               But
               the
               greatest
               eye-sore
               his
               greatnesse
               is
               to
               the
               State
               of
               Lucca
               which
               lies
               in
               Tuscany
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               whole
               length
               (
               being
               fifty
               miles
               )
               surrounded
               by
               this
               Dukes
               dominions
               .
               This
               makes
               them
               at
               great
               and
               continuall
               charge
               of
               Garrisons
               ,
               and
               to
               put
               themselves
               under
               the
               protection
               of
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               the
               feare
               of
               whose
               power
               slaves
               off
               the
               Duke
               from
               attempting
               upon
               that
               State
               ;
               which
               might
               hee
               once
               obtaine
               ,
               hee
               might
               truly
               then
               write
               himselfe
               
                 Great
                 Duke
                 of
                 Tuscany
              
               .
               Whereas
               now
               having
               but
               part
               
               of
               it
               ,
               he
               may
               be
               answered
               as
               the
               Pope
               did
               his
               Predecessor
               .
               So
               he
               may
               write
               himselfe
               the
               Greatest
               Duke
               of
               all
               Tuscany
               ,
               rather
               than
               The
               Great
               Duke
               of
               all
               Tuscany
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               .
            
             
               THe
               chiefe
               place
               hereof
               in
               ancient
               time
               was
               Capua
               ,
               the
               pleasant
               situation
               whereof
               was
               the
               overthrow
               of
               Han●●bal
               and
               his
               army
               .
               Cicero
               writeth
               ,
               that
               the
               Romans
               were
               Lords
               of
               three
               imperiall
               Cities
               ,
               
                 Carthage
                 ,
                 Corinth
              
               ,
               and
               Capua
               .
               The
               two
               first
               being
               farre
               off
               ,
               they
               utterly
               ruinated
               :
               of
               Capua
               they
               long
               consulted
               ;
               in
               the
               end
               they
               concluded
               that
               it
               were
               extreme
               tyrannie
               to
               spoile
               so
               noble
               a
               city
               of
               Italy
               .
               But
               for
               their
               better
               security
               ,
               they
               confiscated
               the
               Territories
               thereof
               ,
               and
               deprived
               it
               of
               all
               forme
               and
               Majesty
               of
               Common-wealth
               .
               They
               let
               the
               buildings
               stand
               to
               serve
               for
               receit
               of
               those
               which
               should
               till
               the
               ground
               .
               
               Naples
               is
               now
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               not
               onely
               of
               Campagnia
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               is
               indeed
               a
               princely
               City
               :
               it
               is
               in
               compasse
               seven
               miles
               ,
               but
               narrow
               :
               of
               late
               times
               it
               is
               much
               augmented
               ,
               and
               would
               increase
               continually
               ,
               if
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               had
               not
               forbidden
               a
               further
               increase
               by
               building
               ;
               whereunto
               he
               was
               moved
               ,
               partly
               by
               the
               complaints
               of
               the
               Barons
               (
               whose
               Tenants
               to
               injoy
               the
               liberties
               granted
               to
               the
               Neapolitans
               ,
               did
               forsake
               their
               owne
               dwelling
               to
               seat
               themselves
               there
               :
               )
               partly
               by
               the
               danger
               of
               rebellion
               ,
               which
               in
               so
               mighty
               a
               City
               cannot
               easily
               be
               repressed
               .
               It
               is
               strongly
               walled
               ,
               and
               hath
               in
               it
               three
               Castles
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               is
               Castle
               -
               Novo
               ,
               builded
               by
               Charles
               of
               Angcow
               .
               The
               haven
               is
               not
               large
               nor
               safe
               ,
               but
               that
               inconvenience
               is
               somewhat
               eased
               by
               an
               artificiall
               key
               .
               It
               hath
               likewise
               an
               Arsenall
               ,
               wherein
               all
               Instruments
               of
               warre
               are
               forged
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               other
               religious
               places
               (
               of
               which
               sort
               there
               are
               many
               ,
               and
               those
               well
               maintained
               )
               there
               is
               the
               house
               of
               Piety
               ,
               called
               
                 Il
                 monte
                 della
                 pieta
              
               ,
               
               which
               by
               ordinary
               Revenues
               and
               gifts
               ,
               may
               dispend
               yeerely
               60000.
               
               Crownes
               ,
               wherewith
               (
               amongst
               other
               charitable
               workes
               )
               it
               maintaineth
               
               thorow
               the
               Kingdome
               two
               thousand
               Infants
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               one
               of
               the
               regions
               belonging
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               ;
               It
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               River
               Iano
               ,
               
               and
               the
               Terrhene
               and
               Ionian
               Seas
               ;
               
               it
               is
               in
               compasse
               above
               five
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               and
               is
               divided
               into
               two
               Provinces
               ;
               the
               one
               lieth
               on
               the
               Terrhene
               Sea
               ,
               where
               in
               ancient
               times
               the
               Brutians
               did
               inhabit
               ,
               and
               that
               part
               is
               properly
               called
               Calabria
               ;
               the
               other
               lieth
               on
               the
               Ionian
               ,
               and
               called
               
                 Magna
                 Graecia
              
               .
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               the
               higher
               and
               lower
               .
               Of
               the
               higher
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               is
               Cosenza
               ,
               of
               the
               lower
               
                 Catanzara
                 .
                 Cosenza
              
               is
               a
               large
               Citie
               ,
               Catanzara
               a
               strong
               .
               Betweene
               the
               Cape
               of
               the
               Pillars
               ,
               and
               the
               Cape
               Alice
               is
               Corone
               ,
               a
               place
               of
               very
               wholesome
               aire
               .
               Vpon
               this
               territorie
               ,
               Anno
               1551.
               the
               Navie
               of
               the
               Great
               Turke
               landed
               and
               made
               some
               stay
               :
               which
               was
               the
               cause
               that
               moved
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               to
               fortifie
               this
               Citie
               .
               It
               is
               a
               thing
               worthy
               to
               be
               noted
               ,
               how
               much
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               this
               country
               in
               former
               ages
               ,
               exceeded
               the
               numbers
               of
               this
               present
               :
               for
               in
               those
               dayes
               this
               Citie
               sent
               more
               men
               against
               the
               Locrians
               ,
               than
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               is
               now
               able
               to
               afford
               ,
               being
               numbred
               to
               an
               hundred
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               .
               A
               little
               above
               that
               doe
               inhabit
               the
               Sabarits
               ,
               who
               were
               alwayes
               able
               to
               arme
               thirty
               thousand
               .
            
             
               At
               Tarent
               beginneth
               the
               Country
               of
               Otranto
               ,
               
               in
               ancient
               times
               called
               Iapigia
               .
               It
               containeth
               all
               that
               corner
               of
               land
               almost
               invironed
               with
               the
               Sea
               ,
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               Tarent
               and
               Brundusium
               .
               In
               it
               (
               as
               Strabo
               writeth
               )
               were
               once
               thirteene
               great
               Cities
               ,
               but
               in
               his
               time
               onely
               two
               ,
               Tarent
               and
               Brunduse
               .
               The
               aire
               is
               very
               healthfull
               ,
               and
               though
               the
               superficies
               of
               the
               soile
               seeme
               rough
               and
               barren
               ,
               being
               broken
               with
               the
               plough
               ,
               it
               is
               found
               to
               bee
               excellent
               good
               mold
               .
               It
               is
               scarce
               of
               water
               ,
               neverthelesse
               it
               yeeldeth
               good
               Pasture
               ,
               and
               is
               apt
               for
               Wheat
               ,
               Barley
               ,
               Oats
               ,
               Olives
               ,
               Cedars
               ,
               excellent
               Melons
               ,
               Oxen
               ,
               Asses
               ,
               and
               Mules
               of
               great
               estimation
               .
               The
               people
               are
               in
               their
               manners
               dangerous
               ,
               superstitious
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               beastly
               .
               The
               Gentlemen
               lovers
               of
               liberty
               and
               pleasure
               ,
               scoffers
               at
               Religion
               ,
               especially
               at
               that
               which
               we
               terme
               the
               reformed
               :
               and
               yet
               themselves
               
               of
               their
               owne
               great
               blasphemers
               .
               For
               outward
               shew
               they
               live
               in
               great
               pompe
               ,
               and
               make
               the
               City
               more
               stately
               ,
               because
               they
               are
               not
               permitted
               to
               live
               in
               the
               Countrey
               :
               yet
               (
               as
               they
               dare
               )
               they
               bitterly
               grone
               under
               the
               Viceroyes
               controll
               ;
               who
               exerciseth
               the
               Spanish
               pride
               amongst
               them
               ,
               so
               that
               in
               these
               dayes
               they
               come
               nothing
               neere
               their
               native
               glory
               ,
               nor
               customary
               wantonnesse
               .
               In
               this
               Country
               is
               bred
               the
               Tarantola
               ,
               whose
               venome
               is
               expelled
               with
               Fire
               and
               Musicke
               ,
               as
               Gellius
               reporteth
               out
               of
               Theophrash
               his
               History
               of
               living
               creatures
               .
               There
               are
               likewise
               bred
               the
               Chersidi
               ,
               serpents
               living
               both
               on
               the
               land
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Sea
               :
               yea
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               part
               of
               Italy
               more
               cumbred
               with
               Grashoppers
               which
               leave
               nothing
               where
               they
               come
               ,
               but
               would
               utterly
               consume
               in
               one
               night
               whole
               fields
               full
               of
               ripe
               corne
               ,
               if
               Nature
               by
               sending
               the
               birds
               called
               the
               Gaive
               into
               those
               quarters
               ,
               had
               not
               provided
               a
               remedie
               against
               this
               misery
               .
               The
               place
               at
               all
               times
               of
               the
               yeare
               endureth
               much
               dammage
               by
               Haile
               :
               Thunder
               is
               as
               usuall
               in
               Winter
               as
               in
               Summer
               .
            
             
               This
               Province
               is
               situated
               betweene
               two
               Seas
               :
               
               The
               Citie
               is
               seated
               in
               an
               Island
               like
               unto
               a
               ship
               ,
               and
               joyned
               to
               the
               Continent
               with
               bridges
               ,
               where
               the
               tide
               setteth
               violently
               ;
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               the
               two
               Seas
               joyne
               together
               by
               meanes
               of
               a
               trench
               cut
               out
               by
               mans
               hand
               ,
               and
               is
               of
               largenesse
               sufficient
               to
               receive
               a
               Gally
               .
               Where
               the
               Citie
               now
               standeth
               was
               before
               a
               rocke
               ,
               and
               is
               holden
               to
               be
               the
               strongest
               fortresse
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               
               From
               thence
               along
               the
               shore
               lieth
               Caesaria
               ,
               now
               ruined
               by
               them
               of
               
                 Gallipoli
                 .
                 
                 Gallipolis
              
               is
               seated
               on
               a
               ridge
               of
               land
               ,
               running
               into
               the
               Sea
               like
               a
               tongue
               ;
               On
               the
               furthest
               point
               whereof
               standeth
               the
               Citie
               ,
               and
               is
               of
               great
               strength
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               situation
               ,
               being
               fenced
               with
               unaccessible
               rocks
               ,
               well
               walled
               and
               secured
               by
               a
               Castle
               ;
               with
               which
               motives
               of
               encouragement
               in
               the
               warres
               ,
               betweene
               the
               French
               and
               the
               Arragons
               ,
               the
               citizens
               thereof
               to
               their
               great
               honour
               ,
               continued
               ever
               faithfull
               to
               the
               fortunes
               of
               the
               Arragons
               .
               It
               hath
               beene
               counted
               one
               of
               the
               chiefest
               Cities
               of
               Italy
               ;
               it
               is
               now
               by
               their
               civill
               dissentions
               almost
               desolated
               ,
               the
               cause
               ,
               as
               I
               take
               it
               ,
               wherefore
               the
               aire
               thereabouts
               
               is
               become
               so
               unhealthfull
               :
               an
               influence
               incident
               to
               all
               great
               Cities
               .
               For
               as
               nothing
               doth
               better
               temper
               the
               aire
               than
               the
               frequencie
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               because
               (
               by
               husbandry
               and
               industry
               )
               they
               drie
               up
               Fennie
               and
               unwholesome
               places
               ,
               prune
               such
               woods
               as
               grow
               too
               thicke
               and
               obscure
               ;
               with
               their
               fires
               purge
               noysome
               exhalations
               ,
               and
               with
               their
               high
               buildings
               extenuate
               grosse
               vapours
               :
               So
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               there
               is
               nothing
               apter
               to
               breed
               infection
               than
               desolation
               :
               for
               so
               the
               places
               are
               not
               onely
               deprived
               of
               the
               aforesaid
               helps
               ,
               but
               even
               the
               houses
               and
               their
               ruines
               are
               receptacles
               of
               infection
               ,
               and
               matter
               of
               corruption
               .
               Which
               appeareth
               to
               be
               true
               by
               the
               ruines
               of
               
                 Aquilea
                 ,
                 Rome
                 ,
                 Ravenna
              
               ,
               and
               Alexandria
               in
               Aegypt
               .
               For
               which
               inconvenience
               ,
               the
               Grecians
               never
               built
               huge
               Cities
               ;
               Plato
               would
               not
               that
               his
               should
               exceed
               500.
               families
               ,
               and
               Aristotle
               wished
               that
               all
               his
               people
               might
               at
               once
               heare
               the
               voice
               of
               one
               Crier
               .
            
             
               This
               Province
               extendeth
               from
               the
               confines
               of
               Brunduse
               ,
               
               to
               the
               River
               Fortore
               .
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               two
               territories
               ;
               
               the
               one
               at
               this
               day
               called
               Bari
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               Latines
               Peucetia
               ;
               the
               other
               Puglia
               ,
               and
               by
               them
               Dawnia
               ,
               divided
               each
               from
               other
               by
               the
               River
               Lofanto
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               second
               part
               it
               comprehendeth
               Capitanato
               ,
               
               containing
               in
               it
               many
               great
               Cities
               ,
               places
               of
               trade
               ,
               and
               Fortresses
               of
               good
               account
               .
               Amongst
               the
               number
               whereof
               is
               Mansredonia
               ,
               
               built
               by
               K.
               Manfredi
               in
               a
               high
               place
               ,
               &
               healthfull
               ,
               with
               a
               convenient
               and
               safe
               harbour
               .
               It
               lieth
               under
               the
               hill
               Gargano
               ,
               at
               this
               day
               called
               
                 S.
                 Angelo
              
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               appearing
               of
               
                 S.
                 Michael
              
               ,
               who
               is
               honoured
               there
               with
               great
               devotion
               .
               It
               should
               seeme
               that
               in
               this
               hill
               all
               the
               riches
               of
               Puglia
               are
               heaped
               together
               :
               it
               hath
               plenty
               of
               water
               ,
               an
               element
               rare
               in
               this
               Province
               .
               The
               Sarazens
               finding
               the
               opportunitie
               of
               the
               situation
               thereof
               did
               there
               fortifie
               ,
               &
               therein
               maintained
               themselves
               a
               long
               time
               :
               for
               in
               truth
               there
               is
               no
               place
               better
               to
               molest
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               to
               command
               the
               Adriatike
               Sea.
               Puglia
               is
               another
               Province
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               ;
               
               it
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               River
               Fortorie
               ,
               and
               the
               River
               Tronto
               :
               in
               which
               circuit
               are
               contained
               many
               people
               .
               
               Towards
               the
               Sea
               it
               is
               a
               fruitfull
               Country
               ,
               in
               the
               middest
               rough
               and
               mountainous
               ,
               and
               the
               coldest
               Region
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               wealth
               thereof
               consisteth
               in
               Cattell
               and
               Saffron
               .
            
             
               The
               Country
               of
               Malsi
               is
               divided
               with
               the
               River
               Pescara
               ,
               
               the
               Governour
               thereof
               resideth
               in
               San-Severino
               .
               This
               Province
               hath
               no
               famous
               place
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               Inland
               .
               
               Benevento
               was
               given
               to
               the
               Church
               by
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               in
               recompence
               of
               a
               tribute
               which
               Leo
               the
               ninth
               did
               release
               to
               the
               Church
               of
               Bamburgh
               ,
               which
               in
               those
               daies
               ,
               being
               by
               divers
               casualties
               often
               usurped
               ,
               was
               at
               last
               restored
               againe
               to
               the
               Church
               by
               the
               Armes
               of
               the
               Normans
               .
            
             
               It
               was
               the
               habitation
               of
               the
               Lucans
               ,
               extending
               from
               the
               River
               Sarvo
               ,
               to
               Lavo
               :
               it
               is
               a
               territory
               rough
               and
               mountainous
               .
               Towards
               the
               Sea-coast
               are
               
                 Nico
                 ,
                 Sorento
                 ,
                 Massa
                 ,
                 Almasi
                 ,
              
               and
               Salerne
               ,
               the
               aire
               whereof
               is
               very
               temperate
               ;
               in
               the
               upland
               are
               
                 Cava
                 ,
                 Nocera
                 ,
                 San-Severino
              
               ;
               and
               more
               neere
               the
               Sea
               ,
               Peste
               ,
               where
               Roses
               blow
               twice
               a
               yeare
               ;
               
                 Agropoli
                 ,
                 Possidoniat
              
               ,
               now
               
                 Licosa
                 ,
                 Policaster
                 ,
                 Capace
                 Nov●
                 Venosa
                 ,
                 Accella
                 ,
              
               and
               Melsi
               ,
               holden
               second
               to
               Naples
               .
            
          
           
             
               Naples
               .
            
             
               NAples
               was
               first
               the
               receptacle
               of
               Philosophie
               ;
               secondly
               ,
               of
               the
               Muses
               ;
               and
               now
               of
               Souldiery
               ;
               the
               moderne
               inhabitants
               having
               their
               eares
               daily
               inured
               to
               the
               sound
               of
               the
               drum
               &
               fife
               ,
               and
               their
               eyes
               to
               the
               management
               of
               Horses
               ,
               and
               glittering
               of
               Armours
               .
               For
               the
               ambitious
               Spaniard
               now
               governeth
               this
               Kingdome
               by
               a
               Viceroy
               ,
               directed
               (
               upon
               occasions
               )
               by
               the
               Councell
               appointed
               for
               Italy
               ,
               which
               innovation
               hath
               principally
               befallen
               them
               ,
               by
               their
               dependancie
               upon
               the
               Popes
               ;
               who
               knowing
               (
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               brevitie
               of
               their
               lives
               )
               not
               otherwise
               to
               govern
               than
               by
               spleene
               ,
               passion
               ,
               and
               private
               respect
               ,
               have
               continually
               disquieted
               the
               estate
               ,
               untill
               a
               third
               man
               hath
               bereaved
               both
               parties
               of
               their
               imaginary
               greatnesse
               .
               And
               this
               is
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               who
               making
               right
               use
               of
               former
               defaults
               ,
               hath
               
               secured
               the
               peece
               :
               first
               ,
               by
               taking
               all
               power
               and
               greatnesse
               from
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               (
               more
               than
               titular
               ;
               )
               and
               secondly
               ,
               in
               suppressing
               the
               popular
               throughout
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               by
               forren
               souldiery
               .
            
             
               A
               regiment
               consisting
               of
               foure
               thousand
               Spaniards
               ,
               besides
               sixteene
               hundred
               quartered
               in
               the
               maritime
               Townes
               and
               fortresses
               .
               To
               these
               one
               thousand
               great
               horse
               ,
               and
               foure
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               light-horse
               are
               inrolled
               .
            
             
               They
               say
               ,
               through
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               ,
               five
               hundred
               and
               threescore
               persons
               (
               able
               to
               beare
               armes
               )
               may
               bee
               levied
               and
               trained
               ;
               but
               are
               not
               in
               pay
               ,
               nor
               raised
               but
               in
               time
               of
               service
               ;
               and
               then
               but
               in
               part
               ,
               according
               to
               occasion
               .
            
             
               To
               make
               good
               this
               proportion
               ,
               every
               Hundred
               ,
               fires
               (
               or
               families
               )
               are
               charged
               with
               five
               foot-men
               ,
               &
               there
               are
               foure
               millions
               ,
               eleven
               thousand
               foure
               hundred
               fifty
               and
               foure
               fires
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               .
               Over
               whom
               Captaines
               are
               appointed
               ,
               who
               have
               their
               entertaiments
               as
               well
               in
               times
               of
               peace
               as
               of
               warre
               .
            
             
               Their
               strength
               at
               Sea
               consisteth
               of
               thirty
               seven
               Gallies
               ;
               
               yet
               more
               than
               trouble
               and
               title
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               reapeth
               not
               from
               this
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               revenue
               ,
               and
               donatives
               ,
               
               (
               now
               made
               revenue
               )
               with
               impositions
               ,
               amount
               yearly
               to
               two
               millions
               and
               fiftie
               thousand
               ducats
               ,
               one
               million
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               thereof
               are
               ordinarily
               given
               away
               in
               pension
               and
               other
               largesses
               ;
               the
               remainder
               cannot
               suffice
               (
               by
               much
               )
               to
               discharge
               the
               Garrisons
               ,
               Gallies
               ,
               Horsemen
               ,
               and
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Souldierie
               .
            
             
               The
               body
               of
               their
               Nobilitie
               consisteth
               of
               fourteene
               Princes
               ,
               
               five
               and
               twenty
               Dukes
               ,
               thirty
               Marquesses
               ,
               fifty
               foure
               Earles
               ,
               and
               foure
               thousand
               Barons
               :
               too
               too
               many
               to
               thrive
               one
               by
               another
               ;
               for
               as
               they
               increase
               in
               number
               ,
               so
               great
               Princes
               will
               be
               sure
               they
               shall
               decrease
               in
               authoritie
               .
               No
               office
               is
               allotted
               them
               ,
               neither
               any
               command
               assigned
               them
               ,
               whereby
               they
               might
               ascend
               to
               estimation
               .
               Every
               Officer
               is
               countenanced
               against
               them
               ,
               all
               their
               misdemeanours
               lookt
               into
               ,
               severely
               examined
               ,
               and
               justice
               rigorously
               inflicted
               .
               
               Their
               ancient
               vassals
               (
               their
               ancient
               honour
               and
               confidencie
               )
               are
               now
               alienated
               from
               them
               ,
               and
               being
               backt
               against
               them
               in
               their
               pretensions
               ,
               are
               growne
               neglectfull
               of
               them
               .
               They
               have
               lost
               their
               stings
               ;
               and
               being
               either
               desperate
               of
               their
               libertie
               ,
               or
               farre
               degenerated
               from
               their
               ancient
               glory
               ,
               dare
               not
               expresse
               ,
               much
               lesse
               put
               in
               hazzard
               ,
               any
               action
               tending
               to
               redemption
               .
               Indeed
               they
               have
               no
               likelihood
               of
               forren
               assistance
               ,
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               Italie
               in
               these
               dayes
               either
               fearing
               ,
               or
               flying
               into
               the
               protection
               of
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               A
               pregnant
               president
               of
               the
               many
               calamities
               incident
               to
               all
               Kingdomes
               governed
               by
               Deputies
               .
            
             
               The
               riches
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               are
               especially
               silks
               ,
               
               wrought
               and
               unwrought
               ,
               and
               wines
               .
               The
               taxes
               now
               imposed
               upon
               these
               wares
               have
               so
               inhaunced
               the
               prices
               ,
               that
               the
               forren
               Merchant
               néglecteth
               to
               trade
               ,
               to
               the
               no
               small
               impoverishment
               of
               the
               Tradesman
               and
               Merchant
               ,
               whose
               especiall
               livelihoods
               consist
               in
               workmanship
               ,
               and
               the
               quicke
               returne
               thereof
               .
               What
               rates
               may
               be
               imposed
               hereon
               ,
               as
               also
               upon
               victuals
               and
               wines
               ,
               let
               reason
               judge
               ,
               when
               upon
               herbs
               only
               spent
               in
               Naples
               ,
               foure
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               are
               annually
               levied
               by
               way
               of
               imposition
               .
               As
               for
               Wines
               ,
               twelve
               thousand
               Buts
               are
               reported
               to
               bee
               transported
               from
               thence
               at
               every
               season
               .
            
             
               Among
               all
               men
               that
               professe
               Christ
               ,
               
               there
               is
               not
               a
               more
               uncivill
               creature
               than
               the
               Calabriar
               .
               Over
               land
               there
               is
               no
               travelling
               ,
               without
               assured
               pillage
               ,
               and
               hardly
               to
               be
               avoided
               murder
               ,
               although
               you
               have
               not
               about
               you
               (
               &
               that
               to
               their
               knowledge
               )
               the
               worth
               of
               a
               dolar
               .
               More
               silke
               is
               made
               from
               the
               silke-worme
               in
               this
               Province
               ,
               than
               in
               all
               Italy
               besides
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Millaine
               .
            
             
               NOt
               to
               doe
               the
               Spaniard
               wrong
               ,
               we
               will
               adde
               his
               Duchie
               of
               Millaine
               to
               his
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               .
               The
               circuit
               of
               this
               State
               is
               three
               hundred
               miles
               of
               good
               ,
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               well
               watered
               land
               ;
               under
               which
               are
               nine
               good
               Cities
               ,
               and
               in
               them
               two
               Vniversities
               ,
               Pavia
               and
               Millan
               .
               This
               
               latter
               a
               goodly
               Citie
               and
               a
               rich
               ,
               almost
               seven
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               and
               inhabited
               by
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               ,
               industrious
               and
               of
               the
               best
               Artizans
               of
               Italy
               .
               It
               claimes
               to
               be
               the
               first
               Duchie
               of
               Europe
               .
               In
               the
               weaknesse
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               Millane
               withdrew
               its
               obedience
               ,
               An.
               1161.
               
               Fiftie
               six
               yeares
               after
               that
               ,
               the
               Visonti
               usurped
               upon
               the
               common
               libertie
               .
               For
               want
               of
               heires
               the
               French
               claimed
               and
               conquered
               it
               .
               But
               King
               Francis
               being
               taken
               prisoner
               by
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               was
               faine
               to
               release
               Millane
               to
               gaine
               his
               owne
               libertie
               :
               And
               thus
               came
               it
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               His
               certaine
               Revenue
               out
               of
               it
               (
               besides
               Escheats
               and
               gratuities
               )
               are
               eight
               hundred
               thousand
               Ducats
               :
               but
               the
               maintenance
               of
               it
               costs
               him
               much
               more
               than
               that
               summe
               :
               and
               the
               French
               for
               that
               reason
               were
               glad
               they
               were
               rid
               of
               it
               :
               For
               the
               Spaniard
               is
               at
               continuall
               charges
               of
               three
               thousand
               foot
               ,
               one
               thousand
               light-horse
               ,
               and
               six
               hundred
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               besides
               the
               expences
               upon
               the
               Forts
               ;
               whereof
               the
               Castle
               of
               Millane
               is
               held
               to
               be
               one
               of
               the
               surest
               peeces
               in
               the
               world
               .
               The
               natives
               are
               proud
               ,
               and
               the
               Spaniards
               are
               proud
               too
               ;
               and
               it
               was
               never
               yet
               knowne
               that
               two
               proud
               persons
               loved
               one
               another
               :
               and
               this
               makes
               the
               Spaniard
               to
               curbe
               them
               with
               Forts
               and
               Garrisons
               .
               But
               since
               he
               is
               Master
               of
               the
               Valtoline
               ,
               he
               can
               quickly
               bring
               German
               forces
               into
               Millane
               ,
               if
               he
               perceived
               any
               inclination
               to
               insurrection
               .
               The
               Governour
               is
               Generall
               of
               the
               Forces
               ;
               and
               hee
               alwayes
               a
               Spaniard
               .
               Law-matters
               are
               decided
               by
               sixteene
               Doctors
               of
               Law
               ,
               and
               other
               chiefe
               men
               of
               the
               Clergie
               and
               Nobilitie
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               Genoa
               .
            
             
               THe
               places
               of
               most
               note
               therein
               are
               Nizza
               ,
               
               having
               a
               Castle
               of
               great
               account
               ;
               
                 Villa
                 franca
              
               ,
               a
               Haven
               of
               great
               receit
               ,
               but
               dangerous
               ;
               Monaco
               ,
               a
               notable
               for
               t
               ;
               Ventimilia
               ,
               a
               good
               Citie
               .
               The
               Champion
               of
               Arbenga
               is
               fertill
               ,
               but
               the
               aire
               infectious
               .
               Finale
               is
               a
               famous
               Lordship
               ;
               Noly
               hath
               a
               convenient
               Harbour
               for
               shipping
               ,
               but
               Savona
               had
               a
               better
               ,
               if
               the
               jealous
               Genoise
               had
               not
               choaked
               it
               .
            
             
             
               The
               people
               are
               wittie
               ,
               
               active
               ,
               high
               minded
               ,
               tall
               of
               stature
               ,
               and
               of
               comely
               personage
               .
               They
               build
               stately
               :
               At
               home
               they
               live
               sparingly
               ,
               abroad
               magnificently
               .
            
             
               Genoa
               is
               now
               the
               Metropolitan
               Citie
               of
               the
               Province
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               situation
               was
               holden
               to
               be
               one
               of
               the
               Keyes
               of
               Italy
               .
               The
               people
               thereof
               were
               once
               very
               famous
               for
               their
               manifold
               victories
               ,
               and
               great
               command
               by
               sea
               ,
               insomuch
               that
               wrastling
               with
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               they
               had
               almost
               bereaved
               them
               of
               their
               estate
               ,
               and
               taken
               their
               Citie
               :
               But
               (
               Fortune
               favouring
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               and
               crossing
               the
               Genoise
               ,
               even
               to
               their
               utter
               undoing
               )
               ever
               since
               this
               Citie
               hath
               declined
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               only
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               former
               defeature
               ,
               and
               their
               continuall
               and
               civill
               discords
               ,
               but
               also
               ,
               for
               that
               they
               have
               given
               over
               their
               trafficke
               and
               care
               of
               their
               publike
               good
               ;
               and
               have
               betaken
               themselves
               to
               live
               by
               usury
               ,
               retaile
               ,
               and
               mechanicall
               Trades
               ,
               altogether
               regarding
               their
               private
               benefit
               ;
               whereupon
               ,
               not
               being
               of
               puissance
               ,
               as
               in
               former
               ages
               ,
               to
               make
               good
               their
               actions
               ,
               they
               were
               forced
               to
               put
               themselves
               under
               the
               protection
               ,
               sometimes
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Millaine
               ,
               and
               now
               under
               the
               Spanish
               .
            
             
               This
               hath
               sometimes
               beene
               much
               more
               potent
               ;
               and
               Mistres
               not
               only
               of
               divers
               lands
               in
               Tuscany
               ,
               as
               also
               of
               the
               Ilands
               of
               Corsica
               and
               Sardinia
               ,
               upon
               the
               Coast
               of
               Italy
               ;
               but
               of
               
                 Lesvos
                 ,
                 Chios
              
               ,
               and
               other
               Ilets
               in
               the
               Greekish
               Seas
               :
               of
               Pera
               likewise
               hard
               by
               Constantinople
               ,
               &
               of
               Capha
               and
               other
               places
               in
               the
               
                 Taurica
                 Chersonesus
              
               .
               These
               last
               places
               they
               have
               lost
               to
               the
               
                 Turkes
                 ,
                 Sardinia
              
               to
               the
               Arragonians
               ;
               their
               possessions
               in
               Tuscanie
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               Duke
               ;
               nothing
               is
               now
               left
               them
               but
               Liguria
               and
               
                 Corsica
                 .
                 Liguria
              
               is
               on
               the
               East
               ,
               divided
               from
               Tuscanie
               by
               the
               River
               Macra
               ,
               touching
               the
               Apenine
               hils
               on
               the
               North
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               South
               open
               to
               its
               owne
               Sea.
               The
               length
               is
               about
               fourescore
               miles
               ,
               the
               breadth
               threescore
               and
               five
               .
               It
               hath
               some
               halfe
               dozen
               of
               eight
               good
               Townes
               besides
               Genoa
               ,
               which
               Citie
               being
               six
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               is
               for
               the
               wealth
               and
               buildings
               called
               
                 Genoa
                 the
                 proud
              
               .
               The
               people
               are
               many
               :
               whereof
               eight
               and
               twenty
               Families
               of
               Gentlemen
               ,
               
               out
               of
               whom
               the
               Councell
               of
               foure
               hundred
               is
               chosen
               .
               The
               men
               noted
               for
               hastie
               chopping
               in
               of
               their
               meat
               ,
               are
               therefore
               of
               bad
               complexions
               ;
               the
               women
               better
               ;
               and
               in
               this
               freer
               than
               the
               rest
               of
               Italy
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               be
               made
               Court
               ,
               unto
               ;
               whence
               the
               proverbe
               ,
               
                 Genoa
                 hath
                 a
                 Sea
                 without
                 fish
                 ,
                 Mountaines
                 without
                 grasse
                 ,
                 and
                 Women
                 without
                 honestie
                 .
              
               They
               are
               governed
               by
               a
               Duke
               ;
               but
               hee
               is
               no
               other
               but
               a
               Maior
               ,
               chosen
               every
               yeare
               ,
               and
               directed
               by
               a
               Councel
               of
               16.
               
               Their
               several
               factions
               have
               brought
               them
               to
               this
               passe
               .
               They
               are
               great
               Bankers
               and
               mony
               Masters
               :
               and
               seldome
               is
               their
               Protector
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               out
               of
               their
               debt
               .
               Their
               Merchants
               hold
               up
               one
               another
               by
               Families
               .
               Their
               Revenues
               are
               about
               430000.
               crownes
               .
               Their
               force
               is
               nothing
               so
               great
               as
               when
               they
               conquered
               
                 Sardinia
                 ,
                 Corsica
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Baleares
               ;
               or
               as
               when
               they
               were
               able
               to
               maintaine
               seven
               Armies
               in
               the
               warres
               of
               the
               Holy
               Land
               ;
               or
               set
               forth
               an
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               five
               Gallies
               in
               one
               Fleet.
               They
               must
               by
               law
               have
               alwayes
               five
               and
               twenty
               Gallies
               in
               their
               Arsenall
               :
               foure
               of
               which
               are
               still
               to
               scoure
               the
               Coasts
               .
               In
               Genoa
               ,
               they
               have
               a
               Garrison
               of
               the
               Ilanders
               of
               Corsica
               ,
               and
               there
               ,
               of
               Genoise
               .
               Some
               troopes
               of
               horse
               they
               keepe
               to
               guard
               their
               shore
               .
               But
               their
               best
               strength
               was
               five
               yeares
               since
               seene
               to
               be
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               Venice
               .
            
             
               IN
               the
               very
               bottome
               of
               the
               Adriaticke
               ,
               called
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               
               the
               Gulfe
               of
               Venice
               ,
               is
               a
               ridge
               of
               Land
               ,
               reaching
               from
               the
               Lime-kils
               ,
               called
               by
               them
               Fornaci
               ,
               to
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               River
               Piane
               ,
               in
               forme
               of
               a
               Bow
               ;
               and
               containeth
               in
               length
               thirty
               five
               miles
               ,
               and
               in
               bredth
               two
               where
               it
               is
               broadest
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               places
               no
               more
               than
               what
               an
               Harquebuze
               can
               shoot
               over
               .
               This
               ridge
               is
               parted
               and
               cut
               (
               what
               by
               the
               falling
               of
               Rivers
               ,
               &
               the
               working
               of
               the
               Sea
               )
               into
               seven
               principall
               Ilands
               :
               the
               Ports
               of
               Brondolo
               ,
               of
               Chiozzo
               ,
               of
               Malamoco
               ,
               of
               the
               
                 three
                 castles
              
               ,
               of
               Saint
               Erasmus
               ,
               the
               
                 Lito
                 Maggiore
              
               ,
               or
               great
               shore
               ,
               and
               the
               Treports
               .
               Betweene
               that
               part
               of
               this
               ridge
               ,
               which
               is
               
               called
               Lito
               ,
               and
               the
               Continent
               ,
               standeth
               the
               Lake
               of
               Venice
               ,
               in
               compasse
               ninety
               miles
               .
               In
               this
               Lake
               is
               seated
               the
               City
               of
               Venice
               ,
               upon
               threescore
               and
               twelve
               Ilands
               ,
               distant
               from
               the
               shore
               two
               miles
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               firme
               land
               five
               ;
               divided
               with
               many
               Channels
               ,
               some
               greater
               ,
               some
               lesser
               .
               It
               was
               begunne
               to
               be
               built
               in
               the
               yeere
               421.
               the
               five
               and
               twentieth
               of
               March
               about
               noone
               .
            
             
               It
               increased
               in
               people
               with
               the
               report
               of
               the
               Hunnes
               comming
               into
               Italy
               ,
               
               and
               more
               afterwards
               by
               the
               desolation
               of
               Aquily
               ,
               and
               the
               bordering
               Cities
               ;
               as
               Padoa
               and
               Monselice
               destroyed
               by
               Agilulfus
               King
               of
               Lombardy
               .
               Some
               are
               of
               opinion
               ,
               that
               anciently
               the
               Lake
               reached
               up
               as
               high
               as
               Oriago
               ,
               which
               standeth
               upon
               the
               Brent
               :
               which
               being
               true
               ,
               then
               was
               Venice
               ten
               miles
               distant
               from
               the
               Continent
               .
               
               The
               City
               ,
               amongst
               many
               other
               Channels
               which
               doe
               incircle
               it
               ,
               is
               divided
               by
               one
               maine
               Channell
               (
               for
               his
               largenesse
               called
               the
               
                 Grand
                 Canale
              
               )
               into
               two
               parts
               ,
               whereof
               the
               one
               part
               looketh
               South-west
               ,
               the
               other
               North-east
               .
               This
               Channell
               in
               his
               winding
               maketh
               the
               forme
               of
               the
               letter
               S.
               backward
               :
               And
               it
               is
               the
               more
               famous
               for
               the
               admirable
               prospect
               of
               so
               many
               most
               curious
               and
               goodly
               Palaces
               ,
               as
               are
               built
               all
               the
               length
               of
               it
               on
               either
               side
               ,
               to
               the
               astonishment
               of
               the
               beholders
               .
               Some
               report
               ,
               that
               the
               Channell
               was
               the
               bed
               of
               the
               old
               River
               Brenta
               ,
               which
               it
               made
               before
               the
               course
               thereof
               was
               turned
               ,
               by
               making
               the
               banke
               of
               
                 Leccia
                 fusina
              
               ,
               and
               so
               broke
               out
               and
               emptied
               it selfe
               by
               the
               mouth
               ,
               which
               is
               called
               the
               
                 three
                 Castles
              
               .
               On
               the
               middle
               of
               this
               Channell
               standeth
               the
               bridge
               of
               Rialto
               ,
               built
               first
               of
               wood
               ,
               but
               in
               our
               time
               re-edified
               and
               built
               of
               stone
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               such
               excellency
               of
               workmanship
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               justly
               bee
               numbred
               amongst
               the
               best
               contrived
               Edifices
               of
               Europe
               .
               This
               Bridge
               joyneth
               together
               the
               two
               most
               and
               best
               frequented
               parts
               of
               the
               City
               ,
               the
               Rialto
               and
               Saint
               Markes
               .
               Many
               lesse
               Channels
               fall
               into
               this
               ,
               which
               are
               passed
               over
               either
               by
               Bridges
               or
               Boats
               appointed
               for
               that
               purpose
               .
               The
               City
               hath
               in
               circuit
               seven
               miles
               ,
               and
               yeeldeth
               an
               inestimable
               Revenue
               .
               About
               the
               City
               ,
               especially
               North-ward
               ,
               lie
               scattered
               here
               
               and
               there
               in
               the
               Lake
               seventy
               five
               other
               Ilands
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               are
               Murano
               and
               Burano
               ,
               both
               for
               circuit
               ,
               building
               ,
               and
               number
               of
               Inhabitants
               :
               Especially
               Murano
               ,
               
               abounding
               all
               over
               with
               goodly
               Houses
               ,
               Gardens
               ,
               and
               a
               thousand
               other
               objects
               of
               delight
               and
               pleasure
               .
               
               Here
               are
               these
               so
               famous
               Glasse-houses
               ,
               where
               so
               many
               admirable
               inventions
               in
               that
               kinde
               are
               made
               in
               Gallies
               ,
               Tents
               ,
               Organs
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ;
               whereof
               the
               quantity
               yeerely
               vented
               ,
               amounteth
               to
               60000.
               
               Crownes
               .
            
             
               Now
               the
               City
               of
               Venice
               ,
               
               which
               from
               her
               Infancy
               hath
               maintained
               her selfe
               free
               ,
               and
               as
               a
               Virgin
               ,
               for
               one
               thousand
               and
               three
               hundred
               yeeres
               ,
               and
               that
               hitherto
               hath
               beene
               untouched
               with
               any
               injury
               of
               War
               or
               Rapine
               ,
               amongst
               other
               advantages
               required
               in
               the
               situation
               of
               a
               City
               ,
               hath
               those
               two
               which
               are
               required
               in
               a
               well
               seated
               City
               ,
               whereof
               having
               already
               discoursed
               in
               the
               site
               of
               England
               ,
               wee
               will
               here
               surcease
               further
               to
               dilate
               of
               .
               The
               safety
               then
               of
               this
               City
               groweth
               from
               the
               Waters
               ,
               and
               the
               situation
               thereof
               in
               the
               Water
               ,
               where
               neither
               it
               can
               be
               well
               approached
               or
               assaulted
               by
               Land
               ,
               for
               the
               interposition
               of
               the
               Water
               betweene
               it
               and
               the
               Land
               :
               nor
               yet
               by
               Sea
               ,
               
               for
               that
               the
               streames
               are
               not
               navigable
               ,
               but
               by
               Vessels
               of
               the
               lesser
               size
               onely
               :
               for
               greater
               ships
               riding
               out
               of
               the
               Channels
               (
               where
               the
               Water
               is
               somewhat
               deepe
               )
               would
               drive
               ;
               and
               riding
               within
               the
               Channels
               ,
               with
               every
               turning
               water
               should
               bee
               on
               ground
               .
               So
               that
               a
               Navie
               of
               lesser
               shipping
               would
               doe
               no
               good
               ,
               and
               greater
               shipping
               cannot
               well
               there
               be
               mannaged
               .
               In
               conclusion
               ,
               these
               Waters
               are
               rather
               made
               for
               the
               places
               and
               entertainment
               of
               peace
               ,
               than
               for
               motions
               of
               warre
               .
               We
               may
               adde
               to
               these
               difficulties
               (
               which
               nature
               and
               the
               situation
               doe
               present
               )
               another
               as
               great
               ,
               which
               ariseth
               from
               the
               power
               and
               provisions
               of
               the
               City
               ,
               which
               are
               ever
               such
               as
               will
               better
               inable
               the
               Inhabitants
               to
               offend
               another
               in
               those
               Waters
               ,
               than
               any
               man
               can
               invent
               to
               offend
               them
               .
               All
               which
               young
               Pepin
               tasted
               to
               his
               losse
               :
            
             
               Who
               with
               his
               ships
               and
               men
               fild
               all
               the
               Coast
               ,
            
             
               From
               the
               Fornaci
               to
               the
               greater
               shore
               ,
            
             
             
               And
               Laid
               a
               bridge
               to
               passe
               his
               ventrous
               boast
            
             
               From
               M●lamocco
               all
               the
               Channellore
               ,
            
             
               Even
               to
               Rialto
               :
               yet
               for
               all
               this
               boast
            
             
               Hee
               's
               faine
               to
               flie
               with
               shame
               :
               the
               Seas
               doe
               drowne
            
             
               His
               men
               :
               His
               bridge
               the
               waves
               have
               beaten
               downe
               .
            
             
               And
               lastly
               wee
               may
               adde
               the
               continuall
               Art
               and
               care
               which
               the
               Seigniorie
               doth
               use
               ,
               ever
               to
               augment
               something
               to
               the
               fortification
               of
               this
               their
               Citie
               and
               State.
               
            
             
               The
               whole
               Dominion
               of
               the
               Venetian
               Seigniorie
               is
               divided
               into
               firme
               land
               and
               Sea.
               
               By
               the
               firme
               land
               we
               understand
               all
               that
               which
               they
               possesse
               in
               Lombardie
               ,
               in
               
                 Marca
                 Tr●vis●●
              
               ,
               and
               in
               Friuli
               ;
               for
               that
               all
               those
               parcels
               doe
               make
               one
               continued
               country
               ,
               passable
               from
               one
               to
               the
               other
               ,
               without
               helpe
               of
               Sea.
               Wee
               will
               terme
               that
               Sea
               ,
               which
               confineth
               with
               the
               Lake
               Sea-ward
               ,
               or
               that
               which
               cannot
               be
               approached
               without
               passing
               by
               Water
               .
               This
               State
               is
               againe
               divided
               into
               Continent
               and
               Island
               .
               On
               the
               Continent
               they
               have
               
                 Istria
                 ,
                 Dalmatia
                 ,
                 Sclavonia
                 ,
                 Albania
                 ,
              
               or
               at
               least
               some
               parts
               thereof
               :
               The
               Islands
               stand
               partly
               within
               the
               Gulfe
               ,
               not
               farre
               distant
               from
               the
               Continent
               ;
               and
               part
               of
               them
               are
               without
               the
               Gulfe
               ,
               which
               are
               
                 Corfu
                 ,
                 Cephalonia
                 ,
                 Zante
                 ,
                 Candia
                 ,
                 Cenigo
                 ,
                 Tine
                 ,
              
               and
               other
               in
               the
               Adriatique
               .
            
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               firme
               Land
               containeth
               one
               of
               the
               Marquisats
               of
               Italie
               ,
               to
               wit
               ,
               Trevisa
               ,
               which
               besides
               the
               head
               Citie
               ,
               whereof
               it
               taketh
               its
               name
               ,
               hath
               also
               in
               it
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Feitre
                 ,
                 Belluno
              
               ,
               and
               C●n●da
               .
               It
               hath
               moreover
               two
               of
               those
               Cities
               which
               are
               of
               the
               first
               ranke
               of
               the
               Cities
               in
               Italie
               ,
               namely
               Venice
               and
               ●res●la
               .
               Nor
               let
               it
               seeme
               strange
               to
               any
               man
               ,
               that
               Treckon
               ●r●scia
               amongst
               the
               said
               Cities
               ,
               considering
               that
               for
               largenesse
               of
               Territorie
               it
               giveth
               place
               to
               no
               Citie
               thorow
               Ital●●
               ,
               containing
               in
               length
               one
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               and
               in
               bredth
               fiftie
               ;
               considering
               also
               the
               number
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               the
               entrade
               it
               yeeldeth
               to
               the
               Seigniorie
               ;
               besides
               the
               private
               revenue
               of
               the
               Citie
               it selfe
               :
               In
               all
               which
               ,
               few
               other
               Cities
               come
               neere
               it
               .
            
             
               There
               is
               also
               in
               the
               firme
               Land
               the
               Citie
               of
               Verona
               ,
               called
               so
               for
               its
               superemment
               conditions
               ,
               as
               
                 Ver●
                 una
              
               :
               and
               is
               the
               
               first
               of
               the
               second
               ranke
               of
               Cities
               of
               Italie
               .
            
             
               The
               Citie
               of
               Padoa
               ,
               which
               for
               goodnesse
               of
               soile
               exceedeth
               Bolognia
               it selfe
               .
               There
               are
               also
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Bergamo
                 ,
                 Vicenza
              
               ,
               and
               Crema
               .
               There
               is
               againe
               the
               State
               of
               Friuli
               ,
               with
               two
               honourable
               Cities
               ,
               Vdine
               ,
               where
               the
               Lieutenant
               of
               the
               State
               resideth
               ,
               and
               Cividal
               ;
               besides
               a
               number
               other
               populous
               Townes
               ,
               little
               inferiour
               to
               Cities
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               there
               is
               the
               fruitfull
               Polesine
               ,
               with
               the
               noble
               Citie
               of
               Rovigo
               therein
               ,
               with
               other
               places
               of
               good
               respect
               .
            
             
               If
               wee
               consider
               the
               water
               ,
               there
               are
               few
               States
               of
               Italy
               that
               have
               more
               abundance
               in
               that
               kinde
               ,
               either
               for
               standing
               Waters
               ,
               or
               Rivers
               .
               In
               the
               Territorie
               of
               Bergamo
               is
               the
               Lake
               of
               Iseo
               ;
               in
               the
               Country
               of
               Brescia
               ,
               the
               Lake
               of
               Idro
               .
               In
               the
               Veronesse
               and
               Brescian
               ,
               is
               the
               Lake
               of
               Guardo
               .
               It
               is
               also
               watered
               with
               many
               great
               Rivers
               ,
               that
               not
               only
               serve
               to
               make
               the
               fields
               fruitfull
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               fortifie
               the
               place
               .
               And
               those
               Rivers
               are
               
                 Oglio
                 ,
                 Chiese
                 ,
                 Navilio
                 ,
                 Mincio
                 ,
                 Seri
                 ,
                 Mela
                 ,
              
               and
               Garza
               ,
               which
               indeed
               is
               rather
               a
               Mountaine
               Bourne
               ,
               than
               a
               River
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               Countrey
               of
               Polesine
               and
               Padoa
               are
               so
               stored
               with
               Lakes
               and
               Rivers
               ,
               that
               therein
               is
               no
               Burg
               or
               place
               which
               standeth
               not
               within
               five
               miles
               of
               some
               fresh
               Water
               .
               And
               all
               this
               Countrey
               of
               the
               firme
               Land
               (
               whereof
               I
               have
               spoken
               )
               is
               also
               for
               aire
               exceeding
               wholesome
               and
               temperate
               ,
               as
               the
               complexions
               and
               cheerefull
               countenances
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               can
               well
               witnesse
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               quicknesse
               of
               their
               apprehension
               and
               wit
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               matter
               of
               Armes
               as
               Learning
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               Land
               ,
               this
               State
               hath
               in
               it
               many
               parts
               that
               are
               very
               diverse
               in
               qualitie
               ;
               some-where
               exceeding
               happy
               and
               fruitfull
               ,
               but
               lesse
               industrie
               in
               the
               people
               ;
               other-where
               the
               people
               are
               exceeding
               industrious
               ,
               but
               the
               ground
               defective
               .
               Againe
               ,
               some
               parts
               there
               are
               ,
               where
               both
               the
               people
               are
               exceeding
               carefull
               &
               industrious
               ,
               and
               the
               soile
               also
               good
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               first
               sort
               is
               the
               Territorie
               of
               Crema
               ,
               of
               Padoa
               ,
               of
               Vicenza
               ,
               of
               Trevisa
               ,
               and
               the
               Polesine
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               second
               sort
               is
               the
               Countrey
               of
               the
               Bergomasche
               ,
               the
               Veronise
               ,
               and
               Friuli
               .
            
             
             
               Of
               the
               third
               sort
               is
               the
               Country
               of
               Brescia
               .
            
             
               And
               touching
               the
               first
               ,
               it
               is
               almost
               incredible
               what
               the
               riches
               and
               increase
               is
               of
               those
               grounds
               ;
               what
               fresh
               Meadowes
               ,
               what
               fruitfull
               arable
               ,
               what
               abundance
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               of
               Flesh
               ,
               of
               all
               things
               that
               come
               of
               Milke
               ;
               what
               plenty
               of
               Corne
               ,
               of
               Pulse
               ,
               of
               Fruit
               ,
               Wood
               ,
               Flax
               ,
               Linnen
               ,
               and
               Fish.
               Amongst
               all
               which
               particularities
               ,
               the
               Padoan
               doth
               notwithstanding
               excell
               ;
               which
               for
               goodnesse
               of
               soile
               ,
               doth
               carrie
               the
               praise
               from
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               Lombardie
               .
               The
               wealth
               of
               this
               Territory
               may
               hence
               be
               conjectured
               ,
               that
               it
               hath
               the
               richest
               Bishopricke
               and
               Prebendaries
               of
               Italy
               .
               It
               hath
               one
               of
               the
               richest
               Abbeies
               of
               Saint
               Benet
               in
               Italy
               ,
               which
               is
               Saint
               Iustina
               .
               It
               hath
               one
               of
               the
               most
               beautifull
               Convents
               of
               the
               same
               order
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               that
               of
               Praxa
               .
               It
               hath
               the
               richest
               Monastery
               belonging
               to
               the
               Austen-Friers
               ,
               which
               is
               that
               of
               Caudiana
               .
               It
               hath
               two
               of
               the
               greatest
               Churches
               that
               may
               bee
               found
               in
               Italy
               ,
               which
               are
               Saint
               Iustina
               ,
               and
               Saint
               Anthony
               ,
               with
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Customes
               of
               salt
               in
               Europe
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               time
               of
               the
               Roman
               Common-wealth
               ,
               no
               City
               of
               the
               Empire
               had
               more
               Knights
               of
               Rome
               ,
               than
               had
               Padoa
               .
               For
               that
               (
               as
               Strabo
               testifieth
               )
               there
               were
               sometimes
               counted
               five
               hundred
               of
               them
               at
               once
               .
               Which
               must
               needs
               proceed
               from
               the
               extraordinary
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               soile
               ,
               and
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               private
               livelihoods
               .
               But
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               Venetian
               Nobilitie
               ,
               hath
               in
               great
               part
               diminished
               the
               Nobilitie
               of
               other
               Cities
               .
               Amongst
               which
               Aquileia
               in
               old
               time
               tooke
               in
               compasse
               twelve
               miles
               ,
               and
               made
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               Citizens
               .
               And
               Ravenna
               ,
               which
               was
               situated
               in
               a
               Lake
               (
               as
               Venice
               is
               )
               was
               once
               of
               such
               respect
               ,
               that
               it
               was
               thought
               fit
               ,
               and
               chosen
               first
               by
               Honorius
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               by
               the
               Gothes
               and
               Exarchs
               for
               the
               seat
               of
               the
               Empire
               .
               In
               our
               daies
               by
               the
               conjuration
               of
               Cambraie
               ,
               it
               was
               besieged
               by
               Maximilian
               with
               seven
               hundred
               French
               Launces
               ,
               a
               thousand
               two
               hundred
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               Italians
               :
               18000.
               
               Dutch
               foot
               :
               six
               thousand
               Spaniards
               :
               two
               thousand
               Italians
               in
               pay
               :
               and
               six
               hundred
               Adventurers
               of
               divers
               Nations
               ,
               with
               a
               huge
               quantitie
               of
               Artillery
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               
               Munition
               .
               Against
               this
               force
               the
               Seigniory
               opposed
               as
               great
               a
               force
               for
               defence
               ,
               and
               put
               into
               the
               Citie
               six
               hundred
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               fifteene
               hundred
               light-Horse
               ,
               as
               many
               Carabines
               ,
               under
               very
               expert
               Commanders
               :
               And
               for
               foot
               they
               had
               above
               twelve
               thousand
               Italians
               ,
               ten
               thousand
               drawne
               out
               of
               the
               Gallies
               ,
               a
               great
               number
               of
               Gentlemen
               of
               Venice
               ,
               and
               Peasants
               of
               the
               Country
               without
               number
               ;
               together
               with
               an
               Army
               of
               inestimable
               quantity
               of
               Munition
               and
               victuall
               :
               with
               which
               quantity
               of
               men
               and
               provisions
               ,
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               their
               workes
               and
               fortifications
               well
               answered
               .
               Now
               there
               being
               about
               and
               in
               Padoa
               two
               so
               great
               and
               populous
               Armies
               ,
               one
               to
               assault
               it
               ,
               another
               to
               defend
               it
               ,
               and
               that
               this
               infinite
               number
               of
               Horse
               on
               both
               sides
               did
               never
               cease
               from
               boot-haling
               and
               forraging
               the
               Country
               about
               ,
               setting
               fire
               on
               all
               that
               they
               could
               not
               carry
               away
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Peasants
               had
               also
               conveyed
               away
               as
               much
               as
               they
               could
               into
               the
               Citie
               ,
               and
               the
               adjoyning
               holds
               ,
               yet
               did
               neither
               of
               these
               Armies
               ever
               want
               victuals
               during
               all
               that
               siege
               .
            
             
               And
               yet
               as
               fruitfull
               as
               is
               Padoa
               ,
               the
               Country
               of
               Crema
               is
               no
               whit
               behinde
               it
               for
               all
               things
               ;
               for
               store
               and
               finenesse
               of
               flax
               beyond
               it
               .
               Of
               Polesine
               it
               shall
               only
               suffice
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               it
               holdeth
               the
               like
               proportion
               with
               Padoa
               .
               The
               Country
               of
               Vicenza
               hath
               the
               Champian
               exceeding
               fat
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               part
               thereof
               which
               is
               hilly
               ,
               few
               Countries
               come
               neere
               it
               for
               pleasantnesse
               .
               It
               leaneth
               its
               shoulders
               upon
               the
               Alpes
               :
               it
               hath
               on
               the
               right
               hand
               the
               new
               River
               ,
               on
               the
               left
               Bronta
               ,
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               it
               runnes
               
                 Bacchilion
                 ,
                 Remon
              
               ,
               &c.
               it
               is
               the
               Garden
               of
               Venice
               .
            
             
               The
               Territory
               of
               Trevisa
               ,
               as
               it
               cannot
               bee
               reckoned
               amongst
               the
               fertillest
               ,
               ye●
               it
               is
               numbred
               amongst
               the
               pleasantest
               .
            
             
               Now
               the
               Countries
               ,
               where
               the
               industrie
               of
               the
               people
               is
               more
               than
               the
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               soile
               ,
               are
               those
               of
               
                 Verona
                 ,
                 Bergamo
              
               ,
               and
               Friuli
               .
               For
               in
               the
               Bergamash
               there
               is
               more
               than
               forty
               miles
               of
               mountaine
               :
               the
               Veronese
               hath
               many
               miles
               of
               champian
               ,
               altogether
               barren
               and
               sandy
               .
               The
               like
               
               hath
               Friuli
               ,
               whence
               it
               commeth
               that
               these
               parts
               are
               much
               subject
               to
               dearths
               ,
               and
               scarcity
               of
               corne
               ;
               but
               what
               they
               want
               in
               Bread
               ,
               is
               re
               ompenced
               in
               Wine
               abundantly
               ;
               so
               that
               as
               I
               understand
               ,
               the
               Island
               alone
               of
               Scala
               ,
               which
               is
               one
               great
               Village
               in
               the
               Veronesse
               ,
               doth
               rent
               in
               this
               commodity
               to
               the
               number
               of
               five
               thousand
               crownes
               yearely
               .
               Nor
               are
               they
               destitute
               of
               very
               good
               Wooll
               ,
               whereof
               they
               of
               Verona
               doe
               weave
               Cloths
               and
               Felts
               :
               The
               Burgamash
               an
               infinite
               quantity
               of
               Dornix
               ,
               besides
               Broad-clothes
               and
               Kersies
               ,
               which
               they
               vent
               partly
               into
               Lombardie
               ,
               and
               partly
               into
               Almaigne
               .
            
             
               The
               fruitfulnesse
               of
               the
               soile
               ,
               and
               industry
               of
               the
               people
               together
               ,
               is
               notably
               discovered
               in
               the
               territory
               of
               Brescia
               ;
               insomuch
               that
               I
               beleeve
               that
               no
               part
               of
               Italy
               in
               these
               two
               points
               can
               be
               compared
               thereto
               for
               opulencie
               and
               plenty
               ,
               in
               those
               two
               parts
               which
               for
               goodnesse
               of
               soile
               wee
               count
               to
               be
               fertill
               .
               There
               is
               no
               private
               mans
               Garden
               for
               art
               and
               gracefulnesse
               of
               compartment
               or
               order
               ,
               more
               exquisitely
               cast
               ,
               or
               more
               diligently
               planted
               ,
               or
               more
               neatly
               kept
               and
               dressed
               than
               this
               whole
               territory
               .
            
             
               Now
               touching
               that
               part
               of
               the
               ●rescian
               territory
               that
               is
               unfruitfull
               ,
               impossible
               it
               were
               to
               declare
               the
               diligence
               and
               art
               that
               is
               there
               used
               ,
               for
               ploughing
               of
               mountaines
               ,
               and
               for
               planting
               of
               Vines
               throughout
               the
               said
               mountaines
               .
               But
               a
               sufficient
               testimonie
               thereof
               will
               bee
               ,
               that
               the
               barrenest
               part
               of
               this
               territory
               is
               no
               lesse
               well
               inhabited
               than
               is
               the
               best
               .
               In
               the
               towne
               of
               Cordove
               alone
               it
               is
               knowne
               ,
               that
               if
               need
               require
               ,
               they
               are
               able
               in
               one
               day
               to
               make
               two
               hundred
               Harquibushes
               at
               all
               points
               out
               of
               the
               Masse
               ,
               although
               there
               be
               no
               Harquebush
               that
               goeth
               through
               lesse
               than
               ten
               hands
               at
               the
               least
               .
               No
               Iron
               is
               brought
               in
               more
               than
               groweth
               in
               the
               Country
               ,
               and
               yet
               little
               goeth
               out
               imwrought
               :
               Some
               is
               sold
               made
               into
               barres
               ,
               but
               most
               into
               wares
               .
               In
               the
               City
               of
               Brescia
               are
               accounted
               more
               than
               two
               hundred
               Smiths
               shops
               ,
               of
               which
               fifty
               at
               least
               are
               Cutlers
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               also
               some
               Iron
               Mines
               in
               
                 V●●l
                 Co●●●●●●
              
               ,
               which
               yeeld
               
               water
               for
               six
               furnaces
               ,
               and
               six
               mills
               ,
               in
               which
               they
               make
               plate
               for
               Armour
               .
               In
               the
               Citie
               of
               Cordove
               are
               made
               in
               great
               quantity
               ,
               Swords
               ,
               Daggers
               ,
               Halberds
               ,
               Knives
               ,
               and
               other
               like
               weapons
               :
               In
               the
               Marquisate
               of
               Trevisae
               great
               quantity
               of
               excellent
               steele
               ,
               and
               so
               in
               
                 Alphaga
                 Soldo
              
               ,
               and
               in
               Cador
               ;
               exceeding
               good
               Swords
               are
               wrought
               in
               
                 Belluno
                 ,
                 Felire
              
               ,
               and
               Seravalle
               .
            
             
               The
               dominion
               which
               the
               Venetian
               hath
               by
               Sea
               ,
               
               is
               of
               two
               kinds
               ,
               as
               hath
               formerly
               bin
               said
               ;
               partly
               Continent
               ,
               &
               partly
               Islands
               .
               The
               greatest
               territory
               of
               the
               Continent
               is
               Istria
               ,
               and
               the
               best
               ;
               unlesse
               it
               were
               for
               that
               the
               ayre
               thereof
               is
               naturally
               unwholesome
               ,
               or
               rather
               to
               speak
               freely
               ,
               contagious
               and
               pestilent
               ,
               especially
               about
               Nola.
               For
               which
               cause
               that
               it
               grow
               not
               to
               be
               disinhabited
               ,
               the
               Seigniory
               alloweth
               to
               all
               men
               that
               will
               dwell
               there
               ,
               a
               certaine
               quantity
               of
               land
               ,
               with
               divers
               immunities
               and
               privileges
               besides
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               great
               abundance
               of
               Oyle
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               and
               Salt.
               
            
             
               
                 Dalmatia
                 ,
                 Sclavonia
              
               ,
               and
               Albania
               afford
               excellent
               wines
               ;
               and
               in
               these
               quarters
               ,
               partly
               by
               the
               commodiousnesse
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               entértainment
               and
               pay
               that
               runs
               there
               amongst
               the
               garrisons
               ,
               with
               the
               carefull
               industry
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               the
               people
               live
               indifferently
               well
               there
               .
            
             
               The
               Islands
               belonging
               to
               this
               State
               ,
               
               and
               lying
               within
               the
               Gulfe
               ,
               are
               not
               many
               .
               The
               names
               of
               them
               are
               
                 Veggia
                 ,
                 Arbe
                 ,
                 Brazza
                 ,
                 Pago
                 ,
                 Liesina
                 ,
                 Curzola
                 ,
                 Lissa
                 ,
              
               with
               the
               Islands
               of
               Zara
               and
               Sesa
               .
               They
               all
               yeeld
               in
               generall
               Wines
               of
               reasonable
               goodnesse
               .
               Cherso
               with
               some
               other
               doe
               exceed
               for
               plenty
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               Milke
               ,
               Meats
               and
               Wooll
               .
               Pago
               hath
               Salt-pits
               ,
               and
               yeeldeth
               great
               profit
               .
               Veggia
               hath
               store
               of
               Pulse
               ,
               light
               Wines
               ,
               Wood
               ,
               and
               Horse
               ,
               though
               small
               .
               They
               are
               all
               beautified
               with
               Havens
               ,
               excepting
               Arbe
               ,
               which
               defect
               is
               there
               recompenced
               with
               the
               naturall
               pleasantnesse
               of
               the
               Country
               .
               They
               have
               very
               rich
               Fishings
               ,
               especially
               Lesina
               ,
               whose
               Sea
               yeeldeth
               Pilchers
               in
               great
               abundance
               .
               The
               greatest
               of
               these
               Islands
               is
               Lesina
               ,
               containing
               in
               compasse
               fifty
               miles
               .
               The
               best
               peopled
               is
               Curzola
               :
               The
               most
               
               delicious
               Arbe
               :
               and
               both
               ,
               with
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               Continent
               over
               against
               them
               (
               whereof
               wee
               spake
               before
               )
               doe
               yeeld
               great
               number
               of
               serviceable
               men
               for
               the
               field
               and
               the
               Gallies
               .
            
             
               It
               remaineth
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               Islands
               out
               of
               the
               Gulfe
               .
               
               Of
               which
               the
               first
               inorder
               is
               Corfu
               ,
               for
               commodiousnesse
               of
               situation
               of
               great
               account
               :
               For
               it
               lieth
               in
               a
               manner
               in
               the
               very
               centre
               of
               all
               the
               Sea-dominious
               belonging
               to
               this
               State
               ,
               betweene
               the
               Adriatike
               and
               the
               Ionike
               Seas
               ,
               equally
               distant
               from
               Venice
               and
               Candie
               .
               In
               which
               respect
               it
               standeth
               fitly
               both
               to
               hinder
               an
               enemie
               that
               would
               assault
               the
               Islands
               and
               Continent
               within
               the
               Gulfe
               ,
               and
               to
               releeve
               Candie
               ,
               if
               it
               were
               distressed
               .
               It
               also
               ●eth
               fitly
               to
               defend
               all
               the
               Westerne
               parts
               ,
               and
               to
               molest
               the
               East
               .
               It
               standeth
               in
               so
               excellent
               a
               Seat
               for
               the
               defence
               of
               Italy
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               properly
               be
               termed
               the
               Bastion
               thereof
               .
               It
               standeth
               well
               also
               for
               the
               conquest
               of
               Greece
               ,
               bordering
               upon
               it
               ,
               as
               it
               were●
               strong
               mount
               or
               Cavallier
               .
               I
               :
               standeth
               opportunely
               for
               the
               receit
               ,
               releeving
               and
               uniting
               of
               the
               Forces
               and
               Navies
               of
               Christendome
               against
               the
               Infidelt
               .
               And
               albeit
               the
               Island
               be
               not
               very
               plentifull
               in
               graine
               ,
               yet
               thorow
               the
               vicinitie
               thereof
               to
               Puglia
               ,
               and
               Epyre
               ,
               and
               the
               facile
               transportation
               it
               hath
               to
               Venice
               and
               Sicill
               ,
               it
               cannot
               want
               any
               necessaries
               .
               The
               experience
               whereof
               hath
               beene
               manifested
               both
               in
               the
               time
               of
               the
               Romans
               ,
               and
               in
               our
               dayes
               also
               .
               The
               Roman
               fleet
               made
               head
               alwayes
               at
               Corsu
               .
               There
               also
               in
               the
               civill
               warres
               betwixt
               Caesar
               and
               Pompey
               ,
               did
               ride
               
                 M.
                 Bibulu●
                 ,
                 Pompey's
              
               Generall
               .
               And
               in
               our
               memorie
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               league
               concluded
               by
               Paul
               the
               third
               ,
               and
               Pius
               the
               fifth
               ,
               did
               there
               assemble
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               set
               forward
               .
            
             
               The
               Island
               was
               of
               so
               powerfull
               an
               estate
               ,
               that
               it
               armed
               6●
               Vessels
               to
               Sea.
               It
               aboundeth
               with
               excellent
               Oyle
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               Hony
               ,
               and
               fruits
               of
               all
               sorts
               .
               All
               which
               commodities
               it
               hath
               in
               that
               goodnesse
               &
               proportion
               ,
               that
               better
               in
               the
               same
               kind
               ,
               are
               not
               to
               be
               found
               through
               the
               whole
               earth
               .
               It
               hath
               in
               length
               60
               miles
               ,
               20
               miles
               over
               ,
               and
               in
               circuit
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               .
               It
               hath
               three
               places
               of
               great
               importance
               ;
               to
               wit
               ,
               
               the
               old
               Citie
               neere
               the
               old
               Seat
               of
               Pagiopili
               ;
               the
               new
               Fort
               ,
               and
               thereto
               adjoyning
               the
               Castle
               Saint
               Angelo
               ,
               besides
               sixty
               eight
               Townes
               .
            
             
               Next
               in
               order
               is
               Cephalonia
               ,
               containing
               in
               compasse
               an
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               six
               miles
               .
               It
               hath
               two
               hundred
               Townes
               ,
               with
               Havens
               belonging
               unto
               them
               :
               Two
               whereof
               ,
               Argostoli
               and
               Guiscardo
               are
               most
               famous
               ;
               the
               third
               is
               Nallo
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               store
               of
               Graine
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               Sheepe
               ,
               Cheese
               ,
               Wooll
               ,
               Honey
               ,
               and
               Currans
               ,
               and
               these
               in
               such
               plenty
               ,
               that
               thereby
               it
               receiveth
               great
               and
               yearely
               Revenues
               .
               Candia
               is
               likewise
               one
               of
               the
               most
               renowned
               Islands
               of
               the
               Mediterranean
               .
               It
               containeth
               in
               length
               two
               hundred
               sixty
               miles
               ,
               in
               breadth
               fifty
               ,
               and
               in
               compasse
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               many
               promontories
               ,
               it
               maketh
               almost
               six
               hundred
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               great
               plenty
               of
               Wine
               ,
               with
               us
               called
               Malvesies
               ,
               Cheese
               ,
               and
               Honey
               .
               It
               is
               seated
               so
               conveniently
               ,
               and
               with
               such
               advantage
               for
               marine
               occurrances
               ,
               that
               Aristotle
               censured
               it
               to
               be
               Lady
               of
               the
               Sea.
               His
               reason
               ,
               because
               it
               lieth
               very
               neere
               the
               middle
               ,
               betweene
               Europe
               &
               Asia
               ,
               and
               betweene
               Greece
               &
               the
               Islands
               of
               the
               Archipelago
               ,
               which
               in
               a
               manner
               Court
               her
               as
               their
               Mistresse
               and
               Soveraigne
               .
               It
               lieth
               from
               Constantinople
               three
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               miles
               ,
               from
               Alexandria
               and
               Soria
               five
               hundred
               ,
               from
               
                 Caramania
                 ,
                 Epire
              
               ,
               and
               Cyprus
               ,
               three
               hundred
               ,
               from
               Afrike
               two
               hundred
               .
            
             
               There
               remaine
               behinde
               two
               other
               Islands
               ,
               Cerigo
               and
               Tine
               .
               Of
               which
               Cerigo
               containeth
               in
               compasse
               sixty
               miles
               .
               In
               situatian
               it
               is
               mountainous
               ,
               having
               one
               good
               City
               seated
               on
               the
               top
               of
               a
               Hill.
               It
               hath
               two
               Havens
               ,
               the
               one
               called
               Delphino
               ,
               the
               other
               Tine
               :
               That
               looketh
               North
               ,
               this
               South
               .
               It
               hath
               besides
               divers
               creeks
               ,
               but
               narrow
               ,
               and
               unsafe
               :
               with
               the
               ancients
               it
               was
               of
               good
               esteeme
               ;
               for
               Leon
               of
               Sparta
               considering
               well
               the
               seat
               and
               quality
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               wished
               that
               either
               it
               had
               never
               beene
               ,
               or
               being
               it
               had
               beene
               drowned
               as
               soone
               as
               it
               had
               beene
               made
               .
               Which
               wish
               ,
               as
               things
               afterwards
               fell
               out
               ,
               wrought
               him
               a
               great
               opinion
               of
               wisdome
               and
               foresight
               .
               For
               Romaratus
               ,
               who
               banished
               from
               Sparta
               ,
               and
               sojourned
               with
               Zerxes
               ,
               counselled
               him
               to
               
               bring
               up
               all
               his
               Navie
               unto
               this
               Island
               ,
               if
               hee
               meant
               to
               impatronize
               himselfe
               of
               Greece
               ;
               as
               hee
               might
               easily
               have
               done
               ,
               if
               hee
               had
               followed
               that
               counsell
               ,
               as
               in
               few
               yeares
               after
               did
               Nicius
               ,
               Generall
               of
               the
               Athenians
               ,
               in
               the
               warre
               of
               Peloponnesus
               .
               In
               our
               time
               it
               is
               called
               the
               Lanthorne
               of
               the
               Archipelago
               .
            
             
               Tine
               is
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               Archipelago
               ,
               six
               miles
               from
               Delos
               (
               round
               about
               which
               Delos
               lie
               the
               Cyclades
               ,
               in
               number
               fifty
               three
               :
               )
               It
               hath
               in
               circuit
               forty
               miles
               ,
               with
               one
               great
               and
               populous
               Citie
               ;
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               Site
               which
               is
               on
               a
               Hill
               very
               strong
               ,
               very
               many
               Townes
               it
               hath
               besides
               .
               And
               herewith
               endeth
               the
               Sea-Dominion
               of
               the
               Venetian
               :
               In
               all
               which
               ,
               there
               are
               little
               lesse
               than
               three
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               thousand
               soules
               .
               Which
               number
               perhaps
               is
               greater
               ,
               than
               a
               man
               at
               first
               would
               beleeve
               ,
               especially
               if
               he
               consider
               withall
               ,
               how
               some
               of
               these
               parts
               ,
               as
               Sclavonia
               ,
               are
               not
               very
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               many
               of
               the
               Islands
               are
               barren
               ;
               besides
               the
               terrour
               of
               the
               Turkish
               incursions
               :
               Insomuch
               ,
               that
               if
               their
               Countries
               were
               under
               any
               other
               Lord
               than
               the
               Venetian
               ,
               they
               would
               surely
               be
               defarted
               .
               But
               the
               Seigniory
               ,
               with
               entertaining
               peace
               with
               all
               their
               Neighbours
               ,
               with
               building
               of
               Forts
               ,
               maintaining
               of
               Garrisons
               in
               places
               of
               necessitie
               ,
               and
               with
               exceeding
               expence
               of
               money
               ,
               keepe
               and
               maintaine
               their
               people
               in
               this
               sort
               ,
               as
               at
               this
               day
               we
               see
               them
               inhabited
               .
            
             
               Fame
               reporteth
               the
               Venetians
               to
               be
               exceeding
               rich
               :
               
               But
               besides
               opinion
               ,
               there
               is
               great
               reason
               ,
               why
               they
               should
               be
               so
               indeed
               .
               First
               ,
               they
               are
               Lords
               of
               a
               large
               Territory
               ,
               both
               by
               Land
               and
               Sea
               ;
               but
               chiefly
               on
               Land
               :
               where
               they
               have
               Cities
               of
               the
               best
               ranke
               of
               Italy
               ,
               with
               large
               and
               opulent
               Territories
               adjoyning
               unto
               them
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               people
               ,
               industrious
               and
               thriftie
               .
               They
               have
               also
               rich
               Bishoprickes
               ,
               wealthy
               Abbeyes
               ,
               with
               the
               fattest
               and
               most
               commodious
               benefices
               of
               Italy
               :
               Families
               both
               for
               Nobilitie
               and
               Revenue
               worshipfull
               ;
               and
               Buildings
               ,
               for
               State
               and
               Magnificence
               singular
               :
               Besides
               which
               ,
               they
               have
               also
               very
               wealthy
               commonalties
               .
               Amongst
               which
               ,
               to
               omit
               many
               ,
               Brescia
               alone
               hath
               eighteene
               thousand
               crownes
               of
               yearely
               Revenue
               :
               and
               Asola
               which
               is
               but
               a
               
               Towne
               ,
               subject
               to
               Brescia
               ,
               ten
               thousand
               .
            
             
               Another
               reason
               ,
               is
               the
               great
               advantage
               which
               the
               Venetian
               hath
               for
               Trafficke
               ,
               both
               in
               drawing
               unto
               himselfe
               other
               mens
               commodities
               ,
               and
               in
               venting
               his
               owne
               .
               I
               call
               his
               owne
               commodities
               whatsoever
               is
               growing
               ,
               or
               made
               within
               the
               State
               :
               or
               whatsoever
               Trade
               besides
               he
               hath
               ingrossed
               ;
               or
               by
               prescription
               of
               time
               appropriated
               to
               himselfe
               .
               This
               advantage
               is
               marvellous
               great
               throughout
               the
               whole
               State
               of
               Venice
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               firme
               Land
               on
               every
               side
               ,
               is
               full
               of
               navigable
               Rivers
               and
               Lakes
               .
               Besides
               ,
               it
               is
               for
               the
               greater
               part
               a
               plaine
               Countrey
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               conveyance
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               Merchandize
               by
               Cart
               or
               by
               Horse
               ,
               is
               very
               easie
               .
               They
               are
               also
               in
               possession
               of
               the
               Valleyes
               and
               passages
               of
               the
               
                 Rhetian
                 ,
                 Giulian
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Carmian
                 Alpes
              
               ,
               by
               which
               lieth
               all
               the
               Traffick
               betweene
               Italy
               and
               Germanie
               .
            
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Sea
               is
               full
               of
               excellent
               ,
               
               large
               and
               safe
               Harbours
               ,
               especially
               Dalmatia
               and
               Sclavonia
               .
               The
               Islands
               have
               the
               like
               ,
               especially
               the
               greater
               ones
               ,
               as
               Corsu
               and
               Candia
               .
               But
               the
               flower
               of
               gaine
               and
               emolument
               to
               this
               State
               ,
               is
               the
               Trafficke
               of
               the
               great
               Sea
               of
               Soria
               and
               Aegypt
               ,
               which
               the
               Venetian
               had
               altogether
               in
               his
               hand
               ;
               especially
               so
               much
               of
               the
               ancient
               Trafficke
               for
               spice
               ,
               which
               hath
               beene
               ,
               and
               yet
               is
               of
               reasonable
               good
               consequence
               unto
               them
               .
               In
               summe
               ,
               all
               the
               Overland
               trade
               of
               Cloves
               ,
               Nutmegs
               ,
               Ginger
               ,
               Cinamon
               ,
               Pepper
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               Sugars
               ,
               Tapestries
               ,
               Cloths
               ,
               Silkes
               ,
               and
               Leather
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               commodities
               of
               the
               East
               doe
               passe
               this
               way
               ,
               and
               are
               uttered
               from
               hence
               into
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               part
               of
               Germanie
               .
               The
               greatnesse
               of
               this
               Trade
               ,
               may
               the
               better
               be
               perceived
               by
               the
               greatnesse
               and
               multitude
               of
               private
               shipping
               ,
               belonging
               to
               Citizens
               and
               other
               Strangers
               ,
               Merchants
               of
               Venice
               ,
               and
               other
               Haven
               Townes
               belonging
               to
               the
               State
               :
               As
               also
               by
               the
               multitude
               and
               wealth
               of
               the
               said
               Merchants
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               great
               stirring
               and
               bartering
               ,
               that
               is
               there
               every
               day
               .
               In
               which
               kinde
               the
               Merchants
               only
               of
               the
               Dutch
               Nation
               in
               Venice
               doe
               dispatch
               as
               much
               ,
               as
               were
               thought
               sufficient
               to
               furnish
               a
               whole
               world
               .
               To
               which
               purpose
               I
               may
               not
               omit
               to
               note
               ,
               that
               Cities
               of
               
               Trafficke
               have
               three
               degrees
               of
               difference
               ;
               For
               either
               the
               Trade
               lieth
               by
               the
               Ware-house
               ,
               that
               dispatcheth
               by
               grosse
               ;
               or
               by
               open
               shops
               that
               doe
               retaile
               ,
               or
               by
               both
               .
               Of
               this
               first
               sort
               ,
               are
               
                 Lisbon
                 ,
                 Civil
                 ,
                 Antwerpe
                 ,
                 Amsterdam
                 ,
                 Hamburgh
                 ,
                 Danske
                 ,
                 Noremberg
              
               ;
               and
               in
               
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Florence
              
               ,
               and
               Genoa
               .
               Of
               the
               second
               sort
               ,
               are
               all
               the
               other
               Cities
               of
               France
               and
               Germanie
               .
               And
               amongst
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Millan
              
               is
               herein
               the
               chiefest
               ;
               where
               there
               are
               to
               be
               seene
               shops
               of
               all
               wares
               so
               rich
               ,
               and
               well
               furnished
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               well
               serve
               for
               Magazins
               to
               many
               Cities
               .
               In
               both
               sorts
               ,
               Venice
               goeth
               beyond
               all
               the
               Cities
               of
               Italy
               :
               For
               there
               are
               open
               shops
               of
               infinite
               number
               ,
               and
               the
               Ware-houses
               there
               doe
               farre
               passe
               all
               other
               in
               Italy
               .
               So
               that
               this
               Citie
               doth
               Trafficke
               by
               way
               of
               shop
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               any
               other
               Citie
               ,
               and
               by
               Ware-houses
               ,
               more
               .
               And
               to
               conclude
               ,
               putting
               both
               together
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               Citie
               of
               greatest
               Trafficke
               in
               Europe
               ,
               and
               perhaps
               of
               the
               World.
               And
               over
               this
               ,
               whereas
               wealth
               doth
               arise
               to
               every
               Citie
               ,
               by
               three
               wayes
               ;
               first
               ,
               by
               profits
               of
               Dominion
               ;
               secondly
               ,
               by
               recourse
               from
               places
               ,
               to
               Iustice
               :
               and
               thirdly
               ,
               by
               Merchandize
               ;
               Venice
               is
               by
               all
               these
               wayes
               continually
               inriched
               .
               First
               ,
               the
               Revenue
               of
               the
               whole
               is
               brought
               to
               Venice
               ,
               both
               of
               the
               firme
               Land
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Sea
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               all
               Appeales
               and
               suits
               of
               importance
               through
               the
               whole
               State
               doe
               come
               thither
               ;
               and
               thirdly
               ,
               Venice
               is
               as
               it
               were
               the
               center
               of
               the
               East
               and
               West
               ,
               the
               Store-house
               of
               all
               that
               is
               produced
               by
               Sea
               or
               Land
               ,
               and
               in
               summe
               ,
               the
               receit
               of
               the
               whole
               wealth
               of
               Asia
               and
               Europe
               .
            
             
               To
               set
               downe
               precisely
               the
               Revenue
               of
               the
               State
               is
               no
               easie
               matter
               :
               but
               a
               man
               may
               be
               bold
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               held
               to
               bee
               the
               greatest
               of
               any
               Prince
               Christian
               ,
               except
               those
               of
               Spaine
               and
               France
               .
               But
               whatsoever
               it
               be
               ,
               certaine
               it
               is
               ,
               they
               doe
               lay
               up
               every
               yeare
               a
               great
               Masse
               ,
               over
               and
               above
               their
               expences
               ;
               notwithstanding
               their
               incredible
               charge
               they
               are
               at
               in
               the
               Arsenall
               ,
               in
               the
               building
               of
               Gallies
               ,
               in
               Fortifications
               ,
               in
               Garrisons
               ,
               and
               Stipends
               .
               To
               this
               ,
               the
               Venetian
               hath
               beene
               for
               these
               many
               yeares
               in
               continuall
               peace
               
               with
               all
               Princes●
               during
               which
               intermission
               ,
               they
               have
               set
               all
               their
               study
               to
               the
               augmenting
               of
               their
               Revenues
               ,
               whereby
               it
               is
               now
               credible
               ,
               that
               having
               some
               yeeres
               since
               discharged
               their
               debts
               ,
               and
               disburthened
               themselves
               of
               the
               interests
               of
               the
               said
               monies
               ,
               they
               have
               saved
               together
               great
               quantity
               of
               treasure
               .
               Besides
               which
               treasure
               in
               ready
               coine
               ,
               they
               have
               another
               treasure
               of
               no
               small
               consideration
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               the
               wealth
               of
               the
               City
               and
               the
               private
               substance
               of
               particulars
               ,
               with
               the
               Revenues
               of
               the
               greater
               Schooles
               ,
               or
               as
               they
               terme
               them
               ,
               Halls
               ;
               which
               the
               Common-wealth
               in
               her
               need
               may
               use
               as
               her
               owne
               .
               For
               that
               in
               occasions
               ,
               some
               doe
               give
               voluntarily
               ,
               others
               doe
               lend
               frankly
               ,
               or
               upon
               light
               use
               :
               And
               in
               the
               warre
               of
               Cambray
               they
               gathered
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               Crownes
               ,
               upon
               the
               sale
               onely
               of
               certaine
               offices
               amongst
               them
               .
            
             
               Now
               the
               Venetian
               Territorie
               ,
               for
               the
               extent
               of
               it
               ,
               
               hath
               in
               length
               somewhat
               above
               one
               thousand
               miles
               ;
               and
               the
               breadth
               thereof
               answereth
               not
               to
               the
               length
               .
               But
               whensoever
               they
               are
               drawne
               unto
               service
               ,
               they
               wage
               forren
               forces
               .
               And
               hereupon
               they
               have
               alwaies
               amongst
               them
               ten
               bands
               of
               Albanesses
               and
               Croatians
               :
               They
               keepe
               moreover
               in
               entertainment
               certaine
               Colonels
               of
               the
               Swisses
               and
               Grisons
               ,
               with
               divers
               Captaines
               besides
               out
               of
               the
               State
               of
               the
               Church
               .
               In
               former
               times
               they
               have
               beene
               able
               to
               draw
               unto
               their
               service
               such
               a
               Potentate
               as
               a
               Duke
               of
               Vrbine
               ,
               unto
               whom
               they
               committed
               the
               Lieutenancie
               and
               leading
               of
               their
               Armies
               ,
               making
               as
               secure
               an
               use
               of
               his
               forces
               as
               of
               their
               owne
               .
               But
               above
               all
               things
               ,
               they
               have
               alwaies
               made
               right
               excellent
               use
               of
               their
               leagues
               and
               confederacies
               with
               other
               States
               .
               In
               the
               league
               which
               they
               made
               with
               
                 Amadis
                 de
                 ●a●nte
              
               ,
               called
               commonly
               the
               Greene
               Count
               ,
               and
               with
               Theobald
               Earle
               of
               Champaine
               ,
               with
               Lewis
               Earle
               of
               
                 Blois
                 ;
                 Baldwine
              
               Earle
               of
               Flanders
               ,
               and
               Boniface
               Marquesse
               of
               Montferrat
               ,
               they
               first
               recovered
               Zara
               ,
               and
               then
               entred
               upon
               the
               protection
               of
               Constantinople
               :
               wherein
               they
               got
               for
               themselves
               three
               eights
               of
               the
               whole
               Conquest
               ;
               and
               in
               particular
               ,
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Gallipoli
                 ,
                 Modoni
                 ,
                 Conone
              
               ,
               and
               Durazzo
               ,
               
               with
               all
               the
               Ilands
               in
               those
               Seas
               ,
               saving
               a
               few
               which
               lie
               before
               Morea
               .
               Amongst
               which
               Ilands
               ,
               Candy
               and
               Cor●●
               fell
               to
               their
               shares
               ,
               the
               greatest
               part
               whereof
               they
               inseffed
               to
               their
               private
               Gentlemen
               .
               The
               Citie
               of
               Constantinople
               it selfe
               remained
               to
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               but
               not
               without
               a
               proportionable
               consideration
               made
               to
               the
               Seigniorie
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               league
               made
               with
               
                 Azzo
                 Visconti
              
               and
               the
               Florentines
               ,
               against
               
                 Martin
                 Scala
              
               ,
               they
               possessed
               themselves
               of
               
                 Trevegi
                 ,
                 Bassane
              
               ,
               and
               Castilbaldo
               .
               Being
               confederated
               with
               
                 Mathias
                 Corvinus
              
               King
               of
               Hungary
               ,
               and
               
                 G.
                 Scanderbeg
              
               Prince
               of
               Albania
               ,
               they
               made
               head
               against
               the
               Ottoman
               power
               .
               In
               another
               league
               contracted
               with
               the
               Florentines
               against
               the
               Visconti
               ,
               they
               inlarged
               their
               Dominions
               within
               Lombardy
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               in
               the
               confederation
               which
               they
               had
               with
               Francis
               the
               first
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               they
               re-entred
               upon
               Brescia
               and
               Verona
               .
            
             
               With
               their
               Money
               they
               have
               also
               not
               a
               little
               advanced
               their
               affaires
               .
               Of
               
                 Emanuel
                 Paleologus
              
               they
               bought
               
                 Lepanto
                 ,
                 Napoli
              
               ,
               and
               Malvalia
               .
               Of
               
                 George
                 Belsichius
              
               they
               had
               the
               Towne
               of
               Scùtary
               in
               pawne
               of
               money
               lent
               him
               .
            
             
               Neither
               have
               they
               beene
               wanting
               to
               helpe
               themselves
               with
               honourable
               pretences
               .
               In
               the
               warres
               which
               Charles
               the
               eighth
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               made
               upon
               Italy
               ,
               the
               Venetians
               undertooke
               to
               stand
               Head
               and
               Protectors
               of
               the
               common
               liberty
               ;
               and
               in
               that
               pretence
               made
               all
               Italy
               arme
               against
               him
               .
            
             
               And
               because
               indeed
               this
               State
               may
               ,
               and
               is
               rightly
               held
               for
               one
               maine
               Fort
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               Christendome
               beside
               ,
               against
               the
               Turkish
               invasions
               ,
               therefore
               have
               they
               had
               also
               in
               their
               assistance
               from
               time
               to
               time
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               Church
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ;
               of
               whom
               the
               danger
               hath
               alwaies
               beene
               accounted
               common
               ,
               and
               as
               neere
               unto
               themselves
               .
            
             
               Now
               ,
               
               on
               the
               firme
               land
               they
               have
               a
               continuall
               Ordinance
               of
               twenty
               and
               eight
               thousand
               Foot
               ,
               with
               Captaines
               ,
               Ensignes
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               Officers
               inrolled
               and
               paid
               .
               They
               have
               besides
               to
               the
               number
               of
               foure
               thousand
               Musketeers
               ,
               
               men
               well
               trained
               to
               that
               kind
               of
               Weapon
               .
               For
               which
               occasions
               they
               have
               also
               their
               times
               of
               Musters
               yeerely
               ;
               partly
               to
               approve
               their
               experience
               ,
               and
               partly
               to
               render
               such
               rewards
               as
               are
               due
               to
               the
               best
               deservers
               .
               Of
               this
               multitude
               and
               their
               valour
               ,
               the
               battell
               fought
               at
               Lepanto
               ,
               to
               the
               utter
               rowting
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Navie
               is
               a
               sufficient
               Testimony
               .
               Besides
               these
               ,
               they
               maintaine
               six
               thousand
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               well
               mannaged
               and
               appointed
               ,
               the
               like
               whereof
               is
               not
               to
               be
               found
               in
               all
               Italy
               besides
               .
            
             
               Touching
               their
               sea-forces
               ,
               they
               have
               on
               the
               firme
               Land
               ten
               thousand
               men
               inrolled
               to
               serve
               at
               the
               Ore
               :
               And
               of
               these
               kind
               of
               Men
               ,
               all
               Dalmatia
               and
               Sclavonia
               doth
               yeeld
               them
               what
               numbers
               they
               will
               besides
               ;
               and
               that
               at
               a
               reasonable
               hand
               .
            
             
               The
               City
               of
               Venice
               alone
               ,
               
               armeth
               upon
               occasion
               fifty
               Gallies
               ,
               and
               Candy
               forty
               .
            
             
               What
               their
               whole
               power
               and
               forces
               every
               way
               may
               amount
               unto
               ,
               they
               shewed
               in
               the
               Warre
               of
               Ferrara
               :
               wherein
               they
               had
               on
               foot
               two
               severall
               Armies
               ,
               one
               about
               Ferrara
               ;
               the
               other
               on
               the
               Confines
               of
               Millan
               .
               They
               had
               at
               the
               same
               time
               besides
               two
               severall
               Navies
               ;
               the
               one
               upon
               the
               Po
               ,
               the
               other
               upon
               the
               sea
               ,
               to
               observe
               the
               proceedings
               of
               Naples
               ;
               and
               all
               this
               without
               associats
               .
               In
               the
               warre
               against
               Lewis
               the
               twelfth
               ,
               King
               of
               France
               ,
               their
               Armie
               was
               composed
               of
               two
               thousand
               men
               at
               armes
               ,
               three
               thousand
               light-horse
               ,
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               foot
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1570.
               they
               armed
               forth
               one
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               lesser
               Gallies
               ,
               eleven
               great
               Gallies
               ,
               one
               Gallion
               ,
               and
               twenty
               five
               tall
               ships
               :
               al●eit
               ,
               that
               number
               by
               occasion
               of
               Pestilence
               happening
               in
               the
               Navie
               ,
               was
               reduced
               to
               one
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               ,
               and
               seven
               lesser
               Gallies
               ,
               and
               fourteene
               ships
               ,
               the
               other
               Vessels
               remaining
               untoucht
               ;
               like
               as
               had
               befalne
               them
               before
               in
               the
               yeere
               36.
               when
               as
               they
               had
               the
               name
               onely
               to
               make
               one
               part
               of
               three
               :
               but
               indeed
               they
               made
               a
               full
               halfe
               of
               all
               the
               Christian
               forces
               besides
               .
            
             
               But
               because
               there
               is
               nothing
               that
               can
               give
               more
               certaine
               conjecture
               of
               the
               power
               of
               any
               State
               ,
               than
               to
               have
               sustained
               
               and
               gone
               through
               with
               great
               and
               perillous
               warres
               :
               it
               will
               not
               be
               unpleasant
               to
               set
               downe
               some
               of
               their
               most
               important
               actions
               ,
               which
               in
               that
               kind
               they
               have
               supported
               .
            
             
               Anciently
               they
               had
               warre
               with
               the
               Kings
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               warre
               they
               discomfited
               Pepin
               sonne
               to
               Charlemagne
               .
               They
               warred
               afterward
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Hungarie
               ,
               and
               tooke
               from
               them
               the
               Townes
               which
               they
               now
               hold
               in
               Dalmatia
               and
               Sclavonie
               .
               They
               fell
               at
               debate
               with
               the
               Emperours
               of
               Constantinople
               ,
               and
               gat
               from
               them
               the
               Cities
               of
               Salonich
               and
               of
               Moria
               .
               One
               the
               most
               dangerous
               warre
               that
               they
               ever
               had
               ,
               was
               that
               which
               they
               managed
               with
               the
               Genois
               :
               and
               yet
               at
               length
               ,
               such
               was
               the
               issue
               thereof
               ,
               that
               howsoever
               having
               lost
               to
               the
               Enemy
               Chiozza
               ,
               and
               were
               neere
               driven
               to
               their
               utter
               desolation
               ,
               yet
               was
               the
               Enemy
               so
               far
               off
               from
               gaining
               an
               intire
               victory
               upon
               them
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               pursuit
               thereof
               ,
               he
               most
               of
               all
               destroied
               himselfe
               :
               insomuch
               that
               having
               for
               maintenance
               of
               that
               warre
               engaged
               the
               Revenues
               of
               the
               State
               of
               Saint
               Georgo
               ,
               so
               by
               little
               and
               little
               through
               feeblenesse
               growing
               upon
               them
               ,
               they
               were
               compelled
               to
               throw
               the
               City
               within
               the
               armes
               and
               protection
               sometimes
               of
               France
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               of
               Millan
               ;
               so
               that
               to
               this
               day
               they
               could
               never
               recover
               their
               pristinat
               fortunes
               .
            
             
               Then
               had
               they
               to
               doe
               with
               the
               Visconti
               ,
               Princes
               of
               Millan
               ,
               who
               were
               at
               that
               time
               dreadfull
               thorow
               Italie
               :
               yet
               by
               that
               warre
               the
               Venetian
               not
               only
               gained
               profit
               ,
               but
               honour
               also
               .
            
             
               They
               opposed
               themselves
               against
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               Italie
               in
               the
               prosecution
               of
               Ferrara
               ,
               and
               that
               with
               such
               successe
               ,
               that
               in
               fine
               they
               annexed
               to
               their
               owne
               Dominion
               all
               the
               Polesine
               of
               Raviso
               .
               And
               after
               they
               had
               irritated
               the
               Princes
               of
               Italie
               ,
               these
               letted
               not
               to
               draw
               upon
               themselves
               a
               warre
               ,
               undertaken
               by
               all
               the
               Potentates
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               combined
               against
               them
               in
               the
               confederation
               concluded
               at
               Cambray
               :
               which
               warre
               ,
               as
               it
               was
               the
               most
               haplesse
               and
               despairefull
               that
               ever
               they
               managed
               ,
               through
               the
               miscarriages
               of
               their
               Armies
               at
               Carravaggio
               ,
               at
               Brescia
               ,
               and
               at
               Vicenza
               ;
               yet
               in
               the
               end
               they
               remained
               Lords
               still
               of
               their
               owne
               ,
               and
               
               of
               being
               conquered
               ,
               at
               last
               remained
               with
               Conquest
               .
            
             
               They
               have
               for
               many
               ages
               together
               waged
               warre
               with
               the
               Turke
               ,
               especially
               with
               Amurath
               the
               second
               ;
               Mahomet
               the
               second
               ;
               with
               Bajazeth
               ;
               and
               with
               Selim
               the
               second
               .
               They
               maintained
               a
               sixteene
               yeares
               warres
               with
               Mahomet
               the
               second
               ,
               even
               him
               which
               had
               the
               fortune
               to
               have
               subdued
               two
               Empires
               ,
               Constantinople
               and
               Trapisond
               ;
               to
               have
               destroyed
               twelve
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               to
               have
               sacked
               two
               hundred
               Cities
               :
               Which
               warre
               they
               finished
               ,
               although
               not
               altogether
               to
               their
               profit
               .
            
             
               They
               held
               warres
               for
               seven
               yeares
               (
               without
               intermission
               )
               with
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               and
               went
               away
               winners
               :
               neither
               in
               all
               these
               occasions
               were
               they
               destitute
               either
               of
               men
               or
               money
               .
            
             
               In
               our
               memorie
               they
               warred
               with
               Selim
               the
               second
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               warre
               they
               disbursed
               above
               twelve
               millions
               of
               money
               .
               The
               like
               excessive
               summes
               they
               spent
               in
               their
               warres
               with
               Michael
               ,
               Emperour
               of
               Constantinople
               ,
               in
               the
               enterprize
               of
               Ferrara
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               warre
               undertaken
               of
               the
               confederacie
               at
               Cambray
               .
               All
               which
               so
               inestimable
               summes
               notwithstanding
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               whether
               they
               were
               parcels
               of
               their
               owne
               treasure
               ,
               or
               lones
               of
               money
               from
               others
               ,
               they
               have
               re-imbursed
               or
               extinguished
               .
            
             
               The
               Princes
               that
               border
               and
               confine
               upon
               the
               Venetian
               are
               these
               ,
               the
               Turke
               ,
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               the
               Pope
               ,
               
               and
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               .
            
             
               As
               touching
               the
               Turke
               ,
               whose
               State
               and
               power
               hath
               been
               so
               regarded
               in
               the
               worlds
               opinion
               ,
               
               hee
               seemeth
               at
               this
               time
               rather
               to
               be
               impaired
               than
               otherwise
               .
               Whereof
               one
               great
               signe
               is
               ,
               his
               protraction
               of
               the
               warre
               in
               Hungarie
               these
               many
               yeeres
               ,
               with
               Armies
               of
               much
               better
               qualitie
               than
               any
               his
               Predecessors
               were
               wont
               to
               lead
               or
               send
               thither
               .
               Whereupon
               it
               hath
               happened
               ,
               that
               not
               onely
               his
               forces
               have
               oftentimes
               beene
               broken
               and
               discomfited
               ,
               but
               also
               the
               Prince
               himselfe
               hath
               hardly
               escaped
               from
               being
               taken
               or
               slaughtered
               ;
               if
               on
               our
               parts
               there
               had
               beene
               either
               better
               Chiefes
               to
               temporize
               with
               him
               ,
               or
               more
               agreement
               in
               those
               Heads
               
               to
               assaile
               him
               .
               Notwithstanding
               hee
               hath
               there
               lost
               the
               Townes
               of
               
                 ●il●ch
                 ,
                 Lippa
                 ,
                 Rab
              
               ,
               and
               Strigonium
               ,
               places
               of
               great
               consideration
               :
               He
               hath
               also
               the
               second
               time
               lost
               Invarine
               .
               These
               losses
               doe
               more
               than
               countervaile
               the
               winning
               of
               Agria
               from
               us
               ,
               being
               a
               fortresse
               of
               many
               knowne
               imperfections
               for
               site
               and
               building
               ;
               besides
               the
               withdrawing
               of
               ●ran●lvania
               and
               Valachia
               from
               his
               subjection
               ,
               with
               the
               alienation
               of
               many
               rich
               Provinces
               in
               Asia
               .
            
             
               The
               State
               of
               these
               presents
               considered
               ,
               the
               Venetian
               for
               that
               part
               of
               dominion
               that
               confineth
               upon
               the
               Turke
               ,
               had
               never
               more
               cause
               to
               thinke
               himselfe
               better
               secured
               from
               violence
               ,
               especially
               having
               all
               Maritime
               Townes
               both
               by
               Sea
               and
               Land
               gallantly
               fortified
               :
               which
               strength
               is
               also
               the
               greater
               ,
               by
               the
               facility
               the
               Sea
               affordeth
               to
               succour
               his
               owne
               ,
               and
               to
               distresse
               his
               enemie
               .
            
             
               Touching
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               
               upon
               whom
               they
               doe
               border
               as
               well
               in
               the
               Adriatique
               as
               in
               Lombardie
               ,
               it
               is
               now
               more
               than
               threescore
               yeares
               that
               there
               hath
               beene
               any
               variance
               at
               all
               befallen
               them
               .
               Neither
               in
               truth
               can
               it
               turne
               the
               Venetian
               to
               any
               great
               gaine
               ,
               to
               have
               warre
               with
               so
               powerfull
               a
               King
               ;
               nor
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               to
               make
               warre
               in
               Italy
               ,
               where
               by
               putting
               things
               in
               uprore
               and
               tumult
               ,
               hee
               might
               perhaps
               hazzard
               some
               part
               of
               his
               owne
               .
               For
               that
               Warre
               (
               as
               Emanuel
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               was
               wont
               to
               say
               )
               hath
               something
               of
               the
               nature
               of
               Dice
               ,
               which
               no
               man
               knoweth
               how
               they
               will
               runne
               .
            
             
               I
               may
               say
               as
               much
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               ,
               
               Princes
               that
               doe
               exceedingly
               cherish
               and
               affect
               quietnesse
               ,
               wherewith
               they
               are
               become
               great
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               same
               meanes
               doe
               maintaine
               their
               greatnesse
               .
            
             
               Of
               the
               Church
               it
               were
               alike
               superfluous
               to
               speake
               ,
               for
               that
               neither
               Saint
               Peter
               can
               make
               any
               excuse
               to
               make
               warre
               upon
               Saint
               Marke
               ,
               
               nor
               will
               Saint
               Marke
               seeke
               to
               trouble
               Saint
               Peter
               unprovoked
               .
            
             
               In
               summe
               ,
               the
               Venetian
               hath
               two
               maine
               advantages
               above
               all
               other
               Princes
               :
               The
               one
               is
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               a
               councell
               that
               is
               immortall
               ,
               the
               other
               ,
               that
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               State
               
               cannot
               be
               pierced
               unto
               by
               any
               enemie
               .
               And
               so
               conclude
               ,
               that
               the
               Pope
               and
               the
               Venetian
               at
               this
               time
               are
               more
               potent
               ,
               and
               of
               greater
               antiquity
               in
               Italy
               ,
               than
               ever
               heretofore
               they
               have
               beene
               ;
               not
               only
               for
               that
               the
               Pope
               hath
               a
               more
               ample
               Territory
               ,
               and
               that
               but
               little
               incumbred
               with
               petty
               Lordships
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               Venetian
               hath
               his
               Dominion
               better
               fortified
               ,
               and
               his
               Coffers
               fuller
               than
               in
               times
               past
               :
               but
               also
               in
               regard
               that
               the
               States
               of
               Naples
               and
               Millan
               are
               in
               the
               hands
               of
               a
               Prince
               ,
               absent
               and
               farre
               off
               ,
               and
               therefore
               circumspect
               to
               raise
               innovations
               .
            
             
               Lombardie
               ,
               anciently
               called
               Cisalpina
               ,
               
               extendeth
               from
               Panaco
               ,
               unto
               Sesia
               ,
               lying
               betweene
               the
               Apeniae
               and
               the
               
                 Alpes
                 .
                 Marca
                 Trivigiana
              
               ,
               sometime
               called
               Venetia
               ,
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Menzo
               and
               the
               Po.
               Most
               commonly
               both
               Provinces
               passe
               under
               the
               name
               of
               Lombardy
               ,
               because
               there
               the
               Kings
               of
               the
               Longobards
               seated
               their
               dwellings
               ,
               longer
               than
               in
               any
               other
               place
               of
               Italy
               .
               Besides
               ,
               the
               soyle
               ,
               the
               ayre
               ,
               and
               the
               Inhabitants
               hold
               such
               correspondencie
               ,
               that
               they
               ought
               not
               to
               be
               distinguished
               .
               This
               is
               the
               richest
               and
               civillest
               Province
               of
               Italy
               ;
               For
               such
               another
               peece
               of
               ground
               ,
               for
               beautifull
               Cities
               ,
               goodly
               Rivers
               ,
               Fields
               ,
               and
               Pastures
               ,
               for
               plenty
               of
               Fowle
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               Graine
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               and
               Fruits
               ,
               is
               not
               to
               be
               found
               againe
               in
               all
               our
               Westerne
               world
               ;
               arising
               partly
               by
               the
               ease
               of
               Navigable
               Rivers
               ,
               as
               
                 Tesino
                 ,
                 Adda
                 ,
                 Oglio
                 ,
                 Menzo
                 ,
                 Adige
                 ,
              
               and
               Po
               :
               partly
               by
               channe's
               cut
               out
               of
               those
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               the
               great
               Lakes
               of
               
                 Verbano
                 ,
                 Lario
              
               ,
               and
               Benaco
               .
               No
               lesse
               commod●ty
               ariseth
               by
               the
               plaines
               passable
               for
               Carts
               ,
               Mules
               ,
               and
               other
               carriage
               .
            
             
               The
               greatnesse
               likewise
               of
               the
               Lords
               of
               Lombardie
               hath
               bin
               a
               great
               furtherance
               thereto
               .
               For
               while
               the
               Visconti
               reigned
               ,
               this
               State
               maintained
               wars
               of
               great
               importance
               against
               most
               puissant
               Princes
               .
               And
               for
               the
               Empirie
               hereof
               happened
               those
               notable
               wars
               of
               our
               daies
               ,
               betweene
               the
               Emperor
               and
               the
               French
               King.
               And
               no
               marvell
               ,
               that
               two
               such
               puissant
               Potentates
               contended
               with
               so
               great
               effusion
               of
               bloud
               for
               this
               Dukedome
               :
               for
               though
               to
               many
               it
               should
               not
               seeme
               great
               ,
               yet
               in
               very
               truth
               ,
               for
               the
               wealth
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               and
               the
               
               quantity
               ,
               it
               hath
               been
               of
               as
               great
               reputation
               as
               some
               Realmes
               of
               Europe
               :
               some
               Dukes
               whereof
               have
               possessed
               greater
               Territories
               enjoyed
               wealthier
               Revenues
               ,
               and
               have
               beene
               more
               puissant
               in
               Warres
               ,
               and
               more
               honourable
               in
               Peace
               ,
               than
               divers
               Princes
               ,
               graced
               with
               Kingly
               titles
               .
            
             
               
               Amongst
               the
               Cities
               of
               these
               Provinces
               (
               accounting
               Venice
               amongst
               the
               Islands
               )
               Millan
               without
               controversie
               holdeth
               the
               precedencie
               .
               It
               is
               able
               to
               reckon
               upon
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               persons
               ,
               and
               hath
               a
               large
               and
               populous
               Territory
               .
               A
               Citie
               (
               saith
               Guicciardine
               )
               most
               populous
               and
               rich
               in
               Citizens
               ,
               plentifull
               in
               Merchants
               and
               Artificers
               ,
               proud
               in
               pompes
               ,
               and
               sumptuous
               in
               ornaments
               for
               men
               and
               women
               ;
               naturally
               addicted
               to
               feastings
               and
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               not
               only
               full
               of
               rejoycing
               and
               solace
               ,
               but
               also
               most
               happy
               in
               all
               other
               nature
               of
               contentment
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man.
               
            
             
               And
               however
               now
               the
               Spaniard
               one
               in
               the
               Citie
               ,
               and
               another
               in
               the
               Castle
               ,
               overlooketh
               both
               City
               and
               Country
               ,
               yet
               is
               the
               bravery
               of
               the
               place
               very
               little
               abated
               :
               nor
               doth
               the
               Nobleman
               shrinke
               under
               the
               burthen
               ,
               but
               carrieth
               his
               load
               lightly
               ;
               however
               his
               inward
               grones
               are
               breathed
               ,
               yet
               lifteth
               he
               up
               a
               face
               of
               chearefulnesse
               ,
               as
               if
               he
               dranke
               wine
               ,
               and
               fed
               on
               oyle
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               properties
               of
               either
               :
               so
               good
               and
               bountifull
               is
               the
               Country
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               Citie
               of
               Lombardie
               is
               Brescia
               ,
               
               not
               for
               compasse
               or
               multitude
               of
               people
               ,
               for
               it
               is
               not
               able
               to
               make
               fiftie
               thousand
               men
               ,
               but
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               large
               jurisdiction
               thereof
               ,
               comprehending
               therein
               many
               large
               Towns
               and
               populous
               Champians
               ,
               therefore
               censured
               to
               be
               able
               in
               all
               to
               levie
               350000
               .
               men
               .
               Among
               the
               Townes
               subject
               thereto
               ,
               Asalo
               and
               Salo
               have
               the
               preheminence
               :
               amongst
               the
               Vallies
               ,
               Valcamonia
               ,
               being
               fifty
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               therewith
               populous
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               Iron
               Mines
               .
               Bologna
               (
               if
               it
               please
               you
               to
               account
               it
               in
               Lombardie
               )
               and
               Verona
               are
               alike
               populous
               :
               
               Verona
               is
               larger
               and
               of
               more
               beautie
               :
               Bologna
               more
               rich
               and
               commodious
               :
               as
               well
               for
               that
               it
               hath
               a
               larger
               Territory
               ,
               ●
               also
               for
               that
               there
               is
               no
               City
               that
               doth
               more
               absolutely
               enjoy
               her
               owne
               commodities
               ;
               and
               doth
               more
               freely
               partake
               
               of
               others
               ,
               by
               the
               great
               resort
               of
               Courtiers
               ,
               Clergie-men
               ,
               and
               Officers
               dispersed
               through
               all
               the
               Ecclesiastike
               State.
               To
               which
               three
               things
               are
               much
               availeable
               :
               the
               Vniversitie
               ,
               where
               all
               professions
               are
               practised
               ;
               their
               wealth
               ,
               which
               is
               equally
               divided
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               their
               inclination
               and
               patience
               to
               take
               paines
               ,
               and
               doe
               service
               .
            
             
               Betweene
               Verona
               and
               Padoa
               there
               is
               no
               great
               difference
               in
               respect
               of
               circuit
               ,
               
               but
               Verona
               hath
               double
               the
               people
               .
               Whereof
               the
               Venetians
               to
               supply
               that
               defect
               ,
               doe
               as
               much
               as
               they
               may
               grace
               their
               Vniversitie
               ,
               and
               the
               Schollers
               .
               As
               in
               this
               Province
               the
               Cities
               are
               great
               and
               beautifull
               ,
               so
               are
               the
               fortresses
               many
               and
               impregnable
               .
               And
               whereas
               other
               Provinces
               have
               their
               places
               of
               strength
               on
               their
               Frontiers
               ,
               in
               this
               ,
               the
               neerer
               you
               approach
               the
               centre
               ,
               the
               stronger
               shall
               you
               see
               the
               Country
               planted
               and
               fortified
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Dukedome
               of
               Vrbine
               .
            
             
               THis
               State
               ,
               touching
               the
               Apenine
               mountaines
               on
               the
               South
               ,
               and
               the
               Adriatike
               Sea
               upon
               the
               North
               ,
               is
               on
               the
               two
               other
               sides
               high
               hemb'd
               in
               with
               the
               dominions
               of
               the
               Pope
               ,
               whose
               Liege-man
               ,
               or
               Feudatary
               the
               Duke
               hereof
               is
               ,
               for
               severall
               bounties
               received
               from
               the
               Church
               .
               This
               State
               is
               threescore
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               five
               and
               thirty
               broad
               ,
               containing
               seven
               Cities
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               Castles
               and
               Villages
               .
               The
               land
               very
               good
               .
               His
               Revenue
               comes
               in
               two
               wayes
               :
               First
               ,
               from
               his
               subjects
               ,
               which
               (
               he
               being
               a
               gracious
               Lord
               )
               is
               not
               above
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               ducats
               a
               yeare
               .
               But
               secondly
               ,
               he
               much
               helps
               himselfe
               by
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               especially
               by
               his
               customes
               upon
               Wine
               and
               Corne
               exported
               ;
               of
               which
               last
               there
               is
               a
               great
               trade
               in
               his
               ports
               .
               Of
               this
               Revenue
               he
               issues
               but
               2200.
               ducats
               a
               yeare
               by
               way
               of
               tribute
               or
               acknowledgement
               to
               the
               Pope
               and
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Tuscanie
               ,
               which
               last
               ,
               sometimes
               writes
               himselfe
               Duke
               of
               Vrbine
               also
               .
               Both
               these
               gape
               for
               the
               Duchie
               ,
               if
               the
               succession
               should
               faile
               :
               A
               pretty
               case
               lately
               hapned
               thereupon
               .
               It
               chanced
               that
               
                 Guido
                 Baldus
              
               Duke
               of
               Vrbine
               in
               his
               owne
               life
               
               time
               resigning
               his
               Estate
               to
               the
               sonne
               ,
               and
               that
               sonne
               dying
               without
               issue
               before
               his
               father
               in
               the
               yeare
               1624.
               that
               both
               these
               pretenders
               being
               ready
               to
               seaze
               upon
               it
               ,
               and
               yet
               〈◊〉
               afraid
               of
               another
               ;
               the
               old
               Duke
               was
               re-estated
               with
               both
               their
               consents
               .
               The
               great
               Duke
               of
               Tuscanio
               hath
               as
               it
               seemes
               since
               released
               his
               claime
               to
               the
               Pope
               ,
               who
               now
               solely
               after
               the
               death
               of
               this
               old
               man
               lookes
               for
               it
               :
               but
               many
               thinke
               his
               nose
               will
               be
               wiped
               of
               it
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               Archduke
               Leopold
               (
               brother
               to
               this
               Emperour
               )
               hath
               in
               the
               yeare
               1626.
               married
               the
               daughter
               and
               heire
               of
               this
               old
               Duke
               Guido
               :
               And
               this
               may
               happen
               to
               be
               the
               occasion
               of
               a
               breach
               betweene
               the
               Pope
               and
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               ;
               especially
               of
               the
               Duchie
               fals
               void
               in
               the
               life
               and
               height
               of
               this
               present
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Spaniard
               and
               he
               get
               the
               better
               of
               it
               in
               the
               wars
               of
               Mantua
               .
            
             
               Modena
               is
               an
               hereditary
               Dukedome
               ,
               
               full
               of
               riches
               and
               fashionable
               Gentry
               ,
               after
               the
               best
               Italian
               manner
               ,
               newly
               allied
               to
               Mantua
               ,
               and
               reasonably
               well
               fortified
               against
               his
               dangerous
               neighbour
               in
               Millan
               ,
               and
               inviteth
               you
               to
               the
               view
               of
               a
               very
               delicate
               Country
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Duke
               dome
               of
               Mantua
               .
            
             
               MAntua
               is
               a
               late
               Dukedome
               erected
               of
               an
               ancient
               Marquifate
               in
               the
               name
               of
               Gonzaga
               .
               
               He
               liveth
               in
               better
               fashion
               of
               Courtship
               ,
               than
               the
               other
               Princes
               ,
               with
               a
               Guard
               of
               Switzers
               .
               The
               Citie
               is
               large
               ,
               boasteth
               of
               Virgils
               birth
               ,
               and
               the
               delicate
               streames
               of
               Po
               ,
               over
               which
               for
               all
               the
               swiftnesse
               and
               largenesse
               ,
               a
               gallerie-bridge
               transporteth
               both
               Coach
               ,
               Cart
               ,
               and
               Horse
               ;
               under
               which
               are
               preserved
               many
               Courtly
               Barges
               ,
               both
               for
               magnificent
               shewes
               and
               pleasure
               of
               the
               water
               in
               Summer
               time
               ,
               as
               also
               for
               the
               necessities
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               thorowout
               the
               yeare
               .
            
             
               This
               State
               ,
               abutting
               upon
               the
               East
               of
               Millane
               ,
               hath
               the
               Marquifate
               of
               Moutferrat
               annexed
               unto
               it
               ,
               and
               is
               now
               the
               field
               of
               warre
               in
               Italie
               .
               Rich
               men
               never
               want
               heires
               ;
               weake
               titles
               ,
               rather
               than
               no
               titles
               ,
               are
               made
               use
               of
               .
               Thus
               comes
               
               the
               quarrell
               .
               The
               Towne
               of
               Mantua
               was
               (
               as
               the
               rest
               of
               Italy
               )
               sometimes
               belonging
               to
               the
               Empire
               :
               from
               which
               all
               going
               away
               ,
               the
               famous
               Matilda
               laid
               hold
               on
               this
               ,
               which
               with
               the
               rest
               of
               her
               estate
               she
               bequeathed
               to
               the
               Church
               of
               Rome
               .
               Under
               the
               Popes
               ,
               the
               name
               of
               Poledroni
               bearing
               great
               sway
               ,
               grew
               at
               last
               too
               strong
               ,
               and
               usurped
               from
               their
               Lord
               about
               foure
               hundred
               yeares
               since
               ;
               from
               whom
               Gonzaga
               at
               last
               snatcht
               it
               ,
               who
               so
               well
               inlarged
               both
               the
               territorie
               and
               honour
               ,
               that
               it
               grew
               to
               be
               a
               Marquifate
               ,
               and
               some
               hundred
               and
               five
               yeares
               since
               was
               it
               made
               a
               Dukedome
               by
               the
               Emperour
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               about
               which
               time
               Duke
               Frederike
               obtained
               the
               Marquifate
               of
               Montferrat
               also
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               mariage
               of
               Margarita
               .
               It
               so
               happened
               ,
               that
               a
               younger
               sonne
               of
               this
               Familie
               plants
               himselfe
               in
               France
               ;
               whole
               descendant
               ,
               upon
               the
               late
               death
               of
               his
               cousin
               
                 Ferdinand
                 Gonzaga
              
               ,
               (
               who
               having
               beene
               first
               a
               Cardinall
               before
               hee
               came
               to
               be
               Duke
               of
               Mantua
               ,
               was
               unmaried
               ,
               and
               thereupon
               died
               without
               issue
               )
               now
               puts
               in
               for
               the
               Duchie
               as
               next
               of
               the
               bloud
               .
               So
               that
               the
               Cardinall-Duke
               being
               dead
               without
               issue
               ,
               the
               Pope
               claimes
               his
               share
               ,
               and
               hath
               it
               :
               The
               Emperour
               puts
               in
               for
               his
               title
               ,
               pretending
               the
               Estate
               escheated
               to
               him
               for
               want
               of
               issue
               .
               The
               heire
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               hastens
               out
               of
               France
               ,
               gets
               possession
               of
               Mantua
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               good
               will
               of
               the
               people
               also
               .
               The
               Emperour
               he
               cals
               in
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               to
               trie
               his
               title
               by
               the
               sword
               ,
               and
               if
               not
               to
               hinder
               or
               regaine
               possession
               ,
               yet
               to
               inforce
               him
               to
               demand
               investiture
               of
               the
               Emperour
               .
               The
               Duke
               craves
               aid
               of
               France
               :
               the
               King
               himselfe
               leads
               an
               Armie
               thither
               ,
               which
               this
               present
               yeare
               having
               passed
               the
               Alps
               ,
               by
               the
               Duke
               of
               Savoyes
               stopping
               up
               the
               passage
               against
               him
               ,
               miscarries
               in
               Pledmont
               .
               The
               Savoyard
               is
               proved
               the
               Duke
               of
               Mantuaes
               enemie
               for
               the
               Marquifate
               of
               Montferrat
               ,
               which
               he
               pretends
               a
               triple
               title
               unto
               ;
               all
               which
               were
               adjudged
               weake
               and
               insufficient
               pleas
               by
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               ,
               being
               made
               Vmpire
               by
               both
               parties
               .
               But
               what
               he
               could
               not
               obtaine
               by
               Law
               ,
               he
               hopes
               in
               the
               weaknesse
               of
               the
               new
               Duke
               ,
               to
               doe
               by
               power
               ,
               striking
               in
               especially
               with
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               with
               whom
               he
               is
               now
               made
               
               friends
               upon
               it
               ;
               the
               Spaniard
               restoring
               some
               Townes
               in
               Montferrat
               ,
               which
               the
               Savoyard
               had
               seized
               upon
               in
               the
               last
               vacancie
               ,
               An.
               161●
               .
               but
               had
               beene
               taken
               from
               him
               againe
               in
               the
               late
               warres
               with
               Spaine
               .
               So
               that
               the
               poore
               Dukedome
               of
               Mantua
               is
               like
               to
               be
               undone
               by
               foure
               Pretenders
               ;
               The
               Heire
               ,
               the
               Pope
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               the
               Savoyard
               .
               The
               Spanish
               forces
               of
               Millane
               are
               too
               neere
               unto
               Mantua
               ,
               and
               the
               Savoyards
               to
               Montferrat
               :
               These
               be
               his
               neighbours
               ,
               and
               enemies
               .
            
             
               The
               Dukedome
               of
               Mantua
               is
               indifferent
               rich
               ,
               and
               able
               to
               live
               of
               its
               owne
               .
               Seven
               good
               Cities
               it
               hath
               ,
               whereof
               Mantua
               is
               one
               of
               the
               strongest
               in
               Italie
               ,
               three
               sides
               being
               fortified
               with
               a
               wide
               River
               .
               Montferrat
               is
               larger
               than
               the
               Duchie
               of
               Mantua
               ,
               containing
               about
               threescore
               good
               walled
               Townes
               ,
               three
               of
               which
               be
               faire
               Cities
               .
               Both
               territories
               together
               containe
               as
               much
               land
               as
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Tuscanie
               is
               master
               of
               :
               yet
               his
               yearly
               Revenues
               come
               not
               to
               much
               above
               500000
               Ducats
               ,
               for
               that
               he
               uses
               his
               subjects
               well
               ,
               and
               wants
               the
               commoditie
               of
               the
               Seas
               .
               For
               his
               Forces
               ,
               Italy
               hath
               not
               better
               Horsemen
               ,
               nor
               any
               willinger
               to
               serve
               their
               Prince
               Divers
               strong
               Townes
               he
               hath
               ,
               and
               all
               little
               enough
               at
               this
               time
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               the
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               .
            
             
               THe
               State
               of
               this
               Duke
               lyes
               in
               two
               Countries
               ,
               in
               France
               where
               Savoy
               is
               seated
               ,
               and
               in
               Italy
               ,
               where
               he
               possesses
               part
               of
               Piedmont
               .
               But
               what
               Nature
               and
               the
               Alpes
               have
               disjoyned
               ,
               Marriage
               and
               Warres
               have
               united
               .
               His
               Dominions
               in
               France
               reach
               as
               farre
               as
               Geneva
               ,
               the
               County
               of
               
                 Burgunde
                 ,
                 Bresse
                 ,
                 Provence
              
               and
               Daulphine
               :
               on
               Germanie
               side
               they
               touch
               upon
               the
               Switzers
               :
               and
               in
               Italy
               are
               they
               bounded
               with
               
                 Millane
                 ,
                 Montferrat
              
               ,
               and
               the
               State
               of
               Genoa
               .
               The
               length
               is
               three
               hundred
               miles
               ;
               the
               breadth
               an
               hundred
               and
               threescore
               ;
               the
               compasse
               nine
               hundred
               .
               To
               begin
               with
               Savoy
               from
               whence
               the
               Prince
               hath
               his
               Title
               :
               The
               fable
               (
               I
               see
               )
               passes
               currant
               ,
               that
               these
               mountaine-passages
               being
               infested
               
               with
               theeves
               ,
               the
               Countrey
               was
               thereupon
               named
               Malvoy
               ,
               which
               disorders
               being
               reformed
               by
               a
               Nobleman
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               rewarded
               him
               with
               the
               title
               of
               Duke
               ,
               and
               named
               the
               Countrey
               Saulvoy
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               Safe-way
               .
               But
               hee
               that
               shall
               remember
               that
               the
               Noticia
               of
               the
               Empire
               mentions
               the
               very
               name
               of
               Sabaudia
               ,
               will
               know
               it
               to
               be
               ancienter
               than
               the
               moderne
               French
               tongue
               ,
               from
               whence
               this
               fable
               derives
               it
               .
               Savoy
               containes
               the
               Earldome
               of
               Geneva
               ,
               the
               Marquifate
               of
               Susa
               the
               County
               of
               Morienne
               :
               the
               Lordships
               of
               
                 Tharentaise
                 ,
                 Brengeois
                 Faucignie
                 ,
                 Chablais
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Pays
                 de
                 Vaul
              
               ;
               with
               three
               Bishoprickes
               ,
               whereof
               the
               Duke
               hath
               the
               nomination
               It
               containes
               foure
               or
               five
               good
               Cities
               ,
               whereof
               Chamberie
               is
               a
               Parliamentary
               Towne
               ,
               and
               the
               Seat
               of
               the
               Duke
               on
               that
               side
               :
               Situate
               it
               is
               in
               a
               rich
               and
               delicate
               Valley
               ,
               full
               of
               Gentlemens
               houses
               ,
               and
               every
               way
               inclosed
               with
               high
               mountaines
               .
               The
               Valleyes
               be
               fruitfull
               enough
               ,
               but
               the
               Mountaines
               very
               inhospitable
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               occasion
               that
               there
               be
               but
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               in
               all
               Savoy
               .
               Many
               and
               large
               Lakes
               it
               hath
               ,
               and
               those
               very
               well
               fisht
               .
               Piedmont
               is
               much
               the
               pleasanter
               and
               the
               richer
               Country
               ;
               though
               the
               common
               people
               be
               poore
               enough
               ,
               as
               scorning
               to
               worke
               ,
               and
               caring
               but
               to
               have
               from
               hand
               to
               mouth
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Honour
               or
               Title
               that
               the
               Duke
               here
               hath
               ,
               is
               the
               Marquifate
               of
               Saluzzes
               .
               The
               other
               part
               of
               Piedmont
               is
               taken
               up
               with
               Montferrat
               ;
               but
               that
               belongs
               to
               Mantua
               .
               Though
               in
               all
               Piedmont
               there
               be
               reckoned
               one
               Duchie
               (
               of
               Aosta
               ,
               )
               Marquisates
               fifteene
               ,
               Earldomes
               fifty
               ,
               besides
               Baronies
               many
               :
               but
               these
               (
               alas
               )
               bee
               but
               petty
               ones
               ;
               such
               as
               have
               but
               Fiefs
               ,
               being
               but
               Gentlemen
               holding
               Fees
               or
               Mannors
               of
               the
               Dukes
               favour
               :
               of
               which
               one
               writes
               ,
               that
               singly
               they
               are
               not
               very
               rich
               ;
               though
               all
               together
               they
               make
               a
               great
               noise
               .
               Three
               Counties
               are
               reckoned
               in
               it
               ;
               and
               in
               them
               seven
               good
               Cities
               ,
               besides
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               walled
               Townes
               .
               Whereupon
               a
               Gentleman
               of
               that
               Nation
               boasted
               ,
               that
               his
               Countrie
               was
               an
               intire
               Citie
               of
               three
               hundred
               miles
               compasse
               .
               Piedmont
               is
               said
               no
               nourish
               seven
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               ;
               whereof
               the
               lesser
               halfe
               may
               be
               reckoned
               within
               this
               Dukes
               Dominions
               :
               
               so
               that
               he
               may
               have
               some
               eight
               or
               nine
               hundred
               thousand
               subjects
               in
               the
               whole
               number
               .
               The
               Dukes
               chiefe
               Citie
               here
               is
               Turin
               ,
               honoured
               now
               with
               an
               Vniversitie
               :
               A
               strong
               place
               ,
               but
               made
               lesse
               than
               it
               was
               ,
               when
               the
               French
               were
               Masters
               of
               it
               ,
               that
               it
               might
               be
               the
               more
               defensible
               .
               Saluzzes
               is
               a
               Bishops
               See
               also
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               Founder
               of
               this
               Noble
               Family
               ,
               was
               Beroaldus
               of
               Saxonie
               ,
               brother
               to
               Otho
               the
               third
               ,
               Emperour
               ;
               who
               flying
               hither
               for
               killing
               that
               brothers
               wife
               ,
               taken
               in
               the
               act
               of
               Adultery
               ,
               was
               first
               made
               Generall
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Burgundie
               ;
               for
               whom
               he
               conquered
               Maurienne
               on
               Italy
               side
               ;
               which
               Lands
               the
               Duke
               giving
               to
               him
               ,
               hee
               became
               Lord
               of
               Maurienne
               :
               His
               sonne
               was
               first
               made
               Count
               or
               Earle
               of
               Maurienne
               ;
               who
               marrying
               the
               daughter
               and
               heire
               of
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Susa
               ,
               joyned
               both
               those
               Titles
               together
               .
               His
               grand-childe
               inlarged
               his
               Dominion
               by
               the
               conquest
               of
               some
               of
               the
               neighbour
               Valleyes
               :
               and
               his
               sonne
               Amadeus
               was
               for
               service
               done
               to
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               Henry
               the
               fifth
               ,
               made
               Earle
               of
               Savoy
               .
               His
               grand-childe
               Humbert
               ,
               marrying
               the
               Count
               of
               Geneva's
               daughter
               ,
               made
               his
               father
               in
               Law
               to
               submit
               ,
               and
               acknowledge
               obedience
               unto
               him
               .
               This
               Prince
               also
               upon
               the
               sailing
               of
               the
               heires
               of
               the
               Princes
               of
               Piedmont
               ;
               ●●ts
               in
               for
               himselfe
               ,
               conquers
               divers
               places
               ,
               and
               takes
               Piedmont
               into
               his
               title
               also
               .
               His
               son
               gains
               further
               upon
               his
               neighbours
               .
               His
               grand-childe
               Peter
               winnes
               the
               Citie
               of
               Turine
               ,
               and
               gets
               confirmations
               of
               Richard
               Duke
               of
               Cornwall
               (
               his
               kirsman
               ,
               and
               then
               Emperour
               )
               in
               those
               Valleyes
               conquered
               by
               himselfe
               and
               his
               grand-father
               .
               His
               sonne
               Philip
               marrying
               the
               heire
               of
               Burgundie
               ,
               was
               in
               her
               right
               made
               Earle
               of
               Burgundie
               and
               Savoy
               .
               His
               brothers
               sonne
               ,
               Amadeus
               the
               fourth
               ,
               gained
               the
               Countrey
               of
               Bresse
               by
               marriage
               also
               .
               His
               sonne
               Edward
               was
               made
               a
               Prince
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               and
               his
               son
               Amadeus
               wanne
               something
               from
               the
               Count
               of
               Geneva
               :
               To
               whose
               sonne
               Amadeus
               the
               sixth
               ,
               part
               of
               Piedmont
               veelded
               itselfe
               .
               He
               instituted
               the
               Order
               of
               Knight-hood
               of
               the
               Annanciada
               .
               To
               his
               sonne
               Amadeus
               the
               seventh
               ,
               did
               the
               Countrey
               called
               
                 Nizza
                 en
                 Provenza
              
               freely
               yeeld
               .
               To
               honour
               
               his
               sonne
               Amadeus
               the
               eighth
               ,
               did
               the
               Emperour
               Sigismund
               advance
               Savoy
               to
               the
               title
               of
               a
               Dukedome
               :
               Him
               did
               the
               Councell
               of
               Basile
               choose
               to
               be
               Pope
               ;
               which
               he
               afterwards
               quit
               ,
               to
               compound
               the
               schisme
               .
               His
               sonne
               Lewis
               was
               in
               his
               fathers
               life-time
               first
               called
               
                 Prince
                 of
                 Piedmont
              
               ;
               which
               is
               ever
               since
               the
               title
               of
               the
               heire
               apparrant
               :
               he
               also
               obtained
               to
               be
               called
               Earle
               of
               
                 Geneva
                 Charles
              
               the
               first
               made
               the
               Marquesse
               of
               Saluzzes
               to
               performe
               homage
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               this
               present
               Duke
               of
               
                 Savoy
                 ,
                 Charles
                 Emmanuel
              
               ,
               first
               got
               that
               Marquisate
               of
               Saluzzes
               intirely
               into
               his
               hands
               which
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               of
               France
               wrung
               from
               him
               ,
               and
               made
               him
               release
               the
               County
               of
               Bresse
               to
               have
               Saluzzes
               againe
               .
               And
               thus
               by
               degrees
               and
               yeares
               came
               this
               Family
               to
               these
               possessions
               .
               Besides
               all
               which
               ,
               hee
               makes
               title
               and
               claime
               to
               the
               Marquisate
               of
               Montferrat
               ,
               the
               Earldome
               of
               Geneva
               ,
               the
               Principalitie
               of
               Achaia
               in
               Greece
               ,
               and
               the
               kingdome
               of
               Cyprus
               .
            
             
               His
               ordinary
               Revenues
               are
               thus
               collected
               :
               His
               customes
               upon
               Salt
               fiftie
               thousand
               crownes
               ;
               from
               Susa
               foure
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               ;
               forren
               Merchandize
               eighteene
               thousand
               ;
               from
               
                 Villa
                 Franca
              
               ,
               &c.
               five
               and
               twentie
               thousand
               ;
               Ancient
               Rents
               ,
               &c.
               threescore
               and
               ten
               thousand
               :
               The
               ordinary
               tax
               of
               Piedmont
               two
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               three
               thousand
               ;
               from
               confiscations
               ,
               condemned
               persons
               ,
               commutations
               of
               punishments
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Iewes
               ,
               &c.
               fifty
               thousand
               .
               The
               totall
               is
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               French
               crownes
               .
               What
               his
               extraordinaries
               may
               amount
               unto
               ,
               cannot
               be
               knowne
               ;
               but
               certaine
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               in
               a
               few
               yeares
               he
               raised
               eleven
               millions
               of
               crownes
               out
               of
               Piedmont
               alone
               :
               So
               that
               we
               may
               well
               allow
               him
               one
               million
               of
               yearely
               commings
               in
               ,
               one
               with
               another
               :
               out
               of
               which
               these
               summes
               are
               yearely
               issued
               upon
               certaine
               expences
               :
               Diet
               ,
               wages
               ,
               &c.
               of
               the
               Dukes
               owne
               Court
               ,
               threescore
               thousand
               crownes
               :
               Allowed
               to
               the
               Duchesse
               ,
               twenty
               thousand
               :
               The
               Duke
               of
               Nemeurs
               (
               his
               kinsman
               )
               pension
               ,
               fourteene
               thousand
               :
               Standing
               wages
               to
               Iudges
               ,
               Counsellors
               ,
               &c.
               on
               both
               sides
               the
               Alpes
               ,
               fourescore
               and
               ten
               thousand
               :
               Vpon
               Embassadors
               ,
               Intelligences
               ,
               &c.
               sixteene
               thousand
               :
               
               Vpon
               his
               Guard
               ,
               Pages
               ,
               Messengers
               ,
               &c.
               ten
               thousand
               :
               Given
               away
               in
               Pensions
               and
               favours
               ,
               twelve
               thousand
               :
               Expences
               of
               pleasure
               ,
               ten
               thousand
               :
               Charges
               of
               his
               souldiery
               ,
               ten
               thousand
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               Gallies
               ,
               two
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               .
               The
               totall
               is
               three
               hundred
               and
               eightie
               thousand
               French
               crownes
               .
               The
               rest
               goes
               into
               the
               Treasury
               .
               But
               in
               this
               former
               account
               ,
               the
               expences
               upon
               building
               and
               repairing
               of
               Forts
               is
               not
               reckoned
               ,
               which
               must
               needs
               amount
               to
               a
               masse
               of
               money
               ;
               seeing
               that
               no
               Prince
               of
               Europe
               in
               so
               little
               ground
               (
               unlesse
               those
               of
               the
               Low-Countries
               perchance
               )
               hath
               so
               many
               fortified
               places
               ,
               and
               few
               stronger
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               either
               by
               Nature
               of
               Ar●
               :
               eight
               hundred
               Castles
               being
               reckoned
               in
               Piedmont
               alone
               .
               Of
               Land-souldiers
               his
               muster-bookes
               shewes
               him
               about
               twenty
               thousand
               ,
               often
               exercised
               by
               their
               Captaines
               and
               Collonels
               ;
               and
               three
               Gallies
               for
               scowring
               of
               the
               Coast.
               
            
             
               And
               now
               for
               the
               State
               and
               termes
               he
               stands
               in
               with
               other
               Princes
               his
               neighbours
               ;
               they
               be
               these
               .
               To
               the
               Papacie
               is
               his
               Family
               much
               beholding
               :
               the
               Pope
               having
               made
               his
               second
               son
               Victor
               ,
               a
               Cardinall
               :
               and
               his
               third
               son
               Philibert
               ,
               Admirall
               of
               the
               Gallies
               of
               the
               Church
               .
               A
               great
               dependancie
               hath
               he
               on
               the
               Pope
               besides
               :
               for
               whereas
               Cardinall
               Aldabrandino
               ,
               Nephew
               to
               Clement
               the
               eighth
               ,
               hath
               purchased
               Raiensa
               in
               Piedmont
               to
               the
               Duke
               :
               after
               whose
               decease
               that
               rich
               Territory
               must
               fall
               to
               the
               Church
               ,
               unlesse
               the
               Pope
               be
               pleased
               to
               confirme
               it
               upon
               the
               Duke
               .
               With
               Spaine
               both
               the
               Duke
               and
               his
               elde●●
               son
               
                 Philip
                 Emanuel
              
               ,
               have
               very
               neere
               alliance
               ;
               A●
               time
               there
               was
               ,
               that
               the
               Spaniard
               with-held
               his
               Pension
               from
               the
               Duke
               ,
               and
               he
               againe
               discharged
               his
               garrison
               of
               Spaniards
               in
               Tur●ne
               ,
               &c.
               but
               all
               being
               now
               piec't
               up
               betweene
               them
               ,
               it
               concernes
               Spaine
               not
               to
               displease
               him
               ;
               because
               hee
               may
               stop
               up
               the
               passages
               by
               which
               the
               Spanish
               forces
               might
               march
               out
               of
               Italy
               into
               
                 Germanie
                 .
                 Venice
              
               and
               hee
               are
               in
               a
               common
               league
               and
               correspondencie
               .
               Divers
               States
               and
               persons
               of
               the
               Switzers
               take
               pension
               of
               him
               :
               and
               the
               Citie
               of
               Geneva
               is
               in
               bodily
               feare
               of
               him
               ;
               so
               was
               Genoa
               in
               these
               late
               warres
               ,
               and
               may
               be
               againe
               .
               With
               other
               Princes
               of
               Italy
               
               he
               is
               in
               good
               termes
               (
               except
               with
               Mantua
               :
               )
               it
               equally
               concernes
               them
               all
               ,
               to
               see
               that
               one
               another
               grow
               not
               too
               great
               ,
               and
               especially
               to
               looke
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               .
               The
               only
               feare
               is
               from
               the
               French
               ,
               who
               will
               be
               revenged
               for
               the
               defeat
               of
               his
               Armie
               .
               How
               able
               the
               French
               is
               to
               hurt
               him
               ,
               was
               lately
               seene
               ,
               when
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               quickly
               overran
               all
               Savoy
               ,
               and
               the
               second
               time
               inforced
               him
               to
               release
               Bresse
               ,
               for
               Saluzzes
               .
               Nor
               wants
               he
               pretences
               ,
               seeing
               King
               Francis
               the
               first
               made
               nine
               yeares
               warre
               in
               Piedmont
               ;
               and
               (
               notwithstanding
               the
               Law
               Salicke
               )
               claimed
               Savoy
               in
               the
               right
               of
               his
               mother
               ;
               who
               was
               sister
               to
               Philibert
               ,
               who
               died
               without
               Issue
               .
               Vpon
               which
               pretence
               ,
               Charles
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               was
               beaten
               of
               Piedmont
               :
               unto
               which
               his
               son
               was
               not
               restored
               ,
               but
               upon
               marriage
               of
               the
               said
               King
               Francis
               daughter
               ;
               of
               which
               marriage
               this
               present
               Duke
               
                 Charles
                 Emanuel
              
               comes
               .
            
             
               And
               here
               by
               the
               way
               let
               me
               adde
               an
               observation
               ,
               concerning
               the
               French
               playing
               fast
               and
               loose
               with
               their
               Salick
               law
               ,
               It
               is
               true
               indeed
               that
               Margaret
               ,
               sole
               daughter
               and
               childe
               of
               Edward
               Duke
               of
               Savoy
               ,
               was
               in
               the
               yeare
               1329.
               put
               by
               the
               Succession
               ,
               being
               excluded
               by
               the
               Lawes
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               as
               mine
               Author
               notes
               .
               Constantia
               ,
               daughter
               of
               Duke
               Peter
               ,
               was
               also
               put
               by
               it
               ;
               the
               next
               heire
               male
               both
               times
               succeeding
               :
               and
               yet
               notwithstanding
               these
               Examples
               ,
               and
               that
               Law
               ,
               the
               French
               King
               claimes
               the
               Dukedome
               .
               Will
               not
               they
               give
               the
               English
               leave
               to
               doe
               as
               much
               ?
            
          
           
             
               Sicilie
               .
            
             
               THis
               is
               the
               chiefe
               Iland
               of
               the
               Mediterranean
               Sea
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               bignesse
               the
               most
               delicate
               of
               the
               whole
               world
               .
               For
               the
               abundance
               of
               Corne
               ,
               it
               was
               called
               the
               Granary
               of
               Italy
               ;
               their
               store
               of
               Si●ke
               may
               be
               seene
               upon
               the
               backe
               of
               every
               Tradesmans
               wife
               ;
               Wines
               and
               Honey
               most
               plentifull
               and
               delicious
               ;
               adde
               to
               these
               ,
               Sugar
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               Salt
               ,
               and
               Saffron
               ;
               yea
               ,
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               and
               precious
               Stones
               ,
               (
               the
               Emerald
               and
               Aggats
               )
               and
               what
               would
               yee
               desire
               more
               ?
               if
               Fish
               and
               Fowle
               ,
               the
               Sea
               and
               Rivers
               yeeld
               it
               them
               .
               Admirable
               were
               
               the
               〈◊〉
               that
               the
               Ilanders
               might
               attaine
               unto
               ,
               could
               they
               but
               make
               the
               best
               of
               their
               owne
               ,
               and
               worke
               their
               Silkes
               ,
               Sugars
               ,
               and
               other
               commodities
               .
               This
               made
               it
               so
               populous
               of
               old
               ,
               that
               Pliny
               reckoned
               up
               threescore
               and
               twelve
               Cities
               ,
               of
               which
               Syracusa
               alone
               was
               two
               and
               twenty
               miles
               about
               ;
               The
               Map
               and
               History
               shewes
               it
               divided
               into
               three
               parts
               or
               Governments
               :
               
                 Mona
                 ,
                 Noto
              
               ,
               and
               Mazzaro
               ;
               in
               all
               which
               be
               eight
               or
               nine
               Cities
               and
               walled
               townes
               .
               It
               was
               of
               old
               times
               called
               Trima●ria
               ;
               of
               the
               shape
               which
               is
               like
               a
               long
               Triangle
               ;
               and
               beleeved
               sometimes
               to
               have
               beene
               firme
               land
               with
               Italy
               ,
               from
               whence
               it
               is
               not
               at
               this
               day
               above
               one
               mile
               and
               a●
               halfe
               distant
               ;
               and
               from
               Greece
               and
               hundred
               forty
               and
               foure
               .
               In
               processe
               of
               time
               and
               variety
               of
               fortunes
               ,
               this
               little
               Iland
               hath
               successively
               beene
               mastered
               by
               fifteene
               severall
               Nations
               .
               The
               thirteenth
               in
               order
               were
               the
               French
               :
               These
               being
               insolent
               and
               hated
               ,
               the
               Sicilians
               willingly
               received
               ,
               and
               as
               quickly
               crowned
               Peter
               of
               Arragon
               laying
               claime
               to
               it
               :
               whereupon
               the
               French
               Lord
               of
               it
               ,
               Charles
               of
               Province
               ,
               for
               avoiding
               the
               effusion
               of
               Christian
               bloud
               ,
               challenges
               King
               Peter
               to
               try
               their
               titles
               by
               a
               single
               combat
               ;
               the
               place
               to
               be
               Burdeaux
               ,
               and
               the
               Iudge
               our
               Edward
               the
               blacke
               Prince
               ,
               the
               flowre
               of
               Chivalry
               .
               Peter
               accepts
               the
               combat
               ;
               but
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               one
               
                 Iohn
                 de
                 Prochita
              
               shewes
               him
               a
               safer
               way
               to
               his
               quiet
               .
               The
               plot
               was
               this
               ,
               a
               secret
               and
               sure-bound
               agreement
               with
               the
               Sicilians
               to
               serve
               all
               the
               French
               upon
               the
               Iland
               ,
               as
               the
               English
               sometimes
               did
               the
               Danes
               ,
               to
               kill
               them
               all
               man
               houre
               :
               the
               common
               watch-word
               was
               the
               tolling
               of
               the
               Bels
               to
               Even-song
               ;
               the
               feat
               was
               atchieved
               Anno
               1281.
               whence
               like
               our
               
                 Hocking
                 da●es
              
               for
               the
               death
               of
               the
               Danes
               ,
               they
               begunne
               their
               proverbe
               of
               
                 The
                 Sicilian
                 Vespers
              
               .
               Thus
               Arragon
               got
               it
               :
               in
               the
               right
               of
               which
               Crowne
               the
               Spaniard
               holds
               it
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               at
               this
               day
               governed
               by
               a
               Vice-Roy
               under
               the
               Spanish
               Councell
               for
               Italy
               ,
               consisting
               of
               three
               Spaniards
               and
               three
               Italians
               ,
               having
               for
               their
               President
               the
               Constable
               of
               Castile
               ;
               who
               by
               authority
               from
               the
               King
               ,
               doe
               create
               Governours
               ,
               Iudges
               ,
               and
               Commanders
               ,
               &c.
               
               It
               yeeldeth
               to
               the
               
               Coffers
               of
               Spaine
               yeerely
               six
               hundred
               thousand
               Ducats
               ,
               but
               that
               drawne
               backe
               againe
               in
               rewards
               and
               paiments
               .
            
             
               It
               feedeth
               and
               maintaineth
               about
               a
               million
               of
               soules
               ;
               
               and
               what
               force
               out
               of
               that
               proportion
               it
               is
               able
               to
               raise
               ,
               may
               bee
               conjectured
               by
               that
               levie
               which
               
                 Don
                 Garzia
              
               of
               Toledo
               made
               ,
               onely
               out
               of
               the
               south
               angle
               of
               the
               Iland
               ,
               at
               what
               time
               the
               Turke
               passed
               by
               it
               ,
               to
               the
               invasion
               of
               Malia
               ;
               consisting
               of
               three
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               and
               ten
               thousand
               Foot.
               
            
             
               For
               remonstrance
               of
               the
               populousnes
               of
               the
               ancient
               world
               ,
               
               wonder
               you
               may
               ,
               how
               this
               then-goodly
               Iland
               ,
               in
               the
               daies
               of
               Dionysius
               the
               elder
               (
               being
               but
               Lord
               of
               Syracusa
               and
               the
               adjoyning
               territories
               )
               continually
               maintained
               ten
               thousand
               foot-men
               and
               as
               many
               horse-men
               for
               his
               guard
               ,
               with
               foure
               hundred
               Gallies
               at
               Sea
               :
               of
               which
               ,
               now
               in
               these
               times
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               affordeth
               but
               eight
               .
            
             
               A
               people
               they
               are
               standing
               much
               upon
               their
               Honour
               ,
               
               yet
               excessively
               given
               to
               idlenesse
               ;
               talkative
               ,
               busie-headed
               ,
               quarrelsome
               ,
               jealous
               ,
               and
               revengefull
               .
               Their
               commodities
               are
               exported
               by
               strangers
               ;
               and
               withall
               ,
               the
               profit
               :
               themselves
               little
               traffiking
               abroad
               ,
               and
               therefore
               unexpert
               in
               the
               art
               of
               Navigation
               ;
               selling
               their
               Sugars
               unextracted
               from
               the
               Cane
               to
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               and
               buy●ng
               it
               againe
               from
               them
               after
               it
               is
               refined
               :
               The
               Vpland
               sort
               so
               unhospitable
               to
               strangers
               ,
               that
               without
               a
               sufficient
               guard
               there
               is
               no
               travelling
               without
               assured
               destruction
               by
               robbery
               and
               murder
               .
            
             
               The
               better
               sort
               (
               especially
               about
               Messana
               )
               live
               in
               all
               abundance
               and
               delicacie
               ,
               having
               more
               than
               enough
               of
               food
               ,
               
               of
               fruits
               ,
               and
               of
               excellent
               wines
               .
               They
               are
               Spanish
               in
               attire
               ,
               and
               the
               meanest
               Artificers
               wife
               is
               clothed
               in
               Silke
               ;
               whereof
               infinite
               quantities
               proceed
               from
               the
               wo●ne
               ,
               a
               part
               whereof
               is
               wrought
               into
               rude
               stuffes
               for
               their
               owne
               uses
               .
               Eight
               thousand
               Bails
               are
               yeerely
               made
               in
               the
               Iland
               ,
               and
               five
               thousand
               fetcht
               from
               thence
               at
               the
               Mart-time
               by
               the
               Gallies
               of
               
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Ostia
                 ,
                 Ligorne
              
               ,
               and
               Genoa
               :
               their
               language
               is
               Italian
               ,
               but
               corrupted
               with
               the
               
                 Greeke
                 ,
                 French
              
               ,
               and
               Spanish
               .
            
             
               The
               Garrison
               appointed
               for
               the
               security
               of
               the
               South
               part
               of
               the
               Iland
               ,
               consisteth
               of
               two
               hundred
               Spaniards
               ,
               
               and
               
               three
               hundred
               horsemen
               of
               the
               Country
               adjoyning
               ,
               who
               ●●ive
               by
               turnes
               and
               nightly
               scoure
               and
               guard
               that
               Coast.
               So
               on
               the
               North
               towards
               
                 Calabria
                 ,
                 Philip
              
               the
               second
               erected
               a
               very
               strong
               Castle
               ,
               and
               thrust
               into
               it
               a
               guard
               of
               naturall
               Spaniards
               .
            
             
               The
               whole
               iland
               nominateth
               seven
               Princes
               ,
               foure
               Dukes
               ,
               thirteene
               Marquesses
               ,
               fourteene
               Earles
               ,
               one
               Vicount
               ,
               and
               eight
               and
               forty
               Barons
               :
               The
               chiefe
               and
               ancientest
               of
               whom
               ,
               rather
               of
               policy
               than
               free
               will
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               their
               lives
               attend
               in
               the
               Court
               of
               Spaine
               :
               it
               hath
               also
               three
               Archbishops
               ,
               and
               nine
               Bishops
               under
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Iles
               of
               Malta
               ,
               or
               the
               Estate
               of
               the
               Knights
               of
               the
               Rhodes
               .
            
             
               THis
               Iland
               ,
               being
               the
               same
               Melita
               where
               Saint
               Paul
               shooke
               off
               the
               Viper
               ,
               lyeth
               in
               the
               Lybian
               Sea
               ,
               iust
               betwixt
               Tripolis
               in
               Barbary
               ,
               and
               the
               South-East
               angle
               of
               Sicilie
               ;
               being
               distant
               from
               the
               former
               threescore
               leagues
               of
               Sea
               measure
               ,
               and
               separated
               from
               the
               latter
               threescore
               miles
               of
               Italy
               :
               the
               compasse
               also
               being
               threescore
               miles
               ,
               and
               but
               threescore
               villages
               in
               the
               whole
               Iland
               :
               So
               that
               this
               Iland
               goes
               much
               upon
               the
               number
               of
               threescore
               .
               Many
               masters
               hath
               this
               also
               had
               ;
               first
               ,
               the
               Phenicians
               ,
               and
               then
               the
               Greekes
               ;
               thirdly
               ,
               the
               Moores
               of
               Barbary
               :
               from
               them
               the
               Spaniard
               tooke
               it
               after
               their
               expulsion
               out
               of
               
                 Spaine
                 .
                 Charles
              
               the
               fifth
               lastly
               gave
               it
               to
               the
               Knights
               of
               Saint
               Iohns
               of
               Ierusalem
               ,
               when
               the
               Turke
               had
               beaten
               them
               out
               of
               the
               
                 Rhodes
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1522.
               the
               length
               of
               it
               is
               twenty
               miles
               ,
               and
               the
               breadth
               twelve
               .
               The
               countrey
               people
               both
               in
               language
               and
               attire
               much
               resemble
               their
               old
               Masters
               and
               Sires
               of
               Affrica
               ;
               their
               Arabick
               Dialect
               being
               much
               corrupted
               with
               words
               crept
               in
               out
               of
               the
               severall
               Countries
               from
               whence
               their
               Knights
               doe
               come
               :
               The
               women
               are
               handsome
               ,
               and
               the
               men
               jealous
               :
               The
               Citizens
               be
               altogether
               Frenchified
               :
               The
               whole
               number
               of
               Inhabitants
               is
               about
               20000.
               
               The
               weather
               is
               hot
               and
               the
               soile
               barren
               ;
               as
               being
               onely
               a
               flat
               Rocke
               with
               a
               pan
               of
               
               earth
               a
               foot
               or
               two
               thicke
               .
               Trees
               hath
               it
               few
               ,
               and
               Rivers
               none
               ,
               watered
               only
               with
               fountaines
               and
               raine
               water
               .
               All
               their
               Corne
               is
               Barley
               ;
               which
               and
               Olives
               ,
               makes
               the
               best
               part
               of
               a
               Malteses
               dinner
               .
               Plenty
               of
               Anice
               seed
               ,
               Comine
               seed
               ,
               and
               Hony
               they
               vent
               to
               Merchants
               :
               Here
               also
               growes
               the
               perfectest
               Cotton
               Wooll
               .
               The
               people
               are
               healthy
               ,
               dying
               rather
               of
               age
               than
               of
               diseases
               .
               The
               Religion
               Popish
               .
               Foure
               Cities
               be
               upon
               the
               I
               le
               ,
               quartered
               under
               the
               command
               of
               ten
               Captaines
               ;
               whereof
               Valetta
               is
               both
               the
               fairest
               and
               the
               strongest
               ,
               built
               1565.
               and
               so
               named
               of
               Valetta
               the
               Grand
               Master
               ,
               famous
               for
               his
               valour
               against
               the
               Turks
               .
               Founded
               upon
               a
               rocke
               it
               is
               ,
               high
               mounted
               ,
               wonderfully
               fortified
               close
               to
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               by
               land
               assaultable
               onely
               at
               the
               South
               end
               .
               Victualled
               continually
               it
               is
               for
               three
               yeares
               ;
               new
               provision
               still
               supplying
               the
               expence
               of
               the
               old
               ,
               sent
               in
               from
               Sicily
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               heat
               of
               the
               Country
               preserved
               under
               ground
               .
               This
               small
               City
               is
               neighbour
               to
               two
               others
               ,
               
                 La
                 Isula
              
               ,
               and
               Saint
               Hermes
               ,
               each
               distant
               but
               a
               musket
               shot
               from
               other
               ;
               neere
               to
               the
               Haven
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               East
               end
               ,
               and
               North
               side
               of
               the
               Iland
               :
               from
               which
               Malta
               (
               the
               fourth
               City
               )
               is
               eight
               small
               miles
               separated
               .
               Two
               Forts
               more
               it
               hath
               ,
               Saint
               Michael
               ,
               and
               Saint
               Angelo
               :
               So
               that
               all
               together
               ,
               this
               Iland
               is
               thought
               the
               most
               impregnable
               place
               of
               the
               world
               .
            
             
               The
               Knights
               of
               Ierusalem
               (
               since
               called
               of
               the
               Rhodes
               )
               command
               all
               in
               all
               here
               ,
               no
               man
               daring
               to
               contradict
               .
               Of
               these
               there
               bee
               five
               hundred
               continually
               resident
               in
               the
               Iland
               ,
               and
               five
               hundred
               m●re
               (
               a
               thousand
               being
               their
               whole
               number
               )
               dispersed
               in
               other
               Alberges
               or
               Hospitals
               in
               Europe
               .
               Of
               them
               at
               this
               day
               there
               be
               seven
               seminaries
               ;
               one
               of
               France
               in
               generall
               ,
               one
               of
               Auvergne
               ,
               one
               of
               Provence
               ,
               one
               of
               Casrile
               ,
               one
               of
               Germany
               ,
               one
               of
               Arragon
               ,
               and
               one
               of
               Italie
               ;
               the
               eighth
               of
               England
               was
               suppressed
               by
               Henry
               the
               eighth
               .
               These
               knights
               be
               all
               Friers
               by
               profession
               ;
               their
               Vow
               was
               to
               defend
               the
               Sepulcher
               of
               Christ
               ;
               
               now
               it
               is
               to
               defend
               the
               Romish
               Religion
               and
               Countries
               against
               the
               Infidels
               .
               Of
               every
               one
               of
               these
               there
               is
               a
               Grand
               Prior
               ,
               having
               goodly
               houses
               
               and
               Seminaries
               in
               divers
               Countries
               ,
               living
               in
               great
               plenty
               and
               reputation
               .
               Such
               an
               house
               of
               theirs
               was
               that
               of
               Saint
               Iohns
               (
               commonly
               called
               Saint
               Ioanes
               )
               without
               Smithfield
               .
               The
               builder
               of
               which
               house
               was
               
                 Thomas
                 Docwra
              
               ,
               Prior
               then
               ;
               whose
               name
               lives
               in
               Esquires
               estate
               at
               Offley
               in
               Hartford
               shire
               ,
               &c.
               
               A
               Knight
               of
               this
               order
               was
               to
               prove
               himselfe
               a
               Gentleman
               for
               six
               descents
               :
               over
               the
               gate
               therefore
               may
               you
               see
               that
               testified
               by
               so
               many
               Eschutcheons
               .
               There
               also
               is
               to
               be
               seene
               their
               Vow
               and
               Title
               expressed
               in
               the
               Motto
               ,
               Sarie
               ✚
               Boro
               .
               The
               word
               Sarie
               being
               accented
               with
               harsh
               aspirations
               ,
               to
               brand
               the
               Saracens
               with
               a
               note
               of
               wickednesse
               .
               Both
               words
               with
               the
               figure
               of
               the
               crosse
               betwene
               ,
               signifie
               thus
               much
               ,
               
                 Defender
                 of
                 the
                 Crosse
                 of
                 Christ
                 against
                 the
                 wicked
                 Saracens
                 .
              
               This
               is
               written
               in
               the
               Saracen
               tongue
               ,
               the
               language
               of
               Malta
               :
               which
               words
               expressing
               their
               Vow
               and
               Title
               ,
               is
               not
               much
               unlike
               to
               that
               of
               Raimund
               ,
               the
               first
               Master
               of
               their
               order
               ;
               whose
               Motto
               was
               ,
               
                 The
                 poore
                 servant
                 of
                 Christ
                 ,
                 and
                 defender
                 of
                 the
                 Hospitall
                 of
                 Ierusalem
                 .
              
               And
               thus
               much
               by
               the
               way
               out
               of
               Docwra's
               pedigree
               ,
               for
               preserving
               of
               this
               antiquity
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               thousand
               Knights
               of
               the
               Rhodes
               ,
               there
               be
               sixteene
               more
               eminent
               than
               the
               rest
               ,
               called
               Great-Crosses
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               white
               crosse
               upon
               their
               blacke
               cloake
               (
               which
               is
               the
               cognizance
               of
               their
               order
               )
               they
               are
               privileged
               to
               weare
               larger
               than
               the
               rest
               .
               Over
               all
               these
               there
               is
               one
               grand
               Master
               ;
               for
               whose
               election
               two
               are
               appointed
               out
               of
               each
               of
               the
               eight
               Nations
               (
               two
               supplying
               the
               place
               of
               the
               English
               also
               )
               these
               sixteene
               make
               choice
               of
               a
               Knight
               ,
               a
               Priest
               ,
               and
               a
               Frier-servant
               ,
               and
               those
               three
               nominate
               one
               of
               the
               sixteene
               Great
               Crosses
               to
               bee
               Grand
               Master
               :
               for
               which
               place
               the
               foresaid
               Docwra
               was
               once
               in
               competition
               .
               The
               stile
               of
               this
               Master
               is
               ,
               
                 The
                 illustrious
                 and
                 most
                 reverent
                 Prince
                 ,
                 my
                 Lord
                 Frier
                 ,
                 great
                 Master
                 of
                 the
                 Hospitall
                 of
                 Saint
                 Iohns
                 of
                 Ierusalem
                 ;
                 Prince
                 of
                 Malta
                 and
                 Goza
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               Estate
               of
               the
               Grand
               Master
               arising
               out
               of
               the
               profits
               of
               the
               Iland
               of
               
               Malta
               ●tselfe
               ,
               
               is
               valued
               at
               ten
               thousand
               ducats
               ,
               besides
               what
               he
               hath
               out
               of
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Goza
               ,
               (
               which
               the
               
               ancients
               called
               Glacon
               ,
               and
               
                 Strabo
                 ,
                 Gaudon
              
               ;
               )
               lying
               but
               one
               mile
               to
               the
               South-west
               of
               Malta
               ,
               and
               twenty
               miles
               in
               compasse
               .
               The
               rest
               of
               his
               Entrada
               is
               made
               up
               out
               of
               fat
               Commendams
               of
               Ecclesiasticall
               dignities
               in
               severall
               Countries
               ,
               and
               of
               pensions
               from
               other
               Princes
               .
               He
               hath
               an
               allowance
               out
               of
               the
               publike
               treasury
               ,
               the
               tenth
               of
               all
               prizes
               by
               Sea
               ;
               as
               also
               the
               whole
               (
               or
               the
               cheife
               part
               )
               of
               whatsoever
               estate
               any
               of
               the
               officers
               ,
               belonging
               to
               his
               owne
               person
               ,
               shall
               chance
               to
               leave
               behinde
               them
               .
               The
               severall
               Knights
               are
               very
               rich
               ,
               besides
               their
               temporall
               lands
               in
               severall
               Countries
               ,
               enjoying
               divers
               Commendams
               and
               pensions
               also
               ;
               of
               which
               they
               are
               capable
               after
               five
               yeares
               of
               their
               admission
               ,
               and
               when
               they
               have
               made
               foure
               martiall
               expeditions
               .
               Their
               common
               treasury
               is
               maintained
               by
               the
               gifts
               of
               Princes
               ,
               by
               the
               admissions
               of
               novices
               into
               their
               order
               ,
               (
               each
               Knight
               paying
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               crownes
               ,
               and
               every
               Frier-servant
               an
               hundred
               at
               his
               first
               entrance
               ;
               )
               and
               lastly
               ,
               by
               the
               deaths
               of
               their
               brethren
               ;
               for
               when
               any
               of
               the
               Fraternity
               dies
               ,
               the
               whole
               order
               is
               heire
               ,
               excepting
               onely
               of
               one
               fifth
               part
               .
            
             
               These
               consist
               not
               so
               much
               in
               the
               number
               of
               the
               Knights
               ,
               
               (
               for
               they
               are
               but
               five
               hundred
               upon
               the
               Iland
               at
               once
               ,
               though
               the
               other
               five
               hundred
               are
               to
               come
               in
               upon
               summons
               )
               as
               in
               their
               valour
               and
               resolution
               :
               the
               whole
               Iland
               may
               perchance
               make
               six
               or
               eight
               thousand
               men
               able
               to
               beare
               armes
               ,
               and
               Goza
               the
               third
               part
               of
               that
               number
               .
               The
               Ilanders
               are
               alwayes
               well
               trained
               for
               land-service
               :
               and
               how
               much
               they
               are
               able
               to
               doe
               ,
               was
               seene
               by
               their
               repulsing
               the
               Turkish
               invasion
               .
               By
               Sea
               the
               religion
               maintaineth
               but
               only
               five
               Gallies
               ,
               and
               one
               ship
               ,
               (
               by
               report
               ,
               so
               stinted
               :
               
               )
               each
               galley
               carrying
               seventeene
               peeces
               of
               Ordnance
               ,
               and
               foure
               or
               five
               hundred
               men
               .
               More
               than
               these
               wise
               men
               peradventure
               will
               imagine
               ,
               that
               a
               barren
               and
               small
               Iland
               living
               for
               the
               most
               part
               upon
               the
               neighbourhood
               of
               Sicily
               ,
               can
               hardly
               maintaine
               .
               If
               more
               there
               are
               ,
               they
               pertaine
               to
               private
               men
               .
               Besides
               which
               ,
               certaine
               Phaluccoes
               they
               have
               ,
               (
               vessels
               they
               be
               twice
               so
               bigge
               as
               a
               wherry
               ,
               and
               rowed
               by
               five
               men
               )
               which
               they
               send
               out
               for
               scouts
               ,
               and
               to
               discover
               
               the
               booty
               .
               The
               expeditions
               which
               they
               make
               are
               little
               better
               than
               for
               bootie
               ,
               either
               in
               the
               night
               time
               landing
               on
               the
               maine
               of
               Africa
               ,
               and
               surprizing
               some
               villages
               ,
               or
               scowring
               along
               the
               coast
               ,
               and
               taking
               small
               and
               weake
               barkes
               ,
               out
               of
               which
               they
               take
               the
               men
               and
               goods
               ,
               and
               turne
               the
               hulke
               adrift
               with
               wind
               and
               weather
               .
            
          
           
             
               Lorraine
               .
            
             
               THis
               was
               once
               a
               Kingdome
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               containing
               all
               those
               Countries
               lying
               betwixt
               the
               Rivers
               Rhine
               and
               Scheld
               ,
               and
               the
               mountaine
               Vogesus
               ,
               wherein
               are
               Brabant
               and
               
                 Gelderland
                 ,
                 Lutzenburg
                 ,
                 Limburg
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Bishopricke
               of
               Leige
               .
               These
               were
               at
               severall
               times
               taken
               away
               from
               it
               ;
               some
               given
               by
               the
               Emperours
               to
               the
               younger
               families
               ,
               and
               some
               to
               the
               Church
               .
               That
               which
               is
               now
               left
               to
               the
               Duke
               was
               of
               his
               ancestor
               Lotharius
               ,
               called
               by
               the
               Latines
               
                 Lotharij
                 regnum
              
               ;
               
               or
               as
               the
               Germans
               speake
               ,
               Lotars-ricke
               :
               is
               bounded
               upon
               the
               East
               with
               Alsatia
               ;
               upon
               the
               South
               with
               Burgundie
               ;
               towards
               the
               West
               with
               Champaigne
               ,
               and
               towards
               the
               North
               with
               the
               Forest
               of
               Arden
               .
               The
               length
               is
               foure
               dayes
               journey
               ,
               and
               the
               breadth
               three
               .
               In
               it
               are
               many
               goodly
               Rivers
               ,
               as
               the
               
                 Meuse
                 ,
                 Mosel
              
               ,
               &c.
               
               And
               fine
               Townes
               ,
               as
               Nancie
               ,
               where
               the
               Duke
               commonly
               resideth
               ;
               Saint
               Nicholas
               ,
               and
               five
               others
               of
               good
               esteeme
               upon
               the
               Frontier
               and
               Inland
               ,
               whereof
               
                 Pont
                 Musson
              
               is
               an
               Vniversity
               .
            
             
               It
               yeeldeth
               Wine
               and
               Wheat
               sufficient
               for
               the
               provision
               of
               its
               owne
               Inhabitants
               ,
               
               and
               affordeth
               Cattell
               ,
               Horse
               ,
               and
               River-fish
               in
               some
               good
               measure
               to
               the
               defects
               of
               their
               neighbours
               .
            
             
               In
               manners
               and
               fashion
               they
               resemble
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               
               the
               French
               and
               the
               Germans
               ,
               both
               whose
               languages
               the
               most
               can
               speake
               .
               In
               courtesie
               and
               civility
               they
               strive
               to
               imitate
               the
               French
               ;
               in
               drinking
               ,
               the
               Germans
               .
               Yet
               not
               here
               the
               one
               so
               punctually
               as
               the
               French
               ,
               nor
               the
               other
               so
               inordinately
               as
               the
               Dutch.
               They
               are
               good
               souldiers
               ,
               free
               of
               disposition
               ,
               and
               rather
               subtill
               than
               politike
               .
               The
               Duke
               of
               
               Lorraine
               is
               of
               the
               best
               and
               ancientest
               bloud
               of
               Europe
               ;
               as
               descended
               from
               Charles
               the
               Great
               .
               He
               also
               claimes
               to
               bee
               King
               of
               Ierusalem
               .
               And
               for
               such
               Courts
               as
               these
               petty
               Princes
               maintaine
               ,
               you
               shall
               finde
               therein
               many
               fine
               Gentlemen
               .
               His
               counsels
               are
               mostly
               directed
               by
               the
               Iesuits
               ,
               and
               his
               favourite
               
                 Count
                 de
                 Boulla
              
               .
            
             
               Surely
               his
               Riches
               cannot
               be
               great
               :
               
               for
               of
               commodities
               nothing
               of
               value
               can
               bee
               said
               to
               arise
               therein
               ,
               save
               certaine
               workes
               (
               or
               cups
               )
               of
               Cassidony-stone
               ;
               some
               horses
               ,
               linnen
               cloth
               and
               manufactures
               ,
               and
               those
               vented
               into
               France
               and
               Germanie
               .
               What
               to
               thinke
               of
               the
               silver
               mines
               therein
               ,
               I
               cannot
               shew
               :
               Those
               that
               have
               estimated
               with
               the
               most
               ,
               have
               not
               related
               of
               above
               seven
               hundred
               and
               eight
               thousand
               crownes
               of
               yearely
               Revenue
               ordinary
               ;
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               of
               rent
               and
               royaltie
               ,
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               from
               the
               Salt-pans
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               fishing
               of
               the
               Rivers
               and
               Lakes
               two
               thousand
               pounds
               sterling
               .
               But
               others
               more
               probably
               ,
               allow
               him
               twelve
               hundred
               thousand
               crownes
               ,
               which
               might
               be
               more
               ,
               would
               he
               put
               his
               people
               to
               it
               .
            
             
               Nancie
               is
               exceedingly
               well
               fortified
               after
               the
               moderne
               fashion
               ,
               and
               inlarged
               of
               late
               by
               addition
               of
               a
               new
               Towne
               ,
               
               and
               that
               also
               fortified
               .
               And
               in
               former
               ages
               ,
               as
               it
               resisted
               the
               whole
               forces
               of
               Charles
               the
               Great
               ,
               Duke
               of
               Burgundie
               ;
               so
               this
               people
               also
               (
               but
               united
               with
               the
               Switzers
               )
               gave
               him
               three
               fatall
               overthrowes
               in
               the
               field
               .
               Of
               any
               great
               Expeditions
               which
               they
               should
               particularly
               make
               of
               themselves
               ,
               I
               never
               read
               ;
               
               neither
               that
               any
               of
               their
               Neighbours
               have
               much
               affrighted
               them
               .
               With
               the
               Switzers
               and
               the
               House
               of
               France
               ,
               they
               have
               alwayes
               held
               good
               correspondencie
               and
               Alliance
               :
               So
               that
               if
               the
               Arch-Duke
               should
               quarrell
               with
               them
               on
               one
               side
               ,
               they
               have
               the
               Low-Countrimen
               their
               friends
               on
               the
               other
               .
               And
               as
               for
               the
               King
               of
               Spaines
               neighbour-hood
               ,
               (
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               proximity
               of
               the
               French
               Countrey
               of
               Burgundie
               ;
               )
               it
               may
               alwayes
               be
               supposed
               ,
               that
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               Alliances
               (
               before
               spoken
               of
               )
               the
               one
               will
               bee
               loth
               to
               prejudice
               the
               other
               ,
               to
               neithers
               boast
               of
               advantage
               .
               As
               for
               other
               petty
               Princes
               ,
               they
               stand
               in
               as
               much
               need
               to
               take
               care
               for
               
               their
               owne
               preservations
               ,
               as
               to
               invade
               anothers
               ;
               for
               that
               in
               truth
               this
               Prince
               exceedeth
               most
               of
               them
               in
               meanes
               ,
               forces
               ,
               friends
               and
               circuit
               of
               Territory
               .
            
             
               This
               Principalitie
               gives
               titles
               of
               honour
               ,
               first
               to
               the
               Duke
               of
               Barre
               ;
               (
               which
               is
               now
               united
               to
               the
               Dukes
               owne
               Family
               :
               )
               to
               six
               Counts
               or
               Earles
               ,
               and
               to
               seven
               Lords
               or
               Barons
               .
            
          
           
             
               Hungarie
               .
            
             
               HVngarie
               is
               a
               Noble
               Kingdome
               .
               I
               call
               it
               Noble
               ,
               because
               whole
               volumes
               might
               be
               writ
               ;
               and
               yet
               extenuate
               the
               worth
               ,
               but
               not
               relate
               the
               troubles
               thereof
               ;
               Externall
               ,
               with
               the
               enemie
               of
               Christendome
               ;
               Internall
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               confused
               dissention
               .
               For
               sometime
               the
               glory
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               elateth
               them
               ,
               sometime
               private
               revenges
               divide
               them
               :
               sometime
               the
               Nobility
               doth
               tyrannize
               over
               them
               ,
               and
               sometime
               the
               generall
               cause
               exciteth
               compassion
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               plenty
               wherewith
               it
               aboundeth
               of
               all
               things
               ,
               both
               for
               use
               and
               pleasure
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               numbred
               amongst
               the
               most
               fertile
               Kingdomes
               of
               Europe
               .
               In
               it
               are
               found
               fruits
               of
               as
               much
               variety
               and
               goodnesse
               ,
               as
               in
               Italy
               :
               Corne
               sufficient
               to
               sustaine
               the
               Inhabitants
               ;
               Wine
               to
               furnish
               their
               neighbours
               
                 (
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Silesia
                 ,
                 Moravia
                 ,
                 Bohemia
                 :
                 )
              
               Fish
               in
               such
               plentie
               ,
               that
               strangers
               borrow
               of
               their
               abundance
               from
               them
               ,
               and
               out
               of
               Valachia
               ,
               (
               before
               the
               losse
               of
               Agria
               in
               96.
               )
               were
               Beeves
               driven
               into
               Italy
               ,
               and
               all
               parts
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               which
               now
               finde
               a
               present
               want
               in
               their
               former
               provision
               thorow
               the
               Turkes
               stopping
               of
               that
               passage
               .
            
             
               The
               Hungarian
               Horse
               by
               nature
               are
               not
               improper
               for
               warre
               ,
               being
               couragious
               ,
               strong
               ,
               hardy
               ,
               and
               swift
               ,
               but
               for
               want
               of
               management
               they
               fit
               no
               service
               but
               travell
               ,
               to
               which
               the
               Italian
               Hackney-men
               ,
               and
               Almain
               Coach-men
               finde-them
               excellent
               .
            
             
               Hungarland
               is
               divided
               by
               the
               River
               Danubius
               ,
               
               into
               two
               
               parts
               :
               the
               one
               mountainous
               ;
               and
               therefore
               called
               the
               upper
               Hungarland
               ,
               abounding
               in
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               and
               Copper-Ore
               ;
               the
               other
               nether
               Hungarland
               ,
               plaine
               ,
               without
               hils
               ,
               and
               called
               for
               the
               fertility
               thereof
               ,
               the
               Store-house
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               Germanie
               .
               The
               Metropolitan
               Citie
               of
               that
               part
               of
               Hungarland
               that
               obeyeth
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               is
               Possonium
               or
               Presb●rgh
               ,
               which
               the
               Hungarians
               call
               Posonie
               ;
               little
               ,
               and
               not
               very
               beautifull
               ,
               no
               more
               than
               are
               
                 Sirigonium
                 ,
                 Cassovia
                 ,
                 Ni●ria
                 ,
                 Tervanio
                 ,
              
               or
               any
               other
               Cities
               of
               Hungarland
               :
               a
               reason
               whereof
               may
               be
               ,
               that
               the
               Gentlemen
               have
               their
               Houses
               in
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               the
               Citizens
               are
               more
               studious
               to
               build
               for
               use
               ,
               than
               for
               pompe
               .
            
             
               In
               confineth
               toward
               the
               North
               with
               Poland
               and
               Moravia
               :
               
               on
               the
               East
               lieth
               Transilvania
               and
               Valachia
               ;
               on
               the
               South
               ,
               
                 Bulgaria
                 ,
                 Servia
                 ,
                 Bosnia
                 ,
                 Sclavonia
                 ,
              
               and
               Croatia
               :
               and
               towards
               the
               West
               it
               is
               joyned
               to
               Stiria
               and
               Austria
               ;
               two
               thirds
               of
               it
               possessed
               by
               the
               Turke
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               be
               of
               stature
               and
               complexion
               not
               unlike
               the
               English
               ,
               but
               in
               habit
               resembling
               the
               poore
               Irish
               ;
               in
               Warre
               strong
               ,
               valiant
               ,
               and
               patient
               ;
               covetous
               above
               measure
               ,
               yet
               having
               rather
               desire
               than
               art
               to
               enrich
               themselves
               ,
               permitting
               (
               of
               negligence
               )
               the
               Germans
               to
               inherit
               in
               their
               Cities
               ,
               and
               to
               Trafficke
               their
               Merchandize
               ;
               a
               cause
               why
               none
               of
               them
               rise
               by
               their
               owne
               industry
               to
               any
               great
               wealth
               .
               They
               never
               combate
               amongst
               themselves
               ,
               but
               revenge
               injuries
               with
               words
               ,
               except
               upon
               objection
               of
               cowardize
               ,
               whereof
               the
               charged
               is
               never
               disburthened
               ,
               untill
               he
               have
               proved
               himselfe
               in
               singular
               combate
               with
               a
               Turke
               .
               It
               hath
               beene
               an
               ancient
               custome
               amongst
               them
               ,
               that
               none
               should
               weare
               a
               feather
               but
               hee
               who
               hath
               killed
               a
               Turke
               ,
               to
               whom
               it
               was
               lawfull
               to
               shew
               the
               number
               of
               his
               slaine
               Enemies
               ,
               by
               the
               number
               of
               feathers
               in
               his
               Cap.
               They
               punish
               Adulterie
               and
               Fornication
               with
               death
               :
               the
               Husband
               forcing
               his
               Wife
               ,
               the
               Father
               his
               Daughter
               ,
               and
               the
               Brother
               his
               Sister
               to
               the
               place
               of
               Execution
               ,
               The
               Sonnes
               inhabit
               equally
               after
               the
               death
               of
               their
               fathers
               ,
               occupying
               for
               the
               most
               part
               the
               possessions
               left
               them
               in
               common
               .
               The
               Daughters
               have
               the
               
               value
               of
               the
               part
               of
               the
               Lands
               in
               money
               .
               They
               are
               desirous
               of
               warres
               above
               measure
               ,
               they
               admit
               no
               unprofitable
               man
               into
               their
               Campe
               ,
               but
               such
               as
               hold
               servants
               are
               served
               with
               men
               .
               They
               march
               in
               troopes
               both
               Horse
               and
               Foot
               ,
               lodging
               apart
               ,
               but
               not
               in
               that
               good
               order
               which
               is
               used
               by
               the
               Germans
               ,
               who
               distinguish
               both
               their
               Companies
               and
               Regiments
               into
               streets
               ,
               placing
               their
               baggage
               at
               their
               backs
               or
               flankes
               ,
               according
               to
               necessity
               .
               They
               goe
               no
               round
               ,
               neither
               in
               their
               Campes
               nor
               Townes
               ,
               but
               in
               stead
               thereof
               one
               Sentinell
               whoopeth
               to
               another
               ,
               as
               in
               like
               case
               doe
               the
               Turkes
               .
               The
               Horse-men
               in
               battell
               range
               themselves
               in
               files
               after
               the
               German
               order
               ,
               as
               doe
               also
               their
               foot
               ,
               placing
               all
               their
               shot
               on
               front
               .
               They
               give
               a
               furious
               charge
               ,
               and
               the
               Enemie
               broken
               fall
               presently
               to
               spoile
               ,
               leaving
               to
               follow
               the
               execution
               for
               any
               small
               booty
               :
               but
               being
               broken
               ,
               they
               fly
               every
               man
               home
               without
               ever
               turning
               head
               ,
               lying
               in
               wait
               by
               the
               way
               for
               their
               enemies
               ,
               whom
               they
               rob
               in
               their
               flight
               counterfeiting
               for
               the
               more
               terrour
               the
               clamour
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               from
               whom
               they
               differ
               in
               the
               fashion
               of
               their
               Caps
               .
            
             
               
               The
               Government
               in
               the
               times
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               Hungarie
               (
               which
               in
               these
               latter
               ages
               were
               still
               elective
               )
               was
               administred
               partly
               by
               the
               great
               Officers
               of
               the
               Spirituality
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               Secular
               powers
               .
               The
               chiefe
               of
               the
               Spirituality
               was
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Strigonium
               ,
               who
               was
               ever
               to
               be
               the
               Lord
               Keeper
               or
               Chancellour
               ,
               principall
               Secretary
               of
               Estate
               ,
               and
               Primate
               of
               Hungaria
               .
               The
               other
               Archbishop
               was
               hee
               of
               Colozza
               :
               these
               two
               had
               fourteene
               Suffragan
               Bishops
               under
               them
               ;
               all
               now
               swallowed
               up
               by
               the
               Turke
               ,
               except
               
                 Sirigonium
                 ,
                 Nitria
                 ,
                 ●aver●ne
              
               ,
               and
               ●●cia
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Officer
               of
               the
               Secularitie
               is
               the
               Palatine
               of
               Hungaria
               ,
               chosen
               by
               the
               States
               and
               Lords
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               :
               his
               authoritie
               is
               marvellous
               large
               ,
               both
               in
               the
               Court
               of
               the
               King
               ,
               the
               Courts
               of
               Justice
               in
               the
               ordinary
               Diets
               ,
               and
               especially
               in
               the
               vacancie
               of
               the
               Throne
               .
               The
               Kingdome
               of
               Hungaria
               is
               now
               divided
               betweene
               three
               ;
               First
               the
               Turke
               ,
               who
               hath
               the
               greater
               part
               ,
               and
               is
               Master
               of
               Buda
               it selfe
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Citie
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               
                 Bethien
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               who
               possesses
               most
               of
               the
               
               upper
               Hungarie
               ,
               lying
               betwixt
               Transilvania
               and
               the
               River
               Tibiscus
               :
               and
               the
               third
               part
               is
               in
               possession
               of
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               whose
               sonne
               was
               lately
               chosen
               King
               of
               Hungaria
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               due
               administration
               of
               Justice
               under
               the
               Secular
               ,
               the
               ancient
               Lords
               divided
               their
               Land
               into
               twenty
               Counties
               ,
               appointing
               to
               every
               County
               a
               Baron
               for
               Governour
               ,
               with
               one
               and
               twenty
               Doctors
               of
               Law
               to
               be
               his
               Assistants
               ,
               reserving
               ever
               to
               themselves
               an
               Appeale
               for
               the
               redresse
               of
               Injustice
               ,
               and
               preventing
               of
               extortion
               .
               Now
               since
               the
               Princes
               of
               Austria
               got
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               their
               tyrannie
               so
               yoketh
               the
               Peasants
               ,
               that
               nothing
               may
               bee
               done
               without
               the
               Lords
               leave
               .
               Insomuch
               that
               these
               people
               living
               in
               the
               true
               condition
               of
               slavery
               ,
               want
               nothing
               but
               the
               name
               thereof
               .
               In
               the
               time
               of
               the
               ancient
               government
               ,
               when
               the
               Kings
               would
               alter
               any
               thing
               in
               the
               administration
               of
               the
               Common-weale
               ,
               undertake
               a
               forren
               warre
               ,
               or
               conclude
               a
               peace
               ,
               there
               assembled
               together
               at
               one
               place
               three
               degrees
               of
               Subjects
               ,
               Barons
               ,
               Bishops
               ,
               and
               Gentlemen
               :
               with
               consent
               of
               the
               greater
               part
               whereof
               ,
               the
               Kings
               had
               authority
               to
               confirme
               ,
               abrogate
               ,
               or
               institute
               lawes
               ,
               to
               denounce
               warre
               ,
               to
               conclude
               peace
               ,
               and
               to
               charge
               their
               Land
               with
               impositions
               fit
               for
               their
               necessities
               .
            
             
               This
               assembly
               is
               still
               in
               use
               ,
               but
               the
               freedome
               thereof
               is
               altered
               ,
               nothing
               being
               at
               this
               day
               propounded
               to
               the
               assembled
               by
               the
               new
               Governours
               but
               a
               contribution
               of
               money
               ;
               to
               which
               demand
               at
               a
               day
               given
               ,
               the
               Nobility
               give
               their
               resolutions
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               yeere
               96.
               and
               97.
               (
               when
               the
               Turkish
               Emperour
               threatned
               to
               descend
               himselfe
               in
               person
               )
               was
               ;
               That
               the
               Nobility
               would
               put
               themselves
               in
               Campania
               with
               their
               Forces
               ,
               and
               promised
               for
               their
               subjects
               (
               for
               so
               they
               terme
               their
               Peasants
               )
               that
               every
               Housholder
               should
               send
               a
               man
               ,
               and
               give
               two
               Dollars
               of
               money
               for
               entertainment
               of
               Souldiers
               :
               but
               the
               Turkish
               Emperour
               not
               comming
               in
               person
               ,
               the
               Gentiles
               did
               not
               further
               bind
               themselves
               ,
               than
               that
               their
               subjects
               should
               pay
               every
               house
               one
               Dollar
               ;
               with
               which
               money
               were
               to
               be
               waged
               20000.
               horse
               and
               foot
               ,
               the
               halfe
               of
               which
               never
               appeared
               in
               field
               ,
               there
               being
               not
               at
               any
               
               time
               in
               armes
               under
               the
               three
               Generals
               of
               Teufeubach
               in
               upper
               Hungarland
               ,
               
               of
               Palfeis
               upon
               the
               border
               of
               Danubius
               ,
               and
               of
               Zerius
               in
               nether
               Hungarland
               above
               nine
               thousand
               men
               :
               And
               at
               the
               battell
               of
               Keresture
               in
               96.
               where
               were
               assembled
               the
               greatest
               forces
               that
               could
               bee
               made
               by
               the
               three
               Confederates
               ,
               
                 Germany
                 ,
                 Hungary
              
               ,
               and
               Transilvania
               :
               the
               Combatants
               amounted
               not
               to
               above
               51000.
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               out
               of
               Hungarland
               arrived
               six
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               10000.
               foot
               :
               out
               of
               Transilvania
               six
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               12000.
               foot
               :
               out
               of
               Germany
               nine
               thousand
               five
               hundred
               horse
               and
               seven
               thousand
               foot
               .
               The
               Germans
               were
               so
               well
               appointed
               (
               horse
               and
               foot
               )
               as
               for
               quantity
               of
               Armes
               and
               goodnesse
               of
               horse
               nothing
               could
               be
               better
               devised
               ;
               Of
               the
               foot
               ,
               the
               third
               part
               were
               Pikes
               armed
               compleat
               ,
               the
               rest
               were
               shot
               ,
               whereof
               three
               parts
               were
               Muskets
               :
               the
               Horsemen
               were
               allarmed
               ,
               many
               of
               whose
               Curases
               were
               Musket-proofe
               :
               some
               of
               them
               carried
               five
               Pistols
               ,
               most
               foure
               ,
               all
               two
               .
               That
               which
               was
               indeed
               a
               want
               amongst
               them
               was
               ,
               that
               three
               parts
               were
               Servants
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               German
               custome
               ,
               many
               of
               whom
               tooke
               pay
               for
               eight
               Horses
               .
               The
               Hungarish
               and
               Transilvanian
               foot
               were
               all
               naked
               ,
               part
               of
               whom
               carried
               Fire-lockes
               of
               two
               foot
               ,
               and
               the
               residue
               Pikes
               of
               nine
               foot
               long
               ,
               either
               Armes
               of
               small
               or
               no
               use
               ,
               either
               in
               offence
               or
               defence
               ,
               whether
               in
               Forts
               ,
               Streights
               ,
               or
               Campania
               .
               The
               Horse-men
               carried
               hollow
               Launces
               of
               twelve
               foot
               long
               ,
               which
               they
               brake
               by
               the
               helpe
               of
               a
               leather
               thong
               fastened
               to
               their
               saddles
               :
               for
               the
               rest
               ,
               they
               were
               armed
               according
               to
               their
               meanes
               ,
               the
               rich
               with
               Cura●es
               ,
               the
               meane
               with
               Shirts
               ,
               the
               poore
               with
               Sleeves
               of
               Male
               ,
               and
               all
               with
               Caskes
               ,
               which
               kind
               of
               arming
               ,
               as
               it
               maketh
               them
               much
               defective
               in
               proofe
               ,
               so
               are
               they
               of
               lesse
               worth
               for
               their
               horses
               ,
               which
               (
               for
               their
               manner
               of
               riding
               ,
               bridles
               and
               sadd●●s
               )
               are
               more
               forceable
               to
               doe
               execution
               upon
               victory
               ,
               to
               make
               excursions
               ,
               and
               to
               discover
               ,
               than
               they
               be
               either
               to
               give
               or
               to
               sustaine
               a
               charge
               .
            
             
               
               Their
               forces
               by
               Water
               (
               or
               to
               speake
               more
               properly
               the
               Emperours
               )
               were
               much
               impaired
               by
               the
               losse
               of
               Iaverin
               in
               
               94.
               where
               of
               thirteene
               Gallies
               the
               Turkes
               tooke
               ten
               ;
               that
               losse
               is
               not
               yet
               repaired
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               not
               having
               at
               this
               time
               above
               five
               Gallies
               :
               which
               at
               the
               siege
               of
               Strigonium
               ,
               durst
               not
               make
               head
               against
               three
               of
               the
               Turkes
               which
               came
               to
               releeve
               the
               Towne
               .
               There
               bee
               moreover
               ordinarily
               upon
               the
               Danubie
               sixteene
               small
               Barkes
               ,
               twelve
               foot
               broad
               ,
               and
               fifty
               foot
               long
               ;
               these
               carry
               in
               the
               prow
               two
               peeces
               ,
               a
               crogue
               three
               foot
               long
               ,
               and
               one
               pound
               bullet
               ;
               they
               are
               rowed
               by
               souldiers
               with
               twenty
               Oares
               on
               a
               side
               ,
               having
               their
               halfe
               pikes
               standing
               by
               them
               ,
               and
               their
               peeces
               hanging
               at
               their
               backes
               .
            
             
               The
               Captaine
               governeth
               the
               rudder
               ,
               and
               the
               Lieutenant
               attendeth
               on
               the
               peeces
               .
               These
               barkes
               (
               for
               that
               which
               I
               have
               seene
               )
               are
               fitter
               for
               the
               skout
               and
               guard
               of
               the
               Campe
               ,
               when
               it
               marcheth
               or
               lodgeth
               by
               the
               waterside
               ,
               than
               commodious
               for
               fight
               .
            
             
               The
               Hungarians
               presuming
               (
               more
               than
               reason
               )
               on
               their
               valour
               in
               Campania
               ,
               
               have
               ever
               neglected
               to
               fortifie
               their
               frontiers
               :
               the
               last
               and
               best
               invented
               meanes
               whereby
               small
               States
               preserve
               themselves
               from
               being
               over-run
               by
               the
               great
               ;
               which
               error
               being
               better
               lookt
               unto
               by
               the
               Princes
               of
               Austria
               (
               who
               about
               fifty
               yeeres
               since
               obtained
               that
               Kingdome
               )
               have
               used
               some
               diligence
               in
               this
               kinde
               ,
               yet
               with
               so
               small
               judgement
               ,
               as
               that
               no
               Fortresse
               in
               the
               Land
               can
               justly
               bee
               said
               to
               be
               strong
               ,
               (
               except
               Rab
               )
               the
               rest
               being
               either
               onely
               strong
               by
               fight
               ,
               as
               
                 Tockay
                 ,
                 Villak
                 ,
                 Strigonium
                 ,
                 Comora
                 ,
                 Altemburgh
                 ,
                 Papae
                 ,
                 Canisia
                 :
              
               or
               by
               art
               ,
               as
               Castlenovo
               and
               Novigrade
               ;
               or
               neither
               by
               art
               nor
               sight
               ,
               as
               Guents
               and
               Edenburgh
               ,
               (
               passages
               of
               importance
               in
               nether
               Hungarland
               )
               with
               almost
               infinite
               others
               .
               
                 Tockay
                 ,
                 Altemburgh
                 ,
                 Papa
              
               ,
               and
               Canisia
               are
               governed
               by
               the
               
                 Germans
                 :
                 Novigrade
                 ,
                 Castlenovo
                 ,
                 Strigonium
                 ,
              
               and
               Komara
               ,
               have
               Hungarish
               Governours
               ,
               but
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               their
               Garrisons
               be
               Dutch
               ,
               a
               device
               peradventure
               as
               well
               to
               secure
               the
               Emperour
               of
               Hungarland
               ,
               as
               to
               defend
               those
               places
               against
               the
               Turkish
               inrodes
               ,
               to
               which
               service
               the
               Hungarians
               are
               more
               proper
               ,
               if
               they
               were
               provided
               oflike
               Armes
               .
            
             
             
               These
               Fortresses
               were
               well
               provided
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               Munition
               ,
               Artillery
               ,
               Powder
               ,
               Bullets
               ,
               Fire-workes
               ,
               and
               Victuals
               ,
               but
               not
               so
               well
               foreseene
               with
               defendants
               ,
               as
               is
               convenient
               against
               so
               mighty
               an
               Enemy
               as
               the
               Turke
               ;
               there
               being
               in
               the
               last
               recited
               fortresse
               not
               above
               fifteene
               hundred
               men
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               not
               two
               hundred
               .
            
             
               How
               abundant
               this
               Province
               is
               in
               victuals
               ,
               
               I
               say
               no
               more
               than
               hath
               beene
               mentioned
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               this
               Discourse
               ;
               that
               it
               is
               one
               of
               the
               most
               plentifulest
               Countries
               in
               Europe
               ,
               furnishing
               the
               Inhabitants
               with
               abundance
               ,
               without
               borrowing
               of
               any
               neighbour
               Province
               .
               For
               as
               for
               the
               Bread
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               and
               Oats
               which
               Austria
               ministreth
               ,
               that
               is
               onely
               when
               the
               Campe
               is
               lodged
               by
               the
               River
               Danubius
               ;
               which
               Merchants
               transport
               thither
               ,
               rather
               for
               their
               gaine
               ,
               than
               that
               their
               Armes
               suffer
               any
               scarcity
               in
               want
               thereof
               .
               Artillery
               is
               sent
               them
               from
               the
               Emperours
               Arsenall
               in
               Vienna
               ,
               themselves
               neither
               finding
               great
               peeces
               nor
               making
               small
               ;
               which
               likewise
               they
               have
               out
               of
               Germany
               ,
               as
               also
               Powder
               and
               Shot
               ;
               A
               note
               of
               their
               exceeding
               negligence
               ,
               having
               excellent
               Metals
               for
               this
               purpose
               ,
               which
               they
               transport
               unwrought
               into
               Germany
               .
            
             
               The
               greatest
               fruit
               which
               the
               Emperour
               reapeth
               by
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Hungarland
               ,
               
               ariseth
               by
               the
               benefit
               of
               Mines
               which
               yeeld
               him
               yeerely
               one
               million
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               Gilders
               ,
               which
               commeth
               cleerely
               into
               his
               Treasurie
               ;
               the
               presidiarie
               souldiers
               being
               all
               paid
               with
               the
               contribution
               money
               ,
               as
               i●
               also
               his
               Lieutenant
               Generall
               30000.
               
               Dollars
               yeerely
               for
               his
               provision
               .
               The
               Emperour
               Maximilian
               the
               second
               tooke
               into
               his
               hands
               the
               living
               of
               the
               Cathedrall
               and
               Collegiat
               Churches
               ,
               giving
               to
               the
               Bishops
               and
               Canons
               small
               stipends
               ;
               by
               which
               device
               he
               gained
               yeerely
               halfe
               a
               million
               of
               Gilders
               .
               The
               religious
               houses
               are
               almost
               all
               abandoned
               for
               the
               feare
               the
               Monkes
               and
               Friers
               have
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               except
               those
               of
               the
               Gray-Friers
               ,
               to
               which
               order
               he
               is
               very
               favourable
               .
               The
               Villages
               likewise
               are
               many
               ,
               but
               some
               wholly
               desolate
               ,
               the
               Peasants
               retiring
               themselves
               under
               the
               Turke
               ,
               where
               they
               live
               with
               lesse
               agrievance
               than
               under
               the
               Emperour
               .
               
               Their
               livings
               are
               confiscate
               ,
               which
               hath
               much
               increased
               the
               yeerely
               Revenue
               of
               that
               Kingdome
               .
            
             
               Now
               Hungarland
               being
               not
               in
               better
               termes
               to
               support
               it selfe
               against
               the
               irresistable
               power
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               
               than
               appeareth
               in
               the
               premises
               ;
               it
               may
               reasonably
               be
               demanded
               ,
               what
               hath
               beene
               the
               cause
               that
               the
               Turke
               in
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               yeeres
               space
               (
               about
               which
               time
               hee
               invaded
               that
               Country
               )
               hath
               not
               made
               an
               absolute
               conquest
               thereof
               :
               For
               having
               in
               this
               time
               not
               conquered
               above
               two
               third
               parts
               thereof
               ,
               it
               is
               manifest
               that
               he
               must
               be
               defective
               in
               the
               meanes
               before
               spoken
               of
               ,
               wherewith
               Princes
               augment
               their
               Greatnesse
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               either
               in
               Treasure
               ,
               Munition
               ,
               Men
               ,
               Armes
               ,
               or
               (
               that
               which
               is
               principall
               )
               in
               judgement
               to
               embrace
               or
               prosecute
               occasions
               .
               For
               answer
               unto
               which
               ,
               I
               say
               ;
               first
               ,
               that
               the
               Turkish
               Emperour
               hath
               not
               only
               above
               these
               foure
               hundred
               yeeres
               beene
               superiour
               to
               the
               Kings
               of
               Hungarland
               in
               Treasure
               and
               Munition
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               any
               other
               Prince
               in
               the
               world
               :
               so
               is
               hee
               likewise
               in
               number
               of
               his
               Captaines
               and
               private
               Souldiers
               ;
               but
               borrowing
               a
               conjecture
               from
               the
               managing
               of
               his
               actions
               ,
               it
               is
               manifest
               that
               his
               councell
               of
               war
               (
               schooled
               above
               in
               the
               barbarous
               service
               of
               Persia
               )
               hath
               ever
               beene
               inferiour
               to
               that
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               at
               this
               present
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               of
               late
               served
               himselfe
               in
               all
               his
               occasions
               of
               worthy
               Chieftaines
               ,
               as
               
                 Count
                 Charles
                 Maunsfielt
              
               ,
               the
               Marquesse
               
                 Sanseverino
                 ,
                 Alexander
                 Malospina
                 ,
                 Francisco
                 de
                 Monte
                 ,
              
               the
               Baron
               
                 Swarzenburg
                 ,
                 George
                 Basta
                 ,
                 Ferrant
                 di
                 Rossi
                 ,
              
               &c.
               
               All
               which
               ,
               either
               by
               their
               experience
               in
               their
               Netherlandish
               warres
               ,
               or
               diligence
               in
               Historie
               ,
               or
               else
               paines
               in
               both
               ,
               have
               long
               since
               obtained
               the
               names
               of
               great
               Souldiers
               ;
               which
               providence
               of
               late
               times
               used
               by
               the
               Emperours
               ,
               and
               heretofore
               by
               other
               Princes
               ,
               hath
               in
               part
               prevented
               the
               Turkes
               designes
               in
               the
               intirenesse
               of
               this
               Conquest
               .
               Another
               hindrance
               hath
               beene
               the
               evill
               arming
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Souldiers
               ,
               the
               greatest
               numbers
               whereof
               are
               naked
               :
               And
               which
               is
               as
               great
               a
               defect
               ,
               none
               of
               them
               carry
               Weapons
               of
               much
               offence
               ,
               except
               the
               Ianizars
               .
               who
               serve
               with
               Muskets
               of
               longer
               and
               bigger
               bore
               than
               
               the
               Christians
               :
               To
               which
               number
               of
               Ianizars
               ,
               being
               2000.
               tripled
               ,
               if
               20000.
               
               Pikes
               compleat
               were
               added
               ,
               they
               would
               make
               an
               Armie
               of
               greater
               consequence
               for
               the
               Conquest
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               (
               which
               is
               secured
               by
               passages
               )
               than
               doth
               the
               multitude
               of
               Horses
               in
               which
               the
               Turke
               putteth
               so
               great
               confidence
               .
            
             
               I
               must
               also
               confesse
               ,
               that
               the
               Turke
               in
               all
               his
               attempts
               against
               Hungarie
               hath
               used
               irreproveable
               judgement
               ,
               in
               making
               no
               inrode
               into
               that
               Country
               ,
               but
               when
               hee
               had
               peace
               with
               his
               Neighbours
               ,
               and
               the
               Christians
               at
               division
               amongst
               themselves
               ,
               atchieving
               by
               such
               providence
               infinite
               victory
               ;
               So
               ,
               if
               he
               had
               prosecuted
               the
               least
               advantage
               with
               constancy
               and
               celerity
               ,
               befitting
               the
               occasions
               ;
               the
               Conquest
               of
               Hungarland
               had
               beene
               finished
               many
               yeeres
               since
               .
               Of
               all
               negligences
               in
               this
               kinde
               ,
               none
               hath
               beene
               of
               greater
               note
               than
               that
               of
               Mahomet
               the
               third
               ,
               superiour
               in
               the
               battell
               of
               Kerestur
               in
               96.
               by
               which
               victory
               ,
               not
               Hungarie
               alone
               ,
               but
               all
               Austria
               stood
               in
               great
               danger
               .
               For
               the
               Christian
               Armie
               being
               irrecoverably
               overthrowne
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               Townes
               disfurnished
               both
               of
               defendants
               and
               Munition
               ,
               there
               wanted
               nothing
               (
               in
               mans
               judgement
               )
               to
               the
               gaining
               of
               that
               Kingdome
               ,
               but
               the
               speedy
               prosecution
               of
               that
               absolute
               victory
               .
            
             
               But
               whether
               with
               the
               learned
               wee
               may
               beleeve
               ,
               that
               great
               Kingdomes
               have
               their
               periods
               ,
               or
               that
               Greatnesse
               in
               it selfe
               produceth
               carelesnesse
               ,
               whose
               true
               symptoms
               are
               pride
               ,
               effeminacy
               ,
               and
               corruption
               in
               Militarie
               Discipline
               :
               most
               certaine
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               those
               Empires
               which
               formerly
               have
               fallen
               from
               their
               prime
               felicity
               ,
               
                 have
                 generally
                 declined
                 through
                 the
                 Alteration
                 of
                 their
                 ancient
                 Orders
                 and
                 pristinate
                 vertues
                 .
              
            
             
               Nor
               can
               it
               otherwise
               bee
               ,
               but
               that
               as
               those
               Ordinances
               and
               Lawes
               which
               reason
               at
               first
               introduced
               ,
               and
               experience
               afterward
               approved
               ,
               doe
               settle
               and
               fortifie
               States
               :
               so
               the
               manifest
               neglect
               of
               the
               same
               should
               make
               them
               weake
               againe
               and
               crazie
               .
            
             
               Which
               being
               duly
               considered
               ,
               a
               Prince
               ought
               not
               in
               any
               
               thing
               to
               be
               more
               watchfull
               and
               vigorous
               ,
               than
               to
               keepe
               in
               life
               those
               Lawes
               by
               which
               his
               State
               at
               first
               became
               to
               bee
               exalted
               to
               that
               height
               ,
               wherein
               he
               found
               it
               at
               the
               decease
               of
               his
               Predecessor
               :
               for
               let
               him
               be
               assured
               ,
               that
               the
               same
               are
               still
               ,
               and
               shall
               be
               the
               foundations
               and
               Basis
               of
               future
               prosperity
               .
            
             
               
               Herein
               the
               Ottomans
               have
               by
               two
               meanes
               especially
               advanced
               their
               power
               ,
               &
               have
               raised
               it
               to
               the
               height
               wherein
               we
               see
               it
               at
               this
               day
               .
               The
               one
               was
               their
               personall
               presence
               and
               travelling
               to
               the
               wars
               ;
               the
               other
               ,
               theirmaking
               of
               great
               warres
               ,
               and
               fierce
               to
               effect
               ,
               but
               short
               .
               Their
               perpetuall
               expeditions
               produced
               many
               profitable
               effects
               ;
               as
               first
               ,
               that
               it
               kept
               in
               awe
               and
               attendance
               the
               great
               Servitors
               of
               the
               State
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               the
               Ianizars
               were
               thereby
               the
               better
               inured
               to
               obedience
               ,
               patience
               ,
               and
               practice
               of
               their
               Armes
               with
               the
               discipline
               of
               the
               field
               :
               Thirdly
               ,
               it
               caused
               their
               whole
               forces
               intirely
               to
               attend
               them
               .
            
             
               For
               better
               understanding
               whereof
               ,
               it
               behoveth
               to
               know
               how
               that
               the
               Port
               (
               or
               Court
               )
               of
               the
               Great
               Turke
               ,
               was
               anciently
               wont
               to
               make
               twelve
               thousand
               Ianizars
               monthly
               paid
               ,
               and
               that
               without
               faile
               .
               Now
               that
               number
               by
               occasion
               of
               the
               warres
               of
               Hungarie
               is
               much
               increased
               ,
               and
               their
               pay
               raised
               to
               five
               Aspers
               a
               day
               ;
               to
               some
               ,
               more
               in
               regard
               of
               desert
               .
            
             
               Out
               of
               the
               number
               of
               these
               Ianizars
               are
               chosen
               two
               hundred
               ,
               whose
               Office
               is
               to
               runne
               by
               the
               stirrup
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               and
               three
               hundred
               Porters
               that
               receive
               twenty
               Aspers
               a
               day
               above
               their
               ordinary
               stipend
               :
               The
               Cavalry
               ariseth
               to
               a
               farre
               greater
               number
               .
               The
               Spahi
               are
               six
               thousand
               ,
               marshalled
               in
               two
               troopes
               ;
               whereof
               the
               one
               guardeth
               the
               right
               hand
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               the
               other
               the
               left
               in
               all
               marches
               .
               Every
               one
               of
               these
               Spahi
               is
               bound
               to
               maintaine
               three
               or
               foure
               servants
               on
               Horsebacke
               for
               the
               warre
               :
               and
               these
               servants
               ,
               either
               in
               valour
               or
               costlinesse
               of
               furniture
               ,
               doe
               in
               little
               or
               nothing
               give
               place
               to
               their
               Lords
               .
               Their
               place
               of
               march
               is
               in
               reare
               of
               their
               Masters
               ,
               but
               in
               distinct
               troopes
               .
            
             
             
               Besides
               these
               troops
               doe
               march
               two
               other
               squadrons
               ,
               consisting
               of
               a
               thousand
               horse
               apeece
               :
               The
               one
               is
               made
               of
               certaine
               select
               &
               stalled
               persons
               ,
               knowne
               for
               some
               one
               or
               other
               famous
               exploit
               .
               Into
               which
               troope
               doe
               also
               entersome
               Ianizars
               ,
               and
               many
               servants
               ,
               as
               well
               belonging
               to
               the
               Prince
               himselfe
               ,
               as
               to
               other
               of
               his
               principall
               Ministers
               ,
               that
               have
               approved
               themselves
               by
               some
               notable
               endevour
               ,
               to
               be
               worthy
               and
               capable
               of
               that
               degree
               .
            
             
               The
               other
               squadron
               is
               all
               of
               naturall
               Turks
               ,
               recommended
               to
               that
               honour
               ,
               for
               some
               superordinary
               skill
               at
               their
               weapon
               ;
               for
               horsemanship
               ,
               or
               some
               such
               like
               quality
               .
            
             
               The
               souldiers
               of
               these
               two
               troopes
               are
               not
               tied
               to
               keepe
               above
               two
               servants
               mounted
               at
               the
               most
               .
               So
               that
               these
               foure
               squadrons
               (
               whereof
               we
               have
               spoken
               )
               doe
               make
               in
               all
               as
               good
               as
               forty
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               all
               excellently
               furnished
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               ,
               there
               are
               also
               neere
               20
               thousand
               men
               that
               are
               servants
               and
               attendants
               upon
               the
               supreme
               Officers
               of
               the
               State
               ;
               as
               Judges
               ,
               Treasurers
               ,
               Counsellors
               ,
               and
               Commanders
               .
               Amongst
               which
               ,
               some
               there
               are
               that
               bring
               into
               the
               field
               two
               or
               three
               thousand
               apeece
               ;
               all
               well
               armed
               ,
               and
               in
               like
               livery
               ,
               being
               indeed
               tied
               for
               every
               five
               Aspers
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               of
               provision
               ,
               to
               finde
               one
               horse-man
               .
               So
               that
               what
               for
               pompe
               ,
               and
               what
               for
               their
               owne
               safety
               ,
               in
               this
               occasion
               they
               doe
               set
               all
               their
               slaves
               being
               Renegadoes
               on
               horse-backe
               .
               What
               shall
               I
               say
               of
               the
               infinite
               number
               of
               cariages
               of
               Mules
               and
               Camels
               accompanying
               this
               Equipage
               ?
               Of
               which
               sort
               Bajazet
               led
               into
               the
               field
               forty
               thousand
               ,
               and
               Selim
               in
               the
               enterprise
               of
               Aegypt
               ,
               one
               hundred
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               :
               This
               was
               the
               ancient
               proportion
               .
               Now
               all
               these
               forces
               (
               whereof
               I
               have
               spoken
               )
               from
               the
               Court
               doe
               accompany
               the
               Prince
               ,
               setting
               forward
               to
               the
               warres
               .
               But
               if
               his
               Person
               move
               not
               ,
               then
               doe
               these
               also
               stay
               idle
               at
               home
               ,
               where
               the
               Ianizars
               (
               for
               their
               too
               much
               ease
               )
               doe
               often
               fall
               into
               mutinies
               ,
               and
               the
               great
               Bashaes
               busie
               themselves
               about
               nothing
               ,
               but
               to
               disgrace
               or
               overthrow
               one
               another
               through
               envie
               and
               ambition
               .
               Which
               is
               well
               witnessed
               on
               the
               one
               side
               by
               the
               extreme
               rancors
               and
               partialities
               
               that
               boyle
               amongst
               them
               ,
               and
               sometime
               breaketh
               forth
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               other
               ,
               by
               their
               immoderate
               affection
               and
               swelling
               into
               titular
               dignities
               ,
               which
               of
               necessity
               cannot
               be
               avoided
               ;
               for
               that
               as
               trees
               which
               are
               lesse
               fruitfull
               doe
               thrust
               forth
               most
               leaves
               &
               branches
               ,
               to
               cover
               therewith
               the
               defects
               of
               nature
               :
               So
               doe
               men
               (
               in
               whose
               minds
               desert
               and
               vertue
               is
               wanting
               )
               seeke
               nothing
               so
               much
               as
               with
               outward
               vanity
               of
               apparell
               ,
               and
               shew
               of
               great
               descent
               to
               shadow
               their
               inward
               imperfections
               .
               Through
               which
               abuse
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               possible
               to
               imagine
               unto
               what
               number
               the
               titularie
               Officers
               of
               that
               State
               are
               augmented
               .
               The
               Bashawes
               which
               in
               the
               flourishing
               dayes
               of
               this
               Empire
               were
               only
               two
               ,
               one
               in
               Asia
               ,
               the
               other
               in
               Europe
               ,
               are
               now
               seven
               in
               Asia
               alone
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               of
               
                 Natolia
                 ,
                 Caramania
                 ,
                 Amasia
                 ,
                 Anadule
                 ,
                 Damascus
                 ,
              
               and
               Cairo
               ;
               who
               doe
               sucke
               from
               the
               Prin●es
               Coffers
               no
               lesse
               than
               an
               hundred
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               ducats
               yearely
               .
               And
               this
               is
               sprung
               from
               nothing
               else
               ,
               but
               that
               upon
               opportunity
               of
               the
               Princes
               keeping
               at
               home
               ,
               the
               Ministers
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               especially
               such
               as
               lie
               farthest
               off
               ,
               have
               by
               little
               and
               little
               presumed
               to
               usurpe
               and
               arrogate
               to
               themselves
               more
               power
               and
               authority
               than
               was
               anciently
               belonging
               unto
               them
               .
               Besides
               which
               ,
               the
               Prince
               by
               his
               personall
               intervention
               in
               all
               expeditions
               ,
               became
               by
               his
               experience
               better
               acquainted
               with
               the
               condition
               of
               his
               Armies
               ,
               made
               himselfe
               cunning
               in
               the
               causes
               that
               did
               envigour
               or
               corrupt
               his
               souldiers
               ;
               so
               that
               by
               cherishing
               of
               the
               one
               ,
               and
               redressing
               of
               the
               other
               ,
               the
               discipline
               of
               the
               field
               was
               made
               more
               firme
               every
               day
               than
               other
               .
            
             
               And
               in
               truth
               it
               can
               seeme
               to
               no
               man
               lesse
               than
               a
               very
               miracle
               that
               in
               this
               house
               of
               the
               Ottomans
               should
               follow
               a
               continuall
               succession
               of
               twelve
               Princes
               together
               ,
               that
               have
               been
               all
               men
               of
               great
               action
               ,
               and
               extreme
               Warriers
               .
               
               But
               since
               the
               successours
               of
               Soliman
               have
               disused
               themselves
               from
               the
               field
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               personally
               absent
               from
               the
               Warres
               ,
               it
               is
               wonderfull
               againe
               to
               see
               ,
               how
               much
               the
               power
               of
               that
               Empire
               is
               impaired
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               that
               gave
               passage
               to
               this
               disorder
               was
               Soliman
               himselfe
               ,
               who
               howbeit
               he
               were
               a
               Prince
               of
               excellent
               courage
               
               and
               great
               sufficiencie
               for
               State
               ;
               and
               not
               only
               did
               put
               his
               owne
               person
               into
               many
               and
               hazardous
               attempts
               ,
               but
               also
               did
               leave
               his
               life
               in
               one
               of
               them
               (
               which
               was
               at
               the
               siege
               of
               Sigeth
               )
               yet
               did
               he
               suffer
               his
               Sonne
               Selim
               ,
               to
               lie
               shamefully
               rioting
               and
               consuming
               himselfe
               at
               Court.
               By
               which
               custome
               once
               taken
               ,
               he
               never
               after
               his
               fathers
               time
               would
               abandon
               the
               City
               ,
               but
               managed
               all
               his
               affaires
               abroad
               by
               his
               Captaines
               and
               Ministers
               .
            
             
               The
               selfe-same
               course
               held
               Amurath
               also
               ,
               Selims
               sonne
               ;
               Mahomet
               indeed
               his
               son
               hath
               not
               wanted
               to
               shew
               both
               spirit
               and
               valour
               enough
               by
               his
               personall
               going
               into
               Hungarie
               ,
               and
               forcing
               of
               Agria
               .
               But
               for
               all
               that
               ,
               whether
               through
               the
               indisposition
               of
               their
               own
               persons
               ,
               or
               through
               the
               over-deepe
               rooting
               of
               disorders
               growne
               in
               the
               Empire
               ,
               he
               was
               neither
               able
               to
               recover
               the
               old
               reputation
               of
               his
               predecessors
               ,
               nor
               to
               reforme
               the
               lost
               discipline
               of
               his
               souldiers
               .
            
             
               Besides
               ,
               since
               those
               times
               men
               are
               now
               weighed
               by
               the
               abundance
               of
               their
               fortunes
               ,
               not
               of
               their
               vertues
               ;
               who
               buying
               their
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               like
               Merchants
               ,
               must
               make
               their
               profit
               of
               the
               people
               :
               which
               violent
               humor
               in
               the
               great
               Ones
               ,
               hath
               bred
               disobedience
               in
               the
               inferiours
               .
               So
               that
               the
               Princes
               commandement
               is
               no
               more
               esteemed
               in
               any
               remote
               part
               ,
               than
               it
               fitteth
               with
               the
               profit
               of
               him
               to
               whom
               it
               commeth
               .
               From
               hence
               have
               budded
               all
               these
               so
               great
               inconveniences
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               Ianizars
               lying
               idle
               ,
               and
               having
               nothing
               to
               doe
               ,
               are
               swollen
               unto
               such
               insolence
               ,
               that
               they
               make
               every
               thing
               lawfull
               for
               them
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               by
               prescription
               ,
               nor
               forbearing
               to
               sacke
               and
               pillage
               the
               naturall
               Townes
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               in
               stead
               of
               the
               enemies
               :
               yea
               ,
               falling
               into
               further
               fury
               and
               insurrection
               ,
               they
               were
               (
               these
               few
               yeares
               passed
               )
               the
               causes
               that
               Amurath
               was
               forced
               at
               their
               instance
               ,
               to
               behead
               his
               best
               beloved
               
                 Bassa
                 ,
                 Hebraim
              
               .
               In
               which
               mutinie
               they
               also
               fired
               above
               five
               thousand
               houses
               in
               Constantinople
               .
               And
               even
               the
               last
               day
               almost
               ,
               at
               the
               importunate
               request
               of
               the
               Spahi
               ,
               he
               was
               saine
               to
               behead
               his
               
                 Capi
                 Aga
              
               ,
               who
               was
               the
               greatest
               personage
               for
               counsell
               ,
               and
               the
               most
               deare
               Servitor
               he
               
               had
               in
               Court.
               Albeit
               indeed
               his
               death
               was
               afterward
               reasonably
               well
               revenged
               ,
               with
               the
               heads
               of
               three
               of
               the
               principall
               of
               the
               said
               seditious
               Spahi
               .
               And
               of
               late
               yeares
               they
               proceeded
               to
               such
               an
               height
               of
               insolencie
               ,
               as
               to
               murther
               their
               Emperour
               himselfe
               ,
               because
               hee
               had
               a
               purpose
               to
               change
               their
               Militia
               ,
               to
               correct
               the
               lazinesse
               and
               cowardise
               of
               those
               Ianizars
               ,
               and
               to
               prove
               a
               Prince
               of
               activity
               .
            
             
               And
               forasmuch
               as
               through
               the
               want
               of
               exercise
               of
               Armes
               ,
               and
               imployment
               of
               the
               Ianizars
               ,
               their
               valour
               also
               is
               much
               abated
               .
               For
               (
               contrary
               to
               their
               first
               institution
               )
               the
               Ianizars
               are
               now
               married
               ,
               have
               families
               and
               trades
               in
               Constantinople
               ,
               from
               which
               profit
               &
               pleasure
               the
               Emperors
               will
               scarce
               ever
               againe
               be
               able
               to
               draw
               then
               to
               any
               hazardous
               ,
               long
               ,
               or
               forren
               expedition
               ;
               they
               will
               mutiny
               ,
               and
               fire
               the
               Towne
               rather
               :
               for
               recompence
               of
               such
               defaults
               ,
               they
               have
               beene
               saine
               to
               increase
               their
               number
               from
               twelve
               ,
               to
               twenty
               and
               nine
               thousand
               .
               Which
               number
               also
               being
               not
               able
               to
               bee
               made
               up
               of
               Christian
               children
               ,
               and
               the
               Azamoglam
               of
               Europe
               ,
               they
               have
               beene
               fame
               to
               supply
               it
               with
               Asians
               and
               Mahumetans
               ,
               contrary
               to
               the
               first
               and
               ancient
               ordinance
               of
               the
               Ianizars
               .
            
             
               Neither
               are
               lesse
               the
               inconveniences
               and
               mischiefes
               that
               doe
               arise
               from
               prolonging
               of
               warres
               ;
               whereas
               by
               contrary
               usages
               ,
               the
               Ottomans
               were
               wont
               to
               reape
               two
               notable
               benefits
               .
               One
               was
               ,
               that
               by
               leading
               a
               full
               force
               into
               the
               field
               ,
               whether
               they
               wanne
               any
               Towne
               ,
               or
               had
               the
               better
               of
               a
               field
               :
               they
               evermore
               in
               the
               same
               instant
               oppressed
               their
               adversaries
               ;
               and
               againe
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               by
               making
               speedy
               and
               short
               warres
               ,
               they
               gave
               respit
               and
               leasure
               unto
               the
               subjects
               of
               those
               parts
               where
               their
               Armies
               lay
               ,
               to
               repaire
               themselves
               againe
               :
               unto
               which
               subjects
               otherwise
               the
               neerenesse
               of
               the
               Ottoman
               Campe
               doth
               bring
               unrecoverable
               dammage
               :
               for
               it
               is
               observed
               ,
               that
               the
               Ottoman
               Prince
               never
               doth
               conquer
               so
               much
               of
               the
               enemies
               Country
               ,
               but
               that
               he
               destroyeth
               more
               of
               his
               owne
               .
               Nor
               can
               they
               otherwise
               chuse
               ,
               having
               no
               peaceable
               or
               orderly
               way
               of
               provision
               ,
               but
               for
               want
               of
               necessaries
               they
               must
               make
               prey
               of
               all
               they
               can
               come
               by
               .
            
             
             
               And
               the
               reason
               is
               ,
               that
               because
               the
               vast
               extent
               of
               that
               Empire
               ,
               and
               the
               distance
               of
               the
               frontier
               parts
               from
               the
               head
               ,
               they
               are
               faine
               to
               march
               more
               upon
               their
               owne
               ground
               ,
               than
               upon
               other
               mens
               .
               And
               they
               passe
               it
               not
               once
               ,
               but
               twice
               :
               first
               ,
               in
               setting
               forth
               ,
               and
               againe
               in
               the
               retreit
               .
               Whereby
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               especially
               the
               husbandmen
               ,
               being
               pilled
               and
               spoiled
               of
               their
               substance
               ,
               are
               consequently
               constrained
               to
               forsake
               their
               tenures
               ,
               and
               to
               leave
               their
               land
               unmanured
               .
            
             
               Another
               benefit
               which
               they
               received
               by
               making
               great
               ,
               but
               short
               warres
               ,
               was
               ,
               that
               thereby
               they
               kept
               their
               owne
               souldiers
               in
               continuall
               practice
               and
               exercise
               of
               warre
               ,
               without
               giving
               their
               enemie
               so
               much
               breath
               as
               to
               doe
               the
               like
               .
               For
               as
               soone
               as
               any
               one
               exploit
               was
               ended
               ,
               their
               order
               was
               suddenly
               to
               bring
               the
               adversary
               asleepe
               by
               negotiating
               of
               some
               truce
               or
               peace
               ;
               that
               done
               ,
               as
               suddenly
               they
               transferred
               the
               warre
               upon
               another
               part
               and
               enemie
               ,
               never
               giving
               time
               to
               their
               owne
               to
               lay
               downe
               ,
               or
               to
               their
               neighbours
               to
               take
               up
               their
               weapons
               .
               With
               these
               practices
               they
               tooke
               from
               the
               
                 Venetian
                 Cyprus
              
               ,
               and
               making
               peace
               with
               them
               ,
               they
               presently
               transferred
               the
               warre
               into
               Africke
               ,
               where
               they
               surprized
               Goletta
               and
               Tunis
               :
               and
               that
               warre
               being
               finished
               ,
               Amurath
               himselfe
               without
               intermission
               put
               himselfe
               into
               the
               expedition
               of
               Persia.
               And
               this
               course
               is
               indeed
               in
               it selfe
               of
               so
               great
               consideration
               ,
               that
               Lycurgus
               amongst
               the
               three
               Lawes
               only
               ,
               which
               he
               left
               to
               the
               Spartan
               Common-wealth
               ,
               left
               this
               for
               one
               :
               first
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               use
               no
               written
               Lawes
               ;
               secondly
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               admit
               of
               no
               other
               architecture
               ,
               but
               of
               such
               as
               might
               be
               performed
               with
               an
               Axe
               and
               a
               Saw
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               that
               they
               should
               never
               fight
               twice
               together
               with
               one
               enemie
               .
            
             
               In
               this
               point
               Philip
               the
               second
               amongst
               many
               other
               errours
               committed
               the
               greatest
               over-sight
               ,
               in
               protracting
               the
               wars
               so
               many
               years
               in
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
               For
               by
               meanes
               thereof
               the
               people
               of
               Holland
               and
               Zeland
               (
               who
               in
               former
               times
               had
               little
               or
               no
               experience
               in
               the
               warres
               )
               became
               one
               of
               the
               most
               warlike
               and
               souldier-like
               Nations
               of
               Europe
               .
               So
               Amurath
               ,
               contrary
               to
               the
               custome
               of
               all
               his
               predecessors
               ,
               
               made
               warre
               in
               Persia
               that
               lasted
               twenty
               two
               yeares
               or
               more
               .
               And
               albeit
               he
               tooke
               from
               the
               Persian
               at
               that
               time
               a
               good
               peece
               of
               his
               State
               ,
               yet
               doe
               I
               not
               thinke
               ,
               but
               that
               the
               losse
               thereby
               received
               did
               more
               than
               counterpoise
               the
               gaine
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               by
               fight
               and
               fortune
               of
               the
               field
               ,
               as
               by
               length
               and
               tediousnesse
               of
               the
               journies
               ;
               wherein
               ,
               partly
               through
               want
               and
               distresse
               of
               victuall
               ,
               with
               other
               sinister
               accidents
               arising
               from
               the
               quality
               of
               those
               Countries
               ,
               hee
               lost
               the
               flower
               and
               vigour
               of
               all
               his
               forces
               ;
               namely
               ,
               above
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               :
               leaving
               the
               Country
               besides
               so
               naked
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               so
               poore
               and
               ruinous
               ,
               that
               in
               one
               Province
               alone
               
                 (
                 Armenia
                 )
                 Osman
                 Basha
              
               was
               forced
               to
               destroy
               and
               set
               fire
               on
               above
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               houses
               .
               Moreover
               ,
               by
               occasion
               of
               so
               long
               a
               warre
               ,
               not
               onely
               the
               Persians
               ,
               but
               the
               Georgians
               ,
               and
               Arabians
               also
               ,
               betooke
               themselves
               to
               the
               exercise
               of
               Armes
               ,
               and
               therein
               attained
               to
               such
               ability
               ,
               that
               to
               this
               day
               they
               are
               ever
               and
               anon
               in
               tumult
               ,
               and
               beginne
               to
               recover
               some
               of
               their
               losses
               .
               This
               was
               the
               true
               reason
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               that
               induced
               Amurath
               and
               his
               Counsellours
               ,
               distrusting
               the
               obedience
               of
               that
               people
               ,
               (
               against
               the
               Turkish
               custome
               )
               there
               to
               erect
               many
               Citadels
               ,
               as
               at
               
                 Chars
                 ,
                 Nassivan
                 ,
                 Lori
                 ,
                 Teflis
                 ,
              
               and
               at
               Tauris
               ;
               whereinto
               they
               thrust
               great
               Garrisons
               :
               as
               namely
               ,
               into
               that
               of
               Tauris
               eight
               thousand
               .
               The
               predecessors
               of
               Amurath
               ,
               who
               reposed
               the
               maine
               reputation
               of
               their
               forces
               to
               consist
               in
               being
               Masters
               of
               the
               field
               ,
               made
               no
               account
               of
               these
               holds
               ;
               maintaining
               this
               rule
               ;
               
                 That
                 who
                 is
                 strong
                 in
                 the
                 field
                 needeth
                 not
                 the
                 assistance
                 of
                 Holds
                 ,
                 and
                 who
                 will
                 maintaine
                 many
                 fortresses
                 garrisoned
                 ,
                 can
                 never
                 be
                 very
                 strong
                 in
                 Campania
                 .
              
            
             
               From
               these
               and
               such
               like
               oversights
               ,
               have
               arisen
               all
               the
               corruptions
               whereof
               I
               have
               spoken
               in
               this
               relation
               of
               the
               Turkish
               greatnesse
               .
               Whereby
               those
               Armies
               ,
               which
               were
               wont
               to
               amount
               to
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               fighting
               men
               and
               upward
               ;
               and
               their
               Navies
               accustomed
               to
               bee
               of
               two
               hundred
               saile
               and
               more
               ,
               are
               now
               brought
               to
               a
               farre
               lesse
               reckoning
               :
               They
               are
               now
               come
               to
               fifty
               thousand
               ,
               the
               proportion
               
               that
               Hebraim
               brought
               with
               him
               not
               many
               yeares
               since
               into
               Hungarie
               :
               And
               to
               some
               thirty
               six
               Gallies
               ,
               or
               thereabouts
               ,
               with
               which
               Cicola
               ,
               Admirall
               of
               that
               Empire
               ,
               came
               of
               late
               into
               the
               Levant
               Seas
               .
            
             
               By
               which
               diminutions
               it
               hath
               fallen
               out
               ,
               that
               a
               poore
               Prince
               of
               Transilvania
               durst
               meet
               
                 Sinan
                 Bassa
              
               ,
               and
               fight
               with
               him
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               Vayvod
               of
               Valachia
               durst
               also
               make
               him
               the
               like
               opposition
               .
            
             
               So
               likewise
               I
               say
               ,
               that
               this
               one
               Kingdome
               and
               one
               Common-wealth
               hath
               done
               more
               in
               abatement
               of
               the
               ambition
               ,
               and
               checking
               the
               fortune
               of
               the
               Ottoman
               ,
               than
               all
               Christian
               States
               have
               done
               all
               together
               :
               For
               where
               all
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Princes
               bordering
               anciently
               upon
               them
               ,
               were
               in
               short
               time
               devoured
               &
               spoiled
               of
               their
               Estates
               ;
               the
               Hungarian
               and
               the
               Venetian
               alone
               ,
               have
               for
               the
               space
               of
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               yeares
               and
               more
               ,
               maintained
               themselves
               .
               And
               though
               both
               the
               one
               and
               the
               other
               have
               quitted
               unto
               the
               Ottoman
               some
               parts
               of
               their
               Territories
               ,
               yet
               have
               they
               well
               warded
               and
               retained
               the
               residue
               ;
               So
               that
               to
               speake
               truth
               ,
               Christianity
               hath
               at
               this
               day
               no
               other
               frontier
               upon
               the
               Turke
               but
               what
               is
               theirs
               :
               which
               ,
               how
               much
               it
               importeth
               ;
               no
               man
               can
               rightly
               judge
               ,
               who
               hath
               not
               by
               experience
               made
               triall
               ,
               how
               dreadfull
               the
               Ottoman
               power
               is
               to
               all
               those
               that
               dwell
               neere
               it
               .
               And
               howbeit
               in
               these
               later
               yeares
               ,
               the
               Hungarian
               hath
               had
               in
               his
               favour
               the
               continuall
               supplies
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               the
               Venetian
               hath
               beene
               assisted
               by
               the
               association
               of
               the
               Pope
               and
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               to
               be
               understood
               ,
               that
               unlesse
               both
               those
               and
               these
               had
               had
               of
               their
               owne
               a
               sufficient
               body
               of
               warre
               ,
               the
               cold
               assistance
               of
               others
               would
               finally
               have
               helped
               their
               sudden
               necessities
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               State
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               in
               Transilvania
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
               THis
               Country
               hath
               Nature
               it selfe
               at
               one
               time
               both
               fortified
               and
               honoured
               :
               for
               the
               woods
               and
               Hercynian
               mountaines
               doe
               round
               about
               inviron
               it
               ,
               gathering
               it
               into
               the
               shape
               of
               a
               Crowne
               .
               The
               length
               is
               two
               hundred
               twenty
               five
               
               miles
               English
               ,
               and
               the
               breadth
               two
               hundred
               .
               The
               Ancients
               made
               it
               a
               part
               of
               Dacia
               ;
               but
               the
               latter
               Writers
               from
               the
               lying
               of
               it
               beyond
               the
               woods
               ,
               have
               called
               it
               Transylvania
               .
               〈…〉
               name
               Sienburgen
               ,
               or
               the
               new
               Latine
               name
               
                 Sept●m
                 ●a●●ra
              
               ,
               it
               hath
               not
               from
               the
               seven
               Castles
               set
               to
               defend
               the
               Frontiers
               (
               as
               some
               mistake
               it
               ;
               )
               but
               from
               those
               seven
               Quarters
               or
               Camps
               ,
               into
               which
               the
               old
               Hunnes
               at
               their
               invasion
               divided
               their
               Army
               .
               Thorow
               these
               woods
               and
               mountaines
               there
               be
               but
               eleven
               Avenues
               or
               entrances
               out
               of
               other
               Countries
               into
               Transylvania
               .
               T
               is
               inhabited
               by
               three
               severall
               Nations
               ;
               the
               Siculi
               which
               be
               the
               ancientest
               ,
               the
               Hungarians
               ,
               and
               the
               Saxons
               .
               The
               Religions
               publikely
               professed
               are
               three
               also
               :
               The
               Arrian
               ,
               the
               Romish
               ,
               and
               the
               Reformed
               :
               and
               this
               last
               divided
               into
               the
               Lutheran
               and
               Calvinisticall
               .
               The
               Popish
               hath
               continued
               there
               of
               old
               .
               The
               Arrian
               heresie
               was
               first
               brought
               in
               by
               
                 Blandrata
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1556.
               
               It
               chiefly
               infected
               the
               Towne
               of
               Clausenburg
               ,
               where
               even
               at
               this
               day
               the
               Arrians
               have
               a
               populous
               College
               and
               a
               free
               Church
               ,
               though
               by
               the
               religious
               diligence
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               scarce
               one
               fourth
               part
               of
               the
               City
               be
               now
               infected
               with
               this
               poyson
               .
               Both
               Papists
               and
               Arrians
               professe
               in
               great
               freedome
               ;
               for
               that
               the
               Prince
               at
               his
               Inauguration
               is
               alwayes
               sworne
               to
               defend
               them
               ,
               
                 As
                 members
                 politike
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdome
                 .
              
               The
               Saxons
               use
               their
               own
               mother
               tongue
               ,
               the
               rest
               speak
               the
               Hungarian
               .
               The
               number
               of
               Seven
               is
               much
               observed
               in
               Transilvania
               :
               for
               by
               this
               number
               is
               the
               whole
               Countrey
               variously
               divided
               .
               For
               first
               ,
               both
               the
               Siculi
               and
               Saxons
               ,
               and
               each
               severally
               have
               divided
               their
               portions
               into
               seven
               Countries
               or
               Seats
               ,
               the
               Shire-towne
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               being
               head
               of
               the
               Villages
               about
               it
               ;
               to
               which
               Townes
               those
               of
               that
               division
               repaire
               for
               matter
               of
               Justice
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               there
               bee
               seven
               capitall
               Townes
               ,
               unto
               which
               the
               Villagers
               round
               about
               are
               to
               bring
               their
               Taxes
               and
               Tributes
               ;
               where
               being
               received
               by
               Auditors
               and
               under-Treasurers
               ,
               it
               is
               afterward
               returned
               into
               the
               grand
               Exchequer
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               over
               and
               above
               all
               these
               is
               the
               whole
               land
               of
               Transilvania
               divided
               into
               seven
               larger
               Counties
               .
               First
               ,
               Coloszien
               ,
               whose
               Metropolis
               or
               chiefe
               City
               is
               Clausenburg
               .
               
               Secondly
               ,
               Szolnok
               ,
               whose
               chiefe
               Towne
               is
               Dees
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               Dobocen-Landt
               .
               The
               fourth
               Countie
               hath
               
                 Alba
                 Iulia
              
               or
               Weisenburg
               for
               its
               chiefe
               ,
               and
               that
               famous
               for
               the
               Residence
               and
               Palace
               of
               the
               Prince
               .
               The
               fifth
               is
               named
               Thorden
               ,
               from
               Thorda
               ,
               its
               Metropolis
               .
               The
               sixth
               is
               Keokeollea
               ,
               which
               takes
               name
               from
               the
               River
               Keokeolleo
               ,
               and
               gives
               name
               to
               its
               chiefe
               Towne
               Keokeolleovar
               .
               The
               seventh
               and
               last
               Towne
               and
               County
               is
               Hungad
               ,
               which
               gave
               birth
               and
               name
               to
               the
               famous
               Family
               of
               Hungades
               .
               Seven
               principall
               Cities
               it
               also
               hath
               :
               First
               ,
               Hermanstadt
               ,
               the
               ancient
               Metropolis
               of
               Transylvania
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               Cronstat
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               Szas
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               Clausenburg
               .
               Fifthly
               ,
               Bestereze
               .
               Sixthly
               ,
               Sespurg
               .
               And
               seventhly
               ,
               Medroish
               ,
               in
               the
               middle
               of
               all
               the
               Countrey
               .
            
             
               The
               whole
               Countrey
               is
               very
               fruitfull
               in
               one
               commoditie
               or
               other
               ;
               
               Corne
               ,
               Beeves
               ,
               Muttons
               and
               Fish
               ,
               Gods
               plentie
               ;
               all
               cheape
               beyond
               imagination
               :
               a
               fat
               one
               being
               not
               worth
               above
               ten
               or
               twelve
               shillings
               English.
               So
               much
               Wine
               they
               have
               in
               some
               places
               ,
               that
               at
               Vintage
               time
               it
               may
               be
               bought
               for
               an
               English
               farthing
               or
               halfe-peny
               a
               pinte
               .
               Very
               rich
               it
               is
               also
               underground
               ;
               as
               in
               Salt-pits
               ,
               Stone-quarries
               (
               whereof
               some
               be
               pretious
               )
               and
               mines
               both
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               ,
               Iron
               ,
               Quick-silver
               ,
               and
               other
               metals
               :
               So
               that
               nothing
               is
               wanting
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man
               ,
               either
               for
               nutriment
               or
               ornament
               ;
               and
               (
               that
               which
               is
               part
               of
               a
               wonder
               also
               )
               though
               there
               be
               no
               where
               more
               store
               of
               money
               ,
               yet
               be
               there
               no
               where
               meaner
               prizes
               for
               their
               commodities
               .
            
             
               For
               proofe
               of
               this
               ,
               at
               the
               election
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               there
               were
               an
               hundred
               measures
               of
               Wheat
               sold
               in
               Clausenburg
               Market
               ,
               for
               one
               Rix
               Dollar
               :
               and
               few
               Gentlemen
               there
               be
               ,
               who
               yearely
               reape
               not
               ten
               ,
               twenty
               or
               thirty
               stacks
               of
               Wheat
               as
               big
               as
               houses
               ,
               saith
               mine
               Author
               :
               Their
               droves
               and
               flocks
               be
               answerable
               also
               .
               This
               did
               Trajan
               expresse
               in
               his-Coine
               or
               Medaglia
               ,
               which
               had
               the
               Image
               of
               Ceres
               on
               the
               Reverse
               ,
               with
               this
               Motto
               ,
               
                 Abundantia
                 Daciae
              
               .
            
             
               From
               the
               Riches
               of
               the
               Countrey
               comes
               in
               the
               Revenue
               of
               the
               Prince
               .
               
               This
               is
               raised
               first
               out
               of
               his
               own
               Crown-lands
               :
               the
               Tenants
               (
               it
               seemes
               )
               paying
               as
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               so
               many
               Chaldron
               
               of
               victuals
               .
               So
               that
               one
               where
               or
               other
               in
               the
               Country
               ,
               the
               Princes
               yearly
               parts
               come
               to
               a
               thousand
               mowes
               or
               stacks
               of
               wheat
               ,
               foure
               thousand
               Beeves
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               Horses
               hee
               hath
               still
               running
               ,
               and
               of
               sheepe
               about
               thirty
               thousand
               .
               His
               second
               way
               of
               Revenues
               is
               by
               his
               Tenths
               out
               of
               the
               mines
               ,
               &c.
               whereof
               Transilvania
               hath
               three
               of
               Gold
               ,
               two
               of
               Silver
               ,
               with
               Quick-silver
               among
               ;
               three
               of
               Iron
               ,
               some
               of
               Copper
               ,
               Steele
               ,
               and
               Antimony
               :
               Lastly
               ,
               out
               of
               eight
               Salt-pits
               something
               comes
               to
               him
               also
               .
               The
               third
               way
               arises
               out
               of
               the
               yearely
               Tribute
               and
               ordinary
               impositions
               ;
               besides
               his
               extraordinary
               Subsidies
               in
               times
               of
               warre
               .
               So
               that
               though
               we
               by
               reason
               of
               distance
               and
               information
               cannot
               certainly
               value
               his
               Entrada
               ,
               yet
               verily
               hath
               it
               never
               beene
               read
               ,
               that
               the
               Princes
               of
               Transilvania
               ever
               wanted
               either
               money
               or
               victuals
               for
               their
               Armies
               ,
               either
               in
               warres
               offensive
               or
               defensive
               .
            
             
               The
               neighbours
               unto
               Transilvania
               bee
               the
               Moldavians
               and
               Walachians
               ,
               
               all
               three
               Confederates
               :
               who
               in
               a
               leaguer
               war
               have
               not
               only
               resisted
               the
               Turks
               ,
               but
               freed
               their
               Countries
               of
               them
               ;
               The
               Turke
               at
               this
               day
               being
               glad
               of
               a
               small
               Tribute
               for
               an
               acknowledgement
               from
               them
               ;
               knowing
               ,
               that
               if
               he
               should
               oppresse
               them
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               would
               be
               glad
               to
               take
               them
               into
               his
               protection
               .
               His
               other
               neighbours
               be
               the
               Tartars
               and
               Russes
               ;
               who
               being
               Boot-halers
               rather
               than
               Souldiers
               ,
               he
               keeps
               them
               out
               of
               his
               Countrey
               by
               fortifying
               upon
               the
               eleven
               Gates
               or
               Passages
               .
               But
               the
               two
               neighbours
               most
               to
               be
               accounted
               of
               ,
               are
               the
               Turke
               and
               the
               Emperour
               ;
               able
               friends
               ,
               but
               too
               mightie
               enemies
               for
               the
               Transilvanian
               :
               But
               this
               helpe
               he
               hath
               against
               them
               both
               ;
               that
               if
               one
               proves
               his
               enemie
               ,
               hee
               puts
               himselfe
               under
               the
               protection
               of
               the
               other
               .
               Thus
               
                 Iohn
                 Zepusio
              
               ,
               beaten
               by
               Ferdinand
               ,
               was
               restored
               by
               the
               Armes
               of
               Solyman
               :
               and
               Sigismund
               of
               Transilvania
               falling
               out
               with
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               committed
               himselfe
               to
               the
               Emperour
               Rodulphus
               .
               Againe
               ,
               for
               these
               last
               thirtie
               yeares
               ,
               have
               three
               severall
               Princes
               of
               Transilvania
               thought
               it
               more
               ease
               and
               safetie
               to
               incline
               themselves
               unto
               the
               Turkish
               favour
               ,
               than
               unto
               the
               Emperours
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Forces
               that
               this
               Prince
               is
               able
               to
               raise
               ,
               
               ●●y
               be
               some
               five
               and
               twenty
               or
               thirty
               thousand
               horse
               and
               foot
               ;
               and
               so
               many
               he
               may
               well
               lead
               out
               of
               the
               Countrey
               to
               a
               forren
               Expedition
               ;
               but
               the
               whole
               strength
               of
               the
               Land
               for
               the
               resisting
               of
               a
               common
               Enemie
               ,
               have
               beene
               numbred
               to
               amount
               unto
               ninety
               thousand
               fighting
               men
               ;
               resolute
               souldiers
               ,
               able
               bodies
               ,
               and
               still
               inured
               ,
               at
               least
               to
               heare
               of
               the
               warres
               .
               But
               the
               maine
               strength
               of
               Transilvania
               consists
               in
               the
               multitude
               of
               Forts
               and
               Castles
               ,
               built
               not
               only
               upon
               the
               eleven
               passages
               aforesaid
               ,
               for
               the
               keeping
               out
               of
               the
               Invaders
               ;
               but
               aptly
               disposed
               in
               severall
               places
               within
               Land
               also
               ;
               as
               two
               namely
               at
               
                 Alba
                 Iulia
              
               ,
               lately
               erected
               by
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               as
               very
               many
               other
               likewise
               have
               beene
               since
               the
               yeare
               1614.
               that
               he
               came
               to
               the
               government
               :
               so
               that
               if
               hee
               continues
               but
               a
               few
               yeares
               ,
               he
               will
               leave
               his
               Transilvania
               as
               well
               fortified
               as
               the
               Low-Countries
               .
               18.
               or
               20.
               principall
               peeces
               of
               strength
               are
               in
               the
               Princes
               hand
               ,
               all
               well
               garrison'd
               ;
               the
               Country
               being
               bound
               to
               finde
               the
               souldiers
               their
               provisions
               .
               The
               Fort
               of
               Fogaras
               is
               one
               of
               the
               most
               impregnable
               places
               in
               the
               whole
               world
               :
               and
               not
               much
               inferiour
               unto
               that
               is
               the
               Ca●●le
               of
               Radnet
               where
               sometimes
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               keepes
               his
               Court.
               I
               omit
               here
               the
               usuall
               Guards
               of
               the
               Prince
               :
               which
               though
               they
               be
               souldiers
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               but
               like
               our
               Gentlemen
               pensioners
               ,
               and
               my
               fellowes
               of
               the
               Guard
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               .
            
             
               
               The
               Government
               and
               Religion
               both
               are
               wonderfully
               much
               amended
               since
               the
               time
               of
               the
               noble
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               .
               The
               people
               are
               growne
               more
               civill
               ,
               and
               the
               Countrey
               lesse
               Infested
               with
               Robbers
               .
               As
               for
               the
               Religion
               ,
               Bethlen
               himselfe
               is
               a
               zealous
               Calvinist
               ,
               seldome
               going
               without
               a
               Latine
               Testament
               in
               his
               pocket
               .
               Churches
               are
               so
               well
               repayred
               and
               served
               ,
               that
               none
               wants
               an
               Universitie
               man
               for
               its
               Minister
               :
               Bethlen
               still
               maintaining
               an
               hundred
               poore
               Schollers
               upon
               his
               owne
               charges
               in
               the
               Universities
               of
               Germanie
               .
               Colleges
               he
               hath
               built
               and
               endowed
               ;
               whereof
               that
               one
               of
               Clausenburg
               hath
               thirtie
               Fellowships
               :
               yearely
               Synodes
               and
               disputations
               he
               appoints
               ;
               himselfe
               setting
               on
               ,
               incouraging
               and
               feasting
               
               the
               Divines
               and
               Disputers
               .
               Thus
               reclaimes
               he
               the
               Hereticks
               ,
               for
               he
               usually
               cals
               it
               a
               marke
               of
               Antichrist
               ,
               By
               the
               sword
               to
               inforce
               the
               conscience
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Estate
               of
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bethlen
              
               or
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               in
               Hungaria
               :
               which
               came
               to
               him
               either
               by
               Election
               ,
               or
               by
               Conquest
               atchieved
               from
               the
               Emperour
               :
               With
               a
               briefe
               Relation
               or
               Chronicle
               of
               his
               Birth
               and
               fortunes
               .
            
             
               TRansilvania
               is
               (
               as
               the
               maps
               shew
               )
               on
               the
               East
               confined
               by
               Hungaria
               :
               in
               the
               description
               whereof
               we
               told
               you
               of
               11.
               famous
               gates
               or
               Avenues
               ,
               thorow
               which
               the
               Passages
               lead
               out
               of
               one
               Countrey
               into
               another
               :
               Foure
               of
               which
               lie
               betwixt
               the
               possessions
               of
               this
               Prince
               in
               both
               kingdomes
               :
               and
               next
               to
               the
               first
               of
               them
               on
               Hungaria
               side
               ,
               are
               his
               Counties
               of
               Szolnok
               and
               Maramaros
               ;
               this
               latter
               being
               governed
               by
               
                 Stephan
                 Bethlen
              
               ,
               brother
               unto
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bethlen
              
               :
               The
               chiefe
               Towne
               is
               Szighet
               .
               A
               rich
               Countrey
               it
               is
               ,
               and
               watered
               with
               the
               famous
               Tibiscus
               ,
               which
               in
               this
               County
               hath
               its
               fountaine
               .
               Abutting
               upon
               the
               next
               Passage
               ,
               is
               the
               most
               plentifull
               Countrey
               called
               Szilagy
               ;
               and
               is
               divided
               into
               two
               Counties
               ,
               Crastno
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               Szolnok
               .
               Upon
               the
               ninth
               Passage
               ,
               along
               the
               River
               Keoreo
               ,
               lyes
               the
               most
               delicate
               Country
               
                 Keoreos
                 Videke
              
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Towne
               whereof
               is
               Varad
               ;
               whose
               Castle
               indured
               a
               siege
               of
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               Turkes
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1598.
               who
               yet
               rose
               without
               it
               .
               Which
               Fort
               hath
               the
               famous
               Bethlen
               now
               re-edified
               from
               the
               very
               foundation
               ,
               fortified
               it
               
                 alla
                 moderna
              
               ,
               and
               built
               most
               stately
               Palaces
               about
               it
               .
               Adorned
               also
               it
               is
               with
               a
               College
               of
               five
               and
               thirty
               
               Fellowes
               ,
               an
               hundred
               Schollars
               ,
               a
               Master
               and
               a
               publike
               Reader
               .
               It
               hath
               two
               hot
               Baths
               like
               wise
               .
               In
               this
               Countrey
               lyes
               the
               County
               of
               Bihar
               ,
               so
               named
               of
               Bihar
               its
               Metropolis
               ;
               and
               another
               County
               called
               Erm●lly●ke
               ,
               whose
               head
               is
               Diosz●gh
               ;
               and
               the
               chiefe
               Forts
               ,
               Somlgo
               and
               Sz●k●lhid
               .
               Upon
               the
               fourth
               Passage
               (
               which
               is
               the
               eighth
               in
               order
               of
               those
               of
               Transilvania
               )
               lyes
               the
               Countrey
               of
               Belenyes
               ,
               the
               head-Towne
               being
               of
               the
               same
               name
               also
               .
               This
               is
               the
               native
               soile
               of
               our
               famous
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bethlen
              
               ;
               who
               was
               here
               borne
               in
               a
               Mannor
               house
               of
               his
               owne
               ,
               called
               Iktar
               :
               hereabouts
               also
               is
               the
               Seat
               of
               Kornis
               ,
               the
               Family
               of
               his
               mother
               .
               A
               Country
               it
               is
               plentifull
               in
               Woods
               ,
               Cattoll
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Iron
               and
               Copper
               mines
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               South
               part
               it
               reaches
               unto
               the
               Castle
               of
               Illyem
               ,
               the
               Inheritance
               of
               his
               brother
               
                 Stephan
                 Bethlen
              
               :
               on
               another
               side
               touching
               upon
               the
               County
               of
               Torontali
               ,
               which
               is
               under
               the
               Turke
               ;
               who
               hath
               also
               incroached
               into
               a
               part
               of
               this
               Countrey
               .
               Here
               be
               the
               two
               strong
               Castles
               ,
               Ieneo
               ,
               and
               Baiom
               ;
               this
               latter
               is
               built
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               a
               Lake
               ,
               and
               is
               in
               the
               Maps
               falsly
               called
               Echyed
               .
               And
               those
               be
               the
               Countries
               of
               Hungaria
               ,
               which
               lying
               neere
               to
               the
               Turke
               ,
               and
               further
               from
               the
               Emperor
               ,
               did
               for
               their
               owne
               safeguard
               ,
               voluntarily
               at
               first
               put
               themselves
               under
               the
               protection
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               whom
               with
               the
               Transilvanians
               they
               also
               elected
               for
               their
               Prince
               .
            
             
               And
               now
               follow
               those
               seven
               Counties
               which
               the
               same
               Prince
               hath
               by
               the
               sword
               and
               conquest
               taken
               from
               the
               German
               Emperour
               ,
               which
               lie
               next
               in
               situation
               unto
               those
               before
               mentioned
               .
               The
               first
               of
               these
               is
               that
               of
               Sz●atmar
               ,
               lying
               neerer
               to
               Transilvania
               ,
               and
               touching
               both
               upon
               Maramaros
               and
               Szolnok
               aforesaid
               .
               The
               chiefe
               Towne
               gives
               name
               to
               the
               Shire
               ;
               being
               a
               very
               strong
               one
               ,
               and
               served
               by
               a
               most
               plentifull
               Country
               about
               it
               .
               The
               next
               Country
               so
               conquered
               is
               Zabolczi
               :
               whose
               Burrough
               Towne
               is
               Debrecen
               ,
               situate
               in
               a
               large
               and
               most
               fertile
               levell
               of
               an
               hundred
               English
               miles
               long
               and
               broad
               ,
               and
               adorned
               with
               a
               goodly
               College
               of
               Students
               .
               This
               County
               from
               the
               Southerne
               parts
               of
               Hungaria
               subject
               to
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               reaches
               over
               the
               goodly
               River
               
               Tibiscus
               ,
               fifty
               English
               miles
               right
               out
               ,
               ascending
               from
               the
               East
               to
               the
               South
               and
               West
               ;
               in
               which
               parts
               be
               the
               townes
               and
               villages
               of
               the
               warlike
               Hayduks
               ,
               so
               famous
               in
               the
               Turkish
               History
               ;
               a
               free
               people
               they
               held
               themselves
               ;
               all
               Gentlemen
               ,
               in
               service
               of
               no
               Lord
               ,
               but
               of
               their
               Leaders
               in
               time
               of
               warres
               ;
               and
               those
               are
               still
               of
               their
               owne
               Nation
               ,
               yet
               all
               bound
               to
               serve
               in
               the
               Armies
               of
               the
               Prince
               of
               Transilvania
               .
               They
               live
               by
               their
               owne
               private
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               are
               most
               stiffe
               for
               the
               Calvinist
               Religion
               .
            
             
               Next
               come
               those
               Counties
               which
               lie
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               these
               aforenamed
               .
               The
               first
               of
               which
               is
               Bereghez
               ,
               whose
               Metropolis
               is
               Berekszas
               :
               and
               this
               is
               the
               driest
               and
               barrennest
               Country
               of
               Hungaria
               .
               Here
               is
               the
               Fort
               of
               Echyed
               ,
               so
               built
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               Lakes
               and
               Bogs
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               no
               approach
               to
               be
               made
               within
               foure
               miles
               of
               it
               ,
               either
               by
               horse
               or
               foot
               but
               by
               one
               bridge
               onely
               :
               This
               makes
               it
               have
               the
               name
               of
               the
               strongest
               peece
               of
               all
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabors
              
               Dominions
               (
               perhaps
               of
               the
               whole
               world
               )
               and
               therefore
               chosen
               by
               him
               to
               keepe
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Hungaria
               in
               ,
               when
               he
               had
               it
               in
               his
               custody
               ,
               Anno
               1622.
               
            
             
               All
               these
               three
               Countries
               aforesaid
               ,
               conquered
               from
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               together
               with
               these
               former
               which
               belong
               unto
               him
               by
               Election
               ,
               lie
               situated
               in
               the
               forme
               of
               a
               ragged
               Triangle
               ,
               betwixt
               Transilvania
               and
               the
               River
               Tibiscus
               :
               the
               first
               line
               whereof
               is
               made
               up
               by
               the
               County
               Maramaros
               ,
               out
               of
               which
               Tibiscus
               flowes
               originally
               .
               The
               second
               line
               is
               either
               made
               by
               the
               River
               of
               
                 Maros
                 (
                 Marusius
              
               )
               which
               falls
               ●nto
               the
               Tibiscus
               neere
               Iàppa
               ,
               a
               towne
               of
               the
               Turkes
               dominions
               :
               although
               the
               better
               and
               evener
               line
               be
               made
               by
               the
               County
               Belenges
               .
               The
               third
               line
               of
               this
               Triangle
               (
               towards
               the
               West
               )
               ends
               at
               the
               Castle
               of
               Tokai
               ,
               under
               whose
               walls
               the
               River
               Brodogh
               falls
               into
               the
               Tibiscus
               .
               From
               this
               Castle
               we
               beginne
               to
               account
               the
               other
               foure
               conquered
               Counties
               ,
               which
               lie
               on
               Hungaria
               side
               ,
               and
               in
               respect
               of
               Transilvania
               are
               beyond
               the
               Tibiscus
               .
               The
               first
               of
               which
               lying
               beyond
               .
               Tibiscus
               and
               Brodogh
               is
               called
               Vgocz
               or
               Vngh
               (
               of
               a
               River
               of
               that
               name
               )
               whose
               chiefe
               towne
               is
               Vnghar
               :
               the
               second
               is
               
               Hommona
               ,
               where
               the
               Iesuites
               have
               a
               College
               .
            
             
               This
               Country
               touches
               upon
               Poland
               .
               The
               second
               of
               these
               conquered
               Counties
               (
               a
               member
               also
               of
               this
               latter
               )
               is
               called
               Zemlen
               ,
               as
               its
               chiefe
               City
               also
               is
               .
               Its
               second
               City
               is
               
                 Saros
                 Patak
              
               ,
               where
               the
               Palatine
               or
               Earle-marcher
               of
               that
               part
               of
               Hungaria
               ,
               subject
               to
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               ,
               usually
               keepes
               his
               residence
               .
               Ennoblished
               it
               is
               besides
               with
               the
               greatest
               College
               belonging
               to
               the
               reformed
               Religion
               in
               all
               those
               parts
               :
               wherein
               (
               namely
               )
               are
               fourescore
               Fellowes
               ,
               three
               hundred
               Schollars
               ,
               a
               Master
               and
               foure
               Readers
               ,
               all
               maintained
               by
               their
               owne
               setled
               Revenues
               like
               ours
               in
               England
               ,
               and
               all
               planted
               in
               a
               dainty
               aire
               ,
               a
               rich
               and
               most
               delicate
               Country
               .
               The
               third
               conquered
               County
               is
               Porsod
               ,
               whose
               Metropolis
               is
               Tokay
               aforesaid
               ;
               which
               with
               its
               Fort
               and
               Castle
               was
               in
               consideration
               of
               60000.
               pounds
               rendred
               by
               the
               Emperour
               unto
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               in
               the
               yeare
               1628.
               
               August
               the
               10.
               which
               its
               new
               Lord
               hath
               since
               re-edified
               .
               This
               towne
               is
               overlookt
               by
               that
               which
               they
               call
               
                 The
                 golden
                 Mountaine
              
               ,
               three
               English
               miles
               in
               height
               ,
               and
               seven
               in
               compasse
               ,
               which
               beares
               a
               wine
               of
               a
               more
               delicate
               and
               rich
               race
               than
               the
               Canaries
               ,
               and
               inestimable
               plenty
               too
               ,
               here
               and
               all
               abouts
               the
               Country
               .
               This
               Country
               confronts
               upon
               the
               Turkish
               Territories
               ;
               and
               beyond
               Rudabaneya
               in
               the
               west
               parts
               begins
               the
               dominion
               of
               the
               Emperour
               .
               The
               fourth
               of
               these
               Counties
               of
               his
               beyond
               Tibiscus
               ,
               and
               the
               utmost
               bounds
               of
               his
               conquests
               ,
               is
               called
               Abavyvar
               ;
               whose
               Metropolis
               is
               Cassovia
               ,
               the
               fairest
               and
               richest
               of
               all
               those
               parts
               ,
               and
               newly
               walled
               and
               fortified
               by
               the
               Conquerour
               .
               Inhabited
               it
               is
               by
               the
               Hungarian
               and
               German
               Nations
               ,
               both
               of
               which
               here
               have
               their
               severall
               Churches
               .
               Here
               likewise
               is
               a
               College
               ,
               as
               there
               also
               bee
               at
               Geonez
               and
               Sepsi
               ,
               two
               neighbour
               Cities
               .
               Here
               also
               is
               the
               Bishopricke
               of
               Lelesz
               ,
               which
               being
               popish
               ,
               was
               upon
               request
               delivered
               up
               unto
               the
               Emperours
               disposing
               in
               that
               late
               treaty
               of
               Pacification
               .
            
             
               And
               these
               be
               the
               goodly
               dominions
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               in
               Hungaria
               ;
               which
               on
               the
               East
               are
               bounded
               with
               Transilvania
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               with
               the
               Turkish
               parts
               of
               Hungaria
               ,
               on
               
               the
               North
               with
               Poland
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               South
               with
               the
               Counties
               of
               
                 Heves
                 ,
                 Torn
              
               ,
               and
               Genevar
               ,
               &c.
               all
               subject
               to
               the
               Emperour
               .
               As
               for
               his
               two
               Dukedomes
               of
               Oppelen
               and
               Ratibor
               in
               Silesia
               ,
               they
               being
               farre
               distant
               and
               chargeable
               to
               hold
               ,
               hee
               made
               a
               faire
               surrender
               of
               them
               into
               the
               Emperours
               hands
               in
               that
               treaty
               of
               Peace
               concluded
               betwixt
               them
               ,
               Anno
               1624.
               
            
             
               What
               Revenues
               and
               Certainties
               may
               bee
               raised
               from
               hence
               ,
               is
               not
               to
               bee
               ghessed
               at
               in
               these
               troublesome
               times
               ;
               in
               which
               seasons
               quiet
               possession
               is
               to
               bee
               accounted
               the
               chiefe
               part
               of
               the
               Revenues
               ,
               seeing
               the
               subject
               is
               then
               rather
               to
               bee
               releeved
               than
               oppressed
               .
               The
               Forces
               which
               hee
               is
               able
               to
               raise
               from
               hence
               with
               his
               owne
               pay
               and
               money
               must
               needs
               be
               very
               great
               ,
               seeing
               that
               with
               them
               hee
               hath
               not
               onely
               defended
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               gained
               upon
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               but
               so
               farre
               pressed
               upon
               him
               as
               to
               set
               so
               many
               townes
               on
               fire
               in
               Austria
               it selfe
               ;
               that
               by
               the
               light
               of
               those
               Bonefires
               the
               Emperour
               might
               reade
               a
               Letter
               in
               his
               owne
               Bed-chamber
               in
               
                 Vienna
                 .
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               finally
               ,
               both
               for
               his
               valour
               and
               fortune
               is
               more
               dreaded
               by
               the
               Emperour
               than
               any
               other
               Christian
               King
               or
               Potentate
               of
               Europe
               .
               And
               now
               for
               that
               this
               Prince
               hath
               so
               arrested
               the
               incroching
               greatnesse
               of
               the
               Emperour
               Ferdinand
               in
               those
               parts
               ,
               that
               he
               may
               well
               be
               called
               ,
               
                 The
                 scourge
                 of
                 the
                 house
                 of
                 Austria
                 :
              
               he
               is
               therefore
               most
               mortally
               hated
               by
               all
               the
               Papists
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               who
               are
               sottishly
               addicted
               unto
               that
               Family
               .
               Hence
               those
               scornes
               and
               slanders
               of
               him
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               
                 basely
                 borne
              
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               
                 a
                 Turke
                 in
                 Religion
              
               ,
               yea
               Circumcised
               ,
               and
               an
               hundred
               other
               Iesuiticall
               knaveries
               .
               And
               for
               that
               hee
               hath
               not
               still
               beene
               ready
               to
               doe
               as
               we
               would
               have
               him
               in
               England
               ,
               since
               these
               infortunate
               warres
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               even
               we
               good
               Protestants
               have
               thought
               that
               hee
               hath
               hitherto
               done
               nothing
               .
               To
               rehearse
               therefore
               what
               hee
               is
               ,
               and
               how
               his
               time
               and
               Armes
               have
               beene
               imployed
               ,
               may
               against
               these
               calumnies
               serve
               for
               a
               reall
               Apologie
               .
            
             
               This
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bethlen
              
               (
               whom
               we
               call
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               )
               now
               writing
               himselfe
               
                 Prince
                 of
                 the
                 Sacred
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 Lord
                 
                 of
                 some
                 part
                 of
                 Hungaria
                 ,
                 Duke
                 of
                 Oppelen
                 and
                 Ratibor
                 ,
              
               &c.
               was
               about
               the
               yeare
               1580.
               borne
               of
               an
               ancient
               Nobility
               ;
               in
               his
               owne
               inheritance
               of
               Iktar
               aforesaid
               .
               His
               Fathers
               name
               was
               the
               Lord
               
                 Wolfgang
                 Bethlen
              
               ;
               his
               Mother
               was
               descended
               also
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Kornis
               ,
               a
               Noble
               and
               an
               Ancient
               Sept
               or
               Tribe
               of
               the
               Sicali
               ,
               which
               bee
               the
               eldest
               Inhabitants
               of
               Transilvania
               .
               His
               childhood
               was
               rather
               addicted
               to
               Armes
               than
               to
               Letters
               ;
               &
               his
               Tutor
               had
               much
               adoe
               in
               keeping
               him
               from
               his
               delight
               of
               riding
               the
               great
               horses
               ,
               &c.
               
               But
               comming
               to
               more
               maturity
               and
               discretion
               ,
               he
               so
               well
               redeemed
               his
               time
               lost
               at
               schoole
               ,
               that
               he
               attained
               to
               so
               much
               perfection
               in
               the
               Latine
               tongue
               ,
               as
               he
               was
               able
               extempore
               to
               answer
               the
               Emperours
               Ambassadours
               Oration
               in
               that
               language
               ,
               Anno
               1622.
               
               Being
               afterwards
               brought
               up
               in
               the
               Court
               of
               
                 Stephan
                 Bathori
              
               ,
               Prince
               of
               Transilvania
               ,
               (
               whose
               house
               in
               those
               dayes
               was
               a
               very
               schoole
               of
               military
               knowledge
               and
               exercises
               )
               he
               so
               approved
               himselfe
               to
               that
               judicious
               Prince
               ,
               as
               he
               first
               of
               all
               made
               him
               a
               Captaine
               ;
               and
               to
               be
               briefe
               ,
               he
               was
               by
               the
               next
               Prince
               
                 Stephan
                 Boczkai
              
               made
               Generall
               of
               his
               Armies
               .
               This
               honour
               ,
               and
               his
               fortunate
               management
               of
               it
               ,
               obtained
               him
               a
               wife
               of
               the
               noble
               Family
               of
               the
               Caroli
               ,
               by
               whom
               he
               had
               divers
               children
               ,
               though
               now
               all
               deceased
               .
               Prince
               Boczkai
               dying
               ,
               the
               next
               Prince
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bathori
              
               continued
               him
               likewise
               in
               his
               military
               honour
               aforesaid
               ,
               swearing
               him
               also
               of
               his
               Privie
               Councell
               .
               But
               this
               double
               greatnesse
               made
               him
               envied
               of
               the
               Nobility
               ;
               and
               this
               following
               occasion
               rendred
               him
               hatefull
               to
               the
               Prince
               .
               It
               fortuned
               that
               in
               the
               yeare
               1611.
               this
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bathori
              
               most
               unjustly
               bereaved
               the
               Saxon
               Nation
               of
               their
               chiefe
               City
               of
               Hermansradt
               :
               whereupon
               complaint
               is
               made
               to
               the
               great
               Turke
               abroad
               ,
               and
               at
               home
               that
               Nation
               makes
               choice
               of
               the
               favour
               and
               greatnesse
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               to
               be
               their
               mediator
               to
               the
               Prince
               :
               Youthfull
               Bathori
               hereupon
               suspects
               him
               to
               be
               too
               popular
               ,
               offers
               him
               both
               ill
               language
               and
               blowes
               to
               boot
               .
               Bethlen
               avoiding
               the
               Court
               escapes
               to
               Buda
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               to
               Constantinople
               ,
               where
               hee
               was
               faine
               to
               stay
               two
               whole
               yeares
               .
               Meanes
               being
               made
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               for
               
               the
               Saxons
               ,
               they
               obtaine
               an
               Armie
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               and
               request
               him
               to
               appoint
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               for
               his
               and
               their
               Generall
               .
               Thus
               in
               October
               1613.
               is
               he
               called
               backe
               to
               redresse
               the
               wrongs
               offered
               by
               a
               hated
               Prince
               ,
               and
               to
               releeve
               the
               miseries
               of
               his
               owne
               Countrie
               .
               So
               welcome
               he
               proves
               and
               so
               successefull
               ,
               that
               the
               States
               and
               Chiefes
               ,
               both
               of
               the
               Saxons
               and
               the
               Siculi
               ,
               run
               amaine
               to
               Clausenburgh
               ;
               in
               the
               chiefe
               Temple
               wherof
               they
               for
               three
               daies
               together
               hold
               a
               great
               Councell
               about
               the
               deposing
               of
               their
               Prince
               .
               Whereupon
               Bathori
               making
               shew
               freely
               to
               relinquish
               that
               which
               he
               could
               not
               hold
               ,
               did
               with
               a
               loud
               voice
               (
               in
               the
               hearing
               of
               our
               Author
               then
               15.
               years
               old
               ,
               and
               a
               studient
               in
               the
               Towne
               )
               grant
               a
               free
               election
               ;
               for
               himselfe
               professing
               in
               these
               very
               words
               ;
               
                 That
                 whatsoever
                 Prince
                 this
                 Kingdome
                 of
                 Transilvania
                 shall
                 make
                 choice
                 of
                 ,
                 I
              
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               
                 am
                 ready
                 also
                 to
                 acknowledge
                 for
                 my
                 Prince
                 ,
                 upon
                 condition
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 exercises
                 no
                 tyranny
                 upon
                 the
                 three
                 Nations
                 of
                 the
              
               Siculi
               ,
               Saxons
               ,
               and
               Hungarians
               .
               Upon
               this
               resignation
               is
               
                 Gabriel
                 Be●hlen
              
               elected
               and
               sworne
               Prince
               of
               
                 Transilvania
                 .
                 Gabriel
                 Bathori
              
               (
               a
               Prince
               neither
               lawfully
               elected
               ,
               nor
               lawfully
               governing
               )
               retires
               himselfe
               to
               his
               Castle
               of
               Varadmum
               :
               where
               he
               is
               shortly
               and
               treacherously
               murthered
               by
               his
               owne
               servants
               ;
               for
               which
               they
               are
               executed
               by
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               the
               yeare
               following
               .
            
             
               He
               being
               thus
               setled
               ,
               first
               of
               all
               sets
               upon
               the
               reparations
               of
               the
               Castles
               and
               Forts
               of
               his
               Countrey
               ;
               re-edifies
               and
               inlarges
               Varadinum
               ,
               lately
               dismantled
               by
               the
               Turkes
               .
               Thus
               spends
               he
               his
               two
               first
               yeares
               ,
               1614.
               and
               1615.
               
               The
               next
               yeare
               the
               Turke
               comes
               downe
               against
               Poland
               with
               410000.
               men
               ,
               and
               the
               Polander
               meets
               him
               with
               250000.
               
               Gabriel
               foreknowing
               ,
               that
               whosoever
               gained
               the
               victory
               might
               afterwards
               turne
               his
               Armes
               upon
               him
               ;
               goes
               with
               25000.
               men
               into
               the
               neighbour
               Moldavia
               ,
               where
               the
               other
               two
               Armies
               lay
               incamped
               :
               with
               this
               handfull
               of
               men
               he
               passes
               the
               River
               Nester
               ,
               puts
               himselfe
               betwixt
               both
               Armies
               ,
               mediates
               a
               peace
               ,
               effects
               it
               ,
               is
               storm'd
               at
               by
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               much
               thanked
               by
               the
               Polander
               ;
               but
               ill
               requited
               afterward
               ,
               when
               in
               the
               yeare
               1620.
               
               Bethlen
               was
               ingaged
               in
               his
               warres
               with
               
               the
               Emperour
               .
               Returning
               home
               ,
               hee
               the
               same
               yeare
               1616.
               (
               being
               his
               third
               )
               founds
               a
               College
               at
               
                 Alba
                 Iulia
              
               takes
               order
               for
               solemne
               and
               frequent
               disputations
               against
               the
               Arrian
               ;
               and
               Papists
               ,
               converts
               many
               of
               the
               first
               sort
               .
               The
               next
               two
               〈◊〉
               ●e
               revi●es
               and
               betters
               the
               execution
               of
               good
               lawes
               ;
               reduces
               Justice
               and
               Civility
               ;
               and
               though
               the
               warres
               were
               〈◊〉
               and
               the
               Reformed
               Religion
               much
               afflicted
               in
               
                 German●
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               &c.
               yet
               hee
               intends
               his
               owne
               Government
               ,
               and
               intermeddles
               〈◊〉
               :
               but
               intercepting
               at
               length
               some
               intelligence
               of
               the
               publike
               design●
               of
               the
               Princes
               leaguers
               of
               the
               Romis●
               Religion
               ,
               (
               which
               was
               utterly
               to
               root
               out
               the
               Reformed
               )
               and
               perceiving
               the
               Iesuites
               and
               others
               more
               busie
               and
               pragmaticall
               at
               home
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               Emperours
               Armie
               pretended
               to
               be
               sent
               against
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               was
               now
               upon
               its
               march
               ,
               and
               very
               suspiciously
               advanced
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               frontiers
               of
               his
               Transilvania
               ;
               he
               thinks
               it
               time
               to
               take
               the
               alarum
               ;
               he
               armes
               ,
               and
               with
               a
               small
               company
               drawes
               neere
               to
               observe
               the
               motions
               of
               the
               Imperialists
               ;
               stands
               still
               upon
               the
               defensive
               ,
               and
               does
               no
               more
               .
               Not
               long
               after
               is
               his
               aid
               solicited
               by
               the
               Ambassadours
               of
               
                 Bohemia
                 ,
                 Moravia
              
               ,
               and
               Silesia
               ,
               his
               confederates
               ,
               miserably
               troubled
               by
               the
               Emperor
               for
               Religion
               :
               For
               them
               he
               first
               peaceably
               mediates
               to
               Caesar
               ,
               and
               being
               neglected
               hee
               in
               the
               yeare
               1620.
               leads
               out
               his
               Armie
               ,
               if
               not
               to
               releeve
               them
               ,
               yet
               to
               countenance
               their
               cause
               ,
               and
               to
               draw
               the
               Emperour
               to
               more
               moderate
               conditions
               .
               In
               their
               quarrell
               and
               Religions
               ,
               he
               takes
               Presburg
               from
               the
               Imperialists
               ,
               October
               13.
               1620.
               
               Next
               yeare
               he
               passes
               the
               Danubie
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               short
               ,
               is
               fairely
               elected
               King
               of
               Hungarie
               ;
               and
               though
               hee
               had
               the
               Imperiall
               Crowne
               of
               Hungarie
               in
               his
               owne
               hands
               ,
               yet
               refused
               he
               to
               be
               crowned
               with
               it
               .
               This
               temper
               of
               his
               preserved
               him
               ;
               for
               besides
               the
               treachery
               of
               his
               owne
               Popish
               subjects
               ,
               he
               had
               heard
               a
               suspitious
               word
               let
               fall
               by
               the
               Emperour
               of
               the
               Turks
               to
               this
               purpose
               ;
               Now
               (
               saith
               he
               )
               
                 that
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
                 is
                 King
                 of
                 Hungarie
                 ,
                 he
                 must
                 needs
                 in
                 the
                 next
                 place
                 affect
                 our
                 Buda
              
               (
               the
               ancient
               royall
               Citie
               )
               
                 to
                 reigne
                 in
              
               .
               This
               word
               made
               him
               feare
               the
               Turks
               ,
               and
               fo●beare
               his
               owne
               Coronation
               ,
               onely
               carrying
               the
               Crowne
               
               away
               with
               him
               .
               Thus
               ended
               the
               yeare
               1621.
               
               The
               next
               yeare
               the
               Emperour
               remanding
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               Bethlen
               assembles
               a
               Parliament
               at
               Cassaw
               ,
               where
               the
               Popish
               patty
               prevailes
               ;
               the
               Crowne
               is
               sent
               backe
               ;
               the
               title
               of
               King
               is
               laid
               downe
               ;
               in
               lie●
               of
               which
               he
               receives
               these
               conditions
               from
               the
               Emperour
               :
               First
               ,
               he
               is
               acknowledged
               a
               soveraigne
               and
               independent
               Prince
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               he
               is
               made
               a
               Prince
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               and
               thirdly
               ,
               are
               the
               two
               Dukedomes
               of
               Oppelen
               and
               Ratibor
               in
               Silesia
               estated
               upon
               him
               .
               This
               yeare
               his
               wife
               
                 Susanna
                 Katherina
              
               leaves
               him
               a
               widower
               ;
               and
               the
               rest
               is
               spent
               in
               Embasi●es
               and
               Treaties
               with
               the
               Emperour
               .
               The
               next
               yeare
               1623.
               was
               passed
               over
               in
               peace
               ;
               the
               Emperour
               sends
               him
               a
               diamond
               ring
               ;
               which
               some
               conjectured
               was
               meant
               for
               a
               wedding
               ring
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               Emperour
               was
               desirous
               to
               allie
               him
               to
               his
               house
               of
               
                 Austria
                 .
                 Ann.
              
               1624.
               was
               quiet
               and
               peaceable
               .
               Anno
               1625.
               he
               by
               his
               Ambassadours
               wooes
               the
               Lady
               Katherine
               ,
               sister
               to
               the
               Elector
               of
               Brandenburgh
               ;
               whom
               in
               February
               1626.
               he
               solemnly
               espouses
               in
               Cassovia
               :
               and
               is
               so
               potent
               and
               happy
               ,
               that
               Iuly
               16.
               following
               ,
               he
               procures
               her
               to
               be
               elected
               Princesse
               of
               Transilvania
               after
               him
               ,
               (
               in
               case
               she
               survived
               him
               )
               and
               his
               owne
               brother
               
                 Stephan
                 Bethlen
              
               to
               be
               Regent
               under
               her
               .
               This
               yeare
               there
               hapned
               some
               more
               bust●ng
               against
               the
               Emperour
               ;
               but
               a
               peace
               quickly
               concludes
               it
               .
               The
               next
               yeare
               1627.
               the
               Turkish
               Sultan
               honours
               of
               Bethlens
               Princesse
               with
               a
               solemne
               Embassie
               ,
               to
               her
               principally
               directed
               ;
               sends
               her
               a
               Scepter
               ;
               requires
               her
               name
               also
               (
               as
               an
               absolute
               Princesse
               which
               one
               day
               might
               be
               )
               to
               be
               put
               into
               the
               treaty
               of
               a
               perpetuall
               league
               .
               The
               yeare
               162●
               .
               he
               had
               peace
               on
               every
               side
               ,
               which
               continued
               the
               next
               yeare
               also
               .
               When
               October
               21.
               he
               solemnly
               buries
               his
               Predecessor
               
                 Gabriel
                 Bathori
              
               aforesaid
               .
               Finally
               ,
               this
               yeare
               1629.
               for
               thinkfulnesse
               to
               God
               ,
               and
               the
               good
               of
               his
               Church
               and
               Countrey
               ,
               hee
               erects
               an
               University
               at
               
                 Alba
                 Iulia
              
               ,
               which
               crownes
               and
               blesses
               all
               the
               fame
               of
               his
               former
               actions
               .
               He
               hath
               this
               Summer
               beene
               dangerously
               sicke
               ;
               but
               we
               have
               heard
               newes
               of
               his
               safe
               recovery
               .
            
             
               And
               thus
               ends
               the
               Chronicle
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               the
               famous
               ;
               
               a
               man
               much
               talk●
               of
               ,
               but
               little
               knowne
               .
               Let
               this
               at
               last
               be
               answered
               to
               his
               Traducers
               :
               that
               he
               must
               needs
               be
               a
               brave
               fellow
               ,
               who
               was
               favoured
               and
               preferred
               by
               so
               many
               Princes
               ;
               that
               from
               a
               private
               fortune
               should
               upon
               his
               owne
               deserts
               be
               advanced
               by
               his
               Nation
               to
               he
               chaire
               of
               soveraignty
               :
               that
               was
               able
               to
               gaine
               so
               much
               upon
               the
               Emperour
               ;
               to
               succour
               his
               friends
               ,
               and
               compose
               a
               quarrell
               betweene
               two
               such
               potent
               enemies
               :
               that
               is
               in
               his
               owne
               person
               so
               dexterous
               both
               at
               Arts
               and
               Armes
               :
               that
               desires
               so
               much
               the
               good
               of
               his
               Country
               ,
               as
               to
               fortifie
               all
               the
               passages
               ;
               to
               adorne
               it
               with
               Palaces
               ,
               Churches
               ,
               Colleges
               ,
               and
               Universities
               :
               that
               takes
               the
               right
               course
               to
               advance
               Religion
               ;
               to
               incourage
               ,
               countenance
               ,
               and
               promote
               learning
               ,
               &
               to
               doe
               that
               in
               beating
               down
               heresie
               by
               the
               Word
               ,
               which
               the
               laws
               of
               his
               Nation
               forbid
               him
               to
               do
               by
               the
               Sword
               :
               that
               hath
               quickned
               Justice
               and
               good
               manners
               ;
               is
               beloved
               of
               his
               loyall
               subjects
               ,
               and
               feared
               by
               the
               disloyall
               :
               that
               being
               so
               dangerously
               situated
               hath
               the
               spirit
               and
               skill
               to
               defend
               his
               little
               Countrey
               from
               the
               power
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Ottoman
               ,
               the
               ambition
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Austria
               ,
               the
               might
               of
               the
               Pole
               ,
               and
               the
               barbarous
               inroads
               of
               the
               Russes
               and
               Tartarians
               :
               that
               finally
               maintaines
               his
               subjects
               in
               abundance
               of
               safety
               ,
               and
               abundance
               of
               plenty
               :
               and
               though
               perchance
               hated
               ,
               yet
               feared
               ,
               and
               highly
               honoured
               by
               his
               greatest
               enemy
               ,
               the
               Emperour
               .
            
             
               The
               most
               of
               this
               description
               of
               
                 Bethlen
                 Gabor
              
               and
               his
               dominions
               ,
               wee
               owe
               unto
               Master
               
                 Petrus
                 .
                 Eusenius
                 Maxai
              
               ,
               a
               Transilvanian
               borne
               ,
               and
               servant
               to
               the
               illustrious
               Prince
               aforesaid
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Poland
               .
            
             
               THis
               Kingdome
               (
               inhabited
               of
               old
               by
               the
               Sarmatians
               )
               was
               never
               so
               spatious
               as
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               the
               great
               Dukedomes
               of
               Lituania
               and
               Livonia
               being
               joyned
               therto
               .
               It
               stretcht
               from
               the
               flouds
               ,
               Notes
               and
               Orba
               (
               which
               divide
               it
               from
               Marchia
               )
               and
               Odera
               )
               which
               separateth
               it
               from
               Silisia
               )
               to
               Beresay
               and
               Boristhenes
               ,
               which
               two
               parteth
               it
               from
               Moscovia
               .
               It
               reacheth
               from
               the
               Baltike
               Sea
               ,
               to
               the
               River
               Niester
               ,
               which
               divides
               it
               from
               Moldavia
               ,
               and
               to
               the
               Mountaines
               Carpathie
               ,
               which
               separate
               it
               from
               Hungarie
               .
               By
               this
               limitation
               from
               the
               borders
               of
               Silesia
               ,
               to
               the
               Frontiers
               of
               Moscovia
               ,
               (
               betweene
               the
               West
               part
               and
               the
               East
               )
               it
               containeth
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               German
               miles
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               uttermost
               bounds
               of
               Livonia
               ,
               to
               the
               borders
               of
               Hungarie
               ,
               not
               much
               lesse
               .
               So
               allowing
               the
               forme
               thereof
               to
               be
               round
               ,
               it
               is
               farre
               larger
               than
               a
               man
               would
               take
               it
               to
               be
               ,
               as
               taking
               up
               six
               and
               twenty
               hundred
               miles
               in
               compasse
               .
               It
               containeth
               many
               and
               goodly
               large
               Provinces
               ,
               as
               Polonia
               the
               great
               ,
               and
               the
               lesse
               ,
               
                 Mazovia
                 ,
                 Podolia
                 ,
                 Podlassia
                 ,
                 Samogithia
                 ,
                 Prussia
                 ,
                 Russia
                 ,
                 Volinia
                 ,
                 Livonia
                 ,
              
               and
               Lituania
               .
               Among
               these
               Provinces
               ,
               Poland
               was
               the
               proper
               inhabitation
               of
               the
               Polonians
               :
               but
               Pruse
               ,
               part
               of
               
                 Pomeran
                 ,
                 Podolia
                 ,
                 Volonia
                 ,
                 Mazovia
                 ,
              
               and
               Livonia
               have
               beene
               obtained
               and
               gained
               by
               Armes
               ,
               as
               were
               the
               Dukedomes
               of
               Oswitz
               and
               
                 Zator
                 in
                 Silesia
              
               also
               .
               Lituania
               and
               Samogithia
               ,
               (
               Provinces
               of
               Russia
               )
               were
               the
               inheritance
               of
               the
               House
               of
               Iagello
               .
               For
               in
               the
               yeare
               1380.
               
               Iagello
               then
               Duke
               of
               Lituania
               ,
               tooke
               unto
               wife
               the
               Princesse
               Hedwiga
               ,
               the
               last
               of
               the
               bloud
               Royall
               of
               Polonia
               ,
               and
               was
               then
               installed
               King
               on
               three
               conditions
               :
               the
               first
               ,
               that
               he
               should
               become
               a
               Christian
               ;
               secondly
               ,
               that
               he
               should
               cause
               his
               people
               to
               doe
               the
               like
               ;
               and
               thirdly
               ,
               that
               he
               should
               for
               ever
               unite
               his
               principalities
               to
               Poland
               .
               The
               two
               former
               conditions
               
               were
               presently
               performed
               ;
               but
               the
               latter
               not
               till
               within
               these
               few
               yeares
               :
               For
               the
               Kings
               of
               Poland
               standing
               upon
               election
               ,
               Iagello
               was
               loth
               to
               trust
               his
               owne
               patrimonie
               upon
               the
               uncertaine
               voyces
               of
               the
               people
               ;
               who
               if
               they
               should
               chuse
               a
               stranger
               ,
               then
               should
               his
               posterity
               not
               only
               lose
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Polonia
               ,
               but
               their
               paternall
               Dukedome
               of
               Lituania
               also
               .
               And
               this
               deferred
               the
               union
               all
               the
               time
               of
               Iagello
               and
               his
               descendants
               ;
               but
               the
               race
               failing
               in
               
                 Sigismund
                 Augustus
              
               ;
               and
               the
               Lituanians
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               fearing
               the
               force
               of
               the
               Moscovite
               ,
               they
               agreed
               to
               union
               and
               election
               .
               In
               times
               past
               Livonia
               was
               the
               fear
               of
               the
               Dutch
               Knights
               ,
               and
               they
               had
               therein
               their
               chiefe
               Governour
               ,
               whom
               they
               termed
               the
               
                 Great
                 Master
              
               :
               But
               in
               the
               yeare
               1558.
               being
               spoiled
               of
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               their
               territory
               by
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovie
               ,
               they
               fled
               to
               Sigismund
               King
               of
               Poland
               ,
               who
               tooke
               them
               into
               his
               protection
               ,
               and
               untill
               the
               raigne
               of
               K.
               Stephen
               1582.
               the
               Province
               was
               never
               regained
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               most
               part
               Poland
               is
               a
               plaine
               Country
               ,
               and
               but
               for
               certaine
               mountaines
               (
               rather
               hils
               than
               mountaines
               )
               situated
               in
               the
               lesser
               Poland
               ,
               dividing
               it
               from
               Prusland
               ,
               all
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Countrey
               stretcheth
               it selfe
               into
               most
               ample
               plaines
               ,
               wherein
               are
               very
               many
               woods
               ,
               especially
               in
               Lituania
               .
               The
               greater
               and
               lesser
               Poland
               are
               better
               inhabited
               than
               any
               other
               Province
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               like
               may
               be
               almost
               spoken
               of
               Russia
               ,
               for
               the
               neerenesse
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               concourse
               to
               the
               Havens
               ,
               and
               commodiousnesse
               of
               the
               Rivers
               .
               Prussia
               and
               Livonia
               have
               fairer
               Cities
               ,
               good
               lier
               buildings
               ,
               and
               by
               traffike
               and
               concourse
               of
               Merchants
               greater
               plenty
               of
               riches
               .
               For
               when
               the
               Dutch
               Knights
               were
               Lords
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               they
               builded
               Cities
               like
               those
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               all
               along
               the
               Sea-Coast
               (
               for
               the
               space
               of
               fourescore
               miles
               )
               many
               Castles
               and
               peeces
               of
               good
               esteeme
               .
               They
               have
               many
               faire
               Havens
               of
               good
               worth
               ,
               and
               are
               Lords
               of
               all
               the
               traffike
               betweene
               Poland
               and
               the
               Baltike
               Sea
               ;
               which
               is
               a
               thing
               of
               great
               value
               and
               consequence
               .
               For
               the
               River
               Vistula
               arising
               in
               the
               extremest
               bounds
               of
               Silesia
               ,
               watereth
               all
               Poland
               the
               lesse
               ,
               and
               part
               of
               the
               Greater
               ,
               Mazovia
               and
               Prussia
               ,
               and
               then
               it
               falleth
               into
               
               the
               Baltike
               Sea
               below
               Danske
               ,
               whither
               it
               transporteth
               the
               greatest
               quantity
               of
               Rye
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Honey
               ,
               and
               Wax
               of
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               a
               journy
               of
               foure
               hundred
               miles
               .
               From
               another
               coast
               the
               most
               famous
               River
               Duina
               ,
               arising
               out
               of
               the
               Lake
               Ruthenigo
               ,
               and
               parting
               Livonia
               into
               equall
               portions
               ,
               falleth
               into
               the
               Sea
               about
               Riga
               ,
               a
               City
               of
               great
               concourse
               .
               There
               are
               in
               Prussia
               and
               Livonia
               many
               Lakes
               ,
               amongst
               which
               one
               is
               called
               the
               New-Sea
               ,
               100
               miles
               long
               :
               in
               Livonia
               is
               a
               Lake
               called
               Beybas
               ,
               more
               than
               400.
               miles
               long
               :
               from
               thence
               spring
               the
               Rivers
               ,
               which
               ,
               running
               by
               Pernovia
               and
               Nar●e
               .
               make
               two
               notable
               Havens
               for
               traffike
               .
               Betweene
               these
               two
               Cities
               stands
               Rivalia
               ,
               giving
               place
               to
               neither
               in
               beauty
               :
               Samogithia
               is
               more
               rude
               and
               barbarous
               than
               the
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               Podalia
               more
               barren
               :
               which
               is
               not
               to
               be
               attributed
               to
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               soile
               (
               for
               it
               is
               plentifull
               of
               those
               Commodities
               which
               the
               climate
               ,
               under
               which
               it
               lieth
               ,
               can
               afford
               )
               but
               to
               the
               cruelty
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               which
               so
               vex
               it
               with
               continuall
               inrodes
               ,
               that
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               driven
               either
               to
               flie
               for
               feare
               ,
               or
               to
               bee
               led
               away
               captives
               by
               these
               barbarous
               people
               .
            
             
               The
               riches
               of
               Poland
               are
               the
               abundance
               of
               Corne
               ,
               and
               all
               sorts
               of
               graine
               ,
               which
               grow
               there
               in
               such
               plentifull
               sort
               ,
               
               that
               in
               it selfe
               it
               never
               suffered
               want
               ,
               but
               evermore
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               yeare
               1590.
               and
               1591
               ,
               it
               releeved
               not
               onely
               the
               bordering
               Nations
               ,
               oppressed
               with
               famine
               and
               scarcity
               ,
               but
               also
               yeelded
               some
               portion
               of
               releese
               to
               the
               wants
               of
               
                 Genoa
                 ,
                 Tuscanie
              
               ,
               and
               Rome
               .
               It
               floweth
               with
               Honey
               and
               Wax
               :
               And
               whereas
               in
               all
               these
               Northerly
               Nations
               of
               
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Lituania
                 ,
                 Russia
                 ,
                 Muscovia
              
               there
               are
               no
               Wines
               growing
               ,
               in
               stead
               thereof
               Nature
               hath
               bestowed
               upon
               them
               incredible
               quantities
               of
               Honey
               ,
               whereof
               these
               people
               doe
               brew
               an
               excellent
               kinde
               of
               Beverage
               .
               The
               Bees
               make
               Honey
               either
               in
               Woods
               ,
               where
               they
               finde
               the
               trees
               made
               hollow
               by
               rottennesse
               or
               mans
               industry
               ,
               or
               in
               Hives
               set
               in
               open
               field
               by
               the
               Country
               people
               ,
               or
               in
               holes
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               or
               in
               any
               place
               where
               they
               can
               finde
               never
               so
               small
               a
               liking
               .
            
             
               It
               aboundeth
               with
               Flax
               ,
               Hempe
               ,
               with
               Sheepe
               ,
               with
               Cattell
               
               tell
               and
               with
               Horses
               .
               Amongst
               the
               beasts
               of
               the
               wood
               are
               sound
               wilde
               Oxen
               ,
               wilde
               Horses
               ,
               and
               the
               Buste
               ,
               which
               cannot
               live
               out
               of
               the
               Wood
               of
               Nazovia
               :
               The
               riches
               of
               the
               land
               consist
               in
               the
               Salt-pits
               of
               Bozena
               and
               Velisca
               ,
               in
               the
               territory
               of
               Cracovia
               .
            
             
               The
               Revenues
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               (
               for
               the
               most
               part
               )
               are
               equally
               divided
               between
               the
               Noblemen
               &
               he
               Gentlemen
               :
               
               for
               no
               man
               is
               left
               so
               rich
               by
               inheritance
               ,
               that
               hee
               may
               exceed
               others
               above
               measure
               ;
               and
               the
               greatest
               Revenue
               of
               all
               exceedeth
               not
               five
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               Ducats
               :
               Onely
               the
               Dukes
               of
               Curland
               and
               Regimount
               exceed
               this
               meane
               .
               For
               although
               they
               are
               feodaries
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               acknowledge
               the
               King
               as
               their
               superiour
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               not
               as
               lively
               members
               of
               the
               State
               :
               they
               come
               not
               to
               the
               Diets
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               they
               have
               not
               their
               voices
               in
               the
               election
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               neither
               are
               they
               accounted
               as
               naturall
               Lords
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               but
               for
               strangers
               (
               as
               in
               truth
               they
               are
               :
               )
               the
               Duke
               of
               Curland
               being
               of
               the
               house
               of
               Ketlert
               ,
               and
               the
               Duke
               of
               Regimount
               ,
               of
               the
               family
               of
               Brandenburge
               .
            
             
               All
               Prussia
               did
               belong
               to
               the
               Dutch
               Knights
               ,
               who
               had
               their
               Great
               Master
               resident
               there
               ,
               but
               he
               not
               being
               able
               to
               withstand
               the
               force
               of
               the
               Polonians
               ,
               yeelded
               himselfe
               feodarie
               to
               King
               Casimere
               .
               Afterwards
               ,
               when
               Albert
               of
               Brandenburge
               their
               Great
               Master
               became
               a
               Protestant
               ,
               hee
               was
               created
               Duke
               of
               Prussia
               ,
               and
               the
               Country
               was
               divided
               into
               two
               parts
               ;
               the
               one
               regall
               ,
               mediately
               holden
               of
               the
               Crowne
               ;
               the
               other
               Ducall
               ,
               allotted
               to
               Albert
               and
               his
               successors
               to
               hold
               by
               fealty
               .
               In
               the
               Kings
               par●ition
               stand
               
                 Marieburge
                 ,
                 Torovia
                 ,
                 Culma
                 ,
                 Varnia
                 ,
              
               and
               Da●●ke●
               in
               the
               Duchie
               (
               which
               yeelded
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               Ducats
               yearely
               )
               the
               chiefe
               Towne
               is
               Regimount
               :
               the
               Germans
               call
               it
               Conningsburgh
               ,
               and
               there
               the
               Duke
               keepeth
               his
               Court.
               
            
             
               The
               Government
               of
               Polonia
               is
               altogether
               elective
               ,
               
               and
               representeth
               rather
               an
               Aristocracie
               ,
               than
               a
               Kingdome
               ;
               the
               Nobility
               (
               who
               have
               great
               authority
               in
               the
               Diets
               )
               chusing
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               at
               their
               pleasure
               limiting
               him
               his
               authority
               ,
               and
               
               making
               his
               soveraignty
               but
               a
               slavish
               royalty
               .
            
             
               These
               diminutions
               of
               Regality
               beganne
               first
               by
               default
               of
               King
               Lewis
               ,
               and
               Iagello
               ,
               who
               to
               gaine
               the
               succession
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               (
               contrary
               to
               the
               Lawes
               )
               one
               for
               his
               daughter
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               for
               his
               sonne
               ;
               departed
               with
               many
               of
               his
               Royalties
               and
               Prerogatives
               ,
               to
               buy
               the
               voyces
               of
               the
               Nobility
               .
               Whereupon
               by
               degrees
               the
               King
               of
               Poland
               (
               as
               
                 Stanislaus
                 Orichovius
              
               confesses
               )
               is
               little
               more
               than
               the
               
                 Mouth
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdome
              
               ,
               which
               speakes
               not
               but
               what
               his
               Councell
               prompts
               him
               .
               The
               great
               Officer
               (
               whom
               they
               call
               the
               President
               of
               their
               liberty
               ,
               and
               Guardian
               of
               it
               )
               is
               still
               joyned
               with
               the
               King
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               to
               Tutor
               him
               ,
               and
               to
               moderate
               his
               desires
               .
               The
               power
               royall
               there
               ,
               is
               no
               more
               but
               what
               King
               Sigismund
               assumed
               in
               full
               Parliament
               at
               
                 Petricovia
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1548.
               which
               was
               to
               conclude
               nothing
               but
               by
               advice
               of
               his
               Councell
               .
               To
               give
               instances
               of
               the
               power
               of
               these
               great
               Counsellours
               ;
               they
               made
               void
               the
               testament
               of
               King
               Casimire
               :
               forbade
               King
               Iagello
               to
               warre
               upon
               the
               Knights
               Hospitalers
               :
               unto
               whom
               in
               his
               expedition
               into
               Lituania
               they
               adjoyned
               the
               Bishop
               of
               Cracovia
               ,
               limiting
               their
               King
               to
               doe
               nothing
               but
               with
               his
               approbation
               .
               Casimire
               the
               third
               had
               foure
               Commissioners
               joyned
               with
               him
               .
               Without
               their
               leaves
               the
               King
               cannot
               chuse
               his
               owne
               wife
               :
               for
               which
               reason
               King
               Iagello
               was
               by
               them
               perpetually
               perplexed
               .
               Appeales
               (
               the
               supreme
               marke
               of
               Soveraignty
               )
               are
               not
               made
               to
               the
               King
               ,
               but
               to
               the
               States
               .
               King
               
                 Alexander
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1504.
               was
               faine
               to
               remit
               the
               disposing
               of
               the
               publike
               treasure
               unto
               the
               Lord
               Treasurer
               :
               to
               which
               Officer
               
                 Iagello
                 ,
                 Anno
              
               1422.
               could
               not
               but
               grant
               the
               royalty
               of
               coining
               monies
               also
               .
               Well
               therefore
               (
               as
               Cromerus
               reporteth
               )
               might
               Queene
               Christina
               complaine
               ,
               That
               her
               Husband
               was
               but
               the
               shadow
               of
               a
               Soveraigne
               .
               They
               have
               neither
               law
               nor
               statute
               ,
               nor
               forme
               of
               government
               written
               ,
               but
               (
               by
               custome
               from
               the
               death
               of
               one
               Prince
               to
               the
               election
               of
               another
               )
               the
               supreme
               authority
               resteth
               in
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Gesna
               ,
               who
               is
               President
               of
               the
               Councell
               ,
               appointeth
               the
               Diets
               ,
               ruleth
               the
               Senate
               ,
               and
               proclaimeth
               the
               new
               elected
               King.
               Before
               King
               Stephen
               erected
               
               new
               Bishops
               ,
               Palatines
               ,
               and
               Castellanes
               in
               Livonia
               ,
               few
               other
               besides
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Leopolis
               ,
               and
               his
               thirteene
               Suffragans
               ,
               eight
               and
               twenty
               Palatines
               ,
               and
               thirty
               of
               the
               chiefest
               Castellanes
               were
               present
               at
               the
               election
               of
               the
               new
               King.
               They
               hold
               an
               assembly
               of
               the
               States
               every
               yeare
               ,
               for
               two
               causes
               ;
               the
               one
               ,
               to
               administer
               Justice
               in
               Soveraigne
               causes
               ;
               unto
               which
               are
               brought
               appeales
               from
               all
               the
               Judges
               of
               the
               Country
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               to
               provide
               for
               the
               safety
               of
               the
               Common-weale
               against
               their
               next
               Enemies
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               who
               make
               often
               incursions
               upon
               them
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               time
               of
               their
               Diets
               these
               men
               assemble
               in
               a
               place
               neere
               unto
               the
               Senate-house
               ,
               where
               they
               chuse
               two
               Marshals
               ,
               by
               whom
               (
               but
               with
               a
               tribune-like
               authority
               )
               they
               signifie
               unto
               the
               Councell
               what
               their
               requests
               are
               .
               Not
               long
               since
               their
               authority
               and
               reputation
               grew
               so
               mighty
               ,
               that
               they
               now
               carry
               themselves
               as
               heads
               and
               Governours
               ,
               rather
               than
               Officers
               &
               Ministers
               of
               the
               publike
               decrees
               of
               the
               estates
               .
               One
               of
               the
               Councell
               ,
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               Clodius
               ,
               refused
               his
               Senators
               place
               to
               become
               one
               of
               these
               Officers
               .
               When
               a
               King
               is
               to
               be
               chosen
               ,
               these
               men
               doe
               more
               and
               more
               limit
               his
               authority
               ,
               not
               suffering
               it
               to
               stretch
               one
               jot
               farther
               than
               accustomed
               .
               But
               although
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Poland
               bee
               at
               the
               disposition
               of
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               yet
               was
               it
               never
               heard
               that
               they
               rejected
               or
               overslipped
               the
               Kings
               successour
               ,
               or
               transferred
               the
               Kingdome
               into
               any
               other
               line
               ,
               more
               than
               once
               ,
               when
               deposing
               Ladislaus
               ,
               (
               whom
               notwithstanding
               they
               afterward
               restored
               )
               they
               elected
               Wenceslaus
               the
               Bohemian
               .
               Likewise
               ,
               they
               have
               alwayes
               a
               regard
               to
               the
               Kings
               daughters
               ,
               as
               of
               Hedwiga
               ,
               married
               by
               them
               to
               Iagello
               ,
               and
               in
               our
               times
               of
               Anne
               ,
               given
               in
               marriage
               to
               King
               Stephen
               .
               It
               was
               no
               small
               cause
               of
               the
               advancement
               of
               Sigismund
               the
               third
               ,
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Polonia
               ,
               that
               hee
               was
               the
               sonne
               of
               Katherine
               ,
               sister
               to
               Sigismund
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               foresaid
               Anne
               .
               And
               although
               the
               Kingly
               authority
               bee
               elective
               ,
               yet
               after
               he
               is
               chosen
               ,
               his
               power
               is
               absolute
               in
               many
               things
               :
               As
               to
               call
               the
               Diets
               ,
               to
               appoint
               the
               times
               and
               place
               at
               his
               pleasure
               ;
               to
               chuse
               Lay
               Counsellours
               ,
               and
               nominate
               
               the
               Bishops
               ,
               and
               whom
               he
               will
               have
               to
               be
               of
               the
               Privie
               Councell
               ;
               he
               is
               absolute
               disposer
               of
               the
               Revenue
               of
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               &
               Lord
               of
               those
               which
               hold
               of
               him
               immediate
               ,
               but
               over
               the
               Tenants
               of
               the
               Nobility
               he
               hath
               no
               jurisdiction
               ;
               he
               is
               absolute
               establisher
               of
               the
               decrees
               of
               the
               Diets
               ,
               and
               Soveraigne
               Judge
               of
               the
               Nobles
               in
               criminall
               causes
               ;
               it
               is
               in
               his
               power
               to
               reward
               and
               advance
               whom
               pleaseth
               him
               ;
               to
               speake
               in
               a
               word
               ,
               such
               as
               is
               his
               valour
               ,
               dexterity
               ,
               and
               wisdome
               ,
               such
               is
               his
               power
               ,
               authority
               ,
               and
               government
               .
               As
               the
               Polanders
               say
               ,
               the
               decrees
               of
               their
               King
               indure
               but
               three
               dayes
               ,
               and
               they
               converse
               not
               with
               him
               as
               Cosins
               ,
               as
               in
               France
               ,
               but
               as
               Brethren
               .
               And
               as
               the
               King
               hath
               absolute
               authority
               over
               them
               which
               immediately
               hold
               of
               him
               ,
               so
               the
               Nobility
               dispose
               absolutely
               of
               their
               vassals
               ,
               on
               every
               of
               whom
               they
               exercise
               more
               than
               Kingly
               authority
               ,
               in
               manner
               as
               upon
               slaves
               .
               In
               establishing
               their
               Kingdome
               they
               have
               done
               one
               thing
               worthy
               the
               noting
               ,
               which
               is
               ,
               that
               as
               the
               Romans
               increast
               their
               Name
               and
               Dominion
               ,
               by
               communicating
               the
               Lawes
               and
               Honours
               of
               Italy
               ,
               and
               the
               City
               of
               Rome
               to
               other
               Cities
               ,
               yea
               ,
               whole
               Provinces
               :
               so
               the
               Kings
               of
               Polonia
               have
               inlarged
               ,
               united
               ,
               and
               strengthened
               their
               estate
               ,
               by
               participating
               the
               privileges
               of
               the
               Polish
               Nobility
               to
               those
               Provinces
               ,
               which
               either
               they
               have
               conquered
               by
               Armes
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               purchased
               ,
               gracing
               the
               Nobles
               thereof
               with
               favours
               equall
               to
               any
               bestowed
               on
               the
               Polish
               Nation
               .
               By
               this
               equallizing
               ,
               King
               Ladislaus
               strongly
               united
               Russia
               and
               
                 Podalia
                 ;
                 Sigismund
                 Augustus
                 ,
                 Lituania
                 :
                 Stephen
                 ,
                 Livonia
                 :
              
               for
               respect
               in
               offices
               and
               promotions
               knitteth
               affections
               in
               peace
               and
               warre
               .
            
             
               The
               force
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               (
               as
               of
               others
               )
               consisteth
               in
               graine
               ,
               Coine
               ,
               Foot-men
               ,
               Horse-men
               ,
               Armour
               ,
               
               and
               Munition
               .
               Of
               graine
               we
               have
               spoken
               already
               .
               In
               coine
               it
               is
               not
               very
               rich
               :
               for
               excepting
               Danske
               ,
               they
               have
               never
               a
               Mart-Towne
               worthy
               estimation
               ;
               and
               the
               warres
               that
               are
               brought
               from
               Prussia
               and
               Livonia
               ,
               doe
               not
               enrich
               the
               Kingdome
               with
               ready
               money
               ;
               yea
               ,
               they
               doe
               hardly
               suffice
               to
               barter
               with
               the
               English
               and
               Flemish
               for
               Cloth
               ,
               Silks
               ,
               or
               Woolls
               ;
               
               or
               with
               the
               Spanish
               ,
               Portuguize
               and
               other
               Merchants
               ,
               for
               Sugars
               ,
               Spices
               ,
               Fruits
               ,
               and
               Malueseies
               .
               For
               when
               the
               Countrey
               is
               not
               given
               to
               traffike
               ,
               nor
               the
               Cities
               to
               buy
               and
               sell
               ,
               nor
               the
               people
               to
               labour
               ;
               and
               the
               Nobility
               is
               very
               gallant
               ,
               prodigall
               in
               expences
               ,
               spending
               more
               than
               their
               Revenues
               in
               diet
               and
               apparell
               ,
               and
               the
               seasoning
               of
               their
               Viands
               ,
               (
               for
               the
               Polanders
               use
               more
               Spices
               than
               any
               other
               Nation
               :
               )
               and
               their
               Wine
               ,
               their
               Silke
               ,
               &
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               their
               Woollen
               Cloth
               is
               brought
               from
               forren
               Nations
               ,
               how
               can
               the
               Kingdome
               be
               rich
               in
               Silver
               ?
               For
               in
               transporting
               of
               much
               ware
               ,
               and
               returning
               of
               little
               ,
               consisteth
               the
               wealth
               of
               every
               dominion
               ;
               gathering
               together
               (
               by
               venting
               home-bred
               commodities
               )
               the
               come
               of
               forren
               Nations
               ,
               and
               keeping
               it
               once
               brought
               in
               ,
               from
               passing
               abroad
               .
               In
               this
               practice
               consisteth
               the
               wealth
               of
               Naples
               and
               Millan
               :
               for
               Naples
               sendeth
               to
               Sea
               great
               store
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               Silke
               ,
               Woad
               ,
               Horses
               ,
               Fruits
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               commodities
               ,
               which
               bring
               in
               huge
               masses
               of
               forren
               coine
               :
               Millan
               supplieth
               the
               want
               of
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               with
               Corne
               ,
               Rice
               ,
               Cloths
               ,
               Iron-workes
               ,
               wares
               of
               all
               sorts
               ;
               and
               returneth
               little
               againe
               .
               If
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Sicil
               were
               as
               well
               stored
               with
               manual
               workmanship
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               provided
               with
               Corne
               ,
               Sugar-canes
               ,
               and
               Silke
               ,
               no
               other
               Kingdome
               could
               compare
               with
               it
               .
            
             
               To
               returne
               to
               Poland
               :
               
               notwithstanding
               ,
               their
               riches
               are
               not
               so
               small
               as
               some
               say
               they
               are
               ;
               for
               the
               Revenues
               of
               the
               Crowne
               raised
               of
               the
               Mines
               of
               Salt
               and
               Silver
               ,
               amount
               yearely
               to
               600000.
               
               Ducats
               .
               True
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               
                 Sigismund
                 Augustus
              
               pawned
               part
               of
               these
               Revenues
               :
               and
               King
               Henry
               a
               moneth
               before
               his
               flight
               (
               to
               binde
               some
               part
               of
               the
               Nobility
               unto
               him
               )
               sold
               unto
               them
               more
               than
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               Ducats
               of
               yearely
               rent
               .
               It
               is
               lawfull
               for
               the
               King
               by
               sales
               of
               escheats
               (
               falling
               to
               the
               Crowne
               )
               to
               purchase
               livings
               for
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               said
               Revenues
               to
               retaine
               great
               portions
               to
               his
               proper
               use
               ,
               and
               to
               spare
               his
               owne
               expences
               :
               for
               when
               the
               King
               with
               his
               Court
               ●bideth
               in
               Lituania
               ,
               the
               Lituanians
               defray
               the
               charge
               :
               the
               like
               is
               done
               in
               most
               places
               of
               Poland
               .
               He
               that
               weigheth
               with
               himselfe
               ,
               that
               
               the
               ordinary
               Revenues
               of
               
                 Scotland
                 ,
                 Naples
              
               ,
               or
               Sardinia
               ,
               exceed
               not
               yearely
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               Ducats
               ,
               nor
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Arragon
               to
               yeeld
               above
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               crownes
               every
               three
               yeares
               ;
               cannot
               lightly
               esteeme
               of
               the
               Revenues
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               ;
               yet
               the
               King
               might
               raise
               his
               Revenues
               to
               a
               higher
               reckoning
               ,
               if
               he
               were
               lesse
               bountifull
               to
               his
               Palatines
               and
               Castellanes
               .
               For
               most
               commonly
               he
               bestoweth
               on
               them
               two
               parts
               ,
               and
               three
               parts
               ;
               yea
               ,
               now
               and
               then
               the
               whole
               profits
               arising
               in
               their
               governments
               .
               But
               in
               the
               time
               of
               warre
               (
               yet
               by
               the
               decree
               of
               the
               assemblies
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               )
               the
               King
               doth
               lay
               grievous
               impositions
               and
               taxes
               on
               the
               people
               ,
               which
               are
               either
               levied
               of
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               excise
               of
               victuall
               :
               and
               these
               tallages
               have
               amounted
               to
               such
               a
               reckoning
               ,
               that
               therewith
               King
               Stephen
               sustained
               the
               burthen
               of
               a
               most
               heavie
               three
               yeares
               warre
               against
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovie
               :
               yea
               ,
               the
               Gentlemen
               for
               defence
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               are
               bound
               to
               serve
               at
               their
               owne
               charges
               .
               These
               serve
               on
               Horse
               ,
               some
               armed
               as
               our
               men
               at
               armes
               ,
               some
               more
               light
               ,
               some
               like
               the
               Tartars
               ;
               And
               those
               they
               terme
               Cossaches
               ,
               or
               Adventurers
               ,
               trained
               up
               to
               steale
               ,
               to
               depopulate
               ,
               waste
               ,
               and
               to
               turne
               all
               things
               up-side
               downe
               .
               These
               Gentlemen
               serve
               in
               the
               field
               gallantly
               furnished
               ,
               attired
               in
               Cassocks
               and
               Hose
               shining
               with
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               ,
               and
               a
               thousand
               other
               colours
               :
               they
               adorne
               themselves
               with
               plumes
               and
               feathers
               of
               Eagles
               ,
               with
               the
               skinnes
               of
               Leopards
               and
               Beares
               ,
               and
               with
               many
               Banners
               and
               party-coloured
               Ensignes
               .
               These
               and
               such
               like
               furnitures
               doe
               cause
               them
               to
               bee
               discerned
               of
               their
               fellowes
               ,
               make
               them
               seeme
               terrible
               to
               their
               Enemies
               ,
               and
               doe
               encourage
               their
               minds
               to
               fiercenesse
               and
               prowesse
               :
               Their
               Horse
               are
               but
               small
               ,
               yet
               very
               nimble
               ,
               and
               farre
               more
               couragious
               than
               the
               Dutch.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               thought
               that
               upon
               necessity
               Poland
               is
               able
               to
               raise
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               
               and
               Lituania
               seventy
               thousand
               ,
               but
               far
               inferiour
               in
               goodnesse
               to
               the
               Polish
               .
               They
               have
               so
               great
               trust
               in
               the
               great
               number
               of
               their
               horse
               ,
               that
               nothing
               fearing
               the
               power
               of
               any
               Enemies
               ,
               they
               regard
               not
               
               the
               building
               of
               Fortresses
               ,
               but
               resolve
               that
               they
               are
               able
               to
               defend
               their
               Country
               ,
               their
               Wives
               and
               Children
               ,
               their
               liberty
               and
               goods
               ,
               in
               the
               open
               field
               against
               any
               Prince
               whatsoever
               ;
               boasting
               ,
               that
               in
               either
               chance
               of
               warre
               ,
               they
               never
               turned
               their
               backes
               .
               
                 Sigismund
                 Augustus
              
               laboured
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               Diets
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               order
               might
               be
               taken
               for
               the
               fortifying
               of
               Cracovia
               ,
               because
               of
               neighbour-hood
               of
               the
               Emperour
               :
               but
               he
               could
               never
               effect
               it
               ,
               partly
               because
               it
               should
               not
               give
               their
               Kings
               opportunity
               of
               absolute
               authority
               and
               tyrannicall
               Emperie
               ,
               partly
               because
               they
               thinke
               themselves
               by
               noble
               courage
               sufficiently
               able
               to
               defend
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               They
               have
               no
               infanterie
               ;
               for
               all
               the
               people
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               are
               divided
               either
               into
               Merchants
               and
               Artificers
               (
               which
               inhabit
               the
               Cities
               ,
               )
               or
               labourers
               which
               live
               in
               the
               country
               ,
               in
               such
               subjection
               as
               we
               spake
               of
               before
               :
               and
               this
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               the
               Gentlemen
               onely
               goe
               to
               the
               war
               ,
               and
               will
               not
               in
               any
               case
               serve
               on
               foot
               ;
               but
               alwaies
               when
               occasion
               serveth
               ,
               they
               doe
               give
               wages
               unto
               the
               German
               and
               Hungarish
               footmen
               ;
               
               and
               of
               these
               King
               Stephen
               ,
               in
               his
               journey
               into
               Livonia
               ,
               entertained
               under
               his
               colours
               little
               lesse
               than
               16000.
               to
               convey
               his
               great
               Ordnance
               :
               1609.
               
               Sigismund
               being
               called
               into
               Moscovie
               by
               the
               treason
               of
               Sulskey
               ,
               who
               had
               slaine
               Demetrius
               his
               Lord
               and
               Master
               in
               Mosco
               ,
               departed
               from
               Cracovia
               with
               30000.
               horse
               and
               10000.
               foot
               ,
               exceedingly
               well
               furnished
               and
               resolute
               :
               Wherein
               in
               truth
               consisteth
               the
               sole
               commendation
               of
               the
               Polish
               Gentlemen
               .
               As
               for
               manners
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               they
               are
               discourteous
               and
               uncivill
               ,
               a
               very
               murderous
               and
               wicked
               people
               ,
               especially
               in
               their
               drunkennesse
               ,
               and
               that
               towards
               strangers
               .
            
             
               For
               Pioners
               they
               use
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               
               and
               their
               owne
               unplandish
               people
               .
               The
               Kingdome
               is
               sufficiently
               furnished
               ;
               stored
               with
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               and
               all
               furniture
               belonging
               thereto
               ,
               of
               which
               it
               can
               suffer
               no
               manner
               of
               scarcitie
               :
               first
               ,
               because
               the
               Gentlemen
               and
               Noblemen
               keepe
               many
               in
               their
               castles
               ;
               next
               for
               the
               neighbour-hood
               of
               Germany
               ,
               which
               is
               exceeding
               rich
               in
               Metall
               to
               that
               use
               ,
               and
               plentifull
               of
               Antificers
               to
               forge
               anything
               belonging
               thereunto
               .
               And
               though
               it
               is
               not
               
               usuall
               to
               see
               many
               castles
               in
               Polonia
               ,
               yet
               the
               Fortresses
               of
               Leopolis
               and
               Camentzie
               in
               Russia
               ,
               the
               Castle
               of
               Cracovia
               in
               the
               lesse
               
                 Poland
                 ,
                 Polocensis
              
               on
               the
               Frontiers
               of
               
                 Moscovia
                 ,
                 Mariembourge
              
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               Townes
               in
               Livonia
               ,
               are
               peeces
               in
               truth
               of
               great
               strength
               .
            
             
               These
               forces
               of
               Polonia
               (
               which
               wee
               have
               spoken
               of
               )
               are
               such
               in
               quantity
               and
               quality
               ,
               that
               few
               Nations
               in
               Europe
               can
               equall
               them
               ,
               none
               surpasse
               them
               :
               one
               thing
               they
               want
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               Celeritie
               :
               For
               to
               the
               sure
               strengthening
               of
               every
               Kingdome
               foure
               things
               are
               required
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               That
               their
               forces
               be
               of
               their
               owne
               subjects
               ;
               That
               it
               be
               Populous
               ,
               Valiant
               ,
               and
               Quicke
               :
               their
               owne
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               dangerous
               trusting
               to
               a
               stranger
               ;
               Populous
               ,
               because
               of
               re-enforcements
               after
               checkes
               or
               overthrowes
               ;
               Valiant
               ,
               because
               number
               without
               courage
               little
               availeth
               ;
               yea
               ,
               it
               bringeth
               forth
               confusion
               ;
               And
               Quicke
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               lightly
               move
               ,
               and
               speedily
               be
               drawne
               whither
               necessitie
               enforceth
               .
               The
               last
               of
               these
               foure
               are
               Polacks
               especially
               want
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               Celerity
               ;
               occasioned
               two
               waies
               :
               First
               ,
               for
               defect
               of
               absolute
               authority
               in
               the
               Prince
               ,
               which
               is
               much
               checked
               by
               prolonging
               and
               adjourning
               of
               Parliaments
               ,
               procured
               many
               times
               by
               the
               frowardnesse
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               :
               And
               secondly
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               ready
               money
               ,
               and
               quicke
               levies
               thereof
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               King
               hath
               no
               power
               to
               determine
               any
               thing
               ;
               to
               denounce
               warre
               ,
               to
               impose
               taxes
               ,
               or
               to
               gather
               treasure
               without
               the
               consent
               of
               these
               Parliaments
               ,
               and
               these
               Parliaments
               (
               where
               it
               is
               necessary
               that
               many
               be
               present
               )
               are
               like
               an
               Engine
               made
               of
               many
               peeces
               ,
               which
               (
               without
               losse
               of
               time
               )
               can
               neither
               easily
               be
               joyned
               ,
               nor
               readily
               moved
               .
               For
               in
               warlike
               affaires
               ,
               those
               Princes
               make
               best
               speed
               which
               are
               best
               able
               to
               command
               ,
               and
               have
               most
               money
               in
               readinesse
               :
               otherwise
               ,
               in
               appointing
               and
               ordering
               the
               Diets
               ,
               and
               devising
               that
               the
               Actions
               may
               answer
               the
               Counsels
               ;
               than
               in
               executing
               and
               in
               providing
               of
               money
               ,
               there
               hapneth
               such
               losse
               of
               time
               ,
               that
               little
               is
               left
               for
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               journey
               ,
               much
               lesse
               to
               accomplish
               .
               Besides
               ,
               the
               Barons
               and
               Nobles
               are
               at
               such
               charges
               ,
               and
               tarry
               so
               long
               when
               they
               are
               
               there
               ,
               that
               at
               their
               departure
               they
               have
               little
               left
               to
               maintaine
               after-charges
               .
               It
               may
               be
               ,
               that
               for
               the
               defence
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               quicker
               and
               readier
               resolution
               would
               bee
               taken
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               imminent
               danger
               fatall
               in
               generall
               .
               But
               for
               the
               conquest
               of
               any
               forren
               place
               ,
               I
               beleeve
               they
               will
               alwaies
               proceed
               with
               like
               flownesse
               and
               irresolution
               ;
               for
               the
               hope
               of
               good
               doth
               not
               so
               much
               move
               vs
               ,
               as
               the
               feare
               of
               evill
               :
               Yet
               hath
               our
               age
               seene
               (
               in
               the
               reigne
               of
               
                 Sigismund
                 Augustus
              
               )
               the
               Moscovite
               to
               have
               conquered
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Moloch
               and
               Smolock
               ,
               and
               that
               without
               resistance
               or
               revenge
               ;
               a
               cowardize
               ill
               beseeming
               so
               great
               a
               King
               ,
               and
               so
               mighty
               a
               State
               :
               as
               likewise
               hee
               invaded
               Livonia
               without
               impeachment
               ,
               which
               had
               shadowed
               it selfe
               under
               the
               protection
               of
               the
               said
               Sigismund
               .
               In
               the
               daies
               of
               Henry
               of
               
                 Anjow
                 ,
                 Iohn
              
               Prince
               of
               Moldavia
               (
               even
               he
               that
               with
               an
               undaunted
               spirit
               and
               famous
               victory
               held
               warre
               against
               the
               Turke
               )
               was
               shamefully
               forsaken
               of
               them
               ,
               contrary
               to
               the
               covenants
               of
               confederacy
               betweene
               him
               and
               this
               Sigismund
               concluded
               .
               So
               that
               we
               must
               needs
               confesse
               ,
               that
               such
               as
               is
               the
               courage
               ,
               valour
               ,
               and
               reputation
               of
               the
               Prince
               ;
               such
               is
               the
               resolution
               alacrity
               ,
               and
               forces
               of
               the
               Polackes
               ;
               of
               themselves
               populous
               ,
               valiant
               ,
               and
               couragious
               .
               
                 Stephen
                 Bathori
              
               had
               good
               testimony
               hereof
               ,
               in
               whose
               time
               Polonia
               not
               onely
               maintained
               the
               honour
               of
               a
               King
               ,
               sufficient
               to
               defend
               it selfe
               from
               forren
               Armes
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               make
               conquests
               of
               great
               matters
               from
               most
               potent
               Enemies
               .
               And
               seeing
               we
               have
               spoken
               of
               Celerity
               ,
               a
               vertue
               most
               necessary
               for
               every
               State
               ,
               it
               shall
               not
               bee
               amisse
               to
               speake
               of
               the
               causes
               thereof
               ,
               which
               (
               as
               is
               aforesaid
               )
               are
               two
               :
               (
               viz.
               )
               The
               reputation
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               which
               giveth
               it
               life
               ;
               and
               store
               of
               Coine
               ,
               which
               preserves
               it
               in
               action
               :
               for
               wee
               have
               seene
               in
               mightiest
               Armies
               ,
               the
               body
               by
               the
               slownesse
               of
               the
               head
               ,
               to
               have
               spent
               the
               time
               most
               idly
               ,
               and
               very
               famous
               victories
               for
               want
               of
               money
               (
               to
               give
               continuall
               motion
               to
               action
               )
               to
               have
               brought
               forth
               small
               or
               no
               effects
               .
               Besides
               the
               disposition
               of
               a
               Souldier
               is
               a
               great
               helpe
               hereunto
               :
               for
               no
               man
               can
               truly
               praise
               the
               German
               and
               Bohemian
               Foot-men
               for
               Celerity
               ;
               but
               this
               commendation
               
               without
               doubt
               is
               proper
               to
               the
               
                 Italian
                 ,
                 Spaniard
              
               ,
               and
               Frenchmen
               ,
               not
               onely
               for
               that
               they
               are
               of
               better
               constitution
               of
               body
               ,
               but
               for
               that
               (
               which
               in
               warre
               is
               all
               in
               all
               )
               they
               are
               better
               contented
               to
               live
               with
               a
               little
               :
               Though
               they
               want
               Coine
               they
               are
               not
               discouraged
               ,
               neither
               wax
               sicke
               with
               fruits
               ,
               if
               flesh
               be
               wanting
               ;
               and
               happen
               what
               may
               ,
               they
               longer
               and
               better
               can
               indure
               hardnesse
               and
               scarcitie
               .
               Their
               riding
               light
               armed
               ,
               is
               of
               more
               execution
               than
               armed
               at
               all
               pieces
               ,
               and
               their
               Argolitires
               more
               serviceable
               than
               Lanciers
               :
               for
               which
               cause
               the
               French
               also
               in
               their
               late
               broiles
               have
               quitted
               their
               Lances
               ,
               wherein
               of
               old
               did
               consist
               the
               glory
               of
               their
               Armes
               ,
               and
               now
               taken
               themselves
               to
               the
               Pistoll
               .
               But
               to
               what
               purpose
               they
               have
               thus
               done
               ,
               let
               another
               dispute
               ;
               for
               I
               say
               not
               ,
               that
               a
               light
               armed
               man
               is
               absolutely
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               a
               man
               at
               armes
               in
               chances
               of
               warre
               ,
               but
               only
               affirme
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               more
               active
               and
               more
               ready
               :
               yea
               ,
               the
               goodnesse
               of
               the
               Horse
               is
               of
               great
               consequence
               .
               For
               the
               Flanders
               Horse
               ●ar●e
               excelleth
               the
               Frislander
               and
               German
               .
               The
               Hungari●
               Horse
               ,
               the
               Polonian
               ;
               the
               Turkie
               Horse
               ,
               the
               Genet
               ;
               the
               Bar●●ry
               Horse
               is
               more
               speedy
               than
               the
               rest
               :
               betweene
               both
               is
               the
               Courser
               of
               Naples
               ,
               who
               though
               he
               be
               not
               so
               swift
               as
               the
               Spanish
               Genet
               ,
               yet
               is
               he
               better
               able
               to
               indure
               travell
               ,
               and
               to
               ●eare
               the
               weight
               of
               Armor
               ,
               not
               becomming
               over-flow
               therwith
               .
               To
               speake
               truth
               ,
               experience
               manifesteth
               the
               German
               Horse
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               slow
               pace
               ,
               to
               worke
               small
               effect
               ,
               either
               to
               pursue
               the
               flying
               Enemie
               ,
               or
               swiftly
               to
               flie
               from
               their
               executing
               adversary
               :
               for
               if
               the
               
                 Wallachian
                 ,
                 Hungarian
                 ,
                 Polish
                 ,
                 Turkish
                 ,
                 Moorish
                 ,
              
               or
               Barbarie
               Horsemen
               should
               breake
               the
               Germans
               ,
               they
               cannot
               speedily
               fall
               ,
               and
               if
               it
               happen
               the
               Germans
               to
               overthrow
               them
               ,
               they
               are
               as
               unable
               to
               pursue
               them
               ;
               for
               they
               charge
               slowly
               ,
               and
               retire
               heavily
               .
               So
               in
               fights
               at
               Sea
               ,
               ships
               of
               burthen
               are
               of
               small
               service
               ;
               because
               i●
               wind
               want
               they
               cannot
               be
               moved
               ;
               the
               Galleasses
               are
               some
               what
               better
               ,
               yet
               performe
               little
               more
               ;
               but
               the
               best
               of
               all
               is
               the
               Galley
               for
               his
               ●wife
               st●rage
               .
               And
               for
               proofe
               hereof
               ,
               wee
               have
               seene
               the
               Navie
               of
               the
               Christians
               consisting
               of
               great
               Ships
               ,
               to
               have
               spent
               the
               better
               part
               of
               Summer
               and
               
               warlike
               season
               in
               preparations
               onely
               ;
               And
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               the
               Turkish
               Fleet
               soone
               furnished
               ,
               and
               speedily
               put
               to
               Sea
               :
               Of
               such
               advantage
               is
               spare
               diet
               ,
               and
               needfull
               provision
               of
               the
               Turkish
               affaires
               ;
               and
               so
               discommodious
               is
               gluttony
               to
               the
               proceedings
               of
               the
               Christians
               :
               For
               ,
               the
               provision
               of
               Wine
               and
               other
               delicates
               is
               as
               troublesome
               to
               the
               Christians
               ,
               as
               the
               whole
               provision
               for
               a
               Campe
               to
               the
               Turkish
               Armies
               .
               Therefore
               let
               no
               man
               marvell
               ,
               if
               they
               march
               in
               all
               their
               journies
               ,
               excellent
               well
               furnished
               with
               Ordnance
               ,
               Shot
               ,
               Gun-powder
               ,
               and
               all
               necessaries
               ;
               for
               at
               land
               they
               have
               their
               Carriages
               laden
               onely
               with
               provision
               ;
               at
               Sea
               ,
               their
               Ships
               without
               Wine
               ,
               Pullets
               ,
               and
               such
               needlesse
               vanities
               .
               At
               a
               word
               ,
               they
               goe
               to
               the
               warre
               to
               fight
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               fill
               their
               bellies
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             THE
             THIRD
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             Of
             Africke
             .
          
           
             
               THat
               tract
               of
               the
               habitable
               World
               tending
               towards
               the
               South
               ,
               
               which
               at
               this
               day
               wee
               call
               Africa
               ,
               and
               the
               Grecians
               Ly●ia
               ,
               containeth
               one
               of
               those
               three
               divisions
               which
               were
               knowne
               to
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               and
               yet
               not
               fully
               discovered
               ;
               partly
               in
               regard
               of
               vast
               Desarts
               impossible
               to
               bee
               travelled
               by
               Land
               ,
               and
               wholly
               covered
               with
               wind-driving
               sands
               in
               manner
               of
               a
               tempestuous
               Sea
               ;
               and
               partly
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               long
               ,
               tedious
               ,
               and
               uncertaine
               Navigation
               ,
               undertaken
               by
               few
               ,
               discovered
               but
               little
               ,
               and
               fully
               knowne
               to
               none
               .
               The
               undertakers
               
               whereof
               were
               Hanno
               the
               Carthaginian
               ,
               and
               Eudoxius
               a
               banished
               man
               under
               Ptolomie
               King
               of
               Alexandria
               .
               But
               in
               this
               latter
               age
               it
               hath
               beene
               wholly
               navigated
               by
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               and
               sufficiently
               by
               them
               discovered
               ,
               especially
               from
               the
               Pillars
               of
               Hercules
               ,
               almost
               to
               the
               very
               bottome
               of
               the
               Arabian
               Gulfe
               .
               The
               first
               of
               them
               that
               passed
               the
               Cape
               of
               
                 Good
                 Hope
              
               ,
               was
               
                 Vaseo
                 de
                 Gama
              
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1497.
               from
               whence
               continuing
               his
               course
               to
               Calecut
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               East
               Indies
               ,
               to
               the
               unspeakable
               honour
               and
               achievement
               of
               that
               Nation
               .
            
             
               I
               will
               not
               spend
               time
               in
               discourse
               upon
               the
               Originall
               of
               the
               name
               ,
               
                 Quia
                 paucae
                 civitates
                 norint
                 originem
              
               ;
               but
               it
               is
               situated
               in
               manner
               of
               a
               Peninsula
               ,
               conjoyned
               with
               a
               small
               necke
               of
               Land
               lying
               betweene
               the
               Mediterranean
               Sea
               and
               the
               Arabian
               Gulfe
               .
               In
               quantity
               it
               exceedeth
               Europe
               at
               least
               by
               twice
               ,
               but
               it
               is
               not
               halfe
               so
               well
               inhabited
               ,
               for
               that
               is
               not
               so
               temperate
               for
               inhabitation
               .
               Many
               places
               lying
               waste
               ,
               somewhere
               for
               want
               of
               water
               ,
               somewhere
               for
               want
               of
               manurance
               ,
               somewhere
               for
               abundance
               of
               light
               sand
               and
               sterile
               Dust
               ,
               and
               all
               subject
               to
               the
               immoderate
               heat
               of
               the
               scorching
               Sun.
               And
               the
               nature
               of
               these
               Sands
               are
               such
               ,
               that
               sometimes
               they
               lie
               as
               Mountains
               in
               one
               part
               of
               the
               Desarts
               ,
               and
               presently
               upon
               the
               rising
               of
               any
               gale
               of
               wind
               ,
               they
               are
               carried
               most
               furiously
               to
               another
               ,
               in
               manner
               of
               a
               violent
               and
               terrible
               tempest
               .
               And
               last
               of
               all
               ,
               the
               increase
               of
               venomous
               Serpents
               and
               devouring
               Creature●
               is
               so
               generall
               ,
               that
               in
               some
               places
               no
               man
               will
               ,
               in
               some
               places
               no
               man
               dare
               to
               manure
               or
               inhabit
               the
               adjoyning
               Countrie
               ,
               although
               most
               fruitfull
               .
               By
               reason
               whereof
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               the
               Region
               seemeth
               rather
               waste
               than
               inhabited
               ;
               but
               where
               it
               is
               manured
               it
               is
               exceeding
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               inhabitation
               ,
               especially
               
               toward
               the
               North
               side
               ,
               which
               looketh
               toward
               Europe
               ,
               and
               alongst
               the
               Sea
               Coasts
               ,
               betweene
               the
               promontory
               of
               
                 Good
                 Hope
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Cape
                 Niger
              
               ,
               where
               the
               ●aines
               ,
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               Vallies
               are
               singular
               fruitfull
               and
               pleasant
               ,
               as
               places
               injoying
               the
               benefit
               of
               a
               perpetuall
               Spring-tide
               .
            
             
               Our
               moderne
               Cosmographers
               upon
               the
               North
               side
               bound
               it
               with
               the
               Mediterranean
               and
               Herculian
               Sea
               ,
               upon
               the
               East
               with
               the
               Arabian
               Gulfe
               ,
               and
               that
               Istmus
               of
               Asia
               that
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               said
               Mediterranean
               and
               the
               Arabian
               Seas
               :
               Vpon
               the
               South
               beat
               the
               waves
               of
               the
               great
               Ocean
               ,
               especially
               towards
               the
               Cape
               of
               
                 Good
                 Hope
              
               ;
               which
               deriving
               its
               denomination
               from
               the
               Country
               adjoyning
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Aethiopia
              
               ,
               is
               termed
               the
               Aethiopian
               Sea
               :
               Vpon
               the
               West
               ,
               on
               this
               side
               the
               Equinoctiall
               heth
               the
               Atiantike
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               beyond
               that
               it
               is
               termed
               the
               Aethiopian
               .
            
             
               The
               Celestiall
               situation
               ,
               with
               the
               description
               of
               the
               renouned
               Mountaines
               ,
               famous
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               remarkable
               Capes
               ,
               all
               worthy
               to
               be
               registred
               (
               if
               brevity
               ,
               requisite
               for
               so
               small
               a
               volume
               ,
               did
               not
               perswade
               the
               contrary
               )
               I
               would
               not
               omit
               ,
               for
               the
               delight
               of
               those
               who
               desire
               to
               make
               deepest
               progressions
               to
               this
               kinde
               of
               study
               .
            
             
               The
               living
               Creatures
               ,
               
               both
               tame
               and
               wilde
               ,
               which
               this
               and
               no
               other
               climate
               affordeth
               ,
               by
               the
               testimony
               of
               
                 Leo
                 Afer
              
               ,
               are
               many
               .
               As
               first
               ,
               the
               Elephant
               ,
               a
               docible
               and
               wilde
               beast
               ,
               found
               in
               many
               parts
               of
               the
               Continent
               .
               The
               Giraffa
               ,
               most
               admirable
               ,
               fierce
               ,
               and
               seldome
               seene
               .
               The
               Camel
               is
               a
               gentle
               beast
               and
               tame
               ,
               wherein
               the
               wealth
               of
               the
               Arabians
               doth
               chiefly
               consist
               .
               The
               Barbarie
               Horse
               ,
               and
               the
               wilde
               Horse
               ,
               whereof
               many
               of
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               inhabiting
               the
               desarts
               ,
               doe
               feed
               .
               The
               Dant
               or
               Iant
               resembleth
               the
               Oxe
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               bide
               are
               wrought
               ●mpenetrable
               B●cklers
               .
               
               Here
               likewise
               live
               the
               wilde
               Oxen
               ,
               and
               the
               wilde
               Asse
               .
               The
               Adimain
               is
               like
               the
               Ramme
               ,
               but
               in
               stature
               resembling
               the
               Asse
               ,
               with
               cares
               long
               and
               slagging
               .
               The
               tame
               Oxen
               that
               live
               on
               the
               mountaines
               are
               small
               bodied
               ,
               but
               laboursome
               and
               strong
               .
               Their
               Rammes
               differ
               onely
               in
               their
               tailes
               from
               ours
               ,
               being
               most
               broad
               and
               containing
               twenty
               pound
               in
               weight
               .
               There
               are
               a
               kinde
               of
               Lions
               ,
               which
               in
               many
               places
               dare
               to
               adventure
               upon
               two
               hundred
               Horsemen
               .
               The
               Leopards
               are
               strong
               and
               cruell
               yet
               seldome
               hurt
               they
               men
               .
               The
               beast
               which
               the
               Arabians
               terme
               Dabul
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 Africans
                 Ieses
              
               ,
               is
               a
               base
               and
               simple
               beast
               ,
               in
               fashion
               and
               bignesse
               resembling
               the
               Wolfe
               ,
               but
               in
               feet
               and
               thighs
               like
               a
               man.
               This
               beast
               will
               dig
               mens
               Carcases
               out
               of
               their
               graves
               and
               devoure
               them
               ;
               towards
               all
               other
               Creatures
               he
               is
               harmelesse
               .
               The
               sorts
               of
               Apes
               are
               very
               diverse
               .
               Here
               liveth
               the
               Mus-cat
               and
               the
               wilde
               Conie
               .
               The
               strange
               Fishes
               ,
               and
               other
               watry
               Creatures
               found
               in
               
                 Nilus
                 ,
                 Niger
              
               ,
               and
               other
               principall
               Rivers
               are
               innumerable
               .
               The
               Ambara
               for
               his
               shape
               and
               hugenesse
               is
               prodigious
               ,
               as
               a
               Creature
               containing
               twenty
               five
               foot
               in
               length
               .
               The
               Hippotame
               ,
               a
               beast
               like
               an
               Horse
               ,
               and
               as
               big
               as
               an
               Asse
               ,
               liveth
               as
               well
               in
               Waters
               as
               on
               the
               Land
               ,
               and
               by
               his
               often
               striking
               of
               Boats
               laden
               with
               Merchandize
               with
               his
               sharpe
               prickles
               ,
               sinketh
               them
               under
               water
               .
               The
               Sea
               Oxe
               differeth
               nothing
               from
               the
               Land
               Oxe
               ,
               save
               in
               smalnesse
               of
               stature
               .
               The
               Tortoise
               liveth
               in
               Desarts
               ,
               and
               are
               found
               oftentimes
               as
               big
               as
               a
               barrell
               .
               The
               Crocodile
               resembleth
               the
               Lacerta
               ,
               and
               is
               twelve
               cubits
               long
               in
               body
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               in
               taile
               .
               Most
               huge
               Dragons
               and
               poisonsome
               are
               often
               seene
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               What
               people
               inhabit
               Africke
               .
            
             
               FIve
               severall
               Nations
               inhabit
               this
               part
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               the
               Caseres
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               people
               without
               Law
               :
               the
               Moores
               ,
               the
               Abussines
               ,
               the
               Aegyptians
               ,
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               and
               the
               Africans
               ;
               whereof
               some
               are
               white
               and
               some
               blacke
               .
               In
               Religion
               some
               are
               likewise
               Gentiles
               ,
               and
               worship
               Idols
               ,
               some
               Mahumetans
               ,
               some
               Christians
               ,
               and
               some
               Iewes
               .
               All
               which
               Nations
               some
               Writers
               will
               have
               derived
               from
               Cham
               the
               Sonne
               of
               Noe
               ,
               excepting
               some
               certaine
               Arabians
               of
               the
               feed
               of
               Sem
               ,
               which
               entred
               Africke
               after
               the
               residue
               .
               And
               these
               Arabians
               are
               distinguished
               into
               many
               Families
               or
               Regiments
               ,
               use
               diverse
               and
               many
               habitations
               ,
               and
               possesse
               as
               many
               Regions
               ;
               some
               dwelling
               by
               the
               Sea-side
               (
               properly
               termed
               Arabians
               ;
               )
               some
               in
               the
               Up-land
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               called
               Badium
               :
               Others
               in
               innumerable
               swarmes
               leade
               a
               roguish
               life
               with
               their
               Wives
               and
               Children
               in
               the
               Wildernesse
               ,
               dwelling
               in
               Tents
               instead
               of
               Houses
               ,
               altogether
               given
               rospoile
               ,
               and
               alike
               infestuous
               to
               neighbour
               and
               traveller
               ;
               which
               is
               the
               cause
               that
               the
               Inhabitants
               dare
               not
               travell
               alone
               ,
               but
               stay
               the
               time
               of
               the
               Caravan
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               whole
               assembly
               of
               the
               Merchants
               ,
               travelling
               upon
               Camels
               and
               Asses
               all
               in
               one
               company
               at
               a
               set
               time
               of
               the
               yeare
               ,
               for
               feare
               of
               the
               theevish
               and
               roguish
               Arabians
               .
            
             
               As
               the
               Nations
               are
               diverse
               ,
               so
               are
               their
               languages
               :
               the
               chiefe
               they
               call
               Aqu●lamarig
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               rob●e
               Language
               ;
               and
               of
               the
               Arabians
               inhabiting
               Africa
               ,
               the
               Barbarian
               Language
               .
               And
               this
               is
               the
               true
               and
               proper
               Idiome
               of
               the
               Af●
               ,
               utterly
               differing
               from
               the
               residue
               ,
               save
               that
               it
               favoureth
               of
               many
               Arabicke
               words
               .
               The
               
                 Gnabets
                 ,
                 Zombati
                 ,
                 Ghinians
              
               ,
               the
               Mellidi
               and
               Gagonti
               use
               the
               Sungai
               Language
               .
               The
               
                 Gubarits
                 ,
                 Canontes
                 ,
                 Chesenes
              
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               blacke-Moores
               use
               the
               G●ber
               tongue
               .
               The
               Abassines
               have
               their
               proper
               speech
               .
               Moreover
               ,
               the
               
                 Chaldean
                 ,
                 Aegyptian
              
               ,
               and
               Arabian
               tongues
               ,
               with
               another
               compounded
               of
               all
               three
               ,
               are
               in
               use
               in
               some
               places
               :
               and
               by
               the
               intercourse
               of
               Merchants
               ,
               many
               are
               accustomed
               
               to
               speake
               the
               
                 Moorish
                 ,
                 Turkish
                 ,
                 Spanish
              
               ,
               and
               Italian
               Languages
               .
               All
               the
               Sea-Townes
               ,
               from
               the
               Mediterran
               to
               Mount
               Atlas
               ,
               speake
               the
               Arabian
               corruptly
               ,
               except
               the
               Kingdome
               and
               Citie
               of
               Marocco
               ,
               which
               wholly
               speake
               the
               Barbarian
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 noblest
                 part
                 at
                 this
                 day
                 is
                 called
              
               Barbarie
               ,
               
                 and
                 containeth
                 all
                 that
                 Sea-tract
                 which
                 reacheth
                 from
              
               Aegypt
               
                 to
                 the
              
               Gaditan
               
                 Sea
                 ,
                 inhabited
                 by
                 the
              
               Arabians
               ,
               
                 and
                 including
                 divers
                 Provinces
                 .
                 At
                 first
                 ,
                 it
                 was
                 under
                 the
                 Empire
                 of
                 the
              
               Greekes
               ;
               
                 secondly
                 ,
                 under
                 the
              
               Vandals
               ;
               
                 and
                 lastly
                 ,
                 under
                 the
              
               Saracens
               and
               Arabians
               ,
               
                 who
                 left
                 them
                 their
                 language
                 .
                 Some
                 part
                 thereof
                 at
                 this
                 day
                 is
                 subject
                 to
                 the
              
               Turke
               ,
               
                 some
                 to
              
               Xeriffe
               ,
               
                 and
                 some
                 to
                 the
                 King
                 of
              
               Spaine
               .
            
             
               
                 Their
                 manners
                 are
                 not
                 so
                 much
                 differing
                 from
                 those
                 of
                 the
              
               Arabians
               ,
               
                 but
                 that
                 they
                 are
                 somewhat
                 more
                 civill
                 ,
                 ambitious
                 ,
                 light
                 ,
                 subtill
                 ,
                 treacherous
                 ,
                 wrathfull
                 ,
                 boasters
                 ,
                 suspitious
                 ,
                 and
                 exceeding
                 jealous
                 .
                 They
                 are
                 very
                 active
                 and
                 readie
                 Horsemen
                 ,
                 but
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 indure
                 labour
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               Barbarie
               .
            
             
               BARBARIE
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               Kingdomes
               ,
               
                 Marocco
                 ,
                 Fez
                 ,
                 Telesine
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Tunes
                 .
                 Sanutus
              
               addeth
               a
               fifth
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Barca
              
               .
               Into
               what
               ,
               and
               how
               many
               Shires
               or
               Provinces
               these
               portions
               are
               divided
               ,
               let
               him
               reade
               
                 Leo
                 Afer
              
               that
               desireth
               the
               particulars
               .
            
             
               Numidia
               is
               the
               second
               part
               of
               Africke
               ,
               
               and
               is
               termed
               by
               
                 Leo
                 Afer
                 Biledulgerid
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               
               Almond-Countrey
               .
               But
               it
               is
               of
               lesse
               estimation
               than
               the
               residue
               ,
               and
               therefore
               injoyeth
               not
               the
               Title
               of
               a
               Kingdome
               .
               It
               was
               once
               disinhabited
               ,
               as
               was
               Barbarie
               ,
               and
               at
               this
               day
               the
               Townes
               are
               but
               small
               ,
               base
               ,
               scattering
               ,
               and
               very
               farre
               distant
               one
               from
               another
               .
               Those
               places
               that
               they
               manure
               ,
               lye
               beyond
               Atlas
               ,
               and
               are
               hot
               and
               drie
               ;
               but
               being
               watered
               with
               
               certaine
               streams
               descending
               from
               the
               Mount
               ,
               they
               yeeld
               Almonds
               in
               abundance
               ,
               but
               scarcity
               of
               Corne
               ,
               nor
               any
               fruitfull
               tree
               except
               the
               Palme
               .
               Those
               grounds
               that
               border
               upon
               Lybia
               ,
               are
               invironed
               with
               craggie
               Mountaines
               ,
               destitute
               of
               water
               ,
               and
               all
               manner
               of
               trees
               ,
               except
               some
               fruitlesse
               shrubs
               at
               the
               foot
               of
               the
               Hils
               .
               As
               for
               infinite
               store
               of
               Scorpions
               and
               Serpents
               ,
               it
               is
               so
               over-laid
               ,
               that
               many
               are
               daily
               found
               dead
               by
               their
               venemous
               bitings
               .
               In
               old
               time
               they
               were
               idolatrous
               ,
               and
               at
               this
               day
               little
               better
               ,
               irreligious
               ,
               ignorant
               ,
               base
               ,
               treacherous
               ,
               man-killers
               and
               Theeves
               ,
               utterly
               destitute
               of
               any
               civill
               knowledge
               ,
               save
               that
               some
               few
               of
               them
               addict
               themselves
               to
               the
               studie
               of
               the
               Lawes
               .
               The
               Arabians
               that
               live
               amongst
               them
               love
               Poësie
               ,
               and
               are
               more
               civill
               ,
               but
               very
               poore
               .
               They
               live
               long
               ,
               but
               their
               teeth
               soone
               perish
               with
               eating
               of
               Almonds
               ,
               and
               their
               sight
               faileth
               by
               the
               annoyance
               of
               the
               Sands
               .
               They
               know
               not
               the
               French
               disease
               ;
               yea
               ,
               if
               an
               infected
               person
               should
               but
               come
               into
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               it
               were
               Physicke
               enough
               to
               cleare
               him
               .
               Their
               chiefe
               food
               is
               Barley
               ,
               Almonds
               ,
               and
               other
               most
               course
               food
               ;
               as
               for
               Bread
               ,
               they
               never
               taste
               it
               but
               on
               Festivals
               .
               And
               that
               Corne
               which
               they
               have
               ,
               they
               exchange
               for
               Almonds
               .
            
          
           
             
               Lybia
               .
            
             
               LYbia
               ,
               the
               third
               part
               of
               Africke
               ,
               was
               once
               called
               Sarra
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               desart
               ;
               and
               so
               it
               is
               ,
               a
               Desart
               ,
               drie
               and
               sandy
               countrie
               ,
               utterly
               bereaved
               of
               Springs
               and
               Rivers
               ,
               unfruitfull
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               they
               have
               ,
               they
               keepe
               in
               standing
               pooles
               ,
               and
               those
               also
               but
               rare
               and
               salt
               .
               So
               that
               the
               Merchants
               ,
               which
               are
               to
               travell
               over
               those
               Countries
               ,
               must
               provide
               carriage
               for
               water
               ;
               otherwise
               man
               and
               beast
               might
               perish
               ,
               as
               not
               possible
               to
               finde
               one
               drop
               in
               six
               or
               seven
               dayes
               journey
               .
               By
               this
               Region
               lyeth
               the
               way
               from
               Fez
               to
               Tombut
               ,
               and
               from
               Telesine
               to
               Agadas
               ,
               a
               countrie
               of
               the
               Moores
               .
               Not
               past
               one
               hundred
               yeares
               since
               ,
               they
               that
               were
               to
               travell
               from
               Fez
               to
               Cairo
               ,
               were
               accustomed
               to
               travell
               by
               these
               Desarts
               ;
               but
               upon
               the
               rising
               of
               the
               South-wind
               ,
               the
               Wells
               (
               although
               intrenched
               
               with
               skins
               and
               bones
               of
               Camels
               )
               were
               so
               overwhelmed
               with
               sands
               ,
               that
               the
               Merchants
               not
               able
               to
               finde
               either
               signe
               or
               token
               of
               way
               or
               water
               ,
               have
               perished
               in
               the
               journey
               through
               extreme
               thirst
               .
            
             
               Some
               Rivelets
               they
               have
               descending
               out
               of
               Atlas
               ,
               and
               standing
               in
               manner
               of
               Lakes
               ,
               as
               the
               Lakes
               of
               Gir
               ,
               and
               Ighid●●ikengan
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               comfort
               of
               Travellers
               ,
               and
               preservation
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               .
            
             
               They
               live
               without
               any
               forme
               of
               Law
               ,
               in
               manner
               of
               bru●e
               ,
               beasts
               ,
               leading
               a
               miserable
               life
               .
               What
               learning
               meaneth
               they
               know
               not
               ,
               and
               vertue
               they
               absolutely
               defie
               .
               They
               are
               altogether
               addicted
               to
               hunting
               ,
               notorious
               theeves
               ,
               and
               most
               dangerous
               to
               Merchants
               :
               Yet
               there
               live
               amongst
               them
               many
               Africans
               and
               Arabians
               ,
               civill
               and
               courteous
               entertainers
               of
               strangers
               ,
               and
               true
               of
               their
               words
               .
               In
               comparison
               of
               the
               other
               Africans
               ,
               they
               live
               but
               a
               short
               time
               ,
               the
               strongest
               bodies
               not
               exceeding
               the
               yeares
               of
               sixtie
               .
            
             
               Yet
               for
               the
               time
               they
               are
               very
               healthfull
               ,
               slender
               ,
               and
               leane
               of
               bodie
               ,
               riding
               upon
               Camels
               ,
               and
               feed
               very
               sparingly
               ,
               as
               also
               very
               patient
               of
               thirst
               and
               hunger
               .
               Bread
               they
               know
               not
               ,
               but
               live
               upon
               Milke
               ,
               Camels
               flesh
               and
               butter
               .
               Their
               clothing
               is
               a
               short
               rayment
               and
               rude
               ,
               scarce
               covering
               their
               middle
               .
               Some
               of
               them
               cover
               their
               heads
               with
               blacke
               cloth
               ,
               in
               fashion
               of
               a
               Turbant
               .
               Their
               Nobilitie
               goeth
               attired
               in
               a
               kinde
               of
               long
               garment
               like
               a
               shirt
               ,
               made
               of
               blew
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               with
               large
               sleeves
               .
               In
               stead
               of
               beds
               they
               use
               the
               greene
               bankes
               ,
               or
               Mats
               wrought
               of
               Bulrushes
               .
               Their
               Tents
               are
               either
               wrought
               of
               Chamblet
               ,
               or
               of
               a
               course
               kinde
               of
               Wooll
               ,
               which
               they
               finde
               amongst
               the
               Date-trees
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Land
               of
               Negroes
               or
               Aethiopia
               .
            
             
               THis
               Region
               taketh
               his
               name
               either
               from
               the
               colour
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               or
               from
               the
               River
               Niger
               .
               Some
               Writers
               affirme
               that
               (
               excepting
               Aegypt
               )
               this
               Country
               was
               first
               inhabited
               ,
               and
               yet
               at
               this
               day
               is
               scarcely
               knowne
               ,
               although
               in
               latitude
               it
               containeth
               very
               neere
               foure
               hundred
               miles
               .
               By
               
               reason
               of
               its
               situation
               neere
               the
               
                 Torrid
                 Zone
              
               it
               is
               extreme
               hot
               ,
               yet
               not
               altogether
               uninhabited
               :
               Yea
               ,
               it
               is
               most
               full
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               places
               alwayes
               Spring-time
               .
               On
               this
               side
               the
               Riuer
               Cananga
               ,
               which
               is
               ●he
               bounder
               of
               th●se
               blacke
               people
               ,
               the
               Countrey
               is
               most
               drie
               ,
               s●ndie
               and
               desart
               ,
               but
               beyond
               for
               the
               most
               part
               fruitful
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               continuall
               letting
               of
               water
               from
               the
               River
               Niger
               ,
               running
               thorow
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               Countrey
               :
               Whereby
               all
               the
               grounds
               which
               lye
               neere
               thereunto
               ,
               or
               such
               as
               participate
               of
               this
               water
               ,
               are
               exceeding
               fruitfull
               ;
               both
               in
               Graine
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               Scarlet-die
               ,
               Cucumbers
               ,
               Onions
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               sawces
               .
               But
               they
               have
               no
               trees
               ,
               save
               one
               which
               bringeth
               forth
               fruit
               not
               much
               unlike
               a
               Chest-nut
               ,
               but
               somewhat
               bitterer
               .
               About
               the
               banks
               of
               Niger
               there
               are
               no
               Mountaines
               nor
               Valleyes
               ,
               but
               many
               Woods
               stored
               with
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               other
               strange
               creatures
               ,
               watered
               with
               many
               Lakes
               and
               Mists
               ,
               compacted
               with
               the
               over-flowings
               of
               Niger
               .
               Here
               raine
               neither
               profiteth
               nor
               damnifieth
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               over-flowing
               of
               Niger
               consisteth
               welfare
               ,
               even
               as
               it
               doth
               in
               Aegypt
               by
               the
               mundation
               of
               Nilus
               .
               For
               even
               as
               Nilus
               ,
               so
               this
               forty
               dayes
               (
               from
               the
               five
               and
               twentieth
               of
               Iune
               )
               increaseth
               ,
               and
               in
               so
               many
               againe
               falleth
               ,
               so
               that
               during
               those
               fourescore
               dayes
               ,
               they
               faile
               over
               the
               whole
               Land
               in
               Boats
               and
               Barges
               .
            
             
               The
               Inhabitants
               derived
               their
               originall
               from
               Chu●
               ,
               the
               son
               of
               Cham
               ,
               the
               son
               of
               Noe
               ,
               whom
               at
               the
               first
               they
               worshipped
               as
               Lord
               of
               Heaven
               .
               Afterward
               they
               received
               the
               Jewish
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               persevered
               therei●
               many
               yeares
               ,
               untill
               they
               received
               the
               Christian
               faith
               .
               But
               sithence
               the
               Al●●m●●an
               inperst
               it
               on
               impoisoned
               the
               whole
               confines
               of
               Lybia
               ,
               they
               likewise
               turned
               ,
               excepting
               some
               few
               Provinces
               ,
               which
               to
               this
               day
               observe
               the
               Christian
               Rites
               .
               Towards
               the
               Ocean
               Sea
               they
               are
               all
               Idolaters
               and
               Gentiles
               .
               Generally
               they
               all
               lead
               a
               brutish
               life
               ,
               farre
               different
               from
               the
               instinct
               of
               reason
               ,
               from
               imployment
               of
               wit
               ,
               and
               manuary
               Sciences
               .
               They
               are
               exceeding
               luxurious
               ,
               by
               reason
               whereof
               the
               Countrey
               swarmeth
               with
               Whores
               .
               But
               they
               that
               inhabit
               the
               good
               Townes
               are
               a
               great
               deale
               more
               neat
               and
               civill
               than
               these
               other
               Africans
               ;
               
               They
               live
               not
               long
               ,
               yet
               retaine
               they
               their
               wonted
               vigour
               ,
               and
               the
               soundnesse
               of
               their
               teeth
               to
               their
               last
               gaspe
               .
            
             
               The
               Countrey
               was
               once
               divided
               into
               five
               and
               twentie
               Kingdomes
               ,
               now
               reduced
               to
               three
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Tombut
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Borneo
               ,
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               G●oga
               .
               Besides
               Gualata
               hath
               its
               proper
               King.
               
            
             
               Gualata
               is
               distant
               from
               the
               Ocean
               an
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               
               it
               is
               very
               small
               ,
               and
               containeth
               but
               three
               Boroughs
               ,
               with
               some
               Territory
               of
               ground
               ,
               Hamlets
               ,
               and
               Date-bearing
               fields
               thereunto
               adjacent
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               most
               blacke
               ,
               lovers
               of
               Strangers
               ,
               exceeding
               poore
               ,
               without
               any
               government
               ,
               Gentrie
               or
               Judges
               .
            
             
               Tombut
               taketh
               his
               name
               of
               a
               Citie
               so
               called
               ,
               
               and
               lyeth
               beyond
               the
               River
               Canaga
               .
               It
               is
               exceeding
               plentifull
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               Milke
               ,
               and
               Butter
               .
               Salt
               they
               have
               none
               ,
               but
               buy
               it
               at
               a
               deare
               rate
               at
               the
               hands
               of
               Merchants
               .
               Of
               Horse
               they
               have
               infinite
               store
               .
               The
               King
               thereof
               is
               very
               rich
               ,
               as
               a
               Prince
               raigning
               over
               many
               other
               kingdomes
               ,
               and
               is
               Lord
               of
               some
               Ingots
               which
               weigh
               thirteene
               hundred
               pound
               weight
               .
            
             
               He
               keepeth
               a
               royall
               Court
               ,
               guarded
               with
               three
               thousand
               Horse-men
               ,
               and
               many
               more
               foot
               ,
               armed
               with
               Bowes
               and
               impoysoned
               Arrowes
               .
               Hee
               is
               an
               utter
               enemie
               to
               the
               Jewes
               ,
               and
               doth
               not
               only
               forbid
               them
               his
               Kingdome
               ,
               but
               likewise
               confiscateth
               those
               his
               subjects
               goods
               ,
               of
               whom
               he
               understandeth
               that
               they
               use
               any
               Trafficke
               with
               any
               of
               that
               Nation
               .
               He
               maintaineth
               a
               great
               number
               of
               learned
               men
               .
               The
               buildings
               of
               his
               imperiall
               Citie
               ,
               are
               built
               of
               mud
               and
               thatch
               ,
               except
               one
               faire
               Temple
               ,
               and
               the
               Kings
               Palace
               ,
               which
               are
               wrought
               of
               stone
               and
               Lime
               .
               Sweet
               Springs
               are
               every
               where
               to
               be
               found
               in
               this
               Countrey
               :
               and
               the
               people
               are
               courteous
               ,
               and
               merry
               ,
               spending
               the
               third
               part
               of
               their
               time
               in
               songs
               and
               dancing
               .
               They
               are
               very
               rich
               ,
               and
               especially
               the
               Stranger
               .
               Infinite
               sorts
               of
               Manuscripts
               are
               brought
               hither
               from
               Barbarie
               ,
               which
               are
               here
               sold
               at
               very
               high
               rates
               .
            
             
               Gago
               is
               the
               name
               of
               the
               chiefe
               City
               where
               the
               King
               resideth
               .
               
               It
               is
               very
               large
               ,
               without
               Wals
               ,
               and
               distant
               foure
               hundred
               miles
               from
               Tombut
               .
               The
               buildings
               are
               very
               base
               ,
               except
               
               those
               which
               pertaine
               to
               the
               King
               and
               the
               Nobility
               .
               Fresh
               water
               is
               here
               very
               frequent
               ,
               with
               plenty
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Rice
               ,
               and
               Flesh
               ;
               but
               of
               fruits
               ,
               except
               the
               Melon
               &
               the
               Citron
               ,
               great
               scarcity
               .
               The
               Merchants
               are
               very
               rich
               ,
               and
               their
               wares
               sumptuous
               and
               precious
               ,
               but
               excessive
               deare
               .
            
             
               Borneo
               is
               a
               large
               Countrey
               ,
               
               hath
               upon
               the
               West
               Guangara
               ,
               and
               towards
               the
               East
               it
               reacheth
               almost
               five
               hundred
               miles
               .
               In
               some
               places
               it
               is
               plaine
               ,
               in
               some
               mountainous
               .
               The
               plaine
               Countrey
               is
               replenished
               with
               many
               Market
               Townes
               ,
               from
               whence
               commeth
               great
               store
               of
               Corne.
               The
               Mountaines
               are
               inhabited
               with
               Neat-herds
               ,
               and
               Sheep-herds
               ,
               and
               bring
               forth
               Mill
               ,
               and
               other
               fruits
               to
               us
               unknowne
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               Infidels
               ,
               living
               like
               beasts
               ,
               neither
               knowing
               their
               proper
               wives
               ,
               nor
               their
               owne
               Children
               .
               They
               have
               no
               names
               at
               all
               ,
               but
               are
               distinguished
               by
               bodily
               accidents
               .
               The
               King
               is
               a
               mighty
               Prince
               ,
               as
               maintaining
               three
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               and
               infinite
               troops
               of
               foot
               ,
               but
               hath
               no
               other
               Revenue
               than
               what
               he
               taketh
               by
               force
               from
               his
               Enemies
               .
            
             
               Gaoga
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Borneo
               ,
               
               and
               the
               desarts
               of
               Nubia
               ,
               stretched
               out
               five
               hundred
               miles
               in
               length
               and
               breadth
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               uncivill
               ,
               ignorant
               ,
               and
               most
               rude
               ,
               especially
               the
               Mountainers
               .
               They
               goe
               naked
               all
               save
               their
               privities
               .
               Their
               houses
               are
               built
               of
               boughs
               and
               leaves
               ,
               having
               great
               flocks
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               which
               they
               preserve
               with
               much
               care
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               the
               chiefe
               ,
               the
               residue
               are
               not
               worth
               the
               reading
               ;
               for
               nothing
               can
               be
               spoken
               unto
               ,
               but
               their
               barrennesse
               or
               fertility
               ;
               their
               poverty
               or
               riches
               ;
               blessings
               and
               curses
               ,
               peculiar
               more
               or
               lesse
               to
               every
               of
               these
               Nations
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Xeriffe
               .
            
             
               AMongst
               all
               the
               Potentates
               of
               Africk●
               ,
               I
               doe
               not
               thinke
               that
               there
               can
               any
               one
               be
               found
               to
               excell
               this
               Prince
               either
               in
               wealth
               or
               power
               .
               His
               Dominion
               containeth
               all
               that
               tract
               of
               Mauritania
               ,
               which
               the
               Romans
               called
               Tingitana
               ,
               and
               stretcheth
               from
               the
               promontorie
               Bayadir
               or
               Tanger
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               Atlantike
               Ocean
               to
               the
               River
               Mulvia
               .
               In
               which
               progresse
               is
               contained
               the
               best
               portion
               of
               all
               Africke
               ,
               the
               best
               inhabited
               ,
               the
               pleasantest
               ,
               the
               fruitfullest
               ,
               and
               most
               civill
               .
               Herein
               amongst
               others
               are
               the
               famous
               Kingdomes
               of
               Fez
               and
               Marocho
               ,
               the
               one
               divided
               into
               seven
               Provinces
               ,
               the
               other
               into
               eight
               .
               The
               Countrey
               is
               divided
               into
               Plaines
               and
               Mountaines
               :
               the
               Mountaines
               are
               inhabited
               with
               a
               fierce
               people
               ,
               rich
               in
               pastures
               and
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               possessing
               a
               great
               part
               of
               the
               lesse
               and
               bigger
               Atlas
               .
               Betweene
               the
               greater
               Atlas
               and
               the
               Ocean
               lieth
               the
               Plaine
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               therein
               the
               Royall
               Citie
               of
               Marocho
               ,
               distant
               foureteene
               miles
               from
               Atlas
               ,
               watered
               with
               many
               Springs
               ,
               Brookes
               ,
               and
               Rivers
               .
               In
               times
               past
               this
               City
               contained
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               housholds
               ,
               and
               was
               the
               chiefest
               of
               Africke
               ;
               but
               by
               little
               and
               little
               it
               is
               decayed
               ,
               and
               now
               lieth
               more
               waste
               than
               inhabited
               .
               In
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Marocho
               ,
               besides
               others
               ,
               is
               Tedsi
               ,
               a
               Towne
               of
               five
               thousand
               ho●sholds
               ,
               and
               Tagoast
               of
               eight
               thousand
               .
               Taradent
               giveth
               place
               to
               none
               for
               Noblenesse
               and
               traffike
               ,
               though
               for
               largenesse
               and
               circuit
               .
               It
               is
               situated
               betweene
               Atlas
               and
               the
               Ocean
               ,
               in
               a
               plaine
               sixteene
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               little
               lesse
               broad
               ,
               abounding
               with
               Sugar
               and
               all
               kinde
               of
               provision
               .
               The
               good
               regard
               and
               continuall
               abode
               which
               
                 Mahumet
                 Xeriffe
              
               made
               in
               this
               place
               ,
               did
               greatly
               augment
               &
               ennoblish
               this
               Towne
               .
               Being
               past
               Atlas
               ,
               you
               enter
               into
               most
               batle
               plaines
               ,
               wherein
               how
               fruitfull
               the
               soile
               is
               of
               Sugar
               ,
               Olives
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               all
               good
               things
               ,
               can
               hardly
               be
               spoken
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Fez.
               
            
             
               THe
               Kingdome
               of
               Fez
               likewise
               containeth
               divers
               Provinces
               excellent
               well
               peopled
               .
               Amongst
               them
               is
               Alga
               ,
               a
               territory
               of
               eightie
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               sixty
               broad
               :
               Elabut
               is
               an
               hundred
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               sixty
               broad
               .
               Eriffe
               is
               a
               Province
               wholly
               mountainous
               :
               therein
               are
               said
               to
               bee
               three
               and
               twenty
               branches
               of
               the
               Mount
               Atlas
               ,
               inhabited
               for
               the
               most
               part
               with
               savage
               and
               barbarous
               people
               .
               Caret
               is
               drie
               and
               rockie
               ,
               more
               like
               Lybia
               than
               Barbarie
               .
            
             
               Now
               because
               the
               glory
               and
               Majesty
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               consisteth
               especially
               in
               the
               City
               of
               Fez
               ;
               I
               thinke
               it
               not
               amisse
               to
               describe
               the
               situation
               thereof
               .
               It
               is
               divided
               in
               two
               parts
               ,
               a
               little
               distant
               one
               from
               another
               ,
               the
               one
               is
               called
               the
               old
               Town
               ,
               the
               other
               the
               new
               .
               A
               little
               River
               likewise
               divideth
               the
               old
               Towne
               into
               two
               parts
               :
               the
               East
               part
               is
               called
               Beleyda
               ,
               containing
               foure
               thousand
               housholds
               :
               the
               West
               part
               is
               commonly
               called
               old
               Fez
               ,
               and
               hath
               fourescore
               thousand
               and
               upward
               ,
               standing
               not
               farre
               from
               the
               new
               Fez
               ,
               which
               likewise
               hath
               eight
               thousand
               .
               Old
               Fez
               standeth
               partly
               upon
               hils
               ,
               partly
               on
               plaines
               ,
               and
               hath
               in
               it
               fifty
               Mahumetan
               Temples
               of
               admirable
               largenesse
               .
               All
               of
               them
               have
               their
               fountaines
               and
               pillars
               of
               Alablaster
               and
               Jasper
               :
               Besides
               these
               ,
               there
               are
               six
               hundred
               of
               a
               lesse
               sort
               :
               amongst
               which
               that
               which
               is
               commonly
               called
               Carucen
               is
               most
               beautifull
               ,
               built
               in
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               City
               ,
               and
               containing
               halfe
               a
               mile
               in
               compasse
               :
               In
               breadth
               it
               containeth
               seventeene
               Arches
               ,
               in
               length
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               ,
               borne
               up
               by
               two
               thousand
               five
               hundred
               white
               marble
               pillars
               :
               under
               the
               chiefest
               Arch
               (
               where
               the
               Tribunall
               is
               kept
               )
               hangeth
               a
               most
               huge
               Lampe
               ,
               incompassed
               with
               an
               hundred
               and
               ten
               lesser
               .
               Under
               the
               other
               Arches
               hang
               very
               great
               Lamps
               ,
               in
               each
               of
               which
               burne
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               lights
               .
               They
               say
               in
               Fez
               that
               all
               these
               
               Lamps
               were
               made
               of
               the
               Bels
               which
               the
               Arabians
               brought
               out
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               who
               not
               onely
               made
               prey
               of
               Bels
               ,
               but
               of
               Columnes
               ,
               Pillars
               ,
               Brasse
               ,
               Marble
               ,
               and
               whatsoever
               was
               rich
               ,
               first
               erected
               by
               the
               Romans
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               by
               the
               Gothes
               .
               There
               are
               in
               Fez
               above
               two
               hundred
               Schooles
               ,
               two
               hundred
               Innes
               ,
               and
               foure
               hundred
               Water-mils
               ,
               every
               one
               driven
               with
               foure
               or
               five
               wheeles
               .
               There
               are
               also
               divers
               Colleges
               ,
               among
               which
               that
               which
               is
               called
               Madarac
               ,
               is
               accounted
               for
               one
               of
               the
               most
               finest
               peeces
               of
               workmanship
               throughout
               all
               Barbarie
               .
               There
               is
               likewise
               600.
               
               Conduits
               ,
               from
               whence
               almost
               every
               house
               is
               served
               with
               water
               .
               It
               were
               a
               long
               labour
               to
               describe
               their
               Burse
               ,
               (
               they
               call
               it
               Alcacer
               )
               it
               is
               a
               place
               walled
               about
               ,
               having
               twelve
               gates
               ,
               and
               divided
               into
               fifteene
               walkes
               ,
               where
               Merchants
               meet
               to
               dispatch
               their
               businesse
               under
               Tents
               .
               Their
               delightsome
               Gardens
               and
               pleasant
               Parkes
               ,
               with
               the
               Rillets
               and
               waters
               running
               thorow
               them
               ,
               I
               can
               hardly
               describe
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               most
               part
               the
               King
               keepeth
               his
               Court
               at
               Fez
               ,
               
               wherein
               he
               hath
               a
               Castle
               ,
               Palaces
               and
               Houses
               adorned
               with
               rare
               workmanship
               ,
               rich
               and
               beautifull
               even
               to
               his
               hearts
               desire
               .
               He
               hath
               a
               way
               under
               ground
               from
               the
               old
               Towne
               to
               the
               new
               .
            
             
               For
               greatnesse
               and
               statelinesse
               thereof
               (
               by
               the
               grant
               of
               former
               Kings
               )
               it
               injoyeth
               this
               strange
               privilege
               ;
               
               not
               to
               indure
               any
               siege
               ,
               unlesse
               the
               Citizens
               shall
               thinke
               their
               Prince
               for
               strength
               and
               force
               able
               and
               equall
               to
               cope
               with
               his
               Enemy
               :
               if
               not
               ,
               without
               reproach
               of
               treason
               they
               may
               yeeld
               their
               City
               before
               the
               enemie
               approach
               within
               halfe
               a
               mile
               of
               it
               .
               This
               have
               they
               done
               ,
               that
               so
               goodly
               and
               so
               flourishing
               a
               City
               should
               not
               suffer
               spoile
               under
               pretext
               of
               unprofitable
               temporizing
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               of
               no
               lesse
               moment
               for
               situation
               ,
               store
               of
               Corne
               ,
               
               Oyle
               ,
               Flax
               ,
               and
               Cattell
               ,
               than
               for
               pleasantnesse
               of
               territory
               ,
               and
               plenty
               of
               Water
               .
               The
               Wals
               are
               very
               strong
               ,
               and
               defended
               with
               many
               Bulwarkes
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               very
               thriftie
               ,
               given
               to
               traffike
               ,
               and
               especially
               to
               the
               making
               of
               Cloths
               of
               Wooll
               ,
               Silke
               ,
               and
               Cotten
               .
               The
               Kings
               eldest
               sonne
               is
               called
               
               the
               Prince
               of
               Mequivez
               .
               Though
               the
               Kingdome
               have
               no
               good
               Havens
               upon
               the
               Mediterranean
               Sea
               ,
               yet
               great
               store
               of
               Englishmen
               and
               Frenchmen
               resort
               to
               
                 Alarach
                 ,
                 Aguer
              
               ,
               and
               other
               Ports
               in
               the
               Ocean
               ,
               whereof
               some
               belong
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Fez
               ,
               and
               other
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Marocho
               .
               They
               carrie
               thither
               armor
               ,
               and
               other
               wares
               of
               Europe
               ,
               which
               they
               barter
               for
               Sugar
               and
               other
               commodities
               .
               But
               how
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               Fez
               and
               Marocho
               (
               two
               severall
               principalities
               )
               with
               their
               dependances
               ,
               became
               subject
               to
               one
               Crowne
               ,
               I
               thinke
               it
               worthy
               relation
               ,
               because
               a
               more
               strange
               and
               memorable
               accident
               hath
               not
               happened
               in
               our
               age
               .
               About
               the
               yeare
               1508.
               a
               certaine
               Alfaique
               borne
               in
               Tigumedet
               in
               the
               Province
               of
               Dura
               ,
               beganne
               to
               grow
               in
               reputation
               ,
               a
               man
               of
               a
               reaching
               wit
               ,
               and
               no
               lesse
               ambitious
               than
               learned
               in
               the
               Mathematickes
               :
               his
               name
               was
               
                 Ma●umet
                 Ben-Amet
              
               ,
               otherwise
               called
               Xeriffe
               ,
               by
               his
               owne
               commandement
               .
               This
               man
               deriving
               his
               pedigree
               from
               Mahumet
               ,
               and
               emboldned
               by
               the
               civill
               warre
               of
               Africke
               ,
               and
               the
               differences
               of
               the
               States
               and
               Common-weales
               thereof
               (
               wherein
               in
               those
               daies
               the
               Portugals
               were
               of
               no
               small
               puissance
               )
               began
               to
               dreame
               on
               the
               conquest
               of
               
                 Mauritania
                 Tingitana
              
               .
               Which
               the
               better
               to
               effect
               ,
               he
               first
               sent
               his
               three
               sonnes
               
                 Abdel
                 ,
                 Abnet
              
               ,
               and
               Mahumet
               on
               pilgrimage
               to
               Meca
               and
               Medina
               ,
               to
               visit
               and
               worship
               the
               Sepulcher
               of
               their
               great
               Prophet
               Mahumet
               .
               The
               young
               men
               returned
               from
               their
               pilgrimage
               ,
               with
               such
               opinion
               and
               estimation
               of
               holinesse
               and
               Religion
               ,
               (
               if
               it
               bee
               lawfull
               to
               use
               these
               termes
               to
               so
               great
               impiety
               and
               fopperie
               )
               that
               the
               Inhabitants
               as
               they
               travelled
               could
               hardly
               be
               kept
               from
               kissing
               their
               garments
               ,
               and
               adoring
               them
               as
               Saints
               .
            
             
               They
               againe
               ,
               as
               men
               wrapt
               in
               deepe
               contemplation
               ,
               journied
               through
               the
               Provinces
               sighing
               and
               sobbing
               ,
               and
               crying
               with
               a
               high
               voice
               ,
               
                 Ala
                 ,
                 Ala.
              
               They
               had
               no
               other
               sustenance
               but
               the
               almes
               of
               the
               people
               .
               Their
               father
               received
               them
               with
               great
               joy
               and
               contentment
               ,
               and
               perceiving
               the
               favour
               and
               opinion
               of
               the
               people
               not
               to
               bee
               like
               a
               nine
               dayes
               wonder
               ,
               but
               to
               continue
               fresh
               and
               the
               same
               as
               at
               the
               first
               ,
               resolved
               to
               
               make
               use
               thereof
               ,
               and
               thereupon
               sent
               two
               of
               them
               .
               Abnet
               and
               Mahumet
               to
               the
               Court
               at
               Fez.
               The
               King
               received
               them
               kindly
               ,
               and
               made
               one
               of
               them
               President
               of
               the
               famous
               College
               of
               Amadorac
               ,
               and
               the
               younger
               Tutor
               of
               his
               Children
               .
               In
               processe
               of
               time
               when
               they
               perceived
               the
               King
               to
               grace
               them
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               to
               favour
               them
               ,
               by
               the
               Counsell
               of
               their
               father
               ,
               (
               taking
               occasion
               of
               the
               grievances
               which
               the
               Arabians
               and
               Moores
               ,
               serving
               under
               the
               Portugall
               Ensignes
               ,
               had
               done
               to
               the
               professors
               of
               their
               superstition
               )
               they
               desired
               leave
               of
               the
               King
               to
               display
               a
               Banner
               against
               the
               Christians
               ,
               making
               him
               beleeve
               that
               they
               would
               easily
               draw
               the
               
                 Portugal
                 Moores
              
               to
               their
               partie
               ,
               and
               so
               secure
               the
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Sus
                 ,
                 Hea
                 ,
                 Deucala
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Maroch
                 .
                 Muly
                 mazer
              
               the
               Kings
               brother
               resisted
               this
               petition
               ,
               alleaging
               that
               if
               once
               under
               the
               shew
               of
               holinesse
               they
               grew
               to
               head
               ,
               it
               would
               not
               afterwards
               lie
               in
               his
               power
               to
               suppresse
               them
               under
               his
               obedience
               :
               For
               warre
               makes
               men
               awlesse
               ;
               victories
               insolent
               ;
               popularity
               ambitious
               and
               studious
               of
               innovation
               .
               But
               the
               King
               ,
               in
               whose
               heart
               their
               hypocriticall
               sanctimony
               had
               taken
               a
               deepe
               impression
               ,
               little
               regarding
               his
               brothers
               counsell
               ,
               gaue
               them
               a
               Banner
               ,
               a
               Drumme
               ,
               and
               twenty
               horsemen
               to
               accompanie
               them
               ,
               with
               Letters
               of
               credence
               to
               the
               Princes
               of
               Arabie
               ,
               and
               Cities
               of
               Barbarie
               .
               In
               these
               beginnings
               many
               things
               falling
               out
               to
               their
               honour
               and
               good
               liking
               ,
               they
               beganne
               to
               make
               incursions
               into
               Deucala
               ,
               and
               the
               Countrey
               of
               Safi
               ,
               ranging
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               promontory
               Aguer
               ,
               then
               under
               the
               government
               of
               the
               Portugals
               :
               and
               perceiving
               themselves
               to
               be
               favoured
               ,
               strong
               ,
               and
               well
               followed
               ,
               urged
               the
               people
               (
               who
               for
               the
               most
               part
               in
               those
               dayes
               lived
               in
               liberty
               )
               to
               aid
               those
               ,
               which
               fought
               for
               their
               Law
               and
               Religion
               against
               the
               Christians
               ,
               as
               likewise
               with
               willing
               mindes
               to
               give
               God
               his
               tithes
               ,
               which
               they
               obtained
               of
               the
               people
               of
               Dara
               .
               Then
               by
               little
               and
               little
               they
               incroached
               upon
               the
               territory
               of
               Taradant
               ,
               (
               of
               which
               they
               made
               their
               Father
               Governour
               )
               and
               invaded
               
                 Sus
                 ,
                 Hia
                 ,
                 Deucala
              
               ,
               and
               the
               neighbouring
               places
               .
               They
               first
               seated
               themselves
               in
               Ted●●st
               ,
               and
               after
               in
               Tesarot
               .
               In
               their
               next
               journey
               
               (
               but
               with
               the
               losse
               of
               their
               Brother
               )
               they
               defeated
               
                 Lopes
                 Barriga
              
               ,
               a
               great
               Warriour
               ,
               and
               Captaine
               generall
               of
               the
               Portugall
               Armie
               .
               By
               flattering
               speeches
               they
               entred
               Marocho
               ,
               poisoned
               the
               King
               ,
               and
               proclaimed
               Amet-Xeriffe
               King
               of
               the
               Country
               .
               After
               this
               hapned
               the
               warre
               of
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               of
               Deucala
               ,
               and
               Xarquia
               ,
               with
               the
               Arabians
               of
               Garbi
               ,
               where
               while
               each
               party
               weakned
               other
               ,
               and
               either
               promised
               to
               himselfe
               the
               favour
               and
               assistance
               of
               the
               Xeriffes
               :
               they
               turned
               their
               armes
               upon
               both
               factions
               ,
               and
               carried
               rich
               preyes
               from
               both
               Nations
               .
               Before
               this
               warre
               they
               sent
               unto
               the
               King
               the
               fifth
               part
               of
               all
               their
               spoiles
               ,
               but
               after
               this
               victory
               ,
               little
               regarding
               their
               Soveraigne
               ,
               they
               sent
               him
               onely
               six
               Horses
               ,
               and
               six
               Camels
               ,
               and
               those
               very
               leane
               and
               ill
               shapen
               .
               Which
               the
               King
               disdaining
               ,
               sent
               to
               demand
               his
               fifths
               ,
               and
               also
               the
               Tribute
               which
               the
               Kings
               of
               Marocho
               were
               accustomed
               to
               pay
               to
               him
               ;
               which
               if
               they
               denied
               ,
               hee
               vowed
               revenge
               with
               fire
               and
               sword
               .
               In
               the
               meane
               time
               the
               King
               died
               ,
               and
               Amet
               his
               Sonne
               ,
               once
               the
               pupill
               of
               the
               younger
               Xeriffe
               ,
               not
               onely
               allowed
               ,
               but
               also
               confirmed
               Amet
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Marocho
               ;
               upon
               condition
               that
               in
               some
               things
               he
               should
               acknowledge
               the
               King
               of
               Fez
               to
               be
               his
               Lord
               paramount
               .
               To
               this
               the
               Xeriffes
               (
               whose
               power
               and
               estimation
               daily
               increased
               )
               when
               the
               day
               of
               paiment
               of
               the
               tribute
               came
               ,
               willed
               the
               messenger
               to
               say
               unto
               his
               Master
               ,
               that
               they
               were
               the
               lawfull
               successors
               of
               Mahumet
               ,
               and
               therefore
               that
               they
               were
               bound
               to
               pay
               tribute
               to
               no
               Man
               ;
               yea
               ,
               that
               they
               had
               more
               right
               to
               Africke
               than
               he
               had
               :
               but
               if
               he
               would
               reckon
               them
               in
               the
               number
               of
               his
               friends
               ,
               no
               doubt
               but
               it
               would
               turne
               to
               his
               good
               and
               honour
               ,
               for
               if
               hee
               diverted
               them
               from
               the
               warre
               of
               the
               Christians
               ,
               they
               would
               not
               leave
               him
               so
               much
               as
               a
               heart
               to
               defend
               himselfe
               .
            
             
               The
               King
               taking
               this
               in
               ill
               part
               proclaimed
               warre
               against
               them
               ,
               and
               besieged
               Marocho
               ,
               but
               for
               that
               time
               was
               constrained
               to
               dislodge
               .
               Afterward
               returning
               with
               eighteene
               thousand
               Horse-men
               ,
               and
               two
               thousand
               Harquebusiers
               to
               renew
               the
               siege
               ;
               as
               soone
               as
               he
               had
               past
               the
               River
               ,
               hee
               was
               overcome
               of
               the
               Xeriffs
               ,
               who
               led
               an
               Armie
               of
               seven
               thousand
               
               Horse
               ,
               and
               one
               thousand
               two
               hundred
               shot
               .
               In
               the
               pride
               of
               this
               victory
               they
               exacted
               Tribute
               of
               this
               Province
               ,
               and
               passing
               Atlas
               they
               tooke
               the
               famous
               City
               Tafilet
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               love
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               force
               compelled
               divers
               people
               of
               Numidia
               and
               the
               Mountaines
               to
               beare
               the
               yoke
               of
               their
               subjection
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1536.
               the
               younger
               Xeriffe
               ,
               which
               called
               himselfe
               King
               of
               Sus
               ,
               gathering
               together
               a
               mighty
               Armie
               ,
               with
               great
               store
               of
               Artillery
               ,
               part
               whereof
               hee
               tooke
               from
               the
               King
               of
               Fez
               ,
               and
               part
               whereof
               were
               cast
               by
               certaine
               Renegada
               Frenchmen
               ,
               made
               a
               journey
               to
               
                 Cape
                 Aguer
              
               .
            
             
               This
               place
               is
               of
               great
               consequence
               ,
               and
               possessed
               by
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               who
               built
               it
               and
               fortified
               it
               ,
               first
               at
               the
               expences
               of
               
                 Lopes
                 Sequiera
              
               ,
               and
               then
               at
               the
               charges
               of
               King
               Emanuel
               ,
               after
               he
               understood
               of
               the
               commodious
               situation
               thereof
               .
               It
               was
               fiercely
               assaulted
               ,
               and
               as
               valiantly
               defended
               ,
               untill
               the
               fire
               beganne
               to
               take
               hold
               upon
               the
               Bulwarke
               ,
               where
               their
               Gun-powder
               was
               stowed
               ;
               with
               which
               misfortune
               the
               companies
               appointed
               for
               the
               defence
               of
               that
               quarter
               ,
               growing
               fearefull
               and
               faint-hearted
               ,
               gave
               way
               for
               the
               Xeriffe
               to
               enter
               ,
               who
               made
               slaves
               of
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               defendants
               .
               After
               which
               victory
               ,
               they
               subdued
               almost
               all
               Atlas
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Marocho
               ,
               and
               the
               Arabians
               which
               were
               vassals
               to
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Portugal
               ;
               the
               residue
               ,
               as
               
                 Safi
                 ,
                 Azamon
                 ,
                 Arzil
              
               ,
               and
               Aleazar
               (
               places
               situated
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               of
               Mauritania
               )
               King
               Iohn
               the
               third
               perceiving
               the
               prose
               not
               to
               equalize
               the
               charge
               ;
               voluntarily
               resigned
               .
            
             
               These
               prosperous
               beginnings
               brought
               forth
               sowre
               ends
               ;
               for
               the
               Brethren
               falling
               at
               discord
               ,
               twice
               put
               their
               fortunes
               upon
               the
               hazard
               of
               a
               battell
               ,
               twice
               the
               yonger
               overcame
               the
               elder
               ,
               tooke
               him
               ,
               and
               cast
               him
               into
               prison
               in
               the
               City
               Tafilet
               .
               Then
               turned
               he
               his
               Arms
               against
               the
               King
               of
               Fez
               ,
               tooke
               him
               prisoner
               ,
               and
               restored
               him
               to
               his
               liberty
               :
               but
               taking
               him
               againe
               ,
               for
               breach
               of
               Covenants
               ,
               deprived
               him
               and
               his
               Son
               of
               life
               and
               Kingdome
               .
               By
               the
               valour
               of
               his
               Sonnes
               ,
               he
               tooke
               ,
               the
               City
               Tremissen
               .
               But
               
                 Sal
                 Aries
              
               ,
               Vice-Roy
               of
               Algier
               ,
               being
               jealous
               of
               these
               good
               fortunes
               ,
               gathered
               a
               puissant
               host
               ,
               
               recovered
               Tremissen
               ,
               put
               the
               Xeriffe
               to
               flight
               ,
               tooke
               Fez
               ,
               and
               bestowed
               it
               with
               the
               Territory
               upon
               the
               Lord
               of
               Velez
               ,
               who
               afterward
               in
               a
               battell
               against
               the
               Xeriffe
               ,
               lost
               both
               life
               and
               Kingdome
               .
               At
               last
               ,
               in
               his
               journey
               to
               Taradant
               ,
               by
               the
               subordination
               of
               the
               Vice-Roy
               of
               Algier
               ,
               he
               was
               murdered
               in
               his
               Tent
               by
               certaine
               Turkes
               ,
               who
               with
               their
               Captaine
               Assen
               comming
               to
               Taradant
               ,
               rifled
               the
               Kings
               Treasures
               ,
               but
               were
               all
               slaine
               (
               except
               five
               )
               by
               the
               Inhabitants
               in
               their
               journey
               homewards
               .
               This
               came
               to
               passe
               1557.
               when
               
                 Muley
                 Abdala
              
               the
               Xeriffes
               sonne
               ,
               was
               proclaimed
               King.
               
            
             
               Let
               this
               suffice
               for
               the
               originall
               of
               the
               Xeriffe
               :
               now
               let
               vs
               see
               how
               these
               risings
               were
               like
               the
               fortunes
               of
               Ismael
               King
               of
               Persia.
               Both
               of
               them
               in
               small
               time
               conquered
               many
               Provinces
               :
               both
               grew
               great
               by
               the
               ruine
               of
               their
               Neighbours
               :
               both
               suffered
               crosses
               by
               the
               armes
               of
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               to
               them
               lost
               part
               of
               their
               Dominions
               .
               Selim
               tooke
               from
               
                 Ismael
                 Caramit
              
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               Cities
               of
               Mesopotamia
               .
               The
               Vice-Roy
               of
               Algier
               drove
               the
               Xeriffe
               from
               Tremissen
               and
               the
               adjacent
               Territory
               .
               Selim
               won
               Tauris
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               Persia
               ,
               and
               then
               gave
               it
               over
               ;
               
                 Sal
                 Aries
              
               tooke
               Fez
               ,
               the
               head
               City
               of
               Mauritania
               ,
               and
               left
               it
               .
            
             
               This
               Potentate
               is
               absolute
               Lord
               of
               the
               bodies
               and
               goods
               of
               his
               Subjects
               ;
               
               whatsoever
               imposition
               he
               layeth
               on
               them
               ,
               they
               repine
               not
               thereat
               .
               For
               Tribute
               hee
               taketh
               the
               tenth
               ,
               and
               the
               first
               fruits
               of
               their
               fruits
               and
               cattell
               :
               yet
               is
               it
               most
               true
               ,
               that
               for
               first
               fruits
               he
               taketh
               not
               above
               one
               in
               twenty
               :
               and
               though
               it
               exceed
               that
               number
               ,
               even
               to
               one
               hundred
               ,
               yet
               he
               nevertaketh
               above
               two
               .
               Of
               every
               Acre
               of
               Land
               he
               taketh
               a
               ducat
               and
               the
               fifth
               part
               ,
               and
               so
               much
               of
               every
               houshold
               ,
               and
               so
               of
               every
               pole
               male
               and
               female
               above
               fifteene
               yeares
               of
               age
               yearely
               .
               If
               he
               want
               ,
               he
               taketh
               a
               greater
               summe
               .
               To
               make
               the
               people
               more
               willing
               to
               pay
               what
               is
               imposed
               ,
               he
               alwaies
               demandeth
               more
               than
               is
               paid
               ,
               that
               so
               by
               paying
               their
               due
               ,
               they
               may
               thinke
               they
               are
               well
               dealt
               withall
               ,
               in
               seeming
               to
               be
               forgiven
               somewhat
               of
               his
               full
               demand
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               of
               the
               Mountaines
               ,
               a
               savage
               people
               ,
               for
               the
               difficult
               accesse
               unto
               them
               ,
               hee
               cannot
               inforce
               to
               pay
               tribute
               ,
               but
               
               those
               that
               manure
               the
               plaines
               ,
               hee
               constraineth
               to
               give
               the
               tenth
               of
               their
               harvest
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               Revenues
               ,
               he
               taketh
               Toll
               and
               Custome
               of
               all
               kindes
               of
               Merchandize
               in
               Cities
               :
               inward
               ,
               
               of
               a
               citizen
               two
               in
               the
               hundred
               ,
               of
               a
               stranger
               ten
               .
               His
               rent
               of
               Mils
               is
               a
               great
               matter
               :
               for
               upon
               every
               Asse
               load
               of
               Graine
               grinded
               in
               Fez
               ,
               he
               taketh
               halfe
               a
               reall
               :
               in
               this
               Towne
               there
               are
               above
               foure
               hundred
               Mils
               .
               The
               Church
               of
               Carruven
               was
               indowed
               with
               80000.
               
               Ducats
               of
               yearely
               Revenue
               ,
               the
               Colleges
               and
               Monasteries
               of
               Fez
               with
               much
               more
               ,
               which
               now
               are
               escheated
               into
               the
               Kings
               Coffers
               .
               Moreover
               he
               is
               heire
               to
               all
               the
               Judges
               (
               whom
               they
               call
               Alcaids
               )
               and
               hath
               the
               bestowing
               of
               all
               their
               Offices
               .
               When
               they
               die
               he
               seizeth
               upon
               all
               their
               Horses
               ,
               Armour
               ,
               Apparell
               ,
               and
               all
               their
               other
               Chattels
               .
               If
               the
               intestate
               leave
               Children
               behind
               him
               fit
               for
               the
               warre
               ,
               he
               bestoweth
               his
               Fathers
               annuitie
               upon
               them
               :
               if
               they
               be
               Sons
               and
               young
               ,
               he
               nurseth
               them
               till
               they
               come
               to
               full
               yeares
               ;
               if
               Daughters
               ,
               he
               maintaineth
               them
               till
               they
               finde
               husbands
               .
               To
               be
               fi●
               gring
               the
               wealth
               of
               the
               richer
               sort
               ,
               he
               hath
               some
               Office
               of
               Lieutenantship
               with
               an
               annuitie
               to
               sell
               them
               :
               but
               commonly
               to
               prevent
               those
               sales
               ,
               they
               will
               not
               be
               knowne
               of
               their
               abilities
               ,
               removing
               their
               aboads
               farre
               from
               the
               Court
               and
               Kings
               sight
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               cause
               that
               the
               City
               of
               Fez
               is
               much
               fallen
               from
               the
               ancient
               splendour
               .
            
             
               Hee
               hath
               no
               Castles
               or
               peeces
               well
               fortified
               ,
               
               but
               onely
               
                 Aguer
                 ,
                 Larach
              
               ,
               (
               lately
               taken
               )
               and
               Tituan
               upon
               the
               Sea
               side
               .
               His
               chiefest
               confidence
               is
               in
               the
               valour
               of
               his
               Souldiers
               ,
               especially
               his
               Horse-men
               ,
               like
               the
               Turke
               and
               Persian
               .
               In
               this
               regard
               he
               taketh
               no
               great
               care
               to
               furnish
               himselfe
               with
               Ordnance
               ,
               yet
               hath
               he
               great
               store
               thereof
               in
               
                 Fez
                 ,
                 Marocho
                 ,
                 Taradant
              
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               aforesaid
               haven
               Townes
               taken
               from
               the
               Portugals
               and
               others
               .
               As
               he
               seeth
               occasion
               he
               causeth
               new
               to
               be
               cast
               ,
               for
               which
               service
               he
               can
               want
               no
               workmen
               out
               of
               Europe
               .
               In
               Marocho
               he
               hath
               an
               Arsenall
               ,
               wherein
               he
               layeth
               up
               monethly
               at
               least
               forty
               six
               Quintals
               of
               Gun-powder
               :
               Here
               he
               causeth
               his
               Harquebushes
               and
               Bowes
               likewise
               to
               be
               made
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1569.
               by
               fire
               which
               hapned
               among
               
               the
               Gun-powder
               houses
               ,
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               City
               was
               very
               much
               defaced
               .
            
             
               His
               souldiery
               is
               of
               divers
               sorts
               :
               the
               first
               consisteth
               of
               2700.
               
               Horsemen
               ,
               and
               2000.
               
               Harquebushers
               ,
               part
               lying
               in
               Garrison
               in
               Fez
               ,
               and
               part
               in
               Maroc●o
               ,
               where
               also
               lyeth
               the
               Court.
               The
               second
               consisteth
               (
               as
               a
               man
               may
               say
               )
               of
               a
               royall
               troope
               of
               6000.
               horse
               ,
               all
               Gentlemen
               Pensioners
               ,
               and
               of
               great
               reputation
               .
               These
               ride
               upon
               brave
               Horses
               ,
               with
               rich
               Caparisons
               ,
               their
               Armes
               and
               Furniture
               shining
               with
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               Stones
               ,
               and
               all
               things
               else
               ,
               which
               for
               variety
               of
               colours
               ,
               or
               rich
               devices
               ,
               may
               delight
               the
               eye
               with
               a
               gallant
               shew
               ,
               or
               feed
               the
               humour
               of
               the
               curious
               beholder
               .
               To
               these
               servitors
               ,
               besides
               their
               allowance
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Provender
               ,
               Butter
               ,
               and
               Flesh
               for
               themselves
               ,
               their
               Wives
               ,
               Children
               ,
               and
               Servants
               ,
               they
               receive
               yearely
               from
               seventy
               ,
               to
               one
               hundred
               ounces
               of
               Silver
               .
               The
               third
               sort
               are
               a
               kinde
               of
               Timariots
               :
               for
               the
               Xeriffe
               doth
               allot
               a
               certaine
               portion
               of
               Land
               and
               Tenants
               to
               his
               Sonnes
               ,
               Brethren
               ,
               and
               Men
               of
               quality
               amongst
               the
               people
               of
               Africke
               and
               Arabia
               ,
               for
               the
               maintenance
               of
               their
               degrees
               .
               Those
               whom
               they
               terme
               Alcaids
               ,
               looke
               to
               the
               manuring
               of
               the
               fields
               ,
               gather
               the
               rents
               of
               Corne
               ,
               Rice
               ,
               Oats
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               Butter
               ,
               Flesh
               ,
               Poultry
               ,
               and
               Mony
               ,
               and
               distribute
               it
               monthly
               amongst
               the
               Souldiers
               ,
               to
               every
               man
               according
               to
               his
               place
               .
               They
               likewise
               give
               them
               Linnen
               ,
               Woollen
               ,
               and
               Silke
               for
               their
               Garments
               :
               Armour
               and
               Horses
               for
               service
               .
               If
               their
               horses
               chance
               to
               be
               slaine
               ,
               they
               give
               them
               new
               :
               so
               did
               the
               Romans
               to
               those
               which
               served
               on
               the
               horses
               of
               the
               State.
               The
               Commanders
               of
               these
               troops
               are
               very
               carefull
               to
               see
               their
               souldiers
               in
               heart
               and
               full
               of
               life
               ,
               excellent
               well
               armed
               and
               competently
               attired
               .
               They
               receive
               betweene
               foure
               and
               twenty
               and
               thirty
               ounces
               of
               Silver
               yearely
               .
               The
               fourth
               sort
               make
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               who
               commonly
               live
               in
               Tents
               ,
               divided
               by
               120.
               under
               their
               severall
               Leaders
               ,
               to
               bee
               alwaies
               ready
               upon
               all
               occasions
               .
               They
               serve
               on
               Horse-backe
               ,
               but
               more
               like
               Theeves
               and
               Out-lawes
               than
               Souldiers
               .
               The
               fifth
               sort
               is
               like
               the
               presse
               of
               the
               Christian
               Common-weales
               .
               These
               companies
               consist
               of
               Citizens
               ,
               Villagers
               ,
               
               and
               Mountaine-people
               .
               Of
               these
               men
               the
               King
               maketh
               no
               reckoning
               ,
               neither
               doth
               he
               willingly
               arme
               them
               ,
               for
               feare
               of
               sedition
               and
               innovation
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               to
               war
               upon
               the
               Christians
               ,
               wherein
               he
               cannot
               forbid
               them
               to
               serve
               .
               For
               upon
               remembrance
               of
               the
               slaughter
               of
               the
               Moors
               by
               the
               Christians
               ,
               spoken
               of
               in
               their
               Mahumeticall
               Legend
               ,
               the
               more
               Christians
               they
               slay
               ,
               the
               easier
               they
               thinke
               shall
               be
               their
               passage
               to
               Heaven
               :
               Hereupon
               you
               shall
               see
               herds
               of
               people
               running
               to
               this
               warre
               ,
               desiring
               there
               to
               die
               upon
               hope
               of
               meriting
               salvation
               by
               the
               slaughter
               of
               our
               people
               .
               The
               same
               fury
               (
               be
               it
               spoken
               to
               our
               shame
               )
               inrageth
               the
               Turkes
               :
               especially
               for
               the
               propagation
               of
               their
               heresies
               ,
               you
               shall
               see
               them
               more
               liker
               people
               running
               to
               the
               celebration
               of
               a
               mariage-feast
               ,
               than
               to
               a
               war-journey
               ;
               hardly
               induring
               to
               stay
               the
               limited
               time
               of
               the
               Randevou
               .
               They
               account
               them
               Saints
               which
               die
               with
               their
               weapons
               in
               their
               hands
               ,
               and
               those
               most
               unhappie
               which
               depart
               this
               world
               amongst
               the
               teares
               of
               their
               children
               ,
               and
               the
               mournings
               of
               their
               wives
               .
            
             
               By
               this
               ,
               it
               may
               sufficiently
               appeare
               what
               forces
               the
               Xeriffe
               is
               able
               to
               bring
               to
               the
               field
               ,
               but
               examples
               will
               make
               it
               more
               cleare
               .
               
                 Muley
                 Abdala
              
               beleagred
               Magazan
               with
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               :
               He
               filled
               the
               ditch
               with
               a
               mount
               made
               of
               earth
               ,
               and
               with
               his
               Ordnance
               beat
               the
               wall
               levell
               with
               the
               ground
               ;
               but
               by
               the
               prowesse
               of
               the
               Portugal
               ,
               and
               fury
               of
               their
               Miners
               ,
               he
               was
               forced
               to
               raise
               his
               siege
               and
               depart
               .
               It
               is
               certaine
               ,
               he
               is
               not
               able
               to
               hold
               any
               warre
               above
               three
               months
               ,
               because
               the
               souldier
               liveth
               upon
               his
               daily
               allowance
               of
               Diet
               and
               Apparell
               :
               and
               when
               such
               like
               provisions
               cannot
               be
               conveyed
               to
               the
               place
               of
               necessitie
               ,
               without
               great
               labour
               and
               hazard
               ,
               it
               commeth
               oftentimes
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               for
               want
               of
               provision
               the
               armie
               is
               constrained
               to
               breake
               and
               retire
               .
               Molucco
               King
               of
               Fez
               ,
               who
               defeated
               Sebastian
               ,
               had
               under
               his
               standard
               forty
               thousand
               Horse-men
               ,
               and
               eight
               thousand
               hired
               foot-men
               ;
               and
               with
               the
               Arabians
               and
               other
               common
               souldiers
               ,
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               hee
               is
               able
               to
               levie
               seventie
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               a
               farre
               greater
               number
               of
               foot
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Higher
               Aethiopia
               ,
               or
               the
               Empire
               of
               
                 Presbyter
                 Iohn
              
               .
            
             
               LInscho●en
               is
               of
               opinion
               ,
               that
               
                 Pres●er
                 Iohn
              
               is
               but
               a
               supposed
               name
               .
               The
               Moores
               terme
               him
               Asiclabassi
               ;
               his
               owne
               Subjects
               ,
               Acegune
               ,
               prime
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               Negus
               ,
               chiefest
               King.
               He
               saith
               ,
               his
               true
               denomination
               is
               
                 Bel-gian
                 .
                 Bel
              
               (
               as
               afore
               )
               signifieth
               highest
               ;
               and
               Gian
               Lord
               :
               which
               is
               also
               proper
               to
               many
               Commanders
               and
               Governours
               under
               him
               :
               but
               Bel-gian
               to
               none
               ,
               ●ave
               the
               Emperour
               himselfe
               ;
               whereunto
               he
               addeth
               the
               Sir-name
               of
               David
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               sense
               as
               the
               Christian
               Emperours
               assume
               the
               Titles
               of
               Caesar
               ,
               or
               Augustus
               ;
               and
               worthily
               :
               For
               he
               is
               the
               greatest
               and
               powerfullest
               Prince
               in
               all
               Africke
               .
               His
               Dominions
               begin
               at
               the
               entrance
               of
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               and
               stretch
               to
               the
               entrance
               of
               the
               Island
               of
               Siene
               (
               lying
               under
               the
               tropicke
               of
               Cancer
               )
               excepting
               some
               part
               of
               the
               Coast
               upon
               the
               same
               Sea
               ,
               which
               the
               Turke
               within
               these
               fourescore
               yeares
               hath
               taken
               from
               him
               .
               So
               that
               his
               government
               towards
               the
               North-west
               and
               East
               ,
               lyeth
               most
               part
               by
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               and
               North-east
               upon
               Aegypt
               ,
               and
               the
               desarts
               of
               Nubia
               :
               and
               upon
               the
               South-side
               upon
               Monemugi
               ;
               So
               that
               to
               set
               downe
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               all
               the
               Countries
               which
               this
               Christian
               King
               hath
               under
               his
               command
               ,
               were
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               in
               compasse
               they
               containe
               foure
               thousand
               Italian
               miles
               .
            
             
               Ios●phus
               .
               affirmeth
               ,
               that
               in
               ancient
               times
               they
               were
               called
               Chusaet
               ,
               of
               Chus
               the
               sonne
               of
               Cham
               ;
               And
               at
               this
               day
               some
               hold
               that
               the
               Portugals
               terme
               them
               C●ssios
               .
               But
               in
               the
               Aegyptian
               tongue
               they
               are
               stiled
               Abessini
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               scattering
               habitation
               .
               The
               Countrey
               ,
               by
               report
               of
               late
               Travellers
               ,
               is
               most
               fertill
               :
               For
               admit
               it
               yeeld
               Wheat
               in
               scarcitie
               ,
               yet
               aboundeth
               it
               in
               Barley
               ,
               Millet
               ,
               Pease
               ,
               Beanes
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               Pulse
               ,
               as
               we
               neither
               know
               nor
               can
               name
               .
               And
               although
               
               the
               Soveraigntie
               of
               this
               Prince
               be
               very
               magnificent
               ,
               powerfull
               ,
               and
               spacious
               ;
               yet
               in
               truth
               doth
               it
               nothing
               answer
               ,
               the
               fame
               and
               report
               of
               the
               vulgar
               .
               
                 Horatius
                 Malaguccius
              
               in
               his
               discourse
               
                 De
                 amplitudine
                 dominiorum
                 hujus
                 temporis
              
               ,
               maintaineth
               it
               to
               be
               larger
               than
               the
               Empire
               of
               any
               other
               Potentate
               ,
               except
               that
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               .
               Truly
               I
               must
               needs
               say
               ,
               that
               in
               elder
               age
               ,
               by
               the
               number
               of
               his
               Titles
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               conjectured
               ,
               that
               his
               Dominions
               did
               stretch
               farre
               :
               for
               he
               did
               intitle
               himselfe
               King
               of
               Goiam
               ,
               (
               which
               is
               beyond
               Nilus
               )
               Va●gue
               and
               Damur
               ;
               places
               situated
               beyond
               the
               River
               Zair
               ,
               whereas
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               he
               hardly
               commeth
               neere
               the
               bankes
               of
               either
               River
               :
               yea
               ,
               
                 Iohn
                 Baroz
              
               writeth
               ,
               that
               the
               Abessines
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               Mountaines
               betweene
               them
               and
               Nilus
               ▪
               have
               little
               or
               no
               knowledge
               of
               that
               River
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               vast
               Plaines
               ,
               fertill
               Hillocks
               and
               Mountaines
               ,
               
               though
               wonderous
               high
               yet
               fit
               for
               tillage
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               habitation
               .
               It
               is
               not
               very
               well
               stored
               with
               Wheat
               ,
               but
               it
               bringeth
               forth
               Barley
               ,
               Millet
               ,
               a
               certain
               other
               Graine
               wholesome
               and
               indurable
               ,
               Indian
               Wheat
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               kinde
               of
               Pulse
               (
               as
               well
               knowne
               as
               unknowne
               to
               us
               )
               in
               very
               plentifull
               manner
               .
               They
               have
               Vines
               ,
               but
               make
               no
               Wines
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               in
               the
               Kings
               Court
               ,
               or
               the
               Patriarchs
               Palace
               ,
               instead
               wherof
               they
               brew
               a
               kinde
               of
               sharpe
               Beverage
               ,
               -
               made
               of
               the
               fruit
               of
               Tamerind
               .
               The
               Orange
               ,
               Limon
               and
               Cedar
               tree
               grow
               wilde
               .
               They
               make
               Oyle
               of
               a
               certaine
               fruit
               which
               they
               call
               Zava
               ,
               it
               is
               of
               a
               good
               colour
               ,
               but
               unsavoury
               .
               The
               Bees
               build
               their
               Hives
               even
               in
               their
               houses
               ,
               whereupon
               ariseth
               a
               great
               quantitie
               of
               Wax
               and
               Honey
               .
               Their
               garments
               are
               woven
               of
               a
               Cotton-wooll
               .
               The
               richer
               sort
               are
               clothed
               in
               sheep-skins
               ;
               the
               Gentlemen
               in
               cases
               of
               Lions
               ,
               Tygers
               and
               Linces
               .
               Their
               riches
               consist
               in
               heards
               of
               Oxen
               ,
               Goats
               ,
               Sheepe
               ,
               Mules
               ,
               Asses
               and
               Camels
               .
               Of
               horses
               their
               breed
               is
               small
               ,
               but
               they
               have
               great
               store
               of
               goodly
               Coursers
               brought
               them
               from
               Arabia
               and
               Aegypt
               .
               They
               have
               Hens
               ,
               Geese
               ,
               wilde-swine
               ,
               Harts
               ,
               Goats
               and
               Hares
               ,
               but
               no
               Conies
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               such
               Beasts
               ,
               of
               which
               we
               have
               not
               the
               like
               ;
               as
               Panthers
               ,
               Lions
               ,
               Elephants
               and
               Linces
               .
               To
               speake
               in
               a
               word
               :
               there
               is
               no
               Countrie
               under
               
               heaven
               fitter
               for
               increase
               of
               Plants
               ,
               and
               all
               living
               creatures
               ;
               but
               none
               lesse
               helpt
               by
               art
               or
               industry
               ,
               for
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               idle
               and
               unthriftie
               .
               They
               have
               Flax
               ,
               but
               make
               no
               cloth
               ,
               they
               have
               Sugar-canes
               and
               Iron-mines
               ,
               but
               know
               not
               the
               use
               of
               either
               ,
               and
               as
               for
               Smiths
               they
               feare
               them
               as
               fiends
               .
               They
               have
               Rivers
               and
               streames
               ,
               yet
               will
               not
               they
               take
               paines
               in
               droughts
               to
               cut
               the
               bankes
               to
               water
               their
               Tillage
               ,
               -
               or
               hearten
               their
               grounds
               .
               Few
               give
               themselves
               to
               hunting
               or
               fishing
               ,
               which
               causeth
               their
               fields
               to
               swarme
               with
               fowle
               and
               venison
               ,
               and
               their
               Rivers
               with
               fish
               .
               But
               it
               seemeth
               ,
               that
               the
               true
               ground
               of
               their
               idlenesse
               ariseth
               from
               their
               evill
               usage
               ;
               for
               their
               poore
               people
               perceiving
               their
               Land-lords
               to
               pole
               and
               pill
               them
               ,
               never
               sow
               more
               than
               they
               needs
               must
               .
               They
               keepe
               no
               method
               in
               their
               speeches
               ,
               and
               to
               write
               a
               letter
               ,
               many
               men
               (
               and
               that
               many
               dayes
               )
               must
               lay
               their
               wits
               together
               .
               At
               meales
               they
               neither
               use
               cloth
               ,
               napkin
               nor
               tables
               .
               They
               are
               utterly
               ignorant
               in
               Physicke
               .
               The
               Gentlemen
               ,
               Burgers
               ,
               and
               Plebeians
               dwell
               apart
               ,
               yet
               may
               any
               man
               rise
               to
               honour
               by
               vertue
               and
               prowesse
               .
               The
               first
               borne
               is
               heire
               to
               all
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               uttermost
               farthing
               .
               Thorow
               the
               whole
               Land
               ,
               there
               is
               not
               a
               Towne
               containing
               above
               sixteene
               hundred
               housholds
               ,
               and
               but
               few
               of
               that
               quantity
               :
               For
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               they
               dwel
               dispersed
               in
               small
               Villages
               .
               They
               have
               no
               Castle
               or
               fortification
               ,
               in
               imitation
               of
               the
               Spartans
               ,
               maintaining
               that
               a
               Countrey
               ought
               to
               be
               defended
               by
               the
               Sword
               ,
               and
               not
               by
               strength
               of
               earth
               or
               stone
               .
               They
               barter
               one
               thing
               for
               another
               ,
               and
               to
               make
               reckonings
               even
               ,
               they
               supply
               the
               want
               with
               Corne
               and
               Salt.
               For
               Pepper
               ,
               Frankincense
               ,
               Myrrh
               and
               Salt
               ,
               they
               give
               Gold
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               weight
               ,
               as
               for
               Silver
               it
               is
               in
               little
               request
               .
               The
               greatest
               concourse
               of
               people
               is
               about
               the
               Kings
               Court
               ,
               which
               never
               stayeth
               long
               in
               one
               place
               ,
               but
               is
               ever
               in
               progresse
               ,
               sometime
               in
               one
               place
               ,
               sometime
               in
               another
               ,
               and
               ever
               in
               the
               open
               fields
               ,
               under
               Tents
               and
               Pavillions
               .
               It
               is
               said
               to
               containe
               ten
               miles
               in
               circuit
               .
               His
               government
               is
               tyrannicall
               ;
               for
               he
               intreateth
               his
               Vassals
               ,
               rich
               and
               poore
               ,
               more
               liker
               slaves
               than
               subjects
               :
               which
               to
               doe
               with
               the
               greater
               safetie
               ,
               he
               carrieth
               himselfe
               amongst
               them
               
               with
               a
               holy
               and
               Saint-like
               adoration
               :
               for
               at
               his
               bare
               name
               they
               bow
               their
               bodies
               ,
               and
               touch
               the
               earth
               with
               their
               hands
               .
               They
               reverence
               his
               Pavillion
               ,
               yea
               though
               he
               be
               absent
               .
            
             
               In
               old
               times
               they
               were
               accustomed
               to
               shew
               themselves
               to
               the
               people
               but
               once
               in
               three
               years
               ,
               
               but
               since
               they
               are
               growne
               lesse
               Majesticall
               ,
               shewing
               themselves
               thrice
               in
               one
               yeare
               ;
               to
               wit
               ,
               on
               Christmas-day
               ,
               on
               Easter-day
               ,
               and
               on
               Holy-Rood-day
               ;
               yea
               and
               in
               these
               times
               ,
               the
               Kings
               ,
               which
               now
               reigne
               ,
               are
               become
               more
               gracious
               .
               When
               any
               matter
               is
               committed
               in
               the
               Princes
               name
               to
               any
               man
               ,
               hee
               is
               to
               attend
               his
               Commission
               starke
               naked
               to
               the
               middle
               .
               Being
               called
               to
               witnesse
               a
               matter
               in
               controversie
               ,
               they
               hardly
               speake
               truth
               ,
               unlesse
               they
               sweare
               by
               the
               life
               of
               the
               King.
               Hee
               giveth
               and
               taketh
               ,
               to
               whom
               ,
               and
               from
               whom
               he
               pleaseth
               ,
               neither
               dare
               he
               ,
               from
               whom
               he
               taketh
               ,
               for
               his
               life
               make
               shew
               of
               a
               discontented
               countenance
               .
               He
               presenteth
               to
               holy
               Orders
               ,
               and
               disposeth
               at
               his
               good
               pleasure
               of
               the
               goods
               of
               the
               Spiritualtie
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               of
               the
               Laitie
               .
               In
               travelling
               ,
               he
               rideth
               shadowed
               with
               red
               Curtaines
               ,
               high
               and
               deepe
               ,
               incompassing
               him
               round
               about
               .
            
             
               He
               weareth
               on
               his
               head
               a
               Crowne
               ,
               the
               one
               halfe
               wrought
               with
               Gold
               :
               and
               the
               other
               of
               Silver
               ,
               in
               his
               hand
               he
               beareth
               a
               Silver
               Crucifix
               .
               He
               covereth
               his
               face
               with
               a
               peece
               of
               watchet
               Taftata
               ,
               which
               more
               or
               lesse
               he
               lifteth
               up
               and
               putteth
               downe
               according
               as
               hee
               is
               minded
               to
               grace
               him
               with
               whom
               he
               talketh
               .
               Sometimes
               he
               sheweth
               his
               whole
               legge
               ,
               lifting
               it
               without
               the
               hangings
               ,
               then
               may
               no
               man
               approach
               but
               by
               degrees
               ,
               and
               after
               many
               courtesies
               ,
               and
               divers
               messages
               passing
               to
               and
               fro
               .
               No
               man
               hath
               vassals
               but
               the
               King
               ,
               to
               whom
               once
               a
               yeare
               they
               doe
               homage
               ,
               and
               protest
               obedience
               as
               subjects
               to
               their
               Liege
               Soveraigne
               .
               Hee
               derived
               his
               pedegree
               from
               Milech
               the
               sonne
               of
               Salomon
               and
               Saba
               .
               In
               the
               reigne
               of
               Candaces
               ,
               they
               received
               the
               Christian
               Faith
               :
               and
               about
               that
               time
               ,
               one
               Gasparis
               became
               famous
               in
               Aethiopia
               ;
               from
               whom
               after
               thirteene
               generations
               ,
               descended
               that
               Iohn
               ,
               who
               first
               tooke
               upon
               him
               the
               Surname
               of
               Sanctus
               ,
               and
               left
               it
               an
               hereditary
               Title
               to
               his
               house
               and
               successours
               .
            
             
               This
               man
               having
               no
               issue
               of
               his
               body
               ,
               about
               the
               time
               of
               
               Constantine
               ,
               gave
               the
               Kingdome
               to
               the
               eldest
               sonne
               of
               his
               brother
               Caius
               ,
               and
               invested
               the
               younger
               (
               Balthasar
               and
               Melchior
               )
               the
               one
               with
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Fatigar
               ,
               the
               other
               with
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Goiam
               ;
               and
               so
               divided
               the
               bloud
               royall
               into
               three
               Families
               ,
               the
               
                 Gaspars
                 ,
                 Balthasars
              
               ,
               and
               Melchiors
               .
               To
               avoid
               sedition
               and
               innovation
               ,
               hee
               made
               a
               Law
               ,
               that
               the
               sonnes
               ,
               brethren
               ,
               and
               neerest
               kindred
               of
               the
               Emperour
               should
               be
               kept
               and
               shut
               up
               in
               the
               Castle
               of
               Amara
               ,
               and
               that
               they
               should
               neither
               succeed
               in
               the
               Empire
               ,
               nor
               enjoy
               any
               honourable
               estate
               ,
               for
               which
               cause
               the
               Emperours
               ever
               since
               have
               seldome
               married
               .
               He
               manureth
               his
               Domaines
               with
               his
               owne
               slaves
               and
               Cattell
               ;
               who
               by
               reason
               they
               are
               suffered
               to
               marrie
               ,
               and
               their
               issues
               remaine
               in
               the
               same
               estate
               of
               villenage
               ,
               as
               doe
               their
               Fathers
               ;
               they
               increase
               to
               infinite
               multitudes
               .
               Every
               man
               that
               hath
               any
               inheritance
               doth
               likewise
               pay
               tribute
               ,
               some
               Horses
               ,
               some
               Oxen
               ,
               others
               Gold
               ,
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               or
               such
               like
               .
               It
               is
               thought
               that
               he
               is
               Lord
               of
               infinite
               Treasures
               ,
               and
               to
               have
               store
               of
               houses
               full
               of
               Cloth
               ,
               Jewels
               ,
               and
               Gold.
               In
               his
               Letters
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               upon
               condition
               that
               he
               would
               wage
               war
               against
               the
               Infidels
               ,
               he
               offered
               him
               a
               Million
               of
               Gold
               ,
               and
               a
               Million
               of
               men
               ,
               with
               provision
               according
               .
               He
               is
               reported
               to
               lay
               up
               yearely
               in
               the
               Castle
               of
               Amara
               three
               Millions
               of
               Gold.
               And
               true
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               before
               the
               dayes
               of
               King
               Alexander
               ,
               he
               did
               hoord
               up
               great
               store
               of
               Gold
               in
               rude
               and
               unwrought
               Masses
               ;
               but
               no
               such
               quantity
               as
               is
               spoken
               ,
               because
               they
               know
               not
               how
               to
               refine
               it
               .
               
               His
               Revenues
               are
               of
               three
               sorts
               :
               the
               first
               ariseth
               of
               his
               Crowne-land
               ;
               the
               second
               of
               the
               Taxes
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               who
               pay
               every
               man
               by
               house
               somewhat
               ,
               besides
               the
               tenth
               of
               all
               that
               is
               digged
               out
               of
               their
               Mines
               :
               the
               third
               he
               levieth
               of
               the
               great
               Lords
               ,
               and
               they
               give
               him
               the
               Revenue
               of
               any
               one
               of
               their
               Townes
               (
               which
               he
               will
               chuse
               ,
               )
               so
               he
               chuse
               not
               that
               wherein
               themselves
               inhabit
               .
               And
               albeit
               the
               Prince
               be
               very
               rich
               ,
               yet
               the
               people
               are
               idle
               and
               beggarly
               :
               partly
               because
               they
               are
               intreated
               as
               slaves
               ,
               which
               usage
               taketh
               from
               any
               people
               that
               courage
               &
               alacritie
               of
               spirit
               which
               should
               be
               in
               men
               professing
               armes
               ,
               and
               
               undergoing
               dangers
               ;
               and
               partly
               because
               in
               respect
               of
               that
               base
               bond
               of
               servile
               fidelity
               ,
               wherewith
               they
               are
               over-awed
               to
               his
               Majesty
               ,
               they
               perceive
               their
               hands
               are
               fast
               bound
               ,
               through
               feare
               whereof
               ,
               they
               have
               no
               other
               weapon
               fit
               for
               service
               ,
               than
               a
               rusty
               head-peece
               ,
               a
               Scull
               or
               Curasse
               ,
               which
               the
               Portugals
               have
               brought
               thither
               .
               So
               that
               having
               neither
               fortresse
               to
               slie
               unto
               ,
               nor
               weapons
               to
               repulse
               wrongs
               ;
               their
               Villages
               and
               substance
               lie
               alwayes
               open
               to
               the
               prey
               and
               spoile
               of
               whosoever
               will
               invade
               them
               .
               Their
               offensive
               weapons
               are
               certaine
               darts
               ,
               and
               arrowes
               without
               feathers
               .
               They
               observe
               a
               Lent
               of
               fifty
               dayes
               ,
               which
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               true
               (
               or
               rather
               superstitious
               )
               abstinence
               ,
               doth
               bring
               their
               bodies
               so
               weake
               and
               low
               ,
               that
               for
               many
               dayes
               after
               they
               are
               not
               able
               to
               gather
               strength
               to
               move
               themselves
               from
               one
               place
               to
               another
               .
               At
               which
               time
               the
               Moores
               watching
               opportunity
               ,
               invading
               their
               Dominions
               ,
               carry
               away
               men
               ,
               women
               ,
               and
               wealth
               .
               
                 Francis
                 Alvarez
              
               writeth
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               able
               to
               bring
               into
               the
               field
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               :
               but
               experience
               hath
               manifested
               ,
               that
               even
               in
               his
               extremities
               ,
               his
               numbers
               were
               far
               inferior
               to
               that
               reckoning
               .
               He
               hath
               Knights
               of
               an
               order
               dedicated
               to
               the
               protecton
               of
               S.
               Anthony
               .
               Every
               Gentleman
               Father
               of
               three
               sons
               (
               except
               the
               eldest
               )
               is
               bound
               to
               give
               one
               to
               the
               service
               of
               the
               King
               ;
               out
               of
               these
               are
               chosen
               twelve
               thousand
               Horsemen
               for
               the
               guard
               of
               his
               person
               .
               Their
               vow
               and
               oath
               is
               to
               defend
               the
               bounds
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               and
               to
               fight
               against
               the
               enemies
               of
               the
               Christian
               Faith.
               
            
             
               He
               is
               fronted
               with
               three
               puissant
               neighbours
               :
               
               the
               King
               of
               Borno
               ,
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               and
               the
               King
               of
               Adel.
               
               The
               King
               of
               Borno
               is
               Lord
               of
               that
               Countrey
               ,
               which
               from
               Guangula
               Eastward
               stretcheth
               about
               five
               hundred
               miles
               betweene
               the
               desarts
               of
               Seth
               and
               Barca
               .
               In
               situation
               it
               is
               very
               uneven
               ,
               sometime
               mountainous
               ,
               and
               sometime
               plaine
               ;
               the
               people
               indifferent
               civill
               ,
               the
               Countrey
               reasonably
               well
               inhabited
               ,
               and
               in
               regard
               of
               plenty
               of
               victuall
               somewhat
               resorted
               unto
               by
               Merchants
               .
               On
               the
               Mountaines
               dwell
               Neat-herds
               ,
               and
               Sheep-herds
               ,
               living
               for
               the
               most
               part
               upon
               Millet
               ,
               leading
               a
               bestiall
               life
               ,
               without
               Religion
               ,
               and
               accompanying
               with
               
               one
               anothers
               Wives
               .
               They
               know
               no
               other
               names
               than
               such
               as
               are
               given
               them
               for
               some
               note
               or
               marke
               of
               their
               bodie
               ,
               as
               Blinde
               ,
               Lame
               ,
               Tall
               ,
               Bold
               ,
               &c.
               
               This
               King
               is
               very
               puissant
               in
               people
               ,
               of
               whom
               he
               exacteth
               no
               other
               tribute
               than
               the
               tenths
               of
               the
               increase
               of
               their
               liveli-hoods
               .
               For
               exercise
               ,
               and
               in
               stead
               of
               occupations
               ,
               they
               give
               themselves
               to
               steale
               ,
               to
               slay
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               and
               to
               take
               them
               prisoners
               ,
               and
               then
               to
               barter
               them
               for
               Horses
               with
               the
               Merchants
               of
               Barbarie
               .
               He
               hath
               under
               him
               many
               Kingdomes
               and
               Nations
               ,
               some
               white
               ,
               some
               blacke
               .
               He
               is
               an
               heavie
               enemie
               to
               the
               Abessines
               ,
               taking
               away
               their
               Cattell
               ,
               rifling
               their
               Mines
               ,
               and
               leading
               away
               the
               people
               in
               captivity
               .
               His
               Horsemen
               ride
               after
               the
               Spanish
               manner
               ,
               armed
               with
               Launces
               ,
               (
               steeled
               at
               both
               ends
               )
               Darts
               &
               Arrowes
               :
               but
               their
               inrodes
               resemble
               rather
               robberies
               and
               garboiles
               ,
               than
               wars
               managed
               by
               valiant
               souldiers
               .
            
             
               The
               Turke
               likewise
               on
               the
               East
               ,
               
               and
               the
               King
               of
               Adel
               on
               the
               South-East
               ,
               doe
               cruelly
               vex
               him
               ;
               for
               they
               have
               curtal'd
               his
               large
               dominion
               ,
               and
               brought
               his
               Provinces
               into
               great
               misery
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1558.
               the
               Turke
               harried
               the
               whole
               Territory
               of
               Bernagasso
               ,
               and
               tooke
               from
               
                 Prester
                 Iohn
              
               whatsoever
               he
               was
               Lord
               of
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               ,
               especially
               the
               Haven
               and
               City
               of
               Suaquen
               and
               Erococo
               ;
               in
               which
               place
               the
               mountaines
               betweene
               Abex
               and
               the
               Red-Sea
               ,
               make
               a
               gate
               as
               it
               were
               for
               the
               traffike
               and
               carriages
               of
               the
               Abessines
               and
               Arabians
               .
               And
               since
               that
               Bernagasso
               was
               forced
               to
               submit
               himselfe
               to
               the
               Turkish
               commands
               ,
               to
               buy
               his
               peace
               ,
               and
               in
               name
               of
               a
               tribute
               to
               pay
               1000
               ounces
               of
               Gold
               yearely
               .
            
             
               The
               King
               of
               Adel
               is
               his
               no
               lesse
               infestious
               enemie
               :
               he
               bordereth
               upon
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Fatigar
               ;
               
               and
               his
               Seigniory
               stretcheth
               along
               the
               Red-Sea
               as
               farre
               as
               
                 Assum
                 ,
                 Salir
                 ,
                 Mith
                 ,
                 Barbora
                 ,
                 Pidar
                 ,
              
               and
               Zeila
               .
               Many
               ships
               come
               from
               Aden
               and
               Cambaia
               to
               Barbora
               with
               Merchandize
               ,
               which
               they
               trucke
               for
               Flesh
               ,
               Honey
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               and
               Victuall
               ;
               these
               commodities
               are
               carried
               to
               Aden
               ;
               Gold
               ,
               Ivory
               ,
               and
               such
               wares
               are
               sent
               to
               Cambaia
               ;
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               Victuall
               ,
               Hony
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               Corne
               and
               Fruits
               brought
               from
               Zeila
               ,
               are
               carried
               into
               Aden
               and
               Arabia
               ,
               also
               much
               Cattell
               ,
               especially
               Sheepe
               ,
               having
               
               tailes
               of
               twenty
               five
               pound
               weight
               ,
               with
               heads
               and
               necks
               all
               blacke
               ,
               the
               rest
               of
               their
               bodies
               all
               white
               .
               Of
               these
               Cattell
               there
               are
               some
               altogether
               white
               ,
               with
               turning
               crooked
               tailes
               as
               long
               as
               a
               mans
               arme
               ,
               and
               dew-laps
               like
               Oxen.
               Some
               of
               their
               Kine
               have
               hornes
               with
               many
               branches
               like
               our
               Deere
               :
               othersome
               have
               one
               horne
               in
               their
               fore-head
               growing
               backward
               ,
               a
               span
               and
               a
               halfe
               long
               .
               The
               chiefe
               City
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               is
               Arar
               ,
               thirty
               eight
               leagues
               distant
               from
               Zeila
               towards
               the
               South-East
               .
               He
               professeth
               Mahumetisme
               ,
               and
               since
               his
               conversion
               hee
               hath
               intituled
               himselfe
               with
               the
               surname
               of
               Holy
               ;
               avowing
               continuall
               warre
               against
               the
               Abessine
               Christians
               ;
               and
               therefore
               he
               watcheth
               the
               time
               of
               the
               foresaid
               Fast
               of
               fifty
               dayes
               ,
               when
               he
               entreth
               their
               Territories
               ,
               burneth
               their
               Villages
               ,
               taketh
               prisoners
               ,
               and
               then
               committeth
               a
               thousand
               other
               mischiefes
               .
            
             
               The
               Abessine
               slaves
               doe
               often
               leave
               their
               Country
               ,
               
               and
               take
               upon
               them
               great
               journies
               ,
               putting
               themselves
               in
               the
               service
               of
               great
               Lords
               ,
               where
               many
               times
               by
               their
               industry
               and
               good
               carriage
               they
               become
               high
               Commanders
               in
               
                 Arabia
                 ,
                 Cambaia
                 ,
                 Bengala
              
               ,
               and
               Sumatra
               .
               For
               the
               Mahumetan
               Princes
               being
               all
               Tyrants
               and
               Lords
               of
               those
               Countries
               ,
               which
               they
               have
               forced
               from
               the
               Gentiles
               ,
               to
               secure
               their
               estates
               ,
               doe
               never
               trust
               to
               their
               home-bred
               subjects
               ,
               but
               wage
               strangers
               and
               slaves
               ,
               unto
               whose
               fidelity
               they
               commit
               their
               persons
               ,
               &
               the
               managing
               of
               all
               the
               affaires
               of
               their
               Kingdomes
               .
               And
               amongst
               all
               sorts
               of
               slaves
               ,
               the
               Abessine
               is
               in
               greatest
               esteeme
               for
               his
               faithfulnesse
               and
               towardly
               disposition
               .
               The
               King
               of
               Adel
               overlayeth
               Aegypt
               and
               Arabia
               with
               their
               slaves
               ,
               which
               he
               changeth
               with
               the
               Turks
               and
               Princes
               of
               Arabte
               ,
               for
               armour
               ,
               provision
               of
               warre
               ,
               and
               souldiers
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1500.
               
               Claud
               King
               of
               Abex
               perceiving
               himselfe
               inferiour
               unto
               
                 Grand
                 Ameda
              
               King
               of
               Adel
               ,
               (
               for
               he
               had
               vexed
               his
               Land
               fourteene
               yeares
               with
               incursions
               )
               forsaking
               the
               frontiers
               ,
               retired
               himselfe
               into
               the
               inward
               parts
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               ,
               intreating
               for
               aid
               of
               
                 Stephen
                 Gama
              
               ,
               Vice-Roy
               of
               India
               ,
               under
               Iohn
               the
               third
               King
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               who
               was
               then
               in
               the
               Red-Sea
               with
               a
               warlike
               Navie
               .
               In
               compassion
               of
               his
               miseries
               and
               
               Religion
               ,
               he
               sent
               him
               foure
               hundred
               Portugal
               shot
               ,
               very
               well
               furnished
               ,
               under
               the
               conduct
               of
               Christopher
               his
               Brother
               .
               By
               the
               aid
               and
               use
               of
               their
               Artillery
               ,
               he
               overthrew
               his
               Enemies
               in
               two
               battels
               :
               but
               the
               King
               of
               Adel
               obtaining
               of
               the
               Governour
               of
               the
               City
               of
               Zebit
               one
               thousand
               Harquibushers
               ,
               and
               ten
               peeces
               of
               Ordnance
               ;
               in
               the
               third
               fight
               put
               the
               Portugals
               to
               flight
               ,
               and
               slew
               their
               Captaine
               .
               Afterwards
               ,
               when
               Adel
               had
               sent
               away
               these
               Turkes
               ,
               King
               Claudius
               set
               upon
               him
               at
               unawares
               by
               the
               River
               Zeila
               ,
               at
               the
               Mountaine
               Sana
               ,
               with
               eight
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               five
               hundred
               Abessine
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               the
               remainder
               of
               the
               living
               Portugals
               ,
               one
               of
               whom
               gave
               Grada-Amada
               his
               deaths
               wound
               .
               But
               in
               March
               1560.
               
               Claudius
               fighting
               with
               the
               Moores
               of
               Malaca
               ,
               gaining
               the
               victory
               ,
               was
               slaine
               in
               the
               battell
               .
               Adam
               his
               brother
               succeeded
               ,
               against
               whom
               ,
               being
               a
               Demi-Mahumetan
               ,
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               Abessine
               Nobility
               rebelled
               ,
               and
               was
               overthrowne
               in
               the
               yeare
               1562.
               by
               Bernagasso
               .
               By
               this
               casualty
               did
               the
               Aethi●pian
               affaires
               ebbe
               and
               slow
               ;
               But
               in
               the
               reigne
               of
               Alexander
               ,
               things
               beganne
               in
               some
               sort
               to
               returne
               to
               their
               ancient
               State
               ,
               by
               the
               aid
               of
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               who
               furnished
               them
               with
               weapons
               both
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               ,
               and
               by
               their
               example
               incouraged
               them
               to
               be
               stout
               and
               couragious
               against
               their
               enemies
               .
            
             
               All
               that
               were
               living
               after
               the
               defeature
               of
               
                 Christopher
                 Gama
              
               ,
               and
               all
               that
               ever
               went
               thither
               since
               that
               day
               to
               this
               ,
               doe
               remaine
               there
               ,
               marrying
               Wives
               ,
               and
               begetting
               Children
               .
               King
               Alexander
               gave
               them
               leave
               to
               elect
               a
               Justicer
               ,
               and
               to
               end
               all
               matters
               of
               controversie
               amongst
               themselves
               ,
               which
               maketh
               them
               so
               willing
               to
               stay
               and
               teach
               them
               the
               use
               of
               Weapons
               ,
               the
               manners
               of
               warfare
               ,
               and
               how
               to
               fortifie
               places
               of
               importance
               .
               Sithence
               those
               times
               
                 (
                 Francis
                 Medicis
              
               contracting
               friendship
               with
               the
               Abessine
               )
               divers
               Florentines
               ,
               some
               for
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               some
               for
               profit
               have
               travelled
               into
               those
               Provinces
               ;
               wherein
               when
               they
               are
               once
               entred
               ,
               the
               King
               intreateth
               them
               so
               faire
               ,
               and
               giveth
               them
               so
               liberally
               whereon
               to
               live
               ;
               that
               they
               can
               hardly
               obtaine
               licence
               to
               returne
               againe
               into
               their
               owne
               Countries
               .
            
             
             
               Besides
               these
               he
               hath
               other
               enemies
               ,
               as
               the
               King
               of
               Da●ca●
               ,
               whose
               Citie
               and
               Haven
               is
               Vela
               upon
               the
               Red-Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               Moores
               of
               Doba
               ,
               a
               Province
               divided
               into
               fourteene
               Lieutenantships
               .
               These
               people
               ,
               though
               they
               are
               accounted
               within
               the
               limits
               of
               the
               Abessine
               Empire
               ,
               yet
               doe
               they
               often
               rebell
               ,
               having
               a
               Law
               amongst
               themselves
               ,
               that
               no
               young
               man
               may
               contract
               Matrimony
               ,
               unlesse
               hee
               can
               bring
               good
               proofe
               that
               he
               hath
               slaine
               twelve
               Christians
               .
            
          
           
             
               Monomotapa
               .
            
             
               VPon
               this
               Continent
               are
               contained
               many
               other
               Kingdomes
               .
               As
               Gualata
               ,
               small
               and
               poore
               ;
               Tombuto
               ,
               great
               and
               populous
               ;
               Melli
               ,
               rich
               in
               Corne
               ,
               Flesh
               ,
               and
               Cotton-wooll
               .
               Guinea
               is
               next
               ,
               greater
               and
               richer
               than
               any
               other
               within
               the
               Moores
               Countrey
               ,
               except
               Aegypt
               and
               
                 Abessine
                 ,
                 Angola
                 ,
                 Manicongo
                 ,
                 Co●go
                 ,
                 Mombassa
                 ,
                 Quiolasafola
                 ,
                 Melinde
                 ,
                 Mosambique
                 ,
                 Mon●●●●gi
                 ,
              
               with
               the
               rest
               within
               land
               ,
               are
               all
               inhabited
               with
               
                 Moores
                 ,
                 Mahumetans
              
               ,
               Heathen
               and
               barbarous
               people
               ,
               who
               live
               plentifully
               upon
               those
               good
               nutriments
               ,
               which
               God
               and
               nature
               hath
               provided
               for
               those
               places
               ;
               traffiking
               and
               bartering
               one
               with
               another
               ;
               some
               for
               Ambergrice
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               Copper
               ,
               and
               Rice
               ;
               some
               for
               Gold
               ,
               Pearle
               ,
               Linnen
               ,
               and
               Silks
               ,
               and
               others
               for
               Ivory
               ,
               Cotton
               ,
               and
               such
               inbred
               commodities
               ,
               as
               each
               Province
               peculiarly
               can
               spare
               to
               the
               necessities
               of
               the
               other
               .
               Monomotapa
               seemeth
               to
               be
               civiller
               and
               better
               governed
               than
               any
               of
               the
               residue
               ,
               and
               is
               almost
               an
               Island
               lying
               betweene
               the
               Rivers
               of
               Cuama
               ,
               and
               
                 Spirito
                 Sancto
              
               ,
               from
               whence
               it
               stretcheth
               along
               the
               Sea-coast
               to
               the
               
                 Cape
                 of
                 good
                 Hope
              
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               North
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Mo●emugi
               .
               It
               is
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               leagues
               in
               compasse
               ,
               
               and
               all
               the
               Vice-Royes
               (
               or
               Lieutenants
               )
               throughout
               that
               whole
               territory
               doe
               acknowledge
               the
               King
               thereof
               for
               their
               Soveraigne
               .
               Of
               Townes
               and
               Villages
               they
               have
               few
               ,
               but
               
               Cottages
               many
               ,
               and
               those
               compacted
               of
               timber
               &
               thatcht
               .
               Cities
               there
               are
               also
               many
               ,
               whereof
               Zimbas
               and
               Benemetaxa
               are
               betweene
               twenty
               ,
               and
               five
               and
               twenty
               miles
               distant
               from
               Sofola
               ,
               towards
               the
               West
               .
               The
               soile
               aboundeth
               with
               Corne
               ,
               and
               Cattell
               great
               and
               small
               ,
               wandring
               by
               herds
               through
               the
               fields
               and
               woods
               .
               
               By
               the
               store
               of
               teeth
               from
               thence
               yearely
               transported
               ,
               we
               can
               but
               conjecture
               ,
               that
               lesse
               than
               five
               Elephants
               cannot
               but
               die
               in
               this
               Country
               :
               these
               beasts
               are
               herevery
               huge
               .
               
               There
               is
               no
               climate
               like
               it
               for
               plenty
               of
               Gold
               ;
               for
               there
               are
               said
               to
               be
               three
               thousand
               Mines
               ,
               whereout
               Gold
               is
               usually
               digged
               .
               Which
               commodity
               is
               also
               found
               as
               well
               in
               the
               Plaines
               ,
               as
               in
               Rocks
               and
               in
               Rivers
               .
               Whereof
               the
               Mine
               of
               
                 Manica
                 ,
                 Boro
                 ,
                 Quiticui
              
               ,
               and
               Tero●
               ,
               (
               which
               some
               men
               all
               Butna
               )
               are
               the
               chiefest
               .
               So
               that
               some
               men
               are
               of
               opinion
               ,
               
               that
               out
               of
               this
               Countrey
               Salomon
               procured
               his
               Gold
               and
               Ivory
               to
               be
               brought
               unto
               Ierusalem
               :
               Which
               seemeth
               not
               unlikely
               ,
               for
               that
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               were
               found
               many
               old
               and
               Prince-like
               buildings
               ,
               and
               those
               very
               costly
               in
               Timber
               ,
               Stone
               ,
               Chalke
               ,
               and
               Wood
               ;
               which
               in
               the
               Countries
               thereabouts
               are
               not
               to
               be
               found
               .
            
             
               The
               Government
               is
               great
               ,
               and
               extendeth
               over
               many
               warlike
               people
               ;
               
               all
               Pagans
               ;
               meane
               of
               stature
               ,
               blacke
               ,
               well
               set
               ,
               and
               very
               swift
               .
               Their
               weapons
               are
               Darts
               ,
               and
               light
               Targets
               ,
               and
               the
               men
               much
               given
               to
               rebellion
               :
               the
               cause
               ,
               wherefore
               the
               Prince
               retaineth
               the
               heires
               of
               his
               vassall
               Princes
               ,
               to
               be
               secured
               of
               their
               parents
               ;
               as
               also
               ,
               that
               he
               entertaineth
               strong
               Regiments
               in
               severall
               Provinces
               ,
               divided
               into
               legions
               after
               the
               Roman
               manner
               .
               Amongst
               the
               which
               ,
               that
               he
               accounteth
               his
               battalion
               of
               Amazons
               ,
               comparable
               (
               for
               trust
               of
               person
               )
               to
               the
               Turkish
               Pretorian
               Ianizars
               ,
               with
               their
               manner
               of
               warfare
               ,
               copulation
               ,
               and
               educating
               of
               their
               males
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               ancient
               custome
               of
               those
               masculine
               Viragoes
               ;
               you
               may
               ,
               by
               my
               leave
               ,
               confidently
               beleeve
               ,
               because
               some
               late
               travellers
               have
               as
               lately
               reported
               it
               .
               But
               truth
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               according
               to
               their
               uncivill
               civility
               they
               converse
               with
               the
               King
               kneeling
               on
               their
               knees
               ,
               and
               to
               sit
               in
               his
               presence
               is
               the
               use
               with
               them
               ,
               as
               with
               us
               to
               stand
               ;
               and
               that
               is
               granted
               but
               
               to
               great
               Lords
               onely
               .
               The
               assay
               of
               meat
               and
               drinke
               is
               not
               made
               before
               ,
               but
               after
               the
               Prince
               hath
               eat
               and
               drunke
               .
               Here
               are
               no
               prisons
               ,
               because
               Law
               passeth
               upon
               the
               offender
               in
               the
               very
               moment
               wherein
               the
               offence
               was
               committed
               :
               The
               offences
               most
               severely
               punished
               ,
               are
               Witch-craft
               ,
               Theft
               ,
               and
               Adultery
               .
               They
               pay
               no
               other
               tribute
               but
               certaine
               daies
               worke
               and
               presents
               ,
               without
               which
               no
               man
               may
               appeare
               in
               the
               Princes
               presence
               .
               The
               King
               beareth
               in
               his
               Coat-Armour
               a
               little
               spade
               ,
               with
               an
               Ivory
               handle
               ,
               and
               two
               small
               Darts
               .
            
             
               One
               of
               them
               not
               long
               since
               was
               converted
               and
               baptized
               by
               
                 Gonsalva
                 Silva
              
               a
               Iesuite
               ,
               with
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               his
               Courtiers
               ;
               but
               afterwards
               (
               by
               the
               perswasion
               of
               certaine
               Moores
               in
               great
               credit
               about
               him
               )
               hee
               caused
               him
               to
               bee
               slaine
               .
               Sebastian
               King
               of
               Portugall
               offended
               hereat
               ,
               proclaimed
               warre
               against
               him
               under
               the
               leading
               of
               
                 Francisco
                 Berotio
              
               .
               This
               Armie
               consisted
               of
               sixteene
               hundred
               ,
               the
               greatest
               part
               Gentlemen
               ,
               to
               whom
               the
               Monomotapa
               fearing
               their
               Armes
               and
               valour
               ,
               offered
               honourable
               conditions
               ,
               but
               the
               Captaine
               (
               whom
               no
               offer
               or
               indifferency
               could
               satisfie
               )
               was
               overcome
               ,
               and
               his
               Armie
               utterly
               consumed
               ,
               yet
               not
               by
               the
               enemy
               ,
               but
               by
               sicknesse
               and
               in
               the
               infectious
               aire
               of
               the
               Country
               .
            
          
           
             
               Aegypt
               .
            
             
               IN
               this
               description
               ,
               I
               will
               rather
               follow
               the
               ,
               opinion
               of
               Ptolomy
               ,
               and
               some
               others
               ,
               who
               make
               it
               a
               part
               of
               Africa
               ,
               than
               those
               who
               either
               referre
               some
               portion
               thereof
               to
               Asia
               ,
               and
               the
               residue
               to
               Africke
               .
               It
               is
               a
               most
               noble
               and
               ancient
               Region
               ,
               much
               celebrated
               both
               in
               Scripture
               ,
               and
               other
               profane
               Writers
               ,
               for
               the
               excellency
               and
               antiquity
               thereof
               .
               In
               holy
               Writ
               (
               as
               witnesseth
               Iosephus
               )
               it
               is
               called
               Misraim
               ,
               and
               so
               the
               Inhabitants
               .
               For
               Misraim
               was
               the
               
               Sonne
               of
               Chus
               ,
               the
               Sonne
               of
               Cham
               ,
               the
               Sonne
               of
               Noe.
               The
               Arabians
               call
               the
               country
               Mesre
               ,
               but
               the
               Inhabitants
               Chibeth
               ,
               for
               such
               was
               his
               Name
               that
               first
               brought
               his
               Colonie
               into
               these
               parts
               .
               It
               is
               plaine
               ,
               sandy
               ,
               and
               low
               Land
               without
               Mountaines
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               it
               cannot
               be
               seene
               afar
               off
               :
               the
               aire
               is
               hot
               and
               infectious
               ;
               and
               therefore
               either
               to
               avoid
               or
               mollifie
               the
               intolerable
               heat
               of
               Summer
               Sunne
               ,
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               accustomed
               in
               all
               their
               Cities
               upon
               the
               tops
               of
               their
               Houses
               to
               build
               open
               Tarases
               ,
               to
               let
               the
               wind
               drive
               in
               thorow
               all
               their
               roomes
               .
               Yet
               is
               not
               this
               Country
               as
               the
               rest
               of
               Africke
               ,
               infested
               with
               the
               Southerne
               winds
               ingendred
               of
               heat
               ;
               but
               is
               especially
               refreshed
               with
               the
               Northerne
               ,
               which
               here
               is
               moist
               ,
               and
               in
               other
               places
               drie
               .
               It
               hath
               no
               Earth-quakes
               nor
               showres
               ,
               but
               of
               very
               able
               fertility
               ;
               and
               if
               it
               raine
               (
               as
               it
               seldome
               doth
               )
               it
               bringeth
               many
               diseases
               ,
               as
               Murres
               ,
               Catars
               ,
               Agues
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
            
             
               The
               inundation
               of
               Nilus
               is
               mother
               of
               all
               fertility
               ,
               
               the
               want
               thereof
               an
               assured
               prediction
               of
               famine
               and
               scarcitie
               .
               The
               Country
               is
               full
               of
               cuts
               and
               inlets
               from
               this
               River
               ,
               which
               long
               agoe
               Sesostris
               caused
               to
               bee
               intrenched
               ,
               left
               those
               Townes
               which
               were
               situated
               from
               the
               maine
               banke
               in
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               should
               want
               water
               upon
               the
               ebbing
               of
               the
               River
               .
               This
               inundation
               causeth
               such
               plentifull
               harvests
               ,
               that
               through
               the
               whole
               earth
               ,
               better
               increase
               ,
               and
               speedier
               ripenesse
               is
               not
               to
               be
               found
               .
            
             
               The
               wealth
               hereof
               is
               rather
               to
               be
               admired
               than
               estimated
               ;
               
               in
               reviewing
               the
               spendor
               &
               magnificence
               of
               their
               regall
               Antiquities
               ,
               their
               Labyrinths
               ,
               their
               Pyramides
               ,
               &
               water-works
               ,
               all
               built
               and
               perfected
               at
               inestimable
               charges
               .
               The
               ruines
               whereof
               are
               to
               be
               seene
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               whereunto
               the
               bravest
               Monuments
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               are
               nothing
               comparable
               .
               The
               revenue
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               in
               times
               past
               ,
               both
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               fertilitie
               of
               Nilus
               ,
               and
               the
               infinite
               quantity
               of
               Merchandize
               transported
               from
               
                 Aethiopia
                 ,
                 Arabia
              
               ,
               and
               India
               ,
               hath
               beene
               very
               great
               .
               Some
               report
               (
               saith
               Ptolomie
               )
               that
               Auletes
               received
               from
               hence
               twelve
               millions
               and
               fifty
               talents
               ,
               which
               according
               to
               the
               computation
               of
               Budaeus
               ,
               ariseth
               
               to
               seven
               millions
               and
               a
               halfe
               of
               Crownes
               :
               the
               Romans
               received
               a
               farre
               greater
               masse
               ,
               but
               now
               by
               the
               Portugall
               Navigations
               it
               yeeldeth
               the
               Turke
               no
               such
               reckoning
               .
            
             
               Howbeit
               it
               cannot
               be
               but
               at
               this
               day
               very
               great
               ,
               for
               that
               in
               feare
               of
               the
               Florentine
               Fleet
               ,
               the
               grand
               Seigniour
               dare
               not
               commit
               the
               treasure
               thereof
               to
               the
               passage
               by
               Sea
               ;
               but
               is
               at
               charges
               every
               yeare
               to
               transport
               it
               over
               land
               by
               a
               convoy
               of
               Ianizars
               .
            
             
               About
               the
               beginning
               of
               Aprill
               they
               goe
               to
               harvest
               ;
               by
               the
               twentieth
               of
               May
               no
               one
               eare
               of
               Corne
               is
               left
               growing
               .
               About
               the
               bankes
               of
               Nilus
               it
               brings
               forth
               the
               fruits
               of
               the
               earth
               with
               great
               ease
               ;
               but
               farther
               off
               ,
               they
               are
               faine
               with
               the
               labour
               of
               Oxen
               and
               Men
               ,
               to
               let
               in
               Water
               from
               the
               Rivers
               by
               trenches
               to
               moisten
               their
               grounds
               .
            
             
               Besides
               wilde
               Beasts
               and
               harmefull
               in
               abundance
               ,
               it
               affordeth
               infinite
               store
               of
               tame
               cattell
               ,
               as
               the
               Buffall
               ,
               the
               Oxe
               ,
               Camell
               ,
               the
               Horse
               ,
               the
               Asse
               ,
               the
               Ramme
               ,
               and
               the
               Goat
               .
               All
               which
               (
               as
               Bellonius
               affirmeth
               )
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               deepe
               pastures
               and
               excellent
               temperature
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               doe
               exceed
               common
               proportion
               :
               As
               the
               Ramme
               ,
               who
               groweth
               very
               fat
               and
               extraordinary
               big
               ,
               having
               a
               large
               and
               grosse
               taile
               trailing
               after
               him
               upon
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               a
               dewlap
               in
               manner
               of
               an
               Oxe
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               that
               the
               Winter
               is
               very
               pleasant
               ,
               and
               the
               soile
               moorish
               ,
               it
               is
               no
               lesse
               stored
               with
               Fowle
               ,
               especially
               with
               Storkes
               ,
               who
               for
               their
               infinite
               abundance
               (
               especially
               towards
               the
               Nile
               )
               a
               man
               would
               imagine
               the
               fields
               to
               be
               covered
               with
               white
               :
               But
               as
               these
               flockes
               of
               Birds
               are
               admirable
               ,
               no
               lesse
               noisome
               are
               their
               swarmes
               of
               Frogs
               .
               So
               that
               if
               God
               had
               not
               ordained
               these
               Birds
               to
               devoure
               this
               Vermine
               ,
               all
               places
               would
               prove
               lothsome
               ,
               barren
               ,
               and
               infectious
               .
               The
               Country
               is
               now
               divided
               into
               three
               Provinces
               ;
               Sahid
               exceeding
               in
               Flax
               ,
               all
               sorts
               of
               Pulse
               ,
               Poultrie
               and
               Cattell
               :
               Errisia
               in
               Fruits
               and
               Rice
               :
               Maremma
               in
               Cottons
               and
               Sugar
               .
               The
               Pharaohs
               resided
               in
               Sahid
               ;
               the
               Ptolomies
               in
               Errisia
               ;
               and
               the
               Romans
               and
               Greeks
               alongst
               the
               Sea-shores
               .
               But
               the
               Mahumetans
               have
               made
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               land
               the
               
               seat
               of
               their
               Empire
               .
               The
               people
               of
               the
               middle
               times
               were
               prone
               to
               innovations
               ,
               luxurious
               ,
               and
               cowardly
               cruell
               :
               Those
               that
               now
               inhabit
               the
               Country
               ,
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               Moores
               .
               Of
               Turkes
               and
               Iewes
               there
               are
               many
               ,
               but
               they
               reside
               in
               Cities
               .
               Of
               Arabians
               and
               Negroes
               not
               a
               few
               .
               Of
               Christians
               the
               Natives
               are
               most
               ,
               and
               those
               termed
               Copties
               ;
               some
               Greeks
               there
               be
               ,
               and
               a
               few
               Armenians
               of
               all
               the
               poorest
               and
               honestest
               ,
               labouring
               painfully
               and
               living
               soberly
               .
               These
               Copties
               be
               the
               true
               Aegyptians
               ,
               and
               hold
               the
               Roman
               Church
               for
               hereticall
               ,
               rejecting
               all
               generall
               Councels
               after
               that
               of
               Ephesus
               .
               In
               this
               Country
               was
               Thebes
               destroyed
               by
               
                 Cambises
                 ;
                 Memphis
                 ,
                 Babylon
              
               ,
               and
               Alexandria
               ,
               if
               not
               destroyed
               ,
               yet
               were
               defaced
               by
               time
               and
               divine
               punishment
               .
               
               Cair
               is
               seated
               on
               the
               East
               side
               of
               Nilus
               ,
               winding
               therewith
               in
               the
               forme
               of
               a
               Crescent
               ,
               stretching
               South
               and
               North
               with
               the
               suburbs
               adjoyning
               ,
               containing
               in
               length
               five
               Italian
               miles
               ,
               in
               breadth
               scarce
               one
               and
               a
               halfe
               at
               broadest
               .
               The
               wals
               carry
               small
               shew
               of
               strength
               ,
               yet
               is
               it
               strong
               ,
               as
               appeared
               by
               that
               three
               daies
               battell
               which
               Selimus
               was
               constrained
               to
               carry
               thorow
               it
               ,
               being
               opposed
               by
               a
               poore
               remainder
               of
               the
               surviving
               Mamalucks
               .
               For
               the
               streets
               are
               narrow
               ,
               and
               the
               houses
               high
               built
               ,
               all
               of
               stone
               well
               high
               to
               the
               top
               :
               At
               the
               end
               almost
               of
               all
               ,
               a
               Gate
               ;
               which
               being
               shut
               (
               as
               every
               night
               they
               are
               )
               make
               every
               street
               a
               defensible
               Castle
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               consist
               most
               of
               Merchants
               and
               Artificers
               ,
               not
               frequenting
               forren
               Marts
               .
            
             
               The
               Country
               was
               no
               sooner
               knowne
               ,
               but
               it
               was
               inhabited
               .
               And
               although
               it
               were
               ,
               and
               is
               of
               hard
               accesse
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               huge
               Desarts
               ,
               steepe
               Mountaines
               ,
               moorish
               places
               ,
               and
               violent
               Seas
               ,
               where
               with
               it
               is
               wholly
               incompassed
               ;
               yet
               hath
               it
               suffered
               divers
               and
               lamentable
               alterations
               under
               the
               yoke
               of
               strangers
               .
               For
               first
               it
               was
               subject
               to
               their
               native
               Kings
               ,
               and
               they
               were
               the
               Pharaohs
               ;
               then
               to
               the
               Aethiopians
               ,
               whom
               Cambises
               King
               of
               Persia
               expulsed
               and
               subjected
               .
               After
               that
               ,
               they
               revolted
               from
               Darius
               (
               sir-named
               Nothus
               )
               and
               elected
               Kings
               againe
               of
               their
               owne
               Nation
               ,
               untill
               the
               daies
               of
               Alexander
               the
               Macedonian
               .
               After
               whose
               death
               ,
               the
               third
               time
               
               they
               had
               their
               owne
               Kings
               called
               Ptolomies
               ,
               of
               Ptolomie
               the
               sonne
               of
               Lagus
               ;
               In
               whose
               race
               it
               continued
               till
               the
               times
               of
               
                 Ptolomeus
                 Aulet●s
              
               ,
               Father
               of
               Cleopatra
               ,
               whom
               
                 Augustus
                 Caesar
              
               utterly
               defeated
               ,
               and
               annexed
               the
               Province
               to
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               .
               Under
               the
               Romans
               the
               Aegyptians
               became
               Christians
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               division
               of
               the
               Empire
               it
               accrued
               to
               the
               share
               of
               the
               Constantinopolitan
               Emperours
               .
               But
               in
               the
               declination
               thereof
               the
               people
               being
               weary
               of
               their
               oppressions
               ,
               called
               in
               the
               Saracens
               to
               assist
               them
               in
               the
               expulsion
               of
               these
               Greekes
               .
               And
               expulsed
               they
               were
               by
               Hamro
               ,
               Generall
               to
               Homar
               the
               second
               Mahumetan
               high
               Priest
               ;
               who
               onely
               imposing
               a
               tribute
               ,
               afforded
               unto
               all
               liberty
               of
               Religion
               .
               Long
               time
               his
               successors
               held
               the
               soveraignty
               therof
               untill
               the
               reigne
               of
               Melec-sala
               ,
               who
               being
               often
               foiled
               by
               those
               Christians
               ,
               which
               after
               the
               dayes
               of
               Godfrey
               reigned
               in
               Soria
               and
               Ierusalem
               ,
               
               and
               hereupon
               distrusting
               the
               courages
               and
               effeminacy
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               procured
               a
               multitude
               of
               Circassian
               slaves
               in
               his
               assistance
               from
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               who
               first
               in
               those
               daies
               began
               to
               amaze
               the
               Provinces
               with
               their
               multitudes
               :
               These
               he
               armed
               ,
               and
               by
               these
               he
               gave
               the
               Franks
               a
               direfull
               overthrow
               .
               And
               they
               againe
               insulting
               in
               their
               victories
               and
               mutuall
               valours
               ,
               slew
               their
               patron
               Melec-sala
               ,
               elected
               a
               Sultan
               of
               their
               owne
               ,
               tyrannized
               over
               the
               naturall
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               by
               yearely
               purchases
               of
               Circassian
               children
               ,
               erected
               and
               maintained
               that
               strong
               body
               of
               warre
               ,
               which
               untill
               the
               daies
               of
               our
               Ancestors
               ,
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               bare
               the
               name
               of
               Mamalucks
               ,
               and
               so
               continued
               dreadfull
               in
               power
               ,
               and
               abounding
               in
               riches
               for
               the
               space
               of
               two
               hundred
               and
               seventy
               yeares
               ,
               even
               untill
               the
               times
               of
               Selimus
               ,
               who
               utterly
               extinguished
               both
               the
               name
               and
               discipline
               of
               the
               said
               souldierie
               ,
               together
               with
               their
               Sultans
               ,
               Empery
               and
               Fortunes
               .
               In
               whose
               posterity
               it
               remaineth
               to
               this
               day
               ,
               and
               is
               now
               governed
               by
               a
               Bassa
               ,
               who
               as
               absolute
               Soveraigne
               resideth
               and
               commandeth
               in
               Caire
               .
               Under
               him
               are
               16.
               
               Sanziacks
               ,
               and
               100000.
               
               Spahies
               ,
               by
               estimation
               .
               ,
               
               The
               revenues
               amount
               to
               three
               millions
               of
               Shariffs
               :
               The
               grand
               Seignior
               hath
               one
               ,
               part
               wherof
               is
               conveyed
               over
               land
               with
               a
               guard
               of
               600.
               
               souldiers
               ,
               for
               feare
               of
               the
               Florentine
               Fleet
               ,
               as
               afore
               .
               Another
               is
               spent
               in
               payes
               ,
               and
               in
               setting
               forth
               the
               Carvan
               to
               Mecha
               ;
               The
               third
               the
               Governour
               hath
               for
               support
               of
               his
               charge
               and
               estate
               ,
               and
               entertainment
               of
               dependants
               .
            
          
           
             
               Aethiopia
               Inferior
               .
            
             
               THe
               lower
               Aethiope
               ,
               siteth
               most
               Southerly
               of
               any
               part
               of
               Africke
               ,
               unknowne
               to
               Ptolomie
               ,
               and
               but
               lately
               discovered
               by
               the
               Portugals
               .
            
             
               It
               containeth
               many
               Kingdomes
               ,
               whereof
               some
               are
               famous
               and
               unwritten
               of
               ;
               some
               obscure
               ,
               and
               not
               worth
               the
               recording
               :
               Amongst
               them
               is
               Adel
               ,
               a
               large
               Kingdome
               ,
               adorned
               with
               two
               famous
               Mart-Townes
               ,
               Zeila
               and
               
                 Barbora
                 .
                 Adea
                 ,
                 Magadazzum
              
               ,
               a
               Kingdome
               and
               Citie
               ,
               
                 Zanzibar
                 ,
                 Melina
                 ,
                 Mombassa
                 ,
                 Quiola
                 ,
                 Mozambique
                 ,
                 Cafala
                 ,
                 Angola
                 ,
              
               and
               Loangi
               ,
               all
               Kingdome
               .
               Amongst
               the
               Islands
               ,
               
                 Insula
                 Spiritus
                 sancti
                 ,
                 Madera
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Canaries
                 ,
                 Capo
                 verde
              
               ,
               Saint
               
                 Thomas
                 ,
                 Magadascar
              
               ,
               and
               Zocotarie
               are
               the
               most
               famous
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             THE
             FOVRTH
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             Of
             Asia
             .
          
           
             
               ASia
               is
               the
               greatest
               ,
               and
               vastest
               part
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               and
               in
               ancient
               times
               acknowledged
               for
               the
               third
               part
               thereof
               .
               Now
               it
               is
               accounted
               the
               fourth
               ,
               or
               if
               you
               please
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               seven
               ,
               exceeding
               the
               ancient
               two
               ,
               
                 viz.
                 Europe
              
               and
               Africke
               ,
               in
               largenesse
               and
               circuit
               :
               especially
               in
               these
               our
               dayes
               ,
               being
               wholly
               discovered
               
               to
               the
               East
               and
               North
               ,
               the
               habitations
               of
               the
               Chinois
               and
               Tartars
               ;
               without
               accounting
               the
               Islands
               thereunto
               belonging
               ,
               which
               if
               they
               were
               adjoyned
               ,
               would
               make
               a
               Continent
               farre
               fairer
               than
               Europe
               .
            
             
               Vpon
               three
               parts
               it
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               vast
               Ocean
               ,
               sirnamed
               the
               Orient
               ;
               on
               the
               South
               ,
               with
               the
               Indian
               ;
               upon
               the
               North
               with
               the
               Scythian
               ;
               upon
               the
               West
               it
               is
               somewhere
               dis●oyned
               from
               Europe
               and
               Africk
               with
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               somewhere
               with
               the
               Mediterranean
               ,
               somewhere
               with
               the
               Euxine
               ,
               and
               somewhere
               with
               the
               River
               Tanais
               .
               The
               Regions
               which
               of
               old
               it
               contained
               ,
               were
               
                 Pon●us
                 ,
                 Bithynia
                 ,
                 Phrygia
              
               the
               Great
               ,
               
                 Lycia
                 ,
                 Galatia
                 ,
                 Paphlagonia
                 ,
                 Pamphylia
                 ,
                 Cappadocia
                 ,
                 Armenia
              
               the
               Lesse
               ;
               
                 Cilicia
                 ,
                 Sarmatia
                 Asiatica
                 ,
                 Colchis
                 ,
                 Iberia
                 ,
                 Albania
                 ,
                 Armenia
              
               the
               Great
               ,
               
                 Cyprus
                 ,
                 Syria
                 cava
                 ,
                 Phoenicia
                 ,
                 Palestina
                 ,
                 Arabia
                 petrea
                 ,
                 Mosopotamia
                 ,
                 Arabia
                 deserta
                 ,
                 Babylonia
                 ,
                 Assyria
                 ,
                 Susiana
                 ,
                 Media
                 ,
                 Persis
                 ,
                 Parthia
                 ,
                 Carmania
                 deserta
                 ,
                 Carmania
                 altera
                 ,
                 Arabia
                 Felix
                 ,
                 Hyrcania
                 ,
                 Margiana
                 ,
                 Bractriana
                 ,
                 Sogdiana
                 ,
                 Sacarum
                 Regio
                 ,
                 Scythia
              
               within
               
                 Imaus
                 ,
                 Scythia
              
               without
               
                 Imaus
                 ,
                 Serica
                 ,
                 Aria
                 ,
                 Paramisus
                 ,
                 Drang●●no
                 ,
                 Arachosia
                 ,
                 G●drosia
                 ,
                 India
              
               on
               this
               side
               
                 Ganges
                 ,
                 India
              
               beyond
               
                 Ganges
                 ,
                 Sinatum
                 Regio
              
               ,
               and
               Taproban
               .
            
             
               Generally
               it
               enjoyeth
               a
               most
               excellent
               temperature
               of
               ayre
               ,
               and
               is
               so
               rich
               ,
               fertile
               ,
               and
               barefull
               for
               variety
               of
               fruits
               and
               feeding
               ;
               and
               so
               abounding
               therewith
               ,
               that
               in
               all
               these
               good
               gifts
               ,
               it
               excelleth
               all
               Countries
               whatsoever
               .
               For
               here
               are
               to
               be
               found
               divers
               sorts
               of
               living
               Creatures
               and
               Plants
               ,
               the
               like
               whereof
               the
               whole
               world
               againe
               affordeth
               not
               :
               As
               Balme
               ,
               Sugar
               canes
               ,
               Frankincense
               ,
               Myrrh
               ,
               Cassia
               ,
               Cinamon
               ,
               Nutmegs
               ,
               Pepper
               ,
               Saffron
               ,
               sweet
               Woods
               ,
               Muske
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               sorts
               of
               Drugs
               and
               Odors
               ;
               excellent
               Gold
               ,
               all
               
               sorts
               of
               Minerals
               ,
               and
               precious
               stones
               .
            
             
               Of
               beasts
               ,
               it
               affordeth
               the
               Elephant
               and
               Camell
               ,
               with
               divers
               strange
               sorts
               ,
               both
               wilde
               and
               tame
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               are
               of
               excellent
               wits
               ,
               exceeding
               rich
               ,
               and
               happie
               in
               all
               good
               things
               :
               This
               Region
               hath
               beene
               the
               Parent
               of
               many
               rare
               spirits
               ,
               and
               the
               Seat
               of
               most
               mightie
               and
               flourishing
               Empires
               :
               As
               wherein
               raigned
               the
               Monarchs
               of
               the
               
                 Assyrians
                 ,
                 Persians
                 ,
                 Babylonians
                 ,
                 Parthians
                 ,
              
               and
               Medes
               .
               No
               lesse
               regardfull
               at
               this
               day
               are
               the
               Empires
               of
               the
               
                 Turkes
                 ,
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 Persians
                 ,
                 Mogors
                 ,
                 Indians
              
               and
               Chinois
               ;
               but
               indeed
               most
               celebrated
               in
               
                 Holy
                 Writ
              
               for
               our
               Creation
               ,
               Fall
               ,
               and
               Redemption
               ,
               as
               the
               Region
               wherein
               ,
               in
               a
               manner
               ,
               all
               the
               Histories
               and
               Acts
               mentioned
               in
               the
               
                 Old
                 Testament
              
               ,
               and
               a
               great
               part
               of
               those
               of
               the
               New
               ,
               were
               wrought
               and
               accomplished
               .
               The
               Ancients
               divided
               it
               into
               divers
               parts
               ,
               but
               at
               this
               present
               it
               is
               best
               divided
               into
               five
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               chiefe
               and
               principall
               Empires
               therein
               :
               the
               first
               whereof
               confining
               with
               Europe
               ,
               is
               governed
               by
               the
               Great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovie
               ;
               the
               second
               belongeth
               to
               the
               Great
               Cham
               ;
               the
               third
               is
               commanded
               by
               the
               Turke
               ;
               the
               fourth
               is
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Persia
               ;
               the
               fifth
               comprehendeth
               that
               which
               hath
               alwayes
               beene
               called
               India
               ,
               and
               governed
               by
               divers
               Princes
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               vassals
               ,
               feodaries
               ,
               or
               tributaries
               to
               other
               Potentates
               .
               The
               principall
               Islands
               ,
               are
               
                 Iapan
                 ,
                 Luconia
                 ,
                 Mindanao
                 ,
                 Burneo
                 ,
                 Sumatra
                 ,
                 Zeiland
              
               and
               Cyprus
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Russia
               ,
               alias
               Sarmatia
               ,
               now
               Moscovia
               .
            
             
               THe
               Great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovia
               is
               Lord
               of
               a
               most
               large
               Dominion
               ,
               and
               within
               the
               limits
               of
               his
               jurisdiction
               are
               contained
               many
               Regions
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               boūded
               on
               the
               North
               with
               Lappia
               and
               the
               North
               Ocean
               :
               
               On
               the
               South
               by
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartars
              
               :
               On
               the
               East
               by
               the
               Nagarans
               ,
               possessing
               all
               the
               Countrey
               on
               the
               East
               side
               of
               Volga
               ,
               towards
               the
               Caspian
               sea
               :
               On
               the
               West
               and
               Southwest
               lye
               
                 Lituania
                 ,
                 Livonia
              
               ,
               and
               Polonia
               .
            
             
               The
               naturall
               Shires
               pertaining
               to
               Russia
               ,
               
               and
               whereof
               perticularly
               the
               Great
               Duke
               will
               not
               (
               without
               offence
               )
               but
               be
               stiled
               King
               ,
               are
               sixteene
               ,
               but
               farre
               greater
               and
               larger
               than
               the
               Shires
               of
               England
               ,
               though
               not
               so
               well
               peopled
               .
               The
               other
               Provinces
               (
               being
               nine
               ,
               with
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Siberia
               ,
               )
               being
               not
               naturall
               Russes
               ,
               the
               Emperours
               of
               late
               yeares
               have
               purchased
               by
               their
               swords
               ,
               and
               subjected
               them
               to
               their
               Lawes
               ,
               Customes
               and
               Taxes
               .
               Casan
               and
               Astrachan
               ,
               by
               them
               termed
               Kingdomes
               ,
               have
               devolved
               unto
               them
               by
               like
               providence
               .
               As
               for
               all
               his
               interest
               in
               Lituania
               (
               to
               the
               number
               of
               thirtie
               great
               Townes
               and
               more
               )
               with
               Narve
               and
               Dorp
               in
               Livonia
               ,
               they
               are
               quite
               gone
               ,
               surprised
               of
               late
               times
               by
               the
               Kings
               of
               Poland
               and
               Sweden
               .
            
             
               From
               North
               to
               South
               ,
               measuring
               from
               Cola
               to
               Astrachan
               ,
               it
               containeth
               in
               length
               foure
               thousand
               two
               hundred
               and
               sixtie
               Versts
               (
               a
               verst
               is
               three
               quarters
               of
               a
               mile
               English.
               )
               Beyond
               Cola
               hee
               hath
               more
               Territory
               Northward
               ,
               viz.
               to
               Tromschna
               ,
               running
               foure
               thousand
               versts
               welnie
               beyond
               Pechinga
               ,
               neere
               Wardhuis
               ;
               but
               not
               clearely
               possessed
               ,
               by
               reason
               that
               the
               Kings
               of
               Sweden
               and
               Denmarke
               have
               divers
               Townes
               therein
               ,
               aswell
               as
               the
               Russe
               ,
               every
               one
               of
               them
               claiming
               the
               lawfull
               possession
               of
               these
               Northerne
               Provinces
               ,
               as
               
               in
               his
               owne
               right
               .
               The
               breadth
               taken
               farthest
               Westward
               on
               the
               Narve
               side
               ,
               to
               the
               bounds
               of
               Siberia
               Eastward
               ,
               where
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               some
               garrisons
               ,
               is
               foure
               and
               forty
               hundred
               ve●sts
               ,
               or
               thereabouts
               .
               If
               these
               Dominions
               were
               all
               habitable
               and
               peopled
               ,
               the
               Russe
               Emperour
               were
               either
               very
               unlikely
               to
               hold
               them
               ,
               or
               holding
               them
               with
               good
               government
               ,
               would
               prove
               too
               mighty
               for
               his
               bordering
               Neighbours
               .
            
             
               And
               although
               by
               the
               spaciousnesse
               of
               these
               Territories
               ,
               it
               should
               seeme
               that
               he
               hath
               ingrossed
               many
               Countries
               ,
               and
               for
               brevities
               sake
               ,
               hath
               also
               assumed
               the
               titles
               into
               the
               credit
               and
               majestie
               of
               one
               Monarchie
               :
               yet
               it
               may
               well
               be
               compared
               to
               the
               fortune
               of
               the
               five
               Kings
               that
               tooke
               Lot
               prisoner
               ;
               whom
               Abraham
               with
               his
               three
               hundred
               and
               eighteene
               menial-servants
               released
               ,
               and
               set
               at
               libertie
               :
               witnesse
               the
               proofe
               ,
               which
               a
               few
               resolute
               and
               well
               ordered
               English
               souldiers
               made
               of
               late
               amongst
               them
               ,
               even
               in
               the
               fields
               of
               Novograd
               ,
               where
               they
               contracted
               their
               owne
               conditions
               in
               despight
               of
               that
               whole
               Armie
               ,
               which
               both
               Poles
               and
               Moscovites
               rallied
               against
               them
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               situated
               partly
               in
               Europe
               ,
               
               and
               partly
               in
               Asia
               ,
               which
               separation
               is
               caused
               by
               the
               River
               of
               Tanais
               ,
               bounder
               of
               Asia
               ,
               and
               running
               thorow
               the
               middle
               of
               the
               Countrey
               .
               By
               which
               (
               as
               the
               Rasse
               reporteth
               )
               a
               man
               may
               passe
               from
               Mosco
               to
               Constantinople
               ,
               and
               so
               into
               all
               those
               parts
               of
               the
               world
               by
               water
               ;
               only
               drawing
               his
               Boat
               (
               as
               their
               custome
               is
               )
               over
               a
               little
               Isthmus
               of
               land
               .
               This
               passage
               was
               proved
               not
               long
               since
               by
               a
               Russe
               Ambassadour
               sent
               to
               Constantinople
               ;
               who
               passing
               the
               Moscua
               ,
               entred
               into
               Ock●
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               drawing
               his
               Boat
               over
               land
               ,
               fell
               into
               Tanais
               ,
               then
               into
               Meotis
               ,
               and
               so
               to
               his
               journeyes
               end
               .
               The
               Pole
               at
               Moscua
               is
               55.
               degrees
               and
               ten
               minutes
               :
               At
               Saint
               Nicholas
               63.
               and
               50.
               minutes
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               were
               once
               subject
               to
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               whose
               Prince
               Roydo
               in
               the
               yeare
               1140.
               conquered
               Moscovie
               ;
               but
               Iohn
               the
               first
               (
               incouraged
               by
               their
               civill
               dissentions
               )
               denied
               them
               tribute
               .
               In
               processe
               of
               time
               ,
               when
               Ametes
               the
               last
               successour
               
               of
               Roydo
               (
               who
               died
               at
               Vilua
               )
               had
               overcome
               the
               
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 Precopenses
              
               the
               great
               Duke
               adjoyned
               to
               his
               Empire
               
                 Permia
                 ,
                 Vestia
              
               and
               Iugria
               ,
               Provinces
               subject
               to
               Ametes
               .
               From
               this
               time
               ,
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               great
               Duke
               increasing
               .
               
                 Basilius
                 Casan
              
               ,
               and
               Iohn
               the
               second
               ,
               conquered
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Citrahan
               ,
               which
               at
               this
               day
               are
               called
               Kingdomes
               .
               To
               confesse
               the
               truth
               ,
               the
               great
               Dukes
               have
               mightily
               inlarged
               their
               bounds
               ;
               and
               have
               taken
               the
               great
               Duchies
               of
               Severin
               and
               
                 Smoloneke
                 ,
                 Bulchese
                 ,
                 Prescovia
                 ,
                 Novogrod
                 ,
                 Iaroslave
                 ,
              
               and
               Roscovia
               (
               some
               of
               them
               )
               from
               the
               Polaques
               ,
               and
               some
               from
               other
               Potentates
               :
               they
               possessed
               thirtie
               great
               Townes
               in
               Lituania
               ,
               with
               Narve
               and
               Dorp
               in
               Livonia
               ,
               but
               they
               are
               all
               quite
               gone
               ,
               being
               of
               late
               yeares
               surprized
               by
               the
               Kings
               of
               Poland
               and
               Sweveland
               .
            
             
               The
               chiefe
               Citie
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               is
               Mosco
               ,
               where
               the
               Patriarch
               resideth
               ;
               Roscovia
               and
               Novogrod
               are
               the
               Seats
               of
               Archbishops
               :
               
                 Cortisa
                 ,
                 Resania
                 ,
                 Columna
                 ,
                 Susdelia
                 ,
                 Casan
                 ;
                 Vologda
                 ,
                 Tuera
                 ,
                 Smoloncke
                 ,
                 Plescovia
                 ,
                 Staritia
                 ,
                 Sloboda
                 ,
                 Ieroslave
                 ,
                 Volodomir
                 ,
              
               (
               from
               whence
               the
               Kings
               Seat
               was
               translated
               to
               Mosco
               by
               Iohn
               the
               second
               )
               Mosayco
               ,
               Saint
               
                 Nicholas
                 ,
                 Su●ana
                 ,
                 Vstium
              
               ,
               and
               Gargapolia
               are
               Bishoprickes
               .
               The
               Emperour
               abideth
               in
               the
               Citie
               of
               Mosco
               ,
               which
               taketh
               his
               name
               from
               the
               River
               ,
               arising
               fourescore
               and
               ten
               miles
               higher
               into
               the
               Countrey
               .
               
               The
               Citie
               hath
               beene
               greater
               than
               now
               it
               is
               ,
               and
               was
               nine
               miles
               compasse
               :
               the
               forme
               thereof
               is
               in
               a
               manner
               round
               ,
               invironed
               with
               three
               wals
               ,
               the
               one
               within
               the
               other
               ,
               and
               streets
               lying
               betweene
               ;
               whereof
               the
               inmost
               wall
               and
               the
               buildings
               closed
               within
               it
               ,
               (
               lying
               safest
               ,
               as
               the
               heart
               within
               the
               body
               ,
               fenced
               and
               watered
               with
               the
               River
               Mosco
               ,
               that
               runneth
               close
               by
               it
               )
               is
               all
               accounted
               the
               Emperours
               Castle
               .
               The
               number
               of
               houses
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Citie
               ,
               (
               being
               reckoned
               by
               the
               Emperour
               a
               little
               before
               it
               was
               fired
               by
               the
               Enemie
               )
               was
               accounted
               to
               be
               41500.
               in
               all
               .
               But
               since
               it
               was
               sacked
               1571.
               and
               burnt
               by
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               it
               containeth
               not
               above
               five
               miles
               .
               According
               to
               Possevinus
               ,
               a
               Writer
               of
               good
               judgement
               and
               industrie
               ,
               there
               are
               housed
               in
               this
               Citie
               thirty
               thousand
               people
               ,
               besides
               Oxen
               and
               other
               Cattell
               .
               Doctor
               
               Fletcher
               writeth
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               not
               much
               bigger
               than
               the
               Citie
               of
               London
               .
            
             
               Novograde
               hath
               the
               name
               of
               Great
               ,
               and
               yet
               the
               same
               Author
               alloweth
               it
               not
               above
               twenty
               thousand
               Inhabitants
               ;
               as
               likewise
               Smoloncke
               and
               Plescovia
               .
               As
               the
               Russe
               saith
               ,
               here
               was
               committed
               that
               memorable
               warre
               (
               so
               much
               spoken
               of
               in
               histories
               )
               of
               the
               Scythian
               servants
               ,
               that
               tooke
               armes
               against
               their
               Masters
               :
               who
               in
               memory
               of
               their
               great
               victorie
               ,
               have
               ever
               since
               in
               their
               coine
               stamped
               the
               figure
               of
               a
               horse-man
               shaking
               a
               whip
               aloft
               in
               his
               hand
               .
            
             
               This
               seemeth
               most
               incredible
               to
               me
               ,
               (
               if
               it
               bee
               true
               as
               some
               write
               )
               that
               Plescovia
               ,
               when
               King
               Stephen
               of
               Poland
               besieged
               it
               ,
               had
               within
               it
               fifty
               thousand
               foot-men
               ,
               and
               seven
               thousand
               Horse
               .
               Truly
               this
               is
               a
               great
               number
               ,
               and
               though
               they
               were
               not
               all
               Moscovites
               ,
               yet
               this
               reckoning
               asketh
               a
               great
               proportion
               of
               Inhabitants
               ;
               For
               if
               the
               King
               thrust
               in
               fifty
               seven
               thousand
               fighting
               men
               ,
               it
               must
               needs
               be
               that
               the
               Inhabitants
               were
               very
               many
               moe
               .
               Some
               will
               have
               it
               ,
               that
               in
               times
               past
               the
               Country
               was
               better
               replenished
               with
               people
               ,
               and
               that
               afterwards
               it
               became
               desolate
               for
               three
               causes
               :
               the
               first
               was
               the
               Plague
               (
               a
               new
               disease
               in
               Moscovie
               )
               which
               gleaned
               away
               many
               thousand
               soules
               :
               the
               second
               ,
               the
               Tyranny
               of
               their
               Emperours
               ,
               who
               have
               put
               infinite
               numbers
               to
               death
               ,
               especially
               of
               the
               Nobility
               :
               the
               third
               the
               Incursions
               and
               robberies
               of
               the
               
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 Precopians
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Nagayans
               ,
               which
               never
               cease
               vexing
               their
               bordering
               neighbours
               .
               For
               the
               nature
               of
               these
               roguish
               Tartars
               is
               ,
               to
               make
               spoile
               of
               all
               men
               ,
               and
               to
               captivate
               their
               bodies
               ,
               selling
               them
               to
               the
               Turkes
               and
               other
               Nations
               .
               By
               reason
               whereof
               ,
               many
               farre
               removed
               Provinces
               (
               partly
               upon
               feare
               ,
               and
               partly
               upon
               policie
               )
               are
               suffered
               to
               lie
               waste
               and
               unmanured
               .
               And
               this
               is
               all
               the
               good
               which
               ambitious
               Princes
               gaine
               by
               their
               undiscreet
               invasions
               of
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               to
               the
               destruction
               of
               their
               people
               ,
               and
               their
               owne
               vexation
               .
            
             
               No
               Prince
               made
               longer
               journeyes
               and
               greater
               expences
               than
               the
               great
               Duke
               Iohn
               :
               he
               vanquished
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               Casan
               to
               Volga
               ,
               and
               Astrachan
               on
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ;
               he
               subdued
               
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Livonia
               .
               But
               what
               honour
               ,
               what
               profit
               ,
               or
               what
               continuance
               of
               security
               gained
               he
               by
               these
               victories
               ?
               What
               was
               the
               end
               of
               this
               warre
               ?
               In
               those
               expeditions
               perished
               infinite
               numbers
               of
               men
               ,
               in
               journeying
               ,
               in
               assaults
               ,
               with
               the
               Sword
               ,
               with
               sicknesse
               ,
               with
               hunger
               ,
               and
               other
               extremities
               .
               When
               he
               had
               overcome
               them
               ,
               he
               was
               enforced
               to
               keepe
               great
               Garrisons
               ;
               yea
               ,
               to
               bring
               thither
               whole
               Colonies
               .
               Besides
               ,
               when
               men
               were
               so
               farre
               from
               home
               ,
               either
               busied
               in
               getting
               other
               mens
               goods
               ,
               or
               in
               keeping
               what
               they
               had
               got
               ,
               their
               wives
               stayed
               at
               home
               like
               widdowes
               ,
               and
               the
               inward
               part
               of
               the
               Realme
               remained
               empty
               ,
               as
               a
               heart
               void
               of
               bloud
               ,
               wanting
               his
               necessary
               nutriment
               ,
               whilst
               the
               Inhabitants
               were
               wasted
               on
               the
               skirts
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               And
               therefore
               when
               it
               was
               invaded
               by
               King
               Stephen
               of
               Poland
               ,
               these
               remote
               forces
               were
               wanting
               to
               make
               resistance
               ;
               and
               through
               this
               oversight
               he
               lost
               againe
               Pozovia
               ,
               and
               other
               peeces
               of
               good
               reckoning
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               was
               enforced
               to
               leave
               the
               whole
               possession
               of
               Livonia
               to
               the
               Polander
            
             
               To
               proceed
               ,
               
               the
               soyle
               of
               the
               Countrey
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               of
               a
               sleight
               sandy
               mould
               ,
               yet
               very
               much
               different
               one
               place
               from
               another
               ;
               for
               the
               yeeld
               of
               such
               things
               as
               grow
               out
               of
               the
               earth
               .
               Northwards
               toward
               the
               parts
               of
               Saint
               Nicholas
               and
               Chola
               ,
               and
               North-East
               toward
               Siberia
               ,
               it
               is
               barren
               and
               full
               of
               desart
               Woods
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               climate
               ,
               and
               extremity
               of
               cold
               .
               So
               likewise
               along
               the
               River
               Volga
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               Countries
               of
               
                 Casan
                 Astrachan
              
               ,
               notwithstanding
               the
               soyle
               be
               fruitfull
               ,
               it
               is
               all
               inhabited
               ,
               saving
               that
               upon
               the
               West-side
               ,
               the
               Emperor
               hath
               some
               few
               Castles
               and
               Garrisons
               in
               them
               .
               This
               happened
               by
               meanes
               of
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartars
              
               ,
               that
               will
               neither
               plant
               Townes
               to
               dwell
               in
               ,
               (
               living
               a
               wilde
               and
               vagrant
               life
               )
               nor
               suffer
               the
               Russe
               ,
               being
               farre
               off
               ,
               with
               Colonies
               to
               people
               those
               parts
               .
               From
               Vologda
               ,
               which
               lieth
               almost
               a
               thousand
               seven
               hundred
               versts
               from
               the
               Port
               of
               Saint
               Nicholas
               downe
               toward
               Mosco
               ,
               and
               to
               toward
               the
               South
               parts
               that
               border
               upon
               the
               Chrim
               (
               containing
               the
               like
               space
               of
               a
               thousand
               seven
               hundred
               Verstz
               ,
               or
               thereabouts
               )
               
               it
               is
               a
               very
               pleasant
               and
               fruitfull
               Countrey
               ,
               yeelding
               Pasture
               and
               Corne
               ,
               with
               Wood
               and
               Water
               in
               great
               store
               and
               plenty
               .
               The
               like
               is
               betweene
               Rezan
               (
               lying
               South-East
               from
               Mosco
               )
               to
               Novogrode
               and
               Vobsco
               ,
               that
               reacheth
               farthest
               towards
               the
               North-West
               :
               So
               betwixt
               Mosco
               and
               Smolensko
               (
               that
               lieth
               South-West
               towards
               Lituania
               )
               is
               a
               very
               fruitfull
               and
               pleasant
               soyle
               ,
               and
               also
               very
               fertill
               and
               commodious
               for
               those
               Inhabitants
               that
               dwell
               therein
               .
            
             
               The
               Countrey
               differeth
               very
               much
               from
               it selfe
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               yeare
               ;
               so
               that
               a
               man
               would
               marvell
               to
               see
               the
               great
               alteration
               and
               difference
               betwixt
               Winter
               〈…〉
               .
               In
               Winter
               it
               lieth
               under
               snow
               (
               which
               falle●●
               〈…〉
               unually
               )
               sometime
               a
               yard
               or
               two
               of
               thicknesse
               ,
               but
               deeper
               towards
               the
               North.
               The
               Rivers
               and
               other
               waters
               are
               frozen
               up
               a
               yard
               or
               more
               thicke
               ,
               how
               swift
               or
               broad
               soever
               they
               bee
               .
               And
               this
               continueth
               commonly
               five
               moneths
               ,
               (
               viz.
               )
               from
               the
               beginning
               of
               November
               ,
               till
               towards
               the
               end
               of
               March
               ,
               about
               which
               time
               the
               snow
               beginneth
               to
               melt
               .
               The
               sharpnesse
               whereof
               you
               may
               judge
               by
               this
               :
               for
               that
               water
               dropped
               downe
               (
               or
               cast
               up
               into
               the
               aire
               )
               congealeth
               into
               Ice
               before
               it
               come
               to
               the
               ground
               .
               In
               extremity
               of
               weather
               ,
               if
               you
               hold
               a
               pewter
               dish
               or
               a
               pot
               in
               your
               hand
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               metall
               (
               except
               in
               some
               chamber
               where
               their
               warme
               Stoves
               be
               )
               your
               fingers
               will
               freeze
               fast
               to
               it
               ,
               and
               draw
               off
               the
               skin
               at
               parting
               :
               when
               you
               passe
               out
               of
               a
               warme
               roome
               into
               a
               cold
               ,
               you
               shall
               sensibly
               feele
               your
               breath
               to
               wax
               thick
               and
               stifling
               with
               the
               cold
               as
               you
               draw
               it
               in
               and
               out
               :
               Divers
               ,
               not
               onely
               that
               travell
               abroad
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               very
               markets
               and
               streets
               of
               their
               Townes
               ,
               are
               monstrously
               pinched
               ,
               yea
               ,
               killed
               withall
               ;
               so
               that
               you
               shall
               see
               many
               drop
               downe
               in
               the
               streets
               ,
               many
               travellers
               brought
               into
               the
               Townes
               ,
               sitting
               dead
               and
               stiffe
               in
               their
               sleds
               .
               And
               yet
               in
               Summer-time
               you
               shall
               see
               such
               a
               new
               hue
               and
               face
               of
               a
               Countrey
               ,
               the
               Woods
               so
               fresh
               and
               so
               sweet
               ,
               the
               Pastures
               and
               Meddowes
               so
               greene
               and
               well
               growne
               ,
               (
               and
               that
               upon
               the
               sudden
               )
               with
               such
               variety
               of
               flowers
               ,
               and
               such
               melody
               of
               Birds
               (
               especially
               of
               Nightingales
               )
               that
               a
               man
               shall
               not
               lightly
               travell
               in
               a
               more
               pleasanter
               
               Countrey
               .
               Which
               fresh
               and
               speedy
               growth
               of
               the
               Spring
               ,
               seemeth
               to
               proceed
               from
               the
               benefit
               of
               the
               Snow
               ;
               which
               all
               the
               Winter
               time
               being
               spread
               over
               the
               whole
               Countrey
               ,
               as
               a
               white
               robe
               ,
               keepeth
               it
               warme
               from
               the
               rigour
               of
               the
               frost
               ;
               and
               in
               the
               Spring-time
               ,
               when
               the
               weather
               waxeth
               warme
               ,
               and
               the
               Sunne
               dissolveth
               it
               into
               water
               ,
               it
               doth
               so
               throughly
               drench
               and
               soke
               the
               ground
               (
               being
               of
               a
               sleight
               and
               sandy
               mould
               )
               and
               then
               shineth
               so
               hotly
               upon
               it
               againe
               ,
               that
               it
               even
               forceth
               the
               Herbs
               and
               Plants
               to
               shoot
               forth
               in
               great
               plenty
               and
               variety
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               short
               time
               .
               As
               the
               Winter
               season
               in
               these
               Regions
               exceedeth
               in
               cold
               ;
               so
               likewise
               I
               may
               say
               ,
               that
               the
               Summer
               inclineth
               to
               overmuch
               heat
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               moneths
               of
               
                 Iune
                 ,
                 Iuly
              
               ,
               and
               August
               ,
               being
               accounted
               the
               three
               chiefest
               moneths
               of
               burning
               heat
               in
               those
               places
               ,
               much
               warmer
               than
               the
               Summer
               in
               England
               .
            
             
               To
               returne
               to
               our
               relation
               of
               the
               soyle
               and
               climate
               ;
               for
               the
               most
               part
               it
               is
               covered
               with
               Woods
               and
               Lakes
               :
               these
               Woods
               are
               the
               branches
               of
               Hircinia
               ,
               spreading
               it selfe
               through
               all
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               perhaps
               more
               in
               this
               Province
               than
               in
               any
               other
               .
               Here
               grow
               the
               goodliest
               and
               tallest
               trees
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               thorow
               which
               for
               their
               thicknesse
               ,
               the
               brightnesse
               of
               the
               Sun-beames
               can
               hardly
               pierce
               .
               An
               unspeakable
               quantity
               of
               Rozin
               and
               Pitch
               distilleth
               out
               of
               these
               trees
               ,
               and
               here
               is
               the
               never-wasting
               Fountaine
               of
               Wax
               and
               Hony.
               For
               without
               any
               industry
               of
               man
               ,
               the
               Bees
               themselves
               build
               their
               Hives
               in
               the
               Barks
               and
               hollownesse
               of
               trees
               .
               Here
               is
               all
               plenty
               of
               Cattell
               and
               wilde
               Beasts
               :
               Beares
               ,
               Martins
               ,
               Beasts
               called
               Zibellini
               ,
               Wolves
               and
               blacke
               Foxes
               ,
               whose
               skins
               doe
               beare
               highprices
               .
               Of
               the
               timber
               of
               these
               trees
               āre
               squared
               all
               necessaries
               ,
               aswell
               for
               buildings
               ,
               as
               all
               other
               uses
               ;
               the
               Wals
               of
               the
               Cities
               are
               framed
               of
               beames
               cut
               foure-square
               ,
               fastned
               together
               ,
               filling
               all
               the
               chinks
               &
               vacant
               places
               with
               earth
               .
               And
               of
               these
               beames
               likewise
               they
               build
               platformes
               of
               such
               height
               and
               thicknesse
               ,
               that
               they
               beare
               the
               weight
               of
               great
               Ordnance
               how
               massie
               soever
               .
               They
               are
               subject
               to
               fire
               ,
               but
               not
               easily
               shaken
               with
               the
               fury
               of
               battery
               .
            
             
               For
               Waters
               ,
               
               Moscovie
               may
               well
               be
               called
               the
               mother
               of
               
               Rivers
               and
               Lakes
               :
               witnesse
               
                 Duyna
                 ,
                 Boristhenes
                 ,
                 Volga
                 ,
                 Duyna
                 ,
                 Onega
                 ,
                 Moscua
                 ,
                 Volisca
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               famous
               Tanais
               ;
               the
               Lakes
               of
               Ina
               ,
               upon
               which
               standeth
               the
               great
               
                 Novograde
                 ,
                 Voluppo
              
               ,
               and
               many
               others
               .
               The
               abundance
               of
               these
               Waters
               doe
               make
               the
               ayre
               colder
               than
               is
               requisite
               for
               the
               increase
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               or
               growth
               of
               Plants
               ,
               and
               although
               cold
               is
               thought
               more
               wholsome
               than
               heat
               ,
               yet
               are
               their
               Cattell
               of
               small
               growth
               thereby
               ,
               and
               many
               times
               their
               fruits
               come
               not
               to
               ripening
               ;
               and
               the
               earth
               being
               drowned
               with
               the
               waters
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               becommeth
               light
               and
               sandie
               ,
               and
               then
               either
               with
               too
               great
               drought
               ,
               or
               too
               much
               moisture
               ,
               it
               destroyeth
               the
               fruit
               .
               Winter
               in
               some
               sort
               lasteth
               nine
               moneths
               ,
               little
               more
               or
               lesse
               ,
               &
               in
               seasonable
               times
               the
               soyle
               bringeth
               forth
               plenty
               of
               graine
               ,
               and
               feeding
               for
               Cattell
               .
               It
               also
               bringeth
               forth
               Apples
               ,
               Nuts
               ,
               and
               Filberds
               :
               other
               kinds
               of
               fruits
               they
               scarcely
               know
               .
               Of
               Fish
               they
               raise
               their
               greatest
               gaine
               ,
               as
               having
               greatest
               abundance
               of
               that
               commodity
               ;
               they
               dry
               them
               in
               the
               frost
               and
               wind
               ,
               as
               in
               Norway
               and
               other
               Northerly
               Nations
               ,
               and
               they
               lay
               it
               up
               for
               store
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               their
               Townes
               of
               Warre
               ,
               as
               for
               their
               private
               Families
               .
               The
               Kingdome
               is
               not
               full
               of
               Merchants
               ,
               because
               by
               nature
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               idle
               :
               And
               that
               Province
               cannot
               abound
               with
               Merchants
               ,
               where
               Arts
               and
               Artificers
               are
               not
               favoured
               .
               And
               againe
               ,
               the
               government
               is
               absolute
               ,
               mixed
               with
               a
               kind
               of
               tyranny
               ,
               enforcing
               slavish
               prostitution
               .
               So
               that
               in
               the
               chiefest
               and
               best
               ordered
               Townes
               of
               Novograde
               and
               Mosco
               ,
               many
               strange
               and
               fearefull
               concussions
               have
               beene
               practised
               .
               Concerning
               which
               you
               have
               whole
               Commentaries
               ,
               from
               whence
               you
               may
               take
               notice
               ,
               how
               he
               once
               nailed
               an
               Ambassadours
               Hat
               to
               his
               head
               ,
               because
               he
               abated
               him
               of
               that
               reverence
               appropriate
               to
               so
               great
               a
               Majesty
               ;
               How
               Sir
               
                 Tho.
                 Smith
              
               was
               entertained
               with
               a
               contrary
               satisfaction
               and
               welcome
               .
               How
               Mosco
               is
               compared
               to
               the
               grand
               Caire
               for
               spaciousnesse
               of
               ground
               ,
               multitude
               of
               houses
               ,
               and
               uncomlinesse
               of
               streets
               ,
               so
               that
               ,
               as
               the
               one
               is
               patible
               of
               stinke
               ,
               corruption
               and
               infectious
               aire
               ,
               so
               this
               other
               is
               not
               free
               from
               beastlinesse
               ,
               smoke
               and
               unwholesome
               smels
               .
               They
               have
               not
               the
               use
               of
               the
               
               Sea
               ,
               because
               it
               is
               not
               lawfull
               for
               a
               Moscovite
               to
               travell
               out
               of
               his
               Princes
               Dominions
               :
               such
               ,
               and
               such
               store
               of
               wares
               as
               they
               have
               (
               as
               Skinnes
               ,
               Rosin
               ,
               and
               Wax
               )
               they
               barter
               for
               Cloth
               ,
               and
               divers
               other
               commodities
               ,
               which
               the
               Armenians
               bring
               to
               Astrachan
               by
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               English
               to
               Saint
               Nicholas
               by
               the
               Bay
               of
               Graduicum
               .
            
             
               This
               Government
               is
               more
               tyrannicall
               than
               of
               any
               other
               Prince
               in
               the
               World
               :
               
               for
               he
               is
               absolute
               Lord
               and
               disposer
               of
               the
               bodies
               and
               goods
               of
               his
               subjects
               .
               Therefore
               Mahumet
               the
               Visier
               was
               wont
               to
               say
               ,
               That
               the
               Moscovite
               and
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               amongst
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               earth
               were
               only
               Lords
               of
               their
               owne
               Dominions
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               regard
               thought
               the
               journey
               of
               King
               Stephen
               of
               Poland
               would
               prove
               full
               of
               danger
               and
               difficulty
               .
               The
               Kingdome
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               parts
               (
               by
               them
               termed
               Chetferds
               )
               &
               those
               governed
               by
               foure
               Lieutenants
               ,
               not
               resident
               upon
               their
               charges
               ,
               but
               attending
               on
               the
               Emperours
               person
               wheresoever
               he
               goeth
               ;
               and
               there
               holding
               their
               Courts
               ,
               but
               especially
               at
               Mosco
               ,
               the
               prime
               seat
               of
               the
               Empire
               ;
               where
               from
               their
               under-Deputies
               they
               receive
               the
               complaints
               of
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               informe
               the
               Kings
               Councell
               of
               the
               businesse
               ,
               and
               from
               them
               againe
               receive
               instructions
               for
               amendment
               or
               reformation
               .
               For
               you
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               the
               great
               Duke
               doth
               not
               trust
               any
               particular
               Nobleman
               with
               any
               eminent
               place
               of
               honour
               or
               dignitie
               ;
               but
               placeth
               therein
               a
               certaine
               Duke
               of
               meanest
               ranke
               ,
               and
               no
               great
               capacitie
               ,
               adjoyning
               with
               him
               in
               commission
               a
               Secretary
               to
               assist
               him
               ,
               or
               to
               speake
               more
               properly
               ,
               to
               direct
               him
               ;
               for
               in
               execution
               the
               Secretary
               doth
               all
               .
               And
               being
               thus
               united
               ,
               they
               have
               authority
               over
               all
               persons
               in
               criminall
               and
               civill
               causes
               ,
               in
               levying
               of
               Taxes
               and
               Subsidies
               ,
               in
               mustring
               of
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               commanding
               them
               to
               all
               services
               imposed
               by
               the
               Emperour
               or
               his
               Councell
               .
               And
               to
               prevent
               all
               popular
               Innovations
               ,
               he
               will
               be
               sure
               that
               they
               shall
               neither
               bee
               borne
               within
               the
               territories
               of
               their
               Government
               ,
               neither
               that
               they
               possesse
               one
               foot
               of
               inheritance
               within
               their
               jurisdictions
               :
               And
               being
               every
               yeare
               subject
               to
               change
               (
               of
               which
               hee
               will
               not
               faile
               )
               for
               
               their
               new
               avarice
               ,
               they
               stand
               assured
               first
               to
               bee
               extremely
               hated
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               worse
               used
               of
               the
               Emperour
               :
               For
               few
               of
               them
               have
               the
               favour
               to
               avoid
               the
               Pudkey
               (
               or
               whip
               )
               when
               their
               time
               is
               expired
               :
               and
               therefore
               doe
               make
               full
               account
               ,
               as
               they
               cannot
               otherwise
               chuse
               ,
               being
               to
               bribe
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               the
               Lieutenant
               of
               the
               Chetfird
               ,
               and
               to
               provide
               for
               themselves
               ,
               having
               in
               allowance
               ,
               the
               best
               ,
               not
               above
               a
               hundred
               markes
               ;
               the
               worst
               ,
               but
               thirty
               
                 per
                 annum
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Fuan
                 Vasilowie
              
               shall
               be
               an
               example
               of
               this
               severity
               :
               who
               having
               before
               him
               a
               Diak
               (
               or
               Secretary
               )
               accused
               for
               taking
               a
               Goose
               ready
               dressed
               ,
               stuft
               full
               of
               silver
               by
               way
               of
               a
               bribe
               ,
               caused
               the
               offender
               to
               be
               brought
               into
               the
               Market
               place
               of
               Mosco
               ,
               &
               there
               himselfe
               ,
               making
               an
               honest
               Oration
               unto
               the
               people
               ,
               asked
               his
               Polachies
               or
               Executioner
               ,
               Who
               could
               cut
               up
               a
               Goose
               ?
               And
               then
               commanded
               he
               one
               of
               them
               first
               to
               cut
               off
               the
               parties
               legs
               ,
               about
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               shins
               ,
               then
               his
               armes
               above
               his
               elbowes
               ;
               (
               still
               asking
               the
               miserable
               offender
               ,
               If
               Goose-flesh
               were
               good
               meat
               )
               in
               the
               end
               to
               chop
               off
               his
               head
               ,
               in
               similitude
               of
               a
               Goose
               ready
               dressed
               .
            
             
               But
               in
               the
               foure
               Townes
               ,
               whereof
               three
               border
               upon
               the
               Polonian
               and
               Sweden
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               upon
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Smolonsko
                 ,
                 Vobsko
                 ,
                 Novograd
              
               and
               Cazan
               ,
               he
               is
               somewhat
               more
               advised
               and
               honourable
               .
               For
               being
               peeces
               of
               great
               import
               ,
               in
               them
               he
               appointeth
               men
               of
               more
               sufficient
               and
               better
               ranke
               ,
               two
               in
               each
               Towne
               ,
               whereof
               one
               is
               ever
               of
               his
               Councell
               of
               Estate
               .
               These
               have
               larger
               commission
               ,
               and
               without
               adjournment
               or
               appeale
               may
               proceed
               to
               execution
               in
               all
               criminall
               causes
               ;
               yet
               are
               they
               changed
               every
               yeare
               ,
               and
               have
               for
               their
               allowance
               ,
               some
               seven
               hundred
               rubbles
               ,
               and
               some
               foure
               hundred
               .
            
             
               To
               preserve
               his
               Majesty
               and
               reputation
               ,
               he
               useth
               as
               incredible
               policy
               ,
               as
               hee
               doth
               unusuall
               severitie
               :
               First
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               lawfull
               for
               any
               of
               his
               subjects
               to
               depart
               the
               Realme
               upon
               paine
               of
               death
               ;
               and
               therefore
               no
               man
               there
               dare
               goe
               to
               Sea
               ,
               no
               ,
               not
               speake
               to
               an
               Ambassadour
               ,
               or
               use
               the
               counsell
               of
               a
               forren
               Physician
               ,
               without
               licence
               .
               He
               weareth
               apparell
               of
               inestimable
               value
               ,
               joyning
               the
               Ornaments
               of
               a
               Bishop
               to
               
               the
               Majestie
               of
               a
               King
               ;
               by
               wearing
               a
               Miter
               on
               his
               head
               ,
               shining
               with
               Diamonds
               and
               rich
               stones
               :
               When
               he
               weareth
               it
               not
               on
               his
               head
               ,
               he
               placeth
               it
               before
               his
               Chaire
               of
               Estate
               ,
               and
               oftentimes
               changeth
               it
               ,
               in
               boast
               of
               his
               riches
               .
               In
               his
               left
               hand
               he
               beareth
               a
               most
               rich
               Crosier
               ,
               apparelled
               in
               a
               long
               Garment
               ,
               not
               much
               unlike
               to
               that
               which
               the
               Pope
               weareth
               when
               he
               goeth
               to
               Masse
               :
               his
               fingers
               are
               full
               of
               Gold
               Rings
               ,
               and
               the
               Image
               of
               Christ
               ,
               and
               his
               blessed
               mother
               the
               Virgin
               are
               over
               the
               Chaire
               wherein
               he
               sitteth
               .
               The
               Privie
               Chamber
               and
               great
               Chamber
               are
               full
               of
               men
               ,
               cloathed
               in
               Cloth
               of
               Gold
               downe
               to
               the
               foot
               ,
               but
               never
               used
               unlesse
               upon
               occasion
               of
               Festivals
               ,
               or
               entertainement
               of
               Ambassadours
               .
               In
               matter
               of
               Ceremonie
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               they
               follow
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               ;
               the
               Priests
               marrie
               ,
               maintaine
               adoration
               of
               Images
               ,
               Fast
               ,
               and
               compel
               to
               confession
               ;
               which
               the
               common
               people
               suppose
               most
               necessary
               ,
               
               especially
               for
               the
               Nobles
               and
               Gentrle
               ,
               retayning
               a
               sensualitie
               of
               life
               ,
               and
               libertie
               of
               voluptuousnesse
               .
               The
               Princes
               themselves
               are
               very
               devout
               at
               the
               Table
               ,
               as
               often
               a
               dish
               is
               changed
               ,
               or
               they
               have
               a
               desire
               to
               drinke
               ,
               they
               make
               many
               signes
               of
               the
               Crosse.
               
            
             
               That
               no
               man
               should
               prove
               a
               better
               Scholler
               than
               himselfe
               ,
               he
               suffereth
               no
               schoole
               ,
               but
               of
               writing
               &
               reading
               to
               be
               kept
               .
               In
               their
               Liturgies
               ,
               they
               read
               nothing
               but
               the
               Evangelists
               ,
               some
               Historie
               ,
               the
               lives
               of
               Saints
               ,
               a
               Homily
               of
               
                 Iohn
                 Chrysostome
              
               ,
               or
               some
               such
               like
               ;
               yea
               ,
               they
               would
               hold
               him
               for
               an
               Heretike
               ,
               that
               should
               goe
               about
               to
               professe
               himselfe
               better
               learned
               ;
               and
               assure
               himselfe
               ,
               hee
               shall
               not
               escape
               punishment
               .
               Which
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               their
               Notaries
               ,
               nay
               the
               Secretaries
               themselves
               ,
               commonly
               can
               neither
               write
               ,
               nor
               answer
               Ambassadors
               of
               forren
               Princes
               ,
               no
               farther
               than
               they
               are
               taught
               by
               the
               great
               Duke
               .
               When
               they
               negociate
               ,
               they
               no
               sooner
               name
               the
               great
               Duke
               ,
               but
               all
               of
               them
               rise
               up
               with
               great
               reverence
               :
               the
               like
               is
               done
               at
               his
               Table
               ,
               when
               he
               drinketh
               ,
               or
               carveth
               to
               any
               man
               ,
               and
               so
               in
               a
               thousand
               like
               casualties
               :
               they
               are
               taught
               ,
               even
               from
               their
               cradles
               ,
               to
               beleeve
               and
               talke
               of
               their
               great
               Duke
               ,
               as
               of
               God
               :
               using
               these
               phrases
               in
               
               their
               ordinarie
               talking
               ,
               
                 God
                 onely
                 and
                 our
                 Great
                 Semapor
              
               knoweth
               this
               ;
               
                 Our
                 Great
                 Lord
              
               knoweth
               all
               things
               .
               
                 All
                 we
                 enjoy
                 ,
                 health
                 and
                 riches
                 ,
                 all
                 proceedeth
                 from
                 our
                 Great
                 Duke
                 .
              
               For
               the
               subjects
               ,
               seeing
               such
               State
               and
               Magnificence
               in
               the
               Prince
               ,
               and
               knowing
               no
               more
               than
               he
               is
               taught
               at
               home
               ,
               reverence
               and
               obey
               him
               as
               slaves
               ,
               not
               as
               subjects
               ,
               accounting
               him
               rather
               a
               God
               than
               a
               King.
               Those
               Lords
               which
               he
               hath
               under
               him
               are
               only
               graced
               with
               Titles
               ,
               not
               as
               we
               have
               Dukes
               ,
               Barons
               ,
               &c.
               
               Bestowing
               upon
               one
               a
               Hamlet
               ,
               upon
               another
               a
               Farme
               ;
               and
               these
               not
               hereditarie
               ,
               unlesse
               he
               confirme
               it
               :
               and
               when
               he
               hath
               confirmed
               it
               ,
               the
               Farmers
               not
               withstanding
               pay
               him
               a
               portion
               of
               their
               fruits
               ,
               and
               owe
               him
               villaine-service
               :
               which
               is
               the
               cause
               ,
               that
               every
               man
               dependeth
               on
               the
               will
               of
               the
               Prince
               ,
               and
               looke
               by
               how
               much
               the
               richer
               ,
               by
               so
               much
               the
               deeper
               ,
               is
               he
               indebted
               unto
               him
               .
            
             
               ●
               The
               Native
               commodities
               are
               Furs
               ,
               
               Wax
               ,
               Honie
               ,
               Tallow
               ,
               Hides
               ,
               Traine-Oyle
               ,
               Caveare
               ,
               Hemp
               ,
               Flax
               ,
               Salt
               ,
               Tar
               ,
               Slud
               ,
               Salt-peter
               ,
               Brimston
               and
               Tron
               .
               Besides
               the
               great
               quantitie
               of
               Furs
               spent
               in
               the
               Countrie
               (
               the
               onely
               defence
               of
               the
               Country-people
               in
               the
               winter
               season
               )
               there
               are
               transported
               some
               yeares
               by
               the
               Merchants
               of
               
                 Turkie
                 ,
                 Persia
                 ,
                 Bougharia
                 ,
                 Georgia
                 ,
                 Armenia
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Christians
               ,
               to
               the
               value
               of
               foure
               or
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               rubbles
               yearely
               :
               Of
               Wax
               fiftie
               thousand
               poad
               ;
               every
               poad
               contayning
               fortie
               pounds
               .
               Their
               Hony
               is
               almost
               all
               spent
               within
               the
               Countrie
               in
               their
               ordinarie
               drinkes
               ,
               and
               other
               uses
               .
               Of
               Tallow
               in
               times
               past
               ,
               they
               have
               shipped
               out
               100000.
               poad
               yearely
               :
               Of
               Hides
               ,
               100000.
               
               Of
               Flax
               and
               Hemp
               one
               hundred
               ships
               :
               and
               so
               semblably
               of
               other
               Merchandizes
               .
               But
               you
               must
               understand
               ,
               that
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               idle
               carelesnesse
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               occasioned
               through
               the
               extreme
               tyrannie
               of
               their
               Emperours
               ,
               (
               whereof
               you
               shall
               heare
               hereafter
               )
               at
               this
               day
               three
               parts
               of
               that
               reckoning
               in
               every
               commoditie
               ,
               are
               abated
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               receiving
               of
               which
               riches
               and
               Revenues
               ,
               
               he
               hath
               as
               it
               were
               three
               principall
               Treasures
               ;
               The
               Steward
               of
               his
               House
               ;
               Every
               Chetsird
               within
               his
               owne
               Province
               ;
               And
               the
               Office
               called
               the
               great
               Income
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Stewards
               Office
               receiveth
               yearely
               ,
               above
               the
               expence
               of
               his
               house
               twentie
               three
               thousand
               rubbles
               .
            
             
               The
               fourth
               Chetfirds
               for
               Soak
               and
               Pol-mony
               foure
               hundred
               thousand
               rubbles
               .
               And
               the
               office
               of
               the
               great
               Income
               for
               custome
               and
               rents
               eight
               hundred
               thousand
               rubbles
               .
            
             
               And
               all
               this
               in
               readie
               coyne
               :
               For
               besides
               this
               revenue
               ordinarie
               ,
               he
               receiveth
               extraordinarily
               in
               furs
               and
               other
               commodities
               ,
               out
               of
               
                 Siberia
                 ,
                 Pechora
                 ,
                 Permia
              
               and
               other
               remote
               places
               ,
               a
               great
               masse
               of
               wealth
               .
               As
               may
               be
               ghessed
               by
               that
               ,
               That
               1589.
               out
               of
               Siberia
               onely
               ,
               by
               way
               of
               custome
               ,
               were
               collected
               foure
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               six
               timber
               of
               Sables
               ,
               five
               timber
               of
               Martrons
               ,
               one
               hundred
               eightie
               cases
               of
               black
               Foxes
               ,
               besides
               other
               commodities
               .
            
             
               To
               these
               may
               be
               added
               Seisures
               ,
               Confiscations
               ,
               and
               Incomes
               of
               like
               nature
               ,
               whereof
               I
               will
               shew
               you
               some
               cases
               .
            
             
               As
               by
               coyning
               his
               Plate
               into
               money
               ,
               in
               shew
               of
               want
               ,
               thereby
               to
               colour
               some
               new
               taxations
               ;
               so
               did
               
                 Theodor
                 Iuanowich
              
               .
               And
               as
               by
               suffering
               every
               man
               to
               give
               unto
               Monasteries
               ,
               what
               pleaseth
               him
               ;
               that
               the
               wealth
               being
               stowed
               in
               grosse
               ,
               the
               Prince
               may
               come
               by
               it
               the
               readier
               to
               satisfie
               his
               pleasure
               :
               So
               did
               
                 Iuan
                 Vasilowich
              
               ,
               wringing
               from
               some
               Bishops
               and
               Monasteries
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               rubbles
               ;
               from
               some
               fortie
               ,
               and
               from
               others
               fiftie
               ,
               &c.
               
               For
               the
               subtile
               Friers
               are
               content
               without
               noise
               to
               part
               from
               somewhat
               ,
               rather
               than
               by
               clamour
               to
               indanger
               the
               losse
               of
               the
               whole
               .
            
             
               By
               forestalling
               homebred
               commodities
               ,
               and
               ingrossing
               the
               forren
               ;
               as
               Silkes
               ,
               Cloth
               ,
               Lead
               ,
               Pearle
               ;
               To
               give
               out
               monopolies
               for
               staying
               of
               Sables
               ,
               till
               the
               Emperors
               be
               vented
               .
            
             
               By
               rent
               corne
               and
               provision
               of
               victuall
               ,
               hee
               hath
               some
               yeares
               raised
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               rubbles
               .
               Of
               rent
               wood
               ,
               hay
               ,
               &c.
               thirtie
               thousand
               rubbles
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               most
               Unchristian
               abuse
               is
               ,
               that
               in
               every
               great
               towne
               he
               hath
               a
               Caback
               (
               or
               Tap-house
               )
               to
               sell
               Aqua-vite
               ,
               Mead
               ,
               Beare
               ,
               &c.
               wherein
               ,
               besides
               the
               vice
               of
               drunkennesse
               ,
               many
               foule
               faults
               (
               as
               it
               cannot
               otherwise
               fall
               out
               )
               are
               committed
               .
               The
               poore
               labouring
               man
               ,
               and
               artificer
               many
               times
               spendeth
               all
               from
               his
               wife
               and
               children
               .
               Some
               will
               lay
               20
               ,
               
               thirty
               or
               forty
               rubbles
               into
               the
               Caback
               ,
               vowing
               themselves
               to
               the
               pot
               ,
               till
               the
               stock
               be
               spent
               ;
               and
               all
               this
               (
               as
               the
               drunkard
               will
               vaunt
               ,
               )
               for
               the
               honour
               of
               
                 Hospodare
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               the
               Prince
               .
               For
               ,
               for
               hindering
               this
               base
               and
               ungodly
               profit
               ,
               none
               may
               dare
               to
               call
               ,
               or
               intreat
               him
               out
               of
               the
               Caback
               .
               Of
               these
               some
               yeeld
               eight
               hundred
               ,
               some
               nine
               hundred
               ,
               some
               a
               thousand
               ,
               some
               three
               thousand
               rubbles
               by
               yeare
               .
            
             
               Sometime
               he
               will
               cause
               his
               Botarens
               (
               or
               Nobles
               )
               to
               feigne
               themselves
               robbed
               ,
               and
               then
               will
               he
               send
               for
               the
               Aldermen
               of
               the
               Citie
               ,
               to
               finde
               out
               the
               fellon
               ,
               and
               upon
               an
               Ignoramus
               ,
               he
               will
               sesse
               the
               Citie
               (
               upon
               colour
               of
               misgovernment
               )
               eight
               thousand
               ,
               nine
               thousand
               or
               ten
               thousand
               rubbles
               .
            
             
               
                 Iuan
                 Vasilowich
              
               sent
               into
               Permia
               for
               certaine
               loads
               of
               Cedar
               wood
               ,
               whereof
               he
               knew
               none
               to
               grow
               in
               the
               Countrie
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               returned
               word
               ,
               that
               they
               could
               finde
               none
               :
               whereupon
               he
               sessed
               the
               Countrie
               at
               12060
               rubbles
               .
               So
               sent
               he
               to
               the
               Citie
               of
               Mosco
               ,
               to
               provide
               a
               Colpack
               (
               or
               measure
               full
               )
               of
               live
               fleas
               for
               a
               medicine
               :
               They
               returned
               answer
               that
               the
               thing
               was
               impossible
               :
               whereupon
               he
               praved
               (
               or
               beat
               out
               of
               their
               shins
               )
               seven
               hundred
               rubbles
               for
               a
               mulct
               .
               So
               at
               another
               time
               ,
               he
               praved
               thirty
               thousand
               rubbles
               from
               his
               Nobilitie
               ,
               because
               he
               missed
               of
               his
               game
               when
               he
               went
               on
               hunting
               :
               Which
               they
               againe
               praved
               out
               of
               the
               Monsicks
               ,
               or
               common
               people
               of
               the
               Countrie
               ,
               as
               the
               manner
               is
               .
            
             
               Besides
               ,
               in
               their
               Diets
               (
               or
               Parliaments
               )
               they
               are
               reputed
               of
               no
               degree
               or
               order
               .
               For
               therein
               the
               Nobilitie
               and
               Clergie
               onely
               have
               voices
               .
            
             
               In
               all
               their
               supplications
               and
               petitions
               to
               any
               of
               the
               Nobles
               ,
               or
               chiefe
               Officers
               ,
               they
               subscribe
               Kelophey
               ,
               slaves
               ;
               and
               so
               doe
               they
               of
               the
               Nobilitie
               ,
               to
               the
               Emperor
               :
               So
               that
               if
               a
               poore
               Mousal
               meeteth
               any
               of
               them
               upon
               the
               way
               ,
               hee
               must
               turne
               himselfe
               about
               ,
               and
               not
               dare
               to
               looke
               this
               Magnifico
               in
               the
               face
               ,
               but
               conge
               to
               the
               ground
               with
               his
               head
               ,
               as
               Priests
               doe
               to
               their
               Wafer-cakes
               .
            
             
               As
               for
               the
               quiet
               enjoyment
               of
               their
               lands
               ,
               besides
               the
               taxes
               ,
               customes
               ,
               feasings
               and
               other
               publike
               exactions
               ,
               practised
               by
               the
               Emperour
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               permitted
               unto
               his
               Nobles
               ,
               
               Messengers
               and
               Officers
               ;
               you
               shall
               see
               Yammes
               (
               thorow-fare
               townes
               )
               of
               halfe
               a
               mile
               and
               a
               mile
               long
               ,
               stand
               uninhabited
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               these
               ungodly
               pressures
               .
               So
               that
               in
               the
               way
               towards
               Mosco
               ,
               betweene
               Vologda
               and
               Yerasl●ve
               ,
               which
               is
               some
               what
               more
               than
               an
               hundred
               English
               miles
               ,
               there
               have
               beene
               in
               sight
               fiftie
               Villages
               ,
               at
               least
               of
               the
               foresaid
               length
               ,
               quite
               disinhabited
               .
               And
               this
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               the
               people
               doe
               not
               give
               themselves
               to
               thrive
               ,
               nor
               to
               trades
               ,
               as
               in
               former
               times
               :
               whereby
               honest
               labour
               is
               much
               decaied
               ,
               and
               the
               present
               quantities
               of
               Merchandize
               nothing
               answerable
               to
               the
               former
               reckoning
               .
               As
               well
               you
               may
               perceive
               in
               this
               one
               Historie
               ,
               wherein
               I
               will
               shew
               you
               two
               rare
               accidents
               ,
               how
               three
               Brethren
               Merchants
               did
               rise
               up
               to
               great
               wealth
               ,
               and
               in
               what
               manner
               they
               were
               fleeced
               .
            
             
               They
               traded
               together
               in
               one
               stocke
               ,
               and
               were
               found
               to
               be
               worth
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               rubbies
               ,
               besides
               lands
               ,
               stocke
               and
               other
               commodities
               .
               They
               that
               knew
               them
               report
               ,
               That
               they
               set
               ten
               thousand
               men
               on
               worke
               all
               the
               yeare
               long
               ,
               in
               making
               of
               salt
               ,
               carriages
               by
               cart
               and
               water
               ,
               hewing
               of
               wood
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               labours
               ;
               besides
               five
               thousand
               bond-slaves
               at
               least
               ,
               to
               inhabit
               and
               till
               their
               land
               .
               They
               had
               all
               manner
               of
               Artificers
               ;
               Physitians
               ,
               Surgeons
               ,
               Apothecaries
               (
               Dutchmen
               )
               belonging
               unto
               them
               ;
               And
               for
               custome
               paid
               unto
               the
               Emperor
               came
               (
               the
               true
               cause
               wherfore
               they
               were
               the
               longer
               permitted
               to
               enjoy
               their
               thrift
               )
               twentie
               three
               thousand
               rubbles
               
                 per
                 annum
              
               ,
               besides
               the
               maintayning
               of
               certaine
               garrisons
               on
               the
               borders
               of
               Siberia
               ,
               which
               were
               neere
               unto
               them
               .
               Now
               if
               any
               man
               object
               ,
               how
               these
               men
               could
               come
               to
               such
               an
               estate
               of
               wealth
               ,
               under
               such
               an
               exactious
               Prince
               :
               First
               ,
               he
               must
               understand
               ,
               that
               their
               dwelling
               was
               in
               Wichida
               ,
               a
               thousand
               miles
               from
               Mosco
               ,
               and
               the
               eye
               of
               the
               Court
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               forbearance
               is
               no
               quittance
               :
               For
               the
               Emperour
               was
               well
               content
               to
               use
               their
               purses
               ,
               untill
               such
               time
               as
               they
               had
               perfected
               their
               designes
               in
               Siberia
               ;
               and
               that
               ,
               by
               burning
               and
               cutting
               downe
               woods
               ,
               from
               Wichida
               to
               Permia
               ,
               a
               progresse
               of
               a
               thousand
               Versts
               ,
               they
               had
               made
               the
               land
               habitable
               .
               But
               at
               last
               ,
               He
               ,
               envying
               
               &
               disdayning
               that
               a
               Monsick
               should
               grow
               to
               be
               so
               great
               a
               man
               ,
               against
               the
               rules
               of
               their
               policie
               ;
               first
               began
               to
               pull
               from
               them
               sometimes
               twentie
               thousand
               rubbles
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               more
               ;
               and
               then
               ,
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               their
               Inheritance
               :
               So
               that
               at
               this
               day
               their
               Sonnes
               are
               well
               eased
               of
               their
               stocke
               ,
               and
               have
               but
               small
               part
               of
               their
               Fathers
               substance
               .
            
             
               Neither
               is
               this
               State
               content
               to
               tyrannize
               ouer
               their
               bodies
               ,
               goods
               and
               lands
               ,
               but
               he
               doth
               the
               like
               ouer
               their
               wits
               and
               capacities
               .
               For
               ,
               for
               any
               extraordinarie
               perfection
               in
               any
               common
               Art
               ,
               much
               lesse
               in
               learning
               ,
               you
               shall
               never
               see
               them
               excellent
               ,
               from
               which
               they
               are
               kept
               of
               purpose
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               also
               (
               being
               no
               Boiardi
               ,
               Gentlemen
               )
               from
               all
               militarie
               practice
               .
            
             
               And
               because
               they
               should
               prove
               utterly
               unapt
               for
               any
               profession
               ,
               save
               servilitie
               ,
               they
               are
               forbidden
               to
               travell
               ;
               so
               that
               you
               shall
               never
               meet
               with
               a
               Russe
               in
               forren
               Countries
               ,
               except
               it
               be
               some
               Ambassadour
               ,
               or
               perhaps
               some
               stragling
               companion
               ,
               who
               hath
               narrowly
               escaped
               the
               watch
               on
               the
               borders
               .
            
             
               The
               penalty
               upon
               taking
               ,
               is
               no
               lesse
               than
               confiscation
               of
               all
               his
               goods
               .
               Neither
               will
               they
               suffer
               any
               stranger
               willingly
               to
               enter
               their
               Countrie
               ,
               further
               than
               the
               necessitie
               of
               venting
               their
               commodities
               ,
               and
               taking
               in
               of
               forren
               doth
               inforce
               them
               .
            
             
               Their
               capitall
               punishments
               are
               hanging
               ,
               
               rodding
               ,
               knocking
               on
               the
               heads
               ,
               drowning
               ,
               putting
               under
               the
               ice
               ,
               impaling
               a
               stake
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
            
             
               By
               this
               a
               man
               may
               ghesse
               of
               his
               riches
               :
               for
               he
               is
               not
               only
               absolute
               Lord
               of
               all
               ,
               but
               also
               he
               useth
               the
               service
               of
               their
               bodies
               at
               his
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               what
               portion
               of
               their
               goods
               him
               listeth
               .
               Of
               the
               skins
               of
               wilde
               beasts
               he
               challengeth
               what
               portion
               he
               liketh
               ;
               and
               of
               every
               sort
               of
               Fish
               ,
               even
               what
               he
               will
               (
               as
               hereafter
               .
               )
               The
               skins
               are
               sold
               or
               given
               ,
               as
               pleaseth
               him
               :
               the
               Fish
               (
               dried
               in
               the
               winde
               )
               is
               kept
               for
               victualling
               the
               garrisons
               .
               In
               the
               market
               no
               man
               may
               sell
               his
               wares
               ,
               before
               the
               King
               hath
               sold.
               He
               hath
               not
               many
               Mines
               of
               Gold
               or
               Silver
               .
               The
               best
               Mart-Townes
               ,
               from
               whence
               he
               gathereth
               the
               
               greatest
               part
               of
               his
               Revenues
               ,
               are
               Astrachan
               at
               the
               Caspian
               sea
               ,
               whither
               the
               wares
               of
               the
               Persians
               and
               Armenians
               are
               brought
               ;
               and
               S.
               Nicholas
               ,
               whither
               the
               ships
               of
               the
               English
               and
               Hollanders
               doe
               arrive
               ,
               laden
               with
               Cloth
               and
               other
               Merchandize
               ,
               which
               from
               thence
               are
               transported
               to
               Vologda
               .
               When
               his
               Ambassadors
               returne
               ,
               he
               taketh
               from
               them
               the
               presents
               given
               them
               by
               forren
               Princes
               ,
               and
               in
               stead
               thereof
               bestoweth
               upon
               them
               some
               other
               reward
               ,
               and
               many
               times
               nothing
               at
               all
               .
               To
               speake
               in
               a
               word
               :
               he
               gleaneth
               whatsoever
               is
               good
               or
               ought
               worth
               ,
               through
               his
               whole
               Kingdome
               ;
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               he
               hath
               great
               store
               of
               Treasure
               in
               his
               Castles
               of
               
                 Mosco
                 ,
                 Ieraslave
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Marishes
               of
               Albi
               ;
               which
               may
               be
               true
               :
               for
               the
               great
               Duke
               Iohn
               wasted
               in
               a
               manner
               all
               Livonia
               ,
               sparing
               neither
               Relique
               ,
               Chalice
               ,
               Crucifix
               ,
               nor
               any
               ornament
               of
               silver
               :
               and
               of
               that
               which
               is
               once
               brought
               in
               ,
               he
               suffereth
               no
               part
               thereof
               to
               be
               transported
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               for
               the
               ransome
               of
               souldiers
               taken
               in
               the
               war
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               poore
               people
               carried
               into
               captivitie
               .
               This
               is
               most
               true
               ,
               that
               when
               he
               lost
               Livonia
               ,
               which
               King
               Stephen
               of
               Poland
               reconquered
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1582.
               he
               lost
               the
               richest
               Province
               of
               all
               his
               Dominions
               ,
               for
               the
               Traffike
               of
               the
               Baltike
               sea
               ;
               and
               the
               best
               ,
               for
               the
               strength
               of
               34.
               castles
               standing
               therein
               .
            
             
               The
               strength
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               consisteth
               in
               the
               manifold
               
               numbers
               of
               Rivers
               and
               Marishes
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               thicknesse
               of
               woods
               .
               Besides
               ,
               they
               use
               to
               lay
               wast
               the
               parts
               neerest
               their
               enemies
               ,
               that
               there
               the
               Woods
               may
               grow
               thicker
               ,
               which
               for
               the
               moisture
               of
               the
               soyle
               quickly
               commeth
               to
               passe
               ,
               and
               are
               as
               available
               ,
               as
               a
               wall
               or
               trench
               to
               the
               defence
               of
               the
               next
               townes
               .
               This
               policie
               brought
               great
               travel
               to
               the
               Polanders
               ,
               for
               they
               were
               constrained
               to
               lose
               much
               time
               in
               cutting
               downe
               the
               woods
               ,
               before
               they
               could
               come
               to
               the
               inhabited
               places
               of
               their
               enemies
               .
               They
               have
               a
               few
               fortresses
               ,
               some
               built
               of
               stone
               ,
               some
               of
               bricke
               after
               the
               Italian
               fashion
               ,
               but
               without
               strength
               of
               moderne
               devices
               or
               cunning
               workmanship
               .
               Such
               are
               the
               Castles
               of
               
                 Mosco
                 ,
                 Novograd
                 ,
                 Plescovia
                 ,
                 Porcovia
                 ,
                 Slobadie
                 :
              
               some
               are
               wrought
               with
               twigs
               and
               earth
               ,
               well
               troden
               downe
               ,
               as
               Smoloncke
               .
               But
               commonly
               the
               wals
               of
               
               strong
               places
               are
               built
               of
               great
               beames
               stuffed
               with
               Turffe
               or
               Mosse
               leaving
               loop-holes
               for
               shot
               .
               This
               fortifying
               is
               very
               available
               against
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               but
               exceeding
               subject
               to
               firing
               .
               They
               serve
               in
               the
               field
               (
               as
               we
               told
               you
               before
               ,
               treating
               of
               his
               government
               )
               rather
               bearing
               themselves
               valiantly
               for
               feare
               of
               punishment
               ,
               than
               of
               their
               own
               natures
               shewing
               any
               alacritie
               or
               willingnes
               to
               the
               service
               .
               He
               hath
               his
               Captaines
               at
               a
               becke
               ,
               his
               Souldiers
               suffer
               all
               extremities
               patiently
               ;
               they
               care
               not
               for
               frost
               or
               raine
               :
               they
               indure
               hunger
               and
               scarcitie
               with
               incredible
               contentment
               ;
               they
               live
               with
               a
               little
               :
               better
               able
               to
               defend
               a
               fortresse
               ,
               than
               to
               fight
               in
               field
               ;
               for
               here
               courage
               and
               agilitie
               ,
               there
               constancie
               and
               resolution
               are
               most
               serviceable
               :
               whereas
               the
               Polanders
               are
               better
               to
               fight
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               than
               to
               keepe
               a
               Castle
               :
               as
               well
               appeared
               in
               either
               Natiō
               at
               the
               siege
               of
               Vobsco
               ,
               where
               the
               Russe
               repulsed
               the
               Polonian
               King
               
                 Stephen
                 Battore
              
               ,
               with
               his
               whole
               Armie
               of
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               ,
               &
               forced
               him
               in
               the
               end
               to
               give
               over
               his
               siege
               ,
               with
               the
               losse
               of
               many
               of
               his
               best
               Captaines
               and
               Souldiers
               :
               but
               in
               a
               set
               field
               the
               Russia
               hath
               beene
               ever
               noted
               to
               have
               had
               the
               worse
               of
               the
               Polonian
               and
               Sweden
               .
               And
               therefore
               the
               Great
               Duke
               Iohn
               ,
               finding
               by
               experience
               the
               unaptnesse
               of
               his
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               the
               readinesse
               of
               the
               Polonians
               in
               skirmishes
               ,
               was
               wont
               to
               say
               ;
               That
               his
               men
               had
               need
               of
               a
               spur
               to
               drive
               them
               forward
               ,
               and
               the
               Polonians
               wanted
               a
               bridle
               to
               hold
               them
               backe
               .
               His
               chiefest
               force
               is
               in
               horse
               ;
               but
               what
               number
               he
               can
               raise
               ,
               who
               can
               shew
               ?
               For
               I
               doe
               not
               beleeve
               that
               hee
               is
               able
               (
               as
               some
               say
               )
               to
               arme
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               ,
               because
               though
               his
               Empire
               be
               large
               ,
               yet
               for
               the
               greatest
               part
               it
               lieth
               unmanured
               ;
               as
               the
               many
               dayes
               journey
               between
               Cazan
               and
               Astrachan
               ,
               and
               scarce
               meeting
               one
               Village
               in
               the
               way
               ,
               may
               well
               witnesse
               .
               In
               the
               war
               which
               King
               Stephen
               waged
               against
               him
               (
               being
               not
               above
               sixtie
               thousand
               Foot
               and
               Horse
               strong
               )
               hee
               was
               not
               able
               to
               raise
               so
               great
               a
               force
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               say
               ,
               as
               to
               meet
               him
               in
               the
               open
               field
               ,
               but
               not
               to
               hinder
               him
               from
               forcing
               of
               
                 Pocovia
                 ,
                 V●locoluo
              
               ,
               and
               other
               peeces
               ,
               no
               ,
               nor
               to
               divert
               him
               from
               the
               siege
               of
               Plescovia
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               yeare
               1571.
               the
               Prince
               of
               the
               Tartars
               with
               80000.
               
               
               Souldiers
               ,
               pierced
               even
               into
               the
               bowels
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               set
               fire
               on
               his
               Imperiall
               seat
               Mosco
               .
               Therefore
               I
               thinke
               ,
               that
               they
               who
               report
               ,
               that
               the
               Great
               Duke
               can
               levie
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               ,
               and
               the
               King
               of
               Polonia
               200000.
               doe
               rather
               meane
               heads
               of
               Horses
               than
               Riders
               ;
               for
               there
               may
               be
               so
               many
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               and
               yet
               every
               one
               is
               not
               to
               be
               counted
               a
               Horse
               of
               service
               ,
               no
               more
               than
               every
               Horseman
               a
               Rider
               ,
               or
               able
               to
               finde
               himselfe
               Armour
               .
               One
               hath
               his
               heart
               in
               his
               horse
               ;
               another
               wants
               abilitie
               ;
               a
               third
               wants
               strength
               of
               bodie
               ;
               a
               fourth
               ,
               both
               courage
               and
               strength
               :
               yea
               ,
               admit
               he
               could
               raise
               so
               many
               men
               (
               as
               these
               Writers
               speake
               of
               )
               yet
               would
               it
               be
               a
               hard
               matter
               ,
               perchance
               impossible
               ,
               for
               him
               to
               assemble
               them
               in
               one
               place
               ;
               or
               if
               he
               could
               ,
               where
               would
               wages
               or
               victuals
               be
               found
               sufficient
               to
               sustaine
               them
               For
               two
               hundred
               Horsemen
               in
               Moscovie
               ,
               require
               three
               hundred
               Packe-horses
               ,
               and
               so
               many
               tenders
               ,
               who
               must
               all
               be
               fed
               ;
               as
               likewise
               the
               victualers
               ,
               the
               Merchant
               ,
               the
               Artificers
               ,
               and
               such
               Servants
               as
               can
               hardly
               be
               spared
               in
               warlike
               enterprises
               .
               To
               performe
               this
               ,
               whole
               Moscovie
               must
               of
               necessity
               be
               gathered
               into
               one
               place
               ;
               and
               then
               it
               were
               to
               be
               feared
               ,
               lest
               in
               so
               great
               a
               journey
               from
               one
               part
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               the
               other
               part
               opposite
               would
               runne
               to
               ruine
               and
               decay
               .
               Likewise
               ,
               although
               such
               a
               proportion
               of
               Horse
               ,
               as
               hath
               beene
               spoken
               of
               ,
               might
               be
               raised
               ,
               it
               were
               not
               wisdome
               for
               the
               State
               to
               strip
               the
               Borders
               of
               their
               Garrisons
               ,
               the
               Provinces
               of
               their
               finewes
               ,
               the
               Cities
               of
               their
               Magistrates
               ,
               and
               the
               Countrie
               of
               Husbandmen
               .
            
             
               In
               which
               point
               Basilius
               ,
               in
               the
               conquest
               of
               Lituania
               and
               Livonia
               .
               committed
               a
               great
               oversight
               ;
               for
               that
               ,
               taking
               away
               with
               him
               the
               upland
               and
               Country
               people
               ;
               who
               should
               have
               tilled
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               might
               easily
               have
               been
               kept
               in
               order
               without
               any
               danger
               ,
               by
               other
               good
               policies
               ;
               by
               this
               course
               was
               afterwards
               driven
               many
               yeres
               together
               ,
               to
               victuall
               the
               Countrie
               (
               especially
               the
               great
               Townes
               )
               out
               of
               his
               owne
               Countrie
               of
               Russia
               .
               And
               againe
               ,
               when
               he
               first
               conquered
               the
               Countries
               ,
               he
               committed
               no
               lesse
               an
               error
               in
               suffering
               the
               Natives
               to
               keepe
               their
               possessions
               ,
               and
               to
               inhabit
               
               all
               their
               Townes
               ,
               onely
               paying
               him
               a
               tribute
               ,
               under
               the
               government
               of
               his
               Russe
               Captaines
               ,
               whose
               conspiracies
               and
               attempts
               were
               the
               losse
               of
               these
               places
               .
               The
               like
               fell
               out
               at
               the
               Port-Towne
               of
               Narve
               in
               Liesland
               ,
               where
               his
               Son
               
                 Iuan
                 Vasiliwich
              
               ,
               built
               a
               Towne
               and
               a
               Castle
               on
               the
               other
               side
               of
               the
               River
               (
               called
               Ivangorod
               )
               to
               keep
               the
               Countrie
               in
               subjection
               ,
               which
               so
               fortified
               ,
               was
               thought
               to
               be
               invincible
               :
               When
               it
               was
               furnished
               ,
               for
               reward
               to
               the
               Architect
               (
               being
               a
               Polonian
               )
               he
               put
               out
               both
               his
               eyes
               ,
               to
               disable
               him
               to
               build
               the
               like
               againe
               .
               But
               having
               left
               all
               the
               Natives
               within
               their
               owne
               Countrie
               ,
               without
               abating
               their
               number
               and
               strength
               in
               due
               order
               ,
               the
               Towne
               and
               Castle
               not
               long
               after
               was
               betraied
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Sweden
               .
               Therefore
               I
               conclude
               ,
               that
               that
               Prince
               whose
               Kingdome
               is
               able
               to
               afford
               him
               an
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               to
               be
               bravely
               furnished
               ,
               if
               he
               can
               bring
               into
               the
               field
               but
               the
               third
               part
               (
               I
               speake
               of
               war
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               incursions
               .
               )
            
             
               Some
               more
               modest
               in
               writing
               affirme
               ,
               that
               the
               Moscovite
               could
               levie
               an
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               if
               necessitie
               to
               defend
               himselfe
               forced
               him
               thereunto
               :
               And
               that
               Iohn
               the
               third
               ,
               in
               the
               voyage
               of
               Astrachan
               ,
               entertained
               an
               hundred
               &
               twentie
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               and
               twentie
               thousand
               foot
               .
               The
               same
               King
               invading
               Livonia
               in
               the
               time
               of
               King
               Alexander
               ,
               levied
               a
               mightie
               Army
               ,
               and
               notwithstanding
               ,
               maintained
               another
               upon
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               great
               Duke
               Iohn
               adjoyning
               to
               his
               troops
               of
               Horse
               certaine
               thousands
               of
               shot
               ,
               most
               Strangers
               ,
               which
               yeelded
               him
               notable
               service
               in
               the
               defence
               of
               his
               Cities
               .
            
             
               And
               to
               make
               good
               the
               aforesaid
               proportion
               of
               Cavalrie
               ,
               the
               Englishmen
               ,
               who
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               intercourse
               in
               those
               Countries
               ,
               are
               best
               acquainted
               with
               these
               Relations
               ,
               doe
               write
               ,
               that
               the
               ordinarie
               number
               of
               souldiers
               entertained
               in
               continuall
               pay
               is
               this
               :
               first
               ,
               hee
               hath
               his
               Dowrancie
               (
               viz.
               )
               Pensioners
               ,
               or
               guard
               of
               his
               person
               ,
               to
               the
               number
               of
               15000.
               horsmen
               ,
               with
               their
               Captaines
               &
               other
               Officers
               ,
               that
               are
               alwaies
               in
               a
               readinesse
               .
               These
               15000.
               are
               divided
               into
               three
               sorts
               :
               the
               first
               are
               cheife
               Pensioners
               ,
               &
               they
               receive
               some
               
               an
               hundred
               ,
               some
               fourescore
               rubbles
               a
               yeare
               ,
               none
               under
               seventie
               .
               The
               second
               sort
               receive
               betwixt
               sixtie
               and
               fiftie
               ,
               none
               under
               fortie
               .
               The
               third
               and
               lowest
               sort
               receive
               thirtie
               a
               yeare
               ,
               some
               25
               ,
               some
               20
               ,
               none
               under
               12.
               the
               whole
               summe
               ariseth
               to
               fiftie
               five
               thousand
               rubbles
               by
               yeare
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               15000
               Horsemen
               ,
               (
               being
               the
               guard
               of
               the
               Emperours
               owne
               person
               ,
               when
               himselfe
               goeth
               to
               the
               wars
               ,
               resembling
               the
               Roman
               praetorian
               souldiers
               )
               there
               are
               110.
               men
               of
               speciall
               account
               for
               their
               Nobilitie
               and
               trust
               ,
               chosen
               by
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               who
               are
               bound
               to
               finde
               65000.
               
               Horsemen
               ,
               with
               all
               necessaries
               meet
               for
               the
               wars
               ,
               after
               the
               Russian
               manner
               .
               For
               the
               which
               service
               ,
               they
               are
               yearly
               allowed
               for
               themselves
               ,
               and
               their
               companies
               ,
               the
               summe
               of
               40000.
               rubbles
               .
               These
               65000.
               are
               bound
               to
               repaire
               to
               the
               field
               every
               yeare
               ,
               towards
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartars
              
               (
               except
               they
               be
               otherwayes
               appointed
               )
               whether
               there
               be
               wars
               with
               the
               Tartar
               ,
               or
               no.
               And
               because
               it
               should
               not
               prove
               dangerous
               unto
               the
               State
               ,
               to
               intrust
               so
               great
               a
               power
               to
               Noblemen
               ,
               first
               as
               they
               are
               many
               ,
               viz.
               110.
               so
               are
               they
               changed
               by
               the
               Emperour
               at
               his
               pleasure
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               they
               have
               their
               maintenance
               of
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               being
               men
               otherwise
               borne
               but
               to
               small
               Revenue
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               they
               are
               about
               the
               Emperours
               person
               ,
               being
               of
               his
               Councell
               ,
               either
               speciall
               ,
               or
               at
               large
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               they
               are
               rather
               pay-masters
               than
               Captaines
               to
               their
               Companies
               ;
               themselves
               not
               going
               forth
               ordinarily
               to
               the
               wars
               ,
               save
               when
               they
               are
               directed
               by
               speciall
               command
               .
               So
               the
               whole
               number
               of
               horsemen
               alwayes
               in
               readinesse
               and
               continuall
               pay
               ,
               are
               fourescore
               thousand
               ,
               few
               more
               or
               lesse
               .
               If
               he
               need
               a
               greater
               number
               (
               which
               seldome
               hapneth
               )
               then
               he
               entertaineth
               those
               Gentlemen
               which
               are
               out
               of
               pay
               :
               If
               yet
               he
               want
               ,
               he
               giveth
               charge
               unto
               his
               Noblemen
               that
               hold
               Lands
               of
               him
               ,
               to
               bring
               into
               the
               field
               everie
               man
               proportionable
               number
               of
               his
               Servants
               (
               called
               
                 Rolophey
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               such
               as
               till
               his
               Lands
               )
               with
               their
               furniture
               :
               the
               which
               service
               being
               done
               ,
               presently
               they
               lay
               downe
               their
               Weapons
               ,
               and
               returne
               againe
               to
               their
               servile
               labours
               .
            
             
             
               Of
               Footmen
               in
               continuall
               pay
               ,
               he
               hath
               twelve
               thousand
               all
               Harquebushers
               ,
               whereof
               five
               thousand
               attend
               about
               the
               citie
               of
               Mosco
               ,
               or
               where
               the
               Emperour
               shall
               abide
               ;
               and
               two
               thousand
               (
               called
               
                 Stremaney
                 strelsey
              
               ,
               or
               Gunners
               at
               the
               stirrop
               ,
               )
               about
               his
               own
               person
               at
               the
               Court
               or
               House
               where
               himselfe
               lodgeth
               .
               The
               residue
               are
               placed
               in
               Garrisons
               ,
               till
               times
               of
               service
               ,
               and
               receive
               for
               their
               salarie
               every
               man
               seven
               rubbles
               a
               yeare
               ,
               besides
               twelve
               measures
               apeece
               of
               Rice
               and
               Oates
               .
               Of
               mercenary
               souldiers
               being
               strangers
               ,
               (
               1588
               )
               he
               had
               three
               thousand
               Polonians
               :
               Of
               Chyrchasses
               (
               who
               are
               under
               the
               Polonians
               )
               about
               foure
               thousand
               :
               Of
               Dutch
               and
               Scots
               150.
               
               Of
               
                 Greekes
                 ,
                 Turkes
              
               ,
               and
               Swedens
               ,
               all
               in
               one
               band
               ,
               a
               hundred
               or
               thereabouts
               .
               These
               they
               imploy
               only
               upon
               the
               Tartarian
               side
               ,
               and
               against
               the
               Siberians
               ,
               as
               they
               doe
               the
               Tartar
               souldiers
               (
               whom
               they
               sometime
               hire
               ,
               &
               but
               only
               for
               the
               present
               )
               on
               the
               other
               side
               ,
               against
               the
               Polonian
               and
               Sweden
               .
               Concerning
               their
               arming
               ,
               they
               are
               but
               sleightly
               appointed
               :
               The
               Common
               Horseman
               hath
               nothing
               but
               his
               Bow
               in
               his
               case
               under
               his
               right
               arme
               ,
               and
               his
               Quiver
               and
               Sword
               hanging
               on
               the
               left
               side
               ,
               except
               some
               few
               that
               beare
               a
               case
               of
               Dags
               ,
               or
               a
               Iavelin
               ,
               or
               short
               Staffe
               along
               their
               Horse
               side
               .
               The
               Noblemen
               ride
               better
               and
               richer
               appointed
               ;
               their
               Swords
               ,
               Bowes
               and
               Arrowes
               ,
               are
               of
               the
               Turkish
               fashion
               ,
               and
               practise
               as
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               to
               shoot
               forwards
               and
               backwards
               ,
               as
               they
               flie
               ,
               or
               retire
               .
            
             
               The
               Footman
               hath
               nothing
               but
               his
               peece
               in
               his
               hand
               ,
               his
               casting-hatchet
               at
               his
               backe
               ,
               and
               his
               sword
               by
               his
               side
               ;
               provision
               of
               victuall
               the
               Emperour
               alloweth
               none
               ,
               either
               for
               Captaine
               or
               Souldier
               ,
               neither
               provideth
               any
               ,
               except
               peradventure
               some
               corne
               for
               their
               money
               .
               Every
               man
               is
               to
               bring
               sufficient
               for
               himselfe
               for
               foure
               moneths
               ,
               and
               if
               need
               require
               ,
               to
               give
               order
               for
               more
               to
               be
               brought
               after
               him
               to
               the
               Campe
               from
               his
               Tenant
               that
               tilleth
               his
               Land
               ,
               or
               some
               other
               place
               :
               for
               diet
               and
               lodging
               ,
               every
               Russie
               is
               prepared
               a
               Souldier
               before-hand
               ;
               for
               though
               the
               Chiefe
               Captaines
               carry
               tents
               with
               them
               after
               the
               fashion
               of
               ours
               ,
               with
               some
               better
               provision
               of
               victuall
               than
               the
               rest
               :
               yet
               the
               common
               
               sort
               bring
               nothing
               with
               them
               ,
               save
               a
               kinde
               of
               dried
               bread
               ,
               with
               some
               store
               of
               meale
               ;
               which
               they
               temper
               with
               water
               ,
               and
               so
               make
               it
               into
               a
               ball
               ,
               or
               small
               lumpe
               of
               dough
               ,
               and
               this
               they
               eat
               raw
               in
               stead
               of
               bread
               :
               their
               meat
               is
               Bacon
               ,
               or
               some
               flesh
               ,
               or
               fish
               ,
               dried
               after
               the
               Dutch
               manner
               .
               If
               this
               Souldier
               were
               as
               hardy
               to
               execute
               ,
               as
               he
               is
               able
               to
               beare
               out
               toyle
               and
               travell
               ,
               or
               as
               apt
               &
               well
               trained
               ,
               as
               he
               is
               indifferent
               for
               his
               lodging
               and
               dyet
               ;
               he
               would
               farre
               exceed
               the
               servitors
               of
               other
               Provinces
               .
               For
               every
               Souldier
               in
               Russia
               is
               a
               Gentleman
               ,
               and
               none
               Gentlemen
               but
               Souldiers
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               son
               of
               a
               Gentleman
               is
               ever
               a
               Gentleman
               ,
               and
               a
               Souldier
               withall
               ,
               bound
               unto
               no
               other
               profession
               ,
               but
               meere
               Souldierie
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               thought
               ,
               that
               no
               Prince
               in
               Christendome
               hath
               better
               store
               of
               munition
               ,
               which
               may
               partly
               appeare
               by
               the
               Artillery-house
               at
               Mosco
               ,
               where
               are
               divers
               sorts
               of
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               all
               of
               Brasse
               ,
               very
               faire
               ,
               and
               to
               an
               exceeding
               great
               number
               .
            
             
               Upon
               his
               frontiers
               lie
               the
               
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 Precopenses
              
               ,
               
               those
               of
               the
               
                 Taurica
                 Chersonesus
              
               ,
               the
               Circassi
               ,
               and
               the
               Nagayans
               .
               These
               people
               inhabit
               a
               Countrey
               seven
               daies
               journey
               distant
               ,
               and
               are
               governed
               by
               Dukes
               ,
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Helvetians
               .
               He
               hath
               received
               great
               injury
               of
               the
               Precopenses
               ,
               without
               hope
               of
               amends
               ;
               because
               they
               are
               confederate
               with
               the
               great
               Turke
               ,
               and
               by
               him
               furnisht
               with
               Harquebusiers
               ,
               and
               Ordnance
               ,
               and
               have
               in
               their
               Kingdome
               many
               strong
               places
               fortified
               with
               Turkish
               Garrisons
               :
               and
               therefore
               he
               thinketh
               it
               hard
               and
               dangerous
               to
               invade
               them
               being
               backed
               by
               the
               Turke
               ,
               whose
               power
               he
               should
               likewise
               stirre
               up
               against
               him
               :
               It
               is
               the
               custome
               of
               the
               Precopi
               (
               often
               used
               )
               to
               make
               inrodes
               into
               the
               Provinces
               of
               the
               Great
               Duke
               ,
               as
               likewise
               of
               the
               Polonian
               ,
               &
               to
               carry
               away
               whatsoever
               commeth
               to
               hand
               .
               If
               the
               Great
               Duke
               have
               vanquished
               the
               Tartars
               of
               C●ssan
               and
               Astrachan
               ,
               let
               him
               attribute
               that
               Conquest
               to
               his
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               which
               they
               wanted
               .
               But
               the
               Precopi
               have
               the
               use
               of
               Guns
               ,
               and
               (
               worth
               all
               the
               rest
               ,
               )
               the
               favour
               and
               protection
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Emperor
               ;
               who
               thirsting
               to
               open
               a
               way
               into
               Moscouy
               ,
               or
               the
               Caspian
               sea
               ,
               assayed
               not
               many
               yeares
               〈◊〉
               to
               dig
               a
               trench
               from
               Tanais
               to
               Volga
               :
               but
               his
               forces
               
               were
               put
               to
               flight
               by
               the
               Moscovites
               in
               feare
               of
               their
               utter
               destruction
               ,
               if
               the
               Turke
               had
               brought
               that
               designment
               to
               effect
               .
               This
               was
               a
               device
               of
               greater
               courage
               than
               wisdome
               :
               for
               the
               Moscovites
               not
               onely
               defeated
               his
               Navy
               ,
               taking
               part
               thereof
               ;
               but
               also
               put
               all
               his
               Land-forces
               to
               the
               Sword
               ,
               consisting
               of
               fourescore
               thousand
               Tartars
               ,
               five
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               three
               thousand
               Ianizars
               .
            
             
               As
               we
               have
               said
               before
               ,
               
               the
               Circassi
               live
               much
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Swissers
               ;
               they
               endevour
               not
               to
               inlarge
               their
               owne
               bounds
               ,
               but
               serve
               for
               wages
               ,
               sometime
               under
               the
               Turk
               sometime
               under
               the
               Persian
               ,
               sometimes
               under
               the
               Moscovite
               :
               from
               whose
               Dominions
               they
               are
               so
               farre
               disjoyned
               ,
               that
               they
               stand
               in
               no
               feare
               of
               their
               severall
               greatnesses
               .
               
               The
               Nagayans
               are
               more
               to
               be
               dreaded
               ,
               for
               their
               sudden
               inrodes
               and
               furious
               incursions
               ,
               than
               for
               jealousie
               of
               their
               forces
               ,
               or
               that
               they
               are
               able
               to
               raise
               ,
               or
               undertake
               any
               royall
               voyage
               .
               Of
               late
               times
               they
               threatned
               the
               Moscovite
               ,
               but
               their
               fury
               was
               soon
               appeased
               by
               sending
               them
               presents
               .
               It
               is
               the
               best
               course
               to
               hazard
               our
               money
               ,
               rather
               than
               our
               forces
               ,
               against
               the
               thefts
               &
               spoyls
               of
               these
               barbarous
               Nations
               :
               for
               when
               they
               have
               neither
               City
               nor
               strong
               place
               to
               subdue
               ;
               thereby
               to
               keepe
               them
               in
               subjection
               ,
               what
               can
               you
               terme
               the
               Warre
               made
               against
               them
               ,
               but
               labour
               with
               losse
               ,
               and
               charge
               without
               profit
               ?
               But
               to
               prevent
               all
               mischiefes
               ,
               the
               Duke
               is
               forced
               to
               keepe
               great
               troopes
               of
               Horse
               in
               
                 Curachan
                 ,
                 Casan
              
               ,
               and
               Viatca
               ,
               against
               these
               Nagaij
               :
               as
               also
               a
               great
               Garrison
               in
               Culagan
               upon
               Tanais
               against
               the
               Precopi
               .
            
             
               But
               the
               mightiest
               of
               them
               all
               is
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartar
              
               ,
               
               (
               whom
               some
               call
               the
               
                 Great
                 Cham
              
               )
               who
               lieth
               South
               and
               Southeastward
               from
               Russia
               ,
               and
               doth
               most
               annoy
               the
               Countrey
               by
               often
               invasions
               ,
               commonly
               once
               every
               yeare
               ,
               sometimes
               entering
               very
               far
               within
               the
               Inland
               parts
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1571.
               hee
               pierced
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               City
               Mosco
               ,
               with
               an
               Army
               of
               200000.
               men
               ,
               without
               battell
               or
               resistance
               ;
               for
               that
               the
               Russe
               Emperour
               (
               then
               
                 Iu●n
                 Vasiliwich
              
               )
               leading
               forth
               his
               Army
               to
               encounter
               him
               ,
               mistooke
               the
               way
               .
               The
               City
               he
               tooke
               not
               ,
               but
               fired
               the
               suburbs
               ,
               which
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               buildings
               
               consisting
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               wood
               ,
               kindled
               so
               quickly
               ,
               and
               went
               on
               with
               such
               fury
               ,
               as
               that
               it
               consumed
               the
               greatest
               part
               thereof
               ,
               almost
               within
               the
               space
               of
               foure
               houres
               :
               where
               ,
               by
               fire
               ,
               and
               prease
               800000.
               people
               or
               more
               were
               reported
               to
               have
               perished
               at
               that
               season
               .
               Their
               principall
               quarrell
               ariseth
               about
               certaine
               Territories
               claimed
               by
               the
               Tartar
               ,
               but
               possessed
               by
               the
               Russe
               .
               The
               Tartar
               alleageth
               ,
               that
               besides
               Astrachan
               and
               Cazan
               (
               the
               ancient
               possession
               of
               the
               East
               -
               Tartar
               )
               the
               whole
               bounds
               ,
               North
               and
               West-ward
               ,
               so
               farre
               as
               the
               Citie
               of
               Mosco
               ,
               and
               Mosco
               it selfe
               ,
               pertaineth
               to
               his
               right
               ;
               which
               seemeth
               to
               be
               true
               by
               the
               report
               of
               the
               Russes
               themselves
               ,
               that
               tell
               of
               a
               certaine
               homage
               done
               by
               the
               Russe
               Emperour
               every
               yeare
               to
               the
               great
               Chrim
               ,
               the
               Russe
               Emperor
               standing
               on
               foot
               ,
               and
               feeding
               the
               Chrims
               horse
               sitting
               on
               horse-backe
               ,
               with
               Oats
               out
               of
               his
               owne
               Cap
               ,
               in
               stead
               of
               a
               Boule
               or
               Manger
               ,
               and
               that
               within
               the
               Castle
               of
               Mosco
               .
            
             
               And
               this
               homage
               they
               say
               was
               done
               till
               the
               time
               of
               Basilius
               ,
               who
               surprizing
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartar
              
               by
               a
               Stratagem
               undertooke
               by
               one
               of
               his
               Nobility
               ,
               was
               content
               to
               change
               this
               homage
               into
               a
               tribute
               of
               Furs
               :
               which
               afterwards
               also
               was
               denyed
               ;
               whereupon
               they
               continue
               their
               quarrels
               ,
               the
               Russe
               defending
               his
               Countrey
               and
               Conquests
               ,
               and
               the
               Chrim
               invading
               him
               once
               or
               twice
               a
               yeare
               ,
               sometime
               about
               Whitsontide
               ,
               but
               oftner
               in
               Harvest
               .
               What
               time
               if
               the
               great
               Chrim
               come
               in
               person
               ,
               he
               bringeth
               with
               him
               an
               Army
               of
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               ,
               or
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               ;
               otherwise
               they
               make
               short
               and
               sudden
               rodes
               ,
               with
               lesser
               numbers
               ,
               running
               about
               the
               list
               of
               the
               borders
               like
               wilde-Geese
               ,
               invading
               ,
               and
               retyring
               ,
               as
               they
               see
               advantage
               .
               
               And
               now
               being
               entred
               thus
               farre
               ,
               not
               without
               occasion
               ,
               into
               the
               manners
               of
               these
               Tartars
               ,
               I
               thinke
               it
               not
               amisse
               somewhat
               to
               discourse
               of
               their
               rights
               ,
               their
               Arming
               ,
               their
               Religion
               ,
               and
               Customes
               .
            
             
               Their
               common
               practice
               (
               being
               very
               populous
               )
               is
               to
               make
               divers
               armies
               ,
               and
               so
               drawing
               the
               Russe
               into
               one
               or
               two
               places
               of
               the
               frontiers
               ,
               to
               invade
               at
               some
               place
               unsuspected
               ,
               and
               without
               defence
               .
               Their
               order
               of
               fight
               is
               much
               after
               the
               Russe
               manner
               ;
               that
               is
               ,
               to
               thrust
               on
               all
               together
               without
               
               discipline
               in
               a
               hurry
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               directed
               by
               their
               Generall
               ;
               save
               that
               they
               are
               all
               Horse-men
               ,
               and
               carry
               nothing
               else
               but
               a
               Bow
               ,
               a
               sheafe
               of
               Arrowes
               ,
               and
               a
               Cemiter
               ,
               after
               the
               Turkish
               fashion
               .
               They
               are
               very
               expert
               Horsemen
               ,
               and
               use
               to
               shoot
               as
               readily
               backward
               ,
               as
               forward
               .
               Some
               will
               have
               a
               Horse-mans
               staffe
               like
               a
               Boare-speare
               ;
               besides
               their
               other
               weapons
               .
               The
               common
               Souldier
               hath
               no
               other
               armour
               than
               his
               ordinary
               apparell
               ,
               viz.
               a
               black
               Sheepe-skin
               ,
               with
               the
               wooll-side
               outward
               in
               the
               day
               time
               ,
               and
               inwards
               in
               the
               night
               time
               ,
               with
               a
               Cap
               of
               the
               same
               .
               But
               their
               Morseis
               or
               Noblemen
               imitate
               the
               Turke
               both
               in
               Apparell
               and
               Armour
               .
               When
               they
               are
               to
               passe
               over
               a
               River
               with
               their
               Army
               ,
               they
               tie
               three
               or
               foure
               Horses
               together
               ,
               and
               taking
               peeces
               of
               wood
               ,
               they
               binde
               them
               to
               the
               tailes
               of
               their
               Horses
               ,
               and
               so
               sitting
               on
               the
               poles
               ,
               they
               drive
               their
               Horses
               over
               .
               At
               handy
               strokes
               they
               are
               counted
               farre
               better
               men
               than
               the
               Russes
               ,
               fierce
               by
               nature
               ,
               but
               more
               hardy
               and
               bloody
               by
               continuall
               practice
               of
               war
               ,
               as
               men
               never
               inured
               to
               the
               delights
               of
               peace
               ,
               nor
               any
               civile
               practice
               .
            
             
               Yet
               their
               subtiltie
               is
               more
               than
               may
               seeme
               to
               agree
               with
               their
               barbarous
               conditions
               .
               By
               their
               continuall
               invasions
               and
               robberies
               ,
               they
               are
               very
               pregnant
               and
               witty
               ,
               to
               devise
               stratagems
               on
               the
               sudden
               for
               their
               advantage
               .
               As
               in
               their
               Warres
               against
               Beala
               ,
               the
               fourth
               Kings
               of
               Hungarie
               ,
               whom
               they
               invaded
               with
               500000.
               men
               ,
               and
               obtained
               against
               him
               a
               great
               victory
               .
               Wherein
               having
               slaine
               his
               Chancellor
               ,
               they
               found
               about
               him
               the
               Kings
               privie
               Seale
               ,
               and
               there
               with
               presently
               counterfeited
               Letters
               in
               the
               Kings
               name
               to
               the
               next
               Cities
               ,
               with
               charge
               ,
               That
               in
               no
               case
               they
               should
               convey
               themselves
               or
               their
               goods
               out
               of
               their
               dwelling
               places
               ;
               encouraging
               the
               people
               to
               abide
               therein
               without
               feare
               of
               danger
               ,
               and
               withall
               recounting
               how
               base
               a
               resolution
               it
               were
               ,
               to
               abandon
               their
               countrey
               and
               possessions
               to
               so
               barbarous
               a
               Nation
               as
               the
               Tartar
               ;
               dispraising
               themselves
               in
               all
               despightfull
               manner
               ,
               letting
               them
               to
               understand
               ,
               that
               though
               he
               had
               lost
               his
               carriages
               with
               some
               few
               straglers
               ;
               who
               had
               marched
               disorderly
               ,
               yet
               hee
               doubted
               not
               but
               to
               recover
               that
               
               losse
               with
               the
               fortune
               of
               a
               noble
               victory
               ,
               if
               the
               savage
               Tartar
               durst
               abide
               him
               in
               the
               field
               .
               To
               this
               purpose
               having
               written
               their
               Letters
               in
               the
               Polish
               Character
               (
               by
               the
               helpe
               of
               certaine
               young
               men
               taken
               prisoners
               in
               the
               field
               )
               signed
               with
               the
               Kings
               seale
               ,
               they
               dispatched
               them
               forth
               to
               all
               the
               adjacent
               quarters
               of
               the
               Countrey
               ;
               whereupon
               the
               Hungarians
               that
               were
               now
               posting
               away
               with
               their
               goods
               ,
               wives
               ,
               and
               children
               ,
               on
               the
               rumour
               of
               the
               Kings
               overthrow
               ,
               by
               the
               comfort
               of
               these
               counterfeit
               letters
               ,
               stopped
               their
               journey
               ,
               and
               so
               being
               surprized
               ,
               were
               hem'd
               in
               ,
               and
               made
               a
               prey
               to
               the
               huge
               numbers
               of
               these
               barbarous
               Tartarians
               .
            
             
               When
               they
               besiege
               a
               Towne
               or
               Fort
               ,
               they
               offer
               much
               parle
               ,
               and
               pretend
               many
               flattering
               courtesies
               to
               perswade
               a
               surrender
               ,
               and
               being
               once
               possessed
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               they
               leave
               no
               cruelty
               unpractised
               ,
               affirming
               ,
               that
               faith
               &
               justice
               is
               to
               be
               kept
               toward
               no
               people
               but
               their
               owne
               .
               In
               their
               encounters
               (
               where
               they
               alway
               practise
               by
               ambushments
               )
               they
               retire
               as
               repulsed
               for
               feare
               ,
               so
               to
               draw
               their
               enemies
               within
               danger
               :
               but
               the
               Russe
               being
               well
               acquainted
               with
               this
               subtiltie
               ,
               is
               very
               wary
               of
               them
               .
               When
               they
               warre
               in
               small
               numbers
               ,
               like
               Rovers
               ,
               to
               make
               their
               Army
               seeme
               greater
               ,
               they
               set
               counterfeit
               shapes
               of
               men
               on
               horsebacke
               .
            
             
               When
               they
               give
               the
               onset
               ,
               they
               make
               a
               great
               and
               barbarous
               shout
               ,
               crying
               all
               together
               
                 Olla
                 Billa
                 ,
                 Olla
                 Billa
              
               ,
               God
               helpe
               us
               ,
               God
               helpe
               us
               ;
               They
               contemne
               death
               in
               that
               desperate
               manner
               ,
               that
               they
               chuse
               rather
               to
               die
               than
               yeeld
               :
               and
               when
               they
               are
               wounded
               to
               death
               ,
               &
               past
               recovery
               ,
               they
               have
               beene
               seene
               to
               bite
               their
               weapons
               in
               rage
               ;
               wherein
               appeareth
               the
               great
               difference
               of
               courage
               between
               the
               Tartar
               ,
               the
               Russe
               ,
               and
               the
               Turke
               :
               For
               if
               the
               Russe
               souldier
               be
               once
               put
               to
               retire
               ,
               all
               his
               safety
               is
               set
               on
               speedy
               and
               resolved
               flight
               ,
               and
               being
               once
               taken
               ,
               he
               neither
               defendeth
               himselfe
               ,
               nor
               intreateth
               for
               mercy
               ,
               as
               reckoning
               straight
               to
               die
               :
               and
               the
               Turke
               commonly
               ,
               when
               he
               is
               past
               hope
               of
               escaping
               ,
               falleth
               to
               intreat
               ,
               and
               casting
               away
               his
               weapon
               ,
               offereth
               both
               his
               hands
               as
               it
               were
               to
               bee
               manacled
               ,
               chusing
               rather
               to
               live
               a
               slave
               ,
               than
               to
               die
               constantly
               .
            
             
             
               The
               chiefest
               bootie
               they
               desire
               is
               to
               get
               store
               of
               captives
               ,
               especially
               young
               Boyes
               and
               Girles
               ,
               whom
               they
               sell
               to
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               or
               other
               their
               neighbours
               .
               And
               the
               Russe
               borderers
               (
               being
               used
               to
               their
               invasions
               ,
               lightly
               every
               Summer
               )
               keepe
               few
               other
               Cattell
               on
               the
               borders
               save
               Swine
               ,
               which
               the
               Tartars
               will
               not
               touch
               nor
               drive
               away
               ,
               because
               they
               are
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Religion
               ,
               and
               will
               eat
               no
               Swines
               flesh
               .
               Of
               Christ
               ,
               they
               confesse
               as
               much
               as
               the
               Turke
               doth
               in
               his
               
                 Alcoran
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               That
               he
               came
               of
               the
               Angell
               Gabriel
               and
               Mary
               ;
               that
               he
               was
               a
               great
               Prophet
               ,
               and
               shall
               bee
               Judge
               of
               the
               world
               at
               the
               last
               day
               .
               In
               other
               matters
               likewise
               they
               are
               much
               ordered
               after
               the
               manner
               and
               direction
               of
               the
               Turke
               ,
               as
               having
               felt
               his
               force
               at
               the
               winnings
               of
               Azon
               and
               Caffa
               ,
               with
               some
               other
               territories
               about
               the
               Euxine
               Sea
               ,
               which
               before
               were
               Tributaries
               to
               this
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartar.
              
               So
               that
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               most
               usually
               the
               Emperour
               of
               the
               Chrim
               is
               chosen
               out
               of
               the
               Tartar
               Nobility
               by
               the
               Turks
               appointment
               ,
               and
               to
               him
               they
               give
               the
               tenths
               of
               their
               spoiles
               gotten
               by
               warre
               from
               the
               Christians
               .
               Under
               the
               Emperour
               they
               have
               certaine
               Dukes
               ,
               whom
               they
               call
               Morses
               or
               
                 Divoy
                 morses
              
               ,
               that
               rule
               over
               a
               certaine
               number
               of
               1000.
               20000.
               or
               40000.
               apeece
               ,
               which
               they
               terme
               Hords
               .
               When
               the
               Emperour
               hath
               use
               of
               them
               in
               his
               warres
               ,
               they
               are
               bound
               to
               come
               and
               to
               bring
               with
               them
               their
               proportion
               of
               Souldiers
               ,
               every
               man
               with
               two
               horse
               at
               least
               ,
               the
               one
               to
               ride
               on
               ,
               the
               other
               to
               kill
               ,
               when
               it
               commeth
               to
               his
               turne
               to
               have
               him
               eaten
               .
               For
               their
               chiefe
               victuall
               is
               horse-flesh
               ,
               which
               they
               eat
               without
               bread
               ,
               or
               any
               thing
               else
               with
               it
               .
               And
               yet
               (
               with
               marvell
               )
               though
               they
               serve
               all
               on
               horsebacke
               ,
               and
               eat
               all
               of
               horse-flesh
               ,
               there
               are
               brought
               yearely
               to
               the
               Mosco
               to
               bee
               sold
               30
               or
               40000
               Horse
               .
               So
               they
               have
               great
               droves
               of
               Kine
               ,
               and
               flocks
               of
               blacke
               Sheepe
               ,
               which
               they
               keepe
               rather
               for
               their
               skinnes
               ,
               than
               for
               their
               flesh
               ,
               though
               sometime
               they
               eat
               of
               it
               .
               Townes
               they
               plant
               none
               ,
               nor
               other
               standing
               buildings
               ;
               but
               have
               moving
               houses
               built
               on
               wheeles
               ,
               like
               a
               Shepherds
               cottage
               :
               these
               they
               draw
               with
               them
               wheresoever
               they
               goe
               ,
               driving
               their
               Cattell
               with
               them
               ,
               and
               when
               they
               come
               to
               their
               journies
               
               end
               ,
               they
               plant
               these
               Cart-houses
               in
               a
               ranke
               ,
               in
               forme
               of
               a
               Towne
               with
               large
               streets
               :
               neither
               hath
               the
               Emperour
               himselfe
               other
               place
               ormanner
               of
               dwelling
               ;
               saying
               ,
               That
               the
               fixed
               and
               standing
               buildings
               of
               other
               Countries
               are
               unwholesome
               and
               unsavoury
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               Spring
               they
               beginne
               to
               move
               their
               houses
               from
               the
               South
               parts
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               so
               driving
               on
               till
               they
               have
               grazed
               up
               all
               to
               the
               farthest
               part
               of
               the
               North
               ;
               they
               returne
               backe
               againe
               towards
               the
               South
               (
               where
               they
               continue
               all
               the
               Winter
               )
               by
               ten
               miles
               a
               stage
               .
               Of
               Money
               they
               have
               no
               use
               at
               all
               ,
               preferring
               Brasse
               and
               Steele
               before
               other
               Metals
               ,
               which
               they
               use
               for
               swords
               ,
               knives
               and
               other
               necessaries
               ;
               gold
               and
               silver
               they
               neglect
               of
               purpose
               ,
               as
               also
               tillage
               ,
               to
               be
               more
               free
               for
               their
               wandring
               kinde
               of
               life
               ,
               and
               to
               keepe
               their
               Countrey
               lesse
               subject
               to
               invasions
               .
               Which
               course
               indeed
               cannot
               but
               prove
               disadvantagious
               to
               the
               Invaders
               ,
               as
               it
               hapned
               in
               old
               time
               to
               Cyrus
               ,
               and
               
                 Darius
                 Histaspis
              
               .
               For
               their
               manner
               is
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               invaded
               ,
               by
               flying
               ,
               reculing
               ,
               and
               fained
               feare
               ,
               to
               draw
               their
               enemies
               some
               good
               way
               into
               the
               bowels
               of
               their
               Countrey
               ;
               and
               then
               when
               victuals
               beginne
               to
               grow
               scarce
               ,
               and
               other
               extremities
               to
               oppresse
               their
               enemies
               ,
               (
               as
               needs
               they
               must
               ,
               where
               nothing
               is
               to
               be
               had
               )
               they
               stop
               up
               the
               passages
               ,
               and
               inclose
               them
               with
               multitudes
               .
               By
               which
               policy
               (
               as
               some
               write
               )
               they
               had
               well-nigh
               surprized
               the
               Army
               of
               Tamerlane
               ,
               had
               hee
               not
               with
               all
               expedition
               retired
               towards
               the
               River
               Tanais
               .
            
             
               For
               Person
               and
               Complexion
               ;
               they
               have
               broad
               and
               flat
               visages
               ,
               of
               a
               tawny
               colour
               ,
               firce
               and
               cruell
               in
               lookes
               ,
               thinne-haired
               on
               the
               upper
               lip
               and
               a
               pit
               of
               the
               chinne
               ,
               light
               and
               nimble
               bodied
               ,
               and
               short
               leg'd
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               were
               naturally
               created
               for
               horsemen
               .
               Their
               speech
               is
               very
               sudden
               and
               loud
               ,
               speaking
               as
               it
               were
               out
               of
               a
               deepe
               hollow
               throat
               .
               Their
               chiefest
               exercise
               is
               shooting
               ,
               wherein
               they
               traine
               their
               children
               from
               their
               infancie
               :
               and
               to
               conclude
               ,
               are
               the
               very
               same
               people
               whom
               the
               Greekes
               and
               Latines
               called
               Scytha-Nomades
               ,
               or
               the
               Scythian
               Shepherds
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               divers
               other
               Tartars
               (
               as
               I
               have
               afore
               said
               )
               bordering
               
               upon
               Russia
               ,
               as
               the
               Nagaij
               ,
               the
               Cheremissens
               ,
               the
               Mordwits
               ,
               the
               Chircasses
               ,
               and
               the
               Shalcans
               :
               all
               differing
               in
               name
               ,
               more
               than
               in
               custome
               or
               condition
               ,
               from
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartar
              
               ,
               (
               except
               the
               Chircasses
               that
               border
               South-East
               toward
               Lituania
               ,
               )
               who
               are
               farre
               more
               civill
               than
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               of
               a
               comely
               personage
               and
               stately
               behaviour
               ,
               as
               imitating
               the
               fashion
               of
               the
               Polonian
               :
               whereof
               some
               of
               them
               have
               subjected
               themselves
               to
               this
               Crowne
               ,
               and
               professe
               Christianity
               .
               The
               Nagaij
               lieth
               Eastward
               ,
               and
               is
               reckoned
               the
               best
               man
               of
               warre
               among
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               but
               very
               savage
               above
               all
               the
               rest
               .
               The
               
                 Cheremissen
                 Tartar
              
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Russie
               and
               the
               Nagaij
               ,
               and
               are
               of
               two
               sorts
               ,
               the
               Luganoy
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               of
               the
               valley
               ;
               and
               the
               
                 Nagornay
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               of
               the
               hilly
               Countrey
               .
               These
               have
               so
               troubled
               the
               Russe
               Emperour
               ,
               that
               under
               colour
               of
               a
               yearely
               pension
               of
               Russie
               commodities
               ,
               he
               is
               content
               to
               buy
               his
               peace
               ,
               yet
               with
               condition
               to
               serve
               him
               in
               his
               warres
               .
            
             
               The
               most
               rude
               and
               barbarous
               is
               the
               
                 Mordwit
                 Tartar
              
               ,
               a
               people
               having
               many
               selfe-fashions
               ,
               and
               strange
               kinds
               of
               behaviour
               differing
               from
               the
               rest
               .
            
             
               Next
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Astraehan
               ,
               the
               farthest
               part
               South-East
               of
               the
               Russie
               dominion
               lieth
               the
               Shalcan
               ,
               and
               the
               Country
               of
               Media
               ,
               whither
               the
               Russie
               Merchants
               travell
               for
               raw
               Silks
               ,
               Syndon
               ,
               Saftron
               ,
               Skins
               ,
               and
               other
               commodities
               .
            
             
               The
               next
               bordering
               neighbour
               by
               Finland
               side
               ,
               is
               the
               King
               of
               Sweveland
               .
               Of
               late
               times
               this
               King
               holding
               a
               long
               warre
               against
               him
               ,
               tooke
               from
               him
               by
               force
               the
               Castles
               of
               Sorenesco
               ,
               and
               Pernavia
               the
               great
               ,
               and
               the
               lesse
               in
               Livonia
               ,
               on
               the
               one
               side
               ,
               while
               King
               Stephen
               vexed
               him
               with
               a
               cruell
               warre
               on
               the
               other
               .
               In
               the
               utmost
               bound
               of
               the
               
                 Finland
                 Bay
              
               ,
               the
               Swevian
               to
               his
               great
               charge
               possesseth
               the
               fortresse
               of
               Viburge
               ,
               maintaining
               therein
               a
               great
               Garrison
               to
               resist
               the
               attempts
               of
               the
               Russe
               .
               Likewise
               in
               that
               Sea
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               coast
               adjoyning
               ,
               he
               keepeth
               the
               ships
               of
               warre
               ,
               as
               well
               to
               be
               ready
               at
               all
               assayes
               against
               the
               approaches
               of
               this
               great
               Duke
               ,
               as
               also
               to
               forbid
               the
               Easterlings
               the
               bringing
               in
               of
               munition
               ,
               and
               warlike
               furniture
               into
               any
               part
               of
               the
               Russies
               
               Dominions
               :
               neither
               doth
               he
               suffer
               other
               Ships
               to
               saile
               in
               those
               Seas
               ,
               without
               a
               speciall
               Placard
               signed
               with
               his
               owne
               hand
               :
               By
               the
               benefit
               of
               this
               Navy
               ,
               the
               King
               (
               wheresoever
               he
               finds
               meanes
               to
               use
               it
               )
               becommeth
               master
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               by
               vertue
               thereof
               seizeth
               upon
               many
               places
               on
               the
               coast
               of
               Livonia
               ,
               and
               the
               bordering
               territories
               .
               But
               where
               the
               Dukes
               horse
               ,
               or
               his
               great
               numbers
               of
               footmen
               may
               stand
               him
               in
               stead
               ,
               (
               as
               in
               the
               open
               field
               removed
               from
               the
               Sea
               )
               there
               he
               maketh
               his
               part
               good
               enough
               ,
               and
               most
               commonly
               puts
               the
               Swevian
               to
               the
               worst
               .
               The
               best
               is
               ,
               Nature
               hath
               placed
               betweene
               them
               such
               rough
               Mountaines
               ,
               such
               cold
               ,
               such
               Ice
               ,
               and
               such
               snowes
               ,
               that
               they
               cannot
               greatly
               endamage
               one
               another
               .
            
             
               The
               last
               neighbour
               is
               the
               King
               of
               Poland
               
               betweene
               whom
               and
               the
               great
               Duke
               ,
               this
               is
               the
               difference
               .
               The
               Moscovite
               hath
               more
               territories
               ,
               the
               Polonians
               better
               inhabited
               ,
               and
               more
               civill
               :
               the
               Moscovite
               more
               subjects
               ,
               and
               more
               subject
               ;
               the
               Polonian
               better
               souldiers
               ,
               and
               more
               couragious
               :
               the
               Moscovites
               are
               apter
               to
               beare
               the
               shocke
               ,
               than
               to
               give
               a
               charge
               ;
               the
               Polonians
               ,
               to
               charge
               :
               the
               Moscovite
               is
               fitter
               to
               keepe
               a
               fortresse
               ;
               the
               Polonian
               ,
               to
               fight
               in
               the
               field
               :
               the
               Moscovite
               forces
               are
               better
               united
               ;
               the
               Polonian
               more
               considerate
               ,
               and
               better
               armed
               :
               the
               Moscovite
               lesse
               careth
               for
               want
               and
               extremities
               ;
               the
               Polonian
               ,
               death
               and
               the
               sword
               :
               yea
               ,
               either
               Nation
               is
               of
               greater
               worth
               ,
               when
               either
               of
               their
               Princes
               is
               of
               greater
               magnanimity
               :
               As
               it
               hapned
               ,
               when
               Basilius
               conquered
               the
               great
               Duchie
               of
               Smoloncke
               ,
               and
               Poloncke
               ,
               and
               the
               large
               circuit
               of
               Livonia
               :
               And
               againe
               ,
               when
               Stephen
               ,
               King
               of
               Poland
               ,
               in
               his
               last
               warres
               against
               
                 Iohn
                 Basilius
              
               his
               sonne
               ,
               reconquered
               Poloncke
               ,
               with
               divers
               other
               places
               of
               good
               reckoning
               ;
               besieged
               the
               City
               of
               Plesko
               ,
               and
               forced
               the
               Moscovite
               to
               leave
               all
               Livonia
               ;
               whereby
               I
               conclude
               ,
               such
               as
               is
               the
               valour
               and
               wisdome
               of
               either
               Prince
               ,
               such
               is
               the
               force
               and
               courage
               of
               their
               people
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Tartaria
               .
            
             
               THe
               Empire
               of
               Tartaria
               laid
               prostrate
               under
               the
               Throne
               of
               the
               Great
               Cham.
               called
               
                 Dominus
                 dominantium
              
               ,
               
               and
               
                 Rex
                 regum
              
               ,
               spreadeth
               if
               selfe
               with
               to
               large
               imbracement
               ,
               that
               it
               extendeth
               from
               the
               Northerne
               Olba
               ,
               or
               if
               you
               will
               Tamais
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               Easterne
               Sea
               ,
               sometime
               surnamed
               the
               Atlanticke
               ,
               whose
               vast
               Lap
               is
               almost
               filled
               with
               a
               fry
               of
               Ilands
               ,
               and
               begirteth
               all
               the
               Countries
               called
               
                 Scythia
                 ,
                 Ievomongal
                 ,
                 Sumongal
                 ,
                 Mercat
                 ,
                 Metrit
                 ,
              
               the
               vast
               Desart
               of
               
                 Lop
                 ,
                 Tangut
                 ,
                 Kataia
              
               ,
               and
               Mungia
               :
               so
               that
               shouldering
               all
               the
               Northerne
               shore
               of
               the
               Caspian
               ,
               it
               runneth
               along
               without
               controll
               by
               the
               high
               looking
               walls
               of
               China
               ,
               and
               is
               over-shadowed
               by
               those
               formidable
               Mountaines
               
                 Riphei
                 ,
                 Hyperborei
                 ,
                 Iman
              
               ,
               and
               Caucasus
               .
            
             
               And
               although
               the
               
                 Chrim
                 Tartar
              
               would
               faine
               challenge
               affinity
               with
               the
               Turke
               ,
               expecting
               that
               if
               the
               Ottoman
               line
               should
               faile
               ,
               the
               greatest
               share
               of
               the
               worlds
               magnificence
               would
               devolve
               to
               him
               :
               yet
               dare
               he
               not
               but
               acknowledge
               the
               Emperour
               Cham
               for
               his
               Lord
               paramount
               ,
               and
               is
               affrighted
               when
               hee
               heareth
               of
               any
               complaints
               to
               his
               prejudice
               .
            
             
               From
               Scythia
               to
               the
               Province
               of
               Tangus
               ,
               they
               live
               in
               troops
               or
               hoords
               ,
               and
               remove
               from
               place
               to
               place
               according
               to
               the
               temperature
               of
               the
               season
               ,
               and
               plenty
               of
               feeding
               :
               Nor
               before
               the
               yeare
               of
               Redemption
               1●12
               .
               did
               we
               in
               Europe
               heare
               of
               the
               name
               of
               a
               Tartar
               ,
               but
               of
               
                 Scythians
                 ,
                 Sarmatians
                 ,
                 Albanians
              
               ,
               and
               such
               ,
               who
               were
               all
               Idolaters
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               men
               of
               square
               Stature
               ,
               
               broad
               Faces
               ,
               hollow
               Eies
               ,
               thin
               Beards
               ,
               and
               ugly
               Countenances
               ,
               swartish
               of
               Complexion
               ,
               not
               for
               that
               the
               Sunne
               kisseth
               them
               with
               extraordinary
               kindnesse
               ,
               but
               for
               that
               the
               aire
               ,
               and
               their
               sluttish
               customes
               corrupteth
               their
               bloud
               and
               bodies
               :
               To
               which
               inconveniences
               
               Nature
               notwithstanding
               hath
               prevailed
               in
               the
               distribution
               of
               valour
               ,
               swift
               foot-manship
               ,
               vigilancy
               ,
               and
               patience
               to
               endure
               the
               many
               incumbrances
               of
               travell
               ,
               hunger
               ,
               and
               want
               of
               sleepe
               .
            
             
               They
               love
               horses
               ,
               
               and
               from
               that
               love
               accustome
               themselves
               to
               a
               savage
               drinking
               of
               their
               bloud
               ,
               practicing
               a
               cunning
               theft
               therem
               ;
               which
               being
               inpunishable
               ,
               occasioneth
               many
               pretty
               changes
               ,
               both
               in
               keeping
               their
               owne
               ,
               and
               purloyning
               from
               others
               ;
               as
               if
               some
               civill
               Artist
               had
               instructed
               them
               in
               the
               Lacedemonian
               Lawes
               ,
               which
               tolerated
               theft
               for
               the
               better
               animating
               one
               another
               in
               the
               spoyling
               of
               their
               enemies
               .
            
             
               In
               their
               travels
               and
               removement
               they
               are
               governed
               by
               their
               Stars
               ,
               and
               observing
               the
               North
               pole
               ,
               they
               settle
               according
               to
               its
               motion
               .
               They
               live
               free
               from
               covetousnesse
               ,
               and
               are
               thus
               farre
               happy
               ,
               that
               the
               strange
               corruption
               of
               wealth
               breedeth
               no
               disorders
               amongst
               them
               ;
               yet
               have
               they
               a
               kinde
               of
               trafficke
               ,
               and
               by
               way
               of
               exchange
               continue
               mutuall
               commerces
               ,
               loving
               presents
               ,
               and
               can
               be
               contented
               to
               bee
               flattered
               even
               in
               their
               Barbarisme
               ,
               as
               all
               the
               Easterne
               people
               of
               the
               world
               (
               I
               thinke
               )
               are
               affected
               either
               by
               nature
               or
               tradition
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               will
               heare
               of
               their
               riches
               ,
               
               then
               must
               you
               raise
               your
               eyes
               East-ward
               ,
               and
               take
               notice
               of
               Tangut
               ,
               a
               wealthy
               Province
               ,
               affording
               many
               things
               befitting
               Europe
               ,
               especially
               Rhubarb
               ;
               a
               simple
               of
               that
               prerogative
               ,
               as
               if
               the
               whole
               world
               of
               necessity
               should
               be
               beholding
               unto
               them
               for
               this
               distribution
               .
            
             
               In
               Kataia
               (
               amongst
               many
               others
               )
               the
               great
               City
               of
               Cambalu
               will
               excite
               admiration
               ,
               if
               you
               may
               be
               induced
               to
               measure
               a
               quadrant
               of
               thirty
               miles
               compasse
               ,
               and
               over-looke
               at
               every
               corner
               a
               square
               Tower
               very
               neere
               forty
               furlongs
               in
               circuit
               ;
               in
               which
               the
               Emperours
               Munition
               ,
               Armour
               ,
               and
               provision
               for
               warre
               are
               secured
               .
            
             
               In
               Mangia
               ,
               as
               Queene
               of
               the
               rest
               ,
               is
               the
               City
               of
               Quinzay
               ,
               having
               a
               circumference
               of
               an
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               by
               reason
               that
               a
               great
               Lake
               divideth
               the
               streets
               into
               Chanels
               ;
               over
               
               which
               are
               numbred
               twelve
               hundred
               and
               threescore
               bridges
               ,
               some
               opening
               the
               Arches
               so
               high
               and
               wide
               ,
               that
               a
               good
               Ship
               under
               saile
               hath
               a
               passage
               of
               ease
               .
               For
               beleefe
               ,
               I
               will
               neither
               force
               the
               travels
               of
               Sir
               
                 Iohn
                 Mandevil
              
               ,
               nor
               the
               writings
               of
               Munster
               ,
               nor
               the
               constant
               asseveration
               of
               moderne
               Travellers
               ;
               but
               for
               mine
               owne
               part
               I
               would
               modesty
               perswade
               you
               ,
               That
               the
               world
               is
               a
               stage
               of
               variety
               ,
               and
               that
               within
               our
               owne
               Kingdome
               we
               are
               acquainted
               with
               such
               novelties
               of
               wonder
               ,
               that
               if
               they
               were
               but
               delivered
               by
               report
               ,
               wee
               would
               soone
               prove
               as
               incredulous
               of
               the
               one
               ,
               as
               we
               are
               of
               the
               other
               .
               But
               to
               proceed
               .
            
             
               As
               I
               told
               you
               ,
               
               the
               ancient
               Provinces
               were
               divided
               into
               three
               particulars
               ;
               and
               in
               those
               dayes
               knowne
               by
               the
               names
               of
               
                 Sarmatia
                 Asiatica
              
               ,
               both
               Scythiaes
               ,
               and
               the
               Regions
               of
               Serica
               ,
               now
               Kataia
               .
               Most
               fierce
               and
               barbarous
               Nations
               did
               alwaies
               inhabit
               this
               Country
               ,
               as
               first
               the
               Amazons
               ,
               a
               warlike
               kinde
               of
               women
               ,
               which
               in
               their
               daies
               casting
               away
               the
               properties
               of
               their
               sex
               ,
               vexed
               the
               whole
               world
               ,
               usurped
               Asia
               ,
               and
               built
               Ephesus
               .
               Upon
               their
               small
               extirpation
               arose
               the
               Scythians
               ,
               no
               lesse
               dreadfull
               than
               the
               former
               .
               Then
               succeeded
               the
               Gothes
               or
               Getes
               ,
               termed
               by
               their
               neighbours
               Polouci
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               ravenous
               or
               theevish
               .
               These
               the
               Tartars
               tamed
               ,
               and
               then
               erected
               their
               Monarchie
               about
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               ,
               1187.
               or
               as
               others
               say
               ,
               1162.
               electing
               for
               their
               King
               one
               Cingis
               ,
               a
               man
               of
               base
               birth
               and
               calling
               .
               This
               mans
               followers
               at
               that
               time
               lived
               without
               Manners
               ,
               Law
               ,
               or
               Religion
               in
               the
               plaines
               of
               Caracoram
               ,
               tended
               their
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               paied
               their
               duties
               to
               K.
               Vn-cham
               ,
               otherwise
               
                 Presbyter
                 Iohn
              
               ,
               who
               without
               doubt
               in
               those
               daies
               kept
               his
               Court
               in
               Tenduch
               ,
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Argon
               .
               But
               this
               King
               Cingis
               first
               subdued
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Vn-cham
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               imposed
               the
               yoke
               of
               subjection
               on
               the
               bordering
               Provinces
               .
               And
               certainly
               that
               famous
               Comet
               seene
               in
               the
               moneth
               of
               May
               ,
               1211.
               lasting
               eighteene
               daies
               ,
               and
               glimmering
               on
               the
               
                 Gothes
                 ,
                 Tanais
              
               ,
               and
               Russia
               ,
               with
               its
               taile
               extended
               towards
               the
               West
               ,
               did
               foreshew
               the
               succeeding
               inundation
               of
               these
               Tartars
               .
               For
               in
               the
               yeare
               following
               ,
               this
               Nation
               ,
               whose
               
               name
               (
               as
               I
               said
               )
               was
               not
               so
               much
               as
               dreamed
               of
               before
               in
               Europe
               ,
               wholly
               subdued
               
                 Sarmatia
                 Asiatica
              
               ,
               or
               Scythia
               ,
               invaded
               
                 Russia
                 ,
                 Hungaria
              
               ,
               and
               Polonia
               .
               And
               lastly
               ,
               erected
               other
               famous
               Monarchies
               in
               
                 China
                 ,
                 Mein
              
               ,
               and
               Bengala
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               at
               this
               day
               it
               is
               divided
               into
               five
               great
               Provinces
               :
               
               
                 Tartaria
                 minor
              
               ,
               lying
               in
               Europe
               betweene
               Tanais
               and
               
                 Boristhenes
                 :
                 Tartaria
                 deserta
              
               ,
               (
               of
               old
               
                 Sarmatia
                 Asiatica
              
               )
               containing
               most
               of
               the
               Hords
               ,
               but
               not
               all
               :
               
                 Zagatai
                 :
                 Kataia
              
               :
               And
               lastly
               ,
               that
               great
               Promontory
               which
               lieth
               out-stretched
               in
               the
               furthest
               part
               thereof
               towards
               the
               North
               and
               East
               ,
               and
               may
               be
               called
               
                 Tartaria
                 antiqua
              
               ,
               as
               the
               motherplace
               of
               the
               true
               Tartar
               Nation
               ,
               utterly
               unknowne
               to
               Ptolomie
               .
            
             
               Those
               that
               live
               in
               the
               open
               field
               ,
               about
               the
               Euxine
               Sea
               ,
               
               the
               Lake
               of
               Meoris
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 Tauricke
                 Chersonesse
              
               ,
               which
               adjoyneth
               upon
               Boristhenes
               and
               Tanais
               in
               Europe
               are
               the
               Precopenses
               .
               
               In
               this
               straight
               or
               Peninsula
               standeth
               Theodosia
               ,
               now
               Caffa
               ,
               once
               a
               Colonie
               of
               the
               Genois
               ,
               now
               a
               Sangiacie
               of
               the
               Turkes
               .
               Their
               whole
               Territories
               are
               very
               fruitfull
               for
               Corne
               and
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               tho
               people
               more
               civill
               and
               courteous
               than
               many
               of
               the
               residue
               ,
               yet
               retaining
               a
               smatch
               of
               their
               ancient
               Barbarisme
               .
               For
               they
               are
               sworne
               enemies
               to
               the
               Christians
               ,
               yearely
               invading
               
                 Russia
                 ,
                 Lituania
                 ,
                 Valachia
                 ,
                 Polonia
                 ,
              
               and
               many
               times
               Moscovie
               ,
               yeelding
               to
               the
               Turke
               in
               the
               name
               of
               Tribute
               yearely
               three
               hundred
               Christian
               soules
               .
               To
               one
               of
               these
               Princes
               Selimus
               gave
               his
               daughter
               in
               marriage
               .
            
             
               This
               in
               old
               time
               was
               called
               
                 Sarmatia
                 Asiatica
              
               ,
               and
               better
               inhabited
               before
               the
               comming
               of
               the
               Tartars
               .
               
               It
               lyeth
               betweene
               Tanais
               ,
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               Lake
               of
               Kitay
               .
               It
               is
               a
               plaine
               Country
               ,
               by
               nature
               fertile
               ,
               if
               it
               were
               manured
               by
               these
               Tartars
               ,
               nothing
               given
               to
               husbandry
               ,
               but
               addicted
               to
               lead
               a
               roguish
               and
               wandring
               life
               ,
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               the
               Arabians
               .
               Their
               chiefe
               delight
               is
               in
               hunting
               and
               warfare
               ;
               Mill
               and
               Panicke
               they
               cast
               carelesly
               into
               the
               ground
               ,
               which
               notwithstanding
               yeelds
               sufficient
               increase
               .
               Their
               store
               of
               Horse
               and
               Cattell
               is
               so
               plentifull
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               to
               spare
               
               for
               their
               Neighbours
               .
               For
               the
               most
               part
               they
               dwell
               upon
               Cartrages
               covered
               with
               skins
               and
               woollen
               cloth
               .
               Some
               defensible
               Townes
               they
               have
               ,
               whereunto
               they
               flie
               in
               times
               of
               necessity
               .
            
             
               Astrachan
               is
               situated
               upon
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ;
               
               it
               is
               rich
               ,
               affordeth
               excellent
               good
               Salt
               ,
               and
               very
               well
               frequented
               by
               
                 Moscovish
                 ,
                 Turkish
                 ,
                 Armenian
              
               ,
               and
               Persian
               Merchants
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1494.
               it
               was
               taken
               by
               
                 Iohn
                 Basilides
              
               ,
               great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovie
               ,
               and
               by
               him
               with
               the
               Title
               thereof
               annexed
               to
               the
               Moscovian
               Empire
               .
            
             
               The
               
                 Zagatayan
                 Tartars
              
               ,
               
               were
               so
               named
               of
               their
               Prince
               ,
               the
               Brother
               of
               the
               great
               Cham
               ,
               or
               Can
               ,
               which
               once
               reigned
               amongst
               them
               .
               They
               are
               now
               called
               Ieselbas
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               Greene-heads
               ,
               of
               the
               colour
               of
               their
               Turbants
               .
               They
               inhabit
               the
               ancient
               Countries
               of
               
                 Bactria
                 ,
                 Sogdiana
              
               ,
               and
               Margiana
               ,
               in
               times
               past
               the
               habitation
               of
               the
               Massagetes
               ,
               so
               famous
               in
               Armes
               .
               These
               are
               the
               most
               honourable
               people
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               indifferent
               civill
               ,
               given
               to
               Arts
               ,
               and
               Lords
               of
               many
               faire
               Cities
               built
               with
               stone
               ;
               as
               Shamercand
               ,
               once
               a
               Towne
               of
               great
               fame
               ,
               and
               renowned
               for
               the
               birth
               of
               the
               great
               Tamerlan
               ,
               or
               Temar-lang
               ,
               but
               now
               decayed
               .
            
          
           
             
               Kataia
               .
            
             
               AS
               our
               Ancestors
               were
               ignorant
               of
               the
               Regions
               situated
               upon
               the
               East
               side
               of
               the
               Caspian
               ,
               which
               they
               imagined
               to
               bee
               a
               branch
               of
               the
               Ocean
               ;
               even
               so
               ,
               as
               yet
               little
               or
               nothing
               knoweth
               this
               Age
               ,
               what
               Regions
               lie
               ,
               or
               what
               people
               inhabit
               beyond
               that
               Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               Mountaines
               ,
               commonly
               called
               Dalanguer
               and
               
                 Vssont
                 .
                 M.
                 Paul.
                 Venetus
              
               was
               the
               first
               that
               brake
               the
               ice
               in
               describing
               of
               those
               Countries
               ,
               and
               of
               him
               we
               received
               what
               we
               know
               of
               the
               Tartars
               .
               The
               great
               distance
               of
               Countries
               ,
               the
               difficulty
               of
               the
               journey
               ,
               and
               the
               inaccessible
               situation
               of
               places
               ,
               hath
               hindred
               
               the
               discovery
               of
               those
               Provinces
               :
               and
               the
               great
               Duke
               of
               Moscovie
               (
               by
               whose
               Dominions
               we
               may
               easiest
               travell
               thither
               )
               will
               suffer
               no
               strangers
               to
               passe
               thorow
               his
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               Caspian
               Sea
               ,
               a
               passage
               no
               lesse
               fitting
               for
               the
               journey
               ,
               is
               not
               frequented
               ;
               and
               by
               the
               way
               of
               Persia
               infinite
               Mountaines
               and
               vast
               Desarts
               ,
               dividing
               both
               Provinces
               ,
               oppose
               themselves
               against
               us
               :
               And
               to
               the
               further
               hindrance
               of
               this
               discoverie
               ,
               neither
               the
               great
               Cham
               ,
               neither
               the
               King
               of
               China
               ,
               nor
               the
               Duke
               of
               Moscovie
               ,
               will
               suffer
               any
               of
               their
               subjects
               to
               travell
               out
               of
               their
               Dominions
               ;
               nor
               any
               stranger
               to
               enter
               in
               ;
               unlesse
               he
               come
               as
               an
               Ambassadour
               :
               neither
               (
               in
               this
               case
               )
               is
               it
               lawfull
               for
               him
               to
               converse
               freely
               ,
               or
               to
               range
               at
               pleasure
               .
            
             
               They
               live
               under
               divers
               Princes
               ,
               the
               principall
               whereof
               are
               those
               that
               weare
               greene
               on
               their
               Turbants
               .
               These
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               inhabit
               Shamercand
               ,
               and
               are
               at
               continuall
               enmity
               with
               the
               Persians
               .
               Next
               are
               those
               of
               Bochan
               ,
               Mahumetans
               :
               then
               those
               of
               Mogor
               ,
               of
               whom
               you
               shall
               heare
               hereafter
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               those
               of
               Kataia
               ,
               whereof
               wee
               now
               intreat
               .
            
             
               Never
               was
               there
               any
               Nation
               upon
               the
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               that
               enjoyed
               a
               larger
               Empery
               than
               they
               doe
               ,
               or
               have
               undertaken
               haughtier
               exploits
               ;
               and
               I
               would
               that
               they
               had
               had
               some
               ,
               who
               might
               have
               recommended
               (
               by
               writing
               )
               their
               doings
               to
               the
               World.
               
            
             
               
                 M.
                 Paul.
                 Venetus
              
               writeth
               ,
               that
               this
               people
               once
               inhabited
               Ciurga
               and
               Barge
               ,
               Provinces
               situated
               upon
               the
               Scythicke
               Ocean
               ,
               without
               Citie
               ,
               Castle
               or
               House
               ,
               wandering
               like
               the
               Arabians
               from
               place
               to
               place
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               season
               of
               the
               yeare
               .
               They
               (
               as
               before
               )
               acknowledged
               Un-cham
               (
               whom
               some
               interpret
               
                 Prester
                 Iohn
              
               )
               for
               their
               Soveraigne
               Lord
               ,
               to
               whom
               they
               gave
               the
               tenth
               of
               their
               cartell
               .
               In
               processe
               of
               time
               they
               multiplied
               to
               such
               numbers
               ,
               and
               Un-cham
               being
               jealous
               of
               their
               neighbour-hood
               ,
               began
               to
               lessen
               their
               numbers
               and
               forces
               ,
               by
               sending
               them
               now
               hither
               ,
               now
               thither
               ,
               upon
               most
               long
               and
               desperate
               voyages
               ,
               as
               occasion
               offered
               .
               Which
               when
               they
               perceived
               ,
               they
               assembled
               themselves
               ,
               
               resolving
               to
               leave
               their
               naturall
               soile
               ,
               and
               to
               remove
               so
               farre
               from
               the
               borders
               of
               Vn-cham
               ,
               that
               never
               after
               hee
               should
               have
               cause
               to
               suspect
               them
               :
               this
               they
               performed
               .
               After
               certaine
               yeares
               ,
               they
               elected
               amongst
               them
               a
               King
               ,
               called
               Changis
               ,
               to
               whom
               for
               the
               greatnesse
               of
               his
               glory
               and
               victories
               ,
               they
               added
               the
               Sir-name
               and
               Great
               .
               This
               Changis
               ,
               departing
               from
               his
               owne
               Territories
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1162.
               with
               a
               most
               fearefull
               Armie
               ,
               subdued
               partly
               by
               force
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               the
               terrour
               of
               his
               name
               ,
               nine
               Provinces
               .
               At
               last
               ,
               being
               denied
               the
               daughter
               of
               Un-cham
               in
               mariage
               ,
               he
               made
               warre
               upon
               him
               ,
               and
               overcomming
               him
               in
               battell
               ,
               cast
               him
               out
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               .
               After
               the
               death
               of
               Changis
               his
               successours
               afflicted
               Europe
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1212.
               they
               drove
               the
               Polesochi
               from
               the
               bankes
               of
               the
               Euxine
               Sea.
               In
               the
               yeare
               1228.
               they
               spoiled
               Russia
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1241.
               they
               razed
               Kiovia
               the
               chiefe
               Citie
               of
               the
               Rutheni
               ;
               and
               Batu
               their
               Captaine
               wasted
               
                 Polonia
                 ,
                 Silesia
                 ,
                 Moravia
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Hungarie
                 .
                 Innocent
              
               the
               fourth
               ,
               amazed
               with
               the
               tempest
               of
               these
               invasions
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1242.
               sent
               certaine
               Friers
               of
               the
               orders
               of
               Dominicke
               and
               Francis
               ,
               to
               the
               Court
               of
               this
               Great
               Cham
               ,
               to
               intreat
               a
               peace
               for
               Christendome
               .
            
             
               The
               circuit
               of
               this
               Empire
               ,
               
               in
               the
               times
               above
               spoken
               of
               ,
               stretched
               from
               the
               uttermost
               bounds
               of
               Asia
               to
               Armenia
               ,
               and
               from
               Bengala
               to
               Volga
               ,
               yea
               ,
               their
               incursions
               pierced
               to
               Nilus
               and
               Danubius
               .
               The
               Macedonian
               and
               Roman
               Empires
               were
               never
               so
               large
               .
               But
               because
               they
               were
               rather
               Runnagates
               than
               men
               of
               warre
               ,
               wanting
               politicke
               government
               and
               military
               discipline
               ,
               sometime
               ruling
               one
               Province
               ,
               sometime
               another
               ;
               they
               rather
               wrought
               spoile
               and
               terrour
               to
               the
               conquered
               Nations
               ,
               than
               feare
               of
               bondage
               or
               subjection
               ,
               and
               at
               last
               seated
               themselves
               beyond
               the
               Mountaine
               Caucasus
               .
               After
               ,
               it
               became
               divided
               into
               many
               Principalities
               ,
               yet
               so
               ,
               that
               the
               Title
               and
               Majestie
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               remained
               alwayes
               to
               the
               Cham
               ,
               who
               (
               as
               wee
               said
               before
               )
               tooke
               the
               originall
               of
               this
               name
               from
               the
               Great
               Changis
               .
            
             
               The
               Region
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               very
               populous
               ,
               
               full
               of
               Townes
               ,
               rich
               and
               civill
               ,
               which
               you
               may
               the
               rather
               beleeve
               ;
               
               first
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               Tartars
               choosing
               this
               for
               their
               Countrey
               ,
               beautified
               it
               with
               the
               spoiles
               of
               
                 Asia
                 ,
                 China
              
               ,
               and
               that
               part
               of
               Europe
               which
               they
               harried
               ,
               and
               were
               never
               wonne
               or
               taken
               from
               thence
               againe
               to
               this
               day
               :
               next
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               Provinces
               are
               most
               commodiously
               situated
               for
               Trafficke
               and
               Negotiation
               ;
               partly
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               admirable
               Plaines
               ,
               and
               huge
               Lakes
               ;
               (
               Amongst
               which
               are
               Cazaia
               ,
               whose
               waters
               are
               salt
               ,
               
                 Guian
                 ,
                 Dangu
                 ,
                 Xandu
              
               ,
               and
               Catacora
               :
               )
               and
               partly
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               large
               Rivers
               ,
               which
               with
               a
               long
               course
               doe
               run
               by
               the
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Curato
                 ,
                 Polisango
                 ,
                 Zaiton
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Mecon
                 .
                 Paulus
                 Venetus
              
               calleth
               it
               Quion
               .
               A
               great
               helpe
               hereunto
               likewise
               is
               the
               variety
               of
               fruits
               ,
               and
               the
               abundance
               of
               Graine
               .
               Rice
               ,
               Wooll
               ,
               Silke
               ,
               Hempe
               ,
               Rhubarbe
               ,
               Muske
               ,
               and
               excellent
               fine
               Chamlets
               .
               Paul.
               writeth
               ,
               that
               it
               affordeth
               Ginger
               ,
               Cinamon
               and
               Cloves
               ,
               which
               I
               can
               hardly
               beleeve
               .
               In
               many
               Rivers
               are
               found
               graines
               of
               gold
               .
               Their
               coine
               is
               not
               all
               of
               one
               value
               .
               In
               Kataia
               a
               coine
               is
               currant
               ,
               made
               of
               the
               blacke
               rinde
               of
               a
               certaine
               tree
               ,
               growing
               betweene
               the
               body
               and
               the
               barke
               :
               this
               rinde
               being
               smoothed
               ,
               rounded
               ,
               and
               tempered
               with
               a
               gummie
               substance
               ,
               is
               stamped
               with
               the
               Image
               of
               the
               Great
               Cham.
               In
               the
               Kingdoms
               of
               Ca●acan
               and
               Carazan
               ,
               certaine
               sea-fish
               shels
               are
               currant
               ,
               which
               some
               men
               terme
               Porcelline
               .
               This
               kinde
               of
               money
               is
               frequent
               in
               many
               places
               of
               India
               and
               Aethiope
               .
               By
               this
               meanes
               ,
               the
               Princes
               get
               to
               themselves
               all
               the
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               of
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               which
               they
               cause
               to
               be
               molten
               and
               laid
               up
               in
               most
               safe
               places
               ,
               without
               ever
               taking
               any
               thing
               from
               thence
               againe
               .
               In
               like
               sort
               ,
               
                 Prest●r
                 Iohn
              
               is
               thought
               to
               be
               Lord
               of
               inestimable
               Treasure
               ,
               while
               he
               maketh
               graines
               of
               Salt
               and
               Pepper
               ,
               to
               passe
               for
               currant
               Coine
               amongst
               his
               subjects
               .
               They
               brew
               an
               excellent
               beverage
               of
               Rice
               and
               Spice
               ,
               which
               sooner
               procureth
               drunkennesse
               than
               Wine
               .
               As
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               so
               they
               delight
               in
               sowre
               milke
               ,
               or
               Cosmus
               ,
               a
               kinde
               of
               churned
               sowre
               Mares-milke
               ,
               very
               forcible
               to
               turne
               the
               braine
               .
            
             
               His
               force
               consisteth
               first
               (
               as
               we
               told
               you
               )
               in
               situation
               ,
               
               in
               spacious
               Territorie
               ,
               in
               goodly
               Cities
               ,
               in
               plenty
               of
               provision
               ,
               and
               in
               rich
               Revenues
               :
               for
               amongst
               other
               things
               ,
               hee
               taketh
               
               the
               tenths
               of
               Wooll
               ,
               Silke
               ,
               Hempe
               ,
               Graine
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               is
               absolute
               Lord
               of
               all
               :
               but
               the
               chiefe
               sinews
               of
               his
               State
               consisteth
               in
               his
               armed
               troopes
               .
               These
               live
               alway
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               4.
               or
               5.
               miles
               remote
               from
               the
               Cities
               .
               Over
               and
               above
               their
               Salarie
               ,
               they
               are
               allowed
               to
               make
               profit
               of
               their
               Cattell
               ,
               Milke
               and
               Wooll
               .
               When
               he
               goeth
               to
               warre
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               custome
               of
               the
               Romans
               ,
               hee
               mustreth
               part
               of
               the
               Souldiery
               ,
               which
               lyeth
               dispersed
               thorow
               the
               Provinces
               .
               For
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               all
               the
               Nations
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               (
               except
               the
               Varcheni
               ,
               who
               are
               not
               subject
               to
               the
               Great
               Cham
               )
               fight
               on
               horseback
               .
               Their
               Weapons
               are
               the
               Bow
               and
               Arrow
               ,
               with
               which
               they
               fight
               very
               desperately
               .
               They
               are
               very
               swift
               ,
               their
               Tents
               are
               made
               of
               woven
               Wooll
               ,
               under
               which
               they
               keepe
               in
               foule
               weather
               .
               Their
               chiefest
               meat
               is
               milke
               dried
               in
               the
               Sunne
               ,
               after
               the
               Butter
               is
               squeezed
               out
               ;
               yea
               ,
               the
               bloud
               of
               their
               horses
               ,
               if
               famine
               enforce
               them
               .
               They
               fight
               not
               pell-mell
               with
               their
               enemies
               ,
               but
               sometime
               on
               the
               front
               ,
               sometime
               on
               the
               flanke
               ,
               after
               the
               Parthian
               manner
               ,
               overwhelming
               them
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               with
               a
               showre
               of
               arrowes
               .
               Whosoever
               carrieth
               himselfe
               valiantly
               ,
               standeth
               assured
               of
               reward
               ,
               and
               is
               graced
               with
               honour
               ,
               immunities
               and
               gifts
               .
               Twelve
               thousand
               horsemen
               are
               appointed
               for
               the
               guard
               of
               this
               Prince
               ,
               and
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               of
               this
               kinde
               of
               force
               ,
               he
               is
               able
               to
               levie
               a
               greater
               power
               than
               any
               other
               Potentate
               .
            
             
               Howsoever
               it
               be
               ,
               two
               things
               in
               his
               Kingdome
               are
               worthy
               consideration
               :
               the
               one
               is
               Numbers
               ,
               which
               may
               be
               imagined
               by
               the
               spaciousnesse
               of
               his
               Dominions
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               their
               Discipline
               ,
               because
               he
               keepeth
               them
               in
               continuall
               pay
               .
               For
               as
               discipline
               rather
               than
               rash
               valour
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               wished
               in
               a
               souldier
               ;
               so
               in
               armies
               ,
               a
               few
               trained
               and
               experienced
               souldiers
               are
               more
               worth
               than
               many
               strong
               and
               raw
               bodies
               :
               the
               one
               may
               well
               be
               compared
               to
               Eagles
               ,
               Lions
               ,
               and
               Tygers
               ,
               which
               obtaine
               principalitie
               amongst
               other
               beasts
               ,
               not
               because
               they
               exceed
               them
               in
               hugenesse
               of
               bodies
               (
               for
               then
               should
               they
               be
               a
               prey
               to
               the
               Elephant
               ,
               Horse
               and
               Bufall
               )
               but
               because
               they
               excell
               them
               as
               well
               in
               agility
               of
               bodie
               ,
               as
               incourage
               .
            
             
               This
               Potentate
               the
               Moscovite
               termeth
               the
               Caesar
               of
               Kataia
               ,
               
               and
               the
               Turke
               Vlu-chan
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               Great
               Prince
               .
               And
               not
               without
               reason
               ,
               for
               in
               magnificence
               of
               Court
               ,
               amplenesse
               of
               Dominion
               ,
               abundance
               of
               Treasure
               ,
               and
               number
               of
               Souldiers
               ,
               he
               goeth
               farre
               beyond
               all
               the
               Kings
               and
               Potentates
               of
               Asia
               ,
               and
               raigneth
               in
               such
               Majestie
               ,
               that
               his
               subjects
               foolishly
               call
               him
               ,
               
                 The
                 shadow
                 of
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Sonne
                 of
                 the
                 immortall
                 God.
              
               His
               word
               only
               is
               a
               Law
               ,
               wherein
               consisteth
               life
               and
               death
               .
               He
               maintaineth
               Justice
               with
               admirable
               severitie
               ,
               except
               for
               the
               first
               fault
               ;
               for
               which
               the
               offender
               is
               grievously
               whipped
               :
               for
               every
               other
               fault
               he
               is
               cut
               in
               peeces
               by
               the
               middle
               :
               herein
               it
               should
               seeme
               ,
               they
               imitate
               the
               opinion
               of
               the
               Stoicks
               ,
               concerning
               the
               equalitie
               of
               offences
               .
               A
               theefe
               is
               likewise
               slaine
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               not
               able
               to
               repay
               nine
               fold
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               a
               farthing
               ,
               as
               a
               pound
               .
               The
               first
               Sonne
               is
               heire
               to
               the
               Crowne
               ,
               and
               installed
               with
               these
               ceremonies
               .
               
               The
               chiefe
               of
               their
               seven
               Tribes
               clothed
               in
               white
               (
               which
               is
               their
               mourning
               colour
               )
               cause
               the
               Prince
               to
               sit
               upon
               a
               blacke
               woollen
               cloth
               spread
               upon
               the
               ground
               ,
               willing
               him
               to
               behold
               the
               Sunne
               ,
               and
               to
               feare
               the
               immortall
               God
               ;
               which
               if
               hee
               doe
               performe
               ,
               he
               shall
               finde
               a
               more
               plentifull
               reward
               in
               heaven
               ,
               than
               in
               earth
               ;
               if
               not
               ,
               that
               peece
               of
               black
               cloth
               shall
               scarcely
               be
               left
               him
               ,
               whereupon
               to
               rest
               his
               wearied
               body
               in
               the
               field
               ;
               besides
               a
               thousand
               other
               miseries
               that
               shall
               continually
               attend
               him
               .
               Then
               they
               set
               the
               Crowne
               upon
               his
               head
               ,
               and
               the
               Great
               Lords
               kisse
               his
               feet
               ,
               sweare
               fealty
               ,
               and
               honour
               him
               with
               most
               rich
               presents
               .
               Then
               is
               his
               name
               written
               in
               golden
               letters
               ,
               and
               laid
               up
               in
               the
               Temples
               of
               the
               Metropolitan
               Citie
               .
               He
               hath
               two
               Councels
               ,
               the
               one
               for
               War
               ,
               wherein
               are
               twelve
               wise-men
               :
               the
               other
               for
               Civill
               affaires
               ,
               consisting
               likewise
               of
               as
               many
               Counsellours
               .
               These
               manage
               all
               things
               belonging
               to
               the
               government
               ,
               rewarding
               the
               good
               ,
               and
               punishing
               the
               evill
               ,
               taking
               speciall
               care
               to
               see
               those
               preferred
               ,
               who
               have
               done
               best
               service
               ,
               either
               in
               War
               or
               Peace
               ,
               to
               his
               Countrey
               or
               Emperour
               ;
               and
               others
               severely
               punished
               ,
               who
               beare
               themselves
               carelesly
               and
               cowardly
               in
               the
               charges
               unto
               them
               committed
               .
               In
               these
               two
               points
               (
               that
               is
               ,
               in
               rewarding
               and
               punishing
               )
               consisteth
               so
               high
               a
               policie
               of
               good
               
               government
               ,
               that
               it
               may
               well
               be
               said
               ,
               That
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               these
               barbarous
               Princes
               by
               these
               two
               vertues
               only
               ,
               have
               imprinted
               so
               majesticall
               a
               reverence
               in
               the
               hearts
               of
               their
               barbarous
               subjects
               .
            
             
               For
               ,
               
               what
               other
               face
               of
               good
               Government
               see
               you
               in
               the
               
                 Turke
                 ,
                 Persian
                 ,
                 Mogor
              
               ,
               or
               Xeriffe
               ?
               Whom
               reward
               they
               ,
               but
               Captaines
               and
               Souldiers
               ?
               Where
               use
               they
               liberalitie
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               field
               amongst
               weapons
               ?
               Surely
               they
               built
               the
               foundation
               of
               their
               States
               upon
               no
               other
               ground-works
               ,
               neither
               expect
               they
               for
               peace
               and
               quietnesse
               ,
               but
               by
               victory
               and
               strong
               hand
               :
               yea
               ,
               they
               keepe
               no
               meane
               ,
               in
               disgracing
               base
               minds
               and
               cowards
               ,
               and
               in
               honouring
               high
               spirits
               and
               valiant
               souldiers
               .
               Never
               was
               there
               any
               Common-weale
               or
               Kingdome
               ,
               that
               more
               devised
               to
               honour
               and
               inrich
               the
               souldier
               ,
               than
               these
               Barbarians
               ,
               and
               the
               Turke
               more
               than
               all
               the
               rest
               .
               The
               
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 Arabians
              
               ,
               and
               Persians
               honour
               Nobilitie
               in
               some
               good
               measure
               ;
               but
               the
               Turke
               rooteth
               out
               all
               the
               Families
               of
               Noblemen
               ,
               and
               esteemes
               of
               no
               man
               ,
               unlesse
               he
               be
               a
               souldier
               ;
               committing
               the
               fortunes
               of
               the
               whole
               Empire
               to
               the
               direction
               of
               slaves
               ,
               and
               men
               base
               borne
               ,
               but
               with
               a
               speciall
               care
               of
               their
               good
               parts
               ,
               and
               sufficiencie
               .
            
             
               Let
               us
               returne
               to
               the
               Tartar
               ,
               and
               his
               forme
               of
               government
               .
               Astrologians
               are
               in
               great
               request
               in
               those
               Provinces
               ;
               for
               
                 M.
                 Paul.
              
               writeth
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               Citie
               of
               Cambula
               are
               fiftie
               thousand
               .
               When
               Cublay-Cham
               understood
               by
               them
               ,
               that
               that
               Citie
               would
               rebell
               against
               him
               ,
               he
               caused
               another
               to
               be
               built
               neere
               unto
               it
               ,
               called
               Taindu
               ,
               containing
               foure
               and
               twentie
               miles
               besides
               the
               Suburbs
               .
               There
               are
               also
               great
               store
               of
               Fortune-tellers
               and
               Necromancers
               in
               the
               Kings
               Palace
               of
               Xandu
               :
               As
               also
               in
               China
               ,
               they
               are
               in
               high
               esteeme
               .
               Ismael
               King
               of
               Persia
               enterprised
               few
               matters
               without
               their
               counsell
               :
               and
               it
               is
               no
               wonder
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               of
               such
               repute
               in
               those
               places
               ;
               for
               betweene
               the
               Chaldeans
               and
               the
               Assyrians
               it
               tooke
               the
               first
               originall
               in
               those
               Countries
               .
               The
               Turkes
               cannot
               abide
               it
               .
               The
               Roman
               Emperors
               did
               more
               than
               once
               banish
               it
               ,
               and
               the
               professours
               thereof
               ,
               out
               of
               their
               governments
               .
               I
               would
               to
               God
               the
               like
               might
               be
               done
               amongst
               us
               Christians
               ,
               
               for
               it
               is
               nothing
               else
               but
               a
               branch
               of
               Paganisme
               .
            
             
               As
               part
               of
               these
               Tartarians
               inhabit
               Cities
               ,
               and
               are
               called
               Moores
               ;
               part
               live
               in
               the
               Fields
               and
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               are
               termed
               Baduin
               ;
               so
               some
               of
               these
               people
               dwell
               in
               Cities
               ,
               as
               the
               
                 Kataians
                 ,
                 Bochars
              
               ,
               and
               those
               of
               Shamercand
               :
               others
               wander
               thorow
               the
               plaines
               ,
               and
               are
               divided
               into
               Hords
               ,
               being
               five
               in
               number
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               .
            
             
               Those
               Tartars
               ,
               who
               are
               farre
               situated
               from
               the
               residue
               ,
               and
               inhabit
               that
               remote
               Scythian
               promontory
               ,
               which
               Pliny
               calleth
               Tabin
               ,
               lying
               upon
               the
               fret
               of
               Anian
               ,
               are
               also
               dispersed
               into
               divers
               Hords
               ,
               wandering
               up
               and
               downe
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               are
               in
               a
               manner
               all
               subject
               to
               the
               Great
               Cham
               of
               Kataia
               .
            
             
               Certaine
               Writers
               affirme
               ,
               that
               these
               Hords
               issued
               from
               those
               ten
               Tribes
               of
               Israel
               ,
               which
               were
               sent
               into
               captivitie
               of
               Salmanasser
               King
               of
               Assyria
               ,
               beyond
               the
               Caspian
               mountains
               .
               In
               remembrance
               whereof
               untill
               this
               day
               ,
               they
               retaine
               the
               names
               of
               their
               Tribes
               ,
               the
               title
               of
               Hebrewes
               ,
               and
               Circumcision
               .
               In
               all
               other
               rites
               they
               follow
               the
               fashions
               of
               the
               Tartarians
               .
            
             
               Some
               men
               likewise
               say
               ,
               that
               King
               Tabor
               came
               out
               of
               these
               parts
               ,
               to
               turne
               unto
               Judaisme
               Francis
               King
               of
               
                 France
                 ,
                 Charles
              
               the
               fifth
               ,
               and
               other
               Christian
               Princes
               ;
               and
               for
               his
               pains
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1540.
               by
               the
               commandement
               of
               the
               said
               Charles
               was
               burnt
               to
               ashes
               at
               Mantua
               .
            
          
           
             
               Turkie
               .
            
             
               SVch
               shares
               of
               the
               Worlds
               vastnesse
               hath
               it
               pleased
               the
               Almightie
               ,
               to
               cast
               into
               the
               lap
               of
               this
               great
               Potentate
               ,
               commonly
               called
               the
               
                 Gran
                 Seignior
              
               ;
               that
               for
               wealth
               ,
               Territories
               and
               command
               of
               souldiery
               ,
               hee
               would
               have
               you
               to
               understand
               ,
               that
               all
               other
               Princes
               come
               short
               of
               him
               ;
               &
               are
               terrified
               ,
               when
               his
               Armies
               are
               united
               ,
               to
               
               particular
               destructions
               .
               Compound
               the
               ambiguitie
               by
               your
               owne
               discretions
               .
            
             
               For
               Countries
               ,
               
               he
               possesseth
               
                 Asia
                 minor
              
               ,
               now
               Natolia
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               Regions
               within
               the
               Propontis
               and
               the
               Hellespont
               .
               Which
               places
               in
               times
               past
               made
               the
               Crownes
               of
               Kings
               to
               shine
               with
               Gold
               and
               Pearle
               .
               As
               
                 Phrygia
                 ,
                 Galatia
                 ,
                 ●ithynia
                 ,
                 Pontus
                 ,
                 Lidia
                 ,
                 Caria
                 ,
                 Paphlago●ia
                 ,
                 Lycia
                 ,
                 Magnesi●
                 ,
                 Cappadocia
                 ,
              
               and
               Comogena
               .
               Neerer
               the
               
                 Caspian
                 ;
                 Georgia
                 ,
                 Mengrelia
                 ,
                 Armenia
              
               ;
               All
               Christians
               of
               the
               Greek
               Church
               .
               To
               which
               ,
               if
               you
               adde
               the
               Empire
               of
               Trebisond
               ,
               you
               shall
               then
               finde
               him
               great
               Controller
               of
               the
               Black-sea
               .
               For
               although
               
                 Russia
                 ,
                 Bogdonia
                 ,
                 Moldavia
              
               ,
               and
               some
               Polanders
               ,
               keepe
               the
               North
               and
               West
               shores
               ;
               yet
               is
               it
               ,
               as
               a
               man
               ,
               who
               alwaies
               for
               feare
               the
               theeves
               approach
               ,
               dare
               not
               slacken
               his
               guards
               ,
               for
               doubt
               of
               surprisall
               .
            
             
               Next
               doth
               the
               pride
               of
               his
               Greatnesse
               send
               you
               into
               
                 Assyria
                 ,
                 Syria
                 ,
                 Palestine
                 ,
                 Mesopotamia
                 ,
                 Iudea
                 ,
              
               the
               three
               Arabies
               ,
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               Aegypt
               ,
               and
               the
               shores
               of
               Afrike
               ,
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               confederation
               of
               the
               Kings
               of
               
                 Barbarie
                 ,
                 F●z
              
               ,
               and
               Marocco
               .
               Neither
               resteth
               he
               there
               ,
               but
               he
               can
               bring
               you
               to
               the
               Towers
               of
               Alexandria
               ,
               and
               bid
               you
               looke
               Northward
               (
               as
               farre
               as
               is
               possible
               )
               at
               all
               the
               Ilands
               in
               the
               Archipelago
               ,
               except
               Ca●die
               ,
               and
               some
               few
               other
               under
               the
               Venetian
               .
            
             
               But
               is
               this
               sufficient
               ?
               Stay
               ,
               and
               answer
               your selves
               .
               The
               fields
               of
               Greece
               lye
               waste
               ,
               and
               are
               ashamed
               to
               shew
               forth
               that
               disparitie
               of
               countenance
               ,
               which
               in
               times
               past
               
                 Thracia
                 ,
                 Macedonia
                 ,
                 Thessalia
                 ,
                 Epyrus
                 ,
              
               and
               Peloponnesus
               smiled
               with
               in
               ancient
               times
               .
               Nay
               more
               ,
               his
               Bashawes
               will
               bring
               you
               to
               Buda
               and
               Belgrade
               ,
               and
               affright
               you
               with
               Hungaries
               conquest
               ,
               telling
               you
               ,
               that
               now
               it
               knoweth
               no
               other
               Proprietor
               but
               the
               Turke
               as
               Conquerour
               .
               And
               concerning
               the
               Princes
               of
               
                 Transylvania
                 ,
                 Slavonia
                 ,
                 Poland
              
               ,
               and
               others
               ,
               with
               whom
               he
               hath
               contracted
               a
               Treatie
               of
               pacification
               ,
               they
               notwithstanding
               observe
               such
               correspondencie
               as
               Wolves
               and
               Dogges
               doe
               ,
               watching
               advantages
               to
               prey
               upon
               the
               harmelesse
               .
            
             
               His
               principall
               Cities
               are
               Trebisond
               ,
               
               
                 Amasia
                 ,
                 Babylon
              
               ,
               (
               or
               
               rather
               the
               ruines
               of
               confusion
               ,
               )
               Tauris
               ,
               gotten
               (
               if
               not
               regotten
               )
               from
               the
               
                 Persians
                 :
                 Mecha
              
               ,
               famous
               for
               the
               history
               and
               death
               of
               
                 Mahomet
                 :
                 Cairo
              
               ,
               once
               Memphis
               ,
               of
               late
               new
               Babylon
               ,
               now
               the
               mirrour
               of
               heat
               ,
               dust
               ,
               sluttishnesse
               ,
               and
               the
               mortalitie
               of
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               in
               a
               yeare
               ,
               when
               the
               Pestilence
               rageth
               amongst
               them
               .
               Aleppo
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Seat
               of
               Syria
               ,
               and
               Constantinople
               ,
               a
               Citie
               exceeding
               all
               the
               Cities
               in
               Europe
               ,
               for
               populous
               numbers
               ;
               For
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               seven
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               reside
               therein
               ,
               which
               if
               it
               be
               true
               ,
               it
               is
               well-neere
               twice
               as
               much
               ,
               as
               may
               be
               said
               of
               Paris
               .
            
             
               Shall
               I
               come
               backe
               againe
               ,
               and
               tell
               you
               of
               
                 Ierusalem
                 ,
                 Tyrus
              
               and
               Sidon
               ?
               Alas
               ,
               they
               are
               but
               names
               ;
               and
               all
               the
               miseries
               denounced
               by
               the
               Prophets
               ,
               have
               broken
               their
               bones
               asunder
               ,
               and
               bruised
               them
               like
               a
               rod
               of
               iron
               .
               The
               few
               Cities
               of
               Europe
               ,
               the
               poore
               harbours
               of
               Asia
               ,
               the
               port
               Townes
               of
               the
               Ilands
               ,
               and
               the
               two
               Castles
               of
               the
               Hellespont
               ,
               stand
               upon
               no
               better
               termes
               .
               Only
               Algier
               lifteth
               up
               the
               head
               of
               a
               strong
               Castle
               ,
               protesting
               a
               generall
               entertainment
               to
               Pirats
               ,
               and
               bragging
               of
               the
               defeature
               of
               Charles
               and
               Emperour
               .
            
             
               Now
               if
               you
               demand
               ,
               how
               from
               so
               small
               a
               mole-hill
               such
               mountaines
               have
               beene
               raised
               ?
               know
               ,
               That
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               grace
               1300.
               did
               Ottoman
               ,
               the
               sonne
               of
               Zichis
               ,
               step
               before
               other
               Families
               ,
               and
               (
               as
               if
               hee
               were
               adopted
               the
               darling
               of
               successe
               )
               in
               his
               fathers
               behalfe
               ,
               obtaine
               jurisdiction
               over
               
                 Bithynia
                 ,
                 Cappadocia
              
               ,
               and
               most
               part
               of
               Pontus
               .
               His
               successour
               Orchanes
               conquered
               the
               great
               Citie
               of
               Prusia
               ,
               and
               made
               it
               the
               Seat
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               two
               and
               twentieth
               yeare
               of
               his
               Progresse
               he
               was
               slaine
               by
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               and
               left
               his
               sonne
               Amurath
               to
               succeed
               both
               in
               his
               honour
               and
               family
               ;
               who
               perceiving
               the
               dissention
               of
               the
               Greekes
               ,
               and
               division
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               spent
               not
               his
               labours
               without
               a
               great
               satisfaction
               :
               for
               with
               the
               water
               that
               drave
               the
               Mill
               ,
               hee
               drowned
               the
               same
               ,
               and
               invited
               (
               as
               a
               guest
               )
               to
               this
               banquet
               of
               Combats
               ,
               became
               Master
               of
               the
               feast
               .
               So
               he
               made
               a
               conquest
               of
               
                 Gallipolis
                 ,
                 Cherfonesus
                 ,
                 Peloponnesus
                 ,
                 Hadrianopole
                 ,
                 Servia
                 ,
                 Bulgaria
                 ,
              
               and
               Mysia
               ,
               but
               after
               three
               and
               twentie
               yeares
               convulsion
               of
               the
               Grecian
               glory
               ,
               hee
               was
               stabbed
               
               with
               a
               dagger
               ,
               and
               so
               gave
               way
               to
               his
               sonne
               Bajacet
               to
               fill
               the
               chaire
               of
               imperiousnesse
               .
               He
               began
               well
               ,
               attaining
               
                 Phocis
                 ,
                 Macedonia
              
               ,
               and
               had
               indangered
               the
               most
               part
               of
               Thracia
               ,
               had
               not
               fortune
               kept
               him
               from
               insulting
               ,
               and
               tript
               up
               his
               heeles
               even
               in
               the
               race
               of
               his
               Triumph
               .
               For
               with
               the
               losse
               of
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               Turkes
               against
               the
               valiant
               Tamberlane
               ,
               he
               also
               lost
               his
               freedome
               ;
               and
               how
               he
               died
               ,
               our
               Stages
               have
               instructed
               Mechanicall
               men
               :
               yet
               in
               the
               meane
               while
               did
               Calephin
               his
               sonne
               take
               up
               the
               Colours
               of
               defiance
               ,
               and
               (
               forbearing
               the
               revenges
               of
               Asia
               )
               he
               wrecked
               his
               anger
               on
               Sigismond
               ,
               and
               determined
               to
               have
               over-run
               the
               other
               Kingdomes
               of
               Europe
               .
               But
               prosperitie
               was
               not
               so
               attendant
               ,
               for
               ere
               six
               yeares
               had
               inlarged
               the
               branches
               of
               his
               strange
               spreading
               tree
               the
               axe
               was
               put
               to
               the
               root
               ;
               and
               ,
               as
               in
               Daniels
               vision
               ,
               
               Nebuchadnezzar-like
               ,
               hee
               fell
               to
               the
               earth
               .
               But
               this
               stumpe
               sprung
               againe
               ,
               and
               Mahomet
               his
               sonne
               in
               imitation
               of
               his
               fathers
               progresse
               ,
               set
               forward
               his
               journey
               ,
               and
               wan
               
                 Valachia
                 ,
                 Slavonia
              
               ,
               and
               infested
               all
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               Ionian
               sea
               ,
               making
               Hadrianople
               the
               store-house
               of
               his
               projects
               ;
               wherein
               for
               foureteene
               yeares
               he
               raised
               up
               such
               ornaments
               of
               Mars
               and
               Bellona
               ,
               that
               he
               terrified
               the
               Emperour
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               Confederates
               of
               Hungarie
               .
               Presently
               followed
               Amurath
               the
               second
               ,
               who
               filled
               up
               his
               Inventorie
               with
               
                 Epyre
                 ,
                 Aetolia
                 ,
                 Achaia
                 ,
                 Beotia
                 ,
                 Attica
                 ,
              
               and
               Thessalonica
               ,
               now
               Salenica
               ,
               subject
               to
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               with
               the
               gulph
               of
               Napoli
               adjacent
               to
               Nigropont
               .
               Next
               him
               Mahomet
               the
               second
               overthrew
               the
               Schoole
               of
               Athens
               ,
               &
               on
               a
               fatall
               day
               ,
               the
               nine
               and
               twentieth
               of
               May
               ,
               1452.
               forced
               Constantinople
               :
               whereof
               when
               
                 Corinth
                 ,
                 Lemnes
                 ,
                 Mitylen
                 ,
                 Caplea
                 ,
              
               (
               a
               Towne
               belonging
               to
               the
               Genois
               )
               and
               many
               other
               Ilands
               understood
               ,
               they
               tooke
               the
               course
               of
               prostitution
               ,
               and
               had
               some
               mercie
               extended
               .
               The
               like
               part
               played
               Trebisond
               ,
               after
               that
               ,
               God
               gave
               him
               leave
               to
               continue
               two
               and
               thirtie
               yeares
               in
               pompe
               and
               jollitie
               .
            
             
               After
               him
               ,
               Bajacet
               the
               second
               obtained
               
                 Naupast
                 ,
                 Methon
              
               ,
               and
               Dirachium
               from
               the
               Venetians
               .
               Then
               made
               hee
               a
               contract
               with
               Fortune
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               Dalmatia
               ,
               and
               
               thought
               to
               have
               bargained
               for
               Austria
               ,
               but
               the
               conditions
               were
               somewhat
               too
               unreasonable
               ,
               and
               an
               envious
               hand
               poysoned
               his
               bodie
               ,
               as
               ambition
               had
               inthralled
               this
               minde
               ;
               which
               was
               imputed
               to
               his
               sonne
               Selimus
               ,
               in
               detestation
               of
               his
               long
               life
               ,
               after
               whose
               departure
               this
               Selimus
               set
               forward
               for
               the
               conquest
               of
               Africa
               ,
               uniting
               Aegypt
               and
               Damascus
               ,
               to
               the
               Empire
               .
            
             
               Now
               behold
               
                 Fortunes
                 wanton
                 ,
                 Soliman
              
               the
               magnificent
               ,
               who
               stepped
               backe
               againe
               into
               Europe
               ,
               and
               over-reached
               
                 Belgrad
                 ,
                 Buda
              
               ,
               and
               Strigonium
               ,
               leaving
               Hungarie
               as
               a
               sorrowfull
               mother
               mourning
               for
               the
               losse
               of
               her
               dearest
               infants
               .
               Yet
               herewith
               not
               satisfied
               ,
               he
               besieged
               Rhodes
               ,
               loading
               his
               Camels
               with
               the
               broken
               Colossus
               therein
               sometime
               erected
               ,
               to
               which
               hee
               added
               the
               devastation
               of
               the
               five
               Churches
               ,
               and
               Iula
               .
               At
               Zigoth
               he
               was
               arrested
               ,
               with
               an
               imperious
               interdiction
               from
               his
               supreme
               Commander
               ,
               and
               so
               died
               .
               His
               sonne
               ,
               Selim
               the
               second
               ,
               lived
               and
               reigned
               untill
               Cyprus
               fell
               from
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               1570.
               
               This
               losse
               resembled
               a
               stone
               pulled
               from
               a
               ruinous
               wall
               ,
               which
               being
               loose
               before
               ,
               did
               not
               much
               indanger
               the
               foundation
               ,
               which
               the
               following
               battell
               of
               Lepanto
               did
               somewhat
               repaire
               ;
               by
               the
               reputation
               whereof
               ,
               the
               enemie
               ever
               since
               hath
               beene
               more
               considerate
               to
               try
               Masteries
               at
               Sea.
               After
               him
               ,
               time
               wrought
               Amurath
               the
               third
               great
               Lord
               of
               Lords
               ,
               over-looking
               the
               most
               part
               of
               Europe
               ,
               and
               the
               West
               of
               Asia
               ,
               more
               proud
               of
               
                 Sinan
                 Bassa
              
               and
               Cicala
               ,
               (
               the
               one
               his
               Admirall
               at
               Sea
               ,
               the
               other
               Visier
               of
               his
               Army
               )
               than
               of
               the
               conquest
               of
               a
               Kingdome
               ;
               because
               by
               their
               industrie
               the
               honour
               of
               the
               Empire
               flourished
               ,
               and
               he
               being
               a
               corpulent
               man
               ,
               presumed
               to
               follow
               his
               pleasures
               ,
               fatting
               himselfe
               with
               all
               the
               delights
               that
               luxurie
               and
               incontinencie
               could
               invent
               :
               At
               last
               ,
               this
               lumpe
               was
               extinguished
               ,
               and
               Achmat
               ,
               the
               first
               of
               that
               name
               ,
               is
               left
               at
               this
               present
               to
               manage
               the
               Horses
               of
               this
               Phaëtonticall
               Chariot
               .
            
             
               Let
               no
               man
               therefore
               wonder
               at
               this
               excesse
               of
               Dominion
               ,
               considering
               how
               thirteene
               of
               their
               Princes
               successively
               have
               delighted
               in
               Armes
               ,
               and
               prosecuted
               warres
               in
               person
               ;
               
               a
               president
               from
               the
               worlds
               creation
               ,
               not
               to
               be
               matched
               by
               any
               the
               Commanders
               of
               the
               first
               foure
               and
               bravest
               Monarchies
               .
               Thus
               much
               for
               satisfaction
               of
               admiration
               :
               
               Now
               to
               the
               forme
               of
               Government
               ,
               which
               is
               meerely
               tyrannicall
               ,
               and
               different
               from
               all
               other
               ,
               as
               guided
               by
               the
               heads
               ,
               and
               strengthened
               by
               the
               hands
               of
               slaves
               ,
               who
               thinke
               it
               as
               great
               an
               honour
               so
               to
               be
               stiled
               and
               so
               to
               live
               ,
               as
               they
               doe
               with
               us
               ,
               who
               serve
               in
               the
               highest
               places
               of
               Princes
               Courts
               .
               No
               man
               is
               master
               of
               himselfe
               ,
               much
               lesse
               of
               his
               house
               wherein
               he
               dwelleth
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               field
               which
               he
               tilleth
               ,
               except
               certaine
               families
               in
               Constantinople
               ,
               to
               whom
               for
               some
               good
               service
               immunitie
               was
               granted
               by
               Mahumet
               the
               second
               .
               No
               more
               surety
               hath
               he
               of
               his
               life
               (
               be
               he
               never
               so
               great
               )
               longer
               than
               
                 Durante
                 beneplacito
              
               of
               the
               grand
               Seignior
               ,
               who
               disposeth
               thereof
               and
               of
               his
               fortunes
               ,
               by
               no
               other
               Rule
               than
               that
               of
               his
               will.
               For
               although
               these
               great
               slaves
               attaine
               to
               immensive
               riches
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               but
               the
               Collectors
               thereof
               for
               his
               Treasurie
               ,
               whither
               at
               their
               decease
               it
               returneth
               all
               ,
               except
               what
               it
               pleaseth
               him
               to
               bestow
               upon
               posterity
               ,
               who
               never
               are
               preferred
               to
               eminent
               place
               ,
               except
               (
               and
               that
               of
               late
               )
               yeares
               and
               desert
               plead
               rising
               fortunes
               .
               Insomuch
               ,
               that
               when
               a
               Sister
               or
               a
               Daughter
               of
               a
               Sultan
               is
               given
               to
               wife
               to
               a
               Beglerbeg
               ,
               the
               children
               begotten
               on
               them
               doe
               seldome
               rise
               above
               the
               degree
               of
               private
               Captaine
               ,
               so
               carelesse
               are
               they
               of
               Nobility
               ,
               knowne
               parentage
               ,
               kindred
               ,
               or
               hereditary
               possessions
               .
            
             
               These
               slaves
               are
               either
               the
               sonnes
               of
               Christians
               ,
               tithed
               in
               their
               childhoods
               ,
               Captives
               taken
               in
               the
               warres
               ,
               or
               Renegadoes
               ,
               such
               as
               have
               willingly
               quitted
               their
               Religion
               and
               Countries
               ,
               to
               fight
               against
               both
               ,
               and
               are
               to
               the
               Christians
               the
               most
               spightfull
               and
               terrible
               adversaries
               .
            
             
               These
               children
               they
               call
               Iemoglans
               ,
               
               and
               are
               brought
               up
               under
               severe
               Tutors
               in
               divers
               Seraglioes
               ,
               distinguished
               by
               Wards
               ,
               like
               those
               in
               Hospitals
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               seniorities
               ,
               where
               all
               are
               brought
               up
               liberally
               ,
               and
               taught
               to
               write
               ,
               to
               reade
               ,
               to
               handle
               their
               weapons
               ,
               yea
               ,
               many
               of
               them
               to
               converse
               in
               secrets
               of
               State.
               
            
             
             
               All
               of
               them
               ,
               thrice
               every
               weeke
               within
               the
               courts
               of
               their
               houses
               ,
               learne
               and
               exercise
               some
               military
               discipline
               ,
               rise
               every
               morning
               before
               day
               ,
               wash
               their
               bodies
               in
               cold
               water
               ,
               and
               then
               repaire
               to
               Church
               .
               After
               they
               have
               performed
               these
               duties
               ,
               they
               are
               allowed
               a
               small
               breakfast
               ,
               and
               then
               are
               they
               againe
               to
               follow
               their
               Bookes
               ,
               or
               severall
               dispositions
               .
               At
               mid-day
               ,
               at
               foure
               of
               the
               clocke
               in
               the
               after-noone
               ,
               and
               two
               houres
               within
               night
               ,
               before
               they
               goe
               to
               bed
               ,
               they
               must
               againe
               to
               pray
               ,
               and
               he
               that
               is
               missing
               at
               any
               of
               the
               prefixions
               ,
               is
               sure
               to
               have
               many
               bastinadoes
               on
               the
               soles
               of
               his
               feet
               .
               They
               never
               have
               liberty
               to
               walke
               abroad
               ,
               no
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               as
               to
               approach
               the
               gates
               of
               their
               College
               ,
               no
               ,
               nor
               suffered
               to
               speake
               with
               any
               Christian
               or
               stranger
               .
            
             
               It
               should
               seeme
               that
               they
               remove
               from
               Chamber
               to
               Chamber
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               Antiquities
               and
               Proficiencies
               .
               
               For
               those
               of
               the
               first
               Chamber
               (
               or
               Ward
               )
               are
               first
               preferred
               ,
               yet
               not
               according
               to
               Senioritie
               ,
               but
               according
               to
               the
               worth
               of
               his
               calling
               ,
               and
               the
               worthinesse
               of
               the
               person
               .
               The
               meanest
               place
               that
               at
               first
               these
               young
               Gentlemen
               (
               for
               such
               is
               their
               resemblance
               )
               attaine
               unto
               ,
               is
               to
               attend
               the
               grand
               Seignior
               in
               his
               Seraglio
               ,
               as
               a
               Page
               or
               Groome
               of
               his
               Chamber
               ,
               and
               those
               are
               they
               that
               are
               of
               extraordinary
               capacities
               and
               dexterity
               of
               wit
               ,
               and
               therefore
               called
               to
               great
               places
               of
               honour
               and
               dignitie
               .
            
             
               The
               residue
               (
               being
               alike
               brought
               up
               in
               their
               youths
               )
               are
               either
               preferred
               to
               be
               
                 Chauses
                 ,
                 Ianizars
                 ,
                 Spaheioglans
              
               ,
               and
               Silistarspaheis
               ,
               or
               taken
               into
               the
               Port
               ,
               or
               Gardens
               ,
               to
               servile
               drudgeries
               an
               inferiour
               offices
               ,
               as
               to
               fetch
               Hey
               ,
               Wood
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               provision
               ,
               for
               the
               Stables
               ,
               the
               Court
               ,
               and
               the
               Kitchins
               .
            
             
               Out
               of
               the
               first
               ranks
               come
               the
               Beglerbegs
               .
               
               The
               word
               signifieth
               Lord
               of
               Lords
               .
               They
               were
               but
               two
               ,
               the
               one
               of
               Greece
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               Natolia
               ,
               but
               now
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               many
               conquests
               ,
               they
               are
               also
               accounted
               to
               be
               many
               .
               Next
               under
               the
               Bassa
               ,
               their
               office
               is
               to
               command
               all
               the
               Horsemen
               in
               those
               Countries
               wherein
               they
               are
               appointed
               to
               serve
               .
               The
               Sanziaks
               are
               Governours
               of
               Cities
               ,
               
               and
               Colonels
               of
               the
               
               foot
               ,
               and
               command
               all
               officers
               of
               warre
               and
               peace
               within
               their
               territories
               .
            
             
               The
               Chauses
               goe
               on
               Embassies
               ,
               
               and
               execute
               commandements
               :
               They
               are
               as
               Pur●evants
               ,
               or
               under-Sheriffes
               :
               Attend
               on
               the
               Emperour
               on
               Horse-backe
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               Courts
               of
               Justice
               ,
               carrying
               a
               weapon
               on
               their
               shoulders
               ,
               resembling
               a
               Mace
               ,
               and
               can
               also
               solicite
               the
               causes
               of
               Clients
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               the
               heads
               of
               this
               imperious
               government
               .
               The
               hands
               are
               the
               Spachi
               &
               Ianizars
               ,
               the
               maine
               nerves
               and
               supporters
               of
               this
               admired
               bodie
               .
               The
               Spachi
               are
               Horse-men
               ,
               
               weaponed
               for
               the
               most
               part
               at
               once
               with
               Bow
               ,
               Mace
               ,
               Launce
               ,
               Harquebush
               and
               Cemiter
               ,
               whereof
               they
               have
               the
               severall
               uses
               ,
               agreeing
               with
               their
               fight
               ,
               flights
               ,
               or
               pursuments
               .
               Of
               these
               there
               are
               reckoned
               to
               bee
               two
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               ,
               the
               one
               halte
               of
               them
               are
               called
               Spachioglans
               ,
               and
               ride
               on
               the
               right
               hand
               of
               the
               Sultan
               ,
               when
               they
               are
               in
               the
               field
               ;
               and
               the
               other
               are
               termed
               Silistarspachies
               ,
               and
               march
               on
               the
               left
               hand
               .
               
               Of
               the
               Timariots
               in
               place
               convenient
               .
               But
               out
               the
               Ottoman
               Empire
               ,
               both
               in
               the
               Field
               ,
               the
               Court
               ,
               and
               the
               City
               ,
               insomuch
               that
               the
               Sultans
               themselves
               have
               beene
               afraid
               of
               their
               insolencies
               ,
               yet
               terme
               they
               the
               Emperour
               Father
               ,
               (
               for
               no
               knowne
               friend
               besides
               have
               they
               to
               relie
               on
               )
               and
               hee
               againe
               in
               time
               of
               war
               committeth
               his
               person
               to
               their
               trust
               ,
               valour
               ,
               and
               fidelity
               .
               In
               the
               Citie
               sixteene
               thousand
               are
               said
               to
               be
               continually
               abiding
               ,
               who
               are
               there
               imployed
               Constables
               ,
               for
               keeping
               of
               the
               peace
               ,
               and
               observation
               of
               good
               orders
               :
               for
               Clerks
               of
               the
               Market
               ,
               to
               look
               to
               the
               prices
               ,
               and
               wholesomnesse
               of
               victuals
               :
               for
               arresting
               of
               offenders
               ,
               and
               warding
               of
               the
               gates
               .
               Some
               are
               appointed
               to
               guard
               the
               houses
               of
               Ambassadours
               ,
               or
               of
               such
               particular
               Christians
               ,
               who
               will
               bee
               at
               the
               charge
               ,
               either
               about
               the
               Citie
               ,
               or
               in
               their
               travels
               ,
               towards
               whom
               they
               shew
               themselves
               both
               civill
               and
               faithfull
               .
               Notwithstanding
               amongst
               themselves
               (
               as
               I
               said
               before
               )
               they
               are
               very
               insolent
               and
               mutinous
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               great
               multitudes
               ,
               and
               many
               privileges
               ,
               so
               dangerous
               is
               an
               armed
               Souldier
               in
               a
               rich
               and
               peaceable
               
               City
               .
               For
               whereas
               their
               first
               privileges
               were
               given
               them
               for
               safety
               of
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               as
               rewards
               of
               their
               abstinence
               and
               vertues
               ,
               as
               also
               to
               re-answer
               their
               benefactors
               confidence
               .
               In
               these
               daies
               their
               insolencies
               are
               become
               so
               exorbitant
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               seldome
               obey
               any
               Authority
               ;
               but
               by
               combining
               themselves
               together
               in
               mutiny
               ,
               will
               tyrannize
               the
               Countries
               committed
               to
               their
               charges
               ,
               in
               such
               rude
               manner
               ,
               that
               they
               seeme
               not
               onely
               to
               play
               the
               Princes
               over
               the
               people
               ,
               but
               doe
               also
               terrifie
               their
               greatest
               Officers
               .
            
             
               In
               them
               ,
               two
               properties
               are
               to
               be
               noted
               ;
               their
               birth-place
               ,
               
               &
               training
               .
               As
               concerning
               their
               birth-place
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               chosen
               out
               of
               Asia
               ,
               but
               out
               of
               Europe
               ;
               for
               they
               ever
               accounted
               the
               Asians
               esseminate
               and
               cowardly
               ,
               alwayes
               more
               ready
               to
               flie
               than
               willing
               to
               fight●
               but
               the
               Europians
               ,
               hardy
               ,
               couragious
               ,
               and
               good
               men
               of
               war.
               The
               Asians
               they
               terme
               after
               their
               owne
               name
               ,
               Turks
               ;
               but
               the
               
                 Europians
                 ,
                 Rumi
              
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               Romans
               .
            
             
               As
               concerning
               their
               Training
               ,
               
               they
               are
               taught
               when
               they
               are
               young
               :
               and
               therefore
               no
               marvell
               ,
               if
               as
               they
               grow
               in
               age
               ,
               so
               they
               increase
               in
               strength
               ,
               activity
               ,
               and
               courage
               :
               for
               these
               three
               vertues
               make
               a
               perfect
               Souldier
               .
               The
               tithing
               of
               Springals
               is
               made
               every
               third
               yeare
               ,
               unlesse
               occasion
               constraine
               a
               quicker
               election
               ;
               as
               it
               hapned
               in
               the
               Persian
               war
               ,
               wherein
               they
               were
               forced
               not
               only
               to
               make
               more
               haste
               than
               ordinary
               ,
               but
               also
               compelled
               to
               take
               up
               Turkish
               Az●m●●●n●
               ,
               which
               was
               never
               seene
               to
               be
               put
               in
               practice
               before
               .
               When
               these
               young
               lads
               are
               brought
               to
               Constantinople
               ,
               they
               are
               surviewed
               by
               the
               Captaine
               of
               the
               Ianizars
               ,
               who
               registieth
               their
               names
               ,
               their
               Parents
               ,
               and
               their
               Countrie
               ,
               in
               tables
               .
               From
               thence
               ,
               some
               are
               sent
               into
               Natolia
               ,
               and
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               to
               learne
               their
               Law
               and
               Language
               ;
               where
               being
               nuzled
               in
               the
               superstitions
               customes
               of
               them
               ,
               with
               whom
               they
               converse
               ,
               they
               turne
               Mahumetans
               before
               they
               have
               discretion
               to
               discerne
               good
               from
               evill
               .
               Another
               sort
               is
               distributed
               into
               the
               offices
               of
               the
               Seraglio
               :
               The
               third
               sort
               (
               of
               the
               fairest
               complexions
               ,
               and
               comliest
               proportion
               )
               are
               appointed
               to
               services
               in
               the
               Port
               of
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               .
               During
               the
               time
               that
               they
               are
               counted
               Azamoglani
               ,
               they
               have
               
               no
               certaine
               Governour
               ,
               nor
               trained
               up
               in
               prescript
               orders
               ,
               but
               some
               are
               set
               to
               keepe
               Gardens
               ,
               some
               to
               manure
               Fields
               ,
               other
               to
               manual
               occupations
               ,
               and
               to
               dispatch
               houshold
               businesse
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               .
               At
               riper
               and
               abler
               yeares
               ,
               they
               are
               called
               into
               the
               Schooles
               of
               the
               Azamoglani
               ,
               (
               for
               so
               they
               are
               still
               termed
               till
               they
               are
               inrolled
               in
               the
               seroule
               of
               Ianizars
               )
               and
               then
               delivered
               over
               to
               prescribed
               Schoole-masters
               ,
               who
               traine
               them
               up
               in
               exercises
               of
               labour
               and
               travell
               ,
               allowing
               them
               spare
               diet
               and
               thin
               clothing
               .
               When
               they
               are
               well
               profited
               in
               that
               profession
               ,
               whereunto
               they
               have
               most
               addicted
               their
               minds
               ,
               then
               are
               they
               inrolled
               either
               in
               the
               roll
               of
               the
               Ianizars
               ,
               or
               of
               Spachie
               .
               For
               their
               maintenance
               ,
               the
               one
               sort
               are
               allowed
               no
               lesse
               than
               five
               Aspers
               ,
               
               nor
               more
               than
               eight
               a
               day
               ,
               the
               other
               ten
               .
            
             
               Being
               inrolled
               for
               Ianizars
               ,
               immediatly
               they
               enter
               into
               action
               ,
               to
               Garrisons
               ,
               or
               to
               wait
               in
               the
               Port.
               
            
             
               In
               their
               journeys
               and
               expeditions
               ,
               they
               count
               it
               religious
               service
               to
               spoile
               the
               cottages
               and
               houses
               of
               Christians
               ,
               
               who
               must
               not
               finde
               fault
               with
               any
               outrage
               :
               whatsoever
               they
               bargaine
               for
               ,
               they
               must
               carry
               it
               at
               their
               owne
               prices
               .
               They
               are
               subject
               to
               no
               Judge
               but
               their
               Aga
               ;
               and
               he
               neither
               can
               give
               judgement
               of
               life
               and
               death
               upon
               any
               of
               them
               ,
               but
               in
               cases
               of
               sedition
               and
               mutinies
               ,
               and
               that
               seldome
               and
               very
               secretly
               .
               They
               enioy
               many
               immunities
               and
               privileges
               ;
               by
               reason
               whereof
               they
               are
               crouched
               to
               ,
               and
               feared
               of
               all
               men
               .
            
             
               The
               election
               of
               the
               Emperour
               is
               in
               their
               power
               ;
               for
               unlesse
               they
               approve
               and
               proclaime
               the
               Election
               ,
               the
               instalment
               and
               investiture
               is
               of
               doubtfull
               force
               .
               Every
               Emperour
               comming
               to
               the
               Crowne
               giveth
               them
               some
               donative
               ,
               and
               augmenteth
               their
               pay
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               more
               the
               Emperours
               ,
               the
               greater
               will
               be
               their
               entertainment
               .
               In
               any
               dangerous
               war
               ,
               part
               of
               them
               goe
               forth
               with
               their
               Aga
               ,
               or
               his
               Lieutenant
               ,
               but
               these
               are
               the
               last
               men
               that
               come
               to
               blowes
               .
               There
               is
               not
               amongst
               the
               Turkish
               Honours
               an
               Office
               more
               subject
               to
               envie
               and
               jealousie
               than
               this
               Captainship
               ;
               for
               hee
               and
               the
               Beglerbeg
               of
               Greece
               may
               not
               choose
               their
               Lieutenants
               ,
               but
               the
               grand
               Seignior
               only
               :
               The
               generall
               favour
               of
               the
               Ianizars
               is
               his
               assured
               destruction
               .
            
             
             
               The
               number
               commonly
               is
               foure
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               ,
               
               but
               in
               our
               times
               they
               carry
               not
               their
               wonted
               reputations
               ,
               because
               both
               Turkes
               and
               Asians
               are
               inrolled
               for
               Ianizars
               ;
               whereas
               in
               former
               ages
               none
               were
               admitted
               but
               the
               Europian
               Christians
               .
               Besides
               ,
               contrary
               to
               their
               custome
               ,
               they
               marry
               wives
               without
               limitation
               .
               By
               their
               long
               residence
               about
               Constantinople
               (
               than
               the
               which
               there
               is
               not
               a
               more
               effeminate
               City
               in
               the
               world
               )
               they
               are
               growne
               vile
               ,
               base
               ,
               and
               men
               of
               small
               service
               ;
               yea
               lazie
               ,
               insolent
               ,
               and
               proud
               above
               measure
               .
               It
               is
               the
               received
               opinion
               ,
               that
               in
               their
               prowesse
               and
               discipline
               ,
               consisteth
               the
               flourishing
               estate
               of
               this
               Empire
               ;
               but
               the
               degenerate
               carriage
               of
               these
               men
               at
               this
               present
               (
               as
               I
               have
               before
               related
               )
               may
               afford
               us
               good
               hopes
               ,
               by
               the
               favour
               of
               the
               Almighty
               ,
               shortly
               to
               see
               an
               end
               of
               their
               licentious
               tyranny
               ,
               as
               heretofore
               it
               hath
               befallen
               to
               the
               preceding
               Monarchies
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               Ianizars
               he
               hath
               the
               Azapi
               ,
               a
               base
               Besonio
               ,
               
               sitter
               for
               the
               spade
               than
               the
               sword
               ,
               entertained
               rather
               with
               numbers
               to
               tire
               ,
               than
               by
               prowesse
               to
               defeat
               Armies
               ,
               opposing
               them
               to
               all
               dangerous
               services
               ;
               yea
               ,
               to
               fill
               trenches
               with
               their
               slaine
               carcasses
               ,
               and
               then
               to
               make
               bridges
               with
               their
               slaughtered
               bodies
               ,
               for
               the
               Ianizars
               to
               passe
               over
               to
               the
               breaches
               .
               And
               as
               the
               Romans
               had
               their
               Legions
               and
               Auxiliaries
               ,
               the
               one
               the
               slowre
               of
               their
               Chivalrie
               ,
               the
               other
               as
               an
               aid
               or
               augmentation
               ;
               even
               so
               the
               Turke
               accounteth
               his
               stipendarie
               horsemen
               or
               Timariots
               ;
               the
               s●news
               of
               his
               armes
               ;
               the
               Alcanza
               (
               such
               as
               he
               presseth
               out
               of
               Townes
               and
               Villages
               )
               Scar-crowes
               ,
               and
               for
               ostentation
               ;
               the
               Ianizars
               as
               the
               Pratorian
               Legions
               and
               the
               Azapi
               as
               ●
               rabble
               of
               Pesants
               ;
               being
               indeed
               meere
               hindes
               ,
               and
               tied
               to
               serve
               on
               horse-backe
               for
               certaine
               privileges
               which
               they
               hold
               ,
               in
               number
               about
               thirty
               or
               forty
               thousand
               ,
               without
               allowance
               of
               any
               pay
               ,
               save
               what
               they
               get
               by
               spoile
               and
               rapine
               .
            
             
               Besides
               these
               ,
               he
               hath
               at
               command
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               
               as
               Auxiliaries
               ,
               whereof
               there
               are
               likely
               threescore
               thousand
               ,
               who
               live
               by
               spoile
               ,
               and
               serve
               also
               without
               pay
               .
               In
               their
               Marches
               they
               scoure
               the
               Country
               two
               daies
               journey
               before
               :
               next
               
               them
               follow
               the
               Achangi
               ,
               then
               the
               Timariots
               ,
               then
               those
               few
               Azamoglani
               that
               bee
               ,
               and
               lastly
               the
               Ianizars
               .
               The
               Chauses
               ride
               on
               horse-backe
               (
               and
               carry
               Bowes
               and
               Arrowes
               ,
               besides
               their
               Maces
               and
               Cemiters
               )
               after
               whom
               followeth
               the
               Sultan
               with
               the
               Officers
               of
               the
               Court
               ,
               and
               Archers
               of
               his
               guard
               ;
               the
               Spahies
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               ,
               incircling
               the
               slankes
               of
               this
               brave
               battell
               .
               The
               Pages
               ,
               Eunuches
               ,
               and
               carriages
               ,
               followed
               by
               an
               other
               sort
               of
               Auxiliars
               ,
               called
               Voluntaries
               ,
               make
               the
               Reare
               ;
               And
               these
               follow
               only
               upon
               hope
               to
               be
               entertained
               in
               their
               roomes
               of
               the
               slaine
               Spahies
               and
               Ianizars
               ;
               their
               Commanders
               being
               nothing
               curious
               (
               in
               these
               times
               )
               to
               receive
               those
               that
               be
               not
               the
               sonnes
               of
               Christians
               into
               Orders
               .
               Thus
               have
               we
               lively
               described
               his
               forces
               at
               land
               .
            
             
               At
               Sea
               ;
               there
               is
               no
               Prince
               furnished
               with
               better
               meanes
               for
               building
               of
               Ships
               ,
               
               than
               he
               ;
               for
               not
               only
               the
               woods
               of
               Epyre
               and
               Sicilia
               ,
               but
               also
               of
               Nicomedia
               &
               Trapezond
               are
               so
               huge
               ,
               so
               thicke
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               tall
               Trees
               ,
               fit
               for
               all
               sorts
               of
               buildings
               ,
               that
               a
               man
               would
               take
               the
               Trunkes
               ,
               falling
               sometimes
               by
               violence
               of
               storme
               from
               the
               bankes
               of
               their
               Woods
               into
               the
               Luxine
               Sea
               ,
               to
               be
               Triremes
               already
               built
               and
               framed
               .
               They
               can
               want
               no
               workmen
               to
               fit
               and
               square
               this
               Timber
               ;
               for
               vile
               Covetousnesse
               hath
               drawne
               whole
               flocks
               of
               Christian
               Shipwrights
               into
               their
               Arsenals
               .
               The
               yeare
               after
               his
               defeature
               at
               Lepanto
               ,
               he
               shewed
               his
               Navie
               whole
               and
               entire
               ,
               yea
               ,
               itching
               to
               cope
               with
               the
               Christian
               Armada
               .
               Neither
               can
               hee
               want
               a
               competent
               number
               of
               Marriners
               :
               for
               out
               of
               the
               Gallies
               which
               he
               maintaineth
               in
               
                 Lesbo
                 Rhodes
                 ,
                 Cyprus
              
               ,
               and
               Alexandria
               ,
               and
               from
               the
               Havens
               of
               
                 Tunis
                 ,
                 Bugia
              
               ,
               and
               Algier
               ,
               he
               is
               able
               to
               draw
               a
               sufficient
               proportion
               of
               Sea-men
               and
               Gally-slaves
               ,
               as
               often
               as
               occasion
               requireth
               ,
               to
               furnish
               his
               Royall
               Army
               .
               The
               experience
               hereof
               we
               have
               seene
               at
               Mal●●●
               at
               Lepanto
               ,
               and
               Goletta
               .
               Of
               warlike
               furniture
               his
               store
               is
               infinite
               ,
               his
               Ordnance
               innumerable
               ;
               out
               of
               Hungary
               he
               carried
               five
               thousand
               ;
               in
               Cyprus
               he
               won
               five
               hundred
               ;
               at
               Goletta
               few
               lesse
               .
               The
               siege
               of
               Malta
               ,
               wherein
               they
               discharged
               threescore
               thousand
               Bullets
               ,
               may
               well
               declare
               their
               
               abundance
               of
               powder
               and
               shot
               :
               at
               Famagusta
               they
               discharged
               an
               hundred
               and
               eighteene
               thousand
               :
               at
               Goletta
               in
               nine
               and
               thirty
               daies
               ,
               they
               rased
               with
               their
               uncessant
               vollies
               a
               Fortification
               which
               was
               forty
               yeares
               in
               building
               :
               in
               the
               last
               Persian
               warre
               ,
               
                 Osman
                 Bassa
              
               drew
               after
               him
               five
               hundred
               field
               peeces
               .
               Where
               ever
               they
               come
               ,
               they
               never
               cease
               playing
               with
               their
               Ordnance
               ,
               till
               they
               have
               laid
               all
               levell
               with
               the
               ground
               ;
               if
               that
               prevaile
               not
               ,
               they
               goe
               to
               worke
               with
               Spade
               and
               Pickaxe
               :
               if
               that
               faile
               too
               ,
               they
               will
               never
               give
               over
               till
               they
               have
               filled
               the
               Ditches
               with
               the
               bodies
               of
               their
               slaughtered
               souldiers
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               Lords
               of
               three
               things
               ,
               wherewith
               they
               terrifie
               the
               whole
               world
               :
               multitudes
               of
               men
               unconquerable
               ;
               militarie
               Discipline
               (
               if
               so
               at
               this
               day
               )
               uncorrupted
               ;
               of
               Corne
               and
               provisions
               ,
               store
               infinite
               .
               Multitudes
               in
               times
               past
               have
               bred
               confusion
               ,
               and
               commonly
               we
               have
               seene
               great
               armies
               overthrowne
               by
               small
               numbers
               ;
               but
               the
               Turkish
               multitudes
               are
               managed
               with
               so
               good
               order
               ,
               that
               although
               it
               be
               farre
               more
               easie
               to
               range
               a
               small
               Armie
               than
               a
               great
               ,
               yet
               even
               in
               order
               have
               their
               great
               Armies
               so
               excelled
               our
               small
               ones
               ,
               that
               I
               must
               needs
               conclude
               ,
               that
               they
               goe
               farre
               beyond
               us
               both
               in
               discipline
               and
               numbers
               ;
               herein
               giving
               place
               ,
               no
               not
               to
               the
               ancient
               Romans
               ,
               much
               lesse
               to
               any
               moderne
               Nation
               ,
               how
               warlike
               soever
               .
               And
               this
               their
               due
               commendation
               consisteth
               not
               onely
               in
               Armes
               ,
               but
               in
               thirst
               ,
               patience
               ,
               and
               hard
               diet
               ;
               as
               for
               Wine
               ,
               by
               their
               Law
               they
               are
               utterly
               forbidden
               it
               .
               In
               the
               field
               every
               ten
               souldiers
               have
               their
               Corporall
               ,
               to
               whom
               without
               grudging
               they
               dutifully
               obey
               .
               You
               shall
               never
               see
               Women
               in
               their
               Armies
               ;
               their
               silence
               is
               admirable
               ,
               for
               with
               the
               becke
               of
               the
               hand
               ,
               and
               signe
               of
               the
               countenance
               ,
               they
               understand
               without
               words
               what
               they
               are
               to
               doe
               :
               rather
               than
               they
               will
               make
               any
               noise
               in
               the
               night
               ,
               they
               will
               suffer
               their
               slaves
               and
               prisoners
               to
               escape
               .
               They
               punish
               theft
               and
               quarrelling
               extremely
               .
               They
               dare
               not
               (
               for
               their
               lives
               )
               step
               out
               of
               their
               rankes
               to
               spoile
               Vineyard
               or
               Orchard
               .
               They
               feare
               not
               death
               ,
               beleeving
               their
               destinies
               to
               be
               written
               in
               their
               foreheads
               ,
               inevitable
               :
               The
               valiant
               are
               assured
               of
               
               preferment
               ,
               the
               cowards
               of
               punishment
               .
               They
               are
               never
               bilited
               in
               Townes
               ,
               nor
               suffered
               to
               lodge
               one
               night
               within
               them
               .
               To
               keepe
               them
               in
               breath
               and
               exercise
               ,
               their
               Princes
               are
               alwaies
               in
               action
               with
               some
               neighbour
               or
               other
               ,
               being
               very
               jealous
               of
               the
               corruption
               of
               their
               Discipline
               .
            
             
               The
               which
               notwithstanding
               ,
               either
               time
               ,
               pride
               ,
               or
               the
               covetousnesse
               of
               the
               great
               ones
               hath
               much
               impaired
               .
               For
               in
               comparison
               of
               what
               they
               have
               beene
               ,
               they
               are
               now
               nothing
               equivalent
               to
               those
               of
               other
               Christian
               Princes
               .
               The
               Florentine
               (
               in
               despight
               of
               him
               )
               with
               six
               ships
               only
               hath
               so
               kept
               the
               bottome
               of
               the
               Streits
               for
               these
               six
               yeares
               past
               ,
               that
               they
               have
               not
               dared
               to
               hazard
               the
               Revenue
               of
               Aegypt
               by
               Sea
               ;
               but
               have
               sent
               it
               over
               land
               with
               a
               guard
               of
               Souldiers
               .
               And
               because
               the
               Gallies
               dare
               not
               looke
               upon
               such
               Instruments
               ;
               and
               yet
               the
               Admirall
               ,
               supposing
               it
               no
               policy
               to
               let
               them
               lie
               unaffronted
               ,
               hath
               done
               what
               he
               may
               to
               imploy
               and
               encourage
               the
               Pyrats
               of
               Algier
               and
               Tunis
               to
               undertake
               the
               service
               .
               And
               in
               truth
               ,
               they
               have
               many
               tall
               Ships
               (
               the
               spoile
               of
               Christian
               Merchants
               )
               warlike
               appointed
               ,
               yea
               growne
               expert
               in
               Navigation
               and
               all
               kinde
               of
               Sea-fights
               ,
               by
               the
               wicked
               instruction
               of
               our
               fugitive
               Sea-men
               ,
               and
               other
               Renegadoes
               .
               But
               false
               men
               will
               alwaies
               deale
               falsly
               ;
               having
               no
               mindes
               to
               attempt
               any
               enterprise
               ,
               where
               the
               victory
               is
               like
               to
               prove
               bloudy
               ,
               and
               the
               booty
               worthlesse
               .
            
             
               The
               Royall
               Navie
               is
               set
               forth
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               Mar
               ,
               to
               annoy
               the
               enemy
               ,
               to
               suppresse
               Pyrats
               ,
               to
               collect
               tribute
               ,
               and
               to
               reforme
               disorders
               in
               the
               maritime
               Townes
               .
               It
               consists
               not
               of
               above
               threescore
               Gallies
               ,
               which
               are
               all
               that
               can
               be
               spared
               from
               imployment
               in
               other
               places
               .
               In
               October
               the
               Admirall
               returneth
               from
               his
               circuit
               ;
               and
               during
               Winter
               the
               Armada
               is
               dispersed
               ,
               and
               the
               Gallies
               drawne
               into
               their
               dry
               Stations
               .
               Meane
               time
               the
               Pyrats
               ,
               both
               Christian
               and
               Mahumetan
               flie
               out
               ,
               and
               rob
               on
               the
               Aegean
               and
               Mediterran
               Seas
               uncontrolled
               ,
               more
               than
               by
               the
               defensive
               strength
               of
               the
               assailed
               .
               Thus
               is
               he
               served
               ,
               and
               thus
               enabled
               to
               maintaine
               his
               Servitors
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               civill
               and
               politicke
               government
               of
               these
               Estates
               ,
               
               
               he
               causeth
               a
               Councell
               to
               be
               holden
               foure
               daies
               in
               the
               weeke
               by
               the
               Bass●es
               ,
               wheresoever
               the
               Prince
               sojourneth
               ;
               if
               it
               bee
               in
               the
               time
               of
               peace
               ,
               then
               at
               Constantinople
               ,
               or
               in
               some
               other
               Towne
               ,
               according
               to
               occasions
               ,
               within
               his
               Dominions
               :
               if
               in
               warre
               ,
               then
               it
               is
               kept
               within
               his
               Pavilion
               .
               In
               this
               Councell
               called
               Dyvan
               ,
               where
               audience
               is
               open
               to
               every
               suter
               ,
               first
               they
               consult
               of
               Embassies
               ,
               and
               of
               answers
               to
               be
               made
               unto
               them
               ;
               of
               matters
               of
               State
               and
               of
               Soveraignty
               ,
               of
               the
               meanes
               to
               provide
               for
               decayed
               or
               ruinated
               Provinces
               ,
               of
               Murders
               and
               Condemnations
               .
               And
               secondly
               ,
               adde
               the
               Suppliants
               ,
               Complainants
               ,
               or
               Suters
               ,
               speak
               without
               Advocate
               or
               Atturney
               ,
               and
               is
               forced
               to
               answer
               presently
               to
               the
               information
               of
               their
               Adversarie
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               present
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               to
               prove
               their
               accusation
               by
               witnesses
               .
               Upon
               hearing
               of
               both
               parties
               ,
               judgement
               definitive
               is
               given
               ,
               and
               may
               not
               bee
               repealed
               .
            
             
               Now
               as
               touching
               his
               Treasure
               ,
               It
               is
               generally
               received
               ,
               
               that
               he
               enjoyeth
               little
               lesse
               than
               fifteene
               millions
               of
               ordinary
               Revenue
               .
               And
               where
               some
               men
               thinke
               ,
               that
               out
               of
               so
               large
               a
               Dominion
               a
               greater
               Revenue
               may
               be
               raised
               ,
               therein
               they
               deceive
               themselves
               ;
               in
               not
               calling
               to
               remembrance
               ,
               that
               the
               Nation
               give
               their
               minds
               to
               nothing
               but
               warre
               ,
               nor
               take
               care
               of
               any
               thing
               but
               provision
               of
               Armour
               and
               Weapons
               ;
               courses
               sitter
               to
               destroy
               and
               to
               waste
               ,
               than
               to
               preserve
               and
               inrich
               Provinces
               .
               Whereupon
               ,
               to
               give
               courage
               to
               their
               Armies
               ,
               and
               to
               continue
               them
               in
               the
               love
               of
               warfare
               ,
               they
               suffer
               them
               to
               spoile
               the
               people
               ,
               hardly
               leaving
               them
               wherewith
               to
               hold
               life
               and
               soule
               together
               .
               And
               therefore
               the
               poore
               men
               ,
               not
               ●ire
               of
               so
               much
               as
               their
               houshold
               provisions
               ,
               much
               lesse
               of
               their
               wealth
               ,
               (
               which
               by
               time
               and
               industry
               they
               may
               gather
               )
               take
               no
               more
               paines
               about
               their
               Husbandry
               and
               Traffick●●
               〈◊〉
               they
               needs
               must
               ;
               yea
               ,
               no
               more
               than
               their
               owne
               necessity
               ,
               as
               neere
               as
               they
               can
               ,
               shall
               enforce
               them
               ,
               to
               make
               ●eere
               at
               the
               yeares
               end
               .
               For
               say
               they
               ,
               Why
               should
               we
               sow
               ,
               and
               another
               reape
               ?
               Or
               why
               should
               we
               reape
               ,
               and
               another
               devoure
               the
               reward
               of
               our
               labours
               ?
               This
               is
               the
               cause
               ;
               that
               in
               the
               Ottoman
               Dominions
               you
               shall
               see
               admirable
               ●uge
               
               Woods
               ,
               all
               things
               laid
               waste
               ;
               few
               Cities
               well
               peopled
               ,
               and
               especially
               the
               better
               part
               of
               the
               fields
               lying
               unmanured
               .
               An
               assertion
               easily
               and
               probably
               to
               be
               proved
               by
               Constantinople
               it selfe
               .
               No
               object
               in
               the
               world
               promiseth
               so
               much
               afarre
               off
               to
               the
               beholders
               ;
               and
               entered
               ,
               so
               deceiveth
               expectation
               ;
               the
               best
               of
               their
               private
               buildings
               being
               inferiour
               to
               the
               more
               contemptible
               of
               ours
               ,
               and
               is
               said
               to
               containe
               but
               seven
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               ,
               halfe
               of
               them
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               halfe
               Iewes
               and
               Christians
               ,
               and
               those
               for
               the
               generall
               Grecians
               .
               An
               estimate
               neere
               which
               (
               as
               I
               have
               heard
               )
               our
               London
               may
               affoord
               .
               And
               no
               wonder
               :
               for
               in
               our
               Countries
               ,
               by
               the
               abundance
               of
               people
               ariseth
               the
               dearenesse
               of
               victuals
               ;
               but
               in
               Turkie
               ,
               through
               the
               scarcity
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               the
               greatest
               number
               of
               the
               Husbandmen
               perish
               with
               carrying
               provision
               ,
               and
               other
               necessaries
               to
               the
               remote
               places
               ,
               thorow
               which
               their
               Armies
               are
               to
               travell
               .
               In
               their
               Gallies
               likewise
               falleth
               most
               commonly
               so
               great
               a
               mortality
               ,
               that
               of
               ten
               thousand
               Rowers
               haled
               from
               their
               houses
               ,
               scant
               the
               fourth
               part
               returneth
               againe
               .
               This
               the
               rather
               hapneth
               ,
               because
               the
               Turkes
               in
               Winter
               time
               (
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               mooring
               their
               Gallies
               ,
               doe
               not
               inure
               their
               Sea-men
               and
               Gally-slaves
               to
               change
               of
               aire
               ,
               and
               the
               discommodities
               of
               tempestuous
               Seas
               in
               all
               seasons
               .
            
             
               The
               whole
               trade
               of
               Merchandize
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               in
               the
               hands
               of
               Iewes
               or
               Christians
               of
               
                 Europe
                 ;
                 Epidaurians
                 ,
                 Venetians
                 ,
                 Frenchmen
                 ,
              
               and
               Englishmen
               .
               In
               so
               large
               a
               Territory
               as
               the
               Turke
               hath
               in
               Europe
               ,
               there
               is
               never
               a
               famous
               Mart-towne
               ,
               but
               
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 Capha
              
               ,
               and
               Thessalonica
               ;
               In
               Asia
               ,
               but
               
                 Aleppo
                 ,
                 Damasco
                 ,
                 Tripoli
              
               ,
               and
               Adena
               :
               In
               
                 Africke
                 ,
                 Cair
                 ,
                 Alexandria
              
               ,
               and
               Algier
               .
            
             
               Although
               the
               ordinary
               Revenues
               are
               no
               greater
               than
               aforesaid
               ,
               
               yet
               the
               extraordinary
               arise
               to
               a
               richer
               reckoning
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               confiscations
               and
               presents
               .
               For
               the
               Bassaes
               and
               great
               Officers
               (
               as
               Harpies
               )
               sucke
               the
               very
               bloud
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               after
               they
               have
               heaped
               up
               inestimable
               riches
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               they
               escheat
               to
               the
               coffers
               of
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               .
               It
               is
               reported
               that
               
                 Ibraim
                 Bassa
              
               carried
               from
               Cair
               six
               
               millions
               ,
               and
               
                 Mahumet
                 Visier
              
               ,
               a
               farre
               greater
               masse
               .
               Ochiali
               ,
               besides
               other
               riches
               ,
               had
               three
               thousand
               slaves
               .
               The
               Suliana
               ,
               Sister
               to
               Selim
               the
               second
               ,
               received
               daily
               five
               and
               twenty
               hundred
               Chechini
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               ease
               of
               pilgrims
               and
               travellers
               ,
               (
               journeying
               betweene
               
                 Cair
                 Meca
              
               )
               she
               began
               to
               trench
               a
               water-course
               along
               the
               way
               ;
               an
               enterprize
               great
               ,
               chargeable
               ,
               and
               majesticall
               .
            
             
               Yea
               ,
               to
               give
               you
               an
               estimate
               of
               his
               Revenues
               ,
               I
               have
               seene
               a
               particular
               of
               his
               daily
               expences
               ,
               amounting
               by
               the
               yeare
               to
               one
               million
               ,
               nine
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               eight
               thousand
               ,
               seven
               hundred
               thirty
               five
               pounds
               ,
               nineteene
               shillings
               eight
               pence
               sterling
               ,
               answered
               quarterly
               ,
               without
               default
               ;
               with
               the
               allowance
               of
               foure
               hundred
               ninety
               two
               thousand
               ,
               an
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               foure
               pounds
               ,
               foure
               shillings
               ,
               and
               eleven
               pence
               ;
               which
               is
               for
               every
               day
               ,
               five
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               ninety
               and
               three
               pounds
               ,
               fifteen
               shillings
               and
               ten
               pence
               ;
               upon
               which
               account
               runneth
               for
               his
               owne
               diet
               ,
               but
               one
               thousand
               and
               one
               Asper
               a
               day
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               frugall
               custome
               of
               his
               Ancestors
               ,
               amounting
               in
               sterling
               money
               by
               the
               yeare
               ,
               to
               two
               thousand
               one
               hundred
               ninety
               two
               pounds
               ,
               three
               shillings
               eight
               pence
               .
               Amongst
               five
               and
               forty
               thousand
               Ianizars
               ,
               dispersed
               thorow
               his
               whole
               Dominions
               ,
               every
               one
               at
               six
               Aspers
               a
               day
               ,
               is
               expended
               five
               hundred
               ninety
               one
               thousand
               ,
               and
               three
               hundred
               pounds
               .
               The
               tribute-children
               farre
               surmount
               that
               number
               ,
               and
               are
               allowed
               one
               with
               another
               three
               Aspers
               a
               day
               .
               The
               five
               Bassaes
               ,
               besides
               their
               ordinary
               revenue
               ,
               receive
               one
               thousand
               Aspers
               a
               day
               :
               and
               of
               ordinary
               revenue
               ,
               the
               chiefest
               receiveth
               for
               his
               Timar
               or
               annuitie
               ,
               threescore
               thousand
               Ducats
               ;
               the
               second
               ,
               fifty
               thousand
               Ducats
               ;
               the
               third
               ,
               forty
               thousand
               ;
               the
               fourth
               ,
               thirty
               thousand
               ;
               and
               the
               fifth
               ,
               twenty
               thousand
               .
               In
               Europe
               he
               maintaines
               three
               
                 Beglerbegs
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               in
               Greece
               one
               ,
               another
               in
               Hungary
               ,
               and
               a
               third
               in
               Sclavonie
               ,
               at
               a
               thousand
               Aspers
               a
               day
               ;
               the
               fourth
               in
               Natolia
               ;
               the
               fifth
               in
               Carmania
               of
               Asia
               ,
               at
               like
               allowance
               .
               The
               Admirall
               receiveth
               two
               thousand
               one
               hundred
               and
               ninety
               pounds
               :
               the
               Captaine
               of
               the
               Ianizars
               one
               thousand
               nine
               hundred
               and
               
               fiftie
               pounds
               ,
               besides
               his
               annuitie
               of
               twenty
               thousand
               Ducats
               by
               the
               yeare
               .
               The
               
                 Imbrabur
                 Bassa
              
               (
               Master
               of
               the
               Horse
               )
               receiveth
               three
               hundred
               and
               eight
               and
               twenty
               pounds
               ,
               his
               annuitie
               is
               fifteene
               thousand
               Ducats
               .
               The
               Captaine
               of
               the
               Spahi
               ,
               or
               Horse-men
               ,
               receiveth
               one
               thousand
               nine
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               one
               pounds
               ;
               the
               
                 Capigi
                 Bassa
              
               (
               head
               Porter
               )
               one
               thousand
               foure
               hundred
               and
               fourteene
               pounds
               .
               The
               
                 Sisingar
                 Bassa
              
               Controller
               of
               the
               Houshold
               ,
               two
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               three
               pound
               .
               The
               
                 Chaus
                 Bassa
              
               (
               Captaine
               of
               the
               Pensioners
               )
               two
               hundred
               threescore
               and
               two
               pounds
               sixteene
               shillings
               ,
               besides
               his
               annuitie
               of
               ten
               thousand
               Ducats
               .
               The
               residue
               of
               the
               foresaid
               account
               is
               expended
               upon
               inferiour
               officers
               and
               attendants
               upon
               the
               Court
               ,
               Citie
               ,
               and
               Armies
               ,
               every
               man
               receiving
               according
               to
               his
               place
               and
               calling
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               the
               Masters
               of
               the
               Armory
               ,
               Masters
               of
               the
               Artillery
               ,
               Physitians
               ,
               Porters
               of
               the
               Court
               and
               Citie
               ,
               Archers
               of
               his
               Guard
               ,
               Servitors
               of
               his
               Stable
               ,
               Sadlers
               ,
               Bit-makers
               ,
               Captaines
               of
               Gallies
               ,
               Masters
               ,
               Boat-swaines
               ,
               Pursers
               ,
               Shipwrights
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               .
            
             
               Where
               ,
               note
               by
               the
               way
               ;
               That
               a
               Sultany
               is
               equall
               to
               the
               Chechini
               of
               Venice
               ,
               and
               sixscore
               Aspers
               amount
               to
               a
               Sultanie
               .
            
             
               To
               raise
               his
               Donatives
               to
               a
               high
               reckoning
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               custome
               ,
               that
               no
               Ambassadour
               appeare
               before
               him
               empty-handed
               ;
               no
               man
               may
               looke
               for
               any
               office
               or
               honourable
               preferment
               ,
               if
               money
               be
               wanting
               :
               no
               Generall
               may
               returne
               from
               his
               province
               (
               or
               journey
               )
               without
               presents
               :
               and
               you
               must
               thinke
               ,
               that
               so
               magnificent
               a
               Prince
               will
               swallow
               no
               trisles
               .
            
             
               The
               Va●vods
               of
               Valachia
               and
               Moldavia
               ,
               hold
               their
               estates
               by
               vertue
               of
               their
               bribery
               ,
               and
               yet
               are
               often
               changed
               :
               For
               the
               Estates
               are
               given
               to
               the
               best
               Chapmen
               ;
               who
               make
               good
               their
               dayes
               of
               payment
               ,
               oppresse
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               bring
               the
               Commons
               to
               extreme
               povertie
               .
               Notwithstanding
               all
               this
               ,
               we
               have
               seene
               the
               Persian
               warre
               to
               have
               drawne
               dri●
               his
               Coffers
               ,
               and
               emptied
               his
               Treasures
               .
               Not
               long
               sithence
               ,
               both
               at
               Constantinople
               ,
               and
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Empire
               ,
               the
               
               value
               of
               Gold
               was
               raised
               above
               beleefe
               ;
               insomuch
               that
               a
               Chechin
               of
               Gold
               went
               for
               double
               his
               value
               ,
               and
               the
               alay
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               was
               so
               much
               abased
               ,
               that
               the
               Ianizars
               finding
               themselves
               aggrieved
               thereat
               ,
               brought
               great
               feare
               ,
               not
               onely
               upon
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               ,
               in
               threatning
               ,
               That
               they
               would
               set
               fire
               on
               Constantinople
               .
               In
               Aleppo
               threescore
               thousand
               Ducats
               were
               taken
               up
               of
               the
               Merchants
               ,
               in
               the
               name
               of
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               .
            
             
               But
               although
               his
               Revenues
               are
               not
               so
               great
               ,
               as
               the
               spacious
               apprehension
               of
               so
               mightie
               an
               Empire
               ,
               may
               seeme
               to
               produce
               ;
               yet
               hath
               he
               an
               assistance
               of
               greater
               value
               than
               his
               surest
               revenues
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               ,
               his
               Timariots
               ,
               or
               stipendaries
               .
               
               For
               it
               is
               the
               custome
               of
               the
               Ottoman
               Princes
               ,
               to
               seize
               on
               all
               the
               land
               which
               they
               take
               from
               their
               enemies
               ;
               and
               assigning
               a
               small
               parcell
               (
               peradventure
               none
               at
               all
               )
               to
               the
               ancient
               Lords
               ,
               they
               divide
               the
               residue
               into
               Timars
               ,
               to
               every
               Servitor
               a
               portion
               ,
               viz.
               to
               every
               one
               about
               foure
               and
               twenty
               or
               thirtie
               Acres
               of
               our
               measure
               ,
               with
               seed
               to
               sow
               it
               ;
               Upon
               condition
               to
               pay
               halfe
               the
               fruits
               the
               seventh
               yeare
               ,
               and
               halfe
               of
               the
               twelfth
               .
               Herein
               consisteth
               the
               chiefest
               preservation
               of
               the
               Ottoman
               Empire
               ;
               for
               unlesse
               ,
               upon
               this
               consideration
               ,
               the
               care
               of
               manuring
               the
               Land
               were
               committed
               to
               these
               Masters
               ;
               and
               they
               againe
               set
               it
               over
               unto
               others
               for
               their
               profit
               and
               lucre
               ,
               all
               would
               lye
               waste
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Empire
               :
               themselves
               affirming
               ,
               That
               whatsoever
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               once
               treadeth
               with
               his
               horse-hoofe
               ,
               (
               were
               it
               not
               for
               this
               course
               )
               there
               never
               after
               would
               grow
               grasse
               againe
               .
               With
               these
               Timars
               ,
               he
               also
               maintaineth
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               thousand
               horse-men
               ,
               excellent
               well
               armed
               ,
               and
               alwayes
               readie
               at
               their
               owne
               charges
               to
               march
               whither
               their
               Leaders
               will
               command
               them
               .
               So
               great
               a
               Cavalry
               can
               no
               other
               Prince
               maintaine
               ,
               with
               the
               yearely
               expence
               of
               fourteene
               Millions
               of
               Gold.
               Which
               maketh
               me
               to
               wonder
               ,
               that
               some
               Writers
               comparing
               the
               Turkish
               receits
               with
               the
               Entrado
               of
               the
               Christians
               ,
               
               never
               spake
               word
               of
               so
               huge
               a
               member
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Puissance
               .
               It
               is
               reported
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               warre
               of
               Persia
               ,
               the
               Turke
               conquered
               so
               much
               land
               ,
               that
               thereof
               he
               erected
               forty
               
               thousand
               Timars
               ,
               and
               a
               new
               Exchequer
               at
               Tauris
               ,
               from
               whence
               he
               receiveth
               yearely
               a
               Million
               of
               gold
               .
            
             
               By
               these
               troopes
               ,
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               so
               aweth
               his
               subjects
               ,
               that
               they
               no
               sooner
               can
               stirre
               ,
               but
               (
               as
               so
               many
               Falcons
               )
               these
               Timariots
               are
               presently
               on
               their
               necks
               ;
               And
               this
               is
               the
               drift
               of
               this
               dispersing
               them
               thorow
               the
               Provinces
               .
               So
               that
               one
               part
               of
               them
               is
               alwayes
               readie
               at
               the
               sound
               of
               the
               Trumpet
               upon
               all
               occasions
               to
               march
               ,
               while
               the
               other
               stay
               at
               home
               to
               keepe
               the
               Inhabitants
               in
               their
               due
               obedience
               .
            
             
               With
               his
               Treasure
               his
               Bassaes
               intermeddle
               not
               .
               But
               two
               generall
               Treasures
               (
               or
               over-feers
               )
               are
               chiefe
               dealers
               therein
               ;
               the
               one
               residing
               in
               Romania
               ,
               the
               other
               in
               Natolia
               .
               The
               Cadalisquers
               have
               the
               administration
               of
               Justice
               ,
               who
               assist
               the
               Bassaes
               in
               the
               Divan
               ;
               Neither
               doe
               any
               sit
               there
               but
               the
               twelve
               Beglarbegs
               ,
               the
               Princes
               children
               (
               being
               Presidents
               in
               their
               fathers
               absence
               )
               and
               some
               certaine
               of
               the
               Cadies
               ,
               to
               assist
               in
               matters
               of
               Law
               and
               difficultie
               ,
               as
               is
               used
               with
               us
               in
               the
               Court
               of
               Star-chamber
               .
            
             
               This
               Court
               is
               holden
               foure
               dayes
               in
               the
               weeke
               by
               the
               Bassaes
               ,
               
               wheresoever
               the
               Prince
               sojourneth
               :
               if
               it
               be
               in
               the
               time
               of
               peace
               ,
               then
               at
               Constantinople
               ,
               or
               in
               some
               other
               Town
               ,
               according
               to
               occasions
               within
               his
               Dominions
               :
               if
               in
               Warre
               ,
               then
               it
               is
               kept
               within
               his
               Pavillion
               .
               In
               this
               Councell
               called
               Divan
               ,
               (
               where
               audience
               is
               open
               to
               every
               futer
               )
               they
               consult
               of
               Embassies
               ,
               and
               of
               answers
               to
               be
               made
               unto
               them
               ,
               of
               matters
               of
               State
               and
               of
               Soveraigntie
               ,
               of
               the
               meanes
               to
               provide
               for
               decayed
               or
               ruinated
               Provinces
               ,
               of
               murders
               and
               condemnation
               .
               The
               Suppliant
               ,
               Complainant
               ,
               or
               Suter
               ,
               speaketh
               without
               Advocate
               or
               Atturney
               ,
               and
               is
               forced
               to
               answer
               presently
               to
               the
               information
               of
               his
               Adversary
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               present
               ,
               or
               to
               prove
               or
               disprove
               his
               accusation
               by
               witnesses
               .
               Upon
               hearing
               of
               both
               parties
               ,
               judgement
               definitive
               is
               given
               ,
               and
               may
               not
               be
               repealed
               .
               When
               the
               Councell
               hath
               sitten
               seven
               or
               eight
               houres
               ,
               the
               
                 Bassa
                 visier
              
               maketh
               true
               relation
               to
               the
               Prince
               of
               all
               that
               hath
               beene
               handled
               ;
               if
               he
               lye
               ,
               it
               is
               present
               death
               :
               For
               the
               Prince
               often
               listeneth
               at
               a
               window
               ,
               termed
               Dangerous
               ,
               right
               against
               the
               Divan
               ,
               being
               made
               in
               such
               sort
               
               that
               he
               may
               heare
               and
               see
               ,
               and
               not
               be
               perceived
               :
               Though
               he
               be
               seldome
               there
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               alwayes
               suspitious
               :
               After
               he
               hath
               heard
               the
               discourse
               and
               advice
               of
               his
               Councell
               ,
               he
               seldome
               gain-sayeth
               ,
               but
               confirmeth
               or
               moderateth
               the
               same
               .
               These
               things
               thus
               ordered
               ,
               they
               are
               written
               and
               registred
               by
               Officers
               appointed
               .
            
             
               To
               the
               management
               also
               of
               the
               Civil
               Government
               ,
               they
               ,
               as
               the
               Christians
               ,
               have
               many
               severall
               degrees
               of
               Civilians
               :
               or
               rather
               Church-men
               ;
               which
               is
               a
               kinde
               of
               Ecclesiasticall
               Law
               ,
               the
               professours
               whereof
               are
               all
               of
               the
               Clergie
               ,
               if
               I
               may
               so
               terme
               them
               .
               And
               to
               the
               training
               up
               of
               these
               professors
               ,
               there
               are
               certaine
               Houses
               (
               or
               Colleges
               )
               called
               Medressae
               in
               
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 Andrianople
                 ,
                 Burssia
              
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               ,
               in
               which
               they
               live
               ,
               and
               studie
               their
               Sciences
               :
               wherein
               they
               have
               nine
               severall
               degrees
               .
            
             
               The
               first
               ,
               are
               called
               Saffi
               ,
               and
               are
               the
               puisne
               Students
               ,
               or
               Novices
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               ,
               are
               Calsi
               ,
               Readers
               (
               or
               Tutors
               )
               unto
               the
               first
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               ,
               are
               Hogi
               ,
               Writers
               of
               Bookes
               ;
               for
               they
               have
               no
               Printing
               .
            
             
               The
               fourth
               ,
               are
               Naipi
               ,
               or
               young
               Doctors
               ,
               who
               are
               not
               yet
               so
               well
               studied
               in
               their
               Lawes
               ,
               as
               to
               be
               profound
               ,
               or
               absolute
               Judges
               ,
               but
               yet
               are
               of
               sufficiencie
               to
               supply
               a
               Judges
               place
               ,
               in
               case
               of
               absence
               .
            
             
               The
               fifth
               ,
               are
               Cadi
               ,
               who
               are
               both
               Judges
               and
               Justices
               ,
               to
               punish
               offences
               .
               Of
               this
               sort
               ,
               there
               is
               one
               atleast
               in
               every
               Citie
               thorowout
               all
               the
               Grand
               Seigniors
               Dominions
               ,
               they
               are
               distinguished
               from
               other
               men
               by
               their
               high
               Turbants
               ,
               being
               at
               least
               two
               yards
               in
               compasse
               .
            
             
               The
               sixth
               ,
               are
               called
               Mudressi
               ,
               who
               are
               as
               Suffragans
               unto
               their
               Flamins
               ,
               or
               Bishops
               .
               Their
               authoritie
               stretcheth
               to
               over-looke
               Cadies
               ,
               and
               to
               see
               that
               they
               doe
               their
               duties
               in
               their
               severall
               charges
               .
            
             
               The
               seventh
               ,
               are
               Mulli
               (
               Bishops
               )
               and
               are
               the
               principall
               Church-governours
               next
               unto
               the
               Mustee
               .
               Their
               office
               is
               to
               place
               and
               displace
               Church-men
               at
               discretion
               .
            
             
             
               The
               eight
               are
               Cadeliscari
               :
               they
               are
               two
               great
               and
               principall
               Judges
               (
               or
               Cardinals
               )
               the
               one
               of
               Grecia
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               
                 Natolia
                 .
                 Selimiu
              
               the
               third
               added
               another
               over
               the
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 Syria
                 ,
                 Arabia
              
               ,
               and
               part
               of
               Armaria
               ,
               equall
               in
               authoritie
               to
               the
               former
               .
               These
               sit
               every
               Session
               in
               the
               foresaid
               Divano
               amongst
               the
               Bassaes
               to
               determine
               temporall
               suits
               ,
               being
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               chiefe
               Justices
               in
               dignitie
               and
               authoritie
               .
            
             
               The
               ninth
               and
               principallest
               is
               the
               Muftee
               :
               Hee
               commandeth
               and
               governeth
               all
               Church-men
               (
               or
               Judges
               )
               whatsoever
               ;
               and
               his
               sentence
               in
               matters
               of
               Law
               and
               Religion
               is
               uncontrollable
               :
               yea
               ,
               the
               greatest
               Bashaws
               in
               matters
               of
               Law
               or
               difficultie
               referre
               all
               to
               his
               decision
               without
               appeale
               .
               Such
               is
               his
               greatnesse
               ,
               that
               he
               may
               not
               abase
               himselfe
               to
               sit
               in
               the
               Divano
               ;
               neither
               when
               he
               commeth
               into
               the
               presence
               of
               the
               great
               Seignior
               will
               he
               vouchsafe
               to
               kisse
               his
               hand
               ,
               or
               to
               use
               greater
               reverence
               towards
               his
               Highnesse
               ,
               than
               his
               Highnesse
               will
               afford
               unto
               him
               .
               And
               therefore
               when
               hee
               entereth
               the
               Grand
               Seigniors
               Chamber
               hee
               will
               presently
               rise
               ,
               and
               then
               both
               sit
               downe
               face
               to
               face
               ,
               and
               so
               conferre
               .
               And
               these
               be
               the
               degree
               ;
               and
               no
               other
               ,
               by
               which
               the
               poorest
               scholler
               may
               ascend
               unto
               the
               highest
               place
               of
               Honour
               in
               this
               Turkish
               government
               .
            
             
               Toward
               the
               East
               ,
               
               from
               Ta●ris
               to
               Balsara
               lye
               the
               Persians
               ;
               Toward
               the
               South
               ,
               and
               the
               Persian
               Gulfe
               ,
               the
               Portugals
               .
               Toward
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               ●hesterh●●●
               .
               Upon
               the
               West
               ,
               the
               Xeriffe
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               ;
               On
               the
               North
               ,
               border
               the
               Polonians
               and
               the
               Germans
               .
            
             
               
               Without
               all
               question
               the
               Turke
               farre
               excelleth
               the
               Persian
               in
               military
               discipline
               :
               for
               Mahumet
               the
               second
               tooke
               〈…〉
               the
               first
               ,
               (
               and
               after
               him
               his
               sonne
               Soliman
               )
               defeated
               Ismael
               and
               
                 Ta●ias
                 .
                 Amurath
              
               the
               third
               ,
               by
               his
               Lieutenants
               tooke
               from
               them
               all
               Media
               ,
               the
               greater
               Armenia
               ,
               and
               their
               chiefe
               City
               Tauris
               .
               Their
               battalions
               of
               footmen
               ,
               and
               the
               use
               of
               great
               ordnance
               ,
               which
               the
               Persians
               wanted
               ,
               (
               and
               knew
               not
               how
               to
               manage
               ,
               )
               were
               the
               chieft
               decasions
               of
               these
               their
               good
               fortunes
               .
               And
               although
               the
               Persians
               
               have
               sometime
               prevailed
               in
               horse-fights
               ,
               yet
               hath
               it
               beene
               alwayes
               with
               losse
               of
               ground
               ,
               not
               to
               themselves
               onely
               ,
               but
               to
               their
               Confederates
               also
               .
               For
               Selim
               the
               first
               tooke
               from
               the
               
                 Momeluks
                 ,
                 Syria
              
               ,
               and
               Aegypt
               :
               and
               Amurath
               the
               third
               almost
               extinguished
               the
               Nation
               of
               the
               Georgians
               ,
               their
               surest
               allies
               .
            
             
               To
               the
               Portugals
               hee
               is
               farre
               inferiour
               ;
               for
               in
               Sea-fights
               and
               Sea-forces
               there
               is
               as
               great
               inequality
               betweene
               them
               ,
               
               as
               betweene
               the
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               the
               Persian
               Gulfe
               .
               The
               Portugals
               have
               in
               India
               Havens
               and
               Castles
               ,
               Territories
               and
               Dominions
               ,
               plentifull
               in
               timber
               ,
               provision
               ,
               and
               all
               sorts
               of
               warlike
               furniture
               for
               the
               Sea
               ,
               nor
               without
               many
               great
               Princes
               ,
               their
               Allies
               &
               Confederates
               :
               whereas
               the
               Turke
               hath
               no
               one
               place
               of
               strength
               in
               the
               Persian
               Gulfe
               ,
               except
               Balsara
               .
               That
               tract
               of
               the
               Sea-coast
               of
               Arabia
               ,
               which
               standeth
               him
               in
               stead
               ,
               hath
               but
               foure
               Townes
               ,
               and
               those
               weake
               ,
               and
               of
               small
               esteeme
               ,
               which
               is
               sufficient
               to
               indure
               :
               So
               that
               in
               this
               Gulfe
               ,
               as
               likewise
               in
               the
               Red-Sea
               ,
               he
               hath
               small
               meanes
               to
               rigge
               out
               any
               strong
               ,
               Armada
               .
               Besides
               the
               soile
               is
               utterly
               barren
               of
               timber
               fit
               for
               building
               of
               Gallies
               :
               for
               which
               scarcity
               whensoever
               he
               had
               occasion
               to
               set
               forth
               a
               Navie
               ,
               hee
               was
               constrained
               to
               send
               downe
               his
               stuffe
               from
               the
               Havens
               of
               Bithynia
               and
               Cilicia
               ,
               by
               Nilus
               to
               Cair
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               to
               convey
               it
               over
               land
               upon
               Camels
               backes
               ,
               to
               his
               Arsenall
               at
               Suez
               .
               What
               successe
               his
               fleets
               have
               had
               in
               those
               parts
               ,
               may
               bee
               read
               in
               the
               discourse
               of
               Portugal
               :
               for
               the
               Portugals
               take
               great
               care
               to
               prevent
               him
               of
               setting
               foot
               in
               those
               Seas
               ,
               yea
               ,
               when
               they
               but
               heare
               that
               hee
               provideth
               Sea-forces
               ,
               they
               presently
               make
               out
               ,
               and
               spoile
               whatsoever
               they
               light
               upon
               .
            
             
               For
               Captains
               ,
               Souldiers
               ,
               Armes
               ,
               and
               Munition
               ,
               
               he
               is
               better
               provided
               than
               
                 Prester
                 Iohn
              
               ;
               for
               this
               Prince
               hath
               a
               large
               territory
               without
               munition
               ,
               &
               infinite
               Souldiers
               without
               weapons
               ;
               Baruangasso
               his
               Lieutenant
               lost
               all
               the
               aforesaid
               Sea-coast
               of
               the
               Red-Sea
               ,
               and
               brought
               the
               Abessine
               into
               such
               extremity
               ,
               that
               to
               obtaine
               peace
               he
               promised
               payment
               of
               a
               yearely
               tribute
               .
            
             
             
               In
               Africke
               he
               hath
               a
               greater
               jurisdiction
               than
               the
               Xeriffe
               :
               
               For
               he
               is
               Lord
               of
               all
               those
               Provinces
               which
               lie
               betweene
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               and
               
                 Velez
                 de
                 Gomera
              
               :
               but
               the
               Xeriffe
               hath
               the
               richer
               ,
               the
               stronger
               ,
               and
               the
               better
               united
               .
               Neither
               of
               them
               for
               the
               neighbourhood
               of
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               dare
               molest
               one
               another
               .
            
             
               The
               residue
               of
               his
               neighbours
               are
               the
               Christians
               ,
               
               and
               first
               the
               King
               of
               Poland
               :
               what
               either
               of
               these
               Princes
               can
               effect
               the
               one
               against
               the
               other
               ,
               hath
               beene
               manifest
               by
               their
               forepassed
               actions
               .
               In
               some
               sort
               it
               seemeth
               that
               the
               Turke
               feareth
               the
               Polaques
               :
               For
               ,
               upon
               sundry
               occasions
               being
               provoked
               (
               as
               in
               the
               reigne
               of
               Henry
               the
               third
               ,
               in
               that
               war
               which
               
                 Ivonia
                 Vaivod
              
               of
               Walachia
               made
               with
               the
               said
               Turks
               ,
               wherin
               great
               numbers
               of
               Polaques
               served
               )
               and
               (
               in
               the
               reigne
               of
               Sigismund
               the
               third
               ,
               )
               notwithstanding
               the
               incursions
               of
               the
               Kosacks
               ,
               and
               the
               inrodes
               of
               
                 Iohn
                 Zamoschus
              
               ,
               Generall
               of
               Polonia
               ;
               he
               stirred
               not
               ,
               neither
               with
               wont-like
               disdaine
               ;
               once
               offered
               to
               revenge
               so
               great
               an
               indignity
               .
               Againe
               ,
               They
               ,
               since
               the
               unfortunate
               journey
               of
               Ladislaus
               ,
               never
               enterprized
               journey
               against
               the
               Turks
               .
               no
               ,
               nor
               at
               any
               time
               aided
               the
               Walachians
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               their
               friends
               and
               Confederates
               ,
               but
               suffered
               whatsoever
               they
               held
               upon
               the
               Euxine
               Sea
               to
               bee
               taken
               from
               them
               .
               But
               the
               smothering
               of
               this
               ,
               wrong
               I
               rather
               attribute
               to
               the
               base
               minde
               of
               their
               King
               ,
               than
               to
               want
               of
               good
               will
               or
               courage
               ,
               either
               in
               the
               Gentry
               or
               Nobility
               .
               Sigismund
               the
               first
               ,
               being
               by
               Leo
               the
               tenth
               moved
               to
               warre
               upon
               the
               Turke
               ,
               answered
               ;
               Few
               words
               shall
               serve
               ;
               first
               make
               firme
               peace
               betweene
               the
               Christian
               Princes
               ,
               then
               will
               I
               be
               nothing
               behinde
               the
               forwardest
               .
               Sigismund
               the
               second
               bare
               a
               minde
               so
               farre
               abhorring
               from
               war
               ,
               that
               he
               also
               never
               made
               attempt
               against
               this
               enemie
               ,
               but
               being
               injured
               by
               the
               Moscovite
               ,
               he
               let
               him
               likewise
               doe
               that
               what
               he
               would
               ,
               unrevenged
               .
               King
               Stephen
               ,
               a
               great
               politician
               ,
               thought
               the
               warre
               of
               Turki
               full
               of
               danger
               ,
               notwithstanding
               discoursing
               with
               his
               familiars
               ,
               he
               would
               often
               say
               ,
               that
               if
               he
               had
               but
               thirty
               thousand
               good
               footmen
               joyned
               to
               his
               Polonian
               Horsemen
               ,
               hee
               could
               willingly
               have
               found
               in
               
               his
               heart
               to
               have
               tried
               his
               fortune
               with
               this
               enemie
               .
            
             
               The
               Princes
               of
               Austrich
               are
               borderers
               by
               a
               farre
               larger
               circuit
               of
               land
               than
               any
               other
               Potentate
               ,
               
               and
               being
               constrained
               to
               spend
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               their
               revenues
               in
               the
               continuall
               maintenance
               of
               twenty
               thousand
               footmen
               and
               horsemen
               in
               garrisons
               ;
               they
               seeme
               rather
               to
               stand
               content
               to
               defend
               their
               owne
               ,
               than
               any
               way
               minded
               to
               recover
               their
               losses
               ,
               or
               to
               inlarge
               their
               bounds
               .
               Ferdinands
               journey
               to
               Buda
               and
               Possovia
               ,
               was
               rather
               to
               be
               counted
               couragious
               ,
               than
               prosperous
               :
               the
               reason
               was
               ;
               not
               because
               his
               souldiers
               wanted
               strength
               and
               courage
               ,
               but
               skill
               and
               discipline
               .
               For
               numbers
               he
               was
               equall
               to
               the
               enemie
               ,
               and
               reasonably
               well
               furnished
               with
               necessaries
               ,
               but
               his
               troopes
               consisted
               of
               Germans
               and
               Bohemians
               ,
               Nations
               by
               influence
               heavie
               ,
               slow
               ,
               and
               nothing
               fit
               to
               match
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               skilfull
               and
               ready
               in
               all
               warlike
               exercises
               .
            
             
               The
               Venetians
               likewise
               are
               borderers
               for
               many
               hundred
               miles
               space
               by
               Sea
               and
               land
               :
               
               but
               they
               maintaine
               their
               estate
               by
               treaties
               of
               peace
               ,
               by
               traffike
               and
               presents
               ,
               rather
               than
               by
               open
               hostilitie
               ;
               providing
               very
               strongly
               for
               their
               places
               exposed
               to
               danger
               ,
               and
               avoiding
               all
               charges
               and
               hazard
               of
               warre
               ,
               yea
               ,
               refusing
               no
               conditions
               ;
               (
               if
               not
               dishonourable
               )
               rather
               than
               willing
               to
               trie
               their
               fortune
               in
               battell
               .
               And
               the
               reason
               is
               ,
               not
               because
               they
               want
               money
               and
               sufficiencie
               of
               warlike
               furniture
               ,
               but
               souldiers
               and
               proportionable
               provisions
               for
               one
               sole
               State
               to
               provide
               against
               so
               extraordinarie
               an
               enemie
               .
            
             
               For
               ,
               if
               time
               hath
               proved
               ,
               that
               neither
               the
               Emperours
               of
               Trapizond
               and
               Constantinople
               ,
               nor
               the
               Sultans
               of
               Aegypt
               ,
               nor
               the
               puissant
               Kings
               of
               Persia
               and
               Hungarie
               ,
               have
               beene
               able
               to
               maintaine
               themselves
               against
               this
               enemie
               ;
               who
               can
               but
               commend
               this
               honourable
               State
               ,
               for
               their
               warinesse
               ,
               and
               moderate
               carriage
               ?
            
             
               For
               howsoever
               of
               custome
               ,
               for
               affectation
               ,
               or
               admiration
               we
               carry
               to
               Antiquity
               ,
               we
               use
               to
               extenuate
               things
               present
               ,
               and
               (
               like
               old
               men
               )
               we
               fashion
               our selves
               to
               extoll
               the
               ages
               past
               ,
               and
               complaine
               of
               times
               :
               yet
               if
               we
               will
               speake
               
               without
               partiality
               ,
               we
               must
               needs
               confesse
               ,
               that
               never
               since
               the
               worlds
               first
               creation
               in
               any
               age
               was
               there
               found
               a
               body
               of
               warre
               so
               politickly
               devised
               ,
               so
               strongly
               cemented
               ,
               and
               so
               severely
               disciplined
               as
               is
               this
               ,
               for
               greatnesse
               and
               powerfulnesse
               .
            
             
               Which
               the
               effects
               thereof
               may
               well
               witnesse
               ,
               with
               the
               fortunate
               successe
               of
               continuall
               victory
               .
               I
               may
               not
               stand
               hereto
               recount
               the
               extreme
               diligence
               and
               circumspection
               of
               Ottoman
               ,
               the
               first
               raiser
               and
               founder
               of
               this
               Empire
               ;
               nor
               the
               wily
               wit
               and
               cunning
               of
               his
               sonne
               and
               successor
               Orchanes
               ,
               who
               first
               passed
               his
               Turkish
               forces
               into
               Europe
               ,
               after
               he
               had
               taken
               Prusia
               from
               the
               Greeks
               ,
               and
               subdued
               Carmania
               :
               nor
               yet
               the
               wisdome
               and
               dexterity
               of
               Amurath
               ,
               in
               espying
               of
               advantages
               ,
               and
               prosecuting
               of
               them
               :
               Nor
               will
               I
               make
               any
               long
               discourse
               to
               intreat
               of
               Bajacet
               ,
               who
               conquered
               Bulgaria
               ,
               and
               destroyed
               Bosnia
               :
               neither
               of
               Amurath
               the
               second
               ,
               who
               in
               person
               fought
               six
               and
               thirty
               battels
               ,
               and
               in
               all
               departed
               Conquerour
               :
               And
               yet
               his
               sonne
               Mahumet
               the
               second
               exceeded
               him
               ,
               and
               all
               before
               him
               .
               Equall
               to
               him
               was
               Selim
               the
               first
               ,
               who
               in
               eight
               yeares
               razed
               and
               extirpated
               the
               whole
               Empire
               of
               the
               Mamelukes
               ,
               defeated
               two
               Sultans
               ,
               and
               adjoyned
               to
               the
               purchases
               of
               his
               predecessors
               
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 Cerenaica
              
               ,
               and
               Syria
               ,
               a
               good
               part
               of
               Arabia
               ,
               and
               all
               that
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Syrtes
               of
               Aegypt
               and
               Euphrates
               .
               And
               more
               than
               this
               ,
               did
               in
               a
               pitched
               field
               overthrow
               the
               Sophy
               of
               Persia.
               The
               memory
               of
               Soliman
               is
               yet
               fresh
               ,
               who
               for
               Armes
               was
               no
               whit
               inferiour
               to
               his
               ancestors
               ,
               but
               for
               gravity
               ,
               constancie
               ,
               civill
               carriage
               ,
               and
               fidelity
               of
               his
               word
               ,
               went
               beyond
               them
               all
               .
               He
               wan
               the
               Island
               of
               the
               Rhodes
               from
               the
               Knights
               of
               S.
               
                 Iohn
                 of
                 Ierusalem
              
               ,
               tooke
               Belgrade
               from
               the
               Hungarians
               ,
               with
               a
               great
               part
               of
               that
               Kingdome
               ;
               and
               from
               the
               
                 Persians
                 Babylon
              
               ,
               and
               Dyerbecha
               ,
               the
               two
               maine
               fortresses
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Empire
               in
               those
               quarters
               .
               All
               which
               notwithstanding
               this
               honourable
               State
               ,
               having
               both
               before
               them
               ,
               and
               on
               both
               their
               skirts
               this
               so-powerfull
               an
               enemy
               ,
               covering
               both
               Sea
               and
               Land
               with
               his
               forces
               ,
               have
               to
               this
               day
               by
               their
               provident
               wisdome
               ,
               so
               governed
               
               their
               affaires
               ,
               that
               in
               despight
               of
               him
               they
               have
               hitherto
               maintained
               themselves
               not
               onely
               in
               liberty
               ,
               but
               also
               in
               prosperity
               and
               reputation
               of
               greatnesse
               .
            
             
               His
               last
               neighbour
               is
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               
               betweene
               whom
               there
               is
               no
               great
               difference
               ,
               you
               shall
               heare
               the
               Spaniard
               say
               ,
               that
               the
               Kings
               revenues
               (
               they
               meane
               those
               of
               Europe
               only
               )
               exceed
               the
               Turkish
               :
               for
               he
               receiveth
               more
               than
               foure
               millions
               out
               of
               his
               Provinces
               of
               Italy
               and
               Sicilie
               ,
               two
               and
               upward
               out
               of
               Portugal
               ,
               and
               three
               from
               the
               Indies
               ,
               one
               yeare
               with
               another
               .
               In
               these
               onely
               he
               equallizeth
               the
               Turke
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               ordinary
               revenues
               of
               
                 Castile
                 ,
                 Arragon
              
               ,
               and
               Belgia
               he
               farre
               exceeds
               him
               .
               But
               what
               can
               you
               finde
               (
               say
               some
               men
               )
               to
               compare
               to
               his
               Timars
               ?
               First
               I
               answer
               ,
               that
               as
               the
               Kings
               revenues
               are
               farre
               greater
               than
               the
               Turks
               ;
               so
               also
               his
               Subsidies
               which
               he
               levieth
               extraordinarily
               (
               of
               late
               times
               for
               the
               most
               part
               turned
               into
               ordinary
               ,
               as
               his
               Croisados
               )
               doe
               amount
               to
               as
               much
               as
               the
               entire
               profits
               of
               some
               whole
               Kingdome
               .
               His
               tenths
               of
               the
               spirituall
               livings
               ,
               are
               able
               to
               maintaine
               one
               hundred
               strong
               Gallies
               :
               his
               eicheats
               in
               Spaine
               and
               Naples
               ,
               bring
               more
               into
               his
               Coffers
               than
               a
               man
               would
               thinke
               .
               His
               benevolences
               and
               presents
               sent
               him
               from
               
                 Naples
                 ,
                 Sicily
                 ,
                 Sardinia
                 ,
                 Millan
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               New-world
               ,
               are
               infinite
               and
               magnificent
               .
               Not
               long
               since
               Castile
               granted
               a
               contribution
               of
               eight
               millions
               of
               gold
               to
               be
               paid
               in
               foure
               yeares
               ,
               which
               summe
               amounteth
               to
               the
               Turks
               whole
               Revenue
               of
               one
               yeare
               .
               What
               should
               I
               speake
               of
               his
               Commendams
               of
               the
               orders
               of
               
                 Montegia
                 ,
                 Calatravia
                 ,
                 Alcantara
              
               ,
               and
               S.
               Iames
               ,
               which
               were
               enough
               ,
               if
               he
               had
               nought
               else
               to
               suffice
               him
               :
               he
               is
               great
               Master
               of
               the
               said
               orders
               ,
               and
               thereby
               hath
               meanes
               to
               advance
               and
               enrich
               his
               servants
               ,
               whomsoever
               he
               pleaseth
               ,
               as
               freely
               as
               if
               he
               were
               King
               of
               France
               and
               Poland
               .
               Also
               in
               Spaine
               he
               keepeth
               three
               thousand
               good
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               as
               many
               in
               Flanders
               ;
               in
               Millan
               foure
               hundred
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               and
               a
               thousand
               light-horse
               :
               in
               Naples
               fifteene
               hundred
               men
               at
               Armes
               ,
               and
               a
               great
               company
               of
               light-armed
               Italians
               .
               The
               number
               of
               his
               souldierie
               in
               Sicily
               is
               one
               thousand
               five
               hundred
               .
               Neither
               are
               his
               feodaries
               lightly
               to
               bee
               
               esteemed
               ,
               who
               upon
               necessity
               are
               bound
               by
               their
               tenures
               ,
               at
               their
               owne
               charges
               to
               serve
               personally
               in
               the
               field
               ,
               especially
               if
               you
               consider
               their
               numbers
               ,
               wherein
               are
               reckoned
               three
               and
               twenty
               Dukes
               ,
               two
               and
               thirty
               Marquesses
               ,
               nine
               and
               forty
               Viscounts
               ,
               seven
               Archbishops
               ,
               (
               for
               they
               likewise
               in
               this
               case
               are
               bound
               to
               contribute
               ,
               as
               the
               great
               Lay-Lords
               )
               three
               and
               thirty
               Bishops
               .
               And
               in
               Naples
               fourteene
               Princes
               ,
               five
               and
               twenty
               Dukes
               ,
               seven
               and
               thirty
               Marquesses
               ,
               foure
               and
               fifty
               Earles
               ,
               foure
               hundred
               forty
               eight
               Barons
               ,
               to
               speake
               nothing
               of
               
                 Portugal
                 ,
                 Sicily
                 ,
                 Sardinia
              
               ,
               and
               Millan
               .
               Lastly
               ,
               you
               must
               note
               ,
               that
               these
               troopes
               to
               whom
               the
               Turke
               granteth
               these
               Timars
               ,
               are
               not
               so
               renowned
               for
               their
               valour
               ,
               as
               for
               their
               number
               :
               For
               the
               Timars
               and
               profits
               of
               their
               Villages
               and
               possessions
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               greedy
               desire
               of
               enriching
               themselves
               with
               the
               demaines
               of
               their
               Farmes
               ,
               hath
               bred
               such
               love
               of
               ease
               and
               peace
               in
               their
               mindes
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               growne
               cowardly
               and
               base
               minded
               ;
               by
               their
               good
               wills
               hating
               the
               travels
               of
               warre
               and
               journeyes
               ,
               and
               marching
               with
               a
               greater
               desire
               of
               returning
               home
               to
               enjoy
               the
               pleasures
               of
               their
               Gardens
               ,
               and
               the
               plenty
               of
               their
               Granges
               ,
               than
               with
               stomacks
               to
               cope
               with
               their
               adversaries
               ,
               or
               to
               enrich
               themselves
               by
               hazard
               .
               For
               if
               by
               a
               little
               pillage
               ,
               fierce
               and
               valiant
               Souldiers
               have
               become
               cowards
               ,
               and
               men
               of
               small
               service
               ;
               what
               will
               faire
               possessions
               ,
               a
               pleasant
               seat
               ,
               a
               rich
               dairy
               ,
               and
               wife
               and
               children
               left
               behind
               ,
               bring
               to
               passe
               ?
               I
               may
               well
               say
               ,
               and
               say
               truly
               ,
               that
               these
               Timariots
               are
               fitter
               to
               bridle
               and
               keepe
               under
               the
               subdued
               Provinces
               ,
               than
               to
               fight
               in
               field
               against
               armed
               Nations
               :
               and
               to
               this
               use
               it
               is
               good
               policy
               to
               maintaine
               them
               .
               For
               who
               knoweth
               not
               that
               the
               Turkish
               subjects
               doe
               hate
               his
               Government
               ,
               his
               Religion
               and
               Tyranny
               ?
               For
               Religion
               onely
               ,
               the
               Moores
               and
               Arabians
               ,
               who
               differ
               in
               opinion
               :
               and
               for
               Religion
               and
               Tyranny
               ,
               the
               Christians
               ,
               who
               make
               more
               than
               two
               third
               parts
               of
               his
               Subjects
               .
               For
               jealousie
               hereof
               ,
               hee
               is
               forced
               to
               keepe
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               these
               troops
               at
               home
               ,
               unlesse
               hee
               should
               lay
               naked
               his
               estates
               to
               infinite
               casualties
               .
               To
               speake
               in
               a
               word
               ,
               his
               Cavalrie
               is
               so
               farre
               and
               wide
               dispersed
               thorowout
               
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               that
               they
               cannot
               easily
               be
               drawne
               to
               any
               famous
               journey
               in
               great
               numbers
               ,
               without
               losse
               of
               long
               time
               ;
               neither
               are
               they
               able
               to
               stay
               long
               from
               their
               houses
               ,
               but
               they
               will
               fall
               into
               diseases
               and
               extremities
               :
               so
               that
               if
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               had
               no
               other
               aids
               neerer
               hand
               but
               these
               Timariots
               ,
               hee
               might
               happen
               to
               make
               very
               many
               unfortunate
               journeyes
               .
            
             
               The
               experience
               offore-passed
               exploits
               ,
               doth
               well
               shew
               the
               difference
               of
               their
               severall
               forces
               .
               The
               losse
               of
               the
               Spanish
               Fleet
               at
               Zerby
               ,
               may
               bee
               put
               in
               the
               balance
               against
               the
               Turkish
               flight
               from
               Malta
               .
               The
               losse
               of
               Goletta
               ,
               against
               the
               taking
               of
               the
               Rocke
               of
               
                 Velez
                 .
                 Tunis
              
               is
               alwaies
               to
               be
               taken
               at
               his
               pleasure
               ,
               who
               hath
               a
               liking
               thereto
               .
               The
               Spanish
               King
               never
               enterprized
               any
               sole
               journey
               against
               the
               Turke
               ;
               but
               he
               hath
               valiantly
               defended
               his
               owne
               at
               Malta
               and
               Oran
               .
               I
               will
               speake
               nothing
               of
               the
               defeature
               at
               Lepanto
               ,
               for
               other
               Princes
               had
               their
               shares
               therein
               .
            
             
               A
               treaty
               of
               truce
               was
               mentioned
               betweene
               both
               Princes
               not
               many
               yeares
               since
               ,
               and
               equally
               accepted
               of
               both
               parties
               .
               For
               the
               one
               was
               invested
               in
               the
               Warre
               of
               Persia
               ,
               the
               other
               in
               the
               commotions
               of
               the
               Low
               Countries
               .
               These
               Warres
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               remote
               distances
               ,
               were
               extreme
               chargeable
               to
               both
               Princes
               ,
               but
               worser
               to
               the
               King
               than
               to
               the
               Turke
               :
               for
               although
               Persia
               be
               farre
               from
               Constantinople
               (
               from
               whence
               the
               principall
               smewes
               of
               the
               warre
               were
               to
               bee
               drawne
               )
               yet
               it
               bordereth
               upon
               Mesopotamia
               and
               other
               subdued
               Provinces
               ,
               from
               whence
               his
               Armies
               were
               supplied
               with
               provisions
               and
               treasures
               ,
               but
               Belgia
               is
               farre
               distant
               from
               any
               part
               of
               the
               Spanish
               Dominions
               .
               The
               Turke
               hath
               to
               doe
               with
               the
               Persian
               (
               a
               State
               without
               any
               mighty
               confederate
               worth
               speaking
               of
               )
               but
               the
               King
               was
               ingaged
               in
               a
               warre
               (
               of
               greatest
               difficulty
               )
               favoured
               by
               the
               English
               ,
               the
               French
               ,
               and
               the
               Germans
               ,
               Nations
               severally
               equall
               in
               all
               points
               to
               the
               Persian
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               those
               Countries
               which
               the
               Turkes
               terme
               Romania
               .
            
             
               ANd
               now
               that
               we
               have
               runne
               over
               the
               spacious
               Provinces
               of
               this
               mighty
               ,
               rich
               ,
               and
               dreadfull
               Potentate
               ;
               we
               will
               also
               in
               some
               sort
               ,
               to
               the
               pleasure
               of
               the
               Reader
               ,
               relate
               many
               the
               particulars
               of
               those
               good
               and
               ancient
               Regions
               ,
               which
               at
               this
               day
               this
               Saracenicall
               Nation
               termeth
               by
               the
               names
               of
               Romania
               and
               
                 Natolia
                 .
                 Romania
              
               at
               this
               day
               is
               taken
               for
               that
               part
               of
               Christendome
               which
               was
               anciently
               called
               Grecia
               ,
               and
               containeth
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Thrace
               ,
               with
               his
               Chersonesus
               vulgarly
               ,
               the
               streight
               of
               
                 Gallipoli
                 ,
                 Macedon
                 ,
                 Epyre
              
               ,
               now
               
                 Albania
                 ;
                 Achaia
              
               ,
               now
               
                 Livadia
                 ;
                 Peloponnesus
              
               ,
               now
               Morea
               ;
               and
               the
               Iland
               of
               the
               Archipelago
               .
            
             
               Untill
               the
               comming
               of
               Cyrus
               King
               of
               Persia
               ,
               these
               Provinces
               remained
               in
               freedome
               ,
               but
               of
               all
               others
               he
               first
               gave
               them
               the
               yoke
               of
               subjection
               .
               After
               him
               Xerxes
               the
               sonne
               of
               Darius
               ,
               with
               the
               succeeding
               Princes
               of
               Persia
               ,
               did
               no
               lesse
               afflict
               them
               .
               When
               their
               turne
               was
               past
               ,
               Philip
               King
               of
               Macedon
               acted
               his
               part
               ,
               and
               united
               them
               under
               his
               owne
               Dominion
               ,
               untill
               the
               daies
               of
               Perseus
               ,
               whom
               the
               Romans
               subdued
               and
               subjected
               .
               But
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               being
               divided
               into
               the
               East
               and
               West
               ,
               the
               Grecians
               beganne
               their
               Empire
               under
               Constantine
               the
               Great
               ,
               and
               ruled
               honourably
               many
               ages
               ,
               untill
               the
               descent
               ,
               first
               of
               the
               Goths
               ,
               secondly
               of
               the
               Bulgars
               ,
               thirdly
               of
               the
               Sarazens
               ,
               and
               lastly
               of
               the
               Turks
               ,
               who
               slew
               their
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               seized
               on
               the
               Empire
               .
               Who
               at
               this
               day
               (
               except
               some
               Relikes
               ,
               remaining
               under
               the
               Venetian
               Dominion
               )
               possesse
               the
               greatest
               part
               thereof
               ,
               as
               well
               upon
               the
               Continent
               as
               in
               the
               Ilands
               .
               Those
               that
               are
               under
               the
               Venetian
               jurisdiction
               (
               saith
               Bellonius
               )
               little
               differ
               ,
               especially
               in
               Religion
               ,
               from
               those
               that
               are
               tributary
               to
               the
               Turke
               :
               for
               both
               sorts
               being
               mingled
               ,
               those
               that
               are
               subject
               to
               the
               Turks
               ,
               live
               like
               the
               Turks
               ;
               and
               those
               that
               live
               under
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               doe
               as
               doe
               the
               Venetians
               .
               So
               unspeakable
               is
               the
               rudenesse
               of
               either
               ,
               that
               through
               all
               their
               Cities
               you
               shall
               
               not
               finde
               a
               Schoole
               to
               instruct
               their
               youth
               .
               Promiscuously
               all
               speake
               the
               Greeke
               tongue
               corrupted
               from
               the
               ancient
               ,
               but
               some
               better
               than
               others
               .
               The
               Burghers
               subject
               to
               the
               Italians
               ,
               speake
               Italian
               as
               well
               as
               Greeke
               ,
               but
               the
               Villagois
               altogether
               Greeke
               .
               And
               so
               the
               Grecians
               which
               are
               subject
               to
               the
               Turke
               ,
               in
               Cities
               speake
               Turkish
               and
               Greeke
               ;
               the
               Villagois
               onely
               Greeke
               ;
               and
               in
               places
               of
               Trafficke
               they
               borrow
               one
               from
               another
               ,
               according
               as
               their
               businesse
               is
               with
               those
               with
               whom
               they
               negociate
               .
               And
               as
               they
               differ
               in
               language
               ,
               so
               doe
               they
               in
               attire
               .
               Those
               that
               serve
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               goe
               apparelled
               like
               Venetians
               ;
               those
               that
               live
               under
               the
               Turke
               ,
               like
               Turkes
               .
               Both
               the
               Ilanders
               and
               those
               that
               live
               on
               the
               Continent
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               Europe
               as
               in
               Asia
               ,
               although
               subject
               to
               Turkie
               ,
               keepe
               their
               ancient
               Christian
               faith
               .
               Long
               agoe
               they
               rejected
               the
               primacy
               of
               the
               Latine
               Church
               ,
               and
               elected
               to
               themselves
               Patriarches
               ,
               whom
               they
               acknowledge
               for
               their
               chiefe
               Pastors
               ,
               and
               have
               appointed
               them
               their
               severall
               Sees
               .
               Whom
               not
               onely
               the
               Grecians
               thus
               obey
               ,
               but
               likewise
               all
               those
               Provinces
               which
               follow
               the
               Greek
               Church
               ,
               as
               
                 Circassia
                 ,
                 Walachia
                 ,
                 Bulgaria
                 ,
                 Moscovia
                 ,
                 Russia
                 ,
              
               the
               better
               part
               of
               
                 Polonia
                 ,
                 Mongrelia
                 ,
                 Bosnia
                 ,
                 Albania
                 ,
                 Sclavonia
                 ,
              
               some
               part
               of
               
                 Tartarie
                 ,
                 Syria
                 ,
                 Croatia
              
               ,
               and
               generally
               all
               the
               Provinces
               about
               the
               Euxine
               Sea.
               In
               number
               they
               are
               foure
               ,
               viz.
               the
               Patriarks
               of
               
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 Alexandria
                 ,
                 Ierusalem
              
               ,
               and
               Antioch
               .
            
             
               Of
               these
               ,
               the
               Patriarch
               of
               Constantinople
               is
               Primate
               ;
               
               sitteth
               in
               Constantinople
               ,
               and
               chiefly
               moderateth
               over
               the
               Caloieri
               ,
               (
               so
               are
               the
               Greeke
               Priests
               termed
               )
               which
               reside
               in
               Mount
               Athos
               ,
               and
               generally
               over
               all
               Christians
               ,
               professing
               the
               rites
               of
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               thorowout
               Europe
               ;
               and
               for
               the
               Monasteries
               of
               Mount
               Athos
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               dispersed
               over
               Europe
               ,
               he
               paieth
               the
               Turke
               yearely
               12000.
               ducats
               .
            
             
               The
               Patriarch
               of
               Alexandria
               moderateth
               in
               Aegypt
               and
               Arabia
               ,
               and
               his
               dwelling
               places
               in
               Memphis
               and
               Cair
               ,
               
               are
               not
               much
               inferiour
               to
               his
               of
               Constantinople
               .
            
             
               The
               Patriarch
               of
               Ierusalem
               absolutely
               moderateth
               in
               Iudea
               ,
               
               &
               overall
               Professors
               of
               the
               Greeke
               Religion
               thorowout
               
               Syria
               .
               And
               must
               of
               necessity
               every
               yeare
               ,
               on
               the
               fifteenth
               day
               of
               August
               ,
               efficiate
               at
               the
               solemne
               Service
               in
               the
               Monastery
               situated
               upon
               Mount
               Libanus
               .
            
             
               The
               Patriarch
               of
               Antioch
               precedeth
               in
               those
               Monasteries
               and
               Greeke
               Churches
               ,
               
               which
               are
               in
               
                 Beritus
                 ,
                 Tripolis
                 ,
                 Aleppo
              
               ,
               and
               other
               places
               of
               Asia
               .
               And
               in
               these
               places
               ,
               as
               in
               all
               other
               ,
               the
               Turke
               permitteth
               the
               Grecians
               to
               use
               their
               consciences
               freely
               ,
               so
               they
               performe
               their
               due
               and
               accustomed
               tributes
               .
            
             
               A
               Nation
               no
               lesse
               scattered
               than
               the
               Iew
               ,
               but
               infinitely
               more
               populous
               ;
               three
               parts
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               all
               Greece
               and
               Romania
               being
               Grecians
               ,
               besides
               those
               who
               dwell
               in
               the
               Ilands
               of
               the
               Mid-land
               Sea
               ,
               Propontis
               and
               Aegeum
               .
               Infinite
               numbers
               there
               are
               of
               them
               also
               in
               the
               lesse
               and
               greater
               .
               Asia
               ,
               and
               in
               Africa
               not
               a
               few
               .
               A
               people
               once
               so
               excellent
               ,
               that
               their
               precepts
               and
               examples
               doe
               still
               remaine
               as
               approved
               Canons
               to
               direct
               the
               minde
               that
               affecteth
               vertue
               :
               Admirable
               in
               Arts
               ,
               and
               glorious
               in
               Armes
               ,
               famous
               for
               Government
               ,
               and
               passionate
               affectors
               of
               freedome
               ;
               but
               now
               drowned
               in
               ignorance
               and
               contented
               slavery
               ,
               having
               (
               as
               it
               should
               seeme
               )
               utterly
               lost
               their
               mindes
               with
               their
               Empire
               .
               So
               base
               ,
               as
               to
               be
               imagined
               ,
               that
               they
               had
               rather
               remaine
               as
               they
               be
               ,
               than
               indure
               a
               temporary
               trouble
               to
               redeeme
               their
               pristinate
               estates
               ,
               delighting
               in
               nothing
               but
               in
               ease
               ,
               in
               shades
               ,
               in
               dancing
               and
               drinking
               .
            
             
               Thrace
               hath
               on
               the
               East
               the
               Euxine
               Sea
               ,
               
               the
               
                 Thracian
                 Bosphorus
                 ,
                 Propontis
              
               ,
               and
               Hellespont
               :
               on
               the
               North
               ,
               the
               Mount
               Hemus
               ;
               upon
               the
               West
               ,
               the
               higher
               Mysia
               ,
               and
               part
               of
               Macedon
               ;
               on
               the
               South
               ,
               the
               Archipelago
               .
               It
               is
               a
               most
               Noble
               Province
               ,
               cold
               ,
               plaine
               ,
               and
               admirable
               populous
               ,
               stored
               with
               Graine
               ,
               Pulse
               ,
               and
               excellent
               Wine
               towards
               the
               Sea-side
               :
               but
               towards
               the
               up-land
               (
               lying
               more
               subject
               to
               cold
               )
               it
               is
               not
               so
               fertile
               nor
               wooddy
               .
            
             
               In
               it
               stands
               many
               goodly
               Cities
               :
               
                 Philipopolis
                 ,
                 Nicopolis
                 ,
                 Hadrianopolis
              
               ,
               and
               amongst
               many
               other
               Constantinopolis
               ,
               by
               Heaven
               erected
               to
               be
               the
               head
               of
               an
               Empire
               ;
               as
               the
               onely
               seat
               which
               the
               
                 Romans
                 ,
                 Greekes
              
               ,
               and
               now
               the
               Turks
               ,
               have
               
               chosen
               and
               reputed
               to
               be
               most
               commodiously
               seated
               ,
               not
               for
               the
               government
               onely
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               but
               as
               they
               conceit
               of
               the
               whole
               world
               .
            
             
               Gallipolis
               is
               another
               famous
               portion
               thereof
               :
               
               I
               will
               not
               stand
               to
               describe
               these
               trivials
               ,
               yet
               is
               it
               a
               place
               of
               great
               moment
               ,
               and
               therein
               resideth
               a
               Governour
               ,
               or
               Lord
               Admirall
               ,
               without
               whose
               licence
               no
               ship
               of
               what
               Country
               soever
               may
               passe
               the
               streight
               ,
               but
               he
               must
               there
               cast
               Anchor
               at
               least
               for
               three
               dayes
               ,
               untill
               the
               Turkes
               have
               made
               full
               search
               ,
               whether
               they
               transport
               any
               slaves
               or
               prohibited
               wares
               by
               stealth
               ,
               or
               no.
               
            
             
               Next
               followeth
               Macedon
               ,
               a
               fertile
               region
               inclosed
               with
               hils
               ,
               and
               neere
               the
               Ionian
               sea
               ,
               plaine
               and
               woodie
               .
               
               That
               it
               was
               once
               the
               Empresse
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               it
               is
               well
               knowne
               ,
               but
               at
               this
               day
               it
               is
               Turkish
               ,
               and
               without
               any
               famous
               Cities
               ,
               save
               in
               a
               peece
               of
               Albania
               .
               In
               it
               is
               nothing
               memorable
               but
               the
               Mount
               Athos
               ,
               or
               the
               holy
               Mount.
               It
               is
               75.
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               three
               dayes
               journey
               long
               ,
               and
               halfe
               a
               dayes
               journey
               broad
               ,
               resembling
               the
               shape
               of
               a
               man
               lying
               with
               his
               face
               upward
               ,
               whose
               highest
               Cone
               ,
               alwayes
               covered
               with
               snow
               ,
               is
               seene
               thirtie
               miles
               off
               at
               Sea.
               It
               is
               exceeding
               fertile
               in
               Grasse
               ,
               Fruit
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               and
               Wine
               .
               Long
               agoe
               it
               was
               dedicated
               in
               honour
               of
               Saint
               Basile
               to
               the
               Greeke
               Caloieri
               ,
               and
               endowed
               with
               privileges
               ,
               which
               at
               this
               day
               it
               enjoyeth
               by
               the
               Turkes
               good
               favour
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               that
               no
               man
               neither
               Grecian
               nor
               Turke
               may
               inhabit
               in
               this
               place
               ,
               except
               he
               be
               a
               Priest.
               So
               that
               their
               number
               in
               these
               dayes
               are
               about
               six
               thousand
               ,
               dispersed
               into
               twentie
               and
               foure
               Monasteries
               ,
               ancient
               and
               warlike
               ,
               so
               built
               for
               feare
               of
               theeves
               and
               pyrats
               ,
               although
               there
               be
               no
               such
               great
               cause
               .
               In
               these
               Monasteries
               are
               many
               relickes
               ,
               which
               cause
               great
               concourse
               of
               people
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               stately
               built
               ,
               and
               richly
               adorned
               .
            
             
               This
               hill
               is
               in
               as
               great
               request
               with
               the
               Grecians
               for
               their
               sanctimonious
               strictnesse
               of
               life
               ,
               as
               is
               Rome
               with
               the
               Latines
               ;
               yea
               ,
               the
               Turks
               themselves
               doe
               send
               hither
               many
               bountifull
               almes
               .
               None
               of
               them
               live
               idly
               ,
               but
               must
               doe
               somewhat
               ,
               and
               so
               doe
               daily
               for
               the
               oeconomike
               of
               the
               house
               ;
               as
               to
               
               dresse
               Vines
               ,
               fell
               Timber
               ;
               yea
               to
               build
               ships
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               mechanicall
               labours
               .
               They
               are
               poorely
               clad
               ,
               like
               Hermits
               ,
               neither
               weare
               they
               shirts
               of
               Linnen
               ,
               but
               Woollen
               ;
               and
               them
               they
               spin
               ,
               and
               sow
               themselves
               ,
               never
               giving
               themselves
               to
               studie
               :
               and
               that
               more
               is
               ,
               many
               of
               them
               can
               neither
               write
               nor
               read
               .
               And
               yet
               notwithstanding
               ,
               if
               any
               man
               have
               occasion
               to
               journey
               by
               their
               houses
               ,
               he
               shall
               ,
               if
               he
               please
               ,
               finde
               viands
               scot-free
               ,
               according
               to
               his
               calling
               .
            
             
               Epyre
               ,
               
               now
               Albania
               ,
               was
               once
               a
               very
               famous
               Province
               ,
               as
               witnesseth
               
                 P.
                 Aemilius
              
               .
               It
               had
               in
               it
               seventie
               Cities
               ,
               now
               destroyed
               ,
               and
               turned
               into
               ruines
               ,
               or
               Villages
               ,
               meanly
               inhabited
               .
               For
               the
               most
               part
               it
               is
               woodie
               ,
               and
               barren
               ,
               but
               neere
               the
               sea
               ,
               fertile
               and
               adorned
               with
               very
               beautifull
               havens
               .
            
             
               Achaia
               is
               a
               very
               goodly
               Region
               ,
               
               as
               may
               be
               gathered
               by
               the
               goodly
               Cities
               ,
               which
               therein
               once
               flourished
               (
               viz.
               )
               
                 Delphos
                 ,
                 Thebes
                 ,
                 Athens
                 ,
                 Megara
                 ,
              
               &
               many
               moe
               now
               destroyed
               .
            
             
               So
               is
               Peloponnesus
               ,
               
               termed
               by
               Plinie
               the
               bulwarke
               of
               Greece
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               all
               things
               that
               man
               can
               desire
               ,
               either
               for
               life
               or
               pleasure
               .
               And
               although
               the
               ancient
               Cities
               be
               now
               defaced
               ,
               yet
               is
               it
               for
               quantitie
               ,
               the
               best
               peopled
               part
               of
               Greece
               .
               It
               is
               now
               under
               the
               Turke
               ,
               and
               counted
               the
               best
               Sangiak-ship
               in
               Turkie
               ,
               as
               bound
               to
               bring
               at
               the
               commandment
               of
               the
               Beglerbeg
               of
               Greece
               ,
               one
               thousand
               horsemen
               under
               his
               owne
               pay
               .
               It
               is
               worth
               yearely
               fourteene
               Ducats
               .
               The
               Ilands
               adjoyning
               unto
               these
               large
               continents
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               discourse
               of
               :
               for
               as
               they
               are
               diverse
               in
               worth
               and
               estimation
               ,
               so
               are
               they
               many
               in
               number
               ,
               and
               (
               for
               the
               most
               part
               )
               not
               worthy
               relation
               .
            
             
               Dalmatia
               ,
               
               is
               at
               this
               day
               divided
               into
               
                 Sclavonia
                 ,
                 Dalmatia
              
               and
               
                 Albania
                 .
                 Sclavonia
              
               lieth
               upon
               the
               West
               ,
               Albania
               upon
               the
               East
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               middle
               ,
               Dalmatia
               .
               In
               all
               fertilitie
               it
               is
               as
               good
               as
               Italy
               .
               Of
               a
               Countrie
               first
               wasted
               by
               
                 Caesar
                 Augustus
              
               ;
               secondly
               by
               the
               Gothes
               ;
               thirdly
               by
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               at
               this
               day
               shared
               amongst
               three
               such
               Lords
               ,
               as
               are
               the
               Venetians
               ,
               the
               Turke
               ,
               and
               the
               Emperour
               ;
               it
               may
               be
               said
               to
               be
               reasonable
               well
               inhabited
               .
               And
               so
               it
               is
               having
               many
               fine
               Cities
               in
               it
               ,
               as
               
                 Iadera
                 ,
                 Ragusa
                 ,
                 &c.
              
               
               Howbeit
               ,
               that
               part
               
               which
               is
               subject
               to
               the
               Turke
               ,
               lieth
               almost
               desart
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               continuall
               inrodes
               .
            
             
               Bossina
               ,
               or
               
                 Maesia
                 superior
              
               ,
               is
               also
               a
               parcell
               of
               Illyria
               ,
               
               and
               erected
               into
               a
               Turkish
               Beglerbeg-ship
               ,
               having
               under
               it
               nine
               
                 Sangiaks
                 .
                 Servia
              
               ,
               now
               Rascia
               ,
               lieth
               between
               Bosnia
               and
               Bulgaria
               ;
               
               it
               was
               taken
               by
               the
               Turke
               1438.
               and
               reduced
               into
               a
               Sangiak-ship
               under
               the
               Beglerbeg
               of
               
                 Buda
                 .
                 Bulgaria
              
               ,
               
               which
               some
               take
               for
               the
               lower
               Maesia
               ,
               is
               so
               famous
               a
               Province
               ,
               that
               the
               Turkish
               Emperour
               hath
               erected
               it
               for
               the
               cheife
               Seat
               of
               the
               Beglerbeg
               of
               Europe
               ;
               under
               whose
               command
               are
               twentie
               and
               one
               Sangiaks
               .
            
             
               Valachia
               containeth
               the
               two
               Provinces
               of
               Moldavia
               and
               Transalpina
               .
               
               Valachia
               is
               a
               plaine
               and
               fertile
               Countrey
               smally
               inhabited
               ,
               and
               destitute
               of
               fire-wood
               ;
               but
               stored
               with
               excellent
               Horse
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               Mines
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               ,
               if
               the
               people
               durst
               dig
               them
               for
               feare
               of
               the
               Turkes
               .
               It
               is
               500.
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               120.
               broad
               .
               It
               hath
               one
               Archbishop
               ,
               and
               two
               Bishops
               ,
               and
               is
               more
               populous
               than
               Moldavia
               .
               They
               speake
               both
               one
               language
               ,
               being
               almost
               halfe
               Italian
               .
               This
               Countrey
               and
               Moldavia
               are
               plagued
               with
               three
               bad
               neighbours
               ,
               
               viz.
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               and
               the
               Cassoks
               .
               They
               follow
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               ,
               and
               in
               matters
               of
               Religion
               obey
               the
               Patriarch
               of
               Constantinople
               .
               They
               are
               the
               same
               which
               in
               ancient
               times
               were
               called
               Daci
               .
               The
               Turks
               have
               often
               attempted
               with
               their
               mightiest
               powers
               to
               have
               made
               a
               small
               conquest
               of
               these
               Provinces
               ,
               but
               they
               have
               hitherto
               bin
               valiantly
               resisted
               ,
               and
               repulsed
               ,
               partly
               by
               the
               Natives
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               the
               
                 Polonians
                 ,
                 Transylvanians
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Cassoks
               ,
               in
               dislike
               of
               each
               others
               bad
               neighbourhood
               .
               Yet
               is
               it
               tributarie
               to
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               ,
               and
               payeth
               him
               yearely
               twentie
               foure
               thousand
               Chechini
               .
            
             
               Moldavia
               ,
               being
               in
               a
               manner
               round
               is
               almost
               300.
               
               
               English
               miles
               over
               every
               way
               .
               It
               hath
               two
               Archbishopricks
               ,
               and
               two
               Bishopricks
               ,
               and
               is
               exceeding
               fertile
               in
               Corne
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               Grasse
               ,
               and
               Wood.
               It
               affordeth
               great
               plentie
               of
               Beefe
               and
               Mutton
               ,
               and
               therwith
               feedeth
               Polonia
               ,
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               &
               the
               populous
               citie
               of
               Constantinople
               .
               A
               great
               &
               fat
               Oxe
               
               in
               this
               Country
               is
               valued
               but
               at
               thirtie
               shillings
               ,
               a
               Sheepe
               at
               three
               shillings
               .
               The
               tenth
               whereof
               (
               which
               of
               duty
               is
               yearely
               payed
               to
               the
               Prince
               )
               amounteth
               to
               150000.
               
               The
               Clergie
               and
               Gentrie
               (
               for
               they
               alwayes
               can
               make
               best
               shift
               for
               themselves
               )
               contribute
               no
               parcell
               hereof
               .
               It
               hath
               a
               small
               River
               passing
               thorow
               the
               Country
               ,
               and
               falleth
               into
               Danubius
               ,
               neere
               unto
               Gallatz
               ,
               called
               Pruta
               ,
               the
               water
               whereof
               (
               as
               also
               of
               Danubius
               )
               is
               unwholsome
               to
               drinke
               ,
               for
               it
               causeth
               the
               body
               to
               swell
               .
               In
               1609.
               certaine
               English
               Gentlemen
               travelling
               240.
               miles
               in
               this
               Country
               ,
               could
               meet
               but
               with
               nine
               Towns
               and
               Villages
               in
               all
               the
               way
               ,
               and
               yet
               for
               above
               a
               hundred
               miles
               space
               together
               ,
               the
               Grasse
               groweth
               at
               least
               one
               yard
               high
               ,
               and
               rotteth
               every
               yeare
               upon
               the
               ground
               for
               want
               of
               Cattell
               and
               manurance
               .
               On
               the
               East
               ,
               it
               hath
               the
               black
               Sea
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               Podalia
               :
               on
               the
               North
               the
               Tartars
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               South
               the
               Danubie
               ,
               and
               the
               Country
               of
               Bulgaria
               .
               It
               payeth
               yearely
               unto
               the
               Great
               Turke
               by
               way
               of
               Tribute
               3200.
               
               Chechini
               ,
               besides
               one
               thousand
               horses
               ,
               sent
               yearely
               unto
               Constantinople
               for
               a
               present
               ,
               from
               both
               these
               Princes
               ,
               of
               Moldavia
               ,
               and
               Valachia
               .
               It
               also
               payeth
               tribute
               to
               the
               Polander
               ,
               but
               how
               much
               I
               cannot
               shew
               you
               .
            
             
               Therin
               dwell
               many
               
                 Armenians
                 ,
                 Iewes
                 ,
                 Hungarians
                 ,
                 Saxons
                 ,
              
               and
               Ragusians
               ,
               who
               forestall
               the
               whole
               traffick
               in
               those
               parts
               bartering
               their
               Corne
               and
               Wine
               into
               Russia
               and
               Polonia
               ,
               and
               their
               Skins
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               Hony
               ,
               powdered
               Beefe
               ,
               Butter
               and
               Pulse
               ,
               into
               Constantinople
               .
               The
               Malmesey
               likewise
               which
               is
               transported
               out
               of
               Creet
               into
               Poland
               and
               Germany
               ,
               is
               carried
               thorow
               this
               Country
               ,
               whereof
               the
               Vaivod
               receiveth
               a
               massie
               impost
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               those
               Countries
               which
               at
               this
               day
               the
               Turks
               terme
               Natolia
               .
            
             
               THat
               which
               the
               Turkes
               at
               this
               day
               terme
               Natolia
               ,
               or
               
                 Turcia
                 major
              
               ,
               once
               
                 Asia
                 minor
              
               ,
               comprehendeth
               the
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Pontus
                 ,
                 Bithynia
                 ,
                 Asia
              
               it selfe
               ,
               
                 Lycia
                 ,
                 Galacia
                 ,
                 Pamphylia
                 ,
                 Cappadocia
                 ,
                 Cilicia
                 ,
              
               and
               Armenia
               the
               lesse
               ;
               and
               in
               these
               
               Provinces
               of
               ancient
               times
               flourished
               the
               States
               and
               Kingdomes
               of
               the
               Trojans
               ,
               of
               Mithridates
               ,
               of
               Craesus
               ,
               of
               Antigonus
               ,
               of
               the
               Paphlagonians
               ,
               of
               the
               Galathians
               ,
               of
               the
               Cappadocians
               ,
               and
               Phrygians
               :
               All
               which
               at
               this
               day
               are
               not
               sufficient
               to
               satisfie
               the
               onely
               ambition
               of
               the
               Turkish
               tyranny
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               Mahumetans
               ,
               and
               naturall
               Turkes
               ,
               of
               simpler
               natures
               than
               the
               Turkes
               of
               Europe
               ,
               and
               nothing
               so
               cruell
               as
               the
               Renegado
               Christians
               .
               Yet
               are
               there
               many
               Christians
               among
               them
               in
               many
               of
               these
               Regions
               ,
               following
               the
               Rites
               of
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               .
               Among
               these
               Turkes
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               acknowledgement
               of
               Superioritie
               ,
               Bloud
               or
               Nobility
               ,
               but
               all
               are
               equall
               slaves
               to
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               ,
               over
               whom
               he
               appointeth
               Beglerbegs
               and
               Sanziaks
               .
               They
               are
               either
               a
               kinde
               of
               idle
               or
               lofty
               people
               ,
               for
               they
               are
               smally
               industrious
               ,
               and
               were
               it
               not
               for
               their
               slaves
               ,
               their
               grounds
               would
               generally
               lie
               unmanured
               .
            
             
               Pontus
               and
               Bithynia
               are
               now
               united
               under
               one
               name
               ,
               
               and
               called
               Bursia
               .
               Here
               once
               reigned
               the
               great
               King
               Mithridates
               ;
               and
               here
               stood
               the
               famous
               Cities
               of
               
                 Chalcedon
                 ,
                 Nicomedia
                 ,
                 Apamaea
                 ,
                 Prusia
                 ,
                 Nice
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Heraclea
                 Ponti
              
               .
            
             
               
                 Asia
                 propria
              
               ,
               now
               Sabrun
               ,
               
               is
               the
               peculiar
               Province
               of
               
                 Asia
                 minor
              
               ,
               &
               containeth
               in
               it
               many
               famous
               Provinces
               ;
               as
               
                 Phrygia
                 major
                 &
                 minor
                 ,
                 Caria
                 ,
                 Mysia
                 ,
              
               &c.
               
               In
               
                 Phrygia
                 minor
              
               stood
               that
               Noble
               citie
               of
               Troie
               ,
               famous
               at
               this
               day
               (
               saith
               Bellonius
               ,
               an
               eie-witnesse
               )
               for
               its
               very
               ruines
               of
               wals
               ,
               gates
               ,
               circuit
               ,
               and
               marble
               sepulchers
               ,
               found
               upon
               the
               wayes
               without
               the
               wals
               .
            
             
               Pamphilia
               ,
               now
               Caramania
               ,
               
               is
               one
               of
               the
               old
               seven
               Sangiakships
               of
               Turkie
               ,
               and
               yeeldeth
               8000.
               ducats
               of
               yearly
               revenue
               .
               In
               this
               Country
               ,
               as
               also
               in
               Cilicia
               ,
               are
               woven
               those
               fine
               cloths
               which
               we
               call
               Chamblets
               ,
               watered
               and
               unwatered
               ,
               they
               are
               made
               of
               the
               haire
               of
               Goats
               so
               fine
               and
               white
               ,
               as
               no
               Silke
               can
               surpasse
               them
               in
               those
               two
               properties
               .
            
             
               Cappadocia
               ,
               now
               Amasia
               ,
               is
               a
               goodly
               Country
               ,
               
               and
               the
               seat
               of
               the
               Turks
               eldest
               Son.
               In
               it
               are
               many
               goodly
               cities
               ,
               as
               Trapezond
               ,
               once
               the
               seat
               of
               the
               Comneni
               ,
               Emperors
               of
               Trapezond
               ,
               
               whose
               Name
               and
               Progenie
               ahumet
               the
               second
               utterly
               extinguished
               .
            
             
               Cilicta
               now
               part
               of
               Caramania
               ,
               
               is
               a
               good
               Country
               :
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               given
               to
               pasturing
               of
               Goates
               for
               lucre
               of
               their
               fleeces
               ,
               of
               which
               they
               make
               their
               Chamblets
               ;
               but
               otherwise
               ,
               neither
               given
               to
               Fishing
               ,
               Navigation
               ,
               nor
               Husbandrie
               .
               At
               the
               foot
               of
               Mount
               Taurus
               (
               saith
               Bellonius
               are
               divers
               small
               Villages
               ,
               and
               excellent
               pastures
               about
               them
               ,
               which
               for
               the
               fertilitie
               thereof
               should
               seeme
               to
               be
               one
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Races
               :
               from
               thence
               he
               culleth
               out
               every
               yeare
               six
               hundred
               horse
               of
               service
               ,
               which
               they
               highly
               esteeme
               ,
               and
               name
               Caramanni
               .
            
             
               
                 Armenia
                 minor
              
               is
               a
               better
               soile
               ,
               
               and
               more
               populous
               than
               Cappadocia
               ,
               and
               round
               about
               incircled
               with
               tall
               ,
               huge
               ,
               broken
               ,
               and
               wooddie
               mountaines
               .
            
          
           
             
               Arabia
               triplex
               .
            
             
               THe
               three
               Arabiaes
               are
               likewise
               a
               parcell
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               marvellous
               great
               Country
               ,
               included
               between
               two
               huge
               bosomes
               of
               the
               sea
               ,
               in
               manner
               of
               a
               
                 Peninsula
                 ,
                 viz
              
               :
               upon
               the
               West
               and
               East
               with
               the
               Arabian
               and
               Persian
               gulfes
               ,
               upon
               the
               South
               with
               the
               Ocean
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               North
               with
               Syria
               ,
               and
               Euphrates
               .
            
             
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               indifferently
               called
               
                 Arabians
                 ,
                 Saracens
              
               ,
               or
               Moores
               :
               Those
               are
               the
               true
               Arabians
               which
               live
               out
               of
               Cities
               in
               Tents
               ,
               dispersed
               over
               
                 Syria
                 ,
                 Aegypt
              
               ,
               and
               Africke
               :
               these
               give
               themselves
               to
               feed
               cattell
               ,
               and
               droves
               of
               Camels
               .
               Those
               which
               inhabit
               Cities
               ,
               are
               called
               Moores
               ,
               and
               were
               once
               of
               such
               puissance
               ,
               that
               they
               not
               onely
               subdued
               
                 Syria
                 ,
                 Persia
              
               ,
               and
               Troglodytica
               ,
               but
               likewise
               Aegypt
               ,
               a
               great
               part
               of
               Africke
               ,
               and
               almost
               all
               Spaine
               ,
               with
               the
               Iland
               of
               Sicilie
               ;
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Naples
               .
            
             
               Two
               hundred
               yeares
               they
               kept
               possession
               of
               these
               peeces
               ,
               but
               of
               some
               part
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               700
               ,
               even
               untill
               the
               dayes
               of
               our
               fathers
               .
               And
               further
               ,
               this
               accursed
               generation
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               is
               not
               onely
               spread
               over
               all
               the
               Southerne
               coast
               of
               
               
                 Asia
                 (
                 viz
                 :
                 )
                 Persia
                 ,
                 East
                 India
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               Islands
               of
               the
               Indian
               Sea
               ,
               but
               are
               likewise
               advanced
               with
               great
               prosperitie
               unto
               divers
               wealthy
               Kingdomes
               ,
               famous
               Cities
               ,
               &
               worthy
               Mart-townes
               ,
               yea
               ,
               overall
               the
               South-coast
               of
               Africke
               ;
               Under
               this
               people
               ,
               the
               Turkes
               were
               first
               called
               into
               Asia
               to
               beare
               armes
               .
            
             
               Of
               their
               manners
               we
               have
               spoken
               elsewhere
               .
               In
               their
               Religion
               they
               are
               Mahumetans
               ,
               for
               in
               this
               Countrie
               that
               false
               Prophet
               first
               opened
               his
               superstitious
               Wardrobe
               .
            
             
               This
               is
               a
               vast
               Countrie
               ,
               full
               of
               Desarts
               ,
               
               yet
               well
               inhabited
               with
               populous
               &
               warlike
               multitudes
               ,
               especially
               toward
               Euphrates
               ,
               and
               the
               Mountaines
               of
               
                 Arabia
                 felix
              
               ,
               whither
               Merchants
               resort
               .
               The
               residue
               towards
               the
               West
               is
               sandy
               ,
               by
               which
               if
               a
               man
               be
               to
               travell
               ,
               he
               must
               have
               the
               Starres
               to
               his
               guide
               ,
               company
               for
               his
               safeguard
               ,
               and
               provision
               for
               his
               diet
               :
               Otherwise
               he
               shall
               surely
               lose
               his
               way
               ,
               surrender
               his
               goods
               to
               the
               theevish
               Arabes
               ,
               or
               starve
               in
               the
               Desart
               for
               want
               of
               food
               .
            
             
               To
               secure
               the
               which
               passages
               ,
               as
               well
               against
               those
               who
               live
               on
               the
               side
               of
               Euphrates
               towards
               Aegypt
               ,
               as
               through
               all
               
                 Arabia
                 (
                 Petrea
                 and
                 Deserta
              
               )
               the
               Grand
               Seignior
               entertaineth
               the
               king
               of
               those
               Arabians
               which
               inhabit
               Mesopotamia
               .
               And
               for
               this
               his
               service
               ,
               as
               a
               Turkish
               Sanziak
               hee
               holdeth
               Ana
               and
               Dir
               ,
               two
               townes
               situated
               upon
               the
               said
               river
               .
               He
               is
               a
               poore
               King
               ,
               but
               accompanied
               with
               10.
               or
               12.
               thousand
               beggerly
               subjects
               ,
               living
               and
               lying
               intents
               of
               course
               blacke
               Hair-cloth
               :
               which
               forces
               notwithstanding
               ,
               these
               wilder
               ones
               are
               so
               infinite
               in
               multitudes
               ,
               and
               so
               unpossible
               to
               be
               brought
               unto
               a
               more
               civill
               manner
               of
               living
               ;
               that
               for
               their
               danger
               toward
               strangers
               ,
               and
               the
               continuall
               spoiles
               ,
               which
               they
               commit
               upon
               those
               parts
               of
               the
               Turkes
               Dominions
               ,
               which
               every
               way
               border
               upon
               them
               ,
               necessitie
               inforceth
               him
               also
               ,
               to
               maintaine
               two
               other
               garrisons
               ;
               the
               first
               of
               twelve
               thousand
               in
               Cairo
               ,
               the
               other
               of
               one
               thousand
               five
               hundred
               in
               Damasco
               .
            
             
               Wherein
               it
               is
               to
               be
               noted
               ;
               That
               sithence
               those
               of
               Damasco
               ,
               doe
               not
               only
               defend
               that
               peece
               ,
               but
               are
               also
               distributed
               ,
               thorow
               other
               cities
               of
               Soria
               (
               as
               
                 Aleppo
                 ,
                 Antiochia
              
               ,
               and
               Ierusalem
               )
               
               one
               thousand
               five
               hundred
               men
               were
               not
               able
               to
               sustain
               ,
               and
               answer
               to
               such
               a
               charge
               ,
               unlesse
               by
               being
               both
               Ianizars
               and
               Timariots
               also
               ,
               they
               have
               many
               followers
               and
               attendants
               .
               Who
               (
               as
               else
               where
               I
               have
               shewed
               you
               )
               are
               not
               onely
               mightie
               in
               reputation
               ,
               and
               powerfull
               in
               number
               ,
               but
               also
               every
               yeare
               accustomed
               to
               spare
               and
               cull
               out
               strong
               troops
               ,
               warlikely
               and
               pompously
               provided
               to
               send
               into
               Hungarie
               .
            
             
               For
               ,
               surely
               without
               this
               order
               ,
               all
               the
               passages
               of
               the
               Caravans
               ,
               which
               yearely
               come
               from
               Balsara
               ,
               and
               the
               Red-sea
               ,
               would
               become
               so
               infectious
               ,
               that
               neither
               Bagdet
               ,
               nor
               Damasco
               ,
               could
               receive
               the
               commodities
               of
               those
               parts
               ,
               to
               the
               annuall
               losse
               of
               two
               millions
               of
               Entrado
               to
               the
               grand
               Seignior
               .
            
             
               Amongst
               these
               it
               was
               ,
               that
               Sir
               
                 Anthony
                 Sherly
              
               travelled
               ,
               and
               found
               them
               so
               well
               governed
               ,
               that
               without
               any
               wrong
               offered
               ,
               he
               passed
               thorow
               them
               all
               in
               such
               peace
               ,
               as
               he
               could
               not
               have
               done
               ,
               being
               a
               stranger
               ,
               amongst
               civiller
               bred
               people
               .
               The
               King
               gave
               him
               good
               words
               ,
               without
               any
               kind
               of
               barbarous
               wondring
               ,
               or
               other
               distastfull
               fashion
               .
               But
               at
               his
               returne
               to
               the
               river
               ,
               he
               found
               the
               Master
               of
               his
               House
               ,
               Master
               of
               his
               Boat
               ,
               accompanied
               with
               a
               great
               sort
               of
               Arabs
               ,
               who
               in
               conclusion
               ,
               
                 ●o'ens
                 nolens
              
               ,
               forces
               him
               to
               send
               his
               Master
               three
               verst
               of
               cloth
               of
               gold
               ,
               as
               a
               present
               for
               beholding
               his
               person
               .
            
             
               Towards
               Syria
               ,
               
               this
               is
               somewhat
               fertile
               ,
               yet
               smally
               commended
               for
               that
               propertie
               by
               the
               Ancients
               ;
               for
               indeed
               it
               is
               exceeding
               barren
               ,
               and
               wanteth
               necessarie
               sustenance
               ,
               wood
               ,
               and
               fresh
               water
               .
               The
               memorable
               things
               herein
               are
               ,
               the
               Mountaines
               of
               Sinai
               and
               Oreb
               ,
               upon
               the
               former
               whereof
               ,
               is
               at
               this
               day
               builded
               a
               Monasterie
               of
               Christians
               ,
               following
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               ,
               and
               the
               onely
               receptacle
               (
               or
               Inne
               )
               for
               way-faring
               Christians
               :
               other
               place
               of
               releese
               is
               there
               none
               .
            
             
               
                 Arabia
                 Felix
              
               is
               a
               very
               large
               Province
               ,
               
               better
               manured
               and
               watered
               than
               the
               other
               .
               It
               is
               adorned
               with
               Noble
               Cities
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               villages
               ;
               especially
               towards
               the
               sea
               side
               ,
               where
               are
               many
               excellent
               places
               of
               trade
               .
               The
               residue
               ,
               except
               the
               sand
               ,
               is
               made
               manurable
               ,
               either
               for
               feeding
               of
               Cattell
               or
               Camels
               ,
               in
               which
               places
               live
               infinite
               swarmes
               of
               divers
               Nations
               ,
               
               by
               grazing
               and
               husbandrie
               .
               It
               bringeth
               forth
               whatsoeever
               will
               grow
               in
               India
               ,
               and
               that
               twice
               a
               yeare
               ,
               in
               abundant
               manner
               ,
               besides
               Cassia
               ,
               Cinamon
               ,
               Myrrh
               ,
               &c.
               and
               soly
               ,
               as
               much
               Frankincense
               ,
               as
               will
               serve
               all
               the
               world
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               also
               metall
               ,
               and
               excellent
               pearle
               all
               along
               the
               coast
               by
               fishing
               .
               It
               sendeth
               abundance
               of
               horse
               and
               sheepe
               into
               India
               ,
               whose
               tailes
               weigh
               forty
               pounds
               .
               In
               it
               are
               many
               famous
               Cities
               ,
               as
               
                 Medinat
                 Al-naby
                 ,
                 Mecca
                 ,
                 Zidem
                 ,
                 Zibit
                 ,
              
               and
               Aden
               .
            
             
               This
               City
               of
               Aden
               ,
               together
               with
               the
               whole
               Country
               ,
               was
               in
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1538.
               fraudulently
               surprised
               by
               the
               Turke
               ,
               and
               their
               King
               hanged
               .
               It
               is
               now
               strongly
               fortified
               ,
               and
               erected
               into
               a
               Stately
               Turkish
               Beglerbeg-ship
               .
            
          
           
             
               Turcomania
               ,
               in
               times
               past
               a
               part
               of
               the
               greater
               Armenia
               .
            
             
               TVrcomania
               comprehendeth
               no
               small
               portion
               of
               
                 Armenia
                 major
              
               :
               
               what
               remaineth
               is
               accounted
               in
               Georgia
               .
               Upon
               the
               North
               lieth
               Colchis
               ,
               (
               now
               Mongrelia
               :
               )
               Upon
               the
               West
               Euphrates
               ,
               and
               the
               lesse
               Armenia
               upon
               the
               East
               that
               remainder
               of
               the
               greater
               Armenia
               ,
               which
               is
               counted
               in
               Georgia
               ;
               Upon
               the
               South
               Mesopotar●●a
               (
               now
               Dierbechia
               )
               with
               the
               people
               Curdi
               .
               It
               is
               invironed
               with
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               beautified
               with
               plains
               ,
               amongst
               the
               which
               Periander
               ,
               (
               now
               Chalderan
               )
               Antitaurus
               (
               now
               Mons-nigor
               )
               are
               most
               renowmed
               .
               It
               is
               generally
               exceeding
               fertile
               ,
               and
               stored
               with
               Cattell
               ,
               but
               marvellously
               subject
               to
               deepe
               snowes
               .
            
             
               The
               people
               by
               nature
               are
               much
               given
               to
               theft
               and
               spoile
               ,
               
               as
               descending
               from
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               and
               so
               at
               this
               day
               lead
               their
               lives
               ,
               living
               in
               Tents
               and
               Hovels
               attending
               and
               pasturing
               their
               cattell
               ;
               Yet
               some
               of
               them
               inure
               themselves
               to
               tillage
               ,
               and
               mechanike
               Trades
               ,
               in
               weaving
               of
               Chamblets
               ,
               and
               Hangings
               ,
               watered
               and
               unwatered
               :
               of
               the
               like
               qualities
               .
               
               are
               the
               Curdi
               ,
               and
               some
               suppose
               that
               these
               Curdi
               inhabit
               the
               ancient
               seats
               of
               the
               Chaldeans
               ,
               whereupon
               it
               is
               called
               at
               this
               day
               Curdistan
               by
               the
               Turkes
               and
               Persians
               ,
               
               but
               by
               the
               
                 Arabians
                 Kelaan
              
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               Chaldea
               .
            
             
               Georgia
               ,
               by
               the
               Barbarians
               termed
               Gurgistan
               ,
               comprehendeth
               the
               ancient
               Iberia
               ,
               
               with
               part
               of
               the
               greater
               Armenia
               ,
               and
               peradventure
               Atropatia
               .
               Upon
               the
               West
               lieth
               Mengrelia
               ,
               upon
               the
               North
               Zuiria
               (
               once
               Albania
               )
               ,
               upon
               the
               East
               the
               middle
               Atropatia
               (
               now
               Siruan
               ,
               )
               upon
               the
               South
               that
               part
               of
               the
               greater
               Armenia
               ,
               which
               now
               is
               called
               Turcomanta
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               greater
               part
               it
               is
               covered
               with
               Mountains
               ,
               Woods
               ,
               and
               thickets
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               regard
               inconquerable
               for
               the
               difficulties
               of
               the
               mountainous
               passages
               .
               It
               is
               notwithstanding
               fertile
               ,
               and
               adorned
               with
               many
               large
               plaines
               and
               vallies
               ,
               from
               whence
               arise
               many
               famoused
               Rivers
               ,
               as
               Cirus
               and
               Araxis
               ,
               springing
               from
               the
               Mountaine
               Taurus
               ,
               and
               running
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Province
               ,
               untill
               at
               last
               it
               disgorge
               it selfe
               into
               the
               Caspian
               .
            
             
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               termed
               Georgiani
               ,
               of
               S.
               George
               ,
               whom
               they
               advow
               their
               Patron
               and
               Advocate
               .
               But
               this
               is
               but
               a
               vulgar
               errour
               ,
               seeing
               both
               Plinie
               and
               Mela
               make
               mention
               of
               the
               Georgiani
               ,
               one
               hundred
               yeares
               before
               the
               birth
               of
               Saint
               George
               ,
               the
               famous
               souldier
               and
               martyr
               .
               They
               are
               Christians
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               ,
               with
               some
               small
               difference
               .
               They
               are
               very
               populous
               and
               warlike
               ,
               strong
               of
               body
               ,
               and
               valorous
               in
               fight
               ,
               even
               untill
               our
               times
               ,
               mantaining
               their
               libertie
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               Mahumetans
               ,
               sometimes
               following
               the
               fortunes
               of
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               sometimes
               of
               the
               Persians
               .
               But
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               they
               have
               not
               onely
               lost
               their
               wonted
               libertie
               ,
               but
               also
               many
               Fortresses
               and
               Cities
               ,
               as
               
                 Testis
                 ,
                 Lori
                 ,
                 Clisca
                 ,
                 G●ri
                 ,
              
               and
               Tomanis
               ,
               and
               withall
               ,
               some
               of
               of
               them
               have
               imbraced
               the
               Turkish
               infidelitie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Palestine
               ,
               or
               the
               Holy
               Land.
               
            
             
               PAlestine
               is
               one
               of
               the
               most
               excellent
               Provinces
               of
               Syria
               ,
               as
               well
               in
               regard
               of
               habitation
               ,
               as
               of
               many
               famous
               acts
               done
               therein
               ,
               and
               celebrated
               in
               holy
               Scripture
               .
               Under
               the
               generall
               name
               whereof
               are
               comprehended
               
                 Idumea
                 ,
                 Iudaea
                 ,
                 Samaria
              
               ,
               and
               Galile
               .
               Anciently
               it
               was
               called
               Canaan
               ,
               of
               Chanaan
               the
               sonne
               of
               Cham
               ,
               whose
               posteritie
               divided
               the
               Land
               amongst
               them
               ,
               and
               under
               that
               name
               it
               continued
               untill
               the
               invasion
               of
               the
               Israelites
               ,
               who
               called
               it
               after
               their
               owne
               denomination
               ,
               Israel
               .
            
             
               It
               was
               also
               called
               Philistim
               of
               the
               Philistians
               ,
               once
               a
               powerfull
               and
               mighty
               people
               :
               after
               that
               ,
               the
               
                 Land
                 of
                 promise
              
               ;
               and
               now
               lastly
               ,
               
                 The
                 holy
                 Land.
              
               
            
             
               It
               is
               situated
               betweene
               the
               Arabies
               and
               the
               mid-land
               Sea
               ;
               
               Northerly
               upon
               part
               of
               Phoenicia
               ;
               East-ward
               upon
               Libanus
               ;
               South-ward
               and
               South-East
               upon
               Arabia
               ,
               and
               Westward
               upon
               that
               part
               of
               the
               Mediterran
               ,
               which
               is
               termed
               the
               Syrian
               and
               Phinicean
               Seas
               .
            
             
               From
               the
               very
               beginning
               (
               as
               witnesseth
               the
               holy
               Scripture
               )
               it
               hath
               beene
               a
               most
               famous
               Province
               ,
               and
               afterward
               more
               renowned
               for
               the
               Birth
               ,
               Miracles
               ,
               and
               Passion
               of
               our
               Saviour
               Christ.
               Distant
               from
               the
               line
               31.
               degrees
               ,
               and
               extending
               unto
               thirty
               three
               ,
               and
               somewhat
               upward
               .
               So
               that
               in
               length
               from
               *
               Dan
               ,
               unto
               *
               Beersheba
               ,
               it
               containeth
               no
               more
               than
               one
               hundred
               and
               fortie
               miles
               ;
               where
               broadest
               ,
               not
               fiftie
               .
               A
               Land
               that
               flowed
               with
               Milke
               and
               Hony
               ;
               Adorned
               with
               beautifull
               mountaines
               ,
               and
               luxurious
               vallies
               ,
               the
               rocks
               producing
               excellent
               waters
               ,
               and
               no
               part
               emptie
               of
               delight
               and
               profit
               .
               The
               ayre
               very
               temperate
               ,
               and
               the
               bodies
               of
               men
               healthfull
               ,
               and
               patient
               of
               labour
               .
            
             
               The
               ancients
               will
               have
               it
               to
               be
               situated
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               neither
               pinched
               with
               extremitie
               of
               cold
               ,
               nor
               vexed
               with
               over-much
               heat
               .
               And
               therfore
               the
               Israelites
               say
               ,
               
                 This
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 land
                 which
                 God
                 promised
                 unto
                 Abraham
                 .
              
            
             
               For
               site
               it
               is
               very
               pleasant
               ,
               for
               plaines
               and
               hils
               no
               lesse
               delightsome
               ,
               
               rich
               in
               divers
               sorts
               of
               Manufactures
               ,
               and
               well
               watered
               .
               Where
               although
               it
               raine
               but
               seldome
               ,
               yet
               was
               the
               soile
               batefull
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               testimonie
               of
               Scripture
               ,
               averring
               it
               to
               be
               a
               Land
               excelling
               all
               other
               in
               goodnesse
               and
               fertilitie
               .
            
             
               So
               that
               their
               graine
               was
               most
               delicate
               ,
               their
               increase
               abundant
               ,
               and
               their
               Roses
               most
               sweet
               .
               Rue
               ,
               fennell
               ,
               and
               sage
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               pot-hearbs
               it
               brought
               forth
               of
               its
               owne
               accord
               .
               Olives
               ,
               Figges
               ,
               Pomegranets
               ,
               and
               Palme
               trees
               are
               very
               frequent
               ,
               with
               some
               store
               of
               Vines
               .
               For
               ,
               although
               the
               Saracens
               are
               forbidden
               the
               drinking
               of
               Wine
               ,
               yet
               make
               they
               abundance
               thereof
               ,
               and
               very
               good
               ,
               for
               the
               use
               of
               strangers
               ,
               dwelling
               in
               the
               Country
               .
               They
               make
               three
               harvests
               ,
               yet
               have
               they
               neither
               Peares
               ,
               Apples
               ,
               Cherries
               ,
               Nuts
               ,
               nor
               any
               other
               fruits
               common
               with
               us
               :
               these
               are
               brought
               them
               from
               Damascus
               .
               Some
               fruits
               ,
               as
               Oranges
               ,
               and
               the
               Apple
               of
               Paradise
               ,
               they
               have
               and
               preserve
               upon
               the
               trees
               all
               the
               yeare
               long
               .
               It
               did
               once
               yeeld
               Balme
               ,
               not
               now
               ;
               but
               is
               stored
               with
               Honey
               ,
               and
               Sugar
               Canes
               ;
               so
               is
               it
               with
               Goats
               ,
               Swine
               ,
               Hares
               ,
               Partridges
               and
               Quailes
               ,
               as
               also
               Lions
               ,
               Beares
               ,
               and
               Camels
               .
               And
               in
               many
               places
               so
               pestred
               with
               Rats
               and
               Mice
               ,
               that
               if
               it
               were
               not
               for
               certaine
               Birds
               devouring
               those
               Creatures
               ,
               it
               were
               impossible
               to
               have
               any
               Harvest
               .
            
             
               Iordan
               runneth
               thorow
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               Countrie
               ,
               whose
               water
               is
               most
               delicious
               ,
               
               and
               therein
               strangers
               are
               accustomed
               to
               wash
               themselves
               .
               In
               its
               course
               ,
               it
               maketh
               two
               lakes
               ,
               the
               one
               in
               Cana
               of
               Galilie
               ,
               the
               other
               at
               Tyberias
               ,
               which
               is
               called
               Genazereth
               ,
               and
               at
               last
               disgorgeth
               it selfe
               into
               the
               Mediterran
               Sea.
               Upon
               the
               bankes
               thereof
               grow
               Withies
               ,
               Tamarisk
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               sorts
               of
               shrubs
               and
               weeds
               ,
               of
               which
               the
               Arabians
               make
               their
               darts
               ,
               weapons
               ,
               launces
               ,
               and
               writing
               pens
               .
            
             
               The
               former
               of
               these
               two
               lakes
               is
               especially
               filled
               when
               the
               Snowes
               dissolve
               and
               runne
               from
               Libanus
               .
               In
               the
               Summer
               it
               is
               drie
               ,
               and
               bringeth
               forth
               abundance
               of
               shrubs
               and
               flags
               ,
               wherein
               Lions
               ,
               and
               divers
               wilde
               beasts
               do
               shroud
               their
               carcasses
               .
               The
               Lake
               of
               Genazereth
               runneth
               most
               cleerely
               ,
               and
               yeeldeth
               divers
               sorts
               of
               fish
               ,
               as
               Carps
               ,
               Pikes
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             
             
               It
               is
               not
               so
               broad
               ,
               but
               that
               a
               man
               may
               see
               from
               one
               side
               unto
               the
               other
               ,
               as
               consisting
               of
               sixteene
               miles
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               six
               in
               breadth
               .
               The
               plaines
               round
               about
               are
               barren
               for
               the
               abundance
               of
               bushes
               ,
               which
               hinder
               the
               husbandman
               from
               manuring
               the
               ground
               .
               Yet
               the
               Iewes
               industrie
               doe
               much
               amend
               it
               ,
               and
               dwell
               about
               the
               bankes
               thereof
               for
               the
               fishing
               sake
               .
            
             
               
                 Mare
                 mortuum
              
               ,
               otherwise
               the
               Lake
               Asphaltites
               ,
               so
               called
               of
               his
               bituminous
               favour
               ,
               
               was
               a
               place
               once
               woody
               and
               full
               of
               salt
               pits
               ,
               which
               for
               the
               pleasantnesse
               thereof
               was
               resembled
               to
               Paradise
               ;
               and
               therein
               stood
               
                 Sodome
                 ,
                 Gomorrah
              
               ,
               and
               the
               three
               other
               Cities
               ,
               which
               for
               their
               sinne
               against
               Nature
               ,
               were
               therein
               drowned
               and
               burnt
               by
               the
               doome
               of
               God.
               At
               this
               day
               it
               sendeth
               forth
               smokes
               and
               fogs
               as
               from
               an
               infernall
               furnace
               ,
               wherewith
               the
               whole
               valley
               adjacent
               for
               halfe
               a
               dayes
               journey
               is
               made
               barren
               .
               It
               neither
               yeeldeth
               Fish
               nor
               Fowle
               ,
               and
               whatsoever
               creature
               is
               cast
               therein
               ,
               though
               bound
               hand
               and
               foot
               ,
               it
               swimmeth
               on
               the
               face
               of
               the
               water
               .
            
             
               The
               land
               was
               once
               most
               populous
               ,
               
               as
               appeareth
               by
               the
               muster
               of
               David
               ,
               who
               numbred
               thirteene
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               ,
               able
               to
               beare
               armes
               ,
               besides
               the
               Tribe
               of
               Benjamin
               .
               As
               long
               as
               they
               continued
               their
               upright
               and
               religious
               obedience
               to
               the
               service
               of
               God
               ,
               the
               Land
               prospered
               ;
               but
               assoone
               as
               they
               forgot
               God
               ,
               they
               suffered
               many
               miseries
               ,
               and
               those
               perpetuall
               ,
               untill
               they
               were
               cleane
               destroyed
               ,
               and
               forced
               to
               flye
               every
               way
               .
               For
               to
               speake
               nothing
               of
               ancient
               time
               ,
               the
               73.
               yeare
               after
               Christ
               ,
               Ierusalem
               was
               taken
               and
               destroyed
               by
               Titus
               ,
               with
               the
               slaughter
               and
               captivitie
               of
               infinite
               thousands
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               136.
               it
               was
               restored
               by
               
                 Aelius
                 Adrianus
              
               ,
               new
               named
               Aelia
               ,
               and
               given
               in
               possession
               to
               the
               Iewes
               .
               In
               the
               time
               of
               Constantine
               and
               Helena
               (
               his
               mother
               )
               it
               fell
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               the
               Christians
               ,
               &
               so
               continued
               untill
               the
               yeare
               609.
               at
               what
               time
               it
               was
               sacked
               by
               the
               Persians
               ,
               but
               left
               unto
               the
               Christians
               ,
               and
               so
               continued
               untill
               the
               dayes
               of
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               ,
               at
               what
               time
               it
               was
               againe
               taken
               by
               the
               Sultan
               of
               the
               Sarazens
               ,
               and
               the
               Christians
               cleane
               banished
               .
            
             
             
               In
               the
               yeare
               1097.
               in
               a
               generall
               Councell
               for
               the
               deliverie
               of
               the
               holy
               Land
               ,
               the
               Crossed
               Knights
               were
               instituted
               throughout
               Christendome
               ,
               and
               Godfrey
               of
               Bulloigne
               chosen
               Generall
               of
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               horse
               .
               These
               Knights
               did
               many
               famous
               acts
               ;
               recovered
               the
               land
               ,
               instituted
               a
               Monarchie
               ,
               and
               sometime
               with
               good
               fortune
               ,
               and
               sometime
               with
               losse
               ,
               continued
               the
               defence
               thereof
               ,
               untill
               the
               yeare
               1290.
               in
               which
               yeare
               it
               was
               utterly
               subdued
               by
               the
               Soldan
               of
               Aegypt
               .
               In
               whose
               possession
               it
               continued
               ,
               until
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1517.
               and
               then
               was
               it
               overcome
               by
               the
               Turkish
               Armies
               ,
               who
               at
               this
               day
               retaine
               it
               in
               miserable
               servitude
               .
               And
               so
               it
               resteth
               ,
               peopled
               with
               men
               of
               divers
               Nations
               and
               Sects
               ;
               as
               
                 Saracens
                 ,
                 Arabians
                 ,
                 Turkes
                 ,
                 Hebrewes
                 ,
              
               and
               Christians
               :
               whereof
               some
               follow
               the
               Latine
               Church
               ,
               some
               the
               Greeke
               :
               as
               the
               
                 Grecians
                 ,
                 Syrians
                 ,
                 Armenians
                 ,
                 Georgians
                 ,
                 Nestorians
                 ,
                 Iacobites
                 ,
                 Nubians
                 ,
                 Maronites
                 ,
                 Abassines
                 ,
                 Indians
                 ,
              
               and
               Aegyptians
               ,
               every
               one
               having
               their
               peculiar
               Bishops
               ,
               whom
               they
               obey
               .
            
             
               Galilie
               upon
               the
               North
               is
               environed
               with
               the
               steepe
               hils
               of
               Libanus
               &
               Antilibanus
               ,
               
               upon
               the
               with
               West
               Phoenicia
               ,
               upon
               the
               East
               with
               Celosyria
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               South
               with
               Samaria
               and
               Arabia
               the
               desart
               .
               The
               soile
               is
               most
               fruitfull
               ,
               yeelding
               all
               sorts
               of
               trees
               ,
               and
               divided
               by
               Iordan
               :
               upon
               whose
               bankes
               stand
               very
               many
               townes
               and
               villages
               ,
               and
               so
               well
               watred
               either
               with
               mountain-torrents
               ,
               or
               springs
               ,
               that
               no
               part
               thereof
               lyeth
               unmanured
               .
            
             
               The
               Countrie
               is
               more
               famous
               ,
               for
               that
               in
               it
               standeth
               (
               amongst
               the
               rude
               Mountaines
               )
               the
               small
               village
               of
               Nazareth
               ,
               
               the
               place
               of
               our
               Lords
               conception
               :
               and
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               there
               is
               a
               small
               Chappell
               archt
               and
               built
               under
               ground
               ,
               whereinto
               a
               man
               must
               descend
               by
               staires
               :
               Here
               (
               some
               say
               )
               the
               Angell
               appeared
               unto
               Mary
               ,
               and
               foretold
               her
               ,
               that
               she
               should
               conceive
               and
               bring
               forth
               our
               Lord.
               
            
             
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               Arabians
               ,
               short
               and
               thicke
               men
               ,
               rudely
               apparelled
               ,
               and
               weaponed
               with
               bows
               ,
               swords
               ,
               and
               daggers
               .
               In
               this
               region
               likewise
               ,
               standeth
               the
               Mount
               Thabor
               ,
               whose
               North
               part
               is
               inaccessible
               ,
               and
               whereon
               our
               Lord
               was
               transfigured
               .
            
             
             
               Samaria
               lyeth
               in
               a
               most
               delicate
               plot
               of
               Palestine
               ,
               
               but
               in
               bignesse
               not
               comparable
               to
               Iudea
               ,
               or
               Galilie
               .
               The
               soile
               is
               partly
               mountainous
               ,
               partly
               champian
               ,
               pleasant
               ,
               fruitfull
               ,
               and
               very
               well
               watred
               with
               fresh
               and
               sweet
               water
               .
               The
               Citie
               is
               now
               ruinated
               :
               But
               Naplos
               for
               pleasure
               and
               delight
               is
               inferiour
               ,
               to
               none
               other
               .
               It
               is
               situated
               upon
               the
               side
               of
               a
               hill
               ,
               the
               eighth
               part
               of
               a
               mile
               ,
               from
               whence
               a
               man
               may
               behold
               the
               ruines
               of
               a
               great
               Temple
               neere
               unto
               that
               Well
               ,
               where
               (
               as
               men
               say
               )
               Christ
               fate
               ,
               when
               he
               asked
               water
               of
               the
               Samaritan
               woman
               .
            
             
               Iudea
               far
               excelleth
               any
               part
               of
               the
               residue
               of
               Palestine
               ,
               
               &
               at
               this
               day
               enioyeth
               its
               ancient
               fertilitie
               .
               The
               tribe
               of
               Iuda
               so
               named
               it
               ,
               and
               in
               it
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               rest
               of
               Palestine
               ,
               were
               very
               many
               worthy
               Cities
               ,
               
               whereof
               Ierusalem
               was
               the
               chiefe
               feate
               of
               their
               Princes
               ,
               the
               receptacle
               of
               the
               Patriarks
               ,
               Prophets
               ,
               and
               Apostles
               :
               the
               originall
               place
               of
               our
               Faith
               ,
               and
               the
               glory
               of
               the
               Christian
               world
               .
               By
               the
               Barbarians
               ,
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               it
               is
               called
               Godz
               or
               Chutz
               .
               It
               standeth
               on
               an
               eminent
               place
               ,
               —
               as
               whereunto
               a
               man
               must
               every
               way
               ascend
               .
            
             
               S.
               Ieroms
               opinion
               was
               ,
               that
               it
               stood
               not
               only
               in
               the
               heart
               of
               Iudea
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               very
               center
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               as
               having
               Asia
               on
               the
               East
               ,
               Europe
               on
               the
               West
               ,
               upon
               the
               South
               Lybia
               and
               Africa
               ,
               and
               upon
               the
               North
               
                 Scythia
                 ,
                 Armenia
                 ,
                 Persia
              
               ,
               with
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Pontique
               Nations
               .
            
             
               What
               the
               glory
               hereof
               hath
               beene
               ,
               may
               be
               conjectured
               out
               of
               Tacitus
               ,
               who
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               siege
               ,
               it
               contained
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               soules
               .
               At
               this
               day
               it
               numbreth
               not
               above
               five
               thousand
               inhabitants
               ,
               although
               many
               Pilgrims
               daily
               resort
               thither
               for
               devotion
               sake
               .
            
             
               It
               was
               once
               strongly
               and
               fairely
               walled
               ,
               but
               now
               weakely
               ,
               and
               therin
               it
               sheweth
               nothing
               now
               so
               famous
               ,
               as
               the
               Sepulchie
               of
               our
               Lord
               Christ
               ,
               whose
               Temple
               encircleth
               the
               whole
               mount
               of
               Calvarie
               ,
               situated
               upon
               a
               plaine
               plot
               of
               ground
               ,
               high
               ,
               round
               ,
               and
               open
               at
               the
               top
               ,
               from
               whence
               it
               receiveth
               light
               :
               but
               the
               Sepulchre
               itselfe
               is
               covered
               with
               an
               Archt-Chappell
               ,
               cut
               out
               of
               the
               maine
               Marble
               ,
               and
               left
               unto
               the
               custodie
               of
               the
               Latine
               Christians
               .
            
             
             
               Whosoever
               is
               desirous
               to
               see
               this
               Sepulchre
               ,
               must
               pay
               nine
               crownes
               to
               the
               Turke
               ;
               so
               that
               this
               tribute
               is
               yearely
               worth
               unto
               him
               ,
               eight
               millions
               of
               Ducats
               .
            
             
               One
               hundred
               and
               eight
               foot
               distant
               from
               this
               Tombe
               is
               the
               Mount
               (
               called
               Calvarie
               ,
               
               )
               whereon
               our
               Saviour
               Christ
               was
               crucified
               by
               the
               treacherous
               Iewes
               .
               In
               this
               place
               are
               many
               other
               religious
               Reliques
               .
               And
               the
               pilgrims
               which
               come
               thither
               ,
               are
               alwaies
               lodged
               according
               to
               their
               owne
               professions
               ;
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               the
               Latines
               with
               the
               Franciscans
               ,
               without
               the
               Citie
               by
               Mount
               Sion
               :
               the
               Grecians
               are
               lodged
               with
               the
               
                 Caloieran
                 Greekes
              
               ,
               dwelling
               within
               the
               Citie
               by
               the
               Sepulchre
               :
               And
               so
               every
               other
               Nation
               ,
               
                 Abassines
                 ,
                 Georgians
                 ,
                 Armenians
                 ,
                 Nestorians
                 ,
              
               and
               Maronits
               ;
               who
               all
               have
               their
               proper
               and
               peculiar
               Chappels
               .
               Those
               Franciscans
               ,
               which
               follow
               the
               Latine
               Church
               ,
               and
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               Italians
               ,
               were
               wont
               to
               create
               the
               Knights
               of
               the
               Sepulchre
               ,
               and
               to
               give
               testimoniall
               unto
               pilgrims
               of
               their
               arrivall
               there
               .
            
             
               Without
               this
               Citie
               is
               the
               Valley
               of
               Iehosaphat
               ,
               and
               therein
               the
               tombes
               of
               the
               blessed
               Ladie
               ,
               
               and
               S.
               Anne
               .
               The
               territorie
               adjoyning
               is
               exceeding
               fruitfull
               in
               Vines
               ,
               Apples
               ,
               Almonds
               ,
               Figs
               ,
               and
               Oyle
               :
               the
               Mountaines
               are
               no
               lesse
               stored
               with
               all
               sorts
               of
               Trees
               ,
               wilde
               Beasts
               ,
               and
               Spiceries
               .
            
             
               Besides
               Ierusalem
               standeth
               Bethlem
               ,
               
               now
               destroyed
               ,
               and
               shewing
               nothing
               worth
               looking
               on
               ,
               save
               a
               great
               and
               stately
               Monasterie
               of
               the
               Franciscans
               ;
               within
               which
               is
               the
               place
               where
               Christ
               was
               borne
               .
               Rama
               is
               now
               likewise
               ruinated
               ,
               the
               Arches
               and
               Cesternes
               yet
               remaining
               by
               the
               witnesse
               of
               Bellonius
               his
               owne
               eye
               ,
               are
               greater
               than
               those
               of
               Alexandria
               ,
               but
               not
               so
               thicke
               .
            
             
               Gaza
               is
               now
               a
               Turkish
               Sangiak-ship
               :
               
               the
               soile
               about
               fertile
               ,
               and
               the
               inhabitants
               
                 Grecians
                 ,
                 Turks
              
               ,
               and
               Arabians
               .
            
             
               In
               holy
               Writ
               this
               Region
               is
               called
               Edom
               ,
               
               and
               by
               other
               Authors
               Nabathea
               .
               Toward
               the
               sea
               and
               Iudea
               the
               soile
               is
               fertile
               ,
               but
               towards
               Arabia
               desart
               and
               barren
               .
               Some
               say
               it
               is
               inexpugnable
               for
               its
               Desarts
               and
               want
               of
               water
               :
               yet
               is
               it
               stored
               therewith
               ,
               but
               hidden
               ,
               and
               knowne
               to
               none
               but
               the
               natives
               .
               Of
               old
               they
               were
               a
               turbulent
               ,
               unquiet
               ,
               and
               seditious
               
               people
               ;
               and
               so
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               they
               are
               like
               to
               the
               villainous
               and
               roguish
               Neighbours
               ,
               the
               Arabians
               .
            
             
               Next
               bordereth
               Phoenicia
               ,
               as
               part
               of
               Syria
               ,
               
               exposed
               to
               the
               sea
               ,
               and
               bordering
               upon
               Galile
               .
               Of
               old
               it
               had
               many
               famous
               Cities
               ,
               as
               
                 Tripolis
                 ,
                 Beritus
                 ,
                 Sydon
                 ,
                 Tyrus
                 ,
                 Ptolemais
                 ,
                 Capernaum
                 ,
                 Emissa
                 ,
              
               and
               others
               :
               Amongst
               the
               which
               ,
               Tyre
               and
               Sydon
               were
               most
               famous
               .
               Tyre
               was
               a
               goodly
               Citie
               ,
               a
               Colonie
               of
               the
               Sydonians
               ,
               and
               round
               about
               encircled
               with
               the
               Sea
               ,
               untill
               Alexander
               in
               his
               siege
               joyned
               it
               to
               the
               continent
               .
            
             
               At
               this
               day
               it
               hath
               two
               harbours
               ,
               that
               on
               the
               North
               side
               the
               fairest
               and
               best
               thorowout
               the
               Levant
               ,
               which
               the
               Cursores
               enter
               at
               their
               pleasure
               ;
               the
               other
               choked
               with
               the
               ruines
               of
               the
               Citie
               .
               So
               is
               it
               ,
               and
               Sydon
               ,
               now
               the
               strong
               receptacles
               of
               the
               stiffe-necked
               Drusians
               ;
               A
               generation
               (
               they
               say
               )
               descended
               from
               the
               reliques
               of
               those
               Noble
               Christians
               ,
               who
               under
               the
               conduct
               of
               
                 Godfrey
                 of
                 Bullen
              
               ,
               descended
               into
               those
               parts
               ;
               and
               being
               by
               time
               driven
               unto
               harder
               fortunes
               ,
               betooke
               themselves
               to
               the
               Mountaines
               ;
               from
               whence
               ,
               they
               could
               never
               be
               expulsed
               ,
               neither
               by
               the
               Saracens
               ,
               nor
               yet
               by
               the
               Turkes
               .
               Allowed
               they
               are
               libertie
               of
               Religion
               ,
               and
               no
               other
               tribute
               imposed
               upon
               them
               ,
               than
               is
               upon
               the
               naturall
               Subject
               ,
               the
               one
               being
               no
               good
               Christians
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               ,
               worse
               Mahumetans
               .
            
             
               Sydon
               was
               once
               no
               lesse
               famous
               ;
               
               now
               contracted
               into
               a
               narrow
               compasse
               ,
               shewing
               only
               in
               her
               ruines
               the
               foundations
               of
               her
               greatnesse
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               of
               sundry
               Nations
               and
               Religions
               (
               as
               the
               Tyrians
               )
               yet
               governed
               by
               a
               succession
               of
               Princes
               ,
               whom
               they
               call
               Emirs
               ;
               And
               whose
               Seigniorie
               (
               augmented
               by
               armes
               and
               tyrannie
               )
               stretcheth
               from
               the
               River
               of
               Canis
               to
               the
               foot
               of
               
                 Mount
                 Carmel
              
               ,
               containing
               a
               large
               extent
               of
               ground
               ,
               and
               therein
               many
               Cities
               ,
               whereof
               Saffet
               is
               the
               principall
               .
               The
               Grand
               Seignior
               doth
               much
               envie
               him
               for
               suffering
               the
               Florentines
               to
               harbour
               and
               water
               within
               his
               Port
               of
               Tyrus
               ;
               which
               he
               is
               glad
               to
               excuse
               by
               the
               waste
               of
               the
               place
               ,
               and
               inabilitie
               of
               resistance
               .
               But
               the
               truth
               is
               ,
               that
               hee
               is
               a
               strong
               ,
               rich
               ,
               and
               potent
               Lord
               in
               these
               
               parts
               ,
               partly
               presuming
               upon
               the
               strength
               of
               his
               invincible
               Forts
               ,
               and
               partly
               upon
               the
               advantage
               of
               the
               Mountaines
               ,
               yet
               having
               besides
               in
               continuall
               pay
               fortie
               thousand
               souldiers
               ●ome
               Moores
               ,
               some
               Christians
               ;
               and
               if
               the
               worst
               should
               〈◊〉
               ●hee
               hath
               the
               Sea
               at
               hand
               ,
               and
               the
               Florentine
               to
               friend
               ;
               with
               whom
               ,
               he
               knoweth
               that
               a
               massie
               Treasure
               will
               worke
               ●o
               small
               effects
               ,
               towards
               the
               purchase
               of
               some
               rich
               Seigniorie
               .
            
             
               To
               conclude
               ,
               he
               is
               too
               strong
               for
               his
               neighbours
               ,
               and
               able
               to
               make
               a
               long
               defensive
               Warre
               against
               the
               Turke
               ,
               if
               his
               tyrannie
               could
               assure
               him
               of
               fidelitie
               in
               this
               people
               .
            
             
               Acon
               or
               Ptolomais
               ,
               
               is
               strongly
               fortified
               triangular-wise
               ,
               two
               parts
               whereof
               lye
               upon
               the
               Sea
               ,
               the
               third
               toward
               the
               land
               .
               The
               soile
               about
               is
               very
               fruitfull
               and
               delicious
               .
               The
               Citie
               adorned
               with
               a
               beautifull
               Hospitall
               ,
               strong
               and
               well
               bulwarked
               ,
               once
               belonging
               to
               the
               Teutonicke
               Knights
               .
               It
               hath
               also
               a
               very
               faire
               Haven
               ,
               capacious
               of
               any
               ships
               comming
               from
               the
               South
               :
               now
               under
               the
               Sanz●ack
               of
               Saffet
               ,
               and
               usurped
               with
               the
               rest
               of
               that
               Province
               ,
               by
               the
               foresaid
               Emir
               of
               Sydon
               .
               In
               this
               wofull
               Towne
               dwell
               not
               above
               two
               or
               three
               hundred
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               those
               in
               patcht
               up
               ruinous
               houses
               .
            
             
               Beritus
               is
               an
               ancient
               Citie
               ,
               
               once
               an
               Episcopall
               See
               ,
               now
               famous
               for
               Trafficke
               and
               Merchandize
               ,
               as
               the
               Mart-towne
               whereunto
               all
               the
               ships
               comming
               from
               Europe
               doe
               arrive
               .
               It
               is
               situated
               most
               safely
               ,
               and
               almost
               inexpugnable
               .
            
             
               NOw
               following
               mine
               Author
               ,
               and
               having
               finished
               this
               tedious
               discourse
               of
               this
               great
               Empire
               ,
               by
               the
               patience
               of
               my
               Reader
               ,
               I
               will
               once
               turne
               backe
               againe
               and
               relate
               the
               Originall
               ,
               the
               manners
               ,
               the
               discent
               ,
               and
               the
               Religion
               of
               this
               warlike
               and
               infidelious
               people
               ,
               composed
               partly
               of
               Natives
               ,
               lineally
               descended
               from
               the
               Scythians
               and
               Tartars
               ,
               and
               partly
               of
               Apostata
               and
               Renegado
               Christians
               .
            
             
               Generally
               the
               Natives
               have
               broad
               visages
               ,
               correspondent
               to
               the
               proportion
               of
               their
               members
               ,
               faire
               and
               tall
               ,
               and
               somewhat
               inclined
               to
               grossenesse
               .
               Their
               haire
               they
               regard
               
               not
               ,
               save
               onely
               that
               of
               their
               beards
               .
               They
               are
               of
               a
               grosse
               and
               dull
               capacitie
               ,
               -
               wayward
               ,
               slow
               and
               lazie
               ,
               hating
               husbandrie
               ,
               and
               yet
               above
               all
               people
               in
               the
               world
               covetous
               and
               desirous
               of
               riches
               ,
               yea
               ,
               selling
               all
               places
               of
               Justice
               and
               Government
               to
               their
               best
               Chapmen
               .
               Amongst
               one
               another
               exceeding
               courteous
               ,
               and
               as
               servile
               toward
               their
               superiours
               ;
               in
               whose
               presence
               they
               keepe
               admirable
               silence
               ,
               and
               yeeld
               due
               reverence
               :
               but
               toward
               strangers
               they
               are
               all
               fashioned
               of
               pride
               ,
               insolencie
               ,
               and
               boasting
               ,
               thinking
               no
               Nation
               in
               the
               world
               to
               equalize
               them
               ;
               in
               their
               speech
               ,
               entertainment
               and
               gesture
               ,
               bewraying
               their
               inherent
               insolence
               ;
               faithfull
               to
               none
               ,
               but
               where
               fidelitie
               may
               produce
               advantage
               .
               By
               nature
               ,
               they
               are
               as
               idle
               ,
               and
               given
               to
               excessive
               eating
               and
               drinking
               ,
               sitting
               close
               by
               it
               three
               dayes
               together
               ,
               and
               secretly
               not
               abstaining
               from
               Wine
               ,
               although
               by
               their
               Law
               they
               are
               forbidden
               the
               drinking
               thereof
               .
               No
               lesse
               are
               they
               addicted
               to
               lechery
               and
               lothsome
               unnaturall
               venery
               ,
               exceeding
               credulous
               ,
               superstitious
               ,
               relying
               upon
               dreames
               ,
               fortunes
               ,
               divinations
               and
               destiny
               ,
               beleeving
               every
               mans
               fortune
               to
               be
               written
               in
               his
               forehead
               ,
               impossible
               to
               be
               avoided
               :
               the
               fundamentall
               reason
               why
               they
               adventure
               like
               brute
               beasts
               ,
               into
               so
               many
               desperate
               dangers
               .
            
             
               As
               concerning
               their
               Religion
               ,
               a
               man
               might
               write
               much
               ,
               but
               we
               studying
               brevity
               ,
               doe
               relate
               ,
               that
               generally
               ,
               as
               a
               people
               too
               too
               credulous
               ,
               they
               embrace
               many
               absurd
               and
               triviall
               opinions
               ,
               touching
               the
               Creation
               and
               end
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               of
               Paradise
               ,
               Heaven
               ,
               Hell
               ,
               the
               Earth
               ,
               the
               creation
               of
               Man
               ,
               and
               Mahumets
               journey
               to
               Heaven
               ,
               even
               such
               and
               so
               grosse
               ,
               as
               would
               make
               our
               children
               to
               laugh
               ,
               if
               they
               heard
               them
               fabled
               .
               They
               doe
               all
               acknowledge
               one
               God
               ,
               they
               reverence
               Christ
               ,
               not
               as
               the
               Sonne
               of
               God
               ,
               but
               as
               a
               Prophet
               borne
               of
               the
               Virgin
               Mary
               ,
               and
               not
               crucified
               on
               the
               Crosse
               ,
               but
               some
               other
               man
               foisted
               in
               by
               the
               subtiltie
               of
               the
               Iewes
               .
               Idols
               and
               Images
               they
               will
               not
               endure
               ,
               and
               observe
               the
               Friday
               ,
               as
               wee
               doe
               the
               Sabbath
               .
               They
               keepe
               a
               Lent
               of
               thirtie
               dayes
               ,
               which
               they
               call
               Ramadan
               ,
               and
               fast
               all
               day
               ;
               but
               in
               the
               night
               they
               make
               amends
               for
               all
               ,
               abstaining
               from
               nothing
               that
               
               commeth
               to
               hand
               ,
               save
               Swines
               flesh
               ,
               Wine
               and
               Women
               .
               Next
               this
               Feast
               followeth
               their
               Easter
               ,
               by
               them
               termed
               Baydan
               ,
               it
               continueth
               three
               dayes
               ,
               and
               during
               that
               time
               ,
               they
               take
               no
               delight
               in
               any
               pastime
               .
               This
               feast
               falleth
               not
               at
               all
               times
               alike
               ,
               but
               sometimes
               in
               the
               Winter
               ,
               sometimes
               in
               the
               Spring
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               in
               Autumne
               ;
               by
               reason
               that
               they
               account
               not
               their
               yeare
               according
               to
               the
               course
               of
               the
               Sun
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               Moone
               :
               the
               rising
               whereof
               at
               first
               quarter
               they
               adore
               ,
               bearing
               the
               Figure
               thereof
               ,
               as
               we
               the
               Crosse
               ,
               in
               their
               Ensignes
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               circumcised
               
               Iew-like
               ,
               but
               not
               as
               they
               on
               the
               eighth
               day
               ,
               but
               at
               the
               eighth
               yeare
               .
               They
               have
               no
               Bels
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               neither
               will
               they
               suffer
               the
               Christians
               to
               have
               any
               ,
               but
               five
               times
               in
               one
               day
               and
               night
               ,
               their
               Priests
               ascend
               the
               Steeples
               ,
               with
               their
               lowd
               roarings
               and
               out-cries
               to
               call
               and
               assemble
               the
               people
               to
               prayers
               .
               By
               their
               good
               will
               they
               will
               not
               be
               called
               Turkes
               ;
               for
               in
               the
               Hebrew
               tongue
               that
               denomination
               signifieth
               a
               Vagabond
               or
               
                 banished
                 man
              
               ,
               and
               is
               accounted
               a
               word
               of
               disgrace
               ;
               and
               therefore
               forsooth
               they
               must
               be
               stiled
               Musolmans
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               Right-beleevers
               .
            
             
               They
               have
               likewise
               amongst
               them
               (
               as
               amongst
               the
               Papists
               )
               foure
               Orders
               of
               professed
               persons
               ,
               
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               the
               Torlaci
               ,
               the
               Darvisi
               ,
               the
               Calenderi
               ,
               and
               the
               
                 Hughie
                 mali
              
               ;
               the
               most
               wicked
               Sect
               of
               all
               the
               residue
               ,
               giving
               themselves
               to
               all
               imposture
               and
               uncleannesse
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               not
               very
               daintie
               to
               converse
               with
               Christians
               ,
               but
               with
               small
               intreatie
               will
               eat
               ,
               drinke
               and
               trafficke
               with
               them
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               marry
               the
               daughters
               ,
               permitting
               them
               to
               live
               peaceably
               after
               their
               consciences
               :
               but
               to
               the
               Iewes
               ,
               they
               are
               most
               insociable
               ,
               detesting
               their
               company
               ,
               and
               hating
               their
               tables
               ,
               accounting
               them
               the
               basest
               people
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               neither
               will
               they
               marry
               with
               any
               of
               that
               progenie
               ,
               nō
               ,
               nor
               receive
               them
               into
               the
               Mahumetan
               Religion
               ,
               unlesse
               they
               be
               first
               baptized
               .
               By
               their
               Lawes
               they
               may
               have
               but
               foure
               wives
               ,
               yet
               by
               prescription
               every
               man
               taketh
               as
               many
               as
               he
               can
               well
               maintaine
               :
               one
               of
               these
               
               is
               accounted
               the
               wife
               ;
               to
               her
               the
               residue
               are
               underlings
               ,
               and
               may
               at
               any
               time
               be
               divorced
               .
               Their
               women
               goe
               seldome
               abroad
               ,
               but
               if
               they
               doe
               ,
               they
               maske
               their
               faces
               ,
               are
               gallantly
               attired
               ,
               and
               shine
               in
               gold
               ,
               Stone
               ,
               and
               Jewels
               :
               Twice
               a
               weeke
               (
               as
               doe
               men
               )
               they
               frequent
               the
               Baths
               .
               They
               never
               blaspheme
               the
               name
               of
               God
               ,
               nor
               of
               Mahumet
               ,
               nor
               of
               Christ
               ,
               nor
               of
               our
               Ladie
               ,
               nor
               of
               any
               other
               Saints
               ,
               but
               if
               any
               bee
               heard
               so
               to
               offend
               ,
               he
               is
               grievously
               punished
               ,
               let
               him
               be
               of
               what
               calling
               or
               religion
               soever
               .
               At
               Dice
               and
               Cards
               they
               never
               play
               ,
               but
               only
               at
               Alveolo
               .
               They
               are
               very
               charitable
               ,
               disbursing
               their
               Almes
               ,
               not
               only
               to
               Turkes
               ,
               but
               also
               to
               Christians
               ,
               and
               men
               of
               all
               professions
               ,
               yea
               to
               brute
               beasts
               ,
               sometimes
               buying
               quicke
               Birds
               ,
               which
               for
               charities
               sake
               ,
               they
               will
               againe
               let
               flye
               at
               libertie
               .
               Their
               garments
               are
               long
               ,
               and
               open
               before
               to
               the
               foot
               ,
               except
               their
               shirts
               ,
               which
               they
               weare
               without
               their
               Broges
               ,
               so
               that
               as
               they
               goe
               they
               are
               openly
               seene
               .
               Their
               rayment
               is
               very
               faire
               and
               costly
               ,
               viz.
               of
               cloth
               ,
               silke
               ,
               imbrodery
               ,
               and
               set
               with
               pearle
               .
               They
               cover
               their
               head
               with
               a
               Turbant
               ,
               except
               those
               of
               the
               discent
               of
               Mahumet
               ;
               these
               weare
               altogether
               greene
               ,
               but
               the
               Christians
               inhabiting
               among
               them
               ,
               weare
               no
               one
               colour
               ,
               but
               as
               they
               please
               (
               greene
               except
               .
               )
               They
               are
               all
               clothed
               in
               long
               garments
               like
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               and
               are
               not
               distinguished
               by
               any
               apparell
               they
               weare
               (
               of
               what
               profession
               soever
               they
               be
               )
               but
               only
               by
               the
               attire
               of
               their
               heads
               .
               In
               salutations
               they
               never
               uncover
               their
               heads
               ,
               neither
               doth
               the
               meaner
               salute
               his
               better
               ;
               the
               left
               hand
               with
               them
               is
               the
               place
               of
               honour
               ,
               and
               the
               better
               sort
               ride
               about
               their
               affaires
               on
               horsebacke
               .
            
             
               In
               diet
               they
               are
               very
               rude
               ;
               they
               fare
               basely
               ,
               and
               grossely
               ,
               and
               yet
               they
               eat
               thrice
               a
               day
               ,
               at
               morning
               ,
               noone
               ,
               and
               evening
               ,
               alwayes
               without
               Table-cloth
               or
               Napkin
               ;
               not
               sitting
               orderly
               at
               Table
               ,
               but
               on
               the
               ground
               ,
               or
               some
               low
               stoole
               ,
               with
               their
               legges
               acrosse
               ,
               Taylor-like
               .
               They
               feed
               upon
               all
               sorts
               of
               flesh
               ,
               except
               Porke
               ,
               which
               is
               forbidden
               them
               by
               their
               Law.
               Their
               chiefest
               food
               is
               Rice
               ;
               and
               the
               
                 Asian
                 Turks
              
               care
               not
               much
               for
               Fish
               ,
               but
               the
               
                 European
                 Turks
              
               for
               nothing
               more
               .
               By
               Law
               they
               forbeare
               Wine
               ,
               and
               therefore
               drinke
               
               water
               ,
               whereunto
               the
               better
               sort
               mix
               either
               Honey
               or
               Sugar
               ,
               and
               in
               cold
               weather
               in
               stead
               of
               a
               tost
               they
               throw
               in
               a
               burning
               coale
               ,
               to
               take
               away
               the
               offensive
               operation
               of
               this
               raw
               Element
               .
               They
               make
               great
               use
               of
               Opium
               ,
               and
               there
               is
               not
               one
               of
               them
               but
               eateth
               it
               ,
               beleeving
               that
               thereby
               his
               courage
               increaseth
               ,
               and
               thereby
               lesse
               dreadeth
               the
               hazard
               of
               warre
               .
               They
               make
               water
               ,
               cowring
               downe
               like
               women
               ,
               and
               their
               private
               buildings
               for
               the
               most
               part
               consist
               of
               timber
               and
               morter
               ,
               very
               narrow
               and
               ill
               contrived
               ;
               wherein
               to
               say
               truth
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               intensive
               ,
               esteeming
               it
               an
               hainous
               sinne
               to
               bestow
               more
               cost
               upon
               the
               frame
               ,
               than
               is
               likely
               or
               convenient
               to
               last
               longer
               than
               during
               the
               life
               of
               one
               man
               :
               but
               in
               building
               of
               Temples
               to
               the
               honour
               of
               God
               ,
               in
               providing
               for
               publike
               receptacles
               of
               travellers
               ,
               in
               erecting
               Hospitals
               ,
               publike
               Baths
               ,
               watering
               places
               for
               men
               and
               cattell
               ,
               and
               fountaines
               to
               wash
               away
               their
               imaginary
               pollutions
               ,
               before
               they
               enter
               into
               their
               Mesehits
               ,
               they
               are
               most
               sumptuous
               ,
               most
               prodigall
               .
               No
               lesse
               a
               pride
               take
               they
               in
               building
               of
               Conduits
               ,
               in
               erecting
               of
               Bridges
               ,
               and
               in
               paving
               of
               high-wayes
               ,
               all
               which
               in
               Turkie
               you
               shall
               see
               very
               carefully
               repaired
               ,
               &
               as
               a
               man
               may
               say
               ,
               sumptuously
               and
               magnificently
               provided
               for
               .
            
             
               Except
               upon
               the
               frontiers
               ,
               in
               Turkie
               you
               shall
               see
               no
               fortified
               Cities
               ,
               but
               rather
               the
               wals
               ,
               that
               have
               beene
               fortified
               ,
               ruinated
               ,
               and
               the
               fields
               wasted
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               proverbe
               ,
               
                 Quà
                 Ottomanicus
                 aliquis
                 transivit
                 ,
                 ibi
                 nec
                 folia
                 nec
                 gram●na
                 proveniunt
                 .
              
               And
               not
               untruly
               ,
               for
               as
               soone
               as
               they
               have
               conquered
               any
               Province
               ,
               they
               extinguish
               the
               great
               ones
               ,
               especially
               those
               of
               royall
               bloud
               ,
               &
               as
               for
               the
               wealth●est
               Burgers
               ,
               they
               transport
               them
               into
               remote
               Provinces
               ,
               already
               inured
               ,
               and
               subjected
               to
               their
               Lawes
               and
               Government
               ;
               not
               forcing
               their
               consciences
               ,
               but
               onely
               despoyling
               them
               of
               their
               armes
               ,
               restraining
               them
               of
               liberty
               to
               travell
               out
               of
               their
               limits
               ,
               and
               forbidding
               them
               to
               serve
               any
               other
               Potentate
               ,
               in
               prevention
               of
               rebellion
               .
               In
               invention
               of
               engines
               against
               their
               neighbours
               they
               are
               admirable
               industrious
               ,
               not
               caring
               to
               obtaine
               that
               by
               craft
               and
               faithlesse
               cowardize
               ,
               which
               they
               cannot
               gaine
               by
               force
               ,
               or
               the
               effusion
               of
               much
               bloud
               :
               but
               
               those
               base
               projects
               not
               prevailing
               ,
               without
               respect
               of
               honour
               or
               military
               glory
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               ashamed
               to
               betake
               themselves
               to
               their
               heeles
               .
               Yet
               to
               speake
               truth
               ,
               they
               are
               good
               souldiers
               ,
               and
               to
               their
               especiall
               advantage
               excellently
               disciplined
               ,
               being
               obedient
               to
               their
               Commanders
               ,
               most
               laborious
               in
               the
               fabrikes
               ,
               content
               with
               a
               small
               refreshment
               of
               victuall
               ,
               and
               that
               most
               grosse
               ,
               contrary
               to
               gluttonous
               behaviour
               of
               all
               Christian
               warfare
               .
               Their
               Armes
               are
               a
               Launce
               ,
               a
               Bow
               ,
               and
               a
               quiver
               of
               Arrowes
               ,
               an
               iron
               Mace
               ,
               a
               Battle-axe
               ,
               and
               a
               Cemiter
               ,
               and
               those
               enchased
               with
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               :
               besides
               their
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               whereof
               at
               this
               day
               they
               are
               Lords
               of
               infinite
               peeces
               .
            
             
               This
               Empire
               beganne
               to
               take
               root
               in
               the
               yeare
               1300.
               under
               the
               fortunes
               of
               one
               Osman
               or
               Ottoman
               ,
               from
               whom
               the
               succeeding
               Princes
               of
               that
               house
               have
               derived
               and
               usurped
               the
               surnames
               of
               Ottoman
               ,
               even
               as
               the
               Emperours
               of
               Christendome
               have
               continued
               the
               title
               of
               Caesars
               ,
               since
               the
               first
               
                 Roman
                 Iulius
              
               .
               From
               that
               time
               ,
               untill
               the
               yeare
               1608.
               and
               from
               that
               Ottoman
               untill
               this
               Acmach
               ,
               wonder
               it
               is
               to
               relate
               how
               in
               the
               space
               of
               three
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               from
               so
               meane
               a
               Captaine
               ,
               so
               base
               a
               people
               ,
               and
               in
               so
               short
               a
               time
               ,
               (
               considering
               the
               growth
               of
               the
               Roman
               Empire
               )
               this
               Soveraignty
               is
               now
               growne
               to
               be
               the
               terrour
               of
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               almost
               to
               equallize
               that
               of
               the
               Romans
               .
               How
               long
               every
               particular
               Prince
               reigned
               ,
               and
               what
               exploits
               they
               performed
               ,
               I
               rue
               to
               record
               ,
               and
               meane
               not
               to
               relate
               :
               onely
               let
               me
               remember
               you
               of
               that
               devillish
               policie
               of
               theirs
               ,
               how
               one
               brother
               at
               his
               first
               comming
               to
               the
               Crowne
               murdereth
               all
               the
               residue
               of
               his
               fathers
               children
               ,
               and
               male-competitors
               ,
               thereby
               presuming
               to
               live
               secure
               and
               fearelesse
               of
               innovation
               :
               
                 judicet
                 Deus
              
               .
            
             
               They
               first
               seated
               the
               modell
               and
               majesty
               of
               their
               Empire
               in
               Prusia
               ,
               a
               City
               of
               Bithynia
               ;
               then
               they
               transported
               it
               to
               Hadrianople
               ,
               and
               lastly
               to
               Constantinople
               .
               In
               which
               Imperiall
               Citie
               is
               now
               his
               Court
               or
               Palace
               ,
               three
               or
               foure
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               wholly
               inclosed
               with
               a
               strong
               wall
               ,
               and
               situated
               the
               pleasantest
               of
               any
               Palace
               on
               the
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               termed
               by
               them
               the
               Port
               ,
               or
               Seraglio
               .
               Within
               the
               inclosure
               of
               this
               
               wall
               are
               many
               pleasant
               Parkes
               ,
               sweet
               Fountaines
               ,
               sumptuous
               Arbours
               ,
               and
               innumerable
               lodgings
               richly
               built
               ,
               especially
               those
               wherein
               the
               great
               Turke
               himselfe
               resideth
               .
               Within
               this
               inclosure
               likewise
               ,
               are
               two
               other
               inclosed
               receptacles
               or
               lodgings
               for
               women
               ;
               in
               the
               one
               are
               continually
               kept
               at
               least
               fifteene
               hundred
               damosels
               ,
               out
               of
               which
               are
               culled
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               for
               the
               daily
               service
               of
               the
               Emperour
               ,
               and
               those
               sequestred
               into
               the
               other
               of
               the
               lesser
               lodgings
               .
            
             
               For
               his
               guard
               he
               maintaineth
               daily
               by
               turnes
               foure
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               by
               them
               stiled
               
                 Ianizars
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               slaves
               ,
               by
               way
               of
               tribute
               haled
               in
               their
               infancies
               from
               the
               bosomes
               of
               their
               Christian
               parents
               .
               Hee
               hath
               alwayes
               in
               Court
               likewise
               attendant
               on
               his
               person
               fifteene
               hundred
               horsemen
               (
               besides
               those
               that
               serve
               under
               the
               Beglerbegs
               )
               and
               those
               are
               divided
               into
               foure
               classes
               or
               orders
               ,
               
                 viz.
                 Sp●zi
                 ,
                 Vlufagi
                 ,
                 Steliftari
                 ,
              
               and
               Caripici
               ,
               all
               payed
               out
               of
               his
               Casna
               ,
               or
               Exchequer
               .
               Besides
               these
               Pretorian
               bands
               ,
               he
               likewise
               maintained
               ,
               out
               of
               his
               Exchequer
               not
               so
               few
               as
               ten
               thousand
               Ianizars
               garrisoned
               ,
               thorow
               all
               parts
               of
               his
               Empire
               ,
               under
               severall
               leaders
               ,
               acknowledging
               no
               other
               Lord
               ,
               Soveraigne
               ,
               or
               maintainer
               ,
               but
               the
               grand
               Seignior
               .
            
             
               Moreover
               ,
               hee
               hath
               another
               order
               of
               Souldiery
               ,
               termed
               Timario●s
               ,
               what
               they
               are
               ,
               and
               how
               maintained
               ,
               you
               have
               heard
               before
               .
               So
               many
               as
               at
               this
               day
               are
               raised
               in
               Europe
               ,
               are
               thought
               sufficient
               to
               entertaine
               eighty
               thousand
               horsemen
               :
               those
               in
               Asia
               or
               Na●olia
               fifty
               thousand
               ;
               and
               those
               wrested
               from
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Persia
               forty
               thousand
               ;
               What
               are
               raised
               in
               Syria
               ,
               and
               the
               adjacent
               Regions
               of
               Aegypt
               and
               Africa
               ,
               have
               not
               beene
               estimated
               ,
               but
               all
               these
               serve
               under
               their
               Sanziaks
               ,
               and
               they
               at
               the
               commands
               of
               their
               Beglerbegs
               or
               Colonels
               .
            
             
               The
               Court
               is
               commonly
               stiled
               by
               them
               Capi
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               Port
               ,
               wherein
               are
               many
               great
               Officers
               ,
               by
               us
               spoken
               of
               before
               :
               But
               those
               whose
               services
               are
               onely
               destinated
               to
               uses
               within
               the
               Seraglio
               ,
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               Eunuches
               ,
               with
               their
               rabble
               of
               under-Eunuches
               .
               Without
               the
               Seraglio
               ,
               are
               
               also
               divers
               honourable
               Offices
               for
               the
               government
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               is
               their
               Mufii
               or
               Pope
               .
               In
               the
               second
               ranke
               are
               their
               
                 Cadeleschers
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               chiefe
               Justices
               .
               After
               the
               Cadeleschers
               follow
               the
               Vice-Roy
               Bassae●
               ,
               (
               Counsellours
               of
               estate
               )
               whose
               number
               is
               uncertaine
               ;
               in
               old
               time
               three
               or
               foure
               ,
               but
               of
               late
               nine
               .
               The
               President
               of
               these
               the
               Turkes
               terme
               Vice-Roy
               .
               And
               in
               truth
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               place
               of
               great
               dignity
               and
               authority
               in
               managing
               the
               affaires
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               as
               the
               man
               with
               whom
               the
               grand
               Seignior
               doth
               onely
               communicate
               his
               weightiest
               intentions
               ,
               and
               secretest
               deliberations
               .
            
             
               And
               were
               it
               certaine
               ,
               either
               for
               yeares
               ,
               or
               life
               ;
               For
               profit
               and
               honour
               ,
               this
               place
               would
               not
               be
               much
               inferiour
               to
               the
               estate
               of
               many
               great
               Princes
               in
               Christendome
               .
               But
               such
               is
               the
               tyranny
               of
               this
               Monarch
               ,
               that
               upon
               every
               suggestion
               and
               jealousie
               ,
               he
               is
               sometime
               deprived
               ,
               and
               sometime
               strangled
               .
               Within
               these
               sixteene
               or
               seventeene
               yeares
               last
               past
               ,
               it
               hath
               beene
               observed
               ,
               that
               fourteene
               of
               these
               Officers
               have
               thus
               beene
               used
               .
               Five
               have
               died
               naturall
               deaths
               after
               deprivement
               ,
               and
               nine
               deprived
               and
               afterwards
               murdered
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               next
               place
               appeare
               the
               Beglerbegs
               ,
               (
               masters
               
                 del
                 Campo
              
               )
               the
               chiefe
               whereof
               is
               he
               that
               is
               termed
               of
               Romania
               or
               Grecia
               :
               The
               second
               of
               Anatolia
               or
               Asia
               .
               The
               third
               is
               the
               
                 Denizi
                 Beglerbeg
              
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               the
               Lord
               high
               Admirall
               .
               And
               these
               three
               Beglerbegs
               have
               equall
               place
               and
               authority
               with
               the
               former
               Bassaes
               in
               the
               Divano
               ,
               or
               place
               of
               publike
               audience
               .
            
             
               Before
               the
               last
               warre
               of
               Persia
               ,
               this
               Empire
               was
               under-governed
               by
               forty
               Beglerbegs
               ,
               who
               likewise
               had
               under
               them
               two
               hundred
               and
               seventy
               Sanziaks
               :
               But
               since
               those
               times
               this
               number
               hath
               beene
               much
               augmented
               ,
               viz.
               in
               Europe
               reside
               seven
               :
               In
               Afrike
               foure
               :
               In
               Asia
               twenty
               nine
               .
            
             
               The
               Turkish
               Arsenals
               for
               shipping
               are
               foure
               ;
               the
               first
               is
               at
               P●ra
               ,
               and
               containeth
               three
               and
               thirty
               docks
               or
               stations
               for
               so
               many
               Gallies
               :
               The
               second
               is
               at
               Gallipolis
               ,
               and
               containeth
               twenty
               ,
               both
               under
               the
               charge
               of
               the
               high
               Admirall
               and
               his
               servitors
               .
               The
               third
               is
               at
               Suez
               upon
               the
               Red-Sea
               ,
               containing
               
               five
               and
               twenty
               stations
               :
               and
               the
               fourth
               last
               ,
               at
               Balsara
               in
               the
               Persian
               gulfe
               ,
               consisting
               of
               fifteene
               Gallies
               ,
               and
               these
               two
               last
               under
               the
               charges
               of
               the
               Beglerbegs
               of
               Balsara
               and
               Cairo
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               time
               of
               Sel●mus
               we
               reckoned
               one
               million
               ,
               and
               three
               hundred
               thirty
               three
               thousand
               Christian
               soules
               to
               live
               within
               his
               Dominions
               ,
               not
               accounting
               those
               that
               enjoyed
               freedome
               of
               conscience
               by
               privilege
               ,
               nor
               those
               that
               then
               were
               subject
               to
               the
               Aegyptian
               Sultan
               ,
               whom
               the
               said
               Selimus
               vanquished
               .
            
             
               The
               Iewes
               likewise
               live
               dispersed
               over
               his
               whole
               Dominions
               ,
               in
               such
               infinite
               numbers
               ,
               that
               scarce
               no
               Towne
               nor
               Village
               ,
               but
               is
               very
               populously
               replenished
               with
               their
               families
               ,
               speaking
               divers
               languages
               ,
               and
               using
               the
               trade
               of
               Merchandize
               in
               royall
               and
               rich
               fashion
               .
            
             
               A
               people
               scattered
               over
               the
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               hated
               by
               all
               men
               amongst
               whom
               they
               live
               ,
               yet
               of
               incredible
               patience
               ;
               as
               subjecting
               themselves
               to
               times
               ,
               and
               to
               whatsoever
               may
               advance
               their
               profit
               :
               worldly
               wise
               ,
               and
               thriving
               wheresoever
               they
               set
               footing
               .
               Men
               of
               indifferent
               statures
               ,
               and
               best
               complexions
               .
               Those
               that
               live
               in
               Christendome
               are
               the
               relikes
               only
               of
               the
               tribes
               of
               Iuda
               and
               Benjamin
               ;
               the
               other
               ten
               (
               some
               say
               )
               are
               lost
               :
               Others
               ,
               that
               they
               be
               in
               India
               ,
               or
               driven
               by
               Salmanasser
               into
               the
               extreme
               parts
               of
               the
               North.
               
            
             
               Their
               owne
               Country
               ,
               after
               the
               expulsion
               of
               the
               Aegyptian
               Sultans
               by
               Selimus
               ,
               at
               this
               day
               is
               adjoyned
               unto
               the
               Crowne
               of
               the
               Ottoman
               Empire
               :
               being
               governed
               by
               divers
               Sanziacks
               ,
               all
               under
               the
               Bassa
               of
               Damasco
               .
               It
               is
               now
               inhabited
               by
               Moores
               and
               Arabians
               :
               Those
               possessing
               the
               vallies
               ;
               these
               the
               mountaines
               .
               Of
               Turkes
               there
               be
               some
               few
               :
               of
               Greekes
               many
               ;
               with
               other
               Christians
               of
               all
               sects
               and
               Nations
               ;
               especially
               of
               such
               as
               impute
               an
               adherent
               holinesse
               to
               the
               place
               .
               Those
               Iewes
               that
               live
               here
               ,
               are
               not
               proprietors
               of
               any
               land
               therein
               ,
               but
               live
               as
               strangers
               and
               aliens
               ,
               and
               pay
               their
               duties
               to
               their
               Lords
               .
            
             
               The
               Arabians
               are
               said
               to
               be
               descended
               from
               Ismael
               ,
               dwelling
               in
               tents
               ,
               and
               removing
               their
               aboads
               ,
               according
               to
               opportunity
               
               of
               prey
               ,
               or
               benefit
               of
               pasturage
               ;
               not
               worth
               the
               conquering
               ,
               nor
               can
               they
               be
               conquered
               ,
               retiring
               to
               places
               inaccessible
               for
               Armies
               .
               A
               Nation
               from
               the
               beginning
               unmixed
               with
               others
               ,
               boasting
               of
               their
               Nobility
               ,
               and
               this
               day
               hating
               all
               mechanicall
               Sciences
               .
               They
               hang
               about
               the
               skirts
               of
               the
               inhabited
               Countries
               ,
               and
               having
               robbed
               ,
               retire
               with
               wonderfull
               celerity
               .
               They
               are
               of
               meane
               stature
               ,
               raw-boned
               ,
               tawny
               ,
               having
               feminine
               voices
               ,
               of
               a
               swift
               and
               noislesse
               pace
               being
               behinde
               you
               ,
               and
               upon
               you
               before
               you
               bee
               aware
               .
               Their
               Religion
               (
               if
               any
               )
               Mahumetisme
               ,
               their
               Language
               extending
               as
               farre
               as
               their
               Religion
               .
               Yet
               if
               any
               one
               of
               them
               undertake
               that
               conduct
               ,
               he
               will
               performe
               it
               faithfully
               ,
               not
               any
               of
               the
               Nation
               offering
               to
               molest
               you
               .
               Then
               will
               they
               lead
               you
               by
               unknowne
               waies
               ,
               farther
               in
               foure
               dayes
               than
               a
               man
               can
               travell
               by
               Caravan
               in
               fourteene
               .
            
          
           
             
               Persia.
               
            
             
               PErsia
               ,
               and
               the
               Persian
               glory
               hath
               beene
               often
               obscured
               :
               First
               ,
               by
               the
               Arabians
               ,
               who
               (
               to
               bury
               in
               oblivion
               the
               memory
               of
               former
               reputation
               )
               enacted
               by
               Law
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               custome
               of
               Conquerours
               ,
               that
               the
               people
               should
               no
               more
               be
               called
               Persians
               ,
               but
               Saracens
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               by
               the
               Tartarians
               ,
               led
               by
               Ching●s
               .
               And
               lastly
               ,
               by
               Tamerlan
               and
               his
               followers
               .
            
             
               But
               not
               long
               before
               the
               daies
               of
               our
               Ancestors
               ,
               by
               the
               vertue
               of
               
                 Ismael
                 Sophy
              
               (
               of
               whose
               originall
               and
               fortunes
               ,
               for
               the
               better
               understanding
               of
               this
               History
               ,
               it
               will
               not
               bee
               amisse
               to
               discourse
               )
               the
               King
               some
               might
               truly
               have
               beene
               said
               to
               have
               recovered
               its
               ancient
               splendour
               ,
               if
               the
               Turkish
               depredations
               upon
               the
               Natives
               ,
               had
               not
               through
               bloud
               and
               devastation
               ,
               inforced
               this
               Ismael
               to
               re-people
               the
               Country
               with
               
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 Turcomans
                 ,
                 Courdines
              
               ,
               and
               the
               scumme
               of
               all
               Nations
               :
               who
               though
               they
               live
               in
               a
               better
               Country
               ,
               yet
               doe
               they
               nothing
               resemble
               the
               ancient
               and
               noble
               descended
               
               Persians
               ;
               but
               at
               this
               day
               retaine
               the
               inheritance
               of
               their
               bad
               ,
               trecherous
               ,
               and
               vilde
               dispositions
               .
            
             
               When
               Mahumet
               ,
               after
               the
               decease
               of
               his
               first
               wife
               (
               who
               adopted
               him
               her
               heire
               )
               by
               her
               riches
               and
               his
               new
               superstition
               ,
               had
               gotten
               him
               a
               name
               amongst
               the
               vulgar
               ,
               he
               married
               for
               his
               second
               wife
               Aissa
               ,
               the
               daughter
               of
               one
               Ahubacer
               a
               great
               rich
               man
               ,
               and
               of
               high
               authority
               in
               those
               quarters
               .
               By
               this
               mans
               continuance
               ,
               and
               the
               friendship
               of
               Oman
               and
               Ottomar
               his
               kinsmen
               ,
               hee
               gathered
               together
               a
               great
               rabble
               of
               Arabians
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               faire
               meanes
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               colour
               of
               Religion
               he
               became
               Master
               of
               many
               bordering
               Territories
               ;
               and
               also
               about
               the
               same
               time
               gave
               Fatime
               his
               Daughter
               (
               by
               his
               first
               Wife
               )
               to
               Halie
               his
               Cousin
               :
               and
               to
               him
               after
               his
               death
               ,
               all
               his
               earthly
               substance
               ,
               making
               him
               the
               head
               of
               his
               superstition
               ,
               with
               the
               title
               of
               Caliph
               .
            
             
               Abubacer
               ,
               by
               whose
               countenance
               Mahumet
               became
               gracious
               ,
               taking
               in
               ill
               part
               the
               preferment
               of
               the
               young
               man
               ;
               by
               the
               aide
               of
               Omar
               and
               Ottomar
               (
               whose
               desires
               ,
               wholly
               built
               upon
               hope
               of
               succession
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               old
               mans
               yeares
               ,
               and
               for
               kindred
               sake
               ,
               were
               inclined
               rather
               to
               see
               Abubacer
               ,
               than
               Halie
               to
               bee
               their
               Caliph
               )
               beganne
               openly
               to
               resist
               Halie
               and
               to
               spoile
               him
               ,
               and
               his
               wife
               Fatime
               ,
               of
               all
               the
               substance
               which
               was
               left
               them
               by
               the
               Uncle
               .
               Abubacer
               died
               :
               Omar
               and
               Ottomar
               succeeded
               .
               Omar
               was
               slaine
               by
               a
               slave
               ;
               Ottomar
               in
               a
               private
               quarrell
               ;
               after
               whose
               death
               Halie
               succeeded
               .
               Against
               him
               rose
               Mavie
               ,
               who
               accusing
               him
               as
               accessary
               to
               the
               death
               of
               Ottomar
               his
               Lord
               ,
               caused
               him
               to
               be
               slain
               neere
               Caffa
               ,
               a
               City
               within
               two
               daies
               journey
               of
               Babylon
               ,
               where
               likewise
               he
               lieth
               buried
               :
               The
               place
               is
               called
               to
               this
               day
               Massadel
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               house
               of
               Halie
               .
               After
               his
               decease
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               Caffa
               proclaimed
               Ossan
               ,
               the
               son
               of
               
                 Fatime
                 ,
                 Caliph
              
               ;
               but
               him
               likewise
               Mavie
               opposed
               ,
               and
               flew
               by
               poison
               .
               Then
               was
               he
               absolute
               Caliph
               ,
               and
               after
               him
               his
               sonne
               
                 Iazit
                 .
                 Ossan
              
               left
               behinde
               him
               twelve
               sonnes
               ,
               one
               whereof
               was
               called
               
                 Mahumet
                 Mahadin
              
               .
               The
               Moores
               say
               ,
               he
               never
               died
               ,
               but
               that
               hee
               shall
               returne
               againe
               to
               convert
               the
               world
               ;
               and
               therefore
               they
               keepe
               alwaies
               ready
               in
               the
               
               Mosque
               of
               Massadella
               ,
               a
               horse
               gallantly
               furnished
               ,
               where
               in
               their
               foppery
               they
               affirme
               ,
               that
               this
               worlds
               conversion
               shall
               first
               begin
               .
               Upon
               these
               differents
               of
               
                 Halie
                 ,
                 Abubacer
                 ,
                 Omar
                 ,
                 Ottomar
                 ,
              
               and
               Mavie
               ,
               have
               mighty
               factions
               of
               armes
               and
               opinions
               arisen
               amongst
               the
               sectaries
               of
               this
               new
               superstition
               .
               The
               Persians
               labour
               to
               prove
               Halie
               true
               Caliph
               ,
               by
               the
               last
               Will
               of
               Mahumet
               ;
               the
               Arabians
               stand
               as
               stifly
               to
               the
               three
               first
               .
               When
               from
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               God
               1258.
               to
               the
               yeare
               1363.
               the
               Moores
               had
               no
               
                 Caliph
                 (
                 Mustapha
                 Mumbala
              
               the
               last
               Caliph
               being
               slaine
               by
               Alcu
               King
               of
               the
               Tartarians
               )
               a
               certaine
               Nobleman
               in
               Persia
               ,
               named
               Sophi
               ,
               Lord
               of
               Ardevel
               ,
               deriving
               his
               pedegree
               from
               Halie
               ,
               by
               
                 Musa
                 Ceresin
              
               his
               Nephew
               ,
               and
               one
               of
               the
               twelve
               sonnes
               of
               Ossan
               (
               in
               memory
               of
               whom
               he
               altered
               the
               forme
               of
               the
               Turbant
               )
               by
               his
               vertue
               and
               valour
               ,
               won
               great
               credit
               and
               estimation
               to
               his
               new
               faction
               .
            
             
               To
               him
               succeeded
               Adar
               the
               sonne
               of
               Guine
               ,
               to
               whom
               Assembeg
               ,
               a
               powerfull
               Prince
               in
               Syria
               and
               Persia
               ,
               gave
               his
               daughter
               in
               marriage
               .
               But
               his
               sonne
               Iacob-beg
               ,
               fearing
               the
               power
               and
               estimation
               of
               Adar
               ,
               caused
               him
               to
               be
               slaine
               ,
               and
               delivered
               his
               two
               sons
               ,
               Ismael
               and
               Soliman
               ,
               to
               his
               Captaine
               Amanzar
               ,
               willing
               him
               to
               cast
               them
               in
               prison
               in
               Zaliga
               ,
               a
               Castle
               in
               the
               mountaines
               :
               but
               Amazar
               detesting
               the
               tyranny
               of
               his
               Lord
               ,
               conveied
               the
               children
               to
               his
               owne
               house
               ,
               and
               brought
               them
               up
               like
               Gentlemen
               amongst
               his
               owne
               sonnes
               ;
               and
               falling
               sicke
               of
               a
               deadly
               disease
               ,
               forecasting
               what
               might
               happen
               after
               his
               decease
               ,
               gave
               them
               horses
               and
               money
               ,
               willing
               them
               to
               flie
               ,
               and
               to
               betake
               themselves
               to
               their
               mothers
               house
               and
               tuition
               .
               Ismael
               the
               eldest
               was
               no
               sooner
               returned
               to
               his
               mothers
               place
               ,
               but
               he
               vowed
               revenge
               for
               his
               fathers
               death
               ,
               and
               after
               some
               fortunate
               expeditions
               ,
               tooke
               upon
               him
               the
               cause
               and
               protection
               of
               the
               followers
               of
               Halie
               ,
               from
               whom
               hee
               derived
               his
               pedegree
               .
               Hee
               made
               the
               Turbant
               higher
               ,
               and
               sent
               Ambassadours
               to
               all
               the
               Orientall
               Mahumetans
               ,
               to
               exhort
               them
               to
               unity
               in
               Religion
               and
               Cognisances
               .
               By
               these
               meanes
               and
               fortune
               of
               his
               armes
               ,
               he
               became
               a
               terror
               to
               the
               East
               ,
               and
               slew
               Ossan
               then
               Usurper
               of
               the
               Persian
               
               State
               ,
               with
               his
               ten
               brethren
               ,
               except
               Marabeg
               ,
               who
               saved
               himselfe
               ,
               and
               sled
               to
               Soliman
               first
               Emperour
               of
               the
               Turkes
               ,
               imploring
               his
               aid
               .
               This
               Ismael
               at
               the
               Lake
               Vay
               ,
               overthrew
               with
               a
               great
               slaughter
               the
               Prince
               of
               the
               
                 Tartars
                 Zagatai
              
               ,
               and
               in
               heat
               of
               his
               victory
               had
               passed
               the
               River
               Abbian
               ,
               if
               his
               Astrologian
               ,
               in
               whom
               he
               greatly
               trusted
               ,
               had
               not
               foretold
               him
               that
               his
               passage
               should
               bee
               prosperous
               ,
               but
               his
               returne
               unfortunate
               .
               Hee
               left
               to
               his
               sonnes
               a
               most
               spacious
               Empire
               ,
               bounded
               with
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ,
               the
               Persian
               Gulfe
               ,
               the
               Lake
               Sioc
               ,
               the
               Rivers
               Tygris
               and
               Oxus
               ,
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               which
               Provinces
               containe
               more
               than
               twenty
               degrees
               from
               East
               to
               West
               ,
               and
               eighteene
               from
               North
               to
               South
               .
               And
               although
               these
               Kingdomes
               lying
               within
               these
               bounds
               held
               not
               immediatly
               of
               the
               Crowne
               of
               Persia
               ,
               yet
               all
               acknowledge
               the
               Persian
               for
               their
               soveraigne
               Prince
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               the
               Kings
               of
               
                 Matam
                 ,
                 Patan
                 ,
                 Guadel
              
               ,
               and
               Ormus
               .
            
             
               Georgia
               and
               Mengrellia
               ,
               being
               Christian
               Countries
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               superstition
               of
               the
               Greeke
               Church
               ,
               submitted
               to
               certaine
               conditions
               ,
               as
               toleration
               of
               Religion
               ,
               payment
               of
               Tribute
               ,
               and
               disclaiming
               to
               assist
               the
               Turke
               against
               them
               ;
               and
               so
               obtained
               a
               kind
               of
               peace
               and
               protection
               untill
               againe
               the
               Persians
               declined
               ,
               by
               the
               fortunes
               of
               the
               Ottomans
               .
               The
               like
               course
               ranne
               Media
               ,
               now
               called
               
                 Servan
                 ,
                 Dierbechia
              
               ,
               once
               
                 Mesopotamia
                 ;
                 Cusistan
              
               ,
               the
               inhabitation
               of
               the
               
                 Susiani
                 ;
                 Farsistan
              
               ,
               the
               Country
               of
               the
               
                 Persians
                 ;
                 Strava
              
               ,
               once
               
                 Hircania
                 ;
                 Parthia
              
               ,
               at
               this
               day
               called
               
                 Arac
                 ;
                 Caramanie
              
               ,
               now
               
                 Sigestan
                 ,
                 Carassa
                 ,
                 Sablestan
              
               ,
               and
               Istigiu
               ,
               whose
               ancient
               names
               were
               
                 Drangia
                 ,
                 Bactria
                 ,
                 Parapamisus
                 ,
                 Margiana
                 .
              
               Of
               these
               Regions
               ,
               those
               which
               lie
               neerest
               to
               the
               Persian
               Sea
               are
               most
               plentifull
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               Rivers
               every
               where
               dispersed
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Land.
               Amongst
               these
               Rivers
               ,
               the
               most
               famous
               is
               Bindimir
               ,
               to
               whose
               waters
               the
               Inhabitants
               are
               much
               beholding
               ,
               conveying
               it
               by
               trenches
               ,
               and
               other
               inventions
               into
               their
               grounds
               ,
               to
               their
               great
               ease
               and
               commodity
               .
               The
               Provinces
               lying
               upon
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ,
               for
               their
               Rivers
               and
               temperature
               ,
               doe
               likewise
               participate
               of
               the
               said
               fertility
               ,
               
               especially
               all
               those
               quarters
               which
               are
               watered
               with
               the
               River
               Puly-Malon
               ,
               falling
               into
               the
               Lake
               Burgian
               :
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Province
               is
               dry
               ;
               by
               reason
               whereof
               ,
               Townes
               and
               Villages
               are
               seldome
               seene
               in
               those
               places
               ,
               unlesse
               it
               be
               by
               some
               springs
               or
               waters
               side
               .
            
             
               The
               most
               ample
               and
               magnificent
               Cities
               of
               Persia
               ,
               
               are
               Istigias
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               Bactria
               ,
               thought
               to
               be
               one
               of
               the
               pleasantest
               Cities
               of
               the
               East
               .
               Indion
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               City
               of
               Margiana
               ,
               situated
               in
               so
               fat
               and
               fertile
               a
               territory
               ,
               that
               therefore
               
                 Antiochus
                 Soler
              
               caused
               it
               to
               be
               walled
               about
               .
               Candahar
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               Pamaparisus
               ,
               famous
               for
               the
               trafficke
               of
               Indiae
               and
               Cathaia
               ,
               whither
               the
               Merchants
               of
               those
               Countries
               doe
               resort
               .
               E
               rt
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               City
               of
               Aria
               ,
               so
               abounding
               with
               Roses
               ,
               that
               thereof
               it
               should
               seeme
               to
               take
               the
               name
               .
               Barbarus
               saith
               ,
               it
               is
               of
               thirteene
               miles
               compasse
               .
               Ispaa
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               Parthia
               ,
               so
               spacious
               for
               the
               circuit
               thereof
               ,
               that
               the
               Persians
               hyperbolically
               terme
               it
               ,
               the
               halfe
               World.
               Chirmaine
               is
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               Caramania
               ,
               renowmed
               for
               the
               excellent
               cloth
               of
               gold
               and
               silver
               woven
               therein
               .
               Eor
               is
               a
               noble
               City
               ,
               and
               so
               is
               Custra
               of
               Susiana
               .
               But
               all
               these
               for
               beauty
               and
               magnificence
               may
               bow
               and
               bend
               to
               Syras
               ,
               seated
               upon
               the
               River
               Bindimire
               .
            
             
               It
               was
               once
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               Persia
               ,
               and
               as
               some
               thinke
               ,
               called
               
                 Persepolis
                 .
                 Alexander
              
               the
               Great
               burnt
               it
               to
               the
               ground
               at
               the
               intreatie
               of
               his
               Concubine
               ;
               but
               afterward
               ,
               being
               ashamed
               of
               so
               vile
               an
               action
               ,
               caused
               it
               to
               bee
               re-edified
               .
               It
               is
               not
               at
               this
               time
               so
               great
               ,
               as
               in
               times
               past
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               thought
               to
               bee
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Cities
               in
               all
               the
               Orient
               ,
               with
               its
               suburbs
               ,
               which
               are
               in
               compasse
               twenty
               miles
               .
               It
               is
               a
               Proverbe
               among
               the
               
                 Persians
                 ;
                 Quando
                 Suars
                 erat
                 Siras
                 ,
                 tunc
                 Cairus
                 〈◊〉
                 Pagus
                 :
              
               yet
               they
               account
               it
               not
               very
               ancient
               ,
               neither
               are
               they
               of
               their
               opinions
               ,
               who
               will
               have
               it
               the
               head
               of
               
                 ●●●ia
                 .
                 Tauris
              
               and
               Casbin
               are
               famous
               Cities
               ,
               and
               besides
               their
               magnificence
               they
               may
               glory
               ,
               that
               in
               them
               the
               Kings
               of
               Persia
               for
               the
               most
               part
               keepe
               their
               residences
               .
            
             
               The
               forme
               of
               Government
               of
               this
               Nation
               ,
               
               is
               not
               like
               the
               Government
               of
               any
               other
               Mahumetan
               people
               ;
               neither
               is
               ●●
            
             
             
               There
               are
               also
               many
               desarts
               ,
               
               and
               many
               mountaines
               disjoyning
               the
               Provinces
               farre
               asunder
               .
               Herein
               it
               resembleth
               Spaine
               ,
               where
               for
               want
               of
               navigable
               Rivers
               (
               except
               towards
               the
               Sea-coast
               )
               traffike
               is
               little
               used
               ,
               and
               mountaines
               and
               Provinces
               lie
               unmanured
               for
               scarcity
               of
               moisture
               .
               But
               Nature
               ,
               unwilling
               that
               humane
               life
               should
               want
               any
               easement
               ,
               hath
               so
               provided
               for
               mutuall
               commerce
               in
               these
               sandy
               and
               barren
               places
               ,
               that
               through
               the
               labour
               of
               Camels
               ,
               the
               want
               of
               Navigation
               is
               richly
               recompenced
               thorowout
               Persia
               ,
               &
               the
               bordering
               Countries
               .
               These
               beasts
               carry
               wondrous
               burdens
               ,
               and
               will
               longer
               continue
               than
               either
               Horse
               or
               Mule.
               They
               will
               travell
               laden
               with
               a
               thousand
               pound
               weight
               ,
               and
               will
               so
               continue
               forty
               dayes
               and
               upward
               .
               In
               sterile
               and
               deepe
               sandy
               Countreyes
               (
               such
               as
               are
               
                 Lybia
                 ,
                 Arabia
              
               ,
               and
               Persia
               ,
               )
               they
               drinke
               but
               once
               every
               fifth
               day
               ,
               and
               if
               extremity
               enforce
               ,
               they
               will
               endure
               the
               want
               of
               water
               ten
               or
               twelve
               .
               When
               their
               burdens
               are
               off
               ,
               a
               little
               grasse
               ,
               thorns
               ,
               or
               leaves
               of
               trees
               will
               suffice
               them
               .
               There
               is
               no
               living
               thing
               lesse
               chargeable
               ,
               and
               more
               laborious
               ,
               certainly
               ordained
               of
               nature
               a
               fit
               creature
               for
               those
               sandy
               and
               deepe
               places
               of
               Asia
               and
               Africke
               ,
               wherein
               even
               man
               himselfe
               feeleth
               the
               want
               of
               food
               and
               water
               .
               Of
               these
               there
               are
               three
               sorts
               ,
               upon
               the
               lesser
               men
               travell
               ;
               the
               middle
               sort
               have
               bunches
               on
               their
               backs
               ,
               fit
               for
               carrying
               of
               Merchandize
               ;
               the
               greater
               and
               stronger
               are
               those
               which
               carry
               burdens
               of
               one
               thousand
               pound
               weight
               ,
               these
               are
               their
               ships
               ,
               the
               sands
               their
               Seas
               .
            
             
               What
               numbers
               of
               horsemen
               this
               King
               is
               able
               to
               levie
               ,
               was
               manifested
               in
               the
               warres
               betweene
               Selim
               the
               first
               ,
               
               and
               Ismael
               ;
               betweene
               Ismael
               and
               Soliman
               ;
               and
               betweene
               Codabanda
               and
               Amurath
               .
               Not
               one
               of
               them
               brought
               above
               thirty
               thousand
               horse
               into
               the
               field
               ,
               but
               so
               throughly
               furnished
               ,
               that
               they
               had
               little
               cause
               to
               feare
               greater
               numbers
               .
               The
               richer
               and
               abler
               sort
               arme
               themselves
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               our
               men
               at
               Armes
               ;
               the
               residue
               being
               better
               than
               the
               third
               part
               of
               their
               Cavalry
               ,
               content
               themselves
               with
               a
               Scull
               ,
               a
               Jack
               and
               a
               Cemiter
               .
               They
               use
               the
               Launce
               &
               the
               Bow
               indifferently
               .
               There
               is
               scarce
               a
               better
               Musketteer
               in
               the
               whole
               
               world
               than
               the
               Persian
               generally
               is
               at
               this
               day
               ,
               nor
               a
               sorer
               fellow
               at
               the
               Spade
               ,
               or
               at
               a
               Mine
               :
               Of
               both
               these
               the
               Portugals
               had
               sensible
               experience
               at
               the
               siege
               of
               Ormuz
               ,
               lately
               taken
               from
               them
               by
               the
               Persian
               .
            
             
               Touching
               their
               riches
               ,
               the
               common
               opinion
               is
               ,
               
               that
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               King
               Tamas
               ,
               the
               yearely
               Revenues
               amounted
               to
               foure
               or
               five
               millions
               of
               Gold
               ,
               who
               by
               a
               sudden
               doubling
               of
               the
               value
               of
               his
               coine
               ,
               raised
               it
               to
               eight
               ,
               and
               accordingly
               made
               payment
               to
               his
               Soldans
               and
               souldiers
               .
               But
               in
               these
               dayes
               ,
               by
               the
               conquest
               of
               the
               great
               Turke
               they
               are
               much
               diminished
               ,
               and
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               they
               amount
               to
               little
               more
               than
               two
               ;
               But
               indeed
               the
               feodary
               Lands
               ,
               Townes
               ,
               and
               Villages
               ,
               Tenths
               ,
               Shops
               ,
               &c.
               (
               which
               are
               very
               many
               )
               supply
               a
               great
               part
               of
               the
               pay
               due
               to
               the
               companies
               of
               those
               his
               horsemen
               above
               mentioned
               .
            
             
               Towards
               the
               East
               bordereth
               the
               Mogor
               ,
               
               upon
               the
               North
               the
               Zagatai
               .
               
               Towards
               the
               West
               the
               Turke
               possesseth
               a
               large
               frontier
               .
               With
               the
               Mogors
               he
               is
               little
               troubled
               ;
               for
               as
               Spaine
               and
               France
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               narrow
               streight
               ,
               and
               difficult
               passages
               over
               the
               mountaines
               ,
               cannot
               easily
               convey
               necessaries
               (
               the
               life
               of
               an
               Armie
               )
               to
               infest
               one
               another
               :
               So
               towards
               the
               frontiers
               of
               India
               and
               Cambaia
               (
               Provinces
               belonging
               to
               the
               Mogors
               )
               high
               Mountaines
               ,
               and
               vast
               Desarts
               ,
               keepe
               good
               peace
               betweene
               these
               two
               Princes
               :
               yet
               infest
               they
               one
               another
               on
               the
               borders
               of
               Cahull
               &
               Sablestan
               ,
               of
               which
               certaine
               Lords
               of
               the
               Mogors
               have
               gotten
               the
               dominion
               .
               He
               commeth
               not
               neere
               the
               borders
               of
               the
               great
               Cham
               ,
               betweene
               whom
               certaine
               petty
               Princes
               ,
               and
               impassable
               Desarts
               doe
               oppose
               themselves
               .
               It
               seemeth
               ,
               
               that
               toward
               the
               Zagatai
               he
               standeth
               content
               with
               those
               bounds
               which
               the
               River
               Oxus
               hath
               laid
               out
               ;
               for
               he
               never
               durst
               passe
               it
               ;
               and
               when
               Zaba
               King
               of
               the
               Zagatai
               had
               passed
               it
               ,
               hee
               was
               overthrowne
               with
               much
               slaughter
               by
               Ismael
               .
               So
               was
               Cyrus
               by
               Tomyris
               ,
               who
               slew
               him
               and
               all
               his
               host
               .
               The
               Turk
               is
               a
               borderer
               all
               alongst
               the
               western
               coast
               of
               this
               whole
               Empire
               ,
               even
               from
               the
               Caspian
               Sea
               ,
               to
               the
               gulfe
               Saura
               ,
               
               a
               tract
               almost
               of
               fifteene
               degrees
               .
               He
               hath
               no
               enemy
               so
               dangerous
               ,
               
               nor
               more
               to
               be
               feared
               ,
               nor
               at
               whose
               hands
               in
               all
               conflicts
               (
               for
               the
               most
               part
               )
               he
               hath
               received
               greater
               losse
               .
               Mahumet
               the
               second
               overthrew
               Vssanchan
               ,
               and
               tooke
               from
               David
               ,
               his
               Vassall
               and
               Confederate
               ,
               the
               Empire
               of
               
                 Trapezond
                 .
                 Selim
              
               the
               first
               did
               overthrow
               Ismael
               in
               Campania
               ,
               and
               tooke
               from
               him
               
                 Caramit
                 ,
                 Orfa
                 ,
                 Merdis
              
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               territory
               which
               they
               call
               
                 Alech
                 .
                 Soliman
              
               put
               Tamas
               to
               flight
               ,
               and
               tooke
               from
               him
               Babylon
               and
               all
               Mesopotamia
               .
               In
               our
               dayes
               Amurath
               wonne
               whatsoever
               lieth
               betweene
               Derbent
               and
               Tauris
               ,
               wherein
               is
               comprehended
               Georgia
               ,
               and
               Sirvan
               ,
               and
               by
               building
               of
               fortresses
               in
               
                 Teflis
                 ,
                 Samachia
              
               ,
               and
               Ere
               's
               ,
               assured
               the
               passages
               of
               
                 Chars
                 ,
                 Tomanis
              
               ,
               and
               Lori
               .
               He
               is
               Lord
               of
               all
               that
               lieth
               betweene
               Erzirum
               &
               Orontes
               ,
               a
               River
               three
               daies
               journey
               beyond
               Tauris
               .
               In
               this
               City
               he
               caused
               a
               Citadell
               to
               be
               built
               ,
               not
               minding
               to
               leave
               it
               ,
               as
               did
               Selim
               and
               Soliman
               ,
               but
               thereby
               as
               with
               a
               curbe
               to
               bridle
               and
               keepe
               it
               .
               In
               this
               warre
               which
               lasted
               from
               the
               yeare
               1591.
               to
               1597.
               the
               Turks
               altered
               their
               forme
               of
               warfare
               :
               for
               whereas
               they
               were
               wont
               to
               lay
               their
               whole
               hopes
               upon
               their
               numbers
               ,
               the
               valour
               of
               their
               horsemen
               and
               footmen
               ,
               their
               store
               of
               artillery
               and
               warlike
               furniture
               ,
               scorning
               to
               be
               cooped
               up
               in
               Castles
               and
               Fortresses
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               spoyling
               and
               burning
               whatsoever
               they
               overcame
               ,
               or
               became
               Lords
               of
               ,
               and
               taking
               as
               little
               care
               to
               keepe
               what
               they
               had
               conquered
               (
               supposing
               it
               no
               good
               policie
               to
               fortifie
               Castles
               ;
               or
               strengthen
               Townes
               ,
               by
               weakning
               of
               their
               companies
               )
               in
               these
               warres
               to
               avoid
               the
               inconveniences
               ,
               where
               into
               Selim
               and
               Soliman
               were
               plunged
               ,
               they
               were
               glad
               to
               build
               strong
               places
               upon
               commodious
               passages
               ,
               and
               Citadels
               in
               the
               chiefest
               Townes
               ,
               furnishing
               them
               with
               good
               Garrisons
               ,
               and
               great
               store
               of
               Artillery
               .
               This
               warre
               cost
               them
               very
               deare
               ;
               for
               by
               surprises
               ,
               by
               famine
               ,
               and
               extremities
               of
               weather
               ,
               infinite
               thousands
               perished
               ,
               yet
               alwayes
               to
               the
               losse
               of
               the
               Persian
               or
               his
               Confederates
               .
               In
               the
               field
               the
               Persian
               is
               farre
               inferiour
               to
               the
               Turke
               in
               numbers
               and
               goodnesse
               of
               footmen
               ,
               in
               Ordnance
               ,
               in
               all
               sorts
               of
               warlike
               furniture
               ,
               and
               (
               the
               chiefe
               stay
               of
               a
               State
               )
               in
               obedience
               of
               subjects
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               if
               
                 Selim
                 ,
                 Soliman
              
               ,
               or
               Amurath
               ,
               
               had
               not
               beene
               allured
               thither
               either
               by
               rebellion
               ,
               or
               intestine
               discords
               ,
               they
               durst
               not
               have
               medled
               with
               this
               warre
               .
               Selim
               was
               called
               into
               the
               aid
               of
               Mara-beg
               the
               son
               of
               Ossaen
               ,
               a
               mighty
               Prince
               in
               
                 Persia.
                 Soliman
              
               came
               in
               aid
               of
               Elcaso
               ,
               the
               brother
               of
               Taemas
               ,
               hatefull
               to
               his
               Soveraigne
               ,
               for
               his
               ambition
               and
               aspiring
               humour
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               end
               abused
               the
               credit
               and
               good
               will
               of
               the
               people
               toward
               Elcaso
               ,
               to
               the
               furtherance
               of
               his
               owne
               designments
               .
               Amurath
               never
               tooke
               weapon
               in
               hand
               against
               this
               people
               ,
               before
               he
               understood
               by
               the
               letters
               of
               
                 Mustapha
                 ,
                 Bassa
              
               of
               Van
               ,
               that
               all
               Persia
               was
               in
               uprore
               about
               the
               election
               of
               a
               new
               Prince
               ,
               thereby
               certifying
               him
               that
               some
               had
               chosen
               Ismael
               ,
               some
               Ainer
               (
               both
               sonnes
               of
               Tamas
               )
               and
               that
               Periacocona
               slaying
               her
               owne
               brother
               Ismael
               ,
               and
               betraying
               Ainer
               ,
               had
               procured
               the
               Kingdome
               to
               
                 Mahumet
                 Codobanda
              
               .
               After
               this
               mischiefe
               fell
               those
               fatall
               jarres
               betwixt
               Codobanda
               and
               his
               sonne
               ,
               and
               betwixt
               the
               Turcoman
               Nation
               (
               a
               mighty
               family
               in
               Persia
               )
               and
               the
               King
               :
               A
               faction
               no
               lesse
               disasterous
               to
               the
               State
               of
               Persia
               ,
               than
               the
               warre
               of
               Turkie
               .
            
             
               Against
               the
               Portugal
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               Sea-forces
               hee
               stirreth
               not
               ,
               and
               againe
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               Land-forces
               the
               Portugals
               are
               not
               able
               to
               molest
               his
               upland
               Countries
               .
               Tamaes
               being
               counselled
               to
               make
               a
               voyage
               against
               Ormus
               ,
               asked
               what
               commodities
               the
               Island
               brought
               forth
               ,
               whether
               Corne
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               Fruit
               ,
               or
               what
               other
               good
               thing
               ?
               When
               it
               was
               answered
               ,
               that
               the
               soile
               was
               utterly
               barren
               and
               destitute
               of
               provision
               ,
               but
               excellently
               well
               seated
               for
               traffike
               and
               navigation
               ,
               
               scoffing
               at
               the
               motion
               ,
               he
               replied
               :
               That
               of
               this
               kinde
               of
               Revenue
               he
               had
               released
               unto
               his
               people
               above
               90000.
               
               Tomana
               .
            
             
               Truth
               is
               ,
               that
               he
               wanteth
               shipping
               to
               put
               the
               Portugals
               out
               of
               those
               Seas
               :
               where
               these
               stead
               not
               ,
               he
               is
               content
               to
               reigne
               from
               India
               to
               Arabia
               ,
               East
               and
               West
               ;
               and
               from
               the
               Caspian
               to
               the
               South
               side
               of
               the
               Persian
               gulfe
               .
               And
               as
               for
               these
               ninety
               thousand
               Tomana
               (
               being
               in
               our
               account
               eighty
               thousand
               French
               crownes
               of
               annuall
               Revenue
               )
               said
               to
               bee
               decreed
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               this
               Tamas
               ,
               upon
               the
               generall
               customes
               of
               importation
               and
               exportation
               ,
               thorowout
               the
               
               whole
               Realme
               .
               I
               can
               give
               my
               Reader
               no
               other
               satisfaction
               ;
               why
               to
               thinke
               the
               stomacks
               of
               great
               Princes
               can
               at
               any
               time
               be
               cloyed
               with
               such
               surfets
               ;
               unlesse
               hee
               be
               pleased
               to
               imagine
               ,
               that
               after
               this
               Prince
               (
               or
               his
               Predecessor
               )
               had
               received
               one
               or
               two
               dismall
               overthrowes
               by
               the
               Turkish
               forces
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               so
               much
               by
               their
               valours
               ,
               as
               by
               his
               owne
               deficiencie
               in
               shot
               ,
               ordnance
               and
               discipline
               :
               he
               set
               on
               foot
               this
               Proclamation
               .
               First
               ,
               to
               induce
               his
               owne
               people
               to
               manuall
               thrift
               ,
               and
               mutuall
               commerce
               :
               And
               secondly
               ,
               to
               allure
               Gentlemen
               and
               forren
               Merchants
               to
               frequent
               his
               Dominions
               .
               Without
               the
               which
               inticements
               ,
               peradventure
               they
               might
               be
               unwilling
               to
               hazard
               their
               estates
               from
               farre
               Nations
               amongst
               such
               barbarous
               and
               unsure
               customers
               .
               For
               sure
               hee
               was
               ,
               that
               his
               Neighbours
               could
               not
               ,
               and
               the
               Portugals
               would
               not
               supply
               those
               necessities
               ,
               which
               concerned
               the
               life
               and
               essence
               of
               an
               intire
               Estate
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             THE
             FIFTH
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             Of
             India
             ,
             commonly
             called
             Asiatica
             ,
             or
             East-India
             .
          
           
             
               INdia
               is
               a
               spacious
               portion
               of
               Asia
               ,
               the
               most
               Noble
               part
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               and
               far
               exceeding
               any
               other
               apportionment
               ,
               comprehended
               under
               one
               name
               ,
               Tartarie
               only
               excepted
               :
               As
               that
               ,
               which
               without
               other
               addition
               lifteth
               up
               her
               Title
               alone
               ,
               to
               challenge
               all
               the
               Territories
               betweene
               China
               and
               
               Persia
               ;
               A
               conteinue
               almost
               twelve
               hundred
               leagues
               ;
               yet
               divided
               into
               many
               Kingdomes
               :
               Amongst
               whom
               he
               is
               principall
               ,
               that
               most
               obtaineth
               by
               force
               and
               popularitie
               .
               The
               Region
               is
               most
               wholesome
               to
               inhabit
               ,
               by
               the
               favour
               of
               the
               Westerne
               winds
               ;
               but
               in
               regard
               of
               its
               spaciousnesse
               ,
               subject
               to
               diverse
               Temperatures
               :
               As
               in
               some
               places
               to
               heat
               ,
               viz.
               towards
               the
               Equator
               :
               In
               some
               ,
               to
               temperatures
               ,
               or
               rather
               to
               cold
               ;
               as
               towards
               the
               North.
               But
               generally
               for
               goodnesse
               of
               situation
               ,
               health
               and
               fertilitie
               ,
               it
               is
               farre
               better
               than
               any
               other
               Countrey
               .
               And
               therefore
               seldome
               ,
               or
               never
               feeleth
               famine
               ,
               or
               scarcitie
               :
               the
               misery
               whereof
               is
               prevented
               by
               the
               benefit
               of
               Rivers
               ,
               as
               in
               Aegypt
               .
               For
               the
               two
               great
               Rivers
               of
               Indus
               and
               Ganges
               water
               it
               thorowly
               ,
               which
               being
               divided
               into
               a
               thousand
               brookes
               ,
               insulteth
               of
               two
               Summers
               ,
               temperature
               of
               Aire
               ,
               with
               duplicitie
               of
               increase
               .
               And
               that
               ,
               wee
               are
               but
               Adventurers
               for
               those
               delicacies
               ,
               which
               shee
               vtlipendeth
               ;
               and
               yet
               not
               admitted
               to
               the
               understanding
               of
               one
               halfe
               of
               her
               worth
               :
               yet
               hath
               it
               its
               Desarts
               ,
               scorching
               Sands
               ,
               places
               infested
               with
               wilde
               Beasts
               ,
               and
               unpeopled
               by
               reason
               of
               impenetrable
               woods
               .
               And
               although
               the
               Region
               wanteth
               Wheat
               ,
               yet
               aboundeth
               it
               with
               divers
               sorts
               of
               fruits
               ,
               of
               Pulses
               ,
               of
               Barley
               and
               Rice
               .
               Vines
               they
               haue
               none
               ,
               but
               rare
               ;
               and
               therefore
               brew
               their
               Beverage
               of
               Barley
               and
               Rice
               .
               Fruit-trees
               ,
               and
               trees
               fit
               to
               make
               linnen
               cloth
               of
               ,
               they
               have
               in
               abundance
               ,
               and
               out
               of
               the
               Palme
               they
               produce
               Wine
               ,
               Vinegar
               ,
               and
               fruit
               to
               eat
               .
               The
               particular
               of
               their
               Silkes
               ,
               Bombasies
               ,
               Elephant
               ,
               Serpents
               ,
               Spices
               ,
               Stones
               ,
               and
               divers
               famous
               Rivers
               being
               well
               knowne
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               stand
               to
               recite
               :
               The
               natures
               and
               fashions
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               briefly
               I
               will
               ,
               who
               being
               diversly
               dispersed
               into
               divers
               Regions
               and
               Principalities
               ,
               doe
               diversly
               differ
               in
               language
               ,
               visage
               ,
               habit
               ,
               manners
               ,
               and
               religion
               .
            
             
             
               Both
               men
               and
               women
               imitate
               a
               noble
               pompe
               ,
               as
               not
               incountred
               abroad
               
                 nisi
                 m●gna
                 comitante
                 caterva
              
               ,
               using
               many
               odours
               in
               their
               baths
               and
               washings
               ;
               nor
               are
               they
               without
               oiles
               ,
               and
               perfumes
               ,
               jewels
               ,
               pearls
               ,
               and
               other
               ornaments
               ,
               befitting
               the
               businesse
               they
               intend
               .
            
             
               Of
               whom
               ,
               the
               foure
               principall
               Nations
               that
               inhabit
               this
               tract
               ,
               are
               the
               
                 Indians
                 ,
                 viz.
              
               the
               Natives
               ,
               and
               they
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               Gentiles
               .
               The
               second
               are
               the
               Iewes
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               dispersed
               here
               ,
               as
               else-where
               ,
               over
               the
               whole
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               .
               The
               third
               are
               the
               Mahumetans
               ,
               whereof
               some
               are
               Persians
               ,
               and
               some
               Scythians
               ,
               now
               called
               Mogors
               ,
               living
               in
               the
               upland
               Countries
               .
               The
               fourth
               are
               the
               Moores
               or
               Arabians
               ,
               who
               within
               these
               two
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               usurping
               upon
               the
               maritime
               coasts
               of
               the
               Country
               ,
               have
               built
               them
               places
               and
               Cities
               very
               fit
               for
               Trafficke
               ,
               and
               expulsed
               the
               Natives
               into
               the
               more
               Inland
               Countries
               .
               And
               now
               of
               late
               ,
               besides
               those
               ancient
               Christians
               which
               Saint
               Thomas
               converted
               ,
               there
               reside
               many
               Portugals
               natives
               and
               M●sticos
               ,
               who
               are
               daily
               converted
               by
               the
               industry
               of
               the
               Iesuits
               ,
               to
               the
               Christian
               beleefe
               :
               who
               have
               taught
               them
               to
               baptize
               Children
               ,
               and
               to
               fast
               .
               Wherein
               they
               are
               now
               tedious
               observants
               ,
               as
               all
               barbarous
               people
               are
               ,
               the
               best
               maintainers
               of
               customes
               and
               ceremonies
               ,
               especially
               where
               the
               Roman
               Church
               instructeth
               .
               The
               Portugals
               intruded
               by
               armes
               ,
               prayers
               and
               policie
               ;
               Their
               purchases
               I
               account
               to
               be
               so
               farre
               from
               the
               name
               of
               a
               Conquest
               ,
               as
               was
               the
               possession
               of
               the
               English
               from
               the
               Crowne
               of
               France
               ,
               when
               they
               held
               nothing
               but
               ●alais
               in
               Picardie
               .
               Howbeit
               for
               state
               and
               ostentation
               ,
               every
               third
               yeare
               a
               Vice-Roy
               is
               sent
               to
               Goa
               ,
               from
               whom
               ,
               and
               from
               whence
               all
               inferiour
               deputations
               have
               their
               directions
               and
               governments
               .
               Here
               he
               hath
               his
               Councell
               ,
               his
               Nobles
               ,
               his
               Chancery
               and
               Iustices
               ,
               as
               is
               used
               
               in
               Portugal
               ,
               from
               whence
               in
               Civill
               cases
               the
               parties
               may
               appeale
               to
               Portugal
               ,
               but
               in
               Criminall
               ,
               no
               one
               person
               ,
               except
               he
               be
               a
               Gentleman
               .
               He
               is
               very
               magnificent
               in
               State
               ,
               and
               never
               goeth
               abroad
               ,
               unlesse
               to
               Church
               ;
               and
               then
               attended
               with
               musike
               ,
               and
               accompanied
               with
               all
               the
               principall
               Gentlemen
               and
               Burgers
               of
               Goa
               ,
               on
               horsebacke
               ,
               with
               a
               guard
               of
               souldiers
               ,
               before
               ,
               behinde
               ,
               and
               on
               each
               side
               .
               It
               is
               a
               place
               of
               great
               honour
               and
               profit
               :
               For
               besides
               the
               presents
               which
               the
               bordering
               Princes
               round
               about
               Goa
               ,
               send
               them
               at
               their
               first
               entrances
               ,
               for
               contraction
               of
               peace
               and
               friendship
               by
               their
               Embassies
               ,
               they
               have
               also
               the
               management
               of
               the
               Kings
               revenues
               and
               treasure
               ,
               with
               absolute
               allowance
               from
               his
               Majestie
               to
               give
               ,
               spend
               and
               reward
               ,
               as
               best
               pleaseth
               him
               .
            
             
               When
               a
               new
               Vice-Roy
               arriveth
               (
               the
               time
               of
               the
               former
               being
               expired
               )
               hee
               presently
               dispatcheth
               his
               Lieutenants
               ,
               with
               sufficient
               authoritie
               in
               their
               Masters
               name
               ,
               to
               receive
               the
               possession
               of
               the
               Government
               of
               India
               ,
               and
               to
               prepare
               the
               Palace
               :
               Whereupon
               the
               old
               Vice-Roy
               maketh
               quicke
               and
               cleane
               riddance
               of
               all
               Vtensils
               ;
               neither
               leaving
               one
               stoole
               in
               the
               Palace
               ,
               nor
               one
               peny
               in
               the
               Treasury
               :
               So
               that
               these
               great
               Officers
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               short
               time
               of
               imployment
               ,
               have
               enough
               to
               doe
               ;
               The
               first
               yeare
               to
               furnish
               their
               house
               with
               necessaries
               ;
               The
               second
               ,
               to
               gather
               treasure
               ,
               and
               to
               respect
               the
               causes
               that
               moved
               them
               to
               come
               into
               India
               ;
               The
               third
               ,
               and
               last
               yeare
               ,
               to
               prepare
               themselves
               ,
               and
               to
               settle
               their
               businesses
               in
               order
               ,
               left
               they
               be
               overtaken
               and
               surprised
               by
               the
               approach
               of
               a
               new
               successour
               .
               The
               like
               is
               to
               be
               understood
               of
               all
               the
               Captaines
               in
               the
               Forts
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               other
               Officers
               thorowout
               these
               Indies
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Great
               Mogor
               .
            
             
               IT
               shall
               alwayes
               beene
               beleeved
               ,
               that
               the
               territory
               lying
               betweene
               Ganges
               ,
               and
               the
               〈◊〉
               Indus
               ,
               hath
               evermore
               beene
               subject
               to
               great
               and
               mighty
               Monarchs
               .
               For
               (
               to
               be
               silent
               in
               matter
               of
               more
               ancient
               memory
               about
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1300
               ,
               there
               reigned
               in
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Delos
               and
               Arabian
               Prince
               ,
               of
               the
               f●●t
               of
               Mahumet
               ,
               named
               Sanofaradin
               ,
               (
               as
               
                 Iohn
                 Barros
              
               reporteth
               )
               of
               so
               great
               power
               &
               strength
               ,
               that
               he
               enterprised
               the
               conquest
               of
               Asia
               .
               Upon
               which
               resolution
               forsaking
               these
               Regions
               ,
               in
               which
               Indus
               and
               Ganges
               take
               heir
               beginnings
               ,
               with
               a
               mighty
               Army
               by
               little
               and
               little
               he
               subdued
               those
               Princes
               ,
               and
               people
               which
               did
               oppose
               against
               him
               ,
               untill
               he
               pierced
               to
               the
               bounds
               of
               Canora
               ,
               where
               it
               beginneth
               at
               the
               River
               Bate
               about
               Chaul
               ,
               and
               stretcheth
               betweene
               Bate
               &
               the
               Gulfe
               of
               Bengala
               to
               
                 Cape
                 Comerine
              
               .
               When
               he
               had
               wonne
               so
               large
               and
               famous
               a
               territory
               ,
               resolving
               to
               returne
               to
               Delos
               ,
               he
               left
               Abdessa
               his
               Lieutenant
               in
               Canora
               .
               This
               man
               encouraged
               by
               the
               victories
               of
               his
               Master
               ,
               and
               presuming
               upon
               his
               owne
               good
               fortune
               ,
               bereaved
               the
               Gentiles
               of
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               Canora
               ;
               and
               hauing
               gathered
               a
               most
               mighty
               and
               populous
               Army
               compacted
               of
               Gentiles
               ,
               Mahumeta●
               and
               Christians
               ,
               after
               he
               had
               reigned
               twenty
               yeares
               ,
               he
               died
               in
               the
               height
               of
               his
               prosperity
               ,
               leaving
               his
               sonne
               Mamudza
               behinde
               him
               :
               whom
               the
               King
               graced
               with
               his
               fathers
               regencie
               ,
               upon
               condition
               to
               pay
               him
               a
               yearely
               tribute
               :
               which
               payment
               the
               young
               man
               neither
               regarded
               ,
               nor
               she
               wed
               himselfe
               loyall
               to
               his
               Soveraigne
               in
               many
               things
               .
               It
               happened
               that
               Sanosaradin
               dying
               in
               the
               warre
               which
               he
               made
               against
               Persia
               ,
               left
               behinde
               him
               a
               sonne
               of
               so
               abject
               and
               base
               a
               spirit
               ,
               that
               Mamudza
               hereupon
               tooke
               courage
               to
               entitle
               himselfe
               King
               of
               Canora
               ,
               calling
               the
               Countrey
               Decan
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               Decainai
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               illegitimate
               .
               After
               this
               ,
               hee
               erected
               
               eighteene
               Captaineships
               ,
               and
               divided
               his
               dominion
               among
               them
               ,
               assigning
               to
               everyone
               his
               limits
               ,
               onely
               with
               this
               penalty
               ,
               to
               finde
               alwayes
               in
               a
               readinesse
               a
               certaine
               number
               of
               footmen
               and
               horsemen
               .
               To
               prevent
               future
               rebellion
               hee
               chose
               these
               Captaines
               ,
               not
               out
               of
               the
               orders
               of
               his
               Nobility
               ,
               but
               from
               the
               number
               of
               his
               slaves
               .
               Nay
               more
               than
               this
               (
               to
               be
               assured
               of
               their
               loyalty
               )
               he
               cōmanded
               that
               every
               one
               of
               them
               should
               build
               him
               a
               house
               in
               his
               royall
               City
               Bider
               ,
               in
               which
               their
               children
               should
               remaine
               :
               and
               that
               once
               every
               yeare
               at
               the
               least
               ,
               they
               should
               make
               their
               appearance
               in
               his
               Court.
               
            
             
               But
               because
               all
               authority
               ,
               which
               is
               not
               as
               well
               underpropped
               ,
               with
               its
               proper
               vertues
               ,
               as
               grounded
               upon
               the
               affections
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               is
               of
               small
               continuance
               ;
               so
               happened
               it
               to
               this
               Prince
               ,
               for
               his
               slaves
               and
               vassals
               having
               soveraigne
               authority
               put
               into
               their
               hands
               ,
               made
               no
               more
               account
               of
               him
               than
               of
               a
               Cipher
               ,
               stripping
               him
               poore
               Prince
               without
               respect
               of
               reverence
               of
               all
               his
               dominions
               ,
               saving
               his
               chiefs
               Citie
               Bidor
               ,
               with
               the
               territory
               adjoyning
               .
               For
               every
               one
               of
               a
               Lieutenant
               became
               an
               Usurper
               of
               those
               States
               ,
               which
               were
               committed
               to
               his
               trust
               ,
               the
               mightier
               alwayes
               oppressing
               the
               weaker
               ,
               so
               that
               all
               in
               the
               end
               became
               a
               prey
               to
               a
               fe●
               .
               Two
               of
               them
               are
               famous
               at
               this
               day
               ;
               the
               one
               stretching
               his
               dominion
               to
               the
               borders
               of
               Cambaia
               ;
               the
               other
               to
               the
               skir●s
               of
               Narsynga
               ;
               the
               first
               called
               by
               the
               
                 Portugals
                 Nissamalucco
              
               ,
               the
               other
               Idalcan
               ,
               either
               of
               them
               being
               so
               puissant
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               yeare
               1571.
               
               Idalcan
               beleag●ed
               God
               with
               an
               Army
               of
               five
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               Horse
               ,
               threescore
               thousand
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               peeces
               of
               Ordnance
               .
               Nissamalucco
               besieged
               Chaul
               with
               lesse
               forces
               ,
               but
               better
               fortune
               :
               For
               though
               he
               did
               not
               force
               it
               ,
               yet
               he
               brought
               into
               a
               hard-pinch
               ,
               with
               the
               slaughter
               of
               twelve
               thousand
               Moore●s
               .
               In
               those
               Countries
               in
               which
               S●●adorasin
               began
               hos
               Empire
               ,
               not
               above
               threescore
               and
               ten
               yeares
               agone
               ,
               a
               great
               Prince
               (
               whom
               the
               East
               people
               call
               the
               great
               Mogor
               ,
               in
               the
               same
               sense
               as
               we
               call
               the
               great
               Turke
               )
               laid
               the
               foundation
               of
               a
               mighty
               Empire
               :
               for
               as
               the
               King
               of
               Bierma
               in
               our
               time●
               greatly
               hazarded
               the
               States
               of
               Pegu
               and
               Siam
               ,
               and
               the
               bordering
               
               Nations
               ;
               even
               so
               the
               Mogor
               turned
               topsie
               turvy
               the
               Kingdomes
               lying
               on
               the
               River
               Ganges
               .
               The
               received
               opinion
               is
               ,
               that
               they
               tooke
               their
               originall
               from
               Tartaria
               ,
               and
               that
               they
               came
               from
               the
               coast
               where
               the
               ancient
               Massagecae
               (
               a
               people
               accounted
               invincible
               at
               armes
               )
               did
               once
               inhabit
               ,
               and
               liuing
               as
               it
               were
               lawlesse
               ,
               and
               under
               no
               manner
               of
               government
               ,
               by
               invading
               of
               their
               neighbours
               ,
               procured
               unto
               themselves
               the
               soveraignty
               of
               spacious
               Kingdomes
               .
               By
               the
               River
               Oxus
               they
               border
               upon
               the
               Persians
               ,
               and
               are
               at
               continuall
               enmity
               with
               them
               ,
               sometime
               for
               Religion
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               for
               enlargement
               of
               the
               bounds
               of
               their
               Empire
               .
               The
               chiefe
               City
               is
               Shamarchand
               ,
               from
               whence
               came
               Tamerlan
               ,
               and
               of
               whose
               bloud
               these
               Mogor
               Princes
               doe
               boast
               that
               they
               are
               descended
               .
               The
               predecessor
               of
               him
               (
               who
               is
               now
               Prince
               of
               the
               Mogors
               )
               was
               very
               famous
               in
               the
               East
               ;
               for
               in
               the
               yeare
               1436.
               being
               solicited
               by
               King
               Mandao
               of
               the
               North
               (
               from
               whom
               Badurius
               King
               of
               Cambaia
               had
               taken
               his
               Kingdome
               )
               to
               aid
               him
               against
               the
               Cambaian
               ,
               he
               is
               reported
               to
               have
               brought
               with
               him
               an
               infinite
               number
               of
               souldiers
               ,
               which
               wee
               may
               conjecture
               out
               of
               that
               which
               Masseus
               writeth
               of
               the
               army
               of
               the
               said
               King
               Badurius
               :
               to
               wit
               ,
               that
               this
               King
               had
               under
               his
               Standard
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               whereof
               five
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               were
               barbed
               .
               The
               number
               of
               footmen
               was
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               .
               Amongst
               these
               were
               fifteene
               thousand
               forren
               souldiers
               ,
               and
               fourescore
               Christians
               French
               and
               Portugals
               .
               At
               which
               ,
               by
               what
               meanes
               ,
               or
               by
               what
               way
               they
               should
               come
               thither
               ,
               I
               doe
               not
               a
               little
               wonder
               .
               Their
               Galleon
               (
               which
               they
               called
               Dobriga
               )
               suffered
               Ship-wracke
               in
               the
               Chanell
               of
               Cambaia
               .
            
             
               I
               know
               ,
               that
               if
               these
               preparations
               and
               provisions
               for
               war
               be
               compared
               with
               our
               forces
               of
               Christendome
               ,
               they
               will
               hardly
               be
               taken
               for
               true
               :
               but
               we
               have
               already
               declared
               the
               causes
               ,
               why
               the
               Princes
               of
               the
               East
               and
               South
               may
               gather
               greater
               Armies
               than
               wee
               can
               ,
               and
               consequently
               that
               those
               things
               which
               are
               spoken
               of
               their
               incredible
               store
               ,
               and
               wonderfull
               provision
               of
               furniture
               ,
               may
               be
               answerable
               to
               their
               levies
               and
               proportions
               .
               And
               as
               they
               are
               able
               to
               levie
               millions
               
               of
               men
               (
               for
               arming
               and
               for
               feeding
               them
               ,
               they
               take
               no
               great
               care
               ;
               )
               so
               likewise
               doe
               the
               Provinces
               afford
               great
               plenty
               of
               provision
               ,
               and
               an
               inestimable
               multitude
               of
               their
               usuall
               warlike
               Engines
               :
               for
               they
               carry
               nothing
               with
               them
               save
               that
               which
               is
               necessary
               and
               needfull
               for
               service
               :
               Wines
               ,
               Cates
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ,
               which
               cannot
               but
               with
               great
               expence
               ,
               labour
               ,
               and
               trouble
               be
               carried
               along
               with
               Armies
               ,
               are
               by
               these
               men
               wholly
               omitted
               and
               utterly
               rejected
               .
               All
               their
               thoughts
               tend
               to
               warlike
               provision
               ,
               as
               to
               get
               Brasse
               ,
               Iron
               ,
               Steele
               and
               Tinne
               ,
               to
               forge
               Pieces
               ,
               and
               cast
               great
               Ordnance
               ;
               Iron
               and
               Lead
               to
               make
               Bullets
               ;
               Iron
               and
               Steele
               to
               temper
               Cemiters
               ;
               Oxen
               and
               Elephants
               to
               draw
               their
               Artillery
               ;
               Graine
               to
               nourish
               their
               bodies
               ;
               Metals
               to
               arme
               them
               ,
               and
               Treasure
               to
               conserve
               them
               .
            
             
               They
               are
               all
               tyrants
               ,
               and
               to
               preserve
               their
               estate
               ,
               and
               induce
               submissive
               awednesse
               ,
               they
               hold
               hard
               hands
               over
               the
               commonalty
               ,
               committing
               all
               government
               into
               the
               hands
               of
               slaves
               and
               souldiers
               .
               And
               to
               make
               these
               men
               faithfull
               and
               loyall
               ,
               they
               ordaine
               them
               Lords
               of
               all
               things
               ,
               committing
               unto
               their
               trust
               ,
               Townes
               ,
               Castles
               ,
               and
               expeditions
               of
               great
               weight
               :
               but
               the
               expectation
               of
               the
               Prince
               is
               often
               deceived
               by
               the
               rebellion
               of
               these
               vassals
               ,
               for
               sometimes
               they
               usurpe
               whole
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               impose
               upon
               the
               people
               all
               kinde
               of
               injuries
               .
               But
               let
               good
               Princes
               thinke
               it
               as
               necessary
               to
               build
               their
               safety
               on
               the
               love
               of
               their
               subjects
               ,
               as
               upon
               the
               force
               of
               their
               souldiers
               .
               Feare
               admitteth
               no
               securitie
               ,
               much
               lesse
               perpetuity
               :
               and
               therefore
               these
               tyrants
               expecting
               no
               surety
               at
               the
               hands
               of
               their
               subjects
               ,
               trust
               wholly
               upon
               their
               men
               of
               warre
               ,
               flattering
               them
               with
               promise
               of
               liberty
               ,
               and
               bestowing
               upon
               them
               the
               goods
               of
               their
               subjects
               as
               rewards
               of
               their
               service
               .
               So
               with
               vs
               ,
               the
               Turke
               strengtheneth
               his
               State
               with
               Ianizars
               ,
               and
               as
               he
               coveteth
               to
               be
               beloved
               and
               favoured
               of
               them
               (
               to
               that
               end
               bestowing
               upon
               them
               the
               riches
               and
               honours
               of
               the
               Empire
               )
               so
               they
               acknowledge
               no
               other
               Lord
               and
               master
               ,
               I
               may
               very
               well
               say
               ,
               father
               and
               protector
               .
               And
               so
               many
               of
               the
               Malabor
               Princes
               using
               &
               accounting
               the
               Commons
               but
               as
               beasts
               ,
               lay
               all
               their
               
               hopes
               and
               fortunes
               on
               the
               Naiors
               :
               the
               Kings
               of
               
                 Ormus
                 ,
                 Cambaia
                 ,
                 Decan
              
               ,
               and
               Achan
               ,
               lay
               all
               upon
               the
               shoulders
               of
               these
               slaves
               .
               In
               a
               word
               as
               a
               lawfull
               and
               just
               Prince
               hath
               a
               great
               regard
               and
               singular
               care
               to
               have
               the
               liking
               and
               love
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               by
               which
               being
               guarded
               and
               environed
               (
               as
               with
               a
               strong
               rampire
               )
               hee
               is
               able
               to
               withstand
               all
               attempts
               ;
               so
               contrariwise
               ,
               tyrants
               knowing
               themselves
               hatefull
               to
               their
               subjects
               ,
               imploy
               their
               whole
               study
               how
               to
               win
               the
               favour
               of
               their
               souldiers
               and
               slaves
               ,
               thereby
               to
               represse
               innovations
               at
               home
               ,
               and
               invasions
               from
               abroad
               .
               Seeing
               therefore
               the
               safety
               and
               foundation
               of
               their
               greatnesse
               is
               built
               on
               the
               entertainment
               of
               their
               Souldiers
               ,
               as
               their
               Naiors
               ,
               their
               Ianizars
               ,
               free
               or
               bond
               ,
               strangers
               ,
               or
               subjects
               ,
               yea
               ,
               whatsoever
               they
               be
               ,
               it
               must
               needs
               follow
               ,
               that
               onely
               actions
               of
               warre
               may
               be
               the
               end
               and
               scope
               of
               their
               cogitations
               ;
               as
               likewise
               that
               they
               be
               very
               prodigall
               to
               keepe
               their
               estates
               very
               well
               furnished
               and
               appointed
               with
               souldiers
               and
               provisions
               .
               And
               these
               reasons
               I
               take
               to
               be
               sufficient
               inducements
               to
               beleeve
               the
               reports
               of
               this
               King
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               and
               these
               other
               barbarous
               Indian
               Princes
               .
               For
               (
               besides
               that
               I
               spake
               of
               before
               )
               it
               is
               reported
               that
               with
               this
               army
               did
               march
               a
               thousand
               peeces
               of
               Ordnance
               ,
               among
               which
               were
               foure
               Basiliskes
               ,
               every
               one
               drawne
               with
               an
               hundred
               yoke
               of
               Oxen
               ;
               five
               hundred
               Wagons
               laden
               with
               Gun-powder
               and
               Bullets
               ,
               two
               hundred
               armed
               Elephants
               ,
               five
               hundred
               Chests
               full
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               to
               pay
               souldiers
               wages
               ;
               besides
               many
               Princes
               and
               petty
               Lords
               ,
               with
               their
               Followers
               ,
               Merchants
               ,
               Victualers
               ,
               Artificers
               ,
               and
               their
               Seruants
               ,
               numberlesse
               .
               Notwithstanding
               this
               his
               incredible
               preparation
               ,
               hee
               was
               twice
               overthrowne
               by
               Marhumedio
               :
               once
               in
               the
               Territory
               of
               the
               City
               of
               Doce
               ,
               and
               another
               time
               at
               Mandao
               ,
               from
               whence
               disguising
               his
               apparell
               to
               save
               his
               life
               ,
               he
               fled
               to
               Diu.
               Being
               out
               of
               danger
               and
               feare
               ,
               he
               sent
               Ambassadors
               to
               Soliman
               ,
               with
               a
               present
               esteemed
               worth
               ,
               60000.
               
               Crownes
               ,
               desiring
               his
               aid
               in
               these
               warres
               .
               But
               afterward
               weighing
               in
               his
               minde
               ,
               that
               these
               affaires
               required
               speedier
               succours
               ,
               hee
               contracted
               a
               league
               with
               those
               Portugals
               which
               were
               neerest
               adjoyning
               ,
               to
               
               make
               them
               his
               friends
               and
               partners
               of
               the
               Warre
               :
               the
               composition
               was
               ,
               that
               he
               should
               permit
               them
               to
               build
               a
               Castle
               in
               the
               Iland
               of
               Diu.
               
            
             
               Now
               to
               speake
               of
               Marhumedius
               ,
               his
               fortunes
               were
               not
               much
               unlike
               to
               those
               of
               Tamerlan
               :
               for
               as
               this
               Prince
               brought
               terror
               and
               feare
               upon
               the
               inhabitants
               of
               Persia
               and
               Asia
               ;
               so
               did
               that
               no
               lesse
               innovation
               and
               trouble
               upon
               India
               and
               the
               Orient
               :
               This
               defeated
               in
               battell
               Bajazet
               Emperour
               of
               Turkes
               ;
               that
               overthrew
               Badurius
               King
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               and
               his
               army
               farre
               greater
               than
               his
               owne
               :
               both
               of
               them
               had
               the
               sirname
               of
               Great
               .
               When
               the
               Mogors
               understood
               of
               the
               riches
               of
               India
               and
               the
               fertility
               thereof
               ,
               they
               never
               ceased
               by
               a
               continuall
               course
               of
               victory
               their
               armes
               and
               invasions
               ,
               till
               they
               had
               made
               themselves
               Lords
               of
               the
               Provinces
               ,
               lying
               betweene
               Caucasus
               and
               the
               Sea
               Ganges
               ,
               and
               the
               River
               Indus
               .
               In
               this
               tract
               are
               contained
               seven
               and
               forty
               Kingdomes
               .
               For
               Adabar
               the
               successor
               of
               Marhumedius
               won
               Madabar
               ,
               with
               the
               better
               part
               of
               Cambaia
               .
               Of
               what
               goodly
               consequence
               this
               Province
               is
               ,
               may
               bee
               imagined
               by
               the
               famous
               City
               of
               
                 Madabar
                 Campana
              
               (
               so
               called
               for
               situation
               upon
               the
               top
               of
               a
               high
               hill
               rising
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               a
               spacious
               plaine
               )
               and
               Cambaia
               (
               a
               City
               consisting
               of
               an
               hundred
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               houses
               )
               as
               likewise
               by
               the
               populous
               host
               of
               King
               Badurius
               ,
               his
               warlike
               provision
               for
               such
               an
               army
               ,
               and
               plenty
               of
               graine
               to
               sustaine
               such
               multitudes
               .
               I
               assure
               you
               ,
               the
               world
               affords
               not
               a
               soile
               for
               all
               necessaries
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man
               (
               as
               Rice
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Pulse
               ,
               Sugar
               ,
               Oxen
               ,
               Sheepe
               ,
               Pullen
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               and
               Silke
               )
               more
               richer
               or
               plentifull
               than
               this
               Province
               ,
               wherein
               also
               there
               are
               reported
               to
               be
               sixty
               thousand
               Burroughs
               ;
               which
               number
               certainly
               is
               very
               great
               and
               admirable
               .
               Guicciardine
               writeth
               ,
               that
               in
               Netherland
               ,
               within
               the
               Territory
               of
               the
               seventeene
               Provinces
               are
               contained
               two
               hundred
               and
               eight
               walled
               Townes
               ,
               and
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               Burroughs
               ,
               enjoying
               the
               rights
               and
               privileges
               of
               Cities
               ,
               and
               six
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               Villages
               ,
               having
               Parish
               Churches
               .
               In
               Naples
               are
               a
               thousand
               eight
               hundred
               of
               these
               ,
               some
               are
               Townes
               ,
               some
               but
               Castles
               .
               In
               Bohemia
               are
               
               seven
               hundred
               and
               fourescore
               Townes
               ,
               and
               thirty
               two
               thousand
               Villages
               .
               In
               France
               (
               as
               
                 Iohn
                 Bodine
              
               writeth
               )
               are
               two
               thousand
               seven
               hundred
               Boroughs
               ,
               having
               Parish
               Churches
               ,
               besides
               those
               in
               Burgundie
               ,
               which
               in
               those
               times
               were
               not
               numbred
               amongst
               the
               Townes
               of
               France
               .
               I
               write
               this
               ,
               to
               induce
               a
               true
               and
               absolute
               judgement
               of
               the
               power
               of
               any
               Province
               ,
               by
               the
               number
               of
               Parishes
               (
               for
               I
               know
               that
               that
               ought
               to
               be
               made
               according
               to
               their
               greatnesse
               )
               but
               yet
               their
               number
               maketh
               much
               to
               the
               purpose
               ,
               as
               in
               both
               which
               Cambaia
               may
               carry
               the
               credit
               and
               esteeme
               of
               a
               most
               spacious
               ,
               populous
               ,
               and
               puissant
               Kingdome
               .
            
             
               Acabar
               also
               conquered
               the
               rich
               Kingdome
               of
               Bengala
               ;
               so
               that
               a
               man
               may
               truly
               say
               ,
               that
               in
               this
               part
               of
               the
               Orient
               there
               are
               three
               Emperours
               ;
               one
               in
               Cambaia
               ,
               the
               other
               in
               Narsinga
               ,
               and
               the
               third
               in
               Bengala
               :
               whereof
               Cambaia
               and
               Bengala
               farre
               exceed
               all
               the
               other
               Provinces
               in
               fertility
               of
               soile
               ,
               and
               concourse
               of
               Merchants
               ,
               both
               riotously
               abounding
               in
               Sugar
               ,
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               Horses
               :
               In
               Bengala
               also
               groweth
               long
               Pepper
               and
               Ginger
               .
               The
               first
               is
               watered
               and
               cut
               as
               it
               were
               into
               two
               halfes
               by
               the
               River
               Indus
               ,
               the
               other
               by
               Ganges
               ,
               having
               two
               famous
               Mart-townes
               ,
               Satagan
               and
               Catagan
               .
            
             
               The
               great
               Mogor
               doth
               likewise
               possesse
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               
                 Citor
                 ,
                 Mandao
              
               ,
               and
               Delly
               ,
               wherein
               he
               keepeth
               his
               Court.
               He
               hath
               infinite
               store
               of
               Horses
               ,
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               Camels
               ,
               as
               also
               all
               sorts
               of
               Artillery
               and
               warlike
               furniture
               ,
               by
               meane
               :
               whereof
               he
               is
               growne
               fearefull
               to
               the
               whole
               Inhabitants
               of
               the
               East
               .
               It
               is
               written
               of
               him
               that
               he
               is
               able
               to
               bring
               into
               the
               field
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               and
               that
               there
               are
               within
               his
               Dominions
               fifty
               thousand
               Elephants
               .
            
             
               Some
               man
               perhaps
               will
               aske
               how
               it
               commeth
               to
               passe
               that
               this
               Prince
               (
               being
               so
               mighty
               ,
               and
               his
               neighbours
               so
               naked
               ,
               unarmed
               ,
               and
               poore
               )
               doth
               not
               get
               into
               his
               possession
               the
               Dominion
               of
               the
               rest
               of
               India
               and
               the
               Orient
               ?
               In
               this
               as
               in
               the
               former
               unlikelihoods
               ,
               the
               wisest
               man
               is
               soonest
               answered
               .
               There
               are
               many
               obstacles
               ;
               one
               is
               ,
               that
               as
               the
               spirit
               and
               body
               of
               man
               cannot
               endure
               in
               continuall
               travell
               and
               
               motion
               (
               for
               that
               is
               onely
               proper
               to
               God
               and
               Nature
               :
               )
               so
               a
               continued
               and
               open
               passage
               is
               not
               evermore
               given
               to
               the
               ambitious
               apprehensions
               of
               Kings
               and
               Princes
               .
               Great
               Empires
               seldome
               feare
               forren
               invasions
               ,
               yet
               oftentimes
               faint
               they
               under
               their
               owne
               weight
               .
               It
               is
               not
               destinied
               unto
               great
               things
               to
               stand
               alwayes
               at
               the
               highest
               ,
               much
               lesse
               to
               increase
               :
               they
               have
               their
               floud
               ,
               but
               upon
               a
               remedilesse
               condition
               ,
               that
               there
               follow
               an
               ebbe
               .
               They
               are
               lifted
               on
               high
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               irrevocable
               decree
               of
               Nature
               ,
               that
               a
               fall
               succeed
               :
               yea
               ,
               and
               that
               themselves
               by
               themselves
               decline
               .
               The
               greater
               they
               are
               ,
               the
               more
               subject
               to
               mutabilitie
               :
               the
               larger
               ,
               the
               harder
               to
               hold
               and
               mannage
               ,
               they
               move
               but
               slowly
               ,
               and
               of
               what
               effect
               celerity
               is
               in
               warre
               ,
               who
               knoweth
               not
               ?
               The
               greatest
               conquest
               carrieth
               the
               greatest
               envie
               with
               it
               ,
               and
               greatest
               care
               to
               conserve
               what
               is
               got
               ,
               and
               yet
               not
               care
               ,
               but
               long
               continuance
               perfecteth
               these
               actions
               :
               and
               while
               time
               passeth
               ,
               the
               neighbouring
               Nations
               provide
               (
               if
               not
               infest
               )
               for
               their
               owne
               safety
               ;
               yea
               ,
               most
               commonly
               by
               losse
               of
               time
               proceedeth
               the
               losse
               of
               victories
               opportunity
               .
               Hee
               that
               hath
               overcome
               his
               enemie
               ,
               standeth
               oftentimes
               in
               feare
               of
               his
               friend
               ,
               yea
               ,
               of
               such
               as
               have
               been
               fellowes
               and
               partners
               with
               him
               in
               all
               his
               fortunes
               :
               so
               that
               to
               secure
               himselfe
               of
               these
               and
               such
               like
               casualties
               ,
               hee
               is
               constrained
               even
               in
               the
               course
               of
               victory
               to
               found
               the
               retreit
               ,
               and
               surcease
               his
               projects
               .
               Againe
               ,
               continuall
               victory
               maketh
               leaders
               insolent
               ,
               souldiers
               mutinous
               ,
               refusing
               to
               passe
               forward
               at
               the
               command
               of
               their
               Generall
               ,
               as
               it
               hapned
               to
               Alexander
               and
               Lucullus
               .
               Great
               enterprises
               even
               brought
               to
               their
               wished
               end
               ,
               enrich
               the
               purses
               of
               certaine
               private
               men
               ,
               but
               leave
               the
               Princes
               Coffers
               empty
               ,
               who
               neverthelesse
               must
               be
               at
               the
               charge
               to
               maintaine
               continuall
               companies
               ,
               and
               keepe
               them
               in
               continuall
               pay
               ;
               without
               which
               course
               the
               casher'd
               souldier
               is
               ever
               ready
               to
               follow
               any
               faction
               whensoever
               it
               shall
               be
               offered
               .
            
             
               Moreover
               this
               numberlesse
               Army
               which
               Marhumedius
               led
               against
               the
               King
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               did
               not
               onely
               waste
               the
               Regions
               where
               thorow
               it
               passed
               and
               encamped
               ,
               but
               likewise
               by
               devouring
               all
               things
               that
               the
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               yeelded
               ,
               
               bereaved
               it selfe
               of
               the
               meanes
               ,
               which
               Nature
               in
               measure
               had
               afforded
               to
               every
               creature
               to
               maintaine
               li●e
               by
               :
               and
               so
               it
               often
               hapneth
               ,
               that
               those
               Armies
               which
               in
               apprehension
               seeme
               invincible
               for
               their
               hugenesse
               ,
               are
               most
               commonly
               overthrowne
               by
               famine
               ,
               the
               fore-runner
               of
               pestilence
               .
               For
               proofe
               hereof
               ,
               we
               have
               seene
               the
               invadations
               of
               
                 Attila
                 ,
                 Tamerlane
              
               ,
               and
               those
               barbarous
               Nations
               ,
               stand
               on
               foot
               but
               a
               little
               space
               ,
               whereas
               the
               
                 Grecians
                 ,
                 Macedonians
                 ,
                 Carthaginians
                 ,
                 Romans
                 ,
                 Spaniards
                 ,
              
               and
               English
               ,
               have
               done
               great
               matters
               with
               meane
               Armies
               .
               For
               things
               that
               are
               moderate
               last
               and
               dure
               ,
               as
               small
               Rivers
               ,
               which
               what
               they
               cannot
               doe
               in
               one
               yeare
               ,
               in
               two
               or
               more
               they
               finally
               accomplish
               ;
               whereas
               immoderate
               and
               violent
               are
               like
               to
               torrents
               ,
               making
               more
               noise
               and
               fury
               ,
               than
               hurt
               or
               hinderance
               ;
               violently
               comming
               ,
               and
               violently
               againe
               carrying
               themselves
               away
               .
               Therefore
               against
               such
               mighty
               impressions
               ,
               the
               surest
               safety
               is
               to
               draw
               the
               warre
               out
               at
               length
               ,
               and
               onely
               to
               stand
               upon
               the
               defensive
               :
               for
               ,
               let
               such
               Armies
               rest
               assured
               ,
               that
               they
               cannot
               so
               long
               hold
               out
               ,
               but
               they
               will
               waver
               ,
               either
               for
               want
               of
               provision
               ,
               scarcity
               of
               coine
               ,
               infection
               of
               the
               aire
               ,
               or
               infirmities
               of
               their
               owne
               bodies
               .
               The
               other
               thing
               is
               ,
               that
               prosperity
               blindeth
               the
               winner
               ,
               making
               him
               carelesse
               ;
               adversitie
               ripeneth
               the
               loser
               ,
               and
               maketh
               him
               wary
               and
               industrious
               :
               so
               fortune
               changing
               her
               copie
               ,
               the
               affaires
               of
               the
               winner
               decline
               ,
               &
               the
               good
               successe
               of
               the
               loser
               groweth
               every
               day
               better
               than
               other
               .
               Besides
               ,
               conquests
               are
               not
               perfected
               but
               by
               processe
               of
               time
               ,
               old
               age
               creepeth
               upon
               the
               person
               of
               Princes
               ,
               and
               how
               fit
               a
               crasie
               body
               ,
               &
               a
               vigorous
               spirit
               nummed
               with
               old
               age
               ,
               is
               for
               the
               consummation
               of
               a
               conquered
               estate
               ,
               the
               lives
               of
               
                 Iulius
                 Caesar
              
               ,
               and
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               may
               stand
               for
               examples
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               to
               answer
               those
               ,
               who
               unlesse
               they
               be
               eye-witnesses
               ,
               will
               never
               be
               answered
               ,
               let
               them
               know
               ,
               that
               nothing
               so
               much
               hindereth
               the
               invasive
               ambition
               of
               this
               Prince
               ,
               as
               the
               Nature
               of
               places
               .
               For
               Caucasus
               stretcheth
               it selfe
               into
               a
               thousand
               branches
               in
               those
               parts
               ,
               incompasseth
               whole
               Kingdomes
               with
               some
               parcels
               thereof
               :
               by
               some
               it
               runneth
               by
               the
               sides
               :
               to
               others
               ,
               it
               is
               more
               defensive
               than
               any
               artificiall
               
               rampire
               ;
               sometime
               it
               wholly
               shutteth
               up
               passages
               ,
               sometime
               it
               maketh
               them
               inaccessible
               .
               These
               difficulties
               are
               more
               iujurious
               to
               the
               Mogor
               than
               to
               any
               other
               Prince
               ,
               because
               the
               strength
               and
               sinewes
               of
               his
               forces
               consist
               in
               horse
               ;
               which
               as
               they
               are
               of
               great
               consequence
               in
               Campania
               ,
               so
               amongst
               hils
               and
               rocks
               they
               are
               of
               small
               service
               .
               Of
               this
               quality
               are
               the
               frontiers
               of
               Persia
               ,
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Sablestan
               ,
               on
               every
               side
               hem'd
               in
               with
               that
               part
               of
               Caucasus
               ,
               which
               the
               ●r●cians
               call
               
                 Paropamise
                 .
                 Segestan
              
               is
               likewise
               so
               invironed
               ,
               that
               the
               River
               Il-mento
               (
               were
               it
               not
               for
               searching
               out
               infinite
               windings
               and
               turnings
               thorow
               naturall
               vallies
               )
               could
               hardly
               finde
               passage
               to
               pay
               his
               tribute
               to
               the
               famous
               Ganges
               .
               In
               Cambaia
               it selfe
               ,
               when
               the
               Mogors
               are
               of
               such
               fearfull
               puissance
               ,
               live
               the
               Resbuti
               ,
               not
               dreading
               them
               one
               whit
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               strength
               of
               the
               Mountaines
               .
               These
               Resbuti
               are
               the
               remainder
               of
               the
               Gentiles
               ,
               that
               betooke
               themselves
               to
               the
               mountaines
               betweene
               Cambaia
               and
               Diu
               ,
               when
               the
               Mahumetans
               first
               entred
               these
               Countries
               ;
               and
               since
               that
               day
               ,
               by
               strong
               hand
               they
               have
               preserved
               their
               libertie
               ,
               infesting
               often
               the
               plaine
               Countrie
               with
               their
               incursions
               .
               Other
               Provinces
               there
               are
               utterly
               barren
               ,
               not
               onely
               wanting
               water
               ,
               but
               all
               necessaries
               else
               :
               of
               this
               kinde
               is
               Dolcinda
               ,
               upon
               the
               skirts
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               through
               which
               it
               is
               impossible
               to
               lead
               an
               Army
               .
               To
               these
               discommodities
               you
               may
               adde
               the
               losse
               of
               time
               ,
               which
               Princes
               (
               being
               Lords
               of
               ample
               and
               spacious
               dominions
               )
               are
               constrained
               to
               make
               in
               their
               voyages
               .
               For
               the
               better
               part
               of
               Summer
               is
               spent
               before
               they
               can
               arrive
               at
               their
               Rendevous
               ,
               with
               their
               horses
               halfe
               dead
               through
               travell
               ,
               and
               the
               Armie
               halfe
               in
               halfe
               in
               number
               and
               courage
               diminished
               ;
               yea
               ,
               Winter
               overtaketh
               them
               ,
               commodious
               for
               their
               enemies
               ,
               and
               disadvantagious
               for
               them
               :
               for
               they
               must
               lie
               in
               the
               field
               and
               open
               aire
               among
               mire
               and
               frosts
               ,
               their
               enemies
               under
               a
               warme
               roofe
               ,
               and
               wholesome
               harbour
               .
            
             
               Whereupon
               wise
               Princes
               ,
               which
               have
               beene
               to
               make
               long
               Land-journies
               ,
               thorow
               divers
               Provinces
               of
               divers
               natures
               ,
               for
               feare
               of
               such
               like
               discommodities
               ,
               have
               thought
               it
               
               best
               to
               provide
               shipping
               ,
               and
               to
               use
               the
               opportunity
               of
               Rivers
               or
               Sea
               ,
               as
               did
               
                 Caesar
                 Germanicus
              
               in
               the
               warre
               of
               Germanie
               ,
               after
               he
               perceived
               ,
               that
               in
               the
               protracting
               of
               time
               (
               which
               was
               requisite
               for
               the
               marching
               of
               his
               Armie
               )
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               his
               men
               and
               horses
               were
               idle
               ,
               consumed
               by
               infirmities
               ,
               labours
               ,
               and
               the
               length
               of
               journeyes
               .
               But
               the
               Mogor
               is
               utterly
               destitute
               to
               this
               advantage
               :
               upon
               one
               side
               he
               hath
               no
               Haven
               ,
               on
               another
               the
               Portugals
               are
               his
               jealous
               .
               neighbours
               ,
               who
               with
               two
               Castles
               of
               great
               strength
               at
               Diu
               &
               Damain
               ,
               have
               shut
               up
               the
               whole
               gulfe
               of
               the
               Cambaian
               sea
               .
            
             
               Finally
               ,
               the
               puissance
               of
               their
               neighbours
               hath
               beene
               as
               great
               a
               controler
               to
               their
               furious
               invasions
               ,
               as
               any
               other
               naturall
               cause
               ,
               viz.
               the
               King
               of
               Barma
               ,
               who
               is
               nothing
               inferiour
               in
               power
               and
               riches
               :
               for
               he
               is
               Lord
               of
               so
               many
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               of
               so
               fierce
               and
               warlike
               a
               people
               ,
               and
               can
               bring
               such
               swarmes
               into
               the
               field
               ,
               that
               he
               i●
               fearelesse
               of
               any
               of
               his
               Tartarian
               neighbours
               .
               And
               as
               the
               Mogor
               ruleth
               farre
               and
               wide
               betweene
               Ganges
               and
               Indus
               ,
               so
               doth
               this
               King
               betweene
               Ganges
               and
               Siam
               .
               As
               the
               one
               deviseth
               to
               offend
               ,
               so
               by
               little
               and
               little
               the
               other
               waxeth
               wife
               to
               defend
               .
               For
               by
               nature
               man
               is
               more
               prone
               to
               provide
               for
               his
               owne
               safety
               ,
               than
               ready
               by
               wrong
               to
               oppresse
               others
               ,
               being
               alwayes
               more
               carefull
               to
               conserve
               ,
               than
               forward
               to
               destroy
               .
               It
               cannot
               be
               expressed
               how
               full
               of
               subtilty
               ,
               shifts
               ,
               devices
               ,
               and
               industry
               man
               is
               to
               defend
               him
               and
               his
               :
               for
               hee
               useth
               for
               his
               owne
               safeguard
               ,
               not
               that
               onely
               which
               is
               properly
               defensive
               ;
               but
               even
               that
               also
               which
               humane
               wisdome
               hath
               invented
               ,
               or
               Nature
               created
               any
               way
               offensive
               .
               Neither
               ever
               was
               there
               any
               instrument
               invented
               for
               offence
               ,
               but
               that
               the
               same
               hath
               beene
               turned
               to
               defense
               :
               Of
               which
               kinde
               are
               Castles
               built
               of
               later
               times
               ,
               and
               the
               devices
               of
               moderne
               fortification
               ;
               whereby
               few
               souldiers
               have
               resisted
               great
               Armies
               ,
               and
               a
               small
               place
               (
               made
               tenable
               )
               hath
               wasted
               the
               forces
               and
               treasure
               of
               a
               mighty
               Emperour
               ;
               as
               well
               witnessed
               the
               fortunes
               of
               eight
               hundred
               Portugals
               at
               Domaine
               upon
               the
               coast
               of
               Cambaia
               ,
               who
               by
               this
               Art
               scorned
               and
               deluded
               the
               whole
               forces
               and
               attempts
               of
               this
               mighty
               Mogor
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               China
               .
            
             
               IN
               times
               past
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               China
               hath
               beene
               farre
               larger
               than
               now
               it
               is
               .
               For
               it
               appeareth
               by
               their
               Histories
               (
               containing
               the
               Annals
               of
               2000.
               yeares
               and
               upward
               )
               and
               by
               other
               of
               their
               manuscript
               Chronicles
               written
               in
               their
               owne
               language
               (
               whose
               fragments
               are
               yet
               to
               be
               seene
               )
               that
               their
               Kings
               were
               Lords
               almost
               of
               all
               the
               Sea-coast
               of
               Asia
               ,
               from
               the
               streight
               of
               Anian
               ,
               to
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Pegu
               ,
               the
               Provinces
               of
               
                 Meletai
                 ,
                 Becam
                 ,
                 Calan
                 ,
                 Boraga
                 ,
              
               and
               other
               territories
               situated
               upon
               the
               North
               side
               of
               Pegu
               ;
               where
               their
               monuments
               ,
               with
               their
               Epitaphs
               &
               devices
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               seen
               at
               this
               day
               .
               For
               in
               all
               the
               foresaid
               Regions
               ,
               the
               relicks
               of
               their
               ancient
               ceremonies
               ,
               wherby
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Mathematicks
               (
               as
               the
               division
               of
               the
               yeare
               into
               moneths
               ,
               the
               Zodiacke
               into
               12.
               signes
               ,
               true
               testimonies
               of
               their
               Empire
               )
               are
               taught
               by
               tradition
               .
               Neither
               is
               the
               time
               long
               ,
               sithence
               all
               those
               Kingdomes
               accounted
               the
               King
               of
               China
               for
               their
               Soveraigne
               ,
               sending
               their
               Ambassadors
               with
               presents
               to
               his
               Court
               every
               third
               yeare
               .
            
             
               These
               Ambassadors
               ought
               to
               be
               foure
               at
               least
               ;
               for
               before
               they
               could
               arrive
               at
               their
               journeyes
               end
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               either
               by
               remotenesse
               of
               place
               ,
               difficult
               accesse
               of
               audience
               ,
               or
               delay
               in
               dispatch
               ,
               could
               not
               but
               surely
               die
               ;
               those
               whose
               chance
               it
               was
               to
               scape
               ,
               the
               Chinois
               in
               some
               set
               banquet
               would
               poyson
               ,
               and
               erect
               unto
               them
               stately
               tombes
               ,
               with
               the
               inscription
               of
               their
               names
               ,
               the
               place
               from
               whence
               they
               came
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               stile
               of
               Ambassadors
               :
               thereby
               (
               say
               they
               )
               to
               commit
               to
               eternity
               the
               remembrance
               of
               the
               bounds
               of
               their
               Empire
               .
               They
               inlarged
               their
               dominions
               no
               lesse
               upon
               the
               Ocean
               ,
               than
               upon
               the
               Continent
               .
               For
               they
               first
               of
               all
               invaded
               the
               Isles
               of
               the
               Orient
               ;
               next
               unto
               them
               the
               Giavi
               :
               then
               the
               Moluccans
               and
               Moores
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               the
               Portugals
               and
               Castilians
               ;
               who
               hold
               them
               at
               this
               day
               .
               But
               none
               of
               these
               
               Nations
               were
               equall
               of
               power
               and
               magnificence
               to
               the
               Chinois
               :
               for
               besides
               the
               conquest
               of
               the
               bordering
               Isles
               (
               which
               in
               regard
               of
               their
               numbers
               ,
               their
               spaciousnesse
               and
               fertilitie
               ,
               were
               of
               great
               reckoning
               )
               they
               became
               Lords
               of
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               all
               the
               inhabitable
               places
               in
               that
               vast
               Archipelago
               ,
               even
               to
               Zeilan
               ,
               where
               they
               left
               their
               speech
               and
               characters
               ,
               as
               also
               they
               did
               the
               like
               upon
               the
               opposite
               continent
               .
               Wre
               reade
               also
               in
               the
               papers
               of
               certaine
               Jesuites
               ,
               that
               in
               one
               quarter
               of
               the
               Island
               of
               Saint
               Laurence
               ,
               they
               found
               white
               people
               ,
               which
               said
               ,
               that
               they
               descended
               of
               the
               Chinois
               .
               They
               first
               discovered
               the
               Moluccas
               ,
               gave
               names
               unto
               the
               Spices
               ,
               and
               planted
               Colonies
               in
               many
               of
               them
               :
               which
               to
               this
               present
               keepe
               their
               old
               name
               ,
               as
               
                 batta
                 china
                 à
                 Maur
                 ,
                 batta
                 china
                 ,
                 Mauri
                 :
                 batta
              
               signifieth
               a
               Towne
               ,
               
                 batta
                 china
              
               ,
               a
               Towne
               of
               the
               Chinois
               .
               It
               is
               likewise
               thought
               that
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               Iava
               descended
               from
               them
               ;
               and
               to
               speake
               the
               truth
               ,
               there
               is
               no
               great
               difference
               betweene
               their
               manner
               of
               living
               ,
               clothing
               ,
               building
               ,
               industry
               ,
               trafficke
               ,
               and
               manuall
               occupations
               .
               But
               after
               the
               shipwr●cke
               of
               fourscore
               vessels
               ,
               and
               the
               losse
               of
               their
               people
               in
               the
               Sea
               of
               Zeilan
               ,
               (
               comparing
               their
               profit
               with
               their
               losse
               )
               they
               resolved
               to
               trie
               no
               more
               such
               hazards
               ,
               but
               to
               containe
               themselves
               within
               their
               owne
               bounds
               .
               And
               to
               cause
               this
               Edict
               to
               be
               inviolably
               observed
               ,
               they
               enacted
               ,
               that
               none
               there
               after
               upon
               paine
               of
               the
               losse
               of
               his
               ●ead
               ,
               should
               offer
               to
               faile
               into
               those
               parts
               :
               the
               K●ngs
               themselves
               did
               ever
               abstaine
               from
               future
               invasions
               .
               For
               sithence
               they
               enjoy
               a
               very
               earthly
               Paradise
               ,
               where
               Nature
               and
               Art
               are
               at
               strife
               to
               content
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               where
               no
               good
               thing
               i●
               wanting
               ,
               but
               much
               superfluous
               ,
               and
               to
               spare
               ,
               what
               mad
               men
               would
               consume
               their
               bodies
               and
               treasures
               ,
               in
               getting
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               are
               more
               chargeable
               to
               get
               ,
               than
               profitable
               to
               keepe
               ?
               Polybius
               writeth
               ,
               that
               upon
               the
               same
               reason
               the
               old
               Carthaginians
               forsooke
               part
               of
               those
               things
               ,
               which
               before
               they
               had
               conquered
               .
               The
               Romans
               ,
               after
               they
               had
               suffered
               a
               grievous
               losse
               of
               their
               best
               vessels
               in
               the
               second
               Punicke
               warre
               ,
               in
               meere
               despaire
               bade
               Navigation
               adue
               ;
               but
               afterwards
               perceiving
               that
               they
               who
               were
               Commanders
               
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               were
               likely
               to
               prove
               Lords
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
               they
               built
               a
               new
               Navie
               ,
               and
               at
               length
               saw
               the
               successe
               to
               answer
               their
               latest
               opinions
               .
               Therefore
               can
               we
               not
               but
               ascribe
               this
               resolution
               of
               the
               Chinois
               ,
               rather
               to
               good
               conscience
               and
               advisednesse
               ,
               than
               to
               wisdome
               ,
               or
               good
               polic●e
               .
            
             
               When
               this
               surrender
               was
               resolved
               in
               full
               councell
               ,
               they
               set
               the
               people
               ,
               whom
               they
               had
               vanquished
               ,
               free
               :
               yet
               some
               of
               their
               good
               wils
               remained
               feodaries
               ,
               shadowing
               their
               estates
               under
               the
               wings
               of
               their
               puissance
               ,
               as
               the
               Kings
               of
               
                 Corea
                 ,
                 Lequi
                 ,
                 Cauchinchina
              
               and
               Siam
               .
               But
               notwithstanding
               their
               retreit
               within
               their
               owne
               bounds
               ,
               yet
               possesse
               they
               a
               dominion
               little
               lesse
               than
               Europe
               :
               for
               from
               the
               North
               towards
               the
               South
               ,
               it
               reacheth
               from
               seventeene
               to
               two
               and
               fiftie
               degrees
               ,
               from
               East
               to
               the
               West
               ,
               are
               two
               and
               twenty
               degrees
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               eight
               severall
               Kingdomes
               ,
               over
               whom
               one
               principall
               Monarch
               controlleth
               ;
               by
               whose
               high
               and
               illustrious
               titles
               of
               
                 Mundi
                 Dominus
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Solis
                 filius
              
               ,
               he
               would
               seeme
               to
               challenge
               all
               Natures
               immunities
               ,
               and
               withall
               ,
               that
               their
               prescriptions
               before
               the
               dayes
               of
               Adam
               ,
               were
               true
               and
               canonicall
               .
            
             
               The
               principall
               Citie
               is
               called
               Paquin
               ,
               neighbouring
               Tartary
               ,
               out
               of
               which
               the
               Emperour
               never
               issueth
               ,
               but
               in
               time
               of
               warre
               ,
               which
               is
               as
               it
               were
               an
               exercise
               amongst
               them
               ,
               at
               that
               time
               challenging
               the
               attendance
               of
               every
               Nation
               .
               For
               ,
               as
               you
               have
               read
               in
               the
               History
               of
               England
               ,
               That
               from
               the
               Twede
               (
               betweene
               Northumberland
               and
               Scotland
               )
               even
               to
               the
               Irish
               Seas
               ,
               there
               was
               a
               wall
               ,
               called
               
                 Picts
                 wall
              
               ,
               one
               hundred
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               at
               certaine
               spaces
               fortified
               with
               watch-towers
               ,
               which
               thorow
               hollow
               trunkes
               placed
               within
               the
               curtaines
               ,
               received
               advertisements
               of
               Alarmes
               ,
               excursions
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ;
               so
               that
               in
               a
               moment
               the
               whole
               Countrey
               was
               up
               in
               armes
               ,
               and
               the
               ordinary
               proceedings
               of
               military
               discipline
               executed
               :
               So
               here
               ,
               from
               the
               Sea
               to
               Mount
               Caucasus
               ,
               or
               rather
               Imaus
               ,
               eight
               thousand
               furlongs
               together
               ,
               is
               raised
               a
               fortification
               ,
               and
               at
               every
               miles
               end
               a
               strong
               rampart
               ,
               or
               bulwarke
               ,
               wherein
               is
               continuall
               garrison
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Thomas
                 Perez
              
               the
               King
               of
               Portugals
               Ambassadour
               ,
               made
               foure
               moneths
               journey
               from
               Cantan
               to
               Nanquij
               ,
               bearing
               alwayes
               Northerly
               .
            
             
               Nor
               doth
               he
               enter
               the
               field
               under
               an
               army
               of
               three
               hūdred
               thousand
               foot
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               horse
               .
               Of
               which
               I
               am
               not
               incredulous
               ,
               considering
               the
               levies
               of
               the
               East
               ,
               five
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               were
               consumed
               in
               the
               civill
               warres
               of
               Iuda
               and
               Ierusalem
               ,
               and
               against
               Iuda
               ,
               her
               enemies
               (
               the
               Moores
               and
               Aethiopians
               )
               brought
               ten
               hundred
               thousand
               paire
               of
               hands
               to
               pull
               downe
               the
               wals
               of
               Ierusalem
               .
            
             
               Their
               manner
               of
               life
               is
               most
               obscene
               and
               shamelesse
               ,
               their
               idolatrie
               vile
               and
               vicious
               ,
               their
               incantations
               ridiculous
               ,
               the
               prostitution
               of
               Virgins
               to
               be
               deflowred
               of
               Idols
               abominable
               ,
               their
               exorcismes
               damnable
               ,
               and
               the
               varietie
               of
               senselesse
               profanations
               most
               contemptible
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               not
               so
               spacious
               ,
               but
               it
               is
               as
               fertill
               :
               for
               it
               yeeldeth
               not
               only
               what
               is
               fitting
               for
               humane
               life
               ,
               but
               whatsoever
               the
               delicate
               and
               esseminate
               appetite
               of
               man
               may
               lust
               after
               .
               Many
               Plants
               yeeld
               fruit
               twice
               or
               thrice
               a
               yeare
               ,
               and
               that
               not
               only
               by
               the
               temperature
               of
               the
               ayre
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               number
               of
               the
               rivers
               and
               plentie
               of
               waters
               ,
               which
               doe
               both
               cause
               trafficke
               thorow
               every
               corner
               of
               the
               Region
               ,
               and
               so
               water
               it
               on
               all
               sides
               ,
               that
               it
               resembleth
               a
               most
               pleasant
               and
               delectable
               garden-plot
               .
               Of
               this
               plentie
               there
               are
               three
               causes
               :
               one
               ,
               the
               prodigall
               expences
               of
               the
               King
               in
               digging
               of
               trenches
               thorowout
               the
               whole
               Land
               :
               sometime
               cutting
               thorow
               rockie
               Mountaines
               ,
               sometime
               damming
               up
               deepe
               valleyes
               to
               make
               them
               levell
               with
               high
               mountaines
               ,
               and
               to
               draine
               the
               waters
               of
               Lakes
               and
               Marishes
               :
               the
               other
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               whole
               Region
               is
               situated
               under
               the
               temperate
               Zone
               ,
               and
               in
               no
               place
               ,
               either
               by
               nature
               or
               mans
               industrie
               ,
               wanteth
               moisture
               ;
               so
               that
               all
               creatures
               ,
               taking
               nourishment
               of
               heat
               and
               moisture
               ,
               must
               needs
               here
               wonderously
               prosper
               .
               In
               no
               place
               Plants
               may
               take
               larger
               scope
               to
               spread
               their
               branches
               ,
               nor
               Cattell
               larger
               walkes
               to
               wander
               in
               ,
               than
               in
               this
               Country
               .
               The
               last
               reason
               is
               ,
               for
               that
               the
               idle
               are
               neither
               severely
               punished
               ,
               nor
               altogether
               tolerated
               ,
               but
               every
               one
               is
               forced
               to
               doe
               somewhat
               ,
               no
               
               foot
               of
               land
               is
               left
               unhusbanded
               ,
               nor
               dramme
               of
               stuffe
               cast
               away
               unwrought
               .
               Among
               other
               things
               note-worthy
               ,
               this
               one
               is
               of
               great
               consideration
               ,
               that
               in
               Cantan
               they
               maintaine
               foure
               thousand
               blind
               people
               to
               grinde
               corne
               and
               Rice
               ;
               every
               childe
               is
               set
               about
               somewhat
               according
               to
               his
               yeares
               and
               strength
               ;
               those
               only
               who
               are
               truly
               impotent
               in
               their
               limbs
               ,
               and
               have
               no
               friends
               living
               to
               succour
               them
               ,
               are
               provided
               for
               in
               Hospitals
               .
               That
               none
               may
               excuse
               themselves
               ,
               in
               saying
               hee
               can
               doe
               nothing
               ,
               every
               one
               is
               bound
               to
               learne
               his
               fathers
               occupation
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               the
               children
               (
               borne
               as
               it
               were
               tradesmen
               )
               learne
               their
               fathers
               occupations
               before
               they
               perceive
               it
               ,
               by
               continuall
               practice
               becomming
               in
               time
               most
               artificiall
               mechanickes
               .
               He
               that
               cannot
               live
               at
               Land
               ,
               seeketh
               his
               maintenance
               at
               Sea
               ,
               (
               for
               that
               is
               no
               lesse
               inhabited
               than
               the
               Land
               )
               yea
               ,
               infinite
               housholds
               live
               on
               the
               Rivers
               in
               Boats
               ,
               without
               comming
               to
               Land
               for
               a
               long
               season
               :
               Some
               whereof
               live
               by
               ferrying
               over
               people
               ,
               some
               by
               transporting
               passengers
               and
               their
               merchandize
               :
               others
               keepe
               shops
               ,
               others
               vessels
               of
               lodging
               for
               their
               Merchants
               and
               Travellers
               .
               Whatsoever
               is
               needfull
               for
               cloathing
               ,
               for
               food
               or
               nourishment
               ,
               delight
               or
               ease
               of
               a
               civill
               life
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               found
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               great
               Rivers
               .
               Many
               likewise
               nourish
               all
               sorts
               of
               Poultrie
               ,
               especially
               Duckes
               in
               their
               vessels
               :
               To
               hatch
               the
               egges
               and
               to
               nourish
               the
               young
               ones
               ,
               they
               use
               not
               the
               dams
               as
               we
               doe
               ,
               but
               an
               artificiall
               heat
               ,
               in
               a
               manner
               as
               they
               doe
               in
               Aegypt
               ,
               especially
               at
               Cair
               :
               All
               night
               he
               keepeth
               them
               in
               his
               Boat
               ,
               and
               at
               morning
               sendeth
               them
               to
               feed
               in
               the
               fields
               sowed
               with
               Rice
               ,
               where
               all
               day
               long
               having
               fed
               on
               the
               weeds
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               good
               of
               the
               husbandman
               ,
               they
               returne
               toward
               evening
               to
               their
               Cages
               ,
               at
               the
               sound
               of
               a
               little
               Bell
               or
               Cimball
               .
               Many
               live
               by
               carrying
               Fish
               ,
               both
               salt
               and
               fresh
               ,
               into
               the
               high
               Countries
               :
               for
               in
               the
               Spring
               ,
               when
               the
               Rivers
               rise
               through
               thawes
               ,
               and
               landstouds
               ,
               so
               incomparable
               quantities
               of
               sea-fish
               doe
               abound
               in
               the
               havens
               and
               creekes
               ,
               that
               the
               fishermen
               depart
               rather
               wearied
               than
               wanting
               .
               This
               fish
               the
               Skippers
               buy
               for
               a
               small
               matter
               of
               the
               fishermen
               ,
               and
               keeping
               them
               alive
               in
               certaine
               
               vessels
               made
               for
               the
               purpose
               ,
               they
               transport
               them
               into
               Provinces
               farre
               remote
               from
               the
               Sea.
               There
               they
               are
               sold
               and
               preserved
               in
               Pooles
               and
               Stewes
               neere
               Cities
               and
               great
               Townes
               ,
               to
               serve
               the
               Markets
               and
               Tables
               of
               the
               richer
               Chinois
               all
               the
               yeare
               long
               .
               Because
               it
               is
               forbidden
               any
               inhabitant
               to
               passe
               out
               of
               the
               Land
               without
               leave
               ,
               and
               therewith
               neither
               ,
               but
               for
               a
               certaine
               time
               limited
               ,
               it
               must
               needs
               be
               that
               by
               the
               daily
               increase
               of
               people
               ,
               the
               Country
               is
               even
               pestered
               with
               inhabitation
               .
               It
               hath
               beene
               observed
               among
               themselves
               ,
               that
               for
               every
               five
               that
               have
               died
               ,
               seven
               have
               beene
               borne
               .
               The
               Climate
               is
               so
               temperate
               ,
               and
               the
               aire
               so
               wholsome
               ,
               that
               in
               mans
               memory
               any
               universall
               pestilence
               hath
               not
               beene
               knowne
               to
               infest
               the
               Country
               .
               Notwithstanding
               left
               any
               man
               should
               thinke
               this
               people
               to
               enjoy
               all
               sweets
               without
               some
               mixture
               of
               sowre
               ,
               you
               must
               note
               that
               their
               earth-quakes
               are
               more
               dreadfull
               unto
               them
               than
               any
               pestilence
               to
               us
               :
               for
               whole
               Cities
               have
               beene
               swallowed
               ,
               and
               Provinces
               made
               desart
               by
               this
               punishment
               .
               These
               casualties
               choke
               up
               the
               course
               of
               ancient
               Chanels
               ,
               and
               make
               new
               where
               were
               never
               any
               before
               ;
               they
               lay
               Mountaines
               levell
               with
               the
               ground
               ,
               and
               make
               havocke
               of
               the
               people
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1555.
               a
               deluge
               breaking
               out
               of
               the
               bowels
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
               devoured
               an
               hundred
               and
               fourescore
               miles
               of
               firme
               land
               ,
               with
               the
               Townes
               and
               Villages
               standing
               thereupon
               :
               those
               which
               escaped
               the
               floud
               ,
               lightning
               and
               fire
               from
               Heaven
               destroyed
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               said
               to
               be
               in
               China
               one
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               Cities
               ,
               two
               hundred
               thirty
               five
               great
               Townes
               ,
               one
               thousand
               one
               hundred
               fifty
               foure
               Castles
               ,
               and
               foure
               thousand
               two
               hundred
               Boroughs
               without
               walls
               ,
               wherein
               souldiers
               are
               quartered
               :
               of
               Villages
               and
               Hamlets
               (
               some
               of
               them
               containing
               a
               thousand
               housholds
               )
               the
               number
               is
               infinite
               ;
               for
               the
               Country
               is
               so
               covered
               with
               habitation
               ,
               that
               all
               China
               seemeth
               but
               as
               one
               Towne
               .
               They
               have
               two
               Metropolitan
               Cities
               ,
               Nanquin
               and
               Panquin
               .
               In
               Nanquin
               toward
               the
               North
               ,
               the
               King
               keepeth
               his
               Court
               :
               under
               the
               jurisdiction
               of
               the
               one
               are
               seven
               Provinces
               ,
               under
               the
               other
               eight
               .
               Both
               of
               
               them
               are
               so
               spacious
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               a
               daies
               journey
               for
               a
               horseman
               to
               ride
               from
               one
               end
               to
               the
               other
               .
               Of
               the
               number
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               no
               certainty
               can
               bee
               produced
               ,
               but
               according
               to
               manuscript
               relations
               ,
               and
               the
               report
               of
               travellers
               ,
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               the
               Kingdome
               containeth
               threescore
               and
               ten
               millions
               of
               living
               soules
               .
               This
               is
               an
               admirable
               report
               ,
               and
               not
               to
               bee
               beleeved
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               compared
               with
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Christendome
               ;
               but
               surely
               something
               above
               conceit
               is
               to
               be
               credited
               to
               those
               spacious
               ,
               populous
               ,
               and
               barbarous
               Nations
               .
               Let
               us
               set
               the
               largenesse
               of
               their
               Provinces
               ,
               the
               circuit
               of
               their
               Cities
               ,
               their
               plenty
               and
               abundance
               of
               all
               things
               and
               in
               all
               places
               ,
               either
               in
               prospering
               by
               nature
               or
               mans
               industry
               ,
               with
               their
               number
               and
               inhabitation
               ,
               and
               we
               shall
               finde
               a
               Country
               like
               enough
               to
               afford
               such
               a
               reckoning
               ,
               with
               places
               ,
               cities
               ,
               and
               dwellings
               able
               to
               containe
               them
               ,
               and
               nourishment
               sufficient
               to
               maintaine
               them
               .
               Italy
               exceedeth
               not
               nine
               millions
               :
               Germany
               (
               excluding
               the
               Swizzers
               and
               Netherlands
               )
               not
               ten
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               foresaid
               Provinces
               not
               above
               fifteene
               ,
               which
               number
               peradventure
               France
               may
               reach
               unto
               .
               Spaine
               is
               farre
               inferiour
               to
               
                 Italie
                 :
                 Sicilie
              
               hath
               but
               one
               million
               and
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               :
               England
               three
               millions
               ,
               and
               Belgia
               as
               many
               ,
               if
               by
               the
               continuance
               of
               the
               warre
               in
               those
               Countries
               that
               number
               be
               not
               much
               decayed
               .
            
             
               The
               Italians
               conceit
               marvellous
               highly
               of
               themselves
               ,
               thinking
               no
               Province
               upon
               the
               face
               of
               the
               earth
               for
               wealth
               and
               people
               comparable
               to
               Italie
               ;
               but
               they
               forget
               ,
               that
               as
               it
               is
               long
               ,
               so
               it
               is
               narrow
               ,
               and
               nothing
               wide
               or
               spacious
               ,
               neither
               that
               two
               third
               parts
               have
               not
               one
               navigable
               River
               (
               a
               want
               of
               great
               consequence
               )
               neither
               that
               the
               Apenine
               ,
               a
               Mountaine
               rockie
               and
               barren
               ,
               doth
               spread
               it selfe
               over
               a
               fourth
               part
               thereof
               .
               Let
               them
               nor
               deceive
               themselves
               ,
               nor
               condemne
               anothers
               plenty
               by
               their
               owne
               wants
               ,
               nor
               measure
               others
               excesse
               by
               their
               handfuls
               .
               For
               fertility
               ,
               doth
               France
               in
               plenty
               of
               Graine
               or
               Cattell
               give
               place
               to
               Italy
               ?
               or
               England
               for
               Cattell
               ,
               for
               Wooll
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               or
               Metall
               ?
               Or
               Belgia
               ,
               for
               number
               or
               goodlinesse
               of
               Cities
               ,
               excellency
               of
               Artificers
               ,
               wealth
               or
               merchandise
               ?
               Or
               Greece
               ,
               for
               delectable
               situation
               ,
               
               commodious
               Havens
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               or
               pleasant
               Provinces
               ?
               Or
               Hungarie
               for
               Cattell
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               Mines
               ,
               and
               all
               things
               else
               ?
               But
               I
               will
               not
               stand
               upon
               these
               discourses
               ;
               only
               let
               me
               tell
               you
               that
               Lombardy
               containeth
               the
               third
               part
               of
               Italy
               ,
               a
               Province
               delightsome
               for
               battle-plaines
               and
               pleasant
               Rivers
               ,
               without
               barren
               mountaines
               or
               sandy
               fields
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               as
               full
               of
               people
               as
               the
               whole
               halfe
               of
               Italy
               besides
               .
               Yea
               ,
               what
               may
               bee
               said
               of
               Italy
               for
               profit
               or
               pleasure
               ,
               that
               may
               not
               bee
               spoken
               particularly
               of
               
                 France
                 ,
                 England
                 ,
                 Netherland
              
               and
               both
               the
               Panonies
               ?
               Wherefore
               since
               the
               Country
               is
               not
               onely
               large
               and
               spacious
               ,
               but
               united
               ,
               populous
               ,
               plentifull
               and
               rich
               ,
               at
               least
               let
               it
               bee
               beleeved
               and
               accounted
               for
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               Empires
               that
               ever
               was
               .
            
             
               The
               Government
               is
               tyrannicall
               :
               
               for
               thorowout
               the
               Kingdome
               there
               is
               no
               other
               Lord
               but
               the
               King
               ,
               they
               know
               not
               what
               an
               Earle
               ,
               a
               Marquesse
               ,
               or
               a
               Duke
               meaneth
               .
               No
               fealty
               ,
               no
               tribute
               ,
               or
               toll
               is
               paied
               to
               any
               man
               but
               the
               King.
               He
               giveth
               all
               magistracies
               &
               honors
               .
               He
               alloweth
               them
               stipends
               wherewith
               to
               maintaine
               their
               estates
               ,
               and
               they
               dispatch
               no
               matter
               of
               weight
               without
               his
               privity
               .
               His
               vassals
               obey
               him
               ,
               not
               as
               a
               King
               ,
               but
               rather
               as
               a
               God.
               In
               every
               Province
               standeth
               his
               portraicture
               in
               gold
               ,
               which
               is
               never
               to
               be
               seene
               but
               in
               the
               new
               Moones
               ;
               then
               is
               it
               shewed
               and
               visited
               of
               the
               Magistrates
               ,
               and
               reverenced
               as
               the
               Kings
               owne
               person
               .
               In
               like
               manner
               the
               Governours
               and
               Judges
               are
               honoured
               ;
               no
               man
               may
               speake
               to
               them
               but
               upon
               their
               knees
               .
               Strangers
               are
               not
               admitted
               to
               enter
               into
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               left
               their
               customes
               and
               conversation
               should
               breed
               alteration
               in
               manners
               ,
               or
               innovation
               in
               the
               State.
               They
               are
               onely
               permitted
               to
               trafficke
               upon
               the
               Sea-coasts
               ,
               to
               buy
               and
               sell
               victuall
               ,
               and
               to
               vent
               their
               wares
               .
               They
               that
               doe
               trafficke
               upon
               the
               Land
               ,
               assemble
               many
               together
               ,
               and
               elect
               a
               Governour
               amongst
               them
               ,
               whom
               they
               terme
               Consull
               .
               In
               this
               good
               manner
               strangers
               enter
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               but
               alwaies
               waited
               on
               by
               the
               Customers
               ,
               and
               Kings
               Officers
               .
            
             
               The
               Inhabitants
               cannot
               travell
               but
               with
               a
               licence
               ,
               and
               with
               that
               neither
               ,
               but
               for
               a
               prefixed
               season
               :
               and
               to
               bee
               sure
               
               of
               their
               returne
               they
               grant
               no
               leave
               ,
               but
               for
               traffickes
               sake
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               Ships
               of
               an
               hundred
               &
               fifty
               tun
               and
               not
               above
               ;
               for
               they
               are
               jealous
               ,
               that
               if
               they
               should
               goe
               to
               sea
               in
               bigger
               vessels
               ,
               they
               would
               make
               longer
               journies
               .
               To
               conclude
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               religious
               Law
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               that
               every
               mans
               endevours
               tend
               wholly
               to
               the
               good
               and
               quiet
               of
               the
               Common-wealth
               .
               By
               which
               proceedings
               ,
               Justice
               ,
               the
               mother
               of
               quietnesse
               ,
               Policy
               ,
               the
               mistresse
               of
               good
               Lawes
               ,
               and
               Industry
               ,
               the
               daughter
               of
               peace
               ,
               doe
               flourish
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               .
               There
               is
               no
               Country
               moderne
               or
               ancient
               ,
               governed
               by
               a
               better
               forme
               of
               policy
               than
               this
               Empire
               :
               by
               vertue
               whereof
               they
               have
               ruled
               their
               Empire
               2000.
               yeares
               :
               And
               so
               hath
               the
               State
               of
               Venice
               flourished
               1100.
               yeares
               ,
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               France
               1200.
               
               It
               is
               a
               thousand
               two
               hundred
               yeares
               since
               they
               cast
               off
               the
               yoke
               of
               the
               Tartars
               ,
               after
               their
               ninety
               yeares
               government
               .
            
             
               For
               their
               Arts
               ,
               Learning
               and
               Policy
               ,
               
               they
               conceive
               so
               well
               of
               themselves
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               accustomed
               to
               say
               that
               they
               have
               two
               eyes
               ;
               the
               people
               of
               Europe
               but
               one
               ;
               and
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Nations
               none
               .
               They
               give
               this
               report
               of
               the
               Europeans
               ,
               because
               of
               their
               acquaintance
               with
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               with
               whom
               they
               trafficke
               in
               Macoa
               and
               other
               places
               ,
               and
               the
               renowne
               of
               the
               Castidians
               ,
               who
               are
               their
               neighbours
               in
               the
               Philippinae
               .
            
             
               Printing
               ,
               Painting
               ,
               and
               Gun-powder
               ,
               with
               the
               materials
               thereunto
               belonging
               ,
               have
               beene
               used
               in
               China
               many
               yeares
               past
               and
               very
               common
               ,
               so
               that
               it
               is
               with
               them
               out
               of
               memory
               when
               they
               first
               began
               .
               Their
               Chronicles
               say
               ,
               that
               their
               first
               King
               ,
               being
               a
               great
               Necromancer
               ,
               who
               reigned
               many
               thousand
               yeares
               past
               ,
               did
               first
               invent
               great
               Ordnance
               :
               and
               for
               the
               antiquity
               of
               Printing
               ,
               there
               hath
               beene
               Bookes
               seene
               in
               China
               ,
               which
               were
               printed
               at
               least
               five
               or
               six
               hundred
               yeares
               before
               Printing
               was
               in
               use
               with
               us
               in
               Europe
               ,
               and
               to
               say
               when
               it
               first
               began
               ,
               it
               is
               beyond
               remembrance
               .
               But
               not
               to
               make
               our
               Readers
               beleeve
               reports
               beyond
               probability
               or
               credit
               ,
               we
               must
               needs
               informe
               the
               truth
               ,
               That
               the
               Arts
               and
               Manufactures
               of
               China
               ,
               are
               not
               comparable
               to
               
               ours
               of
               Europe
               .
               Their
               buildings
               are
               base
               and
               low
               ,
               but
               one
               story
               high
               (
               for
               feare
               of
               earth-quakes
               )
               which
               makes
               them
               take
               up
               more
               roome
               on
               the
               ground
               than
               in
               the
               ayre
               ;
               no
               marvell
               then
               if
               their
               Cities
               be
               great
               .
               Their
               Painting
               is
               meere
               ,
               steyning
               or
               trowelling
               in
               respect
               of
               ours
               .
               Their
               Printing
               is
               but
               stamping
               ,
               like
               our
               great
               Letters
               or
               Gaies
               cut
               in
               wood
               ;
               for
               they
               cut
               many
               words
               in
               one
               peece
               ,
               and
               then
               stampe
               it
               off
               in
               paper
               .
               This
               makes
               their
               Printing
               very
               difficult
               and
               chargeable
               ,
               and
               therefore
               so
               little
               used
               .
               Of
               liberall
               Arts
               they
               know
               none
               but
               a
               little
               naturall
               Rhetoricke
               ,
               which
               he
               that
               there
               excels
               in
               ,
               is
               more
               beholding
               to
               a
               good
               wit
               and
               a
               fine
               tongue
               than
               to
               the
               precepts
               of
               his
               Tutor
               .
               Their
               great
               Ordnance
               be
               but
               short
               and
               naught
               .
               Finally
               ,
               they
               are
               a
               people
               rather
               crafty
               than
               wise
               ;
               their
               common
               policy
               is
               made
               up
               of
               warinesse
               and
               wilinesse
               .
            
             
               By
               the
               multitudes
               of
               people
               (
               before
               spoken
               of
               )
               you
               may
               imagine
               the
               state
               of
               his
               forces
               ,
               
               for
               herein
               all
               other
               provisions
               take
               their
               perfection
               .
               But
               to
               speake
               somewhat
               in
               particular
               :
               The
               power
               of
               this
               Prince
               (
               remembring
               his
               countenance
               and
               nature
               ,
               detesting
               all
               invasions
               )
               is
               more
               ready
               and
               fit
               to
               defend
               than
               offend
               ,
               to
               preserve
               rather
               than
               to
               increase
               .
               His
               Cities
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               builded
               upon
               the
               bankes
               of
               navigable
               Rivers
               ,
               environed
               with
               deepe
               and
               broad
               ditches
               ,
               the
               walls
               built
               of
               stone
               and
               bricke
               ,
               strong
               above
               beleefe
               ,
               and
               fortified
               with
               ramparts
               and
               artificiall
               bulwarks
               .
               Upon
               the
               borders
               toward
               Tartarie
               (
               to
               make
               sure
               worke
               against
               such
               an
               enemy
               )
               they
               have
               built
               a
               wall
               beginning
               at
               Chioi
               (
               a
               City
               situate
               betweene
               two
               most
               high
               mountaines
               )
               and
               stretching
               it selfe
               toward
               the
               East
               ,
               six
               hundred
               miles
               between
               mountaine
               and
               mountaine
               ,
               untill
               it
               touch
               the
               cliffes
               of
               the
               Ocean
               .
               Upon
               the
               other
               frontiers
               you
               may
               behold
               many
               ,
               but
               small
               holds
               ,
               so
               built
               to
               stay
               the
               course
               of
               the
               enemie
               ,
               untill
               the
               Country
               forces
               bee
               able
               to
               make
               head
               ,
               and
               the
               Royall
               Army
               have
               time
               to
               come
               leasurely
               forward
               ;
               for
               in
               400.
               great
               Townes
               hee
               keepeth
               in
               continuall
               pay
               forces
               sufficient
               upon
               the
               least
               warning
               ,
               to
               march
               to
               that
               quarter
               whither
               occasion
               calleth
               .
               Every
               City
               hath
               a
               Garrison
               
               and
               Guard
               at
               the
               gates
               ,
               which
               at
               nights
               is
               not
               onely
               fast
               locked
               ,
               but
               sealed
               ,
               and
               may
               not
               be
               opened
               before
               the
               seale
               at
               morning
               bee
               throughly
               viewed
               .
               To
               speake
               truth
               ,
               their
               souldiers
               ,
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               footmen
               ,
               by
               land
               or
               sea
               ,
               are
               more
               famous
               for
               their
               numbers
               ,
               their
               gallant
               furniture
               ,
               and
               plenty
               of
               provision
               ,
               than
               for
               strength
               and
               courage
               .
               For
               the
               Inhabitants
               partly
               by
               their
               effeminate
               and
               wanton
               kinde
               of
               life
               ,
               partly
               by
               their
               forme
               of
               government
               ,
               whereby
               they
               are
               made
               vile
               and
               base
               ,
               have
               little
               valour
               or
               manhood
               left
               them
               .
               They
               use
               no
               forren
               souldiers
               ,
               except
               those
               whom
               they
               take
               in
               war
               ;
               these
               they
               send
               into
               the
               in-land
               Countries
               ,
               where
               being
               marked
               (
               to
               distinguish
               them
               from
               other
               )
               they
               serve
               more
               like
               slaves
               than
               souldiers
               ;
               yet
               have
               they
               pay
               ,
               with
               rewards
               for
               their
               good
               service
               ,
               and
               punishment
               for
               their
               cowardize
               :
               true
               motives
               to
               make
               men
               valorous
               .
               The
               rest
               which
               are
               not
               inrolled
               ,
               are
               not
               suffered
               to
               keepe
               weapons
               in
               their
               houses
               .
            
             
               Their
               Sea-forces
               are
               nothing
               inferiour
               to
               their
               Land-forces
               :
               
               for
               besides
               their
               ordinary
               Fleets
               ,
               lying
               upon
               the
               Coasts
               for
               the
               safety
               of
               the
               Sea-townes
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               abundance
               of
               navigable
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               so
               huge
               a
               Sea-tract
               full
               of
               Havens
               ,
               Creeks
               ,
               and
               Islands
               ,
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               with
               case
               they
               are
               able
               to
               assemble
               from
               five
               hundred
               to
               a
               thousand
               such
               great
               Ships
               ,
               which
               they
               call
               Giunchi
               ,
               we
               Iunks
               .
            
             
               To
               thinke
               that
               treasure
               cannot
               bee
               wanting
               to
               levie
               so
               
               great
               a
               number
               of
               Ships
               ,
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               Marriners
               ,
               many
               men
               affirme
               ,
               that
               the
               Kings
               revenues
               amount
               to
               an
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               millions
               of
               gold
               ,
               which
               value
               ,
               although
               it
               may
               seeme
               impossible
               to
               him
               that
               shall
               make
               an
               estimate
               of
               the
               States
               of
               Europe
               ,
               with
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               China
               ;
               yet
               may
               it
               finde
               place
               of
               beleefe
               ,
               if
               he
               doe
               but
               call
               to
               minde
               ,
               First
               ,
               the
               nature
               and
               circuit
               of
               the
               Empire
               ,
               being
               little
               lesse
               than
               all
               Europe
               ;
               Next
               ,
               the
               populousnesse
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               accompanied
               with
               inestimable
               riches
               :
               Then
               the
               diversity
               of
               Mines
               ,
               of
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               Iron
               ,
               and
               other
               sorts
               of
               Metall
               ,
               the
               unspeakable
               quantity
               of
               Merchandize
               ,
               passing
               from
               hand
               to
               hand
               ,
               by
               so
               many
               navigable
               Rivers
               :
               so
               many
               armes
               and
               in-lets
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               their
               upland
               Cities
               ,
               and
               maritime
               Townes
               ,
               their
               
               Tolls
               ,
               Customes
               ,
               Subsidies
               ;
               and
               lastly
               ,
               their
               rich
               wares
               brought
               into
               Europe
               .
               Hee
               taketh
               the
               tenth
               of
               all
               things
               which
               the
               earth
               yeeldeth
               ;
               as
               Barley
               ,
               Rice
               ,
               Olives
               ,
               Wine
               ,
               Cotton
               ,
               Wooll
               ,
               Flax
               ,
               Silke
               ,
               all
               kinds
               of
               Metall
               ,
               Fruits
               ,
               Cattel
               ,
               Sugar
               ,
               Hony
               ,
               Rubarbe
               ,
               Camphire
               ,
               Ginger
               ,
               Wood
               ,
               Muske
               ,
               and
               all
               sorts
               of
               Perfumes
               .
               The
               custome
               only
               of
               Salt
               in
               the
               City
               Canto
               (
               which
               is
               not
               of
               the
               greatest
               ,
               nor
               of
               the
               best
               trafficke
               )
               yeeldeth
               180000.
               
               Crownes
               yearely
               :
               the
               tenth
               of
               Rice
               of
               one
               small
               Towne
               ,
               and
               the
               adjacent
               Territory
               ,
               yeeldeth
               more
               than
               100000.
               
               Crownes
               .
               By
               these
               you
               may
               conjecture
               of
               the
               rest
               .
               He
               leaveth
               his
               subjects
               nothing
               save
               food
               &
               clothing
               .
               He
               hath
               under
               him
               no
               Earles
               ,
               Lords
               ,
               or
               Nobles
               of
               any
               degree
               ,
               no
               nor
               private
               persons
               indowed
               with
               great
               wealth
               .
            
             
               Wherefore
               since
               this
               Empire
               is
               so
               huge
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               profits
               thereof
               are
               in
               his
               hands
               ,
               how
               can
               the
               former
               assertion
               of
               so
               great
               and
               yearely
               a
               revenue
               to
               men
               of
               reason
               seeme
               any
               thing
               admirable
               at
               all
               ?
               There
               are
               two
               things
               moreover
               ,
               which
               adde
               great
               credit
               to
               this
               reckoning
               ;
               one
               is
               ,
               that
               all
               his
               impositions
               are
               not
               paid
               in
               Coine
               ,
               but
               some
               in
               hay
               ,
               some
               in
               Rice
               ,
               Corne
               ,
               Provender
               ,
               Silke
               ,
               Cotton
               ,
               Wooll
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               necessaries
               ;
               the
               other
               is
               ,
               that
               the
               King
               of
               120.
               millions
               which
               he
               receiveth
               ,
               disburseth
               againe
               three
               parts
               thereof
               .
               And
               so
               since
               it
               goeth
               round
               from
               the
               King
               to
               the
               people
               ,
               it
               ought
               to
               seeme
               no
               wonder
               ,
               if
               the
               people
               be
               able
               to
               spare
               it
               againe
               for
               the
               Princes
               use
               at
               the
               yeares
               end
               .
               For
               as
               waters
               doe
               ebbe
               as
               deepe
               as
               they
               flow
               ,
               so
               impositions
               easily
               levied
               suffice
               for
               the
               expences
               of
               the
               State
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               receive
               againe
               by
               those
               expences
               as
               much
               as
               they
               layed
               out
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               the
               yeare
               .
            
             
               This
               King
               feareth
               no
               neighbour
               ,
               
               but
               the
               great
               Cham
               of
               Tartaria
               ;
               all
               the
               rest
               acknowledge
               vassalage
               .
               Against
               this
               enemy
               the
               ancient
               Kings
               built
               that
               admirable
               wall
               ,
               so
               much
               renowned
               amongst
               the
               wonders
               of
               the
               Ortem
               .
               Towards
               the
               Sea
               ,
               hee
               bordereth
               upon
               the
               Iaponians
               and
               Castilians
               .
               The
               distance
               betweene
               Iapan
               and
               China
               is
               divers
               .
               From
               Goto
               ,
               one
               of
               the
               Islands
               of
               Iapan
               ,
               to
               the
               City
               Liampo
               ,
               is
               threescore
               leagues
               :
               from
               Canian
               297.
               
               The
               Islanders
               of
               
               Iapan
               doe
               often
               spoile
               the
               Sea-coasts
               of
               China
               by
               their
               incursions
               ,
               descending
               on
               land
               and
               harrying
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               more
               like
               Pyrates
               than
               men
               of
               Warre
               .
               For
               in
               regard
               that
               Iapan
               is
               divided
               into
               many
               Islands
               ,
               and
               into
               divers
               Seigniories
               (
               ill
               agreeing
               amongst
               themselves
               ,
               )
               though
               they
               excell
               the
               Chinois
               in
               armes
               and
               courage
               ,
               yet
               are
               they
               not
               of
               sufficient
               power
               to
               performe
               any
               action
               of
               moment
               against
               them
               .
               Upon
               another
               Frontier
               lye
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               of
               whom
               the
               Chinois
               ,
               not
               without
               good
               cause
               ,
               are
               very
               jealous
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               situation
               of
               the
               Philippinae
               (
               commodiously
               seated
               for
               the
               invasion
               of
               China
               )
               and
               the
               fame
               of
               the
               riches
               well
               knowne
               to
               the
               Spanish
               .
               But
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               wisheth
               rather
               to
               plant
               Christianitie
               peaceably
               amongst
               them
               ,
               wherof
               there
               was
               once
               good
               hope
               ,
               that
               God
               had
               opened
               a
               passage
               .
               For
               though
               the
               Chinois
               will
               suffer
               no
               stranger
               to
               enter
               within
               their
               Dominions
               ,
               yet
               certaine
               Jesuites
               (
               zealous
               in
               the
               increasing
               of
               Christian
               Religion
               )
               in
               a
               Territory
               ,
               so
               spacious
               as
               that
               is
               ,
               entred
               with
               great
               secrecie
               and
               danger
               ,
               and
               procuring
               the
               favour
               of
               certaine
               Governours
               ,
               obtained
               a
               privilege
               of
               naturalization
               ,
               specially
               Frier
               
                 Michael
                 Rogerius
              
               ,
               who
               in
               the
               yeare
               1590.
               returned
               into
               Europe
               to
               advise
               what
               course
               were
               best
               to
               take
               in
               this
               businesse
               .
               After
               whose
               departure
               ,
               intelligence
               was
               brought
               from
               two
               Friers
               which
               remained
               behinde
               ,
               that
               after
               divers
               persecutions
               they
               were
               then
               constrained
               to
               forsake
               the
               Citie
               wherein
               they
               sojourned
               ,
               and
               to
               make
               haste
               to
               sea-ward
               .
               Nor
               plainly
               would
               the
               Chinois
               suffer
               the
               said
               Frier
               Rogerius
               to
               come
               into
               their
               Countrey
               ,
               as
               himselfe
               confessed
               to
               an
               English
               Gentleman
               of
               very
               good
               worth
               and
               curious
               understanding
               ,
               Mr.
               W.F.
               who
               purposely
               asked
               that
               question
               of
               him
               .
               If
               any
               man
               of
               Europe
               hath
               beene
               in
               China
               ,
               it
               is
               
                 Matthew
                 Riccius
              
               the
               Jesuite
               .
               The
               Portugals
               are
               likewise
               eye-sores
               unto
               them
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               report
               of
               their
               justice
               and
               the
               moderation
               ,
               which
               
                 Ferdinand
                 Andrada
              
               shewed
               in
               the
               government
               of
               the
               Island
               of
               Tamo
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               Traffick
               which
               they
               exercise
               in
               those
               seas
               ,
               they
               can
               better
               digest
               their
               neighbour-hood
               ,
               than
               that
               of
               the
               Spanish
               .
               This
               was
               the
               first
               Portugal
               that
               arrived
               in
               the
               
               Citie
               of
               Cantan
               ,
               and
               set
               on
               land
               
                 Thomas
                 Perez
              
               ,
               Legier
               for
               Emanuel
               King
               of
               Portugal
               .
               But
               other
               Captaines
               being
               there
               afterwards
               dis-embarked
               ,
               behaved
               themselves
               so
               lewdly
               ,
               that
               they
               occasioned
               the
               said
               Ambassadour
               to
               be
               taken
               for
               a
               Spie
               ,
               and
               cast
               into
               prison
               ,
               where
               hee
               died
               most
               miserably
               ,
               the
               residue
               were
               intreated
               as
               enemies
               .
               At
               last
               it
               was
               permitted
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               for
               traffick
               sake
               ,
               to
               set
               a
               Factory
               in
               Macao
               ,
               where
               againe
               before
               they
               had
               strongly
               fortified
               their
               Colonie
               ,
               they
               were
               constrained
               to
               submit
               to
               the
               limitations
               of
               the
               Chinois
               ;
               to
               whom
               in
               short
               time
               for
               their
               strength
               ,
               wisdome
               ,
               friendship
               ,
               and
               alliance
               with
               the
               Castilians
               ,
               they
               became
               suspitious
               :
               and
               therefore
               they
               doe
               daily
               more
               and
               more
               bridle
               their
               libertie
               of
               Trafficke
               ,
               carrying
               so
               heavie
               a
               hand
               toward
               them
               ,
               that
               they
               would
               faine
               give
               them
               occasion
               to
               leave
               Macao
               of
               their
               owne
               w●ls
               ,
               and
               retire
               backe
               into
               India
               from
               whence
               they
               came
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Kingdome
               of
               Siam
               .
            
             
               VPon
               the
               borders
               of
               China
               (
               to
               speake
               nothing
               of
               Cauchinchina
               ,
               because
               wee
               know
               nothing
               worth
               relation
               of
               that
               Territory
               )
               joyneth
               the
               Countrey
               of
               Siam
               ,
               accounted
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               amongst
               these
               great
               Kingdomes
               of
               Asia
               .
               It
               tooke
               its
               name
               of
               the
               Citie
               Siam
               ,
               situated
               upon
               the
               entrance
               of
               the
               River
               Menon
               :
               it
               is
               also
               called
               Gorneo
               .
               It
               reacheth
               by
               Fast
               and
               West
               from
               the
               Citie
               Campaa
               ,
               to
               the
               Citie
               of
               Tava●
               :
               in
               which
               tract
               by
               the
               Sea-coast
               are
               contained
               five
               hundred
               leagues
               ,
               whereof
               the
               Arabians
               once
               usurped
               two
               hundred
               ,
               with
               the
               Cities
               of
               
                 Patan
                 ,
                 Paam
                 ,
                 Ior
                 ,
                 Perca
                 ,
              
               and
               Malaco
               ,
               now
               in
               the
               possession
               of
               the
               Portugals
               .
               From
               the
               South
               toward
               the
               North
               ,
               it
               reacheth
               from
               Sincapura
               ,
               situate
               in
               degrees
               ,
               to
               the
               people
               called
               Guconi
               ,
               in
               nine
               and
               twentie
               degrees
               .
            
             
               The
               Lake
               Chimai
               is
               distant
               from
               the
               Sea
               six
               hundred
               miles
               :
               the
               upland
               circuit
               stretcheth
               from
               the
               borders
               of
               
               Cauchinchina
               beyond
               the
               River
               Avan
               ,
               where
               lieth
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Chencra
               .
               Besides
               the
               Lake
               of
               Chimai
               ,
               the
               Rivers
               
                 Menon
                 ,
                 Menam
                 ,
                 Caipumo
              
               and
               Ana
               (
               which
               cause
               greater
               fertilitie
               of
               Graine
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Region
               ,
               than
               a
               man
               would
               beleeve
               )
               are
               all
               his
               .
               The
               better
               part
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               is
               environed
               with
               the
               Mountaines
               
                 Ana
                 ,
                 Brema
              
               ,
               and
               Iangoma
               ,
               the
               residue
               is
               plaine
               like
               Aegypt
               ,
               abounding
               with
               Elephants
               ,
               Horse
               ,
               Pepper
               ,
               Gold
               and
               Tinne
               .
               In
               the
               West
               part
               are
               huge
               Woods
               ,
               and
               therein
               are
               many
               Tygers
               ,
               Lions
               ,
               Ounces
               and
               Serpents
               .
               It
               containeth
               these
               Provinces
               ,
               
                 Cambaia
                 ,
                 Siam
                 ,
                 Muantai
                 ,
                 Bremo
                 ,
                 Caipumo
                 ,
              
               and
               Chencra
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               of
               Lai
               which
               border
               upon
               the
               North
               of
               the
               Provinces
               of
               Muantai
               and
               Caipumo
               (
               and
               are
               divided
               into
               three
               Principalities
               )
               are
               under
               his
               obeysance
               .
               The
               first
               is
               that
               of
               Iangoma
               ;
               The
               second
               of
               Currai
               ;
               The
               third
               Lanea
               ,
               neere
               Cauchinchina
               .
               They
               inhabit
               a
               plaine
               and
               wealthie
               Countrey
               ,
               into
               which
               the
               
                 Gueoni
                 (
                 Marke
                 Paul
              
               calleth
               their
               Countrey
               Gangigu
               )
               descending
               from
               the
               Mountains
               to
               hunt
               for
               men
               ,
               make
               oftentimes
               cruell
               butcheries
               amongst
               them
               :
               The
               people
               of
               Lai
               for
               feare
               of
               those
               Anthropophagi
               acknowledge
               the
               soveraigntie
               of
               Siam
               ,
               but
               they
               often
               rebell
               and
               obey
               as
               they
               list
               .
            
             
               The
               wealth
               of
               the
               Countrey
               may
               be
               conjectured
               by
               the
               fertilitie
               :
               
               for
               being
               situated
               in
               a
               Plaine
               ,
               and
               watered
               with
               most
               famous
               Rivers
               (
               like
               another
               Aegypt
               )
               it
               cannot
               but
               abound
               with
               plentie
               of
               all
               good
               things
               .
               It
               bringeth
               forth
               Rice
               ,
               graine
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               Horses
               ,
               Elephants
               ,
               infinite
               store
               of
               Cattell
               ,
               Gold
               and
               Tinne
               :
               Silver
               is
               brought
               thither
               by
               the
               people
               of
               Lai
               .
               By
               reason
               of
               this
               plentie
               ,
               the
               people
               are
               drowned
               in
               pleasure
               and
               wantonnesse
               .
               They
               follow
               husbandrie
               ,
               but
               take
               no
               great
               delight
               in
               manuall
               occupations
               ,
               which
               causeth
               the
               Kingdome
               to
               be
               poore
               in
               merchandize
               .
               Amongst
               many
               other
               Cities
               three
               are
               famous
               ;
               Cambaia
               ,
               seated
               upon
               the
               River
               Menon
               :
               which
               rising
               in
               Chinae
               ,
               is
               so
               hugely
               augmented
               by
               the
               falling
               in
               of
               many
               Rivers
               ,
               that
               his
               owne
               Channell
               not
               sufficing
               for
               receit
               thereof
               ,
               it
               rendeth
               the
               earth
               to
               disgorge
               it selfe
               into
               a
               thousand
               Islands
               ,
               making
               a
               
               second
               Meo●is
               more
               than
               threescore
               miles
               long
               :
               Meican
               signifieth
               the
               Captaine
               ,
               Menon
               the
               mother
               of
               waters
               .
               The
               second
               is
               the
               Citie
               of
               Siam
               ,
               whose
               statelinesse
               giveth
               the
               name
               to
               the
               whole
               Countrey
               .
               It
               is
               a
               most
               goodly
               Citie
               ,
               and
               of
               admirable
               Trafficke
               ,
               which
               may
               the
               better
               bee
               imagined
               ,
               by
               the
               writing
               of
               a
               certaine
               Jesuite
               ,
               who
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               besides
               the
               naturall
               Inhabitants
               ,
               there
               are
               more
               than
               thirtie
               thousand
               Arabian
               housholds
               .
               The
               third
               Citie
               is
               called
               Vdia
               ,
               greater
               than
               Siam
               ,
               consisting
               of
               foure
               hundred
               thousand
               families
               .
               It
               is
               said
               ,
               that
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               Boats
               belong
               to
               this
               Citie
               ,
               and
               the
               River
               Caipumo
               ,
               whereon
               it
               is
               seated
               .
            
             
               This
               King
               to
               shew
               his
               majestie
               and
               magnificence
               ,
               
               keepeth
               a
               Guard
               of
               six
               thousand
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               Elephants
               :
               of
               these
               beasts
               he
               hath
               thirtie
               thousand
               ,
               whereof
               hee
               traineth
               three
               thousand
               for
               the
               Warre
               .
               This
               is
               a
               very
               great
               matter
               ,
               if
               you
               weigh
               their
               worth
               ,
               and
               their
               charges
               in
               keeping
               .
            
             
               His
               Government
               is
               rather
               tyrannicall
               than
               King-like
               :
               
               for
               he
               is
               absolute
               Lord
               over
               all
               the
               demeanes
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               either
               setteth
               them
               out
               to
               husbandmen
               ,
               or
               giveth
               them
               to
               his
               Nobles
               for
               maintenance
               ,
               during
               life
               and
               pleasure
               ,
               but
               never
               passeth
               the
               right
               of
               inheritance
               .
               Hee
               bestoweth
               on
               them
               likewise
               Townes
               and
               Villages
               ,
               with
               their
               Territories
               ,
               but
               on
               condition
               to
               maintaine
               a
               certaine
               number
               of
               horsemen
               ,
               footmen
               and
               Elephants
               .
               By
               this
               policie
               ,
               without
               any
               peny
               pay
               or
               burthen
               to
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               he
               is
               able
               to
               levie
               twentie
               thousand
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               thousand
               footmen
               .
               Upon
               occasion
               he
               can
               wage
               a
               greater
               number
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               largenesse
               of
               his
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               the
               populousnesse
               of
               his
               Townes
               .
               For
               Vdia
               only
               (
               the
               chiefe
               seat
               of
               his
               Kingdome
               )
               mustered
               fiftie
               thousand
               men
               .
               And
               although
               he
               be
               Lord
               of
               nine
               Kingdomes
               ,
               yet
               useth
               he
               no
               other
               Nation
               in
               the
               Warre
               ,
               but
               the
               Siamits
               ,
               and
               the
               Inhabitants
               of
               the
               two
               Kingdomes
               of
               Vdia
               and
               Muantai
               .
               All
               honours
               and
               preferments
               are
               bestowed
               upon
               men
               of
               service
               in
               this
               Kingdome
               .
            
             
             
               In
               times
               of
               peace
               they
               have
               their
               warlike
               exercises
               ,
               and
               in
               certaine
               pastimes
               which
               the
               King
               once
               a
               yeare
               exhibiteth
               at
               Vdia
               ,
               are
               shewed
               all
               military
               feats
               of
               armes
               upon
               the
               River
               Menon
               ,
               where
               more
               than
               three
               thousand
               vessels
               (
               which
               they
               terme
               Paraos
               )
               divided
               into
               two
               squadrons
               ,
               skirmish
               one
               against
               another
               .
               Upon
               the
               land
               run
               the
               Horses
               and
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               the
               footmen
               trie
               it
               out
               at
               sword
               and
               buckler
               ,
               with
               point
               and
               edge
               rebated
               :
               the
               remainder
               of
               their
               dayes
               they
               spend
               in
               not
               and
               wantonnesse
               .
            
             
               Their
               borders
               toward
               the
               East
               ,
               reach
               to
               Cauchinchina
               ,
               
               betweene
               whom
               are
               such
               huge
               Woods
               ,
               Lions
               ,
               Tygers
               ,
               Leopards
               ,
               Serpents
               and
               Elephants
               ,
               that
               they
               cannot
               infest
               one
               another
               by
               armes
               .
               Toward
               the
               Lake
               China
               they
               border
               upon
               the
               Chinois
               .
               Toward
               the
               Sea
               they
               affront
               the
               Arabians
               and
               Portugals
               .
               The
               one
               tooke
               from
               them
               
                 Paiam
                 ,
                 Paam
                 ,
                 Ior
              
               and
               Peam
               ;
               the
               other
               Malaca
               ,
               and
               the
               Territory
               adjoyning
               ,
               so
               betweene
               them
               they
               bereaved
               him
               of
               two
               hundred
               miles
               of
               land
               ;
               and
               contenting
               themselves
               with
               the
               command
               of
               the
               Sea-coasts
               ,
               and
               with
               the
               customes
               arising
               upon
               the
               carrying
               out
               and
               bringing
               in
               of
               merchandize
               ,
               they
               abstaine
               from
               further
               invasion
               of
               the
               Inland
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               hold
               it
               good
               policie
               to
               keepe
               firme
               peace
               with
               this
               King
               and
               his
               Countries
               .
               Towards
               the
               West
               lieth
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Pegu
               ,
               like
               a
               halfe
               Moone
               ,
               betweene
               the
               Mountaines
               of
               Brama
               and
               Iangoma
               .
               Towards
               the
               North
               lie
               the
               Gudoni
               ,
               inhabiting
               the
               barren
               and
               sharpe
               Mountaines
               ,
               betweene
               whom
               and
               Siam
               dwell
               the
               people
               of
               Lay.
               This
               people
               is
               subject
               to
               the
               crowne
               of
               Siam
               ,
               for
               feare
               of
               these
               Canibals
               ,
               of
               whom
               (
               if
               it
               had
               not
               beene
               for
               his
               protection
               )
               they
               had
               long
               agoe
               beene
               utterly
               devoured
               .
               Not
               forty
               yeares
               since
               the
               King
               made
               a
               journey
               against
               them
               with
               twenty
               thousand
               horse
               (
               their
               horse
               are
               small
               ,
               but
               excellent
               good
               in
               travell
               )
               five
               and
               twentie
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               and
               ten
               thousand
               Elephants
               ;
               part
               imployed
               for
               service
               ,
               and
               part
               for
               carriage
               .
               No
               kingdome
               hath
               greater
               store
               of
               these
               beasts
               ,
               or
               doth
               more
               use
               them
               .
               An
               innumerable
               number
               of
               Oxen
               ,
               Buffals
               ,
               and
               beasts
               of
               carriage
               ,
               followed
               this
               armie
               ,
               whom
               they
               slew
               when
               they
               wanted
               other
               provision
               .
            
             
             
               Hitherto
               have
               wee
               devised
               of
               Siam
               and
               Pegu
               (
               as
               they
               stood
               )
               before
               the
               comming
               of
               the
               Portugals
               into
               India
               ,
               but
               how
               in
               processe
               of
               time
               the
               State
               was
               altered
               ,
               you
               shall
               now
               heare
               .
               In
               times
               past
               ,
               divers
               Kingdomes
               of
               Brama
               situated
               along
               the
               River
               towards
               the
               Lake
               Chiamai
               obeyed
               the
               Kings
               of
               Pegu
               under
               the
               government
               of
               Lieutenants
               .
               Sixtie
               yeares
               since
               ,
               one
               of
               these
               Captaines
               ,
               Ruler
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Tengu
               ,
               by
               the
               aid
               of
               his
               faction
               ,
               and
               reputation
               of
               his
               Vertues
               ,
               entered
               into
               Rebellion
               ,
               and
               slaying
               the
               Nobles
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
               usurped
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               Afterward
               he
               forced
               the
               Cities
               ,
               and
               conquered
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               
                 Prom
                 ,
                 Melintati
                 ,
                 Calam
                 ,
                 Mirandu
              
               and
               Ana
               ,
               all
               inhabited
               by
               the
               Bramians
               ,
               for
               the
               space
               of
               one
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               leagues
               towards
               the
               North.
               He
               assayed
               likewise
               the
               conquest
               of
               Siam
               ;
               but
               comming
               before
               Vdia
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Citie
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               he
               was
               forced
               to
               raise
               his
               siege
               and
               depart
               .
               Hee
               undertooke
               this
               journey
               with
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               footmen
               ,
               consuming
               more
               than
               three
               moneths
               in
               making
               way
               for
               his
               armie
               thorow
               stonie
               Mountaines
               ,
               huge
               Woods
               ,
               and
               inaccessible
               places
               ,
               in
               prosecution
               whereof
               ,
               he
               lost
               two
               hundred
               and
               twentie
               thousand
               of
               his
               Souldiers
               ,
               and
               re-enforced
               his
               losses
               with
               captive
               Siamus
               .
               At
               this
               returne
               home
               ,
               he
               invaded
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Pegu
               ,
               and
               won
               it
               .
               Afterward
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1507.
               he
               renued
               his
               journey
               against
               Siam
               ,
               and
               overcame
               the
               King
               thereof
               ,
               who
               slew
               himselfe
               with
               poyson
               ;
               but
               he
               tooke
               his
               sons
               ,
               and
               with
               them
               the
               better
               part
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               .
               He
               beleagred
               Vdia
               with
               a
               million
               of
               men
               and
               upward
               .
               Our
               late
               Writers
               call
               this
               man
               and
               his
               successors
               (
               because
               their
               fames
               arose
               by
               the
               conquest
               of
               the
               Kingdomes
               of
               Brama
               )
               Kings
               of
               Brama
               or
               Bramia
               ,
               but
               the
               Portugals
               of
               a
               more
               sound
               judgement
               grounded
               upon
               neerer
               Neighbour-hood
               ,
               call
               them
               Kings
               of
               Pegu.
               
            
             
               And
               for
               that
               it
               may
               not
               seeme
               that
               what
               we
               write
               as
               concerning
               these
               infinite
               numbers
               ,
               is
               either
               fabulous
               ,
               or
               reported
               altogether
               upon
               heare-say
               ;
               because
               that
               now
               ,
               here-before
               ,
               and
               hereafter
               we
               shall
               have
               occasion
               to
               discourse
               of
               this
               point
               ,
               wee
               thinke
               it
               not
               amisse
               to
               spend
               some
               time
               in
               
               shewing
               how
               ,
               and
               by
               what
               likly-hoods
               ,
               both
               in
               this
               ,
               and
               other
               like
               barbarous
               dominions
               ,
               such
               huge
               and
               numberlesse
               companies
               are
               levied
               and
               nourished
               .
               First
               therefore
               it
               is
               a
               ground
               infallible
               ,
               that
               all
               Monarchies
               consist
               of
               people
               ,
               government
               ,
               and
               revenues
               ,
               and
               that
               howsoever
               in
               times
               of
               peace
               Princes
               may
               live
               at
               pleasure
               ,
               yet
               populous
               Armies
               neere
               home
               ,
               or
               farre
               off
               ,
               cannot
               long
               indure
               without
               great
               supplies
               ,
               and
               a
               continuall
               Sea
               of
               ready
               money
               :
               For
               as
               the
               members
               of
               our
               bodie
               cannot
               move
               without
               sinewes
               ,
               nor
               motion
               availe
               us
               if
               joynts
               were
               wanting
               ;
               so
               without
               money
               an
               Army
               can
               never
               bee
               gathered
               ,
               nor
               being
               gathered
               ,
               kept
               together
               ,
               if
               coine
               be
               wanting
               ;
               which
               preventeth
               infinite
               mischances
               ,
               and
               draweth
               after
               it
               Armour
               ,
               Provision
               ,
               Victuals
               ,
               and
               whatsoever
               else
               is
               necessary
               for
               life
               or
               armes
               .
               And
               sithence
               the
               wealth
               of
               Princes
               ,
               even
               as
               of
               private
               persons
               (
               from
               whose
               purses
               they
               supply
               their
               occasions
               )
               hath
               limits
               and
               measure
               ;
               Let
               them
               not
               thinke
               to
               beginne
               any
               long
               warre
               ,
               much
               lesse
               to
               continue
               it
               ,
               unlesse
               they
               throughly
               provide
               aforehand
               :
               for
               when
               this
               torrent
               breaketh
               forth
               ,
               no
               man
               can
               make
               an
               estimate
               what
               will
               bee
               the
               expence
               of
               reparation
               therein
               :
               which
               moved
               a
               certaine
               Portugal
               Captaine
               to
               tell
               King
               Sebastian
               ,
               providing
               for
               his
               journey
               into
               Barbarie
               ,
               that
               warres
               should
               be
               accompanied
               with
               three
               streames
               :
               The
               first
               ,
               of
               men
               ;
               The
               second
               ,
               of
               Victuall
               ;
               The
               third
               ,
               of
               Silver
               .
               For
               whosoever
               will
               rightly
               judge
               of
               a
               Princes
               estate
               ,
               must
               examine
               whether
               his
               ordinary
               receits
               be
               sufficient
               to
               answer
               his
               ordinary
               issues
               ,
               (
               leaving
               alwayes
               a
               portion
               to
               answer
               extraordinary
               accidents
               )
               which
               are
               so
               certaine
               in
               proofe
               ,
               as
               all
               men
               must
               provide
               for
               ,
               though
               they
               know
               them
               not
               beforehand
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               condition
               of
               a
               great
               Prince
               .
            
             
               The
               great
               Turke
               in
               his
               Persian
               journies
               ,
               felt
               the
               smart
               thereof
               ,
               who
               though
               he
               be
               so
               potent
               a
               Prince
               ,
               by
               default
               of
               this
               providence
               ,
               was
               constrained
               to
               raise
               the
               value
               of
               his
               coine
               ,
               and
               abase
               the
               allay
               ,
               so
               farre
               forth
               that
               the
               Ianizars
               finding
               themselves
               aggrieved
               thereat
               ,
               raised
               commotions
               ,
               set
               fire
               on
               the
               City
               of
               Constantinople
               ,
               and
               rifled
               a
               great
               part
               
               thereof
               .
               Neither
               could
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               have
               sustained
               the
               burthen
               of
               so
               many
               warres
               ,
               and
               in
               so
               remote
               Provinces
               ,
               if
               he
               had
               trusted
               to
               no
               other
               supplies
               than
               those
               of
               Spaine
               .
               But
               fortune
               hath
               given
               him
               a
               Countrey
               ,
               prodigall
               in
               Mines
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               ,
               assuredly
               paying
               the
               expence
               of
               one
               yeare
               ,
               with
               the
               income
               of
               another
               .
               A
               providence
               so
               farre
               from
               neglect
               ,
               in
               the
               late
               reigne
               of
               Queene
               Elizabeth
               ,
               that
               before
               she
               had
               any
               warres
               with
               Spaine
               ,
               or
               had
               sent
               her
               forces
               of
               prevention
               into
               the
               Low-Countries
               ,
               she
               had
               ready
               
                 in
                 deposito
              
               two
               millions
               of
               Crownes
               .
               And
               being
               engaged
               ,
               by
               her
               politike
               government
               ,
               she
               raised
               such
               an
               annuall
               assistance
               from
               the
               love
               of
               her
               subjects
               ,
               against
               the
               malicious
               and
               injurious
               attempts
               of
               her
               enemies
               ,
               that
               during
               her
               reigne
               she
               levied
               three
               million●
               ,
               five
               hundred
               and
               nineteene
               thousand
               ,
               five
               hundred
               and
               sixty
               foure
               pounds
               .
               
                 Iohn
                 Iaques
                 Trivulce
              
               being
               demanded
               ,
               how
               many
               things
               were
               necessary
               hereunto
               ,
               answered
               three
               ;
               
                 Money
                 ,
                 Money
                 ,
                 Money
              
               .
            
             
               But
               these
               grounds
               especially
               hold
               ,
               when
               the
               burthen
               of
               the
               war
               lieth
               upon
               the
               purse
               of
               the
               Prince
               &
               his
               people
               :
               for
               sometime
               it
               hapneth
               ,
               that
               the
               souldier
               liveth
               upon
               the
               enemies
               Countrey
               ,
               as
               did
               the
               
                 Hunnes
                 ,
                 Vandals
                 ,
                 Gothes
                 ,
                 Arabians
                 ,
              
               and
               in
               our
               dayes
               Tamerlane
               .
               They
               entred
               the
               Provinces
               without
               controll
               ,
               being
               unprovided
               of
               forces
               ,
               and
               made
               prey
               and
               spoile
               of
               whatsoever
               came
               in
               their
               reaches
               .
               The
               ransacked
               the
               Cities
               ,
               and
               fed
               upon
               the
               Villages
               .
               The
               like
               good
               lucke
               had
               the
               Portugals
               in
               the
               Fast
               Indies
               ,
               and
               the
               Castilians
               in
               the
               West
               ,
               but
               the
               one
               farre
               better
               than
               the
               other
               ;
               for
               never
               any
               Nation
               conquered
               with
               lesse
               cost
               so
               much
               as
               the
               Spaniards
               have
               done
               in
               new
               Spain
               and
               Peru.
               But
               let
               not
               any
               people
               thinke
               to
               doe
               so
               in
               these
               dayes
               ,
               no
               not
               in
               Asia
               or
               Africke
               ,
               much
               lesse
               in
               Europe
               ,
               where
               the
               use
               of
               great
               Ordnance
               is
               in
               perfection
               ,
               and
               the
               art
               of
               fortification
               so
               ingenuous
               ,
               that
               one
               Castle
               shall
               be
               able
               to
               sustaine
               ,
               yea
               ,
               well
               provided
               ,
               to
               weary
               the
               forces
               of
               the
               greatest
               Potentate
               .
               The
               Turkes
               at
               Zigeth
               (
               a
               small
               fortresse
               in
               Hungarie
               )
               approved
               this
               ;
               which
               in
               the
               yeare
               1566.
               
               Soliman
               beleagred
               with
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               of
               warre
               ,
               and
               at
               last
               forced
               ;
               
               but
               with
               so
               great
               a
               slaughter
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               that
               scant
               the
               third
               part
               of
               this
               huge
               Army
               returned
               to
               their
               houses
               .
               In
               like
               manner
               ,
               the
               Portugals
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               their
               Indian
               acquisitions
               ,
               with
               a
               few
               souldiers
               ,
               and
               in
               little
               time
               wonne
               adm●rable
               victories
               ;
               but
               when
               the
               Barbarians
               began
               to
               grow
               acquainted
               with
               Artillery
               ,
               to
               allure
               Carpenters
               and
               Masons
               to
               build
               them
               Castles
               ,
               and
               to
               arme
               vessels
               to
               Sea
               ,
               their
               courages
               became
               calme
               ,
               and
               there
               set
               an
               end
               to
               their
               
                 Plus
                 ultra
              
               .
               The
               like
               did
               the
               Spanish
               in
               the
               New
               world
               ,
               to
               their
               
                 Non
                 sufficit
                 orbis
              
               .
               For
               after
               their
               first
               good
               fortunes
               ,
               they
               found
               in
               
                 Nova
                 Hispania
              
               the
               Chichimechi
               ,
               and
               in
               Peru
               the
               Pilcosony
               ,
               the
               Chiriguani
               ,
               and
               the
               Luchy
               ,
               people
               so
               desperate
               to
               stop
               the
               furious
               course
               of
               their
               former
               victories
               ,
               that
               sithence
               ,
               in
               almost
               one
               hundred
               yeares
               space
               they
               have
               not
               beene
               able
               to
               adde
               one
               foots
               breadth
               to
               their
               new
               Empiry
               .
            
             
               In
               the
               vale
               of
               
                 Aranco
                 ,
                 Tecapell
              
               and
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Chile
               ,
               when
               the
               Inhabitants
               saw
               them
               to
               be
               wounded
               and
               slaine
               with
               the
               shot
               of
               their
               arrowes
               ,
               and
               the
               strokes
               of
               their
               swords
               ,
               they
               never
               afterward
               vouchsafed
               them
               their
               former
               reverence
               ;
               nor
               carried
               the
               wonted
               conceit
               of
               their
               immortality
               :
               and
               now
               being
               beaten
               by
               experience
               ,
               they
               feare
               not
               the
               carie●e
               of
               the
               horse
               ,
               nor
               the
               terrour
               of
               the
               Harquebush
               .
            
             
               If
               the
               warre
               be
               at
               or
               within
               our
               owne
               doores
               ,
               then
               is
               it
               easie
               to
               levie
               strong
               and
               populous
               forces
               ,
               as
               wee
               reade
               of
               the
               
                 Cro●ons
                 ,
                 Sibarites
              
               ,
               and
               Gauntois
               ;
               who
               made
               head
               against
               the
               power
               of
               France
               ,
               with
               fourescore
               thousand
               fighting
               men
               .
               When
               the
               warre
               was
               made
               in
               these
               populous
               Countries
               ,
               and
               neere
               at
               hand
               ,
               every
               man
               made
               one
               in
               the
               medlie
               ,
               gallantly
               armed
               ,
               and
               well
               provided
               with
               furniture
               and
               victuall
               to
               hold
               out
               certaine
               dayes
               :
               but
               when
               the
               warre
               continued
               longer
               than
               expectation
               ,
               for
               want
               of
               mony
               and
               food
               every
               man
               retired
               ;
               one
               to
               the
               Plough
               ,
               another
               to
               his
               Shop
               ,
               the
               rest
               to
               those
               imployments
               ,
               wherby
               they
               sustained
               themselves
               and
               their
               families
               .
               The
               Scots
               for
               want
               of
               wealth
               never
               made
               famous
               journey
               out
               of
               the
               Island
               ,
               but
               at
               home
               they
               have
               led
               mighty
               armies
               for
               a
               short
               time
               ,
               either
               for
               revenge
               of
               wrongs
               ,
               or
               to
               defend
               their
               frontiers
               :
               even
               as
               did
               the
               Romans
               
               for
               certaine
               ages
               ,
               warring
               with
               their
               neighbours
               at
               their
               private
               charges
               .
               They
               tooke
               the
               field
               ,
               every
               man
               provided
               with
               victuall
               for
               two
               or
               three
               dayes
               ,
               and
               in
               one
               battell
               ,
               and
               few
               houres
               ,
               finished
               those
               warres
               .
               But
               in
               the
               journey
               against
               the
               Veij
               ,
               the
               warre
               continuing
               beyond
               opinion
               ,
               the
               State
               was
               enforced
               to
               procure
               provision
               for
               the
               Army
               .
            
             
               That
               Armies
               may
               farre
               easier
               be
               gathered
               in
               the
               East
               and
               Africke
               ,
               than
               in
               Europe
               ,
               the
               reasons
               are
               many
               .
               Those
               Regions
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               more
               plentifull
               of
               all
               necessaries
               for
               humane
               life
               :
               the
               people
               of
               the
               South
               are
               better
               contented
               with
               little
               than
               we
               :
               their
               diet
               is
               bare
               and
               simple
               ,
               onely
               to
               maintaine
               life
               ,
               and
               not
               excesse
               :
               but
               the
               Europeans
               must
               eat
               and
               drinke
               ,
               not
               to
               sustaine
               nature
               ,
               but
               to
               comfort
               the
               stomacke
               ,
               and
               to
               expell
               colds
               .
               Wine
               ,
               which
               with
               us
               is
               dearer
               than
               bread
               ,
               is
               not
               to
               be
               found
               amongst
               them
               :
               their
               waters
               are
               better
               than
               our
               drinkes
               .
               Cookery
               is
               not
               in
               such
               request
               with
               them
               as
               with
               us
               ,
               nor
               their
               tables
               accustomed
               to
               such
               Cates
               :
               their
               banquets
               are
               onely
               furnished
               with
               Rice
               and
               Mutton
               .
               Neither
               doe
               the
               people
               of
               the
               East
               spend
               a
               quarter
               of
               that
               clothing
               which
               we
               doe
               :
               they
               goe
               to
               the
               warre
               halfe
               naked
               ,
               hiding
               nothing
               but
               their
               privities
               :
               they
               stand
               not
               in
               need
               of
               that
               number
               of
               workmen
               which
               we
               doe
               ,
               among
               whom
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               our
               life
               is
               spent
               in
               weaving
               ,
               and
               devising
               stuffes
               and
               fashions
               to
               cloath
               the
               carkasse
               ,
               and
               adorne
               the
               body
               ,
               with
               cloth
               ,
               silke
               ,
               colours
               ,
               and
               embroderies
               .
               All
               their
               expences
               are
               onely
               upon
               clothing
               of
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               and
               that
               but
               from
               the
               Navell
               to
               the
               Knee
               .
            
             
               These
               are
               the
               reasons
               which
               I
               meant
               to
               lay
               ,
               why
               they
               may
               gather
               forty
               thousand
               men
               with
               more
               case
               ,
               than
               we
               ten
               ;
               and
               to
               these
               may
               be
               added
               this
               as
               the
               last
               ;
               that
               ,
               upon
               Ordnance
               &
               their
               furnitures
               ;
               upon
               provisions
               and
               their
               cariages
               ;
               upon
               horses
               ,
               pioners
               ,
               and
               a
               thousand
               like
               necessaries
               ,
               infinite
               summes
               are
               spent
               ;
               of
               which
               the
               people
               of
               the
               East
               are
               uttterly
               ignorant
               ,
               especially
               those
               which
               have
               not
               to
               deale
               with
               the
               Portugals
               or
               Arabians
               .
            
             
               They
               go
               to
               War
               without
               Armour
               ,
               without
               Curaces
               ,
               Helmets
               ,
               Launces
               ,
               or
               Targets
               ,
               which
               with
               us
               cannot
               be
               conveyed
               
               from
               place
               to
               place
               without
               great
               expence
               .
               Virgil
               calleth
               this
               luggage
               ,
               
                 Injustam
                 fascem
              
               ,
               because
               it
               seemeth
               to
               be
               needlesse
               ,
               therein
               degenerating
               much
               from
               the
               ancient
               Roman
               discipline
               ;
               wherein
               for
               ten
               dayes
               journie
               and
               more
               ,
               every
               souldier
               carried
               his
               proper
               weapons
               both
               offensive
               and
               defensive
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               his
               victuals
               .
               What
               should
               we
               speake
               of
               the
               Armies
               of
               the
               Assyrians
               and
               Aethiopians
               ,
               of
               
                 Belus
                 ,
                 Ninus
                 ,
                 Semiramis
                 ,
                 Cambises
                 ,
                 Cyrus
                 ,
                 Darius
                 ,
                 Sesostris
                 ,
              
               and
               Sesacus
               ?
               were
               they
               not
               as
               huge
               and
               populous
               ,
               by
               the
               report
               of
               all
               histories
               ,
               as
               these
               whereof
               wee
               intreat
               ?
               Or
               in
               times
               lesse
               ancient
               ,
               have
               not
               we
               and
               our
               ancestors
               seene
               the
               
                 Arabians
                 ,
                 Tartarians
              
               ,
               and
               Turkes
               ,
               invading
               Provinces
               with
               Armies
               of
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               people
               and
               upward
               ?
               By
               moderne
               examples
               ,
               and
               memory
               of
               later
               accidents
               ,
               to
               give
               credit
               to
               the
               ancient
               ,
               I
               will
               set
               downe
               that
               hapned
               in
               Angola
               ,
               a
               noble
               and
               rich
               Province
               of
               the
               West
               Aethiope
               ,
               adjoyning
               to
               Congo
               ,
               reported
               by
               the
               letters
               of
               certaine
               Iesuites
               and
               Portugal
               Captaines
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1584.
               
               
                 Paulus
                 Diasius
              
               ,
               by
               the
               favour
               of
               God
               and
               valour
               of
               his
               people
               ,
               upon
               the
               second
               day
               of
               Februarie
               put
               to
               flight
               the
               King
               of
               Angola
               ,
               and
               defeated
               his
               Armie
               ,
               consisting
               of
               one
               million
               ,
               and
               two
               hundred
               thousand
               Moores
               :
               which
               may
               well
               prove
               ,
               that
               these
               populous
               Armies
               are
               of
               little
               service
               ,
               and
               small
               continuance
               ,
               rather
               like
               violent
               stormes
               ,
               than
               dripping
               showres
               ;
               and
               though
               with
               ease
               they
               are
               gathered
               ,
               yet
               without
               greater
               provision
               than
               any
               Province
               is
               able
               to
               afford
               them
               ,
               they
               are
               not
               easily
               held
               together
               .
               When
               their
               provision
               is
               spent
               they
               beginne
               to
               breake
               ,
               and
               bid
               adue
               to
               the
               action
               ;
               and
               that
               most
               commonly
               not
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               their
               course
               ,
               but
               even
               in
               their
               first
               removes
               ,
               for
               Merchants
               ,
               Victualiers
               ,
               Taylors
               ,
               Shoomakers
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ,
               follow
               not
               their
               warres
               ;
               and
               if
               they
               should
               ,
               then
               this
               inconvenience
               would
               follow
               ;
               that
               for
               one
               million
               of
               souldiers
               ,
               i●
               were
               very
               necessary
               to
               provide
               a
               million
               of
               Wagons
               ,
               Pack-horses
               ,
               Ca●ters
               ,
               Carpenters
               ,
               Victuallers
               ,
               Merchants
               ,
               &c.
               and
               then
               neither
               Rivers
               would
               serve
               them
               for
               drinke
               ,
               nor
               the
               fields
               with
               bread
               ;
               nor
               the
               earth
               for
               lodgings
               :
               so
               must
               
               they
               needs
               sinke
               under
               their
               owne
               weight
               ;
               which
               the
               Easterne
               Princes
               (
               leading
               these
               unaccustomed
               numbers
               upon
               long
               journeyes
               )
               in
               some
               fashion
               forecasting
               ,
               did
               alwayes
               provide
               incredible
               masses
               of
               money
               ,
               victuall
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               warlike
               provisions
               ,
               long
               before
               they
               entred
               into
               action
               ;
               as
               was
               well
               seene
               in
               Xerxes
               ,
               who
               to
               maintaine
               the
               great
               Army
               ,
               as
               well
               at
               Sea
               as
               at
               Land
               ,
               which
               he
               led
               for
               the
               conquest
               of
               Greece
               ,
               spent
               seven
               yeares
               in
               preparation
               for
               the
               journey
               .
            
             
               To
               returne
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Barma
               :
               Of
               late
               yeares
               he
               tooke
               the
               havens
               of
               Martela
               and
               Pernasor
               ;
               and
               turning
               his
               armes
               sometime
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               sometime
               toward
               the
               West
               ,
               he
               vexed
               the
               Princes
               of
               Caor
               and
               Tipura
               ,
               tooke
               the
               kingdomes
               of
               Aracan
               and
               Macin
               ,
               leading
               upon
               this
               journey
               three
               hundred
               thousand
               men
               ,
               and
               forty
               thousand
               Elephants
               .
            
             
               
               Aracan
               is
               a
               kingdome
               invironed
               round
               with
               mountaines
               and
               woods
               ,
               as
               with
               a
               wall
               or
               trench
               :
               the
               chiefe
               citie
               which
               giveth
               the
               name
               to
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               is
               situated
               on
               a
               river
               fifteene
               leagues
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               thirty
               five
               from
               Catagan
               .
            
             
               Macin
               is
               a
               kingdome
               abounding
               in
               Aloes
               :
               
               this
               wood
               ,
               which
               the
               Arabians
               call
               Calambuco
               ,
               and
               others
               
                 Lignum
                 vitae
              
               ,
               for
               the
               sweet
               favour
               is
               valued
               by
               the
               people
               of
               the
               East
               at
               the
               weight
               in
               silver
               .
               In
               India
               and
               Cambaia
               they
               use
               it
               at
               the
               buriall
               of
               great
               Lords
               ,
               in
               baths
               ,
               and
               other
               wantonnesse
               .
               It
               groweth
               most
               frequent
               in
               the
               rough
               mountaines
               of
               
                 Campa
                 ,
                 Cambaia
              
               ,
               and
               Macin
               .
               That
               which
               is
               brought
               to
               us
               is
               in
               no
               esteeme
               with
               them
               :
               the
               right
               is
               found
               (
               say
               they
               )
               in
               Congo
               and
               Angola
               ,
               and
               the
               bordering
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               used
               by
               them
               in
               all
               their
               grievous
               and
               dangerous
               maladies
               ;
               which
               if
               it
               be
               true
               ,
               I
               marvell
               that
               the
               Portugals
               will
               let
               slip
               so
               precious
               a
               commoditie
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Narsinga
               .
            
             
               IN
               the
               row
               of
               these
               potent
               Princes
               inhabiting
               betweene
               Indus
               and
               Ganges
               dwelleth
               the
               King
               of
               Narsinga
               .
               Whatsoever
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               mountaine
               Guate
               and
               the
               gulfe
               of
               Bengala
               ,
               betweene
               the
               promontories
               Guadaverne
               and
               Comorin
               ,
               by
               the
               space
               of
               two
               hundred
               leagues
               ,
               abounding
               as
               prodigally
               as
               any
               other
               province
               in
               the
               Indies
               with
               all
               good
               things
               ,
               is
               under
               his
               dominion
               .
               The
               waters
               sometime
               falling
               from
               the
               mountaines
               ,
               sometime
               from
               the
               rivers
               ,
               and
               received
               into
               trenches
               ,
               meeres
               ,
               and
               lakes
               ,
               doe
               wonderfully
               coole
               ,
               moisten
               ,
               and
               enrich
               this
               land
               ,
               causing
               the
               Graine
               and
               Cattell
               to
               prosper
               above
               imagination
               .
               It
               is
               no
               lesse
               plentifull
               of
               birds
               ,
               beasts
               wilde
               and
               tame
               ,
               Buffals
               ,
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               Mines
               of
               precious
               stones
               and
               metals
               .
               It
               breedeth
               no
               races
               of
               horse
               for
               the
               warre
               ,
               but
               they
               buy
               them
               of
               the
               Arabian
               and
               Persian
               Merchants
               in
               great
               numbers
               :
               the
               like
               doe
               all
               the
               Princes
               of
               Decan
               .
               Within
               the
               bounds
               of
               Narsinga
               dwell
               five
               Nations
               different
               in
               language
               :
               he
               hath
               many
               strong
               places
               on
               the
               Indian
               Ocean
               .
               Canera
               is
               at
               his
               command
               ,
               wherein
               are
               the
               haven
               Townes
               of
               
                 Mangolar
                 ,
                 Melin●
                 ,
                 Berticala
              
               ,
               and
               Onor
               :
               but
               the
               Portugals
               receive
               the
               custome
               of
               Berticala
               ,
               and
               also
               in
               times
               past
               of
               Onor
               .
               In
               Narsinga
               are
               two
               imperiall
               Cities
               ,
               Narsinga
               and
               Bisnagar
               ,
               by
               reason
               whereof
               he
               is
               termed
               sometime
               King
               of
               Narsinga
               ,
               sometime
               King
               of
               Bisnagar
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               undoubtedly
               beleeved
               ,
               that
               this
               King
               receiveth
               yearely
               twelve
               millions
               of
               ducats
               ,
               of
               which
               he
               layeth
               up
               but
               two
               or
               three
               ,
               the
               residue
               he
               expendeth
               upon
               the
               troopes
               of
               his
               souldiers
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               forty
               thousand
               Nairs
               ,
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               horsemen
               kept
               in
               continuall
               pay
               .
               Upon
               necessitie
               he
               is
               able
               to
               levie
               a
               farre
               greater
               number
               :
               for
               besides
               these
               allowances
               ,
               he
               setteth
               out
               certaine
               lands
               to
               two
               
               hundred
               Captaines
               ,
               on
               condition
               to
               keepe
               in
               readinesse
               a
               proportion
               of
               Horsemen
               ,
               Footmen
               ,
               and
               Elephants
               .
               The
               wages
               of
               these
               Captaines
               (
               to
               some
               of
               whom
               he
               giveth
               a
               million
               of
               ducats
               yearely
               )
               may
               be
               an
               argument
               of
               his
               great
               revenues
               ;
               for
               to
               these
               projects
               ,
               this
               Prince
               and
               all
               the
               Potentates
               of
               the
               Fast
               ,
               keepe
               in
               their
               possession
               all
               the
               profits
               of
               the
               lands
               ,
               woods
               ,
               mines
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               the
               waters
               of
               pooles
               and
               rivers
               ,
               thorow
               their
               whole
               Dominions
               .
               No
               man
               may
               wash
               himselfe
               in
               Ganges
               ,
               (
               which
               runneth
               by
               Bengala
               )
               nor
               in
               Ganga
               ,
               (
               which
               watereth
               the
               Land
               of
               Orissa
               )
               before
               he
               hath
               paid
               toll
               to
               the
               King.
               The
               King
               himselfe
               is
               now
               inforced
               to
               buy
               this
               water
               ,
               causing
               it
               to
               be
               brought
               unto
               him
               by
               long
               journies
               ,
               upon
               a
               superstitious
               custome
               ,
               either
               to
               bathe
               or
               to
               purge
               himselfe
               therein
               .
               He
               is
               absolute
               Lord
               of
               the
               bodies
               and
               goods
               of
               his
               subjects
               ,
               which
               he
               shareth
               to
               himselfe
               and
               his
               Captaines
               ,
               leaving
               the
               people
               nothing
               but
               their
               hands
               and
               labour
               :
               of
               lands
               the
               King
               hath
               three
               parts
               ,
               and
               his
               Captaines
               the
               residue
               .
               Whereupon
               sithence
               all
               these
               barbarous
               Princes
               maintaine
               not
               peace
               and
               justice
               ,
               as
               arches
               whereupon
               to
               lay
               the
               ground-worke
               of
               their
               Estates
               ;
               but
               armes
               ,
               conquest
               ,
               and
               the
               Nurserie
               of
               a
               continuall
               Souldierie
               ;
               it
               must
               needs
               follow
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               able
               to
               levie
               greatertroopes
               of
               horse
               and
               foot
               ,
               than
               otherwise
               wee
               were
               bound
               to
               beleeve
               .
               But
               to
               induce
               some
               measure
               of
               credit
               ,
               let
               us
               compare
               the
               abilities
               of
               some
               Christian
               Princes
               with
               theirs
               .
               If
               the
               King
               of
               France
               were
               absolute
               Lord
               of
               all
               the
               lands
               and
               domaines
               of
               his
               whole
               dominion
               ,
               (
               as
               these
               men
               are
               )
               it
               is
               thought
               that
               his
               yearely
               revenues
               would
               amount
               to
               fifteene
               millions
               ,
               and
               yet
               therein
               are
               neither
               mines
               of
               gold
               nor
               silver
               .
               The
               Clergie
               receiveth
               six
               millions
               ,
               the
               Kings
               demesnes
               amount
               to
               one
               and
               an
               halfe
               ,
               the
               residue
               is
               theirs
               who
               have
               the
               inheritance
               and
               yet
               here
               the
               peasants
               live
               well
               in
               comparison
               of
               the
               Villago●
               of
               
                 India
                 ,
                 Polonia
              
               ,
               and
               Lituania
               .
               Besides
               this
               ,
               the
               King
               hath
               eight
               millions
               of
               ordinary
               revenue
               ,
               arising
               of
               customes
               and
               escheats
               .
               How
               mighty
               a
               Prince
               would
               he
               be
               ,
               if
               hee
               were
               Landlord
               of
               the
               demesnes
               and
               rents
               of
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               should
               imploy
               them
               upon
               the
               maintenance
               of
               
               Souldiers
               ,
               as
               doth
               the
               King
               of
               Narsinga
               ?
               Surely
               ,
               whereas
               now
               the
               Kings
               revenues
               doe
               hardly
               suffice
               for
               the
               maintenance
               of
               foure
               thousand
               men
               at
               armes
               ,
               and
               six
               thousand
               Crosse-bowes
               ;
               if
               this
               allowance
               were
               added
               to
               the
               former
               ,
               he
               might
               as
               easily
               maintaine
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               thousand
               .
            
             
               To
               returne
               to
               Narsinga
               :
               The
               King
               to
               see
               that
               his
               Captains
               performe
               their
               duties
               ,
               once
               a
               yeare
               proclaimeth
               a
               muster
               ,
               whereat
               they
               dare
               not
               but
               be
               present
               .
               At
               the
               muster
               day
               ,
               those
               who
               have
               presented
               their
               companies
               defective
               ,
               either
               in
               number
               ,
               or
               furniture
               ,
               are
               sure
               to
               be
               cashiered
               :
               but
               those
               who
               bring
               their
               companies
               compleat
               and
               well
               armed
               ,
               hee
               honoureth
               and
               advanceth
               .
               What
               forces
               may
               be
               gathered
               out
               of
               so
               ample
               a
               dominion
               ,
               (
               armed
               after
               their
               manner
               ,
               as
               aforesaid
               )
               you
               shall
               gather
               by
               that
               which
               
                 Iohn
                 Barros
              
               writeth
               ,
               of
               the
               Armie
               which
               King
               Chrismarao
               lead
               against
               Idalcan
               in
               the
               journey
               of
               Raciel
               .
               These
               are
               his
               words
               verbatim
               :
               Under
               sundry
               Captaines
               the
               Armie
               was
               divided
               into
               many
               battalions
               :
               In
               the
               Vantguard
               marched
               Camraque
               with
               one
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               seventeene
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               footmen
               :
               Tirabicar
               ,
               with
               two
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               twenty
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               fifty
               thousand
               footment
               :
               Timapanique
               ,
               with
               three
               thousand
               horsemen
               ,
               and
               fifty
               six
               thousand
               footmen
               .
               After
               them
               followed
               Hadanaique
               ,
               with
               five
               thousand
               horsemen
               ,
               fifty
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               one
               hundred
               thousand
               footmen
               :
               Condomara
               ,
               with
               six
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               sixty
               Elephants
               ,
               one
               hundred
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               footmen
               :
               Comora
               ,
               with
               two
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               horse
               ,
               forty
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               fourscore
               thousand
               footmen
               :
               Gendua
               ,
               with
               a
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               ten
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               thirty
               thousand
               footmen
               .
               In
               the
               rereward
               were
               two
               Eunuchs
               ,
               with
               one
               thousand
               horse
               ,
               fifteene
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               forty
               thousand
               footmen
               .
               Betel
               one
               of
               the
               Kings
               Pages
               lead
               two
               hundred
               horse
               ,
               twenty
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               eight
               thousand
               foot
               .
               After
               all
               these
               followed
               the
               King
               with
               his
               Guard
               of
               six
               thousand
               horsemen
               ,
               three
               hundred
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               fortie
               thousand
               footmen
               .
               Upon
               the
               flankes
               of
               this
               battell
               went
               the
               Governour
               of
               the
               Citie
               of
               Bengapor
               with
               divers
               Captaines
               ,
               under
               whose
               colours
               were
               foure
               thousand
               two
               hundred
               
               horse
               ,
               twenty
               five
               Elephants
               ,
               and
               sixty
               thousand
               mercenary
               footmen
               .
               Upon
               the
               head
               of
               the
               battell
               ranged
               200000.
               horsemen
               in
               small
               troops
               ,
               like
               our
               vant●urrers
               ,
               in
               f●●●h
               sort
               and
               order
               scowring
               the
               Countrey
               ,
               before
               ,
               behinde
               ,
               and
               on
               all
               sides
               ,
               that
               no
               novelty
               could
               so
               suddenly
               happen
               ,
               but
               notice
               thereof
               was
               given
               at
               the
               Imperiall
               Tent
               in
               a
               moment
               .
               Twelve
               thousand
               carriers
               of
               water
               ,
               and
               twenty
               thousand
               light
               huswives
               followed
               this
               Armie
               .
               The
               number
               of
               Lackies
               ,
               Merchants
               ,
               Artificers
               ,
               and
               Water-bearers
               ,
               Ox●n
               ,
               Buffals
               ,
               and
               carriage-beasts
               was
               infinite
               .
               When
               the
               Armie
               was
               to
               passe
               any
               River
               knee-deepe
               ,
               before
               the
               foremost
               were
               passed
               ,
               there
               was
               scant
               sufficient
               for
               the
               latter
               whereof
               to
               drinke
               .
               Before
               this
               journey
               the
               King
               sacrificed
               in
               nine
               dayes
               twenty
               thousand
               three
               hundred
               seventy
               six
               head
               of
               living
               creatures
               ,
               as
               well
               of
               birds
               as
               beasts
               ,
               the
               flesh
               whereof
               in
               honour
               of
               his
               Idols
               ,
               was
               given
               to
               the
               poore
               .
               The
               souldiers
               were
               clothed
               in
               garments
               of
               Cotton-wooll
               so
               close
               and
               ,
               hard
               quilted
               ,
               that
               they
               would
               beare
               out
               the
               thrust
               of
               a
               Launce
               or
               a
               Sword.
               Every
               Elephant
               was
               trimmed
               in
               a
               covering
               of
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               with
               a
               frame
               on
               his
               backe
               bearing
               fouremen
               .
            
             
               To
               their
               tuskes
               were
               fastned
               long
               and
               broad
               swords
               ,
               to
               cut
               in
               sund●r
               whatsoever
               stood
               in
               their
               way
               .
               The
               footmen
               were
               armed
               with
               bowes
               ,
               javelins
               ,
               swords
               and
               bucklers
               .
               In
               the
               fight
               when
               the
               King
               perceived
               Idalcan
               by
               the
               fury
               of
               his
               great
               Ordnance
               to
               make
               havocke
               of
               his
               men
               ,
               and
               dismay
               the
               residue
               ,
               leaping
               into
               the
               head
               of
               the
               battell
               ,
               he
               is
               reported
               to
               use
               this
               Prince-beseeming
               incouragement
               :
               Beleeve
               me
               my
               companions
               ,
               Idalcan
               shall
               rather
               boast
               that
               he
               hath
               slaine
               ,
               than
               overcome
               a
               King
               of
               Narsinga
               .
               With
               which
               words
               and
               ensample
               ,
               his
               souldiers
               all
               inflamed
               ,
               and
               ashamed
               of
               their
               cowardize
               ,
               with
               a
               furious
               charge
               broke
               the
               enemies
               aray
               ,
               and
               put
               Idalcan
               to
               flight
               .
               Amongst
               other
               spoiles
               they
               tooke
               foure
               thousand
               Arabian
               horses
               ,
               one
               hundred
               Elephants
               ,
               foure
               hundred
               great
               peeces
               ,
               besides
               small
               .
               The
               number
               of
               Oxen
               ,
               Buffals
               ,
               Tents
               ,
               and
               Prisoners
               ,
               was
               inestimable
               .
               With
               Idalcan
               were
               forty
               Portugals
               ,
               with
               the
               then
               
               King
               of
               Narsinga
               twenty
               .
               In
               his
               reigne
               two
               of
               his
               Captaines
               rebel'd
               ;
               Virapanai
               usurped
               Negapatan
               ,
               and
               Veneapa●●
               the
               territory
               adjoyning
               to
               Matipura
               .
            
          
           
             
               Calecute
               .
            
             
               THe
               most
               noble
               part
               of
               India
               is
               that
               which
               lieth
               betweene
               the
               Mountaine
               Ga●e
               ,
               and
               the
               Indian
               Ocean
               .
               It
               stretcheth
               from
               
                 Cape
                 Comerin
              
               ,
               to
               the
               River
               Cangiericor
               ,
               three
               hundred
               leagues
               long
               .
               In
               this
               Province
               reigneth
               the
               Kings
               of
               Calecute
               ,
               though
               he
               may
               not
               be
               compared
               with
               the
               Prince
               above
               spoken
               of
               for
               number
               and
               power
               ,
               yet
               for
               pleasant
               &
               plentifull
               situation
               ,
               he
               may
               be
               said
               farre
               to
               surpasse
               him
               .
               For
               the
               Region
               is
               so
               cut
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               into
               many
               parcels
               ,
               sometimes
               by
               c●●ekes
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               sometime
               by
               Rivers
               ,
               and
               sometime
               by
               Lakes
               ,
               that
               Nature
               (
               as
               it
               should
               seeme
               )
               would
               have
               it
               divided
               into
               severall
               Provinces
               ,
               as
               
                 Travancar
                 ,
                 Colan
                 ,
                 Cochin
                 ,
                 Crangonar
                 ,
                 Calecute
                 ,
                 Tavo
                 ,
              
               and
               Canonor
               .
               A
               few
               yeares
               agoe
               ,
               Per●imal
               King
               of
               all
               Malabar
               ,
               ruled
               these
               Provinces
               ,
               who
               after
               he
               became
               a
               Mahumetan
               ,
               and
               resolved
               to
               travell
               to
               Meca
               ,
               there
               to
               spend
               the
               remnant
               of
               his
               dayes
               ,
               divided
               the
               land
               into
               many
               principalities
               ,
               but
               with
               this
               proviso
               ;
               That
               all
               soveraigne
               authority
               should
               rest
               in
               the
               King
               of
               Calecute
               ,
               with
               the
               title
               of
               Samori
               ,
               which
               signifieth
               Emperour
               ,
               or
               as
               some
               write
               ,
               God
               on
               earth
               .
               Although
               the
               reputation
               of
               this
               King
               be
               much
               eclipsed
               by
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               partly
               by
               diversion
               of
               trafficke
               from
               his
               Countries
               ,
               and
               partly
               by
               assisting
               his
               rebels
               and
               vassals
               (
               the
               Kings
               of
               Tavor
               and
               Cochin
               )
               and
               though
               his
               title
               of
               Samori
               be
               little
               regarded
               ,
               yet
               retaineth
               he
               his
               wonted
               Majestie
               in
               very
               good
               sort
               amongst
               the
               
                 Barbarians
                 .
                 Calecute
              
               is
               five
               and
               twenty
               leagues
               long
               :
               Malabar
               in
               the
               broadest
               place
               exceedeth
               not
               ten
               .
            
             
               The
               City
               of
               Calecute
               (
               from
               whence
               the
               Province
               taketh
               his
               name
               )
               is
               three
               miles
               long
               ,
               situated
               upon
               the
               Sea
               side
               .
               It
               
               containeth
               but
               few
               houses
               ,
               and
               those
               of
               little
               worth
               ,
               not
               above
               ten
               ,
               fifteene
               ,
               or
               twenty
               nobles
               rent
               by
               the
               yeare
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               common
               rent
               of
               all
               the
               housing
               of
               the
               East
               Indies
               ,
               if
               the
               Arabians
               or
               Portugals
               be
               not
               dealers
               therein
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               live
               upon
               Rice
               ,
               Palmito
               ,
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               Fish.
               Their
               riches
               consist
               in
               Ginger
               and
               Pepper
               ,
               which
               draweth
               yearely
               a
               great
               masse
               of
               treasure
               into
               the
               havens
               of
               this
               Kingdome
               .
               The
               Arabians
               were
               Lords
               of
               this
               trafficke
               for
               many
               ages
               ,
               till
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               setting
               light
               by
               the
               incredible
               dangers
               of
               a
               long
               navigation
               ,
               arrived
               there
               not
               above
               a
               hundred
               yeares
               since
               ,
               and
               bartered
               their
               wares
               for
               Pepper
               ,
               and
               other
               commodities
               .
               And
               as
               the
               Portugals
               enriched
               the
               Townes
               of
               Cochin
               ,
               so
               did
               the
               
                 Arabians
                 Calecute
              
               ,
               and
               that
               Kingdome
               .
               For
               this
               commodity
               is
               of
               such
               consequence
               ,
               that
               it
               not
               onely
               enricheth
               the
               Prince
               with
               presents
               &
               customes
               ,
               but
               in
               such
               sort
               augmenteth
               the
               state
               of
               the
               merchants
               ,
               that
               some
               of
               them
               are
               comparable
               to
               many
               Dukes
               in
               Europe
               ;
               and
               Kings
               in
               Africke
               .
            
             
               In
               their
               wars
               in
               Malabar
               they
               use
               not
               the
               service
               of
               horse
               ,
               not
               onely
               for
               that
               the
               climate
               breedeth
               none
               ,
               (
               for
               those
               that
               they
               have
               are
               brought
               out
               of
               Persia
               and
               Arabia
               )
               but
               for
               that
               the
               nature
               of
               the
               Countrey
               is
               not
               fit
               for
               horsemanship
               .
               For
               as
               in
               ●wevia
               the
               footmen
               use
               no
               Pikes
               ,
               and
               the
               horsemen
               no
               Launces
               ,
               for
               the
               thicknesse
               of
               the
               woods
               ,
               which
               make●h
               them
               unserviceable
               ,
               so
               in
               Malabar
               because
               of
               the
               streights
               ,
               rivers
               of
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               Marishes
               ,
               they
               seldome
               use
               horses
               ,
               so
               that
               all
               their
               forces
               consist
               in
               shipping
               and
               footmen
               .
               It
               is
               strange
               to
               see
               how
               ready
               the
               Souldier
               of
               this
               Countrey
               is
               at
               his
               weapons
               ;
               they
               are
               all
               Gentlemen
               ,
               and
               termed
               Nai●●s
               .
               At
               seven
               ye●res
               of
               age
               they
               are
               put
               to
               Schoole
               to
               learne
               the
               use
               of
               their
               weapons
               ,
               where
               to
               make
               them
               nimble
               and
               active
               ,
               their
               finewes
               and
               joynts
               are
               stretched
               by
               skilfull
               fellowes
               ,
               and
               annoynted
               with
               the
               oyle
               Sesamus
               ;
               by
               this
               annoynting
               they
               become
               so
               light
               and
               nimble
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               winde
               and
               turne
               their
               bodies
               ,
               as
               if
               they
               had
               no
               bones
               ,
               casting
               them
               forward
               ,
               backward
               ,
               high
               ,
               and
               low
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               astonishment
               of
               the
               beholders
               .
               Their
               continuall
               delight
               is
               
               in
               their
               weapon
               ,
               perswading
               themselves
               that
               no
               Nation
               goeth
               beyond
               them
               in
               skill
               and
               dexterity
               .
               Every
               one
               inureth
               himselfe
               to
               that
               weapon
               ;
               whereto
               he
               findeth
               his
               body
               most
               agreeable
               .
               Their
               ancient
               weapons
               were
               the
               Javelin
               ,
               the
               Bow
               ,
               and
               the
               Sword
               ;
               but
               after
               the
               comming
               of
               the
               Portugals
               they
               learned
               so
               exactly
               the
               mixture
               of
               metals
               ,
               the
               casting
               of
               great
               Ordnance
               ,
               and
               the
               practice
               thereof
               ,
               that
               (
               some
               say
               )
               their
               artillery
               and
               powder
               surpasseth
               ours
               .
               They
               goe
               to
               warre
               all
               naked
               save
               their
               privities
               ,
               neither
               use
               they
               head-peeces
               ,
               which
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               in
               fights
               and
               skirmishes
               they
               shew
               exceeding
               agility
               ,
               charging
               and
               retiring
               more
               like
               Falcons
               than
               Souldiers
               .
               When
               a
               man
               would
               take
               them
               to
               be
               farre
               off
               ,
               he
               shall
               see
               them
               hovering
               round
               about
               him
               in
               a
               trice
               ,
               so
               that
               it
               is
               as
               dangerous
               to
               follow
               them
               flying
               ,
               as
               to
               deale
               with
               them
               fighting
               .
               They
               are
               swift
               as
               Leopards
               ,
               and
               their
               flight
               as
               much
               to
               be
               feared
               as
               their
               charge
               .
               If
               they
               come
               to
               hand-strokes
               (
               which
               they
               will
               not
               doe
               but
               upon
               necessity
               or
               advantage
               )
               they
               use
               altogether
               to
               strike
               with
               the
               point
               .
               They
               binde
               Copper
               or
               Silver
               shingels
               to
               the
               hilts
               of
               their
               swords
               ,
               the
               sound
               whereof
               instead
               of
               Drums
               and
               Trumpets
               ,
               incourageth
               them
               to
               the
               incounter
               .
               They
               will
               lie
               so
               close
               under
               their
               bucklers
               ,
               that
               you
               shall
               not
               see
               any
               part
               of
               their
               bodies
               lie
               open
               to
               the
               danger
               .
               There
               are
               one
               kinde
               of
               Naires
               (
               called
               Amochi
               )
               which
               curse
               themselves
               ,
               their
               kindred
               and
               posterity
               with
               most
               bitter
               execrations
               ,
               if
               they
               leave
               injuries
               done
               to
               their
               society
               unrevenged
               .
               If
               their
               King
               happen
               to
               be
               slaine
               ,
               so
               much
               the
               more
               furious
               runne
               ,
               they
               thorow
               fire
               ,
               water
               ,
               and
               assured
               destruction
               to
               revenge
               his
               death
               .
               And
               therefore
               the
               Kings
               of
               India
               suppose
               their
               estates
               weake
               or
               strong
               ,
               as
               they
               perceive
               the
               numbers
               of
               those
               Amochi
               to
               be
               few
               or
               many
               .
               By
               the
               Law
               of
               the
               Countrey
               they
               may
               not
               marry
               ,
               but
               they
               are
               all
               allowed
               women
               in
               common
               .
               They
               maintaine
               those
               women
               according
               to
               their
               birth
               and
               degrees
               .
               They
               must
               be
               all
               Gentlewomen
               ,
               for
               the
               Nairs
               may
               not
               take
               any
               Countrywoman
               ;
               yea
               ,
               so
               great
               is
               their
               disdaine
               and
               pride
               ,
               that
               without
               illusage
               they
               will
               not
               indure
               any
               of
               the
               common
               people
               to
               
               come
               neere
               them
               .
               In
               their
               journeyes
               they
               send
               their
               servants
               before
               to
               the
               Innes
               and
               Villages
               ,
               to
               declare
               their
               Masters
               approach
               ;
               then
               must
               all
               travellers
               depart
               and
               give
               roome
               .
               If
               it
               be
               ●hought
               in
               Turkie
               ,
               that
               by
               licentious
               liberty
               in
               time
               of
               peace
               the
               Ianizars
               become
               more
               hardy
               and
               couragious
               in
               war
               :
               what
               may
               we
               deeme
               of
               these
               Nairs
               ,
               who
               will
               not
               indure
               a
               man
               of
               meane
               calling
               to
               look
               them
               in
               the
               face
               ?
               They
               inhabit
               no
               Townes
               ,
               but
               dwell
               in
               houses
               made
               of
               earth
               ,
               invironed
               with
               hedges
               and
               woods
               ,
               and
               their
               waies
               as
               intricate
               as
               into
               a
               labyrinth
               .
               Of
               what
               force
               this
               Kingdome
               is
               ,
               may
               be
               gathered
               by
               the
               armie
               of
               60000.
               souldiers
               ,
               and
               200.
               vessels
               of
               warre
               ,
               which
               he
               levied
               1503.
               against
               
                 Edward
                 Pachecho
              
               the
               King
               of
               Portugals
               Captaine
               ,
               taking
               part
               that
               time
               with
               the
               King
               of
               Cochin
               :
               this
               war
               lasted
               almost
               five
               months
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1529.
               with
               an
               army
               of
               100000.
               he
               beleagred
               the
               fortresse
               which
               the
               Portugals
               built
               in
               Calecute
               ,
               under
               the
               keeping
               of
               
                 Iohn
                 Lima
              
               .
               In
               this
               siege
               he
               spent
               a
               whole
               Winter
               ,
               wherein
               although
               the
               Portugals
               behaved
               themselves
               valiantly
               ,
               yet
               weighing
               the
               Kings
               forces
               ,
               and
               their
               owne
               possibilities
               ,
               they
               thought
               it
               best
               to
               destroy
               it
               with
               their
               owne
               hands
               .
               In
               the
               yeare
               1601.
               he
               besieged
               Caile
               with
               90000.
               men
               ,
               and
               tooke
               it
               by
               composition
               .
               He
               hath
               more
               than
               once
               given
               an
               instance
               of
               his
               power
               at
               Sea.
               He
               is
               Lord
               of
               many
               havens
               ,
               whereunto
               great
               numbers
               of
               shipping
               doe
               resort
               ,
               and
               in
               that
               regard
               cannot
               chuse
               but
               be
               well
               furnished
               with
               a
               great
               Navie
               .
               But
               in
               goodnesse
               of
               shipping
               ,
               and
               martiall
               discipline
               ,
               we
               must
               needs
               confesse
               the
               Sea-forces
               of
               all
               the
               Indian
               Princes
               ,
               to
               be
               farre
               inferiour
               to
               those
               of
               the
               Portugals
               ,
               whose
               dominion
               (
               both
               at
               Sea
               and
               Land
               )
               nothing
               hath
               so
               much
               augmented
               as
               their
               defensive
               warfare
               .
               To
               speake
               truth
               ,
               it
               seldome
               falleth
               out
               but
               the
               naked
               man
               feareth
               the
               sword
               ,
               and
               the
               armed
               man
               is
               more
               encouraged
               thereby
               ,
               bearing
               himselfe
               bolder
               upon
               his
               skill
               ,
               than
               his
               strength
               ,
               and
               prevaileth
               more
               by
               temporizing
               ,
               than
               by
               rash
               fighting
               ;
               whereas
               the
               Barbarians
               putting
               more
               confidence
               in
               their
               numbers
               ,
               than
               their
               goodnesse
               ,
               have
               alwayes
               wanted
               that
               vertue
               which
               should
               make
               armies
               dreadfull
               and
               fortunate
               ,
               which
               is
               good
               order
               and
               Discipline
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Iapan
               .
            
             
               Iapan
               may
               well
               be
               called
               a
               politike
               body
               ,
               compacted
               of
               many
               and
               sundry
               Islands
               of
               divers
               different
               formes
               and
               circuits
               ,
               which
               as
               they
               are
               divided
               from
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               continent
               ,
               so
               are
               they
               inhabited
               by
               a
               people
               much
               differing
               in
               manners
               and
               customes
               from
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Orient
               .
               They
               stand
               round
               and
               close
               together
               like
               the
               Maldivae
               in
               the
               Indian
               Sea
               ,
               and
               the
               Hebrides
               and
               Orcades
               in
               the
               North
               Ocean
               .
               They
               are
               in
               number
               sixty
               six
               ,
               divided
               into
               three
               partialities
               :
               The
               first
               containeth
               nine
               ;
               the
               second
               foure
               ;
               the
               third
               fifty
               three
               .
               Amongst
               these
               ,
               five
               are
               renowmed
               ,
               but
               especially
               one
               for
               the
               famous
               Citie
               of
               Macao
               .
               And
               it
               is
               most
               commonly
               seene
               ,
               that
               they
               who
               have
               the
               soveraigntie
               of
               those
               five
               ,
               are
               Lords
               of
               all
               the
               rest
               .
               It
               is
               distant
               from
               
                 New
                 Spaine
              
               an
               hundred
               and
               fifty
               leagues
               ;
               from
               China
               sixty
               .
               The
               soile
               is
               to
               be
               accounted
               rather
               barren
               than
               fertile
               .
               The
               inhabitants
               are
               of
               a
               very
               ready
               wit
               ,
               and
               marvellous
               patient
               in
               adversitie
               .
               Their
               new
               borne
               children
               they
               immediatly
               wash
               in
               the
               rivers
               ,
               and
               as
               soone
               as
               they
               are
               weaned
               ,
               they
               take
               them
               from
               their
               mothers
               ,
               and
               bring
               them
               up
               in
               labours
               of
               hunting
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               exercises
               .
               They
               goe
               bare-headed
               men
               very
               ambitious
               and
               desirous
               of
               honour
               .
               Povertie
               is
               no
               disgrace
               to
               the
               Gentrie
               of
               their
               bloud
               .
               They
               will
               not
               suffer
               the
               least
               wrong
               to
               passe
               unrevenged
               :
               they
               salute
               one
               another
               with
               many
               courtesies
               :
               they
               are
               very
               staied
               ,
               and
               of
               a
               setled
               resolution
               .
               They
               are
               very
               jealous
               to
               shew
               themselves
               fearefull
               or
               base-minded
               in
               word
               or
               deed
               :
               they
               will
               make
               no
               man
               privie
               of
               their
               losses
               or
               misfortunes
               ;
               they
               have
               the
               like
               beasts
               both
               tame
               and
               wilde
               as
               wee
               have
               ,
               but
               they
               will
               scarcely
               eat
               any
               thing
               save
               Herbs
               ,
               Fish
               ,
               Barley
               ,
               or
               Rice
               ;
               and
               if
               they
               doe
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               flesh
               of
               wilde
               beasts
               taken
               by
               hunting
               .
               Of
               these
               
               graines
               they
               make
               their
               Wines
               ,
               and
               water
               mixt
               with
               a
               certaine
               precious
               powder
               ,
               which
               they
               use
               ,
               they
               account
               a
               daintie
               beverage
               :
               they
               call
               it
               Chia
               .
               Their
               buildings
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               of
               timber
               ,
               partly
               because
               the
               upland
               places
               are
               destitute
               of
               quarries
               ,
               but
               abounding
               with
               Cedars
               of
               admirable
               height
               and
               thicknesse
               fit
               for
               building
               ,
               and
               partly
               because
               the
               Country
               is
               subject
               to
               Earth-quakes
               .
               In
               times
               past
               all
               Iapan
               obeyed
               one
               Prince
               ,
               shewing
               him
               great
               obedience
               and
               subjection
               ,
               and
               this
               government
               endured
               with
               no
               lesse
               state
               and
               majestie
               ,
               at
               the
               least
               sixteene
               hundred
               yeares
               ,
               untill
               about
               seventie
               yeares
               since
               ,
               by
               the
               rebellion
               of
               two
               of
               his
               chiefest
               Lieutenants
               ,
               the
               whole
               Kingdome
               was
               distracted
               ,
               each
               of
               them
               holding
               by
               armes
               whatsoever
               he
               atchieved
               by
               usurpation
               .
               By
               their
               example
               others
               becomming
               as
               ambitious
               ,
               seized
               on
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               kingdome
               ,
               some
               on
               one
               part
               ,
               some
               on
               another
               ,
               leaving
               nothing
               but
               the
               bare
               name
               of
               Dairi
               ,
               which
               signifieth
               the
               Lord
               of
               all
               Iapan
               ,
               with
               the
               title
               of
               
                 Iucata
                 ,
                 (
                 viz.
              
               )
               King
               ,
               to
               their
               rightfull
               Soveraigne
               .
               Yea
               ,
               those
               Princes
               which
               were
               Lords
               of
               the
               Territories
               about
               Meaco
               ,
               would
               hardly
               allow
               him
               whereof
               to
               finde
               him
               victuall
               and
               apparell
               ,
               so
               that
               now
               he
               resembleth
               the
               shadow
               rather
               than
               the
               King
               of
               the
               ancient
               and
               magnificent
               Monarchie
               of
               Iapan
               .
               Since
               those
               times
               whosoever
               layeth
               fast
               hold
               on
               the
               dominion
               of
               the
               Coquinat
               ,
               (
               these
               are
               the
               five
               Kingdomes
               bordering
               Me●co
               )
               in
               stead
               of
               Dairi
               ,
               calleth
               himselfe
               Emperour
               and
               King
               of
               Iapan
               ,
               and
               Lord
               of
               
                 Tenza
                 .
                 Nahunanga
              
               was
               one
               of
               them
               in
               our
               dayes
               ,
               and
               after
               him
               Fassiba
               in
               power
               and
               majestie
               excelling
               all
               his
               predecessors
               .
               Nabunanga
               was
               Lord
               of
               six
               and
               thirty
               Provinces
               ,
               Fassiba
               at
               the
               least
               of
               fiftie
               .
            
             
               The
               forme
               of
               government
               is
               nothing
               like
               the
               policie
               of
               Europe
               .
               The
               strength
               of
               the
               Prince
               consisteth
               not
               in
               ordinary
               revenues
               and
               love
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               but
               in
               rigour
               and
               the
               Princes
               pleasure
               .
               As
               soone
               as
               the
               Prince
               hath
               conquered
               one
               or
               more
               Kingdomes
               ,
               he
               shareth
               them
               wholly
               amongst
               his
               friends
               and
               followers
               ,
               who
               binde
               themselves
               by
               oath
               faithfully
               to
               serve
               him
               with
               a
               limited
               company
               of
               men
               as
               well
               in
               
               peace
               as
               warre
               .
               They
               againe
               to
               make
               their
               followers
               trust●e
               and
               ready
               for
               all
               services
               ,
               reserving
               some
               small
               matter
               for
               the
               sustentation
               of
               themselves
               and
               families
               ,
               divide
               to
               every
               man
               a
               portion
               of
               the
               former
               division
               ;
               so
               that
               all
               the
               wealth
               of
               Iapan
               private
               and
               publike
               is
               in
               the
               hands
               of
               a
               few
               men
               ,
               and
               those
               few
               depending
               on
               the
               pleasure
               of
               one
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               the
               Lord
               of
               Tenza
               .
               He
               ,
               as
               him
               listeth
               ,
               giveth
               ,
               taketh
               ,
               disgraceth
               ,
               honoureth
               ,
               and
               impoverisheth
               .
               When
               hee
               casheereth
               any
               Governour
               of
               his
               Province
               ,
               all
               the
               Leaders
               and
               Souldiers
               of
               the
               said
               Province
               are
               changed
               ,
               and
               none
               left
               there
               but
               Artificers
               and
               Husbandmen
               .
               This
               government
               draweth
               with
               it
               continuall
               dislike
               and
               innovations
               :
               for
               Dairi
               (
               though
               hee
               hath
               neither
               power
               nor
               government
               )
               yet
               being
               in
               favour
               and
               estimation
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               ceaseth
               not
               to
               insinuate
               into
               their
               heads
               ,
               that
               this
               Lord
               of
               Tenza
               and
               the
               other
               Tyrants
               are
               usurpers
               of
               other
               mens
               right
               ,
               destroyers
               of
               the
               Monarchie
               ,
               and
               enemies
               to
               the
               state
               and
               liberties
               of
               Iapan
               .
               Which
               perswasions
               take
               so
               deepe
               root
               in
               the
               hearts
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               so
               extenuate
               the
               reputation
               of
               these
               Usurpers
               ,
               that
               under
               colour
               of
               suppression
               of
               other
               ,
               they
               often
               take
               Armes
               upon
               hope
               to
               raise
               their
               owne
               greatnesse
               :
               so
               that
               by
               this
               daily
               change
               of
               Governours
               ,
               the
               people
               ,
               not
               knowing
               who
               are
               their
               right
               and
               naturall
               Lords
               ,
               know
               not
               whom
               to
               love
               and
               obey
               :
               And
               againe
               ,
               their
               Lords
               being
               as
               uncertaine
               of
               their
               continuance
               ,
               care
               not
               for
               the
               people
               ,
               nor
               for
               the
               welfare
               of
               their
               owne
               vassals
               ,
               no
               more
               than
               if
               they
               were
               meere
               strangers
               :
               but
               always
               aspiring
               by
               the
               same
               facilitie
               whereby
               they
               gained
               one
               ,
               to
               conquer
               a
               better
               ,
               after
               the
               manner
               of
               Gamesters
               ,
               continually
               hazard
               one
               ,
               upon
               hope
               of
               winning
               another
               ;
               in
               this
               sort
               sometime
               one
               alone
               ,
               sometime
               many
               together
               ,
               vexing
               the
               Islands
               with
               perpetuall
               warfare
               .
               Fassiba
               to
               assure
               his
               estate
               ,
               and
               disable
               the
               greatest
               ones
               from
               enterprising
               against
               him
               ,
               doth
               often
               transport
               them
               from
               one
               Province
               to
               another
               ,
               causing
               them
               to
               forgoe
               their
               ancient
               inheritances
               ,
               and
               to
               lead
               their
               lives
               amongst
               unknowne
               neighbours
               :
               neither
               in
               those
               places
               will
               he
               suffer
               them
               to
               enjoy
               livings
               united
               ,
               but
               farre
               divided
               in
               peeces
               and
               parcels
               .
               For
               
               all
               this
               ,
               they
               are
               never
               at
               peace
               among
               themselves
               ,
               by
               reason
               that
               the
               frontiers
               of
               their
               pettie
               jurisdictions
               neighbour
               so
               neere
               one
               upon
               another
               .
               In
               these
               alterations
               Fassiba
               constrained
               as
               well
               the
               losers
               as
               the
               winners
               to
               doe
               him
               homage
               and
               obeysance
               ,
               and
               once
               a
               yeare
               to
               pay
               him
               a
               rich
               tribute
               ,
               drawing
               to
               his
               owne
               Coffers
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               wealth
               of
               Iapan
               by
               these
               Tyrannies
               .
               He
               keepeth
               his
               owne
               people
               busied
               in
               building
               of
               admirable
               Palaces
               ,
               sumptuous
               Temples
               ,
               Townes
               and
               Fortresses
               ,
               the
               like
               whereof
               are
               no
               where
               to
               be
               seene
               :
               In
               these
               works
               he
               hath
               more
               than
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               workmen
               ,
               labouring
               in
               their
               severall
               occupations
               at
               their
               owne
               charges
               .
               Amongst
               the
               rest
               ,
               he
               is
               now
               in
               building
               a
               Temple
               ,
               for
               whose
               iron
               workes
               ,
               all
               the
               stuffe
               in
               Iapan
               will
               hardly
               suffice
               ,
               and
               therefore
               he
               hath
               given
               commandement
               to
               all
               his
               people
               and
               Merchants
               to
               bring
               all
               iron
               and
               Armour
               into
               one
               place
               .
            
             
               Besides
               the
               oath
               of
               fealtie
               whereby
               the
               residue
               of
               the
               Kings
               and
               Princes
               are
               bound
               to
               aid
               and
               assist
               him
               in
               peace
               and
               warre
               ,
               he
               receiveth
               yearely
               two
               millions
               arising
               of
               the
               profits
               of
               Rice
               ,
               reserved
               upon
               his
               owne
               possessions
               .
               He
               was
               determined
               after
               the
               finishing
               of
               the
               fabrikes
               ,
               to
               attempt
               a
               journey
               into
               China
               ,
               and
               for
               that
               enterprise
               caused
               timber
               sufficient
               for
               the
               building
               of
               two
               thousand
               vessels
               for
               transportation
               to
               be
               felled
               .
               By
               these
               magnificent
               fabrikes
               ,
               this
               haughty
               resolution
               ,
               this
               large
               dominion
               ,
               and
               conquest
               for
               forren
               Kingdomes
               ,
               he
               hopeth
               to
               attaine
               the
               reputation
               of
               immortality
               among
               his
               subjects
               ,
               as
               divers
               of
               his
               predecessors
               have
               done
               before
               him
               .
               For
               
                 Anida
                 ,
                 Xaca
                 ,
                 Canis
              
               ,
               and
               To●oque
               ,
               were
               no
               other
               than
               Lords
               of
               Iapan
               ,
               which
               either
               for
               their
               glory
               in
               warre
               ,
               or
               invention
               of
               some
               good
               arts
               in
               peace
               ,
               were
               accounted
               as
               Gods
               amongst
               the
               Iaponians
               ,
               as
               in
               the
               old
               world
               Hercules
               and
               Bacchus
               were
               amongst
               the
               Grecians
               ,
               and
               Saturne
               and
               Ianus
               amongst
               the
               Italians
               .
               Of
               these
               demi-gods
               they
               report
               as
               many
               strange
               and
               fabulous
               inventions
               ,
               as
               the
               Grecians
               and
               Italians
               did
               of
               theirs
               .
               But
               Fassib●
               understanding
               by
               the
               preaching
               of
               the
               Iesuites
               ,
               that
               there
               can
               be
               no
               God
               but
               one
               ,
               who
               created
               the
               heaven
               and
               earth
               
               of
               nothing
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               deities
               to
               be
               foolish
               and
               detestable
               ,
               determined
               to
               banish
               them
               all
               ,
               and
               to
               weed
               up
               that
               good
               Vine
               which
               began
               to
               take
               deepe
               root
               in
               those
               Provinces
               .
               Surely
               this
               may
               stand
               for
               a
               memorable
               example
               of
               the
               pride
               and
               blindnesse
               of
               mans
               heart
               .
            
             
               The
               Roman
               Emperours
               opposed
               their
               forces
               against
               the
               Christian
               Religion
               ,
               onely
               to
               maintaine
               and
               uphold
               the
               worship
               of
               their
               Idols
               ,
               condemned
               for
               vaine
               and
               devillish
               by
               the
               Law
               of
               Christianity
               :
               but
               this
               man
               raiseth
               persecution
               against
               Religion
               ,
               to
               arrogate
               to
               himselfe
               the
               Name
               of
               God
               ,
               an
               imagination
               (
               as
               I
               said
               before
               )
               full
               of
               extreme
               ambition
               and
               madnesse
               .
               But
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               these
               proud
               and
               unreasonable
               cogitations
               ,
               God
               raised
               up
               against
               him
               a
               new
               enemie
               from
               the
               Easterne
               parts
               of
               Iapan
               ,
               who
               as
               wee
               understand
               ,
               is
               likely
               to
               give
               him
               his
               hand
               and
               head
               full
               of
               businesse
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             THE
             SIXTH
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             Of
             America
             ,
             commonly
             called
             West
             India
             .
          
           
             
               THis
               spacious
               part
               of
               the
               World
               utterly
               unknowne
               to
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               and
               extended
               upon
               the
               vast
               and
               raging
               Atlantique
               Ocean
               ,
               lay
               undiscovered
               untill
               the
               yeare
               of
               our
               Lord
               1492.
               
               In
               which
               yeare
               it
               was
               found
               out
               by
               
                 Christopher
                 Columbus
              
               ,
               a
               man
               of
               an
               excellent
               judgement
               and
               haughty
               spirit
               ,
               under
               the
               protection
               and
               good
               fortunes
               of
               Ferdinand
               King
               of
               
               Spaine
               .
               Him
               seconded
               
                 Americus
                 Vesputius
              
               ,
               and
               other
               famous
               Gentlemen
               ,
               who
               to
               their
               everlasting
               memories
               ,
               with
               infinite
               labour
               and
               danger
               ,
               surveied
               that
               huge
               tract
               with
               the
               Iland
               adjoyning
               ,
               even
               unto
               the
               furthest
               parts
               of
               the
               West
               and
               South
               .
               That
               portion
               they
               called
               the
               
                 New
                 world
              
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               the
               incredible
               spaciousnesse
               thereof
               ,
               being
               larger
               than
               the
               two
               old
               divisions
               of
               Africke
               and
               Europe
               ;
               as
               for
               the
               infinite
               number
               of
               Ilands
               ,
               diversity
               of
               manners
               ,
               fashions
               of
               Inhabitants
               ,
               variety
               of
               Languages
               ,
               Nations
               ,
               and
               Customes
               ,
               with
               the
               disproportions
               of
               living
               Creatures
               ,
               Trees
               ,
               and
               Plants
               ,
               not
               to
               bee
               found
               or
               seene
               in
               these
               parts
               ,
               which
               they
               there
               found
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               bounded
               upon
               the
               East
               with
               the
               Atlanticke
               or
               North
               Sea
               :
               upon
               the
               South
               with
               the
               Magellan
               Streights
               :
               upon
               the
               West
               with
               
                 Mare
                 pacificum
              
               ,
               or
               
                 Mar
                 del
                 Zur
              
               :
               and
               on
               the
               North
               with
               
                 Terra
                 incognita
              
               .
               And
               as
               some
               Writers
               affirme
               ,
               the
               whole
               Circum
               Navigation
               amounteth
               to
               thirty
               thousand
               miles
               .
            
             
               This
               Continent
               ,
               according
               to
               its
               diversity
               of
               situation
               ,
               is
               diversly
               provided
               :
               In
               some
               places
               it
               is
               admirable
               fruitfull
               ,
               in
               other
               places
               very
               barren
               and
               needy
               .
               Some
               part
               thereof
               lieth
               upon
               huge
               plaines
               ,
               some
               places
               are
               very
               hilly
               and
               mountainous
               .
               It
               is
               watered
               with
               many
               famous
               Rivers
               ,
               whose
               sands
               in
               many
               places
               yeeld
               Gold
               ,
               with
               many
               famous
               Lakes
               and
               Springs
               .
               It
               bringeth
               forth
               graine
               and
               pulse
               sufficient
               ,
               especially
               Maiz
               ,
               the
               chiefest
               bread
               and
               provision
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Indies
               .
               Wine
               they
               have
               none
               ,
               and
               where
               they
               want
               this
               M●●z
               ,
               they
               make
               their
               bread
               of
               a
               kinde
               of
               Root
               ,
               good
               and
               wholsome
               ,
               if
               the
               juice
               be
               thorowly
               squeezed
               out
               ,
               otherwise
               not
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               Sugar
               ,
               Cotton
               ,
               Wooll
               ,
               and
               Flax
               ,
               as
               with
               us
               ;
               with
               a
               thousand
               sorts
               of
               Trees
               ,
               Birds
               ,
               Beasts
               ,
               and
               Fishes
               ,
               some
               whereof
               we
               know
               ,
               and
               other
               some
               not
               .
            
             
             
               Horses
               they
               have
               none
               ,
               neither
               conceive
               their
               use
               ,
               and
               at
               the
               first
               sight
               of
               horsemen
               the
               Inhabitants
               stood
               amazed
               .
               In
               it
               are
               found
               the
               Spices
               ,
               Gems
               ,
               and
               precious
               Stones
               ,
               with
               those
               huge
               masses
               of
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               and
               other
               Minerals
               ,
               which
               we
               see
               daily
               transported
               into
               Europe
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               of
               a
               swarty
               complexion
               ,
               fairer
               or
               fouler
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               different
               situations
               .
               Not
               very
               well
               favoured
               ,
               but
               of
               savage
               &
               brutish
               behaviours
               ,
               excellent
               footmen
               and
               swimmers
               ,
               clearly
               in
               their
               bodies
               ,
               naked
               ,
               libidinous
               ,
               and
               men-eaters
               .
               Some
               worship
               the
               Devill
               ,
               some
               Idols
               ,
               some
               the
               Sun
               ,
               and
               some
               the
               Starres
               .
               Their
               armes
               are
               the
               Bow
               and
               Arrow
               ,
               which
               in
               stead
               of
               Iron
               they
               head
               with
               the
               teeth
               of
               Fishes
               .
               and
               the
               bones
               of
               Beasts
               .
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               and
               Stone
               they
               little
               regard
               ,
               their
               chiefest
               delight
               is
               in
               Feathers
               and
               Plumes
               .
               Insomuch
               ,
               that
               if
               these
               Countries
               had
               beene
               travelled
               into
               with
               unarmed
               search
               and
               peregrination
               ;
               for
               what
               occasion
               of
               warre
               could
               justly
               bee
               applied
               unto
               those
               who
               neither
               held
               wealth
               in
               estimation
               ,
               neither
               coveted
               Honour
               with
               ambitious
               emulation
               ?
               No
               doubt
               but
               all
               Authors
               in
               discoursing
               of
               these
               Nations
               ,
               could
               have
               informed
               you
               of
               nothing
               but
               Gold-yeelding-Rivers
               ,
               miraculous
               temperature
               of
               Atre
               ,
               strange
               shapes
               ,
               in
               Beasts
               and
               Birds
               ;
               The
               Sea
               abounding
               with
               Pearle
               ,
               and
               Land
               with
               Gems
               ;
               And
               above
               all
               ,
               Man
               here
               living
               and
               conversing
               in
               his
               rude
               and
               anticke
               simplicity
               ,
               under
               the
               shield
               of
               genuine
               innocency
               ,
               with
               irkesome
               hatred
               of
               our
               vile
               custome
               and
               wrangling
               conditions
               .
               But
               alas
               !
               Avarice
               under
               the
               marke
               of
               Religion
               ,
               and
               Vain
               glory
               had
               no
               sooner
               set
               foot
               in
               these
               terrestriall
               places
               (
               as
               I
               may
               say
               )
               of
               Paradise
               ,
               but
               depravation
               turned
               all
               things
               topsi-turvie
               .
               Since
               when
               ,
               happinesse
               hath
               taken
               its
               flight
               into
               some
               ether
               Climate
               ;
               and
               as
               now
               nothing
               is
               thereof
               recorded
               ,
               save
               undermining
               of
               Mountaines
               ,
               
               disembowelling
               the
               Earth
               ,
               exiling
               the
               Natives
               ,
               unpeopling
               of
               Villages
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               tyranny
               and
               slavery
               .
               For
               in
               one
               or
               two
               petty
               battels
               ,
               whole
               Empires
               have
               beene
               subdued
               by
               an
               handfull
               of
               men
               ;
               and
               a
               Kingdome
               conquered
               ,
               in
               a
               manner
               ,
               before
               it
               hath
               beene
               entred
               .
               And
               no
               wonder
               ,
               for
               this
               simple
               and
               naked
               people
               had
               never
               seene
               Horse
               ,
               nor
               ever
               heard
               the
               report
               of
               the
               Harquebush
               .
               Without
               the
               which
               ,
               peradventure
               the
               Spanish
               Nation
               had
               not
               galloped
               in
               so
               short
               a
               time
               to
               such
               miraculous
               victories
               :
               no
               though
               every
               petty
               Commander
               ,
               imployed
               in
               that
               action
               ,
               in
               these
               daies
               stand
               comparatively
               paraleld
               with
               the
               worthy
               Scipio
               ,
               and
               the
               Great
               Alexander
               .
            
             
               To
               whom
               in
               truth
               the
               ancient
               exprobration
               of
               the
               Brittons
               against
               the
               Romans
               ,
               mentioned
               in
               Tacitus
               ,
               cannot
               more
               feelingly
               be
               applied
               than
               unto
               these
               
                 Indian
                 Spaniards
                 .
                 They
                 are
                 the
                 Robbers
                 and
                 Ravishers
                 of
                 the
                 World.
                 After
                 the
                 spoile
                 of
                 all
                 Nations
                 ,
                 through
                 defect
                 of
                 strange
                 Lands
                 and
                 new
                 Conquests
                 ,
                 they
                 scowre
                 the
                 wide
                 Ocean
                 .
                 The
                 riches
                 of
                 the
                 enemy
                 breeds
                 covetousnesse
                 in
                 them
                 ;
                 the
                 poverty
                 ,
                 ambition
                 :
                 which
                 neither
                 the
                 East
                 nor
                 West
                 can
                 terminate
                 or
                 containe
                 .
                 They
                 onely
                 alone
                 covet
                 the
                 wealth
                 and
                 penury
                 of
                 all
                 Nations
                 with
                 equall
                 greedinesse
                 and
                 affectation
                 .
                 On
                 Robbery
                 ,
                 Murther
                 ,
                 and
                 Villany
                 ,
                 they
                 colourably
                 impose
                 the
                 glorious
                 title
                 of
                 Empery
                 .
                 Solitude
                 and
                 desolation
                 they
                 terme
                 Peace
                 and
                 Tranquillitie
                 .
              
            
             
               So
               that
               had
               not
               Charles
               the
               Emperour
               cast
               strict
               reines
               upon
               these
               licentious
               and
               injurious
               proceedings
               ,
               Spaine
               had
               swarmed
               with
               slaves
               ,
               and
               India
               had
               quite
               beene
               bereaved
               of
               almost
               all
               her
               Natives
               .
               Of
               foure
               hundred
               thousand
               Inhabitants
               ,
               living
               in
               
                 New
                 Spaine
              
               at
               the
               arrivall
               of
               these
               Spaniards
               ,
               the
               Country
               at
               this
               day
               can
               scant
               shew
               
               you
               eight
               thousand
               .
               About
               the
               like
               number
               you
               shall
               finde
               in
               the
               Fonduras
               ,
               remaining
               of
               foure
               hundred
               and
               ten
               thousand
               ;
               when
               the
               Spaniards
               therein
               set
               first
               footing
               .
               If
               you
               reade
               their
               owne
               Histories
               you
               shall
               meet
               with
               no
               better
               accounts
               concerning
               the
               present
               Inhabitation
               of
               
                 Hispaniola
                 ,
                 Guatimala
                 ,
                 Nicuragua
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Ilands
               adjacent
               .
               The
               greatest
               number
               whereof
               were
               either
               slaine
               ,
               led
               captives
               ,
               or
               consumed
               in
               the
               Mines
               .
               Doubtlesse
               in
               divulging
               of
               the
               aforesaid
               Proclamation
               ,
               the
               good
               Emperour
               could
               not
               chuse
               but
               remember
               that
               God
               (
               whose
               judgements
               are
               profound
               )
               did
               once
               by
               the
               cruelties
               of
               the
               Goths
               ,
               the
               Huns
               ,
               and
               Saracens
               ,
               waste
               Italy
               ,
               persecute
               France
               ,
               and
               consume
               Spaine
               ;
               and
               the
               consumers
               were
               againe
               consumed
               in
               fulnesse
               of
               time
               .
               So
               may
               it
               fall
               out
               with
               those
               ,
               who
               following
               the
               steps
               of
               their
               Predecessors
               ,
               take
               a
               glory
               to
               amaze
               the
               Sea
               with
               Ships
               ,
               and
               the
               Land
               with
               Armies
               .
               Time
               may
               come
               ,
               that
               Pride
               shall
               burne
               and
               be
               consumed
               with
               warre
               ;
               and
               he
               that
               buildeth
               his
               house
               wrongfully
               upon
               the
               ruine
               of
               another
               ,
               shall
               himselfe
               become
               a
               booty
               to
               Aliens
               and
               Strangers
               .
               The
               linage
               of
               the
               Moores
               is
               not
               quite
               extinguished
               .
               The
               race
               of
               the
               Indians
               is
               not
               utterly
               extirpated
               .
               That
               progeny
               as
               yet
               surviveth
               in
               Italy
               ,
               which
               in
               times
               past
               and
               in
               one
               day
               ,
               at
               one
               watchword
               ,
               slue
               all
               the
               loose
               French
               Vsurpers
               of
               other
               mens
               fortunes
               .
               And
               albeit
               that
               the
               fatall
               cowardize
               of
               these
               Nations
               dare
               not
               presume
               to
               arme
               themselves
               against
               their
               Oppressors
               yet
               there
               raigneth
               a
               just
               God
               in
               Heaven
               ,
               who
               can
               raise
               footmen
               and
               horsemen
               from
               the
               utmost
               bounds
               of
               the
               North
               to
               asswage
               and
               correct
               the
               intemperate
               insolency
               of
               bloud-thirsty
               Tyrants
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               New
               Spaine
               ,
               or
               Mexico
               .
            
             
               NEw
               Spaine
               is
               a
               very
               large
               Province
               ,
               better
               manured
               ,
               pleasanter
               ,
               and
               more
               populous
               than
               any
               part
               of
               this
               New
               world
               .
               It
               was
               possessed
               by
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               in
               the
               yeare
               1518.
               under
               the
               leading
               of
               
                 Ferdinando
                 Cortez
              
               ,
               to
               the
               great
               slaughter
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               and
               of
               his
               owne
               people
               .
               In
               reward
               of
               whose
               service
               ,
               Charles
               the
               fifth
               bestowed
               on
               him
               the
               Countrey
               of
               Tecoantepec
               .
               Although
               it
               lye
               under
               the
               
                 Torrid
                 Zone
              
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               temperate
               ,
               mountainous
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               woods
               .
               It
               aboundeth
               with
               all
               good
               things
               necessary
               for
               life
               ,
               and
               profitable
               either
               for
               thrift
               or
               pleasure
               ,
               as
               fish
               ,
               flesh
               ,
               gold
               and
               stones
               .
               Of
               all
               part
               of
               the
               Indies
               none
               is
               like
               unto
               it
               for
               habitation
               .
               For
               therein
               the
               Spaniards
               have
               erected
               many
               Colonies
               ,
               as
               
                 Compostella
                 ,
                 Colima
                 ,
                 Purificatio
                 ,
                 Guada●lara
                 ,
                 Mechoochan
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
            
             
               Whereof
               the
               best
               and
               fairest
               is
               Mexico
               thorow
               the
               whole
               Indies
               .
               It
               should
               seeme
               the
               Shire
               tooke
               its
               name
               from
               the
               Citie
               .
               In
               ancient
               time
               it
               was
               built
               in
               the
               middest
               of
               the
               Lake
               ,
               like
               Venice
               ,
               but
               Cortez
               removed
               it
               to
               the
               banke
               therof
               .
               It
               is
               at
               this
               day
               a
               Citie
               excellent
               well
               built
               ,
               containing
               six
               miles
               in
               compasse
               ,
               one
               part
               whereof
               the
               Spaniards
               inhabit
               ,
               the
               residue
               is
               left
               to
               the
               Natives
               .
               In
               this
               Citie
               the
               Vice-Roy
               and
               Archbishop
               keepe
               their
               Seats
               ,
               having
               the
               privileges
               of
               supreme
               Justice
               ,
               Printing
               and
               Coyning
               .
               The
               Lake
               whereon
               the
               Citie
               is
               built
               ,
               is
               salt
               ,
               and
               ebbeth
               and
               floweth
               ,
               as
               the
               Ocean
               .
               At
               ebbe
               it
               sendeth
               its
               waters
               into
               another
               Lake
               adjoyning
               ,
               but
               fresh
               ;
               it
               yeeldeth
               no
               fish
               ,
               but
               wormes
               ,
               which
               in
               Summer
               putrifie
               and
               corrupt
               the
               aire
               ;
               and
               yet
               of
               the
               waters
               thereof
               they
               boile
               great
               store
               of
               salt
               .
               The
               circuit
               of
               both
               these
               Lakes
               is
               about
               fiftie
               leagues
               ,
               and
               about
               the
               bankes
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Islands
               ,
               doe
               lye
               above
               fiftie
               Townes
               ,
               every
               one
               consisting
               of
               ten
               thousand
               housholds
               .
               Upon
               these
               waters
               
               doe
               ferry
               fiftie
               thousand
               Boats
               ,
               which
               they
               terme
               Canoas
               ,
               to
               serve
               the
               use
               of
               the
               Citie
               .
            
             
               This
               Countrey
               was
               an
               Indian
               Empire
               ,
               full
               of
               order
               and
               State
               ;
               as
               having
               seene
               a
               succession
               of
               ten
               Kings
               ,
               and
               enjoying
               a
               Soveraigntie
               over
               the
               neighbour
               Provinces
               .
               But
               all
               this
               was
               about
               an
               hundred
               yeares
               since
               utterly
               overthrowne
               by
               
                 Ferdinando
                 Cortez
              
               ,
               who
               with
               nine
               hundred
               Spaniards
               ,
               assisted
               with
               an
               hundred
               thousand
               Indians
               of
               Tlascalan
               (
               neighbours
               and
               enemies
               to
               the
               Mexicans
               )
               with
               the
               helpe
               also
               of
               eightie
               Spanish
               horse
               ,
               the
               terrour
               of
               seventeene
               field-peeces
               ,
               and
               a
               fleet
               of
               twelve
               or
               thirteene
               Pinnaces
               ,
               and
               six
               thousand
               
                 Indian
                 Canoas
              
               ,
               to
               trouble
               the
               Towne
               on
               the
               Lake
               side
               ;
               performed
               this
               great
               ,
               but
               easie
               worke
               ;
               made
               an
               absolute
               Conquest
               of
               the
               Empire
               of
               Mexico
               ;
               and
               imposed
               the
               name
               of
               
                 New
                 Spaine
              
               upon
               it
               .
               The
               Citie
               hath
               at
               this
               day
               six
               thousand
               houses
               of
               Spaniards
               ,
               and
               sixtie
               thousand
               of
               the
               native
               Indians
               .
               The
               gold
               and
               silver
               of
               these
               parts
               is
               neither
               so
               much
               ,
               nor
               so
               good
               as
               that
               of
               Peru
               ;
               but
               Merchandize
               ,
               Mechanicks
               and
               Husbandrie
               ,
               infinitely
               more
               flourish
               .
               Some
               one
               private
               man
               the
               Spaniards
               report
               to
               be
               master
               of
               thirtie
               ,
               yea
               fortie
               or
               fiftie
               thousand
               head
               of
               Cattell
               .
               The
               profits
               arising
               from
               hence
               to
               the
               King
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               will
               not
               the
               Spanish
               Writers
               suffer
               to
               be
               intirely
               knowne
               :
               This
               they
               bragge
               of
               ;
               that
               the
               yearely
               fishing
               of
               the
               Lake
               of
               Mexico
               ,
               is
               worth
               twenty
               thousand
               crownes
               :
               and
               that
               Mexico
               Citie
               glories
               in
               foure
               faire
               things
               ;
               Women
               ,
               Cloaths
               ,
               Streets
               and
               Horses
               .
            
          
           
             
               Guatimala
               .
            
             
               IT
               is
               both
               the
               name
               of
               a
               Towne
               ,
               as
               also
               of
               the
               Province
               .
               The
               Old-towne
               ,
               so
               called
               ,
               was
               destroyed
               by
               the
               fall
               of
               an
               Hill
               ,
               thereunto
               adjoyning
               ,
               and
               an
               hundred
               and
               twentie
               Spaniards
               miraculously
               overwhelmed
               with
               the
               ruine
               thereof
               .
               About
               three
               miles
               from
               thence
               is
               the
               New-towne
               situated
               ,
               containing
               eightie
               or
               ninetie
               faire
               stone
               houses
               therein
               ,
               all
               covered
               with
               tile
               .
               It
               is
               much
               subject
               to
               Earth-quakes
               ,
               but
               
               otherwise
               of
               a
               good
               temperate
               aire
               ,
               fruitfull
               of
               corne
               ,
               and
               plentifull
               of
               trees
               brought
               out
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               which
               doe
               not
               well
               prosper
               therein
               .
            
          
           
             
               Fonduras
               .
            
             
               IT
               is
               a
               great
               Countrey
               ,
               and
               was
               exceeding
               well
               inhabited
               before
               the
               arrivall
               of
               the
               Spaniards
               .
               And
               howbeit
               they
               boast
               of
               the
               erection
               of
               five
               Townes
               therein
               ,
               yet
               all
               of
               them
               consist
               not
               of
               above
               an
               hundred
               and
               twentie
               ,
               or
               an
               hundred
               and
               thirtie
               houses
               ,
               and
               those
               for
               the
               most
               part
               built
               of
               reeds
               and
               straw
               ;
               yea
               ,
               and
               but
               poorely
               inhabited
               ,
               because
               the
               gold
               ,
               which
               is
               their
               sole
               desire
               ,
               beginneth
               to
               faile
               .
            
          
           
             
               Nicaragua
               .
            
             
               NIcaragua
               stretcheth
               towards
               the
               South-sea
               ,
               lying
               South-east
               from
               Mexico
               ,
               and
               is
               not
               very
               great
               ,
               but
               rich
               ,
               fruitfull
               and
               pleasant
               ,
               insomuch
               as
               the
               Spaniards
               call
               it
               Mahomets
               Paradise
               ;
               but
               so
               extreme
               hot
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               not
               to
               be
               travelled
               by
               day
               ,
               but
               by
               night
               .
               It
               should
               seeme
               that
               their
               Winter
               beginneth
               in
               May
               ,
               for
               from
               thence
               it
               raineth
               six
               whole
               moneths
               ;
               the
               other
               six
               are
               very
               faire
               and
               drie
               ,
               and
               day
               and
               night
               being
               of
               equall
               length
               .
               Honey
               ,
               Wax
               ,
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               and
               Balsam
               grow
               there
               in
               great
               abundance
               ,
               with
               many
               other
               kinds
               of
               fruits
               ,
               which
               are
               neither
               found
               in
               other
               Provinces
               ,
               nor
               yet
               in
               Hispaniola
               .
               There
               are
               some
               few
               Kine
               ,
               but
               many
               Hogs
               ,
               and
               those
               brought
               from
               Spaine
               .
               Parrots
               are
               there
               as
               common
               as
               Crowes
               in
               England
               .
               The
               Countrey
               is
               well
               replenished
               with
               Indian
               Villages
               ,
               their
               small
               houses
               consisting
               of
               reeds
               and
               straw
               .
               The
               gold
               that
               they
               have
               is
               brought
               from
               other
               places
               ,
               and
               so
               is
               all
               other
               metall
               .
               In
               manners
               they
               resemble
               the
               Mexicans
               ,
               and
               so
               in
               apparell
               ,
               and
               language
               ,
               save
               that
               the
               Mexican
               is
               the
               better
               ;
               with
               the
               use
               whereof
               a
               man
               may
               travell
               fifteene
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               and
               is
               
               easily
               to
               be
               learned
               .
               One
               Lake
               it
               hath
               three
               hundred
               miles
               about
               ,
               which
               hath
               no
               vent
               into
               the
               Ocean
               :
               The
               chiefe
               Cities
               are
               
                 Nueva
                 ,
                 Granado
              
               ,
               and
               Leo
               ,
               the
               Seat
               of
               a
               Bishop
               .
            
          
           
             
               Cuba
               .
            
             
               CVba
               or
               Fernandina
               is
               a
               great
               Island
               ,
               and
               by
               reason
               it
               hath
               on
               the
               East-side
               Saint
               Domingo
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               Iucatan
               ,
               on
               the
               North
               Florida
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               South
               Iamaica
               ,
               it
               is
               very
               much
               frequented
               by
               Merchants
               .
               It
               is
               more
               long
               than
               broad
               ,
               and
               containeth
               in
               length
               ,
               from
               East
               to
               West
               three
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               and
               from
               North
               to
               South
               threescore
               and
               ten
               .
               In
               breadth
               it
               is
               not
               above
               nineteene
               miles
               ,
               in
               some
               places
               but
               fifteene
               .
               The
               ground
               is
               high
               ,
               rough
               ,
               and
               full
               of
               Hils
               ,
               the
               Rivers
               small
               ,
               yet
               rich
               of
               Gold
               and
               Copper
               .
               The
               aire
               is
               temperate
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               coldest
               .
               The
               soile
               affordeth
               great
               store
               of
               Mather
               ;
               it
               is
               full
               of
               Woods
               ,
               and
               fresh-fish
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               faire
               Rivers
               therein
               .
               It
               boasteth
               of
               six
               Townes
               inhabited
               by
               Spaniards
               ;
               whereof
               that
               of
               Saint
               Iames
               is
               a
               Bishops
               See
               ;
               and
               Havana
               the
               chiefe
               Staple
               ,
               where
               yearely
               all
               the
               ships
               make
               their
               Rendevouz
               .
               The
               people
               resemble
               those
               of
               Hispaniola
               ,
               but
               differ
               in
               speech
               ,
               and
               goe
               all
               naked
               ;
               being
               now
               almost
               rooted
               out
               ,
               and
               supplanted
               by
               the
               Spaniards
               .
               Here
               though
               the
               Gold
               bee
               course
               ,
               yet
               the
               Brasse
               is
               most
               pure
               .
               It
               beareth
               plentie
               of
               Sugar
               ,
               Ginger
               ,
               Cassia
               ,
               Aloes
               ,
               Cinamon
               .
               The
               common
               people
               may
               not
               eat
               Serpents
               ,
               it
               being
               meat
               for
               their
               masters
               .
            
          
           
             
               Iamaica
               ,
               or
               the
               I
               le
               of
               Saint
               Iago
               .
            
             
               IAmaica
               lieth
               seventeene
               degrees
               on
               this
               side
               the
               Equinoctiall
               ,
               and
               hath
               on
               the
               East
               S.
               Domingo
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               the
               Cape
               of
               Iucatan
               ,
               on
               the
               North
               Cuba
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               South
               Lacerena
               .
               The
               breadth
               surpasseth
               the
               length
               ,
               being
               from
               East
               to
               West
               about
               fiftie
               miles
               ,
               and
               from
               North
               to
               South
               
               twentie
               .
               In
               it
               the
               greater
               part
               of
               the
               Inhabitants
               by
               farre
               are
               Spaniards
               ,
               sixtie
               thousand
               Natives
               being
               by
               them
               destroyed
               ,
               like
               their
               neighbours
               of
               Lucaya
               .
               It
               is
               very
               fruitfull
               both
               toward
               the
               Sea
               ,
               as
               also
               to
               the
               Inland
               :
               and
               was
               in
               times
               past
               very
               populous
               ,
               and
               such
               as
               were
               more
               wittie
               and
               subtill
               both
               in
               warre
               and
               other
               professions
               ,
               than
               were
               their
               neighbours
               .
               It
               yeeldeth
               also
               Gold
               ,
               and
               very
               fine
               Cotton-wooll
               :
               And
               at
               this
               present
               it
               is
               full
               of
               such
               beastials
               as
               the
               Spaniards
               have
               brought
               thither
               out
               of
               Spaine
               .
               The
               women
               here
               killed
               their
               owne
               children
               ,
               rather
               than
               suffer
               them
               to
               serve
               the
               Spaniards
               .
            
          
           
             
               Hispaniola
               .
            
             
               HIspaniola
               ,
               which
               the
               Natives
               call
               Haitie
               ,
               for
               greatnesse
               is
               the
               second
               Island
               in
               those
               parts
               .
               On
               the
               East-side
               lieth
               Saint
               Iohns
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               Cuba
               and
               Iamaica
               ,
               on
               the
               North
               the
               Islands
               of
               the
               Canibals
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               South
               the
               firme
               land
               .
               The
               Compasse
               thereof
               is
               foure
               hundred
               French
               miles
               ,
               being
               broader
               than
               it
               is
               long
               .
               For
               in
               length
               it
               is
               from
               East
               to
               West
               an
               hundred
               and
               fiftie
               miles
               ,
               and
               from
               North
               to
               South
               fortie
               miles
               .
               It
               is
               stored
               with
               Azure
               ,
               Basill-wood
               ,
               Cotton-wooll
               ,
               Amber
               ,
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               and
               abundance
               of
               Sugar
               .
               It
               is
               so
               fruitfull
               ,
               that
               within
               sixteene
               dayes
               ,
               Radishes
               ,
               Lettuce
               ,
               and
               Cole-wort
               will
               ripen
               ,
               and
               be
               readie
               to
               be
               eaten
               ;
               and
               within
               six
               and
               thirtie
               ,
               Melons
               ,
               Cucumbers
               and
               Gourds
               will
               be
               as
               forward
               .
               It
               hath
               many
               Townes
               ,
               whereof
               that
               of
               Saint
               Domingo
               is
               the
               principall
               ,
               as
               containing
               above
               five
               hundred
               houses
               ,
               and
               those
               inhabited
               by
               Spaniards
               ,
               and
               built
               after
               the
               Spanish
               fashion
               .
               Next
               their
               Gold
               ,
               their
               greatest
               trading
               is
               Sugar
               and
               Hides
               :
               For
               all
               sorts
               of
               Cattell
               brought
               thither
               out
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               have
               so
               prospered
               therein
               ,
               that
               some
               are
               owners
               of
               six
               or
               eight
               thousand
               beasts
               .
               Here
               are
               the
               Spaniards
               said
               to
               have
               wasted
               three
               millions
               of
               Indians
               .
               The
               Gold
               is
               better
               here
               than
               in
               Cuba
               ;
               The
               Sugar
               yeelds
               twentie
               or
               thirtie
               fold
               ,
               and
               Corne
               an
               hundred
               fold
               .
               Foure
               goodly
               
               Rivers
               it
               hath
               ,
               and
               five
               or
               six
               handsome
               Townes
               of
               Spaniards
               .
            
          
           
             
               Boriquen
               .
            
             
               BOriquen
               ,
               or
               the
               Iland
               of
               Saint
               Iohn
               ,
               on
               the
               East
               hath
               the
               Island
               of
               Saint
               Cruz
               ,
               on
               the
               West
               other
               small
               Islands
               ,
               Northward
               Saint
               Domingo
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               South
               the
               Cape
               of
               Paria
               .
               From
               East
               to
               West
               it
               is
               fiftie
               miles
               long
               ,
               and
               eighteene
               broad
               .
               In
               forme
               it
               is
               almost
               square
               ,
               and
               is
               populous
               ,
               well
               housed
               ,
               having
               many
               good
               Havens
               ,
               and
               replenished
               with
               Woods
               .
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               valiant
               ,
               and
               have
               Warre
               continually
               against
               the
               Canibals
               .
               Upon
               the
               North-side
               it
               is
               rich
               in
               gold
               ,
               but
               towards
               the
               South
               fruitfull
               of
               bread
               ,
               grasse
               ,
               fruit
               and
               fish
               .
               The
               two
               chiefe
               Townes
               are
               Saint
               Iohns
               ,
               and
               
                 Puerte
                 Rico.
              
               
            
             
               Should
               I
               run
               over
               all
               the
               Coast
               of
               Paria
               ,
               and
               there
               tending
               Brasilia
               ,
               never
               give
               over
               untill
               I
               had
               shewed
               you
               the
               streight
               of
               Magellan
               ,
               with
               the
               description
               and
               relation
               of
               the
               people
               ,
               and
               Pentagones
               inhabiting
               all
               those
               tracts
               ,
               I
               could
               shew
               you
               nothing
               but
               heathenisme
               ,
               barbarisme
               ,
               and
               men
               of
               strange
               and
               uncouth
               behaviours
               .
            
             
               No
               better
               can
               be
               related
               of
               
                 Quivira
                 ,
                 Florida
                 ,
                 Norumbega
                 ,
                 Terra
                 Labratoris
                 ,
                 Estotilant
                 ,
              
               &c.
               
               Provinces
               in
               themselves
               good
               ,
               fertill
               ,
               and
               all
               situated
               towards
               the
               North.
               
            
          
           
             
               Virginia
               .
            
             
               THe
               Natives
               call
               it
               Aphalchen
               :
               It
               lyes
               betweene
               Florida
               and
               Norumbega
               ;
               the
               West
               part
               is
               yet
               undiscovered
               ,
               but
               the
               East
               is
               bounded
               with
               the
               
                 Mar
                 del
                 Noort
              
               .
               Discovered
               it
               was
               Anno
               1584.
               at
               the
               directions
               of
               Sir
               
                 Walter
                 Raleigh
              
               ,
               and
               named
               Virginia
               ,
               by
               our
               
                 Virgin
                 Queene
                 Elizabeth
              
               .
            
             
               The
               soile
               is
               said
               to
               be
               marvellous
               good
               for
               Corne
               and
               Cattell
               ,
               wonderfull
               hopefull
               for
               Mines
               of
               Copper
               and
               Iron
               :
               
               plentifull
               in
               materials
               for
               shipping
               ,
               as
               Timber
               ,
               Pitch
               and
               Tarre
               ;
               here
               be
               Cedars
               and
               Vines
               also
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
               sweet
               Gummes
               and
               Simples
               for
               Dyars
               ,
               with
               many
               other
               most
               usefull
               Commodities
               .
               The
               more
               to
               blame
               they
               that
               bring
               us
               nothing
               from
               thence
               but
               Tobacco
               ;
               which
               now
               begins
               to
               be
               so
               base
               and
               low
               prized
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               scarcely
               worth
               the
               costs
               and
               labour
               .
               The
               Northerne
               parts
               of
               Virginia
               be
               called
               
                 New
                 England
              
               ;
               better
               discovered
               and
               inhabited
               .
               Both
               Plantations
               have
               severall
               Townes
               and
               Forts
               of
               the
               English
               upon
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               Nova
               Francia
               .
            
             
               THis
               lyes
               parted
               from
               Virginia
               by
               Norumbega
               ;
               and
               had
               the
               name
               from
               the
               French
               Discoverer
               ,
               
                 Iaques
                 Cartier
              
               ,
               some
               hundred
               yeares
               since
               .
               Though
               the
               soyle
               be
               none
               of
               the
               fruitfullest
               ,
               and
               the
               people
               none
               of
               the
               civillest
               ,
               yet
               have
               the
               French-men
               here
               gone
               forward
               with
               their
               plantation
               ;
               especially
               about
               Canada
               ,
               the
               chiefe
               Towne
               of
               it
               :
               a
               place
               much
               spoken
               of
               within
               these
               two
               yeares
               ,
               for
               those
               two
               rich
               prizes
               of
               Furres
               and
               Bevers
               (
               with
               which
               it
               seemes
               the
               Countrey
               aboundeth
               ,
               though
               of
               a
               courser
               wooll
               than
               the
               Russian
               )
               lately
               fetcht
               from
               thence
               by
               Captaine
               Kirke
               our
               Countriman
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             THE
             SEVENTH
             BOOKE
             .
          
           
             America
             Magellanica
             ,
             Or
             Peruana
             .
          
           
             
               MAgellanica
               is
               the
               sixth
               part
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               which
               as
               it
               is
               least
               knowne
               ,
               so
               without
               doubt
               it
               containeth
               many
               large
               Provinces
               ,
               and
               those
               five
               in
               number
               ,
               
                 viz
                 ,
                 Castella
                 del
                 Oro
                 ,
                 Popaiana
                 ,
                 Brasilia
                 ,
                 Chile
              
               and
               Peru
               :
               Whereof
               Peru
               is
               so
               famous
               ,
               that
               sometime
               under
               that
               name
               ,
               all
               that
               huge
               tract
               is
               contained
               ,
               and
               named
               Peruana
               .
               The
               Islands
               thereof
               are
               
                 Iava
                 major
              
               ,
               and
               
                 Iava
                 minor
                 ,
                 Timore
              
               ,
               the
               
                 Moluccae
                 ,
                 Los
                 Romoros
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Islands
               of
               Salomon
               .
               It
               is
               separated
               from
               
                 New
                 Spaine
              
               by
               a
               narrow
               peece
               of
               ground
               ,
               not
               above
               seventeene
               miles
               in
               breadth
               ,
               called
               the
               Streight
               of
               Darien
               .
               It
               containeth
               threescore
               and
               foure
               degrees
               ,
               and
               extendeth
               on
               the
               South-side
               the
               Line
               to
               fiftie
               two
               ,
               and
               on
               the
               North-side
               to
               twelve
               ;
               That
               ,
               which
               by
               the
               Spaniards
               at
               this
               day
               is
               bounded
               betweene
               
                 Villa
                 de
                 la
                 Plata
              
               ,
               and
               the
               Province
               Quito
               ,
               (
               in
               length
               from
               North
               to
               South
               ,
               seven
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               and
               in
               breadth
               from
               East
               to
               West
               ,
               about
               one
               hundred
               )
               is
               properly
               Peru
               ;
               
               A
               fruitfull
               ,
               sound
               ,
               populous
               and
               well
               inhabited
               Countrey
               ;
               wherein
               ,
               as
               well
               for
               those
               beatitudes
               ,
               as
               for
               the
               riches
               thereof
               (
               being
               infinite
               )
               the
               Vice-Roy
               of
               that
               Division
               keepeth
               his
               residence
               .
            
             
               It
               divideth
               it selfe
               into
               three
               parts
               ;
               The
               Plaines
               ,
               the
               Sierras
               (
               mountaines
               ,
               )
               and
               the
               Andes
               .
            
             
               The
               Plaines
               lye
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               ,
               and
               are
               out-stretched
               in
               length
               by
               the
               space
               of
               one
               thousand
               and
               five
               hundred
               miles
               ,
               in
               breadth
               they
               are
               not
               above
               threescore
               ,
               and
               where
               they
               are
               narrowest
               thirtie
               .
               These
               Plaines
               are
               gravelly
               ,
               full
               of
               desarts
               ,
               and
               for
               the
               most
               part
               barren
               ,
               especially
               where
               freshets
               and
               lakes
               are
               wanting
               ,
               being
               never
               releeved
               with
               raine
               nor
               showers
               .
               Those
               grounds
               that
               lye
               nigh
               the
               bankes
               of
               the
               Rivers
               ,
               are
               very
               fruitfull
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               discent
               of
               water
               all
               the
               Winter
               ,
               distilling
               from
               the
               mountaines
               and
               rockes
               ,
               which
               are
               not
               past
               seven
               or
               ten
               miles
               asunder
               :
               the
               residue
               further
               off
               ,
               the
               husbandmen
               doe
               enforce
               with
               great
               industry
               by
               letting
               in
               sluces
               ,
               and
               digging
               of
               channels
               to
               their
               plentifull
               harvest
               of
               Cotton-wooll
               and
               Corne.
               The
               Inhabitants
               of
               this
               tract
               are
               a
               base
               people
               ,
               cowardly
               and
               poore
               sleeping
               and
               living
               under
               trees
               and
               reeds
               ,
               and
               feeding
               upon
               fish
               and
               raw
               flesh
               .
               The
               Mountaine
               Countrey
               is
               extended
               from
               North
               to
               South
               about
               one
               thousand
               miles
               ,
               being
               distant
               not
               above
               twentie
               leagues
               from
               the
               Sea
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               places
               lesse
               .
               They
               are
               very
               cold
               ,
               and
               subject
               to
               continuall
               snow
               ,
               wanting
               wood
               ,
               and
               incumbred
               with
               Lions
               ,
               Wolves
               ,
               blacke
               Beares
               ,
               Goats
               ,
               and
               a
               certaine
               beast
               like
               a
               Camell
               ,
               of
               whose
               wooll
               they
               worke
               them
               garments
               ,
               and
               other
               utensils
               .
               These
               Mountaines
               are
               full
               of
               inhabitants
               ,
               fertill
               and
               batefull
               ,
               especially
               where
               the
               aire
               is
               indurable
               ,
               and
               the
               Inhabitants
               more
               wittie
               ,
               couragious
               ,
               and
               civiller
               than
               the
               residue
               .
            
             
             
               The
               Andes
               are
               likewise
               mountaines
               :
               but
               lying
               in
               one
               continuall
               ridge
               without
               valleys
               ,
               extending
               from
               North
               to
               South
               .
               Betweene
               which
               and
               the
               former
               ,
               lyeth
               Callao
               ,
               a
               Province
               full
               of
               Mountaines
               also
               ,
               subject
               to
               cold
               ,
               yet
               very
               populous
               .
               Thus
               much
               of
               the
               nature
               (
               in
               generall
               )
               of
               these
               halfe
               known
               places
               ,
               of
               the
               soile
               and
               people
               :
               of
               their
               forces
               little
               can
               be
               spoken
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               subjection
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               and
               inforced
               ignorance
               in
               matters
               of
               armes
               and
               policy
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               rich
               in
               gold
               and
               silver
               ,
               more
               than
               any
               Country
               in
               all
               the
               World
               ,
               as
               may
               appeare
               by
               the
               yearely
               quantities
               thereof
               brought
               from
               thence
               .
               Yet
               say
               the
               Inhabitants
               ,
               that
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               remainder
               ,
               it
               is
               no
               more
               than
               if
               a
               man
               should
               take
               a
               few
               graines
               out
               of
               a
               sacke
               full
               of
               Corne.
               Which
               surely
               may
               carry
               some
               presumption
               of
               truth
               ,
               considering
               what
               Authors
               write
               of
               Atabalipa
               his
               ransome
               ,
               offered
               and
               performed
               in
               those
               daies
               ,
               when
               Avarice
               was
               not
               in
               halfe
               so
               much
               request
               as
               now
               it
               is
               .
            
             
               It
               wanteth
               no
               good
               thing
               that
               God
               hath
               created
               for
               the
               use
               of
               man
               ,
               either
               for
               pleasure
               or
               necessity
               .
               Onely
               in
               this
               it
               is
               dispraisable
               ,
               that
               (
               for
               the
               greater
               part
               )
               it
               bringeth
               forth
               Inhabitants
               of
               savage
               ,
               irreligious
               ,
               and
               inhumane
               behaviour
               ,
               delighting
               in
               devouring
               of
               mans
               flesh
               ,
               with
               other
               uncleane
               and
               undressed
               viands
               .
            
             
               Summer
               and
               Winter
               beginneth
               with
               them
               as
               with
               us
               ,
               upon
               the
               Hils
               ;
               but
               in
               the
               plaine
               land
               it
               is
               cleane
               contrary
               .
               For
               when
               it
               is
               Summer
               in
               the
               Hils
               ,
               it
               is
               Winter
               in
               the
               plaines
               :
               So
               that
               there
               the
               Summer
               beginneth
               in
               October
               ,
               and
               continueth
               till
               April
               .
               Which
               for
               the
               exceeding
               strangnesse
               ,
               I
               have
               the
               rather
               noted
               ,
               to
               see
               a
               man
               upon
               one
               day
               in
               the
               morning
               (
               in
               one
               and
               the
               same
               Country
               )
               travelling
               from
               the
               Hils
               to
               be
               well
               wet
               with
               raine
               ,
               and
               before
               night
               to
               arrive
               in
               a
               pleasant
               &
               sun-shining-Country
               ,
               where
               from
               the
               
               beginning
               of
               October
               (
               that
               is
               all
               their
               Summer
               long
               )
               it
               seldome
               or
               never
               raineth
               so
               much
               as
               to
               lay
               the
               dust
               in
               the
               high
               waies
               .
               But
               then
               it
               is
               sultry
               hot
               in
               the
               Plaines
               ,
               and
               when
               any
               small
               due
               falleth
               ,
               then
               is
               it
               faire
               weather
               on
               the
               Hils
               .
            
             
               Yea
               ,
               when
               the
               South-west
               winds
               blow
               in
               the
               plaine
               Country
               ,
               which
               in
               other
               places
               are
               commonly
               moist
               ,
               and
               causes
               of
               raine
               ,
               there
               they
               are
               of
               cleane
               contrary
               effects
               .
            
          
           
             
               Castella
               Aurea
               .
            
             
               OR
               golden
               Castile
               ,
               is
               that
               part
               of
               the
               firme
               ●an●
               (
               so
               called
               by
               the
               Spaniards
               )
               which
               stretcheth
               from
               the
               City
               Theonima
               and
               Panama
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               bay
               of
               Vrava
               and
               Saint
               Michael
               ,
               and
               taketh
               up
               all
               that
               streight
               wherewith
               these
               two
               spacious
               parts
               of
               the
               New
               world
               ,
               are
               linked
               as
               it
               were
               with
               a
               defensible
               chaine
               .
               It
               is
               badly
               inhabited
               ,
               and
               lesse
               manured
               for
               the
               contagiousnesse
               of
               the
               aire
               and
               standing
               waters
               .
               Yet
               are
               there
               therein
               two
               famous
               Cities
               ;
               Theonima
               or
               
                 Nombre
                 de
                 dios
              
               situated
               on
               the
               North
               Sea
               ,
               and
               Panama
               on
               the
               Peruvian
               or
               Pacificke
               sea
               .
               And
               whatsoever
               Merchandise
               is
               brought
               by
               the
               Peruvian
               Sea
               towards
               Spaine
               ,
               is
               unloden
               in
               the
               City
               of
               Panama
               ,
               and
               thence
               transported
               by
               land
               to
               
                 Nombre
                 de
                 dios
              
               ,
               where
               it
               is
               finally
               againe
               shipped
               for
               Spaine
               .
               The
               like
               course
               is
               observed
               from
               Spaine
               to
               those
               places
               .
            
             
               Of
               their
               forces
               little
               can
               be
               spoken
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               subjection
               to
               the
               Spaniard
               ,
               and
               ignorance
               in
               matter
               of
               armes
               and
               policy
               .
               But
               as
               for
               their
               private
               commodities
               ,
               as
               Gold
               ,
               Silver
               ,
               and
               Stones
               ,
               who
               knoweth
               not
               ,
               but
               that
               they
               are
               the
               chiefest
               trafficke
               of
               all
               these
               Provinces
               .
               The
               name
               it
               hath
               from
               the
               abundance
               of
               Gold
               and
               Silver
               ,
               and
               is
               divided
               into
               foure
               Provinces
               ;
               first
               ,
               
                 Castella
                 del
                 Oro
              
               it selfe
               :
               secondly
               ,
               
               
                 Nova
                 Andaluzia
              
               :
               thirdly
               ,
               
                 Nova
                 Granata
              
               :
               and
               fourthly
               ,
               Carthagena
               ,
               taken
               by
               Sir
               
                 Francis
                 Drake
              
               ,
               and
               this
               yeare
               skated
               by
               the
               Hollander
               .
            
          
           
             
               Chile
               .
            
             
               VPon
               the
               South
               of
               Peru
               toward
               the
               Pacificke
               Sea
               lieth
               Chile
               ,
               whose
               name
               hath
               beene
               derived
               (
               some
               say
               )
               from
               incredible
               cold
               raging
               therein
               .
               Yet
               feeleth
               it
               raine
               ,
               lightnings
               ,
               and
               the
               alteration
               of
               seasons
               ,
               as
               we
               doe
               in
               Europe
               .
               It
               partly
               lieth
               upon
               the
               Sea-coast
               ,
               and
               is
               partly
               mountainous
               ,
               but
               somewhat
               warme
               toward
               the
               Sea-side
               .
               It
               beareth
               all
               sorts
               of
               fruit
               brought
               out
               of
               Spaine
               ,
               and
               transporteth
               many
               Cattell
               ,
               and
               store
               of
               Ostriches
               .
               The
               Rivers
               runne
               their
               course
               in
               the
               day
               time
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               night
               by
               reason
               of
               their
               congelation
               ,
               if
               they
               move
               ,
               it
               is
               very
               slowly
               and
               weake
               .
            
             
               The
               Inhabitants
               are
               tall
               ,
               well
               set
               ,
               and
               warlike
               :
               and
               their
               armes
               are
               the
               bow
               and
               arrow
               :
               their
               garments
               the
               skins
               of
               wilde
               beasts
               and
               Sea-wolves
               .
               It
               is
               divided
               into
               two
               Provinces
               ;
               first
               ,
               Chica
               ;
               and
               secondly
               ,
               Paragones
               ;
               whose
               people
               are
               eleven
               foot
               high
               .
               Here
               ,
               besides
               Gold
               ,
               is
               Hony
               and
               Wine
               good
               store
               ,
               and
               other
               Fruits
               of
               Spaine
               ;
               five
               or
               six
               townes
               of
               Spaniards
               it
               also
               boasteth
               of
               .
            
          
           
             
               Guiana
               .
            
             
               GViana
               is
               situated
               beyond
               the
               Mountaines
               of
               Peru
               ,
               and
               betweene
               the
               two
               mighty
               Rivers
               ,
               Amazone
               and
               Orenoquae
               ,
               directly
               under
               the
               Aequinoctiall
               .
               The
               Aire
               is
               delicate
               ,
               and
               the
               soile
               fruitfull
               ;
               but
               (
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               Raines
               and
               Rivers
               )
               so
               subject
               to
               inundations
               ,
               that
               the
               people
               are
               ●aine
               to
               dwell
               in
               Arbors
               made
               like
               Birds-nests
               in
               the
               tops
               of
               Trees
               .
               It
               is
               so
               firmely
               beleeved
               to
               bee
               rich
               in
               gold
               Mines
               ,
               that
               not
               onely
               Sir
               
                 Walter
                 Raleigh
              
               went
               thither
               once
               or
               twice
               ,
               but
               there
               is
               a
               new
               Colony
               and
               plantation
               of
               English
               this
               last
               yeare
               sent
               to
               live
               there
               ,
               at
               the
               charges
               of
               many
               wise
               and
               valiant
               Gentlemen
               of
               our
               Nation
               .
               The
               Planters
               sustaine
               
               themselves
               by
               what
               God
               and
               Nature
               affords
               them
               for
               their
               labour
               upon
               the
               place
               .
               Though
               Gold
               be
               the
               chiefe
               of
               their
               errand
               ,
               yet
               they
               purpose
               to
               fortifie
               and
               secure
               the
               place
               against
               the
               Spaniards
               ,
               before
               they
               will
               discover
               or
               open
               any
               Mine
               .
               Our
               Nation
               hath
               hitherto
               lived
               quietly
               ,
               and
               beloved
               of
               the
               Caribes
               (
               which
               be
               the
               ancient
               native
               people
               )
               the
               way
               to
               winne
               and
               keepe
               in
               with
               whom
               ,
               being
               to
               make
               much
               of
               their
               little
               children
               .
               This
               Plantation
               ,
               if
               it
               pleases
               God
               to
               prosper
               ,
               we
               may
               in
               time
               heare
               more
               of
               the
               commendations
               of
               Guiana
               .
            
          
           
             
               Brasile
               .
            
             
               BRasile
               lyeth
               betweene
               the
               two
               mighty
               Rivers
               of
               Maragnon
               upon
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               
                 Rio
                 de
                 la
                 plata
              
               upon
               the
               South
               .
               It
               was
               discovered
               by
               
                 Americus
                 Vespuccius
              
               in
               the
               daies
               of
               King
               Emanuel
               .
               The
               Country
               in
               a
               manner
               is
               all
               pleasant
               ,
               faire
               weathered
               ,
               and
               exceeding
               healthfull
               ,
               by
               reason
               that
               the
               gentle
               winds
               from
               Sea
               doe
               cleare
               and
               evaporate
               all
               the
               morning
               dewes
               and
               clouds
               ,
               making
               the
               aire
               fresh
               and
               cleare
               .
               It
               is
               well
               watered
               ,
               and
               divided
               into
               Plaines
               and
               easie
               Mountaines
               ,
               fertile
               ,
               alwaies
               flourishing
               ,
               full
               of
               Sugar-canes
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               blessings
               of
               Nature
               .
               For
               hither
               the
               Portugals
               have
               brought
               all
               sorts
               of
               Europe
               Plants
               with
               good
               successe
               ,
               and
               have
               therein
               erected
               many
               Ingenors
               to
               try
               their
               Sugars
               .
               Hence
               comes
               our
               Brasile-wood
               ,
               the
               trees
               whereof
               are
               by
               the
               Natives
               hollowed
               as
               they
               stand
               ,
               to
               make
               houses
               and
               dwelling
               places
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Terra
               Australis
               .
            
             
               THis
               Land
               was
               lately
               found
               out
               ,
               and
               by
               our
               latest
               Cosmographers
               ,
               for
               the
               great
               and
               spacious
               circuit
               thereof
               ,
               as
               comprehending
               many
               large
               Regions
               
                 (
                 viz.
                 )
                 Psitacorum
                 regio
                 ,
                 Terra
                 del
                 feu
                 go
                 ,
                 Beac
                 ,
                 Lucach
                 ,
              
               and
               Maletur
               ,
               described
               for
               the
               sixth
               part
               of
               the
               world
               .
               But
               what
               people
               inhabit
               them
               ,
               what
               fashions
               they
               use
               ,
               or
               what
               profitable
               commodity
               fit
               for
               the
               life
               of
               man
               they
               afford
               ,
               it
               hath
               not
               yet
               beene
               by
               any
               man
               discovered
               .
            
          
           
             
               Borealis
               Orbis
               pars
               .
            
             
               THis
               division
               is
               situated
               neere
               unto
               the
               North
               Pole
               ,
               the
               least
               of
               the
               residue
               ,
               almost
               all
               unknowne
               ,
               consisting
               of
               Ilands
               ,
               and
               those
               situated
               about
               the
               Pole.
               For
               Authors
               affirme
               ,
               that
               under
               the
               very
               Pole
               lyeth
               a
               blacke
               and
               high
               Rocke
               and
               three
               and
               thirty
               leagues
               in
               compasse
               ,
               and
               there
               these
               Ilands
               .
               Among
               which
               the
               Ocean
               disgorging
               it selfe
               by
               19.
               
               Chanels
               ,
               maketh
               foure
               whirle-pooles
               or
               currents
               ,
               by
               which
               the
               waters
               are
               finally
               ca●ried
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               and
               there
               swallowed
               into
               the
               bowels
               of
               earth
               .
               That
               Euripus
               or
               whirl-poole
               ,
               which
               the
               Scythicke
               Ocean
               maketh
               ,
               hath
               five
               inlets
               ;
               and
               by
               reason
               of
               his
               streit
               passage
               and
               violent
               course
               is
               never
               frozen
               .
               The
               other
               Euripus
               on
               the
               backside
               of
               Groneland
               hath
               three
               inlets
               ,
               and
               remaines
               frozen
               three
               moneths
               yearely
               ;
               its
               length
               is
               thirty
               seven
               leagues
               .
               Betweene
               these
               two
               raging
               Euripi
               lyeth
               an
               Iland
               (
               about
               Lappia
               and
               Biarmia
               )
               the
               habitation
               (
               they
               say
               )
               of
               the
               Pigmies
               .
               A
               certaine
               Scholler
               of
               Oxford
               reporteth
               ,
               that
               th●se
               foure
               Euripi
               are
               ingulphed
               with
               such
               furious
               
               violence
               into
               some
               inward
               receptacle
               ,
               that
               no
               ship
               is
               able
               with
               never
               so
               strong
               or
               opposite
               a
               gale
               to
               stem
               the
               current
               .
               And
               that
               at
               no
               time
               there
               bloweth
               so
               much
               wind
               as
               will
               move
               a
               wind-mill
               .
               This
               is
               likewise
               the
               report
               of
               
                 Giraldus
                 Cambrensis
              
               in
               his
               marvels
               of
               Ireland
               .
               But
               Blundevile
               our
               Countryman
               is
               of
               a
               contrary
               opinion
               ,
               neither
               beleeving
               that
               either
               Pliny
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               Roman
               came
               ever
               thither
               to
               describe
               this
               promontory
               :
               or
               that
               the
               Frier
               of
               Oxford
               ,
               without
               the
               assistance
               of
               some
               cold
               Deuill
               out
               of
               the
               middle
               region
               of
               the
               Aire
               ,
               could
               approach
               so
               neere
               as
               to
               measure
               those
               cold
               parts
               with
               this
               Astrolabe
               .
               So
               that
               (
               as
               we
               said
               in
               the
               beginning
               )
               this
               is
               but
               a
               meere
               folly
               and
               a
               fable
               ,
               which
               some
               mens
               boldnesse
               made
               other
               mens
               ignorance
               to
               beleeve
               .
               And
               thus
               conclude
               wee
               our
               Relations
               .
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           THE
           TABLE
           .
        
         
           
             A
          
           
             AeGypt
             .
             455
          
           
             
               Aethiopia
               Superior
            
             .
             444
          
           
             Inferior
             .
             460
          
           
             Africa
             .
             422
          
           
             America
             .
             625
          
           
             
               Armenia
               the
               greater
            
             .
             545
          
           
             Asia
             .
             460
          
           
             Austria
             .
             274
          
        
         
           
             B
          
           
             BArbarie
             .
             427
          
           
             Bavaria
             .
             301
          
           
             
               Bethlen
               Gabor
               his
               Estate
               in
            
             Transylvania
             ,
             394.
             in
             Hungaria
             ,
             399.
             
               a
               briefe
               Chronicle
               of
               his
               life
               and
               fortunes
               .
            
             ibid.
             
          
           
             Bohemia
             .
             277
          
           
             
               Borealis
               orbis
               pars
            
             .
             643
          
           
             Boriquen
             .
             635
          
           
             Brandenburg
             .
             300
          
           
             Brasil
             .
             642
          
           
             Brittaine
             .
             74
          
        
         
           
             C
          
           
             CAlecute
             .
             617
          
           
             
               Castella
               Aurea
            
             .
             640
          
           
             Cathay
             .
             498
          
           
             Chile
             .
             641
          
           
             China
             .
             589
          
           
             Cuba
             .
             633
          
        
         
           
             D
          
           
             DEnmarke
             .
             207
          
           
             
               Desarts
               ,
               their
               descriptions
               and
               use
               .
            
             45
          
           
             
               Dominion
               ,
               the
               meanes
               to
               inlarge
               it
               .
            
             19
          
        
         
           
             E
          
           
             EVrope
             .
             62
          
        
         
           
             F
          
           
             FEz
             .
             434
          
           
             Fonduras
             .
             632
          
           
             France
             .
             122
          
        
         
           
             G
          
           
             GElderland
             .
             202
          
           
             Geneva
             .
             304
          
           
             G●noa
             .
             337
          
           
             Groningen
             .
             203
          
           
             Guatimala
             .
             631
          
           
             Guiana
             .
             641
          
        
         
           
             H
          
           
             HEbrides
             .
             121
          
           
             Hispaniola
             .
             634
          
           
             
             Holland
             .
             201
          
           
             Hungarie
             .
             378
          
        
         
           
             I
          
           
             IAmaica
             .
             633
          
           
             Iapan
             .
             621
          
           
             
               Ilands
               of
            
             England
             .
             129
          
           
             India
             Asiatica
             ,
             or
             East-India
             .
             574
          
           
             Ireland
             .
             68
          
           
             Italy
             .
             317
          
           
             Iudea
             .
             551
          
        
         
           
             K
          
           
             KAthaia
             .
             498
          
        
         
           
             L
          
           
             LOrrayne
             .
             428
          
           
             Lybia
             .
             376
          
        
         
           
             M
          
           
             MAlta
             .
             373
          
           
             Man
             the
             I
             le
             .
             120
          
           
             Manly
             Arts
             breed
             martiall
             valour
             .
             29
          
           
             Mantua
             .
             362
          
           
             Marishes
             ,
             their
             description
             and
             use
             .
             44
          
           
             Mexico
             .
             630
          
           
             Millaine
             .
             336
          
           
             The
             Great
             Mogor
             .
             578
          
           
             Moldavia
             ,
             539
          
           
             Mona
             .
             120
          
           
             Monomotapa●
             453
          
           
             Moravia
             .
             278
          
           
             Moscovia
             .
             463
          
           
             Mountaines
             ,
             their
             description
             and
             use
             .
             42
          
        
         
           
             N
          
           
             NApl●s
             Kingdome
             .
             330
          
           
             Narsinga
             .
             613
          
           
             Natolla
             .
             540
          
           
             Navarre
             .
             194
          
           
             Negroes
             Land.
             429
          
           
             Netherlands
             .
             195
          
           
             
               New
               Spaine
            
             ,
             630
          
           
             Nicaragua
             .
             632
          
           
             Norwey
             .
             212
          
           
             
               Nova
               Francia
            
             .
             636
          
           
             Numidia
             .
             427
          
        
         
           
             O
          
           
             OF
             Observation
             .
             1
          
           
             Over-Isel
             .
             203
          
        
         
           
             P
          
           
             PAlatinate
             .
             285
          
           
             People
             of
             the
             North
             ,
             their
             constitutions
             ,
             complexions
             ,
             and
             natures
             .
             8.
             
             Of
             the
             South
             .
             12.
             
             Of
             the
             middle
             Region
             .
             15
          
           
             Persia.
             563
          
           
             Peru.
             637
          
           
             Pol●nd
             .
             409
          
           
             Popes
             Estate
             .
             320
          
           
             
               Prester
               Iohn
            
             .
             444
          
        
         
           
             R
          
           
             REligion
             ,
             a
             great
             advancer
             of
             Monarchie
             .
             30
          
           
             Rewards
             military
             ,
             the
             benefit
             of
             them
             .
             30
          
           
             Rivers
             ,
             their
             use
             in
             preserving
             of
             Empire
             .
             41
          
           
             Roman
             Empire
             .
             262
          
           
             Russia
             .
             463
          
        
         
           
             SAvoy
             .
             364
          
           
             Sarmatia
             .
             463
          
           
             
             Saxonie
             .
             287
          
           
             Situation
             ,
             the
             aptnesse
             of
             it
             for
             Empire
             .
             35
          
           
             Of
             the
             Situation
             of
             Nations
             .
             4
          
           
             Scotland
             .
             114
          
           
             Sea
             ,
             the
             commodities
             in
             inlarging
             Empire
             .
             29
          
           
             Seigniories
             ,
             divers
             pettie
             ones
             easily
             overcome
             one
             by
             one
             ,
             by
             a
             common
             enemie
             .
             37
          
           
             Siam
             .
             602
          
           
             Sicily
             .
             369
          
           
             Spaine
             .
             222
          
           
             States
             of
             the
             Low-Countries
             .
             200
          
           
             Swethland
             .
             213
          
           
             Switzerland
             .
             309
          
        
         
           
             T
          
           
             TArtaria
             .
             494
          
           
             Tartars
             ,
             their
             manners
             and
             armes
             .
             485
          
           
             Temperature
             ,
             the
             division
             of
             it
             .
             2
          
           
             
               Terra
               australis
            
             .
             643
          
           
             Transylvania
             .
             394
          
           
             Travell
             ,
             instructions
             for
             it
             .
             46
          
           
             Treasure
             ,
             the
             use
             in
             Warre
             .
             33
          
           
             Turkes
             ,
             their
             originall
             and
             story
             .
             554
          
           
             Turkie
             .
             505
          
           
             Turcomania
             .
             545
          
           
             Tuscanie
             .
             324
          
        
         
           
             V
          
           
             VAlour
             ,
             the
             commendations
             of
             it
             .
             23.
             
             Military
             Valour
             how
             increased
             .
             27
          
           
             Venice
             .
             339
          
           
             Virginia
             .
             635
          
           
             Vrbine
             .
             361
          
           
             Vsage
             to
             the
             Wars
             ,
             the
             effects
             .
             27.
             
             Free
             Vsage
             of
             people
             ,
             a
             meanes
             to
             make
             Princes
             potent
             .
             28
          
           
             Vtrecht
             .
             203
          
        
         
           
             W
          
           
             WAlachia
             .
             539
          
           
             Wales
             .
             117
          
           
             Weapons
             ,
             their
             qualities
             and
             advantages
             .
             32
          
           
             West-India
             .
             625
          
           
             Wildernesses
             ,
             their
             descriptions
             .
             45
          
           
             Wisdome
             ,
             the
             use
             of
             it
             in
             Warres
             .
             25
          
           
             World
             ,
             and
             the
             greatest
             Princes
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             means
             to
             inlarge
             Dominion
             .
             19
          
        
         
           
             X
          
           
             Great
             Xeriff
             .
             433
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A16489-e100
           
             *
             
               The
               States
               of
               the
               world
            
             .
          
           
             *
             Petrus
             Bertius
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A16489-e1030
           
             Numbers
             .
          
           
             Valour
             .
          
           
             Wisdome
             .
          
           
             Rashnesse
             .
          
           
             I
             Vse
             .
          
           
             2
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             3
             Manly
             arts
             .
          
           
             4
             Military
             rewards
             .
          
           
             3
             Religion
             .
          
           
             4
             Weapons
             .
          
           
             Treasure
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Pettie
             Seigniories
             .
          
           
             1
             The
             commodities
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             for
             the
             defending
             or
             inlarging
             of
             Empire
             .
          
           
             2
             Rivers
             .
          
           
             3
             Mountaines
             .
          
           
             4
             Marishes
             .
          
           
             5
             Wildernesses
             .
          
           
             6
             Desarts
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Of
             Minde
             .
          
           
             Of
             Religion
             .
          
           
             Of
             Persons
             and
             Places
             .
          
           
             Of
             Language
             .
          
           
             Of
             Reading
             .
          
           
             Of
             Conference
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             Of
             Exercises
             .
          
           
             Of
             outward
             necessa●ies
             .
          
           
             Of
             Money
             .
          
           
             Of
             Bookes
             .
          
           
             Of
             Apparell
             .
          
           
             Manners
             of
             Nations
             .
          
           
             Nature
             of
             Soiles
             .
          
           
             Of
             people
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Italian
             .
          
           
             The
             Frenchman
             .
          
           
             The
             German
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Pole
             laque
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Netherlander
             and
             Dane
             .
          
           
             The
             Muscovite
             .
          
           
             The
             Grecian
             .
          
           
             The
             Turke
             .
          
           
             The
             Persian
             .
          
           
             The
             Armenian
             .
          
           
             The
             Tartar.
             
          
           
             The
             Moore
             .
          
           
             The
             Savoyen
             .
          
           
             The
             Switzer
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             The
             Situation
             of
             England
             .
          
           
             Bishopricks
             .
          
           
             Wealth
             .
          
           
             Qualities
             of
             the
             English.
             
          
           
             England
             compared
             with
             Russia
             ,
             and
             Aethiopia
             .
          
           
             With
             Germanie
             .
          
           
             With
             Italie
             .
          
           
             With
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             With
             France
             .
          
           
             M
             Paris
             fol.
             68●
             .
          
           
             The
             King.
             
          
           
             The
             Court.
             
          
           
             The
             Nobility
             .
          
           
             Courts
             of
             Iustice.
             
          
           
             The
             Gentry
             .
          
           
             The
             Citizens
             .
          
           
             The
             Husbandman
             or
             Yeoman
             compared
             .
          
           
             Compared
             with
             the
             Turk
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Hungarian
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Italian
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Frenchmen
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             German
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Irishman
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             traffike
             .
          
           
             The
             disposition
             of
             Male-contents
             abroad
             .
          
           
             What
             other
             Nations
             conceive
             of
             us
             .
          
           
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperor
             .
          
           
             The
             Pole
             and
             Moscovite
             .
          
           
             The
             Turke
             .
          
           
             Italy
             .
          
           
             Millan
             .
          
           
             Mantua
             .
          
           
             Venice
             .
          
           
             The
             Florentine
             .
          
           
             The
             Pope
             .
          
           
             N●ples
             ,
             Sicil.
             
          
           
             The
             situation
             of
             England
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             At
             land
             .
          
           
             Neighbourhood
             .
          
           
             France
             .
          
           
             The
             Spanish
             .
          
           
             The
             Netherlands
             .
          
           
             The
             Archduke
             .
          
           
             Scotland
             .
          
           
             Pit
             coale
             ,
             or
             Sea-coale
             .
          
           
             Wales
             .
          
           
             Ilands
             belonging
             to
             the
             Crowne
             of
             Great
             Brittaine
             .
          
           
             Camden
             and
             Gyraldus
             .
          
           
             Provinces
             .
          
           
             Commodities
             .
          
           
             Rivers
             .
          
           
             Havens
             and
             Ports
             .
          
           
             Paris
             .
          
           
             Vniversitie
             .
          
           
             London
             compared
             with
             Paris
             .
          
           
             For
             populousnesse
             .
          
           
             For
             neat
             and
             cleane
             streets
             .
          
           
             For
             Aire
             .
          
           
             For
             River
             .
          
           
             For
             Bridges
             .
          
           
             For
             a
             Castle
             .
          
           
             For
             places
             of
             Retreit
             .
          
           
             For
             seats
             of
             Iustice
             ,
             and
             concourse
             of
             Merchants
             .
          
           
             For
             Colleges
             for
             students
             of
             the
             Lawes
             .
          
           
             For
             Churches
             .
          
           
             For
             decent
             riding
             .
          
           
             For
             unconfused
             intermixtures
             .
          
           
             For
             a
             Maior
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             Court.
             
          
           
             Castles
             .
          
           
             Charges
             .
          
           
             Governments
             .
          
           
             Lawes
             .
          
           
             Officers
             of
             Court.
             
          
           
             Great
             Master
             .
          
           
             Gentlemen
             of
             〈…〉
             ▪
             
          
           
             Mast●r
             or
             Stew●●d
             of
             the
             Kings
             House
             .
          
           
             Great
             Provost
             of
             France
             .
          
           
             Great
             Faulciner
             ,
             and
             Common
             Hunt.
             
          
           
             Gentlemen
             of
             the
             Kings
             Guard.
             
          
           
             His
             Forces
             .
          
           
             His
             Infantery
             .
          
           
             Officers
             of
             wa●●e
             .
          
           
             Constable
             .
          
           
             The
             Marshall
             .
          
           
             Admirall
             .
          
           
             Discipline
             .
          
           
             His
             Expence
             .
          
           
             His
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             The
             Domaine
             .
          
           
             Conquest
             .
          
           
             Pension
             .
          
           
             Trafficke
             .
          
           
             Sale
             of
             Offices
             
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             A
             good
             note
             .
          
           
             Officers
             of
             his
             Finances
             .
          
           
             The
             Treasurer
             
          
           
             Generalities
             .
          
           
             Elections
             .
          
           
             Receivers
             .
          
           
             Controlle●s
             .
          
           
             His
             Coine
             .
          
           
             The
             Clergie
             .
          
           
             The
             Temporal
             livings
             of
             the
             Church
             .
          
           
             The
             grosse
             errors
             of
             the
             Cabinet
             of
             France
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             .
          
           
             ●ec●es
             of
             ●●ance
             .
          
           
             Their
             Apparel
             .
          
           
             Their
             Exercises
             .
          
           
             Shooting
             .
          
           
             Tennis-play
             .
          
           
             Dancing
             .
          
           
             Musicke
             .
          
           
             Their
             Language
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             In
             deliberation
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             matter
             of
             Warre
             
          
           
             3.
             
             Entertaining
             of
             friendship
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             In
             managing
             〈◊〉
             
          
           
             〈…〉
             his
             wife
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             In
             aptnesse
             to
             scoffe
             .
          
           
             Townes
             .
          
           
             Nature
             of
             the
             soile
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Holland
             .
          
           
             G●lde●lan●
             .
          
           
             Over-Isel
             .
          
           
             Vtrec●●
             .
          
           
             Groningen
             .
          
           
             The
             Riche●
             
          
           
             Their
             forces
             .
          
           
             By
             Land.
             
          
           
             ●y
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Belgian
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Forces
             at
             Land
             
          
           
             At
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Got●●●●
             .
          
           
             Finland
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Co●per
             .
          
           
             Forces
             at
             land
             .
          
           
             Sea-forces
             .
          
           
             Fortifications
             .
          
           
             Borders
             .
          
           
             His
             dominions
             in
             Europe
             .
          
           
             In
             Africa
             .
             Within
             the
             Streights
             .
          
           
             Without
             the
             Streights
             .
          
           
             Vnder
             the
             Aequinoctiall
             .
          
           
             In
             Asia
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             New-World
             .
          
           
             Islands
             .
          
           
             Continent
             .
          
           
             The
             riches
             of
             these
             places
             .
          
           
             Peru.
             
          
           
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Philipinae
             .
          
           
             His
             greatnesse
             in
             Europe
             .
          
           
             Division
             of
             his
             dominions
             .
          
           
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             The
             Estates
             of
             Italy
             .
          
           
             The
             dominion
             of
             India
             .
          
           
             The
             Low-Countries
             .
          
           
             Italian
             Provinces
             under
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             ordinary
             .
          
           
             Extraordinary
             .
          
           
             Orders
             of
             Knighthood
             .
          
           
             Malecontents
             .
          
           
             The
             Iewes
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugals
             .
          
           
             The
             Arragonou
             .
          
           
             The
             Nobles
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             from
             Italie
             .
          
           
             The
             Italian
             humou●●
             .
          
           
             The
             Indies
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             yeare
             〈◊〉
             is
             〈◊〉
             made
             of
             another
             .
          
           
             O●
             Flanders
             .
          
           
             Councell
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Correspondencie
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Pope
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             College
             of
             Cardinals
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Emperour
             .
          
           
             With
             the
             Archduchesse
             .
          
           
             With
             France
             .
          
           
             With
             Savoy
             .
          
           
             Polonia
             .
          
           
             With
             〈◊〉
             Tu●ks
             .
          
           
             Forces
             at
             land
             .
          
           
             Humours
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             Their
             Cavalrie
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             The
             Venetians
             .
          
           
             The
             French.
             
          
           
             The
             Persian
             .
          
           
             In
             Barbarie
             .
          
           
             In
             Tuscanie
             .
          
           
             Parma
             .
          
           
             Vrbine
             .
          
           
             Genoa
             .
          
           
             Malta
             .
          
           
             Lucca
             .
          
           
             Venice
             .
          
           
             From
             him
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             These
             Galleons
             I
             suppose
             were
             but
             poore
             ●●gats
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Plentie
             .
          
           
             Climate
             .
          
           
             Soyle
             .
          
           
             Commodities
             .
          
           
             Rivers
             .
          
           
             Cities
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             .
          
           
             Temporall
             Princes
             .
          
           
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Forces
             by
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Austrich
             .
          
           
             Bohemia
             .
          
           
             Moravia
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
          
           
             Swevia
             .
          
           
             Saxonie
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             
               Anhault
               .
               Mansfield
            
             .
          
           
             Force
             .
          
           
             Erdford
             .
          
           
             Dresden
          
           
             Vniversities
             .
             Wittenberg
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             .
          
           
             Fertilitie
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Commodities
             .
          
           
             People
             .
          
           
             Manners
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             Artizans
             
          
           
             Merchants
             .
          
           
             Nobles
             .
          
           
             Valour
             .
          
           
             Conceit
             of
             the
             English.
             
          
           
             Councell
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             .
          
           
             The
             Duke
             of
             Brunswicke
             .
          
           
             Bavaria
             .
          
           
             Wirtemberg
             .
          
           
             Michelburg
             .
          
           
             Hesse
             .
          
           
             Baden
             .
          
           
             Ansbach
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Circuit
             .
          
           
             Strength
             .
          
           
             The
             Territories
             .
          
           
             Fertilitie
             .
          
           
             Handicrafts
             .
          
           
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Behaviour
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             The
             Causes
             of
             their
             first
             Revolts
             .
          
           
             Levying
             of
             souldiers
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Their
             Soveraigne
             Magistrate
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Length
             and
             Breadth
             .
          
           
             Natures
             and
             manners
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             Merchants
             .
          
           
             Artificers
             .
          
           
             Husbandmen
             .
          
           
             Sharers
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             of
             Spaine
             .
          
           
             The
             Pope
             .
          
           
             The
             Venetians
             .
          
           
             Genoa
             .
          
           
             Florence
             .
          
           
             Sienna
             .
          
           
             Lucca
             .
          
           
             Ferrara
             .
          
           
             Mantua
             .
          
           
             Vrbine
             .
          
           
             Parma
             .
          
           
             The
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             .
          
           
             Marchia
             .
          
           
             Romagna
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             The
             State
             of
             Rome
             .
          
           
             The
             College
             of
             Cardinals
             .
          
           
             Tuscan
             .
          
           
             Pisa.
             
          
           
             Florence
             .
          
           
             Manners
             of
             the
             Florentines
             .
          
           
             Arezzo
             .
          
           
             Sienna
             .
          
           
             His
             forces
             at
             land
             .
          
           
             At
             Sea.
             
          
           
             His
             Revenues
             .
          
           
             Naples
             .
          
           
             House
             of
             Piety
          
           
             Calabria
             .
          
           
             Compasse
             and
             conteinue
             ▪
             
          
           
             
               Calabria
               superior
            
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Caesaria
             .
          
           
             Gallipolis
             .
          
           
             Apulia
             .
          
           
             The
             extent
             .
          
           
             Capitanato
             .
          
           
             Mansredonia
             .
          
           
             Puglia
             and
             Abruzze
             .
          
           
             Malsi
             .
          
           
             Benevento
             .
          
           
             Forces
             at
             Land.
             
          
           
             At
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             Nobilitie
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Calabria
             .
          
           
             Genoa
             .
          
           
             M●ine●s
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Venice
             .
          
           
             The
             increase
             thereof
             .
          
           
             The
             description
             .
          
           
             Murano
             .
          
           
             The
             Glasse-houses
             .
          
           
             Venice
             .
          
           
             The
             site
             thereof
             ,
             and
             hardnesse
             to
             approach
             .
          
           
             Division
             of
             the
             State
             of
             Venice
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Continent
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Island
             s
             of
             the
             Gulfe
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Islands
             out
             of
             the
             Gulfe
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             The
             strength
             of
             the
             State.
             
          
           
             Forces
             at
             land
             .
          
           
             At
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Of
             Neighbours
             .
          
           
             The
             Turke
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             The
             Emperor
             .
          
           
             The
             Pope
             .
          
           
             Lombardie
             .
          
           
             Milan
             .
          
           
             Brescia
             .
          
           
             Bologna
             .
          
           
             Verona
             .
          
           
             Modena
             .
          
           
             Mantua
             .
          
           
             Number
             of
             Inhabitants
             .
          
           
             Moderne
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Nature
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             Sicil.
             
          
           
             Garrisons
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             
          
           
             Revenues
             .
          
           
             Forces
             by
             land
             .
          
           
             By
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Bounded
             .
          
           
             Fertility
             .
          
           
             Manners
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Neighbours
             
          
           
             〈◊〉
             of
             Hungarie
             .
          
           
             Bounded
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Forces
             at
             land
             .
          
           
             forces
             by
             water
             .
          
           
             Fortification
             .
          
           
             Plentie
             .
          
           
             Mines
             .
          
           
             Reasons
             why
             the
             Turke
             standeth
             at
             a
             stay
             in
             Hungarie
             .
          
           
             Causes
             of
             greatnesse
             of
             Empires
             .
          
           
             Causes
             of
             declination
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             .
          
           
             Neighbours
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Infantery
             .
          
           
             Pioners
             .
          
           
             
               The
               description
               of
            
             Africke
             .
          
           
             
               Creatures
               proper
               to
            
             Africke
             .
          
           
             Numidia
             .
          
           
             Gualata
             .
          
           
             Tombut
             .
          
           
             Gago
             .
          
           
             Borneo
             .
          
           
             Gaoga
             .
          
           
             Kings
             Court.
             
          
           
             Its
             privileges
             .
          
           
             Plentie
             .
          
           
             His
             manner
             of
             government
             .
          
           
             Revenues
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Fertilitie
             .
          
           
             State.
             
          
           
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             King
             of
             Borno
             .
          
           
             Turke
             .
          
           
             King
             of
             Adel.
             
          
           
             The
             Slaves
             .
          
           
             Greatnesse
             .
          
           
             Elephants
             teeth
             .
          
           
             Mines
             .
          
           
             Salomons
             O●hir
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Fertility
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Cair
             .
          
           
             Anciently
             called
             G●●es
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Bounded
             .
          
           
             Shires
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Mosco
             .
          
           
             The
             soyle
             and
             climate
             .
          
           
             Of
             Waters
             .
          
           
             Forme
             of
             government
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             ▪
             
          
           
             Riches
             ,
             and
             commodities
             .
          
           
             Of
             his
             Entrada
             or
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             Their
             crueltie
             in
             punishing
             offenders
             
          
           
             Of
             his
             strength
             
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             The
             Circassi
             .
          
           
             The
             Nagayans
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Chrim
               Tartars
            
             .
          
           
             Tartaria
          
           
             The
             Pole.
             
          
           
             The
             large
             extent
             of
             all
             Tartaria
             .
          
           
             Their
             features
             .
          
           
             Their
             fashions
             .
          
           
             Their
             Riches
             .
          
           
             The
             ancient
             division
             .
          
           
             Their
             moderne
             division
             .
          
           
             
               Tartaria
               minor
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Precopenses
             .
          
           
             
               Tartaria
               deserta
            
             .
          
           
             Astrachan
             .
          
           
             The
             Zagata●e
             .
          
           
             Bounded
             .
          
           
             Fertilitie
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             His
             Coronation
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             His
             Countries
             .
          
           
             Cities
             .
          
           
             Their
             Government
             .
          
           
             The
             Iemoglans
             ,
             or
             tribute-children
             .
          
           
             Their
             preferments
             .
          
           
             A
             Beglerbeg
             .
          
           
             A
             Sanziake
             .
          
           
             A
             Chause
             .
          
           
             The
             Spachi
             ,
             and
             then
             distinctions
             .
          
           
             The
             Ianizars
             ,
             and
             their
             distinguishments
             .
          
           
             Their
             birth-place
             .
          
           
             Their
             training
             
          
           
             Their
             allowance
             .
          
           
             Their
             licentious
             liberty
             .
          
           
             Some
             say
             forty
             thousand
             .
          
           
             The
             Azapi
             ,
             properly
             belonging
             to
             the
             Gallies
             .
          
           
             The
             Tartars
             .
          
           
             Forces
             at
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Administration
             of
             Iustice.
             
          
           
             Revenues
             ordinary
             ,
             besides
             Timariots
             .
          
           
             Extraordinary
             .
          
           
             The
             Timariots
             .
          
           
             Report
             saith
             ,
             that
             this
             is
             againe
             reconquered
             by
             the
             Persian
             .
          
           
             Administration
             of
             Justice
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             The
             Persian
             .
          
           
             The
             Portugals
             .
          
           
             
               Prester
               John.
            
             
          
           
             The
             Xeriffe
             .
          
           
             The
             Polander
             .
          
           
             The
             Austrian
             .
          
           
             The
             Venetians
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             Patriarches
             of
             Constantinople
             .
          
           
             Of
             Alexandria
             .
          
           
             Of
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           
             Of
             Antioch
             .
          
           
             Thrace
             .
          
           
             Gallipolis
             .
          
           
             Macedon
             .
          
           
             Epyrus
             .
          
           
             Achaia
             .
          
           
             Peloponnesus
             .
          
           
             Dalmatia
             .
          
           
             Maesia
             superior
             .
          
           
             Servia
             .
          
           
             Bulgaria
             .
          
           
             Valachia
             .
          
           
             The
             reason
             of
             the
             desolation
             of
             these
             Countries
             .
          
           
             Moldavia
             .
          
           
             
               Pontus
               ,
               Bithynia
               ,
               Bursia
            
             .
          
           
             
               Asia
               minor
            
             .
          
           
             Caramania
             .
          
           
             
               Cappadocia
               or
               Amasia
            
             .
          
           
             Cilicia
             .
          
           
             
               Armenia
               minor
            
             .
          
           
             Arabia
             Deserta
             
          
           
             
               Arabia
               Potrea
            
             .
          
           
             
               Arabia
               Felix
            
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             Nature
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             The
             Curdines
             .
          
           
             Gurgist●n
             ,
             or
             Georgia
             ,
             in
             times
             past
             Iberia
             .
          
           
             Situation
             .
          
           
             *
             Now
             
               Caesaria
               P●ilippi
            
             .
          
           
             *
             Now
             Gibelin
             .
          
           
             Iordan
             .
          
           
             Asphaltites
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Galilie
             .
          
           
             Nazareth
             .
          
           
             Samaria
             .
          
           
             Iudea
             .
          
           
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           
             Mount
             Calvarie
             .
          
           
             Valley
             of
             Ichosaphat
             .
          
           
             Bethlem
             .
          
           
             Gaza
             .
          
           
             Jdumea
             .
          
           
             Phoenicia
             .
          
           
             Sydon
             .
          
           
             Acon
             .
          
           
             Beritus
             .
          
           
             Cities
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Desarts
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             The
             Mogor
             .
          
           
             The
             Zagatai
             .
          
           
             The
             Turke
             .
          
           
             One
             Tomana
             maketh
             twenty
             French
             Crownes
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Arts.
             
          
           
             Forces
             at
             land
             .
          
           
             Force
             at
             sea
             .
          
           
             Treasure
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             Riches
             .
          
           
             Forces
             .
          
           
             Government
             .
          
           
             Borderers
             .
          
           
             Aracan
             .
          
           
             Macin
             .